Sanskrit-English Dictionary

Dictionary reference list used at http://bhagavata.org to the file that was loaded from: sacred-
texts.com and has been extended with definitions of the Monier-Williams dictionary (indicated
with an *=) and the ISKCON Vedabase (marked*V) and (partly) adapted to the transliteration
used at srimadbhagavatam.org (see also http://www.uni-koeln.de/phil-
fak/indologie/tamil/mwreport.html mwreport.html or the html-version).

Transliteration functions:

n with ~= J or n'; n with an ´accent is a G; A = aa or â, I = ii or î, U= uu or û, T= th, z=s', M=m/n,

H=h (ha), N= n, 4= stressed in pronunciation, S (s with lower dot)=sh, R= ri (the original list this
list began with sometimes spells the s' or z as sh, thus creating confusion on the spelling of the s
with a ´above; but this is not so for words from the MW dictionary with a *= behind them). Apart
from the transcription of Devanâgarî letters care has to be taken of accents, Udâtta and Svarita,
both represented by the digit 4. Furthermore in MW entries the indication of vowel sandhi
("blending of short and long vowels'') by circumflex is represented here by the number 7 if placed
above a single vowel and by 9 if spanning two vowels. The (rare) combination of two separate
vowels in MW is represented by adding the number 0 to the second vowel.

Updated: see bottom of the page (check for regular updates)

AUM = Primordial Sound

OMkaara = the syllable om

a = not

aa *= from all sides, up to, even, until, up to the limit, not, all over,

aa+ghraa = to smell

aa+char.h = to practice

aa+yaa = to come
aa+ruh.h = to climb

aaudau = in the beginning

aauM-kaara = the sound AUM

aaH = to sit

aabda = year

aabdaphala = yearly prognostication, also varshhaphala

aabhaa* =1 P. {-bhAti} (Impv. 2. sg. {A4-bhAhi} RV.; pf. {-babhau}) to shine or blaze towards RV.
AV.; to irradiate, outshine, illumine RV. AV. TB. BhP.; to appear, become visible or apparent BhP.
MBh. Hariv. Râjat. &c.; to look like Kathâs. MBh. &c.

aa-bhaa* =2 f. splendour, light; a flash; colour, appearance, beauty MBh. Mn. Sus'r. Pañcat. &c.; a
reflected image, outline; likeness, resemblance MBh. R.; (mfn.) ifc. like, resembling, appearing R.
Kâvya7d. S'is'. &c. (e.g. {hemA7bha}, shining like gold); [cf. Hib. {avibh}, `" likeness, similitude "';
{avibe}, `" neatness, elegance "'; {avibhcal}, `" a spark of fire "' ?] [145,2]

aabhri * = P. {-bha4rati} (pf. {A4-jabhAra} RV.; aor. P. sg. {A74bhArSam} RV. &c.) to bring
towards or near; to carry or fetch; to effect, produce RV. AV. VS. S'Br. &c.; to fill up, fill, attract
(one's attention) BhP

aabrahmabhuvanaat.h = up to the Brahmaloka planet

aabharaNaM = ornaments

aabharaNam.h = (n) ornaments, jewellery

aabhaa = color

aabhaasaM = the original source * = m. splendour, light R. Veda1ntas. 195 ; colour, appearance R.
Sus3r. Bhag. ; semblance, phantom, phantasm of the imagination ; mere appearance, fallacious
appearance Veda1ntas. S3a1n3khS3r. ; reflection ; intention, purpose ; (in log.) fallacy, semblance
of a reason, sophism, an erroneous though plausible argument (regarded by logicians as of
various kind) ; ifc. looking like, having the mere appearance of a thing Gaut. Sa1h. &c.

aabhaashya * = 1 mfn. to be addressed, worthy of being spoken to or conversed with MBh. Ragh.
\\2 ind. p. having addressed, having spoken to.

aabhaasvara* = mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 175) shining, bright L.; m. N. of a class of deities, sixtyfour in
number; N. of a particular set of twelve subjects ({AtmA jJAtA damo dAntaH zAntir jJAnaM
zamas tapaH kAmaH krodho mado moho dvAdazA7bhAsvarA ime} T.)

aabhaata* = mfn. shining, blazing; appearing, visible MBh. Mn. &c.

abhi* = ind. (a prefix to verbs and nouns, expressing) to, towards, into, over, upon. (As a prefix to
verbs of motion) it expresses the notion or going towards, approaching, &c. (As a prefix to nouns
not derived from verbs) it expresses superiority, intensity, &c.; e.g. {abhi-tAmra}, {abhi-nava} q.v.
(As a separate adverb or preposition) it expresses (with acc.) to, towards, in the direction of,
against; into S'Br. and KâtyS'r.; for, for the sake of; on account of; on, upon, with regard to, by,
before, in front of; over. It may even express one after the other, severally Pân. 1-4, 91 e.g.
{vRkSaM vRkSam abhi}, tree after tree [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {ob}; Zend &18820[61,1] {aibi}, {aiwi};
Goth. {bi}; Old High Germ. {bî}].

abhii* = 1 mfn. fearless R. Ragh.\\* = 2 ( {i}), {abhy-e4ti} (Imper. 2. sg. {abhI74hi}; impf. 3. pl.
{-Ayan}, 3. sg. Â. {-Ayata}; ind. p. {abhI74tya}) to come near, approach, go up to or towards (acc.)
RV. &c.; (with {sakAzam} or {samIpam} or {pArzve}) id. Pañcat.; to go along or after (acc.) RV.
&c.; to enter, join, go over to Mn. Bhathth.; (with a pr. p.) to begin to, (perf. 3. pl. {abhI7yu4H})
S'Br.; to reach, obtain RV. &c.; to get or fall into (acc.) MBh. &c.; to come to, fall to one's share
(with acc.) Bhathth.; (said of the sun) to rise (as if he came nearer; also with {abhitarAm} [q. v.]
instead of {abhi}) AitBr., (with {astam}) to set MBh. i, 1797 (cf. {abhy-aya}): Pass. {abhI7yate}, to
be perceived, known BhP.: Intens. (1. pl. {-Imahe}) to ask, request RV. i, 24, 3.

aabhiikshNa * = mfn. (fr. {abhIkSNa}), repeated, frequent L.; ({am}) n. continued repetition.

aabhUka* = mfn. empty, having no contents; powerless.

aabhuuta* = mfn. produced, existing.

aachar.h = to behave, interact

aaca* = m. N. of a man Râjat.; see {Aca-parAca} and {Aco7paca} ss.vv.

aacar* = {-carati}, to come near to (acc.), approach RV.; to lead hither (as a path) TS. ii [131,3]; to
address, apply to (acc.) Pañcat.; to proceed, manage, behave one's self. RPrât. Mn. ii, 110, &c.; to
use, apply Âp. RPrât.; to examine (a witness) Mn. viii, 102, &c.; (with or without {saha}) to have
intercourse with ChUp. Mn. xi, 180; to act, undertake, do, exercise, practise, perform MundUp.
Mn. (v, 22 impf. {A7carat}, `" has done it "') MBh. &c.; to throw into the fire KâtyS'r.

aacaara * = m. (ifc. f. {A} Yâjñ. i, 87, &c.) conduct, manner of action, behaviour, good behaviour,
good conduct Mn. MBh. &c.; custom, practice, usage, traditional or immemorial usage (as the
foundation of law) ib.; an established rule of conduct, ordinance, institute, precept; a rule or line
MBh. iii, 166; = {AcArika} below Sus'r.; (with Buddhists) agreeing with what is taught by the
teacher Sarvad.; ({I}) f. the plant Hingtsha Repens L.

aacara* = see {dur-Aca4ra}.

aacaara* = &c. see {A-car}.

acarama * mfn. not last, not least; said of the Maruts RV. v, 58, 5.

aacaraNa * = n. approaching, arrival (as of the dawn) RV. i, 48, 3; undertaking, practising,
performing Kâd. Sâh.; conduct, behaviour Vedântas., (cf. {sv-Ac-}); a cart, carriage ChUp. (m.
Comm.)

aacarataH = acting

aacarati = he does

aacaraan.h = performing

aacaaraH = behavior
aacaarya = a religious teacher

aacaarya(H) = (Masc.nom.S)teacher; preceptor

aacaaryaM = the teacher

aacaaryaaH = teachers

aacaaryaan.h = teachers

aacaaryopaasanaM = approaching a bona fide spiritual master

aacchaadakam.h = (n) covering sheet, chaddar

aacit* =1 (Impv. 2. sg. {-cikiddhi}; perf. 3. sg. {-ciketa}) to attend to, keep in mind RV.; (Subj. 1.
sg. {-ciketam}; perf. 3. sg. {-ciketa}, p. m. nom. {-cikitvA4n}) to comprehend, understand, know
RV. AV. v, 1, 2; to invent RV. viii, 9, 7; (Subj. {-cetat} or {-ci4ketat}; perf. Â. 3. pl. {-cikitre} or
{-cikitrire}) to appear, become visible, distinguish one's self RV.: Desid. (1. pl. {-cikitsAmas}) to
wait for, watch clandestinely, lurk RV. viii, 91, 3. \\ =2 {t} f. attention to (gen.) RV. vii, 65, 1

aadaana = taking

aadaara * =N. of a plant that can be substituted for the Soma.

aadadi * = mfn. procuring RV. viii, 46, 8, obtaining, recovering RV. i, 127, 6; ii, 24, 13.

aadara * = respect, regard, notice; care, trouble Pañcat. Hit. Ragh. Kir. &c.; {AdaraM-} 1. {kR}, to
exert or interest one's self for; {AdareNa} and {AdarAt} adv. respectfully; carefully, zealously.

aadaraH = (m) respect

aadarshaH = (m) ideal

aadatte = accepts

aadau = First (see aadi)

aadhara- * = of the lower position of something, of its foundation mfn. * = ifc. supportable,
tenable (cf. %{dur-}); see also adhara

aadhaara- m. support, prop, stay, substratum; the power of sustaining, or the support given, aid,
patronage AV. xii, 3, 48 MBh. Sus3r. Veda1ntas. &c.; that which contains (a fluid &c.), a vessel,
receptacle Ya1jn5. Sus3r. Pan5cat. &c.; a dike, dam Ragh.; a basin round the foot of a tree L.; a
reservoir, pond L.; (in phil. and Gr.) comprehension, location, the sense of the locative case; ifc.
belonging or relating to; the subject in a sentence (of which qualities &c. are affirmed); N. of a
lake; of an author.

aaditya* = (Pân. 4-1, 85) mfn. belonging to or coming from Aditi TS. ii, 2, 6, 1 S'Br. &c. [137,2]; m.
`" son of Aditi "'; ({As}) m. plN. of seven deities of the heavenly sphere RV. ix, 114, 3, &c. S'Br. iii,
1, 3, 3 (the chief is Varuna, to whom the N. Âditya is especially applicable; the succeeding five are
Mitra, Aryaman, Bhaga, Daksha, Ans'a; that of the seventh is probably Sûrya or Savitrii; as a class
of deities they are distinct from the {vizve devAH} ChUp.; sometimes their number is supposed to
be eight TS. Sây.; and in the period of the Brâhmanas twelve, as representing the sun in the twelve
months of the year S'Br. iv, 5, 7, 2, &c.); N. of a god in general, especially of Sûrya (the sun) RV.
AV. AitBr. S'Br. S'is'. &c.; N. of Vishnu in his Vâmana or dwarf {avatAra} (as son of Kas'yapa and
Aditi) ChUp.; the plant Calotropis Gigantea L.; ({au}) m. du.N. of a constellation, the seventh
lunar mansion L.; ({A}) f. (?) the sun VS. iv, 21; ({am}) n. = {au} (cf. {punar-vasu}); N. of a Sâman
ChUp.

aaDhyaH = wealthy

aadhi * =1 m. (for 2. see p. 139, col. 2) a receptacle BhP. xi, 13, 33; place, situation L.; foundation
Nyâyam.; a pledge, deposit, pawn, mortgage RV. Mn. Yâjñ. [138, 3]; hire, rent Âp.; an attribute,
title, epithet (cf. {upA7dhi}) L.

aadhi * =2 m. thought, care, anxious reflection, mental agony, anxiety, pain TS. MBh. Yâjñ. &c.;
reflection on religion or duty L.; hope, expectation L.; misfortune L.; a man solicitous for his
family's livelihood L.

aadhii * =1 (cf. {A-dhyai}; according to Dhâtup. xxiv, 68 Pân. 6-1, 6, &c., {-dIdhI}), P. (Subj. 3. pl.
{A4-dIdhayan}) to mind, care for RV. vii, 7, 6: Â. (Subj. 2. sg. {A4-dIdhIthAs}) to meditate on,
think about, care for, wish for AV. viii, 1, 8, &c.; (p. aor. {-dhI4SamANa} mfn. RV. x, 26, 6) to wish
for, long for.

aadhii * =2 f. (for 1. {A-dhI} see under {A-dhA}), eagerness, longing, care RV. AV. &c.

aadhii4 *= 2 f. (for 1. {A-dhI} see under {A-dhA}), eagerness, longing, care RV. AV. &c.

aaDi* = f. (= {Ati4} q.v.) N. of an aquatic bird MârkP.

aadi*= 1 m. beginning, commencement; a firstling, first-fruits; ifc. beginning with, et caetera, and
so on (e.g. %{indrA7dayaH@surAH}, the gods beginning with Indra i.e. Indra &c.;
%{gRhA7diyukta}, possessed of houses &c.; %{evamAdIni@vastUni}, such things and others of
the same kind: %{zayyA@khaTvA7dih} [Comm. on Pa1n2. 3-3, 99], S3ayya1 means a bed &c.;
often with %{-ka} at the end e.g. %{dAnadharmA7dikam} [Hit.], liberality, justice, &c.); %{Adau}
ind. in the beginning, at first.\\= 2 mfn. beginning with %{A} Ra1matUp.

aadii*= 2. (3. sg. impf. %{A74dIdet} RV. i, 149, 3; 3. sg. aor. %{A4-dIdayat} RV. ii, 4, 3) to shine
upon, enlighten.

aadii* = 2. (3. sg. impf. {A74dIdet} RV. i, 149, 3; 3. sg. aor. {A4-dIdayat} RV. ii, 4, 3) to shine
upon, enlighten.

aadiM = the origin

aadiH = the origin

aadi-s'arIra * = n. the primitive body MBh.; (in phil. = {sUkSma-} L.)

aadi-s'Abdika * = [NBD.] m. an old grammarian.

aadI7s'vara * = m. N. of a prince.

aa-dis'ya * = ind. p. aiming at MBh.; announcing, teaching Ragh. xii, 68; having said L.
aa-dis' * = 1 P. {-dide4STi} [Subj. 3. sg. {-didezati} AV. vi, 6, 2, &c.], {-diza4ti} [3. pl. {-dizanti}
Impv. 2. sg. {-diza} impf. 1. sg. {A7dizam}, &c.], rarely {-dizate} [BhP. viii, 24, 51] inf. {-di4ze}
[RV. ix, 21, 5] and {-deSTum} (aor. 3. sg. {A7dikSat} [Bhathth. iii, 3 see Pân. 3-1, 45] fut. 1. pl.
{-dekSyAmaH}, perf. {-dideza}) to aim at, have in view; to threaten RV. ix, 21, 5, &c. AV. [137, 3];
to hit RV. ix, 56, 1; to assign RV. ii, 41, 17, &c. AV. BhP. R. Ragh. &c.; to point out, indicate; to
report, announce, teach ChUp. iii, 18, 1 BhP. MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; to determine, specify,
denominate S'Br. iii, 5, 8 S'ânkhS'r. Lâthy. BhP. AitBr. &c.; to declare, foretell, Ratnâv. Mâlav.
&c.; to order, direct, command Gobh. Âs'vGri. Mn. MBh. BhP. Kathâs. &c.; to refer any one to
(loc.); to banish MBh. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; to undertake, try MBh.; to profess as one's aim or duty
RV. Yâjñ.: Caus. {-dezayati}, to show, indicate, announce, Ratnâv. MBh. S'ak. Mriicch.: Intens. (p.
{-de4dizAna}) to have in view, aim at (acc.) RV. ix, 70, 5.

aa-di4s'* = 2 {k} f. aiming at, design, intention RV. x, 61, 3, &c.; N. of a particular direction or
point of the compass (enumerated with {diz}, {pra-}, {vi-}, and {ud-}) VS. vi, 19 (cf. inf. {A-di4ze}
= dat.)

aadibhiH = by those

aadidevaM = the original Lord

aadidevaH = the original Supreme God

aadiishvara = the primeval lord, a name of Shiva

aadikartre = to the supreme creator

aadikeshhu = etc etc

aadis'akti * = f. the primeval powerN. of Mâyâ L.

aadishhTa = ordered

aadishhTavaan.h = (he was)commanded

aaditya = a name of Sun, Vishnu is among twelve Aditya-s

aadityaH = the Adityas

aadityagataM = in the sunshine

aadityavat.h = like the rising sun

aadityavarNaM = luminous like the sun

aadityaan.h = the twelve sons of Aditi

aadityaanaaM = of the Adityas

aado* = P. {-dA4ti}, {-dya4ti} (Subj. 1. pl. {A4-dyAmasi}, &c.) to reduce to small pieces, to crush
AV.

aadritaH = having begun

aadrita* = mf({A})n. attentive, careful, zealous, diligent R. Pañcat. BhP. Ragh. &c.; respected,
honoured, worshipped Mn. Kathâs. &c.

aadritya* =1 mf({A})n. venerable, respectable R. Bhathth. \\ =2 ind. p. having respected, having

honoured

xaadya = earliest

aadyaM = original

aadhatsva = fix

aadhaaya = resigning

aadhaaraH = support or base

aadhipatyaM = (n) supremacy, ownership, overlordship

aadhunika = (adj) modern

aadhyaatmikaM = super-natural, spiritual

aadrita * = attentive, careful, zealous, diligent

aaGYaa = commandaagachchhet.h = one should come

aagaadha * = `" a little deep "'

aagama = arrival: * = mf({A})n. coming near, approaching AV. vi, 81, 2; xix, 35, 3; m. (ifc. f. {A})
arrival, coming, approach R. &c.; origin Mn. viii, 401 R. &c.; appearance or reappearance MBh. ii,
547; course (of a fluid), issue (e.g. of blood) Mn. viii, 252 Sus'r.; income, lawful acquisition (of
property, {artha}, {dhana}, {vitta}, {draviNa}) Mn. MBh. &c.; reading, studying Pat.; acquisition
of knowledge, science MBh. Yâjñ. &c.; a traditional doctrine or precept, collection of such
doctrines, sacred work, Brâhmana Mn. xii, 105 MBh. &c.; anything handed down and fixed by
tradition (as the reading of a text or a record, title-deed, &c.); addition Nir. i, 4; a grammatical
augment, a meaningless syllable or letter inserted in any part of the radical word Prât. Pân.
Comm.; N. of a rhetorical figure; ({am}) n. a Tantra or work inculcating the mystical worship of
S'iva and S'akti.

aagamana = coming

aagame = on the arrivalaajaanubaahuM = the one whose arms extend upto his knees

aagata * = mfn. come, arrived RV. AV. &c. ; come to or into (acc. [Mn. iii, 113, &c.] or loc.
[Pan5cat. Das3. &c.] or in comp. [Mn. vi, 7 Ragh. iii, 11, &c.]) ; come from (in comp.) Ya1jn5. ii,
154 ; come into existence, born R. ii, 85, 19 ; coming from (abl.) Pa1n2. 4-3, 74 ; returned S3Br. ;
(with %{punar}) Mn. xi, 195 and Hit. ; meeting with an obstacle, pushed against (in comp.) Mn.
viii, 291 ; occurred, happened, risen Mn. ii, 152 MBh. &c. ; entered (into any state or condition of
mind) MBh. R. Katha1s. ; resulting (from calculation) Su1ryas. ; walked through (as a path) S3Br.
vi ; m. a new comer, guest S3Br. iii ; (%{am}) n. anything that has taken place or has fallen to
one's share (opposed to %{AzA4}, `" anything still expected or hoped for "') S3Br. ii (cf. %{a4n-
Agata} and %{sv-Agata}.)
aagataH = having attained

aagataaH = attained

aagraha * = m. insisting on, strong or obstinate inclination for, obstinacy, whim Kathâs. S'ârng.;
(= {grahaNa}) seizing, taking L.; favour, affection L., ({At}, {eNa}) abl. instr. ind. obstinately
Kathâs.

aagrahAyaNaka* = mfn. to be paid (as a debt) on the day of full moon of the month Agrahâyana
Pân. 4-3, 50.

aagrahAyaNika* = mfn. id. Pân. 4-3, 50; containing a full moon of Agrahâyana (as a month or half
a month or a year) Pân. 4-2, 22.

aagrahArika* = mfn. one who appropriates to himself an Agra-hâra or an endowment of lands or

villages conferred upon Brâhmans L.

aagrahAyaNa* = {as}, m.= {agra-hAyaNa} (q.v.) Pân. 5-4, 36 Comm.; ({I}) f. (g. {gaurA7di} q.v.;
scil. {paurNamAsI}) the day of full moon in the month Agrahâyana S'ânkhS'r. &c.; (ifc. ind. {-Ni}
or {-Nam} Pân. 5-4, 110); a kind of Pâka-yajña Gaut. BhavP. i, &c.; N. of the constellation Mriiga-
s'iras L.

aagrahAyaNa* = &c. see above.

aagraha* = m. insisting on, strong or obstinate inclination for, obstinacy, whim Kathâs. S'ârng.;
(= {grahaNa}) seizing, taking L.; favour, affection L., ({At}, {eNa}) abl. instr. ind. obstinately
Kathâs.

aaha = said

aaha* =1 ind. an interjection; a particle implying reproof; severity; command; casting; sending L.
* =2 perf. 3. sg. of the defect. 1. {ah} q.v.

aahaaramf(%{I})n. ifc. bringing near, procuring ; being about to fetch, going to fetch MBh. ;
(%{as}) m. taking [163,1] ; fetching, bringing near Ka1tyS3r. R. ; employing, use Ka1tyS3r. ; taking
food ; food [e.g. %{A-hAraM} 1. %{kR}, to take food, eat MBh. &c.] ; livelihood Hit. Pan5cat. R.
Mn. Sus3r. &c.

aahaarasaMbhava* m. the juice produced by food, chyle, lymph, serum L

aahara *= 1 mfn. ifc. bringing, fetching Ragh. ; m. taking, seizing ; accomplishing, offering (a
sacrifice) MBh. Ka1d. ; drawing in breath, inhaling ; inhaled air ; breath inspired, inspiration
L.//2 (2. sg. Impv. forming irregular Tatpurusha compounds with the following words):

aahartri = (m adj.) a performer

aahati = striking, hitting; * mfn. struck, beaten, hit, hurt R. Ragh. Kum. Kathâs. VarBri. &c.;
fastened, fixed RV. AV.; beaten, caused to sound (as a drum &c.) MBh. Hariv. Ragh. &c.; crushed,
rubbed S'is'.; rendered null, destroyed, frustrated BhP. VarBriS.; multiplied VarBriS. [162, 2]; hit,
blunted (said of a Visarga, when changed to {o}) Sâh.; uttered falsely L.; known, understood L.;
repeated, mentioned L.; m. a drum L.; ({am}) n. old cloth or raiment L.; new cloth or clothes L.;
assertion of an impossibility L.
aahave = in the fight

aaha4nana * = n. the act of striking at, beating KâtyS'r.; killing (an animal) AV.; a stick for beating
a drum AV. xx, 133, 1.

aaha4nana-prakAra * = mfn. fit for beating ÂpS'r.

aahananyA7 * = mfn. (fr. {A-hanana}), being in the act of beating (a drum &c.) VS. xvi, 35.

aahana4s * = mfn. to be beaten or pressed out (as Soma); to be skimmed (as milk) RV.; to be
beaten (as an unchaste woman); unchaste, wanton; obscene, lascivious, profligate RV. v, 42, 13; x,
10, 6. 8.

aahanasya * = n. unchasteness, lasciviousness AitBr.; lascivious words, obscenity S'Br.; ({As}) f.

pl. (scil. {Rcas}) verses of a lascivious character; a chapter of the Kuntâpa hymns in the Atharva-
veda AitBr. Âs'vS'r. &c.; (with {an-} mfn. chaste, decent S'ânkhGri. HirGri.)

aahan * = P. {-hanti} (Impv. {A4-jahi} AV. &c.; pf. {A4-jaghAna} RV. &c.) Â. {-hate} (only if no
object follows Pân. 1-3, 28, or if the object is a part of one's own body Kâty.; Pot. 1. sg. {-ghnIya}
Pat. on Pân. 1-1, 62 Das'.) to strike at, hit, beat; to attack, assault RV. TS. Âs'vGri. MBh. Kathâs.
&c.: (Â.) to strike one's self (or any part of one's body) BhP. Pân. and Comm. Bhathth.; to make
away with one's self Das'. 91, 15; to fasten AV. S'Br.; to beat or cause to sound (a drum &c.) TS.
S'Br. Kathâs. Bhathth. &c.: Intens. {A4-jaGghanti} RV. vi, 75, 13, to strike at or beat violently.

aahna4 * = n. (fr. {ahan}), a series of days, many days S'Br. Pân.

aahaara = Diet

aahaaraH = eating

aahaaraaH = eating

aahrita * m= mfn. brought near, fetched, procured Mn. Ragh. Ya1jn5. Ma1rkP. &c.; taken, seized,
captivated Katha1s. Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; taken (as food), eaten R. &c.; uttered, spoken R. BhP. &c.

aahuH = are said

ahu* = mfn. only in {paro4-'hu} q.v.

aahu* = P. Â. {-juhoti}, {-juhute} (p. {-ju4hvAna}) to sacrifice, offer an oblation; to sprinkle (with
butter) RV. AV. TS. Hariv.

aahuu* = &c. see {A-hve}.

aahuu4* = f. calling, invoking (BRD.) ib.

aahuta* = mfn. offered as an oblation, sacrificed RV. AV. S'ânkhS'r.; laid in the fire (as a corpse)
RV. x, 16, 5; offering made to men, hospitality (= {manuSya-yajJa} q.v.) L.; nourishment of all
created beings (considered as one of the five principal sacrifices of the Hindûs; cf. {bhUta-yajJa})
L.

aahuuta* = mfn. called, summoned, invoked, invited.

aahri = to eat

aaho = or else

aaja* = mfn. (fr. 1. {aja4}), coming from or belonging to goats, produced by goats Âs'vGri. R.
Sus'r.; m. a vulture L.; a descendant of Aja; ({A4}) f. (only used for the etym. of {ajA4}) = {ajA4}, a
shegoat S'Br. iii; ({am}) n. the lunar mansion PûrvaBhâdrapadâ (presided over by Aja Ekapâd)
VarBriS.; clarified butter L.

aajagara * = belonging to a python, a boa

aajaa4na* = n. birth, descent VS. S'Br. iii; birth-place Comm. on VS. xxxiii, 72; ({A}) f. place of
conception (as a mother) AitÂr.

aajaa4na* = {AjA4ni} see {A-jan}.

aajyaM = melted butter

aajIvya * affording a livelihood Yâjñ. i, 320 MBh. xiv, 1330; ({am}) n. means of living MBh. iii,
8452 BhP. (cf. {sv-Aj-}.)

aakarNa = towards the ear

aakarNa\-dhanuraasana = the shooting bow posture

aakarshha = attracted

aakarshhaNa = attraction

aakaa.nkshaa = wish, ambition

aakaara = (masc) form, shape

aakaarikaa = (f) doorbell

aakaarita * = mfn. ifc. having the shape of Vedântas.

aakaasha = ether

aakasha* = m. ( {kaS}, `" to rub "'), a touchstone L.; (v.l. for {AkarSa} Pân. 4-4, 9 Siddh. and v, 2,
64 Siddh.)

aakaas'a * = m. (Ved.) or (later) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a free or open space, vacuity AitBr. S'Br. MBh. &c.
[127,1]; the ether, sky or atmosphere Naigh. S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({am}) n. (in philos.) the subtle and
ethereal fluid (supposed to fill and pervade the universe and to be the peculiar vehicle of life and
of sound) Vedântas. &c.; Brahma (as identical with ether) L.; = {AkAza-bhASita} below Comm. on
S'ak.; ({e}) loc. ind. in the air (a stage direction implying something said by or to a person out of
sight) Mriicch. S'ak. &c.

aakaashaM = the sky

aakaashavaaNii = (f) radio

aakaashasthitaH = situated in the sky

aakaashaat.h = (abl.S)from space or sky

aakhu = mouse

aakhyaa (f) name* = 1 P. (impf. {-akhyat}) to behold RV. iv, 2, 18; (fut. p. {-khyAsya4t}; perf. 3. pl.
{-cakhyuH}) to tell, communicate, inform, declare, announce S'Br. xiii, xiv Mn. MBh. &c.; to call
(with two acc.) Ragh. x, 22: Pass. {-khyAyate}, to be named or enumerated S'Br.; to be called S'Br.
x, xiv: Caus. P. (2. sg. {-khyApayasi}) to make known, declare MBh. i, 7485: Â. (Pot.
{-khyApayeta}) to cause to tell AitBr. S'ânkhS'r. \\ 2 f. (ifc. f. {A} Kathâs. Sânkhyak.) appellation,
name Prât. Pân. Mn. vii, 157, &c.; (= {-saMkhyA}) total amount Mn. ii, 134 MBh. iii, 12831 (cf.
Hariv. 515) and xv, 671; appearance, aspect R. vii, 60, 12 [129,2]; ({ayA}) instr. ind. `" with the
name "', named Kathâs.

aakhya = named

aakhyaataM = described

aakhyaahi = please explain

aakritiini = forms

aakrita * = mfn. arranged, built (as a house) RV. viii, 10, 1; done (as evil or good) to any one
VarBriS.

aakrishhTa = (past part. of aa + kR\^ishh) attracted

aakram.h = to attack

aakramaNam.h = (n) attack, invansion

aaksha* = mfn. (fr. 1. {a4kSa}) belonging or referring to terrestrial latitude Comm. on Sûryas.;
({am}) n. (fr. 2. {akSa4}) = {AkSakI} L.

aakShepaH = (m) objection

aakshi * = cl. 2. %{-kSeti} (3. pl. %{-kSiya4nti} and impf. %{A74kSiyan} ; Pot. 1.
pl. %{-kSiyema}) to abide, dwell in (acc.), inhabit RV. AV. ; %{-kSeti}, to possess,
take possession of (acc.) RV.: cl. 6. %{-kSiya4ti}, to exist AV. x, 5, 45.

aakSipta* =mfn. cast, thrown down; thrown on the beach (by the sea) Pañcat.; caught, seized,
overcome (as the mind, {citta}, {cetas} or {-hridaya}) by beauty, curiosity, &c., charmed,
transported BhP. Kâd. Kathâs. &c.; hung out or exposed to view (as flags &c.); put into (loc.) MBh.
iii, 3094; pointed or referred to, indicated Sâh. &c.; refused, left (as the right path) Kâm.;
insulted, reviled, abused, challenged, called to a dispute (dat.) Kathâs.; caused, effected, produced
Kathâs. Comm. on Bâd.; ({am}) n. `" absence of mind "' see {sA7kSiptam}

aakula = full of

aakulitam.h = sad, worried

aakuuta * = intention, purpose, wish VS. S'Br. &c. (see {cittA7kUta4} and {sA7kUta}); incitement
to activity, Sânkhyak.

aakIrnam * = dense, filled with, covered, brimming, crowded

aakuuta * = n. intention, purpose, wish VS. S'Br. &c. (see {cittA7kUta4} and {sA7kUta});
incitement to activity, Sânkhyak.

aakula =* confounded, confused, agitated, flurried MBh. &c.; confused (in order), disordered ib.;
filled, full, overburdened with (instr. or generally in comp.), eagerly occupied ib.; ({am}) n. a place
crowded with people R. iii, 43, 34; `" confusion

aalaapa * = m. speaking to, addressing; speech; conversation, communication Pan5cat. Hit.

Katha1s. S3ak. &c.; the singing or twittering of birds Katha1s.; statement of the question in an
arithmetical or algebraic sum; question; a lesson Jain.; (%{A}) f. (in music) a particular
Mu1rcchana1 or melody.

aalabdha A: embarrassed *= mfn. touched MBh.; killed, sacrificed; gained, conciliated BhP.

aalamba = support

aalambate = to recline

aalaya = house* = see %{A-lI}.\\m. and n. a house, dwelling; a receptacle, asylum R. Ya1jn5.
Katha1s. &c.; (often ifc. e.g. %{himA7laya}, `" the abode of snow. "')

aanuupa* = mfn. (fr. {anUpa} g. {kacchA7di} [Pân. 4-2, 133]), belonging to a watery place; wet,
watery, marshy Sus'r.; m. any animal frequenting watery or marshy places, as fishes, buffaloes,
&c. (cf. {anUpa}) ib.; a descendant of Anûpa; ({am}) n. N. of a Sâman Lâthy. iv, 6, 1.

aalasya = idleness

aali = maid

aalingati = to embrace

aalIna * = having come close to Kathâs. Hariv. Ragh.; dwelling or abiding in Kathâs.; crouched,
stooped MBh. R.

aalochate = to think, to contemplate

aalochaya = (verbal stem) consider

aam= yes * =; ind. an interjection of assent or recollection Mriicch. S'ak. Vikr. &c.; (a vocative
following this particle is anudâtta Pân. 8-1, 55.)

aamarsha* = m. (for {a-marSa} q.v. T., with reference to Pân. 6-3, 137), impatience, anger, wrath
L.

aamaatya * = m. (= {amAtya} q.v.), a minister, counsellor L.

aamanaska = the mind free from desire

aama *= 1 mf({A})n. raw, uncooked (opposed to {pakva} q.v.) RV. AV. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; N. of the
cow (considered as the raw material which produces the prepared milk). RV. iii, 30, 14, &c.;
unbaked, unannealed AV. MBh. VarBriS. &c.; undressed; unripe, immature Sus'r. &c.; undigested
Sus'r.; fine, soft, tender (as a skin) BhP. iii, 31, 27; m. N. of a son of Kriishna VP.; of a son of
Ghriita-priishthha BhP. v, 20, 21 [146, 2]; m. or ({am}) n. constipation, passing hard and
unhealthy excretions Sus'r.; ({am}) n. state or condition of being raw Sus'r.; grain not yet freed
from chaff; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {amârus}; Hib. {amh}, `" raw, unsodden, &45756[146, 2] crude, unripe
"'; Old Germ. {ampher}; Mod. Germ. ({Sauer-ampfer}.] \\*=2 m. (probably identical with 1.
{Ama}), sickness, disease L.

aamaa*= 2. P. (Pot. {-mimIyAt} Kâthh. xix, 13) to bleat at

aamana * 1 n. sickness, disease; (for 2. {Amana} see {A-man}.

aamana * 2 n. friendly disposition, inclination, affection TS. ii, 3, 9, 1 and 2 MaitrS.; (for 1.
{Amana} see under 2. {Ama}.)

aamarsha * = m. (for {a-marSa} q.v. T., with reference to Pân. 6-3, 137), impatience, anger, wrath
L.

aamaya = disease

aamisha * = food, meat, prey, an object of enjoyment, a pleasing or beautiful object, coveting,
longing for, lust, desire; a gift, boon

aamraphalam.h = (n) mango (the king of fruits)

aamla = souraanrta* = untruthful, lying, false.

aamnaa* = P. {-manati}, to utter, mention, allege; to cite, quote; to commit to memory, hand
down in sacred texts; to celebrate KâtyS'r. Lâthy. BhP. Mâlav. Kum. &c.

aamnaaya* = m. sacred tradition, sacred texts handed down by repetition; that which is to be
remembered or studied or learnt by heart; a Veda or the Vedas in the aggregate; received doctrine
VPrât. Mn. MBh. &c.; traditional usage, family or national customs; advice, instruction in past
and present usage; a Tantra; a family, series of families L.

aana* = m. (fr. {an}), face [NBD.]; mouth; nose [Sây.] RV. i, 52, 15; exhaling the breath through
the nose T.; inhalation, breath inspired, breathing, blowing L.

aanaksh * =to approach, obtain, reach, present L.

aanana = Face, mouth; the face; entrance, door

aananaM = face

aananda = happiness

aanandana = happiness

aanandamayaH = full of great happiness

aanata* = mfn. bending, stooping, bowed Ragh. Katha1s.; humbled, submissive, obedient MBh.
&c.; bent or curved inwards (as a bow) S3Br.; flat, sunk (not elevated) MBh. R.; pacified,
conciliated; saluted reverently. [140,2]

aanaya * = m. leading to T.; leading to a teacher = {upanayana} q.v.) L.

aanaaya * = {as}. m. a fishermañs net Pân.

aanati* = f. bending, bowing, stooping VS. Katha1s. ; submission, obedience, inferiority Comm. on
Ka1tyS3r. &c. ; contentedness T. ; saluting L.

aangirasapavitra = n. N. of the verse RV. iv, 40, 5 Âp.

aangirasezvaratIrtha = n. N. of a Tirtha S'ivaP. Rev.

aangiraa4 = mf({I4})n. descended from or belonging or referring to the Angirases or to Angiras

AV. VS. &c.; ({a4s}) m. a descendant of Angiras (as Briihatsâman [AV.], Cyavana [S'Br. iv],
Ayâsya [S'Br. xiv], &c.) RV. AV. &c.; especially N. of Briihaspati RV. AV. &c. [131,2]; the planet
Briihaspati i.e. Jupiter; ({I}) f. a female descendant of Angiras MBh. i, 6908; iii, 14128.

aangIrasa4* = mf({I4})n. descended from the Angirases or from an Angiras TBr.

aangla = English

aanglabhaashhaa = English language

aaNiH = nail

aanila * = mf({I})n. (fr. {anila}), proceeding from or produced by wind, windy L.; belonging to
Vâyu or Anila T.; m. N. of Hanumat; of Bhîma L.; ({I}) f. and ({am}) n. N. of the constellation
Svâti.

aaniila * = mf({A})n. darkish Ragh. Vikr.; slightly dark or blue; m. a black horse L.; ({I}) f. a black
mare T.; tin L.

aanrita* = mf({I})n. (fr. {an-Rta} g. {chattrA7di} Pân. 4-4, 62), untruthful, lying, false.

aantaradeshiiya = within the country mainly for transaction??

aanumaanika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {anumAna}), relating to a conclusion, derived from inference,

subject to inference, inferable, inferred Âp. S'ânkhS'r.; making conclusions BhP.

aanumata* = mf({I})n. belonging to the goddess Anu-mati (q.v.) TBr.

aanupuurva* = n. and {I} f. (fr. {anu-pUrva}), order, series, succession MBh. R. &c.; (in law)
direct order of the castes Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; (generally only instr. {-eNa} and {-yA}, one after the
other, in due order.)

aanupuurvya* = n. order, succession KâtyS'r. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; (generally abl. {-At}, in due order.)

aanusUya * = mfn. given by Anu-sûyâ (Atri's wife) Ragh. xiv, 14.

aanuSUka4 * = mfn. (probably fr. {anu-SUka}, `" after-shoot of rice "' [according to native
interpretation from {anu-sU}]), `" in the manner of the after-shoot of rice "' i.e. shot after TS. ii, 3,
4, 2.

aanusuka * = mfn. studying or knowing the work Anusû (q.v.) L.

aanusUka * = = {AnuSUka} (?) q.v.

aa pa* = 1 m. obtaining; (mfn.) ifc. to be obtained (cf. %{dur-}).

aa pa* = 2 m. N. of one of the eight demigods called Vasus VP. Hariv. MBh.; (%{I}) f. N. of a
constellation L.

aa pa* = 3 n. (fr. 2. %{ap} Pa1n2. 4-2, 37), a quantity of water, Mallina1tha on S3is3. iii, 72.

aapaa* = 1. P. %{-pibati}, (Impv. 2. du. %{A4pibatam} RV. ii, 36, 6; pf. %{-papau}: Pass. %{-
pIyate}, &c.) to drink in, suck in or up; to sip RV. MBh. Ragh.; to drink in with ears or eyes i.e. to
hear or see with attention, hang on BhP. Ragh.; to absorb, take away: Caus. %{-pAyayati}, to
cause to drink or suck in BhP.

aap.h = to obtain

aapaada* = 1 m. reward, remuneration ChUp.; arriving at L.; (for 2. {A-pAda} see below.)

aapaada* = &c. see under 1. {A-pad}

aapadaa* = f. misfortune, calamity L.

aapaH = water

aapaNaH = (m) shop

aapana * = n. obtaining, reaching, coming to BhP.; pepper L.

aapaana * = 1 mfn. one who has reached; (for 2. see %{A-} 1. %{pA}.)

aapaNa * = m. a market, a shop MBh. R. Katha1s.; waves MBh.; commerce, trade L.

aapana * = &c. see under 1. %{Ap}.

aapaNikaH = (m) shop-keeper

aapad.h = calamity

aapadaaM = dangers

aapannaM = achieved

aapannaaH = gaining

aapah = water
aapanna * = mfn. entered, got in S'Br. KâtyS'r. &c.; afflicted, unfortunate S'ak. Kathâs. &c.;
gained, obtained, acquired; having gained or obtained or acquired.

aapaaDa* = m. (ifc. mf({A})n. L.) compressing, squeezing Sus'r.; giving pain, hurting L.; a chaplet
tied on the crown of the head MBh. R. Ragh.; N. of a metre.

aapta * = mfn. reached, overtaken, met S'Br.; received, got, gained, obtained S'Br. Mn. Hit.
Kathâs.; filled up, taken S'Br.; come to Naish.; reaching to, extending; abundant, full, complete;
apt, fit, true, exact, clever, trusted, trustworthy, confidential Mn. R. Ragh. &c.; respected;
intimate, related, acquainted MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; appointed; divided Sûryas.; connected L.;
accused, prosecuted L.; m. a fit person, a credible or authoritative person, warranter, guarantee; a
friend; an Arhat Jain.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; ({A}) f. = {jaTA} q.v. L.; ({am}) n. a quotient; equation
of a degree L.

aapuurya = covering

aapuryamaaNaM = always being filled

aapUryamANa * = mfn. becoming full, increasing

aaprichchha = take leave of

aapoklima = The 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th Houses

ApratI * = (%{A-prati-i}) P. (Impv. 2. pl. %{-e4tana} RV. vi, 42, 2) to go towards any one to meet
him. iishaM = Lord S'iva

aaptuM = afflicts one with

aapnuyaaM = may have

aapnuvanti = attain

aapnoti = achieves

aaplutaa = immersed

aapsara: = mfn. (fr. {apsaras}), belonging to the Apsaras.

aapUryamANa* = mfn. becoming full, increasing.

aapya* = 2 mfn. (fr. 2. {ap}), belonging or relating to water, watery, liquid Sus'r.; consisting of
water; living in water; m. N. of several asterisms VarBri.; N. of a Vasu; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a class of
deities BhP. Hariv.; ({am}) n. N. of a constellation; (for 1. {Apya} see under {Ap}.)

aapya* = 3 n. N. of a plant, a kind of Costus L. (cf. {vApya}.)

aa-pyAyana * =mfn. causing fulness or stoutness Sus'r.; increasing welfare, gladdening L.; ({I}) f.
an umbilical vein MârkP.; ({am}) n. the act of making full or fat Sus'r.; satiating; satisfying,
refreshing, pleasing Mn.; increasing, causing to thrive MBh.; causing to swell (the Soma) S'Br.
&c.; satiety, satisfaction; advancing; anything which causes corpulency or good condition;
strengthening medicine Sus'r.; corpulency, growing or being fat or stout; gladness L.
aaraadhita * =mfn. propitiated, pleased, solicited for a boon; worshipped, honoured, revered;
accomplished, effected.

aaraadhya = pleasable

aaraama = (m) garden

aaraamaH = from rAma? source?

aaraT * P. (p. {-raTat}) to shriek, screech Kathâs. Bhathth.

aaraa4t * = ind. (abl. of an ideal base {Ara} fr. {A-R}; cf. {Are4}) from a distant place; distant; to a
distant place; far from (with abl.) RV. AV. Âp. MBh. Kathâs.; near Gaut. Ragh.; directly,
immediately Prab. Kathâs. S'ak. 131 a; ({t}) m. N. of a village L.

aaratii = crying out of desperation for help, ritual

aarabdhat.h = started

aarabdham.h = started

aarabhamaaNa* = mfn. beginning, commencing resolutely (with a determination to finish).

aarabhaTa* = m. an enterprising man, courageous man L.; (%{I}) f. boldness, confidence,

heroism Ra1jat.; (in dram.) the representation of supernatural and horrible events on the stage.

aarabhate = begins

aarabhyate = is begun

aarakta* = mfn. reddish Sus'r. Vikr.; ({am}) n. red sandal-wood L

aarambha = beginning *= m. undertaking, beginning Mn. Pan5cat. Megh. &c.; a thing begun;
beginning, origin, commencement S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Megh. &c.; (in dram.) the commencement of
the action which awakens an interest in the progress of the principal plot Sa1h. 324 and 325;
haste, speed; effort, exertion; pride; killing, slaughter (erroneous for %{Alambha} see Zachariae,
Beitr„ge, p. 20, l. 9)

aarambhaH = endeavor

aarambhashuura = one who shows active participation in the beginning

aarambhikaaH = beginners

aaraNya*= mf({A})n. (fr. {araNya}), being in or relating to a forest, forest-born, wild RV. AV.
KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; m. a wild animal ChUp.

aaraNyaka*= mfn. forest, wild, forest-born, produced in a forest, relating to a forest or a forest
animal, (the {AraNyakam parva} of the Mahâ-bhârata is either the whole third book or only the
first section of it); m. a forester, an inhabitant of the woods MBh. Ragh. &c.; ({am}) n. N. of a
class of religious and philosophical writings closely connected with the Brâhmanas and called
Âranyakas because either composed in forests or studied there, (the Upanishads are considered to
be attached to them.)

aarakshakaH = (m) policeman

aarakshikaa = (f) policewoman

aaraadhanaM = for the worship

aarda * = mf({I} [gana {gaurA7di} Pân. 4-1, 41])n. ({Rd}), pressing hard, tormenting exceedingly
T

aardha* = in comp. optionally for {ardha-} (q.v.) Pân. 7-3, 2

aardita = parched, dry

aardra = wet * mf({A})n. ({ard} Un. ii, 18) wet, moist, damp RV. TS. S'Br. MBh. Mn. Sus'r. Megh.
&c.; fresh, not dry, succulent, green (as a plant), living AV. S'Br. R. Sus'r. MBh. &c.; fresh, new
Kathâs.; soft, tender, full of feeling, warm; loose, flaccid Kathâs. Megh. Pañcat. &c.; m. N. of a
grandson of Priithu Hariv. VP.; ({A}) f. the fourth or sixth Nakshatra or lunar mansion AV. MBh.
VarBriS.; ({am}) n. fresh ginger Vishnus.; dampness, moisture Hariv.

aardrachittaa = having emotional mind

aardraa = Sixth nakshatra

aarghya * = mfn. relating to or coming from the above bee Sus'r.; ({am}) n. its honey L.

aarhaaH = deserving

aarii * = P. ({A4-riNanti} RV. ix, 71, 6) to pour, let drop: Â. {A4-rIyate}, to trickle or flow upon; to
flow over RV.

aarita * = mfn. praised RV. i, 101, 4, &

aarjavaM = simplicity

aarjava* = mfn. (fr. {Rju} g. {pRthvAdi} Pân. 5-1, 122), straight; honest, sincere Kathâs.; m. N. of
a teacher VP.; ({am}) n. straightness, straight direction Sâh.; rectitude, propriety of act or
observance; honesty, frankness, sincerity ChUp. Âp. Gaut. MBh. R. Mn. &c.

arjavaka* = mfn. straight, direct; m. N. of the ninth Sarga or creation MBh. xii, 11566.

aarjuna * = m. N. of Indra (= {arjuna} q.v.) Kâthh. 34, 3.

aarka * = mfn. (fr. {arka}), belonging or relating to the sun BhP.; coming from the plant
Calotropis Gigantea VarBriS.

aarogya = health

aaropayati = to plant
aaropita*= mfn. raised, elevated Kum.; fixed, placed Kâd.; made; charged with; strung (as a bow);
deposited, intrusted; interposed, supplied; accidental, adventitious L.

aarohaNa = climbing

aarohati = to climb, to ascend

aarpita* = mfn. fastened to, annexed; dependent on RV. AV.

aarta = intensely troubled

aarta * = mfn. (optionally also written {Artta}, whence erroneously derived fr. {Rt} or even
regarded as irreg. formation fr. {ard}; see also Weber in S'Br. p. 339, l. 20 ff.) fallen into
(misfortune), struck by calamity, afflicted, pained, disturbed; injured; oppressed, suffering, sick,
unhappy S'Br. TS. Mn. R. S'ak. Ragh. &c.

aartha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {artha}), relating to a thing or object; material, significant (opposed to
{zAbda} q.v.) Sâh.; resulting from or based on the possession of a thing Pat.

aartaH = the distressed

aarthika = (adj) economic, fiscal

aarthikaniiti = (f) economic policy

aaru* = 1 1. P. {-rauti} or {-ravIti} (Impv. {A4-ruva} RV. i, 10, 4) to shout or cry towards; to cry
out VarBriS. R. Bhathth.; to praise L.: Intens. {-roravIti}, to roar towards or against RV. \\* = 2
m. a hog; a crab; the tree Lagerstroemia Regina L.; ({us}) f. a pitcher L.

aaruDha = The sign which is as distant from the lord as the lord is from the house concerned

aaruuDha * = mounted, ascended, bestridden (as a horse &c.) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; risen; raised up,
elevated on high VarBriS. Pañcat. Hit. Kathâs. &c.; undertaken; reached, brought to (often used in
compounds e.g. {indriyA7rUDha}, brought under the cognizance of the senses, perceived) BhP.;
having reached or attained, come into (a state) BhP. Prab. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) n. the
mounting, arising.

aarurukshoH = who has just begun yoga

aaruhya = having climbed

aaruu* = mfn. ({R} [Un. i, 87]), tawny; ({Us}) m. tawny (the colour) L

aaruuDhasya = of one who has attained

aaruuDhaani = being placed

aaruudha = house

aaruNi * = m. (fr. {aruNa})N. of Uddâlaka (a renowned Brâhmana teacher, son of Aruna

Aupaves'i and father of S'veta-ketu) S'Br. AitBr. MBh.; N. of Auddâlaki (= S'veta-ketu) KathhUp.;
N. of Suparneya, a son of Prajâpati TÂr.; of Vainateya MBh.; of Tathâyu Bâlar.
aarya = wise man* = m. (fr. {arya4}, {R}), a respectable or honourable or faithful man, an
inhabitant of Âryâvarta; one who is faithful to the religion of his country; N. of the race which
immigrated from Central Asia into Âryâvarta (opposed to {an-Arya}, {dasyu}, {dAsa}); in later
times N. of the first three castes (opposed to {zUdra}) RV. AV. VS. MBh. Yâjñ. Pañcat. &c.; a man
highly esteemed, a respectable, honourable man Pañcat. S'ak. &c.; a master, an owner L.; a friend
L.; a Vais'ya L.; Buddha; (with Buddhists [Pâli {ayyo}, or {ariyo}]) a man who has thought on the
four chief truths of Buddhism (see next col.) and lives accordingly, a Buddhist priest; a son of
Manu Sâvarna Hariv.; (mf({A} and {A4rI})n.) Âryan, favourable to the Âryan people RV. &c.;
behaving like an Âryan, worthy of one, honourable, respectable, noble R. Mn. S'ak. &c.; of a good
family; excellent; wise; suitable; ({A}) f. a name of Pârvatî Hariv.; a kind of metre of two lines
(each line consisting of seven and a half feet; each foot containing four instants, except the sixth
of the second line, which contains only one, and is therefore a single short syllable; hence there
are thirty instants in the first line and twenty-seven in the second); [cf. Old Germ. {e7ra}; Mod.
Germ. {Ehre}; Irish {Erin}.]

aaryasamaaja = Aryan group

aaryaa = (f) a respected woman

aasa*= seat, the lower part of the body behind, posteriors

aasaat * = ind. (fr. an ideal base {Asa}), from or in the proximity, near RV.

aa4sa*=ashes, dust, a bow

aasaM = exist

aasakta = attached\\* = mfn. fixed or fastened to; attached to, lying on or upon S'Br. Kum. R.
Kathâs. &c.; attached strongly to, intent on; zealously following or pursuing MBh. VarBri. Kathâs.
Pañcat. &c.; wound round, encircled; accompanied or furnished with; following directly,
immediately proceeding from (acc.) MBh.

aasaktamanaaH = mind attached

aasana = seat

aasanaM = seat

aasanastham.h = (lotus like-)posture-stood

aasane = on the seat

aasaadaya = (causative of aa+sad) resort to

aasaadya = attaining

aasha.ns.h = to wish, to hope, to desire

aashaya = (masc) resting place

aas'aya * = m. resting-place, bed; seat, place; an asylum, abode or retreat S'Br. MBh. Pañcat.
Bhag. &c.; a receptacle; any recipient; any vessel of the body (e.g. {raktA7zaya}, `" the receptacle
of blood "' i.e. the heart; {AmA7zaya}, the stomach &c.) Sus'r.; the stomach; the abdomen Sus'r.;
the seat of feelings and thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Yâjñ. R. Kathâs. &c.; thought, meaning,
intention Prab. Kathâs. Pañcat.; disposition of mind, mode of thinking; (in Yoga phil.) `" stock "'
or `" the balance of the fruits of previous works, which lie stored up in the mind in the form of
mental deposits of merit or demerit, until they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into
rank, years, and enjoyment (Cowell's translation of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.); the will; pleasure; virtue;
vice; fate; fortune; property; a miser, niggard L.; N. of the plant Artocarpus Integrifolia L.

aashayasthitaaH = situated within the heart

aashaa = desire

aasha*= (1. {az}), reaching, obtaining (cf. {dur-} Aza m. food; eating S'Br. KâtyS'r. &c. (cf.
{prAtar-Aza}, {sAyam-Aza}, &c.; {hutA7za}, {AzrayA7za}, &c.)

aashaa4 *=, desire, hope, expectation, prospect AV. S'Br. ChUp. R. S'ak. Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.;
Hope personified as the wife of a Vasu Hariv.; as the daughter-in-law of Manas Prab.; (for 2.
{A4zA} see s.v.)

aa4shaa*. (1. {az}; for 1. {AzA4} see {A-zaMs}), space, region, quarter of the heavens RV. AV. TS.
R. MBh. Ragh. &c.

aashaapaasha = entanglements in a network of hope

aashaapiNDaM = AshA+pindaM, desire+lump(piNDaM also means rice-ball given

aas'i * = 1 f. eating Kaus'.

aas'ii * =1 f. = 1. {Azi4s} L.; (for 2. {AzI} see 2. {Azis}.)

aa-s'i * =2 P. (Impv. {A4-zizIhi}) to sharpen [Sây.] i.e. to make zealous RV. vii, 16, 6; viii, 21, 8 [to
bestow, let partake BRD.]; (for 1. {Azi} see 2. {Aza}.)

aas'ii * =2 f. = 2. {Azis} L.

aa-s'ii * =3 Â. (irr. {-za4ye} [3. sg.] RV. AV.: Impv. 3. sg. {A-zayAm} AV. v, 25, 9; 3. pl. {-zerate}
Vikr.) to lie or rest on or round: P. (impf. 3. pl. {A7zayan}) to wish BhP. ix, 1, 37 [perhaps this
form is rather a Nom. from 1. {AzA}?]: Caus. (impf. {A74zIzayat}) to lay or put upon R.

aashina = old (also heard as aashiina)

aashishhati = to give aashirvaad

aashu = fast

aashcharyaM = surprise

aashcharyamayaM = wonderful

aashcharyavat.h = with wonder, surprise

aashcharyaaNi = all the wonders

aashrama = a yoga centre or school

aashrayatva = dependence, leaning

aashrayaa = sheltor

aashrayet.h = must come upon

aashri = to take shelter

aashritaM = assuming

aashritaH = taking refuge

aashritaaH = accepting

aashritya = taking shelter of

aashleshha = embrace

aashleshhaa = Ninth nakshatra

aashvaasayaamaasa = encouraged

aashvinii = First nakshatra

aas'u * = mfn. (1. {az} Un. i, 1), fast, quick, going quickly RV. AV. S'Br. &c.; ({us}) m. Ved. the
quick one, a horse RV. AV.; ({us}, or {u}) m. n. rice ripening quickly in the rainy season S'Br.
KâtyS'r. L.; ({u}) n. N. of a Sâman; ({u}) ind. quickly, quick, immediately, directly Sus'r. Megh.
Pañcat. &c. (cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {acu} in {acupedius}, &49452[157, 3] {o7cissimus}: of the same
origin may be the Lat. {aquila} and {accipiter}.)

aas'aya* = m. resting-place, bed; seat, place; an asylum, abode or retreat S'Br. MBh. Pañcat. Bhag.
&c.; a receptacle; any recipient; any vessel of the body (e.g. {raktA7zaya}, `" the receptacle of
blood "' i.e. the heart; {AmA7zaya}, the stomach &c.) Sus'r.; the stomach; the abdomen Sus'r.; the
seat of feelings and thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Yâjñ. R. Kathâs. &c.; thought, meaning,
intention Prab. Kathâs. Pañcat.; disposition of mind, mode of thinking; (in Yoga phil.) `" stock "'
or `" the balance of the fruits of previous works, which lie stored up in the mind in the form of
mental deposits of merit or demerit, until they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into
rank, years, and enjoyment (Cowell's translation of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.); the will; pleasure; virtue;
vice; fate; fortune; property; a miser, niggard L.; N. of the plant Artocarpus Integrifolia L.

aas.h = to sit

aasi* = P. (pf. %{A4-siSAya} RV. x, 28, 10) to wrap or pack up.

aasita* = mfn. seated, being at rest; one who has sat down, one who is seated or dwells Kathâs. R.
&c.; ({am}) n. sitting, sitting down Sâh. MBh.; a seat; a place where one has lived, an abode R.;
way or manner of sitting (cf. {dur--}); N. of several Sâmans.

aasit.h = was/existed
aasina = by the weapon

aasinaM = situated

aasinaH = eaters

aasiit.h = was

aasiita = does remain still

aasiinaH = situated

aaspada* = n. (ifc. mf[{A}]n. fr. {pada} with {A} prefixed, {s} being inserted), place, seat, abode
S'ak. Kathâs. Mriicch. Bhartri. Das'. &c.; the tenth lunar mansion VarBri.; business, affair; dignity,
authority; power L.

aasphuT * = Caus. {-sphoTayati}, to split open, crush, grind Kathâs.; to move, agitate quickly; to
shake MBh. Mn. BhP. &c.

aas'raya* = m. that to which anything is annexed or with which anything is closely connected or
on which anything depends or rests Pân. R. Ragh. Sus'r.; a recipient, the person or thing in which
any quality or article is inherent or retained or received; seat, resting-place R. Kathâs. Sus'r. &c.;
dwelling, asylum, place of refuge, shelter R. S'is'. &c.; depending on, having recourse to; help,
assistance, protection Pañcat. Ragh. &c.; authority, sanction, warrant; a plea, excuse L.; the being
inclined or addicted to, following, practising; attaching to, choosing, taking; joining, union,
attachment; dependance, contiguity, vicinity RPrât. Yâjñ. Mn. &c.; relation; connection;
appropriate act or one consistent with the character of the agent; (in Gr.) the subject, that to
which the predicate is annexed; (with Buddhists) the five organs of sense with {manas} or mind
(the six together being the recipients of the {Azrita} or objects which enter them by way of their
{Alambana} or qualities); source, origin; ifc. depending on, resting on, endowed or furnished with
(e.g. {aSTa-guNA7zraya} see under {aSTa}).

aasrij *V-S evolved. send forth *= = P. (Impv. 2. sg. {A4-sRja}) Â. (pf. 3. pl. {A4-sasRjire}) to pour
out upon, pour in RV.; to admit (a stallion to a mare) RV. ix, 97, 18; to adorn, decorate RV. v, 52,
6; to carry near; to procure KâtyS'r. aastikyaM = religiousness

aas'ru * = P. {-zRNoti} Â. {-zRNute}, to listen to; to hear; to perceive (with the ear) RV. AV. TS.
S'Br. BhP. &c.; to accept, promise Pân. 1-4, 40 R. Yâjñ. L.: Caus. {-zrAvayati} [but {A4-
zravayatam} RV. vii, 62, 5; aor. {-azuzravus} RV. x, 94, 12], to cause to hear; to announce, make
known, tell RV. Âs'vS'r. MBh.; to address, speak to, call to (especially at particular rites) RV. AV.
TS. S'Br. ChUp. TUp. KâtyS'r. &c.: Desid. {-zuzrUSati} [only P. Pân. 1-3, 59], to wish to hear; to
listen.

aas'ruta * = mfn. listened to , heard ; audible TS. ; promised , agreed Ya1jn5. ; (%{am}) n. a calling
(at rites see %{A-zrAvaNa}) Ka1tyS3r. TS.

aaste = remains

aasthaaya = following

aasteya* = mfn. (Pân. 4-3, 56) belonging to something existent.

aasthitaH = being situated

aasthitaaH = situated

aastikya* = n. (fr. {Astika}), belief in God, piety, faithfulness; a believing nature or disposition
MBh. Bhag. BhP.

aasu * = to press out (Soma juice); to distil

aa-su * = 3. P. {-suno4ti}, (Subj. 2. pl. {-suno4tA} AV. xx, 127, 7 and {A4-sotA} RV. ix, 108, 7) to
press out (Soma juice); to distil RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp.

aa-suu * = P. {A4-suvati} 1. (p. {-suvAna4}) to excite towards [161, 1]; to throw to, send off
towards; to assign to, bring quickly, procure; to yield, grant RV. AV. S'Br.

aasuraM = demonic *

aasura = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {asura}), spiritual, divine RV. VS. AV.; belonging or devoted to evil
spirits; belonging or relating to the Asuras RV. AV. VS. KâtyS'r. Prab. Das'. &c.; infernal,
demoniacal; m. an Asura or demon AV. AitBr. Pân.; a form of marriage (in which the bridegroom
purchases the bride from her father and paternal kinsmen) Âs'vGri. i, 6, 6 Mn. iii, 31 (cf.
{vivAha}); ({As}) m. pl. the stars of the southern hemisphere Sûryas. &c.; a prince of the warrior-
tribe Asura Pân.; ({I}) f. a female demon; a division of medicine (surgery, curing by cutting with
instruments, applying the actual cautery); N. of the plant Sinapis Ramosa L.; the urethra BhP.;
({am}) n. blood; black salt L.

aasuraH = demoniac

aasuranishchayaan.h = demons

aasurii = demoniac qualities

aasuriiM = atheistic

aasuriishhu = demoniac

aas'u* = mfn. (1. %{az} Un2. i, 1), fast, quick, going quickly RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; (%{us}) m. Ved. the
quick one, a horse RV. AV.; (%{us}, or %{u}) m. n. rice ripening quickly in the rainy season S3Br.
Ka1tyS3r. L.; (%{u}) n. N. of a Sa1man; (%{u}) ind. quickly, quick, immediately, directly Sus3r.
Megh. Pan5cat. &c. (cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {acu} in {acupedius}, &49452[157,3] {o7cissimus}: of the
same origin may be the Lat. {aquila} and {accipiter}.)

aas'vaasa * = m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus'r.; cheering up,
consolation; relying on Kathâs.; a chapter or section of a book Sâh.

aasvaada = tastingaatanka = horror, terror

aazvaasa * = m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus3r.; cheering up,
consolation; relying on Katha1s.; a chapter or section of a book Sa1h.

aasya = (m) mouth

aasyaa * = f. sitting Sus'r.; abiding, abode; state of rest L.

aasya4 * = n. [ifc. mf({A})n.] mouth, jaws RV. AV. VS. MBh. &c.; face Yâjñ.; (mfn.) belonging to
the mouth or face, belonging to that part of the mouth or face, belonging to that part of the mouth
which is the organ of uttering sounds or letters Pân. Siddh. Kâs'. &c. [160, 1]

aatataayinaH = aggressors

aatapa = heat

aatapatraM = sunshade* = n. `" heatprotector "' (ifc. f. {A} Megh. Kathâs.), a large umbrella (of
silk or leaves) MBh. &c.; {AtapatrAyita} mfn. forming an umbrella (as the branches of a tree) BhP.

aatishhTha = be situated

aatura = anxious

aatta = ready

aattha = have spoken

aatmaa = soul

aatmaa.atattvamasi = Thou art That Not (self + Self are differnt:Duality)

aatmanaa* = instr. of {Atman}, in comp. [but not in a Bahuvrîhi] with ordinals Pân. 6-3, 6 (cf. the
Bahuvrîhi compounds {Atma-caturtha}, and {-paJcama}.)

aatmaanaM = the mind

aatmaani = in the pure state of the soul

aatmaasambhavitaaH = self-complacent

aatma = of the self * = (in comp. for {Atma4n}; also rarely ifc. e.g. {adhy-Atma}, {adhy-
Atma4m}).

aatmaka* mf({ikA})n. belonging to or forming the nature of (gen.) MBh. xv, 926; having or
consisting of the nature or character of (in comp.) ChUp. [cf. {saMkalpA7tmaka}]; consisting or
composed of Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {paJcA7tmaka} &c.)

aatman * = {A} m. (variously derived fr. {an}, to breathe; {at}, to move; {vA}, to blow; cf.
{tma4n}) the breath RV.; the soul, principle of life and sensation RV. AV. &c.; the individual soul,
self, abstract individual [e.g. {Atma4n}] (Ved. loc.) {dhatte}, or {karoti}, `" he places in himself "',
makes his own TS. v S'Br.; {AtmanA akarot}, `" he did it himself "' Kâd.; {AtmanA vi-yuj}, `" to
lose one's life "' Mn. vii, 46; {Atman} in the sg. is used as reflexive pronoun for all three persons
and all three genders e.g. {AtmAnaM sA hanti}, `" she strikes herself "'; {putram AtmanaH
spRSTvA nipetatuH}, `" they two having touched their son fell down "' R. ii, 64, 28; the prayers of
transcendental activity [with for each of the four a type of priest or below s.v. {AtmanA}]; essence,
nature, character, peculiarity (often ifc. e.g. {karmA7tman}, &c.) RV. x, 97, 11, &c.; the person or
whole body considered as one and opposed to the separate members of the body VS. S'Br.; the
body Ragh. i, 14 RâmatUp.; (ifc.) `" the understanding, intellect, mind "' see {naSTA7tman},
{mandA7-}; the highest personal principle of life, Brahma (cf. {paramA7tman}) AV. x, 8, 44 VS.
xxxii, 11 S'Br. xiv, &c.; effort L.; (= {dhRti}) firmness L.; the sun L.; fire L.; a son L.; [Old Germ.
{âtum}; Angl. Sax. {oedhm}; Mod. Germ. {Athem}, {Odem}; Gk. $, $ (?).] &42279[135, 1]
aatma-krita * = ({Atma4-}) mfn. done or committed against one's self VS. viii, 13; done of one's
self, self-executed R. ii, 46, 23.

aatmaghosha * = m. `" uttering one's own name "', a crow L.; a cock L.

aatmaja * = mfn. self-originated MBh. xii, 12449; m. (ifc. f. {A} R.) `" born from or begotten by
one's self "', a son Nir. Mn. &c.; N. of the fifth lunar mansion VarYogay.; ({A}) f. a daughter MBh.
R. &c.; `" originating from intellect "', the reasoning faculty L.

aatmajJa * = mfn. knowing one's self MBh. xii, 12440; knowing the supreme spirit Vedântas.

aatmajJAna * = n. self-knowledge MBh. v, 990 and 1167; knowledge of the soul or supreme spirit
Mn. xii, 85 and 92 MBh. Vedântas.

aatma-tattva * = n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit S'vetUp.; ({Atmatattva})
{-jJa} mfn. knowing or versed in the Vedânta doctrines L.

aatmata * = f. essence, nature BhP.

aatmatva * = n. essence, nature Sâh.

aatmadars'a * = m. `" self-shower "', a mirror Ragh. vii, 65.

aatmadaa * = mfn. granting breath or life RV. x, 121, 2.

aatmadaana * = n. gift of self, self-sacrifice Kathâs.

aatmakaM = consisting of

aatmaka* = mf(%{ikA})n. belonging to or forming the nature of (gen.) MBh. xv, 926; having or
consisting of the nature or character of (in comp.) ChUp. [cf. %{saMkalpA7tmaka}]; consisting or
composed of Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. %{paJcA7tmaka} &c.)

aatmakaH = possessing or controlling

aatmakaaraNaat.h = for sense enjoyment

aatmaja = son

aatmajaH = son

aatmajaa = daughter

aatmatriptaH = self-illuminated

aatman.h = Soul

aatmana = (Masc.instr.sing.) thro' the self

aatmanaH = of the person

aatmanaa = by the purified mind * = instr. of {Atman}, in comp. [but not in a Bahuvrîhi] with
ordinals Pân. 6-3, 6 (cf. the Bahuvrîhi compounds {Atma-caturtha}, and {-paJcama}.)

aatmani = in himself

aatmabhaava = within their hearts

aatmabhuutaatmaa = compassionate

aatmamaayayaa = by My internal energy

aatmayogaat.h = by My internal potency

aatmaratiH = taking pleasure in the self

aatmavantaM = situated in the self

aatmavashyaiH = under one's control

aatmavaan.h = established in the self

aatmavinigrahaH = self-control

aatmavibhuutayaH = personal opulences

aatmavishvaasaH = (m) confidence

aatmasa.nyama = of controlling the mind

aatmasa.nstutiH = and praise of himself

aatmasa.nsthaM = placed in transcendence

aatmasaat.h = to imbibe, to make one's own, to train oneself

aatmaGYaana = knowledge of self

aatmiyataa = the feeling of oneness

aatmaiva = the very mind

aatmatattva * = n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit S'vetUp.; ({Atmatattva})
{-jJa} mfn. knowing or versed in the Vedânta doctrines L.

aatma-tantra * =n. the basis of self MBh. xiii, 4399; (mfn.) depending only on one's self,
independent BhP. (cf. {sva-tantra}.)

aatma-ta * =f. essence, nature BhP.

aatura * = mf({A})n. suffering, sick (in body or mind) RV. viii AV. xi, 101, 2, &c.; diseased or
pained by (in comp.) MBh. R. &c.; desirous of (Inf.) (cf. {an-Atura4}.)
aatyantikaM = supreme

aavaasaH = (m) residence, living quarters

aavaha * =mf({A})n. bringing, bringing to pass, producing; what bears or conveys Mn. Bhag. R.
Pañcat. &c.; m. N. of one of the seven winds or bands of air (that which is usually assigned to the
{bhuvar-loka} or atmospheric region between the {bhUr-loka} and {svar-loka}) Hariv.; one of the
seven tongues of fire. [155, 2]

aavaaha * = m. inviting, invitation MBh.; marrying L.; N. of a son of S'vaphalka Hariv

aavali * = %{is} and %{I} f. (%{val} T.), a row, range; a continuous line; a series; dynasty, lineage
Vikr. BhP. Prab. Hit. &c.

aavaasya* = mfn. ifc. to be inhabited by, full of BhP. viii, 1, 10.

aavaraNa = a veil

aavartaH = (m) whirlpool

aavartate = comes back

aavartinaH = returning

aavartita* = mfn. turned round, stirred round Hariv. BhP. &c.

aavasatha4 * = m. (Un. iii, 114) dwelling-place, abode, habitation, night's lodging AV. ix, 6, 7 S'Br.
ChUp. Mn. R. Hit. Ragh. &c.; a dwelling for pupils and ascetics; a village; a particular religious
observance L.; a treatise on Âryâ metres T.

aavali = (f) line, row

aavayoH = of ours

aaveza *= m. joining one's self Ka1tyS3r.; entering, entrance, taking possession of MBh. S3ak.
Prab. &c.; absorption of the faculties in one wish or idea, intentness, devotedness to an object
BhP.; demoniacal frenzy, possession, anger, wrath Ba1lar. Ka1d.; pride, arrogance L.;
indistinctness of idea, apoplectic or epileptic giddiness L.

aavi* = {is} and {I4} f. (perhaps {vI}), pain, suffering Sus'r. TS.; ({yas}) f. pl. pangs of childbirth
Sus'r.

aavii* = P. {-ve4ti} (but also {-va4yati} Nigh. ii, 8; pf. {-vivAya}, &c.) to undertake; to hasten near,
approach RV.; to grasp, seize AitUp.; to drive on or near RV.: Intens. (Pot. 3. pl. {A4-vavIran} TS.
iii, 2, 9, 5) to tremble, be agitated; (for the noun {AvI} see {Avi}, and for {AvI} f. see {Avya}.)

aavidhya *= ind. p. having pierced &c.

aavirbhuutaM = having taken a physical form or incarnation

aavishya = entering
aavis'* =* = P. Â. {-vizati}, {-te} (inf. {A-vi4zam} RV. ii, 24, 6) to go or drive in or towards; to
approach, enter; to take possession of RV. AV. VS. S'Br. MBh. BhP. R. Mn. &c.; to sit down, settle
MBh.; to get or fall into; to reach, obtain; to become RV. MBh. R. BhP. &c.: Caus. {-vezayati}, to
cause to enter or approach; to cause to reach or obtain; to deliver, offer, present; to make known
RV. AV. AitBr. MBh. BhP. Ragh. Bhag. &c.

aavishh.h = to be possesed by

aavishhTaM = overwhelmed

aavishhTaH = overwhelmed

aavikshita = descendent of avikshit (i.e, marutta)

avrithA * = ind. not in vain, profitably L.

aavriti * = f. covering, closing, hiding.

aavrij * =Â. {-vRGkte} (Subj. {-va4rjate} RV. i, 33, 1; aor. {A74vRkta} RV. viii, 90, 16; also P. aor.
1. sg. {A74vRkSam} RV. x, 159, 5) to turn or bring into the possession of, procure for, bestow, give
RV.; to turn or bring into one's own possession; to appropriate RV. S'Br. BhP.; to be propitiated,
favour BhP.: Caus. P. {-varjayati}, to turn over, incline, bend Hariv. S'ak. Vikr. Ragh. Megh. &c.;
to pour out Ragh. Kum.; to deliver BhP. Ragh. &c.; to cause to yield, overcome; to gain one's
favour, propitiate, attract Kathâs. Das'. &c.

aavri * =1 1. P. {-vRNoti}, to cover, hide, conceal; to surround, enclose, shut, comprehend, hem in;
to keep off MBh. R. BhP. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.: Caus. {-vArayati}, to cover, enclose; to ward off, keep
off MBh. R. BhP. VarBriS.

aavritya * =1 ind. p. 3. having covered &c. S'ak. MBh. &c.

aavrita = encircled

aavritaM = is covered

aavritaH = is covered

aavritaa = covered

aavritaaH = covered

aavrittiM = return

aavritya = covering

aavrishhthi = (fem) rain

aaveshita = fixed

aaveshya = establishing

aavriyate = is covered
aavhayati = to call

aavya * =mf({AvI})n. (fr. {avi}), belonging to sheep TS.; woollen Âs'vGri.

aayaama *: extending, restraining, restrained, stopping

aayaata * = mfn. come, arrived, attained MBh. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) n. abundance,
superabundance, Kirâ

aayaH = (m) income, earnings

aavyakta* = mfn. quite clear or intelligible R. vii, 88, 20.

aayatana = place, position

aayatam.h = (n) rectangle

aayana *= 1 n. coming, approaching RV. AV. VS.; (for 2. {Ayana} see s.v

aayaana * =n. coming, arrival RV. viii, 22, 18 MBh. &c.; the natural temperament or disposition L.
(cf. {ayAna}.)

aayanaa.nsha = Precession of Equinoxes. Used to convert Tropical positions to Sidereal

aayaataH = have come

aayaatana = abode, resting place

aayata * = mfn. stretched, lengthened, put on (as an arrow); stretching, extending, extended,
spread over; directed towards, aiming at; extended, long, future MBh. R. Sus'r. Ragh. S'is'. Kir.
&c.; m. an oblong figure (in geometry); ({A}) f. a particular interval (in music); ({am}), and
({ayA}) ind. without delay, on the spot, quickly S'Br.

aayu* = 1 2. A1. (%{A4-yuvate} RV. ix, 77, 2 ; pf. %{-yuyuve4} RV. i, 138, 1 ; p. %{-yuva4mAna}
RV. i, 582, and %{-yuvAna} S3Br. ix, 4, 1, 8) to draw or pull towards one's self ; to seize, take
possession of RV. TBr. S3Br. ; to procure, provide, produce TS. ; to stir up, agitate, mingle
Ma1nS3r. and Gr2.: Intens. (p. %{-yo4yuvAna} RV. iv, 1, 11) to meddle with.// 2 mfn. (fr. %{i}
Un2. i, 2), living, movable RV. VS. ; (%{us}) m. a living being, man ; living beings collectively,
mankind RV. ; son, descendant, offspring ; family, lineage RV. ; a divine personification presiding
over life RV. x, 17, 4 ; N. of fire (as the son of Puru1ravas and Urvas3i1) VS. MBh. Hariv. (cf.
%{Ayus}) ; N. of a man persecuted by Indra RV. ; N. of several other men MBh. Hariv. &c. ; N. of a
king of frogs MBh. ; (%{u}) n. [and (%{us}) m. L.] life, duration of life RV. iii, 3, 7 ; ix, 100, 1.

aayuH = [long] life

aayus * = n. life, vital power, vigour, health, duration of life, long life RV. AV. TS. S3Br. Mn. MBh.
Pan5cat. &c.; active power, efficacy RV. VS.; the totality of living beings [food Sa1y.] RV. ii, 38, 5
and vii, 90, 6; N. of a particular ceremony (= %{AyuH-SToma} q.v.); N. of a Sa1man; of the eighth
lunar mansion; food L.; (%{us}) m. the son of Puru1ravas and Urvas3i1 (cf. %{Ayu}) MBh. Vikr.
VP.; [cf. Dor. $; perhaps also $.]

aayudhaM = weapons
aayudhadharmiNI* = f. the plant Sesbania AEgyptiaca (commonly called Jayantî) L.

aayudhapAla* = m. the governor of an arsenal Hariv.

aayudhabhRt* = mfn. bearing arms; ({t}) m. a warrior VarBriS.

aayudhAgAra* = n. an armoury, arsenal Mn. MBh. Venis.; {-nara} m. governor of an arsenal

Hariv. {AyudhA7gArika} m. governor of an arsenal Hariv. [149, 2]

aayudha* = n. a weapon RV. AV. VS. R. Mn. MBh. Ragh. &c.; implement AV. x, 10, 18 AitBr.
Kaus'.; gold used for ornaments L.; ({Ani}) n. pl. water L.

aayudhaanaaM = of all weapons

aayur* = (in comp. for {Ayus} below).

aayush* = (in comp. for {Ayus} below).

aayusha* = n. ifc. = {Ayus}, duration of life S'Br. Pañcat. &c.

aayus* = n. life, vital power, vigour, health, duration of life, long life RV. AV. TS. S'Br. Mn. MBh.
Pañcat. &c.; active power, efficacy RV. VS.; the totality of living beings [food Sây.] RV. ii, 38, 5 and
vii, 90, 6; N. of a particular ceremony (= {AyuH-SToma} q.v.); N. of a Sâman; of the eighth lunar
mansion; food L.; ({us}) m. the son of Purûravas and Urvas'î (cf. {Ayu}) MBh. Vikr. VP.; [cf. Dor.
$; perhaps also $.]

aayushhkaaraka = Significator of Longevity which is Saturn

aayuta * = mfn. melted, mixed, mingled; ifc. combined with MBh. R. BhP.; ({A4-yutam}) n.
halfmelted butter MaitrS. AitBr.

aayojakaH = (m) organiser, sponsoraasava

abandhu = one who does not have any brothers / kinmen

abala = helpless (woman)

abalaa = (helpless) Woman

abuddhayaH = less intelligent persons

abodha = Ignorance

abda = Season of plenty

abdhi = sea

abdhii = (m) ocean, sea

abhaavaH = changing quality

abhaavayataH = of one who is not fixed

abhaashhata = began to speak

abhadra * = mfn. inauspicious, mischievous; (%{am}) n. mischief.

abrahmaNya = Not kosher

abhaktaaya = to one who is not a devotee

abhara: see abhr

abhavat.h = became

abraviit.h = spoke

abhavishhyat.h = will become

abhaya = freedom from fear *mf({A})n. unfearful, not dangerous, secure; ({a-bha4ya}) mfn.
fearless, undaunted S'Br. xiv; m. N. of S'iva; of a natural son of Bimbisâra; of a son of Idhmajihva
BhP.; of a river in Krauñcadvîpa BhP.; ({A}) f. the plant Terminalia Chebula; ({a4-bhayam}) n.
(ifc. f. {A}) absence or removal of fear, peace, safety, security RV. &c. (cf. {a4bhaya-tama} below);
`" safety "', (applied as proper name to) a child of Dharma and his reign in Plakshadvîpa BhP.; a
kind of symbol procuring security Hcat.; a sacrificial hymn recited to obtain personal security
Kaus'.; the root of a fragrant grass, Andropogon Muricatum.

abhayaM = fearlessness

abhaye = and fearlessness

abhi = preposition

abhi+taD.h = to strike

abhibhavati = transforms

abhibhavaat.h = having become predominant

abhibhuuya = surpassing

abhichaara = black magic

abhidhaana* = n. telling, naming, speaking, speech, manifesting; a name, title, appellation,

expression, word; a vocabulary, dictionary, lexicon; putting together, bringing in close connection
VPrât.; (compar. {-tara}) KaushBr.; ({I}) f. see s.v.

abhidhaasyati = explains

abhidhiiyate = is called

abhidhitsA* = f. desire of expressing or naming Kpr.

abhidhi* = 3. (impf. 3. pl. {abhy-adhinvan}) to satisfy Kâthh. PBr.

abhidhii* = (perf. 1. sg. {-dIdhaya-}; p. Â. {-dI4dhyAna} RV. iv, 33, 9) to reflect upon, consider
RV. iii, 38, 1 and x, 32, 4.

abhijñaana* = n. remembrance, recollection; knowledge L.; ascertainment; a sign or token of

remembrance [62,3]; any sign or token serving as a proof for (loc. or {prati}) R.; = {abhijJAna-
zakuntala} q.v. Sâh.

abhigraha * = m. seizing taking hold of; attack, onset L.; defiance, challenge L.; robbing,
plundering L.; authority L.; a vow Jain

abhihitaa = described* = mfn. ( %{dhA}), harnessed or put to (as a horse) RV. AV. S3Br.; named,
called Mn. iii, 141, &c.; held forth, said, declared, spoken MBh. Mn. &c.; spoken to Kum. &c.; m.
N. of a chief L.; (%{am}) n. a name, expression, word.

abhiipsita = desired

abhijanavaan.h = surrounded by aristocratic relatives

abhijaataH = born of

abhijaatasya = of one who is born of

abhijaananti = they know

abhijaanaati = does know

abhijaayate = becomes manifest

abhijita = A nakshatra between uttaraashhDhaa and shravaNa mainly centred on the star Vega.
For some reason it is not usually included in the 27 nakshatras although it would make 28 if it
was. adhipatii - Lord

abhijit * = mfn. victorious VS. xv, 7; born under the constellation Abhijit Pân. 4-3, 36, (cf.
{Abhijita}); ({t}) m. N. of a Soma sacrifice (part of the great sacrifice Gavâm-ayana) AV. S'Br. &c.;
N. of a son [Hariv.] or of the father [VP.] of Punarvasu; of Vishnu L.; N. of a star (a Lyrae) L.; of
the 20th (or 22nd) Nakshatra AV. &c.; the eighth Muhûrta of the day (about midday) Kaus'. &c.

abhijin.hmuhuurta = the most auspicious moment

abhikrama = in endeavoring

abhiikshNa * = mfn. (contr. of {abhikSaNa} cf. Nir. ii, 25), constant, perpetual L.; in comp. for
{abhIkSNam} q.v.; ({am}) ind. repeatedly, again and again, perpetually, constantly; presently, at
once; very, exceedingly (in comp. {abhIkSNa-}) Râjat.

abhimanaH = conceit

abhimaana = self-importance * = m. intention to injure, insidiousness KâtyS'r.; high opinion of

one's self, self-conceit, pride, haughtiness; (in Sânkhya phil.) = {abhi-mati}, above; conception
(especially an erroneous one regarding one's self) Sâh. &c.; affection, desire; N. of a Riishi in the
sixth Manvantara VP.

abhimata * mfn. longed for, wished, desired; loved, dear; allowed Âs'vGri.; supposed, imagined;
({am}) n. desire, wish.

abhimriSTa* = touched, struck

abhimukhaaH = towards

abhinandatii = praises

abhinaya = acting

abhinivesha = possessiveness

abhipravrittaH = being fully engaged

abhipraayaH = (m) opinion

abhirataH = following

abhirakshantu = should give support

abhirakshitaM = perfectly protected

abhirakshitam.h = who has been well protected

abhiraama * = mf({A}) n. pleasing, delightful, agreeable, beautiful; m. N. of Siva; 1. ({am}) ind. so

as to be agreeable to (in comp.) S'âk.; (for 2. {abhi-rAmam} see s.v. below.)

abhiraamastrilokaanaaM = the laudable rAma for all the three worlds

abhishhi.nchati = performs' puuja', by pouring water etc. on the idol

abhishhekaM = ablution

abhisandhaaya = desiring

abhitaH = everywhere

abhivand * = Â. (rarely P.) to salute respectfully

abhivandaka* = mfn. having the intention to salute Jain.

abhi-vandana * n. saluting respectfully

abhiijya* = mfn. id. L.; m. a god L

abhivyaJjana * = n. making manifest L.

abhiyaachanaa = (f) demand

abhiyuktaanaaM = fixed in devotion

abhivijvalanti = and are blazing

abhiyaata * = mfn. approached; attacked.

abhukta * = mfn. uneaten; unenjoyed, unused, unexpended; one who has not eaten, enjoyed or
expended.

abhuuta* = mfn. whatever has not been or happened.

abhyaakarsha 8 = m. ( {kRS}), a striking of the flat of the hand upon the breast in defiance (a
practice common to wrestlers and pugilists) MBh. i, 7109.

abhyadhikaH = greater

abhyanunaadayan.h = resounding

abhyarchya = by worshiping

abhyaasa* = reaching to, pervading Yâjñ. iii, 114; (with {yad} and Pot.) prospect, any expected
result or consequence ChUp.; proximity (with gen. or abl.) R. &c.; (mfn.) near Kum. vi, 2; ({am})
ind. near, at hand AitBr. PBr.; ({e}) loc. ind. near (with gen. or abl.) R. &c.; ({At}) abl. in comp.
with (a perf. Pass. p., as) {Agata}, &c., arrived from near at hand, &c. Pân. 2-1, 39 Sch. & vi, 3, 2
Sch.

abhyaasa* = 2 m. the act of adding anything, S'ulb.; (in Gr.) `" what is prefixed "', the first syllable
of a reduplicated radical Pân.; reduplication Nir.; repetition Mn. xii, 74, &c.; (in poetry) repetition
of the last verse of a stanza [Nir.] or of the last word of a chapter [Comm. on AitBr.]; (in arithm.)
multiplication; repeated or permanent exercise, discipline, use, habit, custom [77, 1]; repeated
reading, study; military practice L.; (in later Vedânta phil.) inculcation of a truth conveyed in
sacred writings by means of repeating the same word or the same passage; (in Yoga phil.) the
effort of the mind to remain in its unmodified condition of purity (sattva).

abhyaasa * = see ({abhy-} 1. {az} and) 2. {abhy-} 2. {as}.

abhyasanaM = practice

abhyasuuyakaaH = envious

abhyasuuyati = is envious

abhyasuuyantaH = out of envy

abhyahanyanta = were simultaneously sounded

abhyaasha = outskirts

abhyaasa = study
abhyaasayoga = by practice

abhyaasayogena = by the practice of devotional service

abhyaasaat.h = than practice

abhyaase = in practice

abhyaasena = by practice

abhyavarsha: A* heaped with, showerd by, covered with, poured over

abhyutthaanaM = predominance

abhyudaya = rise, prosperity * = m. sunrise or rise of luminaries (during or with reference to

some other occurrence) Ka1tyS3r. Jaim.; beginning, commencing (as of darkness, &c.) R.;
elevation, increase, prosperity, happiness, good result Mn. iii, 254 R. &c.; a religious celebration,
festival Mn. ix, 84.

abhyupAyana * = n. a complimentary gift, an inducement BhP.

abhyupeta* = mfn. approached, arrived at (acc.) MBh. i, 3592 Ragh. v, 14; (with %{gRham})
staying in a house VarBr2S.; furnished with (in comp. [VarBr2S.] or instr.); agreed upon, assented
to Das3.; promised Megh.

abhraM = cloud

abhr * = cl. 1. P. {abhrati} (perf. {Anabhra}) to error wander about Bhathth.

acara* = or {a4-carat} [RV.] mfn. immovable.

acaraM = and not moving

acarasya = and nonmoving

acala = (adj) still, stationary

acalaM = unmoving

acalaH = immovable

acalapratishhThaM = steadily situated

acalaa = unflinching

acalena = without its being deviated

acakshus.h = one without an eye

acaapalaM = determination
acetana* = mfn. without consciousness, inanimate; unconscious, insensible, senseless, fainting,
&c.

acetAna* =mfn. thoughtless, infatuated RV. vii, 4, 7.

acetas* =mfn. imprudent RV.; unconscious, insensible.

acintya = inconceivable

acintyaM = beyond contemplation

acintyaH = inconceivable

aciraad.h = without delay/in no time

aciraadbhava = in no time from the cycle of birth\&death

acireNa = very soon

acetasaH = without KRishhNa consciousness

acchedyaH = unbreakable

achyuta = O infallible one

achyutam.h = the who does not slip

acit* = mfn. without understanding RV.; irreligious, bad RV.; (the NBD. suggests to take {a-ci4t}
as a f. `" not-knowledge "' Sây. sometimes explains by {ci}, `" neglecting the Agnicayana,
irreligious); {a-cit} f. not-spirit, matter Sarvad.

aH = (v) to be

ad.h = to eat

a-daara * = having no wife

adara * = not little, much.

adatta * = mfn. not given; given unjustly; not given in marriage; one who has given nothing AV.;
(%{A}) f. an unmarried girl; (%{am}) n. a donation which is null and void Comm. on Ya1jn5.

acala * = mf(%{A})n. not moving, immovable ; m. a mountain, rock ; a bolt or pin ; the number
seven ; N. of S3iva and of the first of the nine deified persons, called `" white Balas "' among the
Jainas ; of a Devarshi VP. ; (%{A}) f. the earth ; one of the ten degrees which are to be ascended by
a Bodhisattva before becoming a Buddha.

acara * or {a4-carat} [RV.] mfn. immovable.

acikara* V: let made, let be done

adadat.h = gave

adambha* = mfn. free from deceit, straightforward m. N. of S'iva; absence of deceit;

straightforwardness.

adambhitvaM = pridelessness

adarshaH = mirror

adatta V* assume, * n= mfn. not given; given unjustly; not given in marriage; one who has given
nothing AV.; ({A}) f. an unmarried girl; ({am}) n. a donation which is null and void Comm. on
Yâjñ.

adakshiNaM = with no remunerations to the priests

adaahyaH = unable to be burned

abhicaksh * =%{-caSTe} (2. sg. %{-cakSase} RV. v, 3, 9; Ved. Inf. %{-cakSase} RV.) to look at,
view, perceive RV. BhP.; to cast a kind or gracious look upon any one RV.; to address BhP.; to
assail with harsh language RV. vii, 104, 8; to call BhP.

abhicakshaNa* =n. conjuring, incantation AV. vi, 127, 2; (%{A}) f. (in augury or astron.)
observation (of the sky) AV. ix, 2, 21.

abhicakshya * =mfn. manifest RV. viii, 4, 7.

abhipracakS * =(Ved. Inf. %{-ca4kSe}) to see RV. i, 113, 6.

abhivicaksh * =%{-caSTe}, to look towards RV. iii, 55, 9 AV. ii, 10, 4.

abhyaacaksh * = (impf. %{-A7caSTa}) to look at (acc.) BhP.; to speak BhP.

adbhuta = the sentiment of marvel* =mfn. extraordinary; see s.v. \\ [once {adbhuta4} RV. i, 120,
4] mfn. (see 1. {at}), supernatural, wonderful, marvellous m. the marvellous (in style), surprise; N.
of the Indra of the ninth Manvantara, ({am}) n. a marvel, a wonder, a prodigy.

adbhutaM = wonderful

adbhuutaM = wonderfull

addhaa * = V: directly, * in this way; manifestly; certainly, truly.

adesha = at an unpurified place

adhaH = (indeclinable) below

adhana = one without money

adhama = inferior* = mfn. (see {a4dhara}), lowest, vilest, worst, very low or vile or bad (often ifc.,
as in {narA7dhama}, the vilest or worst of men); m. an unblushing paramour, ({A}) f. a low or bad
mistress [cf. Lat. {infimus}].
adhamaaM = condemned

adhamaadhama = the worst among the inferior

adhara = Lip

adharaM = lips

adharaH = (m) lips

adharaat.h = from below

adhara- * = o the lower position of something *= mfn. (connected with %{adha4s}), lower,
inferior, tending downwards; low, vile; worsted, silenced; m. the lower lip, the lip, (%{A4t}) abl.
ind. see s.v. below; (%{asmAt}) abl. ind. below L.; (%{A}) f. the lower region, nadir; (%{am}) n.
the lower part, a reply, pudendum muliebre L. [Lat. {inferus}]

adharma = breach of duty* m. unrighteousness, injustice, irreligion, wickedness; demerit, guilt;

N. of a Prajâpati (son of Brahmâ, husband of Hinsâ or Mriishâ); N. of an attendant of the sun;
({A}) f. unrighteousness (personified and represented as the bride of death).

adharmaM = irreligion

adharmaH = irreligion

adharmachaarii = adj. impious

adharmasya = of irreligion

adhaupaasana* = n. sexual intercourse Comm. on BriÂrUp.

adhi * = 1 m. (better {Adhi} q.v.), anxiety, ({is}) f. a woman in her courses (= {avi} q.v.) L.

a4dhi *=, as a prefix to verbs and nouns, expresses above, over and above, besides. As a separable
adverb or preposition; (with abl.) Ved. over; from above, from; from the presence of; after AitUp.;
for; instead of RV. i, 140, 11, (with loc.) Ved. over; on; at; in comparision with; (with acc.) over,
upon, concerning.

adhii * =, or {a4dhy-eti} (exceptionally {adhI7yati} RV. x, 32, 3), to turn the mind towards,
observe, understand RV. and AV.; chiefly Ved. (with gen. [cf. Pân. 2-3, 72] or acc.) to mind,
remember, care for, long for RV. &c.; to know, know by heart TS. S'Br. Up. &c.; to go over, study
MBh. iii, 13689; to learn from (a teacher's mouth abl.) MBh. iii, 10713; to declare, teach S'Br. x
Up.: Â. {adhI7te4} or (more rarely) {adhI7yate} (Mn. iv, 125; Pot. 3. pl. {adhI7yIran} Kaus'. Mn. x,
1) to study, learn by heart, read, recite: Caus. {adhy-Apayati} (aor. {-Apipat} Pân. 2-4, 51) to cause
to read or study, teach, instruct: Caus. Desid. {adhy-Apipa-yiSati}, to be desirous of teaching Pân.
2-4, 51: Desid. {adhI7SiSati}, to be desirous of studying Pân. 8-3, 61 Sch.

adhIra * = mfn. imprudent RV. i, 179, 4 AV.; not fixed, movable; confused; deficient in calm self-
command; excitable; capricious; querulous; weak-minded, foolish; (%{A}) f. lightning; a
capricious or bellicose mistress.

adhiraat V= acquired kingdom; {sastri} imperial

adhibhih *- etcetetera, and such, the combination or collection of things

adhibhuta = the principle of objective existence

adhibhuutaM = the material manifestation

adhidaiva = the principle of subjective existence

adhidaivaM = governing all the demigods

adhidaivataM = called adhidaiva

adhigaa * = 1. P. to obtain; P. (aor. Subj. 2. pl. %{-gAta}, or %{-gAtana}) to remember, notice RV.
and AV.; P. or generally A1. (%{-jage}, %{-agISTa}, %{-agISyata} Pa1n2.) to go over, learn, read,
study; to attempt, resolve: Caus. P. %{-gApayati}, to cause to go over or teach: Desid. Caus. %{-
jigApayiSati}, to be desirous of teaching Pa1n2. 2-4, 51.

adhigachchhati = attains

adhigaN* to enumerate, to value highly BhP.

adhigam* = to go up to, approach, overtake, to approach for sexual intercourse, to fall in with, to
meet, find, discover, obtain; to accomplish; to study, read: Desid. P. {adhi-jigamiSati}, to seek; Â.
{adhi-jigAMsate}, to be desirous of studying or reading.

adhigata* = mfn. found, obtained, acquired; gone over, studied, learnt.

adhigantri* = {tA} m. one who attains or acquires. acquirement, mastery, study, knowledge [21,
1]; mercantile return, profit, &c.

adhigamana* = n. acquisition; finding; acquirement, reading, study; marriage, copulation.

adhigartya* = (5) mfn. being on the driver's seat RV. v, 62, 7.

adhigaa* = 1. P. to obtain; P. (aor. Subj. 2. pl. {-gAta}, or {-gAtana}) to remember, notice RV. and
AV.; P. or generally Â. ({-jage}, {-agISTa}, {-agISyata} Pân.) to go over, learn, read, study; to
attempt, resolve: Caus. P. {-gApayati}, to cause to go over or teach: Desid. Caus. {-jigApayiSati},
to be desirous of teaching Pân. 2-4, 51.

adhigamya = having gone to

adhikaara * = m. authority; government, rule, administration, jurisdiction; royalty, prerogative;

title; rank; office; claim, right, especially to perform sacrifices with benefit; privilege, ownership;
property; reference, relation; a topic, subject; a paragraph or minor section; (in Gr.) government,
a governing-rule (the influence of which over any number of succeeding rules is called anu-vriitti
q.v.)

adhiikaara* = (= {adhi-kAra}) m. superintendence over (loc.) Mn. xi, 63; authorization, capability
MBh.

adhika = additional* =mfn. additional, subsequent, later; surpassing (in number or quantity or
quality), superior, more numerous; abundant; excellent; supernumerary, redundant; secondary,
inferior; intercalated; ({am}) n. surplus, abundance, redundancy, hyperbole ind. exceedingly, too
much; more.

adhikaM = more

adhikaH = greater

adhikataraH = very much

adhikaaraH = right

adhikaariin.h = (m) officer

adhimaatra = superior

adhimaatraatama = the highest, the supreme one

adhipa = protector * m. a ruler, commander, regent, king.

adhipaa* = {As} m. Ved. a ruler, king, sovereign.

adhipati = lord

adhiyaGYa = the principle of sacrifice, incarnation

adhiyaGYaH = the Supersoul

adhivaasa = dwelling

adhiishtha* = mfn. (3. {iS}), solicited, asked for instruction (as a teacher) Pân.; ({as}? or {am}) m.
n. instruction given by a teacher solicited for it Pân. Sch.

adhishhThaana = seat, abode

adhishhThaanaM = sitting place

adhishThaana * = n. standing by, being at hand, approach; standing or resting upon; a basis,
base; the standing-place of the warrior upon the car Sa1mavBr.; a position, site, residence, abode,
seat; a settlement, town, standing over; government, authority, power; a precedent, rule; a
benediction Buddh.

adhishhThaaya = being so situated

adhiis'vara * = m. a supreme lord or king, an emperor; an Arhat J

adhisari = competent candidate

adhiita = studied

adhiitaa = studied
adhiiyaanaH = studied

adhunaa = recently

Adhokshaja * = m. N. of Vishn2u or Kr2ishn2a; the sign S3ravan2a1.

Adhokshajam * =[Ka1tyS3r.] or ind. under the axle.

adhoksheNa * = [As3vS3r.] ind. under the axle.

adhomukha = face downwards

adhomukhashvaanaasana = the dog stretch posture

adhruva * = mf({A}) n. not fixed, not permanent; uncertain, doubtful; separable.

adhvan * = %{A} m. a road, way, orbit ; a journey, course ; distance ; time Buddh. and Jain. ;
means, method, resource ; the zodiac (?), sky, air L. ; a place ; a recension of the Vedas and the
school upholding it ; assault (?) ; ifc. %{adhva}, %{as}. [24,1]

adhyayana = study

adhyayanaiH = or Vedic study

adhyaksheNa = by superintendence

adhyaksha* = mf({A})n. perceptible to the senses, observable; exercising supervision; m. an eye-

witness; an inspector, superintendent; the plant Mimusops Kauki ({kSIrikA}).

adhyaatma = the principle of self * = n. the Supreme Spirit; (mfn.), own, belonging to self;
({a4m}) ind. concerning self or individual personali

adhyAtma* = n. the Supreme Spirit; (mfn.), own, belonging to self; (%{a4m}) ind. concerning self
or individual personality.

adhibhUta* = n. the spiritual or fine substratum of material or gross objects; the all penetrating
influence of the Supreme Spirit [21,3]; the Supreme Spirit itself; nature; (a4m) ind. on material
objects (treated of in the Upanishads) S3Br. xiv TUp.

adhidaiva* = or %{-daivata} n. a presiding or tutelary deity, the supreme deity, the divine agent
operating in material objects; (%{am}) ind. on the subject of the deity or the divine agent.

adhyaatmaM = transcendental

adhyaatmavidyaa = spiritual knowledge

adhyaapayituM = to teach (infinitive of causative of adhi+i, to study)

adhyaapikaa = (f) lady teacher

adhyaasa = a case of mistaken identity * = m. (2. {as}), imposing (as of a foot) Yâjñ.; (in phil.) =
{adhy-Aropa}; an appendage RPrât
adhyeshhyate = will study

adhyopatya = Lordship

adhruvaM = temporary

adhvan.h = road

adhvaan.h = (m) road, path, way

advayam * V: without a second

advitiiya * = mfn. without a second, sole, unique; matchless.

aditii = the mother of the gods

aditya = (m) sun

adrishhTa = Unseen, fortune, luck * = or mfn. unseen, unforeseen, invisible, not experienced,
unobserved, unknown, unsanctioned\\2[S3Br.] mfn. unseen, unforeseen, invisible, not
experienced, unobserved, unknown, unsanctioned ; m. N. of a particular venomous substance or
of a species of vermin AV., (%{am}) n. unforeseen danger or calamity, that which is beyond the
reach of observation or consciousness, (especially the merit or demerit attaching to a man's
conduct in one state of existence and the corresponding reward or punishment with which he is
visited in another) ; destiny, fate: luck, bad luck.

adrishhTapuurvaM = never seen before

adya = today

adri *= a stone, a rock, a mountain; a stone for pounding Soma with or grinding it on

adrohaH = freedom from envy

advaasana = the prone posture

advitiiyaH = the inseparable or the non-dual

adveshhTaa = nonenvious

advaita = non-duality of the universal spirit

agaccha* = mfn. not going L.; m. a tree L.

agaadha *: not shallow, deep, unfathomable m. a hole, chasm L.; N. of one of the five fires at the
Svadhâkâra Hariv.

agata = not past

agatasuuMscha = agata + asuun.h + cha:undeparted life + and (living people)

agatvaa = without going (from gam.h)

agama = proof of the trustworthiness of a source of knowledge

agama * = not going, unable to go m. a mountain L.: a tree [ef. {a-ga}].

agastamaasa = month of August

agochara = (adj) unknown

agni = fire

agniH = fire

agniparvataH = (m) volcano, volcanic cone

agnipetikaa = (f) matchbox

agnishalaakaa = (f) matchstick

agnishhu = in the fires

agnitraya: n. or the three sacred fires, called respectively Gârhapatya, Âhavanîya, and Dakshina

agnau = in the fire of consummation

agra = (neut in this sense) tip

agra* = mfn. (fr. {aGg} Un.), foremost, anterior, first, prominent, projecting, chief, best L.;
supernumerary L.; ({A}) f. [scil. {rekhA}] measure of amplitude (i.e. the distance from the
extremity of the gnomon-shadow to the line of the equinoctial shadow) Sûryas.; ({am}) n.
foremost point or part; tip; front; uppermost part, top, summit, surface; point; and hence,
figuratively, sharpness; the nearest end, the beginning; the climax or best part; goal, aim;
multitude L.; a weight, equal to a pala L.; a measure of food given as alms L.; (in astron.) the suñs
amplitude; ({am}) ind. in front, before, ahead of; ({a4greNa}) ind. in front, before (without or
with acc.) S'Br.; (a4gre) ind. in front, ahead of, in the beginning, first; further on, subsequently,
below (in a book); from - up to ({A}) S'Br., before (in time) AitUp. &c. [cf. Gk. $].

agraahya* = mfn. not to be conceived or perceived or obtained or admitted or trusted, to be

rejected.

agrabIja* = mfn. (said of plants) propagated by cuttings m. a viviparous plant.

agrabhU* = mfn. being at the top, at the head of.

agraga* = m. a leader.

agrahasta* = m. = {-pANi}; the tip of an elephant's trunk Vikr.; finger R.

agrahAra* = m. royal donation of land to Brâhmans; land or village thus given MBh.
agraha* = mfn. = {mukhya} (Comm.) MBh. iii, 14189 BR. propose to read {agra-ha}, destroying
the best part m. non acceptance, a houseless man i.e. a Vânaprastha a Brâhman of the third class
L.

agrahAyaNa* = m. `" commencement of the year "'N. of a Hindû month ({mArgazIrSa},

beginning about the 12th of November). [6,3]

agrajAti* = m. a Brahman L.

agrajyA* = f. sine of the amplitude Sûryas.

agrakara* = m. the fore &1592[6, 2] part of the hand, finger; first ray S'is'.

agrapA* = mfn. drinking first MBh.

agrapeya* = n. precedence in drinking AitBr.

agraM = at the tip

agretvan* = mf({arI})n. going in front AV.

agraha* =mfn. = {mukhya} (Comm.) MBh. iii, 14189 BR. propose to read {agra-ha}, destroying
the best part m. non acceptance, a houseless man i.e. a Vânaprastha a Brâhman of the third class
L.

agrii* m. a word invented for the explanation of {agni4}

agrajaH = elder

agrataH = (let the two go) before (me)

agre = in front of/ahead/beforehand

agrya * = mf({A}) n. foremost, topmost, principal, best; proficient, well versed in (with loc.);
intent closely attentive m. an elder or eldest brother L.; ({A}) f. = {tri-phalA} q.v.; ({am}) n. roof
L.

agha.MmanaH = (adj) evil-minded

agha.MmanaH = adj. evil-minded

aghaM = grievous sins

aghaayuH = whose life is full of sins

aGYa = the ignorant person

aGYaH = a fool who has no knowledge in standard scriptures

aGYataa = ignorance
aGYaana = ignorance

aGYaanaM = nescience

aGYaanajaM = due to ignorance

aGYaanasambhuutaM = born of ignorance

aGYaanaaM = of the foolish

aGYaanena = by ignorance

aha = said

aha* = 1 ind. (as a particle implying ascertainment, affirmation, certainty, &c.) surely, certainly
RV. AV. S'Br.; (as explaining, defining) namely S'Br.; (as admitting, limiting, &c.) it is true, I
grant, granted, indeed, at least S'Br. [For the rules of accentuation necessitated in a phrase by the
particle {a4ha} cf. Pân. 8-1, 24 seqq.] \\ =2 n. (only Ved.; nom. pl. {a4hA} RV. AV.; gen. pl.
{a4hAnAm} RV. viii, 22, 13) = {a4Har} q.v., a day; often ifc. {aha4} m. (e.g. {dvAdazA7ha4}, {try-
aha4}, {SaD-aha4}, &c.) or n. (e.g. {puNyA7ha4}, {bhadrA7ha4}, and {sudinA7ha}); see also
{ahna} s.v.

ahaM = (pron) I * = nom. sg., `" I "' RV. &c.; = {ahaMkaraNa} q.v., (hence declinable gen.
{ahamas}, &c.) BhP. [Zd. {azem}; Gk. $; Goth. {ik}; Mod. Germ. {ich}; Lith. &38735[124,2] {asz};
Slav. {az}].

ahaH = of daytime

ahankara = tendency to identify oneself with external phenomena, 'the I-maker'

ahankaara = Egoism, selfishness, ignorance

ahankaaraM = false ego

ahankaaraH = false ego

ahankaaravimuuDha = bewildered by false ego

ahankaaraat.h = by false ego

ahankritaH = of false ego

ahanma = * selfhood, falsehood

ahata * = mfn. unhurt, uninjured AV. xii, 1, 11 VS.; not beaten (as a drum) AdbhBr.; unbeaten (as
clothes in washing), unwashed, new S'Br. &c.; unblemished, unsoiled BhP.; ({am}) n. unwashed
or new clothes "'

ahatvaa = not killing

ahamahamikaa = (f) competition, debate

ahaMkaara = false ego, identification with the body * = m. conception of one's individuality, self-
consciousness ChUp. &c.; the making of self, thinking of self, egotism MBh. &c.; pride,
haughtiness R. &c.; (in Sânkhya phil.) the third of the eight producers or sources of creation, viz.
the conceit or conception of individuality, individualization; ({ahaMkAra}) {-val} mfn. selfish,
proud L.

aharaagame = at the beginning of the day

aharnishaM = ahaH and nishaa:day and night

Ahavaniya: the fire prepared for receiving oblations; especially the eastern of the three fires
burning at a sacrifice

ahi = on earth

ahimsaa = non-violence* = f. not injuring anything, harmlessness (one of the cardinal virtues of
most Hindû sects, but particularly of the Buddhists and Jains; also personified as the wife of
Dharma VâmP.) ChUp. Nir. Mn. &c.; security, safeness S'Br. AitBr.

ah(a)na* = only (like {aha4}) ifc. for {a4han} (or {a4har}), q.v. e.g. {aty-ahna}, {aparA7hNa4},
{pUrvA7hNa4} &c., qq. vv.; ({Aya}) dat. ind. formerly Naigh.; instantly, speedily MBh. Kum.
Ragh.

ahanti * = f. id. VS. xvi, 18 [vv.ll. {a4-hantva} mfn. `" indestructible "' TS. iv, and {a4-hantva} mfn.
id. MaitrS. Kâthh.]

ahanyamAna * = mfn. (Pass. p.) not being struck Âp. BhP.

ahanA4 * = instr. with an earlier form of accentuation for {a4hnA}. see before.

ahanyA7 * = (4) mfn. daily RV. i, 168, 5; 190, 3; v, 48, 3.

a4han * = the base of the weak and some other cases of {a4har}, q.v. e.g. instr. {a4hnA} [once
{ahanA4} RV. i, 123, 4]; dat. {a4hne}; loc. {a4han} (Ved.) or {a4hani}, or {ahni}, &c.; nom. du.
{a4hanI} (see also s.v. {a4har}) and pl. {a4hAni}; only Ved. are the middle cases of the pl.
{a4habhyas} [RV.], {a4habhis} [RV., nine times], and {a4hasu} [RV. i, 124, 9], while the later
language forms them fr. the base {a4has} q.v.

ahita = sorrow (antonym of hita)

ahitaaH = enemies

ahituNDikaH = (m) a snake charmer

ahaitukaM = without cause

aho = Oh !, V*: alas, how, ah, or else

ahoraatra = day and night

ahuta* = mfn. unoffered, not yet offered (as a sacrificial oblation) AV. xii, 4, 53 S'Br. Mn. xii, 68;
one who has not received any sacrifice AV. vii, 97, 7; (the fire) through or in which no sacrificial
oblation has been offered Âp.; not obtained by sacrifice AV. vi, 71, 2; m. religious meditation,
prayer (considered as one of the five great sacraments, otherwise called Brahma-yajña) Mn. iii, 73
seq.

ahRta * = mfn. not captivated or carried away by (instr.) Ragh. viii, 68.

ahUta* = mfn. uncalled, unsummoned RV. x, 107, 9.

aikaantikasya = ultimate

aikya = unity

aila * =a descendant of IlâN. of Purûravas (cf. 1. {aiDa4}) Hariv. MBh.; N. of the planet Mars T.;
({As}) m. pl. the descendants or family of Purûravas MBh. xiii; ({A}) f. N. of a river (v.l. {elA})
Hariv.; ({am}) n. plenty or abundance of food or refreshment; a particular number (Buddh.)

aichchhat.h = desired

airaavata* = m. (fr. {irA-vat}), a descendant of Irâ-vat; N. of a Nâga or mythical serpent AV. viii,
10, 29 TândyaBr. MBh. Hariv. &c.; `" produced from the ocean "'N. of Indra's elephant
(considered as the prototype of the elephant race and the supporter of the east quarter; cf. {nAga},
which means also elephant and serpent) MBh. Ragh. Megh. &c. [234, 3]; a species of elephant R.
ii, 70, 23; the tree Artocarpus Lacucha; the orange tree L.; N. of a particular portion of the mooñs
path; of a form of the sun VP. MBh.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. a kind of rainbow MBh. Ragh. &c.; ({I}) f.
the female of Indra's elephant; N. of a river MBh.; lightning L.; a species of fern Sus'r.; ({I}, {A}) f.
a particular portion of the mooñs path (including the lunar mansions Punarvasu, Pushya, and
Âs'lesha) VarBriS.; ({am}) n. the fruit of Artocarpus Lacucha Sus'r.; N. of a Varsha MBh.

aishvaraM = divine

ais'varya = desire for power; opulence {Sad-ais'varya-puurnam. The Lord is full in six opulences]
* = n. the state of being a mighty lord, sovereignty, supremacy, power, sway S'Br. xiii MBh. Mn.
&c.; dominion Kathâs.; superhuman power (either perpetual or transient, consisting, according to
some, of the following eight: {aNiman}, {laghiman}, {mahiman}, {prApti}, {prAkAmya},
{vazitva}, {Izitva}, and {kAmA7vasAyitva}, qq.v.; or, according to others, of such powers as vision,
audition, cogitation, discrimination, and omniscience; and of active powers such as swiftness of
thought, power of assuming forms at will, and faculty of expatiation Sarvad. &c.)

aitihya* = n. (fr. {iti-ha}), traditional instruction, tradition TÂr. i, 2, 1 MBh. R

aj, Aj * to propel, drive forward

ajaa = (f) goat

ajaanaM = do not understand

ajaanat.h = knew

ajaanataa = without knowing

ajaanantaH = without knowing

aja = goat* = f. a she-goat

aja * = 1 m. a drove, troop (of Maruts) AV.; a driver, mover, instigator, leader; N. of Indra, of
Rudra, of one of the Maruts [{aja4 e4ka-pA4} RV., and {aja4 e4ka-pAda} AV.], of Agni, of the sun,
of Brahmâ, of Vishnu, of S'iva, of Kâma (cf. 2. {a-ja}); the leader of a flock; a he-goat, ram [cf. Gk.
&2547[9, 2] $, $; Lith. $]; the sign Aries; the vehicle of Agni; beam of the sun (Pûshan); N. of a
descendant of Visvâmitra, and of Das'aratha's or Dîrghabâhu's father; N. of a mineral substance;
of a kind of rice; of the moon; ({A4s}) m. pl.N. of a people RV. vii, 18, 19; of a class of Riishis
MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of Prakriiti, of Mâyâ or Illusion see {a-jA} (s.v. 2. {a-jA}); a she-goat; N. of a
plant whose bulbs resemble the udder of a goat Sus'r.

aja4 * = 2 mfn. not born, existing from all eternity; ({a4s}) m. N. of the, first uncreated being RV.
AV.; Brahmâ, Vishnu, S'iva, Kâma; ({A}) f. N. of Prakriiti, Mâyâ or Illusion (see also 1. {aja4} and
1. {ajana}).

ajaM = unborn

ajaH = unborn

ajagaraH = (m) python

ajaagara * = not awake, not wakeful

ajana* =1 m. ( {aj}), `" the instigator "', Brahmâ; ({am}) n. act of instigating or moving, [10,1]

a-jana4* =2 mfn. destitute of men; desert; m. an insignificant person.

ajapa* = 1 m. ( {jap}), one who does not repeat prayers; a reciter of heterodox works L.; ({A}) f.
the mantra or formula called hansa (which consists only of a number of inhalations and
exhalations).

ajapaa = involuntary repetition (as with a mantra)

ajasraM = the unborn one

ajaya * = m. non-victory, defeat; (mfn.), unconquered, unsurpassed, invincible; m. N. of Vishnu;

of a lexicographer; of a river; ({A}) f. hemp; N. of a friend of Durgâ; Mâyâ or Illusion.

ajita * = mfn. not conquered, unsubdued, unsurpassed, invincible, irresistible; m. a particular

antidote; a kind of venomous rat; N. of Vishnu; S'iva; one of the Saptarshis of the fourteenth
Manvantara; Maitreya or a future Buddha; the second of the Arhats or saints of the present
(Jaina) Avasarpini, a descendant of Ikshvâku; the attendant of Suvidhi (who is the ninth of those
Arhats); ({As}) m. pl. a class of deified beings in the first Manvantara.

a4-jIta * = mfn. ( {jyA}, usually {jina}), not faded, not faint AV. TS., &c.

ajina* = n. (probably at first the skin of a goat, {aja}); the hairy skin of an antelope, especially a
black antelope (which serves the religious student for a couch seat, covering &c.); the hairy skin of
a tiger, &c. m. N. of a descendant of Priithu VP.

ajra = (m) field

ajman* = {a} n. career, passage, battle RV. AV. [Lat. {agmen}].

ajma* = m. ( {aj}), career, march RV. [cf. Gk. $]. &2960[10,3]

ajñaanin* = mfn. ignorant, unwise.

ajñaataka* = mfn. unknown, (g.

ajñaati* = m. not a kinsman, not related Mn.

ajñaanakRta* = mfn. done inadvertently.

ajñaanatA* = f. or ignorance.

aJNchalaH = (m) aanchal in Hindi

aJNjana = the name of the mother of Hanuman

aJNjaneyaasana = the splits

aJNjali = (m) folded hands, palms cupped in the form of a vessel

akutas'cit *V= from nowhere

akaanda * = without a trunk T.; causeless, unexpected; ({e}) ind. causelessly, unexpectedly.

akartaaraM = as the nondoer

akarma = inaction

akarman * = mfn. not working; not performing good works, wicked RV. x, 2 2, 8; inefficient; (in
Gr.) intransitive; ({a}) n. absence of work; observances; improper work, crime.

akarmabhoga * = m. enjoyment of freedom from action.

akarmAnvita * = mfn. unoccupied; disqualified.

akarmaka * = mfn. (in Gr.) intransitive.

akarmaNya * = mfn. improper to be done; unfit for work; inefficient.

akarmakrit.h = without doing something

akarmaNaH = than no work

akarmaNi = in not doing prescribed duties

akalmashhaM = freed from all past sinful reactions

akasmaat.h = by chance

akaaraH = the first letter

aakaarita * = mfn. ifc. having the shape of Vedântas.

akaaro = the letter `a'

akaarya = and forbidden activities* = mfn. not to be done, improper; ({am}) n. a criminal action

akaaryaM = what ought not to be done

akaarye = and what ought not to be done

akhila = entire

akhilaM = whole

akhilaguru = preceptor for all, also all types of long syllable letters

akiJNchanaH = (m) a have-not

akiirti = infamy

akiirtiM = infamy

akiirtiH = ill fame

akka = mother

akriyaaH = without duty

akrodha = freedom from anger

akrodhaH = freedom from anger

akledyaH = insoluble

akrita * = mf({A}) n. undone, not committed; not made, uncreated; unprepared, incomplete; one
who has done no works, ({am}) n. an act never before committed AitBr.; ({A}) f. a daughter who
has not been made {putrikA}, or a sharer in the privileges of a son Pân.

akritabuddhitvaat.h = due to unintelligence

akritaatmaanaH = those without self-realization

akritena = without discharge of duty

akritvaa = without doing (from kRi)

akritsnavidaaH = persons with a poor fund of knowledge

aksh* = (perhaps a kind of old Desid. of 1. {az}) cl. 1. 5. {akSati}, {akSNoti} (Pân. 3-1, 75; fut.
{akSiSyati} or {akSyati} L.; aor. {AkSIt}, 3. du. {AkSiSTAm} or {ASTAm} L.; perf. {AnakSa} [Pân.
7-4, 60 Comm.], but Â. p. [with the Vedic weak stem {AkS} cf. perf. {Az-uH} 3. pl. &c. fr. 1. {az}]
{AkSANa4}),; to reach RV. x, 22, 11; to pass through, penetrate, pervade, embrace L.; to
accumulate (to from the cube?) L.: Caus. {akSayati}, {AcikSat}, to cause to pervade L.: Desid.
{acikSi}, {Sati} or {acikSati} L.

aksha* = 1 m. an axle, axis (in this sense also n. L.); a wheel, car, cart; the beam of a balance or
string which holds the pivot of the beam; a snake L.; terrestrial latitude (cf. {-karNa}, {-bhA},
{-bhAga}); the collar-bone S'Br.; the temporal bone Yâjñ.; N. of a measure (= 104 angula); [cf.
Lat. {axis}; Gk. $; Old Germ. {ahsa}; &634[3, 1] Mod. Germ. {Achse}; Lith. {assis}.]

aksha* = 2 m. ( 1. {az} Un.) a die for gambling; a cube; a seed of which rosaries are made (cf.
{indrA7kSa}, {rudrA7kSa}); the Eleocarpus Ganitrus, producing that seed; a weight called
{karSa}, equal to 16 mâshas; Beleric Myrobalan (Terminalia Belerica), the seed of which is used as
a die; a N. of the number 5; ({am}) n. sochal salt; blue vitriol (from its cube-like crystals) L.

aksha* = 3 n. an organ of sense; sensual perception L.; m. the soul L.; knowledge, religious
knowledge L.; a lawsuit L.; a person born blind L.; N. of Garuda L.; of a son of Râvana; of a son of
Nara, &c.

aksha* = 4 n. [only ifc. (f. {I}) for {akSi}], the eye.

akshaanti* = f. impatience, jealousy, intolerance.

akshama = (adj) incapable* = mf({A})n. unable to endure, impatient; incompetent (with Loc., Inf.
or ifc.), envious; ({A}) f. or {-tA} f. impatience, envy; incompetence, inability (with Inf.)

akSauhiNI* = f. an army consisting of ten anikinis, or 21, 870 elephants, 21, 870 chariots, 65, 610
horse, and 109, 350 foot. (Since an anikini consists of 27 vâhinis, and 27 is the cube of 3,
{akSauhiNI} may be a compound of 2. {akSa} and {vAhini}; or it may possibly be connected with
1. {akSa}, axle, car.)

akshayaM = unlimited

akshayaH = eternal

akshara = Letter

aksharaM = indestructible

aksharaH = infallible

aksharaaNaaM = of letters

aksharaat.h = beyond the infallible

akshepa * =m. drawing together, convulsion, palpitation Sus'r. Kum. vii, 95 Kâd.; applying, laying
(as a colour) Kum. vii, 17; throwing away, giving up, removing Kum. i, 14, &c.; `" shaking about
the hands "' or `" turning the hand "' (in pronouncing the Svarita) RPrât.; charming, transporting
Kâd. &c.; (in rhetoric) pointing to (in comp.), hinting Sâh. Das'ar. &c.; (see also {AkSepo7pamA}
below); reviling, abuse, harsh speech BhP. &c. (cf. {sA7kSepam}); objection (especially to rectify a
statement of one's own) Sus'r. Kâvya7d. Sâh. &c.; challenge Kathâs.; N. of a man VP

akshi = (n) eye * = n. (1. %{az} Un2.) [instr. %{akSNA} dat. %{akSNe}, &c., fr. %{akSan},
substituted for %{akSi} in the weakest cases. Vedic forms are: abl. gen. %{akSNa4s} ; loc.
%{akSa4n} (once %{akSiNi}!) ; du. nom acc. %{akSI4} RV., %{a4kSiNI}, %{a4kSyau}, and
%{akSya4u} AV. S3Br. and AitBr. ; instr. %{akSI4bhyAm} ; gen. %{akSyo4s} VS., %{akSyo4s} and
%{akSo4s} (!) AV. ; pl. nom. acc. %{a4kSINi} AV., %{akSANi} RV. ; ifc. %{akSa} is substituted see
4. %{ahSa}], the eye ; the number two ; %{I4}) n. du. the sun and moon RV. i, 72, 10 ; [cf. Gk. $, $
; Lat. &842[3,3] {oculos} ; A.S. {aegh} ; Goth. {augo} ; Germ. {Auge} ; Russ. {oko} ; Lith. {aki-s}.]

akula * =not of good family, low

akuNTha * mfn. not blunted, not worn out; vigorous, fixed; ever fresh, eternal

akurvat.h = did

akurvata = did they do

akuutha* = mf({A})n. having no prominence on the forehead TS.: not deceitful, unerring (said of
arms) Yâjñ.; not false (said of coins) Yâjñ. n.

akushalaM = inauspicious

alaM = especially

ala.nkaaradiiptaM = shining with adornments, decorations

alankrita = decorated / ornamented

alabdhabhuumikatva = the feeling that it is impossible to see reality

alabdha * = mfn. unobtained.

alabhya = Difficult

alasaH = lazy

alasya = indolence

alakshamaana = one who disregards

alakshmiH = poverty (alaxmiH is opp. of laxmiH)

alaya* = m. ( {lI}), non-dissolution, permanence R. iii, 71, 10 (v.l. {an-aya}); (mfn.) restless S'is'.
iv, 57.

ali = a black bug

aliika = (adj) false, untrue

aloluptvaM = freedom from greed

alpa = small, little

alpaka * mf({ikA})n. small, minute, trifling Mn. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. little Naigh. S'Br.; ({A4t}) abl.
ind. shortly after S'Br.; m. the plants Hedysarum Alhagi and Premna Herbacea L.
alpaM = a few, little, inadequate

alpabuddhayaH = the less intelligent

alpaka* = mf({ikA})n. small, minute, trifling Mn. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. little Naigh. S'Br.; ({A4t}) abl.
ind. shortly after S'Br.; m. the plants Hedysarum Alhagi and Premna Herbacea L.

alpamedhasaaM = of those of small intelligence

alpavayaskaM = young (small) age

alpaayu = Short life between 8 and 32 years

alaukikatva * = n. rare occurrence (of a word) Sâh.

a-laukika * = mf({I})n. not current in the world, uncommon, unusual (especially said of words);
not relating to this world, supernatural.

alaukika * see {a-loka}

a-laukika antika :* = (with gen. or abl.) near, proximate L. (compar. {nedIyas}, superl.
{nediSTha}); ({am}) n. vicinity, proximity, near e.g. {antikastha}, remaining near; ({a4m}) ind.
(with gen. or ifc.) until, near to, into the presence of; ({A4t}) ind. from the proximity; near, close
by; within the presence of; ({e4}) ind. (with gen. or ifc.) near, close by, in the proximity or
presence of; ({ena}) ind. (with gen.) near.

antika * = (fr. {anta}), only ifc. reaching to the end of, reaching to (e.g. {nAsA7ntika}, reaching to
the nose), lasting till, until.

anudhyaana* = n. meditation, religious contemplation, solicitude.

a(a)ntikA * = f. an elder sister

am* = 1 ind. quickly, a little, (g. {cA7di} q.v.) \\2 the termination {am} in the comparative and
other forms used as ind. e.g. {pratara4m}, &c., (g. {svar-Adi} q.v.) \\3 {amati}, to go L.; to go to or
towards L.; to serve or honour L.; to sound L.; (Imper. Â. 2. sg. {amISva}; aor. {AmIt}; cf. {abhy-
am}) to fix, render firm TS.; (perf. p. acc. sg. {emuSa4m} for {emivA4Msam}) to be pernicious or
dangerous RV. viii, 77, 10: Caus. {Ama4yati} (impf. {A4mayat}; aor. Subj. {Amamat}) to be
afflicted or sick RV. AV. VS. (cf. {a4n-Amayat}).

am* = n. the root of a fragrant grass (used for tatties or screens, &c., commonly called Kaskas,
Andropogon Muricatus).

amaanin* = mfn. ( {man}), not proud, modest MBh.

amaanitA* = f. or modesty, humility.

amaanitva* = [Bhag. &c.] n. modesty, humility.

amanyata = believed

amarshha = (m) anger

amala = without rubbish

amalaM = clean

amalaan.h = pure

amara *: undying, immortal, imperishable

amarsha * = m. ( {mRS}), non-endurance Pân. 3-3, 145; impatience, indignation, anger, passion
MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of a prince VP.

amarshaja * = mfn. springing from impatience or indignation MB

amata * = 1 m. sickness, disease Un.; death L.; time L.; dust Comm. on Un.

a4-mata * = 2 mfn. ( {man}), not felt, not perceptible by the mind S'Br. xiv; not approved of,
unacceptable.

aama4-taa * = f. rawness; unpreparedness Sus'r.

a-maatA putra * = mfn. (g. {kASThA7di} q.v.) `" having neither mother nor son "', only in comp.
e.g. {amAtAputrA7dhyApaka} m. a teacher who cares for neither mother nor son (on account of
being entirely absorbed in his work) Pân. 8-1, 67, Kâls'.

amaatya * = (4) m. (fr. 1. {amA4} cf. Pân. 4-2, 104 Sch.) inmate of the same house, belonging to
the same house or family RV. vii, 15, 3 VS. As'vGri. KâtyS'r.; `" a companion (of a king) "',
minister MBh. Mn. &c.

amaara *: non-destruction

amaanitvaM = humility

amaanana* = n. disrespect Hit.

ama*=1 m. impetuosity, violence, strength, power RV. VS. AV.; depriving of sensation, fright,
terror RV.; disease L.\\=2 mfn. (pron.; cf. {amu}) this AV. xiv, 2, 71 (quoted in S'Br. xiv and
Âs'vGri.) [The word is also explained by {prA7Na}, `" soul "' cf. Comm. on ChUp. v, 2, 6.]

amaa*=1 ind. (Ved. instr. fr. 2. {a4ma} q.v.) (chiefly Ved.) at home, in the house, in the house of
(gen.), with RV. &c.; together Pân. 3-1, 122; ({A}) f. = {amA-vAsyA4} q.v. Comm. on Ragh. xiv, 80
(in a verse quoted from Vyâsa) Comm. on Sûryas; also {amA7nta} m. the end, of the {amA}
({-vAsyA4}) night ib.\\2 (3. {mA}) f. (= {a-pramANa}) not an authority, not a standard of action
Nyâyam.

amaNiva* = mfn. [NBD.] having no jewels SânkhS'r.

amanIbhAva* = m. the state of not having perception or intellect MaitrUp.

amala* = mf({A})n. spotless, stainless, clean, pure, shining; ({as}) m. crystal (cf. {amara-ratna})
BhP.; N. of a poet; of Nârâyana L.; ({A}) f. N. of the goddess Lakshmî L.; ( {amarA} q.v.) the
umbilical cord L.; the tree Emblica Officinalis Gaertn. L.; the plant Saptalâ L.; ({am}) n. talc L.
amani* = f. road, way Un.

amanI* = (for {a-mana4s} in comp. with {bhU} and its derivatives).

amani see {am}.

amaanushha = (adj) inhuman, cruel

amaayaya* straight, straigh forward, unduplicious, well mannered sincere * =. not cunning, not
sagacious S'Br. AitBr.; free from deceit, guileless Bhathth.; ({A}) f. absence of delusion or deceit or
guile, ({ayA}), instr. ind. guilelessly, sincerely Mn. ii, 51 BhP. Hit.

ambaka * = n. S'iva's eye Bâlar. (cf. {try-ambaka}); an eye L.; copper L.

ambandha = relation / connection

ambara = aakaasha

ambaraM = sky, garment

ambaa = mother ambaa * f. (Ved. voc. {a4mbe} [VS.]or {amba} [RV.], in later Sanskrit {amba}
only, sometimes a mere interjection Âs'vS'r.), a mother, good woman (as a title of respect); N. of a
plant; N. of Durgâ (the wife of S'iva); N. of an Apsaras L.; N. of a daughter of a king of Kâsi MBh.;
N. of one of the seven Krittikâs TS. Kâthh. TBr.; a term in astrol. (to denote the fourth condition
which results from the conjunction of planets?). In the South Indian languages, {ambA} is
corrupted into {ammA}, and is often affixed to the names of goddesses, and females in general
[Germ. {Amme}, a nurse; Old Germ. {amma}, Them. {ammo7n}, {ammU7n}

aMbaa = mother

ambu = water

ambudhi = sea

ambuvegaaH = waves of the waters

ambhas.h = (n) water

ambhasaa = by the water

ambhasi = on the water

ambhuruhaM = lotus

amedhyaM = untouchable *: mfn. not able or not allowed to sacrifice, not fit for sacrifice, impure,
unholy, nefarious, foul S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({am}), n. faeces, excrement KâtyS'r. Mn. ix, 282 Yâjñ. &c.

aMhas* =n. anxiety, trouble RV. &c. ; sin L. ; [cf. %{agha4}, %{A4gas} ; Gk. $, $, $, $.]

aMhasaspati* =[VS.] m. lord of perplexity i.e. an intercalary month ; cf. %{AMhaspatya}.

aMhasaspatya* =n. power over calamity TS. A1pS3r.

AMhaspatya* =mfn. belonging to the dominion of An6haspati (as the intercalary month) Gobh.

aMhati* = f. anxiety, distress, trouble RV. ; illness L. ; [cf. Lat. {ango}] ; a gift (also %{aMhatI} f.)
L

amita * = unmeasured, boundless, infinite RV. &c.; without a certain measure S'Br. Sus'r. &c.;
({a4-mitam}) ind. immensely RV. iv, 16, 5.

amitavikramaH = and unlimited force

amla = (m) sour

amogha * = mf({A}) n. unerring, unfailing, not vain, efficacious, succeeding, hitting the mark,
productive, fruitful; ({a4-mogha}, ) {as} m. the not erring, the not failing S'Br.; N. of S'iva; of
Vishnu MBh. xiii; of Skanda MBh. iii, 14632; of a minister of an Asura king at war with Karttikeya
SkandaP.; of a river L.; ({A}) f. trumpet flower, Bignonia Suaveolens, Roxb.; a plant of which the
seed is used as a vermifuge, Erycibe Paniculata Roxb.; Terminalia Citrina Roxb.; N. of a spear
MBh. iii, 16990 and R. i, 29, 12; (with or without {rAtri}) `" the unfalling one "' a poetical N. of the
night MBh.; a mystical N. of the letter {kS} (being the last one of the alphabet); N. of Durgâ L.; of
the wife of Sântanu; of one of the mothers in Kanda's suite MBh. ix, 2639.

amrita = of ambrosia, potion to cause immortality

amritaM = veritable nectar

amritattvaaya = for liberation

amritabinduu = a drop of nectar

amritabhujaH = those who have tasted such nectar

amritasya = of the immortal

amritodbhavaM = produced from the churning of the ocean

amritopamaM = just like nectar\

a4Msa*= *V: expansion, part of, m. the shoulder, shoulder-blade; corner of a quadrangle; N. of a
king; ({au}) m. du. the two shoulders or angles of an altar; a share (for {aMza}); [cf. Goth. {amsa};
Gk. $, $; Lat. {humerus}, &124[1, 2] {ansa}.]

aMs'aka* = 1 mf({ikA})n. (ifc.) forming part. \\2 m. a share; degree of latitude or longitude; a co-
heir L.; ({am}) n. a day L.

amutra = in the next life

amuurta * = mfn. formless, shapeless, unembodied S3Br. xiv Up. &c.; not forming one body,
consisting of different parts Su1ryas.; m. N. of Siva.

amuuDhaaH = unbewildered
aanga* = mfn. (in Gr.) relating to the base. ({aGga}) of a word Pân. 1-1, 63 Comm.; m. a prince of
the country Anga, (g. {pailA7di} q.v.); ({I}) f. a princess of that country MBh. i, 3772; ({am}) n. a
soft delicate form or body L.

anana * =breathing, living

ananubhUta* mfn. not perceived, not experienced unknown. (see also the affirmative anubhUta)

antaraya* = 1 m. impediment, hindrance ÂpS'r. (cf. {a4n-antaraya}.) //2 Nom. P. {-ayati} see
{antar-i}.

antaraaya* = m. intervention, obstacle.

anubhUta * = mfn. perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a consequeuce;

that has experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed.

anuvritta * = mfn. following, obeying, complying; rounded off; (%{am}) n. obedience, conformity,
compliance.

an.gamejayatva = unsteadiness of the body

ana* = m. breath, respiration S'Br. ChUp.

anaa* = ind. (fr. pronom. base {a}), hereby, thus, indeed RV.

anaadara = lack of respect

anaadi = without beginning

anaadiM = without beginning

anaaditva = non-beginning

anaaditvaat.h = due to eternity

anaakshArita * =mfn. unreproached.

anaakshit * =mfn. not residing or resting S'Br.

anaanasaphalam.h = (n) pineapple

anaanata* mfn. unbent, not humbled RV. m. N. of a Riishi of the SV.

anaamayaM = without miseries

anaapad* = {t} f. absence of misfortune or calamity Mn.

anaarambhaat.h = by nonperformance

anaarya = persons who do not know the value of life

anaatha * =having no master or protector; widowed; fatherless; helpless, poor; ({a4m}) n. want of
a protector, helplessness RV. x, 10, 11.

anaatman * = not self, another; something different from spirit or soul; ({an-Atma4n}) mfn. not
spiritual, corporeal, destitute of spirit or mind S'Br.

anaatmanaH = of one who has failed to control the mind

anaavrittiM = no return

anaashinaH = never to be destroyed

anaashritaH = without taking shelter

anaahata = unbeaten

anaahuta = (adj) un-invited

anaadritya * = ind. p. without respecting, regardless.

an-aadrita * = mfn. not respected, disrespected.

an-aadrita * = see {an-Adara}.

anaavrita* = mfn. uncovered S'Br. xiv, undressed; uninclosed, open.

anabhishvangaH = being without association

anabhiSaGga* = or %{an-abhiSvaGga} m. absence of connection or attachment

anabhisneha * = mfn. without affection, cold, unimpassioned

anabhisandhaaya = without desiring

anabhisnehaH = without affection

anaha.nvaadi = without false ego

anahankaaraH = being without false egoism

anagha = O sinless one

anakshi * = n. a bad eye L. [24, 2]

anakshika * =mfn. eyeless TS.

anakshara * =mfn. unfit to be uttered; unable to articulate a syllable.

anakshasaGgam * =[MaitrS.] or {a4n-akSa-stambham} [S'Br.] ind. so as not to interfere with the

axle-tree.
anaksh* =(nom. {an-a4k}) mfn. blind RV. ii, 15, 7.

anala = fire

analaH = fire

analena = by the fire

anamiiva * = mf({A4})n., Ved. free from disease, well, comfortable; salubrious, salutary; ({a4m})
n. good health, happy stat

anañga * mf({A}) n. bodiless, incorporeal; m. N. of Kâma (god of love, so called because he was
made bodiless by a flash from the eye of S'iva, for having attempted to disturb his life of austerity
by filling him with love for Pârvatî); ({am}) n. the ether, air, sky L.; the mind L.; that which is not
the anga.

ananta = infinite, a name of Vishnu* = mf({A})n. endless, boundless, eternal, infinite; m. N. of

Vishnu; of S'esha (the snake-god); of S'esha's brother Vâsuki; of Kriishna; of his brother
Baladeva; of S'iva; of Rudra; of one of the Vis'va-devas; of the 14th Arhat, &c.; the plant
Sinduvâra, Vitex Trifolia; Talc; the 23rd lunar asterism, S'ravana; a silken cord (tied round the
right arm at a particular festival); the letter {A}; a periodic decimal fraction? ({A}) f. the earth; the
number one; N. of Pârvatî and of various females, the plant S'ârivâ; Periploca Indica or Asclepias
Pseudosarsa or Asthmatica (the root of which supplies a valuable medicine); ({am}) n. the sky,
atmosphere; Talc.

anantaM = unlimited

anantaH = Ananta

anantaraM = after

anantaruupa = O unlimited form

anantaruupaM = unlimited form

anantavijayaM = the conch named Ananta-vijaya

anantaviiryaa = unlimited potency

anantaaH = unlimited

anantaasana = Ananta's posture

ananya * = mf({A})n. no other, not another, not different, identical; self; not having a second,
unique; not more than one, sole; having no other (object), undistracted; not attached or devoted
to any one else

ananyachetaaH = without deviation of the mind

ananyabhaak.h = without deviation

ananyamanasaH = without deviation of the mind

ananyayaa = unalloyed, undeviating

ananyayogena = by unalloyed devotional service

ananyasvaamyam.h = (n) patent rights

ananyaaH = having no other object

ananyena = without division

anapades'a* = m. an invalid argument.

anapadhrishya* = ind, p. not having overpowered AitBr.

anaapad * = %{t} f. absence of misfortune or calamity Mn *VB when there is no

emergency;in the absence of danger;not in a calamit

anapaayin* = mfn. not going or passing away, constant in the same state; invariable.

anapeksha * = mfn. regardless, careless; indifferent; impartial; irrespective of;

irrelevant; (%{A}) f. disregard, carelessness; (%{a4n-ape7kSam}) ind.
irrespectively, carelessly S3Br.

anapeksha H = neutral

anapekshya = without considering the consequences

anartha* = m. non-value, a worthless or useless object; disappointing occurrence, reverse, evil;

nonsense; (mfn.), worthless, useless, bad; unfortunate; having no meaning; having not that (but
another) meaning; nonsensical.

anarthaM = purposeless/in vain/danger-productive

anas'nataH = abstaining from eating

anas'nan.h = without eating (having fasted)

anas'nat * = mfn. not eating RV. i, 164, 20, &c.

anas'nantsAGgamana* = m. the sacrificial fire in the Sabhâ (which is approached before

breakfast) S'Br.

anas'nAna * = mf({A})n. not eating.

anasuyave = to the nonenvious

anasuuyaH = not envious

anasUya. * = not spiteful, not envious; ({A}) f. freedom from spite; absence of ill-will or envy; N.
of a daughter of Daksha; of one of S'akuntalâ's friends.
anasuuyantaH = without envy

anata * = mfn. not bent, not bowed down; not changed into a lingual consonant RPra1t.; erect;
stiff; haughty.

anati *= not very -, not too -, not past -. (Words commencing with %{an-ati} are so easily analysed
by referring to %{ati}, &c., that few need be enumerated.)=

anatmasa* A= inessential

anavadya* = mf({A4})n. irreproachable, faultless; unobjectionable; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras.

anavalokayaan.h = not looking

anavaaptaM = wanted

a-naya * =1 m. bad management; bad conduct (gambling, &c.)

an-aya * = 2 m. evil course, ill luck; misfortune, adversity (cf. {ayA7naya} s.v. {aya}.)

anayoH = of them

andha = blind

andhakaara = darkness

anena* = V* by this, with Him by these; 1 mfn. without stags RV. vi, 66, 7 (cf. {enI4})

angaM = body

aneka = Many

anekadhaa = into many

anekavachanaM = plural

anekaani = many

anena = by thisa.ngaNa = field

a.ngasa.nginau = with

a.ngaiH = limbs, body parts

a.ngaistushhthuvaa.nsastanuubhiH = having satisfied with strong limbs?

anga = a limb, or body part

anga* = 1 ind. a particle implying attention, assent or desire, and sometimes impatience, it may be
rendered, by well; indeed, true, please, rather quick; {kim aGga}, how much rather!
a4nga* = 2 n. ( {am} Un.), a limb of the body; a limb, member; the body; a subordinate division or
department, especially of a science, as the six Vedângas; hence the number six; N. of the chief
sacred texts of the Jainas; a limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five, viz. 1.
{karmaNAm Arambho7pAyaH}, means of commencing operations; 2. {puruSa-dravya-sampad},
providing men and materials; 3. {deza-kAla-vibhAga}, distribution of place and time; 4. {vipatti-
pratIkAra}, counter-action of disaster; 5. {kArya-siddhi}, successful accomplishment; whence
{mantra} is said to be {paJcA7Gga}); any subdivision, a supplement; (in Gr.) the base of a word,
but in the strong cases only Pân. 1-4, 13 seqq.; anything inferior or secondary, anything
immaterial or unessential, see {aGga-tA}; (in rhetoric) an illustration; (in the drama) the whole of
the subordinate characters; an expedient; a mental organ, the mind L.; m. sg. or ({As}) m. pl.N. of
Bengal proper or its inhabitants; (sg.)N. of a king of Anga; (mfn.), having members or divisions
L.; contiguous L.

angaM = limb(s)

angaani = limbs

anghri (aGghri) * = m. a foot; foot of a seat; the root of a tree [cf. %{aMhri}].

aGghrinAmaka* =m. or a synonym of %{aGghri}, means always foot as well as root.

aGghrinAman* =n. a synonym of %{aGghri}, means always foot as well as root.

aGghripa* =m. (drinking with the foot or root), a tree.

aGghripAna* =mfn. sucking the foot or toes (as an infant) L.

aGghriparNI* =or f. the plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides.

aGghriskandha* =m. the ancle.

aGghrivalli* =or f. the plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides.

aGghrivallikA* =f. the plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides.

a4ngira* = m. = {a4Ggiras} RV. i, 83, 4 and iv, 51, 4 MBh. Yâjñ. (cf. Gk. $ and $.) &2164[8,1] [8,2]

a4ngiras =, {As} m. N. of a Riishi, author of the hymns of RV. ix, of a code of laws, and of a
treatise on astronomy (he is said by some to have been born from Brahmâ's mouth, and to have
been the husband of Smriiti, of S'raddhâ, of two daughters of Maitreya, of several daughters of
Daksha, &c.; he is considered as one of the seven Riishis of the first Manvantara, as a Prajâpati, as
a teacher of the Brahmavidyâ, which he had learnt from Satyavâha, a descendant of Bharadvâja,
&c. Among his sons, the chief is Agni, others are Sanvarta, Utathya, and Briihaspati; among his
daughters are mentioned Sinivâlî, Kuhû, Râkâ, Anumati, and Akûpârâ; but the Riicas or Vedic
hymns, the manes of Havishmat, and mankind itself are styled his offspring. In astronomy he is
the planet Jupiter, and a star in Ursa Major); N. of Agni MBh.; ({asas}) m. pl. descendants of
Angiras or of Agni (mostly personifications of luminous objects); the hymns of the Atharva-veda
TS.; priests who by using the magical formulas of those hymns protect the sacrifice against the
effects of inauspicious accidents.

angirastama = ({a4Ggiras-}) mfn. having the luminous quality of the Angirasas in the highest
degree, said of Agni and of Ushas RV.
angirasvat = ind. like Angiras RV. VS.? ({a4Ggiras-vat}) mfn. connected with or accompanied by
the Angirasas RV. VS.

angirasAmayana = n. a Sattra sacrifice.

angirasa4 = m. an enemy of Vishnu in his incarnation of Paras'urâma.

angula = a finger

angushhTha = the big toe

angushhThaH = (m) thumb

anichchhan.h = without desiring

aniishvaraM = with no controller

aniketaH = having no residenc* = or {a-niketana} mfn. houseless.

animisha * = mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes or flowers); m. not
winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.

animishaaksha * =mf({I}) n. one whose eyes are fixed.

animishaacaarya * =m. N. of Briihaspati.

animishat * =n. not winking, vigil mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as
eyes or flowers); m. not winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.

animishaaksha * =mf({I}) n. one whose eyes are fixed.

animishat * =mfn. not winking, vigil

anilaH = (m) wind or air

aniiha* = mfn. listless, indifferent; m. N. of a king of Ayodhyâ; ({A}) f. indifference, apathy,

disinclination.

anila* = m. ( {an} cf. Trish {anal}), air or wind; the god of wind; one of the fortynine Anilas or
winds; one of the eight demi-gods, called Vasus; wind as one of the humors or {rasas} of the body;
rheumatism, paralysis, or any affection referred to disorder of the wind; N. of a Riishi and other
persons; the letter {y}; the number forty-nine.

aniiLa* = [RV. x, 55, 6] = {a4-nIDa} q.v.

anilachulli = (f) gas (LPG)

animisha * = mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes or flowers); m. not
winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.

anirdes'ya* = mfn. undefinable, inexplicable, incomparable

anitya = uncertain/temporary/ephemeral/transient

anityaM = temporary

anityaH = nonpermanent

anirdeshyaM = indefinite

anirviNNachetasa = without deviation

aniruddha * = mfn. unobstructed, ungovernable, self-willed; m. a spy, a secret emissary (?); the
son of Pradyumna (a form of Kâma, and husband of Ushâ); S'iva; N. of an Arhat (contemporary of
S'âkyamuni); of a descendant of Vriishni; ({am}) n. the rope for fastening cattle L.

anishchayat.h = due to non-determination (having not decided)

anishhTa = and undesirable

anishhTaM = leading to hell

a.njana = anointment

anjana* = ointment for the eyes

añjanii* = f. a woman (fit for the application of ointments, pigments, sandal, &c.) L.; N. of two
medicinaI plants.

añjasiina* = mfn. going straight on, straightforward RV. x, 32, 7.

añjali* = m. ( {aJj}), the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as if by a beggar to
receive food; hence when raised to the forehead, a mark of supplication), reverence, salutation,
benediction; a libation to the Manes (two hands full of water, {udakA7Jjali}) VP. &c.; a measure
of corn, sufficient to fill both hands when placed side by side, equal to a kudava.

añjanavat* = ind. like collyrium.

añjanaka* = m. portion of a text containing the word {aJjana}, (g. {goSad-Adi} q.v.); ({I}) f. N. of
a medicinal plant.

añjanI* = f. a woman (fit for the application of ointments, pigments, sandal, &c.) L.; N. of two
medicinaI plants.

añjaspA* = mfn. drinking instantly RV. x, 92, 2 and 94, 13.

añjasayana* = mf({I})n. having a straight course, going straight on TS. AitBr.

añjasIna* = mfn. going straight on, straightforward RV. x, 32, 7.

añjali* = m. ( {aJj}), the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as if by a beggar to
receive food; hence when raised to the forehead, a mark of supplication), reverence, salutation,
benediction; a libation to the Manes (two hands full of water, {udakA7Jjali}) VP. &c.; a measure
of corn, sufficient to fill both hands when placed side by side, equal to a kudava.
añjalika* = as, {am} m. n. N. of one of Arjuna's arrows MBh.; ({A}) f. a young mouse L.

a.nkusha = a goad (metal stick used to control elephants)

a.nkushadhaariNam.h = bearing the weapon `ankusha' with which the elephant

a.nsha = part, angle

a.nsha-bhuutaM = has been a part of her

a.nshaH = fragmental particle

a.nshumaan.h = radiant

a.nshena = part

anrita = false

anrita*=not true, false; falsehood, lying, cheating; agriculture

anta = end

antaM = or end

antaH = (adv) inside

antaHkaraNa = Mind

antaHpeTikaa = (f) drawer

antaHsthaani = within

antaka* = 1 m. border, boundary S3Br.\\2 mfn. making an end, causing death; m. death; Yama,
king or lord of death AV. &c.; N. of a man favoured by the As3vins RV. i, 112, 6N. of a king.

antakaale = at the end of life

antagataM = completely eradicated

antara = Sub-period in a Dasha

antara * =mf({A}) n. being in the interior, interior; near, proximate, related, intimate; lying
adjacent to; distant; different from; exterior; ({am}) n. the interior; a hole, opening; the interior
part of a thing, the contents; soul, heart, supreme soul; interval, intermediate space or time;
period; term; opportunity, occasion; place; distance, absence; difference, remainder; property,
peculiarity; weakness, weak side; representation; surety, guaranty; respect, regard; (ifc.),
different, other, another e.g. {dezA7ntaram}, another country; ({am}), or {-ta4s} ind. in the
interior, within [cf. Goth. {anthar}, Theme {anthara}; Lith. {antra-s}, `" the second "'; Lat.
{alter}].

antaraatmanaa = within himself

antaraatmaa = the inner self, residing in the heart

antaraaya = (m) obstacle* = m. intervention, obstacle.

antaraaraamaH = actively enjoying within

antaradeshiiya = among different countries mainly for transaction??

antaraM = between

antaranga = the practices of pranayama and pratyahara

antaraya* = 1 m. impediment, hindrance ÂpS'r. (cf. {a4n-antaraya}.)

antariksha = (n) space

antarikshaM = space, sky

antare = between

antareNa = without

antarjyotiH = aiming within

antaryutakam.h = (n) vest

antarsukhaH = happy from within

antavat.h = perishable

antavantaH = perishable

antike = near

ante = after

annaM = (n) food

annaat.h = from grains

aniiha* = mfn. listless, indifferent; m. N. of a king of Ayodhyâ; ({A}) f. indifference, apathy,

disinclination.

aNiiyaa.nsaM = smaller

aNIyas = {an}, {as},, as (fr. {aNu} q.v.), or mfn. more minute than usual.

anaNIyas * = mfn. not at all minute; vast, mighty S3is3. iii, 4.

aniyata * mfn. not regulated, uncontrolled, not fixed, uncertain, unrestricted, irreguIar, casual;
not unaccentuated RPra1t.
aNoH = than the atom

anutaapa *= m. repentance, heat.

anu = following

anubandha = (m) result, effect * = m. binding, connection, attachment; encumbrance; clog;

uninterrupted succession; sequence, consequence, result; intention, design; motive, cause;
obstacle; inseparable adjunct or sign of anything, secondary or symptomatic affection
(supervening on the principal disease); an indicatory letter or syllable attached to roots, &c.
(marking some peculiarity in their inflection; e.g. an {i} attached to roots, denotes the insertion of
a nasal before their final consonant); a child or pupil who imitates an example set by a parent or
preceptor; commencement, beginning; anything small or little, a part, a small part; (in arithm.)
the junction of fractions; (in phil.) an indispensable element of the Vedânta; ({I}) f. hickup L.;
thirst L.

anubandhaM = of future bondage

anubandhiini = bound

anubandhe = at the end

aNuubhâva * = m. the becoming an atom Nir.

anubhava* = m. perception, apprehension, fruition; understanding; impression on the mind not

derived from memory; experience, knowledge derived from personal observation or experiment;
result, consequence.

anubhaava * = m. sign or indication of a feeling ({bhAva}) by look or gesture Kpr. &c.; dignity,
authority, consequence; firm opinion, ascertainment, good resolution, belief.

anubudh* = to awake; to recollect; to learn (by infurmation): Caus. {-bodhayati}, to

communicate, to remind, Sâk.

aNuubhuu * = to become minute or atomic.

anubhuu * = to enclose, embrace ChUp.; to be after, attain, equal RV. &c.; to be useful, to help
S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; to turn or incline to RV. x, 147, 1 [36,3]; to notice, perceive, understand; to
experience, to attempt.

anubhuu * = mfn. perceiving, understanding (ifc.)

anubhuuta *= perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a consequeuce; that has

experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed

anubhUti *= f. perception; knowledge from any source but memory; (in phil.) knowledge gained
by means of the four Pramânas (perception by the senses, inference, comparison, and verbal
authority); dignity, consequence.

anubhUta* = mfn. perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a consequeuce; that

has experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed.
anubhUtiprakAza *= m. N. of a metrical paraphrase of the twelve principal Upanishads by
Vidyâranya-muni.

anubhUtisvarUpAcArya *= m. N. of the author of the grammar Sârasvatî-prakriyâ.

anuchaaraya = (causative of anu+car) follow

anuchintayan.h = constantly thinking of

anudarshanaM = observing * = n. consideration, regard.

anudinaM = daily

anuddishya = having targetted or aimed at

anudvignamanaaH = without being agitated in mind

anudvegakaraM = not agitating

anugiitaa* = f. `" an after-song "'N. of part of the fourteenth book of the Mahâbhârata (chaps. 16-
92).

anugraha * = m. favour, kindness, showing favour, conferring benefits, promoting or furthering a

good object; assistance; facilitating by incantations; rear-guard; N. of the eighth or fifth creation
VP.

anugrihiita * = mfn. favoured, obliged.

anuja * mfn. born after, later, younger; m. a younger brother, a cadet; the plant Trâyamâna;
({am}) n. the plant Prapaundarika; ({A}) f. a younger sister TS.

anujñaa* = 1 to permit, grant, allow, consent; to excuse, forgive; to authorize; to allow one to
depart, dismiss, bid farewell to; to entreat; to behave kindly: Caus. %{-jJApayati}, to request, ask
permission, ask for leave to depart, to take leave: Desid. %{-jijJAsati} or %{-te}, to wish to allow
or permit Pa1n2. 1-3, 58.//2 f. assent, assenting, permission; leave to depart; allowance made for
faults; an order or command.

anujan * = cl. 4. Â. {-jAyate}, to follow in being born or produced or arising; to take after (one's
parents) Ragh.

anu-janman * = {A} m. a younger brother, younger.

anu-janam * = ind. according to people, popularly.

anukamp * = to sympathize with, compassionate

anukampaka * = m. `" sympathizer "'N. of a king; (mfn.) ifc. sympathizing with, compassionating.

anukampana * n. sympathy, compassion.

anu-kampanIya * = mfn. pitiable.

anukampita * mfn. compassionated

anukampin * = mfn. sympathizing with.

anukampya * = mfn. pitiable, worthy of sympathy m. an ascetic L., expeditious (explained by

{tarasvin}, perhaps for {tapasvin}) L.

anukampaarthaM = to show special mercy

anukaroti = (1 pp) to follow, to mimic, to ape, to emulate

anukaari = like

anukûla * = mf(%{A})n. following the bank (%{kUla}) or slope or declivity; according to the
current AV.; favourable, agreeable; conformable to; friendly, kind, well-disposed; m. a faithful or
kind and obliging husband; (%{A}) f. Croton Polyandrum; N. of a metre; (%{am}) n. (in poetry)
narrative of calamity leading finally to happiness.

anulipta = smeared

anulepanaM = smeared with

anuloma = with the grain, naturally* = mf({A})n. `" with the hair or grain "' (opposed to {prati-
loma} q.v.), in a natural direction, in order, regular, successive; conformable; ({A}) f. a woman of
a lower caste than that of the mañs with whom she is connected Yâjñ.; ({As}) m. `" descendants of
an anulomâ "', mixed castes, (g. {upakA7di} q.v.); ({a4m}) ind. in regular order S'Br. &c.

anumati = (f) permission * = f. assent, permission, approbation ; personified as a goddess RV. AV.
&c. ; the fifteenth day of the moon's age (on which it rises one digit less than full, when the gods
or manes receive oblations with favour) ; also personified as a goddess VP., oblation made to this
goddess.

anumata* = mfn. approved, assented to, permitted, allowed, agreeable, pleasant; loved, beloved;
concurred with, being of one opinion; ({am}) n. consent, permission, approbation; ({e}) loc. ind.
with consent of.

anumantaa = permitter

anumati* = f. assent, permission, approbation; personified as a goddess RV. AV. &c.; the fifteenth
day of the moon's age (on which it rises one digit less than full, when the gods or manes receive
oblations with favour); also personified as a goddess VP., oblation made to this goddess.

anumaatuM = to guess

anumaana = an inference

anumaanaat.h = (ablat.)from guessing or induction

anumIyamAna* = mfn. Pass. p. being inferred

anupakaariNe = irrespective of return

anumodita* = mfn. pleased, delighted, applauded; agreeable, acceptable.

anumR * to follow in death

anumRgyadAzu * = mfn. granting all that is sought.

anumRgya * mfn. ( {mRg}), to be sought after

anumRtA * f. the woman who burns with a part of her husband's dress.

anumRj * = to rub lengthways for polishing or cleaning AV. S'Br. &c. Intens. part.
{-ma4rmRjAna}, stretching (the arms) repeatedly towards RV. x, 142, 5.

anumRz * =to grasp, seize RV. &c.; to consider, think of, reflect: Caus. {-marzayati}, to touch or
take hold of for the sake of examining Kâthh.

anvi * = to go after or alongside, to follow; to seek; to be guided by; to fall to one's share RV. iv, 4,
11; Ved. Inf. %{a4nv-etave} to reach or join [BR.], to imitate [Gmn.] RV. vii, 33, 8; %{a4nv-
etavai4}, to go along (with acc.) RV. i, 24, 8; vii, 44, 5.

anvish* = 3. cl. 1. P. %{-icchati}, to desire, seek, seek after, search, aim, at AV. &c.: cl. 4. P. %{-
iSyati} id. R. &c., Caus. %{-eSayati} id. Mr2icch. &c.

anvishtha * = or mfn. sought, required.

anvita * = mfn. gone along with; joined, attended, accompanied by, connected with, linked to;
having as an essential or inherent part, endowed with, possessed of, possessing; acquired;
reached by the mind, understood; following; connected as in grammar or construction.

anupaa* = 1 1. to drink after or there upon, follow in drinking, drink at; Caus. (Pot. {-pAya4yet})
to cause to drink afterwards S'Br. [35, 2] \\* = 2 2. Caus. P. Â. {-pAlayati}, {-te}, to preserve, keep,
cherish; to wait for, expect.

anuupa* = mfn. (fr. 2. {a4p} q.v., with {anu}), situated near the water, watery L.; ({a4s}) m. a
watery country Mn. &c.; pond RV.; bank of a river; a buffalo (cf. {AnUpa}) L.; N. of a Riishi,
teacher of the Sâma-veda.

anupashyati = one tries to see through authority

anupashyanti = can see

anupashyaami = do I foresee

anuprapannaaH = following

anuprikta: = mfn. mixed with MBh.

anupUrva* = mf({A})n. regular, orderly, in successive order from the preceding; ({a4m}) ind. in
regular order, from the first RV. &c.; ({eNa}) ind. in regular order or succession, from the first,
from the beginning, from above downwards.

anupUrvya* = mfn. regular, orderly KâtyS'r.

anuraadhaa = Seventeenth nakshatra

anurajyate = is becoming attached

anurata * = a mfn. fond of, attached to.

anurakta * mfn. fond of, attached, pleased; beloved.

anurUpa * = mfn. following the form, conformable, corresponding, like, fit, suitable ; adapted to,
according to ; m. the Antistrophe which has the same metre as the Stotriya or Strophe ; the
second of three verses recited together ; (%{am}) n. conformity, suitability ; (%{am}, %{eNa}) ind.
ifc. conformably, according.

anus'am * = to become calm after or in consequence of BhP.

anuzaMs* = to recite or praise after another TS. &c.; (Ved. Inf. (dat.) %{anu-za4se}) to join in
praising RV. v, 50, 2.

anusavanam * = ind. at every sacrifice TBr. &c.; constantly BhP.

anusev * = to practise, observe.

anusevin* = mfn. practising, observing, habitually addicted to.

anushaasitaaraM = the controller

anushushruma = I have heard by disciplic succession

anushochanti = lament

anushochituM = to lament

anushhajjate = one necessarily engages

anushhTup.h = the format's name

anushhThana = (n) performance, execution

anusantataani = extended

anusaraNa* = n. following, going after; tracking, conformity to, consequence of; custom, habit,
usage.

anusaara = following, customary(masc)

anus'aasana * = n. instruction, direction, command, precept

anus'aya m. close connection as with a consequence, close attachment to any object; (in phil.) the
consequence or result of an act (which clings to it and causes the soul after enjoying the
temporary freedom from transmigration to enter other bodies); repentance, regret; hatred;
ancient or intense enmity; ({I}) f. a4 disease of the feet, a boil or abscess on the upper part; a boil
on the head.
anusmara = go on remembering

anusmaran.h = remembering

anusmaret.h = always thinks of

anusuu * = {Us} m. N. of wk., Pân Comm.

anu-suucaka * = mf({ikA})n. ( {sUc}), indicative of, pointing out.

anu-suucana * = n. pointing out, indication.

anu-suupam * = ind. in every condiment.

anusvaaraH = the accompanying sound or letter ( the letter form `.n' `M'?)

anutishhThanti = regularly perform

anuttamaM = the finest

anuttamaaM = the highest

anusvaara* = m. ( {svR}), aftersound, the nasal sound which is marked by a dot above the line,
and which always belongs to a preceding vowel.

anuvarN* = to mention, describe, recount; to praise.

anuvaada* = m. saying after or again, repeating by way of explanation, explanatory repetition or

reiteration with corroboration or illustration, explanatory reference to anything already said;
translation; a passage of the Brâhmanas which explains or illustrates a rule ({vidhi}) previously
propounded (such a passage is sometimes called {anuvAda-vacana}); confirmation Nir.; slander,
reviling L.

anuvaaram* = ind. time after time.

anuvartanIya* = mfn. to be followed; to be supplied from a previous rule.

anuvartin* = mfn. following, compliant, obedient, resembling.

anuvartitva* = n. the state of being so.

anuvartman* =mfn. following attending AV. &c.; ({a}) n. a path previously walked by another
BhP.

anuvartitR* = {tA} m. a wooer RV. x, 109, 2.

anuvartana* = &c. see {anu-vRt}.

anuvartana* = n. obliging, serving or gratifying another; compliance, obedience; following,

attending; concurring; consequence, result; continuance; supplying from a previous rule.
anuvartate = follows in the footsteps

anuvartante = would follow

anuvartayati = adopt

anuvaadaM = translation

anuvaadya = having translated

anuvidhiiyate = becomes constantly engaged

anuvR * = to cover, KaushBr. &c.; to surround: Caus. Â. {-vArayate}, to hinder, prevent.

anuvRtta * = mfn. following, obeying, complying; rounded off; ({am}) n. obedience, conformity,
compliance.

anuvRtti * = f. following, acting suitably to, having regard or respect to, complying with, the act of
continuance; (in Pânini's Gr.) continued course or influence of a preceding rule on what follows;
reverting to; imitating, doing or acting in like manner.

anuvRt * = Â. to go after; to follow, pursue; to follow from a previous rule, be supplied from a
previous sentence; to attend; to obey, respect, imitate; to resemble; to assent; to expect; Caus. P.
{-vartayati}, to roll after or forward; to follow up, carry out; to supply.

anuvRt * = mfn. walking after, following MaitrS. PBr.

anuyaayinaH = followers

anuuchaanaM = (teacher?)

aNva * = n. fine interstice or hole in the strainer used for the Soma juice RV

anvA * (for 2. {anu-vA} q.v.), blowing after TândyaBr. GopBr.

anaavrishthi* = f. want of rain, drought.

anvaya = Family

anvayavat * mfn. having a connection (as a consequence), following, agreeing with; belonging to
race or family; ({vat}) ind. in connection with, in the sight of Mn. viii, 332.

anvayavyatireka * n. agreement and contrariety; a positive and negative proposition; species and
difference; rule and exception; logical connection and disconnection.

anvayavyaapti * = f. an affirmative argument.

anvayin * mfn. connected (as a consequence); belonging to the same family

anvayitva * = n. the state of being a necessary consequence.

anvashochaH = you are lamenting

anvichchha = try for

anviiksh* = to follow with one's looks, to keep looking or gazing AV. &c.; to keep in view S'Br.

anvIkshaa* = f. examining, inquiry Comm. on Nyâyad. [47, 3]; meditation BhP.

anviikshaNa* = n. or exa mining, inquiry Comm. on Nyâyad. [47, 3]

anviikshaa* = f. exa mining, inquiry Comm. on Nyâyad. [47, 3]; meditation BhP.

anviikshitavya* = mfn. to be kept in view or in mind S'Br.

aanviikshikI* = f. (fr. {anv-IkSA}), logic, logical philosophy, metaphysics MBh. Mn. Gaut. &c

anvitaaH = absorbed, * gone along with, joined, attended, accompanied

anveshhaNam.h = (n) search, exploration

anya = other person * = 1 (3) n. inexhaustibleness (as of the milk of cows) AV. xii, 1, 4 (cf.
%{a4nyA}.).// 2 %{as}, %{A}, %{at}, other, different ; other than, different from, opposed to (abl.
or in comp.) ; another ; another person ; one of a number ; %{anya@anya} or %{eka@anya}, the
one, the other ; %{anyac@ca}, and another, besides, moreover [cf. Zd. {anya} ; Armen. {ail} ; Lat.
{alius} ; Goth. {aljis}, Theme {alja} ; Gk. $ &13802[45,2] for $ ; cf. also $].

anyaM = other

anyaH = another

anyat.h = other

anyatra = somewhere else

anyathaa = other *= ind. otherwise, in a different manner (with %{atas}, %{itas}, or %{tatas} = in
a manner different from this; %{anyathA@anyathA}, in one way, in another way); inaccurately,
untruly, falsely, erroneously; from another motive; in the contrary case, otherwise [cf. Lat.
{aliuta}].

anyayaa = by the other

anyaaM = another

anyaan.h = others

anyaani = different

anyaayena = illegally

anye = others
anyena = by another

anyebhyaH = from others

anyaiH = by others

anyonya = mutual

apa* = ind. (as a prefix to nouns and verbs, expresses) away, off, back (opposed to %{u4pa},
%{a4nu}, %{sam}, %{pra}); down (opposed to %{ud}).

apaada* = mfn. not divided into Pâdas not metrical.

apaadaa* = 1. Â. to take off or away S'Br. Kaus'.

apaana = one of the vital airs, controls the elimination of bodily wastes* = m. (opposed to
%{prA7Na4}), that of the five vital airs which goes downwards and out at the anus; the anus MBh.
(in this sense also (%{am}) n. L.); N. of a Sa1man PBr.; ventris crepitus L.

apaanaM = the air going downward

apaane = in the air which acts downward

apaapo = without sins

apaaraa = one who has no limits

apaara* = mfn. not having an opposite shore TS.; not having a shore, unbounded, boundless
(applied to the earth, or to heaven and earth, [{ro4dasI}], &c.) RV. &c.; m. `" not the opposite
bank "', the bank on this side (of a river) MBh. viii, 2381; ({am}) n. (in Sânkhya phil.) `" a bad
shore "', `" the reverse of {pAra} "', a kind of mental indifference or acquiescence; the reverse of
mental acquiescence L.; the boundless sea.

apaatrebhyaH = to unworthy persons

apaartha* = mfn. without any object, useless; unmeaning BhP. &c.; ({am}) n. incoherent
argument

apaarthaka * =mfn. useless

apaavrita* = mfn. open, laid open RV. i, 57, 1, &c.; covered L.; unrestrained, self willed

apaavritaM = wide open

apaaya* = see %{ape7}.

apaaya* = m. going away, departure ; destruction, death, annihilation ; injury, loss ; misfortune,
evil, calamity.

apaayaya *V = to (breast)-feed

apaayinaH = disappearing
apachii = to decrease

apada* = n. no place, no abode AV.; the wrong place or time Kathâs. &c.; (mfn.), footless Pañcat.

apades'a *= m. assigning, pointing out Ka1tyS3r.; pretence, feint, pretext, disguise, contrivance;
the second step in a syllogism (i.e. statement of the reason); a butt or mark L.; place, quarter L.

apaharaNa = stealing

apahartaaraM = the remover]destroyer

apahrita = stolen

apahritachetasaaM = bewildered in mind

apaishunaM = aversion to fault-finding

apakri = to harm

apalaayanaM = not fleeing

apakarsha * = m. drawing or dragging off or down, detraction, diminution, decay; lowering,

depression; decline, inferiority, infamy; anticipation Nyâyam.; (in poetry) anticipation of a word
occurring later.

apa-karsha-sama * = {as}, {A} mf. a sophism in the Nyâya (e.g. `" sound has not the quality of
shape as a jar has, therefore sound and a jar have no qualities in common "').

apa-karshaka * = mf({ikA})n. drawing down, detracting (with gen.) Sâh.

apamaa = comparison

apamaanayoH = and dishonor

apanaya* = m. leading away, taking away; bad policy, bad or wicked conduct.

apanayana* = n. taking away, withdrawing; destroying, healing; acquittance of a debt.

apanudyaat.h = can drive away

apaNDita = someone who is not a scholar

apara = other* = 1 mfn. having nothing beyond or after, having no rival or superior.* =2
mf({A})n. (fr. {a4pa}), posterior, later, latter (opposed to {pU4rva}; often in comp.); following;
western; inferior, lower (opposed to {pa4ra}); other, another (opposed to {sva4}); different (with
abl.); being in the west of; distant, opposite. Sometimes {apara} is used as a conjunction to
connect words or sentences e.g. {aparaM-ca}, moreover; m. the hind foot of an elephant S'is'.;
({A}) f. the west L.; the hind quarter of an elephant L.; the womb L.; ({I4}) f. (used in the pl.) or
({a4m}) [RV. vi, 33, 5] n. the future RV. S'Br.; ({a4param} [AV.] or {apara4m} [RV.]) ind. in
future, for the future; ({aparam}) ind. again, moreover PârGri. Pañcat.; in the west of (abl.)
KâtyS'r.; ({eNa}) ind. (with acc.) behind, west, to the west of KâtyS'r. [cf. Goth. and Old Germ.
{afar}, and the Mod. Germ. {aber}, in such words as {Aber-mal}, {Aber-witz}].
aparaM = junior

apararaatra = (m) dawn

aparaspara = without cause

aparaa = lower

aparaadha* = m. offence, transgression, fault ; mistake ; %{aparAdhaM} 1: %{kR}, to offend any

one (gen.)

aparaardhya* = mfn. without a maximum, unlimited in number Âs'vS'r. [50,3]

aparaja* = mfn. born later VS.

aparajana* = sg. or pl. m. inhabitants of the west GopBr. KâtyS'r.

aparatra* = ind. in another place; ({eka-tra}, {aparatra}, in one place, in the other place Pân. 6-1,
194 Sch.)

aparatva* = n. = {-tA} q.v.

aparasad* = mfn. being seated behind PBr. -2.

aparaajitaH = who had never been vanquished

aparaajiita = Unconquered

aparaajita:* = mf({A})n. unconquered, unsurpassed RV. &c.; m. a poisonous insect Sus'r.; Vishnu;
S'iva; one of the eleven Rudras Hariv.; a class of divinities (constituting one portion of the so-
called Anuttara divinities of the Jainas); N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.;
of a mythical sword Kathâs.; ({A}) f. (with {diz}) the northeast quarter AitBr. &c.; Durgâ; several
plants, Clitoria Ternatea, Marsilea Quadrifolia, Sesbania AEgyptiaca; a species of the S'arkari
metre (of four lines, each containing fourteen syllables).

aparaaNi = others

aparaan.h = others

apare = others

aparigraha = abstention from greed, non-possessiveness

aparigrahaH = free from the feeling of possessiveness

aparimeyaM = immeasurable

aparihaarye = of that which is unavoidable

aparyaaptaM = immeasurable
apasada * = m. the children of six degrading marriages (of a Brâhman with the women of the
three lower classes, of a Kshatriya with women of the two lower, and of a Vais'ya with one of the
S'ûdra Mn. x, 10 seqq., but cf. MBh. xiii, 2620 seqq. and {apadhvaMsa-ja}), an outcast (often ifc.;
see {brAhmaNA7pasada}).

apashyat.h = he could see

apâs'raya * = 2 m. the upper portion of a bed or couch on which the head rests Das3.; refuge,
recourse, the person or thing to which recourse is had for refuge; an awning spread over a court or
yard R. v, 11, 19.

apatya = Progeny

apathham.h = read

apathu * = mfn. not clever, awkward, uncouth; ineloqueut; sick, diseased L.

a-pattra * = mfn. leafless; ({A}) f. N. of a plant.

a-patnika * = mfn. not having a wife AitBr. KâtyS'r.; where the wife is not present KâtyS'r.

apa-trap * = to be ashamed or bashful, turn away the face.

apa-tras * = (impf. 3. pl. {-atrasan}) to flee from in terror RV. x, 95, 8 MBh.

apa-trasta * = mfn. (ifc. or with abl.) afraid of, fleeing or retiring from in terror Pân. 2-1, 38.

a-pathin * = {-nthAs} m. absence of road Pân. 5-4, 72.

apaurusha* n. unmanliness; superhuman power; (mfn.), unmanly; superhuman. [57, 1]

apavarga = heaven, liberation: m. completion, end (e.g. {paJcA7pavarga}, coming to an end in

five days) KâtyS'r. &c.; the emancipation of the soul from bodily existence, exemption from
further transmigration; final beatitude BhP. &c.; gift, donation Âs'vS'r.; restriction (of a rule)
Sus'r. S'ulb.

apavaada = exceptional

apaviddha* = mfn. pierced; thrown away, rejected, dismissed, removed.

apavighnaH = without obstacles

apayaa* = to go away, depart, retire from (abl.). ; to fall off: Caus. %{-yApayati}, to carry away by
violence BhP.

apeksh.h = to expect

apekshaa = (f) expectation, hope * = f. looking round or about, consideration of, reference, regard
to (in comp.; rarely loc.); dependence on, connection of cause with effect or of individual with
species; looking for, expectation, hope, need, requirement; ({ayA}) ind. with regard to (in comp.)
apeta* = *V bereft of *= mfn. escaped, departed, gone, having retired from, free from (abl. or in
comp.)

aphala = one without fruit

aphalaprepsunaa = by one without desire for fruitive result

aphalaakaankshibhiH = by those devoid of desire for result

api = also, * = Meaning is often used to express emphasis, in the sense of even, also, very; e.g.
{anyad api}, also another, something more; {adyA7pi}, this very day, even now; {tathA7pi}, even
thus, notwithstanding; {yady api}, even if, although; {yadyapi tathA7pi}, although, nevertheless;
{na kadAcid api}, never at any time: sometimes in the sense of but, only, at least e.g. {muhUrtam
api}, only a moment.\\* = Meaning may be affixed to an interrogative to make it indefinite, e.g.
{ko 'pi}, any one; {kutrA7pi}, anywhere.\\Meaning imparts to numerals the notion of totality e.g.
{caturNam api varNAnAm}, of all the four castes.\\Meaning may be interrogative at the
beginning of a sentence.\\Meaning may strengthen the original force of the Potential, or may
soften the Imperative, like the English `" be pleased to "'; sometimes it is a mere
expletive.\\Meaning `" even then "', nevertheless, notwithstanding S'ak. (v.l.) Bhartri. Prab.
Sinha7s.

a4pI * = Meaning 2 ( {i}), (Ved.) {a4py-eti}, to go in or near; to enter into or upon; to come near,
approach (also in copulation RV. ii, 43, 2 ind. p. {apI74tyA}); to partake, have a share in; to join to
pour out (as a river).

apiiDA* = f. id.; ({ayA}) ind. not unwillingly.

apohanaM = forgetfulness

apoha* = m. pushing away, removing; (in disputation) reasoning, arguing, denying.

apo7hana* = mfn. to be taken away, or removed, or expiated.

aprakaashaH = darkness

apramatta* = mfn. not careless, careful, attentive, vigilant S'Br. &c.

apratigha * = mfn. ( %{han}), not to be kept off, not to be vanquished Mn. xii, 28, &c

apratimaprabhaava = O immeasurable power

apratishhThaM = without foundation

apratishhThaH = without any position

apratiikaaraM = without being resistant

apradaaya = without offering

apramaaNa * =n. a rule which is no standard of action MBh. S'âk. &c.; (in discussion) a statement
of no importance or authority.
apramatta* =m mfn. not careless, careful, attentive, vigilant S'Br. &c.

aprameya = the ununderstandable, inscrutable * =immeasurable, unlimited, unfathomable Mn. i,

3 and xii, 94, &c.; not to be proved.

aprameyaM = immeasurable

aprameyasya = immeasurable

apratarkya * = mfn. not to be discussed L.; incomprehensible by reason, undefinable Mn. i, 5 &
xii, 29 BhP. &c. [57,3]

aprati* = mfn. without opponents, irresistible RV. BhP.; (%{I}) n. irresistibly RV. vii, 83, 4 and
99, 5 AV.; (%{A4}) ind. see s.v. above. -1.

apravrittiH = inactivity

apraaptat.h = uttained, obtained

apraapya = failing to attain

apraamaamaaNya = Unjustified

aprithivyoH = to the earth

apriyaM = the unpleasant

apriyaH = and the undesirable

apsaras* =m {As} [RV. AV.&c.], or {ap-sarA4} [AV. &c.], f. (fr. 2. {a4p} + {sR}), `" going in the
waters or between the waters of the clouds "', a class of female divinities (sometimes called `"
nymphs "'; they inhabit the sky, but often visit the earth; they are the wives of the Gandharvas
(q.v.) and have the faculty of changing their shapes at will; they are fond of the water; one of their
number, Rambhâ, is said to have been produced at the churning of the ocean).

apsu = in water

apuNya = vice

apunaraavrittiM = to liberation

apUryamANam* - mfn. not getting full Ka1tyS3r.

apushhpa = one without flowers

apya* = (2, 3) mf({a4pyA}; once {a4pI} RV. vi, 67, 9)n. being in water, coming from water,
connected with water RV. (cf. 3. {A4pya}).

apya* = 1 mfn. to be reached, obtainable S'Br.; ({am}) n. confederation, alliance, relationship,

friendship RV. ii, 29, 3, &c.; a friend RV. vii, 15, 1; (for 2. {Apya} see p. 144, col. 1.)

apyayau = disappearance
apyayana * = n. union, copulating L.

araNyam.h = (n) jungle, forest

araNya* = n. (fr. 1. {a4raNa}; fr. {R} Un.), a foreign or distant land RV. i, 163, 11 and vi, 24, 10; a
wilderness, desert, forest AV. VS. &c.; m. the tree also called Kathphala L.; N. of a son of the Manu
Raivata Hariv. 434; of a Sâdhya ib. 11536; of a teacher (disciple of Priithvidhara).

araNyaka*= n. a forest Yâjñ. iii, 192, the plant Melia Sempervirens L.

aratiH = being without attachment

araagadveshhataH = without love or hatred

arbha*: little, small, unimportant; child, boy // ruins, rubbish, often ifc. in names of old villages
half or entirely gone to ruin

arbhaka = small

arbuda *= m. Ved. a serpent-like demon (conquered by Indra, a descendant of Kadru1 therefore

called Ka1draveya S3Br. AitBr.; said to be the author of RV. x, 94 RAnukr.) RV. &c.; (%{a4s})
m.id. RV.i, 51, 6 and x, 67, 12; (%{am}) n. N. of the above-named hymn RV. x, 94 A1s3vS3r.;
(%{as}, %{am}) m. n. a long round mass (said especially of the shape of the foetus in the second
half of the first month [Nir. xiv, 6] or in the second month [Ya1jn5. iii, 75 and 89]); a swelling,
tumour, polypus Sus3r. &c.; (%{a4rbuda}), ri. (also m. L.) ten millions VS. xvii, 2, &c.;
(%{as}),m.N. of a mountain in the west of India (commonly called Abu1, a place of pilgrimage of
the Jainas, and celebrated for its Jaina temples); m. pl.N. of a people VarBr2S. BhP. &c.

arbudarogaH = (m) cancer

archati = (1 pp) to worship

archituM = to worship

arcita * = mfn. honoured, worshipped, respected, saluted MBh. Mn. &c.; offered with reverence,
Mn iv, 213 ({an-} neg.) & 235 Yâjñ. i, 167

ardana * = mfn. moving restlessly Nir. vi, 3; ifc. ({janA7rdana}) disturbing, distressing,
tormenting R. BhP. &c.; annihilating, destroying BhP. (cf. {mahISA7rdana}); ({as}) m. a N. of
S'iva MBh. xiii, 1147; ({A}) f. request L.; ({am}) n. pain, trouble, excitement Sus'r.

ardani * = m. sickness, disease L.; asking, request L.; fire L.

ardha = half* = 1 m. Ved. side, part; place, region, country (cf. {a4py-ardham}, {abhy-ardha4},
{parA7rdha4}); [Lat. {ordo}; Germ. {ort}.] \\2 mfn. (m. pl. {ardhe} or {ardhas} Pân. 1-1, 33) half.
halved, forming a half [cf. Osset. {ardag}]; {ardha4}.. {ardha4} (or {ni4ma}.. {ardha4} RV. x, 27 "'
18), one part, the other part; ({a4s}, {a4m}) m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) the half. RV. vi, 30, 1, &c.; ({a4m}) n.
`" one part of two "', with 1. {kR}, to give or leave to anybody (acc.) an equal share of (gen.) RV. ii,
30, 5 and vi, 44, 18; a part, party RV. iv, 32, 1 and vii, 18, 16; ({e}) loc. ind. in the middle, Sâk.
({ardha}) in comp. with a subst. means `" the half part of anything "' [cf. Pân. 2-2, 2], with an adj.
or past Pass. p. [cf. Pân. 5-4, 5] `" half "'; also with an adj. indicating measure [cf. Pân. vii, 3, 26
and 27]; a peculiar kind of compound is formed with ordinals [cf. Pân. 1-1, 23 Comm.] e.g.
{ardha-tRtIya}, containing a half for its third, i.e. two and a half; {ardha-caturtha}, having a half
for its fourth, three and a half.)

ardhachandraasana = the half-moon posture

ardhanavaasana = the half-boat posture

ardhanaariinatheshvara = S'iva and his S'akti united as one

ardhanaariishvara = S'iva and his S'akti united as one

ardhanicholaH = (m) frock

ardhapadmaasana = the half-lotus posture

ardhamatsyendraasana = the half spinal-twist posture

ardhashirshhaasana = the half headstand posture

ardhasarvaangaasana = the half-shoulderstand posture

ardhasalabhaasana = the half-locust posture

ardhoruka = (n) half-pant

ardhorukam.h = (n) half-pant, shortsarjana = obtaining

ardita * = asked, requested, begged L.; injured, pained, afflicted, tormented, wounded; killed,
destroyed ib.; ({am}) n. N. of a disease

argasiM = (f) pleasure

argha = value

arghya * = mfn. `" valuable "' see {an-arghya}, (g. {daNDA7di} q.v., `" {argham-arhati} "')
deserving a respectful reception (as a guest) PârGri. Yâjñ. &c.; belonging to or used at the
respectful reception of a guest Gobh. Yâjñ. &c.; ({am}) n. (Pân. 5-4, 25) water offered at the
respectful reception of a guest Âs'vGri. &c., (probably for {Arghya} q.v.) a kind of honey L.

arha = deserving * = mf(%{A})n. meriting, deserving (praise or blame cf. %{pUjA7rha},

%{nindA7rha}), worthy of. having a claim or being entitled to (acc. or Inf. or in comp.); being
required, obliged, allowed (with Inf.); becoming, proper, fit (with gen. or ifc.) Pan5cat.; worth (in
money), costing R., (cf. %{satA7rha}, %{sahasrA7rha}), m. a N. of Indra L., (%{a}) f. or (%{ANi})
n. pl. worship ChUp..

arhati = (1 pp) to deserve

arhaNa* = mfn. having a claim to, being entitled to (in comp.) BhP.; ({am}) n. deserving, meriting
Pân. 3-3, 111, worship, honour, treating any one (gen.) with respect Mn. iii, 54 BhP.; a present of
honour MBh. i, 130 BhP.; ({A}) f. worship, honourN. Ragh. &c., ({arha4Na}), Ved. instr. ind.
according to what is due RV. i, 127, 6, x, 63, 4 and 92, 7.
arhasi = deserve

ari = enemies * = m. v.l. for {arin} below.

ari * =1 mfn. ( {R}), attached to faithful RV.; ({is}) m. a faithful or devoted or pious man RV.\\=2
mfn. ( {rA}; = 1. {ari4}, assiduous, &c., Gnm.), not liberal, envious, hostile RV. ({i4s}) m. an
enemy RV. MBh. &c.; ({a4ris}), m.id. AV. vii, 88, 1 and xiii, 1, 29, (in astron.) a hostile planet
VarBriS.; N. of the sixth astrological mansion ib. (in arithm.)the number six (cf. {arAti}); a species
of Khadira or Mimosa L.

aritaa * = f. or enmity

ari-bhaava = the sixth house in a Rashi or bhaava chart

arishhu = on enemies

arishtha* = mf({A}) n. unhurt RV. &c.; proof against injury or damage RV.; secure, safe RV.;
boding misfortune (as birds of ill omen, &c.), Adbh Br. Hariv.; fatal, disastrous (as a house) R. ii,
42, 22; m. a heron L.; a crow L.; the soapberry tree, Sapindus Detergens Roxb. (the fruits of which
are used in washing Yâjñ. i 186); cf. {arI STaka}; Azadirachta Indica R. ii, 94, 9; garlic L.; a
distilled mixture, a kind of liquor Sus'r.; N. of an Asura (with the shape of an ox, son of Bali, slain
by Kriishna or Vishnu) Hariv. BhP.; of a son of Manu Vaivasvata VP. (v.l. for {deSTa}); ill-luck,
misfortune (see {ariSTa} n.) MBh. xii, 6573, ({A}), f. a bandage Sus'r.; a medical plant L.; N. of
Durgâ SkandaP.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and one of the wives of Kas'yapa Hariv.; ({am}) n.
bad or ill-luck. misfortune; a natural phenomenon boding approaching death; good fortune,
happiness MBh. iv, 2126, buttermilk L.; vinous spirit L.; a womañs apartment, the lying-in
chamber (cf. {ariSTagriha} and {-zayyA} below) L.

arishhthanemiH = the appelation to Garuda?

arisuudana = O killer of the enemies

arjanaM = the earning or acquiring or acqusition

arjuna * = mfn. (cf. {Rjra4} and {raj}) white, clear (the colour of the day RV. vi, 9, 1; of the dawn
RV. i, 49, 3; of the lightning; of the milk; of silver, &c.); made of silver AV. iv, 37, 4; m. the white
colour "' L.; a peacock L.; cutaneous disease Sây. on RV. i, 122, 5; the tree Terminalia Arjuna W.
and A.; N. of a man RV. i, 122, 5; of Indra VS. S'Br., of the third of the Pindava princes (who was a
son of Kriitavîrya who was slain by Paras'urâma) ib.; of a S'âskya (known as a mathematician); of
different other persons; the only son of his mother L.; ({I}) f. a cow MBh. xiii, 3596; a kind of
serpent, (voc. {a4ijuni}) "' AV. ii, 24, 7; a procuress, bawd L.; N. of Ushâ (wife of Aniruddha) L.; of
the river Bâhudâ or Karatoys L.; ({-nyau}, or {-nyas}) f. du. or Pl.N. of the constellation Phalgunî
RV. x, 85, 13 S'Br.; ({am}) n. silver AV. v, 28, 5 and 9; gold L.; slight inflammation of the
conjunctiva or white of the eye Sus'r.; a particular grass (used as a substitute for the Soma plant)
PBr. &c.; (= {rUpa}) shape Naigh.; ({As}) m. pl. the descendants of Arjuna Pân. 2-4, 66 Sch.

arjuna-anujam A*: emblem [as in 10.77: 11]

arjuna = a disciple of Krishna, hero of the Mahabharata

arjunaM = unto Arjuna

arjunaH = Arjuna
arjunayoH = and Arjuna

arka = essence, a name of Sun * = m. ( {arc}), Ved. a ray, flash of lightning RV. &c.; the sun RV.
&c.; (hence) the number, twelve "' Sûryas.; Sunday; fire RV. ix, 50, 4 S'Br. BriÂrUp.; crystal R. ii,
94, 6; membrum viriIe AV. vi, 72, 1; copper L.; the plant Calotropis Gigantea (the larger leaves are
used for sacrificial ceremonies; cf. {arka-kozI}, {-parNa4}, {palaza4}, &c. below) S'Br. &c., a
religious ceremony S'Br. BriÂrUp. (cf. {arkA7zvamedha} below); praise hymn, song (also said of
the roaring of the Maruts and of Indra's thunder) RV. and AV.; one who praises, a singer RV.; N.
of Indra L.; a learned man (cf. RV. viii, 63, 6) L. [89, 2]; an elder brother L.; N. of a physician
BrahmaP. (cf. {arka-cikitsA} below); ({as}, {am}) m. n. (with {agneH}, {indrasya}, {gautamasaH},
&c.) N. of different Sâmans; food Naigh. and Nir. (cf. RV. vii, 9, 2).

arogita = diseaselessness

arpaNa = Offer

arpaNaM = contribution

arpita = surrendering * = [eight times in RV.; cf. Pân. 6-1, 209 seq.] or\\* = [RV. i, 164, 48, &c.]
mfn. inserted, fixed RV. VS. &c.; fixed upon (as the eyes or the mind); thrown, cast into (loc.; said
of an arrow) Ragh. viii, 87; placed in or upon Ragh. ix, 78, &c.; (said of a document or of a sketch)
transferred to (a plate or portrait i.e., `" engraved "' or, painted "') Ragh. xvii, 79 S'âk. Kum. iii,
42; offered, delivered, entrusted Yâjñ. ii, 164, &c.; given back Ragh. xix, 10, &c.

artha = money *= {as}, {am} m. n. [in RV. i-ix only n. [90, 3]; in RV. x six times n. and thrice m.;
in later Sanskriit only m.] aim, purpose (very often {artham}, {arthena}, {arthAya}, and {arthe}
ifc. or with gen., for the sake of. on account of. in behalf of. for "'); cause, motive, reason Mn. ii,
213, &c.; advantage, use, utility (generally named with kâma and dharma see {tri-varga}; used in
wishing well to another dat. or gen. Pân. 2-3, 73); thing, object (said of the membrum virile S'Br.
xiv); object of the senses VarBriS.; (hence) the number, five "', Seiryas.; substance, wealth,
property, opulence, money; (hence in astron.) N. of the second mansion, the mansion of wealth
(cf, {dhana}) VarBriS.; personified as the son of Dharma arid Buddhi BhP.; affair, concern (Ved.
often acc. a4rtham with {i}, or gam, to go to one's business, take up one's work RV. &c.); (in law)
lawsuit, action; having to do with (instr.), wanting, needing anything (instr.), SBr, &c.; {sense},
meaning, notion (cf. {artha-zabdau} and {arthAt} s.v. below and {vedatattvA7rtha-vid}); manner,
kind L., prohibition, prevention L.; price (for {argha} q.v.) L.; ({At}) abl. ind. see s.v. below; ({e})
loc. ind. with 1. {kR} (g. {sakSAd-Adi} q.v.)

arthaM = wealth

arthaH = is meant

arthan.h = and economic development

arthanaipuNa = (n) efficient in polity

arthapraaptirbhavati = wealth-attainment becomes

arthayate = (10 pp) to request

arthavaan.h = one with money

arthasya = (masc.poss.sing.) wealth or meaning

arthaarthii = one who desires material gain

arthin * = mfn. active, industrious RV. ; (cf %{arthe74t} above) ; one who wants or desires
anything (instr. or in comp. ; cf. %{putrA7rthin}, %{balA7rthin}) ; supplicating or entreating any
one (gen.) ; longing for, libidinous R. i, 48, 18 ; (%{I}) m. one who asks for a girl in marriage, a
wooer Ya1jn5. i, 60 Katha1s. ; a beggar, petitioner, suitor Mn. xi, 1, &c. ; one who supplicates with
prayers VarBr2S. ; a plaintiff, prosecutor Mn. viii, 62 and 79 Ya1jn5. ii, 6 ; a servant L. ; a follower,
companion L.

arthinah*A = person in need, person asking for something

arthiyaM = meant

arthe = in meaning

arthopaarjanaaya = for earning maney

aruNi * = see also aarunîi; m. N. of a Muni BhP. (cf. {AruNi}).

aru* = m. the sun L.; the redblossomed Khadira tree L.; for {arus} n. only in comp. with {-M-
tuda} mf({A})n. (Pân. 3-2, 35 and vi, 3, 67) `" beating or hurting a wound "', causing torments,
painful Mn. ii, 161, &c.

aruupaka * = mfn. shapeless, immaterial MBh. iii, 12984 ; (in rhetoric) without figure or
metaphor, literal.

aryamaa = Aryama

arya* = 1 (2, once 3 RV. iv, 1, 7) mfn. ( %{R}) kind, favourable RV.; attached to, true, devoted,
dear RV.; excellent L.; (%{a4s}) m. a master, lord Naigh. Pa1n2. 3-1, 103 (cf. 3.
%{a4rya}.)\\mf(%{A})n. ( = 1. %{arya4}) kind, favourable RV. i, 123, 1.\\ 3 m. (= 1. %{aiya4}) `"
master, lord "', a Vais3ya VS. &c. Pa1n2. 3-1, 103 (a1) f. a woman of the third caste, the wife of a
Vais3ya VS. &c. Pa1n2. 4-1, 49 Comm., (%{I}) f. the wife of any particular Vais3ya Pa1n2. 4-1, 49
Siddh. (cf. %{aryANI}.)

asaaraM = worthless/without essence

asaavaadityaH = asau and AdityaH: this(person) and Sun

asa*= not he

asadrishhii = unfit

asahya* = mf({A})n. unbearable, insufferable, insuperable SV. MBh.; impracticable, impossible

MBh. iii, 12255 seq.; with {draSTum}, `" impossible to be seen "' i.e. invisible Up.

asaadhu * = mfn. (Pân. 6-2, 160) not good, wicked, bad S'Br. MBh. &c.; wrong Comm. on TPrât.;
({u4s}) m. not an honest man, a wicked man S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({u4}) n. anything bad, evil S'Br.
({sAdhvasAdhu4nI}, `" good and evil "') MBh. &c.; disfavour, disgrace, only {-u4nA} instr. ind.
disfavourably S'Br. ii ChUp. (cf. 3. {a-sAman}); ({u}) ind. (used as an interjection of disapproval)
bad! shame! Râjat. &c.
asakta = unattached\\* = mfn. not stopped or intercepted by os at (loc.; said of arrows and of a
sword) MBh. iii, 1602; xiv, 2189; (in the same sense {a-saGga} Ragh. iii, 63); free from ties,
independent, Sânkhyak.; detached from worldly feelings or passions, unattached or indifferent to
(loc.) Mn. ii, 13 Ragh. &c.; ({am}) ind. without obstacle or resistance Hariv. 9741 R. iii, 75, 6;
uninterruptedly Kir. iv, 31 Kâm.; immediately, at once Das'.

asaktaM = without attraction

asaktaH = without attachment

asaktabuddhiH = having unattached intelligence

asaktaatmaa = one who is not attached

asaktiH = being without attachment

asamarthaH = unable

asameta * = mfn. `" not arrived, absent "', missing Ragh. ix, 70.

asaMbhava * = m. `" non-existence "', destruction VS. xl, 10; non-happening, cessation,
interruption Mn. xi, 27; absence of. want Mn. MBh. &c.; impropriety, inconsistence, impossibility
KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; (mfn.) `" non-happening "', inconsistent, impossible.

asampraGYaata = unconscious samadhi

asammuuDhaH = undeluded

asammuuDhaaH = unbewildered

asammohaH = freedom from doubt

asaMskRta* = mfn. not prepared S'ânkhGri.; not consecrated Mn. Yâjñ.; unadorned Pañcat.;
unpolished, rude (as speech).

asaMskRtAlakin* = mfn. having unadorned curls Kâd.

asa.nnyasta = without giving up

asa.nyataa = unbridled

asa.nshayaM = undoubtedly

asa.nshayaH = beyond a doubt

asankhyaH = (m) countless

asangashastreNa = by the weapon of detachment

asapatnaM = without rival

asat * = mf({a4-satI})n. [in RV. seven times {a4sat} and five times {A4sat} with lengthening of the
accentuated vowel] not being, not existing, unreal RV. vii, 134, 8 AV. Up. Kum. iv, 12; untrue,
wrong RV.; bad S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({n}) m. Indra L.; ({tI}) f. see s.v. below; ({t}) n. non-existence,
nonentity RV. AV. &c.; untruth, falsehood RV. vii, 104, 8; evil Ragh. i, 10; ({ntas}) m. pl. bad or
contemptible men MBh. &c.

asat.h = matter

asatkaara* = m. doing injury, offence MBh. i, 6355.

asatkaarya* = n. bad or illicit occupation Mn. xii, 32; ({asatkArya}) {-vAdin} m. one who (like a
Naiyâyika) holds that an effect is nonexistent in its cause before production.

asatkrita* = mfn. badly treated MBh. iii, 2755 and 2918; ({am}) n. offence ib. 2981. - 1.

asatpatha* = m. a bad road L.; (mfn.) not being on the right path BhP.

asat* = mf({a4-satI})n. [in RV. seven times {a4sat} and five times {A4sat} with lengthening of the
accentuated vowel] not being, not existing, unreal RV. vii, 134, 8 AV. Up. Kum. iv, 12; untrue,
wrong RV.; bad S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({n}) m. Indra L.; ({tI}) f. see s.v. below; ({t}) n. non-existence,
nonentity RV. AV. &c.; untruth, falsehood RV. vii, 104, 8; evil Ragh. i, 10; ({ntas}) m. pl. bad or
contemptible men MBh. &c.

asatkritya* = ind. p. not taking notice of (acc.) MBh. xiii, 2766. - 2.

asatkritya* = mfn. one who does evil actions L.

asatyasannibha * = mfn. improbable, unlikely L.

asau = him (from adas.h)

asaumya = (adj) unpleasant

asataH = of the nonexistent

asatkrita* = mfn. badly treated MBh. iii, 2755 and 2918; ({am}) n. offence ib. 2981. - 1.

asattaa* = f. non-existence L. - 1.

asatii* = f. an unfaithful or unchaste wife MBh. R. &c.

asatya* = mfn. untrue, false, lying. RV. iv, 5, 5 MBh. &c.; ({am}) n. untruth, falsehood Mn. &c.

asatkritaM = without respect

asatkritaH = dishonored

asattva * = n. id. NriisUp.; non-presence, absence Nyâyam \\2 mfn. strengthless, without energy

asatyaM = unreal
as'esha* = mf(%{A})n. without remainder, entire, perfect, all ; m. non-remainder Ka1tyS3r. ;
(%{am}) ind. entirely, wholly Kum. v, 82 ; (%{eNa}) ind. id. MBh. &c.

ash.h = to obtain, accomplish

as'aaya: * to reach

ashaantasya = of the unpeaceful

ashaashvataM = temporary

ashaastra = not in the scriptures

ashishhya = unteachable (adj)

asha.nka = undaunted

ashakta = weak

ashaktaH = unable

ashanam.h = (n) food

ashamaH = uncontrollable

ashayaat.h = from their source

ashastraM = without being fully equipped

ashatara* n= mfn. (compar. fr., `" {aSa} "' fr. 1. {az}?) more acceptable RV. i, 173, 4.

as'ishya * = mfn. not to be taught (as a person), not deserving to, or not capable of being
instructed MBh. v, 1009 Pañcat.; (a thing) that need not be taught or which it is unnecessary to
teach Pân. 1-2, 53.

as'izu * = mf({a4-zizvi}, but according to Pân. 4-1, 62, also Ved. {a-zizu})n. childless, without
young ones RV. i, 120, 8 and iii, 55, 6.

as'ishthataa * = f. or rudeness

as'ishthatva * = n. rudeness

ashishhyaaya = non-disciple i.e.non-believer

as'eshha = total, mf({A})n. without remainder, entire, perfect, all; m. non-remainder KâtyS'r.;
({am}) ind. entirely, wholly Kum. v, 82; ({eNa}) ind. id. MBh. &c.

asheshhataH = completely

asheshhaaNi = all
asheshheNa = in detail

ashochyaan.h = not worthy of lamentation

ashoshhyaH = not able to be dried

as'ubha = and inauspicious * =azubha = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable;

inauspicious Vet.; bad, vicious (as thought or speech) MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a
lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful deed, sin S'Br. ii Bhag. &c.; misfortune, harm, mischief.
Sus'r. VarBriS. &c.

ashubhaat.h = from ill fortune

ashubhaan.h = inauspicious

ashuchi = to the unclean

ashuchiH = unclean

ashuchau = unclean

ashubhaM = evil

ashushruushhave = to one who is not engaged in devotional service

ashaaDha * (or in RV. {a4-SAlha}) mfn. not to be overcome, invincible RV. VS.; born under the
Nakshatra Ashâdhâ Pân. 4-3, 34; m. the month (generally called) Âshâdha L.; a staff made of
Palâs'a wood (carried by the student during the performance of certain vows) L.; N. of a teacher
Kâthh. S'Br. i (cf. {ASADhi}); ({A}) f. N. of a brick (used for the sacrificial altar) S'Br.; ({A4 or
A4s}) f. sg. or pl.N. of two lunar mansions (distinguished as {pinvA and uttara}, `" the former "'
and the latter "', and reckoned either as the eighteenth and nineteenth [TBr.] or as the twentieth
and twenty-first [VP.&c.]) AV. xix, 7, 4, &c. [116, 2]

aashaaDha * m. (fr. {a-SADhA})N. of a month (corresponding to part of June and July) in which
the full moon is near the constellation Ashâdhâ Sus'r. VarBriS. Megh. Kathâs. &c.; a staff of the
wood of the Palâs'a (carried by an ascetic during certain religious observances in the month
Âshâdha) Pân. 5-1, 110 Kum. &c.; N. of a prince MBh.; the Malaya mountain L.; a festival (of
Indra) Âp. i, 11, 20; ({A}) f. (for {a-SADhA} q.v.) the twenty-first and twenty-second lunar
mansions (commonly compounded with {pUrva} and {uttara}) L.; ({I}) f. the day of full moon in
the month Âshâdha KâtyS'r. Vait.; (mfn.) belonging to the month Âshâdha VarBriS.

ashnataH = of one who eats

ashnan.h = eating

ashnanti = enjoy

ashnaami = accept

ashnaasi = you eat

ashnute = achieves
ashma = stone

ashman.h = (masc) stone

ashraddadhaanaH = without faith in revealed scriptures

ashraddadhaanaaH = those who are faithless

ashraddhayaa = without faith

ashraushhaM = have heard

ashruupuurNaakula = full of tears

as'ru * = n. ({us} m. only once S'Br. vi and once R.) a tear RV. x, 95, 12 and 13 AV. &c. with {muc},
or {kR} [MBh. xii, 12491] or {vRt}, Caus. [R.] to shed tears [supposed to stand for {dazru} fr.
{daMz}: cf. Gk. $; Lat. {lacryma} for {dacryma}; &35742[114, 3] Goth. {tagrs}; Eng. {tear}; Mod.
Germ. {Z„hre}].

as'ru = (n) tears

ashlaaghya = adj. virtueless

ashva = a horse

ashvatthaM = a banyan tree

ashvatthaH = the banyan tree

ashvatthaamaa = Asvatthama

ashvamedha = a form of sacrifice where a horse is sent around to estiblish supremacy

ashvaanaaM = among horses

aas'vaasita * mfn. encouraged, animated, comforted, consoled Das'. BhP. Pañcat. &c.
//reanimated, revived, refreshed &c. MBh. R

aas'vaasa * m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus'r.; cheering up, consolation;
relying on Kathâs.; a chapter or section of a book Sâh.

ashvini = a mudraa, contraction of the anal sphincter muscles

ashvinau = the two Asvinis

ashtha* = 1 mfn. ( {akS}; cf. {nir-akS}) `" marked, branded "', only in comp. with 1.\\2 fr. 1. {az}.
see {a4-samaSTa-k-}. \\=3 (in comp. for {aSTan}).\\^ (in comp for {aSTan}) mfn.\\ =4 or with
the final {A8} blended in comp.

ashthau = (adj) eight

ashthadalakamalabandha = eight-petalled lotus pattern, a form of bandha poetry

ashthadhaa = eightfold

ashthaadasha = eighteen

ashthaavakra = name of a deformed(at eight places) sage

ashthottarii-dashaa = A lunar based Dasha system uses 108 yr cycle and one chooses it according
to certain criteria

ashhtakavarga = A predictive method of Astrology that uses a system of points based upon
planetary positions

asi = you are * = m. (2. %{as}), a sword, scimitar, knife (used for killing animals) RV. AV. &c.;
(%{is}) f. N. of a river (near Benar2es) Va1mP. (cf. %{asI}); [Lat. {ensi-s}.]

asii * = f. (= %{asi} f. q.v.) N. of a river (near Benares) MBh. vi, 338.

as'ubha* = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.; bad, vicious (as
thought or speech) MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful
deed, sin S'Br. ii Bhag. &c.; misfortune, harm, mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &c.

as'itra *= {am}, u. food Kâthh. (cf. {prA7zitra4}.)

as'ika *=v.l. for {asika} q.v.

a-s'iras *=mfn. headless Mn. ix, 237.

a4-s'iva *=mf({A}) n. unkind, envious, pernicious, dangerous RV. AV. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a demon
causing disease Hariv. 9560; ({am}) n. ill-luck RV. i, 116, 24; x, 23, 5 MBh. &c.

a4-s'is'u *=mf({a4-zizvi}, but according to Pân. 4-1, 62, also Ved. {a-zizu})n. childless, without
young ones RV. i, 120, 8 and iii, 55, 6.

a-s'iSya *=mfn. not to be taught (as a person), not deserving to, or not capable of being instructed
MBh. v, 1009 Pañcat.; (a thing) that need not be taught or which it is unnecessary to teach Pân. 1-
2, 53.

as'iiti *=f. eighty RV. ii, 18, 6 AV. &c.

a-s'iirNa *=mfn. unimpaired L.

as'sha V: desires, wishes, blessings, hopes, benedictions

asitaH = Asita

asita * = mfn. unbound TS. vii S'Br. xiv. \\ 2 mf({A}; Ved. {a4siknI})n. ({sita}, `" white "', appears
to have been formed from this word, which is probably original, and not a compound of {a} and
{sita}; cf. {asura} and {sura}), dark-coloured, black RV. &c.; m. the planet Saturn VarBriS.; a
poisonous animal (said to be a kind of mouse) L.; N. of the lord of darkness and magic AV. S'Br.
Âs'vS'r.; of a descendant of Kas'yapa (composer of RV. ix, 5-24), named also Devala [RAnukr.] or
Asita Devala [MBh. Hariv.]; N. of a man (with the patron. Vârshagana) S'Br. xiv; of a son of
Bharata R.; of a Riishi Buddh.; of a mountain MBh. iii, 8364 Kathâs.; ({a4s}) m. a black snake
AV.; a Mantra (saving from snakes) MBh. i, 2188; ({A}) f. a girl attending in the womeñs
apartments (whose hair is not whitened by age) L.; the indigo plant L.; N. of an Apsaras MBh. i,
4819 Hariv. 12472; ({a4siknI}) f. `" the dark one "', the night RV. iv, 17, 15; x, 3, 1; a girl attending
in the womeñs apartments L.; N. of a wife of Daksha Hariv.; N. of the river Akesines (afterwards
called Candra-bhâgâ) in the Pañjâb RV. viii, 20, 25 and ({asiknI4}) x, 75, 5.

asid.hdhyoH = and failure

asiddhau = failure

asmad.h = I, me

asmadiiyaiH = our

asmaakaM = us

asmaat.h = these

asmaan.h = us

asmaabhiH = by us

asmi = (v) I am* = `" I am "', 1. {as} q.v.

asmitaa* = f. egoism Yogas. Comm. on S'is'. iv, 55, &c.

asmimaana* = m. self-conceit L.

asmitaa = egotism, self righteousness

asmin.h = in this

asmindvaye = in this pair

asparshana = not touching

asphutha * = mf({A})n. indistinct BhP. Kathâs. &c.; not quite correct, approximate (as a number)
Sûryas.; ({am}) n. (in rhetoric) indistinct speech.

a-sphutha-phala * = n. approximate result (as the gross area of a triangle &c.)

asphuthaa7laMkaara * = m. an indistinct embellishment of speech Sâh.

asrij = (neut) blood

asrij * = {k}, (once {d} TS. vii) n. (m. or f. only Hariv. 9296) blood RV. i, 164, 4 AV. &c. [for the
weak cases see {asa4n}; besides, in later language, forms like instr. {asRjA} (R. iii, 8, 4) and gen.
{asRjas} (Sus'r.) are found]; saffron L.; ({k}) m. the planet Mars; a kind of religious abstraction L.

asrikkara* = m. `" forming blood "', lymph, chyle L.

asrishhTaannaM = without distribution of prasaadam

as'ruta * = mfn. unheard S3Br. xiv , &c. ; not heard from the teacher , not taught Jaim. ; (hence)
contrary to the Vedas L. ; untaught , not learned MBh. v , 1000 and 1369 ; m. N. of a son of
Kr2ishn2a , Kr2ishn2s Hariv. 6190 ; of a son of Dyutimat VP. ; (%{A}) f. N. of the wife of An3giras
Katha1s.

asta = fall (set)1 mfn. (perf. Pass. p. 2. {as}), thrown, cast Ragh. xii, 91; ({a4n-} neg.) S'Br. iii;
(only in comp.) thrown off, left off, set aside, given up (as grief. anger, a vow, &c.) VP. Kathâs. &c.;
({A4}) f. a missile, an arrow AV. \\ = 2 n. home RV. AV. S'Br.; m. setting (as of the sun or of
luminaries) VarBriS. Sûryas.; `" end, death "' see {asta-samaya} below; the western mountain
(behind which the sun is supposed to set) MBh. R. &c.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion
VarBri.; ({a4stam}) ind. at home, home RV. &c., especially used with verbs e.g. {a4stam-i}
[{a4stam e4ti}; pr. p. {astaM-ya4t} AV. S'Br.; fut. p. {astam-eSya4t} AV.; perf. p. {a4stamita} see
below s.v.] or {a4staM-gam} [{a4stam ga4cchati} AV. &c.; perf. p. {astaM-gata} MBh. &c., once in
reversed order {gata astaM} R. i, 33, 21] or {astaM-yA} [pr. p. {-yAt} Mn. iv, 37] to go down, set
RV. AV. &c.; {astam-i}, {astaM-gam} (also Caus. see {astaM-gamita} below), or {prA7p}
[Kathâs.], to go to one's eternal home, cease, vanish, perish, die S'Br. xiv MBh. &c.; {astaM-nI}
[{-nayati}], to lead to setting, cause to set MBh. iii, i 7330; ({a4stA}) ind. v.l. for {a4stam} SV.
[122, 2]

a4sta* =2 n. home RV. AV. S'Br.; m. setting (as of the sun or of luminaries) VarBriS. Sûryas.; `"
end, death "' see {asta-samaya} below; the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed
to set) MBh. R. &c.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion VarBri.; ({a4stam}) ind. at home,
home RV. &c., especially used with verbs e.g. {a4stam-i} [{a4stam e4ti}; pr. p. {astaM-ya4t} AV.
S'Br.; fut. p. {astam-eSya4t} AV.; perf. p. {a4stamita} see below s.v.] or {a4staM-gam} [{a4stam
ga4cchati} AV. &c.; perf. p. {astaM-gata} MBh. &c., once in reversed order {gata astaM} R. i, 33,
21] or {astaM-yA} [pr. p. {-yAt} Mn. iv, 37] to go down, set RV. AV. &c.; {astam-i}, {astaM-gam}
(also Caus. see {astaM-gamita} below), or {prA7p} [Kathâs.], to go to one's eternal home, cease,
vanish, perish, die S'Br. xiv MBh. &c.; {astaM-nI} [{-nayati}], to lead to setting, cause to set MBh.
iii, i 7330; ({a4stA}) ind. v.l. for {a4stam} SV. [122, 2]

asthA* =with the final {A8} blended in comp.

astaM = destroyed, vanquished

astamavelaa = (fem) evening twilight

asti = (v) he is

astu = there should be* (3. sg. Imper.), let it be, be it so; there must be or should be (implying an
order)

asteya* = n. not stealing Mn. Yâjñ. &c.

astra = Weapon

asthi = Bone

asthipaJNjaram.h = (n) skeleton

asthiraM = unsteady
asvatantra * = not self-willed, dependant, subject Mn. ix, 2 Gaut. BhP.; ({asvatantra}) {-tA} f. the
not being master of one's feelings or passions Kâd.

asya = of it

asyati = (4 pp) to throw

asyaaM = in this

asvargyaM = which does not lead to higher planets

assi = (v) you (sing) are

as'ubha* = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.; bad, vicious (as
thought or speech) MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful
deed, sin S'Br. ii Bhag. &c.; misfortune, harm, mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &

asU * = not bringing forth, barren

asu * = m. (1. {as}), Ved. breath, life RV. AV. &c.; life of the spiritual world or departed spirits RV.
x, 15, 1; (in astron.) `" respiration "', = four seconds of sidereal time or one minute of arc Sûryas.;
= {prajJA} Naigh.; (in later language only {a4savas}) m. pl. the vital breaths or airs of the body,
animal life AV. Mn. iii, 217, &c.; ({asu}) n. grief L.; (= {citta}) the spirit L.

a-suu4 * = mfn. (3. {sU}), not bringing forth, barren RV. and AV. (acc. f. {a-sva4m}) VS. (acc. f.
{asU4m}). [121, 3]

asu: * Ved. breath, life RV. AV. &c.; life of the spiritual world or departed spirits RV. x, 15, 1; (in
astron.) `" respiration "', = four seconds of sidereal time or one minute of arc Sûryas.; = {prajJA}
Naigh.; (in later language only {a4savas}) m. pl. the vital breaths or airs of the body, animal life
AV. Mn. iii, 217, &c.; ({asu}) n. grief L.; (= {citta}) the spirit L.

asukhaM = full of miseries

asura = devil* =mfn. (2. {as} Un.), spiritual, incorporeal, divine RV. AV. VS.; m. a spirit, good
spirit, supreme spirit (said of Varuna) RV. VS.; the chief of the evil spirits RV. ii, 30, 4 and vii, 99,
5; an evil spirit, demon, ghost, opponent of the gods RV. viii, 96, 9; x AV. &c. [these Asuras are
often regarded as the children of Diti by Kas'yapa see {Daitya}; as such they are demons of the
first order in perpetual hostility with the gods, and must not be confounded with the Râkshasas or
imps who animate dead bodies and disturb sacrifices]; a N. of Râhu VarBriS. &c.; the sun L.; a
cloud Naigh. (cf. RV. v, 83, 6); ({As}) m. pl.N. of a warrior-tribe, (g. {parzv-Adi}, q.v.); of a Vedic
school; ({A}) f. night L.; a zodiacal sign L.; ({I}) f. a female demon, the wife of an Asura, KaushBr.
(cf. {AsurI} and {mahA7surI}); the plant Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. L. [In later Sanskriit {sura} has
been formed from {asura}, as {sita} from {asita} q.v.]

asUra * =`" absence of sunlight "', only ({e4}) loc. ind. in the night RV. viii, 10, 4.

asuraaNaaM = of demons

asuraan.h = demons

asuu = to hate, be jealous

asuun.h = life

asuuya = jelousy * 1 Nom. P. {-yati}, rarely Â. {-yate} (pr. p. {-ya4t} RV. x, 135, 2 S'Br.; aor.
{AsUyIt} S'Br. iii; 3. pl. {asUyiSuH} Râjat.) to murmur at, be displeased or discontented with (dat.
[S'Br. Pân. 1-4, 37, &c.] or acc. [MBh. R. &c.]): Caus. (ind. p. {asUyayitvA}) to cause to be
displeased, irritate MBh. iii, 2624 (N.)

asuuya * 2 grumbling at, displeased with (loc.) MBh. xiii, 513; ({A}) f. displeasure, indignation
(especially at the merits or the happiness of another), envy, jealousy Nir. Âp. Mn. &c.

asuuyaka * = mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 146) discontented, displeased, envious, calumnious Nir. Mn. &c.

asuuyitR * = mfn. displeased, envious MBh. ii, 2545; ({an-} neg.) i, 5611.

asuuyu * = mfn. id.; (see {an-asuyu}.)

asvasa= see aasvaasa

asvastha* = mf(%{A})n. not in good health, sick, feeling uneasy Mn. vii, 226 MBh. &c. ; not being
firm in itself. MBh. xii, 276 (Hit.) ; (%{asvastha})%{-tA} f. illness, Ratna1v. (Pra1kr2it
{assatthadA}) ; %{-zarIra} mfn. ill Ka1d.//see %{a-sva}

asvaasthya * = indisposition, sickness, discomfort BhP. Kathâs.

atad* = not that BhP. (cf. {a-sa}).

aTati = (1 pp) to roam

atat = see 'atad'

ataH = hence

atattvaarthavat.h = without knowledge of reality

atandritaH = with great care

atarka* = m. an illogical reasoner; bad logic.

atapaskaaya = to one who is not austere

atha = thereupon * =(or Ved. {a4thA}) ind. (probably fr. pronom. base {a}), an auspicious and
inceptive particle (not easily expressed in English), now; then; moreover; rather; certainly; but;
else; what? how else? &c. \\" but if. "' MBh. v, 2775 Bhag. ii, 33; xviii, 58

atha-shabda = the word atha (prayers are started with words atha or AUM)

atha.rH = object, meaning

atharvaNvaakyaM = `atharvaNa" word-piece

atharvashiirshha = atharva(?)
atharvashiirshhaM = 'atharva' heading or head

athavaa = or

athaataH = atha and ataH: then and therefore

athau = or in other words

ati = extremely

ati-parichaya = excessive familiarity

ati-viiryaM = super power

atichaara = Accelerated planetary motion

atitaranti = transcend

atitaralaM = ati+tarala, very+unstable

atithi = (m) guest

atithiH = (masc.Nom.sing.)guest (literally undated)

atidaaruuNaman.h = adj. very dreadful

atidurvritta = of exceedingly bad conduct

atirichyate = becomes more

ativartate = transcends

atishaya = wonderful

atishayokti = exaggeration

atiitaH = surpassed

atiitya = transcending

atiindriyaM = transcendental

atiiva = very much * = ind. exceedingly, very; excessively, too; quite; surpassing (with acc.):
Compar. {atI7va-tarAm} ind. exceedingly, excessively S'is'. iv. 25.

atikrama * = m. passing over, overstepping; lapse (of time); overcoming, surpassing, conquering;
excess, imposition, transgression, violation; neglect; determined onset

atilaGgh* = Caus. %{-laGghayati} , to transgress Katha1s.

atilaGghana* = n. excessive fasting Sus3r.

ativaa * = 2. cl. 2. P. {-vAti}, to blow beyond AV.: cl. 4. P. {-vayati}, to blow violently; ({ati-
vAyati}), pr. p. loc. ind. the wind blowing strongly MBh.

ativartana* = n. a pardonable offence or misdemeanour.

ativartin* = mfn. passing beyond, crossing, passing by, surpassing; guilty of a pardonable offence.

ativartula* = mfn. very round; m. a kind of grain or pot-herb.

atmaanaM = (masc.Acc.S) the self

atra * = 1 (or Ved. %{a4-trA}) ind. (fr. pronominal base %{a}; often used in sense of loc. case
%{asmin}), in this matter, in this respect; in this place, here at this time, there, then.\\2 mfn.
( %{tras}), (only for the etym. of %{kSattra}), `" not enjoying or affording protection "'
Br2A1rUp.\\3 m. (for %{at@tra}, fr. %{ad}), a devourer, demon RV. AV., a Ra1kshasa.\\ atra 4 n.
(for %{at-tra}), food RV. x, 79, 2.

atrasat: V* getting frightened A* unsettled, daunted, put off, intimidated, shaken, overcome,
dismayed.

atulaniiya = uncomparable.

atuulyaM = uncomparable.

atura * = mfn. not liberal, not rich AV.

atyajat.h = left, sacrifice

atyantaM = the highest

atyarthaM = highly

atyaaginaaM = for those who are not renounced

atyaani = surpassing

atyaya* = m. (fr. {i} with {ati} see {atI7}), passing, lapse, passage; passing away, perishing, death;
danger, risk, evil, suffering; transgression, guilt, vice; getting at, attacking Yâjñ. ii, 1 2;
overcoming, mastering (mentally); a class ChUp.

atyaaya* = m. ( {i}), the act of going beyond, transgression, excess Pân. 3-1, 141, ({am}, 4) ind.
going beyond RV. viii, 101, 14.

atyaayaa* = to pass by RV.

atyushhNa = very hot

atyeti = surpasses

atra = (m) eater

audara: *audara + mfn. (fr. {udara}), being in the stomach or belly Suparn.; gastric (as a disease)
Hcat.

aum (AUM) *= ind. the sacred syllable of the S3u1dras (see 3. %{au}) (see also under pranava,
omkaara and om)

aupamyena = by comparison

aushadha = medicine

aushhadha = medicine

aushhadhaM = medicine

aushhadham.h = (n) medicine

aushhadhasuuchii = (f) syringe, injection

aushhadhivana = medicinal garden

aushhadhiiH = vegetables

aushaNa* = n. (fr. {uSaNa}), pungency L.

aushadha* = mf({I})n. (fr. {oSadhi}), consisting of herbs S'Br. vii; ({I}) f. N. of Dâkshâyanî
MatsyaP.; ({am}) n. herbs collectively, a herb S'Br. AitBr. KâtyS'r. &c.; herbs used in medicine,
simples, a medicament, drug, medicine in general Mn. MBh. Ragh. &c.; a mineral W.; a vessel for
herbs.

autpattika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {ut-patti}), relating to origin, inborn, original, natural Lâthy. BhP.
&c.; {a4 priori}; inherent, eternal Jaim. i, 1, 5.

autsukya* = n. (fr. {ut-suka}), anxiety, desire, longing for, regret MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; eagerness,
zeal, fervour, officiousness Pañcat. Kathâs.; impatience Sâh. Pratâpar.

av* = cl. I.P. {a4vati} (Imper. 2. sg. {ava} sg. {tAt} RV. viii, 2, 3, p. {a4vat} impf. a4vat, 2. sg. 1.
{A4vaH} [for 2. {A4vaH} see {vR}]; perf. 3. sg. {Ava}, 2. pl. {Ava4} RV. viii, 7, 18, 2.sg. {A4vitha};
aor. {a4vit}, 2. sg. {AvIs}, {avIs} and {aviSas}, Imper. {aviSTu}, 2. sg. {aviDDhi4} [once RV. ii, 17,
8] or {aviDDh} [six times in RV.], 2. du. {aviSTam}, 3. du., 2. pl. {aviSTa4nA} RV. vii, 18, 25 Prec.
3. sg. {avyAs}, Inf. {a4vitave} RV. vii, 33, 1; Ved. ind. p. {AvyA} RV. i, 166, 13) to drive, impel,
animate (as a car or horse) RV.; Ved.to promote, favour, (chiefly Ved.) to satisfy, refresh; to offer
(as a hymn to the gods) "' RV. iv, 44, 6; to lead or bring to (dat.: {Uta4ye}, {vA4ja-sAtaye},
{kSatrA4ya}, {svasta4ye}) RV.; (said of the gods) to be pleased with, like, accept favourably (as
sacrifices, prayers or hymns) RV., (chiefly said of kings or princes) to guard, defend, protect,
govern BhP. Ragh. ix, 1 VarBriS. &c.: Caus. (only impf. {avayat}, 2. sg. {Avayas}) to consume,
devour RV. AV. VS. S'Br. [cf. Gk. $ Lat. {aveo}?]. &29765[96,1]

ava = protect

avaachii = (f) south

avaachya = unkind
avaaptavyaM = to be gained

avaapta* = mfn. one who has attained or reached KathhUp.; obtained, got, ({am}) n. `" got by
division, a quotient Comm. on VarBri.

avaaptavat* = mfn. reaching, obtaining; entertaining (as a belief) L.

avaaptavya* = mfn. to be obtained Bhag. Ragh.

avaapita* = mfn. ( {vap}), not sown (as grain, {dhAnya}) but planted L.

avaap* = ( {Ap}), {-Apnoti} (Imper. 2. sg. {Apnuhi}) to reach, attain, obtain, gain, get Up. Mn.
MBh. &c.; to get by division (as a quotient) Sûryas.; to suffer (e.g. blame or unpleasantness or
pain) Mn. Ragh. xviii, 34 Pañcat.: Caus. to cause to obtain anything (acc.) Naish. viii, 89.

avaapti* = f. obtaining, getting R. Kum. v, 64, &c.; (in arithm.) a quotient.

avaaptuM = to achieve

avaapnoti = gets

avaapya = achieving

avaapyate = is achieved

avaapsyatha = you will achieve

avaapsyasi = will gain

avaastu* = mfn. having no home AV. xii, 5, 45.

avabhaasa * = m. splendour, lustre, light; appearance (especially ifc. with words expressing a
colour) Jain. Sus'r.; (in Vedânta phil.) manifestation; reach, compass, see, {zravaNA7vabh-}.

ava-bhaasa-kara * =m. N. of a Devaputra Lalit.

ava-bhaasa-prabha * ={As} m. pl.N. of a class of deities Buddh.

ava-bhaasa-prA7pta * =m. N. of a world Buddh.

ava-bhaasaka * =mfn. (in Vedânta phil.) illuminating, making manifest. [101, 3]

ava-bhaasana-zikhin * =m. N. of a Nâga demon Buddh. ava-bhASaNa * =n. speaking against,

speaking Sâh.

ava-bhaasana * =n. shining Bhpr.; becoming manifest Sâh.; (in Ved. phil.) illuminating.

avabodha * = m. waking, being awake Bhag. vi, 17 Kum. ii, 8; perception, knowledge Ragh. vii, 38,
&c., faculty of being resolute in judgment or action [Comm.] BhP., teaching L.
avabhritha* = (once %{-bhRtha} AV. ix, 6, 63) m. `" carrying off, removing "', purification or
ablution of the sacrificer and sacrificial vessels after a sacrifice RV. viis, 73, 23, &c.; a
supplementary sacrifice (see below) cf. %{jIvitA7vabh-}.

avachaya = (m) gathering, collection

avachinoti = to pluck

avachyaH = unblamable

avadhaana * = n. attention, attentiveness, intentness Kum.iv, 2 S3is3. ix, 11, &c., (cf.
%{sA7vadhana}.)

avadhiiraNaa = (f) a repulse, repulsion

avadhuuta* = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.;
discarded, expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi,
82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon
which anything unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577;
unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher
({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh.
iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).

avadhuutapraNipAta* = mf({A})n. rejecting an act of homage Vikr.

avadhuutavesha* = mfn. `" wearing unclean clothes "' or `" wearing the clothes of one who is
rejected "', or `" having discarded clothes "' BhP.

avadhyaH = cannot be killed

avadya * = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 101) `" not to be praised "', blamable, low, inferior RV. iv, 18, 5 and vi,
15, 12 BhP.; disagreeable L.; (a4m) n. anything blamable, want, imperfection, vice RV. &c.; blame,
censure ib.; shame, disgrace RV. AV.

ava-dhUta * = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.;
discarded, expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi,
82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon
which anything unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577;
unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher
({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh.
iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).

ava-dhUta-praNipAta* =mf({A})n. rejecting an act of homage Vikr.

ava-dhUta-veSa * =mfn. `" wearing unclean clothes "' or `" wearing the clothes of one who is
rejected "', or `" having discarded clothes "' BhP.

avadhuuta * = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.;
discarded, expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi,
82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon
which anything unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577;
unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher
({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh.
iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).

avaGYaa = contempt

avaGYaataM = without proper attention

avagachchha = must know

avagam.h = to comprehend, understand

avagamaM = understood

avagraha = (m) famine

avahaasaarthaM = for joking

avahaa* = to be left remaining, remain behind, to be excelled, to be abandoned

avajaananti = deride

avajaya* = m. overcoming, winning by conquest Ragh. vi, 62, &c.

avajaghnat* = mfn. (irreg. p. in Pass. sense; {-hanyamAna} Comm.) being beaten or struck by
(instr.) MBh. i, 1424.

avajñaya *V= indifferent, neglectful, disrespecting, disregarding, disobeying

avaji* = (impf. {avA7jayat}; ind. p. -jitya) to spoil (i.e. deprive of by conquest), win MBh. Mn. xi
80 &c.; to ward off MBh. xiii, 124, to conquer MBh..: Desid. (p. {-jigISat}) to wish to win or
recover S'ânkhS'r.

avajita* = mfn. won by conquest R. iii, 54, 6, contemned L.

avajiti* = is f. conquest, victory Kir. vi, 43.

avajñaata* = mfn. despised, disrespected; given (as alms) with contempt. Bhag. xvii, 22.

avajñaana* = n. (Pân. 3-3, 55) = 2. {ava-jJA} Ragh. i, 79 Hit.

avajyut* = Caus. {-jyotayati}, to light up or cause a light to shine upon, illumine S'Br.

avajval* = Caus. {-jvalayati} [ÂS'V-S'r.] or {-jvAl}, [Kaus'.], to set on fire.

avaaj* = ({aj}) {a4vA7jati}, to drive down RV. i, 161, 10.

avajñA* =1 {-jAnAti} (ind. p. {-jJaya}; perf. Pass. {-jajJle} Bhathth.) to disesteem, have a low
opinion of, despise, treat with contempt MBh. &c.; to excel Kâvya7d.

avajñA* =2 f. contempt, disesteem, disrespect (with loc. or gen.); ({ayA}) instr. ind. with
disregard, indifferently Kathâs. (cf. {sA7vAjJam}.)
avakaranikara = dust, garbage

avakarikaa = (f) dustbin, garbage bin

avakalana = differentiation

avalepa * = m. glutinousness (as of the mouth) Sus'r. [103, 3]; ointment L.; ornament L.; pride,
haughtiness BhP. Ragh. &c. (cf. {an-} neg.)

avalehaH = (m) pickle

avalipta = proud, haughty

avaman * = 1. (Pot. {-manyeta} aor. Subj. 2. sg. {maMsthAH}, 2.pl. {-madhvam} Bhathth.; ep.
also P. {-manyati} fut. {-maMsyati} MBh. iv, 444) to despise, treat, contemptuously MBh. &c.; to
repudiate refuse ib.: Pass. {-manyate} to be treated contemptuously: Caus. (Pot. {-mAnayet}) to
despise, treat contemptuous) y Mn. ii, 50.

avamaana * m. (ifc. f. â Kathâs.) disrespect contempt Mn. ii, 162, &c.; dishonour, ignominy MBh.
iii, 226, &c.

avana = protection* = n. favour, preservation, protection Nir. BhP. &c. (cf. {an.avana}); (=
{tarpaNa}) satisfaction L.; joy, pleasure L.; (for the explan. of 2. {e4va}) desire, wish Nir.; speed
L.; 1. ({I}) f. the plant Ficus Heterophylla L.; N. of a river Hariv.; (for 2. {avanI} see {ava4ni}.)

avani* = f. course, bed of a river RV.; stream, river RV., the earth Naigh. R. Pañcat. &c.; the soil,
ground Megh.; any place on the ground Sûryas.; ({ayas}) f. pl. the fingers Naigh.

avanii* = 1 f. the earth R. Pañcat.

avanii* = 2 (fut. 2. sg. {-neSyasi}) to lead or bring down into (water) S'Br.; to put into (loc.) Gobh.;
{-nayati}, Ved. to pour down or over AV. VS. &c.

avana* = n. favour, preservation, protection Nir. BhP. &c. (cf. {an.avana}); (= {tarpaNa})
satisfaction L.; joy, pleasure L.; (for the explan. of 2. {e4va}) desire, wish Nir.; speed L.; 1. ({I}) f.
the plant Ficus Heterophylla L.; N. of a river Hariv.; (for 2. {avanI} see {ava4ni}.)

avanejana * = mf({I})n. washing, serving for washing (the feet) BhP.; ({am}) n. ablution (of hands
[SBr.] or feet [Mn. ii, 209 BhP.]); water for washing (hands [AV. xi, 3, 13] or feet cf.
{pAdA7van-}).

avaniM = earth

avanipaala = of warrior kings

avaniitanya = the daughter of the Earth (siita)

avapaata* = m. falling down Mriicch.; ({an-} neg.) AitBr. (cf. {zastrA7vap-}); descent, descending
upon; flying down Hit.; a hole or pit for catching game in Ragh. xvi, 78 [101,1]; ({am}) ind. with
{ava-patya} (ind. p.), falling or flying down like (in comp.)
avapad* = {-padyate} (Subj. P. {-padAti} RV. ix, 73, 9; Prec. Â. 3. sg. {-padISTa} RV. vii, 104, 17;
aor. Subj. Â. 3. sg. {-pAdi} RV. i, 105, 3; Ved. Inf. (abl.) {-pa4das} RV. ii, 29, 6) Ved. to fall down,
glide down into (acc.) RV. &c.; (Imper. Â. 3. pl. {-padyantAm}; Subj. P. 2. sg. {-patsi}; Pot. P. 1. sg.
{-padyeyam}) to drop from (abl.), be deprived of (abl.) AV. AitBr. PBr.; (Subj. Â. 1. sg. {-padyai})
to fall, meet with an accident AitBr.; (fut. 3. pl. {-patsyanti}) to throw down Kâthh.: Caus. (Imper.
2. sg. {-pAdaya}; ind. p. {-pAdya}) to cause to glide or go down AV. Sus'r.

avapas'* = P. {-pazyati} (2. pl. {-pazyata}; p. {-pa4zyat}) to look down upon (acc.) RV. AV. xviii, 4,
37: Â. {-pazyate}, to look upon AV. ix 4,19.

avapaT* = (ind. p. {-pATya}) to split, tear into pieces Sus'r. Kâd. Pass. {-pAtyate}, to crack, flaw,
split Sus'r.

avapat* = (p. {-patat} RV. x, 97, 17 ind. p. {-patya} see {ava-pAta}; impf. {avA7patat} MBh. &c.) to
fly down, jump down, fall down: Caus. (p. {-pAtayat}) to throw down Kathâs.

avaraM = abominable

avaruuNaddhi = to obstruct

avarohati = to descend

avaruddha * = hindered, checked, stopped, kept back S'ak. Sâh.; shut in, enclosed Mn. viii, 236
&c.; imprisoned secluded (as in the inner apartments) Yâjñ. ii, 290, &c.; expelled MBh. iv, 2011,
&c.; wrapped up, covered VarBriS.; disguised Das'.; Ved. obtained, gained S'Br. &c.

avarudh* = P. (aor. {-rudhat}) to obstruct, enclose, contain RV. x, 105, 1, (Inf. {-roddhum}) to
check, keep back, restrain R. iii, 1, 33, to expel Kaus'. S'ânkhS'r. R. ii, 30, 9; {-ruNaddhi}, to
seclude, put aside, remove S'Br. KaushBr. ShadvBr.; to shut in, (aor. Â. {avA7ruddha} and Pass.
{avA7rodh}) Pân. 3-1, 64 Sch.; to keep anything (acc., as one's grief) locked up (in one's bosom
acc.) Bhathth.; (ind. p. {-rudhya}) to keep one's self ({AtmAnam}) wrapped up in one's self
({Atmani}) BhP.; (impf. {avA7ruNat}) to confine within, besiege Das'.: Â. {-rundhe} (for {-nddhe}
AV.; impf. {avA7rundha} TS.; ind. p. {-ru4dhya} ib.; Ved. Inf. {-ru4dham} ib. and {-rudham}
MaitrS.) chiefly Ved. to reach, obtain, gain: P. (p.f. {-rundhatI}; cf. {anurudh}) to be attached to,
like BhP.: Desid.A. {-rurutsate}, Ved.to wish to obtain or gain TS. &c.: Intens.P. (Subj. 2. sg.
{-rorudhas}) to expel from "' (the domimon) R. si, 58, 20.

avashaH = helplessly

avas'eshita* = mfn. left as a remnant, remaining MBh. i, 5129, &c. (cf. %{kathA-mAtrA7v-} and
%{nAmamAtrA7v-}.)

avashishhyate = remains

avashhTabhya = entering into

avasaM = automatically

avasan.h = III pl. imperfect of vas, to live

avasannaaH = inadequate

avasaraH = (m) opportunity, chance

avasarpati = to slide (as from a waterslide)

avasaadayet.h = put into degradation

avasAdita * mfn. made to sink, exhausted, dispirited; frustrated

avasatha * = m. (for {A-vasatha} q.v.) habitation Hcat.; a village L.; a college, school L.; ({am}) n.
a house, dwelling L.

avasthaa = a state of the mind* = P. {-tiSThati} (impf. {-atiSThat}; aor. Subj. {-sthAt}; perf. Â. 3.
sg. {-tasthe}; perf. p. P. {-tasthiva4s}) `" to go down into (acc.), reach down to (acc.) RV. S'Br.;
(aor. Subj. 2. pl. {-sthAta}), to go away from (abl.) RV. v, 53, 8; (aor. Subj. 1. sg. {-stkam}) to be
separated from or deprived of (abl.) RV. ii, 27, 17: Â. (Pân. 1-3, 22; rarely P. e.g. Bhag. xiv, 23 BhP.
&c.) to take one's stand, remain standing Âs'vGri. &c.; to stay, abide, stop at any place (loc.) MBh.
&c.; to abide in a state or condition (instr.) MBh. i, 5080 BhP. &c.; (with ind. p.) to remain or
continue (doing anything) MBh. i, 5770; iii, 187 (ed. Bomb.), &c.; to be found, exist, be present
MBh. Yâjñ. i, 272, &c.; (perf. 1 sg. {-tasthe}) to fall to, fall into the possession of (dat.) RV. x, 48, 5;
to enter, be absorbed in in (loc.) Mn. vi, 81 [106,1]; to penetrate (as sound or as fame) MBh. xiii, 1
845: Pass. {-sthIyate}, to be settled or fixed or chosen S'ak.: Caus. (generally ind. p. {-sthApya}) to
cause to stand or stop (as a carriage or an army &c.), let behind MBh. &c.; to place upon (loc.), fix,
set, array Âs'vGri. &c.; to cause to enter or be absorbed in (loc.) MBh. iii, 12502; to render solid or
firm R. v, 35, 36; to establish (by arguments) Comm. on Nyâyad.: Pass. Caus. {-sthApyate}, to be
kept firm [`" to be separated "' BR.] BhP.

avasthaatuM = to stay

avasthaatrayaH = three states of bodily consciousness (awake, sleep, dream)

avasthitaM = situated

avasthitaH = situated

avasthitaaH = situated

avasthitaan.h = arrayed on the battlefield

avastu*n = n. a worthless thing Kum. v, 66, insubstantiality, the unreality of matter Kap.
Vedântas.

avasyand* = Â. (p. {-syandamAna}) to flow or trickle down BhP.

avasyandita* = n. (in rhetoric) attributing to one's own words a sense not originally meant Sâh.
Das'ar. &c.

avasya* = Nom P. (p. dat. sg. m. {avasyate}) to seek favour or assistance RV. i, 116, 23.

avatara * = m. descent, entrance S'is'. i, 43; opportunity Naish.

avataara = a divine incarnation particularly of Vishnu, e.g. Buddha* = m. (Pân. 3-3, 120) descent
(especially of a deity from heaven), appearance of any deity upon earth (but more particularly the
incarnations of Vishnu in ten principal forms, viz. the fish tortoise, boar, man lion, dwarf, the two
Râmas, Kriishna, Buddha, and Kalki MBh. xii, 12941 seqq.); any new and unexpected appearance
Ragh. iii, 36 & v, 24, &c., (any distinguished person in the language of respect is called an Avatâra
or incarnation of a deity); opportunity of catching any one Buddh.; a Tirtha or sacred place L.;
translation L.

avataritavya* = n. impers. to be alighted Mriicch.

avataarita* = mfn. caused to descend, fetched down from (abl.); taken down, laid down or aside;
removed; set a-going, rendered current, accomplished Râjat.

avataarin* = mfn. making one's appeance see {raGgA7vat-}; making a descent in the incarnation
of (in comp.) RâmatUp.; ifc. appearing Mâlatîm.

avataarayati = to keep down, to get down

avati = (1 pp) to protect

avatishhThati = remains

avatishhThate = becomes established

avatu = (may the lord) protect

avayavaH = A Limb (of the body), A part, a portion, a component, a constitunt, an ingredient

avayava * =m. (ifc. f. {A}) a limb, member, part, portion Pân. &c.; a member or component part of
a logical argument or syllogism Nyâyid. &c.

aaves'a *= m. joining one's self Ka1tyS3r.; entering, entrance, taking possession of MBh. S3ak.
Prab. &c.; absorption of the faculties in one wish or idea, intentness, devotedness to an object
BhP.; demoniacal frenzy, possession, anger, wrath Ba1lar. Ka1d.; pride, arrogance L.;
indistinctness of idea, apoplectic or epileptic giddiness L.

avekshaa * f. observation, care, attention to (loc.) Mn. vii, 101 R. BhP.

avekSya* = mfn. to be attended to

avi* = mfn. ( {av}), favourable, kindly disposed AV. v, 1, 9, ({is}) mf. a sheep RV. (mentioned with
reference to its wool being used for the Soma strainer) AV. &c.; the woollen Soma strainer RV.;
({is}) m. a protector, lord L.; the sun L.; air, wind L.; a mountain L.; a wall or enclosure L.; a cover
made of the skin of mice L., ({is}) f. an ewe AV. x, 8, 31, (= a-vî q.v.; cf. also {adhi}) a woman in
her courses L. [cf. Lith. {awi-s}; Slav. {ovjza}, Lat. {ovi-s}; Gk. $-s; Goth. {avistr}].

avibhaktaM = without division

avichaarii = adj. thoughtless

avidita = without knowledge, unknowingly

avidushaH = of one who does not know

avidya = lack of education, ignorance * = mfn. unlearned, unwise Mn. ix, 205, &c.; ({avidyA}) f.
ignorance, spiritual ignorance AV. xi, 8, 23 VS. xl, 12-14 S'Br.xiv; (in Vedânta phil.) illusion
(personified as Mâyâ), ignorance together with non-existence Buddh.
avidyAmaya* = mfn. consisting of ignorance.

avidyamAna* = mfn. (3. {vid}; pr. Pass. p.), not present or existent, absent KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. &c.
{-ta} f. the not being present Comm. on Nyayad.

avidyamAnatva* = n. id. Comm. on BriÂrUp.

avidyamAnavat* = ind. as if not being present Pân. 3-1, 3 Comm.; viii, 1, 72.

avidyaa = metaphysical ignorance

avidyamaana* = mfn. (3. {vid}; pr. Pass. p.), not present or existent, absent KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn.
&c. {-ta} f. the not being present Comm. on Nyayad.

avidvaa.nsaH = the ignorant

avidhipuurvakaM = in a wrong way

aviGYeyaM = unknowable

avii* = {Is} f. ( {vI}), a woman in her courses L.

avikalpena = without division

avikaaryaH = unchangeable

avilupta*= mfn. undamaged unhurt BhP. Ra1jat. Katha1s

avinashyantaM = not destroyed

avinaasha = undestructible, name of Vishnu

avinaashi = imperishable

avinaashinaM = indestructible

avinda *= not finding, not getting, not gaining

avipashchitaH = men with a poor fund of knowledge

avirati = sensuality

avirodha = no opposition

avis'aGka* = mfn. having no doubts, not hesitating MBh. iii, 2171 and xiii, 2747; ({A}) f. `" no
hesitation "', ({ayA}) instr. ind. undoubtingly without hesitation MBh. Hariv. &c.

avis'aGkita* = mfn. unapprehensive, not having doubts, not hesitating MBh. v, 490 BhP. &c.;
({am}) ind. without hesitation R. v, 90, 13 Sus'r.

avis'astR* = {tA4} m. an unskilful cutter up or killer (of animals) RV. i, 162, 20.
avis'eSa* = m. non-distinction, non-difference, uniformity Kap.; (mfn.)without difference,
uniform BhP. Kap. &c.; ({ANi}) n. pl. (in Sinkhya phil.) N. of the (five) elementary substances (cf.
{tan-mAtra}); ({At}) ind. or in comp. {avizSa-} [e.g. {avizeSa-zruteS}, {aviseSo7padezAt} KâtyS'r.]
without a special distinction or difference KâtyS'r.] Jaim. Gaut. S'ulb.; not differently, equally
Comm. on Nyâyad.; ({eNa}) ind. without a special distinction or difference Âp. Comm. on Yâjñ.
&c. =

avis'eSavat* = mfn. not making a difference between (loc.) Yâjñ. iii, 154.

avis'va* = n. not the universe BhP.

avis'vasat* = mfn. not confiding Râjat. Kathâs.

avis'vasta* = mfn. not trusted, suspected, doubted L.; = {a-vizvasa4t} R. iii, 1, 25, &c.

avekshe = let me see

avekshya = considering

avottaraattaat.h = protect me from the northern direction

avyaakritaa = not expressed

avya * = mfn. (said of the woollen Soma strainer) coming from sheep ({a4vi} q.v.) RV.; ({as},
{am}) m. n. the woollen Soma strainer RV.

avyaahataaGYaH = avyAhata+agyaH, not feeling the hit?

avyabhichaariNii = without any break

avyabhichaariNyaa = without any break

avyabhichaareNa = without fail

avyaakrita* = mfn. undeveloped, unexpounded S'Br. xiv BhP.; ({am}) n. elementary substance
from which all things were created, considered as one with the substance of Brahma L.

avyakta = nonmanifested* = mfn. undeveloped, not manifest, unapparent, indistinct, invisible,

imperceptible Up. Pân. Mn. &c.; (in alg.) unknown as quantity or number; speaking indistinctly;
m. (= {paramA7tman}) the universal Spirit Mn. ix, 50; N. of Vishnu L.; of S'iva L.; of Kâma L.; a
fool L.; N. of an Upanishad; ({am}) n. (in Sânkhya phil.) `" the unevolved (Evolver of all things) "',
the primary germ of nature, primordial element or productive principle whence all the
phenomena of the material world are developed, KathhaUp. Sânkhyak. &c.; ({am}) ind.
indistinctly.

avyaktaM = nonmanifested

avyaktaH = invisible

avyaktamuurtinaa = by the unmanifested form

avyaktaa = toward the unmanifested

avyaktaat.h = to the unmanifest

avyaktaadiini = in the beginning unmanifested

avyaliika * = mfn. having no uneasiness or unpleasantness; well off MBh. v, 698; not false, true,
veracious BhP. Das'ar.; ({am}) ind. truly BhP.

avyaya = without deterioration: 1 or rarely {a4vyaya} [only RV. viii, 97, 2 and ix, 86, 34] mfn.
({a4vi}) made of sheep's skin (as the woollen Soma strainer) RV.; belonging to or consisting of
sheep RV. viii, 97, 2. \\2 mf({A})n. not liable to change, imperishable, undecaying Up. Mn. &c.; `"
not spending "', parsimonious; m. N. of Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Manu Raivata Hariv. 433; of
a Nâga demon MBh. i, 2157 (ed. Bomb.); the non-spending, parsimony; ({am}) n. [or m. L.] an
indeclinable word, particle Pân. APrât. &c.; (in Vedânta) a member or corporeal part of an
organized body L.

avyayaM = immutable; V state of affairs

avyayaH = inexhaustible

avyayasya = of the imperishable

avyavasaayinaaM = of those who are not in KRishhNa consciousness

ayaama * = not a night-watch, any time during daylight.

ayaasya * (4) mfn. (= $ Windisch; cf. {ayA4s} and {ai0A4s} before), agile, dexterous, valiant RV.;
m. N. of an Angiras (composer of the hymns RV. ix, 44-66 and x, 67 and 68) RV. x, 67, 1 and 108,
8 S'Br. xiv.

ayaata * = mfn. not gone

ayaM = him (from idaM.h)

ayajanta = third person plur. imperfect aatmanepada of yaj, to worship

ayatiH = the unsuccessful transcendentalist

ayathaavat.h = imperfectly

ayana*=mfn. going VS. xxii, 7 Nir.; ({am}) n. walking a road a path RV. iii 33, 7 &c. (often ifc. cf.
{naimiSA7yana}, {puruSA7yana}, {prasamA7yana}, {samudrA7yaNa}, {svedA7yana}), (in astron)
advancing, precession Sûryas.; (with gen [e.g. {a4ngirasAm}, {AdityA4nam}, {gavAm}, &c.] or
ifc.) `" course, circulation "'N. of various periodical sacrificial rites AV. S'Br. &c. the suñs road
north and south of the equator, the half year Mn. &c., the equinoctial and solstitial points
VarBriS. &c.; way, progress, manner S'Br.; place of refuge Mn. i, 10; a treatise ({zAstra} cf.
{jyotiSAm-ayana}) L.

ayaana* =n. not moving "', halting, stopping L.; (= {sva.bhAva}), natural disposition or
temperament "' L

ayaneshhu = in the strategic points

ayama = length, extension, restraint

ayashaH = infamy

ayasaH = (m) iron

ayase = (v) to go

ayata * = mfn. unrestrained, uncontrolled

ayaGYasya = for one who performs no sacrifice

ayudha* = m. a non-fighter Pân. 5-1, 121.

ayuktaH = one who is not in KRishhNa consciousness

ayuktasya = of one who is not connected (with KRishhNa consciousness)

ayuta * = 1 mfn. (1. {yu}), unimpeded AV. xix, 51, 1; N. of a son of Râdhika BhP.

ayu4ta * = 2 n. [{as} m. only MBh. iii, 801], `" unjoined, unbounded "', ten thousand, a myriad
RV. AV. &c.; in comp. a term of praise (see {ayutA7dhyApaka}), (g. {kASThA7di} q.v.)

ayogataH = without devotional service

ayojayishhyat.h = if one does not join or connect

ayobhaaNDam.h = (n) a wooden barrel

ba * the third letter of the labial class (often confounded with {va}).

baadaraayaNa * = m. (patr. fr. %{badara}; cf. g. %{naDA7di}) N. of sev. teachers and authors
(esp. of a sage identified with Vya1sa, said to be the author of the Veda7nta-su1tras; of an
astronomer; of the author of a Dharma-s3a1stra &c. ) IW. 106 &c.; mfn. written or composed by
Ba1dñBa1dara1yan2a Cat.

baadhate = (1 ap) to obstruct

baadhyate = affected, afflicted

baadhaka * = mf({ikA})n. oppressing, harassing, paining (see {zatru-b-}); opposing, hindering,

injuring, prejudicing MBh. Pur. ({-tA} f.); setting aside, suspending, annulling S'ank. Sarvad.
({-tva} n.); m. a partic. disease of women L.; a kind of tree Gobh.; mf({I})n. belonging to or
derived from the Bâdhaka tree ShadvBr. S'rS.
baadhana * = mfn. oppressing, harassing (see {zatrub-}); opposing, refuting L.; ({A}) f.
uneasiness, trouble, pain Nyâyas.; n. opposition, resistance, oppression, molestation, affliction
(also pl.) R. S'ak.; removing, suspending, annulment (of a rule &c.) Veda7ntas. Pân. Sch.

baadhita4 * = * = mfn. pressed, oppressed &c. RV. &c. &c.; (in gram.) set aside, annulled; (in
logic) contradictory, absurd, false, incompatible (cf. {a-bAdhita})

baahu = arm

baahuM = arms

baahulya = plentitude

baahyasparsheshhu = in external sense pleasure

baahyaan.h = unnecessary

baala = child

baalaH = young boy

baalakaH = boy

baalakavii = young poet

baalabuddhii = adj. childish

baalaa = Girl

baalaaH = the less intelligent

baalikaaH = girl

baalonmattavadeva = like a child who has gone mad

baalyakaalaat.h = from a young age

baandhava = brother* = a kinsman, relation (esp. maternal rñrelation), friend (ifc. f. â) Mn. MBh.
&c.; a brother A.; ({I}) f. a female relative Kathâs.

baaNa = Arrow

baaNaH = (m) arrow

baaNa* = or {vANa4} (RV.), {bA4Na} (AV.; later more usually {vANa} q.v.) m. a reed-shaft, shaft
made of a reed, an arrow RV. &c. &c.; N. of the number five (from the 5 arrows of Kâma-deva; cf.
{paJca-b-}) Sûryas. Sâh.; the versed sine of an arc Ganit.; a mark for arrows, aim BhP.; a partic.
part of an arrow L.; Saccharum Sara or a similar species of reed Bhpr.; the udder of a cow
({vANa4} RV. iv, 24, 9) L.; music (for {vANa4}) AV. x, 2, 17 = {kevala},; N. of an Asura (a, son of
Bali, an enemy of Vishnu and favourite of S'iva) MBh. Pur.; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.;
of a king Hariv.; (also {-bhaTTa}) of a poet (the author of the Kâdambarî, of the Harsha-carita,
and perhaps of the Ratna7valî) Cat.; of a man of low origin Râjat.; m. (S'is') or ({A}) f. (L.) a blue-
flowering Barleria; ({A}) f. the hind part or feathered end of an arrow L.; n. the flower of Barleria
Kir. S'is'.; the body Pras'nUp.

baaNapaaNiM = with hand holding arrow (and Bow)

baashhpasthaalii = (f) pressure cooker

baashpa * m. (also written {vASpa} cf. Un. iii, 28) a tear, tears MBh. Kâv. &c.; steam, vapour R.
Ragh. Pañcat.; a kind of pot-herb Vâgbh.; iron L.; N. of a disciple of Gautama Buda7ha; ({I}) f. a
kind of plant (= {hiGgu-pattrI}) L.

bahavaH = in great numbers

bahiH = outside

bahu = a lot

bahukrita = variously done/made-up

bahukritaveshhaH = various make-ups/roles

bahujanasukhaaya = (dat.Sing.) for he happiness of many

bahujanahitaaya = (dat.Sing.)for the welfare of many

bahuDhaa = (indec.)in many ways or differently

bahuda.nshhTraa = many teeth

bahudustaare = fordable with great difficulty

bahudhaa = in many ways

bahunaa = many

bahumataH = in great estimation

bahuraashhTriyasaMsthaa = (f) a multinational corporation

bahulaaM = various

bahulaayaasaM = with great labor

bahuvachanaM = plural

bahuvidhaaH = various kinds of

bahushaakhaaH = having various branches

bahusyaaM = may exist as many

bahuudaraM = many bellies

bahuun.h = many

bahuunaaM = many

bahuuni = many

bangabhaashhaa = Bengali language

baDisham.h = (n) fishing rod

badarikaa = the jujube fruit (``bora'' in marathi)

badara * = m. the jujube tree, Zizyphus Jujuba L.; another tree (= {deva-sarSapa}) L.; the kernel
of the fruit of the cotton plant L.; dried ginger L.; N. of a man g. {naDA7di}; ({A}) f. the cotton
shrub L.; a species of Dioscorea L.; Mimosa Octandra L.; Clitoria Ternatea L.; ({I}) f. see below;
({ba4d-}) n. the edible fruit of the jujube (also used as a weight) VS. &c. &c.; the berry or fruit of
the cotton shrub L.

baddha = caught * =mfn. bound, tied, fixed, fastened, chained, fettered RV. &c. &c.; captured,
imprisoned, caught, confined ib. ({zatAt}, `" for a debt of a hundred "' Pân. 2-3, 24 Sch.); bound
by the fetters of existence or evil Kap.; hanged, hung R.; tied up (as a braid of hair) Megh.; (ifc.)
stopped, checked, obstructed, impeded, restrained, suppressed MBh. Kâv. &c.; girt with
S'ânkhS'r.; (with instr. or ifc.) inlaid or studded with, set in MBh. Kâv. &c.; attached to, riveted or
fixed on (loc.) ib.; joined, united, combined, formed, produced ib.; composed (as verses) R.; (esp.
ibc.; cf. below) conceived, formed, entertained, manifested, shown, betrayed, visible, apparent (cf.
{jAta} ibc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; clenched (as the fist) Hariv. R.; folded (as the hands) Mriicch.;
contracted (as friendship or enmity) R. S'ak.; taken up (as an abode) Râjat.; built, constructed (as
a bridge) R. Ragh.; embanked (as a river) Râjat.; congealed, clotted (as blood; opp. to {drava})
Sus'r.; alloyed (as quicksilver) L.; m. or n. ? (with Jainas) that which binds or fetters the embodied
spirit (viz. the connection of the soul with deeds) MW.

baddhapadma = having bound himself in lotus-

baddhahasta\-shirshhaasana = the bound hands headstand posture

baddhaaH = being bound

badh = to tie up

badh.h = to trap, to tie down

badhnaati = to tie, to pack

badhyatas* = ind. (freedom) from the crowd AV. xii, 1, 2 (v.l. {madhya-ta4s}).

badhU* = f. wrongly for {vadhU4} AV. viii, 6, 14.

baddhakadambaka* = mfn. forming groups S'ak.

badhyate = becomes entangled

badhU * = f. wrongly for {vadhU4} AV. viii, 6, 14.

badhiraya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to niake deaf, deafen. Das'. Mcar.

badhirita * = mfn. made deaf, deafened Das'. Kâd. Prab.

badhin * = mfn. (ifc.) injuring, impeding Jâtakam.

badva * n. (once m.) a large number, multitude (Sây., `" 100 Kothis "'; others `" 10, 000 millions
"' BhP. Sch. `" the number 13, 084 "') Br. MBh. BhP.

bahudhaa* = ind. in many ways or parts or forms or directions, variously, manifoldly, much,
repeatedly RV. &c. &c. (with {kR}, to make manifold, multiply MBh.; to make public, divulge ib.)

bata = how strange it is

bakabaka = stork * = crane, Ardea Nivea (often fig. = a hypocrite, cheat, rogue, the crane being
regarded as a bird of great cunning and deceit as well as circumspection)

bakaH = (m) crane

bakulaM = blossom (bakula tree blossom

bakulaH = type of tree/shrub

bakulaa = (f)pr.n

bali* = m. (perhaps fr. {bhR}) tribute, offering, gift, oblation (in later language always with {hR})
RV. &c. &c.; tax, impost, royal revenue Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; any offering or propitiatory oblation
(esp. an offering of portions of food, such as grain, rice &c., to certain gods, semi-divine beings,
household divinities, spirits, men, birds, other animals and all creatures including even lifeless
objects; it is made before the daily meal by arranging portions of food in a circle or by throwing
them into the air outside the house or into the sacred fire; it is also called {bhUta-yajJa} and was
one of the 5 {mahA-yajJas}, or great devotional acts; cf. RTL. 411, 421) GriS'rS. Mn. (esp. iii, 69,
71) MBh. &c. (often ifc. with the object, the receiver, the time, or the place of the offering);
fragments of food at a meal W.; a victim (often a goat or buffalo) offered to Durgâ MW.; the
handle of a chowrie or fly-flapper Megh.; N. of a Daitya (son of Virocana; priding himself on his
empire over the three worlds, he was humiliated by Vishnu, who appeared before him in the form
of a Vâmana or dwarf. son of Kas'yapa and Aditi and younger brother of Indra, and obtained from
him the promise of as much land as he could pace in three steps, whereupon the dwarf expanding
himself deprived him of heaven and earth in two steps, but left him the sovereignty of Pâtâla or
the lower regions) MBh. Pur. &c. (cf. IW. 328); N. of Indra in the 8th Manv-antara Pur.; of a Muni
MBh.; of a king ib. Pañcat.; of a son of Su-tapas Hariv. Pur. (cf. {vali}).

bandii = prisoner, detainee

bandha = (a form of poetry)//* binding, tying, a bond, tie, chain, fetter RV. &c. &c.; a ligature,
bandage Sus'r.; damming up (a river) MârkP.; capture, arrest, imprisonment, custody Mn. MBh.
&c.; connection or intercourse with (comp.) Pañcat. BhP. (ifc. = connected with, conducive to
MBh.); putting together, uniting, contracting, combining, forming, producing MBh. Kâv. &c.;
joining (the hollowed hands) Ragh.; anything deposited ({-dhe-sthA} = to remain deposited)
Campak.; a deposit, pledge Râjat.; any configuration or position of the body (esp. of the hands
and feet) Ragh. Kum.; a partic. mode of sexual union (there are said to be 16, 18, 36, or even 84
L.), Caur.; constructing, building (of a bridge &c.) MBh. Râjat.; bridging over (the sea) Vcar.;
knitting (the brows) Râjat.; fixing, directing (mind, eyes, &c.) Cat.; assumption, obtainment (of a
body) Ragh.; (ifc.) conceiving, cherishing, feeling, betraying Hariv. Kâlid.; a border, framework,
inclosure, receptacle L.; a sinew, tendon L.; the body L.; (in phil.) mundane bondage, attachment
to this world S'vetUp. Bhag. &c. (opp. to {mukti}, {mokSa}, `" final emancipation "', and regarded
in the Sânkhya as threefold, viz. {prakRti-}, {vaikArika-}, and {dakSiNA-b-}); combination of
sounds (in rhet.), construction or arrangement of words Kâvya7d. Pratâp.; arrangement of a
stanza in a partic. shape Kpr.; arrangement of musical sounds, composition S'atr.; a disease which
prevents the eyelids from quite closing Sus'r.; (ifc. with numerals) a part (cf. {paJca-}

bandhaM = bondage

bandha\-padmaasana = the bound lotus posture

bandhana = restriction

ba.ndhanaat.h = (Nr.abl.S) bondage; tie

bandhanaiH = from the bondage

bandhaat.h = from bondage

bandhu = brother* = m. connection, relation, association RV. &c. &c. (ifc. with f. {U} = belonging
to, coming under the head of i.e. `" being only in name "'; cf. {kSatra-}, {dvija-b-} &c.; `"
resembling "' Bâlar. v, 56/57, `" frequented by "' ib. iii, 20, `" favourable for "' ib. iv, 87; cf. Pân. 6-
1, 14); respect, reference ({kena bandhunA} `" in what respect? "') S'Br.; kinship, kindred Mn. ii,
136; a kinsman (esp. on the mother's side), relative, kindred RV. &c. &c. (in law, a cognate
kinsman in a remote degree, one subsequent in right of inheritance to the Sa-gotra; three kinds
are enumerated, personal, paternal and maternal); a friend (opp. to {ripu}) MBh. Kâv. BhP.; a
husband Ragh.; a brother L.; Pentapetes Phoenicea L. (= {bandhUka}); N. of a metre Col.; (in
astrol.) of the fourth mansion Var.; of a Riishi with the patr. Gaupâyana or Laupâyana (author of
RV. v, 24 and x, 5660) RAnukr.; of Manmatha L.

bandhuH = friend

bandhuvargaH = relatives

bandhushhu = and the relatives or well-wishers

bandhuun.h = relatives

bandhau = in (towards) relatives

babhuuva = became (from bhuu, to become)

bala = strength

balaM = army

balavat.h = strong

balavataaM = of the strong

balavaan.h = powerful

balahiinena = (instr.sing.) by the person bereft of power or strength

balaa = force

balaat.h = by force

balaarishhTa = Infant mortality

balishhTha = strong

balii*V= powerful, stromng; presentatoons, offerings; of tribute; *=

bali *V= saying calling, chanting, calling as such, stating, uttering, taking //*= asm. (perhaps fr.
{bhR}) tribute, offering, gift, oblation (in later language always with {hR}) RV. &c. &c.; tax,
impost, royal revenue Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; any offering or propitiatory oblation (esp. an offering of
portions of food, such as grain, rice &c., to certain gods, semi-divine beings, household divinities,
spirits, men, birds, other animals and all creatures including even lifeless objects; it is made
before the daily meal by arranging portions of food in a circle or by throwing them into the air
outside the house or into the sacred fire; it is also called {bhUta-yajJa} and was one of the 5
{mahA-yajJas}, or great devotional acts; cf. RTL. 411, 421) GriS'rS. Mn. (esp. iii, 69, 71) MBh. &c.
(often ifc. with the object, the receiver, the time, or the place of the offering); fragments of food at
a meal W.; a victim (often a goat or buffalo) offered to Durgâ MW.; the handle of a chowrie or fly-
flapper Megh.; N. of a Daitya (son of Virocana; priding himself on his empire over the three
worlds, he was humiliated by Vishnu, who appeared before him in the form of a Vâmana or dwarf.
son of Kas'yapa and Aditi and younger brother of Indra, and obtained from him the promise of as
much land as he could pace in three steps, whereupon the dwarf expanding himself deprived him
of heaven and earth in two steps, but left him the sovereignty of Pâtâla or the lower regions) MBh.
Pur. &c. (cf. IW. 328); N. of Indra in the 8th Manv-antara Pur.; of a Muni MBh.; of a king ib.
Pañcat.; of a son of Su-tapas Hariv. Pur. (cf. {vali}).

bali

balii = a demon king

barham.h = (n) peacock feather

basti = method for cleaning the intestines

baT* = ind. in truth, certainly (Sây.= {satyam}) RV.

baTaraka* = n. pl. circular lines of light which appear before the closed eye AitÂr.

baTu* = m. (also written {vaTu}) a boy, lad, stripling, youth (esp. a young Brâhman, but also
contemptuously applied to adult persons) MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a class of priests Cat.; a form of
S'iva (so called from being represented by boys in the rites of the S'âktas) ib.; Calosanthes Indica
L.

bata* = 1 ind. (later usually {vata}; g. {svar-Adi}) an interjection expressing astonishment or

regret, generally = ah! oh! alas! (originally placed immediately after the leading word at the
beginning of a sentence, or only separated from it by {iva}; rarely itself in the first place e.g.
Mâlav. iii, 21/22; in later language often in the middle of a sentence) RV. &c. &c.
bata* = 2 m. a weakllng RV. x, 10, 13.

bhaadra* = m. (fr. {bhadra}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) the month Bhâdra (=
{-pada} below) Râjat.; ({I}) f. (scil. {tithi}) the day of full moon in the month BhñBhâdra Col.

bhadra* = mf({A4})n. blessed, auspicious, fortunate, prosperous, happy RV. &c. &c.; good,
gracious, friendly, kind ib.; excellent, fair, beautiful, lovely, pleasant, dear ib.; good i.e. skilful in
(loc.) MBh. iv, 305; great L.; (with {nRpati} m. a good or gracious king Yâjñ.; with {kAnta} m. a
beautiful lover or husband Pañcat.; with {diz} f. the auspicious quarter i.e. the south MBh.; with
{vAc} f. kind or friendly speech BhP.; voc. m. and f. sg. and pl. {bhadra}, {-dre}, {-drAH}, often in
familiar address = my good sir or lady, my dear or my dears, good people Mn. MBh. &c.; {a4m}
and {a4yA} ind, happily, fortunately, joyfully RV. AV.; {-am} with {kR} or {A-car}, to do well
Hit.); m. (prob.) a sanctimonious hypocrite Mn. ix, 259 (v.l. {-dra-pre7kSaNikaiH}); a partic. kind
of elephant R. (also N. of a world elephant ib.) a bullock L.; a water wagtail Var. (cf. {-nAman});
Nauclea Cadamba or Tithymalus Antiquorum L.; N. of S'iva L.; of mount Meru L.; of a class of
gods (pl.) under the third Manu BhP.; of a people (pl.) AV.Paris'.; of one of the 12 sons of Vishnu
and one of the Tushita deities in the Svâyambhava Manv-antara BhP.; (with Jainas) of the third of
the 9 white Balas L.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Devakî (or Pauravî) BhP. Kathâs.; of a son of
Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Upacârumat Buddh.; of an actor Hariv.; of a friend of Bâna Vâs.,
Introd.; (with Buddhists) N. of a partic. world; ({A}) f. a cow L.; N. of various plants (= {anantA},
{aparijAtA}, {kRSNA}, {jIvantI}, {nIlI}, {rAsnA} &c.) L. [746, 1]; N. of a metre Col.; of the 2nd,
7th and 12th days of the lunar fortnight W.; of the 7th movable Karana (s.v.; cf. also 2. {bhadrA-
karaNa}); of a form of Durgâ VP.; of a goddess Pañcar.; of a Buddhist deity L.; of a S'akti Hcat.; of
Dâkshâyanî in Bhadre7s'vara Cat.; of a Vidyâ-dharî R.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; of a daughter of
Surabhi R.; of a wife of Vasu-devi Hariv. Pur.; of the wife of Vais'ravana MBh.; of a daughter of
Soma and wife of Utathya ib.; of a daughter of Raudrâs'va and the Apsaras Ghriitâcî Hariv.; of a
Kâkshîvatî and wife of Vyushita7s'va MBh.; of a daughter of Meru and wife of Bhadra7s'va BhP.;
of a daughter of S'ruta-kîrti and wife of Kriishna BhP.; of various rivers (esp. of one described as
rising on the northern summit of Meru and flowing through Uttarakuru into the northern ocean)
Pur.; the celestial Ganges L.; of a lake Hcat.; n. prosperity, happiness, health, welfare, good
fortune (also pl.) RV. &c. &c. ({bhadraM tasya} or {tasmai}, prosperity to him! Pân. 2-3, 73;
{bhadraM te} or {vaH} often used parenthetically in a sentence = `" if you please "', or to fill up a
verse; {bhadram upalAh}, happiness to you, O stones! S'ântis'.; {bhadram} with {kR} and dat., to
grant welfare to, bless RV.); gold L.; iron or steel L.; kind of Cyperus (= {-musta}) L.; a partic.
posture in sitting Cat.; a partic. Karana L. (cf. f.); a partic. mystic sign AgP.; a partic. part of a
house Nalac.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.

bhadraa* = 1 f. of {bhadra}, in comp. -1.

bhadraa* = 2 ind. (g. {sA7kSAd-Adi}), in comp. -2.

bhashita * = n. barking L.

bhasita * = mfn. reduced to ashes BhP.; n. ashes Bhâm.

bata * = 1 ind. (later usually {vata}; g. {svar-Adi}) an interjection expressing astonishment or

regret, generally = ah! oh! alas! (originally placed immediately after the leading word at the
beginning of a sentence, or only separated from it by {iva}; rarely itself in the first place e.g.
Mâlav. iii, 21/22; in later language often in the middle of a sentence) RV. &c. &c.

biDaalaH = (m) cat

bindu = dot
binduH = (m) point, drop

binduu = a drop, a dot

bibharti = is maintaining, *: would carry

bibhiishhaNashriidaH = the man who gave `shrI' riches etc, to vibhIshhaNa

bibheti = fears

bibheshhi = afraid

bibhyati = is afraid;fears

bila = hole (neut)

biija = seed

biijaM = the seed

biijagaNita = algebra

biijapradaH = the seed-giving

biijaankuranyaaya = maxim of seed and shoot

biibhatsa = the sentiment of disgust (nauseating, revolting )

biibhatsakarman.h = adj. repulsive worker

bhaaH = light

baaDha* = or {bALha4} mfn. ( {baMh}; cf. Pân v, 63) strong, mighty (only ibc. and in {bAhe4}
ind.), loudly, strongly, mightily RV.; ({bADham} or {vADham}) ind. assuredly, certainly, indeed,
really, by all means, so be it, yes (generally used as a particle of consent, affirmation or
confirmation) MBh. Kâv. &c.

baadha4* = 1 m. a harasser, tormentor Hariv.; annoyance, molestation, affliction, obstacle,

distress, pain, trouble RV. &c. &c.; (also {A}, f.; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 44) injury, detriment, hurt, damage
MBh. Kâv. &c.; danger, jeopardy (see {prA7Na-}); exclusion from (comp.) Pañcat.; suspension,
annulment (of a rule &c.) Sâh. Pân. Sch. &c.; a contradiction, objection, absurdity, the being
excluded by superior proof (in log., one of the 5 forms of fallacious middle term) Kap. Bhâshâp.
&c.\\2 m. (prob.) urging, impulse (Naigh. ii, 9= {bala} Sây. = {bAdhaka}, {bAdhana}) RV. vi, 11,
5; i, 61, 2; 132, 5 (?).

bhaadra* = m. (fr. {bhadra}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) the month Bhâdra (=
{-pada} below) Râjat.; ({I}) f. (scil. {tithi}) the day of full moon in the month BhñBhâdra Col.

bhaadrapada* = m. (fr. {bhadra-padA}) the month Bhâdra (a rainy month corresponding to the
period from about the middle of August to the middle of September) Var. Râjat. Sus'r.; ({A}) f. du.
and pl. = {bhadra-padA}N. common to the 3rd and 4th Nakshatras (q.v.) Sûryas. VP.; ({I}) f. the
day of full moon in the month BhñBhâdra KâtyS'r. Sch.
bhaaga * = 2 Vriiddhi form of {bhaga} in com \\1 m. ( {bhoj}) a part, portion, share, allotment,
inheritance (in Ved. also = lot, esp. fortunate lot, good fortune, luck, destiny) RV. &c. &c.; a part
(as opp. to any whole; {bhAgam bhAgam} with Caus. of {klRp} or {bhAgAn} with {kR}, to divide
in parts); a fraction (often with an ordinal number e.g. {aSTamo bhAgaH}, the eighth part, or in
comp. with a cardinal e.g. {zata-bh-}; 1/100; {azIti-bh-} = 1/80) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; a quarter (see
{eka-bh-}, {tri-bh-}); part i.e. place, spot, region, side (ifc. taking the place of, representing)
Lâthy. MBh. &c. (in this sense also n.; see {bhUmi-bh-}); part of anything given as interest W.; a
half rupee L.; the numerator of a fraction Col.; a quotient MW.; a degree or 360th part of the
circumference of a great circle Sûryas.; a division of time, the 30th part of a Râs'i or zodiacal sign
W.; N. of a king (also {bhAgavata}) Pur.; of a river (one of the branches of the Candra-bhâgâ) L.;
mfn. relating to Bhaga (as a hymn) Nir.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

bhaagavata * = mf({I})n. (fr. {bhaga-vat}) relating to or coming from Bhagavat i.e. Vishnu or
Kriishna, holy, sacred, divine MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. a follower or worshipper of BhñBhagavati or
Vishnu ib. (cf. IW. 321, 1); N. of a king VP.; n. N. of a Purâna (cf. {bhAgavata-p-}).

bhaagadheya = fortune

bhaagya = Blessing * =1 mfn. (fr. %{bhaga}) relating to Bhaga; n. (with %{yuga}) the 12th or last
lustrum in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; (scil. %{bha} or %{nakSatra}) the asterism of
Bhaga i.e. Uttara-Phalguni1 ib. [752,1]\\2 mfn. ( %{bhaj}) to be shared or divided, divisible (=
%{bhajya}) Vop.\\3 mfn. (fr. %{bhAga}) entitled to a share g. %{daNDA7di}; (with %{zata},
%{viMzati} &c.) = %{bhAgika} Pa1n2. 5-1, 42 Sch.; lucky, fortunate (compar. %{-tara}) MBh. R.;
n. sg. or pl. (ifc. f. %{A}) fate, destiny (resulting from merit or demerit in former existences),
fortune, (esp.) good fortune, luck, happiness, welfare MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{ena} ind. luckily,
fortunately Hit.); reward BhP.

bhaagya-bhaava = Ninth house of Luck

bhaagyaM = fortune; luck

bhaagyodaya = prosperity, rise of wealth and belongings

bhaajayu* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) sharing with others, generous, liberal RV.

bhaajaka* = m. (fr. Caus.) a divisor (in arithm.) Col.

bhaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sharing, division (in arithm.) Col.; mf({A})n. (ifc.) sharing or
participating in, entitled or relating or belonging to Br. &c. &c.; n. `" partaker of "', a recipient,
receptacle, (esp.) a vessel, pot, plate, cup, &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with gen. or ifc. with f. {A}), a place
or person in which anything is collected or in whom any quality is conspicuous, any fit object or
clever or deserving person ib. (cf. {pAtra}); the act of representing, representation ({ena} ind.
with gen. in the place of; ifc. a representative, deputy, substitute, serving for, equivalent to) Br.
GriS.; a partic. measure (= an Âdhaka= 14 Palas) S'ârngS.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g.
{bidA7di}.

bhaajanam.h = (n) division

bhaajaaM = acquiring peeople

bhaajita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) shared, divided Sûryas.; distributed, portioned W.; n. a share, portion
ib.

bhaakshaalaka* = mfn. relating to or coming from the place Bhakshâlî g. {dhUmU7di}.

bhaaksha* = mf({I})n. ( {bhakS}) habitually eating, gluttonous (= {bhakSA zIlam asya}) g.
{chattrA7di}.

bhaalaM = forehead

bhaanu * = m. appearance, brightness, light or a ray of light, lustre, splendour RV. &c. &c.; the
sun MBh. Kâv. &c.; a king, prince, master, lord L.; N. of the chapters of the dictionary of an
anonymous author Cat.; N. of S'iva L.; of an Âditya RâmatUp.; of a Deva-gandharva MBh.; of a
son of Kriishna ib.; of a Yâdava Hariv.; of the father of the 15th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.;
of a prince (son of Prati-vyoma) BhP.; of a son of Vis'va-dhara and father of Hari-nâtha Cat.; of a
pupil of S'ankara7cârya Cat.; of various authors (also with {dIkSita}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa} &c.)
ib.; pl. the Âdityas (children of Bhânu) Hariv. Pur.; the gods of the 3rd Manv-antara Hariv.; f. a
handsome wife (= {bhAnu-matI}) L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Dharma or Manu and
mother of Bhânu and Âditya) Hariv. VP.; of the mother of Devarshabha BhP.; of a daughter of
Kriishna Hariv.; of the mother of the Dânava S'akuni &c. BhP.

bhaanuu = a name of Sun

bhaara = load

bhaara * = weight, war, battle, contest; a burden, load, weight; * = m. ( {bhR}) a burden, load,
weight RV. &c. &c.; heavy work, labour, toil, trouble, task imposed on any one (gen. or comp.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; a large quantity, mass, bulk (often in comp. with words meaning `" hair "') Hariv.
Kâv. &c.; a partic. weight (= 20 Tulâs = 2000 Palas of gold) Hariv. Pañcat. Sus'r.; = {bhAra-
yaSTi}, Kârand.; a partic. manner of beating a drum Sangît.; N. of Vishnu L.; of a prince VP.

bhaaradvaaja* = mf({I})n. coming from or relating to Bharad-vâja S'Br. &c. &c.; m. patr. fr.
{bharad-vAja} g. {bidA7di}; N. of various men (esp. of supposed authors of hymns, viz. of
Riijis'van, Garga, Nara, Pâyu, Vasu, S'âsa, S'irimbitha, S'unahotra, Sapratha, Su-hotra q.v.; but
also of others e.g. of Drona, of Agastya, of S'aunya, of Sukes'an, of Satya-vâha, of S'ûsha Vâhneya,
of one of the 7 Riishis, of a son of Briihas-pati &c., and of many writers and teachers pl. of a Vedic
school) RAnukr. MBh. Cat. IW. 146, 161 &c.; the planet Mars L.; a skylark Pañcat.; pl. N. of a
people VP.; ({I}) f. a female descendant of Bharad-vâja (with {rAtri}N. of the author of RV. x, 127;
cf. also {bhA4radvAjI-pu4tra} below); a skylark PârGri.; the wild cotton shrub L.; N. of a river
MBh. VP.; n. a bone L.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.; of a place Pân. 4-2, 145 (v.l. for {bhar-}).

bhaarata = O descendant of Bharata

bhaaratii = Utterance

bhaarate = (Loc.S)in India or Bharat

bhaaravaahakam.h = (n) a truck

bhaargava* = mf({I})n. relating to or coming from Bhriigu Up. MBh. &c.; belonging to S'ukra (cf.
below) R.; patr. fr. {bhRgu} (pl. {bhRgavaH}) Pân. 2-4, 65; N. of S'ukra (regent of the planet
Venus and preceptor of the Daityas) R. Var. &c.; of S'iva MBh.; of Paras'u-râma ib.; of various
men (esp. supposed authors of hymns, viz. of Itha, Kali, Kriitnu, Griitsamada, Cyavana, Jamad-
agni, Nema, Prayogs, Vena, Soma7huti and Syûma-ras'mi q.v.; but also of many other writers or
mythological personages e.g. of Ithala, of Riicîka, of Dvi-gat, of Dris'âna, of Mârkandeya, of
Pramati &c.) Br. S'rS. MBh. RAnukr.; a potter MBh. (Nîlak.); an astrologer L.; an archer, a good
bowman (like Paras'u-râma) L.; an elephant L.; pl. the descendants of Bhriigu (properly called
{bhRgavaH}; cf. above) MBh. Hariv.; N. of a people MBh. Pur.; ({I}) f. a female descendant of
Bhriigu Pân. 2-4, 65; Bhargava's i.e. S'ukra's daughter R.; N. of Deva-yâni f. MBh. BhP.; of
Lakshmî L.; of Pârvatî L.; Panicum Dactylon and another species L.; n. N. of various Sâmans
ÂrshBr.

bhaaryaa = wife

bhaaryaa-bhaava = Seventh house of spouse (wife)

bhaaryaanuraagaH = attachment to wife

bhaashate = (1 ap) to speak

bhaashin.h = one who talks

bhaashh.h = to speak

bhaashhaNa = speech

bhaashhase = speaking

bhaashhaa = language

bhaashhaayaaM = in the language

bhaashhiNi = speaker

bhaashhita = speech

bhaasaH = effulgence

bhaasayate = illuminates

bhaasasya = Bhasa's

bhaaskra = a name of Sun

bhaasvataa = glowing

bhaashitapuMska * = mfn. = {ukta-puMska} (q.v.) Pân. 6-3, 34 &c. ({-tva} n. vii, 3, 48 Sch.)

bhaashitavya * = mfn. to be spoken to or addressed R. (v.l. for {bhajitavya}).

bhaa4shitR * = mfn. speaking, a speaker, talker (with acc, or ifc.) S'Br. MBh. &c.

bhaashita * = mfn. spoken, uttered, said; spoken to, addressed Mn. MBh. &c.; n. speech,
language, talk i

bhaashin* = mfn. saying, speaking, loquacious (mostly ifc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.

bhaasin * = mfn. shining, brilliant (see {Urdhva-} and {jyotir-bh-}).

bhaashinah: V: foretelling, speaking as a sign

bhaati = light

bhaata * = mfn. shining, appearing &c.; = {prabhAta} L.; n. (impers.) appearance has been made
by (instr.) BhP.

bhaatha * = m. or n. ( {bhaT}) wages, hire, rent L.

bhaava * = becoming, being, existing, occurring, appearance; turning or transition into;

continuance, continuity of the thread of existence through successive births Buddh.; state,
condition, rank (with {sthAvira}, old age, euphem. = he dies; state of being anything,, the state of
being a child, childhood; sometimes added pleonastically to an abstract noun, the state of
thinness.; true condition or state, truth, reality; manner of being, nature, temperament, character

bhaava * = m. ( {bhU}) becoming, being, existing, occurring, appearance S'vetUp. KâtyS'r. &c.
[754, 2]; turning or transition into (loc. or comp.) MBh. RPrât.; continuance (opp. to cessation;
{eko7ti-bhAva}, continuity of the thread of existence through successive births Buddh., wrongly
translated under {eko7ti-bh-}) MBh.; state, condition, rank (with {sthAvira}, old age; {anyam
bhAvam Apadyate}, euphem. = he dies; state of being anything, esp. ifc. e.g. {bAlabhAva}, the
state of being a child, childhood = {bAlatA}, or {tva}; sometimes added pleonastically to an
abstract noun e.g. {tanutA-bhAva}, the state of thinness) Up. S'rS. MBh. &c.; true condition or
state, truth, reality (ibc. and {bhAvena} ind. really, truly) MBh. Hariv.; manner of being, nature,
temperament, character ({eko bhAvaH} or {eka-bh-}, a simple or artless nature; {bhAvo bhAvaM
nigacchati} = birds of a feather flock together) MBh. Kâv. &c.; manner of acting, conduct,
behaviour Kâv. Sâh.; any state of mind or body, way of thinking or feeling, sentiment, opinion,
disposition, intention ({yAdRzena bhAvena}, with whatever disposition of mind; {bhAvam
amaGgalaM-kR}, with loc., to be ill disposed against; {bhAvaM dRDhaM-kR}, to make a firm
resolution) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in rhet.) passion, emotion (2 kinds of Bhâvas are enumerated, the
{sthAyin} or primary, and {vyabhicArin} or subordinate; the former are 8 or 9 according as the
Rasas or sentiments are taken to be 8 or 9; the latter 33 or 34) Kâv. Sâh. Pratâp. &c.; conjecture,
supposition Mn. Pañcat.; purport, meaning, sense ({iti bhAvaH}, `" such is the sense "' = {ity
arthaH} or {ity abhiprA7yaH}, constantly used by commentators at the end of their explanations);
love, affection, attachment ({bhAvaM-kR}, with loc., to feel an affection for) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the
seat of the feelings or affections, heart, soul, mind ({parituSTena bhAvena}, with a pleased mind)
S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; that which is or exists, thing or substance, being or living creature
({sarva-bhAvAH}, all earthly objects; {bhAvAH sthAvara-jaGgamAH}, plants and animals)
MundUp. MBh. &c.; (in dram.) a discreet or learned man (as a term of address = respected sir)
Mriicch. Mâlav. Mâlatîm.; (in astron.) the state or condition of a planet L.; an astrological house
or lunar mansion ib.; N. of the 27th Kalpa (s.v.) ib.; of the 8th (42nd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60
years VarBriS.; (in gram.) the fundamental notion of the verb, the sense conveyed by the abstract
noun (esp. as a term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb having neither agent nor object
expressed e.g. {pacyate}, `" there is cooking "' or `" cooking is going on "') Pân. 3-1, 66; 107 &c.;
N. of the author of the Bhâvaprâkas'a (= {mizra-bhAva}) Cat.; wanton sport, dalliance L.; birth L.;
place of birth, the womb L.; the world, universe L.; an organ of sense L.; superhuman power L.;
the Supreme Being L.; advice, instruction L.; contemplation, meditation L. (cf. {-samanvita}).

bhaava = House and is also used to indicate the chart that uses Porphyry's Cusps

bhaavaM = nature

bhaavaH = endurance

bhaavanaa = fixed mind (in happiness)

bhaavaya = deem/consider/visualise/imagine
bhaavayataa = having pleased

bhaavayantaH = pleasing one another

bhaavayantu = will please

bhaavasamanvitaH = with great attention

bhaavaaH = natures

bhaavitaaH = remembering

bhaavaiH = by the states of beingbhaaveshhu = natures cintyah

bhaavya4* = mfn. (fr. {bhU} or its Caus.) future, about to be or what ought to be or become RV.
&c. &c. (in later language often used as fut. tense of {bhU}; cf. {bhAvin}); to be effected or
accomplished or performed Kum. BhP.; to be apprehended or perceived Kathâs.; to be (or being)
imagined or conceived, AshthâvS. (cf. {dur-bh-}); easy to guess or understand Vâm.; to be (or
being) argued or demonstrated or admitted or approved Yâjñ. Kâv.; to be convicted Mn. viii, 60;
m. N. of a man (= {bhAvayavya} Nir.) RV. i, 126, 1 (others `" to be worshipped "', others `" future
"'); of a king (= {bhAvya-ratha} or {bhAnu-ratha}) VP.; n. (impers.) it is to be by (instr, ) Mn. v,
150; it should be understood Mriicch. Sch.

bhaDa* = m. N. of a partic. mixed caste Cat. (cf. {bhaTa})

bhadraM = (Nr.nom. + acc.sing.)goodness

bhadra* = mf({A4})n. blessed, auspicious, fortunate, prosperous, happy RV. &c. &c.; good,
gracious, friendly, kind ib.; excellent, fair, beautiful, lovely, pleasant, dear ib.; good i.e. skilful in
(loc.) MBh. iv, 305; great L.; (with {nRpati} m. a good or gracious king Yâjñ.; with {kAnta} m. a
beautiful lover or husband Pañcat.; with {diz} f. the auspicious quarter i.e. the south MBh.; with
{vAc} f. kind or friendly speech BhP.; voc. m. and f. sg. and pl. {bhadra}, {-dre}, {-drAH}, often in
familiar address = my good sir or lady, my dear or my dears, good people Mn. MBh. &c.; {a4m}
and {a4yA} ind, happily, fortunately, joyfully RV. AV.; {-am} with {kR} or {A-car}, to do well
Hit.); m. (prob.) a sanctimonious hypocrite Mn. ix, 259 (v.l. {-dra-pre7kSaNikaiH}); a partic. kind
of elephant R. (also N. of a world elephant ib.) a bullock L.; a water wagtail Var. (cf. {-nAman});
Nauclea Cadamba or Tithymalus Antiquorum L.; N. of S'iva L.; of mount Meru L.; of a class of
gods (pl.) under the third Manu BhP.; of a people (pl.) AV.Paris'.; of one of the 12 sons of Vishnu
and one of the Tushita deities in the Svâyambhava Manv-antara BhP.; (with Jainas) of the third of
the 9 white Balas L.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Devakî (or Pauravî) BhP. Kathâs.; of a son of
Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Upacârumat Buddh.; of an actor Hariv.; of a friend of Bâna Vâs.,
Introd.; (with Buddhists) N. of a partic. world; ({A}) f. a cow L.; N. of various plants (= {anantA},
{aparijAtA}, {kRSNA}, {jIvantI}, {nIlI}, {rAsnA} &c.) L. [746,1]; N. of a metre Col.; of the 2nd, 7th
and 12th days of the lunar fortnight W.; of the 7th movable Karana (s.v.; cf. also 2. {bhadrA-
karaNa}); of a form of Durgâ VP.; of a goddess Pañcar.; of a Buddhist deity L.; of a S'akti Hcat.; of
Dâkshâyanî in Bhadre7s'vara Cat.; of a Vidyâ-dharî R.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; of a daughter of
Surabhi R.; of a wife of Vasu-devi Hariv. Pur.; of the wife of Vais'ravana MBh.; of a daughter of
Soma and wife of Utathya ib.; of a daughter of Raudrâs'va and the Apsaras Ghriitâcî Hariv.; of a
Kâkshîvatî and wife of Vyushita7s'va MBh.; of a daughter of Meru and wife of Bhadra7s'va BhP.;
of a daughter of S'ruta-kîrti and wife of Kriishna BhP.; of various rivers (esp. of one described as
rising on the northern summit of Meru and flowing through Uttarakuru into the northern ocean)
Pur.; the celestial Ganges L.; of a lake Hcat.; n. prosperity, happiness, health, welfare, good
fortune (also pl.) RV. &c. &c. ({bhadraM tasya} or {tasmai}, prosperity to him! Pân. 2-3, 73;
{bhadraM te} or {vaH} often used parenthetically in a sentence = `" if you please "', or to fill up a
verse; {bhadram upalAh}, happiness to you, O stones! S'ântis'.; {bhadram} with {kR} and dat., to
grant welfare to, bless RV.); gold L.; iron or steel L.; kind of Cyperus (= {-musta}) L.; a partic.
posture in sitting Cat.; a partic. Karana L. (cf. f.); a partic. mystic sign AgP.; a partic. part of a
house Nalac.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.

bhadraa* =1 f. of {bhadra}, in comp. -1.\\2 ind. (g. {sA7kSAd-Adi}), in comp. -2.

bhadraaH = goodness

bhadraasana = the auspicious posture.

bhadrapada* = n. N. of a metre Col. [746,2]; ({A}) f. N. of the 3rd and 4th lunar asterisms Var. &c.
(also n.; {-dA-yoga} m. N. of ch. of Bhaththo7tpala's Comm. on VarBriS.)

bhadrapAda* = mfn. born under the Nakshatra Bhadra-padâ Pân. 7-3, 18 Sch.

bhaga * m. (ifc. f. {A} and {I} g. {bahv-Adi}) `" dispenser "', gracious lord, patron (applied to gods,
esp. to Savitrii) RV. AV.; N. of an Âditya (bestowing wealth and presiding over love and marriage,
brother of the Dawn, regent of the Nakshatra Uttara-Phalgunî; Yâska enumerates him among the
divinities of the highest sphere; according to a later legend his eyes were destroyed by Rudra) ib.
&c. &c. [743, 3]; the Nakshatra UñUttara-PhñPhalgunî MBh. vi, 81; the sun ib. iii, 146; the moon
L.; N. of a Rudra MBh.; good fortune, happiness, welfare, prosperity RV. AV. Br. Yâjñ. BhP.; (ifc.
f. {A}) dignity, majesty, distinction, excellence, beauty, loveliness RV. AV. Br. GriS. BhP.; (also n.
L.) love, affection, sexual passion, amorous pleasure, dalliance RV. AV. Br. KâtyS'r. BhP.; (n. L.;
ifc. f. {A}) the female organs, pudendum muliebre, vulva Mn. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. in {bhagA-
nAmnI} below; n. a partic. Muhûrta Cat.; the perinaeum of males L.; m. n. = {yatna}, {prayatna},
{kIrti}, {yazas}, {vairAgya}, {icchA}, {jJAna}, {mukti}, {mokSa}, {dharma}, s'rî L. [Cf. Zd. {bagha
= Old Pers. {baga}; Gk. $; &226046[743, 3] Slav. {bogu8}, {bogatu8}; Lith. {bago4tas}, {na-
ba4gas}.],

bhagna * =. broken (lit. and fig.), shattered, split, torn, defeated, checked, frustrated, disturbed,
disappointed Mn. MBh. &c. (sometimes forming the first instead of the second part of a comp.
e.g. {grIvA-bhagna}, {dharma-bh-} for {bhagna-grIva}, {-dharma}; also `" one who has broken a
limb "' BhP.); bent, curved R.; lost Mn. viii, 148; n. the fracture of a leg Sus'r.

bhagavat.h = God

bhagavat * = ind. like a vulva Vishn. Sch. -2.

bha4ga-vat * = 2 mfn. (for 1. see under {bha4ga}) possessing fortune, fortunate, prosperous,
happy RV. AV. GriS. BhP.; glorious, illustrious, divine, adorable, venerable AV. &c. &c.; holy
(applied to gods, demigods, and saints ae a term of address, either in voc. {bhagavan},
{bhagavas}, {bhagos} [cf. Pân. 8-3, 1 Vârtt. 2 Pat., and viii, 3, 17] f. {bhagavatI} m. pl.
{bhagavantaH}; or in nom. with 3. sg. of the verb; with Buddhists often prefixed to the titles of
their sacred writings); m. `" the divine or adorable one "'N. of Vishnu-Kriishna Bhag. BhP.; of
S'iva Kathâs.; of a Buddha or a Bodhi-sattva or a Jina Buddh. (cf. MWB. 23); ({I}) f. see below.

bhagavad.h = god's

bhagavad.hgiitaa = the dialogues between Krishna and Arjuna

bhagavan.h = O Supreme
bhagavaan.h = O Personality of Godhead

bhagavaana = holy

bhaginii = sister

bhagneshakaarmukaH = the man who broke the bow of Isha(shiva) i.e. rAma

bhagna * = mfn. broken (lit. and fig.), shattered, split, torn, defeated, checked, frustrated,
disturbed, disappointed Mn. MBh. &c. (sometimes forming the first instead of the second part of
a comp. e.g. {grIvA-bhagna}, {dharma-bh-} for {bhagna-grIva}, {-dharma}; also `" one who has
broken a limb "' BhP.); bent, curved R.; lost Mn. viii, 148; n. the fracture of a leg Sus'r.

bhairava = terrible, one of the forms of Shiva

bhaikshyaM = by begging

bhaj.h = to practice / incur

bhaja = worship

bhajaka* = m. a distributer, apportioner (see {civara-bh-}); a worshipper MW.

bhajana* = m. N. of a prince VP.; n. the act of sharing W.; possession ib.; (ifc.) reverence, worship,
adoration Prab. Sch. (also {-tA} f. with loc. Cân.); {-vArika} m. a partic. official in a Buddhist
monastery L.; {-nA7nanda} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-nA7mRta} n. N. of wk.

bhajaka = worshippers

bhajataaM = in rendering devotional service

bhajati = (1 pp) to divide, to allocate

bhajate = renders transcendental loving service

bhaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sharing, division (in arithm.) Col.; mf({A})n. (ifc.) sharing or
participating in, entitled or relating or belonging to Br. &c. &c.; n. `" partaker of "', a recipient,
receptacle, (esp.) a vessel, pot, plate, cup, &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with gen. or ifc. with f. {A}), a place
or person in which anything is collected or in whom any quality is conspicuous, any fit object or
clever or deserving person ib. (cf. {pAtra}); the act of representing, representation ({ena} ind.
with gen. in the place of; ifc. a representative, deputy, substitute, serving for, equivalent to) Br.
GriS.; a partic. measure (= an Âdhaka= 14 Palas) S'ârngS.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g.
{bidA7di}.

bhajanIya* = mfn. to be loved or revered or waited upon, venerable MBh. BhP.

bhaajanatA* = f. (ifc.) the being a vessel for, possession of BhP.

bhaaJanaloka* = m. (with Buddhists) the world of inanimate things (opp. to {sattva-l-} q.v.).
Dharmas. 89.

bhaajanIbhUta* = mfn. (ifc.) one who has become a vessel for or who has obtained Kathâs. Lalit.
bhajana = a hymn* = m. N. of a prince VP.; n. the act of sharing W.; possession ib.; (ifc.)
reverence, worship, adoration Prab. Sch. (also {-tA} f. with loc. Cân.); {-vArika} m. a partic.
official in a Buddhist monastery L.; {-nA7nanda} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-nA7mRta} n. N. of wk.

bhajanti = render service

bhajante = render services

bhajasva = be engaged in loving service

bhajaami = reward

bhaje = I worship

bhajaina = (f) where to your erection

bhakataH = devotee

bhakta = devotee

bhaktaH = devotee

bhaktaaH = devotees

bhaktaanukaMpinaaM = compassionate to the devotees

bhakti = devotion, worship

bhaktiM = devotional service

bhaktiH = in devotional service

bhaktimaan.h = devotee

bhaktiyogena = by devotional service

bhakteshhu = amongst devotees

bhaktyaa = in full devotion

bhaktyupahritaM = offered in devotion

bhaksha = Food

bhakshayati = (10 up) to eat, to devour

bhakshaNa* = mfn. eating, one who eats (cf. {dADima-}, {pApa-bh-}); n. the act of eating,
drinking, feeding S'rS. Nir. MBh. &c.; eating what excites thirst L.; chewing L.; the being eaten by
(instr.) Mn. R.; ({bha4-}) a drinking vessel RV.

bhakshaNIya* = mfn. to be (or being) eaten Pañcat.; {-tA} f. eatableness S'ârngP.

bhakshayitavya* = mfn. to be eaten or devoured, edible MBh. Pañcat.

bhakshayitR* = m. an eater, enjoyer MBh.

bhakshaTaka* = m. a variety of Asteracantha Longifolia L.

bhakshaalii* = f. N. of a place g. {dhUmA7di} (not in Kâs'.)

bhaksha* = m. drinking or eating, drink or (in later language) food RV. &c. &c. (often ifc., with f.
{A}, having anything for food or beverage, eating, drinking, living upon); {-kAra} m. `" food-
maker "', a cook, baker L.; {-M-kAra4} mfn. furnishing food MaitrS. (cf. Pân. 6-3, 72 Vârtt. 2
Pat.); {-MkRta} ({-kSa4M-}) mfn. drunk or eaten, enjoyed TS. Âs'vS'r.; {-japa} m. the prayer
muttered while drinking Soma Âs'vS'r.; {-pattrI} f. betel-pepper (the leaf of which serves for food)
L.; {-bIja} w.r. for {bhakSya-b-}; {-mantra} m. a verse spoken while drinking Soma S'ânkhS'r.

bhalla * = mfn. auspicious, favourable (= {bhadra} or {ziva}) L.; m. a bear Hit. (cf. {accha-bhalla},
{bhalluka}, {bhallUka}); a term used in addressing the Sun (only dat.; cf. 2. {bhala}) MantraBr.
Gobh.; (pl.) N. of a people Pân. 5-3, 114. Sch. (v.l. {malla}); N. of S'iva (cf. above); a kind of arrow
or missile with a point of a partic. shape MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {I} f. and n.); a partic. part of an
arrow MBh.; ({I}) f. Semecarpus Anacardium Bhpr.; n. an arrow-head of a partic. shape S'ârngP.

bhallatakaH = (m) cashewnut

bhallukaH = (m) bear

bhaMbhaM = (v) to fuck up the ass

bha.nga = (masc) break

bhangura V: perishable, breakable, to be lost, transient

bhaNT* = cl. 10. P. {bhaNTayati}, to deceive Dhâtup. xxxii, 50 Vop.

bhaNTuka* = m. Calosanthes Indica L. (v.l. {bhaNDuka}).

bhaNóDu* = g. {suvAstv-Adi}.

bhandhuka* = or {-dhruka} m. N. of a place SkandaP.

bhaanava* = mfn. peculiar to the sun L.; ({I}) f. a kind of pace Sangît.

bhaanu4* = m. appearance, brightness, light or a ray of light, lustre, splendour RV. &c. &c.; the
sun MBh. Kâv. &c.; a king, prince, master, lord L.; N. of the chapters of the dictionary of an
anonymous author Cat.; N. of S'iva L.; of an Âditya RâmatUp.; of a Deva-gandharva MBh.; of a
son of Kriishna ib.; of a Yâdava Hariv.; of the father of the 15th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.;
of a prince (son of Prati-vyoma) BhP.; of a son of Vis'va-dhara and father of Hari-nâtha Cat.; of a
pupil of S'ankara7cârya Cat.; of various authors (also with {dIkSita}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa} &c.)
ib.; pl. the Âdityas (children of Bhânu) Hariv. Pur.; the gods of the 3rd Manv-antara Hariv.; f. a
handsome wife (= {bhAnu-matI}) L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Dharma or Manu and
mother of Bhânu and Âditya) Hariv. VP.; of the mother of Devarshabha BhP.; of a daughter of
Kriishna Hariv.; of the mother of the Dânava S'akuni &c. BhP.
bhaargava* = mf({I})n. relating to or coming from Bhriigu Up. MBh. &c.; belonging to S'ukra (cf.
below) R.; patr. fr. {bhRgu} (pl. {bhRgavaH}) Pân. 2-4, 65; N. of S'ukra (regent of the planet
Venus and preceptor of the Daityas) R. Var. &c.; of S'iva MBh.; of Paras'u-râma ib.; of various
men (esp. supposed authors of hymns, viz. of Itha, Kali, Kriitnu, Griitsamada, Cyavana, Jamad-
agni, Nema, Prayogs, Vena, Soma7huti and Syûma-ras'mi q.v.; but also of many other writers or
mythological personages e.g. of Ithala, of Riicîka, of Dvi-gat, of Dris'âna, of Mârkandeya, of
Pramati &c.) Br. S'rS. MBh. RAnukr.; a potter MBh. (Nîlak.); an astrologer L.; an archer, a good
bowman (like Paras'u-râma) L.; an elephant L.; pl. the descendants of Bhriigu (properly called
{bhRgavaH}; cf. above) MBh. Hariv.; N. of a people MBh. Pur.; ({I}) f. a female descendant of
Bhriigu Pân. 2-4, 65; Bhargava's i.e. S'ukra's daughter R.; N. of Deva-yâni f. MBh. BhP.; of
Lakshmî L.; of Pârvatî L.; Panicum Dactylon and another species L.; n. N. of various Sâmans
ÂrshBr.

bhar = (v) to bear, carry

bhara * = mf({A})n. ( {bhR}) bearing, carrying, bringing; bestowing, granting; maintaining,

supporting (mostly ifc.; cf. {Rtam-}, {kulam-}, {deham-}, {vAjam-bh-} and c.); m. (ifc. f. {A}) the
act of bearing or carrying &c.; carrying away or what is carried away, gain, prize, booty RV. AV.;
war, battle, contest ib.; a burden, load, weight (also a partic. measure of weight = {bhAra} q.v. L.)
Hariv. Kâv. &c. (acc. with {kR}, to place one's weight, support one's self Hit.); a large quantity,
great number, mass, bulk, multitude, abundance, excess Kâv. Kathâs. &c. ({bhareNa} and {-rAt}
ind. in full measure, with all one's might Kâd.); raising the voice, shout or song of praise RV.; n.
du. (with {indrasya}, or {vasiSThasya}) N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.

bharadvaaja* = ({bhara4d-}) m. `" bearing "' speed or strength (of flight) "', a skylark R.; N. of a
Riishi (with the patr. Bârhaspatya, supposed author of RV. vi, 1-30; 37-43; 53-74; ix, 67. 1-3; x,
137, 1, and Purohita of Diva-dâsa, with whom he is perhaps identical; BhñBharad is also
considered as one of the 7 sages and the author of a law-book) RV. &c. &c. ({-jasya a-dAra-sRt}
and {a-dAra-sRtau}, {arkau}, {upahavau}, {gAdham}, {nakAni}, {prizninI}, {prAsAham},
{bRhat}, {maukSe}, {yajJA7yajJIyam}, {lomanI}, {vAja-karmIyam}, {vAja-bhRt}, {viSamANi},
{vratam}, {sundhyuH} and {saindhukSitAni}N. of Sâmans ArshBr.); of an Arhat Buddh.; of a
district Pân. 4-2, 145; of an Agni MBh.; of various authors Cat.; pl. the race or family of Bharad-
vâja RV.; {-gArga-pariNaya-pratiSedha-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wk.; {-dhanvantari} m. N. of a divine
being S'ânkhGri.; {-pravraska} n. N. of AV. ii, 12; {-prAdur-bhAva} m. N. of ch. of Bhpr.; {-zikSA}
f. {-saMhitA} f. {-sUtra} n. {-smRti} f. N. of wks.

bharaNi = jewel

bharaNii = Second nakshatra

bharata = Bharat

bharatarshhabha = O chief amongst the descendants of Bharata

bharatava.nditaH = the who has been saluted by Bharata

bharatashreshhTha = O chief of the Bharatas

bharatasattama = O best of the Bharatas

bharataagraja = the one going before Bharata (elder of bharata)

bharjanaM = nourisher?
bharjayati = to fry

bharjita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) roasted, fried Sus'r.; destroyed, annihilated

bhartaa = sustainer

bhartR * =m. (once in S'Br. {bha4rtR}) a bearer [cf. Lat. {fertor}], one who bears or carries or
maintains (with gen. or ifc.) RV. S'Br. MBh.; a preserver, protector, maintainer, chief, lord, master
RV. &c. &c. ({trI4} f. a female supporter or nourisher, a mother AV. Kaus'. TBr.); ({bha4rtR}) m. a
husband RV. v, 58, 7 Mn. MBh. &c.

bhartR4-tva * =n. (MBh. &c.) masterhood, husbandship; {-tAMgata} mfn. subject, married W.

bhartRka * =ifc. (f. {A}) = {bhartR}, a husband (cf. {pro7Sita-}, {mRta-}, {svA7dhIna-bh-}).

bhartrima * =(?) mfn. maintained, nourished, supported W.

bhasha* = mf({I})n. barking, yelping, chiding VS. (cf. g. {pacA7di}); m. a dog L.; ({A}) f. a species
of plant L.; ({I}) f. a bitch L.

bhaashaa* = f. speech, language (esp. common or vernacular speech, as opp. to Vedic or in later
times to Sanskriit) Nir. Pân. Mn. MBh.; any Prâkriit dialect or a partic. group of 5 of them (viz.
Mâhârâshthri, S'auraseni, Mâgadhi, Prâcyâ, and Avanti, also called Pañca-vidhâ Bhâshâ; cf. under
{prAkRta}, p. 703) Cat.; description, definition Bhag.; (in law) accusation, charge, complaint,
plaint Dhûrtas. Yâjñ. Sch.; N. of Sarasvati L.; (in music) of a Râgini.

bhaasa* = m. light, lustre, brightness (often ifc.) MBh. Hariv. Kathâs.; impression made on the
mind, fancy MW.; a bird of prey, vulture (L. = {zakunta}, {kukkuTa}, {gRdhra} &c.) AdbhBr.
Âpast. MBh. Hariv. &c. (w.r. {bhASa}); a cow-shed L.; N. of a man Râjat.; of a dramatic poet (also
called Bhâsaka) Mâlav. Hcar. &c.; of a son of a minister of king Candra-prabha Kathâs.; of a
Dânava ib.; of a mountain MBh.; ({I}) f. N. of the mother of the vultures (a daughter of Tâmrâ)
MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a daughter of Prâdhâ MBh.; n. (m. TBr.) N. of a Sâman Br. S'rS.

bhashhati = to bark

bhastrikaa = the bellows breath

bhasma = ash

bhasmaM = ashes

bhasmasaat.h = to burn to ashes

bhasmaavasheshhaM = ashes+remains

bhaTTakavaara = Sunday

bhatha * = m. (fr. {bhRta}) a mercenary, hired soldier, warrior, combatant MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
servant, slave Kâvya7d. VP.; a humpback Gal.; N. of a serpent-demon Buddh.; = {arya-bhaTa} (cf.
below); pl. N. of a degraded tribe L. (cf. {bhaTTa}, {bhaDa}, {bhaNDa}; according to some `" a
person whose father is a Brâhman and whose mother is a Nathî "'); ({A}) f. coloquintida.
bhauma* = mf({I})n. relating or dedicated to the earth, produced or coming from the earth,
earthly, terrestrial VS. &c. &c. (with {naraka} m. = hell on earth MBh.; with {brahman} n. = the
Veda ib.); consisting or made of earth, earthy PañcavBr. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; coming from the land
(as revenue &c.) L.; (fr. {bhauma}, the planet Mars) relating to the plñplanet Mars or to his day,
falling on Tuesday Vet.; m. a red-flowering Punar-navâ L.; = {ambara} L.; N. of the 27th Muhûrta
L.; metron. of a partic. earth-deity GriS.; of Atri RAnukr.; of the Daitya Naraka MBh.; of the
planet Mars (whose day is Tuesday) ib. Var. Pur. &c.; m. or n. N. of AV. xii, 1; ({I}) f. `" produced
from the earth "'N. of Sitâ L.; n. dust of the earth (pl.) MBh.; corn, grain Âpast.; (only ifc.) floor,
story MBh. R.

bhaumacAra* = m. `" the course of the planet Mars "', N. of a ch. of Bhaththo7tpala's Comm. on
VarBriS.

bhaumavAra* = m. `" Mars-day "', Tuesday KâtyS'r. Sch.; {-vratavidhi} m. N. of wk.

bhaumaka* = m. any animal living in the earth AdbhBr.

bhaumana* = m. N. of Vis'va-karman MBh. (prob. w.r. for {bhauvana}).

bhav.h = to be

bhava * = m. ( {bhU}) coming info existence, birth, production, origin (= {bhAva} Vop.; ifc., with
f. {A} = arising or produced from, being in, relating to) Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming, turning
into (comp.) Kâthh.; being, state of being, existence, life (= {sat-tA} L.) S'ârngP. (cf.
{bhavA7ntara}); worldly existence, the world (= {saMsAra} L.) Kâv. Pur. [749, 1]; (with
Buddhists) continuity of becoming (a link in the twelvefold chain of causation) Dharmas. 42
(MWB. 102); well-being, prosperity, welfare, excellence (= {zreyas} L.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; obtaining,
acquisition (= {Apti}, {prA7pti}) L.; a god, deity. W.; N. of Agni S'Br.; of a deity attending on
Rudra and frequently connected with S'arva (later N. of S'iva or a form of S'iva; or N. of a Rudra,
and as such of the number 11 or of the 11th lunar mansion Gol. Var. Sch.; du. {bhavau} = Bhava
i.e. S'iva and his wife Bhavânî BhP.; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1) AV. &c. &c.; of the 1st and 4th Kalpa Cat.; of a
Sâdhya VP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Pratihartrii VP.; of Viloman ib.; of a rich man Buddh.; of
an author Cat.; n. the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L.; = {bhavya}, {bhaviSya}, {bhAvana} L.

bhavaami = I become

bhavaan.h = you

bhavaaya = for the sake of the world

bhavaarNava = bhava+arNava, birth\&death+ocean

bhavaH = birth

bhava* = m. ( {bhU}) coming info existence, birth, production, origin (= {bhAva} Vop.; ifc., with f.
{A} = arising or produced from, being in, relating to) Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming, turning into
(comp.) Kâthh.; being, state of being, existence, life (= {sat-tA} L.) S'ârngP. (cf. {bhavA7ntara});
worldly existence, the world (= {saMsAra} L.) Kâv. Pur. [749, 1]; (with Buddhists) continuity of
becoming (a link in the twelvefold chain of causation) Dharmas. 42 (MWB. 102); well-being,
prosperity, welfare, excellence (= {zreyas} L.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; obtaining, acquisition (= {Apti},
{prA7pti}) L.; a god, deity. W.; N. of Agni S'Br.; of a deity attending on Rudra and frequently
connected with S'arva (later N. of S'iva or a form of S'iva; or N. of a Rudra, and as such of the
number 11 or of the 11th lunar mansion Gol. Var. Sch.; du. {bhavau} = Bhava i.e. S'iva and his wife
Bhavânî BhP.; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1) AV. &c. &c.; of the 1st and 4th Kalpa Cat.; of a Sâdhya VP.; of a king
MBh.; of a son of Pratihartrii VP.; of Viloman ib.; of a rich man Buddh.; of an author Cat.; n. the
fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L.; = {bhavya}, {bhaviSya}, {bhAvana} L.

bhavaa in comp. before {d} for {bhavat}.

bhavaketu * m. N. of a partic. phenomenon in the sky Var.

bhavacandra * m. N. of a man Cat.

bhavadiya: A* given by your,

bhava4-jala * n. the water (or ocean) of worldly existence Kâv.

bhava4-bhaGga * m. annihilation of wñworldly exñexistence, delivery from births or

transmigration Hcat.

bhava4-maya * mf({I})n. consisting of or produced from S'iva MBh.

bhavana = home, residence, place

bhavaneshhu = in the homes of

bhavantaM = You

bhavantaH = you

bhavanti = grow

bhava.ntu = let them be or become

bhava4-rasa * m. delight in wñworldly exñexistence Sinha7s.

bhavat * = mf(%{antI})n. being, present RV. &c. &c.; m.f, (nom. %{bha4vAn}, %{-vatI}; voc.
%{bhavan} or %{bhos} q.v.; f. %{-vati}; cf. Mn. ii, 49) your honour, your worship, your lordship
or ladyship, you (lit. `" the gentleman or lady present "'; cf. %{atra-} and %{tatra-bh-}; used
respectfully for the 2nd pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only exceptionally with the 2nd
pers. of the verb e.g. %{bhavAn@dadAtu}, `" let your highness give "'; sometimes in pl. to express
greater courtesy e.g. %{bhavantaH@pramANam}, `" your honour is an authority "') S3Br. &c.;
(%{antI}) f. the present tense Pat.; (%{atI}) f. a partic.kind of poisoned arrow L.

bhavataH = Thy

bhavataraNe = for crossing the ocean of births \& deaths

bhavati = becomes

bhavatii = you

bhavatu = let there be

bhava4-viti * f. liberation from the world, cessation of worldly acts Kir.

bhava4-vyaya * m. du. birth and dissolution Bhag

bhavabiijaanaaM = the birth-seeds

bhavasaagaraM = the ocean of births and deaths

bhavi = future

bhavitaa = will come to be

bhavishya = future, of future

bhavishhya = future

bhavishhyataaM = of future manifestations

bhavishhyati = it will increase in the future

bhavishhyanti = will be

bhavishhyaaNi = future

bhavishhyaamaH = shall exist

bhavet.h = would be

bhavya* = mfn. being, existing, present RV. &c. &c.; to be about to be or become, future (=
{bhAvin}) MârkP. Pañcar. (also for the future tense of {bhU} MBh. iv, 928 v.l. {bhAvya}); likely to
be, on the point of becoming (see {dhenu-} and {dhenumbhavyA}); what ought to be, suitable, fit,
proper, right, good, excellent Kâv. Pur. Kathâs.; handsome, beautiful, pleasant MBh. Kâv. &c.;
gracious, favourable (= {prasanna}) R.; auspicious, fortunate Ragh. BhP.; righteous, pious Vcar.;
true L.; m. Averrhoa Carambola MBh. &c.; N. of a Riishi in the 9th Manv-antara VP.; of a son of
Dhruva (the polar star) Hariv.; of a son of Priyavrata Pur.; of a teacher Buddh.; of a poet Cat.; (pl.)
a partic. class of gods under Manu Câkshusha Pur.; ({A}) f. N. of Umâ (Pârvatî) L.; Piper Chaba
(prob. w.r. for {cavyA}); n. that which is or exists (= {yad bhavati}) RV. &c. &c.; being, existing,
the being present AV. &c. &c.; future time (see {bhavad-bhUta-bhavya}); fruit, result, reward,
(esp.) good result, prosperity Ragh. Dhûrtan.; a bone L.; the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola or of
Dillenia Indica L.; m. or n. one division of the poetical Rasas or sentiments W.

bhaya = fear* = n. ( {bhI}) fear, alarm dread apprehension; fear of (abl. gen. or comp.) or for
(comp.) RV. &c. &c. ({bhayAt} ind. `" from fear "'; {bhayaM-kR} with abl. `" to have fear of "';
{bhayaM-dA}, `" to cause fear, terrify "'); sg. and pl. terror, dismay, danger, peril, distress; danger
from (abl. or comp.) or to, (comp.) ib.; the blossom of Trapa Bispinosa L.; m. sickness, disease L.;
Fear personifled (as a Vasu, a son of Nir-riiti or Ni-kriiti, a prince of the Yavanas and husband of
the daughter of Time) Pur. (also n.; and {A} f. as a daughter of Kâla or Vaivasvata, and wife of the
Râkshasa Heti).

bhayaM = fear

bhayanaka = that which causes fear

bhayaat.h = out of fear

bhayaanaka = the sentiment of fear, terror

bhayaanakaani = very fearful

bhayaavahaH = dangerous

bhayena = out of fear

bhaujya = enjoyment (of kingship)

bhautika = material

bhauma = A name for the planet Mars

bhavaan: see bhavat

bhavat *= mf(%{antI})n. being, present RV. &c. &c. ; m.f, (nom. %{bha4vAn}, %{-vatI} ; voc.
%{bhavan} or %{bhos} q.v. ; f. %{-vati} ; cf. Mn. ii, 49) your honour, your worship, your lordship
or ladyship, you (lit. `" the gentleman or lady present "' ; cf. %{atra-} and %{tatra-bh-} ; used
respectfully for the 2nd pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only exceptionally with the 2nd
pers. of the verb e.g. %{bhavAn@dadAtu}, `" let your highness give "' ; sometimes in pl. to express
greater courtesy e.g. %{bhavantaH@pramANam}, `" your honour is an authority "') S3Br. &c. ;
(%{antI}) f. the present tense Pat. ; (%{atI}) f. a partic.kind of poisoned arrow L.

bheka = a frog

bheDa* = m. a ram L. (cf. {eDa}, {bheDra} and {bheNDa}); a raft, float L. (cf. {bhela}); N. of a
lexicographer and a physician Cat.; of a Riishi L.; ({I}) f. a ewe L.; N. of one of the Mâtriis
attending on Skanda MBh.

bheda4 = break, pierce, also difference * = m. ( {bhid}) breaking, splitting, cleaving, rending,
tearing, piercing (also pass. the being broken &c.) KâtyS'r. Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; breaking open,
disclosing, divulging, betrayal (of a secret cf. {rahasya-bh-}); bursting asunder, opening, gaping,
parting asunder BhP. Sus'r.; bursting forth or out, expanding, blossoming, shooting out,
sprouting Kâlid. Bâlar.; a cleft, fissure, chasm (cf. {zilA-bh-}; du. pudendum muliebre) RV.;
rupture, breach, hurt, injury, seduction Kâm. MBh. Kathâs.; shooting pain (in the limbs),
paralysis (cf. {ardhabh-}) Sus'r.; separation, division, partition, part, portion Kâv. Pur.;
distinction, difference, kind, sort, species, variety S'rS. Up. MBh. &c.; disturbance, interruption,
violation, dissolution RPrât. KâtyS'r. Sâh.; disuniting, winning over to one's side by sowing
dissension (cf. {upA7ya}) Mn. Yâjñ. Kâm.; disunion, schism, dissension between (instr.) or in
(comp.) MBh. Var. Râjat.; change, alteration, modification MBh. S'ak.; contraction (cf.
{bhrUbh-}) [766,2]; evacuation (of the bowels) S'ârngS.; (in astron.) a partic. crossing or
conjunction of the planets; one of the ways in which an eclipse ends (cf. {kukSi-bh-}); (in math.)
the hypothenuse of a right-angled triangle; (in dram.) = {saMhati-bhedana}, or = {pro7tsAhana},
Sâh; (in phil.) dualism, duality (cf. comp.); N. of a man AV.; pl. N. of a people RV.

bhedaM = the differences

bhedana = breaking through, piercing

bhedaaGYaanaM = difference/otherness/duality

bheruNDa = terrible
bheruNDaasana = the formidable posture

bheryaH = large drums

bheshaja = medicine, antidote, cure* = mf({I})n. (fr. 1. {bhiSaj}) curing, healing, sanative RV. AV.
AitBr.; n. a remedy, medicine, medicament, drug, remedy against (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; a
spell or charm (for curative purposes (generally from Atharva-veda) S'rS.; water Naigh. i, 12;
Nigella Indica W.

bibharshi * V: manifest, assume, bear, accept, carry\\ S.G: assume, maintain (and perpetuate)

bibhrat* = mfn. (pr.p. of {bhR}) bearing, carrying RV. &c. &

bhid.h = to break

bhidA* = f. splitting, bursting, destroying, destruction Ka1v. (cf. %{dur-bhida}); separation (see
%{-bhRt}); distinction, difference Ka1v. BhP.; a kind or species. Sa1h.; coriander L.

bhiNDiH = (f) ladies-finger, okra

bhitaaH = out of fear

bhittiH = (m) walls

bhinnaa = separated

bhilla = tribal

bhiiru * = mf({U8})n. fearful, timid, cowardly, afraid of (abl. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; (with
{paratra}) dreading the beyond or the hereafter Yâjñ. Sch. (ifc. expressive of blame Ganar. on
Pân. 2-1, 53); m. a jackal L. (cf. {pheru}); a tiger L.; various kinds of fish L.; a centipede L.; a kind
of sugarcane L.; Asparagus Racemosus L.; f. a timid woman (esp. voc. `" {bhIru} "', `" O timid
one! "') Kâv.; a shadow L.; a she-goat L.; Solanum Jacquini L.; n. a species of plant L. [758, 3];
silver L

bhiitaM = fearful

bhiitabhiitaH = fearful

bhiitaani = out of fear

bhiiti = fear

bhiitiM = fear

bhiitiH = fear

bhiima = terrible* = mf({A})n. fearful, terrific, terrible awful formidable, tremendous RV. &c. &c.
(ibc., fearfully &c.); m. Rumex Vesicarius L.; N. of Rudra-S'iva Âs'vGri. Un. Sch.; of one of the 8
forms of S'iva Pur.; of one of the 11 Rudras Pur.; of a Devagandharva MBh.; of one of the Devas
called Vajñamush ib.; of a Dânava ib. Kathâs.; of a Vidyâdhara Kathâs.; of a son of the Râkshasa
Kumbhakarna Cat.; of the second son of Pându (also called) Bhima-sena and Vriiko7dara; he was
only the reputed son of PñPându, being really the son of his wife Priithâ or Kuntî by the wind-god
Vâyu, and was noted for his size, strength and appetite) MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.; of sev. other men
AitBr. MBh. Hariv. &c.; pl. the race of Bhima MBh.; ({A}) f. a whip L.; a bullock's gall-stone L.; N.
of a form of Durgâ Hariv.; of an Apsaras R.; of sev. rivers MBh.; of a district Râjat.; of a town
Buddh.

bhiimakarmaa = one who performs herculean tasks

bhiimaarjuna = to Bhima and Arjuna

bhiishhma = by Grandfather Bhishma

bhiishhmaM = unto Grandfather Bhishma

bhiishhmaH = Grandfather Bhishma

bhikshaapaatram.h = (n) begging bowl

bhikshukaH = (m) beggar

bhikshu* = m. a beggar, mendicant, religious mñmendicant (esp. a Brâhman in the fourth

Âs'rama or period of his life, when he subsists entirely on alms) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 55 n. 1); a
Buddhist mendicant or monk Kathâs. Lalit. (cf. MWB. 55); a partic. Buddha L.; Asteracantha
Longifolia L.; Sphaerantus Mollis L.; N. of an Ângirasa (author of RV. x, 117) RAnukr.; of a son of
Bhoja Râjat.; of a poet Cat.; n. N. of an Upanishad (cf. {bhikSuko7paniSad}),

bhikshucaryA* = f. `" a mendicant's course of life "', begging BhP.

bhikshusUtra* = n. a collection of rules or precepts for mendicants Pân. 4-3, 110; {-bhASya-
vArttika} n. N. of a Comm. on prec.

bhikshuka* = m. a beggar, mendicant, a Brâhman of the mñmendicant order (cf. {bhikSu}) GriS.
Mn. MBh. &c. (RTL. 386); ({I}) f. see below.

bhikshukasatI* = f. a virtuous female mendicant L.

bhikshukI* = f. (of prec.) a female mendicant MBh. R. &c.

bhikshuNI* = f. a Buddhist female mendicant or nun Lalit. DivyA7v. (MWB. 86).

bho = exclamatory word for addressing a person

bho-bhoh * = see bhos* n (fr. {bhavas} voc. of {bhavat} q.v.; before vowels and soft consonants
{bho}; before hard consonants {bhos} and {bhoH}; the latter form also in pause cf. Pân. 8-3, 17
&c.; but there is occasional confusion of these forms, esp. in later literature; often also
{bhobhoH}.), an interjection or voc. particle commonly used in addressing another person or
several persons = O! Ho! Hallo l, in soliloquies = alas! S'Br. &c. &c. (according to L. a particle of
sorrow and of interrogation).

bhoutikashaastram.h = physics

bhoktavya = should be used, enjoyed

bhoktaa = the enjoyer

bhoktR* = m. ({trI} f.) one who enjoys or eats, enjoyer, eater, experiencer, feeler, sufferer
MaitrUp. MBh. &c. (also as fut. of 3. {bhuj} R.); a possessor, ruler of a land, king, prince Inscr.; a
husband, lover L.

bhogatva* = n. the state of being curved or winding, curvedness Kâm. 1.

bhogi* = in comp. for 1. {bhogin}.

bhogadA* = f. `" granting enjñenjoyments "'N. of the goddess of the Pingalas Cat. [767,3

bhoktaaraM = the beneficiary

bhoktiaa = one who enjoys

bhoktuM = to enjoy life

bhoktritve = in enjoyment

bhoga = enjoyment

bhoga* = 1 m. (1. {bhuj}) any winding or curve, coil (of a serpent) RV. &c. &c.; the expanded hood
of a snake Hariv. Kâm. Pañcat.; a partic. kind of military array Kâm.; a snake Suparn.; the body
L.\\2 m. (3. {bhuj}) enjoyment, eating, feeding on RV. &c. &c. (with Jainas `" enjoying once "', as
opp. to {upa-bhoga}, q.v.); use, application S'Br. GriS'rS. &c.; fruition, usufruct, use of a deposit
&c. Mn. Yâjñ.; sexual enjoyment Mn. MBh. &c.; enjñenjoyment of the earth or of a country i.e.
rule, sway MârkP.; experiencing, feeling, perception (of pleasure or pain) Mn. MBh. &c.; profit,
utility, advantage, pleasure, delight RV. &c. &c.; any object of enjoyment (as food, a festival &c.)
MBh. R.; possession, property, wealth, revenue Mn. MBh. &c.; hire, wages (esp. of prostitution)
L.; (in astron.) the passing through a constellation VarBriS.; the part of the ecliptic occupied by
each of the 27 lunar mansions Sûryas.; (in arithm.) the numerator of a fraction (?) W.; N. of a
teacher Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; n. w.r. for {bhogya} or {bhAgya}.

bhogarataH = indulging in worldly pleasures

bhogaaH = material enjoyment

bhogaan.h = enjoyable things

bhogaiH = enjoyment

bhogi = serpent (that has bhoga, meaning hood)

bhogii = the enjoyer

bhogin* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 3) furnished with windings or curves or rings, curved, ringed (as a
serpent) R. BhP. &c.; m. a serpent or sñserpent-demon MBh. Kâv. &c.; a kind of shrub L.; ({inI})
f. a serpent nymph R. \\2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 2) enjoying, eating MârkP. Prasang.; having or
offering enjoyments, devoted to enjñenjoyments, wealthy, opulent MBh. Yâjñ. Var. &c.; suffering,
experiencing, undergoing Kap.; using, possessing MW.; m. a voluptuary MW.; a king L.; the head
man of a village L.; a barber L.; = {vaiyAvRtti-kara} (?) L.; a person who accumulates money for a
partic. expenditure W.; N. of a prince VP.; ({inI}) f. a kind of heroine Bhar.; the concubine of a
king or a wife not regularly consecrated with him L.

bhojanaM = eating

bhojanashaalaa = (f) dining room

bhojaneshhu = or while eating together

bhojotsavaH = (m) feast

bhokshyase = you enjoy

bhrama* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) wandering or roaming about, roving over or through (comp.) Kathâs.;
moving about, rolling (as of the eyes) Râjat.; turning round, revolving, rotation (acc. with {dA} =
to swing) MBh. Sûryas. Hcat.; a whirling flame RV.; a whirlpool, eddy Prab.; a spring, fountain,
watercourse L.; a potter's wheel Sânkhyak.; (v.l. {-mi}), a grindstone (see comp.); a gimlet or
auger L.; a circle Âryabh.; giddiness, dizziness Sus'r.; confusion, perplexity, error, mistake (ifc.
mistaking anything for) Hariv. Kâv. Râjat. &c.; ({At}) ind. by an error or mistake Gît.

bhaaama* = m. roaming about, unsteadiness Gît.

bhraamaka * = mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) causing error, deceitful, false R. Sch.; m. n. `" causing (scil.
iron) to turn round "', a magnet (also {-kA7dri}, m.) L.; m. `" turning round (scil. towards the
sun?) "', a sunflower, heliotrope L.; a deceiver, cheat L.; ({akA}) f. a species of plant L.

bhraamarin vmfn. (fr. prec.) affected with vertigo or epilepsy Mn. iii, 161; whirling round,
revolving W.; made of honey. ib.

bhraama * = roaming about, unsteadiness

bhraamayan.h = causing to travel

bhrashtha* = mfn. fallen, dropped, fallen down or from or off (abl. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; (with or
scil. {divaH}), fallen from the sky i.e. banished to the earth Kathâs. S'ukas.; broken down,
decayed, ruined, disappeared, lost, gone MBh. Kâv. &c.; fled or escaped from, rid of (abl.) Kathâs.;
strayed or separated from, deprived of (abl. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; depraved, vicious, a
backslider W.; ({A}) f. a fallen or unchaste woman MW.

bhras'ishtha* = mfn. (superl.) most (very) powerful or strong or vehement Pat. on Pân. 6-4, 161.

bhras'iiyas* = mfn. (compar.) more (very) powerful &c. ib.

bhras'iman* = m. potency, vehemence, strength g. {dRDhA7di}.

bhras'* = see {bhraMz}, p. 769, col. 1.

bhras'iman* = {bhraziSTha}, {-zIyas} see p. 766, col. 1.

bhras'* = see {bhraMz}, p. 769, col. 1.

bhras'iman* = {bhraziSTha}, {-zIyas} see p. 766, col. 1.

bhraas'* = (v.l. {bhrAs}; cf. {bhlAz}) cl. 1. 4. Â. {bhrAzate}, {-zyate} Pân. 3-1, 70 ({-zyati} Naigh.;
pf. {babhrAze} and {bhreze} Pân. 6-4, 125; fut. {bhrAziSyate}, {-zitA} aor. {abhrAziSTa}), to
shine, glitter Dhâtup. xix, 76: Caus. {bhrAzayati} (aor. {ababhrAzat}, or {abibhrazat}) Gr.: Desid.
{bibhrAziSate} ib.: Intens. {bAbhrAzyate}, {bAbhrASTi} ib.

bhraa4s'ya* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be struck down or overthrown RV.

bhraas'* = (v.l. {bhrAs}; cf. {bhlAz}) cl. 1. 4. Â. {bhrAzate}, {-zyate} Pân. 3-1, 70 ({-zyati} Naigh.;
pf. {babhrAze} and {bhreze} Pân. 6-4, 125; fut. {bhrAziSyate}, {-zitA} aor. {abhrAziSTa}), to
shine, glitter Dhâtup. xix, 76: Caus. {bhrAzayati} (aor. {ababhrAzat}, or {abibhrazat}) Gr.: Desid.
{bibhrAziSate} ib.: Intens. {bAbhrAzyate}, {bAbhrASTi} ib.

bhraatra * = m. a brother (see {mAtur-bh-}); n. brotherhood, fraternity RV.

bhraatri * = m. (connection with {bhR} doubtful) a brother (often used to designate a near
relative or an intimate friend, esp. as a term of friendly address) RV. &c. &c.; du. brother and
sister Pân. 1-2, 68. [Cf. Zd. {brâtar}; Gk. $ &c.; Lat. &234074[770, 2] {frater}; Lith. {broter-e7lis};
Slav. {bratru7}; Goth. {brothar}; Germ. {bruoder}, {Bruder}; Eng. {brother}.]

bhraatrika * = (ifc., with f. {A}) = {bhrAtR}, a brother Kâlid. (cf. {a-} and {sa-bh-}); mf({I})n.
coming from or belonging to a brother, brotherly, fraternal Pân. 4-3, 78 Sch.

bhraa4trivya * = m. a father's brother's son, cousin AV. Râjat.; (mostly with {a4-priya}, {dviSa4t}
&c.) a hostile cousin, rival, adversary, enemy AV. VS. Br. R. BhP.; n. (with {indrasya}) N. of a
Sâman ÂrshBr.

bhraatrIya * = m. a (father's) brother's son, nephew Pân. 4-1, 144; mfn. fraternal, belonging or
relating to a brother W.

bhraatreya * = m. = prec. m. Bh

bhraataH = (m) brother

bhraatarau = the two brothers

bhraataa = brother

bhraatri = brother

bhraatrikaaraka = Significator of Brother which is Mars

bhraatrin.h = brothers

bhraanta = lost

bhraanti = confusion

bhraantidarshana = a delusion

bhrama*=m. (ifc. f. {A}) wandering or roaming about, roving over or through (comp.) Kathâs.;
moving about, rolling (as of the eyes) Râjat.; turning round, revolving, rotation (acc. with {dA} =
to swing) MBh. Sûryas. Hcat.; a whirling flame RV.; a whirlpool, eddy Prab.; a spring, fountain,
watercourse L.; a potter's wheel Sânkhyak.; (v.l. {-mi}), a grindstone (see comp.); a gimlet or
auger L.; a circle Âryabh.; giddiness, dizziness Sus'r.; confusion, perplexity, error, mistake (ifc.
mistaking anything for) Hariv. Kâv. Râjat. &c.; ({At}) ind. by an error or mistake Gît.

bhramati = (1 pp) to roam, to wander

bhramatva * = n. (in phil.) the being an error, erroneousness.

bhramat * = mfn. wandering about, roaming MBh.

bhramara-ja * = mfn. produced by bees (as honey) L.

bhramarA7ri * = m. `" bee-enemy "' = {bhramara-mArI} (q.v.) L.

bhramaraka * = m. n. a curl on the forehead L. (cf. {bhramarA7laka}); m. a bee L.; a ball for
playing with L.; a whirlpool L.; ({ikA}) f. wandering in all directions ({-dRSTi} f. a wñwandering
glance BhP.); n. a humming-top ({-bhrAmam} with Caus. of {bhram}, to cause to spin like a
humming-top Bâlar.); honey of the large black bee L.

bhramarAya * = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to resemble a bee Subh.

bhramaórita * = mfn. covered with bees Naish.

bhramAya * = (accord. to g. {bhrizA7di} fr. p. {bhramat}) Nom. Â. {-yate}, (prob.) to begin

turning round or revolving, to roam about. [770, 1]

bhraanta* = mfn. wandering or roaming about MBh. Kâv. &c.; having wandered about or through
(with acc.) Kathâs.; wandered about or through (n. impers. with instr., `" it has been wandering
about by "') S'ârngP. Kathâs.; moving about unsteadily, rolling, reeling, whirling MBh. Kâv.;
perplexed, confused, being in doubt or error ib.; m. an elephant in rut L.; a species of thorn-apple
L.; n. roaming about, moving to and fro Kâv. Pañcat. Sus'r.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv.;
error, mistake Cân.

bhraanta* = bhrikuTi = upper part of the eye-lashes and lower part of the forehead

BhriguH = Bhrigu

bhrijjati = to bake

bhrit.h = one who carries

bhrit * = mfn. bearing, carrying, bringing, procuring, possessing, wearing, having, nourishing,
supporting, maintaining (only ifc.; cf. {iSu-}, {kSiti-}, {dharma-}, {vaMza-bhRt} &c.)

bhrittva* = n. see {zastrA7stra-bhRt-tva}.

bhritaka* = mfn. brought, fetched (see {drAg-bh-}); mfn. hired, receiving wages; m. a hired
labourer, servant Mn. MBh. &c.; ({ikA}) f. hire, wages DivyA7v.

bhritin* = see {saMvatsara-bhRtin}.

bhritya* = mfn. to be nourished or maintained; m. one who is to be mñmaintained, a dependent,
servant (also the sñservant of a king, a minister) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. [765,1]; ({A}) f. support,
maintenance, wages &c. (= {bhRti}). L.; nursing, care of(cf. {kumAra-bhRtyA}).

bhrityAya* = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to behave like a servant Kathâs.

bhritra* = m. (?) Siddh.

bhritha* = (prob.) m. offering, oblation (of Soma) RV.; a turtle, tortoise L.

bhritvan* = mfn. collecting, accumulating AV.

bhrita* = mfn. borne, carried &c. (see prec.); gained, acquired Kathâs.; (ifc.) filled, full of. ib.;
hired, paid (as a servant) Mn. MBh. &c. ({bhakta-venayor bhRtaH}, `" one who receives board
and wages "'; cf. {kSIra-bh-}); m. a hireling, hired servant or labourer, mercenary Yâjñ. Sch.

bhrita* = {bhRtya} &c. see p. 764

bhritya = servant

bhrisha = (adv) ample

brahmacarya * = n. study of the Veda, the state of an unmarried religious student, a state of
continence and chastity (also {A} f. Hariv.) AV. &c. &c. (acc. with {grah}, {car}, {vas}, {A-gam},
{upa-i}, to practise chñchastity; cf. {-cArin}); {-tva} n. the unmarried state, continence, chastity
Hariv.; {-vat} mfn. leading the life of an unmarried religious student, practising chñchastity
Âpast. MBh.; {-vrata} n. a vow of chñchastity, BeahmaP.; {-skhalana} n. deviating from
chñchastity MW.; {-ryA7zrama} m. the period of unmarried religious studentship MBh.

bhramara = a large bee

bhramarakam.h = (n) a top (spun using a thread)

bhramarii = the bee breath

bhramiH = a screw

bhrita * = mfn. borne, carried &c. (see prec.); gained, acquired Kathâs.; (ifc.) filled, full of. ib.;
hired, paid (as a servant) Mn. MBh. &c. ({bhakta-venayor bhRtaH}, `" one who receives board
and wages "'; cf. {kSIra-bh-}); m. a hireling, hired servant or labourer, mercenary Yâjñ. Sch.

bhris'a* = mfn. (perhaps the original meaning may be `" falling heavily "' cf. {bhraz}) strong,
vehement, mighty, powerful, frequent, abundant (often ibc. cf. below; rarely as an independent
word; cf. {subhRta}) Mn. MBh. &c.; ibc and({am}) ind. strongly, violently, vehemently,
excessively, greatly, very much Mn. MBh. &c.; harshly, severely ChUp.; quickly, without hesitation
MBh.; often, frequently R.; eminently, in a superior manner L.; m. a partic. tutelary deity VarBri.

bhruvoH = the eyebrows

bhruuH = brow

bhuu *= to turn into an inauspicious omen Naish. iii, 9.

bhu* =mfn. (ifc.) = 2. %{bhI}, becoming being existing, produced (cf. %{agni-}, %{pra-bhu} &c.)

bhuu *= 1 cl. 1. P. (Dha1tup. i, 1) %{bha4vati} (rarely A1. %{-te}; pf. %{babhU4va}, 2. pers. %{-
U4tha} or %{-Uvitha} cf. Pa1n2. 7-2, 64; %{babhUyAs}, %{-yA4r}, %{babhUtu} RV.; A1.
%{babhUve} or %{bubhUve} Vop.; cf. below; aor. %{a4bhUt}, %{-Uvan}; Impv. %{bodhi4} [cf.
%{budh}], %{bhUtu} RV.; aor. or impf. %{a4bhuvat}, %{bhu4vat}, %{bhuvAni} ib.; Prec.
%{bhUyAsam}, 2. 3. sg. %{-yAs} ib. [760,2]; %{bhUyAt} AV.; %{bhUyiSThAs} BhP.; %{bhaviSAt}
[?] AitBr.; %{abhaviSta}, %{bhaviSISta}. Gr.; fut. %{bhaviSya4ti}, ep. also %{-te} and 2. pl. %{-
Syadhvam}; %{bhavitA} Br. &c.; inf. %{bhuve4}, %{-bhve4}, %{bhUSa4Ni} RV.; %{bhavitum},
%{-tos} Br.; ind. p. %{bhUtvA4}; %{bhUtvI4} RV.; %{-bhU4ya} RV. &c.; %{-bhU4yam}, %{-
bha4vam} Br.), to become, be (with nom, or adv. or indecl. words ending in %{I} or %{U} cf.
%{kRSNI-bhU} &c.), arise, come into being, exist, be found, live, stay, abide, happen, occur RV.
&c. &c. (often used with participles and other verbal nouns to make periphrastical verbal forms;
with a fut. p. = to be going or about to e.g. %{anuvakSyan@bhavati}, he is going to recite S3Br.;
the fut. of %{bhU} with a pf. p. = a fut. pf. e.g. %{kRtavAn@bhaviSyasi}, you will have done MBh.;
the pf. P. %{babhUva} after the syllable %{Am} is put for the pf. of verbs of the 10. cl. &c. [cf. 1.
%{as} and 1. %{kR}]; the A1. appears in this meaning S3is3. ix, 84 Kum. xiv. 46; observe also
%{bhavati} with a fut. tense, it is possible that, e.g. %{bhavati@bhavAn@yAjayiSyati}, it is
possible that you will cause a sacrifice to be performed Pa1n2. 3-3, 146 Sch.; %{bhavet}, may be,
granted, admitted Ka1s3. on P. iii, 2. 114; %{bhavatu} id., well, good, enough of this Ka1v. Hit.;
%{iticed@bhavet}, if this question should be asked Mn. x, 66; %{kva@tad@bhavati}, what is to
become of this, it is quite useless TBr.; with %{na} = to cease to exist, perish, die MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
with %{iha@na}, not to be born on earth MBh.; with %{zata-dhA}, to fall into a hundred pieces
MBh.; with %{dUrataH}, to keep aloof. S3a1rn3gP.; with %{manasi} or %{cetasi} and gen., to
occur to the mind of any one Ka1d.; id. with gen. alone Lalit.); to fall to the share or become the
property of, belong to (cf. `" esse alicujus; `" with gen., rarely dat. or loc. accord. to Vop. also with
%{pari} or %{prati} and preceding acc.) RV. &c. &c.; to be on the side of, assist (with gen. or %{-
tas}) MBh. 1301 (cf. Pa1n2. 5-4, 48 Sch.); to serve for, tend or conduce to (with dat. of thing) RV.
&c. &c. (with %{phalAya}. to bear fruit Ka1m.); to be occupied with or engaged in, devote one's
self to (with loc.) MBh. Ka1v.; to thrive or prosper in (instr.), turn out well, succeed RV. TS. Br.; to
be of consequence or useful Mn. iii, 181; (also A1. Dha1tup. xxxiv, 37) to fall, or get into, attain to,
obtain Br. MBh.; (with %{ida4m}) to obtain it i.e. be successful or fortunate TS.: Pass.
%{bhUyate} (or %{-ti} Up.; aor. %{abhAvi}) sometimes used impers. e.g. %{yair@bhaviSyate}, by
whom it will be existed i.e. who will be Ra1jat.: Caus. %{bhAvayati} (rarely %{-te}; aor.
%{abIbhavat} Gr.; inf. %{bhAvitum} R.; Pass. %{bhAvyate} &c. MBh.), to cause to be or become,
call into existence or life, originate, produce, cause, create Pur. Sa1h.; to cherish, foster, animate,
enliven, refresh, encourage, promote, further AitUp. MBh. &c.; to addict or devote one's self to,
practise (acc.) MBh. HYog.; to subdue, control R.; (also A1. Dha1tup. xxxiv, 37) to obtain Jaim.
Sch.; to manifest, exhibit, show, betray MBh. Ka1m. Das3.; to purify BhP.; to present to the mind,
think about, consider, know, recognize as or take for (two acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to mingle, mix,
saturate, soak, perfume Kaus3. Sus3r. (cf. %{bhAvita}, p. 755, col. 1): Desid, of Caus.
%{bibhAvayiSati} (Pa1n2. 7-4, 80 Sch.), to wish to cause to be &c. Br.: Desid. %{bu4bhUSati}
(%{-te}), to wish or strive to become or be RV. &c. &c.; (with %{kSipram}), to strive to be quickly
possessed MBh.; to want to get on, strive to prosper or succeed TS. Br. MBh.; to want to have,
care for, strive after, esteem, honour MBh. Hariv.; to want to take revenge BhP.: Intens,
%{bo4bhavIti}, %{bobhavati}, %{bobhoti}, %{bibhUyate}, to be frequently, to be in the habit of
BhP. Bhat2t2.; to be transformed into (acc.) RV. AV.; (with %{tiraH}), to keep anything (instr.)
secret S3Br. [Cf. Zd. {bu1}; Gk. $, $; Lat. {fuit}, {fuat} &c.; Slav. {byti}; Lith. &231127[760,2]
{bu4ti}; Germ. {bim}, {bim}; Angl. Sax. {beo4}; Eng. {be}.]

bhU

2 mfn. becoming, being, existing, springing, arising (ifc.; cf. %{akSi-}, %{giri-}, %{citta-},
%{padmabhU} &c.); m. N. of Vishn2u MBh. xii, 1509 (Ni1lak.); of an Eka7ha S3rS.; f. the act of
becoming or arising Pa1n2. 1-4, 31; the place of being, space, world or universe (also pl.) RV. AV.
[761,1]; the earth (as constituting one of the 3 worlds, and therefore a symbolical N. for the
number `" one "') Mn. MBh. &c.; one of the three Vya1hr2itis (see %{bhu4vas}, %{bhUr}, pp. 760
and 763); earth (as a substance), ground, soil, land, lauded property ib.; floor, pavement Megh.; a
place, spot, piece of ground RV. &c. &c.; the base of any geometrical figure A1ryabh.; object,
matter (see %{vivAdasaMvAda-bhU}); a term for the letter %{l} Ra1matUp.; a sacrificial fire L.

bhuja * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the arm MBh. Kâv. &c. ({bhujayor antaram}, the breast Bhartri.; cf.
{bhujA7ntara}); the hand Pân. 7-3, 61; the trunk of an elephant MBh. iii, 15736; a branch, bough
BhP.; a bending, curve, coil (of a serpent; see comp. below); the side of any geometrical figure
KâtyS'r. Sch.; the base of a triangle Sûryas.; the base of a shadow ib.; the supplement of 2 or 4
right angles or the complement of 3 right angles MW.; ({A}) f. see col. 2.

bhujaa * =f. a winding, curve, coil (of a snake) BhP.; the arm or hand, Pracand. (cf. comp.); the
side of any geometrical figure, Aryabh. Hcat.

bhukta * = mfn. enjoyed, eaten, made use of, possessed &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; one who has eaten a
meal (= {bhukta-vat} Siddh.) Kaus'. Sus'r. (cf. {bhukta-pIta}); n. the act of eating L.; the thing
eaten or enjoyed, food MBh. (ifc. feeding or living on Pañcat.); the place where any person has
eaten R. (cf. Pân. 2-2, 13 Sch.)

bhuja = arm or shoulder * m. (ifc. f. {A}) the arm MBh. Kâv. &c. ({bhujayor antaram}, the breast
Bhartri.; cf. {bhujA7ntara}); the hand Pân. 7-3, 61; the trunk of an elephant MBh. iii, 15736; a
branch, bough BhP.; a bending, curve, coil (of a serpent; see comp. below); the side of any
geometrical figure KâtyS'r. Sch.; the base of a triangle Sûryas.; the base of a shadow ib.; the
supplement of 2 or 4 right angles or the complement of 3 right angles MW.; ({A}) f. see col. 2.

bhujaa*= f. a winding, curve, coil (of a snake) BhP.; the arm or hand, Pracand. (cf. comp.); the
side of any geometrical figure, Aryabh. Hcat.

bhuja.nga = snake

bhujanga = snake

bhujan.gaasana = the cobra posture

bhujaasana = the arm posture

bhujau = upper arms

bhukta* = mfn. enjoyed, eaten, made use of, possessed &c. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; one who has eaten a
meal (= %{bhukta-vat} Siddh.) Kaus3. Sus3r. (cf. %{bhukta-pIta}); n. the act of eating L.; the
thing eaten or enjoyed, food MBh. (ifc. feeding or living on Pan5cat.); the place where any person
has eaten R. (cf. Pa1n2. 2-2, 13 Sch.)

bhukti = The Sub-period in a Dasha. Also known as the Antara * = f. enjoyment, eating,
consuming, A1s3Gr2. Pan5cat.; fruition, possession, usufruct Mn. Ya1jn5. Ka1v.; food, victuals
Ka1v. Ra1jat.; (in astron.) the daily motion of a planet Su1ryas. (cf. %{pakSa-bh-}); a limit MW.

bhuktvaa = enjoying

bhunkte = enjoys
bhunkshva = enjoy

bhuj.h = to eat

bhuJNjate = enjoy

bhuJNjaanaM = enjoying

bhuJNjiiya = one has to enjoy

bhutaH = (past part.)was there

bhudaana = the donation of land

bhunaktu = (may) eat or enjoy

bhumiH = the earth

bhumikatva = firm ground

bhumii = the object of meditation

bhumau = on the earth

bhuvaH = the upper world

bhur* = (prob. a secondary form of {bhri} not in Dhâtup.), P.Â. {bhura4ti}, {-te}, to move rapidly
or convulsively, stir, palpitate, quiver, struggle (in swimming) RV.: Intens. {ja4rbhurIti} (p.
{ja4rbhurat}, {-rANa}), to flicker (as fire) ib. (Cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {furere}.] &230993[760,1]

bhuva* = {-vat}, {-vana} &c. see cols. 2. 3. * = bhuva* = m. N. of Agni VS. (Mahîdh.) Kaus'.; of a
son of Pratihartrii VP.; a mushroom L.; (prob. n.) = {bhuvas}, the atmosphere.

bhûr* = ind. (orig. = {bhUs} nom. voc. of 2. {bhU}) one of the 3 Vyâhriitis (q.v.), `" the earth "'
(the first of the 7 upper worlds; cf. {bhu4vas}) VS. &c. &c.; hell L.; = next Hariv.

bhuvana = home

bhuvi = in this world

bhushuNDii = (f) rifle, gun

bhuu = (v) to become, appear

bhuud.h = was

bhuuH = become

bhuuri* = mfn. much, many, abundant, frequent, numerous, great, important, strong, mighty RV.
&c. &c.; ({I}) ind. much, abundantly, greatly, often, frequently ib. ({bhU4ri kR4tvas}, many times,
repeatedly RV. iii, 18, 4); m. N. of Brahmâ or Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Soma-datta (king of
the Bâlhikas) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. n. gold L.; f. (cf. Pâli {bhUrI}) reason, intellect Lalit.

bhuuta = happened, the spirits, the dead, attendants of S'iva* = mf({A})n. become, been, gone,
past (n. the past) RV. &c. &c.; actually happened, true, real (n. an actual occurrence, fact, matter
of fact, reality) Yâjñ. R. &c.; existing, present Kan.; (ifc.) being or being like anything, consisting
of, mixed or joined with Prât. Up. Mn. &c. (also to form adj. out of adv., e.g. {ittham-}, {evam-},
{tathA-bh-}); purified L.; obtained L.; fit, proper L.; often w.r. for {bhRta}; m. a son, child L.; a
great devotee or ascetic L.; (pl.) N. of an heretical sect (with Jainas, a class of the Vyantaras) L.; N.
of S'iva L.; of a priest of the gods L.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Pauravî BhP.; of a son-in-law of
Daksha and father of numerous Rudras ib.; of a Yaksha Cat.; ({A} f.) the 14th day of the dark half
of the lunar month SkandaP. (L. also m.); N. of a woman HParis'.; n. (cf. above) that which is or
exists, any living being (divine, human, animal, and even vegetable), the world (in these senses
also m.) RV. &c. &c.; a spirit (good or evil), the ghost of a deceased person, a demon, imp, goblin
(also m.) GriS. Up. Mn. &c. (cf. RTL. 241); an element, one of the 5 elements (esp. a gross
elñelement = {mahA-bh-} q.v.; but also a subtle elñelement = {tan-mAtra} q.v.; with Buddhists
there are only 4 elñelement) Up. Sânkhyak. Veda7ntas. &c.; N. of the number `" five "' (cf. {mahA-
bh-} and {pAJcabhautika}); well-being, welfare, prosperity VS. TS. AitBr.

bhuutagaNaan.h = ghosts

bhuutagraamaM = all the cosmic manifestations

bhuutagraamaH = the aggregate of all living entities

bhuutabhartri = the maintainer of all living entities

bhuutabhaavana = O origin of everything

bhuutabhaavanaH = the source of all manifestations

bhuutabhaavodbhavakaraH = producing the material bodies of the living entities

bhuutabhrit.h = the maintainer of all living entities

bhuutala = on the surface of the earth

bhuutasargau = created living beings

bhuutasthaH = in the cosmic manifestation

bhuutasya = of forms

bhuutaanaaM = of living entities

bhuutaani = living entities (that are born)

bhuutaanii = all that are created

bhuutiH = exceptional power

bhuuti * = f. existence, being L.; well-being, thriving, prosperity, might, power, wealth, fortune
RV. &c. &c.; Welfare personified (= {lakSmI}) BhP.; superhuman power (as attainable by the
practice of austerity and magical rites) W.; ornament, decoration Megh. 19; ashes Kâv. Kathâs.;
fried meat L. (?); = {bhUmi}, earth, ground AitBr. (Sây.); (with {marutAm}) N. of a Sâman
ÂrshBr.; of various plants (Andropogon Schoenanthus or = {rohiSa} &c.) L.; (also {-tI}), of the
wife of Ruci or Kavi and the mother of Manu Bhautya Hariv. VP.; m. a class of deceased ancestors
MârkP.; N. of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva L.; of the father of Manu Bhautya MârkP.; of a Brâhman L.

bhuutejyaaH = worshipers of ghosts and spirits

bhuutesha = O Lord of everything

bhuuteshhu = living entities

bhuutvaa = having come into being

bhuupa = king

bhuupaTaH = (m) map, chart

bhuupati = lord of the earth (king)

bhuubhrit.h = mountain

bhUman * = n. the earth, world RV. AV.; a territory, country, district Âs'vGri.; a being (pl) the
aggregate of all existing things RV.; ({bhUma4n}) m. abundance, plenty, wealth, opulence,
multitude, majority RV. &c. &c. (ifc. filled with Mcar.; {bhUmnA} ind. generally, usually Kâv.
Râjat.; {bhUnA4} ind. plentifully, abundantly RV.); the pl. number ({bhUmni}, in the plural) L.;
N. of Kriishna BhP.; f. a collection, assembly S'ânkhBr.

bhUmaNDala* = n. `" earth-circle "', orbis terrarum, the terrestrial globe Cân. Pur. Kathâs. &c.;
the circumference or circuit of the earth Sûryas.

bhuumiH = earth* f. (Ved. also nom. {bhU4mI} gen. abl. {-myAs} loc. {-myAm}) the earth, soil,
ground RV. &c. &c.; (pl. divisions of the world; cf. {bhUmi-traya}); a territory. country, district
ib.; a place, situation S'Br. &c. &c.; position, posture, attitude MBh. Kâv. &c.; the part or
personification (played by an actor) Kathâs.; the, floor of a house, story Megh. Kathâs.; the area
S'ulbas.; the base of any geometrical figure Col.; (metaph.) a step, degree, stage Yogas. (with
Buddhists there are 10 or 13 stages of existence or perfection Dharmas. 45; 46); extent, limit Kir.;
(ifc.) a matter, subject, object, receptacle i.e. fit object or person for (cf. {vizvAsa-}, {sneha-bh-}
&c., and {pAtra}, {bhAjana}); the tongue L.; m. N. of a son or grandson of Yuyudhâna and father
of Yugandhara Hariv. VP.

bhuumiti = geometry

bhuumiisuta = A name for the planet Mars

bhuumnaa= m*V= supreme. unlimited

bhuuyaH = repeatedly

bhuuyo = again
bhuuri = much, great* = mfn. much, many, abundant, frequent, numerous, great, important,
strong, mighty RV. &c. &c.; ({I}) ind. much, abundantly, greatly, often, frequently ib. ({bhU4ri
kR4tvas}, many times, repeatedly RV. iii, 18, 4); m. N. of Brahmâ or Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of
Soma-datta (king of the Bâlhikas) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. n. gold L.; f. (cf. Pâli {bhUrI}) reason,
intellect Lalit.

bhuushanaM = ornament (Nr.nom.sing.)

bhuushhaNa = ornament

bhuushhita = adorned

bhuuya* = n. (ifc.) becoming, being (see {amutra-}, {Atma-} &c

biibhatasa* = mf({A})n. (fr. Desid. of {bAdh}) loathsome, disgusting, revolting, hideous S'ânkhBr.
S'rS. MBh. &c.; loathing, detesting L.; envious, cruel, wicked L.; changed or estranged in mind L.;
m. disgust, abhorrence; (with rasa) the sentiment of disgust (one of the 8 Rasas q.v.) Das'ar. Sâh.;
N. of Arjuna L.; ({A4}) f. loathing, abhorrence VS. (cf. {a4-b-}); n. anything loathsome or hideous,
a hñhideous sight Mâlatîm.; {-karman} mfn. doing loathsome or wicked things (as an abusive
word) Mcar.; {-tA} f. loathsomeness, detestableness MBh.; prab.

bibhrakSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of {bhrajj}) wishing to parch or destroy Bhathth.; m. fire W.

bibhrajjiSu * = m. `" that which wishes to destroy "', fire Bhathth.; {-prakhya} mfn. resembling
fire ib. (= {agni-tulya} Sch.)

bibhrat * = mfn. (pr.p. of {bhR}) bearing, carrying RV. &c. &c.

bibhakSayiSA * = f. (fr. Desid. of {bhaj}) a desire of eating or enjoying Nyâyam.

bibhakSaóyiSu * =mfn. desirous of eating MBh. MârkP.; -, {-daMSTrin} mfn. having teeth
dñdesirous of eñeating "', hungry. mouthed VarBriS.

bibhaNiSu * =mfn. (fr. Desid. of {bhaN}) desirous of speaking S'îl.

biibhatsa * =mf({A})n. (fr. Desid. of {bAdh}) loathsome, disgusting, revolting, hideous S'ânkhBr.
S'rS. MBh. &c.; loathing, detesting L.; envious, cruel, wicked L.; changed or estranged in mind L.;
m. disgust, abhorrence; (with rasa) the sentiment of disgust (one of the 8 Rasas q.v.) Das'ar. Sâh.;
N. of Arjuna L.; ({A4}) f. loathing, abhorrence VS. (cf. {a4-b-}); n. anything loathsome or hideous,
a hñhideous sight Mâlatîm.; {-karman} mfn. doing loathsome or wicked things (as an abusive
word) Mcar.; {-tA} f. loathsomeness, detestableness MBh.; prab.

bindu * = m. (once n. MBh.; in later language mostly written {vindu}) a detached particle, drop,
globule, dot, spot AV. &c. &c.; (with {hiraNyaya}) a pearl AV. xix, 30, 5 (cf. {-phala}); a drop of
water taken as a measure L.; a spot or mark of coloured paint on the body of an elephant Kum.;
(ifc. also {-ka}) the dot over a letter representing the Anusvâra (supposed to be connected with
Siva and of great mystical importance) MBh. Kathâs. BhP.; a zero or cypher R. (in manuscripts
put over an erased word to show that it ought not to be erased = `" stet "' Naish.); a partic. mark
like a dot made in cauterizing Sus'r.; a mark made by the teeth of a lover on the lips of his mistress
L.; a coloured mark made on the forehead between the eyebrows L.; (in dram.) the sudden
development of a secondary incident (which, like a drop of oil in water, expands and furnishes an
important element in the plot) Sâh. (ifc. also {-ka}); m. N. of a man g. {bidA7di}; of an Ângirasa
(author of RV. viii, 83; ix, 30) Anukr.; of the author of a Rasa-paddhati Cat.; pl. N. of a warrior
tribe g. {dAmany-Adi}.
boddhavyaM = should be understood

bodhayantaH = preaching

bodhi = supreme knowledge

bodhita = having been taught/enlightened

bodhya * = to be known or understood, to be regarded or recognized as (nom.) Veda7ntas. BhP.

Sâh. &c.; to be made known Veda7ntas.; to be enlightened or instructed Kathâs.; m. N. of a Riishi
MBh.

braahma * = mf({I})n. (fr. {brahman}, for which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) relating to
Brahma8 or Brahmâ, holy, sacred, divine AV. &c. &c.; relating to sacred knowledge, prescribed by
the Veda, scriptural Mn. ii, 150 &c.; sacred to the Veda (with or scil. {tIrtha} n. the part of the
hand situated at the root of the thumb), ii, 59 &c.; relating or belonging to the Brâhmans or the
sacerdotal class peculiar or favourable to or consisting of Brâhmans Brahmanical Mn. MBh. &c.
(with {nidhi} m. money bestowed on the sacerdotal class Mn. vii, 89); belonging to an inhabitant
of Brahmâ's world Jâtakam.; m. (with or scil. {vivAha}) N. of a form of marriage (in which the
bride is bestowed on the bridegroom without requiring anything from him) Mn. iii, 21 &c.; N. of a
man (son of Kriishna and father of Mahe7s'vara) Cat.; patr. of Nârada L.; of Kavi MBh.; of
Ûrdhva-nâbhan and Raksho-han RAnukr.; ({I}) f. see {brAhmI}; n. sacred study, study of the
Veda BhP.; (with or scil. {tIrtha}) see above.

braahma* = {brAhmaNa} &c. see p. 741.

braahmaNa = Brahmin, priest, knower of Brahma (brahmaM jaanaati iti) * = mfn. relating to or
given by a Brâhman, befitting or becoming a BrñBrâhman, Brâhmanical AV. TBr. MBh.; ({-Na4})
m. one who has divine knowledge (sometimes applied to Agni), a Brâhman, a man belonging to
the 1st of the 3 twice-born classes and of the 4 original divisions of the Hindû body (generally a
priest, but often in the present day a layman engaged in non-priestly occupations although the
name is strictly only applicable to one who knows and repeats the Veda) RV. &c. &c.; =
{brAhmaNAcchaMsin} KâtyS'r.; a Brâhman in the second stage (between Mâtra and S'rotriya)
Hcat.; N. of the 28th lunar mansion L.; ({I}) f. see {brAhmaNI}; n. that which is divine, the divine
AV.; sacred or dñdivine power ib. Âs'vGri.; Brâhmanical explanation, explanations of sacred
knowledge or doctrine (esp. for the use of the Brâhmans in their sacrifices) Br.; the Brâhmana
portion of the Veda (as distinct from its Mantra and Upanishad portion) and consisting of a class
of works called Brâhmanas (they contain rules for the employment of the Mantras or hymns at
various sacrifices, with detailed explanations of their origin and meaning and numerous old
legends; they are said by Sâyana to contain two parts: 1. {vidhi}, rules or directions for rites; 2.
{artha-vAda}, explanatory remarks; each Veda has its own Brâhmana, that of the RV. is preserved
in 2 works, viz. the Aitareya, sometimes called Âs'valâyana, and the Kaushîtaki or S'ânkhâyana-
BrñBrâhmana; the white Yajur-veda has the S'ata-patha-BrñBrâhmana; the black Yajur-veda has
the Taittirîya-BrñBrâhmana which differs little from the text of its Sanhitâ; the SV. has 8
BrñBrâhmana, the best known of which are the Praudha or Pañca-vins'a and the Shadvins'a; the
AV. has one BrñBrâhmana called Go-patha) Nir. GriS'rS. &c.; the Soma vessel of the Brahman
priest RV. AV.; a society or assemblage of Brâhmans, a conclave W.

braahmaNaH = )Masc.Nom.S) the Brahmin

braahmaNasya = of the man who knows the Supreme Brahman

braahmaNaa = sacrificial formulae1 * = mfn. relating to or given by a Bra1hman, befitting or

becoming a BrñBra1hman, Bra1hmanical AV. TBr. MBh.; (%{-Na4}) m. one who has divine
knowledge (sometimes applied to Agni), a Bra1hman, a man belonging to the 1st of the 3 twice-
born classes and of the 4 original divisions of the Hindu1 body (generally a priest, but often in the
present day a layman engaged in non-priestly occupations although the name is strictly only
applicable to one who knows and repeats the Veda) RV. &c. &c.; = %{brAhmaNAcchaMsin}
Ka1tyS3r.; a Bra1hman in the second stage (between Ma1tra and S3rotriya) Hcat.; N. of the 28th
lunar mansion L.; (%{I}) f. see %{brAhmaNI}; n. that which is divine, the divine AV.; sacred or
dñdivine power ib. A1s3vGr2.; Bra1hmanical explanation, explanations of sacred knowledge or
doctrine (esp. for the use of the Bra1hmans in their sacrifices) Br.; the Bra1hman2a portion of the
Veda (as distinct from its Mantra and Upanishad portion) and consisting of a class of works called
Bra1hman2as (they contain rules for the employment of the Mantras or hymns at various
sacrifices, with detailed explanations of their origin and meaning and numerous old legends; they
are said by Sa1yan2a to contain two parts: 1. %{vidhi}, rules or directions for rites; 2. %{artha-
vAda}, explanatory remarks; each Veda has its own Bra1hman2a, that of the RV. is preserved in 2
works, viz. the Aitareya, sometimes called A1s3vala1yana, and the Kaushi1taki or
S3a1n3kha1yana-BrñBra1hman2a; the white Yajur-veda has the S3ata-patha-BrñBra1hman2a;
the black Yajur-veda has the Taittiri1ya-BrñBra1hman2a which differs little from the text of its
Sam2hita1; the SV. has 8 BrñBra1hman2a, the best known of which are the Praud2ha or Pan5ca-
vin6s3a and the Shad2vins3a; the AV. has one BrñBra1hman2a called Go-patha) Nir. Gr2S3rS.
&c.; the Soma vessel of the Brahman priest RV. AV.; a society or assemblage of Bra1hmans, a
conclave W.

braahmaNaaH = brâhmanas

braahmaNaan.h = Brahmins

braahmaNe = in the brâhmana

braahmii = spiritual

braM = (root) to wander

bra4hma = cosmos * = 1 m. a priest (see {asura-}, {ku-}, {mahAbr-}); n. the one self-existent
Spirit, the Absolute R.

brahma * = 2 in comp. for {brahman}. - Observe that in the following derivatives the nom. n.
(Brahma8) is used for the impersonal Spirit and the nom. m. (Brahmâ) for the personal god.

brahmaaNDa* = n. `" Brahmâ's egg "', the universe, world (also pl.) Hariv. Sûryas. Pur. (also
{-kaTAha} m. Âryabh. Sch.); N. of a Purâna and an Upapurâna; {-kapAla} m. the skull or
hemisphere of the world, the inhabited earth Hcar.; {-kalpa} m. {-jJAna-mahArAja-tantra} n. and
{-tantra} n. N. of Tântric wks.; {-purANa} n. N. of one of the 18 Purânas (so called as revealed by
Brahmâ and containing an account of the egg of Brahmâ and the future Kalpas; cf. IW. 514; 521);
{-bhANDo7dara} n. the interior of the vessel-like egg of Brahmâ MW. [740,3]; {-yAmale paJcamI-
sAdhana} n. N. of wk.

brahmaM = (Acc.S)the great self

brahmacharya = control of sexual impulses

brahmacarya * = n. study of the Veda, the state of an unmarried religious student, a state of
continence and chastity (also {A} f. Hariv.) AV. &c. &c. (acc. with {grah}, {car}, {vas}, {A-gam},
{upa-i}, to practise chñchastity; cf. {-cArin}); {-tva} n. the unmarried state, continence, chastity
Hariv.; {-vat} mfn. leading the life of an unmarried religious student, practising chñchastity
Âpast. MBh.; {-vrata} n. a vow of chñchastity, BeahmaP.; {-skhalana} n. deviating from
chñchastity MW.; {-ryA7zrama} m. the period of unmarried religious studentship MBh.

brahmacharyaM = celibacy

brahmacharyaasana = the posterior stretch posture

brahmachaariNau = (2)bachelors

brahmachaarin.h = celebates, established in (the persuit of) Brahma

brahmachaarivrate = in the vow of celibacy

brahmajiGYaasaa = desire to know or understand Brahman

brahmaNaH = gen. sing. of brahman

brahmaNaa = by the spirit soul

brahmaNi = Brahman.h;God

brahmatejobalaM = the power or might arising out of the effulgence of Brahman

brahmadaNDena = (Nr.instr.S) the big egg i.e Universe

brahmadvaara = the door where kundalini enters the spine

brahman.h = the preceptor

brahmanirvaaNaM = the spiritual kingdom of God

brahmabhuH = the earth

brahmabhuyaaya = elevated to the Brahman platform

brahmabhuutaM = liberation by identification with the Absolute

brahmabhuutaH = being self-realized

brahmabhuuyaaya = for self-realization

brahmamayaH = full of Brahma (Ananda) i.e.bliss

brahmapadaM = the state/position of Brahma/god-realised state

brahmayoga = by concentration in Brahman

brahmavaadinaaM = of the transcendentalists

brahmavit.h = one who knows the Supreme perfectly

brahmavidaH = who know the Absolute

brahmasa.nsparshaM = being in constant touch with the Supreme

brahmasamaaja = Brahmasamaj, a movement in 19-20th century near Calcutta

brahmasuutra = of the Vedanta

brahmaa = non. sing of brahman, masc

brahmaaNaM = Lord Brahma

brahmaaNDapraaNa = cosmic breath

brahmaadiinaamapi = even of Brahma and others

brahmaadyaacharaNaM = practises this brahma science

brahmaasi = are Brahma

brahmaasmi = brahmA and asmi: Brahma and am

braviimi = I am speaking

braviishhi = You are explaining

briMh* = {bRnhaNa} &c. see 2. 4. {bRh}.

briMhaNa* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) making big or fat or strong, nourishing Sus'r.; m. a kind of
sweetmeat W.; n. the act of making big &c. ib.; a means for making strong or firm RPrât.

briMhaNatva* = n. the quality of making fat or strong Sus'r.; the quality of making solid or firm
Hariv.

briMhaNIya* = mfn. to be fattened or nourished Pân. 8-2 Sch.; fattening, nutritious Sus'r.

briMhayitavya* = mfn. to be nourished or strengthened Sus'r.

briMhayitR* = mfn. strengthening, increasing L.

briMhita* =1 mfn. (for 2. see under 4. {bRh}) strengthened, nourished, cherished, grown,
increased MBh. Hariv. &c.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attendant on Skanda MBh.; (v.l.
{bRMhila}). \\=2 n. (for 1. see under 2. {bRh}) the roar or noise made by elephants MBh. Kâv. &c.

brihat * mf({atI4})n. (in later language usually written {vRhat}) lofty, high, tall, great, large, wide,
vast, abundant, compact, solid, massy, strong, mighty RV. &c. &c.; full-grown, old RV.; extended
or bright (as a luminous body) ib.; clear, loud (said of sounds) ib.; m. N. of a Marut Hariv.; of a
prince MBh.; of a son of Su-hotra and father of Aja-midha Hariv. m. or n. (?) speech ({-tAm pati}
= {bRhaspati}) S'is'. ii, 26; ({tI}) f. see s.v.; n. height (also= heaven, sky) RV.; N. of various
Sâmans composed in the metrical form Briihatî (also with {Aneyam}, {bharad-vAjasya}.
{bhAradvAjam}, {vAmadevyam}, {sauram}) ÂrshBr. [736, 1]; N. of Brahman, Bhp.; of the Veda
ib.; ({a4t}) ind. far and wide, on high RV.; firmly, compactly ib.; brightly ib.; greatly, much ib.;
aloud ib. (also {atA4} AV.)

bri^ihatsaama = the Braahat-sama

bri^ihaspatiM = Brhaspati

bri^ihaspatiH = the teacher of the Devas called "Brihaspati" literally

bri^ihaspatirdadhaatu = Brihaspadi may give us

bri^ihaspatii = A name of the planet Jupiter

bri^ihaspatii-varshha = The Jovian or Jupiter Year. Cycle of 60 years which starts with the first
New Moon in Tropical Aries. Mundane Astrology term

bri^ihaspatiivaara = Thursday

brisii * = f. (also written {briSI}, {vRsI}, or {vRSI}) a roll of twisted grass, pad, cushion, (esp.) the
seat of a religious student or of an ascetic, S'rs. MBh. &c.

bruu = to speak * = cl. 2. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxiv, 35) %{bra4vIti}, %{brUte4} (only pr. stem; the
other forms are supplied by %{vac} cf. Pa1n2. 2-4, 53; %{brUmi} for %{bravImi} R.; Subj.
%{bra4vas}, %{-vat} RV.; Impv. %{brUhi}, ep. also %{bravIhi}, %{bruvadhvam}; %{brUtAt}
Pa1n2. 7-i, 35 Sch.; impf. %{abruvam} for %{abravam} Up. MBh.; pr.p. A1. ep. %{bruvamANa}
for %{bruvANa}; Prec. 2. pl. %{brUyAsta} Nal. xvii, 36, prob. w.r. for %{brUyAs@tat}), to speak,
say, tell (either intrans.; or with acc. of pers. or thing; or with acc. of thing and acc. dat. gen. or
loc. of person = to tell or relate anything to; with two acc. also = declare or pronounce to be, call)
RV. &c. &c.; to speak about any person or thing (acc. with or without %{prati}, or %{adhikRtya})
Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to proclaim predict Var.; to answer (either intrans. with %{punar} or trans.
with %{praznam}, `" a question "') Mn. MBh.; (with %{anyathA}) to speak or decide or judge
wrongly Mn. Pan5cat.; (A1., rarely P.) to call or profess one's self to be (nom., rarely with %{iti})
RV. Br. MBh.; (A1.) to designate for one's self, choose AitBr.; (A1.) to be told by itself tell itself (tell
its tale) Pa1n2. 3-1, 89 Va1rtt. 1 Pat. [Cf. Zd. {mru1}.] [742,2]

bruuhi = tell

bubhuushu*= mfn. wishing to be or become anything (nom.) S3is3. HParis3. ; wishing to become
powerful or prevail Ka1tyS3r. MBh. BhP. ; wishing the welfare of (gen.) MBh. (see also
vibhubhusu)

bud.hdhyaa = by intelligence

bud.hdhvaa = knowing

bud.hbudaaH = (m) bubbles

buddha = Buddha* mfn. awakened, awake MBh.; expanded, blown SâmavBr.; conscious,
intelligent, clever, wise (opp. to {mUDha}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; learnt, known, understood Âpast.
MBh. (`" by "', usually instr., but also gen. according to Pân. 2-2, 12; 3, 67 Sch.); m. a wise or
learned man, sage W.; (with Buddhists) a fully enlightened man who has achieved perfect
knowledge of the truth and thereby is liberated from all existence and before his own attainment
of Nirvâna reveals the method of obtaining it, (esp.) the principal Buddha of the present age (born
at Kapila-vastu about the year 500 B.C. his father, S'uddhodana, of the S'âkya tribe or family,
being the Râja of that district, and his mother, Mâyâ-devî, being the daughter of Râja Su-
prabuddha MWB. 19 &c.; hence he belonged to the Kshatriya caste and his original name S'âkya-
muni or S'âkya-sinha was really his family name, while that of Gautama was taken from the race
to which his family belonged; for his other names see ib. 23; he is said to have died when he was
80 years of age, prob. about 420 B.C. ib. 49 n. 1; he was preceded by 3 mythical Buddhas of the
present Kalpa, or by 24, reckoning previous Kalpa, or according to others by 6 principal Buddhas
ib. 136; sometimes he is regarded as the 9th incarnation of Vishnu Hariv. Kâv. Var. &c.); n.
knowledge BhP. (B. {buddhi}).

buddhagataM = having gone to Buddhaor due to Buddha

buddhayaH = intelligence

buddhi = intelligence

buddhiM = intelligence

buddhiH = intellect

buddhinaashaH = loss of intelligence

buddhinaashaat.h = and from loss of intelligence

buddhibhedaM = disruption of intelligence

buddhimataaM = of the intelligent

buddhimaan.h = is intelligent

buddhiyuktaH = one who is engaged in devotional service

buddhiyuktaaH = being engaged in devotional service

buddhiyogaM = real intelligence

buddhiyogaat.h = on the strength of KRishhNa consciousness

buddhisa.nyogaM = revival of consciousness

buddhii = Intelligence

buddheH = more than the intelligence

buddhau = in such consciousness

budha = wise

budhaH = the intelligent person

budhakaushika = the person budhakaushika

budhakaushikaH = budhakaushikaH (the author of this hymn)

budhavaara = Wednesday

budhaaH = those who know

budhaadityayoga = Combination for learning

budhiH = mind

ca* = 1 and, likewise, accordingly (introducing quotations) Mn. ix, 19 and 45 Dhûrtas. Hit. iti

ca* = 2 ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), in this manner, thus (in its original signification {iti}
refers to something that has been said or thought, or lays stress on what precedes; in the
Brâhmanas it is often equivalent to `" as you know "', reminding the hearer or reader of certain
customs, conditions, &c. supposed to be known to him). In quotations of every kind {iti} means
that the preceding words are the very words which some person has or might have spoken, and
placed thus at the end of a speech it serves the purpose of inverted commas ({ity uktvA}, having
so said; {iti kRtvA}, having so considered, having so decided). It may often have reference merely
to what is passing in the mind e.g. {bAlo 'pi nA7vamantavyo manuSya iti bhUmipaH}, a king,
though a child, is not to be despised, saying to one's self, `" he is a mortal "', (Gr. 928.) In dram.
{iti tathA karoti} means `" after these words he acts thus. "' Sometimes {iti} is used to include
under one head a number of separate objects aggregated together (e.g. {ijyA7dhyayanadAnAni
tapaH satyaM kSamA damaH} {alobha iti mArgo 'yam}, `" sacrificing, studying, liberality,
penance, truth, patience, self-restraint, absence of desire "', this course of conduct, &c.) {iti} is
sometimes followed by {evam}, {iva}, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically (e.g. {tAm
brUyAd bhavatI7ty evam}, her he may call `" lady "', thus). {iti} may form an adverbial compound
with the name of an author (e.g. {iti-pANini}, thus according to Pânini). It may also express the
act of calling attention (lo! behold!) It may have some other significations e.g. something
additional (as in {ityAdi}, et caetera), order, arrangement specific or distinctive, and identity. It is
used by native commentators after quoting a rule to express `" according to such a rule "' (e.g.
{anudAttaGita ity Atmanepadam bhavati}, according to the rule of Pânini i, 3, 12, the Âtmane-
pada takes place). {kim iti} = {kim}, wherefore, why? (In the S'atapatha-brâhmana {ti} occurs for
{iti}; cf. Prâkriit {ti} and {tti}.)

caakra4 * = mfn. (fr. {cakra4}) carried on (a battle) with the discus Hariv. 5648; belonging to a
wheel W.; circular W.; m. N. of a man S'Br. xii.

caapaala * = N. of a Caitya DivyA7v.

caapala * = n. (fr. {cap-} g. {yuvA7di}) mobility, swiftness Ragh. iii, 42 BhP. vii, 12, 20; agitation,
unsteadiness, fickleness, inconsiderateness, insolence Gaut. ix, 50 Pân. 8-1, 12 Vârtt. 5 MBh. &c.

caara * = m. ({car}) = {cara}, a spy Mn. vii, ix MBh. i, 5604 R. Mriicch. Kathâs.; going, motion,
progression, course (of asterisms VarBriS. BhP. v, 22, 12) ChUp. vii, 1, 5 R. &c.; wandering about,
travelling W.; `" proceeding "' see {kAma-}; practising MBh. v, 1410; a bond, fetter L.; a prison L.;
Buchanania latifolia Bhpr.; n. a factitious poison L. (v.l. for {vAra}); ({I}) f. a particular step (in
dancing); a trap, snare HParis'. i, 353.
caaraNa* = mfn. depending on a Vedic school ({caraNa}) Âp.; belonging to the same Vedic school
(`" reading the scripture "' W.) Gaut.; m. a wandering actor or singer Mn. xii, 44 MBh. v, 1039 and
1442 VarBriS. Pañcat. &c.; a celestial singer MBh. R. S'ak. BhP. Gît. i, 2; a spy BhP. iv, 16, 12
Bâlar.; n. ( {car}, Caus.) `" pasturing, tending "' see {go-}; a kind of process applied to mercury;
({I}) f. a female celestial singer Bâlar. ix, 21/22 ff.; Hibiscus mutabilis Npr.

caaritra* =m. (%{car} cf. %{zAmitra}) `" moving "'N. of a Marut Hariv. 11547; n. (= %{car-})
proceeding, manner of acting, conduct R. iii, iv Pan5cat. (ifc. f. %{A}); good conduct, good
character, reputation Hariv. 10204 Nal. R. &c. (`" life in accordance with the 5 great vows "'
Jain.); peculiar observance, peculiarity of customs or conditions W.; a ceremony Buddh. L.;
(%{A}) f. the tamarind tree L.

caarma: made of skin, hide, leather

caaru* = mf({us})n. (2. {can}) agreeable, approved, esteemed, beloved, endeared, (Lat.) {carus},
dear (with dat. or loc. of the person) RV. VS. xxxv, 17 TS. iii TBr. iii, 1, 1, 9 SânkhS'r. i, 5, 9;
pleasing, lovely, beautiful, pretty RV. AV. MBh. &c.; ind. so as to please, agreeably (with dat.) RV.
ix, 72, 7 and 86, 21 AV. vii, xii, xiv; beautifully Hariv. Caurap.; m. (in music) a particular {vAsaka};
N. of Briihaspati L.; of a son of Kriishna Hariv. 6699 BhP. x, 61, 9; of a Cakra-vartin Buddh.; n.
(v.l. for {vara}) saffron L. Sch.; ({vI}) f. a beautiful woman L.; splendour L.; moonlight L.;
intelligence L.; N. of Kubera's wife L.

caitya* = 1 m. (fr. 5. {cit} or 2. {citi}) the individual soul BhP. iii, 26; 28, 28; 31, 19 Sarvad. ii, 198f.

caitya* =2 mfn. relating to a funeral pile or mound ({citA}) Âs'vGri. iii, 6 Griihyâs. ii, 4; m. n. a
funeral monument or Stûpa (q.v.) or pyramidal column containing the ashes of deceased persons,
sacred tree (esp. a religious fig-tree) growing on a mound, hall or temple or place of worship (esp.
with Buddh. and Jain. and generally containing a monument), a sanctuary near a village Âs'vGri.
i, 12 Parâs'. Yâjñ. ii, 151 & 228 MBh. &c.; a Jain or Buddh. image L.; m. = {-tyaka}, ii, 814.

caitaki* = m. pl. (fr. {cetaka}) N. of a family Pravar. ii, 2, 2.

caitta* = mfn. belonging to thought ({citta4}), imagined Veda7ntas.; mental, mâdar. ii, 2, 18 Sch.
Prab. Sch.

caitra* = m. N. of the 2nd spring month (its full moon standing in the constellation Citrâ cf. Pân.
4-2, 23) S'ânkhBr. xix, 3 KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. vii, 182 MBh. &c.; the 6th year in the cycle of Jupiter
VarBriS. viii, 8; a Buddh. or Jain religious mendicant L.; a common N. for any man (like Deva-
datta), Gaudap. on Sânkhyak. 5 and 7 Prab. iii, 7/8 Sch. Pân. 2-3, 29 Sch. (not in Kâs'.); `" son of
Citrâ "'N. of a son of Budha and grand father of Su-ratha BrahmaP.; = {caitriyAyaNa4} Anukr. on
Kâthh. xxxix, 14; N. of two Riishis VP. iii, 1, 12 and 18; one of the seven ranges of mountains
(dividing the continent into Varshas) L.; n. = {caitya}, a sepulchre L.; a sanctuary L.; mfn. for
{citra} (B) or {jaitra} (Sch.) MBh. vii, 76; ({I}) f. (with or without {paurNamAsI}) the day of full
moon in month Caitra, sacrifice offered on that day S'ânkhS'r. iii, 13, 2 KâtyS'r.xiii Lâthy.x Pân. 4-
2, 23 MBh. xii, xiv.

caittika* = mfn. belonging to thought W.

caitraka* = m. = {-trika} L.; m. pl. N. of a warrior tribe Pân. 6-2, 34 Kâs

cakra = Circle, wheel, psychic centre in humans* = n. (Ved. rarely m.; g. {ardharcA7di}; fr. {car}?;
1. {kR} Pân. 6-1, 12 Kâs'.) the wheel (of a carriage, of the Suñs chariot [RV.], of Time [i, 164, 2-48];
{-kra4M-car}, to drive in a carriage S'Br. vi) RV. &c.; a potter's wheel S'Br. xi Yâjñ. iii, 146 (cf.
{-bhrama} &c.); a discus or sharp circular missile weapon (esp. that of Vishnu) MBh. R. Sus'r.
Pañcat. BhP.; an oil-mill Mn. iv. 85 MBh. xii, 6481 & 7697; a circle R. BhP. &c. ({kalA7pa-}, `" the
circle of a peacock's tail "' Riitus. ii, 14); an astronomical circle (e.g. {rAzi-}, the zodiac) VarBriS.
Sûryas.; a mystical circle or diagram, Tantr.; = {-bandha} q.v. Sâh. x, 13 a/b; a cycle, cycle of years
or of seasons Hariv. 652; `" a form of military array (in a circle) "' see {-vyUha}; circular flight (of
a bird) Pañcat. ii, 57; a particular constellation in the form of a hexagon VarBriS. xx VarBri.
Laghuj.; a circle or depression of the body (for mystical or chiromantic purposes; 6 in number,
one above the other, viz. 1. {mUlA7dhAra}, the parts about the pubis; 2. {svA7dhiSThAna}, the
umbilical region; 3. {maNi-pUra}, the pit of the stomach or epigastrium; 4. {anAhata}, the root of
the nose; 5. {vizuddha}, the hollow between the frontal sinuses; 6. {AjJA7khya}, the fontenelle or
union of the coronal and sagittal sutures; various faculties and divinities are supposed to be
present in these hollows); N. of a metre (= {-pAta}); a circle or a similar instrument (used in
astron.) Laghuj. Sûryas. xiii, 20 Gol. xi, 10 ff.; (also m. L.) a troop, multitude MBh. v, ix
({-krA7valI}, q.v.) Hariv. R. &c.; the whole number of (in comp.) Sarvad. xi, 127; a troop of
soldiers, army, host MBh. (ifc. f. {A}, iii, 640) BhP. i, ix Cân.; a number of villages, province,
district L.; (fig.) range, department VarBriS. xxx, 33; the wheel of a monarch's chariot rolling over
his dominions, sovereignty, realm Yâjñ. i, 265 MBh. i, xiii BhP. ix, 20, 32 VP.; (pl.) the winding of
a river L.; a whirlpool L.; a crooked or fraudulent device (cf. {cakrikA}) L.; the convolutions or
spiral marks of the S'âla-grâma or ammonite W.; N. of a medicinal plant or drug Sus'r. vf.; of a
Tîrtha BhP. x, 78, 19; m. the ruddy goose or Brâhmany duck (Anas Casarca, called after its cries;
cf. {-vAka4}) MBh. ix, 443 Bâlar. viii, 58 Kathâs. lxxii, 40 S'ârngP.; (pl.) N. of a people MBh. vi,
352; (g. {azvA7di}) N. of a man, BriArUp. iii, 4, 1 Sch.; of another man Kathâs. lvi, 144; of a Nâga
MBh. i, 2147; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh. ix, 2539 and 2542; of a mountain BhP. v, 20, 15
Kathâs. liv. 16; ({A}) f. a kind of Cyperus or another plant L.; ({I4}) f. a wheel (instr. sg. {-kri4yA};
gen. du. {-kryo4s}) RV.; (du. {-kriyau}) Kâthh. xxix, 7; [cf. {a-}, {aSTA4-}, {uccA-}, {e4ka-},
{kAla-}, {kU-}, {daNDa-}, {dik-}, {dharma-}, {mahA-}, {mAtR-}, {ro4dha-}, {viSNu-}, {sa-},
{sapta4-}, {hiraNya-}; {tri-} and {sucakra4}; cf. also, $, Lat. {circus}; Angl. Sax. {hveohl}, Engl.
{wheel}.]

cakaara * m. the letter or sound {ca}. * m. the particle {ca} Pân. 2-3, 72 Kâs'

calataa * = f. shaking, tremulous motion

cala * = mf({A})n. (g. {pacA7di}) moving, trembling, shaking, loose MBh. &c.; unsteady,
fluctuating, perishable ib.; disturbed, confused ib.; m. `" agitation, shaking "' see {bhUmi-}; wind
L.; wind (in med.) Ashtha7ng. i, 11, 1; quicksilver L.; a sprout, shoot Gal.; n. water Gal.; ({A}) f.
lightning L.; incense L.; the Goddess of Fortune Kathâs. lx, 119; a metre of 4 x 18 syllables (cf.
{a-}, {niz-}, {puMzcalI}, {cAla}.)

campaka * =: m. Michelia Campaka(bearing a yellow fragrant flower) MBh. R. &c.; a kind of

perfume VarBriS. lxxvii, 7; a particular part of the bread-fruit W.; N. of a man Râjat. vii; of a
relation of the Jaina Meru-tunga; of a country Buddh.; n. the flower of the Campaka tree MBh.
Sus'r. &c.; the fruit of a variety of the plantain L.; ({A}) f. N. of a town, JaimBhâr. Hit.

canda*= fierce, violent, cruel, impetuous, hot, ardent with passion, passionate, angr y

cana = cha(?)+na, and +not

capala * = mf({A})n. ({kamp}; g. {zauNDA7di}, {zreNy-Adi} and {vispaSTA7di}) moving to and

fro, shaking, trembling, unsteady, wavering MBh. &c.; wanton, fickle, inconstant ib.;
inconsiderate, thoughtless, ill-mannered Mn. iv, 177 MBh. xiv, 1251; quick, swift, expeditious
Hariv. 4104; momentary, instantaneous Subh.; m. a kind of mouse Sus'r. v, 6, 3 Ashtha7ng. vi, 38,
1; a fish L.; the wind Gal.; quicksilver L.; black mustard L.; a kind of perfume ({coraka}) L.; a kind
of stone L.; N. of a demon causing diseases Hariv. 9562; of a prince MBh. i, 231; n. a kind of metal
(mentioned with quicksilver); ({am}) ind. quickly Das'. vii, 420 f.; ({A}) f. lightning Gît. vii, 23;
long pepper L.; the tongue L.; (g. {priyA7di}) a disloyal wife, whore L.; spirituous liquor (esp. that
made from hemp) L.; the goddess Lakshmi or fortune (cf. MBh. xiii, 3861) L.; N. of two metres
(cf. {mahA-}); (in music) the 5th note personified.

car * =. 1. {ca4rati}, rarely {-te} (Subj. {ca4rat}, 3 pl. {ca4rAn} RV.; perf. {cacA4ra} [AV. &c.], 2 sg.
{cacartha} BhP. iv, 28, 52; pl. {cerur}, &c.; {-ratur} S'Br. &c.; Â. {cere} BhP. iii, 1, 19; fut.
{cariSyati}, {-te}; aor. {acArIt} [S'Br. xiv &c.]; inf. {ca4ritum} [ii MBh. i, iii R.] or {cartum} [MBh.
iii, xiii R. iii BhP. v], Ved. {cara4dhyai} [RV. i, 61, 12], {ca4ritave} [113, 5], {cara4se} [92, 9 and v,
47, 4], {carA4yai} [vii, 77, 1], {caritos} [AitÂr. i, 1, 1, 7]; ind. p. {caritvA4} S'Br. xiv BhP. x, 75, 19;
{cartvA} MBh. v, 3790; {cIrtvA}, xiii, 495; p. {ca4rat}) to move one's self, go, walk, move, stir,
roam about, wander (said of men, animals, water, ships, stars, &c.) RV. AV. &c.; to spread, be
diffused (as fire) VarBriS. xix, 7; to move or travel through, pervade, go along, follow Mn. MBh.
&c.; to behave, conduct one's self, act, live, treat (with instr. or loc.) RV. AV. &c.; to be engaged in,
occupied or busy with (instr e.g. {yajJe4na c-}, `" to be engaged in a sacrifice "' S'Br.) RV. x, 71, 5
AV. vi, 117, 1 AitBr. &c.; (with [S'Br. iv ChUp. Kaus'. S'ânkhS'r.] or without [S'Br. ii, xiv]
{mithuna4m}) to have intercourse with, have to do with (instr.); (with a p. or adj. or ind. p. or
adv.) to continue performing or being (e.g. {arcantaz cerur}, `" they continued worshipping "'
S'Br. i; {svAminam avajJAya caret}, `" he may go on despising his master "' Hit.) RV. AV. VS. &c.;
(in astron.) to be in any asterism or conjunction VarBriS.; to undertake, set about, under go,
observe, practise, do or act in general, effect, make (e.g. {vratA4ni} `" to observe vows "' AV. &c.;
{vighnaM c-}, `" to put a hindrance "' MBh.; {bhaikSaM c-} `" to beg "' Mn. ii; {vivAdaM c-} "', to
be engaged in a lawsuit "' Mn. viii, 8; {mRgayAM c-}, to hunt "' MBh. R.; {sambandhAMz c}, `" to
enter into connections "' Mn. ii, 40; {mArgaM cacAra bANaiH}, `" he made a way with arrows "'
R. iii, 34, 4; {tapasA indriyANi c-}, to exercise one's organs with penance MBh. xiv, 544) RV. AV.
&c.; to consume, eat (with acc.), graze Yâjñ. iii, 324 Pañcat. BhP. v, x Subh. Hit.; to make or
render (with double acc. e.g. {nare4ndraM satya-sthaM carAma} "', let us make the king keep his
word "' R. ii, 107, 19: Caus. {cArayati}, to cause to move or walk about AV. xii, 4, 28 (aor.
{a4cIcarat}) S'ânkhBr. xxx, 8 Lâthy.; to pasture MBh. xiv R. BhP. iii, x; to send, direct, turn, move
MBh. &c.; to cause any one (acc.) to walk through (acc.) MBh. xii R. v, 49, 14; to drive away from
(abl.) MBh. xii, 12944; to cause any one (acc.) to practise or perform (with acc.) Mn. xi, 177 and
192; to cause (any animal acc.) to eat Bâdar. ii, 2, 5 Sch.; to cause to copulate Mn. viii, 362; to
ascertain (as through a spy instr.) MBh. iii, xv R. i, vi; to doubt (cf. {vi-}) Dhâtup. xxxiii, 71: Desid.
{cicariSati}, to try to go S'ânkhBr. xxx, 8 (p. {cicarSat}) [389, 2]; to wish to act or conduct one's
self S'Br. xi; to try to have intercourse with (instr.), vi: Intens. {carcarIti} Â. or rarely [MBh. iii,
12850] Pass. {caJcUryate} ({-curIti} and {-cUrti} Pân. 7-4, 87f.; ind. p. {-cUrya} R. iv, 29, 22; p.
once P. {-cUryat} Hariv. 3602) to move quickly or repeatedly, walk about, roam about (in loc.)
AV. xx, 127, 4 MBh. &c.; to act wantonly or coquettishly Bhathth. iv, 19 (cf. Pân. 3-1, 24); [cf. $, $
&c.]

cara * = mfn. (g. {pacA7di}) moving, locomotive (as animals opposed to plants, or as the Karanas
in astrol.) VPrât. S'vetUp. iii, 18 Mn. vii, 15 MBh. &c.; (= {saMcArin}) forming the retinue of any
one BhP. iv, 29, 23; movable, shaking, unsteady W.; ifc. going, walking, wandering, being, living,
practising (e.g. {adhaz-}, {anta-}, {antarikSa-}, {ap-}, {AdAya-}, {udake-}, &c.; cf. Pân. 3-2, 16);
ifc. (Pân. 5-3, 53 f.; vi, 3, 35; f. {I}) having been formerly (e.g. {ADhya-}, {devadatta-}, qq. vv.; {a-
dRSTa-} or {nadRSTa-}, `" not seen before "' Kathâs. [once f. irr. {A}, lx, 58] Sarvad. iii, 16; vii, 19;
{an-Alokita-} id. Bâlar. iv, 54/55); m. a spy, secret emissary or agent Mn. vii, 122 Hariv. 10316 R.
&c.; = {caraTa} L.; the small shell Cypraea moneta L.; the wind, air BhP. x, 14, 11; the planet Mars
L.; a game played with dice (similar to backgammon) L.; a cowrie W.; `" passage "' see {a-},
{duz-}; n. (in astron.) ascensional difference Gol. vii; ({A4}) f. dat. {-rA4yai} inf. {car} q.v.; (in
music) N. of a Mûrchanâ; ({I}) f. a young woman (cf. {caraTi}) L.; = {digambaraprasiddhA} g.
{gaurA7di}; also ifc. see {anu-} and {sahacarI}.

caraTa * m. (= {cara}) a wagtail L.; ({I}) f. (= {-raNTI}, {ciraTI}, {ciraNTI}) a woman married or
single who after maturity resides in her father's house L. Sch.

caraNa* = m. n. (g. {ardharcA7di}) a foot Gobh. Mn. ix, 277 Bâdar. MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Hariv.
3914 Mâlav.); (ifc. pl.) `" the feet of "', the venerable (N. N. ) MBh. xii, 174, 24 Sch.; a pillar, supor
Hariv. 4643; the root (of a tree) L.; a Pâda or line of a stanza, S'rut.; a dactyl; a 4th part (pâda)
VarBri. Lîl.; a section, subdivision Bhpr. Sarvad. ({catuz-} q.v.); a school or branch of the Veda
Nir. i, 17 Pân. MBh. xii, xiii Pañcat. iv, 3; n. going round or about, motion, course RV. iii, 5, 5; ix,
113, 9; x, 136, 6 and 139, 6 S'Br. ii, x Sâh. [389, 3]; acting, dealing, managing, (liturgical)
performance, observance AV. vii, 106, 1 S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. VP. iii, 5, 13; behaviour, conduct
of life KâtyS'r. ChUp. v, 10; good or moral conduct Kaus'. 67 MBh. xiii, 3044 Lalit.; practising
(generally ifc. cf. {tapaz-} [{tapasaz c-} Mn. vi, 75], {bhikSA-}, {bhaikSa-}) Gobh. iii, 1, 12 Nal.;
grazing W.; consuming, eating L.; a particular high number Buddh. L. (cf. {dvi-}, {puraz-},
{ratha-}).

caritra* = n. (Pa1n2. 3-2, 184; rarely m. VS. vi, 14 MaitrS. i, 2, 16) a foot, leg RV. AV. x, 2, 12
Kaus3. 44; n. going VS. xiii, 19; acting, behaving, behaviour, habit, practice, acts, adventures,
deeds, exploits Mn. ii, 20; ix, 7 R. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Pan5cat. iv, 7, 5); nature, disposition W.;
custom, law as based on custom Na1r. i, 10 f.; xx, 24; (%{A}) f. the tamarind tree L. (cf. %{cAr-}).

carItra* = n. = %{-ritra}, behaviour, conduct L.

carma: a shield

carmasAra* = m. `" skin-essence "', lymph, serum L.

caru* = m. (g. {bhImA7di}) a kind of vessel (in which a particular oblation is prepared), saucepan,
pot RV. AV. S'Br. xiii KâtyS'r. Kaus'. Mn. Yâjñ.; a cloud (cf. RV. i, 7, 6) Naigh. i, 10; an oblation (of
rice, barley and pulse) boiled with butter and milk for presentation to the gods or manes VS. xxix.
6 TS. i S'Br. AitBr. i, 1 & 7 KâtyS'r. &c. (pl. Yâjñ. i, 298). [390, 2]

carya* = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 100) to be practised or performed Mn. iii, 1; m. (= {cara}) the small shell
Cypraea moneta L.; n. ifc. driving (in a carriage) MBh. viii, 4215; ({A}) f. going about, wandering,
walking or roaming about, visiting, driving (in a carriage, {ratha-} MBh. ix, xiii R. i, 19, 19) MBh.
R. BhP. ix, 16, 1; (often ifc.) proceeding, behaviour, conduct S'Br. xi, 5, 7, 1 Lâthy. viii Âs'vS'r. xii, 4
Mn. vi, 32 &c.; due observance of all rites and customs Sarvad. vi ff.; a religious mendicant's life
L.; practising, performing, occupation with, engaging in (instr. [Gaut.] or generally in comp.)
S'Br. xiv Âs'vGri. iii, 7 Mn. i, 111 MBh. &c.; deportment, usage W.; (in music) a kind of
composition; N. of Durgâ Gal. (cf. {brahma-}, {bhikSA-}, {bhaikSya-}).

catvaraH = (adj) four

caura* = mfn. ({cur}) thievish HParis'. ii, 170 (= {cora4} g. {prajJA7di}; g. {chattrA7di}) a thief.
robber Mn. iv, viii, xi (ifc.) Hariv. &c.; a dishonest or unfair dealer, usurper Pañcat. i, 8, 11/12 and
18/19 (also in comp. translatable as adj.); (ifc.e.g. {kavi-}, `" a plagiarist "') Ganar. 114; a (heart-)
captivator Hariv. 7125; 9981 and 9994; the perfume Coraka L.; `" plagiarist "'N. of a poet (cf.
{cora}) S'ârngP.; pl. N. of a family Pravar. i, 7 (Kâty. and Vis'van.); ({I}) f. a female thief. (heart-)
captivator Kathâs. vc, 54; civ, 168; = {-ra-karman} L.

caurya* = n. (g. {brAhmaNA7di}) = {-ra-karman} Mn. ix, xi Yâjñ. ii, 72 Mriicch. &c.; trickery
Hariv. 15163 f.; (ifc. with {zulka}) defraudation Pañcat. iv, 5, 0/1.

c(h)arina A* = wandering, staying

cha = and

ceratah *= wandering, rambling, playingamble, bat around, branch off, bum around, clamber,
climb, cruise, depart, digress, divagate, diverge, drift, excurse, extend, fork, gad, gallivant, get
sidetracked, grow, knock about, knock around, meander, perambulate, percolate, peregrinate,
promenade, range, roam, rove, saunter, sc ramble, snake, sprangle, sprawl, spread, spread-eagle,
straddle, straggle, stray, stroll, trail, traipse, travel aimlessly, turn, twist, walk

ceshthaanaaza * m. ceasing of every motion L.; destruction of the world L.

ceshthaanirUpaNa * = n. observing any one's actions W

ceshthaarha * =({-TA7r-}) mfn. worthy of effort W

ceshthaavat * = mfn. moveable Sus'r. iii, 5, 23; full of activity, active W

ceshtha * = m. `" moving "', a kind of fish ({tapasvin}) L.; n. moving the limbs, gesture Mn. vii,
63; behaviour, manner of life Hariv. 5939; ({al}), f, (Pân. 2-3, 12) moving any limb, gesture Mn.
vii f. Yâjñ. MBh. &c. (ifc. Ragh. ii, 43); action, activity, effort, endeavour, exertion Âs'vS'r. i
S'vetUp. ii, 9 (ifc.) Mn. iv, 65 Bhag. &c.; doing, performing Mn. i, 65; behaving, manner of life Mn.
vii, 194 KapS. iii, 51 VarBriS. (ifc.) &c.; cf. {a-}, {naSTa-}, {niz-}.

ceshthaka * =mfn. making effort or exertion W.; m. a kind of fish (= {-Ta}) L.; a kind of coitus.

ceshthana * = n. making effort W.; motion Mn.xii, 120 MBh. xii, 6363 R. BhP.; ifc. performing
KapS. i, 3; effort, exertion W.

ceshthayitR * mfn. one who sets in motion MBh. xii, 1181.

cet* = Nom. (fr. {ce4tas}) {-tati} (Vop. xxi, 8; aor. 3. pl. {acetiSur}) to recover consciousness
Bhathth. xv, 109.

cet* = 1 Nom. {tati}. see {cit}.\\ = 2 see {ce74d}.

cetanatA* = f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.

cetanatva* = n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.

cetanAcetana* = pl. sentient and unsentient beings Megh. 5.

cetanAvat* = mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv
Sânkhyak. Sus'r.

cetanikA* = f. Terminalia Chebula L.

cetu* = m. heedfulness RV. ix, 81, 3.

ceTa* = m. a servant, slave Mriicch. Kathâs. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sâh.; a kind of fish Âp.i, 17, 38; ({I}) f. a
female servant R. ii, 91, 62 S'ak. "' &c.

cetti* = {ce4tya} see {cit}.

cetR* = 1 m. an observer S'vetUp. vi, 11.

cetR* = 2 m. a revenger RV. vii, 60, 5.

cetaH* = in comp. = {-tas}.

cetaH-pIDA * = f. grief L.

ceTa* = m. a servant, slave Mr2icch. Katha1s. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sa1h.; a kind of fish A1p.i, 17, 38; (%{I})
f. a female servant R. ii, 91, 62 S3ak. "' &c.

ceTaka * = m. a servant, slave Bhartr2. i, 91 Katha1s. vi and lxxi (ifc.) Hit.; a paramour L.;
(%{ikA}) f. = %{-TI} Katha1s. iv, xii, lii.

cetana* = mf(%{I4})n. visible, conspicuous, distinguished, excellent RV. AV. ix, 4, 21; percipient,
conscious, sentient, intelligent Kat2hUp. v, 13 S3vetUp. vi, 13 Hariv. 3587 KapS. Tattvas. &c.; m.
an intelligent being, man Sarvad. ii, 221; soul, mind L.; n. conspicuousness RV. i, 13, 11 and 170,
4; iii, 3, 8; iv, 7, 2; soul, mind R. vii, 55, 17 and 20; (%{A}) f. consciousness, understanding, sense,
intelligence Ya1jn5. iii, 175 MBh. &c. (often ifc. [f. %{A}] Mn. ix, 67 MBh. &c.) (cf. %{a-}, %{niz-},
%{puru-ce4t-}, %{vi-}, %{sa-}, %{su4-}).

cetanatA* = f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.

cetanatva* =n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.

cetanAvat* =mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv
Sa1m2khyak. Sus3r.

ce4tana-tA * = f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.

ce4tana-tva * = n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.

ce4tana-bhAva * = m. id. Bâdar. ii, 1, 6 Sch.

cetanA7cetana* = pl. sentient and unsentient beings Megh. 5.

cetanA-vat * = mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv
Sânkhyak. Sus'r.

cetanA7STaka * = n. N. of wk.

cetanikA * = f. Terminalia Chebula L.

cetanI * = ind. for {-na}.

cetanI-kri * = to cause to perceive or become conscious BhP. viii, 1, 9 Sch.

cetanI-bhU * = to become conscious ib. [398, 1]

cetaniiyaa * = f. the medicinal herb {Rddhi} L.

cetas *= n. splendour RV.; (Naigh. iii, 9) consciousness, intelligence, thinking soul, heart, mind
VS. xxxiv, 3 AV. Mn. ix, xii MBh. &c. (ifc. Kat2hUp. Mn.&c.); will AV. vi, 116, 3 TBr.iii, 1, 1, 7; cf.
%{a-ceta4s}, %{dabhra4-}, %{pra4-}, %{laghu-}, %{vi4-}, %{sa4-}, %{su-ce4tas}.

cetasaka * = m. pl. N. of a people MBh. vii, 2095.

cetasam * = ind. ifc. fr. {-tas} Vop. vi, 62.

cetayaana * = mfn. (irreg. pr. p.) having sense, reasonable MBh. iii, v, viii R. ii, 109, 7.

cetayitavya * = mfn. to be perceived Pras'nUp.

cetayitR * = mfn. = {-ya} MBh. xii S'vetUp. Sch.

cetishthha* = mfn. (fr. {ce4ttR}) most attentive (with gen.) RV. i, 65, 9 and 128, 8; v, vii; x, 21, 7;
(fr. {citra4}) most conspicuous, viii, 46, 20 VS. xxvii, 15.

cetI * = ind. in comp. for {-tas}.

cetI-kR * = Vop.vii, 84.

cetu4 * = m. heedfulness RV. ix, 81, 3.

ce4ttR * = mfn. attentive, guardian, RY. x, 128, 9 (see also s.v. 4. {cit}) AV. iv and vi ({cettR4}) TS.
if.

ce4tya * = mfn. perceivable RV. vi, 1, 5; ({A4}) f. = {tu4} (?), x, 89, 14.

ceTa * = m. a servant, slave Mriicch. Kathâs. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sâh.; a kind of fish Âp.i, 17, 38; ({I}) f. a
female servant R. ii, 91, 62 S'ak. "' &c.

cetuyA * = N. of a place Kshiti7s'. vii.

ce4tti * = {ce4tya} see {cit}.

cetavya4 * = mfn. to be piled up TS. v S'Br. vi; ix, 5, 1, 64 Bhathth. ix, 13; = {cayanIya} Vop. xxvi,
3.

ceto * = in comp. for {-tas}.

ceto-bhava * = m. = {citta-ja} L. Sch.

ceto-bhU * = m.id., Mâlatim. Bâlar. Vcar.xi, 94.

ceto-mat * = mfn. endowed with consciousness, living MBh. iii, 8676.

ceto-mukha * = mfn. one whose mouth is intelligence, MândUp.

ceto-vikAra * = m. disturbance of mind Sus'r. Mn. i, 25 Sch.

ceto-vikArin * = mfn. disturbed in mind Sus'r. i, 46, 4, 4.

ceto-hara * = mf({A})n. captivating the heart Bhâm. iii, 10.

cetR * = 1 m. an observer S'vetUp. vi, 11.

cetR4 * = 2 m. a revenger RV. vii, 60, 5.

cha..ndramaa = (Fem.nom.S)the moon

cha.ndramaaH = the Moon god

chakaara = did (past perfect tense of kRi+kar to do)

chaakalehaH = (m) chocolate candy, toffee

chaalakaH = (m) driver

chaandoga* = mfn. `" relating to the Chando-gas "', in comp.

chaandramasaM = the moon planet

chaanyatraika = cha+anyatra+ekaH, and+in any other place+only one

chaapaM = the bow

chaapabaaNadharo = bearing bow\&arrow

chaapalya = (from chapala) rashness

chaasmi = as I am

chaapi = also

chaariNau = blowing

chaataka = the ever thirsty chaataka bird that lives only on raindrops

chaaturvarNyaM = the four divisions of human society

chakaastu = let it be shining

chakra: see cakra

chakraM = cycle

chakrabandha = wheel pattern, a form of bandha poetry

chakram.h = (n) wheel, cycle, circle

chakravaataH = (m) cyclone

chakrahastaM = disc in hand

chakraaakaara = (bauvriihi) wheel-shaped

chakraasana = the wheel posture

chakriNaM = with discs

chakshu = eye
chakshuH = eyes

chakshus.h = eye

chal.h = to walk

chala = moving

chalaM = flickering

chalachchitra = movie

chalati = (1pp) to walk

chalita = deviated; calita mfn. shaking, tremulous, unfixed MBh. &c.; one who has moved on
MBh. Sûryas. iii, 11; gone, departed (e.g. {sa calitaH}, `" he started off "' Pañcat. Gît. iii, 3 Hit.);
walked Vet. iii, 1/2 (v.l.); being on the march (an army) L.; moved from one's usual course,
disturbed, disordered (the mind, senses, fortune, &c.) Hariv. 5669 R. &c.; caused to deviate,
turned off from (abl.) Yâjñ. i, 360 Bhag. vi, 37; n. unsteady motion (of eyes) Bhartri. i, 4.

chamasaH = (m) spoon

chamuuM = military force

chanda* =mfn. pleasing, alluring, inviting RV. i, 92, 6; viii, 7, 36; {-nda4}, praising ({cha4nda}
Naigh. iii, 16) RV. vi, 11, 3; cf. {madhu-cch-}; m. appearance, look, shape Hariv. 8359 ff.; cf.
{prati} and {vi-cch-}; pleasure, delight, appetite, liking, predilection, desire, will Yâjñ. ii, 195
MBh. &c.; ({ena}) instr. ind. [also with {svena}, viii, 1249 R. ii, 83, 25; or ifc. with {sva-} (Hariv.
7017) or {Atma-} MBh. v, xiii R. v, 26, 18] according to one's own wish Mn. viii, 176 Nal. xxiii, 15
R. v; according to the wish of (gen.) MBh. iii, 7096 Hariv. 7097; ({a-cch-} neg. `" against the wish
of "') 7098 and 8557; ({At}) abl. ind. according to the wish of (in comp.) MBh. viii, 3542; ({a-cch-}
neg. `" involuntarily "' R. iii, 5, 2); poison L.; N. of S'âkya-muni's charioteer ({chandaka}) Lalit. xv
DivyA7v. xxvii, 159; of a prince W.; cf. {sva-}; {indra-}, {kalA7pa-}, {deva} and {vijaya-}, various
kinds of pearl-ornaments.

cha4nda-ja * = mfn. `" originating from one's own wish "', self-produced (gods) Hariv. 12296.

chandaska * = ifc. (f. {A}) = {-das}, metre Nyâyam. ix, 2, 5 and 8 Sch.

chandasya4 * = mfn. (Pân. 4-3, 71 and 4, 93, 140 Vârtt. 1) taking the form of hymns, metrical,
relating to or fit for hymns RV. ix, 113, 6 TS. i, 6, 11, 4; made or done according to one's wish Pân.
4-4, 93 Kâs'.; ({A4}) f. (with {I4STakA}) N. of a sacrificial brick S'Br. vii, 5, 2, 42; viii, 2 f.

chAndasa * = mf({I})n. having the sacred text of the Veda ({cha4ndas}) as (its) subject, peculiar
or relating or belonging to the Veda, Vedic Kaus'. Pân. 4-3, 71 Pat. Hariv. 12284 BhP.; (once
{-nda} BhavP. i); archaistic Sarvad. vi, 11; (g. {manojJA7di} Pân. 5-2, 84 Kâs'.) studying the holy
text of the Vedic hymns, familiar with it Kathâs. lxii, cxviii; (ifc. g. {khasUcy-Adi} Ganar. 114
Sch.); relating to metre RAnukr. Sch.

chandaka* = mfn. ifc. `" charming "' see {sarva-}; m. N. of S'âkya-muni's charioteer DivyA7v.
xxvii, 158 Lalit.

chandana * = mfn. charming VarBriS. civ, 61.

chandaka * = 1 n. `" roof "' see {bRha4c-}; deceit Un. [404, 3]

cha4ndas * = n. desire, longing for, will MBh. xii, 7376 Pân. 4-4, 93 Kâs'.; intention, purport W.; a
sacred hymn (of AV.; as distinguished from those of RV. SV. and YajurV.), incantation-hymn RV.
x AV. S'Br. viii MBh. v, 1224 Ragh. i, 11; the sacred text of the Vedic hymns S'Br. xi, 5, 7, 3 Âs'vGri.
Kaus'. Gobh. VPrât. Pân. Mn. &c.; metre (in general, supposed to consist of 3 or 7 typical forms
[AV. VS. &c.] to which Virâj is added as the 8th [S'Br. viii, 3, 3, 6]; {cha4ndas} opposed to
{gAyatri4} and {triSTu4bh} RV. x, 14, 16); metrical science MundUp. i, 1, 5 MBh. i, 2887 Pañcat.
S'rut.; = {-do-grantha} Nyâyam. ix, 2, 6 Sch.; [cf. Lat. {scando}, `" to step, scan. "']

chandana = sandal

chandoga* = m. ({gai}) `" singer in metre "', chanter'of the SV., Udgâtrii priest AitBr. iii, 32 S'Br. x
S'ânkhS'r. &c.; {-paddhati} f. N. of the work Yajña-pârs'va (YajurV. Paris'. xv Caran.); {-pariziSTa}
n. Kâty.'s supplement on Gobh. Mn. ii, 44 Kull.; {-brAhmaNa} n. = {chAndogya-br-} AitBr. iv, 18
Sây.; {-mAhaki} m. N. of a teacher VBr.; {-vRSo7tsarga-tattva} n. N. of wk.; {-zAkhA} f. a branch
of the SV. (quoted in a work on S'râddhas); {-zrAddha-tattva-pramANa} n. N. of wk. by Raghu-
nandana; {-zruti} f. `" tradition of the Chandogas "', the SV. Parâs'. ii, 5/111, 3, 6; {-sopAna} n. N.
of wk.; {-gA7hnika-paddhati} f. N. of wk. by Râma-kriishna.

chandra = Name for the Moon

chandra-kuNDalii = Chart where the Ascendant or lagna is the sign of the natal moon

chandra-raashi = Natal Moon sign. Used in India much like we use the Sun sign system in the
West

chandra-lagna = Ascendant using the Natal lunar position

chandrabimba = moon disc

chandramasi = in the moon

chandrika = moonlight

chandrodaya = moon-rise

channa* = mfn. covered, covered over MBh. iii, 800 R. i f. Megh. BhP. &c. (ifc. cf. Pân. 6-2, 170);
obscured (the moon) MBh. i, 2699 Sûryas. iv, 10 and 22; hidden, unnoticed by (dat.), secret,
clandestine, disguised MBh. iii f. R. ii, v BhP. Kathâs. Râjat.; ({am}) ind. secretly Mn. ix, 98 and
100 Mriicch. Das'.; (in comp. {-nna-}) Râjat. v, 467; (with {gai}, to sing) privately, in a low voice
Lâthy. iii, 1, 12 ff.; ({e}) loc. ind. secretly Hariv. 8686.

chaJNchalaM = flickering

chaJNchalatvaat.h = due to being restless

chapala = fickle, unstable

chapalaM = fickle-minded

char.h = to wander
chara = moving

chara-raashi = Moveable signs

charaM = moving

charaNa = foot

charaNaH = (m) foot

charataaM = while roaming

charati = (1 pp) to move, to roam

charan.h = acting upon

charanti = move or travel or wander

charaacharaM = moving and nonmoving

charita = nature

charitaM = story, character

charitra = life

charitraaNi = tales of valour

charaiveti = chara:moving (things) +eva:alone; only + iti:thus

charchaa = discussion

charpaTa = torn/tattered cloth

charman.h = (neu) skin, leather

charyaa = practise / observance

chashhakaH = (m) glass

chashhakaadhaanii = (f) saucer

chaTakaH = (m) sparrow

chatuH = four

chaturaH = capable / skiled/ clever

chaturastraH = (m) square

chaturastrakam.h = (n) frame (of a photograph or a picture)

chaturtha = fourth

chaturthyaaM = during the (auspicious)4th day (from New Moon, full moon)

chaturbhujena = four-handed

chaturvidhaM = the four kinds

chaturvidhaaH = four kinds of

chaturhastaM = who has four hands

chatushhpaada-raashi = Quadrupedal signs

chatus.h = four

chatussaagaraparya.ntaM = till or upto the four oceans

chatvaaraH = four

chatvaari = four

chaya = (m) a heap

chayanam.h = (n) selection, choice

chaitanya = energy, enthusiasm

chattragRha * = n. the room in which the parasol (or badge of royalty) is kept MBh. v, 3544.

chattra-cakra * = n. (in astrol.) a kind of diagram.

chattra-pati * = m. the officer watching over the royal parasol, Sinha7s. xxiii, 0/1

chattra-yukti * = f. "' use of the parasol "'N. of a chapter of Bhoja's Yukti-kalpa-taru.

chattra-vat * = mfn. furnished with a parasol Sus'r. i, 10, 1; ({tI}) f. N. of a town ({ahi-cchattra}
Sch.) MBh. i, 6348.

chattrika * = m.= {-ttra-dhara} g. {purohitA7di}.

chattrin * = mfn. furnished with a parasol MBh. xiii, 739 Hariv. 14205 R. i, iii; m. a barber L.

chattvara * = m. a house Un. iii, 1; a bower ib

chailaajina = of soft cloth and deerskin

chha.nda = Hobby

chha.ndaH = metre (poetic)

chhatra = umbrella

chhatram.h = (n) umbrella

chhatraakam.h = (n) mushroom

chhadiH = (m) roof

chhadmachaariNaH = those who wander by adopting tricks such as becoming

chhandasaaM = of all poetry

chhandaa.nsi = the Vedic hymns

chhandobhiH = by Vedic hymns

chhalayataaM = of all cheats

chhavii = picture, portrait

chhaatraaH = students

chhaadana = covering

chhaayaa = shade

chhittva = cutting

chhittvaa = cutting off

chhid.h = to cut, break by cutting

chhidra = (neut in this sense) hole, cut

chhinatti = to tear, to break

chhindanti = can cut to pieces

chhinna = having torn off

chhurikaa = (f) knife

chhettaa = remover

chhettuM = to dispel

chhedana = cutting

chekitaanaH = Cekitana

cheTii = (f) maid, dasii

chet.h = if

chetanaa = the living force

chetas.h = mind

chetasaH = their hearts

chetasaa = by consciousness

chetasaaM = of those whose minds

chetaaH = in heart

cheshhTaH = the endeavorscheshhTate = (1 ap) to try, to attempt

cheshhTasya = of one who works for maintenance

chikitsaka = remedy

chikitsaalayam.h = (n) hospital

chikiirshhavaH = wishing

chikiirshhuH = desiring to lead

chikroDaH = (m) squirrel

chit.h = pure consciousness

chitaa = funeral pyre

chitta = mind

chittaM = mind

chittaH = mind

chittalayaH = absorbed mind

chittavikshepa = confusion, distraction

chittavritti = a mode of behaviour

chittaa = mind

chittaatmaa = mind and intelligence

chittvara * = mfn. (Un2. iii, 1) fit for cutting off. L.; hostile L. (cf. %{chatt-}) roguish L.

chitti * = f. division W.; Pongamia glabra L.

chitra = strange// citra *= mf({A4})n. conspicuous, excellent, distinguished RV.; bright, clear,
bright-coloured RV.; clear (a sound) RV.; variegated, spotted, speckled (with instr. or in comp.)
Nal. iv, 8 R. Mriicch. VarBriS.; agitated (as the sea, opposed to {sama}) R. iii, 39, 12; various,
different, manifold Mn. ix, 248 Yâjñ. i, 287 MBh. &c.; (execution) having different varieties (of
tortures) Mn. ix, 248 Das'. vii, 281; strange, wonderful Râjat. vi, 227; containing the word {citra4}
S'Br. vii, 4, 1, 24 KâtyS'r. xvii; ({a4m}) ind. so as to be bright RV. i, 71, 1; vi, 65, 2; in different ways
R. i, 9, 14; (to execute) with different tortures Das'. vii, 380; ({a4s}) m. variety of colour L. Sch.;
Plumbago zeylanica L.; Ricinus communis L.; Jonesia As'oka L.; a form of Yama Tithyâd.; N. of a
king RV. viii, 21, 18 ({ci4tra}); of a Jâbâla-griihapati (with the patr. Gaus'râyani), KaushBr. xxiii,
5; of a king (with the patr. Gângyâyani) KaushUp. i; of a son of Dhritarâshthra MBh. i, vii; of a
Dravida king, Padma P.v, 20, 1 (v.l. {-trA7kSa}); of a Gandharva Gal.; ({A4}) f. Spica virginis, the
12th (in later reckoning the 14th) lunar mansion AV. xix, 7, 3 TS. ii, iv, vii TBr. i S'Br. ii, &c.; a
kind of snake L.; N. of a plant (Salvinia cucullata L.; Cucumis maderaspatanus L.; a kind of
cucumber L.; Ricinus communis L.; Croton polyandrum or Tiglium L.; the Myrobalan tree L.;
Rubia Munjista L.; the grass Gandadûrvâ L.) Car. vii, 12 (= {dravanti}) Sus'r.; a metre of 4 X 16
syllabic instants; another of 4 x 15 syllables; another of 4 x 16 syllables; a kind of stringed
instrument; a kind of Mûrchanâ (in music); illusion, unreality L.; `" born under the asterism Citrâ
(Pân. 4-3, 34 Vârtt. 1)N. of Arjuna's wife (sister of Kriishna = {subhadrA} L.) Hariv. 1952; of a
daughter of Gada (or Kriishna v.l.), 9194; of an Apsaras L.; of a river DivyA7v. xxx; of a rock BhP.
xii, 8, 17; f. pl. the asterism Citrâ VarBriS. xi, 57; ({a4m}) n. anything bright or coloured which
strikes the eyes RV. VS. TS. S'Br. TândyaBr. xviii, 9; a brilliant ornament, ornament RV. i, 92, 13
S'Br. ii, xiii; a bright or extraordinary appearance, wonder, ii S'ak. Pañcat. Bhartri. &c.; (with
{yadi} [S'ak. iii, 9/10] or {yad} [Hariv. 9062 S'ak. Kathâs. xviii, 359] or fut. [Pân. 3-3, 150 f.])
strange, curious (e.g. {citraM badhiro vyAkaraNam adhyeSyate} `" it would be strange if a deaf
man should learn grammar "' Kâs'.) [396, 2]; strange! Hariv. 15652 Kathâs. v, vii Râjat. i, iv; the
ether, sky L.; a spot MBh. xiii, 2605; a sectarial mark on the forehead L.; = {kuSTha} L.; a picture,
sketch, delineation MBh. Hariv. 4532 ({sa-} mfn. = {-ga}) R. S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Megh. 64);
variety of colour L.; a forest ({vana} for {dhana}?) of variegated appearance Sch. on KâtyS'r. xxi,
3, 23 and ShadvBr. ii, 10; various modes of writing or arranging verses in the shape of
mathematical or other fanciful figures (syllables which occur repeatedly being left out or words
being represented in a shortened form) Sarasv. ii, 16 Kpr. ix, 8 Sâh.; punning in the form of
question and answer, facetious conversation, riddle, iv, 14/v Pratâpar. Kuval.; cf. a- and, {su-
citra4}, {dA4nu-}, {vi-}; {caitra}.

chitraM = surprising

chitrakaH = (m) a leopard

chitrakaara = (m) painter, artist

chitrapatangaH = (m) butterfly

chitramandiram.h = (n) movie theatre

chitrarathaH = Citraratha

chitraraasabhaH = (m) zebra

chitraveshhTiH = (m) lungi

chitraa = Fourteenth nakshatra

chitrinii = a fine cord within the spine

chitroshhTraH = (m) giraffe

chinoti = to collect, to gather

chint.h = to think

chintaya = (causative of cit) to think

chintayati = (10 up) to think

chintayantaH = concentrating

chintayet.h = should think of

chintaa = worrying

chintaaM = fears and anxieties

chintaamaNi = the gem that gives you anything you can think about

chintita = something one has thought about

chinmayaH = full of the `mind' or consciousness

chira = permanently

chirakaala = always, everpresent, permanent

chiraat.h = after a long time

chiraaya = for long

chiraayuH = long-life- span (`chira' actually means permanent cf. chiranjIvI)

chihna = sign

chii = to increase

chiira = dress made of bark?

chuTati = to pinch

chubukasamarpitajaanu = face dedicated to(huddled up between) the knees

chumbati = to kiss

churikaabandha = pattern of sword, a form of bandha poetry

chulli = (f) cooking fire

chuurNam.h = (n) fine powder

chuurNayati = to grind (as wheat to flour)

chuurNitaiH = with smashed

chodanaa = the impetus

chodhitakaraNa = tested or awakened senses

chorayati = (10 up) to steal, to rob

chorah = (m) thief

chyavanti = fall down

cintaka* = mfn. ifc. one who thinks or reflects upon, familiar with (e.g. {daiva-}, {vaMza-}, &c.,
qq. vv.) Gaut. Mn. vii, 121 MBh. Hariv. R. Pañcat.; m. an overseer DivyA7v.; N. of the 23rd Kalpa
period VâyuP. i, 21, 48 f.; cf. {kArya-}, {graha-}, {megha-}.

cintana* = n. thinking, thinking of. reflecting upon; anxious thought Mn. xii, 5 MBh. Kathâs.
Râjat.v, 205 Sâh.; consideration Sarvad. x; xii, 6 ff.

cintanIya* = mfn. to be thought of or investigated VarBriS. xliii, 37 Pañcat. 1, 1/2; iii BhP. viii, 11,
38.

cintayAna* = mfn. (irr. pr. p.) reflecting, considering MBh. ii, 1748; iii, 12929 Pañcat. iv, 14/15.

cintaa* = f. (Pân. 3-3, 105), thought, care, anxiety, anxious thought about (gen. loc., {upari}, or in
comp.) Mn. xii, 31 Yâjñ. i, 98 MBh. &c. ({-tayA} instr. `" by mere thinking of "' VP. i, 13, 50);
consideration Sarvad. xii f. [398,2]; N. of a woman Râjat. viii, 3453.

cintaavat* = mfn. = {-para} W.

cintita * = mfn. thought, considered W.; thought of. imagined Pan5cat. Vet.; found out,
investigated Nal. xix, 4 Hit. (%{su-}); treated of. Madhus.; reflecting, considering W.; n. thought,
reflection, care, trouble VarBr2S.li, 24 Dhu1rtas.; intention R. i; (%{A}) f. see %{caintita}.

citta* = mfn. `" noticed "' see {a-ci4tta}; `" aimed at "', longed for ChUp.vii, 5, 3; `" appeared "',
visible RV. ix, 65, 12; n. attending, observing ({tira4z cittA4ni}, `" so as to remain unnoticed "'),
vii, 59, 8; thinking, reflecting, imagining, thought RV. VS. S'Br. &c.; intention, aim, wish RV. VS.
AV. TBr. &c.; (Naigh. iii, 9) the heart, mind TS. i S'vetUp. vi, 5 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Pañcat.);
memory W.; intelligence, reason KapS. i, 59 Yogas. i, 37; ii, 54 Veda7ntas.; (in astrol.) the 9th
mansion VarYogay. iv, 1; cf. {iha-}, {cala-}, {pU4rva-}, {prA4yaz-}, {laghu-}, {su-}, {sthira-}.

citra * = conspicuous, excellent, distinguished RV.; bright, clear, bright-coloured RV.; clear (a
sound) RV.; variegated, spotted, speckled (with instr. or in comp.) Nal. iv, 8 R. Mriicch. VarBriS.;
agitated (as the sea, opposed to {sama}) R. iii, 39, 12; various, different, manifold Mn. ix, 248
Yâjñ. i, 287 MBh. &c.; (execution) having different varieties (of tortures) Mn. ix, 248 Das'. vii,
281; strange, wonderful Râjat. vi, 227; containing the word {citra4} S'Br. vii, 4, 1, 24 KâtyS'r. xvii;
({a4m}) ind. so as to be bright RV. i, 71, 1; vi, 65, 2; in different ways R. i, 9, 14; (to execute) with
different tortures Das'. vii, 380; ({a4s}) m. variety of colour L. Sch.; Plumbago zeylanica L.;
Ricinus communis L.; Jonesia As'oka L.; a form of Yama Tithyâd.; N. of a king RV. viii, 21, 18
({ci4tra}); of a Jâbâla-griihapati (with the patr. Gaus'râyani), KaushBr. xxiii, 5; of a king (with the
patr. Gângyâyani) KaushUp. i; of a son of Dhritarâshthra MBh. i, vii; of a Dravida king, Padma
P.v, 20, 1 (v.l. {-trA7kSa}); of a Gandharva Gal.; ({A4}) f. Spica virginis, the 12th (in later
reckoning the 14th) lunar mansion AV. xix, 7, 3 TS. ii, iv, vii TBr. i S'Br. ii, &c.; a kind of snake L.;
N. of a plant (Salvinia cucullata L.; Cucumis maderaspatanus L.; a kind of cucumber L.; Ricinus
communis L.; Croton polyandrum or Tiglium L.; the Myrobalan tree L.; Rubia Munjista L.; the
grass Gandadûrvâ L.) Car. vii, 12 (= {dravanti}) Sus'r.; a metre of 4 X 16 syllabic instants; another
of 4 x 15 syllables; another of 4 x 16 syllables; a kind of stringed instrument; a kind of Mûrchanâ
(in music); illusion, unreality L.; `" born under the asterism Citrâ (Pân. 4-3, 34 Vârtt. 1)N. of
Arjuna's wife (sister of Kriishna = {subhadrA} L.) Hariv. 1952; of a daughter of Gada (or Kriishna
v.l.), 9194; of an Apsaras L.; of a river DivyA7v. xxx; of a rock BhP. xii, 8, 17; f. pl. the asterism
Citrâ VarBriS. xi, 57; ({a4m}) n. anything bright or coloured which strikes the eyes RV. VS. TS.
S'Br. TândyaBr. xviii, 9; a brilliant ornament, ornament RV. i, 92, 13 S'Br. ii, xiii; a bright or
extraordinary appearance, wonder, ii S'ak. Pañcat. Bhartri. &c.; (with {yadi} [S'ak. iii, 9/10] or
{yad} [Hariv. 9062 S'ak. Kathâs. xviii, 359] or fut. [Pân. 3-3, 150 f.]) strange, curious (e.g. {citraM
badhiro vyAkaraNam adhyeSyate} `" it would be strange if a deaf man should learn grammar "'
Kâs'.) [396, 2]; strange! Hariv. 15652 Kathâs. v, vii Râjat. i, iv; the ether, sky L.; a spot MBh. xiii,
2605; a sectarial mark on the forehead L.; = {kuSTha} L.; a picture, sketch, delineation MBh.
Hariv. 4532 ({sa-} mfn. = {-ga}) R. S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Megh. 64); variety of colour L.; a forest
({vana} for {dhana}?) of variegated appearance Sch. on KâtyS'r. xxi, 3, 23 and ShadvBr. ii, 10;
various modes of writing or arranging verses in the shape of mathematical or other fanciful
figures (syllables which occur repeatedly being left out or words being represented in a shortened
form) Sarasv. ii, 16 Kpr. ix, 8 Sâh.; punning in the form of question and answer, facetious
conversation, riddle, iv, 14/v Pratâpar. Kuval.; cf. a- and, {su-citra4}, {dA4nu-}, {vi-}; {caitra}.

codapravRddha* = ({-da4-}) mfn. exalted by the inspiring (draught of Soma), i,: 174, 6.

codana* = mfn. impelling AV. vii, 116, 1 (cf. {RSi-}, {eka-}, {kIri-}, {brahma-}, {radhra-co4d-});
({A}, {am}) fn. impelling, invitation, direction, rule, precept VS. xxix, 7 RPrât. S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r.
Lâthy. Mn. ii, &c.; ({A}) f. reproof (as in Pâli) DivyA7v. i, 54; ({i}),f. N. of a plant(v.l. for {rodanI})
L. Sch.

codanAguDa* = m. a ball to play with L.

codayanmati* = mfn. (fr. {-da4yat}, p. {cud}, Caus.) promoting devotion RV. v, 8, 6; viii, 46, 19.

codayitavya* = mfn. to be criticised Bâdar. Sch.

codayitR* = mf({trI4})n. one who impels or animates or promotes RV. i, 3, 11; vii, 81, 6 Kum. iii,
21.

codas* = see {a-coda4s}.

codaayani* = m. pl. N. of a family Pravar. iv, 8.

coDakarNa* = m. `" projecting-ear "'N. of a man Kathâs. lxix, 164.

codaka* = Meaning* = mfn. impelling MBh. xiii, 71; m. direction, invitation KâtyS'r. i. 10 Nyâyam.
x; (in Gr.) = {pari-graha} q.v. RPrât. x, 10 [400,2]; xi, 14; asker, objectioner, pupil Jain.

coDaka* = {-colaka}, a jacket DivyA7v. xxvii, 541.

coda* = m. an implement for driving horses, goad or whip, v, 61, 3; ({-da4}) mfn. animating,
inspiring, promoting, i, 143, 6; ii, 13, 9 and 30, 6 (cf. {radhracoda4}.)
coDa* = m. {-cU4Da}, a sort of protuberance on a brick TS. v, 3, 7, 1 (ifc.); = {-Daka} SaddhP.; pl.
N. of a people L.; sg. a prince of that people Pân. 4-1, 175 Vârtt. (v.l. {cola}); ({A}) f. N. of a plant
L.

coda* = {-daka}, {-dana}, &c. see {cud}.

codita * = mfn. caused to move quickly RV. ix, 72, 5; driven, impelled, incited MBh. R.; carried on
(a business), iv, 28, 21 ({a-} neg.); invited, directed, ordered MBh. Ragh. xii, 59; informed,
apprised W.; inquired after, BP. vii, 15, 13; enjoined, fixed, appointed, S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. Mn. ii f.
viii MBh. xiii, 2439 R. (B) iii, 56, 16.

coditatva * n. the being enjoined Jaim. vi, 1, 9; ({a-} neg.) KâtyS'r. i, 6

cumbita * m= mfn. kissed S'ak. iii Sâh. i; touched closely or softly Mâlatîm. Vcar. xiv, 7 Sarvad.

cuuDa * = mfn. stupid (?) Divya7v. xxxv, 99 f.; m. (cf. {kU4Ta}) a sort of protuberance on a
sacrificial brick S'Br. viii and KâtyS'r. (also ifc. f. {A}); m. or n. = {-DA-karaNa} Yâjñ. iii, 23; m. N.
of a man (with the patr. Bhâgavitti) S'Br. xiv, 9, 3, 17 f.; ({A}) f. (beginning a Gana of Ganar. 365:
g. {bhidA7di}) the hair on the top of the head, single lock or tuft left on the crown of the head after
tonsure Ragh.xviii, 50 (ifc.) Parâs'. [401, 1]; = {-DA-karaNa} (cf. {-Do7panayana}) Ragh. iii, 28
Smriitit. i; the crest of a cock or peacock L.; any crest, plume, diadem W.; the head L.; the top (of a
column) Hcat. i, 3; the summit Hit. i, l 01; a top-room (of a house) L.; a kind of bracelet L.; a small
well L.; N. of a metre; of a woman g. {bAhvAdi} ({-DAlA} Kâs'.); cf. {cUla}, {coDa}, {caula} {uc-},
{candra-}, {tAmra-}, {svarNa-}; {paMca-} and {mahA-cUDA}.

cuuta: *V= species of mango tree.

cyuta* = 1 mfn. moved, shaken AV. ix, 2, 15; gone away from (abl.) R. ii, 52, 27 and 72, 5; (with
abl. or ifc.) deviated from (lit. [Pañcat. v, 3, 10/11] and fig. [Mn. viii, 418; xii, 70 ff. Hariv. 11105
and 11188]); (said of arrows) failing an aim (abl.) L.; flying away from (abl. or in comp.; said of
missile weapons) MBh. xiii, 4610 Hariv. 8088 R. iii BhP. iii, 18, 5; expelled from, deprived of
(abl.) MBh. iii Bhathth. vii, 92; destitute of. free of (in comp.) Pañcat. i, 10, 26 Kathâs. lx, 178;
abandoned by (in comp.) VarBriS.li, 2; disappeared, vanished Hariv. 11173 Ragh. iii, 45; viii, 65
Bhathth. iii; come forth from, dropped from, streaming forth from (lit. and fig., as speech from
the mouth) Mn. vi, 132 MBh. xiii, 2183 R. i-iii BhP. Bhathth. ix, 71; fallen from, fallen MBh. &c.;
fallen from any divine existence for being re-born as a man Buddh. Jain.; (in astrol.) standing in
the $ Laghuj. x, 5; sunk (morally) Kum. v, 81; (in math.) divided Bijag.; cf. {a4-}, {ha4sta-}.\\ 2
mfn. ifc. id. see {ghRta-}, {madhu-}.

cyuuta* = v.l. for {cUta}, the anus W.

daa = (v) to give

daa* = 3 For {do}, to cut q.v. * =4 cl. 4. P. {dya4ti} (cf. {A-} 4. {dA}), to bind, only in {dISva} VS.
xxxviii, 3 [cf. $ $]. * =5 For {de} q.v. * =6 f. ( {de}), protection, defence L. * =7 For {dai} q.v. * =8
f. ( {das}) cleansing, purifying L.
daa*1 cl. 3. {da4dAti} (pl. {-dati} RV. &c.; Â. {datte} Pañcat. i, 4, 19/20 12, 7 Subh.; 1. sg. {dadmi}
MBh. xii Hariv. R. if.; Impv. {da4dAtu} pl. {-dahu}; 2. sg. {daddhi4} RV. i f. iv, vi, viii, x; {dehi4}
[Pân. 6-4, 119] RV. iii f. viii, x AV. v, xviii f. &c. [473,3]; 2. pl. {da4dAta} RV. vii, 57, 6, {-tana} x,
36, 10, {datta4} 51, 8 VS. AV. &c.; 2. du. {-tta4m} RV. i, 34, 6 AV. &c.; Pot. {dadyA4} AV. &c.;
impf. {a4dadAt}; pl. {a4dadur} RV. vi, x AV. v, 18, 1; 2. du. {a4dattam} RV. &c.; 2. pl. {-ttana i},
139, 7, {a4dadAta} x, 64, 12; Subj. {da4dat} ii, v, vii f. x, {-das} vii f. {-dan} AV. vi, 24, 1 p. m. nom.
sg. {da4dat} pl. {-tas} RV. &c.; p. Â. {da4dAna}, v, 33, 9; {-na4}, i. 148, 2; v, 2, 3; sg. {dadati}, ii,
35, 10 MBh. iii, 13422; pl. {-danti}, xii f.; Impv. {-da}, ix MârkP.; {-data} Sinha7s.; Pot. {-det}
Parâs'. vi, 19; impf. {a4dadat} AV. xii, 4, 23 MBh. R.; Â. sg. {da4date} RV. i, 24, 7 AV. x, 8, 36; pl.
{-dante}, 35 VS. viii, 31; Impv. sg. {-datAm} RV. iii, 53, 17; {-dasva} MBh. Hariv. &c.; impf. pl.
{a4dadanta} RV. vii, 33, i i AV. xiv; p. {da4damAna} RV. i, 41, 9; iv, 26, 6; aor. {a4dAt} [Pân. 2-4,
77], {dat}, {a4dur}, {du4r} &c.; Subj. 2. du. {dAsathas} RV. viii, 40, 1 [cf. Naigh. ii, 30]; Pot. 1. pl.
{deSma} VS. ii, 32; pf. {dadau4}, {-du4r}, {-da4thur}, {-datur}, {-do4} RV. &c.; Pass {-de4}, iv, 34
& 37 AV. X, 2, 16; {dadade}, {-dAte}, {-dire} Pân. 6-4, 126 Kâs'.; p. gen. {dadu4Sas} RV. i, viii,
{-SAm} vi; nom. {-dvA4n}, x, 132, 3; {-dAvan} AV. v, 11, 1; acc. {-divA4Msam}, ix, 5, 10 [cf. Vop.
xxvi, 133]; fut. p. {dAsya4t} AV.vi, 71, 3; Â. {-syate}, {-syante}, 1. sg. {-sye} MBh. Hariv. R.
MârkP.; Prec. {deyAt} Pân. 6-4, 67; inf. {dAva4ne} RV.; {dA4tos}, vii, 4, 6; {-tave}, vii-ix AV. iii,
20, 5; {dA4tavai4} [Pân. vi, 1, 200 Siddh.] RV. iv, 21, 9; {-tum}, v AV. &c.: ind. p. {dattvA4ya}
[Pân. 7-1, 47 Kâs'.] RV. x, 85, 33; {-ttva} AV. &c.; {-dA4ya} [Pân. 6-4, 69] RV. &c.: Pass. {dIyate}
[Pân. 6-4, 62]; p. {-ya4mAna} AV. ix; aor. {adAyi} Pân. 7-3, 33 Kâs'.; Prec. {dAsISTa}, {dAyis-},
vi, 4, 62) cl. 1. {dA4ti} (RV. iv-vii; Impv. {-tu}, 15, 11; cf. Pân. 6-1, 8 Vârtt. 3 Pat.; ii, 4, 76 Kâs'.) to
give, bestow, grant, yield, impart, present, offer to (dat., in later language also gen. or loc.) RV.
&c.; to give (a daughter, {kanyAm}) in marriage Mn. v, ix Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to hand over Mn. viii,
186 & 234; (with {haste}) Kathâs.; to give back, 222 f. MBh. iii Pañcat. VP. Kathâs. lxxiv; to pay
({daNDam}, `" a fine "' Mn. viii f.; {RNam}, a debt "', viii Yâjñ. ii, 45); to give up, cede ({Asanam},
`" one's seat "') Mn. iv, 54; ({panthAnam} or {mArgam}, `" to give up the road, allow to pass "')
viii, 275 and R. v, 94, 8; to sell (with instr. of the price), i Nal. xiv, 21 VarBriS. xlii, 11; to sacrifice
({AtmAnam}, `" one's self. "' Kathâs. xxii, 227; {At-} {khedAya}, to give one's self up to grief "', v,
57); to offer (an oblation &c.) Mn. Yâjñ. R. &c.; to communicate, teach, utter (blessings, {AziSas}
S'ak. MârkP.), give (answer, {prati-vacas}, {-canam}, {praty-uttaram} Nal. S'ak. &c.), speak
({satyaM vacas}, the truth, yâjñ. ii, 200; {vacam}, to address a speech to [dat.] S'ak. vi, 5); to
permit, allow (with inf.) MBh. i S'ak. vi, 22; to permit sexual intercourse S'Br. xiv, 9, 4, 7; to place,
put, apply (in med.) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to add Pañcat. ii, 6, 5 Sûryas. VarBriS. Laghuj.; with
{varam} "', to grant a boon "' S'Br. xi KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; {zoham}, to cause grief "', xiii R. ii;
{avakAzam}, `" to give room or space, allow to enter Yâjñ. ii, 276 Mriicch. Ragh. &c.; {prANAn} or
{jIvitam}, `" to spare any one's life "' MBh. Kathâs. xviii, 275; {talam} or {-lAn}, to slap with the
palms of the hands MBh. iii, ix Hariv. 15741; {-la-prahAram}, to strike with the palm Pañcat. iv,.
2, 0/1 {tAlam}, to beat time with the hands MBh. i Bhathth.; {saMjJAm}, to make a sign Mriicch.;
{saMketakam}, to make an appointment Pañcat. ii, 4, 3/4 {samayam}, to propose an agreement
Kathâs. xviii, 139; {upamAm}, to compare with [gen.] Cân.; {paTaham}, to proclaim with the
drum Kathâs. lxxiii, 357; {zabdam}, to make a noise, call out Vet. iv, 2/3; {zApam}, to utter a
curse MBh. R. &c.; {gAIh}. id. Bhartri.; {anuyAtram}, to accompany Kathâs. xviii, 197;
{AliGganane}, {parirambhaNam}, to embrace, 209 Gît. iii, 8; {jhampam}, to jump Hit.;
{zrAddham}, to perform a Srâddha MBh. xiv R. ii; {vratakam}, to accomplish a vow Hariv.;
{yuddham}, {niy-}, {saMgrAmam}, to give battle, fight with MBh. Hariv. R.; {AjJAm} {Adezam},
to give an order, command, i BrahmaP. Vet.; {saMdezam}, to give information Kathâs. xvii, 161;
{prayogam}, to give a dramatic representation Mâlav. i, 12/13 {vRtim}, to fence in Mn. viii, 240
Kull.; {darzanam}, to show one's self Prab. iii,; 0/1 {dRSTim} {dRzam} {akSi} {caksus}, to fix the
eyes on (loc.) S'ak.i, 6 Kathâs. Dhûrtas. S'riingârat. Sâh.; {karNam}, to give ear, listen S'ak.
Kathâs.; {manas}, to direct the mind to (loc.) MBh. xii, 2526; {kars} {kapolam}, to rest the cheek
on the hand Kârand. xviii, 73 [474,1]; {nigaDAni} to put on or apply fetters Mriicch. vii, 6/7
{pAvakam}, to set on fire; {agnIn} to consume by fire Mn. v, 168; {zAram}, to move a chess-man
Das'. vii, 137; {argalam}, to draw a bolt, bar Kathâs. Râjat. vi, 96; {jAnu}, to kneel upon (gen.)
MBh. iii f.; {padam}, to tread upon [loc.] Bhartri. Hit. ii, 12, 25 SS'ankar. i, 38; to direct the steps
Amar. 74; {viSam}, to poison Pañcar. i, 14, 80 (with acc.!); {garam} id. VP. iv, 3, 16 (with gen.);
-Â. to carry, hold, keep, preserve RV. AV. VS.; to show SV. i, 2, 1, 4, 7 (aor. {adadiSTa}; {aded-} fr.
{diz} RV.): Caus. {dApayati} (Pân. vii, 3, 36; aor. {adIdapat}, 4, 1 and 58 Kâs'.) to cause to give or
be given, cause to bestow or present or give up, oblige to pay, make restore VS. ix, 24 AV. iii, 20, 8
Mn. &c.; to demand from (abl.) Mn. viii, 47; to cause to utter or speak Hariv. 15782 Yâjñ. ii, 6/7
{ghoSaNAm}, to cause to be made known Kathâs. lxiv, 86; to cause to place or advance, xii, 160;
to cause to perform, v, 112 to cause to be put on (loc.) MBh. i, 5724: Desid. {di4tsati} (Pân. 7-4, 54
and 58; p. {di4dAsat} RV. x, 151, 2; {di4tsat}, ii, vii-ix AV. v, 7, 6 MBh.; Pot. {-tseyam} RV. viii
MBh.; pf. 2. sg. {didAsitha} AitBr. viii, 21 S'ânkhS'r. xvi, 16; cf. S'Br. xiii, 7, 1, 15) to wish to give,
be ready to bestow RV. &c.; to wish to give in marriage MBh. &c.: Intens. {dedIyate} Pân. 6-4, 66
Kâs'.; [cf. $; Lat. {do}; &c.]

daa*2 m. a giver RV. v, 41, 1 (dat. {de4}); vi, 16, 26 (nom. {dA4s}); ifc., giving, granting "' see {an-
azva-}, {a-bhikSa-}, {azva-}, {Atma-}, &c. {-dA4}; {a4n-AzIr-}.

daaH = giving

daakiNii = the goddess in mulaadhaara chakra

daaDimaphalam.h = (n) pomegranate, anaar

daaDhaa* = f. (= and prob. fr. %{daMSTrA}) large tooth, tusk L.; wish, desire L.; number,
multitude

daadhaara = holds

daakshya = cleverness, honesty, brilliance

daakshyaM = resourcefulness

daakshiNa * = nif({I})n. (fr. {da4kSiNA} f.) belonging or relating to a sacrificial fee S'Br.
S'ânkhS'r.; relating to the south W.; ({A}) f. the southern country i.e. the Deccan (see below,
{-ja}); n. a collection of sacrificial fees (g. {bhikSA7di}); pl. N. of a Kânda of TS.

daal: thick lentil soup

daama = garland (like)

daambha* = mf({I})n. (fr. {dambha}) deceitful, hypocritical Nalac

daamyati = (4 pp) to tame

daanta* = 1 mfn. ( {dam}) tamed, broken in, restrained, subdued; mild, patient Br. Mn. MBh. &c.;
liberal L.; m. a tamed ox or steer (cf. {damya}) Râjat. v, 432; a donor, giver W.; Ficus Indica or =
{damanaka} L.; N. of a son of Bhîma Nal. 1, 9; of a bull Kathâs. xvi, 295; pl. of a school of the AV.;
({A}) f. of an Apsaras MBh. xiii, 1425.\\* = 2 mf({I})n. (fr. {danta}) made of ivory MBh. R.
Sus'r.\\= 3 mfn. ending in {dA}, MânGr, i, 18 Gobh. ii, 8, 16.

daana = the act of giving

daana* = 1 n. the act of giving RV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; giving in marriage (cf. {kanyA-}); giving up (cf.
{prANa-}, {Atma-}, {zarIra-} Pañc. ii); communicating, imparting, teaching (cf. {brakma-});
paying back, restoring Mn. Yâjñ.; adding, addition (VarBriS.); donation, gift Lat. {donum}] RV.
S'Br. &c. ({-naMdA}, to offer a gñgift Mn. Yâjñ. Hit. &c.; {-nam prayam}, to bestow a gñgift Mn.
iv, 234); oblation (cf. {udaka-}, {havir-}); liberality (cf. 2. {dAna}); bribery Mn.vii, 198 (cf.
{upA7ya}).
daana* = 2 n. cutting off. splitting, dividing L.; pasture, meadow RV.; rut-fluid (which flows from
an elephant's temples) MBh. Hariv. &c.; ({dAna4}) m. (only in RV. but cf. {vasu-}) distribution of
food or of a sacrificial meal; imparting, communicating, liberality; part, share, possession;
distributor, dispenser RV. vii, 27, 4.

daana* = 3 n. purification L.

daanaiH = by charity

daanaM = charity

daanava = a demon

daanavaH = the demons

daaNDa* = 1 mf({I})n. relating to a stick or to punishment W.; m. patr. fr. {daNDa}, (g.
{zivA7di}); ({A}) f. a partic. game with sticks Pân. 4-2, 57 Kâs'.; n. the being a staff (g. {pRthv-
Adi}); multitude of staff-bearers, vi, 4, 164 Sch.

daane = in charity

daanena = by charity

daaneshhu = in giving charities

daanika * = mfn. relating to a gift, &c. (only ifc.; cf. %{adhyayana-}, %{udaka-}, %{vara-}).

daantau = with good teeth?

daara* =1 Inf({I})n. ( {dRR}) tearing up, rending (cf. {bhU-}); m. rent, cleft, hole TândyaBr. xv, 3,
7 (cf. {udara-}, {karbu-}, {a-dAra-sRt}); ({I}) f. id. Sus'r.

daara* =2 m. pl. (probably not connected with s. {dAra} and {dRR}, but cf. Pân. 3-3, 20 Vârtt. 4) a
wife (wives) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({-An} {kR} or {pra-kR}, take to wife, marry MBh.; cf. {kRta-});
rarely m. sg. (Âp. i, 14, 24 Gaut. xxii, 29) f. sg. (BhP. vii, 14, ii) and n. pl. (Pañc. i, 450).

daaraa = woman

daaridrya = poverty

daars'a* = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{darza}) relating to the new moon or the nñnew mñmoon sacrifice
Kaus3. 24 ; m. (scil. %{yajJa}) the nñnew moon sñsacrifice Mn. vi, 9.

daaru = (neut) tree, wood

daaruNa * = mf({A}, once {I})n. hard, harsh (opp. {mRdu}) S'Br. MBh. Sus'r.; rough, sharp,
severe, cruel, pitiless; dreadful, frightful; intense, violent Mn. MBh. R. S'ak. Pañc. &c.; (in comp.
or {-am} before a vb. to express excellence or superiority cf. g. {kASThA7di}); m. Plumbago
Zeylanica L.; n. harshness, severity, horror MBh.; {-Naka} n. N. of a disease of the roots of the
hair Sus'r.; {-Nya} n. harshness (of sound, TPrat. ii, 10).

daarvaaghaaTaH = (m) woodpecker

daasa* = 1 m. fiend, demon; N. of certain evil beings conquered by Indra (e.g. Namuci, Pipru,
S'ambara, Varcin &c.) RV.; savage, barbarian, infidel (also {dA4sa}, opp. to {Arya}; cf. {dasyu});
slave, servant RV. AV. Mn. &c.; a s'ûdra L. Sch.; one to whom gifts may be made W.; a fisherman
(v.l. for {dAza}); ifc. of names, esp. of S'ûdras and Kâya-sthas (but cf. also {kAli-}); ({I}) f. a
female servant or slave AV. S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; harlot L. Sch.; N. of a plant (= {nilA} or {pItA
jhintI}, {kAka-jaGghA}, {nIlA7mlANa} &c.) L.; an altar L.; N. of a river L.; ({dA4sa}) mf({I})n.
fiendish, demoniacal, barbarous, impious RV.

daasa* = 2 m. a knowing man, esp. a knower of the universal spirit L.

daasharathiH = dasharatha's son

daasaH = (male, nom.sing.) servant

daasosmyaham.h = disciple+am+I

daasya* = n. servitude, slavery, service S'Br. Mn. &c.

daas'u * =worshipping, sacrificing

daas'a * =(written also {dAsa}) m. fisherman, ferryman, mariner VS. xxx, 16 Mriicch. viii, 408, 9
MBh. Hariv. &c.; the son of a Nishâda by a woman of the Âyogava caste Mn. x, 34; servant, slave
L.; ({I}) f. fisherwoman, female slave L. \\dAza * =3 the Vriiddhi form of 2. {daza} in comp.

Daakinii * = f. (of {-ka} Pân. 4-2, 51 Pat.) a female imp attending Kâlî (feeding on human flesh)
BhP.x BrahmaP. MârkP. Kathâs. ({DAginI}, cii, cviii f.) (cf. {zAk-}); N. of a locality S'ivaP. i, 38,
18.

daasyante = will award

daasyaami = I shall give charity

daatavya = shouold be given

daatavyaM = worth giving

daataa = (masc.Nom.S) the giver

daataaraM = the giver

daataaram.h = one who gives

daava * = conflagration, esp. a forest conflagration S'Br. MBh. &c.; fire, heat; distress L.; m. n. a
forest MBh. (always connected with fire) Ragh. ii, 8.

daaya* =1 mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 139; 141) giving, presenting (cf. {zata-}, {go-}); m. gift, present,
donation MBh. R. &c.; nuptial fee L. (cf. {su-}); gift at the ceremony of initiation W.; handing
over, delivery Mn. viii, 165; n. game, play Pañcad. \\2 m. share, portion, inheritance RV. TS. &c.
({dAyAd upA7gata}, obtained through inheritance, Mit.; {dAyam upai9ti pitus}, he obtains his
father's inheritance Br.); division, part (ifc. = fold cf. {zata4-}); dismembering, destruction L.;
irony L.; place, site L.
daayinii = giver

dadati = give, donate

dadadaH = (n) a thunder

dadaami = I give

dadaasi = you give, confer upon

dadau = gave (from daa: to give)

dadha* = mfn. (iii, i, 139) `" giving "' see %{iDA-}, %{ilA-}.\\1 mfn. (2, 171 Va1rtt. 3) `" giving "'
RV. x, 46, 1; preserving (with acc.) Vop.; n. a house L.

dadhatamurujaTaa = bearing, head adornments

dadhaatu = let them give( us welfare)

dadhaami = create

dadhichii = a sage who gave his bones to the gods to make a thunderbolt

dadhmuH = blew

dadhmau = blew

dagdha = burned, tormented, pained, consumed by grief or hunger, distressed; dry, insipid;
inauspicious; miserable, execrable

daghibaaga = (f) Chinese take-out

dah.h = to burn

dahat.h = one that burns

dahati = (1 pp) to burn, to pain

Daitya = a demon son of Diti

DaityaanaaM = of the demons

dainyayoga = Combination of planets (Yoga) which give rise to poverty. Usually it is caused by the
malefic conjunctions of house lords with the lords of the 6th, 8th or 12th houses

daiva = destiny

daivaM = in worshiping the demigods

daivaH = godly
daivii = transcendental

daiviiM = divine

dal* = (= {dRR}) cl. l. {-lati} [pf. {dadAla}] Bhathth. xiv; aor. pl. {adAliSur}, xv) to, crack, fly open,
split, open (as a bud) Sus'r. ii, 16 Sis'. ix, 15 Bhâm. i, 4 Amar. Gît. Dhûrtas.: Caus. {dAlayati}, to
cause to burst Sus'r. Bhathth.: {dal-} id., Anargh. Gît. i, 8 Sch. [471, 2]; to expel Mâlatîm. viii, 1
Kathâs. lviii, 8; cii, 58; cf. {ava-}, {ud-}, {vi-}.

da.nDaH = punishment

da.ntii = the tusked one

da.nsh.h = to bite

da.nshhTra = tooth

da.nshhTraa = (fem) tooth, fang

dakaraakSasa* = m. a water-Râkshasa DivyA7v. viii, 262 ff.

dakalaavaNika* = mfn. prepared with water and salt L.

Dakaara* = m. the letter {D} TPrât. iv, 38 Sch.

dakaara* = m. the letter or sound {d}.

Daaka* = m. an imp attending Kâlî Kâlac. v, 38.

daka* = n. = {ud-}, water Phetk. xvii; cf. {dagA7rgala}.

dakhiNa = right side

daksha = a lord of created beings

dakshaH = expert* = mf({A})n. able, fit, adroit, expert, clever, dexterous, industrious, intelligent
RV. &c.; strong, heightening or strengthening the intellectual faculties (Soma), ix f.; passable (the
Ganges) MBh. xiii, 1844; suitable BhP. iv, 6, 44 Bhartri. iii, 64; right (opposed to left) RâmatUp. i,
22 Phetk. i; m. ability, fitness, mental power, talent (cf. {-kratu4}), strength of will, energy,
disposition RV. AV. VS.; evil disposition RV. iv, 3, 13; x, 139, 6; a particular form of temple Hcat.
ii, 1, 390; a general lover W.; a cock Car. i, vi; N. of a plant L.; fire L.; Siva's bull L.; N. of an Âditya
(identified with Prajâ-pati TS. iii S'Br. ii; father of Kriittikâ S'ântik.) RV. if., x Nir. ii, xi; N. of one
of the Prajâ-patis (MBh. xii, 7534 Hariv. VP. i, 7, 5 and 22, 4 BhP.iii, 12, 22 MatsyaP. cvl, 15
KûrmaP. &c. S'ak. vii, 27; born from Brahmâ's right thumb MBh. i, xii Hariv. &c.; or from A-ja "',
the unborn "' BhP. iv, 1, 47; or son of Pra-cetas or of the of 10 Pra-cetasas, whence called
Prâcetasa MBh. i, xii f. Hariv. 101 VP. i, 15; father of 24 daughters by Pra-sûti VP. i, 7, 17 ff. BhP.
&c.; of 50 [or 60 MBh. xii, 61 36 R. iii, 20, 10; or 44 Hariv. 1 1521 ff.] daughters of whom 27
become the Mooñs wives, forming the lunar asterisms, and 13 [or 17 BhP.; or 8 R.] those of
Kas'yapa, becoming by this latter the mothers of gods, demons, men, and animals, while 10 are
married to Dharma Mn. ix, 128f. MBh. i, ix; xii, 7537ff. Hariv. VP. &c.; celebrating a great sacrifice
[hence {dakSa sya4yana}, `" N. of a sacrifice "' Mn. vi, 10] to obtain a son, he omitted, with the
disapproval of Dadhîca, to invite Siva, who ordered Vira-bhadra to spoil the sacrifice Hariv. 12212
[identified with Vishnu] ff. VâyuP.i, 30, = BrahmaP. i LingaP. MatsyaP. xiii VâmP. ii-v S'ivaP. i, 8
Kâs'îKh. lxxxvii ff.; named among the Vis've-devâs Hariv. 11542 VâyuP.; Briihasp. [Hcat] &c.); N.
of a son of Garuda MBh. v, 3597; of a man with the patr. Pârvati S'Br. ii, 4, 4, 6; of a law-giver
Yâjñ. i, 5 Mn. ix, 88 Sch. &c.; of a son of Us'i-nara BhP. ix, 23, 2; of one of the 5 Kânyakubja
Brâhmans from whom the Bengal Brâhmansare said to have sprung Kshiti7s'. i, 13 and 41; ({A}) f.
the earth L.; cf. {a-tUta-}, {dina4-}, {samAna4}; {su-da4kSa}; {mArga-dakSaka}; {dAkSAya4n};
$; Lat. {dex-ter}; Goth. {taiksvs}.

dAkSa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {dakSa}) relating to Daksha (Hariv.) or to Dâkshi (Pân. 4-2, 112);
southern, dwelling in the south SS'ankar.; m. or n. the south (in {-SasyA7yana} n. the suñs
progress towards sñsouth, the winter solstice and sacrifice then performed Mn. vi, 10 [v.l.
{dakS-}]); m. pl. N. of the disciples of a partic. school (see {kumArI-d-}).

dakshiNa = South * = (also {-Na4} S'Br.) mf({A})n. (declined as a pron. when denoting relative
position [`" right "' or, southern "'] KâtyS'r. As'vGri. &c.; cf. Pân. 1-1, 34; vii, 1, 16; but not
necessarily in abl. and loc. sg. m. n. [{-Ne} KâtyS'r. Mn. ii, 63] and nom. pl. m.; except Hariv:
12390) able, clever, dexterous Pân. 1-1, 34 Kâs'. S'atr. (ifc.); right (not left) RV. AV. VS. &c.
({-NaM parI7}, to walk round a person with the right side towards him "' BhP. iv, 12, 25;
{-maMkR}, to place any one on the right side as a mark of respect "', i, viii); south, southern (as
being on the right side of a person looking eastward), situated to the south, turned or directed
southward AV. VS. &c.; coming from south (wind) Sus'r. Ragh. iv, 8; (with {AmnAya}) the
southern sacred text (of the Tântrikas), Kularn. iii; straightforward, candid, sincere, pleasing,
compliant MBh. iv, 167 R. S'ak.iv, 18 Sâh. iii, 35 Pratâpar. BrahmaP.; m. the right (hand or arm)
RV. i, viii, x TS. v; the horse on the, right side of the pole of a carriage, i, x VS. ix, 8; S'iva; m. or n.
the south Nal. ix, 23 R. iv; n. the righthand or higher doctrine of the S'âktas Kula7rn. ii; ({am})
ind. to the right R. ii, 92, 13; ({A}) f. (scil. {go}), able to calve and give milk "', a prolific cow, good
milch-cow RV. AV.; a fee or present to the officiating priest (consisting originally of a cow cf. Kâty
S'r. xv Lâthy. viii, 1, 2 ). RV. Rc.; Donation to the priest (personified along with brâhmanas-pati,
Indra, and Soma, i, 18, 5; x, 103, 8; authoress of x, 107 RAnukr.; wife of Sacrifice [Ragh. i, 31 BhP.
ii, 7, 21, both being children of Ruci and Akûti, iv, l, 4 f. VP. i, 7, 18 f.); reward RV. viii, 24, 2I;
(offered to the Guru) MBh. v Ragh. v, 20 Kathâs. iv, 93 f.; ({-NAm A-} {diz}, to thank "' DivyA7v.
vii, 104; Caus. to earn thanks, i); a gift, donation (cf. {abhaya-}, {prA7Na-}) Mn. iii R. ii; (scil.
{diz}) the south, Deccan L.; a figure of Durgâ having the right side prominent W.; completion of
any rite ({pra-tiSThA}) L.; ({e}) loc. ind. on the right side Hemac.; ({At}) abl. ind. from or on the
right side Pân. 5-3, 4; from the south, southward ib.; ({ena}) instr. ind. on the right or south (35),
on the right side of or southward from (acc.; ii, 3, 31) S'Br. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c. (with {kR}, to place
or leave on the right BhP. v, 21, 8); ({ais}) instr. ind. to the right Kaus'. 77; [cf. Lith. {de4szine7} f.
the right hand. "']

dakshiNaattaat.h = from the southern direction

dakshiNaayanaM = when the sun passes on the southern side

dakshiNe = in the southern direction

dakshiNeshvara = Dakshineshvar, place near Calcutta

danta* = m. (fr. &) = {da4t} RV. vi, 75, 11 AV. &c. (n. R. vi, 82, 28; ifc., {al} [Kathâs. xxi Caurap.]
or {I} [MBh. ix Mriicch. x, 13 VarBriS. Ghath.] Pân. 4-1, 55); the number 32 Ganit.; an elephant's
tusk, ivory MBh. R. &c. [468, 3]; the point (of an arrow? {atharI4}) RV. iv, 6, 8; the peak or ridge
of a mountain, Haravij. iv, 32 Dharmas'arm. vii, 32; an arbour S'is'. iv, 40; a pin used in playing a
lute, Haravij. i, 9; ({i}) f. = {-tikA} Sus'r. VarBriS.; (in music) N. of a composition; cf. {ibha-
dantA}; {kuDmala-} and {krUra-a-dantI} &c.

daNDa = a staff, also monetary punishment for wrong doing\\* = ( = $ -v, hence cognate with
{dâ4ru} and {dRR}) m. (n. [cf. {ikSu-}] g. {ardharcA7di}) a stick, staff, rod, pole, cudgel, club RV.
&c. (staff given at investiture with the sacred thread S'Br. &c.; `" penis [with {vaitasa4}] "', xi, 5, 1,
1; `" trunk "' see {zuNDA-}; `" arm "' or `" leg "' see {dor-}, {bAhu-}; `" tusk "' see {daMSTrA-}); =
{-DakA7sana} BriNârP. xxxi, 115 (n.); a stalk, stem (of a tree; cf. {ikSu-}, {ud-}, {khara-}) MBh. ii,
2390; the staff of a banner, 2079; iv, xiv; the handle (of a ladle, sauce-pan, fly-flap, parasol &c.)
AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the steam of a plough L.; `" a mast "' see {mahAdaNDa-dhara}; the cross-bar of a
lute which holds the strings S'ânkhS'r. xvii; the stick with which a lute is played L.; a churning-
stick (cf. {-DA7hata}) L.; a pole as a measure of length (= 4 Hastas) VarBriS.xxiv, 9 MârkP.il; N. of
a measure of time (= 60 Vi-kalâs) BrahmaP. ii VarP. BhavP.; N. of a staff-like appearance in the
sky (`" N. of a planet "' (L.; cf. {-bhAsa}) VarBriS.; N. of a constellation, xx, 2 VarBri. Laghuj.; a
form of military array (cf. {-vyuha}) L.; a line (cf. {-pAta}); a staff or sceptre as a symbol of power
and sovereignty (cf. {nyasta-}), application of power, violence Mn. vii f. MBh.; power over (gen. or
in comp.), control, restraint (cf. {vAg-}, {mano-}, {kAya-} [{karma-} MârkP. xli, 22]; {tri-
daNDin}) Subh.; embodied power, army ({koza-}, du `" treasure and army "' Mn. ix, 294 MBh.
Kir. ii, 12) Mn. vii Ragh. xvii, 62; the rod as a symbol of judicial authority and punishment,
punishment (corporal, verbal, and fiscal; chastisement and imprisonment, reprimand, fine)
TândyaBr. xvii, 1 Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {gupta4} & {gUDha-}) [466,3]; pride L.; m. a horse L.;
Punishment (son of Dharma and Kriyâ VP. i, 7, 27 MârkP. l); Yama L.; S'iva MBh. xii, 10361; N. of
an attendant of the Sun, iii, 198; (g. {zivA7di} and {zaunakA7di}) N. of a man with the patr.
Aupara MaitrS. iii, 8, 7 TS. vi, 2, 9, 4; of a prince slain by Arjuna (brother of {-dhara}, identified
with the Asura Krodha-hantrii) MBh. if., viii; of a Rakshas R. vii, 5, 39; see {-oDaka}; ({A}) f.
Hedysaruni lagopodioides, Npr

dANDa* = 1 mf({I})n. relating to a stick or to punishment W.; m. patr. fr. {daNDa}, (g. {zivA7di});
({A}) f. a partic. game with sticks Pân. 4-2, 57 Kâs'.; n. the being a staff (g. {pRthv-Adi});
multitude of staff-bearers, vi, 4, 164 Sch.

daNDaM = stick(walking)

daNDaasana = the staff posture

daNDii = Dandii

dala = leaf

dalam.h = (n) flower petal

Dam* = cl. 1. P. (p. {-mat}) to sound (as a drum) Prab. iii, 14.

dam* =1 cl.4. {dAmyati} (Pân. 7-3, 74; ind. p. {dAntvA} and {damitvA}, 2, 56; aor. Pass. {adami},
3, 34 Kâs'.; P. {-mit} Bhathth. xv, 37) to be tamed or tranquillised S'Br. xiv, 8, 2, 2 (Impv.
{dA4myata}); to tame, subdue, conquer MBh. vii, 2379 and BhP. iii, 3, 4 (ind. p. {damitvA})
Bhathth.: cl. 9. irreg. (? Subj. 2. sg. {da4nas}) id. RV. i, 174, 2: Caus. {damayati} (p. {-ma4yat}; Â.
Pân. 1-3, 89) to subdue, overpower RV. vii, 6; x, 74, 5 AV.v, 20, 1 MBh. Râjat.; Desid. see {dAn};
[cf. $, $; Lat. {domare} &c.]

dam* =2 a house RV. x, 46, 7 (gen. pl. {damAm}); {pa4tir da4n} (gen. sg.) = {da4m-patis}, 99, 6;
105, 2; i, 149, 1; 153, 4; {pa4ti da4n} = {da4m-patI}, 120, 6; {zi4zur da4n} `" a child of the house
"', x, 61, 20; [cf. $ &c.]

dama = self-control

damaH = control of the senses

damayataaM = of all means of suppression

dambha = of pride* m. N. of a man Râjat. viii, 1135; ({A}) f. N. of a weapon Buddh. L. * m. deceit,
fraud, feigning, hypocrisy Mn. iv, 163 MBh. &c.; Deceit (son of A-dharma and Mriishâ BhP.iv, 8,
2) Prab.ii; Indra's thunder bolt L.; S'iva; N. of a prince ({darbha} AgP.; {rambha} VP.) PadmaP.

dambhaH = pride

dambhena = out of pride

daNDa* = ( = $ -v, hence cognate with {dâ4ru} and {dRR}) m. (n. [cf. {ikSu-}] g. {ardharcA7di}) a
stick, staff, rod, pole, cudgel, club RV. &c. (staff given at investiture with the sacred thread S'Br.
&c.; `" penis [with {vaitasa4}] "', xi, 5, 1, 1; `" trunk "' see {zuNDA-}; `" arm "' or `" leg "' see
{dor-}, {bAhu-}; `" tusk "' see {daMSTrA-}); = {-DakA7sana} BriNârP. xxxi, 115 (n.); a stalk, stem
(of a tree; cf. {ikSu-}, {ud-}, {khara-}) MBh. ii, 2390; the staff of a banner, 2079; iv, xiv; the
handle (of a ladle, sauce-pan, fly-flap, parasol &c.) AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the steam of a plough L.; `" a
mast "' see {mahAdaNDa-dhara}; the cross-bar of a lute which holds the strings S'ânkhS'r. xvii;
the stick with which a lute is played L.; a churning-stick (cf. {-DA7hata}) L.; a pole as a measure of
length (= 4 Hastas) VarBriS.xxiv, 9 MârkP.il; N. of a measure of time (= 60 Vi-kalâs) BrahmaP. ii
VarP. BhavP.; N. of a staff-like appearance in the sky (`" N. of a planet "' (L.; cf. {-bhAsa})
VarBriS.; N. of a constellation, xx, 2 VarBri. Laghuj.; a form of military array (cf. {-vyuha}) L.; a
line (cf. {-pAta}); a staff or sceptre as a symbol of power and sovereignty (cf. {nyasta-}),
application of power, violence Mn. vii f. MBh.; power over (gen. or in comp.), control, restraint
(cf. {vAg-}, {mano-}, {kAya-} [{karma-} MârkP. xli, 22]; {tri-daNDin}) Subh.; embodied power,
army ({koza-}, du `" treasure and army "' Mn. ix, 294 MBh. Kir. ii, 12) Mn. vii Ragh. xvii, 62; the
rod as a symbol of judicial authority and punishment, punishment (corporal, verbal, and fiscal;
chastisement and imprisonment, reprimand, fine) TândyaBr. xvii, 1 Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {gupta4} &
{gUDha-}) [466,3]; pride L.; m. a horse L.; Punishment (son of Dharma and Kriyâ VP. i, 7, 27
MârkP. l); Yama L.; S'iva MBh. xii, 10361; N. of an attendant of the Sun, iii, 198; (g. {zivA7di} and
{zaunakA7di}) N. of a man with the patr. Aupara MaitrS. iii, 8, 7 TS. vi, 2, 9, 4; of a prince slain by
Arjuna (brother of {-dhara}, identified with the Asura Krodha-hantrii) MBh. if., viii; of a Rakshas
R. vii, 5, 39; see {-oDaka}; ({A}) f. Hedysaruni lagopodioides, Npr

danDadiipa = (m) tubelight

danDayati = (10 up) to punish

dantaH = (m) tooth

dantapaalii = (f) gums

dantacAla* = m. looseness of the teeth Sus'r.iv, 39.

dantakAra* = m. an ivory worker R. ii.

dantajAha* = n. the root of a tooth g. {karNA7di}

dantapattra* = n. a kind of ear-ring

dara* = (Pân. 3-3, 58) mfn. ( {dRR}) ifc., cleaving, breaking see {puraM-dara4}, {bhagaM-}; m.
(g. {ardharcA7di}, {uJchA7du}) = {-rI} R. ii, 96, 4; a conch-shell BhP. i, vf., x Kramadîp.; m. the
navel Gal.; `" stream "' see {asRg-}; fear MBh. v, 4622; n. poison (v.l. {dhara}) L.; ({I}) f. a hole in
the ground, cave MBh. R. Hariv. Kum. &c.; ({am}) ind. a little Bhartri. iii, 24.

darbha * = m. (2. {dRbh}) a tuft or bunch of grass (esp. of Kus'a grass; used for sacrificial
purposes) RV. i, 191, 3 AV. &c.; N. of a grass (different from Kus'a and Kâs'a Sus'r. i, 38;
Saccharum cylindricum W.) Lalit. xvii, 89 Sus'r.; (Pân. 4-1, 102; g. {kurv-Adi} v.l.) N. of a man
Pravar. ii, 3, 1 (Âs'vGri. Kâty. &c.); `" of a prince "' see {dambha}.

dari // daari *: splitting, opening, tearing asunder

daridrataa = poverty; shortage

darpa = pride (masc)

darpaM = pride

darpaH = arrogance

darpaNa = Mirror

darpaNaH = (m) mirror

darbha = a sweet-smelling dried grass

dars'a * = mfn. ( %{dris}) ifc. `" looking at, viewing "' see %{avasAna-}, %{Adinava-}, and
%{vadhU-darza4}, %{tattva-} ; `" showing "' see %{Atma-} ; m. `" appearance "' see %{ca4dir-
darza4}, %{dur-}, %{prity-} ; (g. %{pacA7di}) the moon when just become visible, day of new
moon, halfmonthly sacrifice performed on that day AV. ; (parox.) TS. TBr. & S3Br. ix Kaus3.
A1s3vGr2. &c. (n. MBh. iii, 14206) ; (Day of) New Moon (son of Dha1tr2i BhP. vi, 18, 3 ; of
Kr2ishn2a, x, 61, 14 ; N. of a Sa1dhya Va1yuP. ii, 5, 6) ; du. = %{pUrNamAsa4} TS. Sch.

dars'ana = seeing * =darzana mf({I})n. showing. Pân. 5-2, 6; ifc. seeing, looking at (see {tulya-},
{deva-}, {sama-}.) Ragh. xi, 93; `" knowing see {dharma-}; exhibiting, teaching MBh. i, 583 BhP.
v, 4, 11; n. seeing, observing, looking, noticing, observation, perception RV. i, 116, 23 S'Br. xiv
S'ânkhGri. v, 5 MBh. &c. [471, 1]; ocular perception Sus'r. iv, 27; the eye-sight, vi, 17; inspection,
examination Yâjñ. 1, 328 Hariv. 5460; visiting Yâjñ. i, 84 Kathâs. iii, 8; audience, meeting (with
gen. Cân.; instr. with or without {saha} Vet.; in comp. Ragh. xii, 60 S'ak. v, 5/6; vii, 25/26 Râjat.
vi, 43; experiencing BhP. i, 8, 25; foreseeing Ragh. viii, 71; contemplating Mn. viii, 9 and 23;
apprehension, judgment S'ak. iii, 6/7 discernment, understanding, intellect Mn. vi, 74 Yâjñ. i, 8
Bhag. &c.; opinion Mâlav. v, 13/14 Kâm. ii, 6; intention (cf. {pApa-}) R. i, 58, 18; view, doctrine,
philosophical system (6 in number, viz. [Pûrva-] Mîmânsâ by Jaim. Uttara-Mîmânsâ by Bâdar.;
Nyâya by Gotama Vais'eshika by Kana7da Sânkhya by Kap.; Yoga by Pat.) MBh. xii, 11045 f. BhP.
&c.; the eye Sus'r. v, 8 S'ak. iv, 6 Prab. iii, 10; the becoming visible or known, presence Âs'vGri. iii,
7 Mn. ii, 101; iv Yâjñ. i, 131; ii, 170 MBh. &c.; appearance (before the judge) Mn. viii, 158 Yâjñ. ii,
53 Kâm.; the being mentioned (in any authoritative text) Kâty. S'r. i, xxvi Lâthy. vi, ix Bâdar. i, s,
25 MBh. xiv, 2700; a vision, dream Hariv. 1285 Hit. iii, 0/1; ifc. appearance, aspect, semblance
Mn. ii, 47 MBh. (Nal. ii, 3; xii, 18 and 44) R. Ragh. iii, 57; colour L.; showing (cf. {danta-}) Bhartri.
ii, 26 Dhûrtas. i, 35/11 a mirror L.; a sacrifice L.; = {dharma} L.; ({I}) f. Durgâ Hariv. 10238; N. of
an insect Npr.; cf. {a-}, {su-}.

darshanaM = sight, Darshan

darshanakaankshiNaH = aspiring to see

darshanaaya = for seeing

darshaniiya = handsome
darshanena = at the sight of

darshaya = show

darshayaamaasa = showed

darshitaM = shown

darshinaH = seers

darshibhiH = by the seers

darvii = (f) serving spoon, ladle

Dasa* = mfn. id. g. {tRNA7di}.

dasa* = m. a demon, vi, 21, 11.

das'a = (adj) ten* =1 ifc. for {-zA} ({ajpa-}, {udag-} &c.) \\=2 ifc. ({tri-}, {dvi-}, {nir-}) and in
comp. for {-zan} ({as}) f. pl. `" Decads "'N. of 10 Jain texts ({upA7saka-}. &c.) consisting of 10 chs.
each.

das'aa * =f. ( {daMz}?) the fringe of a garment, loose ends of any piece of cloth, skirt or hem
KâtyS'r. iv, 1, 17 ({UrNA}) Lâthy. viii, 6, 22 Kaus'. S'ânkhGri. ii, 12, 5 Mn. &c.; a wick Gobh. iv, 2,
32 ({kSauma-}) Kum. iv, 30 Bhartri. iii, i; state or condition of life, period of life (youth, manhood,
&c.), condition, circumstances R. Pañcat. Megh. &c.; the fate of men as depending on the position
of the planets, aspect or position of the planets (at birth &c.) VarBriS. VarBri. Laghuj.; the mind
L.; cf. {vastra-}; i. {daza}.

dashati = (1 pp) to bite

dashanavihiinaM = dashana+vihInaM, teeth+bereft

dashanaantareshhu = between the teeth

dashamukhaantakaH = the finisher (destroyer) of the ten-faced one (rAvaNa)

dasharatha = dasharatha's

dasharathatanayaM = the son of dasharatha

dasharathasyaitau = dasharathasya+etaau, dasharatha's+this pair

dashaa = Planetary period or system of directions. Also means the actual Major planetary period
itself. There are many of these the most used being vi.nshottarii or 120 year cycle system. Others
are ashhTottari (108), Chatursheetisama (84), Dwadashottari (112), Dwisaptatisama (72),
Panchottari (105), ShashhTisama (60), Shatatri.nshatsama (36), Shodashottari (116), Yogini (30).
These are lunar based. Then there are Rashi (sign) based systems: chara, sthira, kaala chakra and
kendraadi dashas etc

dashaa.nsha = One of the varga-s or harmonic divisions of a sign. This is the 10th division
dashaanana = Another name for Ravana

dashaavataara = the ten avataara-s of Vishnu

dashaikaM = eleven

dashhTa = bite

dasyu* = m. ( {das}) enemy of the gods (e.g. {za4mbara}, {zu4SNa}, {cu4muri}, {dhu4ni}; all
conquered by Indra, Agni, &c.), impious man (called {a-zraddha4}, {a-yajJa4}, {a4-yajyu}, {a4-
pRnat}, {a-vrata4}, {anya-vrata}, {a-karma4n}), barbarian (called {a-nA4s}, or {an-A4s} `" ugly-
faced "', {a4dhara}, inferior "', {a4-mAnuSa}, inhuman "'), robber (called {dhani4n}) RV. AV. &c.;
any outcast or Hindû who has become so by neglect of the essential rites Mn.; not accepted as a
witness, viii, 66; cf. {traso4-} ({da4syave vR4ka} m. `" wolf to the Dasyu "'N. of a man RV. viii, 51;
55 f; {da4syave sa4has} n. violence to the DñDasyu (N. of Turvîti), i, 36, 18).

dasyuhan* = m. (nom. {-hA4} instr. {-ghnA4})fn. destroying the Dasyus (Indra i, vi, viii [473,2];
Indra's gift, x, 47, 4; {manyu4}, 83, 3; {ma4nas}, iv, 16, 10); {-ha4n-tama} mfn. (superl.) most
destructive to the Dasyus, vi, 16, 15 and viii, 39, 8 (Agni); x, 170, 2 (Light) Hariv. (Buddha); cf.
Pân. 8-2, 17 Kâs'.

da *=1 the 3rd cerebral consonant (pronounced like {d} in {drum} by slightly turning the tip of
the tongue upwards [430,2]; and often in Bengal like a hard {r}).\\ *=2 m. a sound L.; a kind of
drum W.; fear L.; submarine fire L.; Siva L.; ({A}) f. a Dâkinî L.; a basket &c. carried by a sling L.
\\*=1 the 3rd and soft letter of the 4th or dental class. \\*=2 mf({A})n. (1. {dA}) ifc. (Pân. 3-2, 3)
giving, granting, offering, effecting, producing (e.g. {abhI7STa-}, `" giving any desired object "'
Pañcat. ii, 50; {gaja-vAji-vRddhi-}, `" promoting the welfare of elephants and horses "' VarBriS.
xviii, 5) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {agni-}; {a-doma-da4}; {anna-}, {artha-}, {garbha-}, {janma-} &c.); m.
n. a gift L.; ({A}) f. id. L. \\ *=3 mfn. ( {do}) ifc. see {anala-}, 2. {jIva-}; m. n. the act of cutting off
L.; ({A}) f. id. L. \\ *=4 mfn. (4. {da-}) ifc. see {Rzya-da4}. \\*=5 = {da4t} cf. {a-panna-},
{panna-}; {So-Da}. \\ *=6 m. a mountain L.; n. a wife (derived fr. {da4m-patI}) L.; ({A}) f. heat,
pain L

dat * = m. (taking the form {da4nta} in the strong cases Pân. 6-1, 63) a tooth RV. (nom. {da4n}, x,
115, 2) AV. VS. S'Br. Âs'vGri. BhP.; often ifc. (Pân. 5-4, 141-145) see {a-} &c.; {a-dat-ka}; {dac-
chada} [cf. $, Lat. {dens} &c.]

dattaM = given

dattvaa V= granted, promised, * resumption to give

dattaan.h = things given

daurbalyaM = weakness

daurmanasya = despair

daur * = Vriiddhi of {dur} for {dus}.

dauraatmya* = n. badheartedness, wickedness, depravity MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-myaka} mfn. wicked,
evil (deed) R.

daur-ita4 * =n. mischief. harm S'Br.

daur-gatya * =n. distress, misery, poverty MBh. &c.

daur-gaha4 * = m. `" descendant of Dur-gaha "' patr. of Puru-kutsa (Naigh. `" horse "'). RV. iv,
42, 8.

daur-jana * = mf({I})n. consisting of bad people (company) Nalac.; {-nya} n. wickedness,

depravity [499, 2]; evil, wrong Hit. BhP.; ill-will, envy, S'ârng P.

daurbhikSa * =n. famine TândyaBr. Sch.

daurmadya * =n. brawl, fight L.

daur-mitri * =m. metron. fr. {dur-mitrA} (g. {bAhv-Adi}).

daur-mukhi * = m. patr. fr. {dur-mukha} MBh. vii, 7008 &c.

daur-vAsa * = or mf({I})n. relating to Dur-vâsas Madhus.

daur-vratya * = ({dau4r-}) n. disobedience, ill conduct VS.

daur-hArda * = n. badness of mind, wickedness, enmity, g. {yuvA7di}.

daur-hRda * = n. id. MBh. v, 751; m. villain Nîlak.; morbid longing of pregnant women L.

daurudhara * = mfn. (fr. {durudharA}) Var.

daurezruta * = m. (fr. {dUre-zruta}) patr. of the serpent-priest Timirgha ib.

daurgya * = n. difficulty, inaccessibility W.

dauhitra = (m) grandson (daughter's son)

dauhitri = (m) granddaughter (daughter's daughter)

dautya * n. (fr. {dUta}) the state or function of a messenger, message, mission

dava * = (see also daava). (2. {du}) a wood on fire BhP. viii, 6, 13; fire L. Sch.; burning, heat Car. i,
20; fever W.; a forest L.; cf. {dAva}.

dayaa = mercy* = f. sympathy, compassion, pity for (loc. MBh. Pañcat. Bhartri. &c. [470,1]; gen.
R. Hariv. 8486; in comp. MBh. xiv Hit. i, 6, 41 ) S'Br. xiv &c. ({-yAM} {kR}, `" to fake pity on "'
[loc. MBh. Hit. i, 2, 7; gen. Vop.]); Pity (daughter of Daksha and mother of A-bhaya BhP. iv, 1, 49
f.) Hariv. 14035; cf. {a-daya4}; {nir-}, and {sadaya}.

dayaaluH = the kind-hearted

dayita = dear

Dayate = to fly
deha = body: * = m. n. ( {dih}, to plaster, mould, fashion) the body TÂr. KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; (in a
triad with {manas} and {vAc}) Mn. i, 104 &c.; ({-haMdhAraya}, to support the body i.e. exist
Nal.); form, shape, mass, bulk (as of a cloud; ifc. f. {A}) Var.; per. son, individual Subh.;
appearance, manifestation ifc. having the appearance of ({saMdeha-} Bâlar. iii, 43/44); N. of a
country L.; ({I4}) f. mound, bank, rampart, surrounding wall RV.

dehaM = body, existence

dehatrayaH = the three forms of bodies (corporal or physical, astral and causal

dehabhrit.h = the embodied

dehabhritaa = by the embodied

dehabhritaaM = of the embodied

dehali = doorstep

dehavadbhiH = by the embodied

dehaaH = material bodies

dehaantara = of transference of the body

dehaapaaye = when life departs the body

dehin.h = man

dehinaM = of the embodied

dehinaaM = of the embodied

dehii = the self

dehiinaM = the living entity

dehiinaH = of the embodied

dehe = in the body

dehe.asmin.h = in this body

deheshhu = bodies

deva = God* = mf({i})n. (fr. 3. {div}) heavenly, divine (also said of terrestrial things of high
excellence) RV. AV. VS. S'Br. (superl. m. {deva4-tama} RV. iv, 22, 3 &c.; f. {devi-tamA}, ii, 41, 16);
m. (according to Pân. 3-3, 120 {de4va}) a deity, god RV. &c.&c.; (rarely applied to) evil demons
AV. iii, 15, 5 TS. iii, 5, 4, 1; (pl. the gods as the heavenly or shining ones; {vi4zve devA4s}, all the
gods RV. ii, 3, 4 &c., or a partic. class of deities [see under {vi4zva}], often reckoned as 33, either
11 for each of the 3 worlds RV. i, 139, 11 &c. [cf. {tri-daza}], or 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and 12 Âdityas
[to which the 2 As'vins must be added] Br.; cf. also DivyA7v. 68; with Jainas 4 classes, viz.
{bhavanA7dhI7za}, {vyantara}, {jyotiSka}, and {vaimAnika}; {devA4nAm pa4tnyas}, the wives of
the gods RV. VS. Br. [cf. {deva-patnI} below]) [492,3]; N. of the number 33 (see above) Ganit.; N.
of Indra as the god of the sky and giver of rain MBh. R. &c.; a cloud L.; (with Jainas) the 22nd
Arhat of the future Ut-sarpinî; the image of a god, an idol Vishn.; a god on earth or among men,
either Brâhman, priest RV. AV. (cf. {bhU-d-}), or king, prince (as a title of honour, esp. in the voc.
`" your majesty "' or `" your honour "'; also ifc. e.g. {zrI-harSa-d-}, {vikramA7Gka-d-}, king S'rî-
hñharsha or VikrñVikrama7nka, and in names as {puruSo7ttama-d-} [lit. having Vishnu as one's
deity; cf. {atithi-d-}, {AcArya-d-}, {pitR-d-}, {mAtR-d-}]; rarely preceding the name e.g. {deva-
caNDamahAsena} Kathâs. xiii, 48) Kâv. Pañc. &c. (cf. {kSiti-}, {nara-}, &c.); a husband's brother
(cf. {devR} and {devara}) W.; a fool, dolt L.; a child L.; a man following any partic. line or
business L.; a spearman, lancer L.; emulation, wish to excel or overcome L.; sport, play L.; a
sword Gal.; N. of men VP.; of a disciple of Nâga7rjuna MWB. 192; dimin. for {devadatta} Pân. 5-3,
83 Vârtt.4 Sch.; (n. L.) an organ of sense MundUp. iii, 1, 8; 2, 7; ({A}) f. Hibiscus Mutabilis or
Marsilia Quadrifolia; ({I4}), f. see s.v. [Cf. Lat. {dîvus}, {deus}; Lit. {de14vas}; Old Pruss.
{deiwas}.]

devaaH = demigods

devaalayaH = (m) temple

devaan.h = demigods

devaanaaM = of the demigods

devaaya = Divine* = Nom. P., only p. {-ya4t} = {-vaya4t}, Maitr. and KapS. Kâthh.

devabhogaan.h = the pleasures of the gods

devadevasya = of the Supreme Personality of Godhead

devadatta = one of the vital airs, which causes yawning

devadattaM = the conchshell named Devadatta

devadaasii = God's (female) servant (word degenerated to a temple prostitute)

devadeva = O Lord of all demigods

devadevasyadevaH = (masc.nom.sing.) god; demi-god

devahitaM = that which is healthy or `pro' or good for the Devas

devaM = God

devataa = goddess

devataaH = the demigods

devarshiH = the sage among the demigods

devarshiiNaaM = of all the sages amongst the demigods

devarishi* = m. `" a Riishi among the gods "'N. of Nârada, 16, 1 (cf. {-varSi}).
devarshi* = m. ({deva} + {RSi}) a Riishi, a saint of the celestial class, as Nârada, Atri &c. MBh.
(xiv, 781 {sapta saptarSayaH} for {sñsapta devarS-}) R. Pur. &c. (cf. {brahmarSi} and {rAjarSi});
N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1259; {-carita} n. the deeds of dñdivine sages MBh. xii, 7663; {-tva} n. state
or rank of a dñdivine sñsages BhP. i, 3, 8; {pitR-vallabha} m. sesamum Gal.; {-varya} m. chief of
sages MW.

devalaH = Devala

devala* = 1 m. an attendant upon an idol (who subsists on the offerings made to it; oftener {-laka}
Mn. iii, 152; 180 MBh.); a virtuous or pious man Un. i, 108 Sch.; N. of a descendant of Kas'yapa
and one of the authors of RV. ix; of Asita or a son of AñAsita MBh. Pur.; of a man mentioned with
AñAsita, Prav.; of an astronomer Var.; of a legislator (also, {-bhaTTa}) Madhus. Kull.; of a son of
Pratyûsha MBh. Hariv.; of an elder brother of Dhaumya MBh.; of the husband of Eka-parnâ
Hariv.; of the father of Sannati (the wife of Brahma-datta) ib.; of the grandfather of Pân. Col.; of a
son of Vis'vâ-mitra (pl. his descendants) Hariv.; of a son of Kriis'âs'va by Dhishanâ BhP.

devanAgarii* = f. `" divine city writing "'N. of the character in which Sanskriit is usually written
(prob. from its having originated in some city) Col. MWB. 66, 1.

devavara = O great one amongst the demigods

devavrataaH = worshipers of demigods

devayajaH = the worshipers of the demigods

devayaa* = mfn. going to the gods, longing for them RV.

devaya* = Nom. P., only p., {-ya4t}, loving or serving the gods, religious RV. (cf. {a4-}); divine or
shining (?) BhP. iii, 20, 22.

devi = Goddess

devii = Goddess * = f. (cf. {deva4}) a female deity, goddess RV. AitBr. MBh. &c. (e.g. Ushas RV.
vii, 75, 5; Sarasvatî, v, 41, 17; Sâvitrî, the wife of Brahmâ MBh.; Durgâ, the wife of S'iva MBh.
Hariv. Kâv. &c.; the 4 goddesses of Buddhists are Rocanî, Mâmaki, Pândurâ and Târâ Dharmas.
iv); N. of nymph beloved by the Sun L.; of an Apsaras MBh. i, 4818; (with Jainas) the mother of
18th Arhat of present Ava-sarpinî L.; queen, princess lady (the consecrated wife or daughter of a
king, but also any woman of high rank) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a kind of bird (= {zyAmA}) L.; a partic.
supernatural power (= {kuNDalinI}) Cat.; worship, reverence W.; N. of plants (colocynth, a
species of cyperus, Medicago Esculenta &c.) L

devesha = O Lord of all lords

deveshhu = amongst the demigodsdava *= a wood on fire B; fire; burning, heat = (water)

deyaM = is to be given

deyam.h = to be given

desha = country

deshe = land
dhaa * = 1 cl. 3. P. Â. {da4dhAti}, {dhatte4} RV. &c. &c. (P. du. {dadhva4s}, {dhattha4s},
{dhatta4s} [Pân. 8-2, 38]; pl. {dadhma4si} or {-ma4s}, {dhattha4}, {dAdhati}; impf. {a4dadhAt}
pl. {-dhur}, 2. pl. {a4dhatta} or {a4dadhAta} RV. vii, 33, 4; Subj. {da4dhat} or {-dhAt} [Pân. 7-3,
70 Kâs'.], {-dhas}, {-dhatas}, {-dhan}; Pot. {dadhyA4t}; Impv. {dAdhAtu} pl. {-dhatu}; 2. sg.
{dhehi4} [fr. {dhaddhi}; cf. Pân. 6-4, 119] or {dhattAt} RV. iii, 8, 1; 2. pl. {dhatta4}, i, 64, 15,
{dhattana}, i, 20, 7, {da4dhAta}, vii, 32, 13, or {-tana}, x, 36, 13 [cf. Pân. 7-1, 45 Sch.]; p.
{da4dhat}, {-ti} m. pl. {-tas}; Â. 1. sg. {dadhe4} [at once 3. sg. = {dhatte4} RV. i, 149, 5 &c. and=
pf.Â.], 2. sg. {dha4tse}, viii, 85, 5 or {dhatse4} AV. v, 7, 2; 2. 3. du. {dadhA4the}, {-dhA4te}; 2. pl.
{-dhidhve4} [cf. pf.]; 3. pl. {da4dhate} RV. v, 41, 2; impf. {a4dhatta}, {-tthAs}; Subj. {da4dhase},
viii, 32, 6 [Pân. 3-4, 96 Kâs'.]; Pot. {da4dhIta} RV. i, 40, 2 or {dadhIta4}, v, 66, 1; Impv. 2. sg.
{dhatsva}, x, 87, 2 or {dadhiSva}, iii, 40, 5 &c.; 2. pl. {dhaddhvam} [Pân. 8-2, 38 Kâs'.] or
{dadhidhvam} RV. vii, 34, 10, &c.; 3. pl. {dadhatAm} AV. viii, 8, 3; p. {da4dhAna}); rarely cl. 1. P.
Â. {dadhati}, {-te} RV. MBh.; only thrice cl. 2. P. {dhA4ti} RV.; and once cl. 4. Â. Pot. {dhAyeta}
MaitrUp. (pf.P. {dadhau4}, {-dhA4tha}, {-dhatur}, {-dhimA84}, {-dhur} RV. &c.; Â. {dadhe4} [cf.
pr.], {dadhiSe4} or {dhiSe} RV. i, 56, 6; 2. 3. du. {dadhA4the}, {-dhA4te}, 2. pl. {dadhidhve4} [cf.
pr.]; 3. pl. {dadhire4}, {dadhre}, x, 82, 5; 6, or {dhire}, i, 166, 10 &c.; p. {da4dhAna} [cf. pr.]; aor.
P. {a4dhAt}, {dhA4t}, {dhA4s}; {adhu4r}, {dhu4r} RV. &c.; Pot. {dheyAm}, {-yur}; {dhetana} RV.
TBr.; 2. sg. {dhAyIs} RV. i, 147, 5; Impv. {dhA4tu} [cf. Pân. 6-i, 8 Vârtt. 3 Pat.]; 2. pl. {dhA4ta} or
{-tana}, 3. pl. {dhAntu} RV.; Â. {adhita}, {-thAs}, {adhItAm}, {adhImahi}, {dhImahi}, {dhimahe},
{dhAmahe} RV.; 3. sg. {ahita}, {hita} AV. TÂr.; Subj. {dhe4the} RV. i, 158, 2, {dhaithe}, vi, 67, 7;
Impv. {dhiSvA84}, ii, 11, 18, &c.; P. {adhat} SV.; {dhat} RV.; P. {dhAsur} Subj. {-sathas} and
{-satha} RV.; Â. {adhiSi}, {-Sata} Br.; Pot. {dhiSIya} ib. [P. vii, 4, 45]; {dheSIya} MaitrS.; fut.
{dhAsyati}, {-te} or {dhAtA} Br. &c.; inf. {dhA4tum} Br. &c.; Ved. also {-tave}, {-tavai4}, {-tos};
{dhiya4dhyai} RV.; Class. also {-dhitum}; ind. P. {dhitvA4} Br.; {hitvA} [Pân. 7-4, 42], {-dhA4ya}
and {-dhA4m} AV.: Pass. {dhIya4te} RV. &c. [Pân. 6-4, 66], p. {dhIya4mAna} RV. i, 155, 2 [513,
3]; aor. {a4dhAyi}, {dhA4yi} RV. [Pân. 7-3, 33 Kâs'.]; Prec. {dhAsISTa} or {dhAyiSISTa} [vi, 4,
62]) to put, place, set, lay in or on (loc.) RV. &c. &c. (with {daNDam}, to inflict punishment on
[with loc. MBh. v, 1075, with gen. R. v, 28, 7]; with {tat-padavyAm padam}, to put one's foot in
another's footstep i.e. imitate, equal Kâvya7d. ii. 64); to take or bring or help to (loc. or dat.; with
{Are4}, to remove) RV. AV. S'Br.; (Â.) to direct or fix the mind or attention ({cintAm}, {manas},
{matim}, {samAdhim} &c.) upon, think of (loc. or dat.), fix or resolve upon (loc. dat. acc. with
{prati} or a sentence closed with {iti}) RV. Mn. MBh. Kâv. BhP.; to destine for, bestow on, present
or impart to (loc. dat. or gen.) RV. Br. MBh. &c. (Pass. to be given or granted, fall to one's [dat.]
lot or share RV. i, 81, 3); to appoint, establish, constitute RV. S'Br.; to render (with double acc.)
RV. vii, 31, 12 Bhartri. iii. 82; to make, produce, generate, create, cause, effect, perform, execute
RV. TBr. S'vetUp. &c. (aor. with {pUrayAm}, {mantrayAm}, {varayAm} &c. = {pUrayAm} &c.
{cakAra}); to seize, take hold of, hold, bear, support, wear, put on (clothes) RV. AV. Kâv. BhP. &c.;
(Â.) to accept, obtain, conceive (esp. in the womb), get, take (with {o4kas} or {ca4nas}, to take
pleasure or delight in [loc. or dat.]) RV. AV. Br.; to assume, have, possess, show, exhibit, incur,
undergo RV. Hariv. Kâv. Hit.etc.: Caus. {-dhApayati} Pân. 7-3, 36 (see {antar-dhA}, {zrad-dhA}
&c.): Desid. {dhi4tsati}, {-te} (Pân. 7-4, 54), to wish to put in or lay on (loc.) RV. AitBr. (Class.
Pass. {dhitsyate}; {dhitsya} see s.v.); {di4dhiSati}, {-te}, to wish to give or present RV.; (Â.) to
wish to gain, strive after (p. {di4dhiSANa}, x, 114, 1) ib.: with {avadya4m}, to bid defiance ib. iv,
18, 7 (cf. {didhiSA4yya}, {didhiSu4}): Intens. {dedhIyate} Pân. 6-4, 66. [Cf. Zd. {dâ}, {dadaiti};
Gk. $; &158945[513, 3] Lith. {dedu4}, {de4ti}; Slav. {dedja}, {diti}; Old Sax. {duan}, {do7n}, Angl.
Sax. {do7n}, Engl. {do}; Germ. {tuan}; {tuon}, {thun}.]

dhaanya = grain

dhaa4na * = mfn. containing, holding (cf. {uda-}); n. receptacle, case, seat (cf. {agni-}, {kSura-},
{rajju-} &c.; {-nam akto4s} prob. = womb or bosom of the night RV. iii, 7, 6); ({I}) f. = n. (cf.
{aGgAra-}, {gopAla-}, {rAja-} &c.); the site of a habitation L.; coriander L.; N. of a river L.; ({A4})
f. see s.v.
dhaanaaq4 * = f. corn, grain (originally the grains of seed from their being `" laid "' into and `"
conceived "' by the earth cf. 1. {dhA}, but usually = fried barley or rice or any grain fried and
reduced to powder) RV. &c. &c.; coriander L.; bud, shoot L.

dhaama = one who has the abode

dhaaman.h = (n) lustre

dhaaraNa* = mf({I})n. holding, bearing, keeping (in remembrance), retention, preserving,

protecting, maintaining, possessing, having (ifc. or with gen.) TÂr. MBh. Sus'r.: BhP.; assuming
the shape of (gen.), resembling MBh.xiii, 739; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; of a son of Kas'yapa ib.; of a
prince of the Candravatsas ib.; du. the two female breasts L.; ({dhA4raNa}) n. the act of holding,
bearing &c. S'Br. Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; wearing (see {liGga-}); suffering, enduring R.; keeping in
remembrance, memory TÂr. Mn. MBh. Hariv.: immovable concentration of the mind upon (loc.)
Veda7ntas.; restraining (cf. {zvAsa-}); keeping back i.e. pronouncing imperfectly Prât.; ({A} and
{I}) f. see {dhAraNA} and {-NI}.

dhaaraNaa* = f. (cf. {-Na}, col. 1) the act of holding, bearing, wearing, supporting, maintaining
MBh. R.; retaining, keeping back (also in remembrance), a good memory KathhUp. GriS. MBh.
BhP.; collection or concentration of the mind (joined with the retention of breath) Mn. MBh.
Sus'r. Kâv. Pur. &c.; cf. MWB. 239 ({-NAM-dhR}, to exercise concentration Yâjñ.; {-NAM gataH},
having composed one's self R.); understanding, intellect Yâjñ. iii, 73; firmness, steadfastness,
righteousness L.; fixed preceptor settled rule, certainty Mn. MBh.; pl. the 8th to the 11th day in
the light half of month Jyaishthha Var.

dhaataa = supporter

dhaataaraM = the maintainer

dhaataaram.h = the creator

dhaatu = verb

dhaatu * = 1 m. layer, stratum KâtyS'r. Kaus'.; constituent part, ingredient (esp. [and in RV. only]
ifc., where often= `" fold "' e.g. {tri-dhA4tu}, threefold &c.; cf. {triviSTi-}, {sapta-}, {su-}) RV. TS.
S'Br. &c.; element, primitive matter (= {mahA-bhUta} L.) MBh. Hariv. &c. (usually reckoned as 5,
viz. {kha} or {AkAza}, {anila}, {tejas}, {jala}, {bhU}; to which is added {brahma} Yâjñ. iii, 145; or
{vijJAna} Buddh.); a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body (distinct from the 5
mentioned above and conceived either as 3 humours [called also {doSa}] phlegm, wind and bile
BhP. [cf. {purISa}, {mAMsa}, {manas}, ChândUp. vi, 5, 1]; or as the 5 organs of sense,
{indriyANi}.[cf. s.v. and MBh. xii, 6842, where {zrotra}, {ghrANa}, {Asya}, {hRdaya} and
{koSTha} are mentioned as the 5 dhñdhâtu of the human body born from the either] and the 5
properties of the elements perceived by them, {gandha}, {rasa}, {rUpa}, {sparza} and {zabda} L.;
or the 7 fluids or secretions, chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, semen Sus'r. [L. {rasA7di} or
{rasa-raktA7di}, of which sometimes 10 are given, the above 7 and hair, skin, sinews BhP.]);
primary element of the earth i.e. metal, mineral, are (esp. a mineral of a red colour) Mn. MBh. &c.
element of words i.e. grammatical or verbal root or stem Nir. Prât. MBh. &c. (with the southern
Buddhists {dhAtu} means either the 6 elements [see above] Dharmas. xxv; or the 18 elementary
spheres [{dhAtu-loka}] ib. lviii; or the ashes of the body, relics L. [cf. {-garbha}]). \\2 mfn.
( {dhe}) to be sucked in or drunk ({havis}) RV. v, 44, 3 f. = {dhenu}, milch cow Lâthy. vii, 5, 9. \\3
n. (with {rauhiNa}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

dhaatrii = (f) nurse

dhaatrI* = f. `" female supporter "', a nurse MBh. Kâv. &c.; midwife Hit. iv, 61; mother Yâjñ. iii,
82; the earth Var. MBh. Hariv. &c.; Emblica Officinalis Var. Sus'r. (some derive it fr. {dhe} cf.
{dhAyas} and Pân. 3-2, 181). [514,2]

dhaatra* = 1 n. receptacle, vessel L. \\2 mf({I})n. belonging to Dhâtrii S'Br.

dhaaraNaa = concentration

dhaarayate = one sustains

dhaarayan.h = considering

dhaarayaami = sustain

dhaaraa = (fem) rain

dhaariNi = wearer

dhaartaraashhTrasya = for the son of Dhritarashtra

dhaartaraashhTraaH = the sons of Dhritarashtra

dhaartaraashhTraaNaaM = of the sons of Dhritarashtra

dhaartaraashhTraan.h = the sons of Dhritarashtra

dhaarma* = 1 mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{dharma}) relating to justice or virtue S3Br. ; belonging to

Dharma (god of justice) MBh.\\Vr2iddhi form of %{dharma} in comp.

dhaarmiNa* = n. an assemblage of virtuous men g. {bhikSA7di} (iv, 2, 38).

dhaarmika* = mf({I})n. righteous, virtuous, pious, just Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; resting on right,
conformable to justice (mind, words &c.) R.; m. judge L.; a bigot Kâd.; juggler Ratn.; a Bodhi-
sattva L.

dhaarmikam.h = the religious one

dhaaryate = is utilized or exploited

dhaava* = mfn. washing, cleansing (ifc.; cf. {asi-}, {caila-}); m. see {danta-}.

dhaav.h = to run

dhairya = courage

dhamana *V = dispeller, subduer * dhamana blowing with a bellows L.; blowing i. e. scaring away
(cf. {mAyA-}); cruel L.; m. reed Bhpr. [510, 1]; Azadirachta Indica L.; m. or n. a partic. high
number Buddh.; n. melting (of ore).

dhamani = a layer within a nadi allowing for the passage of energy

dhana = money * = n. the prize of a contest or the contest itself (lit. a running match, race, or the
thing raced for; {hita4M} {dhA7nam}, a proposed prize or contest; {dhanaM-ji}, to win the
pñprize or the fight) RV.; booty, prey ({dhanam-bhR} Â., to carry off the prize or booty) RV. AV.;
any valued object, (esp.) wealth, riches, (movable) property, money, treasure, gift RV. &c. &c.;
capital (opp. to {vRddhi} interest) Yâjñ. ii, 58; = {go-dhana} Hariv. 3886; (arithm.) the
affirmative quantity or plus (opp. to {RNa}, {kSaya}, {vyaya}, {hAni}); N. of the 2nd mansion
Var.; m. N. of a merchant HParis'. Sinha7s.

dhanaM = wealth

dhanakaaraka = Significator for Wealth which is Jupiter

dhanaJNjaya = O conqueror of wealth

dhanaJNjayaH = Dhananjaya (Arjuna, the winner of wealth)

dhanapati = kubera (Lord of the wealth)

dhanabhaava = Second house ruling over Wealth

dhanamaana = of wealth and false prestige

dhanayoga = The 2nd, 5th, 9th and 11th are Wealth producing houses. Any inter-relation of their
lords, by way of position aspect or conjunction, will produce money. The more strongly they are
inter-related, the more wealth is promised in the birth chart, which the native will get eventually
in the related major or sub-periods

dhanaani = wealth

dhanishhThaa = Twenty-third nakshatra

dhanu = The Zodiacal sign Sagittarius

dhanuH = (m) a bow

dhanuraasana = the bow posture

dhanurdharaH = the carrier of the bow and arrow

dhanushha = The Zodiacal sign Sagittarius

dhanushhaM = bow

dhanushhaa = thro'bow

dhanvan * n. a bow RV. &c. (esp. ifc.; cf. {asthi-}, {ugra-}, {kSipra-} &c., and Pân. 5-4, 132 &c.
Vâm. v, 2, 67); rain-bow MânGri. i, 4; the sign of the zodiac Sagittarius Jyot.; (also m.) dry soil,
shore ({samudasya}; cf. {dhanu}); a desert, a waste RV. &c. &c.; m. Alhagi Maurorum L.; N. of a
country. BhP. (Cf. {dhanu}, {-nus}.)

dhanyaH = are praiseworthy

dhara* = mf({A})n. ( {dhR}) bearing, supporting (scil. the world, said of Kriishna and S'iva)
MBh.; ifc. holding, bearing, carrying, wearing, possessing, having, keeping (also in memory),
sustaining, preserving, observing (cf. {aMzu-}, {akSa-}, {kulaM-} &c.) MBh. R. &c.; m. a
mountain Kir. xv, 12 (cf. {kSiti-}, {bhU-} &c.); a flock of cotton L.; a frivolous or dissolute man (=
{viTa}) L.; a sword Gal.; N. of a Vasu MBh.; of a follower of the Pândavas ib. of the king of the
tortoises L.; of the father of Padma-prabha (6th Arhat of pres. Ava-sarpinî) L.; ({A}) f. `" bearer,
supporter "', the earth Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the uterus or womb Bhpr.; a vein or tubular vessel of
the body L.; marrow L.; a mass of gold or heap of valuables (representing the earth and given to
Brâhmans) W.; one of the 8 forms of Sarasvatî id.; N. of one of the wives of Kas'yapa (mother of
the land and water-birds, prob. = the Earth) Hariv. 232 (v.l. {irA}); n. poison L. (v.l. {dara})

daambhika * = mf(%{I})n. id. ; m. a cheat, hypocrite Mn. MBh. Hariv. ; Ardea Nivea L. (cf.
%{baka}).

dhaara* = 1 mf({I})n. ( {dhR}) holding, supporting, containing (ifc.; cf. {karNa-}, {chattra-},
{tulA-} &c.); m. N. of Vishnu L.; debt L.

dhaara* = 2 m. or n. (1. {dhAv}) stream, gush (cf. {taila-} [add.] and {toya-}); mfn. coming down
in a stream or as rain Sus'r. Bhpr.

dhaa4raa* = 1 f. stream or current of water; (cf. {tri-}, {dvi-}, {zata-}, {sahasra-}), flood, gush, jet,
drop (of any liquid), shower, rain (also fig. of arrows, flowers, &c.; {va4sor dh-}, `" source of
goodN. of a partic. libation to Agni AV. S'Br. MBh.; of a sacred bathing-place MBh.; of Agni's wife
BhP.); a leak or hole in a pitcher &c. L.; the pace of horse S'is'. v, 60 (5 enumerated, viz. {dhorita},
{valgita}, {pluta}, {ut-tejita}, {ut-te7rita}, or {A-skandita}, {recita} for the two latter L.; with
{paramA}, the quickest pace Kathâs. xxxi, 39); uniformity, sameness (as of flowing water?) L.;
custom, usage W.; continuous line or series (cf. {vana-}); fig. line of a family L.; N. of a sacred
bathing-place (also with {mAhezvarI} cf. above) MBh.; of a town (the residence of Bhoja) Cat.

dhaara* = 3 m. a sort of stone L.; edge. boundary L. (cf. 2. {dhArA}); deep place, depth W. (to 1.
{dhAra}?).

dhaa4raa* = 2 f. (2. {dhAv}) margin, sharp edge, rim, blade (esp. of a sword, knife, &c.; fig.
applied to the flame of fire) RV. S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the edge of a mountain L.; the rim of a wheel
Ragh. xiii, 15; the fence or hedge of a garden L.; the van of an army L.; the tip of the ear L.; highest
point, summit (cf. {-rA7dhirUDha}) glory, excellence L.; night L.; turmeric L.

dhara = earth

dharaM = wearing

dharaNa* = mf({I})n. bearing, supporting VS. TÂr.; m. a dike or bank L.; the world L.; the sun L.;
the female breast L.; rice-corn L.; N. of a king of the Nâgas S'atr.; m. or n. a sort of weight
variously reckoned as= 10 Palas, = 16 silver Mâshakas, = 1 silver Purâna, = 1/10 S'atamâna, = 19
Nishpâva, = 2/5 Karsha, = 1/10 Pala, = 24Raktikâ Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. Var. &c.; n. the act of bearing,
holding, &c. Kâv.; bringing, procuring (cf. {kAma-}); support, prop, stay (cf. {pRtkivI-},
{savana}.); a partic. high number Buddh. (cf. {dhamana}, {dhamara}); ({I}) f. see s.v.

dharaNi = earth

dharati = to wear

dharayet.h = bears
dharitri = earth

dhartaa.asi = are the bearer or support

dharma = religion * = 1 m. (rarely n. g. %{ardharcA7di} ; the older form of the RV. is

%{dha4rman} q.v.) that which is established or firm, steadfast decree, statute, ordinance, law ;
usage, practice, customary observance or prescribed conduct, duty ; right, justice (often as a
synonym of punishment) ; virtue, morality, religion, religious merit, good works (%{dha4rmeNa}
or %{-mAt} ind. according to right or rule, rightly, justly, according to the nature of anything ; cf.
below ; %{mesthita} mfn. holding to the law, doing one's duty) AV. &c. &c. ; Law or Justice
personified (as Indra S3Br. &c. ; as Yama MBh. ; as born from the right breast of Yama and father
of S3ama, Ka1ma and Harsha ib. ; as Vishn2u Hariv. ; as Praja1-pati and son-in-law of Daksha
Hariv. Mn. &c. ; as one of the attendants of the Sun L. ; as a Bull Mn. viii, 16 ; as a Dove Katha1s.
vii, 89, &c.) ; the law or doctrine of Buddhism (as distinguished from the %{saJgha} or monastic
order MWB. 70) ; the ethical precepts of Buddhism (or the principal %{dharma} called %{sUsra},
as distinguished from the %{abhi-dharma} or, further dharma and from the %{vinaya} or `"
discipline, these three constituting the canon of Southern BñBuddhism MWB. 61) ; the law of
Northern BñBuddhism (in 9 canonical scriptures, viz. Prajn5a1-pa1ramita1, Gan2d2a-vyu1ha,
Das3a-bhu1mi7s3vara, Samadhira1ja, Lan3ka7vata1ra, Saddharma-pun2d2arika, Tathagata-
guhyaka, Lalita-vistara, Suvarn2a-prabha1sa,ib. 69) ; nature, character, peculiar condition or
essential quality, property, mark, peculiarity (= %{sva-bhAva} L. ; cf. %{daza-dh--gata} S3Br. &c.
&c. ; %{upamAno7pameyayor@dh-}, the tertium comparationis Pa1n2. 2-1, 55 Sch.) ; a partic.
ceremony MBh. xiv, 2623 ; sacrifice L. ; the ninth mansion Var. ; an Upanishad L. ; associating
with the virtuous L. ; religious abstraction, devotion L. ; = %{upamA} L. (cf. above) ; a bow
Dharmas3. ; a Soma-drinker L. ; N. of the 15th Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1 L. ; of a son of
Anu and father of Ghr2ita Hariv. ; of a sñson of Ga1ndha1ra and fñfather of Dhr2ita Pur. ; of a
sñson of Haihaya and fñfather of Netra BhP. ; of a sñson of Pr2ithu-s3ravas and of Us3anas ib. ;
of a sñson of Su-vrata VP. (cf. %{dharma-sUtra}) ; of a sñson of Di1rgha-tapas, Va1yup. ; of a king
of Kas3mi1ra, Ra1j. iv, 678 ; of another man ib. vii, 85 ; of a lexicographer &c. (also %{-paNDita},
%{-bhaTTa} and %{-zAstrin}) Cat. [Cf. Lat. {firmus}, Lith. {derme4}.]\\ 2 Nom. P. %{-mati}, to
become, law Vop.\\3 in comp. for %{-man} q.v. 2.\\ see p. 510, col. 3.

dharmadeva * = m. the god of justice MBh.

dharmaM = doctrines

dharman* = m. bearer, supporter, arranger RV. ; N. of a son of Br2ihad-ra1ja and father of

Kr2itam2-jaya VP. ; (%{dhA7rman}) n. (older than %{dha4rma} q.v., in later language mostly ifc.
; cf. below) support, prop, hold RV. VS. ; established order of things, steadfast decree (of a god,
esp. of Mitra-Varun2a), any arrangement or disposition ; will, pleasure ; law, rule, duty ; practice,
custom, mode, manner (%{dha4rmaNA}, %{-mabhis} ; %{-maNas@pa4ri} in regular order,
naturally ; %{svAya@dhar@maNe} at one's own pleasure ; %{dharmaNi} with the permission of,
%{a4dhi@dh-} against the will of [gen.]) RV. AV. VS. ; (esp. ifc.) nature, quality, characteristic
mark or attribute S3Br. (cf. %{an-ucchitti-}) MBh. (cf. %{uJcha-} [add.], %{kSatra-}, %{phala-},
%{phena}.) Var. (cf. %{dasyu-} [add.]) Kap. (cf. %{cid-dh-} [add.]) Ka1v. (cf. %{vinAza-}.).

dharmaH = (masc.nom.sing.)(roughly)religion; life-code; way of good living;duty

dharmapatnii = respectable address for wife, wife from prescribed vedic rituals

dharmaruci * = mfn. delighting in or devoted to virtue A1past. ; m. N. of a Da1nava Katha1s. ; of a

god of the Bodhi tree Lalit. ; of a man Buddh.

dharmasaadhanaM = the means for doing one's duty

dharmasya = occupation

dharmakshetre = in the place of pilgrimage

dharmaatmaa = righteous

dharmaarthaM = For the sake of dharma

dharmaaviruddhaH = not against religious principles

dharme = religion

dharmeNahiinaaH = bereft of dharma or duty

dharmin* = mfn. knowing or obeying the law, faithful to duty, virtuous, pious, just Gaut. MBh. R.;
endowed with any characteristic mark or peculiar property Hariv. Kâvya7d. (cf. below) Sâh.; (ifc.)
following the laws or duties of, having the rights or attributes or peculiarities of. having anything
as a characteristic mark, subject to any state or condition Mn. MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.; m. the bearer
of any characteristic mark or attribute, object, thing Kap.; N. of the 14th Vyâsa, DevîbhP.; of a
king VP.; (inî) f. a kind of perfume L.; N. of a woman (cf. {dhArmiNeya}).

dharmitA* = f. the being endowed with any chñcharacteristic mñmark or añattribute (ifc.)
Sarvad.; {-tA7va-} {ccheda} m. {-tA7vacchedakatA-vAda} and {-vAdA7rtha}, m. {-tA7vacchedaka-
pratyAsatti} f. {-tti-nirUpaNa} n. {-tA7vacchedaka-rahasya} n. {-tA7vacchedaka-vAda} m. N. of
wks. [513, 1]

dharmitva* = n. virtuousness, justice, faithfulness to duty Kâm.; (ifc.) the being obliged to Gaut.;
the being endowed with or obnoxious to Sus'r. Kâv. Pur.

dharmiSTha* = mfn. (superl.) very virtuous or righteous, completely lawful or legal Mn. MBh.
Kâv. &c.

dharmIyas* = mfn. (compar.) more virtuous &c.; very pious or moral &c. W.

dharmika* = w.r. for {dhArmika}.

dharmya * = mfn. legal, legitimate ; usual, customary Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; just, virtuous,
righteous Mr2icch. ix, 5 ; endowed with qualities or properties, `" propertied "' Kat2hUp. ii, 13 (cf.
%{tad-}) ; suitable to (gen.) Pa1n2. 4-4, 47 ; N. of a man(cf %{-dhArmyAyaNa}) ; n. a customary
donation, vi, 2, 65.

dharmyaM = as a religious duty

dharmyaaNi = religious (used in plural )

dharmyaat.h = for religious principles

dharmvirahiita = adj. irreligious

dharsha* n= m. ( {dhRS}) boldness, insolence, arrogance MBh. i, 7040 (cf. {dur-}); impatience
W.; paralysing, rendering weak or impotent ib.; violation (of a woman) ib.; injury, wrong, insult;
restraint ib.; a eunuch ib. (cf. below).
dharshita* = mfn. overpowered, violated, illtreated MBh. Hariv. Pur.; n. contumely, insolence W.;
copulation ib.; ({A}) f. an unchaste woman L.

dhasaJNjaya = a vital air that stays in the body after death

dhaTa * = m. (prob. fr. {dhri} like {bhaTa} fr. {bhR}) a balance or the scale of a bñbalance Hcat.
(cf. {tulA-}); ordeal by the bñbalance Mit.; the sign of the zodiac Libra Jyot.; ({I}) f. old cloth or
raiment; a piece of cloth worn over the privities L.

dhatu = element

dhatte V* accepts; SB 1.2.23\\ is manifested; SB 1.10.25\\ eternally accepts; SB 1.15.35\\ take

place; SB 1.19.14\\accepts; SB 2.10.36\\ executes; SB 3.5.13\\ He assumes; SB 3.17.31\\she
inflicts; SB 3.27.24\\ has taken; SB 4.8.26\\accept; SB 5.1.13\\gives; SB 6.1.51\\ possesses; SB
6.8.32-33\\ accepts; SB 7.2.22\\ he assumes; SB 7.14.41\\ one possesses; SB 7.15.45\\He
performs; SB 8.1.13\\He accepts; SB 8.5.22\\ dhatte &emdash; accepts the forms of incarnations;
SB 8.24.5\\takes upon Himself; SB 10.74.3\\ manifests; SB 10.87.46\\ (the devotee) places; SB
11.4.10\\ He impregnates; SB 11.6.16\\assumes its position; SB 11.22.17\\gives; CC Antya 1.150

dhauta = white* = mfn. (2. {dhAv}) washed, cleansed, purified TândBr. Sus'r. Kâv. &c.; washed
off, removed, destroyed Kâlid. S'is'. Bhathth. (cf. {dhUta4}) [520, 3]; polished, bright, white,
shining MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({I}) f. washing Sinha7s.; n. id. Cân.; silver L.

dhavala = white

dhava* = 1 m. Grislea Tomentosa or Anogeissus Latifolia AV. MBh. &c. Sus'r. Bhpr. \\2 m.
(accent. only Naigh.; said by some to be fr. {dhU}, but more probably a secondary formation fr.
{vi-dha4vA} q.v.) a man Naigh. ii, 3 Pañc. ii, 109; a husband BhP. i, 16, 20; lord, possessor Hariv.
14952; rogue, cheat L.; N. of a Vasu (w.r. for {dhara}?) VP.

dhenu = a cow

dhenuunaaM = of cows

dhii * = 1 cl. 3. Â. {dIdhIte}, &c. RV. (cf. {dIdhI}; the forms {dhImahi} and {a4dhAyi} belong
rather to 1. {dhA}; pf. {dIdhaya}, {-dhima}, {-dhiyur} or {-dhyur}, {-dhire} RV. AV. Br.) to
perceive, think, reflect; wish, desire: Intens. {dedhyat} TS. \\ 3 cl.4. Â. {dhIyate}, to contain, bold
(Pass. of 1. {dhA}?); to slight, disregard; to propitiate (?) Dhâtup. xxvi, 37.

dhii * 4 = 2 f. thought, (esp.) religious thought, reflection, meditation, devotion, prayer (pl. Holy
Thoughts personified) RV.; understanding, intelligence, wisdom (personified as the wife of
Rudra-Manyu BhP.), knowledge, science, art; mind, disposition, intention, design (ifc. intent
upon Kâv.); notion, opinion, the taking for (comp.) RV. &c. &c. ({ya4thA dhiyA4} or {dhiyA4
na4}, according to thy wisdom or will; {itthA4 dhiyA4} or {dhi4yaH}, willingly lit. such is thy will
RV.); N. of the 5th house from the Lagna Var. \\ 4 f. for {dI}, splendour RV. iii, 34, 5; vi, 3, 3.

dhiimat.h = learned man

dhiimataa = very intelligent

dhiimataaM = of those who are endowed with great wisdom

dhiimahi = V* upon meditate d

dhiira = courageous, steadfast

dhiira* = 1 mf({I4} or {A})n. intelligent, wise, skilful, clever, familiar with, versed in (loc.) RV. &c.
&c. (compar. {dhI4ra-tara} AV. R.); m. N. of a Buddha L.; of sev. men with the patr. S'ataparneya
S'Br. -1.

dhiira* = 2 mf({A})n. ( {dhR} or {dhA}? cf. Un. ii, 24) steady, constant, firm, resolute, brave,
energetic, courageous, self-possessed, composed, calm, grave Hariv. Kâv. Pur.; deep, low, dull (as
sound) Kâlid. Amar. &c.; gentle, soft L.; well-conducted, well-bred L.; ({am}) ind. steadily, firmly
&c.; m. the ocean, sea (as an image of constancy?); N. of Bali L.; of other men Râjat.; f. N. of sev.
medic. plants ({kAkolI}, {kSIra-kAk-}, {mahA-jyotiSmatI}, {medA}, {zveta-vacA}, Rosa
Glandulifera) Bhpr. L.; an intoxicating beverage L.; a woman who keeps down all expression of
resentment or jealousy Sâh.; N. of a woman Cat.; n. saffron L. (not always, esp. in comp.,
separable from 1. {dhIra}).

dhiiraM = patient

dhiiraH = the sober

dhiirataa = courage

dhiivara = (m) a fisherman

dhi * =1 cl. 6. P. {dhiyati} ({didhAya}, {dheSyati} &c.) to hold (Dhâtup. xxviii, 113). Prob.
abstracted fr. 1. {dhA}, of which it is the weak form. \\ 2 m. receptacle (only ifc.; cf. {ambu-},
{iSu-} &c.) \\ 3 or {dhinv} cl. 5. P. {dhinoti} (aor. {adhinvIt} Br.; pf. {didhinva}; fut.
{dhinviSyati}, {dhinvitA} Gr.) to nourish, satiate, satisfy Br.; to delight, please Kâv.

dhik * = ind., used as a prefix or as an interj. of reproach, menace or displeasure = fie! shame! out
upon! what a pity! &c. (with acc., rarely gen. voc. or nom.) Up. Lâthy. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {dhig
dhik}, {aho dhik}, {hA dhik}, {hA dhik kaSTam}, {hA8 hA dhik} &c.; {dhik tvAm}, or {tava} [also
with {astu}] shame upon you!)

dhik.h = to be condemned

dhikbalaM = dhik.h:fie upon it + balam:power or strength

dhisa-naramdhisha*= watching or heeding men (?) "'N. of Vishnu V

dhishnya * = mfn. mindful, attentive, benevolent, liberal (As'vins) RV. i, 3, 2; 89, 4 &c.; devout,
pious (voice, hymn), x, 114, 9; m. (f. {A} only RV. iv, 3, 6; n. MBh. i, 7944) a sort of subordinate or
side-altar (generally a heap of earth covered with sand on which the fire is placed, and of which 8
are enumerated, viz. besides the {AgnIdhrIya} [in the Âgnîdhra] those in the Sadas [see s.v.]
belonging to the {hotR}, the {maitrA-varuNa} or {pra-zastR}, the {brAhmaNAcchaMsin}, the
{potR}, {neSTR} and {acchA-vAka}; and the {mArjAlIya}) Br. S'rS. &c. (cf. {klRpta-}) &c.; N. of
Us'anas i.e. the planet Venus L. (cf. {dhiSaNa}); ({A}) f. a meteor Var. (n. only MBh. v, 7272); n.
site, place, abode, region, house MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.; the seat of a god i.e. a quarter of the sky VP.;
star, asterism (looking like the fire on the side altars) Var.; the orb of an asterism (on which its
light seems to centre) MBh. VP.; power, strength L.; mfn. placed upon a mound of earth serving
as an altar AV. Br. &c.; m. (with or scil. {agni}) a fire so placed VS. TS.&c.

dhiya: see dhI, dhyati

dhiyati= dhi

dhruk*= unworthy, opposing, killing, harming

dhruva*= mf(%{A4})n. (prob. fr. %{dhR}, but cf. %{dhru} and %{dhruv}) fixed, firm, immovable,
unchangeable, constant, lasting, permanent, eternal RV. &c. &c. (e.g. the earth, a mountain, a
pillar, a vow &c.; with %{svA7Gga} n. an inseparable member of the body Pa1n2. 6-2, 177; with
%{dhenu} f. a cow which stands quiet when milked AV. xii, 1, 45; with %{diz} f. the point of the
heavens directly under the feet [reckoned among the quarters of the sky cf. 2. %{diz}] AV. Br.
[521,3]; with %{smRti} f. a strong or retentive memory ChUp. vii, 26, 2; cf. also under %{karaNa}
and %{nakSatra}); staying with (loc.) RV. ix, 101, 12; settled, certain, sure Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; ifc.
= %{pApa} L.; m. the polar star (personified as son of Utta1na-pa1da and grandson of Manu)
Gr2S. MBh. &c.; celestial pole Su1ryas.; the unchangeable longitude of fixed stars, a constant arc
ib.; a knot VS. v, 21; 30; a post, stake L.; the Indian fig-tree L.; tip of the nose (?) L.; a partic.
water-bird ib.; the remaining (i.e. preserved) Graha which having been drawn in the morning is
not offered till evening S3Br. Vait.; (in music) the introductory verse of a song (recurring as a kind
of burthen) or a partic. time or measure (%{tAla-vizeSa}); any epoch to which a computation of
dates is referred W.; N. of an astrol. Yoga; of the syllable Om Ra1matUp.; of Brahma1 L.; of
Vishn2u MBh.; of S3iva S3ivag.; of a serpent supporting the earth Gr2S. TA1r.; of a Vasu MBh.
Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Rohin2i1 BhP.; of an A1n3girasa (supposed author of RV. x,
173) Anukr.; of a son of Nahusha MBh.; of a follower of the Pa1n2d2us ib.; of a son of Ranti-na1ra
(or Ranti-bha1ra) Pur.; (%{A}) f. the largest of the 3 sacrificial ladles AV. xviii, 4, 5, 6 (with
%{juhU} & %{upabhRt}) VS. S3Br. &c.; (scil. %{vRtti}) a partic. mode of life Baudh.; (scil.
%{strI}) a virtuous woman L.; Desmodium Gangeticum L.; Sanseviera Zeylanica L.; (in music) the
introductory verse (cf. above); n. the fixed point (from which a departure takes place) Pa1n2. 1-4,
24; the enduring sound (supposed to be heard after the Abhinidha1na) RPra1t.; air, atmosphere
L.; a kind of house Gal.; (%{am}) ind. firmly, constantly, certainly, surely Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; (%{Aya}) ind. for ever Hariv. [Cf. Zd. {drva}.]

dhmaati = to blow air into, to inflate

dhri = to bear

dhriti* = f. holding, seizing, keeping, supporting (cf. {carSaNI-}, {vi-}), firmness, constancy,
resolution, will, command RV. &c. &c. [519, 3]; satisfaction, content, joy MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-tiM-
kR}, to keep ground or stand still MBh. vii, 4540; to find pleasure or satisfaction Ratn. iv, 4/5;
{-tim-bandh}, to show firmness Amar. 67; to fix the mind on Mn. v, 47); Resolution or
Satisfaction personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma (MBh. Hariv. Pur.) or as a
S'akti (Hcat. &c.); N. of partic. evening oblations at the as'vamedha S'Br.; any offering or sacrifice
W.; of sev. kinds of metre and of a class of metres consisting of 4 X 18 syllables Col.; of the
numeral 18 Var. Ganit.; of one of the astrol. Yogas. L.; of a mythical garden Gol.; of one of the 16
Kalâs of the moon Pur.; of a goddess (daughter of a Kalâ of Prakriiti and wife of Kapila) ib.; of the
wife of Rudra-Manu ib.; of the 13th of the 16 Mâtriikâs L.; m. wish {kSatrasya} = {kSatra-dh-}
Lâthy.; N. of one of the Vis've Devâs MBh.; of a preceptor Cat.; of the son of Vijaya and father of
Dhriita-vrata Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vîta-havya and father of Bahula7s'va Pur.; of a son of Babhru
L.; of a Varsha in Kus'a-dvîpa VP.

dhrita = ghee *

dhrita * = mfn. held, borne, maintained, supported kept, possessed; used, practised, observed RV.
&c. &c.; measured, weighed (with or scil. {tulayA}) MBh.; worn (as clothes, shoes, beard, &c.) Mn.
MBh. Kâv.; kept back, detained ({kare}, by the hand) Hit.; drawn tight (reins) S'ak.; turned
towards or fixed upon, ready or prepared for, resolved on (loc. or dat.) MBh. R.; continuing,
existing, being ib.; prolonged (in pronunciation) Prât. ({am} ind. solemnly, slowly Pañc. iii,
72/73); (with {antare}) deposited as surety, pledged ib. iv, 31/32; quoted, cited by (comp.) L.; m.
N. of a son of the 13th Manu Hariv. (v.l. {bhRtha}); of a descendant of Druhyu and son of Dharma
Pur. (cf. {dhArteya}); n. a partic. manner of fighting Hariv.

dhritaraashhTrasya = of Dhritarashtra

dhriti = with determination

dhritiM = steadiness

dhritiH = firmness

dhritigrihiitayaa = carried by conviction

dhriteH = of steadiness

dhritya = by determination

dhrityaa = determination

drishtha4 * = mfn. seen, looked at, beheld, perceived, noticed Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; visible,
apparent AV. VS.; considered, regarded, treated, used S'ak. iii, 7 Pañc. i, 401/402; appeared,
manifested, occurring, existing, found, real Kâv. Pañc. Hit.; experienced, learnt, known,
understood MBh. Kâv. &c.; seen in the mind, devised, imagined MBh. R.; allotted, destined ib.;
settled, decided, fixed, acknowledged, valid Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; n. perception, observation
Sânkhyak. Tattvas.; (scil. {bhaya}) a real or obvious danger.

drishtha * = mfn. beheld, visible, conspicuous, famous, celebrated BhP. (= {pra-khyAta} Sch.);
{-TAnta} see p. 662, col. 1.

dhrishhTaketuH = Dhrishtaketu

dhrishhTadyumnaH = Dhristadyumna (the son of King Drupada)

dhruvaM = certainly * = mf({A4})n. (prob. fr. {dhR}, but cf. {dhru} and {dhruv}) fixed, firm,
immovable, unchangeable, constant, lasting, permanent, eternal RV. &c. &c. (e.g. the earth, a
mountain, a pillar, a vow &c.; with {svA7Gga} n. an inseparable member of the body Pân. 6-2, 177;
with {dhenu} f. a cow which stands quiet when milked AV. xii, 1, 45; with {diz} f. the point of the
heavens directly under the feet [reckoned among the quarters of the sky cf. 2. {diz}] AV. Br. [521,
3]; with {smRti} f. a strong or retentive memory ChUp. vii, 26, 2; cf. also under {karaNa} and
{nakSatra}); staying with (loc.) RV. ix, 101, 12; settled, certain, sure Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; ifc. =
{pApa} L.; m. the polar star (personified as son of Uttâna-pâda and grandson of Manu) GriS.
MBh. &c.; celestial pole Sûryas.; the unchangeable longitude of fixed stars, a constant arc ib.; a
knot VS. v, 21; 30; a post, stake L.; the Indian fig-tree L.; tip of the nose (?) L.; a partic. water-bird
ib.; the remaining (i.e. preserved) Graha which having been drawn in the morning is not offered
till evening S'Br. Vait.; (in music) the introductory verse of a song (recurring as a kind of burthen)
or a partic. time or measure ({tAla-vizeSa}); any epoch to which a computation of dates is referred
W.; N. of an astrol. Yoga; of the syllable Om RâmatUp.; of Brahmâ L.; of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva
S'ivag.; of a serpent supporting the earth GriS. TÂr.; of a Vasu MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vasu-
deva and Rohinî BhP.; of an Ângirasa (supposed author of RV. x, 173) Anukr.; of a son of Nahusha
MBh.; of a follower of the Pândus ib.; of a son of Ranti-nâra (or Ranti-bhâra) Pur.; ({A}) f. the
largest of the 3 sacrificial ladles AV. xviii, 4, 5, 6 (with {juhU} & {upabhRt}) VS. S'Br. &c.; (scil.
{vRtti}) a partic. mode of life Baudh.; (scil. {strI}) a virtuous woman L.; Desmodium Gangeticum
L.; Sanseviera Zeylanica L.; (in music) the introductory verse (cf. above); n. the fixed point (from
which a departure takes place) Pân. 1-4, 24; the enduring sound (supposed to be heard after the
Abhinidhâna) RPrât.; air, atmosphere L.; a kind of house Gal.; ({am}) ind. firmly, constantly,
certainly, surely Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({Aya}) ind. for ever Hariv. [Cf. Zd. {drva}.]

dhruvaH = a fact

dhruvaa = certain

dhutavastra = Washed garment

dhuka* = m. a kind of plant (commonly Bhuyabora or Rânabora). L.; ({A}) f. id. ib.

dhumaH = smoke

dhunvan *V: waving

dhuraa = (f) yoke, responsibility

dhuriNa = awakened/aroused?

dhuuka* = m. wind L.; rogue L.; time L.; Mimusops Elengi Car.

dhuuma = smoke

dhuumaH = (m) smoke

dhuumaketuH = (m) comet

dhuumanirgamaH = (m) chimney

dhuumapaana = smoking

dhuumena = by smoke

dhuupita * = mfn. incensed, perfumed MBh. R.; suffering pain or fatigue L.

dhuurta = adj. clever

dhuusaraH = grey

dhUrjaTa * = m. N. of an attendant of S'iva Kathâs. (cf. next).

dhUr-jaTi * = m. `" having matted locks like a burden "', N. of Rudra-S'iva MBh. Kathâs. Hit. &c.
({-Tin} MBh. xiii, 7510); N. of a poet (also {-rAja}) Cat.

dhvajaH = (m) flag * = m. (n. only Hariv. 9245 and g. {ardharcA7di}; fr. 2. {dhvaj}) a banner, flag,
standard (ifc. f. {A}) RV. &c. &c.; a flag-staff W.; mark, emblem, ensign, characteristic, sign MBh.
Hariv.; attribute of a deity (cf. {makara-}, {vRSabha-} &c.); the sign of any trade (esp. of a
distillery or tavern) and the business there carried on Mn. iv, 85; a distiller or vendor of spirituous
liquors L.; (ifc.) the ornament of (e.g. {kula-dhvaja}) L.; the organ of generation (of any animal,
male or female) Sus'r. L. (cf. {puM-}, {strI-}); a skull carried on a staff (as a penance for the
murder of a Brâhman W.; as a mark of ascetics and Yogis MW.); N. of a tree (= {-vRkSa}) Cat.; a
place prepared in a peculiar way for building L. (in pros.) an iambic; (in Gr.) a partic. kind of
Krama-pâthha: (in astrol.) N. of a Yoga; pride, arrogance, hypocrisy L.; N. of a Grâma Pân. 4-2,
109 Sch.

dhvaMsana * = mfn. = {-saka} MBh. (cf. {dakSA7dhvara-}); spluttering Nir. ii, 9; n. destruction,
ruin R. BhP.

dhvani = sound

dhvanigraahakam.h = (n) microphone

dhvanivardhakam.h = (n) amplifier, loud-speaker

dhvanii = sound

dhvaniifita = audio cassette

dhvasta* = mfn. fallen, destroyed, perished, lost Br. &c. &c.; eclipsed, obscured Var.; scattered or
covered with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.

dhyaatvaa = having meditated

dhyaana = contemplation * n. meditation, thought, reflection, (esp.) profound and abstract

religious meditation, ({-nam Apad}, {A-sthA} or {-naM-gam}, to indulge in rñreligious
mñmeditation) ChUp. Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. (with Buddhists divided into 4 stages MWB. 209
Dharmas. lxxii; but also into 3 ib. cix); mental representation of the personal attributes of a deity
W.; insensibility, dulness Bhpr.; ({-na4}) m. N. of a partic. personification MaitrS.; of the 11th day
of the light half in Brahma's month

dhyaanam.h = meditation

dhyaanayogaparaH = absorbed in trance

dhyaanaat.h = than meditation

dhyaanena = by meditation

dhyaaya.nti = meditate or think

dhyaayataH = while contemplating

dhyaayati = meditates

dhyaayantaH = meditating

dhyaayed.h = may we meditate

dhyeyaM = is to be meditated

digbala = Directional strength

dina* =3 (accented only Naigh. i, 9) m. n. (g. %{ardharcA7di}, only occurring as n.) a day Mn.
Ragh. Pan5cat. and o. (ifc. also in Vedic texts) ifc. f. %{A} Ra1jat. i, 347. [Cf. Lat. {peren-dinus},
{nUndinus} &c. ; Got. {sin-teins} ; Lit. {de0na} ; O.Pr. acc. sg. {deinan} ; Slav. {dr2ni1}.]

diti = mother of the Daityas demons

didarshayishhan.h = wishing to show

diikinaaH = (m) a happy homosexual

diikshaa* = f. preparation or consecration for a religious ceremony, undertaking religious

observances for a partic. purpose and the observances themselves AV. VS. Br. S'rS. &c.;
dedication, initiation (personified as the wife of Soma RV. 25, 26, of Rudra Ugra or RñRudra
Vâmadeva Pur.); any serious preparation (as for battle) MBh. Hariv. Kâv.; self-devotion to a
person or god, complete resignation or restriction to, exclusive occupation with (comp.; cf.
{viraha-}, {zAka-}, {zRGgAra}.)diinajanaaya = to the poor (humble state) people

diina* = mfn. (fr. 3. %{di}?) scarce, scanty RV. ; depressed, afflicted, timid, sad ; miserable,
wretched Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (%{am}) ind. sadly, miserably S3iksh. 35 ; n. distress,
wretchedness Hariv. Pan5c. ; Tabernamontana Coronaria L. ; (%{A}) f. the female of a mouse or
shrew L.

diip.h = to adorn, to grace

diipa = light

diipaH = lamp

diipaka = Lamp

diipena = with the lamp

diipta = blazing

diiptaM = glowing

diiptaanala = blazing fire

diipti = light

diiptimantaM = glowing

diiptaiH = shining

diiyate = is given

diirgha = Long

diirgha-suutra = one who works slowly, procrastinates

diirghaH = (adj) long

diirghasuutrii = procrastinating

diirghaa = (adj) long

dik * = in comp. for 2. {diz}, see dis'

dina = Day

dinadarshikaa = (f) calendar

dinakara * = mf({I})n. making day or light; m. the sun Kâv. &c.; N. of an Âditya RâmatUp.; of the
author of the wk. Candra7rkî; of a Sch. on S'is'. ({mizra-d-}); of other men; ({I}) f. (scil. {TIkA}) N.
of Comm. on the Bhâshsp. and Siddha7nta-mukta7valî; {-ra-TppanI} f. N. of a Comm.; {-ra-
tanaya} m. `" son of the sun "', the planet Saturn Var.; {-ra-deva} m. N. of a poet; {-ra-bhaTTa} m.
N. of an author; {-TIya} n. his wk.; {-rA7tmaja} m. `" daughter of the sun "' patr. of the Yamunâ;
{-rIya} n. {-ro4ddyota} m. N. of wks.

di4na-kRt * = m. = {-kartR} MBh. VarBriS. &c.; {-suta} m. = {-karatanaya} VarYogay.; {-d-

divasa} m. Sunday ib.

di4na-kesara * = (also written {-zara}) m. `" day-hair "', darkness L.

di4na-gaNa * = m. = {ahar-} Ganit.; {-Nita} n. N. of wk.

di4na-caryA * = f. daily-work Kathâs.

di4na-naktam * = ind. by day and night MârkP.

di4na-niz * = f. du. day and night VarBriS. xxxii, 7.

di4na-pa * = m. the regent of a week-day Âryabh. iii, 16.

di4na-pati * = m. id. Ganit.; `" day-lord "', the sun Bhartri. Râjat.

dinayaaminyau = dina+yAminI, day + night

dinaankaH = (m) date

dine = (Loc.sing.) during the day i.e day-by-day

dis' * = 1 cl. 3. P. {di4deSTi} (Imper. {di4deSTu} RV.; cl. 6. {diza4ti}, {-te} [later the only Pres.
stem]; pf. {dide4za}, {didize4}; fut. {dekSyati}, {-te} [{deSTA} Siddh.]; aor. {adikSat} S'Br. &c.;
{adikSi}, {a4diSTa} RV.; inf. {deSTum} MBh. etc.; {di4ze} RV.) to point out, show, exhibit RV.viii,
82, 15; to produce, bring forward (as a witness in a court of justice) Mn. viii; to promote, effect,
accomplish Kir., i, 18; to assign, grant, bestow upon (dat. RV. ii, 41, 17 AV. xiv, 2, 13; gen. MBh. iii,
14278; xiii, 1843; loc. R. i, 2, 28); to pay (tribute) Hariv. 16061; to order, command, bid (inf.) Kir.
v, 28: Pass. {dizyate} MBh. &c.: Caus. {dezayati}, {-te}; aor. {adIdizat}, to show, point out, assign
MBh. R.; to direct, order, command ib.; teach, communicate, tell, inform confess Buddh.: Desid.
{didikSati}, {-te}, to wish to show &c.: Intens. {de4diSTe}, 3. pl. {-zate}, (p. f. pl. {-zatIs}) to show,
exhibit, manifest RV.; to order, command ib.: Pass. {dedizyate}, to show or approve one's self. AV.
VS. [Cf. Z. {dis}; Gk. $; Lat. {dîco}, &149116[479, 3] {in-dricare} &c.; Goth. {teihan}; O. E. {te4on}
(fr. {ti4han}).]
dis' * = 2 f. quarter or region pointed at, direction, cardinal point RV. AV. S'Br. &c. (four in
number, viz. {prAcI}, east; {dakSiNA}, south; {pratici}, west; and {udIcI}, north AV. xv, 2, 1
Âs'vGri. iv, 8 &c.; Sometimes a 5th, {dhruvA} AV. iii, 9, 15 S'Br. ix, 4, 3, 10; and a 6th, {UrdhvA}
AV. iii, 27, 1 S'Br. xiv, 6, 11, 5; and a 7th, {vy-adhvA} AV. iv, 40, l S'Br. ix, 5, 2, 8; but oftener 8 are
given i.e. the 4 cardinal and the 4 intermediate quarters, S.E., S.W.N. W., and N. E. Mn. i, 13 [cf.
{upa-}]; and even a 9th, and 10th, {tiryak} or {adhas} and {Urdhvam} S'Br. vi, 2, 2, 34 MBh. i,
729; {dizAm pati} [cf. {dik-pati}) below] = Soma RV. ix, 113, 2, or = Rudra VS.xvi, 17); quarter,
region, direction, place, part (pl., rarely eg. the whole world e.g. {dizi}, {dizi}, in all directions,
everywhere Bhartri. i, 86; {digbhyas}, from every qñquarter BhP. i, 15, 8 [480, 2]; {dizo dizas},
hither and thither Pañc. ii, 116/117; {dizo'valokya}, looking into the qñquarter of the sky i.e. into
the air Ratn. iv, 4/5 {di4so 'ntAt}, from the extremities of the world ib., Introd. 6); country, esp.
foreign country, abroad (cf. {dig-Agata} and {-lAbha}, below); space (beside {kAla}) Kap. ii, 12;
the numeral 10 (cf. above) S'rutab. Sûryas.; a hint, reference, instance, example Sus'r. Sâh. Sch.;
precept, order, manner RV. [cf. $ O. H.G. {zeiga} (see also {dizA})]; mark of a bite L.; N. of a river
MBh. vi, 327.

dis' * = 3 a vulgar form for {dRz}, to see Pân. i, 3, 1 Vârtt. 13 Pat.

dishtha * = mfn. shown, pointed out, appointed, assigned ({diSTA gatis}, the appointed way "' i.e.
death R. ii, 103, 8); fixed, settled; directed, bidden RV. AV. MBh. R. &c.; m. time L.; a sort of
Curcuma L.; N. of a son of Manu Vaivasvata Pur.; n. appointed place ChUp. v, 9, 2; aim, goal TBr.
ii, 4, 2, 2 &c.; allotment, assignment, decree; fate, destiny AV. x, 3, 16 MBh.; direction, order,
command BhP. v, 1, 11 &c. Râjat. iv, 121; a description according to space and time (i.e. of a
natural phenomenon) Sâh.

dishtha4-kArin * =mfn. executing an order or acting according to fate BhP. iv, 28, 1.

dishtha4-dRz * =mfn. looking at fate or at one's lot BhP. iv, 21, 22.

dishtha4-para * =mfn. relying on fate, fatalist MBh. iii, 1214.

dishtha4-bhAva * =m. `" appointed state "' i.e. death MBh. v, 4529.

dishtha4-bhuj * =mfn. reaping the appointed results of one's works BhP. vii, 13, 39.

dishthA7nta * =m. `" appointed end "' i.e. death MBh. R. &c.

dishthi * =f. direction, prescription, TândyaBr. xxv, 18; auspicious juncture, good fortune,
happiness (esp. instr. {-TyA}, thank heaven! I congratulate you on your good luck! often with
{vardhase}, you are fortunate) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a kind of measure of length Kaus'. Sch. on Kâty. Sr.

dishthi-vRddhi * =f. congratulation Kâd. Hcar.

divaM = to heaven

divangataH = died

divasa = day

divasakritaM = day-time-done

divasasya = of days
divase = on the day

divaakara = sun

divi = in heaven

divya = divine

divyaM = transcendental

divyaaH = divine

divyaan.h = celestial

divyaanaaM = of the divine

divyaani = divine

divyaayudhaH = the man with divine weapons

divyau = transcendenta

diSTa * =fate, destiny; direction, order, command mfn. shown, pointed out, appointed, assigned,
the appointed way "' i.e. death; fixed, settled; directed, bidden; a sort of Curcuma L.; N. of a son of
Manu Vaivasvata Pur.; n. appointed place; aim, goal; allotment, assignment, decree; BhP. v,; a
description according to space and time (i.e. of a natural phenomenon) Sâh.

dishaH = on all sides

dishati = (6 pp) to show

dishaa = directions

dishaaM = direction

dishi = in all directions

dogdhi = milks (from duh.h: to milk )

dodhayati = to explain

doraka = (m) rope, string

dolaa = swing

doshaa * = 1^ f. darkness, night RV. AV. &c. ({A4m} & {A4} [instr.; cf. g. {svar-Adi}] ind. in the
evening, at dusk, at night); Night personified (and regarded with Prabhs as wife of Pushpa7rna
and mother of Pradosha or Evening, Nis'itha [!] or Midnight and Vyushtha or Day-break) BhP. iv,
13, 13; 14 (cf. {doSa4s}, {pazcA-doSa}, {pra-doSa}, {prati-doSam}) 1.
dosha * = 1 m. evening, darkness (only BhP., where personified as one of the, 8 Vasus and
husband of Night, vi, 6, 11; 14); ({A4}) f. see next. \\2 m. rarely n. ( {duS}) fault, vice, deficiency,
want, inconvenience, disadvantage Up. Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. [498, 3]; badness, wickedness,
sinfulness Mn. R.; offence, transgression, guilt, crime (acc. with {R} or {labh}, to incur guilt), SrS.
Mn. MBh. &c.; damage, harm, bad consequence, detrimental effect ({nai9Sa doSaH}, there is no
harm; {ko'tra d-}, what does it matter?) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; accusation, reproach ({-SaMkR} or
{-SeNa-gam} with acc., to accuse) R.; alteration, affection, morbid element, disease (esp. of the 3
humours of the body, viz. {pitta}, {vAyu}, and {zleSman}, 1 [cf. {tridoSa} and {dhAtu}], applied
also to the humours themselves) Sus'r.; (also {-Saka}) a calf L.

doshaa* = 2 f. (for 1. see 1. {doSa}) the arm L.

doshaiH = by faults

doshha = Blemish

doshhaM = fault

doshhavat.h = as an evil

doshhaaH = the faults

doshhena = with fault

doshhaiH = by such faults

drAva * = m. (fr. 2. %{dru}) going quickly, speed, flight; fusing, liquefaction; heat L.

draavya* = mfn. to be made to run or put to flight W.; fusible, liquefiable.

drava = liquid * = mfn. (fr. 2. %{dru}) running (as a horse) RV. iv, 40, 2; flowing, fluid, dropping,
dripping, trickling or overflowing with (comp.) Ka1t2h. Mn. MBh. Ka1v.; fused, liquefied, melted
W.; m. going, quick motion, flight Hariv.; play, sport Ja1takam.; distilling, trickling, fluidity
Bha1sha1p.; juice, essence, decoction; stream or gush of (comp.) Ka1v.; (dram.) the flying out
against one's superior Das3ar. Sa1h.; N. of one of the Vis3ve Deva1s, Hcat "'

dravaNa = melting

dravati = (1 pp) to melt

dravanti = glide

draviNa* = n. movable property (as opp. to house and field), substance, goods (m.pl. BhP. v, 14,
12), wealth, money RV. AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; essence, substantiality, strength, power RV. AV. S'Br.
R. &c.; N. of a Sâman ArshBr.; m. N. of a son of Vasu Dhara (or Dhava) MBh. Hariv. VP.; of a son
of Priithu BhP.; of a mountain ib.; pl. the inhabitants of a Varsha in Krauñca-dvîpa ib.

dravya* = n. a substance, thing, object Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the ingredients or materials of anything
MBh. R.; medicinal substance or drug Sus'r.; (phil.) elementary substance (9 in the Nyâya, viz "'
{pRthivI}, {ap}, {tejas}, {vAyu}, {AkAza kAla}, {diz}, {Atman}, {manas}; 6 with Jainas, viz. {jIva},
{dharma}, {adharma}, {pudgala}, {kAla}, {AkAza}); (Gr.) single object or person, individual (cf.
{eka-}); fit object or person (cf. {A-}.); object of possession, wealth, goods, money Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.
&c.; gold R. vii, 18, 34 Sch.; bellmetal, brass L.; ointment L. "'; spirituous liquour L.; a stake, a
wager W.

dravya* = 2 mfn. (fr. 4. {dru}) derived from or relating to a tree Pân. 4-3, 161; tree-like or
corresponding to a tree S'ânkhBr. x, 2; n. lac, gum, resin L.

dravyamayaat.h = of material possessions

dravyayaGYaaH = sacrificing one's possessions

dravyeNa = (instr.S) money or riches or wealth

drashhTaa = consciousness, the 'witness, ' also a statesman with insight

drashhTuM = to be seen

drakshyasi = you will see

draakshaa = (f) grapes

dhR * =. 1. P. Â. {dharati}, {-te} (Dhâtup. xxii, 3; Â. Pot. {dhareran} ÂpS'r.), but more commonly
in the same sense the Caus. form {dhArayati}, {-te} (perf. P. {dA8dhA4ra}, {-dha4rtha} [Impv.
{dadhartu} AV. Paipp.]; Â. {dadhre4}, 3. pl. {-dhrire4} RV. &c. &c.; aor. {adhAram} R.; {adhRta},
{dhRthAs} AV.; {a4dIdharat} RV. &c. &c. [{dIdhar}, {didhRtam}, {-ta} RV.; 3. pl. {-rata} S'Br.];
{adArSIt} Gr.; fut. {dhariSyati} MBh.; {-Sye4} AV.; {dhartA} BhP.; inf. {dhartum} Kâv., {-tavai}
Br. [{dharta4ri} see under {-Tri}]; ind. p. {dhRtvA}, {-dhRtya} Br.) to hold, bear (also bring
forth), carry, maintain, preserve, keep, possess, have, use, employ, practise, undergo RV. &c. &c.;
(with or scil {AtmAnam}, {jIvitam}, {prANAn}, {deham}, {zarIram} &c.) to preserve soul or body,
continue living, survive MBh. Kâv. &c. (esp. fut. {dhariSyati}; cf. Pass. below); to hold back, keep
down, stop, restrain, suppress, resist Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.: to place or fix in, bestow or confer on
(loc.) RV. AV. Br. &c.; destine for (dat.; Â. also to be destined for or belong to) RV.; present to
(gen.) Kârand.; to direct or turn (attention, mind, &c.) towards, fix or resolve upon (loc. or dat.)
Up. Yâjñ. MBh.; Â. to be ready or prepared for S'Br.; P. Â. to owe anything (acc.) to (dat. or gen.)
MBh. (cf. Pân. 1-4, 35); to prolong (in pronunciation) AitBr. RPrât.; to quote, cite L.; (with
{garbham}) to conceive, be pregnant (older {-bham-bhR}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with {daNDam}) to
inflict punishment on (loc.) MBh. R. BhP. (also {damam}); (with {kezAn}, or {zmazru}) to let the
hair or beard grow MBh.; (with {razmIn} [ib.] or {praharAn} [S'ak.]) to draw the reins tight; (with
{dharamam}) to fulfil a duty R.; (with {vrata4m}) to observe or keep a vow RV. &c. &c.; (with
{dhAraNAm}) to practise self-control Yâjñ.; (wit. {ipas}) to perform penance BhP.; (with
{mUrdhnA} or {-dhni}, {zirasA} or {-si}) to bear on the head, honour highly Kâv.; (with or scil.
{tulayA}) to hold in a balance, weigh, measure MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with or scil. {manasA}) to bear in
mind, recollect, remember ib.; (with {samaye}) to hold to an agreement, cause to make a compact
Pañc. i, 125/126 (B. {dRSTvA} for {dhRtvA}): Pass. {dhriya4te} (ep. also {-yati}; pf. {dadhre4} &c.
= Â.; aor. {adhAri}) to be borne &c.; so be firm, keep steady RV. &c. &c.; continue living, exist,
remain Br. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {dhAryate} R.); to begin, resolve upon, undertake (dat.; acc. or
inf.) AV. S'Br. ChUp.: Caus. {dhAra4yati}, {-te} see above: Desid. {didhIrSati} (see {-SA}),
{didhariSate} Pân. 7-2, 75; {didhArayiSati}, to wish to keep up or preserve ({AtmAnam}) Gobh.
iii, 5, 30: Intens. {da4rdharti} (RV.) and {dAdharti} (3. pl. {-dhrati} TS.; cf. Pân. 7-4, 65) to hold
fast, bear firmly, fasten. [Cf. Zd. {dar} [519, 2]; Gk. $; Lat. {fre1-tus}, &160659[519, 2] {fre1-
num}.]

dRta *= respected, honoured

driDha = unrelenting
driDhaM = strongly

driDhataa = firmness, strength

driDhanishchayaH = with determination

driDhavrataaH = with determination

driDhaasana = the side relaxation posture

driDhena = strong

dRpta* = mfn. mad, wild, proud, arrogant ({-tara}, compar.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {a4-d-} and {a-
dRpita4}).

drishau = eyes

drishh = (pashyati) to see

drishaH = eyes

drishhTaH = observed

drishhTavaan.h = seeing

drishhTavaanasi = as you have seen

drishhTiM = vision

drishhTii = Sight

drishhTiibheda = difference in seeing, observing or outlook

drishhTvaa = having seen

drikshyati = see

draavya * = mfn. to be made to run or put to flight W.; fusible, liquefiable.

draupadeyaaH = the sons of Draupadi

dravya * = n. a substance, thing, object Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the ingredients or materials of
anything MBh. R.; medicinal substance or drug Sus'r.; (phil.) elementary substance (9 in the
Nyâya, viz "' {pRthivI}, {ap}, {tejas}, {vAyu}, {AkAza kAla}, {diz}, {Atman}, {manas}; 6 with
Jainas, viz. {jIva}, {dharma}, {adharma}, {pudgala}, {kAla}, {AkAza}); (Gr.) single object or
person, individual (cf. {eka-}); fit object or person (cf. {A-}.); object of possession, wealth, goods,
money Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; gold R. vii, 18, 34 Sch.; bellmetal, brass L.; ointment L. "'; spirituous
liquour L.; a stake, a wager W.

dravya * = 2 mfn. (fr. 4. {dru}) derived from or relating to a tree Pân. 4-3, 161; tree-like or
corresponding to a tree S'ânkhBr. x, 2; n. lac, gum, resin L.
drogdhavya* = mfn. to be injured S3Br. MBh.

drogdhovya* = &c. see above.

drogdhR* = m. injurer, ill-wisher MBh. Ra1jat.

droha *= m. injury, mischief. harm, perfidy, treachery, wrong, offence Mn. MBh. R. &c.

druh: * =1 cl. 4. P. {dru4hyati} (ep. and metr "' also Â. {-te}) Br. MBh. R. &c. (pf. {dudrbha} RV.,
{-hitha} AV.; aor. {adruhat}, Gr "' Subj. 2 sg. {druhas} MBh., 3 pl. {druhan} [with {mA}] RV.; 2 sg.
adrukshas AitBr.; fut. {dhrokSyati} MaitrS., {drohiSyati} Pân. 7-2, 45; {drogdhA}, {droDhA} or
{drohitA} Gr.; inf. {drogdhavai} Kâthh.; ind. p. {drugdhvA}, {drochitvA}, {druhitvA} Gr.;
{-druhya} MaitrS.) to hurt, seek to harm, be hostile to (dat.; rarely gen. [R. ii, 99, 23 Hit. ii, 121]
loc. [BhP. iv, 2, 21] or acc "' [Mn. ii, 144]); absol. to bear malice or hatred MBh. Hit.; to be a foe or
rival Kâvya7d. ii, 61: Caus. {drohayati}: Desid. {dudrohiSati}, {dudruh-} Gr.; {dudrukSat} Kâthh.
(cf. {abhi-} and {dudhrukSu}). [Orig. {dhrugh} [502, 3]; cf. Zd. {druj}; Germ. {triogan}, {trûgen}.]

druh4: * 2 mfn. (nom. {dhruk} or {dhruT} Pân. 8-2, 33; wrongly {druk}; cf. {ni4drA-}.) injuring,
hurtful, hostile to (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. Pur.; m.f. injurer, foe, fiend, demon RV. Kâthh.; f.
injury, harm, offence RV. AV. [Cf. Zd. {druj}; Germ. {gidrog}, {gethroc}.]

druha * = m. a son L.; a lake L. (cf. {draha}); ({I}) f. a daughter L.

druhiNa * = m. id. Râjat.; N. of S'iva or Vishnu Hariv. (w.r. {-hina}).

druhvan * = mfn. hurting, injuring RV. AV.

druhyu * = m. pl. N. of a people RV.; sg. N. of a son of Yayâti and brother of Yadu &c. MBh. (w.r.
{du4hyu}) Hariv. (v.l. {druhya}) Pur.

druhya* = m. N. of a man; g. {zivA7di} pl. his descendants; g. {yaskA7di} (also v.l. for the next
Hariv.)

druhaNa * =m. (either fr. 1. {druh}, or = {dru-ghaNa}) N. of Brahmâ L.

drudha = robust

drupadaH = Drupada

drupadaputreNa = by the son of Drupada

druta* = mfn. quick, speedy, swift MBh. R.; quickly or indistinctly spoken Gît.; flown, run away or
asunder Kâv. Pur.; dissolved, melted, fluid Kâv.; m. a scorpion L.; a tree (cf. {druNa} and
{druma}) L.; n. a partic. faulty pronunciation of vowels Pat.; ({am}) ind. quickly, rapidly, without
delay. Mn. MBh. &c.

dreshhkaaNa = A Varga. This is a subdivision of one third or a sign. Also known as Dreshkana

droha * = m. injury, mischief. harm, perfidy, treachery, wrong, offence Mn. MBh. R. &c.

droNa = the teacher Drona

droNaM = Drona

droNaH = Dronacarya

droNii = (f) bucket

druma = tree

druta * = quick, speedy, swift MBh. R.; quickly or indistinctly spoken Gît.; flown, run away or
asunder Kâv. Pur.; dissolved, melted, fluid Kâv.; m. a scorpion L.; a tree (cf. {druNa} and
{druma}) L.; n. a partic. faulty pronunciation of vowels Pat.; ({am}) ind. quickly, rapidly, without
delay. Mn. MBh. &c.

duhitaH = (f) daughter

duhitaa = (f) daughter

duHs'Ila * = mfn. badly disposed, ill-behaved MBh. R. &c. ({-tA} f. Kull.); ({A}) f. N. of a woman
Kathâs.; {-citta} mfn. bad-hearted, Subhâsh.

duHshcharita = adj. bad blooded

duHkha = sorrow * = 1 mfn. (according to grammarians properly written {duS-kha} and said to
be from {dus} and {kha} [cf. {su-kha4}]; but more probably a Prâkritized form for {duH-stha}
q.v.) uneasy, uncomfortable, unpleasant, difficult R. Hariv. (compar. {-tara} MBh. R.); n. (ifc. f.
{A}) uneasiness, pain, sorrow, trouble, difficulty S'Br. xiv, 7, 2, 15 Mn. MBh. &c. (personified as
the son of Naraka and Vedanâ VP.); ({am}) ind. with difficulty, scarcely, hardly (also {at} and
{ena}) MBh. R.; impers. it is difficult to or to be (inf.with an acc. or nom. R. vii, 6, 38 Bhag. v, 6);
{duHkham} - {as}, to be sad or uneasy Ratn. iv, 19/20; - {kR}, to cause or feel pain Yâjñ. ii, 218
MBh. xii, 5298.\\2 Nom. P. {-khati}, to pain SaddhP.

duHkhaM = distress

duHkhataraM = more painful

duHkhasa.nyoga = of the miseries of material contact

duHkhahaa = diminishing pains

duHkhaanaaM = material miseries

duHkhaalayaM = place of miseries

duHkhe = and distress

duHkhena = by miseries

duHkheshhu = in the threefold miseries

duHkhaiH = the distresses

duHkhita *= mfn. pained, distressed; afflicted, unhappy Mn. MBh. R. &c.; %{-citta} mfn. grieved
in mind MW

duHshiila = adj. bad-tempered

dukhanda = hot iron

dugdha = milk

duHs'iila* = mfn. badly disposed, ill-behaved MBh. R. &c. ({-tA} f. Kull.); ({A}) f. N. of a woman
Kathâs.; {-citta} mfn. bad-hearted, Subhâsh.

DukriJNkaraNa = grammatic formula ``DukRi.nkaraNa''

DukriJNkaraNe = the grammatical formula ``DukRi.nkaraNe''

dura * = 1 = 1. {dur} only in {zata-} (q.v.) \\ * = 2 m. (perhaps {dRR}) `" one who opens or
unlocks "', giver, granter (= {dAtR} Sây.) RV. i, 53, 2; vi, 35, 5.

dur-bhraatri = bad brother

duratyayaa = very difficult to overcome * = mfn. {-atikrama} KathhUp. iii, 14 MBh. R. &c.;
inaccessible MBh. xiii, 4880; inscrutable, unfathomable R. iii, 71, 15 BhP.; {-yA7nukramaNa}
mfn. whose ways are past finding out (God) MW.

duraatman.h = evil natured, vile

duraasadaM = formidable

duraas'a* = mfn. having bad expectations Prab.iii, 5; ({A}) f. bad expectation, vain hope, despair
Râjat. Bh

duranvaya * = mfn. difficult to be passed along (road) R. ii, 92, 3; dñdifficult to be accomplished
or performed MBh. Hariv.; dñdifficult to be found out or fathomed R.; not corresponding or
suitable BhP. x, 84, 14; m. a false concord (in gram.); a consequence wrongly deduced from given
premises MW

duraapa* = mfn. didifficult to be attained or approached, inaccessible S3Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. N.
of a Da1nava Hariv.

duraasada *= dñdifficult or dangerous to be approached MBh. Kâv. Pur.; dñdifficult to be found

or met with, unheard of, unparalleled MBh. R.; difficult to be accomplished (v.l. {-saha}); m. N. of
S'iva, mystical N. of a sword MBh. xii, 6203.

durdars'a * = mfn. difficult to be seen or met with KathhUp. Âpast. MBh. R. &c.; disagreeable or
painful to the sight MBh. Hariv. &c.; {-tA} f. MBh. viii, 861; {-zatAya} Nom. Â. {-yate}, to have a
bad or disgusting appearance MW.

durga = fort

durgati = bad state, defeat

durgatiM = to degradation

durgam.h = (n) fort

durgama* = mfn. difficult to be traversed or travelled over, impassable, inaccessible, unattainable

MBh. Hariv. Kâv.; m. or n. a dñdifficult situation; m. N. of a son of Vasu-deva and Pauravi VP.; of
Dhriita ib., &c.; {-mArga-nirgama} mfn. of dñdifficult access and issue Pañc. i, 427;
{durgamA7zu-bodhinI} f. N. of a Comm.

durgaa = Goddess Durga

durgaaNi = impediments

durghaTanaa = (f) calamity, disaster

durita * = ({du4r-} RV. i, 125, 7) n. bad course, difficulty, danger. discomfort, evil, sin (also
personified) RV. AV. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; mfn. difficult, bad AV. xii, 2, 28; wicked, sinful L.; {-kSaya}
m. destruction of sin BhP.; N. of a man ib.; {-damanI} f. Mimosa Suma L.; {-tA7tman} mfn. evil-
minded, malicious Subh. 147; {-tA7ri} f. `" enemy of sin "'N. of a Jaina goddess; {-tA7rNava} m.
`" ocean of sins "'N. of a king Kautukar.

durjana = wicked person

durjanaM = bad person

durnigrahaM = difficult to curb

durniriikshyaM = difficult to see

durnivaara = hard to correct

durbala = weak

durbuddhi = stupid person, idiot

durbuddheH = evil-minded

durbhiksha = famine

durlabha = ungettable

durlabhaM = rare (thing)

durlabhataraM = very rare

durlakSya* = mfn. hardly visible Das3. Ra1jat. ; n. a bad aim Ratn. iii, 2

durmada * = mad conception or illusion, foolish pride or arrogance Pur.; ({-ma4da}) mfn.
drunken, fierce, mad, infatuated by (comp.) RV. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra
MBh. i; of a son of Dhriita (father of Pracetas); of a son of Bhadra-sena (father of Dhanaka); of a
son of Vasu-deva and Rohini or Pauravî Pur.; {-da-vIra-mAnin} mfn. foolishly fancying (one's
self) a hero BhP. iii, 17, 28; {-dA7ndha} mfn. `" blinded by mad illusion "', besotted, v, 12, 16;
{-din} m. drinker, drunkard Pat.

durmatiH = foolish

durmanaH = (adj) evil-minded

durmanaH = adj. evil-minded

durmedhaa = unintelligent

duryodhanaH = King Duryodhana

durvachana = wicked statements

durvaadalashyaamaM = black as the'durvA' (flower)petal

durvidagdha = foolishly puffed up, vain

durviniita * = mfn. badly educated, ill-conducted, undisciplined, mean, wicked, obstinate, restive
MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-taka} id. Kathâs. xx, 9); m. N. of a sage (associated with Durvâsas &c.) VarBriS.
xlviii, 63; of a prince.

durvisha* = m. `" dñdifficult to be pervaded or approached "'N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 104

durvishaha* = mfn. dñdifficult to be borne or supported, intolerable, irresistible, impracticable

MBh. R. BhP. ({-Sahya} id. MBh. R.); m. N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10431; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra
MBh. i.

durvitarkya * = mfn. difficult to be discussed or understood BhP

durvritta = those having wickedness

durvrittaM = bad deed

dush*= ind. a prefix to nouns and rarely to verbs or adverbs (Pân. 2-1, 6; 2, 18 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; iii, 3,
126 &c.) implying evil, bad, difficult, hard [488, 2]; badly, hardly; slight, inferior &c. (opp. to
{su}), often = Engl. {in-} or {un-} [cf. 2. {duS}; Zd. {dush-}; Gk. $; Goth. {tuz-}; O.H.G. {zur}.]. It
becomes {dur} (q.v.) before vowels and soft consonants; {dU} (q.v.) before {r} and sometimes
before {d}, {dh}, {n}, which become {D}, {Dh}, {N}; remains unchanged before {t}, {th} (in older
language however {ST}, {STh}); becomes {duS} (q.v.), rarely {duH} before {k}, {kh}; {p}, {ph};
{duz} (q.v.) before {c}, {ch}; {duH} (q.v.), rarely {duz}, {duS}, {dus}, before {z}, {S}, {s}.

dushkirtii = adj. declared evil

dushhkritaaM = of the miscreants

dushhkritinaH = miscreants

dushhTagraha = Aspected (Aspecting) Planet

dushhTabuddhii = adj. evil spirited

dushhTaasu = being so polluted

dustyajya * mfn. difficult to be relinquished or quitted

dushhpuuraM = insatiable

dushhpuureNa = never to be satisfied

dushhpraapaH = difficult to obtain

dustara = hard to cross

dustarka* = m. false reasoning, wrong argument BhP.; {-mUla} mfn. founded on it MW.

dushtha* = mfn. spoilt, corrupted; defective, faulty; wrong, false; bad, wicked; malignant,
offensive, inimical; guilty, culpable S'rS. Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. MBh. &c.; sinning through or defiled
with (cf. {karma} {mano-}, {yoni-}, {vAg-}); m. a villain, rogue; a kind of noxious animal Vishn.
xii, 2; ({A}) f. a bad or unchaste woman L.; u. sin, offence, crime, guilt Hariv. R. (cf. {zruti-});
Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L.

dushthataa* = f. or badness, wickedness

dushthara* = mfn. difficult to be passed or overcome or endured; unconquerable, irresistible;

incomparable, excellent RV. AV. (cf. {dus-t-}); {-ta4rItu} mfn. id. RV. TS.; N. of a man S'Br. xii, 9,
3, 1.

dustara* = mfn. (cf. {S-T-}) difficult to be passed or overcome, unconquerable, invincible MBh.
Kâv. &c.

dustyajya * = mfn. difficult to be relinquished or quitted MBh. R. &c

dussthaana = An evil position (6, 8, 12 Houses)

duuta = messenger

duura = far

duura4 * = mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {du}, hut see Un. ii, 21; compar. {da4vIyas}, superl. {daviSTha},
qq.vv.) distant, far, remote, long (way); n. distance, remoteness (in space and time), a long way
S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. far, far from (gen. or abl. Pân. 2-3, 34 Kâs'.), a long way off or a
long period back RV. AV. S'Br. &c. (also {dUrA4d dUra4m} AV. xii, 2, 14); far above ({ut-patati}
Hit. i, 101/102) or below ({ambhasi} Kathâs. x, 29); far i.e. much in a high degree ({dUram un-
mani-kRta} Prab. iii, 21/22; {dUraM-kR}, to surpass, exceed Ragh. xvii, 18; {-M-karaNa}
mf({i})n. making far or distant, removing Vop. (v. l.); {-M-gata} mfn. = {-ra-g-} Sank.; {-M-
gama4} mfn. going far away VS. xxxiv, 1; ({A}) f. (scil. {bhUmi}) one of the 10 stages in the life of
a S'râvaka L.; ({eNa}) ind. (Pân. 2-3, 35) far, from afar, by far MBh. Kâv. &c.; compar. {-ra-
tareNa} VP. iii, 7, 26, 33; ({At}) ind. (Pân. ib.) from a distance, from afar RV. AV. MBh. &c.; far
from (abl.) Mn. iv, 151; a long way back or from a remote period, iii, 130; in comp. with a pp. e.g.
{dUrAd-Agata}, come from afar Pân. 2-1, 39; vi, 1, 2; 2, 144 Kâs'.; ({e}) ind. (Pân. 2-3, 36 Kâs'.) in
a distant place, far, far away RV. i, 24, 9; iv, 4, 3 (opp. {a4nti}) and c AV. S'Br. Ts'Up.5(opp.
{antike}) Mn. MBh. &c.; compar. {-ra-tare}, some way from (abl.) Mn. xi, 128; {dUre-kR}, to
discard Amar. 67; {dUre-bhU} or {gam}, to be far away or gone off Kathâs. Vet.; {-re tiSThatu}, let
it be far i.e. let it be unmentioned, never mind Kathâs. vi, 37.
duuradarshakam.h = (n) telescope

duuradarshana = television

duuradarshanam.h = (n) television

duuradarshii = one with far-sight especially a statesman

duuradhvanii = telephone

duuravaaNiivinimayakendram.h = (n) telephone exchange

duurasthaM = far away

durAza* = mfn. having bad expectations Prab.iii, 5; ({A}) f. bad expectation, vain hope, despair
Râjat. BhP.

duurena = discard it at a long distance

dureva* = mfn. ill-disposed, malignant; m. evildoer, criminal RV. AV.

duure* = loc. of {dUra} (q.v.) in comp.

duureanta* = mfn. ending in the remote distance, boundless (heaven and earth) RV. AV.

duureartha* = ({-re4-}) mfn. whose aim is far off RV. vii, 63, 4.

duuretya* = mfn. being far off, distant Pân. 4-2, 104 Vârtt. 1 Pat.

duurebhaa* = ({-re4-}) mfn. shining to a distance RV. i, 65, 10.

duureheti* = ({-re4-}) mfn. whose arrows fly to a distance PârGri. iii, 14; m. a partic. form of Agni
TS. Comm.

duurvaa.nkuraiH = with the bud of `dUrva'

dva * =original stem of {dvi} q.v. (nom. acc. du. m. {dva4}, or {dvau4} fn. {dve4}; instr. dat. abl.
{dvA4bhyAm} gen. loc. {dva4yos}) two RV. &c. &c.; both (with {api} Ragh. xii, 93); loc. {dvayos}
in two genders (masc. and fem.) or in two numbers (sing. and pl.) Gr. L. [Cf. {dvA} and {dvi}; Zd.
{dva}; Gk. &155939[503, 2] $, $ and $= $; Lat. {duo18} and {bi} = {dvi}; Lith. {du}, {dvi}; Slav.
{du8va}; Goth. {tvai}, {tva} &c.]

dvaa * =old nom. du. of {dva}, substituted for {dvi} in comp. before other numerals

dvaapara * = m. n. that die or side of a die which is marked with two spots VS. TS. Ka1t2h. MBh.;
the Die personified Nal. vi, 1; `" the age with the number two "'N. of the 3rd of the 4 Yugas or ages
of the world (comprising 2400 years; the YñYugas itself = 2000, and each twilight = 200 years; it
is also personified as a god) AitBr. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL. 111; 433; N. of a myth. being MBh. i, 2713;
doubt, uncertainty L.; %{-cchandas} n. pl. a partic. class of metre Nida1nas.; %{-stoma} m. pl. of
Stomas ib.

dvaara = entry (neut)

dvaaraka* n. door, gate MBh.; ifc. occasioned or caused by S'ank.; ({akA}) f. `" many-gated "'N. of
the capital of Kriishna (on the western point of Gûjarât, supposed to have been submerged by the
sea) MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c. ({ikA} f. id. L. RTL. 55, 1; 113; 400, 2).

dvaaraM = door

dvandva = couple

dvandvaM = tha pair

dvandvaH = the dual

dvandvaiH = from the dualities

dvayaM = twin

dvaadashamaJNjarikaabhiH = by the bouquet consisting of 12 flowers (12

dvaidhaaH = duality

dvau = (adj) two

dve = two

dvesha = haterd

dveshha = hatred

dveshhaH = hatred

dveshhau = also detachment

dveshhTi = envies

dveshhya = the envious

dveshhyaH = hateful

dvi = two, both

dvisha * = mfn. (ifc.) hostile, hating (cf. {-tA} and {-tva}) [507, 1]; hateful or unpleasant to Hariv.;
m. foe, enemy L.

dvishaa * = f. cardamoms

dviguNa = twice

dvichakrikaa = (f) bicycle

dvija = brahmin, tooth

dvijaa* = mfn. twice-born RV

dvija* = mfn. twice-born; m. a man of any one of the first 3 classes, any Âryan, (esp.) a Brâhman
(re-born through investiture with the sacred thread cf. {upa-nayana}) AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; a bird or
any oviparous animal (appearing first as an egg) Mn. MBh. &c.; a tooth (as growing twice) Sus'r.
Bhartri. Var. (n. BhP. ii, 1, 31); coriander seed or Xantboxylum Alatum L.; ({A}) f. Piper
Aurantiacum Bhpr.; Clerodendrum Siphonantus L.; {pAlaGkI} L. (cf. {-jA4} and {-jati}).

dvijottama = O best of the brâhmanas

dvipa = elephant\\m. elephant (lit. drinking twice, sc. with his trunk and with his mouth) Mn.
MBh. R. &c. (ifc. f. %{A}); N. of the number 8 Gan2it.; Mesua Ferrea L.; %{-dAna} n. the rut-fluid
of an elephant Ragh.; %{-pati} m. `" prince of elephants "', a large eñelephants Ratn.; %{-mada}
m. = %{-dAna} L.; %{--pA7ri} m. `" foe of elephants "', a. lion BhP.; %{-pA7sya} m. having an
eñelephant's face "'N. of Gan2e7s3a L.; %{--pe7ndra} m. = %{-pa-pati} Ragh.; %{--pe7ndradAna}
n. the rut-fluid of a large eñelephants Var.; %{-pe7zvara} m. = %{-pe4udra}, Malatim.

dvipaada = two feet

dvirdvaadashaa = 2nd and 12th house from each other

dvishhataH = envious

dvisvabhaavaraashi = Common Signs

dvitiiya* = mf({A})n. (fr. {dvi} Pân. 5-2, 54; decl "' i, 1, 36 Vârtt. 3 Pat. cf. vii, 3, 115) second RV.
&c. &c.; ({am}) ind. for the second time KathhUp. MBh. &c.; m. companion, fellow (friend or foe)
S'Br. MBh. &c.; ifc. doubled or accompanied by, furnished with (cf. a-, {chAyA-}, {dhanur-} &c.);
the 2nd in a family (i.e. a son L.; cf. AitBr. vii, 29); the 2nd letter of a Varga i.e. the surd aspirate
Prât. Pân. &c.; ({A}) f. female companion or friend Kâthh. xcviii, 33; wife (a second self) L.; (sc.
{vibhakti}) the 2nd case, the accusative or its terminations Pân. 2-1, 24 &c.; (sc. {tithi}) the 2nd
day of a half-month Râtn. iv, 2/3; ({dvi4tIya}) mfn. (Pân. 5-3, 49) forming the 2nd part or half of
anything, with {bhAga} m. half of (gen.) Mn. iv, 1 &c.; n. the half (at the beginning or end of a
comp.) Pân. ib., ii, 2, 3 Kâs'.

dviipaH = (m) island * = m. n. (fr. %{dvi} + %{ap} Pa1n2. 5-4, 74; vi, 3, 97) an island, peninsula,
sandbank RV. S3Br. MBh. &c.; a division of the terrestrial world (either 7 [Jambu, Plaksha or Go-
medaka, S3a1lmali1, Kus3a, Kraun5ca, S3a1ka and Pushkara MBh. vi, 604 &c. Hariv. Pur. &c.] or
4 [Bhadra7s3va, Ketu-mlla, Jambu-dvipa and Uttara1h2 Kuravah2 MBh. vi, 208 Hariv. Ka1v. &c.
cf. Dharmas. cxx] or 13 [the latter four + 9, viz. Indra-dvipa, Kaseru1-mat, Ta1mra-varn2a,
Gabhasti-mat, Na1ga-dvipa, Saumya, Ga1ndharva, Varun2a and Bha1rata, which are enumerated
VP. ii, 3, 6; 7, as forming Bha1rata-varsha] or 18 [among which the Upa-dvipas are said to be
included Naish. i, 5 Sch.]; they are situated round the mountain Meru, and separated from each
other by distinct concentric circumambient oceans; %{ayaM@dvIpaH} = %{jambu-dv-} BhP. v,
16, 5 or = %{bhArata-dv-} VP. ii, 3, 7); m. place of refuge, shelter, protection or protector MBh.
Ka1ran2d2.; a tiger's skin L.; cubebs L. (cf. %{-sambhava}).

dvividhaa = two kinds of

dyaamutemaaM = sky

dyutaM = gambling

dyuta* = n. N. of the 7th mansion (= $) Var. (v.l. {dyuna}, or {dyUna}).

dyUta* = n. (m. only MBh. ii, 2119; cf. Pân. 2-4, 31) play, gaming, gambling (esp. with dice, but
also with any inanimate object). AV. S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (fig.) battle or fight, contest for (comp.)
MBh. iii, 3037 &c.; the prize or booty won in battle ib. vii, 3966; ix, 760.

dyuti (dyoti)= gleam* = f. splendour (as a goddess Hariv. 14035), brightness, lustre, majesty,
dignity. Mn. MBh. Var. Kâv. &c.; (dram.) a threatening attitude Das'ar. Sâh.; m. N. of a Riishi
under Manu Merusâvarna Hariv.; of a son of Manu Tâmasa ib.

dyutiM = the sunshine

dyau = from outer space

ebhiH = by them

ebhyaH = to these demigods

edh* =cl. 1. Â. {e4dhate} (rarely P. {-ti}), {edhAM-cakre}, {edhitA}, {edhiSyate}, {aidhiSTa}, to

prosper, increase, become happy, grow strong RV. AV. VS. S'Br. Mn.; to grow big with self-
importance, become insolent; to become intense, extend, spread, gain ground (as fire or passions)
MBh. BhP.; to swell, rise (as waters) BhP.: Caus. {edhayati}, to cause to prosper or increase, wish
for the welfare or happiness (of any one), bless BhP. Kum. vi, 90 Bhathth.

edha* = m. ({indh}), fuel RV. i, 158, 4; x, 86, 18 VS. S'Br. Ragh. &c. [232,1]; (mfn.) ifc. kindling
see {agny-edha}; [cf. Gk. $, $; Hib. &72394[232,1] {aodh}; O. H. G. {eit}; Angl. Sax. {a7d}.]

edhaa.nsi = firewood

edhamAnadviS * = mfn. hating those who have become insolent or impious (through prosperity)

edhate = (1 ap) to grow

edhita * = mfn. grown, increased, enlarged, made big, made to spread, filled up

edhitR * = mfn. one who increases

edhanIya * mfn. to be increased or enlarged.

edhavat * =mfn. kept up with fuel (as fire)

edhodaka * =n. fuel and wate r

edhatu * =1 (for 2. see p. 232, col. 1), {us} mf. prosperity, happiness RV. viii, 86, 3 AV. S'Br. &c.;
({us}) m. man Un. i, 79; (mfn.) increased, grown L.

edhas * =1 {as} n. happiness, prosperity\\ 2 n. fuel

edha * =m. ({indh}), fuel RV. i, 158, 4; x, 86, 18 VS. S'Br. Ragh. &c. [232, 1]; (mfn.) ifc. kindling
see {agny-edha}; [cf. Gk. $, $; Hib. &72394[232, 1] {aodh}; O. H. G. {eit}; Angl. Sax. {a7d}.]
eka = one

ekaM = one

ekaH = (adj) one

ekatvaM = in oneness

ekatvena = in oneness

ekada.ntaM = one who has a single tusk

ekada.ntaaya = to the one-tusked

ekamaksharaM = pranava

ekamevaadvitiiyaM = one without a second

ekaanta *= m. a lonely or retired or secret place, (%{e} ind. in a lonely or solitary place, alone,
apart, privately) MBh. Mn. S3ak. &c.; a single part, part, portion Pat.; the only end or aim,
exclusiveness, absoluteness, necessity R. Sus3r. &c.; devotion to one object, worship of one Being,
monotheistic doctrine MBh. BhP.; (%{am}, %{ena}, %{At}) ind. solely, only, exclusively,
absolutely, necessarily, by all means, in every respect, invariably MBh. Megh. Bhartr2. Kap. &c.;
(mfn.) directed towards or devoted to only one object or person BhP. R. &c.; %{-karuNa} mfn.
wholly and solely compassionate, wholly charitable Hit.; %{-grahaNa} n. partial comprehension
Car.; %{-grAhin} mfn. comprehending partially ib.; %{-tas} ind. lonely, alone; solely, exclusively,
invariably, &c.; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. exclusive worship BhP.; the state of being a part or portion
Pat.; %{-duHSamA} f. `" containing only bad years "', (with Jainas) N. of two spokes in the wheel
of time (the sixth of the Avasarpin2i1 and the first of the Utsarpin2i1, qq.v.); %{-bhAva} m.
devotedness to only one object MBh.; %{-bhUta} mfn. one who is alone or solitary BhP.; %{-mati}
mfn. having the mind fixed on one object; %{-rahasya} n. N. of wk.; %{-rAj} m. N. of a Bodhi-
sattva; %{-vihArin} mfn. wandering alone; %{-zIla} mfn. fond of loneliness MBh.; %{-suSamA} f.
`" containing only good years "', (with Jainas) N. of two spokes in the wheel of time (the first of
Avasarpin2i1 and the sixth of Utsarpin2i1, qq. v.); %{-sthita} mfn. staying or remaining alone or
apart.

ekayaa = by one

ekavachanaM = singular

ekasthaM = in one place

ekasmin.h = in one

ekaaH = one

ekaakini = solitary woman

ekaakii = alone

ekaagra = one-pointed
ekaagraM = with one attention

ekaagreNa = with full attention

ekaantaM = overly

ekaaksharaM = the one syllable

eke = in one

ekena = alone

ekaikaM = one by one

ekaikamaksharaM = each and every word

eko.ahaM = I the one single being

enaM = this

enas * = {as} n. ( {i} Un. iv, 197; {in} BRD.), mischief, crime, sin, offence, fault RV. AV. S'Br. Mn.
&c.; evil, unhappiness, misfortune, calamity RV. AV.; censure, blame L.; [cf. Zd. {aenaGh}; Gk. $.]

enasvin * = mfn. wicked, &72437[232, 1] sinful, a sinner RV. AitBr. S'Br. Mn.

enasya * = mfn. produced by sin; counted a sin or crime, wicked, sinful AV. vi, 115, 2; viii, 7, 3
S'Br.

eraka * = m. N. of a Nâga MBh. i, 2154; ({A}) f. a kind of grass of emollient and diluent properties
MBh. VP. Bhpr. &c.; [cf. Gk. $]; &72471[232, 1] ({I}) f. a species of plant; N. of a river; ({am}) n. a
woollen carpet (Buddh.)

eSaNa* = 1 {am}, {A} n. f. impulse, ardent desire BhP. \\* = 2 mfn. seeking for, wishing Nir.; m.
an iron arrow L.; ({A}) f. seeking with, desire, begging, solicitation, request S'Br. Pân. Râjat. &c.;
(with Jainas) right behaviour when begging food Sarvad. 39, 9; ({I}) f. an iron or steel probe
Sus'r.; a goldsmith's scale L.; ({am}) n. the act of seeking, begging, solicitation MBh.; medical
examination, probing Sus'r.

eSa* = 1 mfn. gliding, running, hastening RV. \\* = 2 (nom. m. of {eta4d} q.v.)\\* = 3 mfn. (fr. 3.
{iS}) ifc. seeking S'Br. xiii; m. the act of seeking or going after RV. x, 48, 9; ({eSa4}), wish, option
RV. i, 180, 4, (cf. {svaI7Sa4}); ({A}) f. wish L.; [cf. Zd. {ae7sha}; O. H. G. {e1râ}.]

eshhaH = this

eshhaa = this

eshhaaM = of them

eshhyati = comes

eshhyasi = you will attain

etat.h = it

etan.h = this

etayoH = of these two

etasya = of this

etaaM = this

etaan.h = all these

etaani = all these

etaavan* = (by Sandhi for {etA4vat})

etaavat.h = this much * = mfn. so great, so much, so many, of such a measure or compass, of such
extent, so far, of such quality or kind RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; (often in connection with a relative
clause, the latter generally following; {etAvAn eva puruSo yaj jAyA7tmA prajA}, a man is of such
measure as [i.e. made complete by] his wife, himself, and his progeny Mn. ix, 45) R. BhP. Hit. &c.;
({at}) ind. so far, thus far, so much, in such a degree, thus RV. vii, 57, 3 S'Br. Hit. &c.

etad * = mfn. (Gr. 223 ; g. %{sarvA7di} Pa1n2. 1-1, 27) this, this here, here (especially as pointing
to what is nearest to the speaker e.g. %{eSa@bANaH}, this arrow here in my hand ;
%{eSa@yAti@panthAH}, here passes the way ; %{eSa@kAlaH}, here i.e. now, is the time ;
%{etad}, this here i.e. this world here below) ; sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal
pronouns (e.g. %{eSo'ham}, I, this very person here) or with omission of those pronouns (e.g.
%{eSa@tvAM@svargaM@nayAmi}, I standing here will convey thee to heaven ;
%{etau@praviSTau@svaH}, we two here have entered) ; as the subject of a sentence it agrees in
gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to be supplied (e.g.
%{etad@eva@hi@me@dhanam}, for this [scil. cow] is my only wealth MBh.) ; but sometimes the
neuter sing. remains (e.g. %{etad@guruSu@vRttiH}, this is the custom among Gurus Mn. ii, 206)
; %{etad} generally refers to what precedes, esp. when connected with %{idam}, the latter then
referring to what follows (e.g. %{eSa@vai@prathamaH@kalpaH}
%{anukalpas@tv@ayaM@jJeyaH}, this before-mentioned is the principal rule, but this following
may be considered a secondary rule Mn. iii, 147) ; it refers also to that which follows, esp. when
connected with a relative clause (e.g.
%{eSa@cai9va@gurur@dharmo@yam@pravakSyAmy@ahaM@tava}, this is the important law,
which I will proclaim to you MBh.) RV. &c. &c. ; (%{a4d}) ind. in this manner, thus, so, here, at
this time, now (e.g. %{na4@vA4@u@eta4n@mriyase}, thou dost not die in this manner or by
that RV. i, 162, 21) AV. VS. &c. ; [cf. Zd. {ae7ta} ; Old Pers. {aita} ; Armen. {aid} ; Osk. {eiso}.]

eti = attain * = f. arrival, approach RV. x, 91, 4; 178, 2.

ete = they

etena = by this

eteshhaaM = of the Pandavas

etaiH = all these

etaiH = all these

eva = ( used to put emphasis )

eva * = 1 (in the Sanhitâ also {evA4}) ind. ({i} Un. i, 152; fr. pronom. base {e} BRD., probably
connected with 2. {e4va}), so, just so, exactly so (in the sense of the later {evam}) RV. AV.; indeed,
truly, really (often at the beginning of a verse in conjunction with other particles, as {id}, {hi})
RV.; (in its most frequent use of strengthening the idea expressed by any word, {eva} must be
variously rendered by such adverbs as) just, exactly, very, same, only, even, alone, merely,
immediately on, still, already, &c. (e.g. {tvam eva yantA nA7nyo 'sti pRthivyAm}, thou alone art a
charioteer, no other is on earth, i. e. thou art the best charioteer MBh. iii, 2825; {tAvatIm eva
rAtrim}, just so long as a night; {evam} {eva} or {tathai9va}, exactly so, in this manner only; in
the same manner as above; {tenai9va mantreNa}, with the same Mantra as above; {apaH
spRSTvai9va}, by merely touching water; {tAn eva}, these very persons; {na cirAd eva}, in no long
time at all; {japyenai9va}, by sole repetition; {abhuktvai9va}, even without having eaten; {iti
vadann eva}, at the very moment of saying so; {sa jIvann eva}, he while still living, &c.) RV. &c.
MBh. &c.; (sometimes, esp. in connection with other adverbs, {eva} is a mere expletive without
any exact meaning and not translatable e.g. {tv eva}, {cai9va}, {eva ca}, &c.; according to native
authorities {eva} implies emphasis, affirmation, detraction, diminution, command,
restrainment); [cf. Zd. {aeva}; Goth. {aiv}; Old Germ. {eo}, {io}; Mod. Germ. {je}.]

e4va * = 2 mfn. ({i}), going, moving, speedy, quick TBr. iii Un.; m. course, way (generally instr.
pl.) RV.; the earth, world VS. xv, 4; 5 [Mahîdh.]; a horse RV. i, 158, 3 [Sây.]; ({As}) m. pl. way or
manner of acting or proceeding, conduct, habit, usage, custom RV.; [cf. Gk. $, $; Lat.
&72584[232, 2] {aevu-m}; Goth. {aivs}; O.H.G {e7wa} and Angl. Sax. {e7u}, {e7o}, `" custom "', `"
law "'; Germ. {ehe}.]

evaM = thus

eva.nvidhaH = like this

eva.nvidhaaH = like this

evaapi = also

gaa = (v) to come

gaana* = n. singing, song KâtyS'r. Lâthy. i, vii Hariv. 11793 Sis'. ix, 54; a sound L. (cf. {araNya-},
{Uha-}, {Uhya-}

gaathazravas * = ({-tha4-}) mfn. famous through (epic) songs (Indra), viii, 2, 38.

gaathaka * = m. (Pân. 3-1, 146) a singer (chanter of the Purânas) Pân. 1-1, 34 Kâs'. Râjat. vii, 934;
({ikA}) f. an epic song Yâjñ. i, 45 MBh. iii, 85, 30 Ratna7v. ii, 5/6.

gaathA-kAra * = m. author of (epic) songs or verses Pân. 3-2, 23; a singer, reciter W.

gaathA-nArAzaMsI4 * = f. du. epic songs and particularly those in praise of men or heroes MaitrS.
i, 11, 5; f. pl. id. S'Br. xi, 5, 6, 8 (cf. {nArAzaMsI4}.)

gaathAnI * = mfn. leading a song or a choir RV. i, 190, 1 and viii, 92, 2.
gaathA7ntara * = m. N. of the fourth Kalpa or period of the world.

gaatha * = m. a song RV. i, 167, 6 and ix, 11, 4 SV.; ({gA4thA}) f. id. RV.; a verse, stanza (especially
one which is neither Riic, nor Sâman, nor Yajus, a verse not belonging to the Vedas, but to the
epic poetry of legends or Âkhyânas, such as the S'unahs'epa-Âkhyâna or the Suparn.) AV. TS. TBr.
S'Br. &c.; the metrical part of a Sûtra Buddh.; N. of the Âryâ metre; any metre not enumerated in
the regular treatises on prosody (cf. {Rg-gAthA}, {riju-gAtha}, {yajJa-gAthA}.)

gaaM = the planets

gaanga = of the ganga river

gaaNDiivaM = the bow of Arjuna

gaatraaNi = limbs of the body

gaana = singing

gaayakaH = (m) singer

gaayati = (1 pp) to sing

gaayatrii = the Gayatri hymns

gaayikaa = (f) singer

gaahate = (1 ap) to plunge

gaahamaana = (present participle) swimming or floating

gaganayaatrikaH = (m) astronaut

gabhiira* = mf({A4})n. deep (opposed to {gAdha} and {dIna}) RV. &c. [346, 3]; (Naigh. i, 11) deep
in sound, deepsounding, hollow-toned RV. v, 85, 1 Riitus.; profound, sagacious, grave, serious,
solemn, secret, mysterious RV. AV. v, 11, 3; ({gambh-} MBh. &c.) Prab. iv, 15 Sâh.; dense,
impervious BhP. viii, 3, 5; ({gambh-} R. iii); not to be penetrated or investigated or explored,
inscrutable; `" inexhaustible "', uninterrupted (time) BhP. i, 5, 8; ({gambh-}, iv, 12, 38; v, 24, 24);
m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya or of Rambha VP. iii, 2, 43 BhP. ix, 17, 10.

gachati = to go

gaccha* = m. ({gam}) a tree L.; the period (number of terms) of a progression Âryabh. ii, 20 and
Sch. on 19; family, race Jain.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people (v.l. for {kakSa}).

gachchhataam.h = (may the two)go

gachchhati = goes

gachchhan.h = going

gachchhanti = they reach

gada * = m. a sentence MBh. i, 1787; disease, sickness Sus'r. Ragh. &c.; N. of a son of Vasu-deva
and younger brother of Kriishna MBh. Hariv. BhP.; of another son of Vasu-deva by a different
mother, ix, 24, 51; n. poison L.; ({A}) f. a series of sentences RâmatUp. ii, 5, 4; a mace, club,
bludgeon MBh. R. &c.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; N. of a musical instrument; of a constellation
VarBri. Laghuj.; v.l. for {gadhA} TS. Sch. (cf. {a-gada4}, {a4-vijJAta-g-}.)

gaDa * = m. a kind of gold-fish (the young of the Ophiocephalus Lata or another species, Cyprinus
Garra) L.; a screen, covering, fence L.; a moat, ditch L.; an impediment L.; N. of a district (part of
Malva, commonly Garha or Garha Mandala) L.; ({A}) f. (in music) a kind of Râginî (cf. {tRNa-g-},
{payo-g-}.)

gadati = (1 pp) to say

gadinaM = with maces

gahanaa = very difficult

gahvara: deep, impervious, impenetrable TS. v Hariv. BhP.; confused (in mind) Kathâs. lxi, 39
and 41; m. an arbour, bower L.; a cave, cavern L.; ({A}) f. the plant Embelia Ribes L.; ({I}) f. a
cave, cavern L.; the earth Gal.; ({am}) n. `" an abyss, depth "' (`" water "' Naigh. Nir.) see {-re-
STha4}; a hiding-place, thicket, wood AV. xii, 2, 53 MBh. R. &c.; an impenetrable secret, riddle
MBh. xiii, 1388; a deep sigh L.; hypocrisy L.; Abrus precatorius (?) L.

gaja = Elephant

gajaH = elephant

gajakeshariyoga = Yoga in which the Moon is in an angular position (Kendra) or 1, 4, 7, 10 signs

from Jupiter. Good Yoga for Wealth and Power based on strength and other factors in the chart

gajendraaNaaM = of lordly elephants

gaJNjiiphaa = playing cards

gakaaraH = beginning with the letter `ga'

gala = neck

galita = (adj) dropped off

galitaM = weakened

gam * =1 Ved. cl. 1. P. {ga4mati} (Naigh.; Subj. {gamam}, {ga4mat} [{gamAtas}, {gamAtha} AV.],
{gamAma}, {gaman} RV.; Pot. {game4ma} RV.; inf. {ga4madhyai} RV. i, 154, 6): cl. 2. P. {ga4nti}
(Naigh.; Impv. 3. sg. {gantu}, [2. sg. {gadhi} see {A-}, or {gahi} see {adhi-}, {abhy-A-}, {A-},
{upA7-}], 2. pl. {ga4ntA} or {gantana} RV.; impf. 2. and 3. sg. {a4gan} [RV. AV.], 1. pl. {a4ganma}
[RV. AV.; cf. Pân. 8-2, 65], 3. pl. {a4gman} RV.; Subj. [or aor. Subj. cf. Pân. 2-4, 80 Kâs'.] 1. pl.
{ganma}, 3. pl. {gma4n} RV.; Pot. 2. sg. {gamyAs} RV. i, 187, 7; Prec. 3. sg. {gamyA4s} RV.; pr. p.
{gma4t}, x, 22, 6): cl. 3. P. {jaganti} (Naigh. ii, 14; Pot. {jagamyAm}, {-yAt} RV.; impf. 2. and 3. sg.
{ajagan}, 2. pl. {ajaganta} or {-tana} RV.): Ved. and Class. cl. 1. P. (also Â. MBh. &c.), with
substitution of {gacch} [= $] for {gam}, {ga4cchati} (cf. Pân. 7-3, 77; Subj. {gA7cchAti} RV. x, 16,
2; 2. sg. {gacchAs} [RV. vi, 35, 3] or {gacchAsi} [AV. v, 5, 6]; 2. pl. {gacchAta} RV. viii, 7, 30; 3. pl.
{ga4cchAn} RV. viii, 79, 5; impf. {a4gacchat}; Pot. {gacchet}; pr. p. {ga4cchat} RV. &c.; aor.
{agamat} Pân. 3-1, 55; vi, 4, 98 Kâs'.; for Â. with prepositions cf. Pân. 1-2, 13; 2nd fut. {gamiSyati}
AV. &c.; 1st fut. {ga4ntA} [Pân. 7-2, 58] RV. &c.; perf. 1. sg. {jagamA} [RV.], 3. sg. {jagAma}, 2.
du. {jagmathur}, 3. pl. {jagmu4r} RV. &c.; p. {jaganva4s} [RV. &c.] or {jagmivas} Pân. 7-2, 68 f.
{jagmu4SI} RV. &c. [347, 1]; Ved. inf. {ga4ntave}, {ga4ntavai4}; Class. inf. {gantum}: Ved. ind. p.
{gatvAya}, {gatvI4}; Class. ind. p. {gatvA4} [AV. &c.], with prepositions {-gamya} or {-gatya} Pân.
6-4, 38) to go, move, go away, set out, come RV. &c.; to go to or towards, approach (with acc. or
loc. or dat. [MBh. Ragh. ii, 15; xii, 7; cf. Pân. 2-3, 12] or {prati} [MBh. R.]) RV. &c.; to go or pass
(as time e.g. {kAle gacchati}, time going on, in the course of time) R. Ragh. Megh. Naish. Hit.; to
fall to the share of (acc.) Mn. &c.; to go against with hostile intentions, attack L.; to decease, die
Cân.; to approach carnally, have sexual intercourse with (acc.) Âs'vGri. iii, 6 Mn. &c.; to go to any
state or condition, undergo, partake of, participate in, receive, obtain (e.g. {mitratAM gacchati},
`" he goes to friendship "' i.e. he becomes friendly) RV. AV. &c.; {jAnubhyAm avanIM-gam}, `" to
go to the earth with the knees "', kneel down MBh. xiii, 935 Pañcat. v, 1, 10/11; {dharaNIM
mUrdhnA-gam}, `" to go to the earth with the head "', make a bow R. iii, 11, 6; {ma4nasA-gam}, to
go with the mind, observe, perceive RV. iii, 38, 6 VS. Nal. R.; (without {ma4nasA}) to observe,
understand, guess MBh. iii, 2108; (especially Pass. {gamyate}, `" to be understood or meant "')
Pân. Kâs'. and L. Sch.; {doSeNa} or {doSato-gam}, to approach with an accusation, ascribe guilt to
a person (acc.) MBh. i, 4322 and 7455 R. iv, 21, 3: Caus. {gamayati} (Pân. 2-4, 46; Impv. 2. sg.
Ved. {gamayA} or {gAmaya} [RV. v, 5, 10], 3. sg. {gamayatAt} AitBr. ii, 6; perf. {gamayA4M
cakAra} AV. &c.) to cause to go (Pân. 8-1, 60 Kâs'.) or come, lead or conduct towards, send to
(dat. AV.), bring to a place (acc. [Pân. 1-4, 52] or loc.) RV. &c.; to cause to go to any condition,
cause to become TS. S'Br. &c.; to impart, grant MBh. xiv, 179; to send away Pân. 1-4, 52 Kâs'.; `"
to let go "', not care about Bâlar. v, 10; to excel Prasannar. i, 14; to spend time S'ak. Megh. Ragh.
&c.; to cause to understand, make clear or intelligible, explain MBh. iii, 11290 VarBriS. L. Sch.; to
convey an idea or meaning, denote Pân. 3-2, 10 Kâs'.; (causal of the causal) to cause a person
(acc.) to go by means of {jigamiSati} another Pân. 1-4, 52 Kâs'.: Desid. {ji4gamiSati} Pân., or
{jigAMsate} Pân. 6-4, 16 Siddh.; impf. {ajigAMsat} S'Br. x) to wish to go, be going Lâthy. MBh.
xvi, 63; to strive to obtain S'Br. x ChUp.; to wish to bring (to light, {prakA4zam}) TS. i: Intens.
{ja4Gganti} (Naigh.), {jaGgamIti} or {jaGgamyate} (Pân. 7-4, 85 Kâs'.), to visit RV. x, 41, 1 (p.
{ga4nigmat}) VS. xxiii, 7 (impf. {aganIgan}); [cf. $; Goth. {qvam}; Eng. {come}; Lat. {venio} for
{gvemio}.]

gama*= mf({A})n. (Pân. 3-3, 58) ifc. going (e.g. {araM-}, {kAma-}, {kha-}, {tiryag-}, &c.); riding
on (in comp.) Hcat. i, 11, 718; m. going, course Pân. 5-2, 19; march, decampment VarYogay. iv, 58;
intercourse with a woman (in comp.) Mn. xi, 55 Yâjñ. ii, 293; going away from (abl.) Caurap.; (in
math.) removal (as of fractions), Bîjag.; a road L.; flightiness, superficiality L.; hasty perusal W.; a
game played with dice and men (as backgammon &c.) L.; a similar reading in two texts Jain.

gamaH = take to

gamana = Going

gamanaM = going

gamyate = one can attain

gaNa* = m. a flock, troop, multitude, number, tribe, series, class (of animate or inanimate
beings), body of followers or attendants RV. AV. &c.; troops or classes of inferior deities
(especially certain troops of demi-gods considered as S'iva's attendants and under the special
superintendence of the god Gane7s'a; cf. {-devatA}) Mn. Yâjñ. Lalit. &c.; a single attendant of
S'iva VarBriS. Kathâs. Râjat. iii, 270; N. of Gane7s'a W.; a company, any assemblage or
association of men formed for the attainment of the same aims Mn. Yâjñ. Hit.; the 9 assemblies of
Riishis under the Arhat Mahâ-vîra Jain.; a sect in philosophy or religion W.; a small body of
troops (= 3 Gulmas or 27 chariots and as many elephants, 81 horses, and 135 foot) MBh. i, 291; a
series or group of asterisms or lunar mansions classed under three heads (that of the gods, that of
the men, and that of the Râkshasas) W.; (in arithm.) a number L.; (in metre) a foot or four
instants (cf. {-cchandas}); (in Gr.) a series of roots or words following the same rule and called
after the first word of the series (e.g. {ad-Adi}, the g. {ad} &c. or the whole series of roots of the
2nd class; {gargA7di}, the g. {garga} &c. or the series of words commencing with {garga}); a
particular group of Sâmans Lâthy. i, 6, 5 VarYogay. viii, 7; a kind of perfume L.; = {vAc} (i.e. `" a
series of verses "') Naigh. i, 11; N. of an author; ({A}) f. N. of one of the mothers in Skanda's
retinue MBh. ix, 2645 (cf. {ahar-}, {maru4d-}, {vR4Sa-}, {sa4-}, {sapta4-}, {sa4rva-}; {deva-},
{mahA-}, and {vida-gaNa4}.)

ga.n = the letter or sound `ga.n

gantavyaM = to be reached

gantaasi = you shall go

gandha = smell (masc)

gandhaH = fragrance

gandharva = of the Gandharvas

gandharvaaNaaM = of the citizens of the Gandharva planet

gandhaan.h = smellsgariimaa = (f) superiority

gangaa = river Ganga

gangaasaagara = the sea of Ganga (banks of the Ganges)

gaN.h = to count, to consider

gaNa = Number

gaNadevatA* = {As} f. pl. troops of deities who generally appear in classes (Âdityas, Vis'vas,
Vasus, Tushitas, Âbhâsvaras, Anilas, Mahârâjikas, Sâdhyas, and Rudras)

gaNakarishhiH = the rishi of this stotra is gaNaka

gaNanaa = consideration

gaNapataye = to gaNapati

gaNapati = gaNaanaaM pathiH or lord of groups (of devas)

gaNapatiM = Ganesh

gaNapatirdevataa = the god of this stotra

gaNapatii = god of luck and wisdom

gaNayati = (10 up) to count

gaNita = mathematics

gaNeshavidyaa = the knowledge of gaNeshha

gaNDa = the cheek

garbha = womb * = m. (%{grabh} = %{grah}, `" to conceive "'; 2. %{gRR} Un2. iii, 152) the womb
RV. AV. &c.; the inside, middle, interior of anything, calyx (as of a lotus) MBh. VarBr2S. &c. (ifc. f.
%{A}, `" having in the interior, containing, filled with "' S3a1n3khS3r. RPra1t. MBh. &c.) [349,3];
an inner apartment, sleepingroom L.; any interior chamber, adytum or sanctuary of a temple &c.
VarBr2S. RTL. p. 445; a foetus or embryo, child, brood or offspring (of birds) RV. AV. &c.; a
woman's courses Vishn2.; `" offspring of the sky "' i.e. the fogs and vapour drawn upwards by the
rays of the sun during eight months and sent down again in the rainy season (cf. Mn. ix, 305) R.
iv, 27, 3 VarBr2S. Ba1lar. viii, 50; the bed of a river (esp. of the Ganges) when fullest i.e. on the
fourteenth day of the dark half of the month Bha1dra or in the height of the rains (the Garbha
extends to this point, after which the Ti1ra or proper bank begins, and extends for 150 cubits, this
space being holy ground); the situation in a drama when the complication of the plot has reached
its height Das3ar. i, 36 Sa1h. vi, 68 and 79; the rough coat of the Jaka fruit L.; fire L.; joining,
union L.; N. of a R2ishi (called Pra1ja1patya) Ka1t2h.; [cf. %{amRta-}, %{ardha-}, %{kRSNa-},
%{mUDha-}, %{vizva-}, %{hiraNya-}; cf. also $; Hib. {cilfin}, `" the belly "'; Angl. Sax. {hrif};
Germ. {kalb}: Engl. {calf}.]

garbhaM = pregnancy

garbhaH = embryo

garbhapiNDa = an embryo

garbhaasana = the foetus posture

garbhiNii = (f) a pregnant woman

garda = Dark shade

gardabha = donkey

gardabhaH = (m) donkey

Garhapatya: the fire from which sacrificial fires are lighted.

garhaNa* = mfn. containing a blame (as a question) Kathâs. lxxxiii; n. censuring, censure, blame,
reproach MBh. xii, 9153 R. Sarvad. iv, 1; (in rhet.) Sâh. vi, 174 and 190; ({A}) f. id. MBh. iii, 1283;
{-NAM-yA}, to meet with reproach Mn. ii, 80.

garhaNIya* = mfn. to be blamed, blamable Yâjñ. i, 86 MBh. i, 3604; iii, 3888. [350,3]

gArhapata* = n. (fr. {gRha4-pati} g. {azvapaty-Adi}) the position and dignity of a householder

S'Br. v TândyaBr. x KâtyS'r. Lâthy. (cf. {kuru-g-}.)

gArhapatya* = mfn. with {agnI}, or m. (Pân. 4-4, 90) the householder's fire (received from his
father and transmitted to his descendants, one of the three sacred fires, being that from which
sacrificial fires are lighted RTL. 364) AV. VS. S'Br. &c.; m. or n. = {-sthAna} S'Br. vii, 1, 2, 12
KâtyS'r. xvii, 1, 3; m. pl.N. of a class of manes MBh. ii, 462; n. the government of a family, position
of a householder, household RV. i, 15, 12; vi, 15, 19; x, 85, 27 and 36.

gArhasthya* = (sometimes wrongly spelt {-stha}) mfn. (fr. {gRha-stha}), fit for or incumbent on a
householder MBh. ix, xiii; n. the order or estate of a householder, of the father or mother of a
family Gaut. iii, 36 MBh. i, iii R. ii, &c.; household, domestic affairs MBh. xiv, 162 BhP. iii; ix, 6,
47.

garhaa* = f. censure, abuse MBh. Pân. Pañcat.; disgust exhibited in speech Sâh. iii, 180.

gaarha* = mfn. (fr. {gRha4}), `" domestic "', in comp

gariiyaH = better

gariiyase = who are better

gariiyaan.h = glorious

garj.h = to thunder

garjanam.h = thundering sound

garta = (m) pit, trench, cavity

garuDa = eagle

garuDaasana = the eagle posture

garva = vanity

garvaM = arrogance/haughtiness

gata = gone; -* gata. gone, gone away, departed, departed from the world, deceased, dead RV. i,
119, 4 AV. &c.; past (as time), gone by Mn. viii, 402 MBh. &c.; disappeared (often in comp.) Mn.
vii, 225 MBh. &c.; come, come forth from (in comp. or abl.) R. iv, 56, 10 Kathâs. ii, 11; come to,
approached, arrived at, being in, situated in, contained in (acc. or loc. or in comp. e.g. {sabhAM
g-}, `" come to an assembly "' Mn. viii, 95; {kAnyakubje g-}, gone to Kânyakubja Pañcat. v;
{ratha-g-}, sitting or standing in a carriage R. iii; {Adya-g-}, {turya-g-}, {antya-g-}, taking the
first, fourth, last place; {sarva-g-}, spread everywhere Nal. ii, 14) RV. i, 105, 4 AV. x, 10, 32 S'Br.
&c.; having walked (a path acc.); gone to any state or condition, fallen into (acc. or loc. or in comp.
e.g. {kSayaM} or {-ye g-}, gone to destruction; {Apad-g-}, fallen into misfortune Mn. ix, 283) TUp.
Mn. &c.; relating to, referring to, connected with (e.g. {putra-g- sneha}, love directed towards the
son R. i; {tvad-g-}, belonging to thee); walked (a path), frequented, visited RV. vii, 57, 3 R. Kum.;
spread abroad, celebrated MBh. iii; `" known, understood "', having the meaning of (loc.) L.; n.
going, motion, manner of going MBh. iv, 297 R. S'ak. vii, 7 Vikr. &c.; the being gone or having
disappeared Cân.; the place where any one has gone Pân. Kâs'.; anything past or done, event W.;
diffusion, extension, celebration ChUp. vii, 1, 5; manner Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 5.

gata(H) = (Masc.Nom.S)having gone or the person who has gone

gataM = reached (past part.)

gataH = returned
gatachintaa = thinking of

gatarasaM = tasteless

gatavati = while gone

gatavyathaaH = freed from all distress

gatasangasya = of one unattached to the modes of material nature

gataa = became

gataaH = having achieved

gataagataM = death and birth

gataasuun.h = gata + asuun.h:departed life (dead people)

gati = the movement; gati* = f. going, moving, gait, deportment, motion in general RV. v, 64, 3
VS. TS. &c.; manner or power of going; going away Yâjñ. iii, 170; procession, march, passage,
procedure, progress, movement (e.g. {astra-g-}, the going or flying of missile weapons R. v;
{parAM gatiM-gam}, `" to go the last way "', to die; {daiva-g-}, the course of fate R. vi Megh. 93;
{kAvyasya g-}, the progress or course of a poem R. i, 3, 2); arriving at, obtaining (with gen. loc., or
ifc.) S'Br. ix MBh. &c.; acting accordingly, obeisance towards (loc.) Âp. i, 13 f.; path, way, course
(e.g. {anyatarAM gatiM-gam}, `" to go either way "', to recover or die Âs'vS'r.) R. Bhag. &c.; a
certain division of the mooñs path and the position of the planet in it (the diurnal motion of a
planet in its orbit?) VarBriS.; issue Bhag. iv, 29; running wound or sore Sus'r.; place of issue,
origin, reason ChUp. i, 8, 4 f. Mn. i, 110 R. Mudr.; possibility, expedient, means Yâjñ. i, 345 R. i
Mâlav. &c.; a means of success; way or art, method of acting, stratagem R. iii, vi; refuge, resource
Mn. viii, 84 R. Kathâs. Vet. iv, 20; cf. RTL. p. 260; the position (of a child at birth) Sus'r.; state,
condition, situation, proportion, mode of existence KathhUp. iii, 11 Bhag. Pañcat. &c.; a happy
issue; happiness MBh. iii, 17398; the course of the soul through numerous forms of life,
metempsychosis, condition of a person undergoing this migration Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; manner
Âs'vGri. i Sch.; the being understood or meant Pat.; (in gram.) a term for prepositions and some
other adverbial prefixes (such as {alam} &c.) when immediately connected with the tenses of a
verb or with verbal derivatives (cf. {karmapravacanIya}) Pân. 1-4, 60 ff.; vi, 2, 49 ff. and 139; viii,
1, 70 f.; a kind of rhetorical figure Sarasv. ii, 2; a particular high number Buddh.; `" Motion "'
(personified as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Pulaha) BhP. i, v, 1; m. N. of a son of Anala
Hariv. i, 3, 43.

gatiM = progress, V*= destination, position, way, progress, path

gatiH = entrance

gatra = body

gatvaa = attaining

gavaakshaH = (m) window, an opening for ventilation

gaurava = glory

gata
mfn. gone, gone away, departed, departed from the world, deceased, dead RV. i, 119, 4 AV. &c.;
past (as time), gone by Mn. viii, 402 MBh. &c.; disappeared (often in comp.) Mn. vii, 225 MBh.
&c.; come, come forth from (in comp. or abl.) R. iv, 56, 10 Katha1s. ii, 11; come to, approached,
arrived at, being in, situated in, contained in (acc. or loc. or in comp. e.g. %{sabhAM@g-}, `"
come to an assembly "' Mn. viii, 95; %{kAnyakubje@g-}, gone to Ka1nyakubja Pan5cat. v;
%{ratha-g-}, sitting or standing in a carriage R. iii; %{Adya-g-}, %{turya-g-}, %{antya-g-}, taking
the first, fourth, last place; %{sarva-g-}, spread everywhere Nal. ii, 14) RV. i, 105, 4 AV. x, 10, 32
S3Br. &c.; having walked (a path acc.); gone to any state or condition, fallen into (acc. or loc. or in
comp. e.g. %{kSayaM} or %{-ye@g-}, gone to destruction; %{Apad-g-}, fallen into misfortune Mn.
ix, 283) TUp. Mn. &c.; relating to, referring to, connected with (e.g. %{putra-g-@sneha}, love
directed towards the son R. i; %{tvad-g-}, belonging to thee); walked (a path), frequented, visited
RV. vii, 57, 3 R. Kum.; spread abroad, celebrated MBh. iii; `" known, understood "', having the
meaning of (loc.) L.; n. going, motion, manner of going MBh. iv, 297 R. S3ak. vii, 7 Vikr. &c.; the
being gone or having disappeared Ca1n2.; the place where any one has gone Pa1n2. Ka1s3.;
anything past or done, event W.; diffusion, extension, celebration ChUp. vii, 1, 5; manner Pa1n2.
1-3, 21 Va1rtt. 5.

gauravaM = respect

gautama* = mf({I})n. relating to Gotama (with {pada-stobha} m. pl.N. of a Sâman); m. patr. fr.
Gotama (N. of Kus'ri, Uddâlaka, Aruna S'Br.; of S'aradvat Hariv. Mriicch. v, 30 VP.; of
S'ata7nanda L.; of S'âkya-muni; of Nodhas and Vâma-deva RAnukr.; of a teacher of ritual Lâthy.
Âs'vS'r. Âs'vGri.; of a grammarian TPrât. Lâthy. [with the epithet {sthavira}]; of a legislator Yâjñ.
i, 5; the father of Ekata, Dvita, and Trita MBh. ix, 2073); (= {got-}) N. of the first pupil of the last
Jina (one of the three Kevalins); N. of a Nâga (also {-maka}) DivyA7v. ii; m. pl. Gautama's family
Hariv. 1788 Pravar.; a kind of poison L.; n. N. of several Sâmans ÂrshBr. Lâthy. iv, 6, 16; fat (cf.
{bhAradvAja}, `" bone "') L.; ({gau4tamI}) f. (ganas {gaurA7di} and {zArGgaravA7di}) a female
descendant of Gotama (N. of Kriipî Hariv. BhP.; of Mahâ-prajâpatî Lalit. vii, xv) MBh. xiii, 17 ff.
S'ak.; N. of Durgâ Hariv. 10236; of a Râkshasî L.; of a river (= {go-dAvarI}, or {go-matI}) MBh.
xiii, 7647 R. vi, 2, 27; the bile-stone of cattle ({go-rocanA}) L.; = {rAjanI} L.

gavi = in the cow

geya = that which can be sung * = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 97 Kâs'.) to be sung, being sung or praised in
song Lâthy. Hariv. Pân. 3-4, 68 BhP. x; singing, singer of (gen.) Pân. 3-4, 68; n. a song, singing
MBh. R. Megh. &c. (said of the flies) humming Pañcat. i, 15, 8/9); cf. {AzIr-}, {prAtar-}.

geyaM = is to be sung

gehe = in the house

gehenardin * = mfn. `" shouting defiance at home "', id. ib. Bhathth. v, 41.

ghRNa = heat, ardour, sunshine, through heat or sunshine; a warm feeling towards others,
compassion, tenderness; aversion, contempt; horror, disgust; a kind of cucumber

ghanadhAtu* = m. `" inspissated element of the body "', lymph L

ghaTa = pot

ghaTaH = (m) earthen pot

ghaTaka = component
ghaTi = Hour

ghataH = (m) earthen pot

ghatii = (f) clock, watch

ghana = dark, ghana also means cloud

ghanasama = Like cloud

ghanishha = well-built

ghaatayati = causes to hurt

ghaatukaH = (m) butcher

ghna * = mf({A} MBh. xiii, 2397 Hariv. 9426; {I} f. of 2. {han} q.v.)n. ifc. striking with Mn. viii,
386; killing, killer, murderer, ix, 232 MBh. R. iii; destroying Mn. viii, 127 Yâjñ. i, 138 R. i BhP. iv;
removing Mn. vii, 218 Hariv. 9426 Sus'r.; multiplied by VarBriS. li, 39 Sûryas. (f. {I}); n. ifc. `"
killing "' see {a4hi-}, {parNaya-ghna4} (cf. {artha-}, {arzo-}, {kAsa-}, {kula-}, {kuSTha-}, {kRta-},
{kRmi-}, {gara-}, {guru-}, {go-}, {jvara-}, {puruSa-}, &c.) ghna4t * = mfn. pr. p. {han} q.v.

ghora = horrible * = mf({A4})n. (cf. {ghur}) venerable, awful, sublime (gods, the Angiras, the
Riishis) RV. AV. ii, 34, 4; terrific, frightful, terrible, dreadful, violent, vehement (as pains,
diseases, &c. ) VS. AV. TS. ii S'Br. xii &c. (in comp., g. {kASThA7di}); ({am}) ind. `" dreadfully "',
very much g. {kASTA7di}; m. `" the terrible "', S'iva L. (cf. {-ghoratara}); N. of a son of Angiras
S'ânkhBr. xxx, 6 Âs'vS'r. xii, 13, 1 ChUp. MBh. xiii, 4148; ({A}) f. the night L.; N. of a
cucurbitaceous plant L.; (scil. {gati}) N. of one of the 7 stations of the planet Mercury VarBriS. vii,
8 and 11; ({I}) f. N. of a female attendant of Durgâ W.; ({a4m}) n. venerableness VS. ii, 32;
awfulness, horror AV. S'Br. ix Kaus'. BhP. iv, 8, 36 Gobh. ii, 3 Sch.; `" horrible action "', magic
formulas or charms RV. x, 34, 14 Âs'vS'r. S'ânkhS'r. R. i, 58, 8 [379,3]; a kind of mythical weapon
MBh. v, 3491; poison L.; saffron L. (cf. {dhIra} and {gaura}).

ghore = ghastly

ghoshha = noise

ghoshthha* =m. (n. L.; fr. {stha} Pân. 8-3, 97) an abode for cattle, cow-house, cow-pen, fold for
cattle RV. VS. AV. &c.; stable or station of animals (in general Pân. 5-2, 29 Vârtt. 3) MBh.;
meeting-place, xii, 6547 (= 9953); with {aGgirasAm}N. of a Sâman TândyaBr. xiii; {apA4M g-}, a
water-vessel AV. xi, 1, 13; `" refuge (of men) "', S'iva MBh. xiv, 198; N. of an author Buddh.; n. =
{-SThI-zrAddha} Kull. on Mn. iii, 254; ({A}) f. a place where cows are kept Ganar. 56 Sch.; ({I}) f.
an assembly, meeting, society, association, family connections (esp. the dependent or junior
branches), partnership, fellowship MBh. (metrically {-SThi}, v, 1536) &c.; conversation,
discourse, dialogue Pañcat. Kâd.; a kind of dramatic entertainment in one act Sâh. vi, 274; N. of a
village g. {palady-Adi} (Kâs'. Ganar. 325); {-karman} n. a rite relating to the cow-stable Kaus'. 19;
{-kukkuTa} m. a kind of crow Npr.; {-gocara} m. id. ib.; {-cara} m. a kind of hawk Gal.; {-ja} m. `"
born in a cow-pen "'N. of a Brâhman PhithS.; {-pati} m. a chief herdsman L.; {-zva} m. (fr.
{zva4n}) `" a dog in a cow-pen which barks at every one "', one who stays at home and slanders
his neighbours, malicious or censorious person L.; {-SThA7gAra} m. n. a house in a cow-pen L.;
{-SThA7dhyakSa} m. = {-STha-pati} L.; {-SThA7STamI} f. N. of a festive day (cf. {gopA7ST-});
{-SThe-kSveDin} &c. see s. v. {-SThe}. 2.

ghrita = purified butter, Hindi ghee

ghritaM = (Nr.nom. + acc. S) ghee; clarified butter

gheparaida = (m) a celebration of homosexuality

ghoshhaH = vibration

ghosha * = m. indistinct noise, tumult, confused cries of a multitude, battle-cry, cries of victory,
cries of woe or distress, any cry or sound, roar of animals RV. AV. &c.; the sound of a drum, of a
conchshell, of the Soma stones, of a carriage, &c. RV. AV. &c.; the whizzing or whir of a bow-
string [TBr. ii], crackling of fire [MBh. ix, 1334], singing in the ear [S'Br. xiv]; the roaring of a
storm, of thunder, of water, &c. RV. AV. Sus'r. Megh.; the sound of the recital of prayers MBh. R.
Mriicch. x, 12; the sound of words spoken at a distance S'Br. ix; rumour, report (also personified
KâtyS'r. Sch.) RV. x, 33, 1; a proclamation SaddhP. iv; a sound (of speech) ChUp. Sus'r.; the soft
sound heard in the articulation of the sonant consonants ({g}, {gh}, {j}, {jh}, {D}, {Dh}, {d}, {dh},
{b}, {bh}, {G}, {J}, {N}, {n}, {m}, {y}, {r}, {l}, {v}, {h}), the vowels, and Anusvâra which with the
Yamas of the first 10 of the soft consonants make up altogether 40 sounds (cf. {a-gh-}) RPrât. xiii,
5 f. APrât. Sch. Pân. 1-1, 9 Sch.; an ornament that makes a tinkling sound BhP. x, 8, 22; a station
of herdsmen MBh. Hariv. R. &c. (ifc. cf. Pân. 6-2, 85); (pl.) the inhabitants of a station of
herdsmen MBh. iv, 1152; a particular form of a temple Hcat. ii, 1, 389; a musquito L.; Luffa
foetida or a similar plant L.; N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10386; N. of a man (Sây.) RV. i, 120, 5; of an
Asura Kâthh. xxv, 8; of a prince of the Kânva dynasty BhP. xii, 1, 16; of a son of Daksha's daughter
Lambâ Hariv. 148 and 12480; of an Arhat Buddh.; a common N. for a Kâya-stha or one of the
writer caste W.; m. pl. (g. {dhUmA7di}) N. of a people or country VarBriS. xiv, 2; m. n. brass,
bellmetal L.; ({A}) f. Anethum Sowa L.; = {karkaTazRGgI} L.; N. of a daughter of Kakshîvat RV. i,
117, 7; 122, 5 (? Impv. {ghuS}); x, 40, 5 (cf. {Atma-}, {indra-}, {uccair-}, &c.)

ghoshhayati = (10 up) to proclaim, announce

ghnataH = being killed

ghnii = destroying

ghraaNaM = smelling power

giiratha* = m. `" the vehicle of speech "' = {gir-Iza} L.

gila * = swallowing

gir.h = language

giraH = words

giraaM = of vibrations

gira* = 1 ifc. = 1. {gi4r}, speech, voice VarBriS. xxxii, 5; 1. ({A}) f. (g. {ajA7di} Ganar. 41 Sch.) id. L.

giri = mountain

girikandara = (neut) ravine

girijaa = paarvati

girish = God of mountain attributed to Lord Shiva

giri4s'a * =m. (g. {lomA7di}) `" inhabiting mountains "', N. of Rudra-S'iva VS. xvi, 4 (voc.) MBh.
Ragh. Kum. &c.; N. of a Rudra RâmatUp.; ({A}) f. = {-zAyikA} Sus'r. i, 46, 2, 14; N. of Durgâ
Hariv. 9423 (v.l. {guhasya jananI}).

gir117s'a * =m. (= {-rI7ndra}) a high mountain; N. of the Himavat L.; `" mountain-lord "', S'iva
MBh. xiii, 6348 Kum.; one of the 11 Rudras Yâjñ. ii, 102/103, 34; ({A}) f. N. of Durgâ Hariv. 9424
(cf. {giri-zA}).

gi4riis'a * m. `" lord of &110071[355, 1] speech "'N. of Briihaspati (regent of the planet Jupiter) L

gilati = to swallow

giita = (n) song* = mfn. ( {gai}) sung, chanted, praised in songs Mn. ix, 42 MBh. &c.; n. singing,
song VS. xxx TBr. iii S'Br. iii, vi Âp. &c.; N. of four hymns addressed to Kriishna; ({A}) f. a song,
sacred song or poem, religious doctrines declared in metrical form by an inspired sage (cf.
Agastyagñgîta4. Bhagavad-gñgîta4 [often called Gîtâ Prab. vi, 9/10 &c.], Râma-gñgîta4, S'iva-
gñgîta4); N. of a metre.

giitakrama* = m. the arrangement of a song W.; = {varNa} L.

giitajJa* = mfn. versed in the art of singing, acquainted with songs Yâjñ. iii, 116.

giitanRtya* = n. sg. song and dance R. i, 24, 5; a particular dance.

giitaka* = n. a song, hymn Yâjñ. iii, 113 BhP. viii VP. (Sâh. i, 2/3, 14) Kathâs.; a kind of metre
({narkuTaka}) VarBriS. civ, 52; melody (seven in number) MârkP. xxiii, 51 and 59 ({ikA}) f. a
short song or hymn MBh. iii, 8173 ({gAthikA} ed. Bomb.); a metre of 4 X 20 syllables; a stanza
composed in the Gîti metre Kathâs. cxvii, 109 (with reference to 65 f.) (cf. {daza-gItikA}.)

giitaM = described

giitaa = Shrimad.h Bhagavad.h gItA

glaaniH = discrepancies

glaayati = (1 pp) to fade

go = cow / bull * = {gau4s} (acc. {gA4m} instr. {ga4vA} dat. {ga4ve}, gen. abl. {go4s} loc. {ga4vi};
du. {gA4vA} [Ved.], {gA4vau}; pl. nom. {gA4vas} acc. {gA4s} [rarely {gA4vas} TBr. iii TUp. MBh.
iv, 1506 R. ii] instr. {go4bhis} dat. abl. {go4bhyas}, gen. {ga4vAm} [once at the end of a Pâda RV.
iv, 1, 19] and [in RV. at the end of Pâdas only cf. Pân. 7-1, 57] {go4nAm} loc. {go4Su}) m. an ox f. a
cow, (pl.) cattle, kine, herd of cattle RV. &c. (in comp. before vowels [cf. Pân. 6-1, 122 ff.] {gav},
{gava}, qq. vv.; cf. also {gavAm}, {gavi}, {gAM} ss.vv.; {gavAM vrata}N. of a Sâman; {gavAM
tIrtha} see {go t-}; {go4Su-gam}, to set out for a battle [to conquer cows] RV. ii, 25, 4; v, 45, 9;
viii, 71, 5); `" anything coming from or belonging to an ox or cow "', milk (generally pl.), flesh
(only pl. RV. x, 16, 7; `" fat "' Gmn.), skin, hide, leather, strap of leather, bow-string, sinew (RV. x,
27, 22 AV. i, 2, 3) RV.; = {go4-SToma} (q.v.) AitBr. iv, 15 S'Br. xiii ( also {go-Ayu4s}); (pl.) `" the
herds of the sky "', the stars RV. i, 154, 6 and vii, 36, 1; (m. [also f. Un. Sch.]) rays of light
(regarded as the herds of the sky, for which Indra fights with Vriitra) MBh. i, iii Hariv. 2943 R.
&c.; m. the sign Taurus VarBriS. xl f. VarBri. Laghuj.; the sun (cf. {-putra}) Nir. ii, 6 and 14; the
moon L.; a kind of medicinal plant ({RSabha}) L.; a singer, praiser (fr. {gai}) Naigh. iii, 16; `" a
goer "', horse (fr. 1. {gA}) Sây. on RV. i, 121, 9 and iv, 22, 8; N. of two Riishis of the SV. (with the
patr. Ângirasa [TândyaBr. xvi] and Mâyûka); N. of a man (who with Pushkara is said to be the
{balA7dhyakSa} of the sons and grandsons of Varuna) MBh. ii, 381 (cf. R. vii, 23, 28); m. or f. (?)
the suñs ray called Sushumna Nir. ii, 6; water BhP. i, 10, 36 (also f. pl., xi, 7, 50); an organ of
sense BhP. vii, 5, 30; the eye Kuval. 70; a billion TândyaBr. xvii, 14, 2; mf. the sky Naigh. i, 4
(perhaps VS. xxiii, 48); the thunderbolt Sây. on RV. v, 30, 7; the hairs of the body L.; f. an offering
in the shape of a cow (= {dhenu} q.v.) W.; a region of the sky L.; (Naigh. i, 1) the earth (as the
milk-cow of kings) Mn. iv, xii MBh. R. &c.; (hence) the number `" nine "' Jyot. Sûryas.; = {go-
vIthI} Sch. on VarBriS. ix, 1 ff.; a mother L. (cf. VarBriS. iii, 68); (Naigh. i, 11) speech, Sarasvatî
(goddess of speech) MBh. i, iii, v Ragh. ii, v Cân.; voice, note (fr. {gai}) S'is'. iv, 36; N. of Gaurî
Gal.; of the wife [or of a daughter-in-law BhP. ix, 21, 25] of S'uka (a daughter of the manes called
Sukâlas) Hariv. 986 MatsyaP.; N. of a daughter of Kakut-stha and wife of Yayâti Hariv. 1601; [cf.
$; Lat. {bos}; Old Germ. {chuo}; Mod. Germ. {Kuh}; Eng. {cow}; Lett. {gohw}; cf. also $, $; Goth.
{gavi} and Mod. Germ. {Gau}.]

gocaryaa * = f. seeking food like a cow BhP. xi, 18, 29

gokula* = n. a herd of kine MBh. R. &c.; a cow-house or station ib.; a village or tract on the
Yamunâ (residence of Nanda and of Kriishna during his youth BhP.; [RTL. p. 113] the inhabitants
of that place) BhP. ii, 7, 31; N. of a certain sanctuary or holy place Râjat. v, 23; {-jit} m. N. of an
author of the 17th century; {-nAtha} m. N. of the author of the Padavâkya-ratna7kara; of the
author of the Rasa-maha7rnava; {-stha} m. pl.N. of a Vaishnava sect; {-lA7STaka} n. N. of a
poem; {-le7za} m. `" lord of the Gokula "'N. of Kriishna Gal.; {-lo7dbhavA} f. N. of Durgâ L.

gola = globe

goloka * = m. (n., Tantr.), `" cow-world "', a part of heaven, or (in later mythol. RTL. 118 and 291)
Kriishna's heaven MBh. xiii, 3195 (cf. 3347) Hariv. 3994 (cf. 3899) R. ii BrahmaP.; {-varNana} n.
N. of BrahmaP. iv, 4; of part of the Sadâ-siva-sanhitâ; of part of SkandaP.

gomukha = musical instrument resembling a cow's face

gomukhaaH = horns

gomukhaasana = the cow-faced posture

gotra = family, race

gopa = cover, that which is not visible

gosa* = m. ({so}) = {-visarga} L.; ({e}) loc. ind. (v.l. {go-ze}) at day-break L. Sch.; (in Prâkriit
Hâl.)

gosa* =2 m. myrrh L.

goshaa* = mfn. ({sA} = {san} Kâs'. on Pân. 3-2, 67 and viii, 3, 108 = {-Sa4Ni} RV. ix, 2, 10; 16, 2;
61, 20; x, 95, 3. [367,2]

goshthhika* = mfn. relating to an assemblage or society Pañcat. i, 14.

goshthhe* = loc. of {-STha4} q.v.; {-kSveDin} mfn. `" bellowing in a cow-pen "', a boasting
coward, g. {pAtre-samitA7di} and {yuktA7rohy-Adi}; {-paTu} mfn. `" clever in a cow-pen "', a
vain boaster ib.; {-paNDita} mfn. id. ib.; {-pragalbha} mfn. `" courageous in a cow-pen "', a
boasting coward ib.; {-vijitin} mfn. `" victorious in a cow-pen "' id. ib.; {-zaya} mfn. sleeping in a
cow-stable Yâjñ. iii, 263; {-zUra} m. a hero in a cow-pen, boasting coward g. {pAtre-samitA7di}
and {yuktA7rohy-Adi}.
goshthhya* = ({go4-}) mfn. being in a cow-stable VS. xvi, 44. 1.

gostana* = m. a cow's dug MBh. iii, 32, 4; a cluster of blossoms, nosegay W.; a pearl necklace
consisting of 4 (or of 34 W.) strings L.; a kind of fort; ({I}) f. a kind of red grape Bhpr. v, 6, 108; N.
of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2621; {-nA7kAra} mfn. shaped like cow's dug
Sus'r. ii, vi Bhpr. v; {-nI-sava} m. a kind of wine Npr.

goshthoma* = ({go4-}) m. ({sto4ma} Pân. 8-3, 105 Kâs'.) an Eka7ha ceremony forming part of the
Abhiplava which lasts 6 days (also called {go4} q.v.) TS. vii Lâthy. x (cf. AitBr. iv, 15 and
{-stoma}.) 1.

goshthhaana* = mfn. ({sth-}) serving as an abode for cows VS. i, 25.

goshthhI* = f. of {-STha4} q.v.; {-pati} m. the chief person or president of an assembly W.;
{-bandha} m. meeting for conversation Kâd. v, 825; {-yAna} m. a society-carriage Mriicch. vi, 4;
{-zAlA} f. a meeting-room; {-zrAddha} n. a kind of S'râddha ceremony Kull. on Mn. iii, 254 (RTL.
p. 305).

gostoma* = m. (Pân. 8-3, 105 Kâs'.) = {-SToma} Âs'vS'r. ix, 5, 2.

gosthaana* = n. a station for cattle, cow-pen Hariv. 3397 (cf. {-SThA4na}.)

goshthha* = m. (n. L.; fr. {stha} Pân. 8-3, 97) an abode for cattle, cow-house, cow-pen, fold for
cattle RV. VS. AV. &c.; stable or station of animals (in general Pân. 5-2, 29 Vârtt. 3) MBh.;
meeting-place, xii, 6547 (= 9953); with {aGgirasAm}N. of a Sâman TândyaBr. xiii; {apA4M g-}, a
water-vessel AV. xi, 1, 13; `" refuge (of men) "', S'iva MBh. xiv, 198; N. of an author Buddh.; n. =
{-SThI-zrAddha} Kull. on Mn. iii, 254; ({A}) f. a place where cows are kept Ganar. 56 Sch.; ({I}) f.
an assembly, meeting, society, association, family connections (esp. the dependent or junior
branches), partnership, fellowship MBh. (metrically {-SThi}, v, 1536) &c.; conversation,
discourse, dialogue Pañcat. Kâd.; a kind of dramatic entertainment in one act Sâh. vi, 274; N. of a
village g. {palady-Adi} (Kâs'. Ganar. 325); {-karman} n. a rite relating to the cow-stable Kaus'. 19;
{-kukkuTa} m. a kind of crow Npr.; {-gocara} m. id. ib.; {-cara} m. a kind of hawk Gal.; {-ja} m. `"
born in a cow-pen "'N. of a Brâhman PhithS.; {-pati} m. a chief herdsman L.; {-zva} m. (fr.
{zva4n}) `" a dog in a cow-pen which barks at every one "', one who stays at home and slanders
his neighbours, malicious or censorious person L.; {-SThA7gAra} m. n. a house in a cow-pen L.;
{-SThA7dhyakSa} m. = {-STha-pati} L.; {-SThA7STamI} f. N. of a festive day (cf. {gopA7ST-});
{-SThe-kSveDin} &c. see s. v. {-SThe}. 2.

go4shthha* =goSTha* = Nom. Â. (fr. 1. {-STha}) {-SThate}, to assemble, collect Dhâtup. viii, 4.

gosvaamin* = m. the master or possessor of a cow or of cows KâtyS'r. Mn. viii, 231 VarBriS.; a
religious mendicant (commonly {gosAin} cf. RTL. pp. 87; 135; 142; also affixed as a honorary title
to proper names e.g. {vopadeva-g-}); `" lord of cows "', Kriishna W.; {-mi-sthAna} n. N. of a
mountain peak in the middle of the Hima7laya W.

gorakshaasana = the cowherd posture

gotama* = ({go4-}) m. (superl.) N. of a Riishi belonging to the family of Angiras with the patr.
Râhû-gana (author of RV. i, 74-93) RV. AV. S'Br. i, xi, xiv ShadvBr. &c.; (for {gaut-}) N. of the
chief disciple of Mahâ-vîra; of a lawyer (cf. {gautama4}); of the founder of the Nyâya phil.; `" the
largest ox "' and `" N. of the founder of Nyâya phil. "' Naish. xvii, 75; N. of a son of Karnika
Buddh.; ? MBh. xiii, 4490 (cf. {-dama}); m. pl. (Pân. 2-4, 65) the descendants of the Riishi
Gotama RV. Âs'vS'r. xii, 10 Lâthy.; n. a kind of poison Gal.; ({I}) f. v.l. for {gaut-} in g. {gaurA7di};
{-gaura} m. = {gaura-gotama}, the white Gotama Ganar. 89 Sch.; {-pRcchA} f. `" questions of
(Mahâ-vîra's pupil) Gotama (put forth in a discussion with Pârs'va's pupil Kes'in) "'N. of a Jain
work; {-stoma} m. N. of an Eka7ha sacrifice Âs'vS'r. S'ânkhS'r. (cf. S'Br. xiii, 5, 1, 1); {-svAmin} m.
Mahâ-vîra's pupil Gotama; {-mA7nvaya} m. N. of S'âkya-muni L.; {-mI-putra} m. `" son of
Gotamî "'N. of a king (50 B.C. or A.D.) Inscr. VâyuP. MatsyaP.; {-me7zvara-tIrtha} n. N. of a
Tîrtha S'ivaP.

govinda = Lord KRishna

govindaM = Govinda

graamam.h = (n) village

graaha * =(Pân. 3-1, 143) mf({I})n. ifc. seizing, holding, catching, receiving Yâjñ. ii, 51 R. iv, 41,
38; taking (a wife) Yâjñ. ii, 51 (cf. {karNa-}, {gila-}, {dhanur-}, {pANi-}, {pArSNi-}, {vandi-},
{vyAla-}, {hasta-}); m. a rapacious animal living in fresh or sea water, any large fish or marine
animal (crocodile, shark, serpent, Gangetic alligator, water elephant, or hippopotamus) Mn. vi, 78
MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A}, iv, 2017; xvi R. ii); a prisoner L.; the handle (of a sword &c.) Gal.; seizure,
grasping, laying hold of Pañcat. i, 10, 1 (v.l. for {graha}); morbid affection, disease S'Br. iii;
paralysis (of the thigh, {Uru-grAha4} AV. xi, 9, 12 [{ur-} MSS.] MBh. v, 2024 and vi, 5680); `"
mentioning "' see {nAma-}; fiction, whim Bhag. xvii, 19; conception, notion of (in comp.)
Vajracch. 6 and 9; ({am}) ind. see s.v.; ({I}) f. a female marine animal or crocodile R. vi, 82, 73 ff.

graahakaH = (m) customer

graahaya = (verbal stem) to cause to be caught

graahaan.h = things

graaheNa = with endeavor

graahya = what is to be grasped * = mfn. to be seized or taken or held RV. x, 109, 3 Mn. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; to be clasped or spanned Kathâs. lxxiv, 217; to be captured or imprisoned Yâjñ. ii, 267
& 283 MBh. &c.; to be overpowered Prab. ii, 8/9; ({a-} neg.) R. (B) iii, 33, 16; to be picked or
gathered R. iv, 43, 29; to be received or accepted or gained Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be taken in
marriage, xiii, 5091; to be received in a friendly or hospitable manner, xii, 6282; to be insisted
upon Kathâs. xvii, 83; to be chosen or taken account of Râjat. iv, 612; to be perceived or
recognised or understood Mn. i, 7 MBh. &c. (cf. {a-}); (in astron.) to be observed VarBriS.; to be
considered R. v, vii VarBriS. lxi, 19; to be understood in a particular sense, meant Vop. vi, 15 Pân.
Sch.; to be accepted as a rule or law, to be acknowledged or assented to, to be attended to or
obeyed, to be admitted in evidence Mn. viii, 78 Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be undertaken or followed (a
vow) Kathâs. vcii, 38; to be put (as confidence) in (loc.), lviii, 36; m. an eclipsed globe (sun or
moon) Sûryas.; n. poison (NBD.; `" a present "' BRD.) L.; the objects of sensual perception Yogas.
i, 41; ({A}) f. archery exercise Gal. (cf. {dur-}, {suhha-}, {svayaM-}.)

graahya * mfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable MBh. R. (cf. {a-pratig-}); one from whom
anything may be received MBh. (cf. {-gRhya} and Pân. ib.); m. N. of partic. Grahas TBr. Sch.

graahyaM = accessible

graama* = m. an inhabited place, village, hamlet RV. i, x AV. VS. &c.; the collective inhabitants of
a place, community, race RV. x, 146, 1 AV. &c.; any number of men associated together, multitude,
troop (esp. of soldiers) RV. i, iii, x AV. iv, 7, 5 S'Br. vi, xii; the old women of a family PârGri. i, 9, 3
Sch.; ifc. (cf. Pân. 6-2, 84) a multitude, class, collection or number (in general) cf. {indriya-},
{guNa-}, {bhUta-}, &c.; a number of tones, scale, gamut Pañcat. v, 43 MârkP. xxiii, 52; =
{indriya-} Jain.; m. pl. inhabitants, people RV. ii, 12, 7; x, 127, 5; n. a village R. ii, 57, 4 Hcat. i, 7,
721/722; [cf. {ariSTa-}, {mahA-}, {zUra-}, {saM-}; cf. Hib. {gramaisg}, `" the mob "';
{gramasgar}, `" a flock. "']

graamya4* = mfn. (Pân. 4-2, 94) used or produced in a village TS. v AitBr. vii, 7, 1 Kaus'.; relating
to villages Mn. vii, 120; prepared in a village (as food) S'Br. ix, xii Mn. vi, 3; living (in villages i.e.)
among men, domesticated, tame (an animal), cultivated (a plant; opposed to {vanya} or {araNya},
`" wild "') RV. x, 90, 8 AV. VS. &c.; allowed in a village, relating to the sensual pleasures of a
village MBh. xii, 4069 R. iii f. BhP. iv, vi [374, 1]; rustic, vulgar (speech) Vâm. ii, 1, 4; (see {-tA}
and {-tva}); relating to a musical scale W.; m. a villager Yâjñ. ii, 166 MBh. xiii BhP. &c.; a
domesticated animal see {-mAMsa}; = {-ma-kola} W.; n. rustic or homely speech W.; the Prâkriit
and the other dialects of India as contra-distinguished from the Sanskriit W.; food prepared in a
village MBh. i, 3637 KâtyS'r. xxii Sch.; sensual pleasure, sexual intercourse MBh. ii, 2270 BhP. iv;
({A}) f. = {-miNI} L.; = {-ma-ja-niSpAvI} L.

graha = Planet * =(Pân. 3-3, 58; g. {vRSA7di}) mfn. ifc. (iii, 2, 9 Vârtt. 1) seizing, laying hold of,
holding BhP. iii, 15, 35 (cf. {aGkuza-}, {dhanur-}, &c.); obtaining, v, viii; perceiving, recognising,
iv, 7, 31; m. `" seizer (eclipser) "', Râhu or the dragoñs head MBh. &c.; a planet (as seizing or
influencing the destinies of men in a supernatural manner; sometimes 5 are enumerated, viz.
Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn MBh. vi, 4566 f. R. i, 19, 2 Ragh. iii, 13 &c.; also 7 i.e.
the preceding with Râhu and Ketu MBh. vii, 5636; also 9 i.e. the sun [cf. S'Br. iv, 6, 5, 1 and 5
MBh. xiii, 913; xiv, 1175] and moon with the 7 preceding Yâjñ. i, 295 MBh. iv, 48 VarBriS.; also
the polar star is called a Graha, Garg. (Jyot. 5 Sch.); the planets are either auspicious {zubha-},
{sad-}, or inauspicious {krUra-}, {pApa-} VarBriS.; with Jainas they constitute one of the 5 classes
of the Jyotishkas); the place of a planet in the fixed zodiac W.; the number `" nine "'; N. of
particular evil demons or spirits who seize or exercise a bad influence on the body and mind of
man (causing insanity &c.; it falls within the province of medical science to expel these demons;
those who esp. seize children and cause convulsions &c. are divided into 9 classes according to the
number of planets Sus'r.) MBh. &c.; any state which proceeds from magical influences and takes
possession of the whole man BhP. vii, ix BrahmaP. Hit. ii, 1, 20; a crocodile MBh. xvi, 142 (ifc. f.
{A}) R. iv f. BhP. viii; any ladle or vessel employed for taking up a portion of fluid (esp. of Soma)
out of a larger vessel Mn. v, 116 Yâjñ. i, 182; N. of the 8 organs of perception (viz. the 5 organs of
sense with Manas, the hands and the voice) S'Br. xiv NriisUp. i, 4, 3, 22; (= {gRha}) a house R. vii,
40, 30 (cf. {a-}, {khara-}, {-druma} and {-pati}); `" anything seized "', spoil, booty MBh. iii, 11461
(cf. {-hA7luJcana}); as much as can be taken with a ladle or spoon out of a larger vessel, ladleful,
spoonful (esp. of Soma) RV. x, 114, 5 VS. TS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the middle of a bow or that part
which is grasped when the bow is used MBh. iv, 1351 ({su-}, 1326); the beginning of any piece of
music; grasp, seizing, laying hold of (often ifc.) Kaus'. 10 MBh. &c.; keeping back, obstructing
Sus'r.; imprisoning, imprisonment ({-haM-gam}, `" to become a prisoner "' Kâm.) R. ii, 58, 2;
seizure (by demons causing diseases e.g. {aGga-}, spasm of the limbs) Sus'r.; seizure of the sun
and moon, eclipse AV. xix, 9, 7 and 10 VarBriS.; stealing, robbing Mn. ix, 277 MBh. vi, 4458;
effort Hit.; insisting upon, tenacity, perseverance in (loc. or in comp.) BhP. vii, 14, 11 Naish. ix, 12
Kathâs. Râjat. viii, 226; taking, receiving, reception Mn. viii, 180 S'riingâr.; taking up (any fluid);
choosing MBh. xii, 83, 12 Sâh. vi, 136; `" favour "' see {-nigraha}; mentioning, employing (a word)
Mn. viii, 271 Pân. 7-1, 21, Kâr. 2 Amar. Râjat.; apprehension, perception, understanding Bhâshâp.
BhP. Sarvad. Sch. on Jaim. and KapS.; ({Aya}) dat. ind. = {gRhItvA} see {grah} (cf. {guda-},
{ziro-}, {hanu-}, {hRd-}.)

ógraaha * =m. a spittoon L.; accepting gifts W.

grahaNa * =mfn. ifc. seizing, holding Hariv. 2734; resounding in (?) S'ak. ii, 0/1, 6; n. the hand L.;
an organ of sense Yogas. i, 41; a prisoner MBh. xiii, 2051; a word mentioned or employed (e.g.
{vacana-}, `" the word {vacana} "') Pat. and Kâs'.; seizing, holding, taking S'Br. xiv Mn. ii, 317
MBh. &c.; taking by the hand, marrying, i, 1044; catching, seizure, taking captive Mn. v, 130 MBh.
&c.; seizure (as by a demon causing diseases), demoniacal possession Hcat.; seizure of the sun or
moon, eclipse Âp. i, 11 Yâjñ. i, 218 VarBriS. &c.; gaining, obtaining, receiving, acceptance R. i, 3,
18 Pañcat. Kathâs. xci, 37; choosing Sânkhyak. Prab. Sâh. vi, 201; purchasing Pañcat.; taking or
drawing up (any fluid) S'Br. iv KâtyS'r.; the taking up of sound, echo W.; attraction Megh. Ragh.
vii, 24 Pañcat. v, 13, 5/6; putting on (clothes) MBh. ii, 840 Ragh. xvii, 21; assuming (a shape)
Yâjñ. iii, 69 MBh. xiv Devîm.; undertaking, devoting one's self to (in comp.) R. v, 76, 22 Pañcat.
[372, 3]; service BhP. iii, 1, 44; including Pân. Kâs'.; mentioning, employing (a word or
expression) KâtyS'r. Lâthy. VPrât. Pân. Vârtt. Pat. and Kâs'. Sâh. vi, 205; mentioning with praise,
acknowledgment Sus'r.; assent, agreement W.; perceiving, understanding, comprehension,
receiving instruction, acquirement of any science Mn. ii, 173 MBh. iii, xiv Ragh. &c.; acceptation,
meaning Pân. 1-1, 68 Vârtt. 5 Pat. Kâs'. and Siddh. on Pân.; ({I}) f. an imaginary organ supposed
to lie between the stomach and the intestines (the small intestines or that part of the alimentary
canal where the bile assists digestion and from which vital warmth is said to be diffused) Sus'r.; =
{-NI-gada} Ashtha7ng. iii, 8 Hcat. i, 7 (cf. {kara-}, {keza-}, {garbha-}, {cakSur-}, {nAma-},
{pANi-}, {punar-}.)

grAhita * = mfn. made to take or seize W.; made to accept or take (a seat &c.) Vikr. iii, 0/1 Das3.
vii, 266 Katha1s. li, 71; made to undertake or to be occupied with (instr.) R. (G) i, 7, 14; taught
MBh. iii, 12195.

granthaalayaH = (m) library

granthiH = (m) knot

granthii = a knot, obstruction in the chitrini

grasate = (1 pp) to swallow

grasana * = swallowing, devouring, a kind of partial eclipse of the sun or moon, seizing, the
mouth, jaws

grasamaanaH = devouring

grasishhNu = devouring

grasta* = mfn. swallowed, eaten Pañcat.; taken, seized W.; surrounded or absorbed Sus'r.;
possessed (by a demon) Das'. iv Hit.; involved in MBh. xiii, 7292 R. iv, 50, 11; tormented, affected
by Yâjñ. iii, 245 Pañcat. &c.; eclipsed MBh. iii, 2667 R. &c.; inarticulately pronounced, slurred
RPrât. Lâthy. Pân. S'. (RV.) 35 Pat.; ({a-} neg.) ChUp.; n. inarticulate pronunciation of the vowels
Pat. Introd. on Vârtt. 18.

grastaM = having been caught/seized

gRhIta * = mfn. (%{grah}, but see %{gRbhAya}) grasped, taken, seized, caught, held, laid hold of
ChUp. A1s3vGr2. &c.; received, accepted; received hospitably (as a guest) BhP. iii, 5, 19; obtained,
gained; `" taken on one's self "' see %{-mauna}; mentioned Pan5cat.; perceived, understood S3ak.
(v.l.) Mudr.; received completely into one's mind (opposed to %{adhI7ta}, `" studied "', but not
successfully) Pa1n2. 2-3, 6 Ka1s3. BhP. i, 2, 12.

griJNjanakam.h = (n) carrot

griNanti = are offering prayers

griNaami = I hold
gRR\\1 cl. 9. P. A1. %{gRNA4ti}, %{-NIte4} (1. sg. A1. and 3. sg. Pass. %{gRNe4} RV.; 1. sg. A1.
%{gRNISe4} RV.; 2. pl. %{gRNa4tA} AV. v, 27, 9; p. P. %{gRNa4t} RV. &c.; A1. & Pass.
%{gRNAna4} RV.; Ved. inf. Impv. %{gRNISa4Ni} RV. vi, 15, 6 and viii, 12, 19), to call, call out to,
invoke RV. AV. S3Br. iv Bhag. xi, 21; to announce, proclaim RV.; to mention with praise, praise,
extol RV. BhP. xi, 13, 41 Bhat2t2. viii, 77; to pronounce, recite MBh. vii, 1754 Ragh. BhP. i, 1, 14; to
relate, teach in verses, 4, 9 Gan2it. i, 4, 5; [cf. $, $; Hib. {goirim}; Old Germ. {quar}, {quir}, &c.;
Old Pruss. {gerbu}, `" to speak "'; Angl. Sax. {gale}; Germ. {Nachtigal}; Lat. {gallus} ?]\\2 cl. 6. P.
%{girati} or (cf. P. viii, 2, 21) %{gilati} (S3Br. i MBh. Sus3r.), ep. also A1. %{girate} (1. sg.
%{gi4rAmi} AV. vi, 135, 3; perf. %{jagAra} RV.; aor. Subj. 3. pl. %{garan} RV. i, 158, 5), to
swallow, devour, eat RV. &c.; to emit or eject from the mouth MBh. xii, 12872: Caus. (aor. 2. sg.
%{ajIgar}) to swallow RV. i, 163, 7: Intens. %{jegilyate} Pa1n2. 8-2, 20: Desid. %{jigariSati}, vii, 2,
75; [cf. 2. %{gal}, 2 %{gir}, %{gila}, 2. %{gIrNa4}; Lith. {gerru}, `" to drink "'; Lat. {glu-tio},
{gula}; Slav. {gr-lo}; Russ. {z8ora}.]\\ = 3 (= 3. %{kRR}) cl. 10. A1. %{gArayate}, to know
Dha1tup. xxxiii, 33; to make known, teach ib.

gridhraH = (m) eagle

griha = house

grihagodhikaa = (f) house lizard

grihapaaThaH = (m) homework

grihasthaaH = householders

grihaadishhu = home, etc

grihiitvaa = holding the

grihiita*= mfn. ({grah}, but see {gRbhAya}) grasped, taken, seized, caught, held, laid hold of
ChUp. Âs'vGri. &c.; received, accepted; received hospitably (as a guest) BhP. iii, 5, 19; obtained,
gained; `" taken on one's self "' see {-mauna}; mentioned Pañcat.; perceived, understood S'ak.
(v.l.) Mudr.; received completely into one's mind (opposed to {adhI7ta}, `" studied "', but not
successfully) Pân. 2-3, 6 Kâs'. BhP. i, 2, 12.

grihiitacetas*= mfn. one whose mind or heart is captivated BhP. vi, 18, 38.

grihiitavidya*= mfn. one who has acquired knowledge, learned W.

grihiiti*= f. `" seizing, taking "' (the hand, 1. {kara-}), and `" levying "' (taxes, 2. {kara-}) Hcar. iv,
23; perception Bâdar. iii, 3, 16; taking anything to mean or understanding by anything, 4, 23 Sch.

grihiitin*= mfn. one who has grasped &c. anything (loc.), g. {iSTA7di}.

grihiitri*= mfn. (for {grah-}) one who seizes L.

grihNan.h = accepting

grihNaati = to catch

grihyate = can be so controlled

grihyavat*= m mfn. having many adherents or partisans TândyaBr. xiii, 11, 13 Sch.
grihyaka*= mfn. domesticated (as animals) Pân. 3-1, 119 Kâs'.

grihya*=1 ind. p. Ved. ifc., `" seizing by "' see {karNa-}, {pAda-}, and {hasta-gR4hya}; {haste-}.
\\*=2 mfn. (fr. {grah}) to be grasped or taken AV. v, 20, 4 S'ânkhGri. v, 2, 5; perceptible S'vetUp.
i, 13; ({a4-} neg.) S'Br. xiv; (Pân. 3-1, 119) `" to be taken together with "' (in comp.), adhering to
the party of (Kâs'.), being in close relation to (as the lotus to the moon) Kâvya7d. ii, 179 Das'. vi;
vii, 254 Kir. ii, 5 Bhathth. vi, 61; to be acknowledged or admitted W.; to be adopted or trusted or
relied on W.; = {ava-} Vop. xxvi, 20; n. for {guhya} (anus) L.; ({A}) f. (Pân. 3-1, 119) ifc. being
outside (of a town or village, as {senA}, an army) Kâs'.; a suburb L. \\*=3 mfn. (fr. {gRha4})
belonging to a house, domestic (said of an Agni) TS. v MaitrS. AitBr. viii, 10, 9 Gobh. &c. (said of a
series of ceremonies relating to family or domestic affairs, such as marriages, births &c., and
treated of in the Griihya-sûtras, q.v.); living in houses, domesticated (as animals) L.; not free,
dependent, ({a-} neg.) Bhathth. vi, 61; m. the domestic Agni S'ânkhGri. v, 2, 5; a domesticated
animal L.; m. pl. the inmates of a house, domestics S'Br. ii f. xii KâtyS'r. PârGri. ii; n. a domestic
rite Gaut.; a domestic rule or affair BhP. x, 8, 25 Hcat.; = {-sUtra}; ({A}) f. domestic rites and the
rules relating to them Griihyâs.

griivaM = neck

gu = darkness

guDa = jaggery

guDaH = (m) jaggery

guDaakesha = O Arjuna

guDaakeshaH = Arjuna, the master of curbing ignorance

guDaakeshena = by Arjuna

guha * m. (g. {azmA7di}) `" reared in a secret place "'N. of Skanda (the god; cf. Kârttikeya) MBh.
iii, ix, xiii Hariv. 10478 Sus'r. Kum. &c.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1263; of Vishnu W.; of a king of the
Nishâdas (friend of Râma) R. i f. vi Mcar. iv, 60/7; N. belonging to persons of the writer caste W.;
a horse (`" a swift horse "' W.) L.; m. pl.N. of a people in the south of India MBh. xii, 7559 [360,
3]; (2. {gu4hA}) f. (ganas {vRSA7di} and {bhidA7di}) a hiding-place, cave, cavern VS. xxx, 16 TBr.
i MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Hcat. i, 7 and 10); (fig.) the heart S'vetUp. iii, 20 MBh. xii BhP. ii, 9, 24;
Hemionitis cordifolia Sus'r. i, 19, 27; v, 7, 1 (cf. {prati-g-}); Desmodium gangeticum L.; (3.
{gu4hA}), Ved. instr. ind. in a hiding-place, in secret, secretly (opposed to {Avi4s}, and especially
with {dhA}, {ni-dhA}, {kR}, `" to conceal, remove "') RV. AV. S'Br. xi, xiii.

guhyaka* = m. N. of a class of demi-gods who like the Yakshas are attendants of Kubera (the god
of wealth) and guardians of his treasures (they may have received their N. from living in
mountain caverns) Mn. xii, 47 MBh. Hariv. &c. (identified with Yakshas MBh. v, 7480 Megh. 5
&c.); the number `" eleven "' Sûryas.; N. of Kubera L.; m. `" mystery "' see {tathAgata-g-}.

gulma * = m. (rarely n. MBh. x BhP. viii, x) a cluster or clump of trees, thicket, bush, shrub VS.
xxv, 8 Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; a troop or guard of soldiers, body of troops, division of an army (consisting
of 45 foot, 27 horse, 9 chariots, and 9 elephants MBh. i, 290; or of 135 foot, 81 horse, 27 chariots,
and 27 elephants L.; cf. MBh. v, 5270) Mn. vii, ix MBh. &c.; a fort, entrenchment W.; disciplining
an army W.; m. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the
abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland &c.) Sus'r. VarBri. xxi, 8 Kathâs. xv; the spleen L.; `" a
wharf or stairs, Ghath "' see {-tara-paNya}; ({I}) f. a cluster or clump of trees L.; the Myrobalan
tree L.; jujube L.; small cardamoms L.; a tent L.
guna = character

guNa = qualities * = m. ( {grah} Un.) a single thread or strand of a cord or twine (e.g. {tri-g-} q.v.),
string or thread, rope TS. vii Mriicch. Kum. Ragh.; a garland W.; a bow-string R. iii, 33, 16
({cApa-}) Ragh. ix, 54 Riitus. Hit.; (in geom.) a sinew; the string of a musical instrument, chord
S'is'. iv, 57: ifc. (f. {A}) with numerals `" fold, times "' (see {ca4tur-}, {tri-}, {daza-}, {dvi4-},
{paJca-}; rarely the numeral stands by itself along with {guNa4} [e.g. {viziSTo dazabhir guNaiH},
`" of ten times higher value "' Mn. ii, 85] AV. x, 8, 43 MBh. iii, 15649 Hariv. 509; [{guNa} =
{bhAga}] Pân. 5-2, 47 Kâs'.); a multiplier, co-efficient (in alg.); subdivision, species, kind (e.g.
{gandhasya guNAH}, the different kinds of smell MBh. xii, 6847); the 6 subdivisions of action for
a king in foreign politics (viz. peace, war, march, halt, stratagem, and recourse to the protection of
a mightier king) Mn. vii, 160 Yâjñ. i, 346 MBh. ii, 155; = {upA7ya} (q.v., denoting the 4 ways of
conquering an enemy) R. v, 81, 41; `" requisite "' see {-No7pe7ta}; a secondary element,
subordinate or unessential part of any action (e.g. {sarva-g-} mfn. `" reaching to all subordinate
parts "', hence `" valid throughout "' KâtyS'r.) S'ânkhS'r. Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r. R. v, 1, 71; an auxiliary
act S'ânkhBr. xxvi, 4; a secondary dish (opposed to {anna} i.e. rice or the chief dish), side-dish
Mn. iii, 224 ff.; (= {-karman}, in Gr.) the secondary or less immediate object of an action Pân. 1-4,
51 Sch.; a quality, peculiarity, attribute or property Lâthy. S'ânkhGri. Mn. iii, ix, &c.; an attribute
of the 5 elements (each of which has its own peculiar quality or qualities as well as organ of sense;
thus 1. ether has {zabda}, or sound for its Guna and the ear for its organ; 2. the air has tangibility
and sound for its Gunas and the skin for its organ; 3. fire or light has shape or colour, tangibility,
and sound for its Gunas, and the eye for its organs; 4. water has flavour, shape, tangibility, and
sound for its Gunas, and the tongue for its organ; 5. earth has the preceding Gunas, with the
addition of its own peculiar Guna of smell, and the nose for its organ) Mn. i, 20 and 76-78 MBh.
xii, 6846 ff. S'ak. i, 1 BhP. iii, 5, 35; (in S'ânkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakriiti,
chief quality of all existing beings (viz. {sattva}, {rajas}, and {tamas} i.e. goodness, passion, and
darkness, or virtue, foulness, and ignorance; cf. RTL. pp. 31; 36; 163) Mn. i; iii, 40; xii, 24 ff.
Sânkhyak. Bhag. xiii f.; (hence) the number `" three "' VarBriS. iic, 1; a property or characteristic
of all created things (in Nyâya phil. twenty-four Gunas are enumerated, viz. 1. {rUpa}, shape,
colour; 2. {rasa}, savour; 3. {gandha}, odour; 4. {sparza}, tangibility; 5. {saMkhyA}, number; 6.
{parimANa}, dimension; 7. {pRthaktva}, severalty; 8. {saMyoga}, conjunction; 9. {vibhAga},
disjunction; 10. {paratva}, remoteness; 11. {aparatva}, proximity; 12. {gurutva}, weight; 13.
{dravatva}, fluidity; 14. {sneha}, viscidity; 15. {zabda}, sound; 16. {buddhi} or {jJAna},
understanding or knowledge; 17. {sukha}, pleasure; 18. {duHkha}, pain; 19. {icchA}, desire; 20.
{dveSa}, aversion; 21. {prayatna}, effort; 22. {dharma}, merit or virtue; 23. {adharma}, demerit;
24. {saMskAra}, the self-reproductive quality); an epithet KâtyS'r.; good quality, virtue, merit,
excellence Mn. MBh. &c.; the merit of composition (consistency, elegance of expression, &c.)
Kâvya7d. i, 41 f. Kpr. viii Sâh. viii; the peculiar properties of the letters (11 in number, viz. the 8
{bAhya-prayatnAs} [q.v.] and the 3 accents) Kâs'. on Pân. 1-1, 9 and 50 (cf. {-mAtra}); the first
gradation of a vowel, the vowels {a} (with {ar}, {al} Pân. 1-1, 51), {e}, {o} Nir. x, 17 RPrât. xi, 6
Pân.; an organ of sense L.; a cook (cf. {-kAra}) L.; Bhîma-sena (cf. {-kAra}) L.; ({A}) f. Sanseviera
Roxburghiana L.; the plant {mAMsarohiNI} L.; N. of a princess Râjat. iv, 695 (cf. {nir-}, {vi-},
{sa-}; {gauNa}.)

guNaiH = by the qualities

gunavat.h = man with good qualities

guNakathanapuNyena = through the merit from praising Thy glories

guNakarma = of works under material influence

guNakarmasu = in material activities

guNataH = by the modes of material nature

guNatrayaH = three qualities i.e satvaH, rajaH \&tamaH

guNan.h = praising

guNanam.h = (n) multiplication

guNanidhiM = the stock-pile of good qualities

guNabhedataH = in terms of different modes of material nature

guNabhoktri = master of the gunas

guNamayii = consisting of the three modes of material nature

guNamayaiH = consisting of the gunas

guNavaan.h = a man with good qualities

guNasa.nkhyaane = in terms of different modes

guNasangaH = the association with the modes of nature

guNaGYa = one who knows qualities (one who is a patron of good qualities)

guNaaH = senses

guNaatiitaH = transcendental to the material modes of nature

guNaan.h = the three modes of nature

guNaanvitaM = under the spell of the modes of material nature

guNebhyaH = to the modes of nature

guNeshhu = in sense gratification

gup.h = guard, hide

gupta = secret; gupta mfn. protected, guarded, preserved AV. &c.; hidden, concealed, kept secret,
secret Bhartri. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c. (with {daNDa}, a secret fine, fine secretly imposed or exacted
Hit.; cf. {gUDha-d-}); = {saMgata} (? joined, combined) W.; ({am}; in comp. {a-} Hcat.) ind.
secretly, privately Kathâs.; ({su-}) Pañcat. iv; ({e}) loc. ind. in a hidden place Kathâs. lxxv; m.
(Pân. 6-1, 205 Kâs'.) N. of several men belonging to the Vais'ya caste (PârGri. i, 17; cf. RTL. p.
358), especially of the founder of the renowned Gupta dynasty in which the names of the
sovereigns generally end in {gupta} (cf. {candra-}, {samudra-}, {skanda-}; {gupta} is also often
found ifc. in names of the Vais'ya class); ({A}) f. a married woman who withdraws from her lover's
endearments L.; Mucuna pruritus Sus'r. iv, 26, 33; vi, 46, 21 ({-pta}); N. of a woman Pân. 4-1, 121
Sch. ({gopA} Kâs'.); of a S'âkya princess Buddh.

guptaasana = the hidden posture

guru = (adj) heavy * = mf({vI})n. (cf. {giri4}; comp. {ga4rIyas}, once {-yas-tara}, {guru-tara},
superl. {gariSTha}, {gurutama} see ss. vv.) heavy, weighty (opposed to {laghu4}) RV. i, 39, 3 and
iv, 5, 6 AV. &c. (g. {zauNDA7di} Ganar. 101); heavy in the stomach (food), difficult to digest MBh.
i, 3334 Sus'r.; great, large, extended, long Yâjñ. (see {-kratu}) Bhartri. &c.; (in prosody) long by
nature or position (a vowel) Prât. (a vowel long both by nature and by position is called {garIyas}
RPrât. xviii, 20) Pân. 1-4, 11 and 12; high in degree, vehement, violent, excessive, difficult, hard
RV. MBh. &c.; grievous Megh. 80; important, serious, momentous MBh.&c.; valuable, highly
prized Yâjñ. ii, 30 ({guru} = {garIyas}) &c.; haughty, proud (speech) Pañcat.; venerable,
respectable; m. any venerable or respectable person (father, mother, or any relative older than
one's self) Gobh. S'ânkhGri. Mn. &c.; a spiritual parent or preceptor (from whom a youth receives
the initiatory Mantra or prayer, who instructs him in the S'âstras and conducts the necessary
ceremonies up to that of investiture which is performed by the Âcârya Yâjñ. i, 34) RPrât. Âs'vGri.
PârGri. Mn. &c.; the chief of (gen. or in comp.) Cân. Ragh. ii, 68; (with S'âktas) author of a
Mantra; `" preceptor of the gods "', Briihaspati Mn. xi; (hence) the planet Jupiter Jyot. VarBriS.
Bhartri. &c.; `" Pându-teacher "', Drona L.; Prabhâ-kara (celebrated teacher of the Mîmânsâ,
usually mentioned with Kumârila) SS'ankar. vi, 50; xv, 157; (= {dharma}) `" venerable "', the 9th
astrological mansion VarBriS. i, 16; Mucuna pruritus L.; N. of a son of Sankriiti BhP. ix, 21, 2 du.
parents MBh.; m. pl. parents and other venerable persons Mn. iv Vikr. v, 10 Kathâs.; a honorific
appellation of a preceptor (whose N. is also put in the pl.), Jain Hit.; ({vI}) f. `" venerable woman
"', a mother Âp. i, 21, 9; `" great (with child) "', pregnant, a pregnant woman L.; the wife of a
teacher W.; [cf. $; Lat. {gravis}; Goth. {kauriths}; Lith. {gie4ras}.]

guruH = teacher; weighty

gurucharaNaambuja = the lotus feet of the teacher/guru

guruNaapi = even though very difficult

gurutvaM = (abstract noun)greatness;weeightiness

gurutvaaakarshhaNa = gravitational attraction

gurun.h = the superiors

guruvaara = Thrusday

guruu = teacher, preceptor, long syllables as against short(laghuu)

gulikaa = (f) tablet, pill

gulma = the spleen

guhaa = (fem) cave

guhyaM = confidential subject

guhyatamaM = the most confidential

guhyataraM = still more confidential

guhyaat.h = than confidential

guhyaanaaM = of secrets
guuna* = mfn. voided (as ordure) Pân. 8-2, 44 Vârtt. 2.

guudha* = (%{gULha4} RV.) mfn. covered, hidden, concealed, invisible, secret, private RV. &c.;
disguised Mn. ix, 261 MBh. iii, 17311 [361,1]; n. a secret place or mystery Kat2hUp. i, 1, 29; one of
the S3abda7lam2ka1ras Sarasv. ii, 19; (%{am}) ind. secretly Das3. vii, 248 Ra1jat. v, 268; (%{A})
f. N. of a S3ruti Gal.; (%{e}) loc. ind. secretly Mn. vii, 186; ix, 170.

GYa = one who knows (suffix)

GYanakaaraka = Significator of knowledge which is Jupiter

GYaa = to know

GYaatachara = (adj) known

GYaatavyaM = knowable

GYaati = community (people of the same caste etc.)

GYaatuM = to know

GYaate = in the realised state

GYaatena = by knowing

GYaatvaa = knowing well

GYaana = knowledge

GYaanaM = knowledge

GYaanaH = whose knowledge

GYaanagamyaM = to be approached by knowledge

GYaanachakshushhaH = those who have the eyes of knowledge

GYaanachakshushhaa = by the vision of knowledge

GYaanadiipite = because of the urge for self-realization

GYaanaplavena = by the boat of transcendental knowledge

GYaanamana.ntaM = Knowledge and Infinity or Absoluteness

GYaanamayaH = (Masc. Nom.Sing.)full of knowledge

GYaanamayo = full of Gyana or knowledge

GYaanayaGYaH = sacrifice in knowledge

GYaanayaGYaaH = sacrifice in advancement of transcendental knowledge

GYaanayaGYena = by cultivation of knowledge

GYaanayogena = by the linking process of knowledge

GYaanavataaM = of the wise

GYaanavaan.h = learned

GYaanavihinaH = (but)bereft of knowledge of the Self

GYaanashabdayoH = of knowledge and sound

GYaanasya = of knowledge

GYaanaaH = knowledge

GYaanaagniH = the fire of knowledge

GYaanaat.h = than knowledge

GYaanaanaaM = of all knowledge

GYaanaavasthita = situated in transcendence

GYaaninaH = of the knower

GYaanibhyaH = than the wise

GYaanii = one who is in knowledge

GYaane = in knowledge

GYaanena = with knowledge

GYaanenaiva = GYAnena + eva:thro' knowledge alone

GYaanendriya = an organ of knowledge, i.e. the five senses

GYaayate = known

GYaayase = can to be known

GYaasyasi = you can know

GYeyaM = be known

GYeyaH = should be known

GYeyosi = You can be known

H

haa * = Meaning 1 ind. an exclamation expressive of pain, anger, astonishment, satisfaction &c. (=
ah! alas! oh! ha! often before or after a voc. case, also repeated {hA-hA} cf. 1. {hahA} above, or
followed by other particles, esp. {dhik}, {hanta}, {kaSTam} &c.) MBh. Kâv.&c,

haa * = Meaning 2 (not always separable fr. 3. {hA}) cl. 3. Â. (Dhâtup. xxv, 7) {ji4hIte} (p.
{ji4hAna} [q.v.]; pf. {jahire4} AV.; aor. {ahAsta} RV. &c.; fut. {hAtA} Gr.; {hAsyate} Br. MBh.; inf.
{-hAtum} ib.; ind. p. {hAtvA} Gr.; {-hA4ya} RV.), to start or spring forward, bound away, give way
to (dat.) RV.; to spring or leap upon (?) RV. x, 49, 5; to go or depart or betake one's self to have
recourse to (acc.) Nalo7d. [1296, 2]; to fall or come into any state Kir.: Pass. {hAyate} (aor.
{ahAyi}) Gr.: Caus. {hApayati} (aor. {ajIhapat}) ib.: Desid. {jihAsate} ib.: Intens. {jahAyate},
{jAhAti}, {jAheti} ib.

haa * = Meaning 3 cl. 3. P. (Dhâtup. xxv, 8) {ja4hAti} (rarely cl. 1. {jahati} 3. du. {jahltaH} Impv.
{jahi4hi} For {jahAhi} Pân. 6-4, 117]; {jahItAt} AV.; Pot. {jahyAt} AV. &c.; pf. {jahau}, {jahu4H}
RV. &c.; {jahe} Br.; aor. {ahAt} ib. &c.; {ahAsIt} Gr.; 3. sg. {ahAs} RV.; {a4hAsi} AV.; {hAsiSTa}
ib.,; fut. {hAtA} Gr.; {hAsyati}, {-te} AV. &c, {jahiSyati} MBh. &c.; inf. {hAtum} ib.; ind. p.
{hitvA4}. [q.v.] RV. &c.; {hitvI4} {-tvA4ya} RV.; {-hItvA} Gr.; {-hA4ya} Br., {hI4yam} TS.), to
leave, abandon, desert, quit, forsake, relinquish (with {zarIram}, {deham}, {prA7NAn}, {asUn},
{jvitam} &c. - "' to die "') RV. &c, &c.; to discharge, emit ib.; to put away, take off, remove, lay
aside, give up, renounce, resign, avoid, shun, abstain or refrain from Mn. MBh. &c.; to disregard,
neglect ib.; to lose, be deprived of. R. Kâm.; to get rid of. escape from Up. MBh. &c.; to cause to
emit (with {zardham}, `" to cause to break wind "') Vop.: Pass. {hIya4te} or {hI4yate} (ep. also
{hIyati}; aor. {ahAyi}), to be left or abandoned or deserted &c.; to be left behind, fall short of
(abl.) RV. &c. &c.; to be excluded from or bereft of (abl. or instr.; with {prA7NaiH}, `" to die "')
KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to be overtaken by (instr.) MBh.; to be deficient or wanting, suffer loss
or injury, fail (also in a lawsuit), decrease, wane, decline, come to an end ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to
weigh less (at the ordeal of the balance) Yâjñ. Sch.; to be given up or avoided Bhartri. (v.l.); to be
subtracted VarBriS.; to become detached from (with abl. or instr.), fall out (as hair) BhP.: Caus.
{hApayati} (m. c. also {-te} aor. {ajIhapat}; {-jIhipaH} RV.), to cause to leave or abandon &c.; to
omit, neglect Mn. MBh. &c.; to fall short of. be wanting in (acc.) MBh. Cân.; to give up ({asUn}, `"
life "') Hariv.; to lose ({kAlam}, `" time "') Kâm.; to abandon ({pratijJAm}, `" a thesis "')
Jâtakam.: Desid. {jihAsati}, to wish to leave or abandon Das'. BhP. HParis'.; to wish to reject or
disdain Prab.; to wish to escape Sarvad.: Intens. {jehIyate}, {jAhAti}, {jAheti} Gr. This page was
generated by SFgate 4.0.30. Ha Meaning 1 the thirty-third and last consonant of the Nâgarî
alphabet (in Pânini's system belonging to the guttural class, and usually pronounced like the
English {h} in {hard}; it is not an original letter, but is mostly derived from an older {gh}, rarely
from {dh} or {bh}).

haa * = Meaning 2 (only L.) m. a form of S'iva or Bhairava (cf. {nakulI7za}); water; a cipher (i.e.
the arithmetical figure which symbolizes o); meditation, auspiciousness; sky, heaven, paradise;
blood; dying; fear; knowledge; the moon; Vishnu; war, battle; horripilation; a horse; pride; a
physician; cause, motive; = {pApa-haraNa}; = {sakopa-vAraNa}; = {zuSka}; (also {A} f.) laughter;
({A}) f. coition; a lute ({am}) n. the Supreme Spirit; pleasure, delight; a weapon; the sparkling of a
gem; calling, calling to the sound of a lute; (ind.) = {aham} (?), IndSt.; mfn. mad, drunk.

haakiNii = the goddess in aGYaa chakra

haalaahala = poison
haana * 2 n. the act of abandoning, relinquishing, giving up, escaping, getting rid of Gaut. S'ank.
Sarvad.; want, lack Kap.; cessation ib. Bhartri. (v.l.)

haana 1 mfn. gone or departed &c. (in {sa4MhAna}, `" risen "') VS.

haani = damage

haaniH = destruction

haara = Garland

haariNii = remover

haard * = (fr. and = {hRd}). see {dur-} and {su-hA4rd}.

haa4rdi * = m. the heart AV.; contentment, ease, comfort VarBriS.; n. the heart or interior of the
body (also applied to the intestines) RV.

haardikA * =see {yama-h-}.

haardikya * =m. patr. of Kriita-varman MBh. Hariv.; friendship R.

haardin * =mfn. feeling affection for (loc.) MârkP.

haardivan * =(TÂr.) or (vS.) mfn. hearty, cordial, having an affection for (loc.)

haardvan * =(vS.) mfn. hearty, cordial, having an affection for (loc.)

haasa = laughter

haasya = the sentiment of humor

haata * = mfn. given up, abandoned BhP

ha = the sun

ha * = Meaning1 the thirty-third and last consonant of the Nâgarî alphabet (in Pânini's system
belonging to the guttural class, and usually pronounced like the English {h} in {hard}; it is not an
original letter, but is mostly derived from an older {gh}, rarely from {dh} or {bh}).

ha * = Meaning 2 (only L.) m. a form of S'iva or Bhairava (cf. {nakulI7za}); water; a cipher (i.e. the
arithmetical figure which symbolizes o); meditation, auspiciousness; sky, heaven, paradise; blood;
dying; fear; knowledge; the moon; Vishnu; war, battle; horripilation; a horse; pride; a physician;
cause, motive; = {pApa-haraNa}; = {sakopa-vAraNa}; = {zuSka}; (also {A} f.) laughter; ({A}) f.
coition; a lute ({am}) n. the Supreme Spirit; pleasure, delight; a weapon; the sparkling of a gem;
calling, calling to the sound of a lute; (ind.) = {aham} (?), IndSt.; mfn. mad, drunk.

ha * = Meaning 3 ind. (prob. orig. identical with 2. {gha}, and used as a particle for emphasizing a
preceding word, esp. if it begins a sentence closely connected with another; very frequent in the
Brâhmanas and Sûtras, and often translatable by) indeed, assuredly, verily, of course, then &c.
(often with other particles e.g. with {tv eva}, {u}, {sma}, {vai} &c.; {na ha}, `" not indeed "'; also
with interrogatives and relatives e.g. {yad dha}, `" when indeed "'; {kad dha}, `" what then? "'
sometimes with impf. or pf. [cf. Pân. 3-2, 116]; in later language very commonly used as a mere
expletive, esp. at the end of a verse) RV. &c. &c.

ha * = Meaning 4 mf({A})n. (fr. {han}) killing, destroying, removing (only ifc.; see {arAti-},
{vRtra-}, {zatruha} &c.)

ha * = Meaning 5 mf({A})n. (fr. 3. {hA}) abandoning, deserting, avoiding (ifc.; see {an-oka-} and
{vApI-ha}); ({A}) f. abandonment, desertion L.

haituka* = mf({I})n. having a cause or reason, founded on some motive (in {a-h-}) Bhag. BhP.;
(ifc.) caused by, dependent on MBh. BhP.; m. a reasoner, rationalist, sceptic, heretic ({I} f.) Mn.
Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; a follower of the Mîmânsâ doctrines W.

hala = a plough

halaasana = the plough posture

halaahala = poison

halahala* = mfn. ploughing making furrows L.

halahalaa* = ind. an exclamation of applause or approbation MBh. R.

halaahala* = m. n. a kind of deadly poison (prodoced at the churning of the ocean by gods and
demons) Kâv. Pañcat.; m. (only L.) a kind of lizard; a kind of snake; a Jaina or Bauddha sage.

haalahala* = (Jâtakam.) and n. the above poison.

haalahaala* = (L.) n. the above poison.

haalaahala* = m. a panic. poisonous plant (the seed of which is said to resemble a cow's teat)
Bhpr.; a kind of lizard L.; a kind of spider L.; n. (rarely m.), a deadly poison prepared from the
roots of the above plant accord. to R. and BhP. produced at she churning of the ocean (cf.
{halAhala}) Kâv. Sus'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. a kind of small mouse L.; ({I}) f. spirituous liquor L.

haalahala* = {hAlAhala}, {hAhala} &c. Sea p. 1293, col. 2.

halaayudha * m. `" plough-weaponed "'N. of Bala-râma (see above; also transferred to Vishnu-
Kriishna) MBh. Hariv.; (also with {bhatTa}, {mizra} &c.) N. of various writers (esp. of a poet, of
the author of the Abhidhâna-ratnamâls, of the author of the Purâna-sarvasva &c.) Cat.;
{-cchAndogya} (?) and {-stava} m. N. of wks.

haMsaH = (m) swan

han* = mfn. only f. {-ghnI} q.v.\\* = m. killer of Makha "'N. of Agni or Indra or Rudra TS.

han* =1 cl. 2. P. (Dhâtup. xxiv, 2) {hanti} (3. du. {hata4H}, 3. pl. {ghnanti}; rarely Â. {hate}, 3. pl.
{ghnate}; and cl. 1. {hanati}, Ved. also {jighnate}, {-ti}; Pot. {hanyAt} Br. also {ha4nIta}, {ghnIta};
Impv. {jahi4} TÂr. {handhi4}; impf. {a4han}, Ved. and ep. also {ahanat}, {ahanan}, {aghnanta};
p. {jaghnat}, {ghnamAna} MBh.; pf. {jaghA4na}, {jaghnu4H} Br.and ep. also {jaghne}, {-nire}
Subj. {jagha4nat} RV.; p. {jaghniva4s}, Ved. also {jaghanvas}; aor. {ahAnIt} JaimBr. [cf. {vadh}];
fut. {hantA} MBh.; {haMsyati} ib.; {haniSya4ti}, {-te} AV. &c.; inf. {ha4ntum}, Ved. also
{ha4ntave}, {-tavai4}, {-toH}; ind. p. {hatvA4}, Ved. also {-tvI4}, {-tvAya}, {-hatya}; {-hanya}
MBh.; {-ghA4tam} Br. &c.), to strike, beat (also a drum), pound, hammer (acc.), strike &c. upon
(loc.) RV. &c. &c.; to smite, slay, hit, kill, mar, destroy ib.; to put to death, cause to be executed
Mn. Hit.; to strike off Kathâs.; to ward off, avert MBh.; to hurt, wound (the heart) R.; to hurl (a
dart) upon (gen.) RV.; (in astron.) to touch, come into contact VarBriS.; to obstruct, hinder Râjat.;
to repress, give up, abandon (anger, sorrow &c.) Kâv. BhP.; (?) to go, move Naigh. ii, 14: Pass.
{hanya4te} (ep. also {-ti}; aor. {avadhi} or {aghAni}), to be struck or killed RV. &c. &c.: Caus.
{ghAtayati}, {-te} (properly a Nom. fr. {ghAta} q.v.; aor. {ajIghatat} or {ajIghanat}), to cause to be
slain or killed, kill, slay, put to death, punish Mn. MBh. &c.; to notify a persoñs death ({kaMsaM
ghAtayati} = {kaMsa-vadham AcaSTe}) Pân. 3-1, 26 Vârtt. 6 Pat.; to mar, destroy MBh. Pañcat.
(v.l.): Desid. {ji4ghAMsati}, {-te} (Pot. {jighAMsIyat} MBh.; impf. {ajighAMsIH} S'Br.), to wish to
kill or destroy RV. &c. &c.: Intens. {ja4Gghanti} (RV.; p. {jaGghanat}, {ja4Gghnat} or
{gha4nighnat}), {jaGghanyate} (with pass. sense MundUp.), {jeghnIyate} (Pân. 7-4, 31), to strike
= tread upon (loc. or acc.) RV.; to slay, kill ib.; to dispel (darkness), destroy (evil, harm) ib.; to
hurt, injure, wound MundUp. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {de-fendere}, &388667[1287, 2] {of-fendere}; Lit.
{genu}, {gi4ti}; Slav. {gu8nati}.]

han* =2 mf({ghnI})n. killing, a killer, slayer (only ifc.; see {ari-}, {tamo-han} &c.)

hana * mf({I})n. id. (see {vIra-haNa}); m. killing, slaughter (see {su-hana}); ({A}) f. (see {dur-
ha4NA}).

ha.nsa = (masc) swan, goose

ha.nsaasana = the swan posture

hanana = killing

hanishhye = I shall kill

hanumatprabhuH = the lord of Hanuman

hanumaana = a monkey chief, son of Anjana and Vayu

hanumaanaasana = the splits

hanta = O !, Alas !* ind. an exclamation or inceptive particle (expressive of an exhortation to do

anything or asking attention, and often translatable by `" come on! "' `" here! "' `" look! "' `" see!
"' in later language also expressive of grief, joy, pity, haste, benediction &c. and translatable by `"
alas! "' `" ah! "' `" oh! "' &c.; often repeated or joined with other particles e.g. {hA hanta}, {hanta
hanta}, {hanta tarhi}) RV. &c. &c.

hantaaraM = the killer

hanti = kills

hantuM = to kill

hantri = desirous of killing

hanyate = is killed

hanyamaane = being killed

hanyuH = may kill

har.h = to steal

hara = shankara

haraH = shiva

harati = (1pp) to take (away)

haranti = throw

harasi = you remove

hari = vishnu

hariH = the Supreme Personality of Godhead, KRishhNa

hariNa = deer

harita = green

haritam.h = (n) cabbage

haridraa = (f) turmeric (haldii)

hariiH = VishNu

hareH = of Lord KRishhNa

hartaa.asi = are the usurper

harmya = building

harsha = (masc) joy * = m. (ifc. f. %{A}; fr. %{hRS}) bristling, erection (esp. of the hair in a thrill
of rapture or delight) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; joy, pleasure, happiness (also personified as a son of
Dharma) Kat2hUp. MBh. &c. [1292,3]; erection of the sexual organ, sexual excitement,
lustfulness Sus3r.; ardent desire MBh.; N. of an Asura Katha1s.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a BhP.; of
various authors &c. (also with %{dIkSita}, %{mizra}, %{sUri} &c.; cf. %{zrI-harSa}); mfn. happy,
delighted W.

harshha = from happiness

harshhaM = cheerfulness

harshhashokaanvitaH = subject to joy and sorrow

haryaksha * = mfn. yelloweyed VS. MBh.; m. a lion MBh. R.; the zodiacal sign Leo Cat.; a monkey
R.; N. of Kubera L.; of a demon causing diseases PârGri.; of an Asura BhP.; of a son of Priithu ib.;
of S'iva MW.
hary-aksha * = hary-akSa

haryaksha * = {hary-aGga} &c. see above, col. i.

hasati = (1pp) to laugh

hasta = hand

hastaM = hand

hastaghaTii = (f) wristwatch

hasta\-paadangushhThaasana = the hand-to-big-toe posture

hastaat.h = from the hand

hastaaksharam.h = (n) handwriting

hastini = in the elephant

hastipakaH = (m) mahout, one who rides the elephant

hastairbibhraaNaM = bearing in the hands

hata* =mfn. struck by lightning Ka1t2h. [113,1]\\ mfn. struck, heaten (also said of a drum),
smitten, killed, slain, destroyed, ended, gone, lost (often ibc. = `" destitute of "', `" bereft of "', `"
-less "') RV. &c. &c.; injured, marred, hurt, wounded (lit. and fig.) MBh. Katha1s.; struck off (as a
head) R.; knocked out (as an eye) ib.; hit by (instr. or comp.) Ka1v. Katha1s.; whirled up, raised
(as dust) S3ak.; visited or afflicted or tormented by, struggling with, suffering from (instr. or
comp.) S3Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; (in astron.) touched, come into contact VarBr2S.; violated
(sexually, as a woman) MBh. viii, 2037; ruined, undone, hopeless, miserable, wretched (of
persons and things; cf. comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; worthless, useless ib.; defective Sa1h.; cheated,
deceived Kuval.; deprived of, lapsed from (%{-tas} or comp.) MBh. R.; (in arithm.) multiplied
A1ryabh.; (%{A}) f. a violated woman (see above); a despised girl unfit for marriage L.; (%{am})
n. striking, killing, hurting W.; multiplication ib. [Cf. Gk. $, &388690[1287,2] `" slain. "']

haTa* = force, against one's will * =mfn. struck - by lightning, heaten (also said of a drum),
smitten, killed, slain, destroyed, ended, gone, lost (often ibc. = `" destitute of "', `" bereft of "', `"
-less "') RV. &c. &c.; injured, marred, hurt, wounded (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kathâs.; struck off (as a
head) R.; knocked out (as an eye) ib.; hit by (instr. or comp.) Kâv. Kathâs.; whirled up, raised (as
dust) S'ak.; visited or afflicted or tormented by, struggling with, suffering from (instr. or comp.)
S'Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; (in astron.) touched, come into contact VarBriS.; violated (sexually, as a
woman) MBh. viii, 2037; ruined, undone, hopeless, miserable, wretched (of persons and things;
cf. comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; worthless, useless ib.; defective Sâh.; cheated, deceived Kuval.; deprived
of, lapsed from ({-tas} or comp.) MBh. R.; (in arithm.) multiplied Âryabh.; ({A}) f. a violated
woman (see above); a despised girl unfit for marriage L.; ({am}) n. striking, killing, hurting W.;
multiplication ib. [Cf. Gk. $, &388690[1287, 2] `" slain. "']

haTayoga = union with the supreme via discipline

hataM = killed

hataH = being killed

hataan.h = already killed

hataani = (past.part.)having been killed

hataiH = having been killed

hatvaa = by killing

haviH = butter

havirdhaana* = m. N. of the author of RV. x, 11-15 Anukr.; of a son of Antar-dhana (cf. {havir-
dhAman}) BhP.; ({I}) f. N. of the mythical cow Surabhi or Kâma-dhenu ib.; of the wife of Havir-
dhâna ib.; ({am}) n. `" oblation-receptacle "', the vehicle in which the Soma plants are couveyed
to be pressed (generally in du.) AV. VS. S'Br.; a shed for the Soma vehicles ib. KâtyS'r.; a place of
sacrifice MBh. Hariv.; the earth (as the depository of oblñoblation) AV.; ({e}), du, (with
{prajApateH}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.

havishhaa = offerings

haya = horse

hayaiH = horses

hetavaH = causes

hetu = intention * = m. `" impulse "', motive, cause, cause of, reason for (loc., rarely dat. or gen.;
{hetunA}, {hetoH}, {hetave}, {hetau}, `" for a cause or reason "', `" by reason of "', `" on account
of "' [with gen. or comp. e.g. {mama hetoH} or {mad-dhetoH}, `" on account of me "']; {kaM
hetum} or {ko heTuH}, `" wherefore? "' `" why? "' Pân. 2-2, 23 Pat.; {yato hetoH}, `" because "';
{anena hetunA} or {iti hetoH}, `" for this reason "'; {mRtyu-hetave}, `" in order to kill "'; {hetur
alaukikaH}, `" a supernatural cause "'; ifc. {hetu} also = `" having as a cause or motive "', `"
caused or effected or actuated or attracted or impelled by "' e.g. {karma-hetu}, `" caused by the
acts [of a former existence] "' Mn. i, 49; {mAMsa-hetu}, `" attracted by [the smell of] flesh "' MBh.
x, 496; {karma-phala-hetu}, `" impelled by [the expectation of] the consequences of any act "'
BhP. ii, 47; 49) RV. &c. &c.; a logical reason or dedaction or argument, the reason for an inference
(esp. applied to the second member or Avayava of the five-membered syllogism see {nyAya})
Nyâyad. IW. 61; logic (in general see {hetuvidyA}); (in gram.) the agent of the causal verb Pân. 1-
4, 55 &c.; (with Buddhists) primary cause (as opp. to {pratyaya} q.v.) Sarvad.; (with Pas'upatas)
that which causes the bondage of the soul i.e. the external world and the senses ib.; a means
({hetubhiH} ifc. `" by means of "') MBh.; mode, manner ({hetubhiH} ifc. `" according to "') ib.
Sus'r. Yâjñ.; price, cost Râjat. v, 71; condition MBh.; (in rhet.) = {kAvya-liGga} (q.v.) Bhar. Kpr.
Sâh.

hetuH = aim (Here: cause)

hetunaa = for the reason

hetumadbhiH = with cause and effect

hetoH = in exchange

heman.h = gold
hemanta = (masc) winter

hi = really

hi * =Meaning 1 i (cf. {hay}) cl. 5. P. (Dhâtup., xxvii, 11) {hino4ti} (Ved. also {hinute4}, {hi4nvati}
and {hinva4ti}, {-te}; p. {hinvAna4} [with aet. and pass. sense] RV.; {ha4yat} RV. TS.; 1: sg.
{hiSe} RV.; pf. {jighAya}, {jighyuH} Br. &c.; {jighye} [with pass. sense] Bhathth.; aor. {a4hema}
{a4hema}, {ahyan}, {heta} p. {hiyAna4} [with pass. sense] RV.; {ahyam} [?], {a4hait} AV.;
{ahaiSIt} Br.; {aheSata} RV.; fut. {hetA} Gr.; {heSyati} MBh. &c.; inf. {-hye4} RV.), to send forth
set in motion, impel, urge on, hasten on (Â. also intrans.) RV. AV. S'Br. KâtyS'r.; to stimulate or
incite to (dat.) RV.; to assist or help to (dat.) ib.; to discharge, b, hurl, cast, shoot RV.; to convey,
bring, procure ib. S'Br.; to forsake, abandon, get rid of Bhathth.; ({hinvati}), to gladden, delight
Dhâtup. xv, 82: Pass. {hIyate} (aor. {ahAyi}) Gr.: Caus. {hAyuyati} (aor. {ajIhayat}) ib.: Desid. of
Caus. {jihApayiSati} ib.: Desid. {jighISati} ib.: Inteus. {jeghIyate}, {jeghayIti}, {jegheti} ib.

hi4* =Meaning 2 ind. (used as a particle [cf. {ha} and {gha}] and usually denoting) for, because,
on account of (never standing first in a sentence, but generally after the first word and used
enclitically, sometimes after pronouns; e.g. {sa4rvo hi4 pR4tanA jigISati}, `" for everybody wishes
to win battles "'; {bkavAn hi pramANam}, `" for your honour is the authority "'; {tahA hi}, `" for
example "', `" accordingly "'; {na4 hi4} or {nahI4} "', for not "', `" not at all "') RV. &c. &c.; just,
pray, do (with an Impv. or Pot. emphatically; sometimes with Indic., e. g. {pasyAmo hi}, `" we will
just see "') ib.; indeed, assuredly, surely, of course, certainly ({hi4 vai4}, `" most assuredly "'; {hi-
tu} or {hi-punar}, `" indeed-but "'; often a mere expletive, esp. to avoid a hiatus, sometimes
repeated in the same sentence; {hi} is also said to be an interjection of `" envy "', `" contempt "',
`" hurry "' &c.) ib.

hii* = ind. (an exclamation of surprise or astonishment or horror or sorrow or hilarity or

satisfaction, usually translatable by) ah! oh! alas l &c.; (also said to be so used in giving a reason
or cause, and translatable by) therefore, so, because, for (cf. 2. {hi}) &c.; (it is sometimes repeated
cf. {hIhI} Hariv. Bhathth.

hi.nsati = kills

hi.nsaa = violence

hi.nsaaM = and distress to others

hi.nsaatmakaH = always envious

hita = benefit

hitaM = beneficial

hitakaamyayaa = for your benefit

hite = in welfare work

hitaishhin.h = one who wishes good

hitaaya * = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to avail, be of use or advantage Vâs. Hitâ4vat mfn. one who has put
away or hidden his property RV.

hitvaa = having given up/abandoned

hinasti = degrade

hima = snow

himaalayaH = the Himalayan mountains = * Nom. P. {-yati}, to resemble the Hima7laya Dhûrtas.

hiMsa* = mfn. injuring, injurious, mischievous, hostile RV.; ({A}) f. see below.

hiMsA* = f. injury, harm (to life or property), hurt, mischief, wrong (said to be of three kinds, 1.
mental as `" bearing malice "'; 2. verbal, as "' abusive language; 3. personal, as `" acts of violence
"') Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; Injury or Mischief personified (as the wife of Adharnia and daughter of
Lobha and Nishkriiti) Pur.; Asteracantha Longifolia L.

hiraNmaya* = mf({I}) n. (for {hiraNya-maya}) golden, gold-coloured TS.&c, &c.; m. N. of

Brahmâ. (see {hiraNya-garbha}) L.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a son of Agnidhra and ruler of a Varsha
BhP.; m.n. one of the 9 Varshas or divisions of the continent (said to be between the mountainous
ranges S'veta and S'riinga-vat; see varsha and {zveta}) Pur.

hiraNyakashyapu = a demon king, killed by Vishnu

hiraNyagarbha = Effulgent, a name of Sun

hiraNyagarbhaH = the Golden Embryo of life and form

hiinau = bereft, having lost

horaa = A Varga. The Division of a sign into Solar and Lunar or Division into halves. Used for
determining Wealth amongst other things

hraada * = m. sound, noise, roar (of thunder) ChUp. MBh. Kir.; sound (in a phonetical sense)
Pat.; N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a son of Hiranyakas'ipu Hariv. Pur.

hraasa * = m. shortening, diminution, decrease, deterioration, detriment Mn. Ya1jn5. &c.;

paucity, scarcity MBh. Hariv. &c.; sound, noise L.

hrada * = 1 m. (once n.; ifc. f. {A} rather to be connected with {hlAd}, but cf. {hrAd}; for 2.
{hrada} see p. 1307) a large or deep piece of water, lake, pool (rarely applied to the sea; with
{gAGga}, `" the water of the Ganges "') RV. &c. &c.; ({A}) f. the incense tree L.; ({I}) f. g.
{gaurA7di}.

hrada * =2 m. (ifc. f. {A}; for 1. see p. 1306, col. 3) sound, noise L.; a ray of light (see {zata-hr-}); a
ram L.; N. of a son of Hrâda Hariv.

hrasvaa = (adj) short

hriiH = modesty

hrii* = 1 cl. 3. P. (Dhâtup. xxv, 3) {jihreti} ({ji4hriyat} MaitrS.; pf. {jihrAya} Ragh.; {jihrayAM-
cakAra}, {-yAm-Asa}, Gr.; aor. {ahraiSIt} ib.; Prec. {hrIyAt} ib.; p. {hrayANa}, see {a-hr-}; fut.
{hretA}, {hreSyati} Gr.), to feel shame, blush, be bashful or modest, be ashamed of any one (gen.)
or anything (abl.) Kâv. Kathâs.: Caus. {hrepayati} (aor. {ajihripat}), to make ashamed, cause to
blush, confound, put to shame (also fig. = `" surpass, excel "') ib.: Desid. {jihrISati} Gr.: Intens.
{jehrIyate} (p. {-yamANa} SaddhP.), {jehrayIti}, {jehreti}, to be greatly ashamed ib. \\2 f. shame,
modesty, shyness, timidity (also personified as daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma) VS. &c. &

hriiyantraNA * f. torment of shñshame, constraint of bashfulness

hriyate = is attracted

hri = to steal

hrita = deprived of

hritat.h = heart

hritsthaM = situated in the heart

hrid.h = heart (neut)

hridaya = heart* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) the heart (or region of the heart as the seat of feelings and
sensations; {hRdaye-kR}, `" to take to heart "'), soul, mind (as the seat of mental operations;
{capala-hRdaya}, `" fickleminded "') RV. &c. &c.; the heart or interior of the body RV. AV. TBr.
MBh.; the heart or centre or core or essence or best or dearest or most secret part of anything AV.
&c. &c.; true or divine knowledge MW.; the Veda ib.; science ib.; (with {prajApateH}) N. of a
Sâman IndSt.; m. a partic. Sunday BhavP.; ({A}) f. N. of a mare Hariv.; mfn. going to the heart
BhâgP. (fr. {hRd} + {aya} Sch.)

hridayaM = heart

hridayasthaM = heart-stationed

hridayaani = hearts

hridayii = in my heart

hridayeshhu = in the hearts of

hridi = in the heart

hriddeshe = in the location of the heart

hridyaaH = pleasing to the heart

hrish* = cl. 1. P. A1. %{ha4rSati}, %{-te} fr. P. only p. %{ha4rSat}), to be excited or impatient,
rejoice in the prospect of, be anxious or impatient for (dat.) RV.; to speak or affirm falsely, lie
Dha1tup. xvii, 59; cl. 4. P. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 119) %{hRSyati} (ep. and m. c. also %{-te}; pf.
%{jaharSa}, %{jahRSuH}; %{jahRSe}, %{-Sire} MBh. &c.; aor. %{ahRSat} ib.; fut. %{harSitA},
%{harSiSyati} Gr.; inf. %{harSitum} ib.; ind. p. %{-hRSya} MBh. &c.), to thrill with rapture,
rejoice, exult, be glad or pleased Pa1rGr2. Mn. MBh. &c.; to become sexually excited Sus3r.; to
become erect or stiff or rigid, bristle (said of the hairs of the body &c.), become on edge (like the
teeth) MBh. BhP.: Pass. %{hRSyate} (aor. %{aharSi}) Gr.: Caus. %{harSa4yati}, %{-te} (aor.
%{ajIhRSat}, or %{ajaharSat}), to excite, make impatient or eager for (victory &c.) RV. &c. &c.; to
rejoice, be glad Mn. MBh.; to cause to bristle Cat.: Desid. %{jiharSiSati} Gr.: Intens.
%{jarIhRSyate}, %{jarharSTi} &c. (Ved. forms %{jarhRSanta}, %{ja4rhRSANa} and
%{jAhRSANa4}), to be impatient or excited RV. VS. A1s3vS3r.; to excite violently RV. [Cf. Lat.
{horreo} for {horseo}.]

hrishhitaH = gladdened

hrishhiikesha = O master of all senses

hrishiikes'a* = m. (perhaps = {hRSI-keza} cf. {hRSI-vat} above) id. ({-tva} n.) MBh. Hariv. &c.; N.
of the tenth month VarBriS.; of a Tîrtha Cat.; of a poet ib.; lord of the senses (said of Manas) BhP.;
{-zA7zrama} m. N. of a man Cat.

hrishhiikeshaM = unto Lord KRishhNa

hrishhiikeshaH = Hrishîkes'a (KRishhNa, the Lord who directs the senses of the devotees)

hrishhTaromaa = with his bodily hairs standing on end due to his great ecstasy

hrishhyati = takes pleasure

hrishhyaami = I am enjoying

hrishtha * = mfn. thrilling with rapture, rejoiced, pleased, glad, merry Mn. MBh. &c.; bristling,
erect, standing on end (said of the hairs of the body) MBh. R. &c.; rigid, stiff Hariv.; blunted (cf.
{hRSita}) Pat.; surprised, astonished ib.

hrit *= hRt mfn. (only ifc.) bringing, carrying, carrying away, seizing &c. (see %{bali-}, %{taila-},
%{pApa}, %{-bhayahRt} &c.)// 2 in comp. for %{hRd}.

huta = offerings (usually made to a fire)

hutaM = offered

hutabhuk.h = fire (one who eats offerings)

hutaashavaktraM = fire coming out of Your mouth

hyaH = yesterday

ichchh.h = to wish

ichchha = the will

ichchhati = (6 up) to wish

ichchhan.h = present participle of ishh, to wish

ichchhantaH = desiring

ichchhasi = you wish

ichchhaa = desire

ichchhaami = do I wish

idaM = this* = 1 {aya4m}, {iya4m}, {ida4m} (fr. {id} Un. iv, 156; g. {sarvA7di} Pân. 1-1, 27 Vop.; a
kind of neut. of the pronom. base 3. {i} with {am} [cf. Lat. {is}, {ea}, {id}, and {idem}]; the regular
forms are partly derived from the pronom. base {a}; see Gr. 224; the Veda exhibits various
irregular formations e.g. fr. pronom. base {a}, an inst. {enA4}, {ayA4} [used in general
adverbially], and gen. loc. du. {ayo4s}, and perhaps also {avo4s}, in RV. vi, 67, 11; vii, 67, 4; x, 132,
5 [BRD.]; fr. the base {ima}, a gen. sing. {ima4sya}, only RV.; the RV. has in a few instances the
irregular accentuation {a4smai}, v, 39, 5, &c.; {a4sya}, iv, 15, 5, &c.; {A4bhis}, vi, 25, 2, &c.: the
forms derived fr. {a} are used enclitically if they take the place of the third personal pronoun, do
not stand at the beginning of a verse or period, and have no peculiar stress laid upon them), this,
this here, referring to something near the speaker; known, present; (opposed to {adas} e.g. {ayaM
lokaH} or {idaM vizvam} or {idaM sarvam}, this earthly world, this universe; {ayam agniH}, this
fire which burns on the earth; but {asAv agniH}, that fire in the sky, i. e. the lightning: so also
{idam} or {iyam} alone sometimes signifies `" this earth "'; {ime smaH}, here we are.) {idam}
often refers to something immediately following, whereas {etad} points to what precedes (e.g.
{zrutvai9tad idam UcuH}, having heard that they said this). {idam} occurs connected with {yad},
{tad}, {etad}, {kim}, and a personal pronoun, partly to point out anything more distinctly and
emphatically, partly pleonastically (e.g. {tad idaM vAkyam}, this speech here following [165, 3];
{so 'yaM vidUSakaH}, this Vidûshaka here).

idam* = 2 ind. [Ved. and in a few instances in classical Sanskriit] here, to this place; now, even,
just; there; with these words RV. AV. S'Br. AitBr. ChUp.; in this manner R. ii, 53, 31 S'ak. (v.l. for
{iti} in {kim iti joSam Asyate}, 202, 8).

idaaniiM = now

idrik.h = as it is

iDaa = the channel on the left of the spine

iDyaM = worshipable

iidrishhaM = like this

iha = here

ihaiva = in the present bodyijyate = is performed

iheha *= ind. here and there, now and then, repeatedly; {-mAtR} m. one whose mother is here
and there i.e. everywhere RV. vi, 59, 1.

Ihita * mfn. sought, attempted, striven for; wished, desired; ({am}) n. desire, request, wish, effort
Hit. Kathâs. Prab. &c.

iih.h = to wish
iihate = he aspires

iihante = they desire

iihaa = wish

iiksh.h = to see

iikshaNa = seeing

iikshaNaM = eyes

iips* = (Desid. of {Ap} q.v.), to wish to obtain.

iipsana* = n. desiring or wishing to obtain L.

iipsaa* = f. asking, desire or wish to obtain MBh. R.

iipsita* = mfn. wished, desired; ({am}) n. desire, wish MBh. R. Ragh. Kathâs.

iipsitatama* = mfn. most desired, immediately aimed at (as the object of an action) Pân. 1-4, 49.

iipsu* = mfn. striving to obtain; wishing to get or obtain, desirous of (with acc.) Mn. MBh. Ragh.
R. &c.

iipsuyajJa* = m. a particular Soma sacrifice KâtyS'r.

iis'itaa *= f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S3iva MBh. BhP

iikshaNa* = n. a look, view, aspect sight KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Kathâs. Pañcat. Ratnâv. &c.; regarding,
looking after, caring for Mn.; eye MBh. R. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.

iikshate = (1 ap) to see

iiksha* = mf({I})n. ifc. seeing, looking, visiting (see {tiryag-IkSa}, {vadhv-IkSa}); ({A}) f. sight,
viewing; considering BhP. Nyâyad.; ({am}) n. anything seen S'Br. vii, 1, 2, 23 (merely for the etym.
of {antarikSa}).

iikshaka* = m. a spectator, beholder S'Br. Âs'vGri. Gobh.

iikshaNiiya* = mfn. to be seen or perceived.

iikshamaaNa* = mfn. looking at, surveying VS. R.

iikshaNika* = {as}, {A} mf. and m. a looker into the future, a fortune-teller VarBriS.

iikshaNiika* = m. a looker into the future, a fortune-teller VarBriS.

iirma = (m) arm

iirsha = jelousy
iis'a4 * = mfn. owning, possessing, sharing; one who is completely master of anything; capable of
(with gen.); powerful, supreme; a ruler, master, lord Mn. S'Br. MBh. Kum. &c.; m. a husband L.; a
Rudra; the number `" eleven "' (as there are eleven Rudras); N. of S'iva as regent of the north-east
quarter MBh. Hariv. R. S'ak. &c.; N. of S'iva; of Kuvera; ({A4}) f. faculty, power, dominion AV. VS.
S'Br.

iis'a * m. lord in lord in heaven pl. N. of the Âdityas, Vasu and Rudra Hcat. i, 6. (For other comp.
see under {diva4s}, {divA}, 2. {divi4}, {divo} 3. {dyu4}.)

iis'itaa * = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S3iva MBh. BhP.

iis'vara* = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with common inf.), liable,
exposed to AV. TS. S3Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; (%{as}, %{I}) mf. master, lord, prince, king,
mistress, queen AV. S3Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn.
Sus3r. Ya1jn5. &c.; the supreme soul (%{Atman}); S3iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love; N. of
a prince; the number `" eleven "'; (%{A} or %{I}) f. N. of Durga1; of Lakshmi1; of any other of the
S3aktis or female energies of the deities; N. of several plants L.

iisha* = m. the month Âs'vina see {iSa}; a son of the third Manu; a servant of S'iva.

iishannimayamfn. exchanged for a little L.

iishaa* = f. (said to be fr. 1. {IS}), the pole or shafts of a carriage or plough; ({e}) f. du. the double
or fork-shaped pole RV. iii, 53, 17; viii, 5, 29 AV. viii, 8, 23; xi, 3, 9 S'Br. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a
plank, board VarBriS.; a particular measure, S'ulb.

iisha = God

iisha* = m. the month Âs'vina see {iSa}; a son of the third Manu; a servant of S'iva.

iishaa* = f. (said to be fr. 1. {IS}), the pole or shafts of a carriage or plough; ({e}) f. du. the double
or fork-shaped pole RV. iii, 53, 17; viii, 5, 29 AV. viii, 8, 23; xi, 3, 9 S'Br. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a
plank, board VarBriS.; a particular measure, S'ulb.

iishaavaasyaM = inhabited or manifested by the Master

iishvara = lord, the capable (here)* * = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with
common inf.), liable, exposed to AV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; ({as}, {I}) mf. master, lord,
prince, king, mistress, queen AV. S'Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a husband MBh.; God; the Supreme
Being Mn. Sus'r. Yâjñ. &c.; the supreme soul ({Atman}); S'iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love;
N. of a prince; the number `" eleven "'; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Durgâ; of Lakshmî; of any other of the
S'aktis or female energies of the deities; N. of several plants L.

iishvaraM = the Supersoul

iishvaraH = the Supreme Lord

iishvarapraaNidhaana = attentiveness to god

iis'itaa* = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.

iis'itva* = n. superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iis'varapraNidhaana* = n. devotion to God, Vedântas

iis'vara* = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with common inf.), liable,
exposed to AV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; ({as}, {I}) mf. master, lord, prince, king, mistress,
queen AV. S'Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn. Sus'r. Yâjñ. &c.;
the supreme soul ({Atman}); S'iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love; N. of a prince; the number
`" eleven "'; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Durgâ; of Lakshmî; of any other of the S'aktis or female energies
of the deities; N. of several plants L.

iis'itavya* = mfn. to be reigned or ruled over BhP.

iis'itR* = {tA} m. a master, owner, proprietor; a king S'vetUp. Prab.

iis'itA* = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.

iis'itva* = n. superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.

iiti * = 1 f. (fr. 4. {I}?), plague, distress, any calamity of the season (as drought, excessive rain,
swarm of rats, foreign invasion, &c.); infectious disease MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; an affray L.; travelling
in foreign countries, sojourning L.

iiyakSamANa * = = {i4yakSamANa} (fr. {iyakS}) q.v. MaitrS. ii, 10, 6.

iiya-cakSas * = fn. ({Iya} fr. {i}), of pervading or far-reaching sight RV. v, 66, 6.

ijyayaa = by worship

ikshuH = sugarcane

ikshvaakave = unto King IksvakuimaM = (from idaM) this

ima* = * the base of some cases of the demonstrative pronoun {ida4m} q.v. (acc. sg. m. {ima4m}
f. {imA4m} [168, 1]; nom. pl. m. {ime4}, &c.; irregular gen. sg. {ima4sya} RV. viii, 13, 21 [once]).

imaaH = all these

imaan.h = these

ime = these

imau = these

ingate = waver

indiraa = Goddess Lakshmi

indiraaramaNa = Vishnu, Husband of Goddess Lakshmi

indu = moon

indugopa = a centipede commonly seen during rainy season

indraH = the god Indra

indrachaapa = (m) rainbow

indradhanuH = (m) rainbow

indrapramati* = m. a pupil of Paila and author of some verses of the Riig-veda RAnukr. BhP. VP.
AgP.

indrapramada* = m. N. of a man.

indraprasUta* = ({i4ndra-}) mfn. caused or impelled by Indra RV. x, 66, 2.

indraprastha* = n. `" Indra's place "'N. of a city (now called Delhi, the residence of the Pândavas)
MBh.

indrapraharaNa* = n. Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt L.

indriya = organ of sense or action* = mfn. fit for or belonging to or agreeable to Indra RV. AV.
VS.; m. a companion of Indra(?) RV. i, 107, 2 AV. xix, 27, 1; ({am}) n. power, force, the quality
which belongs especially to the mighty Indra RV. AV. VS. TS. AitBr. S'Br.; exhibition of power,
powerful act RV. VS.; bodily power, power of the senses; virile power AV. VS. S'Br.; semen virile
VS. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; faculty of sense, sense, organ of sense AV. Sus'r. Mn. Ragh. Kir. &c.; the
number five as symbolical of the five senses. (In addition to the five organs of perception,
{buddhI7ndriyANi} or {jJAne7ndriyANi}, i.e. eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin, the Hindûs
enumerate five organs of action, {karme7ndriyANi} i.e. larynx, hand, foot, anus, and parts of
generation; between these ten organs and the soul or {Atman} stands {manas} or mind,
considered as an eleventh organ; in the Vedânta, {manas}, {buddhi}, {ahaMkAra}, and {citta}
form the four inner or internal organs, {antar-indriyANi}, so that according to this reckoning the
organs are fourteen in number, each being presided over by its own ruler or {niyantR}; thus, the
eye by the Sun, the ear by the Quarters of the world, the nose by the two As'vins, the tongue by
Pracetas, the skin by the Wind, the voice by Fire, the hand by Indra, the foot by Vishnu, the anus
by Mitra, the parts of generation by Prajâpati, manas by the Moon, buddhi by Brahman, ahankâra
by S'iva, citta by Vishnu as Acyuta; in the Nyâya philosophy each organ is connected with its own
peculiar element, the nose with the Earth, the tongue with Water, the eye with Light or Fire, the
skin with Air, the ear with Ether; the Jainas divide the whole creation into five sections, according
to the number of organs attributed to each being.)

indriyaH = senses

indriyagocharaaH = the objects of the senses

indriyagraamaM = the full set of senses

indriyajaya = mastery of the senses by controlling the desires

indriyasya = of the senses

indriyasyaarthe = in the sense objects

indriyaaNaaM = of the senses

indriyaaNi = the senses

indriyaaraamaH = satisfied in sense gratification

indriyaarthaan.h = sense objects

indriyaarthebhyaH = from the sense objects

indriyaartheshhu = in sense gratification

indriyebhyaH = more than the senses

indriyaiH = by the senses

indro = the Lord Indra

indra * = m.m. (for etym. as given by native authorities see Nir. x, 8 Sây. on RV. i, 3, 4 Un. ii, 28;
according to BRD. fr. {in} = {inv} with suff. {ra} preceded by inserted {d}, meaning `" to subdue,
conquer "' [166, 2]; according to Muir, S. T. v, 119, for {sindra} fr. {syand}, `" to drop "'; more
probably from {ind}, `" to drop "' q.v., and connected with {indu} above), the god of the
atmosphere and sky; the Indian Jupiter Pluvius or lord of rain (who in Vedic mythology reigns
over the deities of the intermediate region or atmosphere; he fights against and conquers with his
thunder-bolt [{vajra}] the demons of darkness, and is in general a symbol of generous heroism;
{indra} was not originally lord of the gods of the sky, but his deeds were most useful to mankind,
and he was therefore addressed in prayers and hymns more than any other deity, and ultimately
superseded the more lofty and spiritual Varuna; in the later mythology {indra} is subordinated to
the triad Brahman, Vishnu, and S'iva, but remained the chief of all other deities in the popular
mind) RV. AV. S'Br. Mn. MBh. R. &c. &c.; (he is also regent of the east quarter, and considered
one of the twelve Âdityas) Mn. R. Sus'r. &c.; in the Vedânta he is identified with the supreme
being; a prince; ifc. best, excellent, the first, the chief (of any class of objects; cf. {sure7ndra},
{rAje7ndra}, {parvate7ndra}, &c.) Mn. Hit.; the pupil of the right eye (that of the left being called
Indrânî or Indra's wife) S'Br. BriÂrUp.; the number fourteen, Sûryas; N. of a grammarian; of a
physician; the plant Wrightia Antidysenterica (see {kuTaja}) L.; a vegetable poison L.; the twenty-
sixth Yoga or division of a circle on the plane of the ecliptic; the Yoga star in the twenty-sixth
Nakshatra, $ Pegasi; the human soul, the portion of spirit residing in the body; night L.; one of
the nine divisions of Jambu-dvîpa or the known continent L.; ({A}) f. the wife of Indra see
{indrANI}; N. of a plant L.; ({I}) f. N. of an attendant of Devî.

indhana = fuel

isha* = 1 mfn. seeking (see {gav-iSa}). \\=2 mfn. possessing sap and strength; well-fed, strong;
sappy, juicy, fertile RV.; m. N. of the month Âs'vina, September-October) VS. S'Br. Sus'r. VP.; N.
of a Riishi BhP.

ishu * = {us} mf. an arrow RV. AV. VS. MBh. Ragh. S'ak. &c.; (in mathematics) a versed sine; N. of
a Soma ceremony KâtyS'r.; the number five Sâh.; N. of a particular constellation VarBri. xii, 7.
[According to Dayânanda {iSu} may mean `" ray of light "'; cf. Gk. $; &52843[168, 3] Zd. {ishu}.]

ishat.h = a little

ishhubhiH = with arrows

ishtha = of all desirable things

ishthaM = leading to heaven

ishthaaH = palatable

ishthaan.h = desired

ishthikaa = (f) brick

ishthvaa = worshiping

ishtha* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see s.v.), sought S'Br.; wished, desired; liked, beloved; agreeable;
cherished RV. S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. Pañcat. S'ak. &c.; reverenced, respected; regarded as good,
approved Mn. Sânkhyak.; valid; m. a lover, a husband S'ak. 83 c; the plant Ricinus Communis L.;
({A}) f. N. of a plant L.; ({am}) n. wish, desire RV. AV. AitBr. Mn. R.; ({am}) ind. voluntarily.\\2
mfn. (p.p. fr. {yaj}; for 1. {iSTa4} see col. 2) sacrificed, worshipped with sacrifices VS. S'Br.
KâtyS'r. AitBr. &c.; m. sacrifice MârkP. xiii, 15; ({am}) n. sacrificing, sacrifice; sacred rite,
sacrament L.

ishthadeva* = m. (L.) or a chosen tutelary deity, favourite god, one particularly worshipped (cf.
{abhI7STa-devatA}).

ishthadevataa* = f. a chosen tutelary deity, favourite god, one particularly worshipped (cf.
{abhI7STa-devatA}).

ishthayaaman* = ({iSTa4-}) mfn. going according to desire RV. ix, 88, 3.

ishthavrata* = mfn. that by which good ({iSTa}) works ({vrata}) succeed [Sây.] RV. iii, 59, 9.

ishthArtha* = m. anything desired or agreeable; (mfn.) one who has obtained a desired object
MBh. R.; {-rtho7dyukta} mfn. zealous or active for a desired object.

ishthAvat* = mfn. possessing a desired object (?) AV. xviii, 3, 20 [perhaps and belonging to 2.
{iSTa}].

ishthakRt* = mfn. performing a sacrifice Comm. on KâtyS'r.

ishthayajus* = ({iSTa4-}) mfn. one who has spoken the sacrificial verses VS. TS.

ishthakaa* = f. a brick in general; a brick used in building the sacrificial altar VS. AitBr. S'Br.
KâtyS'r. Mriicch. &c.

ishthakaavat* = mfn. possessed of bricks Pân.

ishthi* =1 f. impulse, acceleration, hurry; invitation; order; despatch RV.\\* =2 f. seeking, going
after RV.; endeavouring to obtain; wish, request, desire RV. VS. &c.; any desired object; a desired
rule, a desideratum, a N. applied to the statement of grammarians who are considered as
authoritative.\\* =3 f. sacrificing, sacrifice; an oblation consisting of butter, fruits, &c., opposed to
the sacrifice of an animal or Soma RV. i, 166, 14; x, 169, 2 S3Br. A1s3vS3r. Ya1jn5. Mn. S3ak.
Ragh. &c.

itaH = besides this

i4tara = Other* == mf({A})n. (the neuter is {ad} in classical Sanskriit, but {am} [{ad} S'Br.] in
Ved. Pân. 7-1, 25, 26; comparative form of pronom. base 3. {i}; cf. Lat. {iterum}; Hib. {iter}), the
other (of two), another; (pl, ) the rest; (with abl.) different from RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. R. Mn. Ragh.
Hit. &c.; low, vile Kâd.; expelled, rejected L.; ({A}) f. said to be a N. of the mother of Aitareya;
({ad}) ind. whereas, whilst Subh.; {itara}, {itara}, the one - the other, this - that. ({itara}
connected antithetically with a preceding word often signifies the contrary idea e.g. {vijayAya
itarAya vA} [MBh.], to victory or defeat; so in Dvandva compounds, {sukhe7tareSu} [S'vetUp.], in
happiness and distress; it sometimes, however, forms a Tat-purusha compound with another
word to express the one idea implied in the contrary of that word, e.g. {dakSiNe7tara}, the left
hand.)

i4tarajana* = m. an ordinary man S'ârng.; ({As}) m. pl. `" other men "'; a euphemistic name of
certain beings who appear to be considered as spirits of darkness (Kuvera belongs to them) AV.
VS. TS. MaitrS. GopBr.

i4tarajaatiiya* = mfn. ordinary, common-place.

i4taratas* = ind. otherwise than, different from; from or to another direction KâtyS'r. S'Br. &c.;
({itazce7taratazca}, hither and thither R.)

i4taratra* = ind. elsewhere BhP.; on the other hand, else Yogas.

itarathaa* = ind. in another manner, in a contrary manner; perversely; on the other hand, else
S'Br. KâtyS'r. S'is'. &c.

itarapaaNi* = m. the left hand Âs'vGri. iv, 7, 13.

itarAGga* = mfn. being a means to another, ancillary to another Sâh. 266.

itaraH = common

itaretara = mutual, each-other

itastataH = (indecl) here and there

iti= like that* =1 f. {ityai4} (dat.) see {i} above; (for 2. {iti} see s. v.) \\ 2 ind. (fr. pronominal base
3. {i}), in this manner, thus (in its original signification {iti} refers to something that has been
said or thought, or lays stress on what precedes; in the Brâhmanas it is often equivalent to `" as
you know "', reminding the hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, &c. supposed to be
known to him). In quotations of every kind {iti} means that the preceding words are the very
words which some person has or might have spoken, and placed thus at the end of a speech it
serves the purpose of inverted commas ({ity uktvA}, having so said; {iti kRtvA}, having so
considered, having so decided). It may often have reference merely to what is passing in the mind
e.g. {bAlo 'pi nA7vamantavyo manuSya iti bhUmipaH}, a king, though a child, is not to be
despised, saying to one's self, `" he is a mortal "', (Gr. 928.) In dram. {iti tathA karoti} means `"
after these words he acts thus. "' Sometimes {iti} is used to include under one head a number of
separate objects aggregated together (e.g. {ijyA7dhyayanadAnAni tapaH satyaM kSamA damaH}
{alobha iti mArgo 'yam}, `" sacrificing, studying, liberality, penance, truth, patience, self-
restraint, absence of desire "', this course of conduct, &c.) {iti} is sometimes followed by {evam},
{iva}, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically (e.g. {tAm brUyAd bhavatI7ty evam}, her he may
call `" lady "', thus). {iti} may form an adverbial compound with the name of an author (e.g. {iti-
pANini}, thus according to Pânini). It may also express the act of calling attention (lo! behold!) It
may have some other significations e.g. something additional (as in {ityAdi}, et caetera), order,
arrangement specific or distinctive, and identity. It is used by native commentators after quoting
a rule to express `" according to such a rule "' (e.g. {anudAttaGita ity Atmanepadam bhavati},
according to the rule of Pânini i, 3, 12, the Âtmane-pada takes place). {kim iti} = {kim},
wherefore, why? (In the S'atapatha-brâhmana {ti} occurs for {iti}; cf. Prâkriit {ti} and {tti}.)
itihaasa = history

itihaasa(H) = history; epic

itthaM = like that

ityuta = thus it is said

ityetaani = iti+etAni, thus+ these

ityevaM = knowing thus

iyaM = this

iyakS * = (anom. Desid. of {yaj}) P. {i4yakSati} (Subj. 3. pl. {i4yakSAn} RV. x, 50, 3; p.
{i4yakSat}) Â. (p. {i4yakSamANa} RV. i, 123, 10 VS. xvii, 69) to go towards, approach; to request,
endeavour to gain; to long for, seek RV. VS.

iyakSu4 * = mfn. Ved. longing for, seeking to gain RV. x, 4, 1.

i4yat * = mfn. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), so large, only so large; so much, only so much; of such
extent RV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Pañcat. Ragh. &c.; [cf. the syllable {iens}, or {ies} in such Lat. words as
{totiens}, {toties}, {quotiens}, {quoties}, and in numeral adverbs as {quinquies}.]

iyate V*: it appears like, is perceived, is seen, is mistaken as, is spent, seems,

i4yat--c-ciram * = ({iyacciram}) ind. so long, such a time Kathâs.

i4yat-taka4 * = ({iyat-}) mf({ikA})n. so small, so little RV. i, 191, 11; 15.

iya4m * = f. nom. sg. of the demonstrative pronoun {ida4m}, q.v.

iyasya * = aning

(anom. Intens. of {yas}) Â. {iyasyate}, to relax, weaken; to vanish S'Br.

iyasaa4 * = * = f. lassitude, shrinking S'Br.

iyasita4 * = mfn. shrunk S'Br.; ({a4m}) n. shrinking ib.

iyattaa * = f. or the state of being, of such extent, quantity, fixed measure or quantity, so much
Ragh. Ka1d. &c

iva = just like or as if

Jaa

jaaDya = laziness, inability to identify/appreciate good qualities (here)

jaagarti = is wakeful

jaagri = to stay awake

jaagrita = alert

jaagrata = (Vr.Imp.IIP.Pl.PP) Wake up; awake

jaagrataavasthaa = complete awareness of the state of the mind

jaagrati = are awake

jaaha * =n. ifc. (g. 2. {karNadi}) the root or point of issue of certain parts of the body cf. {akSi-},
({Asya-}), {oSTha-}, {karNa-}, {keza-}, {gulpha-}, {danta-}, {nakha-}, {pAda-}, {priSTha-},
{bhrU-}, {mukha-}.

jaahnavii = the River Ganges

jaala = net

jaalam.h = (n) net

jaamadagnyajit.h = he who scored a victory over jAmadagni (ParashurAm, the son

jaambavadaashrayaH = he who gave refuge to jhambava(the bear-chieftain of

jaa4na * = 1 n. birth, origin, birth place RV. i, 37, 9 and 95, 3; v, x AV. vii, 76, 5 S'Br. iii, 2, 1, 40.
[418, 3] \\ * = 2 m. (fr. {ja4na}) patr. of Vriis'a (= {vaijAna}, `" son of Vijânâ "' Sch.) TândyaBr.
xiii, 3 Arsh

jaanakaaraaH = knowledgeable

jaanakiivallabhaH = the darling of jAnaki (sItA)

jaanan.h = even if he knows

jaanaati = knows

jaaniite = know

jaaniimaH = know

jaanu = (n) knee

jaanu\-shirshhaasana = the head-knee posture

jaanunii = knees

jaane = I know

jaapyasameta = with chanting of the names of the lord

jaata = born, become (from jan.h, to be born, or created)*= mfn. ( {jan}; ifc. Pân. 6-2, 171) born,
brought into existence by (loc.), engendered by (instr. or abl.) RV. &c.; grown, produced, arisen,
caused, appeared ib.; ifc. (Pân. 2-2, 5 Kâs'.; 36 Vârtt. 1; vi, 2, 170) see {mAsa-}, {saptA7ha-}, &c.;
appearing on or in VarBriS. lii, 5 ff.; destined for (dat.) RV. iv, 20, 6; ix, 94, 4; turning to (dat.)
Sâh. iii, 58/59; happened, become, present, apparent, manifest TS. VS. &c.; belonging to (gen.)
RV. i, 83, 5; viii, 62, 10; ready at hand Pañcat. ii, 16; possessed of (instr.) MBh. iv, 379; often ifc.
instead of in comp. (Pân. 2-2, 36 Vârtt. 1; vi, 2, 170 f.; g. {AhitA7gny-Adi}) e.g. {kiNa-}, {danta-},
&c., qq.vv.; m. a son RV. ii, 25, 1 AV. xi, 9, 6 S'Br. xiv Pañcat.; a living being (said of men, rarely of
gods) RV. iv, 2, 2; v, 15, 2; x, 12, 3 AV. xviii VS. viii, 36; N. of a son of Brahmâ PadmaP. v; n. a
living being, creature RV.; birth, origin, i, 156, 2 and 163, 1; iii, 31, 3; race, kind, sort, class,
species, viii, 39, 6 AV. &c.; a multitude or collection of things forming a class (chiefly ifc., e.g.
{karma-} "', the whole aggregate of actions "' Mn. vii, 61/62 {sukha-}, `" anything or everything
included under the name pleasure "' Gît. x, 3) Mn. ix MBh. &c.; individuality, specific condition
({vyakta}) L.; = {-karman} NârS.; (impers. with double instr.) it turned out or happened that
Râjat. v, 364 [417, 3]; ({A}) f. a daughter W.; [cf. $; Germ. {Kind}; Lith. {gentis}.]

jaataM = having become

jaataH = of all beings

jaataka = Nativity, literally means one who is born

jaatasya = of one who has taken his birth

jaataa = (part.fem.nom.S)is born

jaataaH = born

jaati = circumstances of life to which one is born

jaati* = f. birth, production AitBr. ii, 39 Mn. MBh. (also {-tI}, xiii f.) &c.; re-birth R. i, 62, 17
Kârand. xxiii, 193; the form of existence (as man, animal, &c.) fixed by birth Mn. iv, 148 f. Yogas.
ii, 13; (ifc.) Kathâs. xviii, 98; position assigned by birth, rank, caste, family, race, lineage KâtyS'r.
xv Mn. Yâjñ. &c. ({-tI} MBh. xiv, 2549); kind, genus (opposed to species), species (opposed to
individual), class Lâthy. KâtySr. Pân. &c., (once {-tI} ifc. MBh. vi, 456); the generic properties
(opposed to the specific ones) Sarvad.; natural disposition to Car. ii, 1; the character of a species,
genuine or true state of anything Yâjñ. ii, 246 MBh. xii, 5334; reduction of fractions to a common
denominator; a self-confuting reply (founded merely on similarity or dissimilarity) Nyâyad. v, 1 ff.
Sarvad. xi, 10 and 34 Prab. Sch.; (in rhet.) a particular figure of speech Sarasv. ii, 1; a class of
metres R. i, 4, 6 Kâvya7d. i, 11; a manner of singing Hariv.; a fire-place L.; (= {-tI}) mace, nutmeg
Sus'r.; Jasminum grandiflorum L.; = {-tI-phalA} L.; = {kampilla} L. cf. {antya-}, {eka-}, {dvi-} -
[cf. Lat. {gens}; Lith. {pri-gentis}]

jaatii * = f. = {-ti} q.v.; Jasminum grandiflorum Hariv. 7891 Bhartri. BhP. x Amar. [418, 2]; mace,
nutmeg Sus'r. VarBriS

jaatidharmaaH = community projects

jaatu = at any time

jaayate = (4 ap) to be born

jaayante = develop
jaayaa = Wife, female companion, spouse, strii

ja = Born

jabhU* = m. `" being in a lotus "', the god Brahmâ.

jaDa mf({A})n. (cf. {ja4lhu}) cold, frigid Pañcat. i, 12, 4 Kâvya7d. ii, 34 Râjat. iv, 41; stiff, torpid,
motionless, apathetic, senseless, stunned, paralysed Ragh. iii, 68 S'ak. &c.; stupid, dull Mn. viii,
394 (also {a-} neg., 148) Yâjñ. ii MBh. (ifc. `" too stupid for "', iii, 437) &c.; void of life, inanimate,
unintelligent KapS. i, 146; vi, 5o NriisUp. Veda7ntas. Sarvad.; dumb "' Mn. ii, 110 Sus'r.; ifc.
stunning, stupefying S'ak. iv, 6; m. (g. {azvA7di}) N. of Sumati (who simulated stupidity) cf.
MârkP. x, 9; cold, frost W.; idiocy W.; dulness, apathy W.; inanimate "', lifeless, matter (opposed
to {cetana}); n. water (= {jala}) S'ârngP. (Subh.); lead L.; ({A}) f. N. of a plant ( = {jaTA}, Mucuna
pruritus, Flacourtia cataphracta L.) Car. vi, 2 (ifc. f. {A}).

jagajaitra = jagaje?+atra, in the world?+here

jagat* mfn. ( {gam} redupl. Pân. 3-2, 178 Vârtt. 3) moving, movable, locomotive, living RV. AV.
&c.; (= {jA4gata}) composed in the Jagatî metre RV. i, 164, 23 ShadvBr. i, 4 Lâthy. i, 8, 9; m. air,
wind L.; m. pl. people, mankind Râjat. (C) iii, 494; n. that which moves or is alive, men and
animals, animals as opposed to men, men (Naigh. ii, 3) RV. AV. &c. ({-to madhye}, `" within
everybody's sight "' R. vii, 97, 1; 5 and 10); the world, esp. this world, earth S'Br. Mn. &c.; the
Jagati metre RV. i, 164, 25; N. of a Sâman see - {sAman}; n. du. heaven and the lower world Kir. v,
20; n. pl. the worlds (= {-gat-traya}) Prab. i, 10; people, mankind Kpr. x, 50/51 (Sâh. and Kuval.);
({ja4gatI}) f. a female animal RV. i, 157, 5; vi, 72, 4; a cow Naigh. 11, II; the plants (or flour as
coming from plants) VS. i, 21 S'Br. i, 2, 2, 2; the earth Îs'Up. Pras'nUp. Mn. i, 100 MBh. &c.; the
site of a house L. (Kir. i, 7 Sch.); people, mankind L.; the world, universe R. ii, 69, 11 a metre of 4 x
12 syllables RV. x, 130, 5 AV. viii; xix S'Br. AitBr. &c.; any metre of 4 X 12 syllables; the number 48
Lâthy. ix Kâty. xxii; a sacrificial brick named after the Jagatî metre S'Br. viii KâtyS'r. xvii; a field
planted with Jambû L.

jagat.h = universe

jagataH = of the world

jagataaM = of the Universe

jagatpate = O Lord of the entire universe

jagan.h = (Nr.nom + acc.sing.)world

jagannivaasa = O refuge of the worlds

jaghana * = (%{janh}) m. [RV. i, 28, 2; v, 61, 3; vi, 75, 13] n. [AV.xiv, r, 36 TS.ii TBr. ii, &c.] the
hinder part, buttock, hip and loins, pudenda, mons veneris (ifc. f. %{A} [Pa1n2. 4-1, 56 Ka1s3.]
MBh. xiii, 5324 R. Megh.); the hinder part of an altar Sulbas. iii, 52; rear-guard MBh. iii, v f. ix;
(%{ena}) instr. ind. behind (with gen. [ChUp. ii, 24, 3] or acc. [S3Br. i f. vii, xi] following, once
[vii, 2, 2, 4] preceding); so as to turn the back towards S3a1n3khGr2. ii, 1; iv, 12

jagrat.h = awakened

jagrataH = or one who keeps night watch too much

jagraaha V*= took up; caught hold of; caught;took up; kept; assumed the responsibility for;
accepted; SB 6.9.7; caught; brought under her control; grasped; SB 8.7.4 took; seized; took; took
hold of; He seized; He seized;

jaghanya = of abominable

jaghni * mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 171) striking (with acc.) RV. ix, 61, 20; m. a weapon L.

jaghnivat * mfn. containing an Intens. form of {han} AitBr. i, 25.

jaghnu * mfn. striking, killing Un. i, 22.

jaha * = mfn. (3. {hA}) see {zardham-}; ({A}) f. N. of a plant L.; ({A4}) ind. see s.v.

jahaati = can get rid of

jahan

jahi = conquer *= see jahan

jahiihi = jahi+iha, leave/give up+here(in this world)

jahnu = name of an ancient king who adopted the ganga river

jahnusutaa = ganga

jaiminii = Maharishi Jaimini a sage who wrote an elucidation of sections of Maharishi Parashara's
work. This became the basis for another system of Astrology in India

jajñi* = mfn. ({jan} redupl. Pân. 3-2, 171 and Vârtt. 3) germinating, shooting TS. vii, 5, 20, 1; f.
seed (Pân. 3-2, 171 (?) Kâs'.) Siddh.

jala = Water

jalaM = (Nr.non. + acc.S)water

jaladhi = sea/ ocean

jalandhara = bandha where the chin rests in the notch between the collar bones

jalapatanasaham.h = Sensitive point relating to going on a voyage. One of many used in

Varshaphal and similar in idea to Arabic parts

jalapaataH = (m) waterfall

jalabandhaH = (m) dam

jalalava = water drop

jalaashaya = lake, pond

jalp.h = to babble

jalpa * m. (g. {uJchA7di}) talk, speech, discourse (also pl.) MBh. xiii, 4322 Pân. 4-4, 97 Das'.
BhP.; (pl.) chatter, gossip, x, 47, 13; a kind of disputation (overbearing reply and disputed
rejoinder) Nyâyad. Car. iii, 8 Sarvad. Madhus. S'Br. xiv Sch.; N. of a Rishi MatsyaP. ix, 16; n. for
{-lpya} MBh. i, 5066 (C) R. ii, 60, 14; cf. {citra-}, {bahu-}.

jam* = (derived fr. {jama4d-agni}) cl. 1. {ja4mati}, to go Naigh. ii, 14 Nir. iii, 6; to eat Dhâtup. xiii,
28: Intens. p. {jAjamat} consuming continually MBh. xiii, 4495.

jambaala = (masc) mud

jambiiram.h = (n) lemon

jambuukaH = fox

ja.nghe = ankle

jañj* = cl. I. P.= {jaj} Dhâtup.vii, 69; p. f. {ja4JjatI}, glittering, flashing (Gmn.; = {abhibhavantI}
Sây.) RV. i, 168, 7.

ja.ntuunaaM = (Nr.Poss.pl.) living beings; insects

jangamaM = moving

jan.h = to to be born or produced

jana = man: * = mf({I})n. `" generating "' see {puraM-}; m. (g. {vRSA7di}) creature "', living
being, man, person, race ({pa4Jca ja4nAs} "', the five races "' = {p kRSTa4yas} RV. iii, viii ff. MBh.
iii, 14160), people, subjects (the sg. used collectively e.g. {dai4vya} or {divyA4 j-} "', divine race "',
the gods collectively RV.; {mahat j-}, many people R. vi, 101, 2; often ifc. denoting one person or a
number of persons collectively, e.g. {preSya-}, {bandhu-}, {sakhI-} &c., qq. vv. [410, 2]; with
names of peoples VarBriS. iv, 22 and v, 74; {ayaM} {janaH}, `" this person, these persons "', I, we
MBh. viii, 709 Hariv. 7110 R. ii, 41, 2 S'ak. &c.; {eSa j-}, id. Kâvya7d. ii, 75) RV. &c.; the person
nearest to the speaker (also with {ayam} or {asau}, this my lover "' Kâvya7d. ii, 271 Ratna7v. i,
24/25) Nal.x, 10 S'ak. Mâlav.; a common person, one of the people Kir. ii, 42 and 47; the world
beyond the Mahar-loka BhP. iii, 11, 29 SkandaP.; ({-na4}) m. (g. {azvA7di}) N. of a man (with the
patr. S'ârkara7kshya) S'Br. x ChUp.; ({A}) f. `" birth "', {a-jana}, the unborn "', Nârâyana BhP. x,
3, 1.

janaanta* = m. a number of men Sâh. vi, 139; a region ({deza}) Sus'r. i, 46, 2, 38; `" man-
destroyer "', Yama BhP. vi, 8, 16.

janaH = people

janaka = father

janakaatmajaa = janakA's daughter

janakaadayaaH = Janaka and other kings

Janaloka * = m. `" world of men "', the 5th Loka or next above Mahar-loka (residence of the sons
of Brahmâ and other godly men), ArunUp. NriisUp. i, 5, 6 BhP. MârkP. SkandaP.; cf. {janas}.
janana = birth\

jananaM = birth

jananii = mother

janapadam.h = (n) district

janapadeshhu = in the society (janapada really meaning a village )

janayet.h = causal form from jan.h meaning ``should generate''

janasa.nsadi = to people in general

janaaH = persons

janaadhipaH = kings

janaanaaM = of the persons

janaardana = O maintainer of all living entities

jantavaH = the living entities

jantoH = of living beings

janma = birth, incarnation

janmaH = (Mas.nom.Sing.)birth.janma:(Nr.)

janmakarmaphalapradaaM = resulting in good birth and other fruitive reactions

janman.h = birth

janmanaaM = repeated births and deaths

janmabandha = from the bondage of birth and death

janmaraashi = Sign occupied by the Moon at birth

janmasu = in births

janmaani = births

jap * = cl. 1. %{ja4pati} (rarely A1. S3a1n3khS3r. iii, 6, 4 MBh. iii, xiii ; pf. %{jajApa} ; 3. du.
%{jepatur} R. i ; inf. %{japitum} MBh. xii, 7336 ; ind. p. %{-ptvA} Mn. xi R. i ; %{-pitvA} Mn. xi
Vet.) to utter in a low voice, whisper, mutter (esp. prayers or incantations) AitBr. ii, 38 S3Br.
La1t2y. Ka1tyS3r. Kaus3. Mn. &c. ; to pray to any one (acc.) in a low voice MBh. xiii, 750 ; to
invoke or call upon in a low voice BhP. iv, 7, 29 BhavP. i: Intens. %{jaJjapyate}, %{-pIti} (Pa1n2.
7-4, 86 [412,1] ; p. %{pya4mAna}) to whisper repeatedly (implying blame, iii, 1, 24) S3Br. xi, 5, 5,
10.
japa = Recitation1 \\ * = mfn. `" muttering, whispering "' see %{karNeku-} ; m. (Pa1n2. 3-3, 61 ;
oxyt. g. %{uJchA7di}) muttering prayers, repeating in a murmuring tone passages from scripture
or charms or names of a deity, &c., muttered prayer or spell AitBr. ii, 38 S3Br. ii S3a1n3khS3r.
Nir. &c.\\ japA = f. (= %{javA}) the China rose VarBr2S. xxviii, 14\\jApa * = m. ( %{jap}) `"
whispering "' see %{karNa-} ; muttering prayers L. a muttered prayer L. (R. i, 51, 27 for %{japa} ;
see also %{jApya}).

japati = (1 pp) to mutter, mumble

japannityaM = japan+nityaM, chanting+ever

japayaGYaH = chanting

japtvaa = having chanted

jaraa = old age

jarjara = old/digested (by disease etc)

jasha* m. N. of an aquatic animal (cf. {jhaSa4}) AV. xi, 2, 25 TS. v, 5 GopBr. ii, 2, 5.

jatha *= mfn. wearing twisted locks of hair g. {arza-Adi}; m. metrically for {-TA} Hariv. 9551;
({A}) f. the hair twisted together (as worn by ascetics, by Siva, and persons in mourning) PârGri.
ii, 6 Mn. vi, 6 MBh. (ifc. f. {A}, iii, 16137) &c.; a fibrous root, root (in general) Bhpr. v, 111 S'ângS.
i, 46 and 58; N. of several plants (= {TA-vatI} L.; Mucuna pruritus L.; Flacourtia cataphracta L.; =
{-TA-mUlA} L.; = {rudra-jaTA} L.) Sus'r. v f.; N. of a Pâthha or arrangement of the Vedic text (still
more artificial than the Krama, each pair of words being repeated thrice and one repetition being
in inverted order) Caran.; ({I}) f. Nardostachys Jathâmânsî L.; (= {-Ti}) the waved-leaf fig-tree L.;
cf. {tri-}, {mahA-}, {vi-}; {kRSNa-jaTA} "'

jathaamukuTama.nDitam.h = adorned by locks of hair forming a crown

jathilaH = with knotted hair

jathi* =m f. twisted hair L.; a mass, multitude L.; Ficus infectoria L.

jaThara = Intestine

jaThara\-parivartanaasana = the belly-turning posture

jaThare = in the stomach

java * = mfn. ( {ju}, or {jU}) swift AV. xix, 7, 1; m. (parox. Pân. 3-3, 56, Vartt. 4 and 57) speed,
velocity, swiftness RV. i, 112, 21; x, 111, 9 VS. AV. S'Br. &c.; pl. impulse (of the mind) RV. x, 71, 8;
({At}) abl. ind. speedily, at once Kathâs. lxiii, 188 Vcar. xii, 15. -

javaa* = f. = {japA} MBh. Hariv. R. Megh. 36; saffron L

javanikaa = (f) towel

javishthha* = mfn. quickest, fleetest RV. iv, 2, 3; vi, 9, 5 VS. xxxiv, 3 S'Br. xi AitBr. i, 5 BhP. xi
jaya = victory

jayaH = victory

jayate = becomes victorious; wins

jayama.ngalam.h = victory that is auspicious

jayaajayau = both victory and defeat

jayema = we may conquer

jayeyuH = they conquer

jaGYire = (Verb, Past IIIP pl.PP) took birth; were born

jetaasi = you will conquer

jhashhaaNaaM = of all fish

jhrimbaNam.h = (n) yawning

ji.nvhaa = tongue

jigishhataaM = of those who seek victory

jighrati = (1 pp) to smell

jighran.h = smelling

jijiivishhaamaH = we would want to live

jita = having conquered

jitaH = conquered

jitaatmanaH = of one who has conquered his mind

jitaatmaa = having control of the mind

jitendriyaM = the conqueror of senses

jitendriyaH = having conquered the senses

jitvaa = by conquering

jivadhaaraNakaari = responsible for life's existence

jivabhuutaaM = comprising the living entities

jivyate = remain alive

jivhaa = (f) tongue

jivhaaM = tongue

jiGYaasuH = inquisitive

jighaamsaa * = wish or intention to strike or slay or destroy; malice, revenge

jii = to live

jiirNa = very old, dilapidated, torn

jiirNaani = old and useless

jiiv.h = to live

jiiva* = mf({A4})n. living, existing, alive RV. &c.; healthy (blood) Car. viii, 6, 74; ifc. living by (see
{jala-cara-}, {rUpa-}); causing to live, vivifying (see, {putra-}, {-jala}); m. n. any living being,
anything living RV. &c.; life, existence MBh. iv, vi Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Kathâs.); m. the principle
of life, vital breath, the living or personal soul (as distinguished from the universal soul see
{jIvA7tman}) RV. i, 164, 30 ChUp. S'vetUp. Pras'nUp. Mn. &c.; N. of a plant L.; Briihaspati
(regent of Jupiter) VarBriS. Laghuj. Sûryas. Kâs'îKh.; the 3rd lustrum in the 60 years "'
Briihaspati cycle VarBriS. viii, 26; N. of one of the 8 Maruts Yâjñ. ii, 102/103 39; Karna L.; n. N. of
a metre RPrât. xvii, 4 [422,3]; ({A}) f. life L.; the earth L.; a bow-string L.; (in geom. = {jyA}) the
chord of an arc; the sine of an arc Sûryas. ii, 57 (cf. {tri-}, {tri-bha} "', {dRg-gati-}, {lamba-} and
{zaGku-jIvA}); N. of a plant ({jIvantI} or {vacA} L.) VarBriS. iii, 39; the tinkling of ornaments L.;
pl. N. of a particular formula Kaus'. Vait.; cf. {ati-}, {upa-} and {saM-jIva4}; {a-}, {kumAra-},
{ciraM-}, {jagaj-}, {dur-}, {nir-}, {pApa-}, {bandhu-}, {sa-}, {su-}; {khSudra-jivA}, {yAvaj-jIvam};
[cf. {bi4os}; Lat. {vivus}; Lith. {gIvas}; Goth. {qvius}; Eng. {quick}; Hib. {beo}.]

jiivada* = m. `" life-cutter "', an enemy L.

jiivadeva* = m. N. of a man,

jiivaja* = mfn. born-alive ChUp. vi, 3, 1.

jiivakoza* = m. a case (or sheath) enveloping the personal soul BhP. iv, 22 f.; x.

jiivaMjIva* = m. = {-j-} L.; the Greek partridge L.; a mythical bird with two heads Buddh.; N. of a
tree L.

jiivaMjIvaka* = m. = {-jIva} MBh. iii Hariv. 6957 Lalit. Sus'r. Kâd. MârkP.

jiivanas'* = mfn. (nom. {-na4T}; also {-nak} [= {jivasya nAza}] Pân. 8-2, 63, Kas'.) [a sacrifice] in
which living beings are killed MaitrS. i, 4, 13.

jiivanetrii* = f. a kind of pepper L.

jiivatva* = n. the state of life RâmatUp. i, 14; the state of the individual soul KapS. vi, 63. - 1. {-da}
m. `" life-giver "', a physician L.; ({A}) f. = {-vantI} L. -2.

jiivapati* = m. a living husband, vi, 19, 24. =

jiiva = life

jiiva-loka = the mortal world

jiivaH = life

jiivati = while living(without earning)

jiivana = life

jiivanaM = life

jiivanmuktiH = salvation+freedom from bondage of birth

jiivabhuutaH = the conditioned living entity

jiivamaana = one who lives

jiivaloke = in the world of conditional life

jiivaatman* = m. the living or personal or individual soul (as distinct from the %{paramA7t-}
q.v.), the vital principle Tarkas. BhP. vi, viii Sarvad. iv; vii, 57.

jiivatva * = n. the state of life Ra1matUp. i, 14; the state of the individual soul KapS. vi, 63. - 1. %{-
da} m. `" life-giver "', a physician L.; (%{A}) f. = %{-vantI} L. -2.

jiivasya = (masc.poss.S) of life

jiivaatman.h = Also spelt Jeevatman. Is the soul within the human sphere

jiivaatmaa = the individual soul

jiivita = life

jiivitena = living

jiivemaH = may we live

jijñaasaka* = mfn. ( {jJA} Desid.) {-su} W.

jijñaasanIya* = mfn. = {-sitavya} W.

jijñaasaa* = f. = {-sana} MBh. ii f. xiii Hariv. R. Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 3, &c. ({kRta-jijJAsa} mfn.
having put to the proof any one [gen.] Kathâs. cxiii, 78).

jijñaasaaprastaava* = m. N. of wk., Pratâpar. Sch.

jijñaasita* = mfn. investigated, inquired BhP. i, 5, 3f.; tested MBh. xiii, 932.

jijñaasitavya* = mfn. to be investigated Sarvad.

jijñaasu* = mfn. desirous of knowing, inquiring into, examining, testing MBh. R. BhP. &c.

jijñaasya* = mfn. = {-sitavya} BhP. ii, 9 Sarvad.

jñaa* = 1 cl. 9. P. Â. {jAnA4ti}, {-nite4} (cf. Pân. 1-3, 76; Subj. {-nat}; Impv. {-nItat}, 2. sg.
{-nIhi4}, once irr. {jJa} BhP. x, 89, 46; [fr. cl. 3.] {jijAhi} MBh. xiii, 4493; 2. pl. irr. {-nata}. ii,
2397; 2. sg. Â. irr. {-nase} DivyA7v. xviii; p. {-na4t}, {-nAna4} irr. {-namAna} [MBh.]; pf.
{jajJau}, {-jJe} [Pass. Râjat. v, 481], 3. pl. {-jJu4r} RV. vii, 79, 4 S'Br. xi; p. {-jJAna4} RV. x, 14, 2;
fut. {jJAsyati}, {-te}; aor. {ajJAsIt}, {-sta} Pass. {a4jJAyi}, vi, 65, 1 &c.; Pot. {jJAyAt} or {jJey-}
Pân. 6-4, 68 [425,3]; 2. sg. {jJeyas} = {$} RV. ii, 10, 6; inf. {jJAtum}) to know, have knowledge,
become acquainted with (acc.; rarely gen. MBh. iii, 2154 Hariv. 7095), perceive, apprehend,
understand (also with inf. [Pân. 3-4, 65] MBh. ii, v Das'.), experience, recognise, ascertain,
investigate RV. &c.; to know as, know or perceive that, regard or consider as (with double acc. e.g.
{tasya mAM tanayAM jAnIta} "', know me to be his daughter "' MBh. iii, 2476; with {mRSA}, `" to
consider as untrue "' Ratna7v. ii, 18) Mn. &c.; `" to acknowledge, approve, allow VS. xviii, 59 f.
AV. ix, 5, 19 S'Br. i, xi, xiv; to recognise as one's own, take possession of SaddhP.; to visit as a
friend AV. x, 1, 25; to remember (with gen.) MBh. xii, 5169; Â. to engage in (gen. e.g. {sarpiSo}, `"
to make an oblation with clarified butter "') Pân. 1-3, 45; ii, 3, 51: Caus. {jJapayati}, to teach any
one (acc.) SânkhS'r.xv; {jJAp-} (Pass. {jJApyate}) to make known, announce, teach anything
MBh. ii, xii Kâty. and Pat.; to inform any one (gen.) that (double acc.) MBh. i, 5864; Â. to request,
ask ChUp. ii, 13, 1 ({jJap-}) MBh. iii, 8762 ({jJAp-}): Desid. {jijJAsate} (Pân. 1-3, 57; ep. also P.)
to wish to know or become acquainted with or learn, investigate, examine Mn. ii, 13 MBh. &c.; to
wish for information about (acc.) Kathâs. xxii, 84; to conjecture AV. xiv, 1, 56: Caus. Desid.
{jijJapayiSati} (also {-jJAp-} Siddh.) and {jJIpsati} (cf. {-psyamAna}), to wish to make known or
inform Pân. 7-2, 49 & 4, 5; [cf. $ &c.]

jña * = 2 mf({A})n. (iii, 1, 135) knowing, familiar with (chiefly in comp.; rarely gen. or loc. MBh.
xii, 12028 R. vii, 91, 25) S'Br. xiv, 7, 2, 3 Mn. &c.; intelligent, having a soul, wise, (m.) a wise and
learned man S'vetUp. Pras'nUp. Bâdar. VarBri. BhP. vii; having Jñâ as deity Pân. 6-4, 163 Pat.; m.
the thinking soul (= {puruSa}) Sânkhyak. Nyâyad.iii, 2, 20 Sch.; the planet Mercury VarBriS.
VarBri. Laghuj. Sûryas.; the planet Mars L.; Brahmâ L.; ({A}) f. N. of a woman Pân. 6-4, 163 Pat.;
[cf. Lat. {mali-} and {beni-gnu-s}.]

jJaa* =3 f. for {A-j-} (by irr. Sandhi after {e} and {o}) MBh. i, 3168; iii, 16308.

jñaa4* = mfn. ifc. `" knowing, familiar with "' see {Rta-}, {pada} and {pra-jiJA4}, {a4-saM-}.

jñatva*= n. intelligence Nyâyad. Sch.

jñazakti*= f. the intellectual faculty Bâdar. ii, 2, 9.

jñaka*= mf({akA} or {ikA})n. dimin, fr. 2. {jJa4} Pân. 7-3, 47.

jñapta*= mfn. (2, 27) instructed S'Br. xi, 5, 3, 8ff.

jñaati*= m. `" intimately acquainted "' (cf. Goth. {kno1di}), a near relation (`" paternal relation "'
L. and Sch.; cf. {sam-bandhin}), kinsman RV. AV. xii, 5, 44 TBr. i &c.

jñaateya*= n. (Pân. 5-1, 127) affinity, kindred sentiments Hcar. i, 534.

jñaanakIrti*= m. N. of a Buddh. teacher.

jñaanaketu*= m. `" having marks of intelligence "'N. of a man Lalit. xiii, 156; {-dhvaja} m. N. of a
Devaputra, iii, 160.
jñaanagamya*= mfn. attainable by the understanding (S'iva).

jñaanagUha*= mf({A})n. concealing the understanding BhP. iii, 26, 5.

jñaana-ghana*= m. pure or mere knowledge or intellect, viii, 3, 12; ix, 8, 23; {-nA7cArya}, m.N. of
a teacher W.

jñaana = * n. knowing, becoming acquainted with, knowledge, (esp.) the higher knowledge
(derived from meditation on the one Universal Spirit) S'ânkhS'r.xiii Gobh. Mn. &c.; knowledge
about anything cognizance "' see {-tas} and {a-jJAnAd} {a-jJAnAd} {vA}, knowingly or ignorantly,
xi, 233); conscience MBh.; = {-ne7ndriya} KathhUp. vi, 10; engaging in (gen. e.g. {sarpiSas} "', in
sacrifice with clarified butter "') Pân. 2-2, 10 Vârtt. Pat.; N. of a S'akti Rasik.xiv, 36 RâmatUp. i, 90
Sch.; ({A}) f. id. Pañcar. iii, 2, 30 Râmapûjâs'.

jñaa4na * mf({I})n. prudent, wise L. [659, 2]; easily known AV.; n. knowledge, wisdom,
intelligence, discrimination AV. &c. &c.; a distinctive mark, token of recognition, any mark or sign
or characteristic AV. MBh. R. &c.; a monument, memorial S'Br.; {-kumuda-candrikA} f. N. of wk.;
{-ghana4} m. nothing but knowledge S'Br. (cf. under {ghana4}); {-tRpta} mfn. satiated with i.e.
full of knñknowledge MBh.; {-saMtati} f. a train of thought Tattvas.; {-nA7nanda}, {-nA7zrama},
and {-ne7ndra} m. N. of authors Cat.

jñaanakIrti * =N. of a Buddh. teacher.

jñaana-ketu*= `" having marks of intelligence "'N. of a man Lalit. xiii, 156; {-dhvaja} m. N. of a
Devaputra, iii, 160.

jñaana-khaNDa * N. of part of S'ivaP.

jñaana-gamya *=mfn. attainable by the understanding (S'iva).

jñaana-garbha * `" filled with knowledge "'N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh. L.; of a scholar ib.

jñaana-gUha *= mf({A})n. concealing the understanding BhP. iii, 26, 5.

jñaana-ghana * m. pure or mere knowledge or intellect, viii, 3, 12; ix, 8, 23; {-nA7cArya}, m.N. of
a tea

jñânendrya*= n. `" knowledge-organ "', an organ of sensation BhP. Sây. on S'Br. ix.

jñapayata `V*: communicate, tell, announce

jñaati * =`" intimately acquainted "' (cf. Goth. {kno1di}), a near relation (`" paternal relation "' L.
and Sch.; cf. {sam-bandhin}), kinsman RV. AV. xii, 5, 44 TBr. i &c.

jñapta * (2, 27) instructed

jñatva *=intelligence

joshhayet.h = he should dovetail

jrimbhate = to yawn
jyaayasaH = gen. sing. of jyaayas, greater

jyaayasi = better

jyaayaaH = better

jyaishthha* = m. N. of a month (May-June, the full moon standing in the constellation Jyeshthhâ)
Lâthy. x, 5, 18 Mn. viii, 245 Hariv. 7828 KâtyS'r. Sch.; ({I}) f. the full moon in month Jyaishthha
VarBriS. xxiii, 1 (cf. {mahA-jyaiSThI}); see {jyeSThI}.

jyeshhThaa = Eighteenth nakshatra

jyotiH = light

jyotirdhyaana = luminous contemplation

jyotishha = The study of Illuminated bodies. The study of Astrology and Astronomy which were
one science in the past

jyotishhii = An Astrologer

jyotii = inner light

jyotiishhaaM = of all luminaries

jyotsna = moonlight

jyotsnaa = (f) moonlight

jugupsita* =mfn. abhorring anything (abl.) Vop. v, 21; disliked, detested, disgusting MBh. R. &c.;
censured W.; n. a disgusting or horrible deed BhP. i, 5, 15; (also {karma-} id., i, 7, 42); = {-psA}
Sarvad. iii, 270.

jushhTaM = practiced by

jushtha * = mfn. (%{-STa4} RV. ix, 42, 2 AV. and in later language Pa1n2. 6-1, 209f.) pleased,
propitious RV. ix, 42, 2; liked, wished, loved, welcome, agreeable, usual (cf. Pa1n2. 3-2, 188 Ka1r.;
with dat. or gen., rarely instr.) RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; frequented, visited, inhabited MBh. R. BhP.;
swept over (by the wind) Hariv. 6984; afflicted by (instr. or in comp.) Sus3r.; served, obliged,
worshipped W.; practised W.; furnished with, possessed of (instr. or in comp.) R. iii BhP.; n. the
remnants of a meal L.; cf. %{a4-}.

juhosi = you offer

juhvati = offer

jush * = 1 cl. 6. Â. {-Sa4te} (also P. RV. [{-Sa4t}, {a4juSat}] MBh. &c.; Subj. {-SAte}; Pot. {-Se4ta};
3. pl. {-Serata} RV.; Impv. {-Sa4tAm}; impf. {ajuSata}, ii, 37, 4; 1. sg. {a4juSe} AV. vi, 61, 3; p.
{-Sa4mANa}) cl. 3. P. irr. {ju4joSati} (Subj. and p. {ju4joSat}; cf. Pân. 7-3, 87 Vârtt. 2; Impv. 2. pl.
{-juSTana} RV.), rarely cl. i. P. {joSati} (Subj. {jo4Sat}; - aor. p. {juSANa4}; 3. pl. {ajuSran}, i, 71,
1; 2. sg. {jo4Si}, ii, iv; 3. sg. {jo4SiSat}, ii, 35, 1 [cf. Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 34 and 4, 7; 94 and 97]; pf.
{jujo4Sa}, {-juSe4}; p. {-juSva4s}, generally {-SANa4}; ind. p. {juSTvI4} RV.) to be pleased or
satisfied or favourable RV. AV. &c.; to like, be fond of delight in (acc. or gen.), enjoy RV. (with
{tanvAm} or {-va4s}, `" to be delighted "', iii, 1, 1; x, 8, 3) AV. &c.; to have pleasure in granting
anything (acc.) to (loc.) RV. vi, 14, 1; to have pleasure in (dat.), resolve to (Ved. Inf.), i, 167, 5; iv,
24, 5 S'Br. iii, 6, 4, 7; to give pleasure to (loc.) RV. x, 105, 8; to choose for (dat.) VS. v, 42 TS. vi
S'Br. iii, 6, 4, 8; to devote one's self to (acc.), practise, undergo, suffer BhP. ii, 2, 7; viii, 7, 20
Bhathth. xvii, 112; to delight in visiting, frequent, visit, inhabit, enter (a carriage &c.) MBh. iii, v,
xiv Bhathth. xiv, 95; to afflict MBh. iii: Caus. Â. (Subj. 2. sg. {joSa4yAse}) to like, love, behave
kindly towards (acc.), cherish RV.; to delight in, approve of(acc.), choose S'Br. iii MBh. xiv, 1289;
(P. cf. Dhâtup. xxxiv, 28) Bhag. iii, 26; [cf. $; Zd. {zaoSa}; Hib. {gus}; Goth. {kiusu}; Lat. {gus-
tus}.]

jush * = 2 mfn. ifc. liking, fond of, devoted to (once with acc. BhP. vii, 6, 25; cf. {nikRtiM-}) BhP.
Bhartri. Sântis'. Kathâs.; dwelling in Hcar. vii; visiting, approaching BhP. ii, 7, 25 Madhus.;
having, showing Bâlar. iv, 17; ix, 25 Sinha7s. Introd. 5l; xv, 4 Kuval. 169; similar Hcar. i, 44; cf.
{sa-}.

jusha=jushkaka

jvara = fever

jvala = flame

jvalati = (1 pp) to glow

jvaladbhiH = blazing

jvalanaM = a fire

ka* = 1 the first consonant of the alphabet, and the first guttural letter (corresponding in sound to
{k} in {keep} or {king}).

ka* = 2 {kas}, {kA}, {kim}, interrog. pron. (see {kim} and 2. {kad}, and cf. the following words in
which the interrogative base {ka} appears, {katama}, {katara}, {kati}, {katham}, {kadA}, {karhi},
{kA}, &c.), who? which? what? In its declension {ka} follows the pronoun {tad} except in nom.
acc. sing. neut., where {kim} has taken the place of {kad} or {kat} in classical Sanskriit; but the
old form {kad} is found in the Veda (see Gram. 227); [cf. Zd. {ka}, {ko7}, {kA7}, {kat}; Gk. $, $,
(Ion. $, $,) $, $; Lat. {quis}, &75137[240,2] {quid}; Lith. {kas} {ka4}; Goth. {hvas}, {hvo7}, {hva},
Angl. Sax. {hwâ}, {hwaet}; Eng. {who}, {what}.] The interrogative sentence introduced by {ka} is
often terminated by {iti} (e.g. {kasya sa putra iti kathyatAm}, let it be said, `" whose son is he? "'),
but {iti} may be omitted and the sentence lose its direct interrogative character (e.g. {kasya sa
putro na jJAyate}, it is not known whose son he is). {ka} with or without 1. {as} may express `"
how is it possible that? "' `" what power have I, you, they, &c.? "' (e.g. {ke mama dhanvino'nye},
what can the other archers do against me? {ke AvAm paritrAtum}, what power have we to rescue
you?) {ka} is often connected with a demonstrative pron. (e.g. {ko 'yam AyAti}, who comes here?)
or with the potential (e.g. {ko hariM nindet}, who will blame Hari?) {ka} is sometimes repeated
(e.g. {kaH ko 'tra}, who is there? {kAn kAn}, whom? whom? i.e. which of them? cf. Gram. 54), and
the repetition is often due to a kind of attraction (e.g. {keSAM kiM zAstram adhyayanIyam},
which book is to be read by whom? Gram. 836. {a}). When {kim} is connected with the inst. c. of a
noun or with the indecl. participle it may express `" what is gained by doing so, &c.? "' (=
{ko'rthas}) [240,3]; (e.g. {kiM vilambena}, what is gained by delay? {kim bahunA}, what is the
use of more words? {dhanena kiM yo na dadAti}, what is the use of wealth to him who does not
give? with inst. and gen., {nIrujaH kim auSadhaiH}, what is the use of medicine to the healthy?)
{ka} is often followed by the particles {iva}, {u}, {nAma}, {nu}, {vA}, {svid}, some of which serve
merely to generalize the interrogation (e.g. {kim iva etad}, what can this be? {ka u zravat}, who
can possibly hear? {ko nAma jAnAti}, who indeed knows? {ko nv ayam}, who, pray, is this? {kiM
nu kAryam}, what is to be done? {ko vA devAd anyaH}, who possibly other than a god? {kasya
svid hRdayaM nA7sti}, of what person is there no heart?) {ka} is occasionally used alone as an
indefinite pronoun, especially in negative sentences (e.g. {na kasya ko vallabhaH}, no one is a
favourite of any one; {nA7nyo jAnAti kaH}, no one else knows; {kathaM sa ghAtayati kam}, how
does he kill any one?) Generally, however, {ka} is only made indefinite when connected with the
particles {ca}, {cana4}, {cid}, {vA}, and {a4pi}, in which case {ka} may sometimes be preceded by
the relative {ya} (e.g. {ye ke ca}, any persons whatsoever; {yasyai kasyai ca devatAyai}, to any
deity whatsoever; {yAni kAni ca mitrANi}, any friends whatsoever; {yat kiMca}, whatever). The
particle {cana}, being composed of {ca} and {na}, properly gives a negative force to the pronoun
(e.g. {yasmAd indrAd Rte kiMcana}, without which Indra there is nothing), but the negative sense
is generally dropped (e.g. {kazcana}, any one; {na kazcana}, no one), and a relative is sometimes
connected with it (e.g. {yat kiMcana}, anything whatsoever). Examples of {cid} with the
interrogative are common; {vA} and {api} are not so common, but the latter is often found in
classical Sanskriit (e.g. {kazcid}, any one; {kecid}, some; {na kazcid}, no one; {na kiMcid api},
nothing whatsoever; {yaH kazcid}, any one whatsoever; {kecit} - {kecit}, some - others; {yasmin
kasmin vA deze}, in any country whatsoever; {na ko 'pi}, no one; {na kimapi}, nothing whatever).
{ka} may sometimes be used, like 2. {kad}, at the beginning of a compound. see {ka-pUya}, &c.

ka* = 3 m. (according to native authorities) N. of Prajâpati or of a Prajâpati VS. xx, 4; xxii, 20 TS. i
S'Br. &c.; of Brahman MBh. i, 32 BhP. iii, 12, 51; xii, 13, 19; 20; of Daksha BhP. ix, 10, 10; of
Vishnu L.; of Yama L.; of Garuda; the soul Tattvas.; a particular comet VarBriS.; the sun L.; fire
L.; splendour, light L.; air L.; a peacock L.; the body L.; time L.; wealth L.; sound L.; a king L.; =
{kAma-granthi} (?); ({am}) n. happiness, joy, pleasure ChUp. iv, 10, 5 Nir. &c.; water MaitrS. i,
10, 10 S'Br. x Yâjñ. &c.; the head; hair, a head of hair L.; (also regarded as ind.; cf. 1. {kam}.)

ka* = 4 a Taddhita affix (much used in forming adjectives; it may also be added to nouns to
express diminution, deterioration, or similarity e.g. {putraka}, a little son; {azvaka}, a bad horse
or like a horse).

kaa* = 1 onomat. imitation of the cry of the ass BhP. x, 15, 30. \\2 = 2. {ka4d} and 1. {ku} in comp.
to express depreciation e.g. {kA7kSa}, {kA-patha}, {kApuruSa}, {ko7SNa}, qq. vv. Pân. 6-3, 104
Vop. vi, 93. \\3 = {kan} (perf. {cake}, {cakAna4}; see {kA4yamAna} s.v.), to seek, desire, yearn,
love (with acc. and dat.) RV.; to like, enjoy, be satisfied with (loc. gen. or inst.) RV.: Intens. (p.
{cAka4t}) to please, be sought after, be wished for, satisfy RV. x, 29, 1 (cf. {anu-}, {A-}, {saM-} 3.
{kA}, {kAti}.)

kaa = who

kaaJNchana = gold

kaaJNchanaH = gold

kaagadam.h = (n) paper

kaaka = crow

kaakaasana = the crow posture

kaakiNii = the goddess in anaahata chakra

kaakutsthaM = kAkutsthaH is another family name for rAma(kakutstha's

kaakutsthaH = descendant of `kakutstha'

kAla

1 mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 4-1, 42)n. (fr. 3. %{kal}?), black, of a dark colour, dark-blue MBh. R. &c.; m. a
black or dark-blue colour L.; the black part of the eye Sus3r.; the Indian cuckoo L.; the poisonous
serpent Coluber Na1ga (= %{kAlasarpa}) Vet.; the plant Cassia Sophora L.; a red kind of
Plumbago L.; the resin of the plant Shorea robusta L.; the planet Saturn; N. of S3iva; of Rudra
BhP. iii, 12, 12; of a son of Hrada Hariv. 189; of the prince Ka1la-yavana BhP. iii, 3, 10; of a
brother of king Prasena-jit Buddh.; of a future Buddha; of an author of Mantras (= As3va-ghosha)
Buddh.; of a Na1ga-ra1ja Buddh.; of a Rakshas R. vi, 69, 12; of an enemy of S3iva L.; of a
mountain R. iv, 44, 21 Ka1ran2d2.; of one of the nine treasures Jain.; a mystical N. of the letter
%{m}; (%{A}) f. N. of several plants (Indigofera tinctoria L.; Piper longum L.; (perhaps) Ipomoea
atropurpurea Sus3r.; Nigella indica L.; Rubia Munjista L.; Ruellia longifolia L.; Physalis flexuosa
L.; Bignonia suaveolens Bhpr.); the fruit of the Ka1la1 g. %{harItaky-Adi}; N. of a %{zakti} Hcat.;
of a daughter of Daksha (the mother of the Ka1leyas or Ka1lakeyas, a family of Asuras) MBh. i,
2520 Hariv.; N. of Durga1 L.; (%{I}) f. black colour, ink or blacking L.; abuse, censure, defamation
L.; a row or succession of black clouds L.; night L.; a worm or animalcule generated in the acetous
fermentation of milk (= %{kSIra-kITa} or %{kSAra-kITa}) L.; the plant Ka1la7n5jani1 L.;
Ipomoea Turpethum L.; a kind of clay L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; one of the seven tongues or
flames of fire Mun2d2Up. i, 2, 4; a form of Durga1 MBh. iv, 195 Hariv. Kum.; one of the Ma1tr2is
or divine mothers L.; N. of a female evil spirit (mother of the Ka1lakeyas) Hariv. 11552; one of the
sixteen Vidya1-devi1s L.; N. of Satyavati1, wife of king S3a1ntanu and mother of Vya1sa or
Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana (after her marriage she had a son Vicitra-vi1rya, whose widows were
married by Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana, and bore to him Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and Pa1n2d2u MBh.
Hariv.; according to other legends Ka1li1 is the wife of Bhi1masena and mother of Sarvagata
BhP.); (with or without %{gaGgA}) N. of a river; (%{am}) n. a black kind of Agallochum L.; a kind
of perfume (%{kakkolaka}) L.; iron L.

kAla

2 m. (3. %{kal}, `" to calculate or enumerate "'), [ifc. f. %{A} RPra1t.], a fixed or right point of
time, a space of time, time (in general) AV. xix, 53 & 54 S3Br. &c.; the proper time or season for
(gen. dat. loc., in comp., inf., or Pot. with %{yad} e.g. %{kAlaH@prasthAnasya} or %{-nAya} or
%{-ne}, time for departure; %{kriyA-kAla}, time for action Sus3r.;
%{nA7yaM@kAlo@vilambitum}, this is not the time to delay Nal.;
%{kAlo@yad@bhuJjIta@bhavAn}, it is time for you to eat Pa1n2. 3-3, 168 Ka1s3.) S3Br. MBh.
&c.; occasion, circumstance MBh. xii, 2950 Mr2icch.; season R. &c.; meal-time (twice a day,
hence %{ubhau@kAlau}, `" in the morning and in the evening "' MBh. i, 4623; %{SaSThe@kAle},
`" in the evening of the third day "' MBh.; %{SaSThA7nna-kAla}, `" one who eats only at the sixth
meal-time, i.e. who passes five meals without eating and has no meal till the evening of the third
day "' Mn. xi, 200; or without %{anna} e.g. %{caturtha-kAlam}, `" at the fourth meal-time i.e. at
the evening of the second day "' Mn. xi, 109); hour (hence %{SaSThe@kAle@'hnaH}, `" at the
sixth hour of the day, i.e. at noon "' Vikr.); a period of time, time of the world (= %{yuga}) Ra1jat.;
measure of time, prosody Pra1t. Pa1n2.; a section, part VPra1t.; the end ChUp.; death by age
Sus3r.; time (as leading to events, the causes of which are imperceptible to the mind of man),
destiny, fate MBh. R. &c.; time (as destroying all things), death, time of death (often personified
and represented with the attributes of Yama, regent of the dead, or even identified with him:
hence %{kAlam-i} or %{kAlaM-kR}, `" to die "' MBh. &c.; %{kAla} in this sense is frequently
connected with %{antaka}, %{mRtyu} e.g. %{abhy-adhAvata@prajAH@kAla@ivA7ntakaH}, `"
he attacked the people like Time the destroyer "' R. iii, 7, 9; cf. %{kAlA7ntaka}; %{kAla}
personified is also a Devarshi in Indra's court, and a son of Dhruva MBh. i, 2585 Hariv. VP.);
(%{am}) acc. ind. for a certain time (e.g. %{mahAntaM@kAlam}, for a long time Pan5cat.)
[278,2]; %{nitya-k-}, constantly, always Mn. ii, 58 and 73; %{dIrgha-k-}, during a long time Mn.
viii, 145; (%{ena}) instr. ind. in the course of time Mn. ix, 246 MBh. &c.; with %{gacchatA} id.
VP.; %{dIrgheNa@kAlena}, during a long time MBh.; after a long time R. i, 45, 40;
%{kAlena@mahatA} or %{bahunA} id.; (%{At}) abl. ind. in the course of time Mn. viii, 251;
%{kAlasya@dIrghasya} or %{mahataH} id. Mn. MBh. &c.; %{kasya-cit@kAlasya}, after some
time MBh. i, 5299 Hariv.; (%{e4}) loc. ind. in time, seasonably RV. x, 42, 9 S3Br. (cf. %{a-kAle});
%{kAle@gacchati}, in the course of time; %{kAle@yAte}, after some time; %{kAle@kAle}, always
in time MBh. i, 1680 Ragh. iv, 6; [cf. $; Lat. {calen-doe}: Hib. {ceal}, `" death and everything
terrible. "']

kaalakuutha* = m. (n. L.) a poison (contained in a bulbous root or tube) MBh. iii, 540 Pañcat.; a
poison (produced at the churning of the ocean, swallowed by S'iva and causing the blueness of his
neck) MBh. i, 1152 BhP. &c. [277,2]; poison (in general) BhP. iii, 2, 23.\\* = m. id. L.; (for 1. and 3.
see p. 277, col. 1, and p. 279, col. 2.)\\ 3 {As} m. pl. (1. fr. {kalak-})N. of a country near the
Hima7laya and of the people inhabiting it MBh.; mfn. relating to that country g. {palady-Adi}.

kaalika* =1 m. a species of heron (Ardea jaculator) L. (v.l. {kAlIka}); N. of a king of the Nâgas
Lalit.; of a prince Pañcad.

kaalikaa* =1 (f. of 1. {kAlaka} q.v.)

kaalika* =2 mf({I} Pân. 5-1, 108)n. relating to or connected with or depending on time Bhâshâp.;
fit for any particular season, seasonable MBh. iii, 868; lasting a long time Pân. 5-1, 108; (often ifc.
e.g. {Asanna-k-}, relating to a time near at hand, impending Pân. 5-4, 20 Sch.; {mAsa-k-},
monthly MBh. ii, 2080).

kaaM = which

kaamya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to have a desire for (only ifc. e.g. {putra-kAmyati}, to have a desire for
children) Pân. 3-1, 9 Comm. on Pân. 8-3, 38 and 39 Vop. xxi, 1 S'ântis'. Bhathth. ix, 59.

kaamya * = 2 mf({A})n. desirable, beautiful, amiable, lovely, agreeable RV. VS. R. ii, 25, 9; v, 43,
13 Ragh. vi, 30 S'ântis'. ii, 7 Bhartri. iii, 40; to one's liking, agreeable to one's wish KâtyS'r. iv, 5, 1
S'ânkhS'r. iii, 11, 5 Âs'vGri. iv, 7; optional (opposed to {nitya} or indispensable observance),
performed through the desire of some object or personal advantage (as a religious ceremony &c.),
done from desire of benefit or from interested motives KâtyS'r. xii, 6, 15 Âs'vS'r. ii, 10 Âs'vGri. iii,
6 Kaus'. 5 ChUp. v, 2, 9 Mn. ii, 2 MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsasas MBh. i, 4820 Hariv.; of
several women VP.

kaamyaa * = f. wish, desire, longing for or striving after (gen. or in comp. e.g. {putra-kAmyayA},
through desire for a son R. i, 13, 36 Ragh. i, 35); will, purpose, intention (e.g. {yat-kAmyA4}, irreg.
instr. `" with which intention "' S'Br. iii, 9, 3, 4) Mn. MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; [cf. Zd. {khshathro1-
kâmya}, `" wish for dominion. "']

kaankshati = desires

kaankshantaH = desiring

kaankshitaM = is desired
kaankshe = do I desire

kaa.nchanamaashraya.nti = take refuge in gold or money

kaate = kA+te, who+your

kaadaMbarii = name of a girl or title of a novel

kaadambaH = (m) duck

kaala = Time, providence = * 2 m. (3. %{kal}, `" to calculate or enumerate "'), [ifc. f. %{A}
RPra1t.], a fixed or right point of time, a space of time, time (in general) AV. xix, 53 & 54 S3Br.
&c.; the proper time or season for (gen. dat. loc., in comp., inf., or Pot. with %{yad} e.g.
%{kAlaH@prasthAnasya} or %{-nAya} or %{-ne}, time for departure; %{kriyA-kAla}, time for
action Sus3r.; %{nA7yaM@kAlo@vilambitum}, this is not the time to delay Nal.;
%{kAlo@yad@bhuJjIta@bhavAn}, it is time for you to eat Pa1n2. 3-3, 168 Ka1s3.) S3Br. MBh.
&c.; occasion, circumstance MBh. xii, 2950 Mr2icch.; season R. &c.; meal-time (twice a day,
hence %{ubhau@kAlau}, `" in the morning and in the evening "' MBh. i, 4623; %{SaSThe@kAle},
`" in the evening of the third day "' MBh.; %{SaSThA7nna-kAla}, `" one who eats only at the sixth
meal-time, i.e. who passes five meals without eating and has no meal till the evening of the third
day "' Mn. xi, 200; or without %{anna} e.g. %{caturtha-kAlam}, `" at the fourth meal-time i.e. at
the evening of the second day "' Mn. xi, 109); hour (hence %{SaSThe@kAle@'hnaH}, `" at the
sixth hour of the day, i.e. at noon "' Vikr.); a period of time, time of the world (= %{yuga}) Ra1jat.;
measure of time, prosody Pra1t. Pa1n2.; a section, part VPra1t.; the end ChUp.; death by age
Sus3r.; time (as leading to events, the causes of which are imperceptible to the mind of man),
destiny, fate MBh. R. &c.; time (as destroying all things), death, time of death (often personified
and represented with the attributes of Yama, regent of the dead, or even identified with him:
hence %{kAlam-i} or %{kAlaM-kR}, `" to die "' MBh. &c.; %{kAla} in this sense is frequently
connected with %{antaka}, %{mRtyu} e.g. %{abhy-adhAvata@prajAH@kAla@ivA7ntakaH}, `"
he attacked the people like Time the destroyer "' R. iii, 7, 9; cf. %{kAlA7ntaka}; %{kAla}
personified is also a Devarshi in Indra's court, and a son of Dhruva MBh. i, 2585 Hariv. VP.);
(%{am}) acc. ind. for a certain time (e.g. %{mahAntaM@kAlam}, for a long time Pan5cat.)
[278,2]; %{nitya-k-}, constantly, always Mn. ii, 58 and 73; %{dIrgha-k-}, during a long time Mn.
viii, 145; (%{ena}) instr. ind. in the course of time Mn. ix, 246 MBh. &c.; with %{gacchatA} id.
VP.; %{dIrgheNa@kAlena}, during a long time MBh.; after a long time R. i, 45, 40;
%{kAlena@mahatA} or %{bahunA} id.; (%{At}) abl. ind. in the course of time Mn. viii, 251;
%{kAlasya@dIrghasya} or %{mahataH} id. Mn. MBh. &c.; %{kasya-cit@kAlasya}, after some
time MBh. i, 5299 Hariv.; (%{e4}) loc. ind. in time, seasonably RV. x, 42, 9 S3Br. (cf. %{a-kAle});
%{kAle@gacchati}, in the course of time; %{kAle@yAte}, after some time; %{kAle@kAle}, always
in time MBh. i, 1680 Ragh. iv, 6; [cf. $; Lat. {calen-doe}: Hib. {ceal}, `" death and everything
terrible. "'] //* 2 1 mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 4-1, 42)n. (fr. 3. %{kal}?), black, of a dark colour, dark-blue
MBh. R. &c.; m. a black or dark-blue colour L.; the black part of the eye Sus3r.; the Indian cuckoo
L.; the poisonous serpent Coluber Na1ga (= %{kAlasarpa}) Vet.; the plant Cassia Sophora L.; a red
kind of Plumbago L.; the resin of the plant Shorea robusta L.; the planet Saturn; N. of S3iva; of
Rudra BhP. iii, 12, 12; of a son of Hrada Hariv. 189; of the prince Ka1la-yavana BhP. iii, 3, 10; of a
brother of king Prasena-jit Buddh.; of a future Buddha; of an author of Mantras (= As3va-ghosha)
Buddh.; of a Na1ga-ra1ja Buddh.; of a Rakshas R. vi, 69, 12; of an enemy of S3iva L.; of a
mountain R. iv, 44, 21 Ka1ran2d2.; of one of the nine treasures Jain.; a mystical N. of the letter
%{m}; (%{A}) f. N. of several plants (Indigofera tinctoria L.; Piper longum L.; (perhaps) Ipomoea
atropurpurea Sus3r.; Nigella indica L.; Rubia Munjista L.; Ruellia longifolia L.; Physalis flexuosa
L.; Bignonia suaveolens Bhpr.); the fruit of the Ka1la1 g. %{harItaky-Adi}; N. of a %{zakti} Hcat.;
of a daughter of Daksha (the mother of the Ka1leyas or Ka1lakeyas, a family of Asuras) MBh. i,
2520 Hariv.; N. of Durga1 L.; (%{I}) f. black colour, ink or blacking L.; abuse, censure, defamation
L.; a row or succession of black clouds L.; night L.; a worm or animalcule generated in the acetous
fermentation of milk (= %{kSIra-kITa} or %{kSAra-kITa}) L.; the plant Ka1la7n5jani1 L.;
Ipomoea Turpethum L.; a kind of clay L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; one of the seven tongues or
flames of fire Mun2d2Up. i, 2, 4; a form of Durga1 MBh. iv, 195 Hariv. Kum.; one of the Ma1tr2is
or divine mothers L.; N. of a female evil spirit (mother of the Ka1lakeyas) Hariv. 11552; one of the
sixteen Vidya1-devi1s L.; N. of Satyavati1, wife of king S3a1ntanu and mother of Vya1sa or
Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana (after her marriage she had a son Vicitra-vi1rya, whose widows were
married by Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana, and bore to him Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and Pa1n2d2u MBh.
Hariv.; according to other legends Ka1li1 is the wife of Bhi1masena and mother of Sarvagata
BhP.); (with or without %{gaGgA}) N. of a river; (%{am}) n. a black kind of Agallochum L.; a kind
of perfume (%{kakkolaka}) L.; iron L.

kaalaM = time

kaalaanala = the fire of death

kaalaapa * = m. (fr. %{kalA7pa}), a serpent's hood L.; a demon, imp or goblin L.; a student of the
Kala1pa grammar L.; (fr. %{kalApin}) a pupil of Kala1pin Pa1n2. MBh. ii, 113; N. of A1ra1d2a (a
teacher of S3a1kya-muni) Buddh. (v.l. %{kAlAma}); (%{As}) m. pl. the school of Kala1pin (often
named together with the Kat2has q.v.)

kaalaaya = (masc.dat.S)to the (Lord of) Time

kaalaH = Master Time

kaalatraya = three states of time(present, past and future)

kaalapurushha = Universal Prototypal Human. Spirit of Time

kaalabala = Temporal strength of planets used in Shad bala

kaalabaahyam.h = (adj) outdated, obsolete

kaalabhairavaasana = Lord Kalabhairava's posture

kaalasarpayoga = Planets on one side of the Nodal Axis of Rahu-Ketu

kaalaya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to show or announce the time Dhâtup. xxxv, 28 (v.l.)

kaaliimaatuH = Mother Kali's

kaale = time

kaalena = in the course of time

kaaleshhu = times

kaalii* = (f. of 1. {kAla} q.v.)

kaalpa* = mfn. (fr. %{ka4lpa}), preceptive, ritual W.; relating to a period called Kalpa W.; m. the
plant Curcuma Zerumbet L.

kaam * = ind. an interjection used in calling out to another L.

kaama = lust* = m. (fr. 2. {kam}; once {kAma4} VS. xx, 60), wish, desire, longing ({kAmo me
bhuJjIta bhavAn}, my wish is that you should eat Pân. 3-3, 153), desire for, longing after (gen.
dat., or loc.), love, affection, object of desire or of love or of pleasure RV. VS. TS. AV. S'Br. MBh.
R. &c.; pleasure, enjoyment; love, especially sexual love or sensuality; Love or Desire personified
AV. ix; xii; xix (cf. RV. x, 129, 4) VS. PârGri.; N. of the god of love AV. iii. 25, 1 MBh. Lalit.;
(represented as son of Dharma and husband of Rati [MBh. i, 2596 ff. Hariv. VP.]; or as a son of
Brahmâ VP.; or sometimes of Sankalpa BhP. vi, 6, 10; cf. {kAma-deva}); N. of Agni SV. ii, 8, 2, 19,
3 AV. TS. KâtyS'r. S'ânkhS'r.; of Vishnu Gal.; of Baladeva (cf. {kAma-pAla}) L.; a stake in
gambling Nâr. xvi, 9; a species of mango tree (= {mahA-rAja-cUta}) L.; N. of a metre consisting of
four lines of two long syllables each; a kind of bean L.; a particular form of temple Hcat.; N. of
several men; ({A}) f. `" wish, desire "' (only instr. {kAmayA} q.v.); N. of a daughter of
Priithus'ravas and wife of Ayuta-nâyin MBh. i, 3774; ({am}) n. object of desire L.; semen virile L.;
N. of a Tîrtha MBh. iii, 5047; ({am}) ind. see s.v.; ({ena}) ind. out of affection or love for; ({Aya},
or {e}) ind. according to desire, agreeably to the wishes of, out of love for (gen. or dat.) RV. AV.
TS. S'Br. ChUp.; ({At}) ind. for one's own pleasure, of one's own free will, of one's own accord,
willingly, intentionally Mn. R.; ({kAma4}) mfn. wishing, desiring RV. ix, 113, 11; (ifc.) desirous of,
desiring, having a desire or intention (cf. {go-k-}, {dharma-k-}; frequently with inf. in {tu} cf.
{tyaktu-k-}.)

kaamaaH = desires

kaamaat.h = from desire

kaamaatmaanaH = desirous of sense gratification

kaamaan.h = desiring

kaamaatura* = mfn. love-sick, affected by love or desire; m. N. of a man Pañcat.

kaamaatman* = mfn. `" whose very essence is desire "', consisting of desire, indulging one's
desires, given to lust, sensual, licentious MBh. Mn. vii, 27 [273, 1]; desiring, wishing for W.;
{-tma-tA} f. passion, lust Mn. ii, 2 R. ii, 21, 57.

kaamabhogeshhu = to sense gratification

kaamadhenu = the heavenly cow

kaamadaam.h = (the hymn which) gives (grants) all desires

kaamadeva* = m. the god of love (see {kAma} above; according to some, son of Sahishnu and
Yas'o-dharâ VP.); N. of Vishnu (as the god who creates, preserves, or destroys at will) Vishn.
xcviii, 10 (cf. BhP. v, 18, 15); of S'iva L.; of a poet; of a king of Jayantî-purî; N. of the author of the
Prâyas'citta-paddhati; {-tva} n. the being the god of love Kathâs.; {-maya} mfn. representing the
god of love AgP.

kaamadhuk.h = kaamadhenu: the cow who can milk out anything you wish

kaamaH = desire

kaamahaitukaM = it is due to lust only

kaamakaama = desirer of desires (kaamaan kaamayati iti aN)

kaamakaamaaH = desiring sense enjoyments

kaamakaamii = one who desires to fulfill desires

kaamakaarataH = acting whimsically in lust

kaamakaareNa = for enjoying the result of work

kaamaM = desire

kaamamadhiite = desire, reads

kaamapri = son of kaamapra

kaamaruupaM = in the form of lust

kaamaruupeNa = in the form of lust

kaamatIrtha* = n. N. of a Tîrtha.

kaamaThaka* = m. N. of a Nâga MBh. i, 2157.

kaamaTha* = mfn. (fr. {kamaTha}), peculiar or belonging to the tortoise R. i, 45, 30.

kaamaye = (Vr.Pr.IP.S.AP)desire; wish for

kaamavikaaraH = sensual/sexual attraction

kaamaiH = by desires

kaamepsunaa = by one with desires for fruitive results

kaamebhyaH = material sense gratification

kaameshvara = lord of desires

kaamakAmin* = mfn. `" wishing wishes "', having various desires or wishes, following the dictates
of passion TA1r. i, 31, 1 MBh. iii, 11256 Bhag.

kaamin * = mfn. desirous, longing after (acc. or in comp.) ; loving, fond, impassioned, wanton ;
amorous, enamoured, in love with (acc. or with %{saha} or %{sA7rdham}) RV. AV. S3a1n3khS3r.
MBh. R. S3ak. &c. ; (%{I}) m. a lover, gallant, anxious husband ; the ruddy goose (%{cakra-
vAka}) L. ; a pigeon L. ; Ardea Sibirica L. ; a sparrow L. ; N. of S3iva L. ; (%{inI}) f. a loving or
affectionate woman Mn. viii, 112 R. Megh. Hariv. Ragh. &c. ; a timid woman L. ; a woman in
general L. ; a form of Devi1 Hcat. ; the plant Vanda Roxburghii L. ; the plant Curcuma aromatica
L. ; a spirituous liquor L.

kaamIna* = or m. the plant Areca Triandra L.

kaaminI * = (f. of %{kAmin} q.v.)

kaamita = something one has wished for

kaamopabhoga = sense gratification

kaaMsa * = mf({I})n. born in Kansa g. {takSazilA7di}.

kaamyaanaaM = with desire

kaaNa* = mf({A})n. (etym. doubtful; g. {kaDArA7di}) one-eyed, monoculous ({akSNA kANaH},

blind of one eye Comm. on Pân. 2-1, 30 and 3, 20) RV. x, 155, 1 AV. xii, 4, 3 TS. ii, 5, 1, 7 Mn.
MBh.; pierced, perforated (as a cowrie perforated or broken by insects) Comm. on Pân. 2-3, 20
Hit. Pañcat. Bhartri. iii, 5; `" having only one loop or ring "' and `" one-eyed "' Pañcat.; m. a crow
L.

kaanana * = a forest, grove (sometimes in connection with {vana}) R. Nal. Ragh. Pañcat. Sus'r.;
(ifc. f. {A} R. Ragh.); a house L.

kaanana = forest

kaañc* = cl. 1. A1. %{kAJcate}, to shine Dha1tup. vi, 10 ; to bind ib. (cf. %{kac}, %{kaJc}.)

kaaJcana * = n. gold Naigh. i, 2 Mn. Ya1jn5. Nal. Sus3r. Hit. [268,3] ; money, wealth, property W.
; the filament of the lotus L. ; (mf(%{I})n.) golden, made or consisting of gold MBh. R. Mn. Megh.
S3ak. BhP. ; m. N. of several edible plants (Mesua ferrea L. ; Michelia Champaca L. ; Ficus
glomerata L. ; Bauhinia variegata L. ; Datura fastuosa L. ; Rottleria tinctoria L.) ; a covenant
binding for the whole life Ka1m. (= Hit.) ; a particular form of temple Hcat. ; N. of the fifth
Buddha L. ; N. of a son of Na1ra1yan2a (author of the play Dhanan5jayavijaya) ; N. of a prince (cf.
%{kAJcana-prabha}) ; (%{I}) f. turmeric L. ; a kind of Asclepias (%{svarNakSIrI}) L. ; a plant akin
to the Premna spinosa L. ; a kind af yellow pigment.

kaaNDa* = [or {kANDa4} TS. vii], {as}, {am} m. n. (ifc. f. {A}, or {I}) [cf. {khaNDa}, with which in
some of its senses {kANDa} is confounded] a single joint of the stalk or stem of a plant, such as a
bamboo or reed or cane (i.e. the portion from one knot to another cf. {tri-k-}), any part or portion,
section, chapter, division of a work or book (cf. {tri-k-}), any distinct portion or division of an
action or of a sacrificial rite (as that belonging to the gods or to the manes) AV. TS. VS.; a separate
department or subject (e.g. {karma-kANDa}, the department of the Veda treating of sacrificial
rites Kâs'. on Pân. 4-2, 51) AV. TS. S'Br. R.; a stalk, stem, branch, switch MBh. R. Mn. i, 46, 48
Kaus'. Sus'r.; the part of the trunk of a tree whence the branches proceed W.; a cluster, bundle W.;
a multitude, heap, quantity (ifc.) Pân. 4-2, 51 Kâs'.; an arrow MBh. xiii, 265 Hit.; a bone of the
arms or legs, long bone (cf. {kANDa-bhagna} and {pucchakANDa4}) Sus'r.; a rudder (?) R. ii, 89,
19; a kind of square measure Pân. 4-1, 23 Vop. vii, 55; a cane, reed, Saccharum Sara ({zara}) L.;
water L.; opportunity, occasion (cf. {a-kANDa}) L.; a private place, privacy L.; praise, flattery L.;
(ifc. implying depreciation) vile, low Pân. 6-2, 126; = {kANDasyA7vayavo vikAro vA7} g.
{bilvA7di}; ({I}) f. a little stalk or stem Râjat. vii, 117.

kaandarpa*= m. descended from or relating to Kandarpa g. {bidA7di}.

kaanta * 1 mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {kam}), desired, loved, dear, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; m.
any one beloved, a lover, husband; the moon L.; the spring L.; the plant Barringtonia Acutangula
L.; iron L.; a stone (cf. {sUrya-k-}, &c.) L.; N. of Kriishna L.; of Skanda MBh. iii, 14631; of a son of
Dharma-netra Hariv. i, 33, 3; ({A}) f. a beloved or lovely woman, wife, mistress Kathâs.; a
charming wife L.; the earth L.; N. of certain plants L.; large cardamoms L.; a kind of perfume
({reNukA}, Piper aurantiacum) L.; N. of a metre of four lines of seventeen syllables each; a kind of
S'ruti; ({am}) n. saffron L.; a kind of iron L.; a magnet Buddh.; a kind of hou
kaantaM = lovely, glowing * = mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {kam}), desired, loved, dear, pleasing, agreeable,
lovely, beautiful; m. any one beloved, a lover, husband; the moon L.; the spring L.; the plant
Barringtonia Acutangula L.; iron L.; a stone (cf. {sUrya-k-}, &c.) L.; N. of Kriishna L.; of Skanda
MBh. iii, 14631; of a son of Dharma-netra Hariv. i, 33, 3; ({A}) f. a beloved or lovely woman, wife,
mistress Kathâs.; a charming wife L.; the earth L.; N. of certain plants L.; large cardamoms L.; a
kind of perfume ({reNukA}, Piper aurantiacum) L.; N. of a metre of four lines of seventeen
syllables each; a kind of S'ruti; ({am}) n. saffron L.; a kind of iron L.; a magnet Buddh.; a kind of
house L.

kaantaa = wife

kaanti = splendourkaa-purushha = contemptible fellow* = f. desire, wish L.; loveliness, beauty,

splendour, female beauty, personal decoration or embellishment Nal. S'ak. Megh. Pañcat. Sus'r.
Kathâs.; a lovely colour, brightness (especially of the moon) Kathâs.; (ifc. f. {I}) Caurap.; (in
rhetoric) beauty enhanced by love Vâm. iii, 1, 22; xxii, 14 Sâh.; a lovely or desirable woman
personified as wife of the moon Hariv. 5419; N. of Lakshmî BhP. x, 65, 29; of Durgâ DevîP.

kaara * =1 mf({I})n. (1. {kR} Pân. 3-2, 23), making, doing, working, a maker, doer (ifc. see
{kumbha-k-}, {yajJa k-}, {suvarNa-k-}); an author (e.g. {vArttika-k-}); m. (ifc.) an act, action (see
{kAma-k-}, {puruSa-k-}); the term used in designating a letter or sound or indeclinable word (e.g.
{a-k-}, {ka-k-}, qq. vv.; {eva-k-}, the word {eva}; {phUt-k-} q.v.) Prât. Mn. &c.; effort, exertion L.;
determination L.; religious austerity L.; a husband, master, lord L.; ({as} or {A}) m. or f. act of
worship, song of praise Divyâv.; ({I}) f. N. of a plant (= {kArikA}, {kAryA} &c.) L.

kaara *= 2 m. (= 2. {kara}) tax, toll, royal revenue Pân. 6-3, 10; a heap of snow or a mountain
covered with it L.; (mfn.) produced by hail Sus'r.

kaara * =3 m. (2. {kR}), a song or hymn of praise RV.; a battle song RV.

kaara * = 4 m. (2. {kRR}), killing, slaughter L.

kaaraa * =f. (1. {kR}?), a prison Vikr. Das'.; binding, confinement g. {bhidA7di}; the part of a lute
below the neck (for deadening the sound) L.; pain, affliction L.; a female messenger L.; a female
worker in gold L.; a kind of bird L.

-kaara * m. bringing down, humiliation, wrong, offence, injury MBh. Kâv. &c.; wickedness, malice
W.; opposition, contradiction W.; = next Gal.

kaaraka = Planetary Significator which remain the same for all houses

kaarakaiH = which are causes

kaaraNa = reason

kaaraNa * = * = 1 n. cause, reason, the cause of anything (gen., also often loc.) KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn.
&c.; instrument, means; motive origin, principle; a cause (in phil. i.e. that which is invariably
antecedent to some product cf. {samavA7yi-k-}, {asamavA7yi-k-}, {nimitta-k-}); an element,
elementary matter Yâjñ. iii, 148 Bhag. xviii, 13; the origin or plot of a play or poem Sâh.; that on
which an opinion or judgment is founded (a sign, mark; a proof; a legal instrument, document)
Mn. MBh. &c.; an organ of sense Ragh. xvi, 22 &c.; an action MBh. xii, 12070; agency,
instrumentality, condition Kathâs. cxii, 178; `" the cause of being "', a father W.; `" cause of
creation "', a deity W.; the body L.; a kind of musical instrument L.; a sort of song L.; a number of
scribes or Kâyasthas W.; ({A}) f. pain, agony Das'.; an astronomical period W. [{kAraNAt}, from
some cause or reason, Rprât. iii, 13 Mn. viii, 355; {kasmAt kAraNAt}, from what cause? {mama-
kAraNAt}, for my sake R. &c.; {a-kAraNena}, without a reason Yâjñ. ii, 234; {yena kAraNena},
because; {yasmin kAraNe}, from which motive, wherefore.] \\ 2 n. killing, injury L.

kaaraNa n. killing, slaughter L.

kaaaraNa* = n. killing, slaughter L.

kaaraNaM = the means

kaaraNam.h = reason

kaaraNaani = causes

kaarayan.h = causing to be done

kaaraagriham.h = (n) prison, jail

kaardama * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{kardama}), made of mud, muddy, filled or covered with mud R.
v, 27, 16 Pa1n2. 4-2, 2 Ka1s3.; belonging to Praja1pati Kardama BhP. iii, 24, 6.

kaari = causing

kaarmana* = mf({I})n. relating to or proceeding from a work or action W.; finishing a work W.;
performing anything by means of magic; ({am}) n. magic, sorcery, witchcraft Pân. 5-4, 36 Râjat.

kaarpaNya = of miserliness

kaarpaNyavaadii = adj. wrechedness incarnate

kaaruNyaruupaM = the personification of compassion

kaartikeya = the god of war, was reared by the Pleiades

kaarttikeya* = m. N. of a son of S'iva and Pârvatî (popularly regarded as god of war, because he
leads the Ganas or hosts of S'iva against the demon hosts see RTL. p. 213; accord. to one legend
he was son of S'iva without the intervention of Pârvatî, the generative energy of S'iva being cast
into the fire and then received by the Ganges, whence he is sometimes described as son of Agni
and Gangâ; when born he was fostered by the six Kriittikâs q.v., and these offering their six
breasts to the child he became six-headed; he is also called Kumâra, Skanda, and Subrahmanya;
his N. Kârttikeya may be derived from his foster mothers or from the month Kârttika as the best
for warfare: in the Mriicch. and elsewhere he is regarded as presiding over thieves) MBh. &c.

kaarya = work

kaaryaM = work

kaaryakartaa = worker, active participant in an organization

kaaryate = is forced to do

kaaryaalayaH = (m) office, place of work

kaarye = work

kaars'a* = m. Curcuma Zedoaria L.

kaashate = (1 ap) to shine

kaazaya* = m. N. of a son of Kâs'a or Kâs'i Hariv. 1734; of the country of the Kâs'is Comm. on Un.
iv, 117.

kaas'a* =1 m. `" the becoming visible, appearance "', only in {sa-k-} q.v.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di};
of a prince (the son of Suhotra and father of Kâsi-râja) Hariv. VP.; a species of grass (Saccharum
spontaneum, used for mats, roofs, &c.; also personified, together with the Kus'a grass, as one of
Yama's attendants) Kaus'. R. Kum. &c.; ({A}, {I}) f. id. L. ({am}) n. id. L.\\kaas'a* =2 wrongly
spelt for {kAsa} q.v.

kaashiraajaH = Kasiraja

kaashyaH = the King of Kasi (Varanasi)

kaashhaaya = saffron cloth

kaashhTa = wood, branch

kaashhTha = (neut) piece of wood

kASThabhakSaNa * = n. `" devouring of wood (of the funeral pile) "', %{--SThA7dhirohaNa}
Pan5cad.

kASThabhAra * = m. a particular weight of wood Hariv. 4356 R. i, 4, 21.

kASThabhArika * = mfn. a wood-carrier, bearer of wood Katha1s. vi, 42.

kASThabheda * = m. cleaving of wood Pa1n2. 6-2, 144 Ka1s3.

kASThabhid * = mfn. cleaving wood Pa1n2. 3-2, 61 Ka1s3.

kASThabhRt * = see s.v. %{kA4SThA}.

kASThabhRt * = mfn. leading to a mark or aim S3Br. xi.

kASThabhUta * = mfn. one who has become wood or stands stock still (as an ascetic) R. i, 65, 3 ;
m. N. of a demon who causes diseases Hariv. 9559.

kaasate = to cough

kaasaaraH = lake

kaatara * = (etym. doubtful,, `" uncertain as to which of the two "' BRD.), cowardly, faint-hearted,
timid, despairing, discouraged, disheartened, confused, agitated, perplexed, embarrassed,
shrinking, frightened, afraid of, timidity, despair, agitation. "

kaat * =ind. a prefix implying contempt (cf. 2. {kad}), only in comp. with
kaati * = mfn. (fr. 3. {kA}), `" wishing, desiring "' (only in comp. see {RNa4-kAti} and {kA4ma-
kAti} cf. {RNa-ci4t}); ({ayas}) m. pl.N. of a school.

kaavya = poetr

kaaya * =1 mf({I})n. (fr. 3. {ka} Pân. 4-2, 25), relating or devoted to the god Ka (Prajâ-pati RV. x,
121) VS. TS. S'Br.; &c.; m. one of the eight modes of marriage (= Prâjâpatya see {vivAha}) Mn. iii,
38 Yâjñ. i, 60; ({am}) n. part of the hand sacred to Prajâ-pati, the root of the little finger Mn. ii, 58
and 59. \\ 2 m. ({ci} Pân. 3-3, 41), the body KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; the trunk of a tree R.; the body of a
lute (the whole except the wires) L.; assemblage, collection, multitude SaddhP.; principal, capital
Nâr. Briih.; a house, habitation L.; a butt, mark L.; any object to be attained L.; natural
temperament L.

kaaya = body (masc, neut)

kaayaM = the body

kaayaa = body

kaayikaa = pertaining to the body

kaayena = with the body

ka = what( use) is the

kachchit.h = whether

kachchhapa = (masc) tortoise

kadaliphalam.h = (n) banana

kadaachan.h = never

kadaachana = at any time

kadaachit.h = at any time (past, present or future)

kadaapi = at any time

kahalayoga = Stubborness (Ranjan says laziness). Lords of 4th and 9th houses should be in
Kendras from each other and the lord of Lagna should be strongly disposed

kaiH = by whom

kailaasa = a Himalayan mountain, home of Shiva

kaitava * = mf({I})n. (fr. {kit-}), deceitful Hariv. 7095; m. patr. of Ulûka MBh. i, 7002; ({I}) f.
fraud, deceit Bâlar.; ({am}) n. the stake in a game MBh. ii, 2163 Nal. xxvi, 10; gambling L.; deceit,
fraud, cheating, roguery R. v, 86, 19 Kum. Bhartri. &c.; beryl L.

kaivalya = spiritual independence and freedom * = n. (fr. {ke4vala}), isolation Vâm.; absolute
unity Veda7ntas. BhP.; perfect isolation, abstraction, detachment from all other connections,
detachment of the soul from matter or further transmigrations, beatitude MBh. KapS. Sânkhyak.
&c.; for {vaikalya} Râjat. vii, 1149; (mf({A})n.) leading to eternal happiness or emancipation MBh.
xiii, 1101.

kajjala = lamp black

kaJNchukaH = blouse

kaH = who

kakudi = hump of an ox

kala=* mf(%{A})n. (etym. doubtful) indistinct, dumb Br2A1rUp. ChUp.; (ifc., %{bASpa}, or
%{azru} preceding) indistinct or inarticulate (on account of tears) MBh. R. &c. [260,2]; low, soft
(as a tone), emitting a soft tone, melodious (as a voice or throat) R. BhP. Vikr. &c.; a kind of faulty
pronunciation of vowels Pat.; weak, crude, undigested L.; m. (scil. %{svara}) a low or soft and
inarticulate tone (as humming, buzzing &c.) L.; Shorea robusta L.; (in poetry) time equal to four
Ma1tras or instants W.; (%{As}) m. pl. a class of manes MBh.; (%{am}) n. semen virile L.;
Zizyphus Jujuba; (%{A}) f. see %{kalA} below.

kalaa = Art= *f. (etym. doubtful) a small part of anything, any single part or portion of a whole,
esp. a sixteenth part RV. viii, 47, 17 TS. S3Br. Mn. &c.; a digit or one-sixteenth of the moon's
diameter Hit. Katha1s.; (personified as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Mari1ci BhP.); a
symbolical expression for the number sixteen Hcat.; interest on a capital (considered as a certain
part of it) S3is3. ix, 32; a division of time (said to be 1/900 of a day or 1-6 minutes Mn. i, 64
Hariv.; or 1/1800 of a day or 0-8 minutes Comm. on VP.; or 2 minutes and 26 54/201 seconds
Sus3r.; or 1 minute and 35 205/301, seconds, or 8 seconds BhavP.); the sixtieth part of one-
thirtieth of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a degree Su1ryas.; (in prosody) a syllabic instant; a term
for the seven substrata of the elements or Dha1tus of the human body (viz. flesh, blood, fat,
phlegm, urine, bile, and semen; but according to Hemacandra, %{rasa}, `" chyle "', %{asthi}, `"
bone "', and %{majjan}, `" marrow "', take the place of phlegm, urine, and bile) Sus3r.; an atom
(there are 3015 Kala1s or atoms in every one of the six Dha1tus, not counting the %{rasa},
therefore in all 18090); (with Pa1s3upatas) the elements of the gross or material world Sarvad.;
an embryo shortly after conception (cf. %{kalana}); a designation of the three constituent parts of
a sacrifice (viz. %{mantra}, %{dravya}, and %{zraddhA} Ni1lak. on MBh. [ed. Bomb.] xiv, 89, 3);
the menstrual discharge L.; any practical art, any mechanical or fine art (sixty-four are
enumerated in the S3aivatantra [T.]; the following is a list of them: %{gItam}, %{vAdyam},
%{nRtyam}, %{nAtyam}, %{Alekhyam}, %{vizeSaka-cchedyam}, %{taNDula-kusuma-
balivikArAH}, %{puSpA7staranam}, %{dazana-vasanA7GgarAgAH}, %{maNi-bhUmikA-karma},
%{zayana-racanam}, %{udaka-vAdyam}, %{udaka-ghAtaH}, %{citrA@yogAH}, %{mAlya-
granthana-vikalpAH}, %{keza-zekharA7pIDayojanam}, %{nepathya-yogAH}, %{karNa-pattra-
bhaGgAH}, %{gandha-yuktiH}, %{bhUSaNa-yojanam}, %{indrajAlam}, %{kaucumAra-yogAH},
%{hasta-lAghavam}, %{citrazAkA7pUpa-bhakSya-vikAra-kriyA}, %{pAnaka-rasarAgA7sava-
yojanam}, %{sUcIvApa-karma}, %{vINA-Dama-ruka-sUtra-krIDA}, %{prahelikA}, %{pratimA},
%{durvacakayogAH}, %{pustaka-vAcanam}, %{nATakA7khyAyikA-darzanam}, %{kAvya-
samasyA-pUraNam}, %{paTTikA-vetrabANa-vikalpAH}, %{tarkU-karmANi}, %{takSaNam},
%{vAstu-vidyA}, %{rUpya-ratna-parIkSA}, %{dhAtu-vAdaH}, %{maNi-rAga-jJAnam}, %{Akara-
jJAnam}, %{vRkSA7yur-veda-yogAH}, %{meSa-kukkuTa-lAvaka-yuddha-vidhiH}, %{zuka-
sArikA-pralApanam}, %{utsAdanam}, %{keza-mArjana-kauzalam}, %{akSara-muSTikA-
kathanam}, %{mlechitaka-vikalpAH}, %{deza-bhASA-jJAnam}, %{puSpa-zakaTikA-nimitta-
jJAnam}, %{yantra-mAtRkA}, %{dhAraNa-mAtRkA}, %{saMpATyam}, %{mAnasI@kAvya-
kriyA}, %{kriyA-vikalpAH}, %{chalitakayogAH}, %{abhidhAna-koSa-cchando-jJAnam},
%{vastra-gopanAni}, %{dyUta-vizeSaH}, %{AkarSaNa-krIDA}, %{bAlaka-krIDanakAni},
%{vainAyikInAM@vidyANAM@jJAnam}, %{vaijayikInAM@vidyAnAM@jJAnam} [261,2]; see
also Va1tsy. i, 3, 17) R. Pan5cat. Bhartr2. &c.; skill, ingenuity; ignorance; a low and sweet tone
Ba1lar.; a boat L.; a N. given to Da1ksha1yan2i1 in the region near the river Candrabha1ga1
MatsyaP.; N. of a grammatical commentary.

kalaapa* = (%{kalA7pa}, fr. %{Ap}) m. `" that which holds single parts together "', a bundle, band
(cf. %{jaTA-k-}, %{muktA-k-}, %{razanA-k-}) MBh. Kum. &c.; a bundle of arrows, a quiver with
arrows, quiver MBh. R. &c.; (once n. MBh. iii, 11454); a peacock's tail MBh. Pan5cat. &c.; an
ornament in general Ma1lav.; a zone, a string of bells (worn by women round the waist) L.; the
rope round an elephant's neck L.; totality, whole body or collection of a number of separate things
(esp. ifc.; cf. %{kriyA-k-}, &c.); the moon L.; a clever and intelligent man L.; N. of a grammar also
called Ka1tantra (supposed to be revealed by Ka1rttikeya to S3arvavarman); N. of a village (cf.
%{kalApa-grAma}) VP.; a poem written in one metre W.; (%{I}) f. a bundle of grass Ka1tyS3r.
A1s3vS3r.; %{-khaJja} m. a particular disease (said to be St. Vitus's dance; v.l. %{kalAyakhaJja})
Bhpr.; %{-grAma} m. N. of a village Hariv. BhP. VP.; %{-cchanda} m. an ornament of pearls
consisting of twenty-four strings L.; %{-tattvA7rNava} m. N. of a commentary on the grammar
called Kala1pa; %{-dvIpa} m. v.l. for %{kalApa-grAma} above; %{-varman} m. N. of a man Ka1d.;
%{-zas} ind. in bundles, bundle by bundle MBh. xiii; %{-ziras} m. N. of a man (v.l. %{kapAla-
ziras}) R.//2 &c. see %{kalA}.

kalakala* = m. any confused noise (as a tinkling or rattling sound, the murmuring of a crowd &c.)
Mriicch. S'is'. Ratnâv. &c.; the resinous exudation of Shorea robusta L.; a N. of S'iva MBh. xii,
10378; {-rava} m. a confused noise Bhartri.; {-vat} mfn. tinkling, rattling Amar.; {-lA7rava} m. a
confused noise Pañcat.; {-le7zvaratIrtha} n. N. of a Tîrtha, S'ivP.

kalaja* = m. a cock Bhpr.

kala-tva* = n. melody, music W.

kala-rava* = m. a low sweet tone Bhartri.; `" having a sweet voice "', the Indian cuckoo L.; a
pigeon L.

kalaGka* = m. (etym. doubtful) a stain, spot, mark, soil; defamation, blame Kathâs. Mriicch. &c.

kalatra* = n. a wife, consort MBh. Bhartri. Hit. &c.; the female of an animal Vikr.; the hip and
loins L.; pudendum muliebre L.; a royal citadel, a stronghold or fastness W.; (in astron.) the
seventh lunar mansion VarBri.

kalaanaatha = moon (??? I may be wrong here)

kalaayaH = (m) groundnut

kalaaya * m. a sort of pea or pulse MBh. Sus'r. &c.; a kind of plant with darkcoloured flowers S'is'.
xiii, 21; ({A}) f. a species of Dûrvâ-grass L.

kalakattaanagaraM = Calcutta

kalakala = a sort of sound imitation (dhvnyanukaraNa) like a river flow

kalakuutha* = {As} m. pl.N. of a warrior-tribe Pân. 4-1, 173.; the poison: see kaalakuutha

kalatrakaaraka = Significator of marriage partner which is Venus:

kalatra *= a wife, consort MBh. Bhartri. Hit. &c.; the female of an animal Vikr.; the hip and loins
L.; pudendum muliebre L.; a royal citadel, a stronghold or fastness W.; (in astron.) the seventh
lunar mansion VarBri.

kalaya * = 1 Nom. P. (fr. {kali}) {kalayati}, to take hold of the die called Kali Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 21.

kalaaya * = m. a sort of pea or pulse MBh. Sus'r. &c.; a kind of plant with darkcoloured flowers
S'is'. xiii, 21; ({A}) f. a species of Dûrvâ-grass L.

kalayataaM = of subduers

kalaha = fight/discord/argument

kalau = during the kali age

kaldaspaagheti = (m) left-overs

kalevara = (neut) body

kalevaraM = the body

kali = Budkali * = m. (1. {kal} Comm. on Un. iv, 117)N. of the die or side of a die marked with one
dot, the losing die AV. vii, 109, 1 S'Br. &c. (personified as an evil genius in the episode of Nala);
symbolical expression for the number 1; Terminalia Bellerica (the nuts of which in older times
were used as dice) L.; N. of the last and worst of the four Yugas or ages, the present age, age of
vice AitBr. Mn. i, 86; ix, 301 f. MBh. &c. (the Kali age contains, inclusive of the two dawns, 1.200
years of the gods or 432, 000 years of men, and begins the eighteenth of February, 3102 B.C.; at
the end of this Yuga the world is to be destroyed; see {yuga}); strife, discord, quarrel, contention
(personified as the son of {krodha}, `" Anger "', and {hiMsA}, `" Injury "', and as generating with
his sister {durukti}, `" Calumny. "' two children, viz. {bhaya}, `" Fear "', and {mRtyu}, `" Death "'
BhP. iv, 8, 3; 4) MBh. Hit. &c. [262, 1]; the worst of a class or number of objects MBh. xii, 361;
363; a hero (or an arrow, {zUra}, or {zara}) L.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1192; N. of an Upanishad (=
{kalisaMtaraNa}); ({i4s}) m. N. of a class of mythic beings (related to the Gandharvas, and
supposed by some to be fond of gambling; in epic poetry Kali is held to be the fifteenth of the
Deva-Gandharvas or children of the Munis) AV. x, 10, 13 MBh. Hariv.; N. of a man RV.; ({is}, {I})
f. an unblown flower, bud L.

kaliyuga = the current, pleasure-loving age

kalilaM = dense forest

kalita * mfn. impelled, driven &c. (cf. 3. {kal}); made, formed S'is'. iii, 81; furnished or provided
with Vikr. Bhpr. &c.; divided, separated L.; sounded indistinctly, murmured W. \\ * = m. (n. L.),
(3. {kal} Un. iii, 40), a viscous sediment deposited by oily substances when ground, a kind of
tenacious paste Sus'r. Yâjñ. &c.; dirt, filth; the wax of the ear; ordure, faeces L.; impurity,
meanness, falsehood, hypocrisy, deceit, sin MBh. BhP. &c.; Terminalia Bellerica L.; Olibanum L.;
(mfn.) sinful, wicked L. (cf. {kaluSa}, {kalmaSa}, {ki4lbiSa}.)

kalikaa* = f. the sixteenth part of the moon Bhartri.; a division of time (= {kalA} q.v.); an unblown
flower, bud S'ak. Ragh. &c.; the bottom or peg of the Indian lute (made of cane) L.; N. of several
metres; a kind of artificial verse (cf. {kAnta-k-}); N. of wk. on medicine.

kalika* = m. a curlew W.
kalkaphala * = m. the pomegranate

kalkiikR * to knead, render doughy

kalkana * = n. meanness, wickedness

kalkin * mfn. foul, turbid, having sediment, dirty W.; wicked W.; ({I}) m. = {kalki} abov

kalkuSI * = f. or n. du. wrist and elbow

kalmashhaH = all material contamination

kalmasha * = n. ({as} m. BhP. viii, 7, 43 = {karmaSa} fr. {karma} + {so}, `" destroying virtuous
action "' Kâs'. on Pân. 8-2, 18) stain, dirt; dregs, settlings (cf. {jala-k-}); darkness; moral stain, sin
MBh. R. BhP. Mn. iv, 260; xii, 18, 22; ifc. f. {A} Bhag. iv, 30 &c.; mf({A})n. dirty, stained L.;
impure, sinful L.; ({am}) n. the hand below the wrist L.; m. or ({am}) n. a particular hell L.

kalmaa4sha * =mf({I})n. (Pân. 4-1, 40 g. {gaurA7di} Pân. 4-1, 41) variegated, spotted, speckled
with black VS. TS. S'Br. Âs'vGri. MBh.; black L.; m. a variegated colour (partly black, partly white)
L.; a Rakshas L.; a species of fragrant rice L.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; a form of Agni Hariv.; N. of an
attendant on the Sun (identified with Yama) L.; a kind of deer T.; N. of S'âkya-muni in a former
birth; ({I}) f. the speckled cow (of Jamad-agni, granting all desires) MBh. R.; N. of a river (the
Yamunâ) MBh. i, 6360; ({am}) n. a stain S'Br. vi, 3, 1, 31 [263, 2]; N. of a Sâman.

kalmashhaaH = of sinful reactions

kalpa (see also kaalpa) * = 1 mf(%{A})n. (%{klRp}), practicable, feasible, possible S3Br. ii, 4, 3, 3;
proper, fit, able, competent, equal to (with gen. loc., inf., or ifc.; e.g. %{dharmasya@kalpaH},
competent for duty; %{svakarmaNi@na@kalpaH}, not competent for his own work;
%{yadA@na@zAsituM@kalpaH}, if he is not able to rule) BhP.; m. a sacred precept, law, rule,
ordinance (= %{vidhi}, %{nyAya}), manner of acting, proceeding, practice (esp. that prescribed
by the Vedas) RV. ix, 9, 7 AV. viii, 9, 10; xx, 128, 6-11 MBh.; (%{prathamaH@kalpaH}, a rule to be
observed before any other rule, first duty Mn. iii, 147 MBh. &c.; %{etena@kalpena}, in this way;
cf. %{pazu-k-}, &c.); the most complete of the six Veda1n3gas (that which prescribes the ritual
and gives rules for ceremonial or sacrificial acts) Mun2d2Up. Pa1n2. &c.; one of two cases, one
side of an argument, an alternative (= %{pakSa}; cf. %{vikalpa}) Sarvad.; investigation, research
Comm. on Sa1m2khyak.; resolve, determination MW.; (in medic.) treatment of the sick, manner
of curing Sus3r. ii; the art of preparing medicine, pharmacy Car.; the doctrine of poisons and
antidotes Sus3r. i; (ifc.) having the manner or form of anything, similar to, resembling, like but
with a degree of inferiority, almost (e.g. %{abhedya-kalpa}, almost impenetrable; cf. %{prabhAta-
k-}, %{mRta-k-}, &c.; according to native grammarians, %{kalpa} so used is an accentless affix
[Pa1n2. 5-3, 67], before which a final %{s} is left unchanged, and final %{I} and %{U} shortened
Pa1n2. Vop.; %{kalpam} ind., may be also connected with a verb e.g. %{pacati-kalpam}, he cooks
pretty well Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 8-1, 57) [262,3]; a fabulous period of time (a day of Brahma1 or one
thousand Yugas, a period of four thousand, three hundred and twenty millions of years of
mortals, measuring the duration of the world; a month of Brahma1 is supposed to contain thirty
such Kalpas; according to the MBh., twelve months of Brahma1 constitute his year, and one
hundred such years his lifetime; fifty years of Brahma1's are supposed to have elapsed, and we are
now in the %{zvetavArAha-kalpa} of the fifty-first; at the end of a Kalpa the world is annihilated;
hence %{kalpa} is said to be equal to %{kalpA7nta} below L.; with Buddhists the Kalpas are not of
equal duration) VP. BhP. Ra1jat. &c.; N. of Mantras which contain a form of %{klRp} TS. v S3Br.
ix; a kind of dance; N. of the first astrological mansion VarBr2S.; N. of a son of Dhruva and
Bhrami BhP. iv, 10, 1; of S3iva MBh. xii, 10368; the tree of paradise; = %{-taru} below L.; (with
Jainas) a particular abode of deities (cf. %{-bhava} and %{kalpA7tIta} below); (%{am}) n. a kind
of intoxicating liquor (incorrect for %{kalya}) L.

kalpaadau = in the beginning of the millennium

kalpaanta* = m. the end of a Kalpa, dissolution of all things L. (cf. {pralaya}); {-vAsin} mfn. living
at the end of a Kalpa R. iii, 10, 4 [263,1]; {-sthAyin} mfn. lasting to the end of time Hit. i, 50 BhP.

kalpaantara* = n. another Kalpa.

kalpaatiita* ={As} m. pl.N. of a class of deities among the Jaina

kalpa-druma = kalpa-vRiksha: the tree that will give you anything you can

kalpaka* = mfn. conforming to a settled rule or standard BhP. i, 8, 6; ix, 11, 1; adopting Hariv.; m.
a rite, ceremony MBh. [TBr. ii, 7, 18, 4 of doubtful meaning Comm. %{kaplaka}]; a barber (cf.
%{kalpanI}; Lith. {kerpikas}) L.; a kind of Curcuma (commonly %{karcUra}) L.

kalpana * = n. forming, fashioning, making, performing L.; `" forming in the imagination,
inventing "', composition of a poem Prab.; cutting, clipping, working with edge-tools VarBr2S.; N.
of a religious ceremony; anything put on for ornament MBh. xiii, 2784; (%{A}) f. making,
manufacturing, preparing Sus3r. BhP.; practice Car.; fixing, settling, arranging Mn. ix, 116
Ya1jn5.; creating in the mind, feigning, assuming anything to be real, fiction KapS. &c.;
hypothesis Nya1yam.; caparisoning an elephant Das3.; form, shape, image; a deed, work, act
Mr2icch.; (%{I}) f. a pair of scissors or shears L.

kalpataru = (m) The heavenly tree giving whatever one desires * = m. one of the five trees (cf.
{paJca-vRkSa}) of Svarga or Indra's paradise fabled to fulfil all desires (cf. {saMkalpa-viSaya}),
the wishing tree, tree of plenty Hit. Pañcat. Ragh. i, 75, xvii, 26; any productive or bountiful
source BhP. i, 1, 3; (fig.) a generous person MW.; N. of various works; {-parimala} m. N. of wk.;
{-rasa} m. a particular kind of mixture Bhpr.

kalpataa* = f. fitness, ability, competency BhP. xi.

kalpate = is considered eligible

kalpavrikshaaNaaM = the kalpa(imagined) vR^iksha trees (wish-yielding)

kalpakshaye = at the end of the millennium

kalpita = imagined * = mfn. made, fabricated, artificial; composed, invented; performed,

prepared; assumed, supposed; inferred; regulated, well arranged Yâjñ.; having a particular rank
or order MBh. Mn. ix, 166; caparisoned (as an elephant) L.; m. an elephant armed or caparisoned
for war W.; ({A}) f. a kind of allegory Vâm. iv, 2, 2.

kalpena* = he imagines

kalpetara * = mf({A})n. having or requiring a different kind of treatment

kalpita * = mfn. made, fabricated, artificial; composed, invented; performed, prepared; assumed,
supposed; inferred; regulated, well arranged Ya1jn5.; having a particular rank or order MBh. Mn.
ix, 166; caparisoned (as an elephant) L.; m. an elephant armed or caparisoned for war W.; (%{A})
f. a kind of allegory Va1m. iv, 2, 2.
kalpya* = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 110 Vop. xxvi, 17, 18) to be formed from (inst.) Naish. viii, 21; to be
performed, to be prescribed; to be settled or arranged VarBriS.; to be conceived or imagined
VarBriS.; to be substituted W.; relating to ritual W.

kalyaaNa = well being (of others)

kalyaaNakrit.h = one who is engaged in auspicious activities

kaM = whom

kam * = 1 ind. (Gk. $) well (opposed to {a-kam}, &78525[251, 3] ill "') TS. S'Br. &c.; a particle
placed after the word to which it belongs with an affirmative sense, `" yes "', `" well "' (but this
sense is generally so weak that Indian grammarians are perhaps right in enumerating {kam}
among the expletives Nir.; it is often found attached to a dat. case, giving to that case a stronger
meaning, and is generally placed at the end of the Pâda, e.g. {a4jIjana o4SadhIr bho4janAya
ka4m}, thou didst create the plants for actual food RV. v, 83, 10) RV. AV. TS. v; {kam} is also used
as an enclitic with the particles {nu}, {su}, and {hi} (but is treated in the Pada-pâthha as a
separate word; in this connection {kam} has no accent but once AV. vi, 110, 1) RV. AV.; a particle
of interrogation (like {kad} and {kim}) RV. x, 52, 3; (sometimes, like {kim} and {kad}, at the
beginning of compounds) marking the strange or unusual character of anything or expressing
reproach L. [252, 1]; head L.; food Nir.; water Nir. Nigh.; happiness, bliss L. \\ * = 2 cl. 1. Â. (not
used in the conjugational tenses) {cakame}, {kamitA}, {kamiSyate}, {acakamata} Dhâtup. xii, 10
to wish, desire, long for RV. v, 36, 1; x, 117, 2 AV. xix, 52, 3 S'Br. Ragh. &c.; to love, be in love with,
have sexual intercourse with S'Br. xi BhP.: Caus. Â. (ep. also P.) {kAmayate}, {-ti}, {kAmayAM-
cakre}, {acIkamata}, &c.; to wish, desire, long for (with acc. or inf. or Pot. Pân. 3-3, 157; e.g.
{kAmaye bhuJjIta bhavAn}, I wish your worship may eat; {kAmaye dAtum}, I wish to give Kâs'.)
RV. AV. TS. MBh. &c.; to love, be in love with, have sexual intercourse with RV. x, 124, 5; 125, 5
S'Br. MBh. &c.; to cause any one to love Riitus. (in that sense P. Vop.); (with {bahu} or {aty-
artham}) to rate or value highly R.: Desid. {cikamiSate} and {cikAmayiSate}: Intens.
{caMkamyate}; [cf. Lat. {comis}; also {amo}, with the loss of the initial, for {camo}; {cA7-rus} for
{cam-rus}: Hib. {caemh} "', love, desire; fine, handsome, pleasant "'; {caomhach}, `" a friend,
companion "'; {caomhaim}, `" I save, spare, protect "'; Armen. {kamim}.]

kamaniiyakaraM = desired hands

kamala = Lotus

kamalapatra = Lotus leaf

kamalapatraaksha = O lotus-eyed one

kamalaa = saraswati

kamalaasanasthaM = sitting on the lotus flower

kamaTha* = m. (Un. i, 102) a tortoise BhP. Pañcat. &c.; a porcupine L.; a bamboo L.; N. of a king
MBh.; of a Muni; of a Daitya; ({as} or {am}) m. or n. a water-jar (esp. one made of a hollow gourd
or cocoa-nut, and used by ascetics) L.; ({I}) f. a female tortoise, a small one S'ântis'.

kampa * = m. trembling, tremor, trembling motion, shaking MBh. Sus'r. &c.; earthquake (cf.
{bhUmi-kampa}, {mahI-k-}, &c.); tremulous or thrilling pronunciation (a modification of the
Svarita accent which may take place if the Svarita syllable is followed by an Udâtta syllable) Nir.
&c.; a kind of time (in mus.); N. of a man.
kampate = (1 ap) to shake

kampayati = to shake

kampiutaH = (m) Sanskrit hi-tech

kaMsa * = {as}, {am} m. n. ({kam} Un. iii, 62), a vessel made of metal, drinking vessel, cup, goblet
AV. x, 10, 5 AitBr. S'Br. &c.; (a noun ending in {as} followed by {kaMsa} in a compound does not
change its final cf. {ayas-kaMsa}, &c. Pân. 8-, 3, 46); a particular measure (= two Âdhakas Car.; =
one Âdhaka L.); a metal, tutanag or white copper, brass, bell-metal; m. N. of a king of Mathurâ
(son of Ugra-sena and cousin of the Devakî who was mother of Kriishna [Ugra-sena being brother
of Devaka, who was father of Devakî]; he is usually called the uncle, but was really a cousin of
Kriishna, and became his implacable enemy because it had been prophesied to Kansa that he
would be killed by a child of Devakî; as the foe of the deity he is identified with the Asura

nemi; and, as he was ultimately slain by Kriishna, the latter receives epithets like {kaMsa-jit},
conqueror of Kansa, &c.) MBh. VP. BhP. &c.; N. of a place g. {takSazilA7di} Pân. 4-3, 93; ({A}) f.
N. of a sister of Kansa Hariv. BhP. VP.

kaNa = small bit* = m. (Nir. vi, 30; related to {kanA}, {kaniSTha}, {kanIyas}, {kanyA}, in all of
which smallness is implied BRD.), a grain, grain of corn, single seed AV. x, 9, 26; xi, 3, 5 KâtyS'r.
Mn. &c.; a grain or particle (of dust) Ragh. i, 85 Vikr.; flake (of snow) Amar.; a drop (of water)
S'ak. 60 a Megh. BhP. &c.; a spark (of fire) Pañcat.; the spark or facet of a gem; any minute
particle, atom Prab. S'ântis'.; ({A}) f. a minute particle, atom, drop; long pepper Sus'r.; cummin
seed L.; a kind of fly (= {kumbhIra-makSikA}) L.; ({I}) f. = {kaNikA} below L.; ({am}) n. a grain,
single seed Kathâs. (cf. {kaniSTha}.)

kana* = mfn. (substituted for {alpa}, `" little, small "', in forming its comparative and superlative
see below; cf. {kaNa}; according to Gmn. fr. {kan}, `" to shine, be bright or merry "', originally
meaning `" young, youthful "').

kanaa* = f. a girl, maid RV. x, 61, 5; 10; 11; 21.

kanaa* = see p. 248, col. 3.

kanaka = gold

kañcit VB = for a few days; SB 1.13.14//someone; SB 6.1.58-60//SB 10.41.32// a certain; SB

10.52.26//a certain; SB 11.7.25// any; SB 11.18.30// for some; SB 12.1.20//yam kañcit &emdash;
some

kañc * = cl. 1. A1. %{kaJcate}, %{cakaJce}, %{kaJcitA}, &c., to bind ; to shine Dha1tup. vi, 9 ; [cf.
%{kac} and %{kAJc}, %{kakSa} ; Lat. {cingere}.]

kanda* - {as}, {am} m. n. ({kan} Comm. on Un. iv, 98), a bulbous or tuberous root, a bulb MBh.
BhP. Sus'r. &c.; the bulbous root of Amorphophallus Campanulatus L.; garlic L.; a lump, swelling,
knot Sus'r. i, 258, 9 [249,3]; [cf. Gk. $, $; O. H. G. &77847[249,3] {hnUtr}, {hnUta}]; an affection
of the female organ (considered as a fleshy excrescence, but apparently prolapsus uteri W.); N. of
a metre (of four lines of thirteen syllables each); (in mus.) a kind of time; ({I}) f. see {mAMsa-k-}.

kaNDolaH = (m) a wooden basket

kaNDuuyati = to scratch
kanda = a knot, the place where the three main nadis join

kandaH = (m) root

kanda* = {as}, {am} m. n. ({kan} Comm. on Un. iv, 98), a bulbous or tuberous root, a bulb MBh.
BhP. Sus'r. &c.; the bulbous root of Amorphophallus Campanulatus L.; garlic L.; a lump, swelling,
knot Sus'r. i, 258, 9 [249,3]; [cf. Gk. $, $; O. H. G. &77847[249,3] {hnUtr}, {hnUta}]; an affection
of the female organ (considered as a fleshy excrescence, but apparently prolapsus uteri W.); N. of
a metre (of four lines of thirteen syllables each); (in mus.) a kind of time; ({I}) f. see {mAMsa-k-}.

kandarpaH = Cupid

kandarpa* = m. (etym. doubtful; according to some fr. {kaM-darpa}, `" inflamer even of a god "'
see 3. {ka}, or `" of great wantonness "')N. of Kâma (q.v.), love, lust MBh. Bhag. Sus'r. &c.; (in
mus.) a particular Râga (q.v.); a kind of time; membrum virile L.; N. of a man Kathâs.; ({A}) f. one
of the divine women attending on the fifteenth Arhat (Jain.)

kandaasana = the upward ankle-twist posture

kanduka = (m) a ball

kandha = neck

kanishhThikaa = (f) little finger

kaniinikaa = (f) eyeball

ka.nkana = bracelet

ka.nchna = anyone (or someone)

kanta * mfn. (fr. 1. {kam} ind.), happy Pân. 5-2, 138.

kanTha = throat

kanti = brightness, lustre

kanthaH = throated man

ka.nThaM = neck

ka.nThe = in yhe neck

ka.nthaa = rags?

ka.nsya = bronze

kaNikaapiitaa = a little droplet, drunk

kaNTa * = m. (thought by some to be for original {karnta}, fr. 2. {kRt}) a thorn BhP. ix, 3, 7 (cf.
{tri-kaNTa}, {bahu-kaNTa}, &c.); the boundary of a village L.; [cf. Gk. $ $ $?]
kaNTakam.h = (n) thorns

kaNTha = throat

kaNThaH = (m) throat, neck

kaNThabhuushhaa = (f) necklace

kaNThasthiikaraNiiya = (adj) that which must be memorized, learned by heart

kaNThahaaraH = (m) necklace

kuNapa * = n. [{as} m. g. {ardharcA7di}] a dead body, corpse AV. TS. S'Br. Mn. &c.; (said
contemptuously of) the living body BhP.; dung; m. a spear MBh. R.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people
VarBriS.; ({I}) f. a small bird (Maina or Salik cf. {viT-sArikA}); ({kuNa4pa}) mfn. mouldering,
smelling like a carcase S'Br. Sus'r.

ku4Napa-gandha4 * = m. the smell of a dead body S'Br. iv.

kuNapANDya * = m. `" having dead testicles "'N. of a man.

kuNapA7zana * = mfn. eating dead bodies S'ak.

kanya * mf({A})n. the smallest (opposed to {uttama} and {madhyama}) Hcat. i, 302, 8 ff.; ({A4})
f. see {kanyA4} below; [cf. Zd. {kainin}; Hib. {cain}, `" chaste, undefiled. "']

kanyaa4 * = f. ( {kan} Un. iv, 111), a girl, virgin, daughter RV. AV. &c. MBh. &c. ({kanyAM} {dA}
or {pra-dA} or {pra-yam} or {upa-pad}, Caus. to give one's daughter in marriage Mn. viii, ix;
{kanyAM prati-grah} or {hR} or {vah}, to receive a girl in marriage, marry Mn. ix); the sign of the
zodiac Virgo VarBri. and BriS. &c.; the female of any animal Mriicch.; N. of Durgâ MBh. iii, 8115;
N. of a tuberous plant growing in Kas'mîra Sus'r.; Aloe Perfoliata L.; several other plants L.; N. of
a metre (of four lines, each of them containing four long syllables).

kapaTika = cunning, scheming

kapaala = forehead

kapaalaH = (m) human skull

kapaalabhati = a process to clear the sinuses

kapaalnala = fire in the forehead (??? again perhaps wrong)

kapi = monkey

kapiH = (m) monkey

kapidhvajaH = he whose flag was marked with Hanuman

kapota = pigeon, dove

kapotaasana = the dove posture

kapolaH = (m) cheek

kara = Hand* * = 1 (for 2. see p. 254, col. 3) mf({I}, rarely {A})n. (1. {kR}), a doer, maker, causer,
doing, making, causing, producing (esp. ifc.; cf. {duHkhakara}, {bhayaM-k-}, {sampat-k-}, &c.; cf.
Lat. {cerus}, `" creator "') AV. xii, 2, 2 Mn. Pañcat. &c.; helping, promoting RV. i, 116, 13; m. the
act of doing, making &c. (ifc.; cf. {ISatkara}, {su-k-}, {duS-k-}, &c.); `" the doer "', the hand RV. x,
67, 6 MBh. Mn. &c.; a measure (the breadth of twenty-four thumbs); an elephant's trunk MBh.
Pañcat. &c.; the claws of a crab Hit.; symbolical expression for the number two; the lunar
mansion Hasta VarBriS.

kara = * 2 (for 1. see p. 253, col. 1) m. ({kRR}), a ray of light, sunbeam, moonbeam R. Megh.
Pañcat. &c.; hail L.; royal revenue, toll, tax, tribute, duty Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.

karaM = the cause of

karakushalavastuu = (n) handicraft, hand-made objects of art

karaNaM = the means

karaNa * = (once {karaNa4} RV. i, 119, 7) mf({I})n doing, making, effecting, causing (esp. ifc.; cf.
{antakaraNa}, {uSNaM-k-}, &c.) R. &c.; clever, skilful RV. i, 119, 7; m. a helper, companion AV. vi,
46, 2; xv, 5, 1-6; xix, 57, 3; a man of a mixed class (the son of an outcast Kshatriya Mn. x, 22; or
the son of a S'ûdra woman by a Vais'ya Yâjñ. i, 92; or the son of a Vais'ya woman by a Kshatriya
MBh. i, 2446; 4521; the occupation of this class is writing, accounts &c.) a writer, scribe W.; (in
Gr.) a sound or word as an independent part of speech (or as separated from the context; in this
sense usually n.) Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 41 Pat. Comm. on RPrât.; (in mus.) a kind of time Kum. vi, 40;
({I}) f. a woman of the above mixed tribe Yâjñ. i, 95; (with {sutA}) an adopted daughter R. (ed.
Gorr.) i, 19, 9; (in arithm.) a surd or irrational number, surd root; the side of a square S'ulbas.
Comm. on VS.; a particular measure Comm. on KâtyS'r.; a particular position of the fingers;
({am}) n. the act of making, doing, producing, effecting S'Br. MBh. &c. (very often ifc. e.g.
{muSTi-k-}, {virUpa-k-}); an act, deed RV.; an action (esp. a religious one) Yâjñ. i, 250 R.; the
special business of any tribe or caste L.; a calculation (esp. an astronomical one) VarBriS.; an
astrological division of the day (these Karanas are eleven, viz. {vava}, {valava}, {kaulava},
{taitila}, {gara}, {vaNija}, {viSTi}, {zakuni}, {catuSpada}, {kintughna}, and {nAga}, two being
equal to a lunar day; the first seven are called {a-dhruvANi} or movable, and fill, eight times
repeated, the space from the second half of the first day in the mooñs increase to the first half of
the fourteenth day in its wane; the four others are {dhruvANi} or fixed, and occupy the four half-
days from the second half of the fourteenth day in the wane of the moon to the first half of the
first day in its increase) VarBriS. Sus'r. &c.; pronunciation, articulation, APrât.; (in Gr.) a sound
or word as an independent part of speech, separated from its context Pân. Kâs'. &c., ({karaNa}
may be used in this way like {kAra} e.g. {iti-karaNa} S'ânkhS'r.); the posture of an ascetic; a
posture in sexual intercourse; instrument, means of action S'vetUp. Yâjñ. Megh.; an organ of
sense or of speech VPrât. PârGri.; (in law) an instrument, document, bond Mn. viii, 51; 52; 154;
(in Gr.) the means or instrument by which an action is effected, the idea expressed by the
instrumental case, instrumentality Pân. 1-4, 42; ii, 3, 18; iii, 2, 45; cause (= {kAraNa}); a spell,
charm Kathâs. (cf. {karaNa-prayoga}); rhythm, time Kum.; body Megh. Kum. Kâd.; N. of a
treatise of Varâha-mihira on the motion of the planets; of a work belonging to the S'iva-dars'ana;
a field L.; the mind, heart W. (cf. {antaH-karaNa}); grain W.

karaNaaya = to do

karaNiiyaM = to be done

karatalabhikshaa = alms in the palms

karatalam.h = (n) palm

karadiipaH = (m) torch, flashlight

karabhoru = fair-limbed

karalaM = terrible

karavaala = sword

karavaavahai = may we do

karasthaaH = obtaining(literally standing) in his very hands

karaaMshukam.h = (n) full-sleeved shirt

karaala = dreadful

karaalaM = horrible

karaalaani = terrible

kardama * = m. (Un2. iv, 84) mud, slime, mire, clay, dirt, filth MBh. Ya1jn5. Ragh. &c.; sin Comm.
on Un2.; shade, shadow (in Veda according to BrahmaP.); N. of a Praja1pati (born from the
shadow of Brahma1, husband of Devahu1ti and father of Kapila) MBh.; a kind of rice Sus3r.; a
kind of poisonous bulb; N. of Pulaka (a son of Praja1pati) VP.; of a Na1ga MBh. i, 1561; (%{I}) f. a
species of jasmine; (%{am}) n. flesh L.; Civet L.; (mfn.) covered with mud or mire or dirt, dirty,
filthy Sus3r.

kariyaadaH = (m) hippopotamus

karishhyati = can do

karishhyasi = perform

karishhye = I shall execute

karoti = does

karomi = I do

karosi = you do

karau = hands (lower arms)

karka = The Zodiacal sign Cancer

karkaTi = (f) cucumber

karma = Action or activity (see karman)

karma-bhaava = The 10th house of Careers and Work

karmajaM = due to fruitive activities

karmajaa = from fruitive work

karmajaan.h = born of work

karman * = %{a} n. (%{A} m. L.), (%{kR} Un2. iv, 144), act, action, performance, business RV.
AV. S3Br. MBh. &c. ; office, special duty, occupation, obligation (frequently ifc., the first member
of the compound being either the person who performs the action [e.g. %{vaNik-k-}] or the
person or thing for or towards whom the action is performed [e.g. %{rAja-k-}, %{pazu-k-}] or a
specification of the action [e.g. %{zaurya-k-}, %{prIti-k-}]) S3Br. Mn. Bhartr2. &c. ; any religious
act or rite (as sacrifice, oblation &c., esp. as originating in the hope of future recompense and as
opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of spirit) RV. AV. VS. Ragh. &c. ; work, labour,
activity (as opposed to rest, %{prazAnti}) Hit. RPra1t. &c. ; physicking, medical attendance Car. ;
action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of the Nya1ya philosophy ; of
these motions there are five, viz. %{ut-kSepaNa}, %{ava-kSepaNa}, %{A-kuJcana},
%{prasAraNa}, and %{gamana}, qq. vv.) Bha1sha1p. Tarkas. ; calculation Su1ryas. ; product,
result, effect Mn. xii, 98 Sus3r. ; organ of sense S3Br. xiv (or of action see %{karme7ndriya}) ; (in
Gr.) the object (it stands either in the acc. [in active construction], or in the nom. [in passive
construction], or in the gen. [in connection with a noun of action] ; opposed to %{kartR} the
subject) Pa1n2. 1-4, 49 ff. (it is of four kinds, viz. a. %{nirvartya}, when anything new is produced
e.g. %{kaTaM@karoti}, `" he makes a mat "' [258,3] ; %{putraM@prasUte}, `" she bears a son "' ;
b. %{vikArya}, when change is implied either of the substance and form e.g.
%{kASThaM@bhasma@karoti}, `" he reduces fuel to ashes "' ; or of the form only e.g.
%{suvarNaM@kuNDalaM@karoti}, `" he fashions gold into an ear-ring "' ; c. %{prApya}, when
any desired object is attained e.g. %{grAmaM@gacchati}, `" he goes to the village "' ;
%{candraM@pazyati}, `" he sees the moon "' ; d. %{anIpsita}, when an undesired object is
abandoned e.g. %{pApaM@tyajati}, `" he leaves the wicked "') ; former act as leading to inevitable
results, fate (as the certain consequence of acts in a previous life) Pan5cat. Hit. Buddh., (cf.
%{karma-pAka} and %{-vipAka}) ; the tenth lunar mansion VarBr2S. &c.

karmaNaH = than fruitive action

karmaNaa = by work

karmaNaaM = of prescribed duties

karmaNi = in action

karman.h = work

karmaphala = the result of an action

karmaphalaM = the results of all activities

karmaphalatyaagaH = renunciation of the results of fruitive action

karmaphalaasangaM = attachment for fruitive results

karmaphale = in fruitive action

karmabandhaM = bondage of reaction

karmabandhanaH = bondage by work

karmabhiH = from the bondage of the law of fruitive actions

karmayoga = unselfish actions

karmayogaM = devotion

karmayogaH = work in devotion

karmayogeNa = by the linking process of devotion

karmasa.nnyaasaat.h = in comparison to the renunciation of fruitive work

karmasanginaaM = who are attached to fruitive work

karmasangishhu = in the association of those engaged in fruitive activities

karmasangena = by association with fruitive activity

karmasu = in all activities

karmaaNaM = the fruits of actions

karmaaNaaM = whose work

karmaaNi = deeds

karmibhyaH = than the fruitive workers

karmendriya = an action organ, e.g. the hands or feet

karmendriyaaNi = the five working sense organs

karmendriyaiH = by the active sense organs

karNa = ear, also KarNa from Mahabharata

karNaM = Karna

karNaH = Karna

karNapiDaasana = the ear-press posture

karNikaara = Himalayan tree

karNebhiH = through the ears

karpura = camphor
karshha = attracted, contacted

karsha * =m. ({kRS}), the act of drawing, dragging Pân.; (with and without {halasya}) ploughing,
agriculture Âp. Yâjñ. ii, 217; `" anything scratched off "' see {kSAma-karSa-mizra4}; ({as}, {am})
m. n. a weight of gold or silver (= 16 Mâshas = 80 Rettis = 1/4 Pala = 1/400 of a Tulâ = about 176
grains troy; in common use 8 Rettis are given to the Mâsha, and the Karsha is then about 280
grains troy) Sus'r. VarBriS. &c. [260, 1]; Terminalia Bellerica (also called {akSa} q.v.) L.; a boat L.

kaarsha * = m. ({kRS}; g. {chattrA7di}), `" one who ploughs "', a peasant, husbandman DivyA7v.;
({I}) f. see {gomaya-k-}.

karshhaka = farmer

karshhati = (1 pp) to draw, to pull

karshhayantaH = tormenting

karzita* = mfn. emaciated, thin R. Sus'r. Ragh. Kum. &c.

karzana* = mfn. ({kRz}), rendering lean, attenuating, causing emaciation Sus'r.; troubling,
hurting MBh. xiii, 6307 (cf. {karSaNa}); ({am}) n. the act of rendering lean, causing emaciation
Car.

karzya* = m. turmeric plant L.

kartayati = to cut

kartarii = (f) scissors

kartavya = should be done

kartavyaM = prescribed duty

kartavyaani = should be done as duty

kartaa = doer, also attributed to main person in a household

kartaa.asi = are the doer

kartaaraM = the father

kartuM = to perform

kartritvaM = proprietorship

kartritve = in the matter of creation

kartumarhasi = kartuM + arhasi:to do + deserve (You are entitled or you should)karuNaH =

kindly

karuNaa = the sentiment of sorrow

karuNa * mf({A})n. (1. {kRR} Un. iii, 53; but in some of its meanings fr. 1. {kR}), mournful,
miserable, lamenting MBh. Das'. &c.; compassionate BhP. [255, 3]; ({am}) ind. mournfully,
wofully, pitifully, in distress MBh. Pañcat. Vet. &c.; m. `" causing pity or compassion "', one of the
Rasas or sentiments of a poem, the pathetic sentiment Sâh. &c.; Citrus Decumana L.; a Buddha
L.; N. of an Asura Hariv.; ({A}) f. pity, compassion BhP. Ragh. Pañcat. &c.; one of the four
Brahma-vihâras (Buddh.); the sentiment of compassion (cf. above) L.; a particular tone (in mus.);
({I}) f. a particular plant L.; ({am}) n. an action, holy work RV. i, 100, 7 AV. xii, 3, 47 TS. i.

karuNaakara.n = the one induces compassion

karuNaarNavaM = the ocean of `karuna' (compassion)

kashaa = (f) a whip

kas'a* = m. a species of rodent animal VS. TS. (cf. {kazIkA4}); a whip, thong MBh. (cf.
{prakaza4}); ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people BhP. (ed. Bomb.)

kas'aa* = f. (Naigh. i, 11 Nir. ix, 19) a whip RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. R. &c. (also written {kaSA} R.
BhP.); a rein, bridle S'is'.; whipping, flogging W.; a string, rope, thong L.; face, mouth L.; quality
L.\\kas'aa* = &c. see {kaz}.

kas'aaya* = m. N. of a preceptor Kâs'. on Pân. 4-3, 106 (v.l. {kaSAya}).

kasheruH = (m) spine, spinal chord

kashchana = cerain

kashchit.h = someone

kashmalaM = dirtiness

kashhaaya = (m) astringent

kaste = kaH+te, who+yourkasmaat.h = why

kasmala* = for {kazmala} q.v.

kasmaat* = ind. (abl. fr. 2. {ka4} AV. &c.) where from? whence? why? wherefore? MBh. R. S'ak.
Pañcat. &c. (cf. {a-kasmAt}.)

kas'mala * =mf({A}, or {I})n. foul, dirty, impure Dhûrtas.; timid, pusillanimous; ({am}) n. dirt,
filth Subh.; impurity, sin L.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) consternation, stupefaction,
faintheartedness, pusillanimity MBh.; dejection of mind, weakness, despair MBh. BhP.

kasmai = to `Ka'

kashtha* = mfn. (perhaps p.p. of {kaS} Pân. 7-2, 22 Vop. 26, 111 Kâs'. on Pân. 6-2, 47), bad R.
[266,1]; ill, evil, wrong Mn. MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; painful Sus'r.; grievous, severe, miserable Mn. xii,
78 Yâjñ. iii, 29 Bhartri.; difficult, troublesome Mn. vii, 186 and 210; worst Mn. vii, 50 and 51;
pernicious, noxious, injurious Sus'r.; dangerous (= {kRcchra}) Pân. 7-2, 22 Nal. xiii, 16;
inaccessible (= {gahana}) Pân. 7-2, 22; boding evil Comm. on Pân. 3-2, 188; m. `" N. of a man "'
see {kASTAyana}; (in rhetoric) offending the ear Vâm. ii, 1, 6; forced, unnatural; ({am}) n. a bad
state of things, evil, wrong; pain, suffering, misery, wretchedness; trouble, difficulty; bodily
exertion, strain, labour, toil, fatigue, weariness, hardship, uneasiness, inquietude (mental or
bodily) R. Kathâs. Pañcat. S'ak. Hit.; {kaSTAt-kaSTam}, or {kaSTataram}, worse than the worst;
{kaSTena} or {kaSTAt}, with great difficulty Pañcat.; ({am}) ind. an exclamation of grief or
sorrow; ah! woe! aIas! MBh. R. Mriicch.

kasya = whose

kasyachit.h = anyone's

kat * =(in comp. for 2. {kad} above).

katama * = %{as}, %{A}, %{at} mfn. (superlative of 2. %{ka} ; declined as a pronom., Gram. 236),
who or which of many? (e.g. %{katamena@pathA@yAtAs@te}, by which road have they gone?) ;
it is often a mere strengthened substitute for %{ka}, the superlative affix imparting emphasis ;
hence it may occasionally be used for `" who or which of two? "' (e.g. %{tayoH@katamasmai}, to
which of these two?) ; it may optionally be compounded with the word to which it refers (e.g.
%{katamaH@kaThaH}, or %{katama-kaThaH}, which Kat2ha out of many?) ; when followed by
%{ca} and preceded %{yatama} an indefinite expression is formed equivalent to `" any whosoever
"', `" any whatsoever "', &c. (e.g. %{yatamad@eva@katamac@ca@vidyAt} he may know anything
whatsoever). In negative sentences %{katama} with %{cana} or %{katama} with %{api} = not
even one, none at all (e.g. %{na@katamaccanA7haH}, not even on a single day, on no day at all)
[246,3] ; in addition to the above uses %{katama} is said to mean `" best "', `" excessively good-
looking "' (cf. 3. %{ka}) RV. &c.

katara* = who or which of many

kaatara = uncertain as to which of the two, cowardly, faint-hearted, timid, despairing,

discouraged, disheartened, confused, agitated, perplexed, embarrassed, shrinking, frightened,
afraid o

kataara* = libidinous man, lecher

katarat.h = which

kath* = 1 cl. 1. P. {kaTati} or {kaNTati}, to go Dhâtup. ix, 33. \\2 cl. 1. P. {kaTati}, {cakATa},
{kaTitA}, &c. to rain; to surround; to encompass, cover, screen; to divide Dhâtup. ix, 6 (cf. {cat}.)

kathaH = (m) carpet

kathaaksha = glance

kathi = hip

kathiH = waist

kathikaasana = the front-stretching posture

kathivastram.h = (n) underwear

kathii = waist

kathi * = * {is}, {I} f. the hip, buttock

kati * = 1 (fr. 2. {ka} declined in pl. only, Gram. 227 {a}; all the cases except the nom. voc. and acc.
taking terminations, whereas the correlative {iti} has become fixed as an indeclinable adverb),
how many? {quot}? several (e.g. {kati devAH}, how many gods? {kati vyApAdayati kati vA
tADayati}, some he kills and some he strikes). In the sense of `" several "', `" some "', {kati} is
generally followed by {cid} or {api} (e.g. {katicid ahAni}, for several or some days); it may be used
as an adverb with {cid} in the sense of `" oftentimes "', `" much "', in many ways "' (e.g. {katicit
stutaH}, much or often praised) RV. &c.; [cf. Zd. {caiti}; Gk. $; Lat. {quot}; cf. Sk. {tati} and
&76993[246, 3] Lat. {tot}.] \\kati * 2 (for 1. see above) m. N. of a sage (son of Vis'vâ-mitra and
ancestor of Kâtyâyana) Hariv.

kathu = (m) pungent, hot

kathhina = tough

katipaya = Some

kath.h = to tell

kathaM = tell

kathana * mfn. telling, talkative W.; ({am}) n. the act of telling, narration, relating, informing
Sus'r. Bhartri. Pañcat. &c

kathanta = howness

kathaya = describe

kathayataH = speaking

kathayati = (10 up) to narrate, to tell

kathayate = (10 up) to narrate, to tell

kathayantaH = talking

kathayishhyanti = will speak

kathayishhyaami = I shall speak

kathaa = story

kathha* = 1 (for 2. see s.v.), {am} n. distress (?).

kathha* = 2 m. N. of a sage (a pupil of Vais'ampâyana and founder of a branch of the Yajur-veda,

called after him) MBh. &c.; m. a pupil or follower of Kathha (esp. pl.); a Brâhman L.; ({I}) f. a
female pupil or follower of Kathha Comm. on Pân.; the wife of a Brâhman L.

kathaa* = (for 2. see col. 3) f. conversation, speech, talking together Âs'vGri. MBh. Mn. &c.; talk,
mention; ({kA kathA} [with gen. or more commonly with loc. and sometimes with {prati}), what
should one say of? how should one speak of? e.g. {eko 'pi kRcchrAd varteta bhUyasAM tu
kathai9va kA}, even one person would live with difficulty, what should one say of many? i.e. how
much more many? Kathâs. iv, 123; {kA kathA bANa-saMdhAne}, what mention of fitting the
arrow? i.e. what necessity for fitting the arrow? S'ak. 53 a); story, tale, fable MBh. R. Hit. &c.; a
feigned story, tale (as one, of the species of poetical composition) Sâh. 567 Kâvya7d.; Story
(personified) Kathâs.; (in log.) discussion, disputation Sarvad.\\2 (for 1. see col. 1) ind. (Ved. for
{katha4m} Pân. 5-3, 26) how? whence? why? RV. AV. viii, 1, 16 TS. &c.; ({yathA4 kathA4 ca}, in
any way whatsoever S'Br. iv); sometimes merely a particle of interrogation (e.g. {kathA4 zRNoti}..
{i4ndraH}, does Indra hear? RV. iv, 23, 3; {kathA4-kathA4}, whether-or? TS. ii, 6, 1, 7).

kaaththha* = mf({I})n. proceeding from or composed by Kathha Pân. 4-3, 107 Kâs'.; m. a rock,
stone L.

kathaamrita = Gospel

kathaamritaM = Gospel

kathita = told

katthana * = mfn. boasting, praising MBh. R.; ({am}) n. the act of boasting MBh. R. Sus'r.; ({A}) f.
id. Comm. on Bhathth.

kautuka = (neut) curiosity, eagerness

kauNapa * =, coming from corpses; m. `" feeding upon corpses "', a Râkshasa or goblin,; N. of a
Nâga (these beings are supposed to eat human flesh)

kaunteya = O son of Kunti

kaunteyaH = the son of Kunti

kaupiina = slenderloin cloth that covers genitals

kaumaaraM = boyhood

kaumaarya = childhood

kaumudii = (f) moonlight

kaushalaM = art

kausalyeyo = kausalyA's (son)

kaustubha = one of Vishnu's jewels* = {as}, {am} m. n. (cf. {kust-})N. of a celebrated jewel
(obtained with thirteen other precious things at the churning of the ocean and suspended on the
breast of Kriishna or Vishnu) MBh. Hariv. R. &c.; m. a manner of joining the fingers Tantras.; =
{kiMtughna} AV. Jyot.; ({am}) n. a kind of oil ({sarSapo7dbhava}) KâtyS'r. i, 8, 37 Sch.; N. of wk.

kautUhala * = n. (fr. %{kut-}; g. %{yuvA7di}), curiosity, interest in anything, vehement desire for
(loc., or acc. with %{prati}, or inf.) MBh. R. &c.; anything causing curiosity, any unusual
phenomenon Megh. 48; a festival MBh. i, 7918 DivyA7v. i.

kautuka * n. (fr. {kut-}; g. {yuvA7di}), curiosity, interest in anything, vehement desire for (loc. or
in comp.), eagerness, vehemence impatience Pañcat. Kathâs. (ifc. f. {A}) &c.; anything causing
curiosity or admiration or interest, any singular or surprising object, wonder Pañcat. Kathâs. Vet.;
festivity, gaiety, festival, show, solemn ceremony (esp. the ceremony with the marriage-thread or
necklace preceding a marriage) Kum. Das'. Bhartri. BhP. &c.; the marriage-thread or necklace
Kathâs. li, 223; pleasure, happiness, prosperity BhP. i, 17, 26; N. of nine particular substances
Hcat. i, 110, 19; ii, 49, 10; sport, pastime L.; public diversion L.; song, dance, show, spectacle L.;
season of enjoyment L.; kind or friendly greeting, civility L.; ({At}) abl. ind. out of curiosity or
interest Kathâs. Hit.; for amusement, as a relaxation W.

kavayaH = the intelligent

kavayitrii = (f) poetess

kavala: ) a mouthful (as of water &c.); a morsel MBh. R. Ragh. Mn. Bhartri.; a wash for cleansing
the mouth, gargle Sus'r.; a kind of fish (commonly Baliya) L.

kavaliikrita = (adj) swallowed

kavara * = mf.({A})n. (3. {ku} Un. iv, 154) mixed, intermingled, variegated S'is'. v, 19; m. a
lecturer L.; ({as}, {I}) m. f. (Pân. 4-1, 42 Vop. iv, 26; also n. according to a Sch.) a braid, fillet of
hair BhP. Gît. Sâh. S'is'.; ({am}) n. salt L.; sourness, acidity L.; ({A}) f. (Sch. on Pân. 4-1, 42) the
plant Ocimum gratissimum L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; Acacia arabica or another plant Npr.

kavi = poet

kaviM = the one who knows everything

kaviH = poet

kavitaa = poetry

kavitaashaakhaaM = the poetry-branch (of a tree)

kaviinaaM = of all great thinkers

kavya = poetry

kaya *= only gen. sg. with, every one, bow well down the haughtiness of everyone [cf. Zd. {kaya};
Armen. {ui}.] \\

ka4ya* = (Ved. for 2. {ka}; only gen. sg. with {cid}), every one (e.g. {ni4 SU4 namA74timatiM
ka4yasya cit}, bow well down the haughtiness of everyone RV. i, 129, 5) RV. i, 27, 8; viii, 25, 15;
[cf. Zd. {kaya}; Armen. {ui}.]

kayaa *=in what manner?

ke = who

kechit.h = some of them

kedara * = mfn. = {kekara} L.; m. N. of a plant L.

kedaara * = m. (n. L.) a field or meadow, especially one under water Mn. ix, 38 & 44 MBh. R. &c.;
{kapilasya k-}, `" Kapila's field "'N. of a Tîrtha MBh. iii, 6042 ff.; {mataGgasya k-}, `" Matanga's
field "', another Tîrtha, 8159; a basin for water round the root of a tree L.; a bed in a garden or
field W.; plain, area KâtyS'r. xviii, 5, 4 Sch.; N. of a particular constellation VarBri.; of a Râga (in
music); of a mountain country (the modern Kedâr, part of the Hima7laya mountains W.) MBh. vi,
427 NandiP.; N. of S'iva as worshipped in the Hima7laya; of the author of a work entitled Abdhi;
({I}) f. N. of a Râginî; ({am}) n. N. of a Tîrtha MatsyaP.; of a Linga ib.; (in the Hima7laya) S'ivaP.

keli * = play, sport, amorous sport, pastime, amusement Mn. viii, 357 Mriicch. &c.; disguise,
concealment Gal.; ({is}) f. the earth L.

kena = by what

kenachit.h = by somebody

kendre = (adv) at the centre

kemadruma = No planet flanking the Moon sign. Traditionally a sign of great misery and mental
instability

kes'a = hair

kes'aghna * = n. `" destroying the hair "', morbid baldness, falling of the hair L.

kes'a-caNa * =mfn. known by his hair, having fine hair Pân. 5-2, 26.

kes'a-cUDa * =mfn. one who has dressed his hair in a top-knot Pân. 2-2, 24 Vârtt. 13 Pat.

kes'acaitya * =n. N. of a Caitya W.

kes'a-jAha * =n. the root of the hair g. {karNA7di}. [310, 2]

kes'adhara * ={As} m. pl.N. of a people VarBriS. xiv, 26.

kes'apaas'a * = m. much or ornamented hair, tuft MBh. Kum. Vikr. Riitus. (ifc. f. {A}), &c.; ({I}) f.
a lock of hair hanging down from the top of the head L.

kes'abhU* =f. `" hairground "', head L.

kes'abhUmi * =f. the skull on which hair grows Jain. Sus'

kes'ava * mfn. (Pân. 5-2, 109) having long or much or handsome hair AV. viii, 6, 23 S'Br. KâtyS'r.;
m. N. of Vishnu or Kriishna MBh. Hariv. R. &c.; (hence) of the month Mârgas'îrsha VarBriS. cv,
14; Rottleria tinctoria L.; N. of the author of a lexicon called Kalpa-dru; of the author of the
Dvaita-paris'ishtha; of the father of Govinda and Rucikara; of the father of Brâhma and uncle of
Mahes'vara; of the son of Vis'va-dhara and brother of Kari-nâtha; of the father of Vopa-deva.

kes'avasya = of KRishhNa

keshinishuudana = O killer of the Kesi demon

keshhu = in which
kesara* = n. the hair (of the brow) VS. xix, 91; (in classical literature usually {kezara}) m. or n. (?),
the mane (of a horse or lion) R. S'ak. Pañcat. &c.; ({A}) f. id. KâtyS'r. ({kes-}); ({am}) n. the tail of
the Bos grunniens (used as a fan for driving away flies) L.; ({as} L.; {am}) m. n. the filament of a
lotus or of any vegetable R. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; a fibre (as of a Mango fruit) Sus'r.; m. the plants
Rottleria tinctoria, Mimusops Elengi, and Mesua ferrea MBh. xiii, 5042 R. Lalit. Kum. Megh. [311,
1]; ({am}) n. the flower of those plants L.; ({as}, {A}, {am}) mf. n. Asa foetida L.; ({am}) n. gold L.;
sulphate of iron L.; N. of a metre (of 4 x 18 syllables); m. N. of a mountain MBh. vi, 11, 23; [cf. Lat.
{eoesaries}; Angl. Sax. {haer}; Eng. {hair}; Germ. {Haar}.]

ke4sara-grAma * = m. N. of a village Kshiti7s'.

ke4sara-pura * = n. N. of a town Vâsant.

kesaravat * = ({ke4s-}) mfn. having a mane S'Br. vi.

ke4sara-vara * = n. saffron L.

kesaravarNaH = orange colour

kesarin * = mfn. having a mane MBh. i, iii; ({I}) m. a lion MBh. Sus'r. Bhartri. &c.; a horse TBr.
Sch.; N. of an aquatic bird Car. i, 27; the plant Rottleria tinctoria L.; the plant Mesua ferrea L.; a
citron tree L.; a variety of Moringa with red flowers (= {rakta-zigru}) L.; N. of a monkey (husband
of the mother of Hanumat) MBh. iii, 11193 R. Das'.; N. of a prince Lalit.; of a mountain VP.;
({iNI}) f. a lioness Kathâs. lxx, 102.

kesava = O killer of the demon Kesi (KRishhNa)

ketakii = a fragrant flower

ketuu = The south Lunar Node also known as Cauda Draconis in latin. The Dragoñs tail in English

ketu * = m. (fr. 4. {cit}), bright appearance, clearness, brightness (often pl., `" rays of light "') RV.
VS. AV.; lamp, flame, torch ib.; day-time S'ânkhBr.; (Naigh. iii, 9) apparition, form, shape RV.
PârGri.; sign, mark, ensign, flag, banner RV. AV. MBh. &c.; a chief, leader, eminent person RV. R.
iv, 28, 18 Ragh. ii, 33 BhP.; intellect, judgment, discernment (?) RV. v, 66, 4 AV. x, 2, 12; any
unusual or striking phenomenon, comet, meteor, falling star AdbhBr. Mn. i, 38 VarBriS. BhP. &c.;
the dragoñs tail or descending node (considered in astron. as the 9th planet, and in mythol. as the
body of the demon Sainhikeya [son of Sinhikâ] which was severed from the head or Râhu by
Vishnu at the churning of the ocean, but was rendered immortal by having tasted the Amriita)
Hariv. 4259 R. VP.; `" a pigmy race "' see {-gaNa} below; disease L.; an enemy L.; N. of a son of
Agni (author of RV. x, 156) RAnukr.; (with the patr. Vâjya) VBr.; N. of a Dânava Hariv. 198; of a
son (of Riishabha BhP. v, 4, 10; of the 4th Manu, viii, 1, 27); {aruNA4H keta4vaH}, `" red
apparitions "', a class of spirits (a kind of sacrificial fire is called after them {AruNaketuka} q.v.)
AV. xi, 10, 1 f. and 7 TÂr. MBh. xii, 26, 7.

kevala = whole, pure * = m. (nom. pl. {e} RV. x, 51, 9) f. ({I} RV. x, 73, 6 AV. S'Br.; {A} Mn. &c. see
Pân. 4-1, 30)n. (in comp. Pân. 2-1, 49) exclusively one's own (not common to others) RV. AV.;
alone, only, mere, sole, one, excluding others RV. AV. TS. &c.; not connected with anything else,
isolated, abstract, absolute [310,1]; simple, pure, uncompounded, unmingled S'Br. &c.; entire,
whole, all Mn. MBh. &c.; selfish, envious L.; ({am}) ind. only, merely, solely ({na kevalam} - {api},
not only-but also Ragh. VP. Râjat.; {kevalam-na tu}, only - but not, S'riingâr.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
entirely, wholly, absolutely R. ii, 87, 23; but Kâd. Hcar.; (= {nirNItam}) certainly, decidedly L.; m.
(= {kelaka}) a dancer, tumbler Gal.; N. of a prince BhP. ix, 2, 30; ({A}) f. N. of a locality MBh. iii,
254, 10 (v.l. {-lI}); ({I}) f. `" the whole of a philosophical system "' see {pAzaka-k-}; N. of a locality
(v.l. for {-lA} q.v.); ({am}) n. the doctrine of the absolute unity of spirit; the highest possible
knowledge (= {kevala-jJAna}) Jain.; N. of a country (v.l. {kerala}) MBh. vi, 9, 34.

kevalaM = (adv) merely

kevalaiH = purified

keyuura = armlet (bracelet worn on upper arm)

kha = sky, aakaasha

khaata* = mfn. (Pa1n2. 6-4, 42) dug, dug up, excavated RV. iv, 50, 3 AV. S3Br. iii &c. ; digged into
the earth, buried MBh. xiii, 3089 ; torn, rent W. ; m. a ditch Hcat. i, 3, 921 ; n. (Naigh. iii, 23) a
ditch, fosse, moat, well, pond S3Br. ix, 4, 3, 9 S3a1n3khS3r. Pan5cat. BhP. &c. ; an excavation,
cavern ; digging a hole W. ; (%{A}) f. an artificial pond L. (cf. %{deva-kh-}, %{viSama-kh-},
%{sama-kh-}, %{sUcI-kh-}.)3

khaatha * = m. (= %{khaTTi}) a bier, cot or bedstead on which dead bodies are conveyed to the
pyre L. ; (%{A}) f. id. L. ; (%{I}) f. id. Gal.

khaM = ether

khaga = one traversing in the sky, a name of Sun, also birds

khagaH = bird (literally the sky-goer, 'khah' meaning sky

khagolashaastram.h = astronomy

khangaH = (m) sword

khangamrigaH = (m) rhinoceros

khaJNjaH = (m) a handicapped person, lame

khaDga = sword

khaDgii = with sword

khaNDa = (masc, neut) piece

khaNDana = to pound, cut into pieces, injuring, hurting

khaNDapiTaasana = the ankle-twist posture

khaNDayati = to grate (as in grating a coconut)

khaNDashaskritaH = made into pieces

khanati = (1 up) to dig

khara = sharp
kharadhva.nsii = he who smashed (killed) khara (a Râkshasa)

khala = rouge; * (n. g. {ardharcA7di}) a threshing-floor, granary RV. x, 48, 7 AV. S'ânkhS'r. &c.;
earth, mould, soil L.; place, site L.; m. contest, battle Naigh. Nir.; sediment or dregs of oil Pañcat.
ii, 53; (= {khaDa}) butter-milk boiled with acid vegetables and spices Sus'r. i, vi; a mischievous
man Mriicch. Cân. BhP. Pañcat. &c.; the sun L.; Xanthochymus pictorius ({tamAla}) L.; the
thorn-apple L.; ({A}) f. a mischievous woman Amar.; N. of a daughter of Raudra7s'va Hariv.
VâyuP. ii, 37, 122; ({I}) f. sediment or deposit of oil Car. Bhartri. ii, 98.

khalayoga = The Yoga of a swindler or confidence trickster

khalu = (indec.) indeed * =ind. (as a particle of asseveration) indeed, verily, certainly, truly R.
S'ak. &c.; (as a continuative particle) now, now then, now further RV. x, 34, 14 TS. &c.; (as a
particle in syllogistic speech) but now, = Lat. {atqui} TBr. S'Br. &c.; [{khalu} is only exceptionally
found at the beginning of a phrase; it is frequently combined with other particles, thus {a4tha
kh-}, {u kh-}, {vai4 kh-}, {kh- vai4}, = now then, now further TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; in later Sanskriit
{khalu} frequently does little more than lay stress on the word by which it is preceded, and is
sometimes merely expletive; it is also a particle of prohibition (in which case it may be joined with
the ind. p. [{khalu kRtvA}, `" desist from doing that "'] Nir. i, 5 [also {-tam}] Pân. 3-4, 18 S'is'. ii,
70); or of endearment, conciliation, and inquiry L.; {na khalu}, by no means, not at all, indeed not
R. &c.]

khalvaaTaH = (m) pate, baldness

khathvaanga* = ({-vA7G}) m. n. `" a club shaped like the foot of a bedstead "' i.e. a club or staff
with a skull at the top (considered as the weapon of S'iva and carried by ascetics and Yogins)
Gaut. VarBriS. Mâlatîm. v, 4 Kathâs.; m. the back-bone Gal.; N. of a plant ib.; wood from a funeral
pile W.; N. of a king of the solar line MBh. i, 2109 VP. (v.l. {khaTvA7Ggada}) BhP. ii; xi; (= Dilîpa)
Hariv. 808 and BhP. ix; N. of an attendant in the retinue of Devî; ({I}) f. N. of a plant Gal.; of a
river Hariv. 5329; {-dhara} m. `" staff-bearer "'N. of S'iva BhP. iv, 19, 20; {-dhAra} m. id. Hariv.
10680; {-nAmikA} f. `" named after the {khaTvA7Gga} "'N. of a plant (resembling Plectranthus)
L.; {-bhRt} mfn. one who bears the {khaTvA7Gga} staff Mn. xi, 105 Sch.; ({t}) m. N. of S'iva L.;
{-vana} n. N. of a forest Hariv. 4171; {-zUlin} mfn. bearing the weapons called {kh-} and {zUla}
Hcat.

khANDava * = {as}, {am} m. n. sugar-candy, sugarplums, sweetmeats MBh. xiii R. i, vii; N. of a

forest in Kuru-kshetra (sacred to Indra and burnt by the god of fire aided by Arjuna and Kriishna
MBh. Hariv. BhP. i, 15, 8 Kathâs.) TândyaBr. xxv, 3 TÂr.; ({I}) f. N. of a town built by Sudars'ana
L.

khaadat.h = one who eats

khaadati = (1 pp) to eat

khidira: * a pauper, an ascetic, pentinent, the moon, name of Indra

khinna = sad

khe = in the sky

khecharii = mudra where the tongue is inserted in the upper cavity

kheda * = m. lassitude, depression R. &c.; exhaustion, pain, affliction, distress Pan5cat. &c.;
sexual passion Pat. Introd. on Va1rtt. 1; (%{khe4dA}) f. an instrument for splitting (belonging to
Indra) RV. viii, 72, 8; 77, 3; x, 116, 4; N. of a locality Ra1jat. ii, 135.

kheDa * = (g. %{azvA7di} Ka1s3.) for %{kheTa}, a village Jain. (cf. %{gandha-kh-}.)

khethaH = (m) shield

kheda = sorrow * = kheda m. lassitude, depression R. &c.; exhaustion, pain, affliction, distress
Pañcat. &c.; sexual passion Pat. Introd. on Vârtt. 1; ({khe4dA}) f. an instrument for splitting
(belonging to Indra) RV. viii, 72, 8; 77, 3; x, 116, 4; N. of a locality Râjat. ii, 135.

khyaata = famous

khyaatii = an outlook of knowledge, fame

khrista = Christ

khristaabde = A. D., calendar year

khristi = Christian

ki* = 2 cl. 3. P. {cike4ti}. see {ci}. \\ki* = m. n. an ant-hill L. \\ 1 a pronominal base, like 2. {ka4}
and 1. {ku}, in the words {ki4m}, {ki4yat}, {kis}, {kI-dRkSa}, {kI-dR4z}, {kI-dRza}, {kI4vat}.

kiila * = m. (ifc. f. %{A}), a sharp piece of wood, stake, pin, peg, bolt, wedge, &c. MBh. &c. ; a post,
post in a cow-house to which cows are fastened, pillar L. ; a gnomon L. ; handle, brace Sus3r. ; the
elbow VP. ; a kind of tumour (having the form of a stake) Sus3r. ; a position of the foetus
impeding delivery Sus3r. ; N. of the inner syllables of a Mantra Ra1matUp. ; N. of Vi7ta-ra1ga
Mahe7s3a (= %{kIle7zvara}) ; = %{bandha} Comm. on VS. ii, 34 ; a weapon L. ; flame, lambent
flame L. ; a minute particle L. ; a blow with the elbow (= %{kilA}) L. ; (%{A}) f. a stake, pin L. ; the
elbow L. ; a weapon L. ; flame L. ; a minute particle L. ; a blow with the elbow (or `" a blow in
copulation "') Va1tsya1y. ; (%{am}) n. (= %{kIna}), flesh Gal.

kiilaa4la * =m. a sweet beverage (also a heavenly drink similar to Amriita, the food of the gods)
AV. VS. Kaus'. [285, 3]; ({a4m}) n. id. Naigh. ii, 7; blood Prab.; water L.

kiilaka * =m. a pin, bolt, wedge Pañcat. Hit.; a splint (for confining a broken bone) Sus'r.; a kind
of tumour (having the form of a pin) L.; (= {zivaka}) a kind of pillar for cows &c. to rub
themselves against, or one to which they are tied L.; N. of the forty-second year of the sixty years
"' cycle of Jupiter VarBriS.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of certain Ketus ib.; ({ikA}) f. a pin, bolt Pañcat. Hcat.;
({am}) n. N. of the inner syllables of a Mantra.

kiilana * =n. fastening, staking.

kiirtayantaH = chanting

kiirtiM = reputation

kiirtiH = fame

kiirtii = fame
kiitha* = m. (ifc. f. {A} Hcat.) a worm, insect S'Br. xiv Âs'vS'r. &c.; the scorpion in the zodiac
VarBriS.; (ifc.) an expression of contempt (cf. {zUra-k-}) Mcar.; ({I}) f. a worm, insect L.; ({am})
n. id. L.; (= {kiTTa}) feces L.

kiidrishii = how

kiila * = m. (ifc. f. {A}), a sharp piece of wood, stake, pin, peg, bolt, wedge, &c. MBh. &c.; a post,
post in a cow-house to which cows are fastened, pillar L.; a gnomon L.; handle, brace Sus'r.; the
elbow VP.; a kind of tumour (having the form of a stake) Sus'r.; a position of the foetus impeding
delivery Sus'r.; N. of the inner syllables of a Mantra RâmatUp.; N. of Vi7ta-râga Mahe7s'a (=
{kIle7zvara}); = {bandha} Comm. on VS. ii, 34; a weapon L.; flame, lambent flame L.; a minute
particle L.; a blow with the elbow (= {kilA}) L.; ({A}) f. a stake, pin L.; the elbow L.; a weapon L.;
flame L.; a minute particle L.; a blow with the elbow (or `" a blow in copulation "') Vâtsyây.;
({am}) n. (= {kIna}), flesh Gal.

kiina* = n. flesh L. (cf. {kIra}.)

kiirt.h = to tell

kilakila * = m. N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10365; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a Yavana tribe VP. (cf. {kilikila});
({A}) f. (an onomatopoetic word), sounds or cries expressing joy, or the expression of joy by any
sound or cry MBh. R. Mcar. Bâlar.

kilakilaaya * =Nom. P. Â. {-yati}, {-yate}, to raise sounds expressing joy Bhathth. vii, 102 Kârand.;
to cry, give a shriek Kârand. [284, 2]

kilaatha * =m. inspissated milk Hariv. (v.l. {kilAda}) Sus'r. Bhpr.; ({I}) f. id. L.

kila * =1 m. play, trifling L. \\2 ind. (a particle of asseveration or emphasis) indeed, verily,
assuredly RV. AV. &c.; (or of explanation) namely S'Br. &c.; `" so said "' `" so reported "',
pretendedly VarBriS. Kâd.; ({kila} is preceded by the word on which it lays stress, and occurs very
rarely at the beginning of a sentence or verse [R. iv, 14, 14 Pañcat. lxxxix, 4]; according to native
lexicographers {kila} may be used in communicating intelligence, and may imply `" probably "', `"
possibly "', `" agreement "', `" dislike "', `" falsehood "', `" inaccuracy "', and `" reason. "')

kila * =3 m. N. of a man Pravar.

kilbishaM = sinful reactions

kilbishhaH = all of whose sins

kilbishhaiH = from sins

kim = what* = is much used as a particle of interrogation like the Lat. {num}, {an}, sometimes
translatable by `" whether? "' but oftener serving only like a note of interrogation to mark a
question (e.g. {kiM vyAdhA vane 'smin saMcaranti}, `" do hunters roam about in this wood? "' In
an interrogation the verb, if uncompounded with a preposition, generally retains its accent after
{kim} Pân. 8-1, 44). To this sense may be referred the {kim} expressing inferiority, deficiency, &c.
at the beginning of compounds (e.g. {kiM-rAjan}, what sort of king? i.e. a bad king Pân. 2-1, 64; v,
4, 70); also the {kim} prefixed to verbs with a similar meaning (e.g. {kim-adhI7te}, he reads badly
Pân. 8-1, 44 Kâs'.) {kim-uta}, or {kim-uta-vA} or {kim-athavA-uta}, whether-or-or R. S'ak.
Bhartri. &c. (cf. {uta4}.) \\= is very frequently connected with other particles, as follows: {ki4m
aGga4}, wherefore then? RV.; {atha kim} see {a4tha}; {kim api}, somewhat, to a considerable
extent, rather, much more, still further S'ak. Megh. &c.; {kim iti}, why? S'ak. Kum. Pañcat. &c.;
{kim-iva}, what for? S'is'. xvi, 31; {ki4m-u} or {ki4m-uta4} how much more? how much less? RV.
S'Br. MBh. &c.; {kiM kila}, what a pity! (expressing dissatisfaction) Pân. 3-3, 146; {kiM-ca},
moreover, further Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.; what more (expressing impatience) S'ak.; {kiM-cana}
(originally {-ca na}, negative = `" in no way "'), to a certain degree, a little Kathâs.; (with a
negation) in no way, not at all MBh. i, 6132; {kiM-cid}, somewhat, a little MBh. R. &c.; {kiM
tarhi}, how then? but, however Pân. 2-2, 4 Pat.; iv, 1, 163, Kas'.; {kiM-tu}, but, however,
nevertheless (bearing the same relation to {tu} that {kiM-ca} bears to {ca}) MBh. R. &c.; {kiM-
nu}, whether indeed? (a stronger interrogative than {kim} alone) MBh. R. &c.; how much more?
how much less? Bhag. i, 35; {kiM nu khalu}, how possibly? (a still stronger interrogative) S'ak.;
{kim punar}, how much more? how much less? R. Bhag. ix, 33 &c.; however Bâlar.; but ib.; {kiM
vA}, whether? or whether? S'ak. Pañcat. &c.; or (often a mere particle of interrogation); {ki4M
svid}, why? Kathâs. xxvi, 75; a stronger interrogative than {kim} alone RV. MBh. Kathâs.

kiM* = 1 (in comp. for {ki4m}).

kim* = (in comp.)

kiim* = ind. see {A4-kIm}, {mA4-kIm}.

kiM tu* = or though - still

kiM tu* = still, nevertheless

kiMkartavyataamuuDhaH = (m) confused, bewildered

kiina* = n. flesh L. (cf. {kIra}.)

kiinaara* = m. (perhaps = {kInA4za}) a cultivator of the soil [`" a vile man "' Sây.] RV. x, 106, 10.

kiinaas'a* = m. ({kliz} Un. v, 56) a cultivator of the soil RV. iv, 57, 8 VS. xxx, 11 AV. &c.; niggard
MBh.; Das. BhP. Kathâs.; N. of Yama Naish. vi, 75 Bâlar.; (= {kIza}) a kind of monkey L.; a kind of
Râkshasa L.; (mfn.), killing animals (or `" killing secretly "') L.

kiikatha * = m. N. of a son of Riishabha BhP. v, 4, 10; of a son of Sankatha BhP. vi, 6, 6; a horse
(perhaps originally a horse of the Kîkathas) L.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people not belonging to the
Âryan race RV. iii, 53, 14 BhP.; (mfn.), poor L.; avaricious L.

kiNavat* = mfn. id. MBh. iv, 633 and 639.

kiNa* = m. a corn, callosity MBh. Mriicch. S'ak. &c.; a scar, cicatrix Bhpr.: Hcar.; an insect found
in wood L.

kiinaasha* = m. ({kliz} Un. v, 56) a cultivator of the soil RV. iv, 57, 8 VS. xxx, 11 AV. &c.; niggard
MBh.; Das. BhP. Kathâs.; N. of Yama Naish. vi, 75 Bâlar.; (= {kIza}) a kind of monkey L.; a kind of
Râkshasa L.; (mfn.), killing animals (or `" killing secretly "') L.

kinkiNii = (f) ghungroo

kiñchana = any

kiñchit.h = a few, very little, something, nothing, whatever, anything, some, at all.

kintu = but
kimuu = how come ?

kiriithin * mfn. decorated with a diadem MBh. &c.; ({I}) m. N. of Indra MBh. i, 1525; xiii, 765; of
Arjuna MBh. Bhag. Pañcat.; of Nara [according to the Comm.] MBh. i; of an attendant of Skanda
MBh. ix, 2573; of an attendant of S'iva Comm. on Kum. vii, 95.

kiraNa = ray

kirati = (6 pp) to scatter

kiriTam.h = (n) crown

kiriTi + {i} n. the fruit of the marshy date tree (Phoenix paludosa) L.

kiriiTin.h = Arjuna

kiriiTinaM = with helmets

kitava *= m. (g. {zauNDA7di} [also {vyAghrA7di}, but not in Kâs'. and Ganar.]) a gamester,
gambler RV. VS. AV. &c.; a cheat, fraudulent man BhP. viii, 20, 3 Megh. Amar.; (also ifc. e.g.
{yAjJika-k-} Pân. 2-1, 53 Kâs'.); (= {matta}) a crazy person L.; thorn-apple (cf. {dhUrta} and
{unmatta}) L.; a kind of perfume (commonly Rocana) Bhpr.; N. of a man g. {tikA7di},
{utkarA7di}, {azvA7di}; ({As}) m. N. of a people MBh. ii, 1832; ({I}) f. a female gambler Âs'vGri.

kiithaavapanna* = mfn. anything on which an insect has fallen Kapishthh. MânS'r. (cf. {keza-
kITA7vapatita}.)

kindhin* = {I} m. a horse L. (v.]. for {kilkin}).

kiNa* = m. a corn, callosity MBh. Mriicch. S'ak. &c.; a scar, cicatrix Bhpr.: Hcar.; an insect found
in wood L.

kinaatha* = n. the inner part of a tree S'Br. xiv.

kiNakrita* = mfn. (for {kRta-kiNa}) callous MBh. iv, 53

kiNva* = [{as} m. L] n. ferment, drug or seed used to produce fermentation in the manufacture of
spirits from sugar, bassia, &c. Âp. Mn. viii, 326 Sus'r. (cf. {taNDula-k-}); ({am}) n. sin Un. i, 150.

kindhin* = {I} m. a horse L. (v.]. for {kilkin})

kishora = son

kishorii = daughter

kîrti * = f. (Pân. 3-3, 97; fr. 2. {kR}) mention, making mention of, speech, report RV. x, 54, 1 AV.
S'Br. &c.; good report, fame, renown, glory AV. S'Br. TUp. Mn. &c. [285, 2]; Fame (personified as
daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma) MBh. Hariv. VP.; (in music) a particular measure or
time; extension, expansion L.; lustre L.; = {prasAda} (favour) or {prAsAda} (a palace) L.; (fr. 1.
{kRR}), dirt L.; N. of one of the Mâtriikâs (or personified divine energies of Kriishna) L.; ({is}) m.
N. of a son of Dharma-netra VP.
kitha* = m. a kind of ape

kiyat * = mfn. (fr. 1. %{ki} Pa1n2. 5-2, 40 ; vi, 3, 90), how great? how large? how far? how much?
of what extent? of what qualities? RV. AV. &c. (Ved. loc. %{ki4yAti} with following %{A4}, how
long ago? since what time? RV. i, 113, 10 ; ii, 30, 1 ; %{kiyaty@adhvani}, at what distance? how far
off? MBh. xiv, 766 ; %{kiyad@etad}, of what importance is this to (gen.) Katha1s. iii, 49 ;
%{tena@kiyAn@arthah}, what profit arises from that? BhP. ; %{kiyac@ciram} ind. how long?
Katha1s. ; %{kiyac@cireNa}, in how long a time? how soon? S3ak. ; %{kiyad@dUre}, how far?
Pan5cat. lii, 4 ; %{kiyad@rodimi}, what is the use of my weeping? Ka1d. ; %{kiyad@asubhis},
what is the use of living? BhP. i, 13, 22) ; little, small, unimportant, of small value (often in comp.,
e.g. %{kiyad-vakra}, a little bent Comm. on Ya1jn5. ; %{kiyad@api}, how large or how far soever
Pan5cat. ; %{yA4vat@ki4yac@ca}, how large or how much soever, of what qualities soever AV.
viii, 7, 13 S3Br.) ; (%{ki4yat}) ind. how far? how much? how? RV. AV. S3Br. ; a little Pan5cat. Hit.

klinna = wet

klaibya* = n. impotence TS. ii Sus3r. Hit.; unmanliness, weakness, timidity, cowardice MBh. R.
BhP. Hit.; weakness (as of a lotus leaf) Ragh. xii, 86; the neuter gender W.

kledayanti = moistens

kles'a = (masc) distress

kles'aH = trouble * = m. pain, affliction, distress, pain from disease, anguish S'vetUp. Mn. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; (in Yoga phil. five Kles'as are named, viz. {a-vidyA}, `" ignorance "', {asmi-tA}, egotism
"', {rAga}, `" desire "', {dveSa}, `" aversion "', and {abhiniveza}, tenacity of mundane existence "'
Yogas. Prab. Sarvad.; the Buddhists reckon ten, viz. three of the body [murder, theft, adultery],
four of speech [lying, slander, abuse, unprofitable conversation], three of the mind [covetousness,
malice, scepticism] Buddh. Sarvad.); wrath, anger L.; worldly occupation, care, trouble (=
{vyavasAya}) L.

klaibyaM = impotence

ko.api = whosoever

ko.ahaM = who am I

koustubha = gem named Kostubha

kokila = the cuckoo

koTi = (fem) extreme corner/edge

koTibhaaga = (masc) edge portion

koTii = 1 crore, 10 million see also arbuda

koTi * = f. the curved end of a bow or of claws, &c., end or top of anything, edge or point (of a
sword), horns or cusps (of the moon) MBh. &c.; the highest point, eminence, excellence Pañcat.
Ratna7v. Sarvad.; `" a point or side in an argument or disputation "', (if there are two) `"
alternative "' see {-dvaya} below; the highest number in the older system of numbers (viz. a Krore
or ten millions) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; the complement of an arc to 90 degrees; the perpendicular
side of a right-angled triangle Sûryas.; Medicago esculenta L.
koNaH = (m) angle, corner of a room

koNe = (adv) in the corner

kona = an angle

kopa = anger

kopavatii = when angry

kopaaya 8 = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to rage (as a passion)

kopita = angered

kolaahala = (masc) uproar

kosha = body or sheath

kos'a * = m. (n. L.; in class. literature {koza}, or {koSa}; fr. {kuz} or {kuS}?, related to {kukSi4}
and {koSTha}?), a cask, vessel for holding liquids, (metaphorically) cloud RV. AV. Sus'r.; a pail,
bucket RV.; a drinking-vessel, cup L.; a box, cupboard, drawer, trunk RV. vi, 47, 23 AV. xix, 72, 1
S'Br.; the interior or inner part of a carriage RV.; (ifc.) MBh. viii, 1733; a sheath, scabbard, &c.
MBh. R. VarBriS.; a case, covering, cover AV. ChUp. MundUp. TUp. PârGri. BhP.; store-room,
store, provisions Mn. MBh. &c.; a treasury, apartment where money or plate is kept, treasure,
accumulated wealth (gold or silver, wrought or unwrought, as plate, jewellery, &c.) ib.; (in surg.) a
kind of bandage Sus'r.; a dictionary, lexicon or vocabulary; a poetical collection, collection of
sentences &c. Kâvya7d. i, 13 Sâh.; a bud, flower-cup, seed-vessel (cf. {bIja-}) R. Ragh. BhP.
Dhûrtas.; the sheath or integument of a plant, pod, nut-shell MârkP.; a nutmeg L.; the inner part
of the fruit of Artocarpus integrifolia and of similar fruits L.; the cocoon of a silk-worm Yâjñ. iii,
147 Veda7ntas.; the membrane covering an egg (in the womb) Sus'r. VarBri. MârkP.; the vulva L.;
a testicle or the scrotum Sus'r. VarBriS.; the penis W.; an egg L.; (in Veda7nta phil.) a term for the
three sheaths or succession of cases which make up the various frames of the body enveloping the
soul (these are, 1. the {Ananda-maya k-} or `" sheath of pleasure "', forming the {kAraNa-zarIra}
or `" causal frame "'; 2. the {vijJAna-maya} or {buddhi-m-} or {mano-m-} or {prA7Na-m- k-}, `"
the sheath of intellect or will or life "', forming the {sUkSma-zarIra} or `" subtile frame "'; 3. the
{anna-m- k-}, `" the sheath of nourishment "', forming the {sthUla-zarIra} or `" gross frame "')
Veda7ntas.; (ifc.) a ball or globe (e.g. {sUtra-}, a ball of thread L.; {netra-}, the eye-ball R. iii, 79,
28); the water used at an ordeal or judicial trial (the defendant drinks thrice of it after some idol
has been washed in it) Yâjñ. ii, 95; an oath Râjat. v, 325; a cup used in the ratification of a treaty
of peace ({-zaM-pA}, to drink from that cup) Râjat. vii, 8; 75; 460 and 493; viii, 283; N. of a
conjunction of planets VarBriS.; of the 2nd astrological mansion, Var Yogay.; (with Buddh.) of a
collection of Gâthâ verses Kârand. Hcar.; ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. vi, 9, 34; of a courtesan
HParis'. viii, 8; ({I}) f. `" a bud "' see {arka-}; a seedvessel L.; the beard of corn L.; a shoe, sandal
L.; a kind of perfume Gal.; an iron ploughshare ib.; [cf. {ko4kkos}.]

koshhaH = (m) pocket

krakachaH = (m) a saw

krama * m. a step AV. x, 5, 25 ff. TS. iii MBh. &c.; going, proceeding, course (cf. {kAla-k-})
Mriicch. Pañcat. Mâlatîm. Hit.; the way R. ii, 25, 2; a position taken (by an animal &c.) before
making a spring or attacking Pañcat. Bhathth. ii, 9; the foot MBh. iii, 14316; uninterrupted or
regular progress, order, series, regular arrangement, succession (e.g. {varNa-krameNa}, `" in the
order of the castes "' Mn. viii, 24 and ix, 85) AV. viii, 9, 10 RPrât. xv, 5 KâtyS'r. R. &c.; hereditary
descent Yâjñ. ii, 119; method, manner (e.g. {yena krameNa}, in which manner R. ii, 26, 20; {tad-
anusaraNa-krameNa}, so as to go on following him Hit.); diet Car. vi, 13; custom, rule sanctioned
by tradition MârkP. xxiii, 112; ({kramaM} 1. {kR}, `" to follow that rule "') Nyâyam.; occasion,
cause (with gen. or ifc.) Kathâs. xviii, 380 Hit.; `" progressing step by step "', a peculiar manner or
method of reading and writing Vedic texts (so called because the reading proceeds from the 1st
member, either word or letter, to the 2nd, then the 2nd is repeated and connected with the 3rd,
the 3rd repeated and connected with the 4 h, and so on; this manner of reading in relation to
words is called {pada-} [TPrât. ii, 12], in relation to conjunct consonants {varNa-} [ib.]) Prât.; the
words or letters themselves when combined or arranged in the said manner ib.; (in dram.)
attainment of the object desired (or accord. to others `" noticing of any one's affection "') Das'ar. i,
36 f. Sâh. Pratâpar.; (in rhet.) a kind of simile (in which the comparisons exhibited correspond to
each other in regular succession) Vâm. iv, 3, 17; power, strength L.; ({eNa}, {At}) instr. abl. ind. in
regular course, gradually, by degrees R. Pañcat. Ragh. &c.; according to order or rank or series
Mn. Ragh. &c.

kratavaH = good deeds; sacrifices

kratuH = Vedic ritual

kraamati = to cross

krandas * = {as} n. battle-cry RV. viii, 38, 1; ({asI}) du. two contending armies shouting defiance
[`" heaven and earth "' Sây.] RV. ii, 12, 8; vi, 25, 4; x, 121, 6.

krandana * = m. `" crier "', a cat L.; ({am}) n. crying out, calling; mutual daring or defiance,
challenging L.; lamenting, weeping Pañcat. Hit.

krau.ncha = a mountain said to be pierced by Kartikeya

krau.nchapati = kArtikeya

krauJNcha = a heron

krauJNchaasana = the heron posture

kri = to do

krichchhara = difficult

kRcchrataa * = f. painful or dangerous state (especially in disease) Sus'r.

kriDa(ti) = (1 pp) to play. to sport, anusement, amourous play

kRD * =v.l. for 1. {kUD} q.v.

kri4dara * =n. a store-room VS. xxix, 1 (Nir. iii, 20); m. id. Un. v, 41.

kridhu4 * =mfn. shortened, mutilated, small, deficient RV. iv, 5, 14 VS. xxiii, 28; (superl.
{kradhiSTha} and compar. {kradhIyas}) Kâthh.

kridhu4-ka4rNa * =mfn. having short ears (as a sort of imp) AV. xi, 9, 7 and 10, 7; hearing badly
RV. x, 27, 5.
kridhuka * =mfn. = {kRdhu4} Naigh. iii, 2 (v.l.)

krid-anta * =m. a word ending with a Kriit affix (such a word would be called by Pân. simply
{kRt}).

kriiDati = plays

kriiDaa = play

kriiDaanaka = (n) a toy

kriiDaaluH = (m) sportsman

kriita* = mfn. bought, purchased S'Br. Mn. &c.; purchased from his natural parents (as a son; one
of the twelve kinds of sons acknowledged by the ancient Hindû law) Mn. ix, 160; won by (instr.)
S'ak. iii (v.l.); ifc. (with the purchase-price; f. {I}) Pân. 4-1, 50; vi, 2, 151; (f. also {A}) Siddh.;
({a4s}) m. N. of a man MaitrS. iv, 2, 6; ({As}) m. pl. a sort of despised caste W.; ({am}) n. a
bargain Comm. on Yâjñ. ii, 6.

krikalaasa * m. a lizard, chameleon MaitrS. VS. S'Br. &c.

kricchra*= diffculty, hardship causing trouble or pain, painful, attended with pain or labour;
being in a difficult or painful situation; bad, evil, wicked, miserably, painfully, with difficulty,
trouble, labour, hardship, calamity, pain, danger, the difficulties of living in a forest;, in
difficulties, in a miserable situation, danger of life; bodily mortification, austerity, penance; a
particular kind of religious penance; with difficulty, with great exertion, painfully, hardly, scarcely

krikara = one of the vital airs, causes coughing and sneezing

krimi * = or {kri4mi} m. (fr. {kram} Un.), a worm, insect VS. TS. AV. S'Br. Mn. &c.; `" a spider "'
(see {-tantu-jAla}); a silk-worm L.; a shieldlouse L.; an ant L.; lac (red dye caused by insects) L.;
N. of a son (of Us'înara Hariv. 1676 ff.; of Bhajamâna Hariv. 2002); of an Asura (brother of
Râvana) L.; of a Nâga-râja Buddh. L.; ({is}) f. N. of the wife of Us'înara and mother of Kriimi
Hariv. 1675 and VP. (v.l. {kRmI}); N. of a river MBh. vi, 9, 17; [cf. Lith. {kirminis}, {kirmele};
Russ. {c8ervj}; Hib. {cruimh}; Cambro-Brit. {pryv}; Goth. {vaurms}; Lat. {vermi-s} for {quermi-
s}.]

krimii * = f. N. of the wife of Us'înara = {kRmi} q.v.

krintati = (6 pp) to cut

krintana * = n. cutting, cutting off, dividing BhP. iii, 30, 28 and vi, 2, 46 (cf. %{tantu-},
%{ziraH-}.)

kriNva.ntaH = that person who is doing

kripaalu* = mfn. pitiful, compassionate (with gen.) MBh. BhP. Das'.

kripaNa * = 1 mf({A4}; {I} g. {bahv-Adi})n. (ganas {zreNyAdi} and {sukhA7di} Pân. 8-2, 18 Pat.)
inclined to grieve, pitiable, miserable, poor, wretched, feeble S'Br. xi, xiv MBh. &c.; resulting from
tears AV. xi, 8, 28; low, vile W.; miserly, stingy Pañcat. Hit.; m. a poor man VarBriS.; a scraper,
niggard Pañcat. S'ârngP.; a worm L.; N. of a man VP.; ({am}) ind. miserably, pitiably MBh.
Pañcat. Das'.; ({kRpa4Nam}) n. wretchedness, misery RV. x, 99, 9 AitBr. vii, 13 S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iv,
185 &c.; ({sa-kRpaNam}, `" miserably, pitiably "'), S'ântis'. (cf. {kArpaNya}.)

kripaNa * = 12 Nom. Â. (3. pl. {kRpa4Nanta}) to long for, desire RV. x, 74, 3.

kripaaNa * = 1m. (Pân. 7-2, 18 Pat.) a sword Das'. Prab.; a sacrificial knife W.; ({I}) f. a pair of
scissors, dagger, knife Kâd. (cf. {ajAkRpANIya}.)

kripaH = Krpa

kripa* = m. N. of a man (described as a friend of Indra) RV. viii, 3, 12 and 4, 2; m. and ({I}) f. N.
of the son and daughter of the sage S'aradvat (who performed severe penance; the jealous Indra
therefore sent a nymph to tempt him, but without success; however, twin sons were born to the
sage in a clump of grass [{zara-stambe}], who were found by king S'ântanu and out of pity
[{kRpA}] taken home and reared; the daughter, Kriipî, married Drona, and had by him a son
called As'vatthâman; the son, Kriipa, became one of the council at Hastinâpura, and is sometimes
called Gautama, sometimes S'âradvata; according to Hariv. and VP., Kriipa and Kriipî were only
distant descendants of S'aradvat; according to others, Kriipa = Vyâsa or = a son of Kriishna) MBh.
&c.; ({A}) f. see s.v. below.

kripaa* = f. (g. {bhidA7di}) pity, tenderness, compassion (with gen. or loc.; {kRpAM-kR}, to pity
[with loc.] Nal. xvii R.) MBh. &c.; N. of a river (v.l. {rUpA}) VP.

kripaNa = adj. niggardly

kRpaNa * = 1 mf({A4}; {I} g. {bahv-Adi})n. (ganas {zreNyAdi} and {sukhA7di} Pân. 8-2, 18 Pat.)
inclined to grieve, pitiable, miserable, poor, wretched, feeble S'Br. xi, xiv MBh. &c.; resulting from
tears AV. xi, 8, 28; low, vile W.; miserly, stingy Pañcat. Hit.; m. a poor man VarBriS.; a scraper,
niggard Pañcat. S'ârngP.; a worm L.; N. of a man VP.; ({am}) ind. miserably, pitiably MBh.
Pañcat. Das'.; ({kRpa4Nam}) n. wretchedness, misery RV. x, 99, 9 AitBr. vii, 13 S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iv,
185 &c.; ({sa-kRpaNam}, `" miserably, pitiably "'), S'ântis'. (cf. {kArpaNya}.) \\ kRpaNa Nom. Â.
(3. pl. {kRpa4Nanta}) to long for, desire

kRpaaNa* m. (Pân. 7-2, 18 Pat.) a sword Das'. Prab.; a sacrificial knife W.; ({I}) f. a pair of
scissors, dagger, knife Kâd. (cf. {ajAkRpANIya}.)

kripaNaaH = misers

kripayaa = please

kripayaa.apaare = out of boundless compassion

kripaa = compassion

kripaachhaayaa = care, protection

krish * = 1 cl. 1. P. {ka4rSati}, rarely Â. {-te} (perf. {cakarSa}, 2. sg. {-Sitha} Pân. 7-2, 62 Kâs'.; fut.
{karkSyati} or {krakSy-}; {kRSiSy-} DivyA7v. xvii; {karSTA} or {kraSTA} Pân. 7-2, 10 Kâs'.; aor.
{akRkSat} [or {akArkSIt}] or {akrAkSIt}, iii, 1, 44 Vârtt. 7; inf. {kraSTum}), to draw, draw to one's
self, drag, pull, drag away, tear RV. AV. S'Br. &c.; to lead or conduct (as an army) MBh.; to bend
(a bow) Ragh. v, 50; to draw into one's power, become master of, overpower Mn. ii, 215 MBh. iv,
20 R. Pañcat.; to obtain Mn. iii, 66; to take away anything (acc.) from any one (acc.) Vop. v, 8; to
draw or make furrows, plough RV. viii, 22, 6 Lâthy. v, 1, 4 Vait. (Â.) R. iii, 4, 12 BhP. (ind. p.
{kRSTvA}): cl. 6. P. Â. {kRSa4ti}, {-te} (p. {kRSa4t}), to draw or make furrows, plough RV. AV.
TS. S'Br. &c.; Â. to obtain by ploughing AV. xii, 2, 16; to travel over MBh. iii, 16021: Caus.
{karSayati}, to draw, drag RV. x, 119, 11 (aor. 1. sg. {acikRSam}) R. Mriicch.; to draw or tear out
MBh. iii, 2307; to pull to and fro, cause pain, torture, torment Mn. MBh. &c.; `" to plough "' see
{karSita}: Intens. (pr. p. and Subj. 3. sg. {ca4rkRSat}; impf. 3. pl. {acarkRSur}) to plough RV. AV.;
{carIkRSyate} or Ved. {karIk-}, to plough repeatedly Pân. 7-4, 64; [cf. Lith. {karszu}, {pleszau};
Russ. {c8eshu}; Lat. {verro}, {vello}; Goth. {falh}.]

krisha = weak

krishaH = (adj) thin

krishati = (6 pp) to plough

krishhakaH = (m) farmer

krishhi = plowing

krishhiivalaH = (m) farmer

Krishna = 1. (n) the Supreme Personality of Godhead

Krishna = 2. (n) the Cause of All Causes

krishhNa = the eighth incarnation of Vishnu i.e. Krishna

krishhNa-paksha = Dark half of lunar month, also known as vadyapaksha

krishhNaM = unto KRishhNa

krishhNaH = the fortnight of the dark moon

krishNa-saara* = mf({I})n. chiefly black, black and white (as the eye), spotted black Nal. R. Vikr.
Hcat. &c.; m. (with or without {mRga}) the spotted antelope Mn. ii, 23 S'ak. Megh. &c.; Dalbergia
Sissoo L.; Euphorbia antiquorum L.; Acacia Catechu L.; ({A}) f. Dalbergia Sissoo L.; Euphorbia
antiquorum L.; the eyeball Nyâyad.; {-mukha} n. N. of a particular position of the hand PSarv.

krishhNaajinaambarau = )two) persons wearing the deer-skin as clothes

krishhNaat.h = from KRishhNa

krishhNaasana = the Krishna posture

krishhNe = and darkness

krit.h = the man who did (the destruction of raakshasa kula)

krita = Done*=1 mfn. done, made, accomplished, performed RV. AV. &c.; prepared, made ready
ib.; obtained, gained, acquired, placed at hand AV. iii, 24, 5; well done, proper, good S'Br. iv;
cultivated Mn. x, 114; appointed (as a duty) Yâjñ. ii, 186; relating or referring to Yâjñ. ii, 210; m.
N. of one of the Vis've Devâs MBh. xiii, 4356; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP. ix, 24, 45; of a son of
Sannati and pupil of Hiranya-nâbha Hariv. 1080 BhP. xii, 6, 80; of a son of Kriita-ratha and
father of Vibudha VP.; of a son of Jaya and father of Haryavana BhP. ix, 17, 17; of a son of Cyavana
and father of Upari-cara VâyuP.; ({am}) n. (with {saha} or with instr.) `" done with "', away with,
enough of, no need of, &c. (e.g. {kRtaM saMdehena}, away with doubt S'ak.; {k- parihAsena},
enough of joking ib.); the past tense AitBr. v, 1; ({a4m}) n. deed, work, action RV. AV. S'vetUp.
Mn. &c.; service done, kind action, benefit (cf. {kRta-jJa} and {-ghna}) MBh. v, 1692 Pañcat.;
magic, sorcery SâmavBr.; consequence, result L.; aim Vop. i, 2; stake at a game RV. AV.; prize or
booty gained in battle ib.; N. of the die or of the side of a die marked with four points or dots (this
is the lucky or winning die) VS. xxx, 18 TS. S'Br. &c.; (also the collective N. of the four dice in
opposition to the fifth die called {kali} Comm. on VS. x, 28); (hence) the number `" four "'
VarBriS. Sûryas.; N. of the first of the four ages of the world (also called {satya} or `" the golden
age "', comprehending together with the morning and evening dawn 4800 years of men [Mn.
MBh. Hariv.] or according to the later conception [BhP. &c. Comm. on Mn. i, 69] 4800 years of
the gods or 1, 728, 000 years of men); ({e}) loc. ind. on account of, for the sake of, for (with gen.
or ifc. e.g. {mama kRte} or {mat-kRte}, on my account, for me) Yâjñ. i, 216 MBh. R. &c.; ({ena})
instr. ind. id. MBh. R. i, 76, 6 and vi, 85, 10.\\*=2 mfn. injured, killed L. (cf. 2. {kIrNa}.) f. an
abyss RV. ii, 35, 5.\\mfn. brought down, humiliated, offended, injured, tricked, deceived MBh. R.
&c.; low, base, wicked ib.; removed, set aside, dismissed W.; n. lowering, humbling, humiliation
Bhartr2. ii, 30 (v.l. %{-ti}); %{-prajJa} (MBh.), %{-mati} (BhP.) mfn. depraved in mind.

kritaM = done

kritaa*= f. an abyss RV. ii, 35, 5. \\ see 2. {kRt}.

ókrita*= mfn. brought down, humiliated, offended, injured, tricked, deceived MBh. R. &c.; low,
base, wicked ib.; removed, set aside, dismissed W.; n. lowering, humbling, humiliation Bhartri. ii,
30 (v.l. {-ti}); {-prajJa} (MBh.), {-mati} (BhP.) mfn. depraved in mind.

kritakrityaH = the most perfect in his endeavors

kritadhiyaaM = of sanes (stable-minded)

kritaGYa = Grateful

kritaGYataa = gratitude

kritaaJNjaliH = with folded hands

kritaante = in the conclusion

kriti = Direction

kritena = by discharge of duty

krittikaa = Third nakshatra

kritvaa* = ind. p. having done see s.v. 1. %{kR}

kritya = Deed

krityaiH = that which was done

kritvaa = after doing

kritsnaM = whole

kritsnakarmakrit.h = although engaged in all activities

kritsnavat.h = as all in all

kritsnavit.h = one who is in factual knowledge

kritsnasya = all-inclusive

kriya = action

kriya* = m. (borrowed fr. Gk.$.) the sign &99331[320,3] Aries VarBri. i, iii, x, xvii; Ganit. Horâs'.

kriyaa* = f. (Pân. 3-3, 100), doing, performing, performance, occupation with (in comp.),
business, act, action, undertaking, activity, work, labour. KâtyS'r. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; bodily action,
exercise of the limbs L.; (in Gr.) action (as the general idea expressed by any verb), verb Kâs'. on
Pân. 1-3, 1 &c. (according to later grammarians a verb is of two kinds, {sakarma-kriyA}, `" active
"', and {akarma-k-}, `" intransitive "'); a noun of action W.; a literary work Vikr.; medical
treatment or practice, applying a remedy, cure (see {sama-kriya-tva} and {viSama-k-}) Sus'r.; a
religious rite or ceremony, sacrificial act, sacrifice Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; with {caramA}, `" the last
ceremony "', rites performed immediately after death, obsequies, purificatory rites (as ablution
&c.) MBh. iv, 834 R. vi, 96, 10; religious action, worship BhP. vii, 14, 39 RâmatUp.; Religious
Action (personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma MBh. i, 2578 Hariv. 12452 BhP.;
or as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Kratu BhP.); judicial investigation (by human means, as
by witnesses, documents, &c., or by superhuman means, as by various ordeals) Comm. on Yâjñ.;
atonement L.; disquisition L.; study L.; means, expedient L.

kriyaH = and activities

kriyate = is done

kriyante = are done

kriyamaaNa = someone in the process of doing

kriyamaaNaani = being done

kriyaa = Purificationary rite, religious ceremony

kriyaaH = performances

kriyaabhiH = by pious activities

kriyaavisheshha = pompous ceremonies

kriyaayoga* = m. the connection with an action or verb APrât. Pân. 1-1, 14 Kâr.; the employment
of expedients or instruments MBh. iii, 69 Sus'r.; the practical form of the Yoga philosophy (union
with the deity by due performance of the duties of every day life, active devotion) Yogas. ii, 1 BhP.
iv, 13, 3; N. of wk.; {-sAra} m. a section of the PadmaP.

kriiNaati = to buy
kruura = cruel

kruura-graha = Malefic planet

kruuraan.h = mischievous

krodha = anger

krodhaM = anger

krodhaH = and anger

krodhaat.h = from anger

kroshati = (1 pp) to cry

kshaatra* = mf({I})n. (fr. {kSatra4}), belonging or relating or peculiar to the second caste Mn. vii,
87 Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({am}) n. the dignity of a ruler or governor MBh. iii, 5097 and xiii, 3026 R. ii f.
v.

ksha* = 1 (fr. 1. or 2. {kSi}) see {dyukSa4}; m. a field L.; the protector or cultivator of a field,
peasant L. \\2 mfn. (fr. 4. {kSi}) see {tuvikSa4}; m. destruction, loss L.; destruction of the world
L.; lightning L.; a demon or Rakshas L.; the fourth incarnation of Vishnu (as the manlion or nara-
sinha) L.

kshaa* = f. (derived fr. some forms of 2. {kSa4m}) the earth, ground Naigh. i, 1 Nir. ii, 2 Sây. \\ =
see 1. {kSam}

kshaa= the earth, the ground

kshaalayati = (10 pp) to wash

kshaanti * =f. patient waiting for anything Vop. xxiii, 3; patience, forbearance, endurance,
indulgence Mn. v, 107 MBh. R. &c.; the state of saintly abstraction DivyA7v. vi, xii, xviii; (in
music) N. of a S'ruti; N. of a river VP.

kshaantIya * =mfn. fr. {-ta} g. {utkarA7di}.

kshaantu * =mfn. patient, enduring Un.; ({us}) m. a father. L.

kshaanta * =1 mfn. (g. {priyA7di}) borne, endured ({soDha}) L.; pardoned MBh. Pañcat.; (Pân. 3-
2, 188 Kâr.) enduring, patient Mn. v, 158 Yâjñ. R. Ragh. (compar. {-tara}); m. (g. {utkarA7di}) N.
of a man g. {azvA7di}; of a hunter Hariv. 1206; of S'iva (cf. {kSama}); ({A}) f. `" the patient one "',
the earth L.; ({am}) n. patience, indulgence R. i, 34, 32 and 33.

kshaa4nta * =1 mfn. ending with the letter {kSa} RâmatUp.

kshaanta * = 2 see 1. {kSam}.

kshaantiH = tolerance

kshaamaye = ask forgiveness

kshaara = salty

kshaatraM = of a ksatriya

kshamaa = forgivance

kshamii = forgiving

kshana = to invite

kshana = quick, a quick measure of time =* kshaNa = 1 m. any instantaneous point of time,
instant, twinkling of an eye, moment Nal. S3ak. Ragh. &c.; a moment regarded as a measure of
time (equal to thirty Kala1s or four minutes L.; or (in astron.) to 48 minutes VarBr2S. &c.; or 4/5
or 24/35 seconds BhP. iii, 11, 7 and 8); a leisure moment, vacant time, leisure (e.g. %{kSaNaM-
kR}, to have leisure for, wait patiently for MBh.; cf. %{kRta-kSaNa}); a fit or suitable moment,
opportunity (%{kSaNaM-kR}, to give an opportunity. MBh. iv, 666; cf. %{datta-kSaNa} and
%{labdha-kS-}); a festival Megh. Das3. BhP. iii, 3, 21; a certain day of the fortnight (as the full
moon, change of the moon, &c.) Sarvad.; dependence L.; the centre, middle L.; (%{am}) n. an
instant, moment Bhartr2. (= Subh.); (%{am}.) acc. ind. for an instant R. vi, 92, 35 BrahmaP. Vet.
&c. [325,1]; in a moment Ragh. xii, 36 S3a1ntis3. (cf. %{tat-kSaNam}); (%{eNa}) instr. ind. in a
moment Nal. R. &c.; (%{At}) abl. ind. after an instant, immediately, at once Mn. R. S3ak. &c.;
%{tataH@kSaNAt} (= %{tat-kSaNAt} q.v.), immediately upon that Katha1s.; %{kSaNAt-kSaNAt},
in this moment - in that moment Ra1jat. viii, 898; (%{eSu}) loc. ind. immediately, at once R. vi,
55, 19; %{kSaNe@kSaNe}, every instant, every moment Ra1jat. v, 165 and 337.\\2 %{-Natu}, %{-
Nana}, &c. see %{kSan}.\\2 m. killing (= ma1ran2a) Gal.

kshaanti * = f. patient waiting for anything Vop. xxiii, 3; patience, forbearance, endurance,
indulgence Mn. v, 107 MBh. R. &c.; the state of saintly abstraction DivyA7v. vi, xii, xviii; (in
music) N. of a S'ruti; N. of a river VP.

kshantiH = tolerance

kshantR * = mfn. one who pardons or bears patiently MBh. xiii, 4873.

kshaNaM = one second

kshaNaprabhaa = (f) lightning

kshaNaviyoga = momentary separation

kshaNaviikshita = glance

kshapayishNu * = 1 mfn. one who intends to efface or do penance for 2: destroying

kshara = prone to end, destructible

ksharaM = to the fallible

ksharaH = constantly changing

kshatra * = n. (1. {kSi}?; g. {ardharcA7di}) sg. and pl. dominion, supremacy, power, might
(whether human or supernatural, especially applied to the power of Varuna-Mitra and Indra) RV.
AV. VS. S'Br. ii; xi; sg. and pl. government, governing body RV. AV. VS. x, 17 TBr. ii; the military
or reigning order (the members of which in the earliest times, as represented by the Vedic hymns,
were generally called Râjanya, not Kshatriya; afterwards, when the difference between Brahman
and Kshatra or the priestly and civil authorities became more distinct, applied to the second or
reigning or military caste) VS. AV. TS. &c. [325, 2]; a member of the military or second order or
caste, warrior Mn. MBh. &c. (fancifully derived fr. {kSatAt tra} fr. {trai} i.e. `" a preserver from
injury "' Ragh. ii, 53); the rank of a member of the reigning or military order, authority of the
second caste AitBr. viii, 5 S'Br. xiii, 1, 5, 2 BhP. iii, ix; wealth Naigh. ii, 10; water, i, 12; the body L.;
Tabernaemontana coronaria (v.l. {chattra}) L.; ({I}) f. a woman of the second caste L.

kshatriya = the caste of princes and warriors

kshatriyabalaM = the power or might of the kshatriyas or kings

kshatriyasya = of the ksatriya

kshatriyaaH = the members of the royal order

kshatta: person born from a male sudra with a ksatriya female: For instance, a brâhmana begets
an ambastha of a vaisya woman, a parasava or a nisada of a sudra woman. A kshatriya begets an
ugra of a sudra woman, a suta of a brâhmana woman. A vaisya begets a magadha of a kshatriya
woman, a vaidehaka of a brâhmana woman. A sudra begets an ayogava of a vaisya woman, a
ksatta of a kshatriya woman and a chandala of a brâhmana woman.

kshauma * mf({I})n. (fr. {kSumA}; = {kSoma} Un. i, 138), made of linen, linen Lâthy. Gobh.
PârGri. &c.; covered with linen W.; prepared from linseed (as oil) Sus'r.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. =
{aTTa} (an airy room on the top of a house, apartment on the roof, back of an edifice, fortified
place in front of a building, building of a particular form W.; cf. {kSoma}) L.; ({I}) f. flax (Linum
usitatissimum) L.; ({am}) n. linen cloth or garment KâtyS'r. Gaut. Mn. &c. (also = {dukUla} L.);
linseed Sus'r.; the flower of flax L.

kshaura* = mfn. (fr. {kSura4}), performed with a razor (with {karman}, `" shaving "') VarBriS. iic,
12; ({as}), m.= {-mantra} Sây. on TS. i; ({I}) f. a razor W.; ({am}) n. shaving the head, shaving in
general ({-raM} 1. {kR}, to shave Hit.; {-raM}, Caus. 1. {kR}, to have one's self shaved Hit.) Cân.

kshaudra * m. (fr. {kSudra} and {-drA}), Michelia Campaka MBh. iii, 11569; N. of a mixed caste
(son of a Vaideha and a Mâgadhî) MBh. xiii, 2584; ({am}) n. smallness, minuteness g.
{pRthvAdi}; honey, species of honey L.; water L.; N. of a Sûtra of the SV.

kshaya = loss, weakening, scaricity

kshayaM = destruction

kshayas* = see {aurukSayasa}.

kshayaja* = mfn. produced by consumption (as cough) Sus'r.

kshayaNa* = 1 mfn. habitable [? m. `" a place with tranquil water "' Comm.] VS. xvi, 43;
({kSa4yaNa}) TS. iv; ({kSeNa4}) MaitrS.; m. a bay, harbour Comm. on RPrât.; ({am}) n. a
dwelling place Nir. vi, 6.

kshayaNa* = 2 mfn. ifc. `" destroying, annihilating, driving away, dispersing "' see {arAya-},
{asura-}, {pizAca-}, {bhrAtRvya-}, {yAtudhAna-}, {sadAnvA-} and {sapatna-kSa4yaNa}.
kshaya* = see 1. 2. and 4. {kSi}.

kshaya* = 1 m. `" dominion "' Sây. (on RV. vii, 46, 2).

kshaya* = 2 mfn. dwelling, residing RV. iii, 2, 13; viii, 64, 4; m. an abode, dwelling-place, seat,
house (cf. {uru-} and {su-kSa4ya}, {rAtha-}, {divikSaya4}) RV. VS. v, 38 TS. Pân. MBh. R. BhP.;
the house of Yama (cf. {yama-kS-}, {vaivasvata-kS-}); abode in Yama's dominion Comm. on R.
(ed. Bomb.) ii, 109, 11; (= {kSiti4}) family, race RV. i, 123, 1.

kshaya* = 3 m. (Pân. 6-1, 201) loss, waste, wane, diminution, destruction, decay, wasting or
wearing away (often ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; fall (as of prices, opposed to {vRddhi} e.g. {kSayo
vRddhiz ca paNyAnAm}, `" the fall and rise in the price of commodities "') Yâjñ. ii, 258; removal
W.; end, termination (e.g. {nidrA-kS-}, the end of sleep R. vi, 105, 14; {dina-kSaye}, at the end of
day MBh. i, 699 R. iv, 3, 10; {jIvita-kSaye}, at the end of life Das'.; {AyuSaH kS-} id. Ragh.;
{kSayaM} {gam}, {yA}, {i}, or {upai}, to become less, be diminished, go to destruction, come to an
end, perish Nal. R. Sus'r. VarBriS. Das'. Amar. Hit.; {kSayaMnI}, to destroy R. v, 36, 51);
consumption, phthisis pulmonalis Sus'r. Hcat.; sickness in general L.; the destruction of the
universe Pañcat.; (in alg.) a negative quantity, minus Âryabh.; = {-mAsa} Jyot.; = {kSayA7ha}
Ganit.; N. of a prince VP.; ({A}) f. N. of a Yogini Hcat.; ({am}) n. N. of the last year in the sixty
years "' Briihaspati cycle VarBriS. [328,2]

kshayakrit.h = the destroyer

kshayati = (1 pp) to decay

kshayaat.h = (from) consunption/destruction

kshayaaya = for destruction

kshemaM = protection

kshema * mf({A})n. (2. {kSi}) habitable; giving rest or ease or security MBh. R.; at ease,
prosperous, safe W.; m. basis, foundation VS. xviii, 7 AV. iii, 12, 1 and iv, 1, 4 S'Br. xiii KapS. i, 46;
residing, resting, abiding at ease RV. x AV. xiii, 1, 27; iii; viii; ({as}, {am}) m. n. (Ved. only m.; g.
{ardharcA7di}), safety, tranquillity, peace, rest, security, any secure or easy or comfortable state,
weal, happiness RV. AV. VS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({kSe4ma} & {yo4ga} [or {pra-yu4j}], rest and
exertion, enjoying and acquiring RV. VS. xxx, 14 PârGri. MBh. xiii, 3081; cf. {kSema-yoga} and
{yoga-kS-}; {kSemaM te}, `" peace or security may be to thee "' [this is also the polite address to a
Vais'ya, asking him whether his property is secure Mn. ii, 127], S'ântis'. ii, 18); final emancipation
L.; m. a kind of perfume (= {caNDA}) L.; Ease or Prosperity (personified as a son of Dharma and
S'ânti VP.; as a son of Titikshâ BhP. iv, 1, 51); N. of a prince MBh. i, 2701 DivyA7v. xviii; of a son of
S'uci and father of Su-vrata BhP. ix, 22, 46; N. of a kind of college ({maTha}) Râjat. vi, 186;
({eNa}) instr. ind. at ease; in security, safely R. Mriicch. Pañcat. BhP.; (ifc. with {yathA} R. ii, 54,
4); ({ais}) instr. pl. ind. id. MBh. xiii, 1519; ({A}) f. a kind of perfume (= {kASTha-guggula}, or
{coraka} Comm.) VarBriS. iii; N. of Durgâ L.; of another deity (= {kSemaM-karI}) DevîP.; of an
Apsaras MBh. i, 4818; ({am}) n. N. of one of the seven Varshas in Jambû-dvîpa BhP. v, 20, 3.

kshemakAma * = ({kSe4ma-}) mfn. longing for rest RV. x, 94, 12.

kshemajit * = m. N. of a prince MatsyaP. (vv.ll. {kSatrau9jas}, {kSemA7rcis}).

kshe4ma-yoga * = {au} m. du. rest and exertion AitBr.

kshe4ma-vat * = mfn. attended with tranquillity and security, prosperous Pân. Siddh.; ({An}) m.
N. of a prince VP.; ({atI}) f. N. of a woman Buddh.; of a locality.

kshemataraM = better

kshepaNaastraH = (m) missile

kshepaNii = (f) rocket

kshetra = fieldk* = n. (2. {kSi}) landed property, land, soil ({kSe4trasya pa4ti}, `" lord of the soil
"'N. of a kind of tutelary deity RV. AV. ii, 8, 5; also {kSe4trasya pa4tnI}, `" mistress of the soil "',
and {kSe4trANAm pa4ti}, `" the lord of the soil "'N. of tutelary deities AV. ii, 12, 1 VS. xvi, 18); `"
soil of merit "', a Buddha or any holy person DivyA7v.; a field (e.g. {-traM-kR}, `" to cultivate a
field "' Mn. Yâjñ. ii, 158; cf. {sasya-kS-}) RV. &c.; place, region, country RV. AV. iii, 28, 3 TS. vii
Sus'r. Megh. Vet.; a house L.; a town L.; department, sphere of action MBh. xiv, 126 R. &c.; place
of origin, place where anything is found Yogas. ii, 4 Sus'r. BhP. viii, 12, 33; a sacred spot or
district, place of pilgrimage (as Benares &c.; often ifc.) BrahmaP.; an enclosed plot of ground,
portion of space, superficies (e.g. {sv-alpa-kS-}, of a small circuit Yâjñ. ii, 156); (in geom.) a plane
figure (as a triangle, circle, &c.) enclosed by lines, any figure considered as having geometrical
dimensions Gol.; a diagram W.; a planetary orbit Ganit.; a zodiacal sign Sûryas.; an astrological
mansion VarBriS. VarBri. i, xi; (in chiromancy) certain portions marked out on the palm VarBriS.
lxviii, 1; `" fertile soil "', the fertile womb, wife Mn. Yâjñ. ii, 127 MBh. R. S'ak. BhP.; the body
(considered as the field of the indwelling soul) Yâjñ. iii, 178 Bhag. xiii, 1 and 2 Kum. vi, 77; (in
Sânkhya phil.) = {a-vyakta} (q.v.) Tattvas.; ({I4}) f. only dat. {-triyai4} for {-triyA4t} (AV. ii, 10, 1)
TBr. ii, 5, 6, 1; [cf. {a4-kS-}, {anya-} and {kuru-kSetra4}, {karma-kS-}, {deva-kS-}, {dharma-kS-},
{raNa-kS-}, {siddha-kS-}, {su-kS-}, {sure7zvarI-kS-}; cf. also Goth. {haithi}, Them. {haithjo};
Germ. {Heide}.]

kshetraM = the field

kshetraGYa = and the knower of the body

kshetraGYaM = the knower of the field

kshetraGYaH = the knower of the field

kshetraGYayoH = and the knower of the field

kshetrii = the soul

kshetreshhu = in bodily fields

kshiti = earth

kshitipaala = (m) protector of the earth, king

kship = (root) to throw * = 1 cl. 6. P. %{kSipa4ti} A1. %{kSipate} (MBh. &c.; cl. 4. P. %{kSipyati},
only Bhat2t2.; Subj. %{kSipa4t}; perf. %{cikSepa} MBh. &c.; ep. also %{cikSipe}; fut. 2nd
%{kSepsyati} MBh. &c.; ep. also %{-te}; inf. %{kSeptum}; cf. Pa1n2. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), to throw,
cast, send, despatch AV. ix, 1, 10 and 20 Mn. MBh. (Pass. pr. p. %{kSipyat}, i, 1126) &c.; to move
hastily (the arms or legs) Mr2icch. BhP. x, 36, 14; to throw a glance (as the eye) Bhartr2. i, 94; to
strike or hit (with a weapon) RV. i, 182, 1-3; to put or place anything on or in (loc.), pour on,
scatter, fix or attach to (loc.) Ya1jn5. i, 230 Bhag. Mr2icch. &c.; to direct (the thoughts) upon (loc.)
Sarvad.; to throw away, cast away, get rid of Bhartr2. ii, 69 Katha1s.; to lay (the blame) on (loc.)
Hit.; to utter abusive words, insult, revile, abuse Mn. MBh. &c.; `" to disdain "' i.e. to excel, beat,
outvie BhP. iv, 8, 24 and 15, 17; to strike down, ruin, destroy BhP. vi, 1, 14 BrahmaP.; (A1. `" to
destroy one another, go to ruin "' Pot. 3. pl. %{kSiperan} MBh. iii, 1094); to pass or while away
(the time or night, %{kAlam}, %{kSapAm}) Katha1s. lv, 154; xcii, 84; to lose (time, %{kAlam}; cf.
%{kAlakSepa}) R. vii, 80, 14; to skip or pass over (a day, %{dinam}.) Car. vi, 3; (in math.) to add
Gol.: Caus. P. %{kSepayati}, to cause to cast or throw into (%{antar}) Katha1s. xiii, 160; to throw
into R. ii, 76, 16; to cause to descend into (loc.) Katha1s. lxxv, 121; to pass or while away (the
night, %{kSapAm}) ib. lvi, 75; (aor. Subj. 2. sg. %{cikSipas}) to hurt, injure RV. x, 16, 1 (cf. Subj.
%{kSepayat} s.v. 2. %{kSi}); [cf. Lat. {sipo}, {dissipo}, for {xipo}.]\\2 %{pas} f. pl. (only used in
nom.; the instr. is formed fr. %{kSi4pA} RV. ix, 59, 57) `" the movable ones "', the fingers RV. iii,
v, ix (Naigh. ii, 5). [329,1]

kshipaami = I put

kshipati = (6 pp) to throw

kshipa* = mfn. `" throwing, casting "' see %{giri-kS-}; m. a thrower W.; (%{A}) f. throwing,
sending, casting g. %{-bhidA7di}; (for %{kSapA4}) night Comm. on L.; (%{kSi4pA}) f. only instr.
pl. %{-pAbhis} see 2. %{kSi4p}.

kshipaka* = m. an archer L.; (%{A}) f. ? Pa1n2. 7-3, 45 Va1rtt. 5; g. %{pre7kSA7di}.

kshipakin* = mfn. fr. %{-kA} g. %{pre7kSA7di}.

kshipaNi* = f. `" moving speedily "', gallop [NBD.] RV. iv, 40, 4; a missile weapon Un2.; a kind of
net L.; = %{mantra} L.; = %{adhvaryu} L.; an oar Comm. on L. (also %{-NI} f. ib.)

kshipaNu* = m. `" an archer "', or (%{u4}) n. `" a missile weapon "' RV. iv, 58, 6; (%{us}) m. air,
wind Un2. iii,

kSipaNyu* = mfn. diffusive, what may be sent or scattered, fragrant L.; (%{us}) m. the body L.;
spring Un2. iii, 51 Sch.

kshipta = neglected or distracted

kshipra = sudden, quick

kshipraM = soon

kshii = to dimnish

kshiiNakalmashhaaH = who are devoid of all sins

kshiiNe = spent-up/weakened state of

kshiina* =mfn. diminished, wasted, expended, lost, destroyed, worn away, waning (as the moon)
S'Br. MundUp. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; weakened, injured, broken, torn, emaciated, feeble Mn. vii, 166
Sus'r. Kâs'. on Pân. 6-4, 61 & viii, 2, 46 &c.; delicate, slender S'ak. Gît. iv, 21 Naish. vii, 81; poor,
miserable Pañcat. iv, 16 and 32; ({am}) n. N. of a disease of the pudenda muliebria Gal.

kshiira = milk
kshiirodaka* = m. N. of a tree Hcar. Sch.

ksiirodIya* = Nom. P. to behave like the ocean of milk Sâh.

kshiti * = 1 is f. dominion (Comm.) MBh. xiii, 76, 10.

kshiti4 * = 2 f. an abode, dwelling, habitation, house (cf. also {uru-} and {su-kSiti4}, {dhruva4}.)
RV.; (Naigh. i, 1) the earth, soil of the earth Mn. MBh. R. &c.; the number `" one "' Bijag.;
({a4yas}) f. settlements, colonies, races of men, nations (of which five are named; cf. {kRSTi4})
RV.; (said of the families of the gods) iii, 20, 4; estates Râjat. v, 109 (cf. {uru-} and {su-kSiti4},
{dhAraya4t-}, {dhruva4-}, {bhava-}, {raNa-}, {samara-}.)

kshi4ti * = 3 f. wane, perishing, ruin, destruction AV.; the period of the destruction of the
universe, end of the world L. (cf. {a4-}, {a4sura-}.)

kshIyamaaNa* = mfn. (Pass. p.) perishing, wasting away, decaying BhP. v, 22, 9 Hit. (cf. {a4}.)

kshiyaa* = f.. (g. {bhidA7di}) loss, waste, destruction L.; offence against the customs Pân. 8-1, 60
and ii, 104.

kshnana = to annihilate

kshouti = to sneeze

kshobhaM = disturbance

kSobha* = m. shaking, agitation, disturbance, tossing, trembling, emotion MBh. R. Ragh. Vikr.
Megh. &c.; (in dram.) an emotion that is the cause of any harsh speeches or reproaches Sa1h. 471
and 480 (cf. %{bala-kS-}.)

kshudra = insignificant, small

kshudraM = petty

kshudh = hunger

kshudhaa = hunger

kshudhaarta = hungry

kshudhyati = (4 pp) to be hungry

kshubhyati = (4 pp) to tremble

kshud* = 1 cl. 1. P. {kSo4dati}, to strike against, shake RV. vii, 85, 1 (Naigh. ii, 14); Â. to move, be
agitated or shaken RV. v, 58, 6: cl. 7. P. Â. {kSuNatti}, {kSuntte} (impf. {akSuNat}; aor. 3. pl.
{akSautsur}; fut. {kSotsyati} Pân. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), to stamp or trample upon Bhathth.: Caus.
{kSodayati} (impf. {a4kSodayat}), to shake or agitate by stamping RV. iv, 19, 4; to crush, pound,
pulverise Sus'r.; (Nom. P. fr. {kSudra4}) to reduce, diminish Bhathth. xviii, 26; [cf. Gk. $, $ for $,
$, $ &102340[330, 2] $ Lith. {skausti}?]
kshudhita 8 = mfn. hungered Pa1n2. 7-2, 52 ; (g. %{tArakA7di}) hungry ChUp. MBh. R. Sus3r.
Ragh.

kshudra V*= petty, * = mf({A})n. (compar. {kSodIyas}, superl. {-diSTha}, qq.vv.) minute,
diminutive, tiny, very small, little, trifling AV. VS. xiv, 30 TBr. iii S'Br. ChUp. AitUp. Yâjñ. &c.;
mean, low, vile Mn. vii, 27 Yâjñ. i, 309 MBh. &c.; wicked (said in joke) Mâlav.; niggardly,
avaricious L.; cruel L.; poor, indigent L.; m. a small particle of rice L. [330, 3]; = {-roga} (q.v.)
Sus'r.; = {-panasa} (q.v.) L.; ({A}) f. (Pân. 4-3, 119) a kind of bee Bhpr.; a fly, gnat L.; a base or
despicable woman Pân. 4-1, 131; a maimed or crippled woman ib. Pat.; a whore, harlot L.; a
dancing girl L.; a quarrelsome woman L.; N. of several plants (Solanum Jacquini, also another
variety of Solanum, Oxalis pusilla, Coix barbata, Nardostachys Jathâ-mânsî) L.; ({a4m}) n. a
particle of dust, flour, meal RV. i, 129, 6 and viii, 49, 4; [cf. Lith. {kUdikis}, `" an infant "'; Pers. $
{kUdak}, `" small a boy. "']

kSullaka * = mf({A})n. (Naigh. iii, 2) little, small AV. ii, 32, 5 TS. S'Br. i BhP.; low, vile L.; poor,
indigent L.; wicked, malicious, abandoned L.; hard L.; youngest L.; pained, distressed L.; m. a
small shell L.; N. of a prince VP. (v.l. {kSulika}); ({am}) n. a sort of play or game (= {muSTi-
dyUta}) L.

kshura = (masc) knife

kshurakriyaa = (fem) shaving, cutting with a knife

kshurapatram.h = (n) blade

kshut* = 1 {t} f. a sneeze, sneezing MârkP. xxxv, 24.

kshuudra = weak (here)

kshveli*= see keli

kuumanas* = mfn. (1. {ku}) Ved. wicked-minded Pân. 6-3, 133 Kâs'.

ku * =1 a pronom. base appearing in {ku4tas}, {ku4tra}, {kuvi4d}, {ku4ha}, {kva4}, and as a

prefix implying deterioration, depreciation, deficiency, want, littleness, hindrance, reproach,
contempt, guilt; originally perhaps {ku} signified `" how (strange!) "'; as a separate word {ku}
occurs only in the lengthened form 3. {kU4} q.v. \\ =2 f. the earth Âryabh. VarBriS. VarBri. BhP.
vi, 1, 42; the ground or base of a triangle or other plane figure, Comm on Âryabh.; the number `"
one. "'

kU * = 1 or {ku} cl. 2. P. {kauti} (Ved. {kavIti} Pân. 7-3, 95), or cl. 1. Â. {kavate} (Dhâtup. xxii, 54),
or cl. 6. {kuvate} (ib. xxviii, 108), or cl. 9. P. Â. {kU8nAti}, {kU8nAte} (perf. 3. pl. {cukuvur}
Bhathth.), to sound, make any noise, cry out, moan, cry (as a bird), coo, hum (as a bee) &c.
Bhathth.: cl. 1. {ka4vate}, to move Naigh. ii, 14: Intens. Â. {kokUyate} (Nir. Pân.) P. Â. {kokavIti}
and {cokUyate} (Pân. 7-4, 63 Kâs'.), to cry aloud Bhathth.; [cf. Gk. $.] &92760[299, 1] \\2 ind. (=
{kva4}) where? RV. v, 74, 1. \\3 {Us} f. a female Pis'âca or goblin L.

kuhaka * = 1 m. (Un2. ii, 38) a cheat, rogue, juggler MBh. BhP. Ka1m. ; an impostor A1p. ; a kind
of frog Sus3r. ; N. of a Na1ga prince BhP. ; (%{am}) n. juggling, deception, trickery Hit. BhP. &c. ;
(%{A}) f. id. MBh. v, 5461.//2 ind. onomat. from the cry of a cock, &c., only in comp.

kuja = Mars
kujadoshha = Affliction caused by Mars occupying the 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th or 12th houses. There are
some more details and it is best to learn more about this before delineating marital relationships

kula * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) a herd, troop, flock, assemblage, multitude, number, &c. (of quadrupeds,
birds, insects, &c., or of inanimate objects e.g. {go-kula}, a herd of cows R. &c.; {mahiSIk-}, a herd
of female buffaloes Riitus.; {ali-k-}, a swarm of bees S'is'. Gît. &c.; {alaka-k-}, a multitude of curls
BhP.); a race, family, community, tribe, caste, set, company (e.g. {brAhmaNa-k-}, the caste of the
Brâhmans BhP.; {padAtInAM kula}, infantry Râjat. v, 247); (ifc. with a gen. sg.) a lot, gang (e.g.
{caurasya-k-}, a gang of thieves) Pân. 6-3, 21 Kâs'.; the residence of a family, seat of a community,
inhabited country (as much ground as can be ploughed by two ploughs each drawn by six bulls
Comm. on Mn. vii, 119) [294, 3]; a house, abode MBh.; a noble or eminent family or race Mn.
MBh. &c.; high station (in comp. `" chief, principal "' cf. {kula-giri}, &c.); the body L.; the front,
forepart W.; a blue stone L.; (with S'âktas) N. of S'akti and of the rites observed in her worship (cf.
{kaula}); = {kula-nakSatra} q.v. Tantras.; m. the chief of a corporation or guild L.; = {kula-vAra}
q.v. Tantras.; N. of a man R. vii, 43, 2; ({A}) f. `" a principal day "'N. of the 4th and 8th and 12th
and 14th day in a {pakSa}, or half-month Tantras.; ({I}) f. a wife's elder sister L.; the plant
Solanum Jacquini or Solanum longum L.

kU4la * = n. a declivity, slope RV. viii, 47, 11; a shore, bank S'Br. xiv Nir. Mn. &c. (ifc. Pân. 6-2,
121; 129 & 135; f. {A} MBh. xiv, 1163); a heap, mound, tope Car.; a pond or pool L.; the rear of an
army L.; N. of a locality g. {dhUmA7di}; [cf. {aja-kUlA}, {anu-kUla}, {ut-k-} &c.; cf. also Hib.
{cul}, `" custody, guard, defence, back part of anything "'; {col}, `" an impediment "'; Lat.
{collis}?]

kulaM = family

kulaghnaanaaM = for those who are killers of the family

kulajanaa = of noble people

kuladharmaaH = the family traditions

kuladharmaaNaaM = of those who have the family traditions

kulaniha.ntaarau = family+destroyers (2 persons)

kulavinaasha = the destroyer of the kula(dynasty, lineage) of (Râkshasaas)

kulastriyaH = family ladies

kulasya = for the family

kulakshaya = in the destruction of a dynasty

kulakshaye = in destroying the family

kulaani = lineages

kulaalaH = (m) potter

kuliina = from a good family

kuliiraH = (m) a crab

kule = in the family

kulyaa = (f) canal (carrying water for irrigation)

kuNDa = starting place of kundalini* n. [{as} m. L.], a bowlshaped vessel, basin, bowl, pitcher,
pot, water-pot KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a vessel for coals R. v, 10, 16 &c.; a round hole in the ground (for
receiving and preserving water or fire cf. {agni-kuNDa}), pit, well, spring or basin of water
(especially consecrated to some holy purpose or person) MBh. R. &c.; m. an adulterine, son of a
woman by another man than her husband while the husband is alive Mn. iii, 174; (see. {gola} and
{-golaka} below); N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10358; of a Nâga MBh. i, 4828; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra
MBh. i, 4550; ({A}) f. ( {kuND}) mutilation Pân. 3-3, 103 Kâs'.; N. of Durgâ L.; ({I}) f. (Pân. 4-1,
42) a bowl, pitcher, pot Hcat. Prasannar.; ({ami}) n. ifc. a clump (e.g. {darbha-k-}, a clump of
Darbha grass) Pân. 6-2, 136; a particular measure L.; N. of certain mystical figures; a particular
appearance of the moon (surrounded by a circle) VarBriS. iv, 15.

kunda *m. (Un. iv, 101) a kind of jasmine (Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens) MBh. &c.;
fragrant oleander (Nerium odorum, {karavIra}) L.; Olibanum (the resin of the plant Boswellia
thurifera) L.; a turner's lathe L.; one of Kubera's nine treasures (N. of a {guhyaka} Gal.) L.; the
number `" nine "' W.; N. of Vishnu MBh. xiii. 7036; of a mountain BhP. v, 20, 10; ({am}) n. the
jasmine flower.

kuNDala = coil of rope, ring

kuNDali = The Wheel or Horoscope Chart

kuNDalinii = a coiled female snake, the latent energy at the base of the spine

ku.njaraH = (Masc.nom.S)elephant

ku-pariikshaka = one who cannot judge value correctly

kukuTaasana = the cockerel (rooster) posture

kukkuTa = rooster

kukkuTaH = (m) cock

kukkuTii = (f) hen

kukkuraH = (m) dog

kunmalaH = (m) button

kula = family, dynasty

kulaaya * = n. (in later language also {as} m. Pañcat. &c.) a woven texture, web, nest (of a bird),
case or investing integument, receptacle, home AV. TS. S'Br. &c.; the body as the dwellingplace of
the soul AV. S'Br. xiv BhP.; the kennel or resting-place of a dog Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 4; a place, spot
in general L.; (with {agneH} Vait.; or with {indrA7gnyoH} TândyaBr. Âs'vS'r. &c.) N. of a
particular Eka7ha (cf. {aindrA7gna-k-}.)

kumaniishin * = mfn. of slow intellect

kumantra * = m. a bad advice BhP.; a bad charm Kathâs.

kumantrin * = m. a bad counsellor BhP.

kumanas * = ({ku4-}) mfn. displeased, angry MaitrS. iv, 2, 13

kumaara = (m) boy, young

kumaaraH = boy

kumaarikaa = (f) girl

kumaari * = (shortened for {-rI} q.v.; cf. Pân. 6-3, 63).

kumaarii = (f) girl, young* = f. of {-ra4} q.v.; (mfn.) desirous of a daughter Pân. 1-4, 3 Pat

kumbha = The Zodiacal sign of Aquarius

kumbhaka = holding the breath:* = m. ifc. a pot Kathâs.; a measure (of grain, &c.) Jyot.; the
prominence on the upper part of an elephant's forehead MBh. xii, 4280; ({as}, {am}) m. n.
stopping the breath by shutting the mouth and closing the nostrils with the fingers of the right
hand (a religious exercise) BhP. Veda7ntas. Sarvad. &c.; m. the base of a column Buddh.; N. of an
attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2577; ({ikA}) f. a small pot or pitcher Kathâs. vi, 41; the plant
Myrica sapida Bhpr.; the plant Pistia Stratiotes L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; a small shrub (=
{droNapuSpI}) L.; a disease of the eyes (= {kumbhIkA}); N. of one of the mothers in Skanda's
retinue MBh. ix, 2633.

kumuda * = n. [{as} m. L.], `" exciting what joy "', the esculent white water-lily (Nymphaea
esculenta) AV. iv, 34, 5 Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; the red lotus (Nymphaea rubra) L.; m. camphor Bhpr.; (in
music) N. of a Dhruvaka; N. of a particular comet VarBriS.; of a Nâga MBh. Ragh.; of an attendant
of Skanda [MBh. ix, 2558] or of Vishnu [BhP.]; of the elephant of the south-west or southern
quarter L.; of a Daitya L.; of a son of Gada by Briihatî Hariv. 9193; of a confidant of king
Unmatta7vanti Râjat.; of a monkey-hero MBh. R.; of a poet; of a pupil of Pathya BhP. xii, 7, 2; of a
mountain BhP. VP.; of one of the smaller Dvîpas VP.; ({A}) f. a form of Durgâ BhP. x, 2, 12
MatsyaP.; the plant Gmelina arborea L.; the plant Pistia Stratiotes L.; the plant Desmodium
gangeticum L.; the plant Grislea tomentosa L.; another plant (commonly Kathphala) L.; ({I}) f.
the plant Kathphala (Myrica sapida); ({am}) n. camphor L.; silver L.

kunchikaa = (f) key

kuntaH = (m) spear

kuNthha* = * = mfn. (g. {kaDArA7di}) blunt, dull MBh. i, 1178 R. &c.; stupid, indolent, lazy,
foolish

kuntibhojaH = Kuntibhoja

kuntiiputraH = the son of Kunti

kunda = night lily

kupita = angered* = mfn. provoked, incensed, offended, angry.

kupitaM = angry

kupyati = (4 pp) to be angry

kupyasi = you get angry

kurma = a tortoise, one of the vital airs - controls blinking

kurmaasana = the tortoise (leg-lock) posture

kuranga = deer

kuru = do

kurute = does (from kRi)

kurunandana = O beloved child of the Kurus

kurupraviira = O best among the Kuru warriors

kuruvriddhaH = the grandsire of the Kuru dynasty (Bhishma)

kurushreshhTha = O best of the Kurus

kurushhva = do

kurusattama = O best amongst the Kurus

kurukshetre = in the place named Kuruksetra

kuruun.h = the members of the Kuru dynasty

kuryaaM = I perform

kuryaat.h = must do

kurva.nti = (Vr.Pr.IIIP Pl.PP)do; act

kurvan.h = doing anything

kurvanti = do (from kRi)

kurvantu = may do

kurvannapi = although engaged in work

kurvavadhaanaM = pay attention

kurvaaNa = one who does

kurvaaNaH = performing
kurvaan.h = doing

kus'a * = m. grass S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. Âs'vGri.; (the Brâhmanas commonly call it {darbha4});
the sacred grass used at certain religious ceremonies (Poa cynosuroides, a grass with long pointed
stalks) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; a rope (made of Kus'a grass) used for connecting the yoke of a plough
with the pole L.; N. of a son of Vasu Uparicara Hariv. 1806; of the founder of Kus'athalî SkandaP.;
of a son of Balâka7s'va (grandson of Balâka, father of Kus'âmba or Kus'a-nâbha) R. BhP. ix, 19, 4;
of a son of Suhotra (cf. {kAza}) BhP.; of a son of Vidarbha ib.; of a son of Râma (cf. {kuzIlava})
Hariv. 822 BhP. Ragh. xvi, 72; of and son of Lava (king of Kas'mira) Râjat. i, 88; one of the great
Dvîpas or divisions of the universe (surrounded by the sea of liquified butter) BhP. v, 1, 32 VP.
[297, 1]; ({A}) f. (Pân. 8-3, 46) a small pin or piece of wood (used as a mark in recitation) Lâthy. ii,
6, 1 and 4; a cord (cf. {ka4zA}) L.; a horse's bridle (cf. {ka4zA}) L.; N. of a plant (commonly
Madhu-karkathikâ) L.; ({I4}) f. ( = {kuzA}) a small pin (used as a mark in recitation and
consisting of wood [MaitrS. iv] or of metal [TBr. i S'Br. iii]; a ploughshare L.; a pod of cotton L.;
({am}) n. water; (mfn.) wicked, depraved L.; mad, inebriate L.

kushalaM = welfare

kuSIda* = mfn. indifferent, apathetic W.; (%{am}) n. for %{kusIda} q.v. L.

kusida* = m. id. Pa1n2. 4-1, 37.

kusIda* = mfn. (fr. 1. %{ku} and %{sad}?; cf. %{kuSIda}), lazy, inert (?) TS. vii; (%{am}) n. any
loan or thing lent to be repaid with interest, lending money upon interest, usury TS. iii Gobh.
Gaut. Pa1n2. &c.; red sandal wood L.; (%{as}, %{A}) mf. a money-lender, usurer L.

kus'ala * =mf({A})n. (ganas {sidhmA7di}, {zreNy-Adi}, and {zramaNA7di}) right, proper,

suitable, good (e.g. {kuzalaM} {man}, to consider good, approve AitBr. S'ânkhS'r.); well, healthy,
in good condition, prosperous R. &c.; fit for, competent, able, skilful, clever, conversant with (loc.
[Pân. 2-3, 40 ChUp. Mn. &c.] gen. [Pân. 2-3, 40 Yâjñ. ii, 181] inf. [MBh.], or in comp. [gana
{zauNDA7di}; Gaut Mn. &c.]); ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people MBh. vi, 359; N. of the Brâhmans in
Kus'advîpa BhP. v, 20, 16; m. N. of S'iva; of a prince VP.; of a grammarian (author of the Pañjikâ-
pradîpa); ({A}) f. N. of a woman g. {bAhv-Adi}; ({I}) f. the plant Oxalis Corniculata (=
{azmantaka}) L.; the plant {kSudrA7mlikA} L.; ({am}) n. welfare, well-being, prosperous
condition, happiness TUp. Gaut. Âp. MBh. &c. [{kuzalam-pracch}, to ask after another's welfare,
to say `" how do you do? "' Mn. MBh. &c.; {kuzalaM te} (optionally with dat. Pân. 2-3, 73), `" hail
to thee! "' (used as a salutation, especially in greeting a Brâhman) MBh. &c.]; benevolence R. ii,
34, 22; virtue L.; cleverness, competence, ability Pañcat.; N. of a Varsha governed by Kus'ala VP.;
({am}) ind. well, in a proper manner, properly ChUp.; (in comp.) g. {vispaSTA7di}; happily,
cheerfully, (with {As}, `" to be well "') BhP.; ({ena}) ind. in due order Gobh. (also in comp.
{kuzala-}).

kushale = in the auspicious

kushahasta = holding kusha grass in hand

kushmâNDa * = m. (cf. {kUSm-}) a kind of pumpkin-gourd (Beninkasa cerifera) MBh. xiii, 4364
({kUzm-} ed. Bomb.) Sus'r.; = {bhrUNA7ntara} (a state of the womb in gestation W.) L.; false
conception (?); ({am}) n. N. of the verses VS. xx, 14 ff. TÂr. ({kUzm-}) MBh. xiii, 6236 ff.
({kUzm-} ed. Bomb.); ({As}) m. pl. a class of demons (or of demi-gods attached to S'iva; cf.
{kumbhA7NDa}) BhP. x VP. ({kUSm-}) Kathâs.; m. N. of a demon causing disease Hariv. 9560
(v.l. {kUSm-}); ({I}) f. the gourd Beninkasa Cerifera L.; N. of the verses VS. xx, 14 ff. (see
{kUSm-}) L.; N. of Durgâ Hariv. 10245 (v.l. {kUSm-}).
kusidaayii* = f. (Pân. 4-1, 37) id. Kâthh. x, 5; the wife of a money-lender L.

kusIdaayii* = f. the wife of a usurer Vop. iv, 25.

kushiida* = mfn. indifferent, apathetic W.; ({am}) n. for {kusIda} q.v. L.

kusida* = m. id. Pân. 4-1, 37.

kusiida* = mfn. (fr. 1. {ku} and {sad}?; cf. {kuSIda}), lazy, inert (?) TS. vii; ({am}) n. any loan or
thing lent to be repaid with interest, lending money upon interest, usury TS. iii Gobh. Gaut. Pân.
&c.; red sandal wood L.; ({as}, {A}) mf. a money-lender, usurer L.

kusuma = flower * = (fr. {kus} Un.; g. {ardharcA7di}), a flower, blossom Mn. xi, 70 R. &c. (ifc. f.
{A}) Mâlav. & Ratnâv. [298, 2]; N. of the shorter sections of Deves'vara's Kavi-kalpa-latâ (the
longer chapters being called {stabaka}); fruit L.; the menstrual discharge L.; a particular disease
of the eyes L.; m. a form of fire Hariv. 10465; N. of an attendant of the sixth Arhat of the present
Avasarpinî L.; N. of a prince Buddh.

kusumaakaraH = spring

kusumita = blooming

kusyati = (4 pp) to embrace, to hug

kuTiichaka = the hut-builder

kuTiilbuddhii = adj. heinous, attrocious, nefarious

kuTuMbakaM = small family

kuTumba = family

kuTumbaka = family

kuTTati = to grind, to pound

kutaH = from where

kutha * = {as} or {am} m. n. a house, family (cf. {kuTi}) RV. i, 46, 4 [?= {kRta} Nir. v, 24]; a
water-pot, pitcher L.; m. a fort, stronghold L.; a hammer, mallet for breaking small stones, ax L.; a
tree L.; a mountain L.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di} and {kurv-Adi} [also RV. i, 46, 4, accord. to
Gmn.]; ({I}) f. g. {gaurA7di} (Ganar. 47).

kuta * = m. N. of one of the eighteen attendants of the sun (identified with the god of the ocean) L.

kutra = where

kutsya = despicable

kuuja.ntaM = making the `coo'ing sound

kuujat.h = the singing (chirping) one

kuuTasthaM = unchanging

kuuTasthaH = spiritually situated

kuupaH = (m) well

kuupii = (f) bottle

kuurchikaa = (f) paint brush, drawing brush

kuurdati = to jump

kuurparaH = (m) elbow

kuurmaH = tortoise

kuushmâNDa * = v.l. for {kuSm-} q.v.; ({A}) f. N. of Durgâ; ({I}) f. id. (see {kuSm-}); ({yas}) f.
pl.N. of the verses VS. xx, 14-16 (spoken in a certain rite for penance or expiation) Yâjñ. iii, 304;
({am}, {Ani}) n. sg. and pl. id. Gaut. Mn. viii, 106.

kuutha * = n. the bone of the forehead with its projections or prominences, horn RV. x, 102, 4 AV.
S'Br. AitBr.; a kind of vessel or implement Kaus'. 16; ({as}, {am}) m. n. any prominence or
projection (e.g. {aMsa-k-}, {akSi-k-}, qq. vv.); summit, peak or summit of a mountain MBh. &c.;
summit, head i.e. the highest, most excellent, first BhP. ii, 9, 19; a heap, multitude (e.g. {abhra-
k-}, a multitude of clouds) MBh. R. BhP.; part of a plough, ploughshare, body of a plough L.; an
iron mallet MBh. xvi, 4, 6; a trap for catching deer, concealed weapon (as a dagger in a wooden
case, sword-stick, &c.) R. Pañcat.; ({as} L.; {am}) m. n. illusion, fraud, trick, untruth, falsehood L.;
a puzzling question, enigma BhP. vi, 5, 10 and 29; m. a kind of hall (= {maNDapa}) Hcat.; N. of a
particular constellation VarBri. xii, 8 and 16; a subdivision of Graha-yuddha Sûryas.; a mystical N.
of the letter {kSa} RâmatUp.; N. of Agastya (cf. {kuTaja}) L.; of an enemy of Vishnu R. BhP. x;
({as}, {am}) m. n. uniform substance (as the etherial element, &c.) L.; a water-jar Hcar.; a kind of
plant L.; ({as}, {I}) mf. a house, dwelling (cf. {kuTa} and {kuTI}) L.; ({kUta4}) mf({A4})n. not
horned or cornuted (as an animal with incomplete continuations of the bone of the forehead) AV.
xii, 4, 3 TS. i Kâthh. &c.; false, untrue, deceitful Mn. Yâjñ. Kathâs. &c.; base (as coins) Yâjñ. ii,
241; m. an ox whose horns are broken L.; ({am}) n. counterfeited objects (of a merchant) VarBri.
xiv, 3.

kva = where

kvachit.h = at any time, sometimes, at that time

kvathati = to boil

kyAn *V: of what extent, how much

laabha = acquirement, acquisition* = m. meeting with, finding Mn. Katha1s. ; obtaining, getting,
attaining, acquisition, gain, profit Mn. MBh. &c. ; capture, conquest Hariv. VarBr2S. ;
apprehension, perception, knowledge S3am2k. Sa1h. BhP. ; enjoying MW. ; N. of the 11th
astrological house or lunar mansion VarBr2S. (also %{-sthAna}, Cat)

laabhaM = gain

laabhaalaabhau = both profit and loss

laaghava = sweetness, kindness, lightness n. (fr. {laghu}) * = swiftness, rapidity, speed MBh. R.;
alacrity, versatility, dexterity, skill MBh. Kâv. &c.; lightness (also of heart), ease, relief Mn. Yâjñ.
Sus'r.; levity, thoughtlessness, inconsiderateness, rashness R. Kathâs.; insignificance,
unimportance, smallness R. Mâlav. MârkP.; (in prosody) shortness of a vowel or syllable (opp. to
{gaurava}), Ping.; shortness of expression, brevity, conciseness Sarvad. Kâty. Sch.; lack of weight
or consequence, derogation of dignity, slight, disrespect MBh. Kâv. &c.

laaghavaM = with ease or lightness

laajaiH = with the roasted rice, wheat flakes

laakiNii = the goddess in manipuraka

laakshaNa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {lakSaNa}) relating to or acquainted with characteristic signs or

marks APrât. Sch.

laakshmaNa * = mf({I})n. (fr. {lakSmaNa}) relating to the plant Lakshmanâ Vâgbh.; a patr. fr.
{lakSmaNa} Sanskârak.

laal.h = to pamper

laalasa* =mf({A})n. (fr. Intens. of {las}) eagerly longing for, ardently desirous of, delighting or
absorbed in, devoted or totally given up to (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-tA} f.); m. and ({A}) f.
longing or ardent desire, fond attachment or devotion to (loc.) Bhartri. Bâlar. (L. also `" regret,
sorrow; asking, soliciting; the longing of a pregnant woman; dalliance "'); ({A}) f. a kind of metre
Ping. Sch.

laava* =1 {lAvaka} &c. see p. 905, col, 2. \\2 {lAvaka} w.r. for {lAba}, {lAbaka}. \\* = mf({I})n.
(ifc.) cutting, cutting off, plucking, reaping, gathering Ragh. Sâh.; cutting to pieces, destroying,
killing Bhathth.

laavaNa =* mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{lavaNa}) saline, salt, salted, cooked or dressed with
salt Hariv. Sus3r.; m. N. of the salt sea which surrounds Jambudvi1pa L.

labdha* = m mfn. taken, seized, caught, met with, found &c.; got at, arrived (as a moment)
Kathâs.; obtained (as a quotient in division) Col. (cf. {labdhi}); ({A}) f. N. of a partic. heroine L.; a
woman whose husband or lover is faithless W.

labdhaM = gained

labdhaa = regained

labdhvaa = having achieved

labh.h = to obtain (see also laabha)

labhate = (1 ap) to get, to obtain

labhante = do achieve

labhasva = gain

labhe = I obtain

labhet.h = gains

labhya = Easy

labhyaH = can be achievedlaguDa = a club, a stick

lac = a one hundred thoausand

ladduka = laddoo, a sweet-ball

lagna = The Ascendant or 1st house

lagnadhipati = Ascendant lord

laghu = small / inferior / light

laghuH = light

laghuDa = club, stick

laghutvaM = lightness

laghutaa * = f. quickness, promptness, agility, dexterity MBh. Ma1rkP.; lightness, ease, facility
Sus3r. R2itus.; feeling of ease, fñfeeling of bodily freshness Ka1ran2d2.; prosodial shortness
VarBr2S.; smallness, littleness, meanness, insignificance MBh. Ra1jat. S3is3.; light-mindedness,
thoughtlessness, levity, wantonness R.; want of rank or dignity, humbleness, disregard, disrespect
Ka1v. Pan5cat. &c.

laghvaashii = eating a small quantity

lajjaa = modesty\\* = f. shame, modesty, bashfulness, embarrassment (also Shame personified as

the wife of Dharma and mother of Vinaya) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the sensitive plant, Mimosa Pudica L.

lajja* =m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants Vop.; ({A}) f. see below.

laJja* = m. (only L.) a foot, a tail; = {kaccha}; = {paGgu}; ({A}) f. (only L.) an adulteress; sleep; a
current; N. of Lakshmî.

lajjyate = (1 ap) to be ashamed, embarrassed.

lakshaNa* = mfn. indicating, expressing indirectly Veda7ntas.; m. Ardea Sibirica L.; N. of a man
Râjat. (often confounded with, {lakSmaNa}); ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) a mark, sign, symbol,
token, characteristic, attribute, quality (ifc. = `" marked or characterized by "', `" possessed of "')
Mn. MBh. &c.; a stroke, line (esp. those drawn on the sacrificial ground) S'Br. GriS'rS.; a lucky
mark, favourable sign GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; a symptom or indication of disease, Cat; a sexual
organ MBh. xiii, 2303; a spoon (?) DivyA7v; accurate description, definition, illustration Mn.
Sarvad. Sus'r.; settled rate, fixed tariff Mn. viii, 406; a designation, appellation, name (ifc. = `"
named "', `" called "') Mn. MBh. Kâv.; a form, species, kind, sort (ifc.= `" taking the form of "', `"
appearing as "') Mn. S'ank. BhP.; the act of aiming at, aim, goal, scope, object (ifc. = `" concerning
"', `" relating to "', `" coming within the scope of "') APrât. Yâjñ. MBh. BhP.; reference, quotation
Pân. 1-4, 84; effect, operation, influence ib. i, 1, 62 &c.; cause, occasion, opportunity R. Das'.;
observation, sight, seeing W.

lakshaNA* = f. aiming at, aim, object, view Hariv.; indication, elliptical expression, use of a word
for another word with a cognate meaning (as of `" head "' for `" intellect "'), indirect or figurative
sense of a word (one of its three Arthas; the other two being {abhidhA} or proper sense, and
{vyaJjanA} or suggestive sñsense; with {sA7ropA}, the placing of a word in its figurative sense in
apposition to another in its proper sñsense) Sâh. Kpr. Bhâshâp. &c. [892, 2]; the female of the
Ardea Sibirica (= {lakSmaNA}) Sus'r.; a goose Un. iii, 7 Sch.; N. of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv.

laksh * = cl. 1. Â. {lakSate}, to perceive, observe BhP. Kathâs.; (P. {-ti}), to recognise MBh.; cl. 10.
P. Â. (Dhâtup. xxxii, 5; xxxiii, 23; rather Nom. fr. {lakSa} below) {lakSayati}, {-te} (aor.
{alalakSat}, {-ta}; inf. {lakSayitum}; ind. p. {lakSayitvA}, {-lakSya}), to mark, sign MBh.; to
characterize, define (in Comms.); to indicate, designate indirectly S'ank. Kpr. Sâh. Sarvad.; to
aim, it (as to aim an arrow at any object), direct towards, have in view, mean Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 37
&c.; to consider or regard any one (acc.) as (acc. with or without {iva}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; to
suppose of any one (acc.) that he will &c. (oratio recta with {iti}) MBh. iii, 10375; to know,
understand, recognise by (instr.) or as (acc.) or that &c. (oratio recta with {iti}) MBh. Kâv. Pur.; to
notice, perceive, observe, see, view MaitrUp. Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. {lakSyate}, to be marked &c.; to
be meant or intended Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 14 &c.; to be named or called (with double nom.) BhP.; to
be perceived or seen, appear, seem, look like (nom. with or without {iva}) MBh. Kâv. &c.: Desid.
see {lilakSayiSita}.

lakshataa * = f. the state of being a mark or aim MW.

lakshes'a * = m. = {lakSA7dhI7za} Kâv.

lakshaka * = mfn. indicating, hinting at, expressing indirectly or elliptically or by metonymy Sâh.;
N. of two men Râjat.; n. a lac, one hundred thousand Pañcar.

laksha = Lakh, 100, 000 in number, also sight

lakshaNaM = symptom; indication; aspect; characteristics

lakshmaNa * = mf({A4})n. having marks or signs or characteristics TS.; endowed with auspicious
signs or marks, lucky, fortunate L.; m. Ardea Sibirica Âpast.; N. of a Vâsishthha g. {zubhrA7di}; of
a son of Das'a-ratha by his wife Su-mitrâ (he was younger brother and companion of Râma during
his travels and adventures; LñLakshmana4 and S'atru-ghna were both sons of Su-mitrâ, but
LñLakshmana4 alone is usually called Saumitri; he so attached himself to Râma as to be called
RñRâma's second self; whereas S'atru-ghna attached himself to Bharata) R. Pur. &c.; N. of various
authors and other persons (also with {AcArya}, {kavi}, {dezika}, {dvivedin}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa},
{zAstrin}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; ({A}) f. the female of the Ardea Sibirica MBh.; a goose Un. iii, 7 Sch.; a
kind of potherb Car.; N. of various other plants (Hemionitis Cordifolia; Uraria Lagopodioides; =
{putra-kandA} and a white-flowering Kanthaka7ri). L.; N. of a wife of Kriishna Hariv. Pur.; of a
daughter of Dur-yodhana (carried off by Sâmbha, a son of Kriishna) BhP.; of an Apsaras Hariv.; of
a Buddhist Devî Kâlac.; of the mother of the 8th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; n. a mark,
sign, token MBh. R. &c. (often v.l. {lakSaNa}), a name L.
lakshmaNapuurvajaM = the (earlier-born)elder of LakshmaNa

lakshmaNaanucharo = having LakshmaNa as the follower

lakshmaNo = laksshmaNaH

lakshmaNopetaM = having Lakshmana nearby

lakshmi = goddess of wealth, beauty and luck, wife of Vishnu

lakshmii = wealth

lakSya * mfn. to be marked or characterized or defined, Kap. Sch.; to be indicated, indirectly

denoted or expressed Sâh. Veda7ntas.; (to be) kept in view or observed VarBriS. Kathâs.; to be
regarded as or taken for (nom.) S'is'. Hit.; to be recognised or known, recognisable by (instr. or
comp.) Hariv. Kâlid. Dhûrtas.; observable, perceptible, visible MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of a magical
formula or spell recited over weapons R.; n. an object aimed at, prize MBh. R. Kâm.;
(exceptionally also n. with m. as v.l.) an aim, butt, mark, goal Up. Gaut. MBh. &c. ({lakSyaM-
labh}, to attain an object, have success; {lakSyam-bandh} with loc., `" to fix or direct the aim at "',
with {AkAze} = {AkAze lakSam-bandh} see under {lakSa}) [893, 2]; the thing defined (opp. to
{lakSaNa}) A.; an indirect or secondary meaning (that derived from {lakSaNA}, q.v.) Kpr.; a
pretence, sham, disguise Ragh. Kâm. (cf. {-supta}); a lac or one hundred thousand Râjat.; an
example, illustration (?) Sâh.; often v.l. or w.r. for {lakSa} and {lakSman}.

lakshyam.h = (n) aim, target, goal

lakshyamaatravyaapakaH = lakshyam + atra + vyApakaH:goal or target + here + manifested

lalaaTa = the forehead

lalaaTaka = (n) forehead

lalita = lovely, beautiful, elegant, graceful

laMbodaraM = having a long stomach

laMbodaraaya = to the long-stomached

lampaTa * = mf({A})n. covetous, greedy, lustful, desirous of or addicted to (loc. or comp.) Inscr.
Kâv. Pur.; m. a libertine, lecher, dissolute person, w.; ({A}) f. a partic. personification L.

lampaTa-tA * = n. greediness, dissoluteness, lewdness.

laampaTya * = n. (fr. {lampaTa}) lasciviousness, lustfulness, dissoluteness Nalac.

lankaa = the kingdon of Ravana, Ceylon or Sri Lanka

la.ngh.h = to climb

lashunam.h = (n) garlic

lasatbhiH = glowing
lasiikaa* = f. watery humour in the body, lymph, serrum &c. Car. Bhpr.; the juice of the sugar-
cane L.; a tendon, muscle L.

lasitaM = beautified

lata = creeper

lataa = (f) creeper, vine

laulikii = a movement of the abdominal muscles and organs

laukika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {loka}) worldly, terrestrial, belonging to or occurring in ordinary life,
common, usual, customary, temporal, not sacred (as opp. to {vaidika}, {ArSa}, {zAstrIya} [909,
3]; {laukiheSu} ind. = {loke} `" in ordinary or popular speech "', opp. to {vaidikeSu} Nir.) S'rS.
Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) belonging to the world of(ct. {brahma-l-}); m. common or ordinary men (as
opp. to `" the learned, initiated "' &c.) S'ank. Sarvad.; men familiar with the ways of the world,
men of the world Uttarar.; men in general, people, mankind MBh.; n. anything occurring in the
world, general custom, usage S'ak. MârkP.; a persoñs ordinary occupation BhP.

lava = Piece * = m. (1. {lU}) the act of cutting, reaping (of corn), mowing, plucking or gathering
(of flowers &c.), Das. Nalo7d.; that which is cut or shorn off, a shorn fleece, wool, hair Mn. Ragh.;
anything cut off, a section, fragment, piece, particle, bit, little piece ({am} ind. a little; {lavam api},
even a little) MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {padAti-l-}); a minute division of time, the 60th of a twinkling,
half a second, a moment (accord. to others 1/4000 or 1/5400 or 1/20250 of a Muhûrta) ib.; (in
astron.) a degree Gol.; (in alg.) the numerator of a fraction Col.; the space of 2 Kâshthhâs L.; loss,
destruction L.; sport L. (cf. {lala}); Perdix Chinensis W.; N. of a son of Râmacandra and Sîtâ (he
and his twin-brother Kus'a were brought up by the sage Vâlmîki and taught by him to repeat his
Râmâyana at assemblies; cf. {kuzI-lava}) R. Ragh. Uttarar. Pur.; of a king of Kas'mîra (father of
Kus'a) Râjat.; n. (only L.) nutmeg; cloves; the root of Andropogon Muricatus; a little (cf. m.).

lavana=* mfn. one who cuts &c., a cutter, reaper g. %{nandy-Adi}; (%{I}) f.
Anona Reticulata L.; n. the act of cutting, reaping, mowing &c. Ka1tyS3r.; an
implement for cutting, sickle, knife &c. Kaus3. (see %{darbha-l-}).

lavaNa=*mf(%{A})n. (derivation doubtful) saline, salt, briny, brinish S3Br. &c.

&c. (%{-NaM@kRtvA}, or %{kRtya} g. %{sAkSA7di}); tasteful, graceful,
handsome, beautiful W.; m. saltness, saline taste W.; the sea of salt water (in
MBh. vi, 236 &c. one of the seven oceans which surround the Dvi1pas in
concentric belts) IW. 420; N. of a hell VP. (v.l. %{savana}); of a Ra1kshasa or
Daitya MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a king belonging to the family of Haris3candra Cat.;
of a son of Ra1ma (= %{lava} q.v.) S3atr.; of a river L.; = %{bala} and %{asthi-
deva} L.; (%{A}) f. lustre, grace, beauty L. (cf. %{lAvaNya}); Cardiospermum
Halicacabum L.; N. of a river Ma1lati1m.; (%{I}) f. (g. %{gaurA7di}) N. of various
rivers L.; n. (according to some also m. and %{A} f.) salt (esp. seasalt, rock or
fossil salt; but also factitious salt or salt obtained from saline earth) AV. &c. &c.;
oversalted food L.; lustre, beauty, charm, grace (ifc. see, %{nir-l-} and %{lava-
NA7kara}); a partic. mode of fighting (prob. w.r. for %{lambana}) Hariv.

lavanga = clove

lavangaH = (m) cloves

lavaNa = (m) salty

lavaNam.h = (n) salt

lavana = mineral

layaM = tranquillity or the lull after destruction or the Deluge

layayoga = yoga using the latent power of kundalini

lekhya * = 2 mfn. to be scratched or scraped or scarified Sus'r.; to be written or transcribed Yâjñ.

MârkP.; to be drawn or painted Yâjñ.; to be portrayed, painted BhP.; to be written down or
numbered among (loc.) Kâvya7d.; favourable to the gods (said of Vishnu) Vishn. (Sch.); n. the act
or the art of writing, Mbh. R.; copying, transcribing VarBriS.; delineation, drawing, painting ib.; a
writing, letter, manuscript Kâm. Kathâs. Sâh.; (in law) any written document (esp. a written
accusation or defence) Vishn. Yâjñ. (cf. IW. 293); an inscription MBh. xiii, 6330; ({gaNanA-}) a
catalogue, list of Ragh.; a painted figure BhP.

lekha = writings, article

lekhanii = (f) pencil

lekhaphalakam.h = (n) slate

lekhaani = writings

lepa = smearing

lepakaaraH = (m) person who builds houses

lelihyase = You are licking

lesha = little-bit, slight

lihanta: * licking

likh.h = to write

likhati = wrote

likhitavaan.h = wrote

liilaa * = f. (derivation doubtful) play, sport, diversion, amusement, pastime MBh. Kâv. &c.; mere
sport or play, child's play, ease or facility in doing anything ib.; mere appearance, semblance,
pretence, disguise, sham Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. (ibc. sportively, easily, in sport, as a mere joke [903,
3]; also = {lIlayA} ind. for mere diversion, feignedly); grace, charm, beauty, elegance, lovelniess
Kâlid. Kathâs. Râjat.; (in rhet.) a maideñs playful imitation of her lover, Dalar. Sâh. Pratâp.; a
kind of metre (4 times $) Col.; N. of a Yogini HParis'.

limpati = (6 pp) to anoint

limpanti = do affect
lin´ga*= n. (once m. in Nr2isUp.; ifc. f. %{A}, %{I} only in %{viSNu-liGgI}; prob. fr. %{lag}; cf.
%{lakSa}, %{lakSaNa}) a mark, spot, sign, token, badge, emblem, characteristic (ifc. = %{tal-
liGga}, `" having anything for a mark or sign "') Up. MBh. &c.; any assumed or false badge or
mark, guise, disguise MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a proof, evidence Kan2. Ka1tyS3r. Sarvad.; a sign of guilt,
corpus delicti Ya1jn5. Sch.; the sign of gender or sex, organ of generation Mn. Hariv. Pur. &c.; the
male organ or Phallus (esp. that of S3iva worshipped in the form of a stone or marble column
which generally rises out of a %{yoni}, q.v., and is set up in temples dedicated to S3iva; formerly
12 principal S3iva-lin3gas existed, of which the best known are Soma-na1tha in Gnjara1t, Maha1-
ka1la at Ujjayini1, Vis3ve7s3vara at Benares &c.; but the number of Lin3gas in India is estimated
at 30 millions IW. 322 n. RTL. 78, 1; 90) MBh. R. &c.; gender (in gram.; cf. %{puM-l-}), Prst.
Pa1n2.; the image of a god, an idol VarBr2S.; (in logic) = %{vyApya}, the invariable mark which
proves the existence of anything in an object (as in the proposition `" there is fire because there is
smoke "', smoke is the %{liGga}; cf. IW. 62); inference, conclusion, reason (cf. %{kAvya-l-}); =
%{lingazarIra} (in Vedanta); anything having an origin and therefore liable to be destroyed again
Kap.; = %{AkAza} Ka1ran2d2.; (in Sa1m2khya) = %{prakRti} or %{pradhAna}, `" the eternal
procreative germ "' L. [902,1]; = %{vyakta} L.; cf. RTL. 30; = %{prAtipadika}, the crude base or
uninflected stem of a noun (shortened into %{li}) Vop. Sch.; (in rhet.) an indication (word that
serves to fix the meaning of another word; e.g. in the passage %{kupito@makara-dhvajaH} the
word %{kupita} restricts the meaning of %{makara-dhvaja} to `" Ka1ma "') = %{linga-purANa}
BhP.; the order of the religious student W.; a symptom, mark of disease W.

lingaM = gender

lingaanaaM = genders

lingaani = genders

lingaiH = symptoms

lip = to smear

lipyate = is affected

lobha* = m. perplexity, confusion (see {a-l-}); impatience, eager desire for or longing after (gen.
loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; covetousness, cupidity, avarice (personified as a son of Pushthi or of
Dambha and Mâyâ) ib.

lobha = greed

lobhaM = greed

lobhaH = greed

lobhaviraha = greedless

lobhaavishhTa = (adj) greedy

lochana = eye

lochanam.h = eyes

loha = iron
lohamaargaH = (m) railway track

loka = this world * = m. (connected with {roka}; in the oldest texts {loka} is generally preceded by
{u}, which accord. to the Padap. = the particle 3. {u}; but {u} may be a prefixed vowel and
{uloka4}, a collateral dialectic form of {loka}; accord. to others {u-loka} is abridged from {uru-} or
{ava-loka}), free or open space, room, place, scope, free motion RV. AV. Br. ÂS'vS'r. (acc. with
{kR} or {dA} or {anu-} {nI}, to make room grant freedom "'; {loke} with gen. `" instead of "');
intermediate space Kaus'.; a tract, region, district, country, province S'Br.; the wide space or
world (either `" the universe "' or, any division of it "', esp. `" the sky or heaven "'; 3 Lokas are
commonly enumerated, viz. heaven, earth, and the atmosphere or lower regions; sometimes only
the first two; but a fuller classification gives 7 worlds, viz. Bhû-lñloka, the earth; Bhuvar-lñloka "'
the space between the earth and sun inhabited by Munis, Siddhas &c.; Svar-lñloka, Indra's heaven
above the sun or between it and the polar star; Mahar-lñloka, a region above the polar star and
inhabited by Bhriigo and other saints who survive the destruction of the 3 lower worlds; Janar-
lñloka, inhabited by Brahmâ's son Sanat-kumâra &c.; Tapar-lñloka, inhñinhabited by deified
Vairâgins; Satya-lñloka or Brahma-lñloka, abode of Brahmâ, translation to which exempts from
rebirth [906, 2]; elsewhere these 7 worlds are described as earth, sky, heaven, middle region,
place of re-births, mansion of the blest, and abode of truth; sometimes 14 worlds are mentioned,
viz. the 7 above, and 7 lower regions called in the order of their descent below the earth- A-tala,
Vi-tñtala, Su-tñtala, Rasâtñtala, Talâtñtala, Mahâ-tñtala, and Pâtâla; cf. RTL. 102 n. 1 IW. 420, 1;
435, 1) AV. &c. &c.; N. of the number `" seven "' (cf. above) VarBriS. Sch.; the earth or world of
human beings &c. Mn. MBh. &c. ({aya4M loka4H}, this world "'; {asau4} or {pa4ro loka4H}, that
or the other world "'; loke or {iha} {loke}, `" here on earth "', opp. to {para-tra}, {para-loke} &c.;
{kRtsne} {loke}, `" on the whole earth "'); (also pl.) the inhabitants of the world, mankind, folk,
people (sometimes opp. to `" king "') Mn. MBh. &c.; (pl.) men (as opp. to `" women "') Vet. Hit.; a
company, community (of ten ifc. to form collectives) Kâv. Vas. Kathâs. &c.; ordinary life, worldly
affairs, common practice or usage GriS. Nir. Mn. &c. ({loke} either `" in ordinary life "', `" in
worldly matters "'; or, in common language, in popular speech "', as opp. to {vede}, {chandasi});
the faculty of seeing, sight (only in {ca4kSur-l-} q.v.); {lokAnAM sAmanI} du. and {lokAnAM
vratAni} pl.N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. [Cf. Lat. {lûsus}, originally, a clearing of a forest "'; Lith.
{lau4kas}, a field.]

lokaayatika* = m. id. Sank.on BriÂrUp. and Pras'nUp. &c.; (perhaps) a man experienced in the
ways of the world MBh. Hariv.; {-pakSa-nirAsa} m. N. of wk.

lokaH = world

lokaM = world;people

lokatraye = in the three planetary systems

lokaya = (verbal stem) to see

lokayaanam.h = (n) car

lokayaatraa* f. the business and traffic of men, worldly affairs, conduct of men, ordinary actions
Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; worldly existence, career in life Mâlav.; support of life Hit.

lokasa.ngrahaM = the people in general

lokasya = of the people

lokaaH = all the world

lokaat.h = from people

lokaan.h = to heaven

lokaapavaada = general infamy

lokaabhiraamaM = the laudable one of the people

loke = in the world

lokeshhu = planetary systemsloma = hair

lola = swinging

lolaasana = the swing posture

lolupa * = mf({A})n. (fr. Intens. of 1. {lup}) very destructive, destroying MW.; (prob. corrupted fr.
{lolubha}) very desirous or eager or covetous, ardently longing for (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
({A}) f. eager desire, appetite, longing for (loc.) MBh.; N. of a Yoginî Hcat.

lolupatva * = n. eager desire or longing for (comp.), greediness, cupidity, lust, Kâv Pur. Sus'r.

loshhTa = clay

loshhTra = pebbles

luJNchhitakesha = hair cut here and there

lupta = stopped

lubdhaH = greedy

lubdhaka = (m) hunter

lubhyati = (4 pp) to covet

lumpati = (6 pp) to break

maa = Do not

maaDa* = m. measure, weight, quantity W.; Caryota Urens L. (also {maDA-druma}; cf. {madya-
d-}).

maada * = m. (2. {mad}) drunkenness, exhilaration, delight. passion, stupor L.; fighting war Sây.
(cf. {gandha-} and {sadha-m-}).

maadana* = mfn. exhilarating, delighting RV.; maddening. intoxicating Sus'r.; m. the god of love
L.; Vanguiera Spinosa L.; the thorn-apple L.; ({I}) f. N. of two plants (= {mAkandI} and {vijayA})
L.; n. intoxication, exhilaration L.; `" stupefier "'N. of a mythicâ weapon. R. (v.l. {madana}).
maadyati = (4 pp) to be glad

maadhava = vishnu, krishhna * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{madhu}; f. %{A} only in %{mAdhavA} [=

%{madhavyA}] %{tanUH} Pa1n2. 4-4, 129 Sch.) relating to spring, vernal Hariv. Vikr. Katha1s.;
belonging or peculiar to the descendants of Madhu i.e. the Ya1davas Hariv.; representing
Kr2ishna (as a picture) Hcat.; M. N. of the second month of spring (more usually called
Vais3a1kha, = April-May) TS. &c. &c. spring Ka1v. Pan5car.; Bassia Latifolia L.; Latifolia L.;
Phaseolus Mungo L.; a son or descendant of Madhu, a man of the race of Yadu (sg. esp. N. of
Kr2ishn2a-Vishn2u or of Paras3u-ra1ma as an incarnation of this god; pl. the Ya1davas or
Vr2ishn2is) MBh. R. Hariv. BhP.; N. of S3iva S3ivag.; of Indra Pan5cat. Vet. (w.r. for
%{vAsava}?); of a son of the third Manu Hariv.; of one of the 7 sages under Manu Bhautya
Ma1rkP.; of the hero of Bhava-bhu1ti's drama Ma1lati1-ma1dhava; of various other men Katha1s.
Hit. &c.; of various scholars and poets (also with %{paNDita}, %{bhaTTa} %{mizra}, %{yogin},
%{vaidya}, %{sarasvatI} &c.; cf. %{mAdhavA7cArya}); (%{I}) f. see below; n. sweetness L.; (also
m.) a partic. intoxicating drink L.

maadhavaH = KRishhNa (the husband of the Goddess of Fortune)

maadhurya = Sweetness

maadhyam.h = (n) medium, platform

maadhyama* = mfn. (fr. {madhyama}) relating to the middle, middlemost, central (also applied
to the composers of the middle portion of the Riig-veda i.e. of books ii-vii) S'ânkhBr. GriS. Pat.;
middleborn W.; m. pl. N. of a race Pravar.

maagaa = mA+gaa, Doñt+go

maagadha4 * = mf({I})n. relating to or born in or living in or customary among the Magadhas or

the Magadha country AV.Paris'. Lalit. &c.; m. a king of the MñMagadha MBh. Hariv.; N. of a
mixed caste AV. &c. &c. (accord to Mn. x, 11 the son of a Kshatriya mother and a Vais'ya father; he
is the professional bard or panegyrist of a king, often associated with {suta} and {bandin} MBh.
Kâv. &c.; accord. to others one who informs a Râja of what occurs in bazaars; also an unmarried
womañs son who lives by running messages or who cleans wells or dirty clothes &c.; also
opprobrious N. of a tribe still numerous in GujarSt, and called the Bhâts W.); white cumin L.; N.
of one of the seven sages in the 14th Manv-antara Hariv.; of a son of Yadu ib.; (pl.) N. of a people
(= {magadhAH}) AV.Paris'. MBh. &c.; of the warrior-caste in S'âka-dvi0pa VP.; of a dynasty ib.;
({A}) f. a princess of the Magadhas PadmaP.; long pepper L.; ({I}) f. a princess of the
MñMagadhas MBh. R.; the daughter of a Kshatriya mother and a Vais'ya father MBh.; a female
bard Kâd.; (with or scil. {bhASA}), the language of the MñMagadhas (one of the Prakriit dialects)
Sâh. &c. (cf. {ardha-m-}); Jasminum Auriculatum L.; a kind of spice Sus'r. (long pepper; white
cumin; anise; dill; a species of cardamoms grown in Gujarat. L.); refined sugar L.; a kind of metre
VarBriS.; N. of a river (= {zoNA}) R.

maa4ghona * =bountifulness, liberality RV.; ({I}) f. (scil. {diz}) the east L.

maahaa * = f. a cow L. (cf. {mahA}, {mahI}, {mAheyI}). \\ 2 Vriiddhi form of {mahA}, in comp.

maahaatmyaM = glories

maahaatmya * = n. (fr. %{mahA7tman}) magnanimity, highmindedness MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; exalted

state or position, majesty, dignity ib. ; the peculiar efficacy or virtue of any divinity or sacred
shrine &c. W. (cf. RTL. 433) ; a work giving an account of the merits of any holy place or object W.
(cf. %{devI-m-} &c.)
maahaaraajya = being the great king

maahaaraajika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {mahA-rAja}) attached or devoted to the reigning prince Pân. 4-2,
35.

maakara* = mf({I})n. relating or belonging to a Makara or sea-monster (with {Akara} m. mine of

MñMakara, the sea Nalo7d.; with {Acana} n. a partic. posture in sitting Cat.; with {vyUha} m. a
partic. form of military array Hariv.; with {saptamI} f. = {makara-saptamI} W.); m. pl. N. of a
people VarBriS.

maakha * =(prob.) n. (fr. {mabha}) any relationship based upon an oblation offered in common
Hariv. (v.l. {maukha}).

maala = a wreath

maalaa = Garland

maalaakaara = (m) gardener

maalaakaarii = (f) a woman selling flowers and garlands

maalaasana = the garland posture

maalikaa = Garland

maalinii = shining, also maalinii metre, the one with garland

maalya = garlands: * =m. patr. PañcavBr. (also pl. Sanskârak.); ({A}) f. Trigonella, Corniculata L.;
n. a wreath, garland, chaplet GriS'rS. Up. Mn. &c.; a flower L.; mfn. relating to a garland W.

maaM = me

maam.h = me

maamakaM = from Me

maamakaaH = my party (sons).

maamikaaM = My

maan * = cl. 1. 10. P. {mAnati}, {mAnayati}, to honour, respect Dhâtup. xxxiv, 36 (cf. {man}, of
which {mAnayati} is the Caus.)

maanda * = 1 mf({A})n. (1. {mand}) `" gladdening "'N. of water in partic. formularies VS. TS.
Kâthh. \\2 mfn. (fr. {manda}) relating to the higher apsis of a planet's course ({-daM karma}, the
process of correction for the apsis; {-dam phalam}, the equation of the apsis) Sûryas.; n. =
{mAndya} g. {pRthv-Adi}.

maaNikya = perl
maanda * = 2 mfn. (fr. {manda}) relating to the higher apsis of a planet's course ({-daM karma},
the process of correction for the apsis; {-dam phalam}, the equation of the apsis) Sûryas.; n. =
{mAndya} g. {pRthv-Adi}.

maa.ngalika = auspicious

maa.nsaavasaadi = mAmsau+Adi, flesh+etc

maana =1: Respect * = m. ( {man}) opinion, notion, conception, idea Tattvas. (cf. {Atma-m-});
purpose, wish, design AitBr.; self-conceit, arrogance, pride KaushUp. Mn. &c. (with Buddhists
one of the 6 evil feelings Dharmas. 67; or one of the 10 fetters to be got rid of. MWB. 127); (also
n.) consideration, regard, respect, honour Mn. MBh. &c.; a wounded sense of honour, anger or
indignation excited by jealousy (esp. in women), caprice, sulking Kâv. Das'ar. Sâh.; N. of the
father of Agastya (perhaps also of AñAgastya himself Pân. the family of Mâna) RV.; (in astron.) N.
of the tenth house VarBriS. (W. also a blockhead [809, 2]; an agent; a barbarian "').

maana = 2: *= m. (3. {mA}) a building, house, dwelling RV.; an altar Âpast.; ({mAna4}) a
preparation, decoction(?) RV. x, 144, 5; ({I}) f. measure (see {tiryan-m-}); a partic. measure "' (=
2 Añjalis) L.; n. measuring. meting out KâtyS'r. Hariv. &c.; measure, measuring-cord, standard
RV. &c. &c.; dimension, size, height, length (in space and time), weight ib. (ifc.= fold see {zata4-
m-}); a partic. measure or weight (= {kRSNata} or {raktikA}; accord. to Sch. on TS. and KatyS'r.
100 Mânas= 5 Palas or Panas); form, appearance RV.; likeness, resemblance S'is'.; (in phil.) proof.
demonstration, means of proof (= {pra-mANa}. q.v.)

maanava = human

maanavaH = a man

maanavadharma = humanity based ideology, prescribed behavior for humans

maanavaaH = human beings

maanavii = (adj) done by human

maanasa = mind

maanasaM = of the mind

maanasaH = within the mind

maanasaaH = from the mind

maanasika = of the mind

maanmatha: *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{manmatha}) relating to or concerning love, produced by love,

filled with love &c. Ka1v.; belonging to the god of lñlove Vcar.

maantra * = mf(%{I})n, (fr. %{mantra}) proper or peculiar to Vedic or magical texts MW.

maanushhaM = human

maanushhiiM = in a human form

maanushhe = in human society

maanya* = mfn. to be respected or honoured, worthy of honour, respectable, venerable Mn. MBh.
&c.; ({mAnya4}) m. patr. fr. 1. {mA4na} RV. i, 163, 14, &c.; N. of Maitrâvaruni (author of RV.viii,
67) RAnukr.

maanyamaana* = m. (fr. %{manyamAna} see %{man}) the proud one RV. vii, 18, 20 (lit. `" the
son of the proud "' Sa1y. `" the son of Manyma1na "').

maapanadaNDaH = (m) ruler, scale

maapikaa = (f) scale, ruler

maaraya = (verbal stem) to kill

maarakata*= of the color or nature of emerald

maaraatmaka = habitual killer

maarakata * = mf({I})n. (fr. {marakata}) belonging to an emerald, having any of the properties or
qualities of an eñemerald, coloured like an eñemerald MBh. Kâv. Pur.; m. (with {dhAtu}) an
emerald MBh.

maardavaM = gentleness

maarga = way (masc)

maargaH = a way, road, path, a means, search, inquiry, investigate

maargashiirshhaH = the month of November-December

maargaachala = mountain coming in the way

maarjana = cleaning

maarjanaM = correcting, rubbing

maarjaara = cat

maarsha * m. (cf. {mAriSa}) an honourable man, respectable person Buddh.; Amaranthus

Oleraceus Bhpr.

maartya * = n. (fr. {martya}) the corporeal part (of man), mortality BhP.

maaruta = wind

maarutaH = wind

maarutatulyavegam.h = with the speed equal to that of wind-god(his father

maarutiryasya = mArutiH+yasya, Hanuman+whose

maashha = (m) a gold coin

maasa = month

maasa* = m. (or n. Siddh.) the moon (see {pUrNa-m-}); a month or the 12th part of the Hindû
year (there are 4 kinds of months, viz. the solar, {saura}; the natural, {sAvana}; the stellar,
{nAkSatra}, and the lunar, {cA7ndra}; the latter, which is the most usual and consists of 30 Tithis,
being itself of two kinds as reckoned from the new or full moon cf. IW. 179; for the names of the
months see ib. 173 n. 3) RV. &c. &c. ({mAsam}, for a month; {mAsam ekam}, for one month;
{mAsena}, in the course of a month; {mAse}, in a mñmonth = after the lapse of a mñmonth); a
symbolical N. for the number `" twelve "' Sûryas.

maasha* = m. (n. g. {ardharcA7di}) a bean RV. &c. &c. (sg. the plant; pl. the fruit; in later times =
Phaseolus Radiatus, a valued kind of pulse having seeds marked with black and grey spots); a
partic. weight of gold (= 5 Kriishnalas= 1/10 Suvârna; the weight in common use is said to be
about 17 grains troy) Mn. Yâjñ.; a cutaneous eruption resembling beans L.; a fool, blockhead L.;
N. of a man g. {bAhv-Adi}; pl. (with or scil. {akRSTAH}) `" wild beans "'N. of a Riishi-gans (the
children of S'u-rabhi, to whom RV. ix, 86, 1-10 is ascribed) RAnukr. R. Hariv.; ({I}) f. see below.

maasI= relating to the black, to soot, darkening, the dark moon a new moon

maasaanaaM = of months

maata = mother

matha* = m. (Prâkr. for {mRta}) the son of a Vais'ya and a Kuthi L.

maata* = 1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see pp. 806 and 807) formed, made, composed (?) RV. v, 45, 6
(others, `" fr. {man} "', others, {mAtA}, mother "'; cf. {deva-mAta}).

maata* = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 804, col. 2; for 3. under 2. {mAtR}, p. 807, col. 2) metron. fr. {mati4};
({I4}) f. in {vA4n mAtI} TS. ({mAtyA4} VS. MaitrS.; cf. Pân. 4-1, 85 Vârtt. 1 Pat.)

maataa* = 1. 2 {mAtA-duhitR} &c. see col. 3.

maata* = (for 1. and 2. see pp. 804 and 806) ifc. after a proper N. = {mAtR} Pân. 6-1, 14 Pat.

maataa* = 1 f. = {mAtR} (see {kAka-} and {vizva-m-}).\\* = 2 nom. of {mAtR}, in comp

maata.nga = Matang

maataraM = (fem.acc.Sing.)mother

maataa = mother

maataamaha = (m) grandfather (mother's father)

maataamahi = (f) grandmother (mother's mother)

maati * =f. measure, accurate knowledge L.; a partic. part of the body L.

maathi * =f. armour, mail L.

maatra * = m. a Bra1hman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat. ; (%{A}) f. see s.v. ; n. an
element, elementary matter BhP. ; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum, size, duration, measure of any
kind (whether of height, depth, breadth, length, distance, time or number e.g. %{aGgula-
mAtram}, a finger's breadth Pan5cat. ; %{artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money ib. ; %{kroza}.
%{mAtre}, at the distance of a Kos Hit. [804,3] ; %{mAsa-mAtre}, in a month La1t2y. ; %{zata-
mAtram}, a hundred in number Katha1s.) ; the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or
totality, the one thing and no more, often = nothing but, entirely, only (e.g. %{rAja-mAtram}, the
whole class of kings S3a1n3khSr. ; %{bhaya-m-}, all that may be called danger, any danger
VarBr2S. ; %{rati-m-}, nothing but sensuality Mn. ; %{zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound S3ak.) ;
mf(%{A} and %{I})n. (ifc.) having the measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or
far or much or many (cf. %{aGguSTha-}, %{tAla-}, %{bAhu-}, %{yava-}, %{tavan-}, %{etavan}
mñmany) ; Possessing (only) as much as or no more than (cf. %{prA7Na-yAsrika-m-}) ;
amounting (only) to (pleonastically after numerals ; cf. %{tri-m-}) ; being nothing but, simply or
merely (cf. %{padAti-}, %{manuSya-m-} ; after a pp. = scarcely, as soon as, merely, just e.g.
%{jAta-m-}, scarcely or just born Mn. ; %{kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed Ka1tyS3r. ; %{bhukta-
mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)

maatraa * = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c.
(%{bhUyasyA@mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.) ; unit of measure, foot VarBr2S. ; unit of
time, moment Sus3r. Sa1rn3gS. (= %{nimeSa} VP. ; ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.) ;
metrical unit, a mora or prosodial instant i.e. the length of time required to pronounce a short
vowel (a long vowel contains 2 Ma1tra1s, and a prolated vowel 3) Pra1t. ; musical unit of time (3 in
number) Pan5cat. ; (only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= %{mAtra}) Hariv. 7125 ; right
or correct measure, order RV. ChUp. ; a minute portion, particle, atom, trifle S3Br. &c. &c.
(%{ayA}, ind. in small portions, in slight measure, moderately Das3. Sus3r. ; %{AyAm} ind. a
little Gan2ar. ; %{rAje7ti@kiyatI@mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle
Pan5cat. ; %{kA@mAtrA@samudrasya}, what is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be
managed ib. ; an element (5 in number) BhP. ; matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP. ;
materials, property, goods, household, furniture, money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.)
Vas. Mn. MBh. &c. ; a mirror Vishn2. ; an ear-ring, jewel, ornament Ka1d. ; the upper or
horizontal limb of the Na1gari1 characters W.

maatratas* = ind. (ifc.) from the first moment of (cf. {bhUmi-STha-m-}).

maatratA* = f. (ifc.) the being as much as, no more nor less than anything S'ankar.

maatratraya* = mfn. threefold MârkP.

maatratva* = n. = {-tA} Veda7ntas.

maatrarAja* = m. (with {anaGgaharSa}) N. of a poet Cat.

maatraka* = (ifc.) = {mAtra} MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({ikA}) f. = {mAtrA}, a prosodial instant RPrât. (cf.
{mAtrika}).

maatrAkRta* = mfn. (a metre) regulated by morae L.

maatrAvat* = mfn. containing a partic. measure KâtyS'r. Sus'r.

maatra* = m. a Brâhman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. an
element, elementary matter BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum, size, duration, measure of any
kind (whether of height, depth, breadth, length, distance, time or number e.g. {aGgula-mAtram},
a finger's breadth Pañcat.; {artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money ib.; {kroza}. {mAtre}, at the
distance of a Kos Hit. [804,3]; {mAsa-mAtre}, in a month Lâthy.; {zata-mAtram}, a hundred in
number Kathâs.); the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or totality, the one thing and
no more, often = nothing but, entirely, only (e.g. {rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings
S'ânkhSr.; {bhaya-m-}, all that may be called danger, any danger VarBriS.; {rati-m-}, nothing but
sensuality Mn.; {zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound S'ak.); mf({A} and {I})n. (ifc.) having the
measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or far or much or many (cf. {aGguSTha-},
{tAla-}, {bAhu-}, {yava-}, {tavan-}, {etavan} mñmany); Possessing (only) as much as or no more
than (cf. {prA7Na-yAsrika-m-}); amounting (only) to (pleonastically after numerals; cf. {tri-m-});
being nothing but, simply or merely (cf. {padAti-}, {manuSya-m-}; after a pp. = scarcely, as soon
as, merely, just e.g. {jAta-m-}, scarcely or just born Mn.; {kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed KâtyS'r.;
{bhukta-mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)

maatrA* = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c.
({bhUyasyA mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.); unit of measure, foot VarBriS.; unit of time,
moment Sus'r. SârngS. (= {nimeSa} VP.; ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a
mora or prosodial instant i.e. the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel (a long vowel
contains 2 Mâtrâs, and a prolated vowel 3) Prât.; musical unit of time (3 in number) Pañcat.;
(only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= {mAtra}) Hariv. 7125; right or correct measure,
order RV. ChUp.; a minute portion, particle, atom, trifle S'Br. &c. &c. ({ayA}, ind. in small
portions, in slight measure, moderately Das'. Sus'r.; {AyAm} ind. a little Ganar.; {rAje7ti kiyatI
mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle Pañcat.; {kA mAtrA samudrasya}, what
is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be managed ib.; an element (5 in number) BhP.;
matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP.; materials, property, goods, household, furniture,
money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c.; a mirror Vishn.; an ear-ring,
jewel, ornament Kâd.; the upper or horizontal limb of the Nâgarî characters W.

maatra* = {-traka} &c. see p. 804, cols. 2, 3.

maatri = mother

maatri-bhaava = The 4th house of Mother

maatra = only

maatra* = m. a Brâhman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. an
element, elementary matter BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum, size, duration, measure of any
kind (whether of height, depth, breadth, length, distance, time or number e.g. {aGgula-mAtram},
a finger's breadth Pañcat.; {artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money ib.; {kroza}. {mAtre}, at the
distance of a Kos Hit. [804, 3]; {mAsa-mAtre}, in a month Lâthy.; {zata-mAtram}, a hundred in
number Kathâs.); the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or totality, the one thing and
no more, often = nothing but, entirely, only (e.g. {rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings
S'ânkhSr.; {bhaya-m-}, all that may be called danger, any danger VarBriS.; {rati-m-}, nothing but
sensuality Mn.; {zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound S'ak.); mf({A} and {I})n. (ifc.) having the
measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or far or much or many (cf. {aGguSTha-},
{tAla-}, {bAhu-}, {yava-}, {tavan-}, {etavan} mñmany); Possessing (only) as much as or no more
than (cf. {prA7Na-yAsrika-m-}); amounting (only) to (pleonastically after numerals; cf. {tri-m-});
being nothing but, simply or merely (cf. {padAti-}, {manuSya-m-}; after a pp. = scarcely, as soon
as, merely, just e.g. {jAta-m-}, scarcely or just born Mn.; {kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed KâtyS'r.;
{bhukta-mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)

maa4traa * = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c.
({bhUyasyA mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.); unit of measure, foot VarBriS.; unit of time,
moment Sus'r. SârngS. (= {nimeSa} VP.; ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a
mora or prosodial instant i.e. the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel (a long vowel
contains 2 Mâtrâs, and a prolated vowel 3) Prât.; musical unit of time (3 in number) Pañcat.;
(only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= {mAtra}) Hariv. 7125; right or correct measure,
order RV. ChUp.; a minute portion, particle, atom, trifle S'Br. &c. &c. ({ayA}, ind. in small
portions, in slight measure, moderately Das'. Sus'r.; {AyAm} ind. a little Ganar.; {rAje7ti kiyatI
mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle Pañcat.; {kA mAtrA samudrasya}, what
is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be managed ib.; an element (5 in number) BhP.;
matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP.; materials, property, goods, household, furniture,
money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c.; a mirror Vishn.; an ear-ring,
jewel, ornament Kâd.; the upper or horizontal limb of the Nâgarî characters W.

maatraasparshaH = sensory perception

maatula = maternal uncle

maatulaaH = maternal uncles

maatulaan.h = maternal uncles

maaya * = mfn. (3. {mA}) measuring (see {dhAnya-m-}); creating illusions (said of Vishnu) MBh.;
({A}) f. see below.

maayaa * = f. art, wisdom, extraordinary or supernatural power (only in the earlier language);
illusion, unreality, deception, fraud, trick, sorcery, witchcraft magic RV. &c. &c.; an unreal or
illusory image, phantom, apparition ib. (esp. ibc= false, unreal, illusory; cf. comp.); duplicity
(with Buddhists one of the 24 minor evil passions) Dharmas. 69 (in phil.) Illusion (identified in
the Sânkhya with Prakriiti or Pradhâna and in that system, as well as in the Veda7nta, regarded as
the source of the visible universe) IW. 83; 108; (with S'aivas) one of the 4 Pâs'as or snares which
entangle the soul Sarvad. MW.; (with Vaishnavas) one of the 9 S'aktis or energies of Vishnu L.;
Illusion personified (sometimes identified with Durgâ, sometimes regarded as a daughter of
Anriita and Nirriiti or Nikriiti and mother of Mriityu, or as a daughter of Adharma) Pur.;
compassion, sympathy L.; Convolvulus Turpethum L.; N. of the mother of Gautama Buddha
MWB. 24; of Lakshmî W.; of a city Cat.; of 2 metres Col.; du. ({mAye indrasya}) N. of 2 Sâmans
ArshBr.

maayaavaada* = m. the doctrine affirming the world to be illusion (applied to the doctrine of the
Vedânta and of Buddhism) Cat.; {-khaNDana} n. ({-na-TippaNI} f. {-na-TIkA} f.), {khaNDa-
vivaraNa} n. {-saMdUSaNI} f. N. of wks.

maayayaa = by the illusory energy

maayaa = Unreality, illusion, prakRitii

maayaametaaM = this illusory energy

machchittaH = in consciousness of Me

machchittaaH = their minds fully engaged in Me

mad.hbhaktaH = My devotee

mad.hbhaktiM = My devotional service

mad.hbhaavaM = transcendental love for Me

mad.hvyapaashrayaH = under My protection

madhyama* = mf({A})n. (superl. of {ma4dhya}) middle (used like Lat. {medius} e.g. {madhyaime
gulme}, `" in the midst of the troop "') MBh. R.; being or placed in the middle, middlemost,
intermediate, central RV. &c. &c.; middle-born (neither youngest nor oldest), Venis.; of a middle
kind or size or quality, middling, moderate TS. &c. &c.; standing between two persons or parties,
impartial, neutral MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in astron.) mean (cf. {madhya}) Sûryas.; relating to the
meridian ib.; m. the middlemost prince (whose territory lies between that of a king seeking
conquest and that of his foe) Mn. vii, 155; the middle character in plays IW. 473; the midland
country (= {madhya-deza}) L.; (in music) the 4th or 5th note Sangît.; the middlemost of the 3
scales ib.; a partic. Râga ib.; (in gram.) the 2nd person (= {-puruSa}) Pân.; the governor of a
province L.; a kind of antelope L.; N. of the 18th Kalpa (s.v.) Cat.; pl. a class of gods S'ânkhSr.;
(with Buddhists) N. of a partic. Buddh. sect Sarvad.; m. n. the middle of the body, waist MBh. R.
&c.; ({A}) f. the womb TBr.; the middle finger Kaus'. Sus'r.; midnight L.; a girl arrived at puberty
L.; the pericarp of a lotus L.; a central blossom W.; a kind of metre L.; (in music) a partic.
Mûrchanâ Sangît.; n. the middle APrât.; mediocrity, defectiveness, S'riingâr.; N. of the 12th (14th)
Kânda of the S'Br.; (in astron.) the meridian ecliptic point Sûryas.

mada = Intoxication * = m. hilarity, rapture, excitement, inspiration, intoxication RV. &c. &c.;
(du. wite {madasya}N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.); ardent passion for (comp.) MBh.; (ifc. f. {A}) sexual
desire or enjoyment, wantonness, lust, ruttishness, rut (esp. of an elephant) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc. f.
{A}), pride, arrogance, presumption, conceit of or about (gen. or comp.) ib.; any exhilarating or
intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor, wine, Soma RV. &c. &c,; honey Ragh.; the fluid or juice that
exudes from a rutting elephant's temples MBh. Kâv. &c.; semen virile L.; musk L.; any beautiful
object L.; a river L.; N. of the 7th astrol. mansion Var.; Intoxication or Insanity personified (as a
monster created by Cyavana) MBh.; N. of a son of Brahmâ VP.; of a Dânava Hariv.; of a servant of
S'iva BhP.; ({I}) f. any agricultural implement (as a plough &c.) L.; n. N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.

madaM = illusion

madana = manmatha (god of Love)* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) passion, love or the god of love MBh. Kâv.
&c.; a kind of embrace L.; the season of spring L.; a bee L.; (?) bees-wax (see {paTTikA});
Vanguiera Spinosa Sus'r.; a thorn-apple and various other plants (e.g. Phaseolus Radiatus, Acacia
Catechu &c.) L.; a bird L.; (in music) a kind of measure Sangît.; (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion
Var.; N. of various men and authors (also with {AcArya}, {bhaTTa}, {sarasvatI} &c.; cf. below)
Râjat. Inscr. Cat.; ({A}) f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; musk L.; N. of
a plant (= {atimukta}) L.; the civet-cat L.; n. the act of intoxicating or exhilarating MW.; (scil.
{astra})N. of a mythical weapon R. (v.l. {mAdana}); bees-wax L.; mfn. = {mandra4} Nir.

madanaM = god of love, Cupid

madanugrahaaya = just to show me favor

madarthaM = for My sake

madarthe = for my sake

madaandha = blind from lust

madaanvitaaH = absorbed in the conceit

madaashrayaH = in consciousness of Me (KRishhNa consciousness)

madira = (f) wine

madiiya = Mine
madgatapraaNaaH = their lives devoted to Me

madgatena = abiding in Me, always thinking of Me

madbhaktaH = engaged in My devotional service

madbhaavaM = My nature

madbhaavaaH = born of Me

madbhaavaaya = to My nature

madbandhanasamudbhava* = mfn. causel by the binding of me i.e. by my bondage ib.

madbhakta* = mfn. devoted to me ib.

madbhAva* = m. my essence ib.

madbhU* = P. {-bhavati}, to become I ib

madya = liqour

madyaajii = My worshiper

madhu = Sweet * = mf({U8} or {vI})n. (gen. n. Ved. {ma4dhvas}, {ma4dhos}, or {ma4dhunas};

instr. {ma4dhvA}; dat. {ma4dhune}; loc. {ma4dhau}) sweet, delicious, pleasant, charming,
delightful RV. TS.; bitter or pungent L.; m. N. of the first month of the year (= Caitra, March-
April) S'Br. &c. &c.; the season of spring Var. Kâlid.; Bassia Latifolia L.; Jonesia Asoka L.;
liquorice L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of two Asuras (the one killed by Vishnu, the other by S'atru-ghna)
MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of one of the 7 sages under Manu Câkshusha MârkP.; of a son of the third Manu
Hariv.; of various princes (of a son of Vriisha, of Deva-kshatra, of Bindu-mat, of Arjuna
Kârtavirya) Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Bhaththa-nârâyana, Kshitti7s of a teacher (= {madhva} or
{ananda-tIrtha}) Col.; of a mountain MârkP.; (pl.) the race of Madhu (= the Yâdavas or
Mâthuras) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; ({u}) f. a partic. plant (= {jIvA} or {jIvantI}) L.; n. anything sweet
(esp. if liquid), mead &c. RV. AV. TBr.; Soma (also {somyam madhu}) RV.; honey (said to possess
intoxicating qualities and to be of 8 kinds; {madhuno leha} m. licker of honey a bee W.) RV. &c.
&c.; milk or anything produced from milk (as butter, ghee &c.) RV. VS. GriS'rS.; the juice or
nectar of flowers, any sweet intoxicating drink, wine or spirituous liquor Kâv. Var. Sâh. [779, 3];
sugar L.; water L.; pyrites Bhpr.; N. of a Brâhmana S'Br.; a kind of metre Col. [Cf. Gk., $, $, Slav.
{medu8}; Lith. &236803[779, 3] {midu4s}, {medu4s}; Germ, {meth}; Eng. {mead}.]

madhukara = bee

madhukarii = bee

madhukarkaTi = (f) papaya

madhukoshaH = (m) beehive

madhumakshikaa = (f) bee

madhumehaH = diabetes
madhura = sweet

madhuraM = sweet

madhuratva = sweetness

madhuraaksharam.h = sweet letter(s)

madhusuudana = O killer of the demon Madhu (KRishhNa)

madhusuudanaH = the killer of Madhu

madhusphiitaa = sweet

madhya = middle

madhyaM = middle

madhyama = medium

madhyamaruupaM = having this form in the middle

madhyastha = mediators between belligerents

madhyaani = in the middle

madhyaayu = Medium span of life 32-75 years

madhye = among, in

madhyonnatakaachaH = (m) magnifying lens

magadha * = m. the country of the Magadhas, South Behâr (pl. the people of that country) AV. &c.
&c.; a minstrel who sings the praises of a chief's ancestry L.; ({A}) f. the town of the MñMagadhas
L.; long pepper Sus'r.

magna = (adj) immersed

maghaa = Also known as makka. Tenth nakshatra

maha * = 1 mfn. great, mighty, strong, abundant RV.; m. (cf. {makha}, {magha}) a feast, festival
MBh.; the festival of spring S'is'. Hariv. Var. [794, 2]; a partic. Eka7ha S'ânkhS'r.; a sacrifice L.; a
buffalo L.; light, lustre, brilliance L.; ({A}) f. a cow L.; Ichnocarpus Frutescens L.; n. pl. great
deeds RV.

maha * = 2 in comp. for {mahA} before {R} and before {r} for {R}.

mahaa * = in comp. for {mahat} (in RV. ii, 22, 1 and iii, 23; 49, 1 used for {mahat} as an
independent word in acc. sg. {mahA4m} = {mahAntam}).

mahaa * = {mahA-kaGkara} &c. see p. 794, col. 3.

mahaa = Big

mahaabhaaga * = mf({A})n. one to whom a grñgreat portion or lot has fallen, highly fortunate,
eminent in the highest degree, illustrious, highly distinguished (mostly of persons and frequently
in address) Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.; virtuous in a high degree, pure, holy W.; m. grñgreat luck,
prosperity MW.; N. of a king VP.; ({A}) f. N. of Dâkshâyanî in Maha7laya Cat.; {-tA} f. (W.) or
{-tva} n. (MW.) high excellence, grñgreat good fortune, exalted station or merit; the possessing of
the 8 cardinal virtues.

mahaabaahuH = mighty-armed

mahaabaaho = O mighty-armed one

mahaabhaarataH = epic Mahabharat, part of itihas (history)

mahaabandha = types of mudraa

mahaabalau = (two)great powerful persons

mahaabhuutaanii = the great elements

mahaadeva = the great god - Shiva

mahaadhaatu* = m. `" great metal or element "', gold L.; lymph L.; N. of S'iva MBh. (= {meru-
parvata} Nîlak.)

mahaadoshhaat.h = from the great defects, wrongs

mahaajanaH = great man

mahaakaavya = epic poem, very long poem

mahaakalpa* = m. a great cycle of time MBh. Pur. Buddh. ; N. of S3iva MBh. (= %{divya-
bhUSaNa} Sch.)

mahaamudraa = types of mudraa

mahaan.h = great

mahaanadyaaM = in the great river

mahaanubhavaan.h = great souls

mahaapaataka = great sins

mahaapaapaat.h = from the great sins

mahaapaapmaa = greatly sinful

mahaapurushhayoga = Combination for an extraordinary personality. Usually a planet is in

Exaltation and in a Kendra (Angular sign or house)
mahaarathaH = great fighter

mahaarathaaH = great chariot fighters

mahaaraashhtra = Indian state

mahaarha = great (those that deserve to be called great)

mahaasanni * = m. (in music) a kind of measure Sam2gi1t

mahaashankhaM = the terrific conchshell

mahaashanaH = all-devouring

mahaatattva * = n. `" the grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the Sânkhya Tattvas; see
{mahat}); ({A}) f. N. of one of Durgâ's attendants W. // mahatattvam * = n. `" the great principle
"', Intellect (see above) BhPn. `" the grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the Sa1m2khya
Tattvas; see %{mahat}); (%{A}) f. N. of one of Durga1's attendants W.

mahaatman.h = great man

mahaatman* = (%{-hA7t-}) mfn. `" high-souled "', magnanimous, having a grñgreat or noble
nature, high-minded, noble Mn. MBh. R. &c. ; highly gifted, exceedingly wise Pan5cat. ; eminent,
mighty, powerful, distinguished MBh. R. Pan5cat. Sus3r. ; m. the Supreme Spirit, grñgreat soul of
the universe MaitrUp. Mn. ; the grñgreat principle i.e. Intellect BhP. ; (scil. %{gaNa})N. of a class
of deceased ancestors Ma1rkP. ; of a son of Dhi1-mat VP. ; %{-ma-vat} mfn. `" high-souled "',
highly gifted, very wise Ka1m. ; %{-tmya} mfn. magnanimous MW. ; n. w.r. for %{mAhAtmya}
(q.v.) PadmaP. Das3.

mahaatmanaH = the great souls

mahaatmaa = Great man

mahaatmaanaH = the great souls

mahaatala* = n. N. of the 6th of the 7 lower worlds or regions under the earth inhabited by the
Nâgas &c. (see {pAtAla}) ÂrunUp. Pur. &c. (IW. 431 n. 1).

mahaatithi* = f. the great lunar day, the 6th day of a lunation MBh

mahaatman* = ({-hA7t-}) mfn. `" high-souled "', magnanimous, having a grñgreat or noble
nature, high-minded, noble Mn. MBh. R. &c.; highly gifted, exceedingly wise Pañcat.; eminent,
mighty, powerful, distinguished MBh. R. Pañcat. Sus'r.; m. the Supreme Spirit, grñgreat soul of
the universe MaitrUp. Mn.; the grñgreat principle i.e. Intellect BhP.; (scil. {gaNa})N. of a class of
deceased ancestors MârkP.; of a son of Dhî-mat VP.; {-ma-vat} mfn. `" high-souled "', highly
gifted, very wise Kâm.; {-tmya} mfn. magnanimous MW.; n. w.r. for {mAhAtmya} (q.v.) PadmaP.
Das'.

mahaayogeshvaraH = the most powerful mystic

mahaayuga * = n. a grñgreat Yuga or YñYuga of the gods (= 4 Yugas of mortals or the aggregate of
the Kriita, Tretâ, Dvâpara and Kali Yugas = 4, 320, 000 years; a day and a night of Brahmâ
comprise 2, 000 Mahâ-yugas) Sûryas. (IW. 178).
mahaavighnaat.h = from the great obstacles

mahat.h = great man

mahat-tattva: *= "the great principle, the Intellect

mahaatattva* = n. `" the grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the Sânkhya Tattvas; see
{mahat}); ({A}) f. N. of one of Durgâ's attendants W.

mahataH = from very great

mahataa = great

mahati = in a great

mahatiiM = great

mahadavadhaanaM = great care \& attention

mahadyoniH = source of birth in the material substance

mahaniiya = great person

mahaapadma* = m. (L.) or n. a partic. high number MBh. R. Lîl.; m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of
Kubera Cat. L.; (with Jainas) N. of a partic. treasure inhabited by a Nâga L.; of one of the 8
tñtreasure connected with the Padmini magical art MârkP.; of a hell DivyA7v. (one of the 8 cold
hells Dharmas. 122); a kind of serpent Sus'r.; N. of a Nâga dwelling in the Mahâ-padma treasure
mentioned above Hariv. VP. &c.; of the southernmost of the elephants that support the earth
MBh. R. (IW. 432); of Nanda Pur.; of a son of NñNanda Buddh.; of a Dânava Hariv.; a Kin-nara
or attendant on Kubera MW.; a species of esculent root L.; n. a white lotus flower L.; the figure of
a whñwhite lñlotus flñflower Kathâs. MârkP. RâmatUp.; a partic. compound of oil Car.; N. of a
city on the right bank of the Ganges MBh.; m. or n. (?) N. of a Kâvya; {-pati} m. `" proprietor of
millions "'N. of Nanda BhP.; {-saras} or {-salila} n. N. of a lake Râjat.

mahaaraajika* = m. N. of Vishnu MBh.; {-deva} pl. (with Buddhists) N. of a class of gods (the
inhabitants of the lowest heaven) MWB. 206. 2

maharshhayaH = great sages

mahar* = ind. (for {mahas}) the fourth of the seven worlds which rise one above the other
(supposed to be the abode of those saints who survive a destruction of the world Pur.; Veda7ntas;
cf. IW. 55 n. 2).

maharshi* = m. a great Riishi, any great sage or saint (accord. to Mn. i, 34 ten Maharshis were
created by Manu Svâyambhuva, viz. Marîci, Atri, Angiras, Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu, Pracetas,
Vasishthha, Bhriigu, Nârada, also called the 10 Prajâpatis, q.v.; some restrict the number to 7, and
some add Daksha, Dharma, Gautama, Kanva, Vâlmîki, Vyâsa, Manu, Vibhândaka &c.) Mn. MBh.
&c. (IW. 206 n. 1); N. of S'iva S'ivag.; of Buddha L.; of a poet Cat.

maharshhi = great sages

maharshhiiNaaM = of the great sages

mahaaviira = Mahavir

mahi *V= the land, the earth, the planets, the glory

mahi * = 1 mfn. (only nom. acc. sg. n.) = {maha4t}, great RV. AV. VS.; ind. greatly, very,
exceedingly, much ib. S'ânkhS'r.; m. n. greatness BhP.; m. = {mahat}, intellect ib.; f. = 1. {mahI4}
the earth L. (in comp. not always separable from 1. {mahi4n} q.v.)

mahii * = 1 f. (cf. 2. {ma4h}), the great world "', the earth (cf. {urvI}, {pRthivI}) RV. &c. &c. (in
later language also = ground, soil, land, country); earth (as a substance) Mn. vii, 70; the base of a
triangle or other plane figure Col.; space RV. iii, 56, 2; v, 44, 6 &c.; a host, army ib. iii, 1, 12; vii,
93, 5 &c.; a cow RV. VS. (Naigh. ii, 11); du. heaven and earth RV. i, 80, 11; 159, 1 &c. (Naigh. iii,
30); pl. waters, streams RV. ii. 11, 2; v, 45, 3 &c.; Hingtsha Repens L.; a kind of metre Col.; N. of a
divine being (associated with Idâ and Sarasvatî RV. i, 13, 9 Sây.; cf. Naigh. i, 11); of a river MBh.
Hariv.; of the number `" one "' Ganit.

mahipaala = (m) king

mahimaa = Glory

mahimaanaM = glories

mahimnaH = of greatness

mahisha = he - buffalo

mahishha = (m) buffalo

mahishhaH = demon

mahishhaasurasya = of demon mahisha

mahishhaasureNa = by the demon mahishasura

mahiiM = the world

mahiikrite = for the sake of the earth

mahiipate = O King

mahiikshitaaM = chiefs of the world

mahendra = Indra, god of gods

maheshvaraM = the Supreme Lord

maheshvaraH = the Supreme Lord

maheshvaasaaH = mighty bowmen

mahodadhi = ocean
mahyam.h = Mine

maitraH = friendly

maitrii = friendship

maithuna = sacramental intercourse

majina = deer skin?

majjana * = m. N. of a demon causing sickness or fever Hariv.; of one of Siva's attendants L.; n.
sinking (esp. under water), diving, immersion, bathing, ablution GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; (with
{niraye}), sinking into hell MBh.; drowning, overwhelming ib.; = {majjan}, marrow L.

majjat.h = one who takes a dip

majjati = (6 pp) to sink, to drown

majja* = 1 mfn. sinking, diving (in {uda-majja}; see {audamajji}).

majja* = 2 in comp. for {majjan}.

majjA4* = f. id. S'Br. MaitrUp. Hariv. (cf. {nirmajja}).

maJjA* = f. = {maJarI}, a cluster of blossoms &c. L.; = {ajA}, a she-goat L.

maJNchaH = (m) bed

makara = crocodile

makaara* = m. the letter or sound {ma} S'ânkhBr. AV.Paris' &c.; {-paJcaka} n. = {paJca-makAra}
W.; {-rA7di-sahasranAman} n. N. of ch. of the Rudra-yâmala (containing 1000 names of Râma
beginning with {m}). \\ m. the foot called molossus; {-vipulA} f. N. of a metre Ping. Sch.

makara* = m. a kind of sea-monster (sometimes confounded with the crocodile, shark, dolphin
&c.; regarded as the emblem of Kâma-deva [cf. {mokara-ketana} &c. below] or as a symbol of the
9th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî; represented as an ornament on gates or on head-dresses) VS.
&c. &c.; a partic. species of insect or other small animal Sus'r.; N. of the 10th sign of the zodiac
(Capricornus) Sûryas. Var. &c.; the 10th arc of 30 degrees in any circle L.; an army of troops in the
form of a MñMa4kara Mn. vii, 187; an ear-ring shaped like a MñMa4kara BhP. (cf. {makara-
kuNDala}); the hands folded in the form of a MñMa4kara Cat.; one of the 9 treasures of Kubera
L.; one of the 8 magical treasures called Padminî MârkP.; a partic. magical spell recited over
weapons R.; N. of a mountain BhP.; ({I}) f. the female of the sea-monster MñMa4kara Pañcat.; N.
of a river MBh.

makaraH = crocodile

makaraasana = the crocodile posture

makha * mfn. (prob. connected with 1. {mah} or {maMh}) jocund, cheerful, sprightly, vigorous,
active, restless (said of the Maruts and other gods) RV. Br.; m. a feast, festival, any occasion of joy
or festivity RV. S'ânkhGri.; a sacrifice, sacrificial oblation S'Br. &c. &c. (Naigh. iii, 17); (prob.) N.
of a mythical being (esp. in {makhasya ziraH}, `" Makha's head "') RV. VS. S'Br. (cf. also comp.)

makhatraataa = the protector, saviour of makha (Indra)

ma..ndo.api = mandaH + api:though dull or slow

ma.ngalaM = (Nr. nom. + accc.S)auspiciousness

ma.ntrasya = mantra's

ma.ntreNa = thro' the mantra

ma.nda = Dull

maNDa* = m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir. Uttarar. Sus3r.; the thick
part of milk, cream, S3veUp. MBh. &c. (cf. %{dadhi-m-}); the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R.
(W. also `" foam or froth; pith, essence; the head "'); m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis; a species of
potherb; a frog (cf. %{maNDUka}); ornament, decoration; a measure of weight (= 5 Ma1shas);
(%{A}) f. the emblic myrobalan tree L.; spirituous or vinous liquor, brandy L.; n. see %{nau-
maNDa4}.

manda * = mf(%{A}) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle, lazy, sluggish in (loc.
or comp.), apathetic, phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; weak, slight, slack (as a
bow), dull, faint (as light), low (as a voice), gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive
faculty) ib.; weak i.e. tolerant, indulgent to (loc.) MBh.; dull-witted, silly, stupid, foolish Kat2hUp.
MBh. &c.; unhappy, miserable (L. = %{kRpaNa}) MBh. Hariv.; languid, ill, sick Ma1lav.; bad,
wicked Ma1rkP.; drunken, addicted to intoxication L.; = %{-mandra} L.; m. the planet Saturn
Var.; the (upper) apsis of a planet's course or (according to some) its anomalistic motion Su1ryas.;
N. of Yama L.; a stupid or slow elephant L. (cf. %{mandra}, %{bhadra-manda}, %{mRga-
manda}); the end of the world (= %{pralaya}) L.; (%{A}) f. a pot, vessel, inkstand L.; N. of
Da1ksha1yan2i1 Cat.; (scil. %{saMkrAnti}) a partic. astron. conjunction L.; (in music) N. of a
S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; n. the second change which takes place in warm milk when mixed with Takra
L.; (%{am}) ind. slowly, tardily, gradually, slightly, faintly, softly (also %{manda} ibc., and
%{mandam@mandam}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.

ma.ndira = temple

ma.nsyante = they will consider

mangala = Mars. Also Auspiciousness and well-being

mangalavaara = Tuesday

maNi = gem * = pearl (also fig.), any ornament or amulet, globule, crystal; a magnet, loadstone p.;
glans penis; N. of the jewel-lotus prayer; clitoris

maNigaNaaH = pearls

maNipura = a chakra near or at the navel

maNibandhaH = (m) wrist

maNDala = circle

maNDita = shining

maNDuka = a frog

maNDukaasana = the frog posture

makha4-kriyA *= f. a sacrificial rite L.

makha4-vat *= ({makha4-}) mfn. companion of Makha (a word used to explain {magha4vat} q.v.)
S'Br.; a sacrificer

manu * = mfn. thinking, wise, intelligent VS. S3Br.; m. `" the thinking creature(?) "', man,
mankind RV. VS. AitBr. TA1r. (also as opp. to evil spirits RV. i, 130, 8; viii, 98, 6 &c.; the R2ibhus
are called %{manor@na4pAtaH}, the sons of man, iii, 60, 3); the Man par excellence or the
representative man and father of the human race (regarded in the RV. as the first to have
instituted sacrifices and religious ceremonies, and associated with the R2ishis Kan2va and Atri; in
the AitBr. described as dividing his possessions among some of his sons to the exclusion of one
called Na1bha1-nedisht2ha q.v.; called Sa1m2varan2a as author of RV. ix, 101, 10-12; A1psava as
author of ib. 106, 7-9; in Naigh. v, 6 he is numbered among the 31 divine beings of the upper
sphere, and VS. xi, 66 as father of men even identified with Prajs-pati; but the name Manu is esp.
applied to 14 successive mythical progenitors and sovereigns of the earth, described Mn. i, 63 and
in later wks. as creating and supporting this world through successive Antaras or long periods of
time see %{manv-antara} below; the first is called Sva1yambhuva as sprung from %{svayam-
bhU}, the Self-existent, and described in Mn. 12, 34 as a sort of secondary creator, who
commenced his work by producing 10 Praja1patis or Maharshis, of whom the first was %{marIci},
Light; to this Manu is ascribed the celebrated `" code of Manu "' see %{manu-saMhitA}, and two
ancient Su1tra works on Kalpa and Gr2ihya i.e. sacrificial and domestic rites; he is also called
Hairan2yagarbha as son of Hiran2ya-garbha, and Pra1cetasa, as son of Pra-cetas; the next 5
Manus are called Sva1rocisha, Auttami, Ta1masa, Raivata, Ca1kshusha cf. IW. 208 n. 1; the 7th
Manu, called %{vaivasvata}, Sun-born, or from his piety, %{satya-vrata}, is regarded as the
progenitor of the present race of living beings, and said, like the Noah of the Old Testament, to
have been preserved from a great flood by Vishn2u or Brahma1 in the form of a fish: he is also
variously described as one of the 12 A1dityas, as the author of RV. viii, 27-31, as the brother of
Yama, who as a son of he Sun is also called Vaivasvata, as the founder and first king of Ayodhya1,
and as father of Ila1 who married Budha, son of the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races
being thus nearly related to each other see IW. 344; 373; the 8th Manu or first of the future
Manus accord. to VP. iii, 2, will be Sa1varn2i; the 9th Daksha-sa1varn2i; the 12th Rudra-
sñsa1varn2i; the 13th Raucya or Deva-sñsa1varn2i; the 14th Bhautya or Indra-sñsa1varn2i);
thought (= %{manas}) TS. Br.; a sacred text, prayer, incantation, spell (= %{mantra}) Ra1matUp.
Pan5car. Prata1p.; N. of an Agni MBh.; of a Rudra Pur.; of Kr2is3a7s3va BhP.; of an astronomer
Cat.; (pl.) the mental Powers BhP.; N. of the number `" fourteen "' (on account of the 14 Manus)
Su1ryas. [784,3]; f. Manu's wife (= %{manAvI}) L.; Trigonella Corniculata L. [Cf. Goth. {manna};
Germ. {Mannus}, son of {Tuisto} [TM], mentioned by Tacitus, in his wk. {Germania}, as the
mythical ancestor of the West-Germans, {mann}, {man}; Angl. Sax. {man}; Eng. {man}.]

makhas *= see next apd {sa4dma-makhas}.

makhasya *= Nom. P. A. {-sya4ti}, {-te}, to be cheerful or sprightly RV. [cf. $].

makhasyu4 *= mfn. cheerful; sprightly, exuberant ib.

makha4 *= 1 mfn. (prob. connected with 1. {mah} or {maMh}) jocund, cheerful, sprightly,
vigorous, active, restless (said of the Maruts and other gods) RV. Br.; m. a feast, festival, any
occasion of joy or festivity RV. S'ânkhGri.; a sacrifice, sacrificial oblation S'Br. &c. &c. (Naigh. iii,
17); (prob.) N. of a mythical being (esp. in {makhasya ziraH}, `" Makha's head "') RV. VS. S'Br.
(cf. also comp.)

makha *= 2 m. or n. (?) the city of Mecca Kâlac.

makshikaa = bee

mala = dirt, rubbish

malana* = m. a tent L.; ({A}) f. the long cucumber L.; n. crushing, grinding L. (= {mardana}; cf.
{pari-mala})

malaya = malaya mountain

malayaja = arising out of mount malaya

malena = by dust

mallaH = (m) wrestler

mallayuddham.h = (n) wrestling

maN * cl. 1. P. {maNati}, to sound, murmur Dhâtup. xiii, 5.

man * in comp. for 1. {mad}.

man * cl. 8. 4. Â. (Dhâtup. xxx, 9; xxv, 67) {manute4}, {ma4nyate} (ep. also {-ti}; 3. pl.
{manvate4} RV.; pf. {mene} Br. &c.; {mamnA4the}, {-nA4ts} RV.; aor. {a4mata}, {a4manmahi}
Subj. {manAmahe}, {mananta}, p. {manAna4} q.v. RV.; {maMsi}, {amaMsta} Subj. {maMsate}
Prec. {maMsISTa}, 1. pers. m. c. {masIya} ib.; {mAMsta} AV., {-stAdm} TÂr.; {mandhvam} Br.;
{amaniSTa} Gr.; fut. {maMsyate} Br., {-ti} MBh.; {manta}, {manitA} Gr.; {maniSyate} RV.; inf.
{mantum} MBh. &c., {ma4ntave}, {-tavai} RV., {ma4ntos} Br.; ind. p. {matvA4} Up. &c.;
{manitvA} Gr.; {-matya} Br. &c.; {-manya} MBh. &c.), to think, believe, imagine, suppose,
conjecture RV. &c. &c. ({manye}, I think, methinks, is in later language often inserted in a
sentence without affecting the construction; cf. g. {cA7di} and Pân. 4-1, 106); to regard or
consider any one or anything (acc.) as (acc. with or without {iva}, or adv., often in {-vat}; in later
language also dat., to express contempt [cf. Pân. 2-3, 17], e g. {rAjyaM tRNaya} {manye}, `" I
value empire at a straw "' i.e. I make light of it = {laghu} {man}, and opp. to {bahu}, or {sAdhu}
{man}, to think much or well of. praise, approve) ib.; to think one's self or be thought to be,
appear as, pass for (nom.; also with {iva}) ib.; to be of opinion, think fit or right MBh. Kâv. &c.; to
agree or be of the same opinion with (acc.) MBh.; to set the heart or mind on, honour, esteem
(with {nau}, disdain), hope or wish for (acc. or gen.) RV. &c. &c.; to think of (in prayer &c., either
`" to remember, meditate on "', or `" mention, declare "', or `" excogitate, invent "') RV. AV.; to
perceive, observe, leam, know, understand, comprehend (acc., Ved. also gen.). RV. &c. &c.; to
offer, present MBh.: Caus. (Dhâtup. xxxiv, 36) {mAnayati} (ep. also {-te}; aor. {amImanat}; Pass.
{mAnyate}), to honour, esteem, value highly (also with {uru}, {bahu} and {sAdhu}) AV. &c. &c.;
(Â.) {stavibhe} Dhâtup. xxxiii, 35; {garvake} ib. Vop.: Desid. (Dhâtup. xxiii, 3) {mImAMsate}
(rarely {-ti}; {amImAMsiSThAs} S'Br.; {mInAMsya4te} AV.; {mimaMsate}, {mimaniSate} Gr.), to
reflect upon, consider, examine, investigate AV. Br. &c.; to cali in question, doubt (`" with regard
to "' loc.) ib.: Desid. of Desid. {mimAmiSate} Gr.: Intens. {manmanyate}, {manmanti} ib. [Cf. Zd.
{man}; Gk. $, $, &237786[783, 1] Lat. {meminisse}, {monere}; Slav. and Lith. {mine4ti}; Goth.
{ga-munan}; Germ, {meinen}; Eng. {mean}.]

man.h = to think

mana = Mind

manaH = heart

manaHprasaadaH = satisfaction of the mind

manana = Reflection

manapravaaha = Stream of thought

manavaH = Manus

manave = unto the father of mankind (of the name Vaivasvata)

manas.h = mind

manasaM = whose mind

manasaH = more than the mind

manasaa = by the mind

manasi = in the mind

mandaakinii = the ganges

mandaan.h = lazy to understand self-realization

mandaara = mountain used by the gods to stir the cosmic ocean

maNDa * = m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir. Uttarar. Sus'r.; the thick
part of milk, cream, S'veUp. MBh. &c. (cf. {dadhi-m-}); the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R.
(W. also `" foam or froth; pith, essence; the head "'); m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis; a species of
potherb; a frog (cf. {maNDUka}); ornament, decoration; a measure of weight (= 5 Mâshas); ({A})
f. the emblic myrobalan tree L.; spirituous or vinous liquor, brandy L.; n. see {nau-maNDa4}.

manda * = mf({A}) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle, lazy, sluggish in (loc. or
comp.), apathetic, phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; weak, slight, slack (as a bow),
dull, faint (as light), low (as a voice), gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive faculty) ib.;
weak i.e. tolerant, indulgent to (loc.) MBh.; dull-witted, silly, stupid, foolish KathhUp. MBh. &c.;
unhappy, miserable (L. = {kRpaNa}) MBh. Hariv.; languid, ill, sick Mâlav.; bad, wicked MârkP.;
drunken, addicted to intoxication L.; = {-mandra} L.; m. the planet Saturn Var.; the (upper) apsis
of a planet's course or (according to some) its anomalistic motion Sûryas.; N. of Yama L.; a stupid
or slow elephant L. (cf. {mandra}, {bhadra-manda}, {mRga-manda}); the end of the world (=
{pralaya}) L.; ({A}) f. a pot, vessel, inkstand L.; N. of Dâkshâyanî Cat.; (scil. {saMkrAnti}) a partic.
astron. conjunction L.; (in music) N. of a S'ruti Sangît.; n. the second change which takes place in
warm milk when mixed with Takra L.; ({am}) ind. slowly, tardily, gradually, slightly, faintly, softly
(also {manda} ibc., and {mandam mandam}) MBh. Kâv. &c.

maNDala* = mf({A})n. circular, round VarBriS.; n. (rarely m. g. {ardharcA7di}, and f. {I} g.

{ganrA7di}) a disk (esp. of the sun or moon); anything round (but in Hcat. also applied to
anything triangular; cf. {maNDalaka}); a circle (instr. `" in a circle "'; also `" the charmed cñcircle
of a conjuror "'), globe, orb, ring, circumference, ball, wheel S'Br. &c. &c.; the path or orbit of a
heavenly body Sûryas.; a halo round the sun or moon VarBriS.; a ball for playing MBh.; a circular
bandage (in surgery) Sus'r.; (also n. pl.) a sort of cutaneous eruption or leprosy with circular spot
ib.; a round mole or mark (caused by a finger-nail &c.) on the body Lâthy. KâtyS'r. Sch.; a circular
array of troops MBh. Kâm.; a partic. attitude in shooting L.; a district, arrondissement, territory,
province, country (often at the end of modern names e.g. Coro-mandal coast) Inscr. AV.Paris'.
MBh. &c.; a surrounding district or neighbouring state, the circle of a king's near and distant
neighbours (with whom he must maintain political and diplomatic relations; 4 or 6 or 10 or even
12 such neighbouring princes are enumerated) Mn. (esp. vii, 154 &c.) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; a multitude,
group, band, collection, whole body, society, company Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a division or book of
the Riig-veda (of which there are 10, according to the authorship of the hymns; these are divided
into 85 Anuvâkas or lessons, and these agan into 1017, or with the 11 additional hymns into 1028
Su7ktas or hymns; the other more mechanical division, is into Ashthakas, Adhyâyas and Vargas
q.v.) RPrât. Briih. &c.; m. a dog L.; a kind of snake L.; ({I}) f. Panicum Dactylon L.; Cocculus
Cordifolius Bhpr.; n. Unguis Odoratus L.; a partic. oblation or sacrifice L.

mandi = A mathematical point that arises every day a certain number of hours after sunset. Used
in Electional Astrology or Muhurtha

mandira = abode* = n. any waiting or abiding-place, habitation, dwelling, house, palace, temple,
town, camp &c. (ifc. dwelling in) MBh. Kâv. &c. [788,3]; a stable for horses L. (cf. {mandurA});
the body L.; m. the sea L.; the hollow or back of the knee L.; N. of a Gandharva L.

mandiira* = m. (prob.) N. of a man KâtyS'r. (v.l. {maGgIra}); n. w.r. for {maJjIra}.

mandire = in the temple

mangala = auspicious * =maGgala n. (accord. to Un. v, 70 fr. {maGg}) happiness, felicity, welfare,
bliss (also pl.; ifc. f. {A}) Mn. MBh. &c.; anything auspicious or tending to a lucky issue (e.g. a
good omen, a prayer, benediction, auspicious ornament or amulet, a festival or any solemn
ceremony on important occasions &c.; cf. mfn. below) Kaus'. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a good old custom
PârGri. Mn.; a good work MBh. BhP.; (in music) a partic. composition Sangît.; N. of the capital of
Udyâna Buddh.; m. N. of Agni Griihyâs.; of the planet Mars L.; of a king belonging to the race of
Manu Cat.; of a Buddha Lalit.; of a poet Cat.; of a chief of the Câlukyas ib.; the smell of jasmine L.;
({A}) f. the white- and blue-flowering Dûrvâ grass L.; a sort of Karañja L.; turmeric L.; a faithful
wife L.; N. of Umâ Hcat.; of Dakshsyani (as worshipped in Gayâ) Cat.; of the mother of the 5th
Arhat of the present Avasarpinî. L.; ({I}) f. g. {gaurA7di}; mf({A})n. auspicious, lucky Hcat.;
having the scent of jasmine L.

mangalaM = auspiciousness

maNinaaga* = m. N. of a snake-demon MBh. Hariv.; m. or n. (?) N. of a sacred bathing-place

MBh.

maNiniryaatana* = n. the restitution of a jewel R.

maNiindra* = m. `" jewel-chief. "' a diamond Pañcar.

maaniindha* = m. N. of an astronomer (v.l. {mAnindha}; cf. {maNittha}). mAnin* = 1 mfn. (fr.
{man} or fr. 1. {mAna}) thinking, being of opinion KathhUp.; high-minded, haughty, proud
towards ({pratI}) or of ({-tas}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; highly honoured or esteemed ib.; (ifc.) thinking
(esp. one's self) to be or have, appearing as or passing for (see {darzanIya-}, {paNDita-m-} &c.);
highly esteeming or honouring (see f.); m. Marsilia Dentata L.; ({inI}) f. a disdainful or sulky
woman Kâv.; (ifc.) the wife of (see {madhu-mAninI} lit. `" highly esteeming her husband "');
Aglaia Odorata L.; a kind of metre W. (prob. w.r. for {mAlinI}); N. of an Apsaras VP.; of a
daughter of Vidûrastha and wife of Râjya-vardhana MârkP.

maanin* = 2 mfn. measuring, applying a measure, measurable VP.

maNDita* = mfn. adorned, decorated MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 11
Gan2sdhipas L.

maniish = lord of the mind

maniishhiNaH = great sages or devotees

maniishhiNaaM = even for the great souls

maniishitaa* = wisdom

maniishhita = (n) a wish

maniishita * = mfn. desired, wished

mañju: * = pleasing charming, sweet

manogataan.h = of mental concoction

manojavaM = having the speed of mind

manobhiH = and mind

manomani = samadhi

manoraJNjana = entertainment, pleasant to mind

manoratha = wish

manorathaM = according to my desires

manorame = another appellation to PArvati here meaning `pleasing to the mind'

manohara = beautiful

mantavyaH = is to be considered

manthin* = mfn. shaking, agitating Bhathth.; paining, afflicting W.; m. Soma-juice with meal
mixed in it by stirring RV. TS. Br. S'rS.; semen virile (cf. {Urdhva-m-}); ({inI}) f. a butter-vat L.;
N. of one of the Mâtriis attending on Skanda MBh.
mantra = spel * = m. (rarely n.; ifc. f. %{A}), `" instrument of thought "', speech, sacred text or
speech, a prayer or song of praise RV. AV. TS.; a Vedic hymn or sacrificial formula, that portion of
the Veda which contains the texts called %{Rc} or %{yajus} or %{sAman} (q.v.) as opp. to the
Bra1hmana and Upanishad portion (see IW. 5 &c.) Br. Gr2S3rS. &c. [786,1]; a sacred formula
addressed to any individual deity (e.g. %{om} %{zivAya} %{namaH}) RTL. 61; a mystical verse or
magical formula (sometimes personified), incantation, charm, spell (esp. in modern times
employed by the S3a1ktas to acquire superhuman powers; the primary Mantras being held to be
70 millions in number and the secondary innumerable RTL. 197-202) RV. (i, 147, 4) A1s3vS3r.
Mn. Katha1s. Sus3r.; cousultation, resolution, counsel, advice, plan, design, secret RV. &c. &c.; N.
of Vishn2u Vishn2.; of S3iva MBh.; (in astrol.) the fifth mansion VarYogay.

mantraH = transcendental chant

mantrayate = (10 ap) to consult

mantrahiinaM = with no chanting of the Vedic hymns

manthati = to churn (as in to get butter from curds)

manmatha= god of love, Cupid*= m. (either an intens. form fr. %{math}, or fr. %{man} =
%{manas} + %{matha}, `" agitating "'; cf. %{mandeha} and %{mandhAtR}) love or the god of
love, amorous passion or desire (ifc. f. %{A}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; Feronia Elephantum L.; the 29th
(3rd) year in a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarBr2S.; N. of a physician and various other men Cat.;
(%{A}) f. N. of Da1ksha1yan2i1 ib.

manmanaaH = always thinking of Me

manmayaa = fully in Me

manu = father of the human race

manuH = the father of mankind

manushhya = man

manushhyaloke = in the world of human society

manushhyaaH = all men

manushhyaaNaaM = of such men

manushhyeshhu = in human society

manya* = mfn. (only ifc.; cf. Pân. 3-2, 83; vi, 3, 68 Sch.) thinking one's self to be, passing for,
appearing as (see {kAlim-}, {dhanyam-}, {naram-m} &c.)

ma4nyaa* = f. du. and pl. the back or the nape of the neck (musculus cucullaris or trapezius) AV.
VS. Sus'r.; m. (l) the middle of an elephant's goad L.

manyate = (4 ap) to think, to believe

manyante = think
manyase = you so think

manye = think

manyeta = thinks

manyu * = m. (L. also f.) spirit, mind, mood, mettle (as of horses) RV. TS. Br.; high spirit or
temper, ardour, zeal, passion RV. &c. &c.; rage, fury, wrath, anger, indignation ib. (also
personified, esp. as Agni or Kâma or as a Rudra; {manyuM} {kR}, with loc. or acc. with {prati}, `"
to vent one's anger on, be angry with "'); grief, sorrow, distress, affliction MBh. Kâv. &c.; sacrifice
Nalac.; N. of a king (son of Vitatha) BhP.; (with {tApasa})N. of the author of RV. x, 83; 84; (with
{vAsiSTha})N. of the author of RV. ix, 97, 10-12. {-ta4s} ind. from anger, in a rage AV.

mama = mine

mamaapi = even my

maunaM = silence

mauni = silent

mJNjushhaa = (f) a box

marakata* = n. an emerald R. Var. Pañcat. &c. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {smaragdus}.

maraNa = death

maraNaM = death

maraNaat.h = than death

mariicha = a name of Sun

mariichi = rays

mariichiH = Marici

mariichikaa = (f) chillies

mariichimaalin.h = (adj) garlanded with rays, sun

marakata * n. an emerald R. Var. Pañcat. &c. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {smaragdus}.

marsha * m. ( {mRS}) patience, endurance L. (cf. {a-} and {dur-marSa}).

martya * = mfn. who or what must die, mortal Br. Kaus'.; m. a mortal, man, person RV. &c. &c.;
the world of mortals, the earth L.; ({A}) f. dying, death (see {putra-martyA}); n. that which is
mortal, the body BhP.

maru = desert
marut* = m. pl. (prob. the `" flashing or shining ones "'; cf. {marIci} and Gk. $) the storm-gods
(Indra's &239948[790,2] companions and sometimes e.g. Ragh. xii, 101 = {devAH}, the gods or
deities in general; said in the Veda to be the sons of Rudra and Priis'ni q.v., or the children of
heaven or of ocean; and described as armed with golden weapons i.e. lightnings and thunderbolts,
as having iron teeth and roaring like lions, as residing in the north, as riding in golden cars drawn
by ruddy horses sometimes called Priishatîh q.v.; they are reckoned in Naigh. v, 5 among the gods
of the middle sphere, and in RV. viii, 96, 8 are held to be three times sixty in number; in the later
literature they are the children of Diti, either seven or seven times seven in number, and are
sometimes said to be led by Mâtaris'van) RV. &c. &c.; the god of the wind (father of Hanumat and
regent of the north-west quarter of the sky) Kir. Râjat. (cf. comp.); wind, air, breath (also applied
to the five winds in the body) Kâv. Pur. &c.; a species of plant Bhpr.; = {Rtvij} Naigh. iii, 18; gold
ib. i, 2; beauty ib. iii, 7; N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of the prince Briihad-ratha MaitrUp.; f. Trigonella
Corniculata L.; n. a kind of fragrant substance (= {granthi-parNa}) L.

marut.h = wind

marutaH = the forty-nine Maruts (demigods of the wind)

marutta * = (= {marud-datta} accord. to Pat. on Pân. 1-4, 58. 59 Vârtt. 4) m. N. of various kings
Br. S'ânkhS'r. &c.; wind, a gale (?) W.

marutaaM = in the air or thoro' the air

marubhuumiH = (m) desert, barren land

marjaaraH = (m) cat

martya = mortal

martyalokaM = to the mortal earth

martyeshhu = among those subject to death

masa* = m. measure, weight W.

mashaka = gnat, small fly

mashakaH = (m) mosquito

mashakajaalaH = (m) mosquito net

mashii = (f) ink

mat.h = upon Me (KRishhNa)

mata* = {mataM-ga} &c. see under {man}, p. 783, col. 1.

mata= Opinion* = mfn. thought, believed, imagined, supposed, understood RV. &c. &c.; regarded
or considered as, taken or passing for (nom. or adv.) Mn. MBh. &c.; thought fit or right, approved
Yâjñ. Kâv. Kâm.; honoured, esteemed, respected, liked (with gen. Pân. 3-2, 188) Ragh. Kâm.;
desired, intended R.; m. N. of a son of S'ambara Hariv. (v.l. {mana}); n. a thought, idea, opinion,
sentiment, view, belief. doctrine MBh. Kâv. &c.; intention, design, purpose, wish MBh. BhP.;
commendation, approbation, sanction L.; knowledge W.; agallochum L.
mataM = injunctions

mataH = (f) mother

mataa = is considered

mataaH = are considered

mati * = (in S'Br. also {ma4ti}) f. devotion, prayer, worship, hymn, sacred utterance RV. VS.;
thought, design, intention, resolution, determination, inclination, wish, desire (with loc. dat. or
inf.) RV. &c. &c. ({matyA} ind. wittingly, knowingly, purposely; {matiM} {kR} or {dhA} or {dhR}
or {A-dhA} or {samA-dhA} or {A-sthA} or {sam-A-sthA}, with loc. dat. acc. with {prati}, or
{artham} ifc., to set the heart on, make up one's mind, resolve, determine; {matim} with Caus. of
{ni-vRt} and abl. of a verbal noun, to give up the idea of; {Ahita-mati} ifc. -having resolved upon;
{vinivRtta-mati} with abl. = having desisted from); opinion, notion, idea, belief, conviction, view,
creed S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({matyA} ind. at will; ifc., `" under the idea of "' e.g. {vyAghra-m-}, `"
under the idea of its being a tiger "'); the mind, perception, understanding, intelligence, sense,
judgment S'Br. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" that which is sensible "', intelligent, mindful, applied to
Aditi, Indra and Agni); esteem, respect, regard Kir.; memory, remembrance L.; Opinion
personified (and identified with Subala7tmajâ as one of the mothers of the five sons of Pându, or
regarded as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Soma, or as the wife of Viveka) MBh. Hariv. Prab.; a
kind of vegetable or pot-herb L.; m. N. of a king Buddh. [Cf. Lat. {mens}; Angl. Sax. {ge-mynd};
Eng. {mind}.]

matiM = intellect

matiH = intellect, thought, opinion

matiraapaneyaa = matiH + ApaneyA:mind + to be led

matirbhinnaH = mind +different (different opinions or views)

matirmama = my opinion

mate = in the opinion

matkarma = My work

matkarmakrit.h = engaged in doing My work

matkuNa = bed-bug

matkuNaH = (m) bedbug, khatamal

matparaM = subordinate to Me

matparaH = in relationship with Me

matparamaH = considering Me the Supreme

matparamaaH = taking Me, the Supreme Lord, as everything

matparaaH = being attached to Me

matparaayaNaH = devoted to Me

matprasaadaat.h = by My mercy

matri = mother

matsa.nsthaaM = the spiritual sky (the kingdom of God)

matsara = Anger, Jealousy, Envy, Hostility

matsthaani = in Me

matsya = a fish

matsyaNDii = (n) molasses

matsyaasana = the fish posture

matsyendraasana = the posture of Matsyendra

mattaH = (VB) beyond Me; from me, than me* = mfn. excited with joy, overjoyed, delighted,
drunk, intoxicated (lit. and fig.) AV. &c. &c.; excited by sexual passion or desire, in rut, ruttish (as
an elephant) MBh. R. &c.; furious, mad, insane ib.; m. a buffalo L.; the Indian cuckoo L.; a
drunkard L.; a ruttish or furious elephant L.; a madman L.; a thorn-apple L.; N. of a Ra1kshasa R.;
(%{A}) f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous or vinous liquor L.; N. of a metre Col. [cf. Lat.
{mattus}, drunk].

maturaa = the city of mathura

matvaa = having thought, thinking that

mauna* = m. (fr. {muni}) a patr. Âs'vS'r.; pl. N. of a dynasty VP.; ({I}) f. N. of the 15th day in the
dark half of the month Phâlguna (when a partic. form of ablution is performed in silence) Col.; n.
the office or position of a Muni or holy sage S'Br. MBh. [837, 1]; silence, taciturnity ChUp. Mn.
MBh. &c. ({maunaM} with {kR}, or {vi-dhA} or {sam-A-car}, to observe silence, hold one's
tongue).

maya * = mf({I})n. consisting or made of orpiment Kum.

maya * = 1 m. (3. {mA}) N. of an Asura (the artificer or architect of the Daityas, also versed in
magic, astronomy and military science) MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of various teachers and authors (esp. of
an astronomer and a poet) Cat.; ({A}) f. medical treatment L. \\ = 2 m. (prob. fr. 2. {mA}) a horse
VS.; a camel L.; a mule L.; ({I}) f. a mare Lâthy. Sch. [789, 2] \\3 m. (1. {mI}) hurting, injuring W.

mayaa = by me, V: magic

mayaH = full of

mayaM = full of/completely filled V* possessing, consisting, fully engaged in, pervaded by, made
of, sum total
mayas * n. (prob. fr. 3. {mA}) refreshment, enjoyment, pleasure, delight RV. VS. TBr.

ma4yas-kara4 * mfn. causing enjoyment, giving pleasure VS.

mayata= prasmayata- prasada= grace

maye: V*: consists of, made of, in the form of, situated in, full of, filled with,. affected by

mayi = in myself

mayuraasana = the peacock posture

mayuura = a peacock

mayuuraH = (m) peacock

mayyasahishhNu = mayi+asahishhNuH, in me+intolerant

me = mine

megha = cloud

medaH = (neu) fat

medas* = n. fat, marrow, lymph (as one of the 7 Dhâtus, q.v.; its proper seat is said to be the
abdomen) RV. &c. &c.; excessive fatness, corpulence S'ârngS.; a mystical term for the letter {v}
Up.

medhayaa = (fem.instr.S)intellect

medhaa = (f) memory, ability to remember things

medhaavaan.h = well- read man, intellectual

medhaavii = intelligent

mekhala* =m. or n. a girdle, belt R.; m. pl. N. of a people VarBriS. (prob. w.r. for {mekala}); ({A})
f. see below

mekhalaa* = f. a girdle, belt, zone (as worm by men or women, but esp. that worn by the men of
the first three classes; accord. to Mn. ii, 42 that of a Brâhman ought to be of {muJja} [accord. to ii,
169 = {yajJo7pavIta} q.v.]; that of a Kshatriya, of {mUrvA}; that of a Vais'ya, of {zaNa} or hemp,
I.W. p. 240) AV. &c; &c.; the girth of a horse Kathâs.; a band or fillet L.; (ifc. f. {A}) anything
girding or surrounding (cf. {sAgara-m-}); investiture with the girdle and the ceremony connected
with it VarBriS.; a sword-belt, baldric L.; a sword-knot or string fastened to the hilt L.; the cords
or lines drawn round an altar (on the four sides of the hole or receptacle in which the sacrificial
fire is deposited) BhP.; the hips (as the place of the girdle) L.; the slope of a mountain (cf.
{netamba}) Kâlid.; a partic. part of the fire-receptacle Hcat.; Hemionitis Cordifolia L.; N. of the
river Narma-dâ (prob. w.r. for {mekalA}) L.; of a place (?) Vâs., Introd.; of various women Viddh.
Kathâs.

meruH = Meru
merudaNDa = the spinal column

meshha = First Zodiacal sign Aries

mesha * = m. (2. {miS}) a ram, sheep (in the older language applied also to a fleece or anything
woollen) RV. &c. &c.; the sign of the zodiac Aries or the first arc of 30 degrees in a circle Sûryas.
Var. BhP.; a species of plant Sus'r.; N. of a partic. demon L. (cf. {nejam-}); ({A}) f. small
cardamoms L.; ({I}) f. (cf. {me4zI}) a ewe RV. VS. Kaus'.; Nardostachys Jatamansi L.; Dalbergia
Ougeinensis L.

meshhaH = (m) sheep

miiDhvas * = mf(%{u4Si})n. (declined like a pf. p.; nom, %{mIDhvan} voc. %{mIDhvas} dat.
%{mIDhu4Se-} or %{mILhu4Se} &c.), bestowing richly, bountiful, liberal R. V. &c. &c.; (%{uSI})
f. N. of Devi1 (the wife of I1s3a1na) A1pGr2.

miimaaMsaa* = f. profound thought or reflection or Consideration, investigation, examination,

discussion S'Br. TÂr.; theory (cf. {kAvya-m-}); `" examination of the Vedic text "'N. of one of the 3
great divisions of orthodox Hindû philosophy (divided into 2 systems, viz. the Pûrva-mînânsâ or
Karma-mîmânsâ by Jamini, concerning itself chiefly with the correct incalled the Mimânsâ; and
the Uttara-mimânsâ or Brahma-mñmimânsâ or S'ârîraka-mñmimânsâ by Bâdarâyana, commonly
styled the Veda7nta and dealing chiefly with the nature of Brahma8 or the one universal Spirit)
IW. 46; 98 &c.

misha :*. rivalry, emulation L.; the son of a Kshatriya and a low woman L.; n. false appearance,
fraud, deceit ({miSeNa} or {miSAt} or {-tas} or ifc. under the pretext of) Kâv. Kathâs. Râjat.

mita4 *fixed, set up, founded, established RV. AV. SânkhS'r.; firm, strong (see comp.); cast,
thrown, scattered W.

mita * = measured, meted out, measured or limited by i.e. equal to (instr. or comp.) Sûryas.
VarBriS. BhP.; containing a partic. measure i.e. measuring, consisting of (acc.) RPrât.; Bharthr.
(v.l.); measured, moderate, scanty, frugal, little, short, brief. Inscr. Mn. Kâv. &c.; measured i.e.
investigated, known (see. {loka}); m. N. of a divine being (associated with Sammita) Yâjñ.; of a
Riishi in the third Manv-antara VP.

mitra = (neut) friend *= 1 m. (orig. %{mit-tra}, fr. %{mith} or %{mid}; cf. %{medin}) a friend,
companion, associate RV. AV. (in later language mostly n.); N. of an A1ditya (generally invoked
together with Varun2a cf. %{mitrA-v-}, and often associated with Aryaman q.v.; Mitra is extolled
alone in RV. iii, 59, and there described as calling men to activity, sustaining earth and sky and
beholding all creatures with unwinking eye; in later times he is considered as the deity of the
constellation Anura1dha1, and father of Utsarga) RV. &c. &c.; the sun Ka1v. &c. (cf. comp.); N. of
a Marut Hariv.; of a son of Vasisht2ha and various other men Pur.; of the third Muhu1rta L.; du. =
%{mitra4-varuNa} RV.; (%{A}),f. N. of an Apsaras MBh. (B. %{citrA}); of the mother of Maitreya
and Maitreyi1 S3am2k. on ChUp. BhP.; of the mother of S3atru-ghna (= %{su-mitrA}) L. (W.
%{I}); n. friendship RV.; a friend, companion (cf. m. above) TS. &c, &c.; (with %{aurasa}) a friend
connected by blood-relationship Hit.; an ally (a prince whose territory adjoins that of an
immediate neighbour who is called %{ari}, enemy. Mn. vii, 158 &c., in this meaning also applied
to planets VarBr2S.); a companion to = resemblance of (gen.; ifc. = resembling, like) Ba1lar.
Vcar.; N. of the god Mitra (enumerated among the 10 fires) MBh.; a partic. mode of fighting
Hariv. (v.l. for %{bhinna}).

mitra * = 2 Nom. P. %{mitrati}, to act in a friendly manner S3at

mitrataa* = f. friendship ({-tam samprA7ptaH}, one whd has become a friend) MBh. Pañcat. &c.;
equalness, likeness with (comp) Vcar.

mitratva* = n. friendship TS. Pañcat. &c.

mitradhita* = ({mitra4-}) n. (RV.) or ({mitra4-}) f. (ib.) ?or ({mitra4-}) f. (ib.) ?or n. (VS. S'Br.) a
covenant or contract of friendship.

mitradheya* = n. (VS. S'Br.) a covenant or contract of friendship.

mitrapati* = m. lord of friends or of friendship RV.

mitrabheda* = m. separation of frñfriend, breach of friendship MBh. Kâm. &c.; N. of the first
book of the Pañca-tantra.

mitradrohe = in quarreling with friends

mitre = in (towards) the friend

mithuna = Sexual union. The Zodiacal sign Gemini

miththyaachaaraNi = adj. living in the falsehood

miththyaavaadii = adj. adherent to improper philosophy

mithyaa = (fem.nom.S)false; unreal

mithyaachaaraH = pretender

mithyaaGYaanena = (instr.) through false knowledge

mithyaishhaH = this is all false

mimaaM = this

mimaa.nsaa = one of the schools (systems) of Indian philosophy

milati = ( 6 pp) to join, meet

mis'raM = mixed;* = mf({A4})n. (prob. fr. a Iost {miz} cf. under {mikS}) mixed, mingled,
blended, combined RV. &c. &c. ({vacAMsi mizrA} 1. {kR} A. {-kRNute}, to mingle words, talk
together RV. x, 93, 1) [818, 1]; manifold, diverse, various TS. &c. &c.; mixed or connected or
furnished with, accompanied by (instr. with or without {samam} gen. or comp.; rarely {mizra}
ibc. cf. {mizra-vAta}) VS. &c. &c.; pl. (ifc. after honorific epithets = &c.; e.g. {Arya-mizrAH},
respectable or honourable people &c.; often also in sg. ifc. and rarely ibc. with proper names by
way of respect cf. {kRSNa-}, {madhu-m} and comp. below); mixing, adulterating: (cf.
{dhAnyam-}); m. a kind of elephant L.; (in music) a kind of measure Sangît.; N. of various authors
and other men (also abbreviation for some names ending in {mizra} e.g. for Madana-, Mitra-,
Vâcaspati-mñis'ra) Cat.; n. principal and interest Lalit. (cf. {-dhana}); a species of radish L.

mishrayati = to mix
mihira = sun

miina = The Zodiacal sign Pisces

mle.nchchha = adj. barbarian

mleccha* = m. a foreigner, barbarian, non-Aryan, man of an outcast race, any person who does
not speak Sanskriit and does not conform to the usual Hindû institutions S'Br. &c. &c. ({I} f.); a
person who lives by agriculture or by making weapons L.; a wicked or bad man, sinner L.;
ignorance of Sanskriit, barbarism Nyâyam. Sch.; n. copper L.; vermilion L.

mogha* = (or {mogha4} MaitrS.) mf({A})n. (1. {muh}) vain, fruitlets, useless, unsuccessful,
unprofitable (ibc. and {am} ind. in vain, uselessly, without cause) RV. &c. &c.; left, abandoned
MBh.; idle ib.; m. a fence, hedge L.; ({A}) f. Bignonia Suaveolens L.; Embelia Ribes L.

moghakarmaaNaH = baffled in fruitive activities

moghaM = uselessly

moghaGYaanaaH = baffled in knowledge

moghaashaaH = baffled in their hopes

mochaya = (verbal stem) to make free

modaka = with the sweetened rice-balls

modate = (1ap) to rejoice, to be happy

modishhye = I shall rejoice

moha = temptation* = m. (1. {muh}; ifc. f. {A}) loss of consciousness, bewilderment, perplexity,
distraction, infatuation, delusion, error, folly AV. &c. &c. ({moham-brU}, to say anything that
leads to error; {mohaM-yA}, to fall into error; {mohAt} ind. through folly or ignorance); fainting,
stupefaction, a swoon MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in phil.) darkness or delusion of mind (preventing the
discernment of truth and leading men to believe in the reality of worldly objects); (with
Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three roots of vice Dharmas. 139); a magical art employed to
bewilder an enemy (= {mohana}) Cat.; wonder, amazement L.; Infatuation personified (as the
offspring of Brahmâ) VP.

mohaM = infatuation

mohaH = illusion

mohanaM = the delusion

mohayasi = You are bewildering

mohaat.h = by illusion

mohaaddaasyati = out of infatuation+ will give

mohaaveshaM = infatuated state(moha+AveshaM-seizure)

mohitaM = deluded

mohitaaH = are bewildered

mohiniiM = bewildering

mohena = by the illusion

mohau = and illusion

moksha = emancipation of the soul from rebirth

mokshaM = the liberation

mokshakaankshibhiH = by those who actually desire liberation

mokshayishhyaami = will deliver

mokshaaya = for the purpose of liberation

mokshyase = you will be liberated

mriyate = dies

mriDa * mfn. showing compassion or mercy, gracious Kâthh. Âs'vGri.; m. N. of Agni at the
Pûrna7huti Griihyâs.; of S'iva S'ivag.; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Pârvati L.

mridaa * = f. clay, loam, earth S'vetUp.

mriga = animal* = m. (prob. `" ranger "', `" rover "') a forest animal or wild beast, game of any
kind, (esp.) a deer, fawn, gazelle, antelope, stag, musk-deer RV. &c. &c.; the deer or antelope in
the moon (i.e. the spots on the disk supposed to resemble those of an antelope as well as a hare);
the dñdisk or antñantelope in the sky (either the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras or the sign of the zodiac
Capricorn; also in general the 10th arc of 30 degrees in a circle) Sûryas. VarBriS. &c.; an elephant
with partic. marks (accord. to L. `" one the secondary marks of whose body are small "') R. Var.; a
large soaring bird RV. i, 182, 7 &c.; N. of a demon or Vriitra in the form of a deer slain by Indra ib.
i, 80, 7 &c.; of a celestial being (occupying a partic. place in an astrol. house divided into 81
compartments) VarBriS. Hcat.; of a partic. class of men whose conduct in coitus resembles that of
the roebuck L.; of the district in S'aka-dvîpa inhabited principally by Brâhdvipa themselves VP.
(v.l. {maga}); of a horse of the Moou VP.; musk (= {mRga-nAbhi} or {-mada}) VarBriS.; a partic.
Aja-pâia sacrifice L.; search, seeking, asking, requesting L.; ({A}) f. = {mRga-vIthI} L.; ({I}) f. a
female deer or antelope, doe Hariv. R. &c.; N. of the mythical progenitress of antelopes MBh. R.
Pur.; a partic. class of women L.; a kind of metre Col.; a partic. gait of a dancing girl Sangît.;
demoniacal possession, epilepsy L.

mriga-trishhNikaa = mirage

mrigaaNaaM = of animals

mrige.ndrataa = the nature of the king of animals

mrigya* = mfn. to be hunted after or sought for or found out Kâv. Pur.; to be striven after or
aimed at ({a-m-}). Kum.; to be investigated, questionable, uncertain Vâm.

mrigendraH = the lion

mriNaala = soft

mriSTa* = mfn. (for 2. see p. 831, col. 1.) washed, cleansed, polished, clean, pure (lit. and fig.) RV.
&c. &c.; smeared, besmeared with (instr.) R. Naish.; prepared, dressed, savoury, dainty R. Hariv.
Var. (cf. {miSTa}); sweet, pleasant, agreeable MBh. Kâv. &c.; n. pepper L.

mrishaa* ind. in vain, uselessly, to no purpose RV. &c. &c.; wrongly, fabely, feignedly, lyingly AV.
&c. &c. (with {kR}, to feign; with {jJA} or {man}, to consider false or untrue; {mRSai9va} {tat},
that is wrong; {varanIyam mRSA budhaiH}, untruthfulness is to be avoided by the wise); `"
Untruth "' personified as the wife of A-dharma BhP.

mrita = Dead

mritaM = dead

mritasya = of the dead

mritaasana = the corpse posture

mrittikaa = mud

mrityu = of death

mrityu-bhaava = House of Death or the 8th

mrityuM = death

mrityuH = death

mrityuu = death

mrityoH = (masc.poss.S) death's

mrida.nga = drum

mridanga = Drum

mriduu = soft

mriyate = (6 ap) to die

mriishati = (6 pp) to ponder, to reflectmauna = silence

muchyante = get relief

mucuTI * f. a pair of forceps Vâgbh.; (also {-Ti}) a closed hand, fist L.; snapping the fingers L.
muculinda * m. a kind of big orange L. (cf. {mucalinda} and {mucilind

mudaa* = pleasure, joy, gladness

mudhaa* = ind. ( {muh}) in vain, uselessly, to no purpose MBh. Kâv. &c.; falsely, wrongly, Bhaflri.
(v.l.)

mudita = delight

mudgara = hammer, mallet

mudgaraH = (m) hammer

mudraNa = printing, publication

mudraa = a seal, postures especially with hands and face * = f. (fr. {mudra} see above) a seal or
any instrument used for sealing or stamping, a seal-ring, signet-ring (cf. {aGguli-m-}), any ring
MBh. Kâv. &c.; type for printing or instrument for lithographing L.; the stamp or impression
made by a seal &c.; any stamp or print or mark or impression MBh. Kâv. &c.; a stamped coin,
piece of money, rupee, cash, medal L.; an image, sign, badge, token (esp. a token or mark of
divine attributes impressed upon the body) Kâv. Pur. Râjat.; authorization, a pass, passport (as
given by a seal) Mudr.; shutting, closing (as of the eyes or lips gen. or comp.) Kâv.; a lock, stopper,
bung Amar. Bhpr.; a mystery Cat.; N. of partic. positions or intertwinings of the fingers (24 in
number, commonly practised in religious worship, and supposed to possess an occult meaning
and magical efficacy Das'. Sarvad. Kârand. RTL. 204; 406); a partic. branch of education (`"
reckoning by the fingers "') DivyA7v.; parched or fried grain (as used in the S'âkta or Tântrik
ceremonial) RTL. 192; (in rhet.) the natural expression of things by words, calling things by their
right names Kuval.; (in music) a dance accordant with tradition Sangît.

mudra* = mfn. joyous, glad AV.; ({A}). f. see {mudrA} below.

mugdha* = gone astray, lost, perplexed, bewildered, foolish, ignorant, silly, inexperienced,
simple, innocent, artless, attractive or charming (from youthfulness), lovely, beautiful, tender,
young, a young and beautiful female

muhu *= or ind. suddenly, in a moment RV. S3Br.

muJNchati = (6 pp) to loosen

mukulam.h = (n) a bud

mukta = liberated

muktaM = liberated

muktaH = released

mukta\-hasta\-shirshhaasana = the freehand headstand posture

muktasangaH = liberated from association

muktasya = of the liberated

muktaanaaM = pearls or released

muktaasana = the liberated posture

muktiM = salvation/freedom

muktvaa = quitting

mukha = mouth

mukhaM = mouth

mukhadvaaram.h = (n) the main entrance gate (of a house)

mukhapuTalekhaH = (m) cover story

mukhaani = faces

mukhe = through the mouth

mukhyaM = the chief

mukhya * = mf({A})n. being in or coming from or belonging to the mouth or face AV. &c. &c.;
being at the head or at the beginning, first, principal, chief, eminent (ifc. = the first or best or chief
among, rarely = {mukha} or {Adi} q.v.) TS. &c. &c.; m. a leader, guide Kâm.; N. of a tutelary deity
(presiding over one of the 81 or 63 divisions or Padas of an astrological house) VarBriS. Hcat.; pl.
a class of gods under Manu Sâvarni Pur.; ({A}) f. N. of the residence of Varuna VP.; n. an essential
rite W.; reading or teaching the Vedas ib.; the month reckoned from new moon to new moon ib.;
moustache Gal.

mulaalin* = m. or {mulAli} f. (prob.) a species of edible lotus AV.

muNDaM = head

muNDii = shaven head

munayaH = the sages

muniH = a sage

muniinaaM = of the sages

muneH = sage

mumukshubhiH = who attained liberation

mumocha = left, gave up

mura * = 1 n. encompassing, surrounding L.; ({A}) f. see 2. {mura}. \\2 m. N. of a Daitya slain by
Kriishna MBh. Hariv. BhP. (cf. {muru}); ({A}) f. a species of fragrant plant (named after the
Daitya) Bhpr.; said to be the N. of the wife of Nanda and mother of Caudragupta VP.; n. see under
1, {mura}.
murabhit.h = one who has killed Mura - Lord Vishnu

muralii = flute

muraliidhara = one who holds flute attribute to Krishna

muraari = the enemy of `Mura' (Lord Krishna)murAri * = m. `" enemy of Mura "'N. of Kriishna or
Vishnu Kâv. Pur. Kathâs.; N. of the author of the Mura7ri-nâthaka or Anargha-râghava; of a Sch.
on the Kâtantra grammar and other authors &c. (also with {pA7Thaka}, {bhaTTa}, {mizra} &c.)
Cat.; {-gupta} m. N. of a disciple of Caitanya Cat.; {-nATaka} n. Mura7ri's drama i.e. Anargha-
râghava ({-vyAkhyA}, f. and {-vyAkhyA-pUrNa-sarasvatI} f. N. of Comms, on it); {-mizrIya} n. N.
of wk.; {-vljaya} n. N. of a drama by Kriishna-kavi (son of Nrii-sinha); {-zrI-pati} m. (with
{sAvabhauma}) N. of an author Cat.

muraare = Oh Mura's enemy!(KrishhNa)

murchhaa = mind-fainting

muru * = m. N. of a country MBh.; of a Daitya (= {mura}) MBh. (C. {maru}) Hariv. VP.; a species
of plant (in explanation of {maurvI}) PârGri. Sch.; a kind of iron L.; ({U}) f. (in music) a kind of
dance Sangît.

mushhTiH = (m) fist

mushita* = mfn. stolen, robbed, carried off RV. &c. &c.; plundered, stripped, naked S'Br. GriS.;
bereft or deprived of, free from (acc. ) RV.; removed, destroyed, annihilated Ratna7v. Kathâs.;
blinded, obscured MBh.; seized, ravished, captivated, enraptured MBh. Kâv. &c.; surpassed,
excelled Kâvya7d.; deceived, cheated Ratna7v. BhP.; made fun of Râjat.

musala = pestle* = m. n. (often spelt {muzala} or {muSala}; cf. Un. i, 108 Sch.) a pestle, (esp.) a
wooden pestle used for cleaning rice AV. &c, &c.; a mace, club Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {cakra-m-}); the
clapper of a bell Kathâs.; a partic. surgical instrument Sus'r.; a partic. constellation VarBriS.; the
22nd astron. Yoga or division of the mooñs path MW.; m. N. of a son of Vis'âmitra MBh.; ({I}) f.
Curculigo Orclnoides L.; Salvinia Cucullata L.; a house-lizard L.; an alligator L.

muslima = Muslim

muhurmuhuH = repeatedly

muhyati = (4 pp) to faint

muhyanti = are bewildered

mukshiya = release (Verb)

muuka = dumb

muuDha = foolish person

muuDhaH = the fool

muuDhamate = O, foolish mind!

muuDhayonishhu = in animal species

muuDhaa = fools

muuDhaaH = foolish men

muudha = foolish man

muuDha * = mfn. stupefied, bewildered, perplexed, confused, uncertain or at a loss about (loc. or
comp.) AV. &c.&c.; stupid, foolish, dull, silly, simple Mn. MBh. &c.; swooned, indolent L.; gone
astray or adrift As'vGri.; driven out of its course (as a ship) R.; wrong, out of the right place (as the
fetus in delivery) Sus'r.; not to be ascertained, not clear, indistinct Âpast. R.; perplexing,
confounding VP.; m. a fool, dolt MBh. Kâv. &c.; pl. (in Sânkhya) N. of the elements Tattvas.; n.
confusion of mind Sarvad.

muuDha * = {mUDha-garbha} &c. see col. 2

muura4 * = 1 mf({A})n. (either = {mUDha} or fr. {mRR}) dull, stupid, foolish RV. PañcavBr. \\=
2 mfn. (fr. 1. {mU} = {mIv}) rushing, impetuous (said of Indra's horses) RV. iii 43, 6 (Sây. =
{mAraka}). \\ = 3 n. (prob. also fr. 1. {mU} and meaning `" something firm and fixed "' cf. Kâs'.
on Pân. 8-2, 18) = {mUla}, a root AV. i, 28, 3.

muurkha = fool* = mf({A4})n. stupid, foolish, silly, dull TS. Mn. &c.; inexperienced in (loc.)
Kathâs.; = {gayatrI-rahita} or {sA7rtha-gAyatrI-rahita} L.; m. a fool, blockhead Bhartri.;
Phaseolus Radiatus L.; N. of a poet Cat.

muurtayaH = forms

muurti = idol* = f. any solid body or material form, (pl. material elements, solid particles; ifc. =
consisting or formed of) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; embodiment, manifestation, incarnation,
personification TBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (esp. of S'iva Hcat.); anything which has definite shape or
limits (in phil. as mind and the 4 elements earth, air, fire, water, but not {AkAza}, ether IW. 52 n.
1), a person, form, figure, appearance MBh. Kâv. &c.; an image, idol, statue Kâv.; beauty Pañcat.;
N. of the first astrological house VarBriS.; of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma BhP.; m.
N. of a Riishi under the 10th Manu ib.; of a son of Vasishthha VP.

muurdhajaa = hair (from the head)

muurdhan.h = head

muurdhni = on the head

muushita* = mfn. = {muSita}, stolen, robbed, plundered L

muulaani = roots

muulaashinau = roots-eaters (2 persons)

muula = Also spelt Moola. The nineteenth nakshatra\\* = n. (or m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A} or
{I}; prob. for 3. {mU4ra} see above) "' firmly fixed "', a root (of any plant or tree; but also fig. the
foot or lowest part or bottom of anything) RV. &c. &c. ({mUlaM} {kR} or {bandh}, to take or
strike root); a radish or the root of various other plants (esp. of Arum Campanulatum, of long
pepper, and of Costus Speciosus or Arabicus) L.; the edge (of the horizon) Megh.; immediate
neighbourhood ({mama mUtam} = to my side) R.; basis, foundation, cause, origin,
commencement, beginning ({mUlAd Arabhya} or {A} {mUlAt}, from the begñbeginning;
{mUlAt}, from the bottom, thoroughly; {mUlaM} {kramataz ca}, right through from beginning
DivyA7v.) Mn. MBh. &c. (ibc.= chief principal cf. below; ifc. = rooted in, based upon, derived
from); a chief or principal city ib.; capital (as opp. to `" interest "') SâmavBr. Prab.; an original
text (as opp. to the commentary or gloss) R. Kathâs. Sus'r.; a king's original or proper territory
Mn. vii, 184; a temporary (as opp. to the rightful) owner Mn. viii, 202; an old or hereditary
servant, a native inhabitant MW.; the square root Sûryas.; a partic. position of the fingers (=
{mUta-bandha}) Pañcar.; a copse, thicket L.; also m. and ({A}) f. N. of the 17th (or 19th) lunar
mansion AV. &c. &c.; m. herbs for horses, food DivyA7v.; N. of Sadâ-s'iva Cat.; ({A}) f. Asparagus
Racemosus L.; ({I}) f. a species of small house-lizard L.; mfn. original, first Cat.; = {nija}, own,
proper, peculiar L.

muulabandhaasana = the ankle-twist posture

muulaja* = mfn. `" rñroot-born "', growing from a rñroot L.; formed at the roots of trees MBh.; m.
a plant growing from a rñroot (as a lotus) W.; n. green ginger L.

muulajAti* = f. chief or principal origin L.; = {-guNa-jAti} above MW.

muulakRt* = mfn. preparing rñroot (for magical uses) AV.

muulaM = rooted

muulashodhana = cleansing the rectum

muulatas* = ind. on the root, on the lower side TBr. Kaus'. &c.; {A} mñmagical, from the rñroot
upwards Riitus.; from the beginning Kathâs.

muulatrikona = Root trine. Specially favourable sign positions for planets. Almost as good as
Exaltation

muulatva* = n. the state of being a root or foundation or source, the having a fñfoundation ({tan-
mUlatvAt} {prajAnAM rAjA skandhaH}, `" the king is the stem of his subjects through their being
his root "'; {veda-mUlatva}, `" the fact that the Veda is the original source of all knowledge "';
{zAstra-m-}, `" the being founded upon the S'âstras "') Kâm. (cf. {tan-m-}). [826,3]

muulya = value, worth

muulyaankaH = (m) postage stamp

muushhakaH = (m) mouse

muushhakadhvajam.h = having the mouse as the flag

muuLa = Nineteenth nakshatra

naabhiM = navel

naabha * ifc. (mfn.) = {nAbhi}, nave, navel, central point (cf. {abja-nAbha}, {vajra-n-}, {su-n-}
&c.); m. N. of S'iva MBh.; of a son of S'ruta and father of Sindhudvîpa BhP.
naabhasa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {nabhas}) celestial, heavenly, appearing in the sky Var.; (with {yoga})
N. of certain constellations ib. (according to Bhaththo7pala 2, divided into 4 classes, viz. 3
Âs'raya-, 2 Dala-, 20 Âkriiti- and 7 Sankhyâ-yogas).

naabhijaanaati = does not know

naabhipedaasana = the upward ankle-twist posture

naabhiideshaM = nAbhI+deshaM, navel+region/country

naaDii = a channel within the subtle body

naaDiishodhana = the purification of the nadis

naada = Sound

naaDa* = n. (fr. {naDa}) = {nAla}, a hollow stalk L.; ({A}) f. N. of a partic. verse Vait.

naada* = m. ( {nad}) a loud sound, roaring, bellowing, crying RV. &c. &c.; any sound or tone Prât.
R. &c. (= {zabda} L.); (in the Yoga) the nasal sound repressented by a semicircle and used as an
abbreviation in mystical words BhP.; a praiser (= {stotR}) Naigh. iii, 16.

naadaH = the sound

naadabrahma = Blissful tone

naaga = snake

naagaphaNii = cactus

naagabandha = cobra pattern, a form of poetry

naagavalli = the paan (betel leaf)

naagaanaaM = of the manyhooded serpents

naagaashana = peacock (whose food is snakes)

naagendra = elephant

naa4husha* = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {na4huSa}) neighbouring, kindred; m. neighbour, kinsman RV. \\*
= 2 m. (fr. {na4huSa}) patron. of Yayâti MBh. R &c. N. of a serpent-demon VâyuP.

naaka = heaven, sky

naakshatra* = mf({I})n. relating to the Nakshatras, starry, sidereal Lâthy. Var. &c.; m.
astronomer, astrologer MBh.; n. a month computed by the mooñs passage through the 27
mansions, or of 30 days of 60 Ghathîs each W.

naalaH = (m) tap

naalikaa = (f) pipe

naama = Name

naaman.h = name

naamabhiH = the names of rAma

naamabhirdivyaiH = by the divine `nAmAs'(names)

naamayati = to bend

naamasmaraNaat.h = (exceept) through/from rememberance of the lord's name

naana * = m. N. of a man (also {-bhaTTa}) Cat.; ({A}) f. coin (= = {nANaka}) Hcat.

naanaa = many * = 1 ind. (Pân. 5-2, 27; g. {svarAdi}) differently, variously, distinctly, separately,
(often used as an adj. = various, different, distinct from [with instr. e.g. {vizvaM na} {nAnA}
{zambhunA}, `" the Universe is not distinct from S'ñS'ambhunâ "' Vop.; rarely mfn. e.g. {nArISu
nAnAsu} Pañcar.] esp. in comp.; cf. below) RV. &c. &c.; {-vinA}, without (with instr. abl. or acc.)
Pân. 2-3, 32.

naanaatva* = n. difference, variety, manifoldness Br. MBh. &c.; {-vAda-tattva} n. N. of wk.

naanaabhaavaan.h = multifarious situations

naanaavidhaani = variegated

naanritaM = na + anR\^itaM: not untruth

naantaM = no end

naanyaM = na+anyaM, no other

naanyagaaminaa = without their being deviated

naaNakam.h = (n) coin

naarangaphalam.h = (n) orange

naaradaH = Narada

naarasi.nhii = pertaining to Narasimha

naaraayaNaH = Lord Narayana

naaraayaaNa = the supporter of life - Vishnu

naara4 * = relating to or proceeding from men, human, mortal Mn. Kâv.; spiritual (?) W.; m. a
man TÂr. (v.l.); (pl.) water (also sg. n. and {A} f. L.) Mn. i, 10 (prob. invented to explain
{nArAyaNa}); = {nArAyaNa} L.; a calf L.; ({I}) f. see {nArI}; n. a multitude of men L.; dry ginger
L.

naa4ra * = ka mf({I})n. (fr. {naraka}) relating to hell, hellish, infernal; (with {loka4}) m. hell AV.
(also {nAraka4} m. VS.); m. inhabitant of hell Pur.

naaraayaNa * = m. (patr. fr. {na4ra} q.v.) the son of the original Man (with whom he is generally
associated e.g. Mn. i, 10; he is identified with Brahmâ ib. 11 with Vishnu or Kriishna TÂr. MBh.
&c.; the Apsaras Urvas'î is said to have sprung from his thigh Hariv. 4601; elsewhere he is
regarded as a Kas'yapa or Angirasa, also as chief of the Sâdhyas, and with Jainas as the 8th of the
9 black Vâsudevas); the Purusha-hymn (Ry. x, 90, said to have been composed by NñNârâyana4)
S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; (as synonym of Vishnu) N. of the 2nd month (reckoning from Mârgas'îrsha) Var.;
a mystical N. of the letter {A} Up.; N. of a son of Ajâ-mila BhP.; of a son of Bhu-mitra or Bhûmi-
mitra (a prince of the dynasty of the Kanvlyanas) Pur.; of a son of Nara-hari Kshiti7s'.; of sev.
men, authors and commentators (also with {AcArya}. {kavi}, {gArgya}, {cakra-cUDAmaNi},
{daiva-vid}, {dharmA7dhikArin}, {paNDina}, {paNDita}, {dharmA7dkikAriG} {paNDitA7cArya},
{parivrAj}, {bhaTTa} [cf. below, and {bhaTTa-n-}], {bhaTTA7cArya}, {bhaTTA7raDa}, {bhAratI},
{bhiSaj}, {muni}, {yati}, {yatI7vara}, {rAya}, {vandya}, {vAdI7zvara}, {vidyA-vinoda}, {vaiSNava-
muni}, {zarman}, {sarasvatI}, {sarva-jJa}, {sArvabhauma}); mf({I})n. relating or belonging to
Nârâyana or Kriishna MBh. &c. (m. pl. the warriors of KñKriishna, iv, 147); n. (with {kSetra}) N.
of the ground on the banks of the Ganges for a distance of 4 cubits from he water L.; (with
{cUrNa}) a partic. medicinal powder Bhpr.; (with {taila}) a medic. oil expressed from various
plants ib. [537, 1]; ({I}) f. see s.v.

naarikela = coconut

naarikelaH = (m) coconut

naarikelam.h = (n) coconut

naarii = female

naariiNaaM = of women

naaryaH = (fem.nom.pl.) women

naathaka = (m) a play, drama

naath = lord

naatha = Protector

naathaaya = to the protector or lord

naasha = destruction

naashaH = loss

naashanaM = the destroyer

naashanam.h = destroyer

naashayati = destroys
naashayaami = dispel

naashaaya = for destruction

naashitaM = is destroyed

naashha = destruction

naasaabhyantara = within the nostrils

naasikaa = nose

naasti = na+asti, not there

naava * = 1 m. ( -4. {nu}) a shout of joy or triumph RV. \\ 2 = {nau}, a boat, a ship (in comp. f.
{ardha-n-}, {dvi-n-} Pân. 5-4, 99, 100); ({A4}) f. id. RV. i, 97, 8.

naavaasana = the boat posture

naava = a boat

naaya* = m. ( %{nI}) a leader, guide RV. vi, 24, 10 ; 46, 11 (pr. N. Sa1y. ; cf. %{azva-}, %{go-}) ;
guidance, direction L. ; policy, means, expedient Bhat2t2. Sch.

naayaka * =m. a guide, leader, chief, lord, principal MBh. Kâv. &c. (with or scil. {sainyasya}, a
general, commander; ifc. f. {akA} cf. a. {nAyaka}); a husband BhP.; (in dram.) the lover or hero;
the central gem of a necklace (implying also `" a general "' cf. {nAyakAya} and {mahA-nAyaka}); a
paradigm or example (in gram.); N. of Gautama Buddha Buddh.; of a Brâhman Râjat.; of an
author (also {bhaTTa-n-}) Cat.; m. or n. a kind of musk L. (cf. {nAyikA-cUrNa}); ({ikA}) f. see
{nAyikA}; {-tva} n. leadership R.

naayakaaH = captains

Na * = 1: no, it is not so "' Bâdar. ii, 1, 35 Sarvad. ii, 15 \\2 m. knowledge L.; certainty,
ascertainment L.; ornament L.; a water-house L.; = {nirvRti} (invented for the etymology of
{kriSNa}, ) MBh. v, 70, 5 Sch.; a bad man L.; N. of S'iva or of a Buddh. deity L.; the sound of
negation L.; gift L.

na * =or not-but * =1 the dental nasal (found at the beginning of words and before or after dental
consonants as well as between vowels; subject to conversion into $ Pân. 8-4, 1-39). = 1. * = 2 ind.
not, no, nor, neither RV. ({nA}, x, 34, 8) &c. &c. (as well in simple negation as in wishing,
requesting and commanding, except in prohibition before an Impv. or an augmentless aor. [cf. a.
{mA}]; in successive sentences or clauses either simply repeated e.g. Mn.iv, 34; or strengthened
by another particle, esp. at the second place or further on in the sentence e.g. by {u} [cf. {no7}],
{uta4}, {api}, {cA7pi}, {vA}, {vA7pi} or {atha vA} RV. i, 170, 1; 151, 9 Nal. iii, 24, &c.; it may even
be replaced by {ca}, {vA}, {api ca}, {api vA}, &c. alone, as Mn.ii, 98 Nal.i, 14, &c.; often joined
with other particles, beside those mentioned above esp. with a following {tu}, {tv eva}, {tv eva tu},
{ce7d} q.v., {khalu} q.v., {ha} [cf. g. {cA7di} and Pân. 8-1, 31] &c.; before round or collective
numbers and after any numeral in the instr. or abl. it expresses deficiency e.g. {ekayA na viMzati},
not 20 by 1 i.e. 19 S'Br.; {paJcabhir na catvAri zatAni}, 395 ib.; with another {na} or an {a} priv. it
generally forms a strong affirmation [cf. Vâm. v, 1, 9] e.g. {ne7yaM na vakSyati}, she will most
certainly declare S'ak. iii, 9; {nA7daNDyo 'sti}, he must certainly be punished Mn. viii, 335; it may
also, like {a}, form compounds Vâm. v, 2, 13 [cf. below]); that not, lest, for fear lest (with Pot.)
MBh. R. Das'. &c.; like, as, as it were (only in Veda and later artificial language, e.g. {gauro na
tRSitaH piba}, drink like [lit. `" not "' i.e. `" although not being "'] a thirsty deer; in this sense it
does not coalesce metrically with a following vowel). [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. &161835[523, 1] {ne8-}; Angl.
Sax. {ne}, `" not "'; Eng. {no}, &c.] -2. na \\3 (L.) mfn. thin, spare; vacant, empty; identical;
unvexed, unbroken; m. band, fetter; jewel, pearl; war; gift; welfare; N. of Buddha; N. of Gane7s'a;
= {prastuta}; = {dviraNDa} (?); ({A}) f. the navel; a musical instrument; knowledge.

na = not

nabha * = the sky* = m. (rather fr. {nabh} denoting `" bursting forth "' or `" expanding "' than fr.
{nah} `" connecting "', scil. heaven and earth) the sky, atmosphere (= {nabhas}) L.; the month
S'râvana Car.; N. of a son of Manu Svârocisha or of the 3rd MñManu (together with Nabhasya)
Hariv.; of one of 7 sages of the 6th Manv-antara ib.; of a demon (son of Vipra-citti by Sinhikâ) ib.
VP.; of a son of Nala (Nishadha) and father of Pundarîka (cf. {nabhas}) Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. a
spitting-pot (?) L.; N. of the city of the sun W.

nabha * m. (rather fr. {nabh} denoting `" bursting forth "' or `" expanding "' than fr. {nah} `"
connecting "', scil. heaven and earth) the sky, atmosphere (= {nabhas}) L.; the month S'râvana
Car.; N. of a son of Manu Svârocisha or of the 3rd MñManu (together with Nabhasya) Hariv.; of
one of 7 sages of the 6th Manv-antara ib.; of a demon (son of Vipra-citti by Sinhikâ) ib. VP.; of a
son of Nala (Nishadha) and father of Pundarîka (cf. {nabhas}) Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. a spitting-pot
(?) L.; N. of the city of the sun W.

nabhaHsprishaM = touching the sky

nabhasa* = mfn. vapoury, misty AV.; m. sky, atmosphere L.; the rainy season L.; the ocean L.; N.
of a Rishi of the 10th Manv-antara Hariv.; of a Dânava ib. (v.l. {rabhasa} and {razmisa}); of a son
of Nala, Vp.

nabhastala = sky

Nactan' = 'nigth

nada = The Universal Sound. Vibration

naDa* = or m. (L. also n.) a species of reed, Arundo Tibialis or Karka RV. AV. S'Br.

nada* = m. a roarer, bellower, thunderer, crier, neigher &c. (as a cloud, horse, bull, met. a man, i,
179, 4) RV.; N. of RV. viii, 58, 2 (beginning with {nadam}) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; a river (if thought of as
male ifc. ind. {-nadam}; cf. {nadI}) Mn. MBh. &c.; = {naDa}, reed RV. i, 32, 8; ({I}) f. see {nadI4}.

nadi = (f) river

nadiinaaM = of the rivers

naga = the vital air that causes burping* = m. `" not moving "' (cf. {a4-ga}), a mountain (ifc. f.
{A}; cf. {sa-naga}) AV.&c. &c.; the number 7 (because of the 7 principal mountains; cf. {kula-giri})
Sûryas.; any tree or plant MBh. Kâv. &c.; a serpent L.; the sun L.

naH = by us

nah* = 1 cl. 4. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 57) %{na4hyati}, %{-te} (Pot. %{-nahet} MBh.; %{nahyur}
AitBr.; p. A1. %{na4hyamAna} [also with pass. meaning] RV. &c.; pf. %{nanAha}, %{nehe}; fut.
%{natsyati}, %{naddhA} Siddh. [cf. Pa1n2. 8-2, 34]; aor, %{anAtsIt}, Bhst2t2.; %{anaddha} Vop.;
ind. p. %{naddhvA} Gr.; %{-na4hya} Br. &c.; inf. %{-naddhum} Ka1v.) to bind, tie, fasten, bind on
or round or together; (A1.) to put on (as armour &c.), arm one's self. RV. &c. &c.: Pass.
%{nahyate}, p. %{-hyamAna} (see above): Caus. %{nAhayati} (aor. %{anInahat} Gr.) to cause to
bind together BhavP.: Desid. %{ninatsati}, %{-te} Gr.: Intens. %{nAnahyate}, %{nAnaddhi}. ib.
[Prob. for %{nagh}; cf. Lat. {nectere}, Germ. {Nestel} (?).]\\2 (only in %{na4dbihyas} RV. x, 60,
6; but cf. %{akSA-na4h}) a bond, tie.

nahi = No; never

nahusha * = m.= {na4hus} RV. i, 31, 11; v, 12, 6; (prob.) N. of a man, viii, 46, 27; of a son of Manu
and author of RV. ix, 101 Anukr.; of an ancient king (son of Âyu or Âyus [cf. RV. i. 31, 11] and
father of Yayâti; he took possession of Indra's throne but was afterwards deposed and changed
into a serpent Mn. vii, 41 MBh. R. &c. (cf. RTL. 240); according to R. i, 72, 30 and ii, 119, 30 he is
a son of Ambarisha and father of Nabhâga); of a serpent-demon MBh. Hariv.; of a Marut Hariv.;
of Vishnu-Kriishna MBh. [532, 3]

nahyati = (4 pp) to bind

naiH* = Vriiddhi form of {niH} (for {nis}) in comp.

nahusha* = m.= {na4hus} RV. i, 31, 11; v, 12, 6; (prob.) N. of a man, viii, 46, 27; of a son of Manu
and author of RV. ix, 101 Anukr.; of an ancient king (son of Âyu or Âyus [cf. RV. i. 31, 11] and
father of Yayâti; he took possession of Indra's throne but was afterwards deposed and changed
into a serpent Mn. vii, 41 MBh. R. &c. (cf. RTL. 240); according to R. i, 72, 30 and ii, 119, 30 he is
a son of Ambarisha and father of Nabhâga); of a serpent-demon MBh. Hariv.; of a Marut Hariv.;
of Vishnu-Kriishna MBh. [532, 3]

naihara * =produced by mist or fog

naitika = (adj) ethical

naiva = never is it so

naisargikabala = Natural strength and a part of Shad Bala or Six strength calculation method of
planetary weighting

naiHzreyasa* = mf({i})n. leading to happiness or future beatitude Mn. ({-sika}, xii, 88) MBh.; n.
N. of a wood in the world of Vishnu BhP.

naiHsaGgya* = n. absence of attachment, indifference Jâtakam.

naiHsargika* = mfn. cast off, put off DivyA7v.; N. of partic. transgressions punished with the
confiscation of something belonging to the transgressor Buddh.

naiHsnehya* = n. absence of love or affection Mn. ix, 15.

naiHspRhya* = n. absence of longing for anything Kâv.

naiHsvabhAvya* = n. (fr. {niH-svabhAva}) L.

naiHsvya* = n. (fr. {nih-sva}) absence of property, destitution, poverty Var.

naihaara* = mfn. (fr. {nI-hAra}) produced by mist or fog BhP.

nairaas'ya* = n. hopelessness, non-expectancy, despair at ({prati} or comp.) MBh. R. &c.

nairaas'ya * =nairAzya n. hopelessness, non-expectancy, despair at ({prati} or comp.) MBh. R. &c.

naishaa = na + eshA:no + this(fem.)

naishkarmyaM = freedom from reaction

naishkarmyakarma = actionless action

naishkarmyasiddhiM = the perfection of nonreaction

naishkritikaH = expert in insulting others

naishthhika* = (or {naiH-}; see 2. {ni-SThA}) mf({i})n. forming the end, final, last MBh. Hariv.
Ragh.; definitive, fixed, firm MBh. R. Yâjñ.; highest, perfect, complete MBh. Kâv. Pur. ({-sundara}
mfn. perfectly beautiful Kum. v, 62); completely versed in or familiar with (comp.) Var.;
belonging to the character or office of a perpetual student W.; m. a perpetual religious student or
Brâhman who observes the vow of chastity Râjat. BhP.

naishthhikiiM = unflinching

nakulaH = (m) a mongoose

nakta.ncharaantakam.h = the finisher(destroyer) of the

nakra = a crocodile

nakha = nail

nakshatra = A division of the Zodiac into 27 parts. There were originally 28 parts but one seems to
have been dropped. Each Division is ruled by a planet and is further divided into Padas or
quarters. The nakshatra contains 9 navaa.nshas and forms the base position for lunar Dasha
systems\\* = n. (m. only RV. vi, 67, 6; prob. fr. {nakS} cf. {nakS dyAm}, i, 33, 14 &c.) a star or any
heavenly body; also applied to the sun; n. sg. sometimes collectively `" the stars "' e.g. vii. 86, 1
RV. &c. &c.; an asterism or constellation through which the moon passes, a lunar mansion AV.
&c. &c. (27, later 28, viz. S'ravishthhâ or Dhanishthhâ, S'ata-bhishaj, Pûrva-bhâdrapâda, Uttara-
bhñbhâdrapâda, Revatî, As'vinî, Bharanî, Kriittikâ, Rohinî or Brâhmî, Mriiga-s'iras or
Âgrahâyanî, Ârdrâ, Punarvasû or Yâmakau, Pushya or Sidhya, Âs'leshâ, Maghâ, Pûrva-phalgunî,
Uttara-phñphalgunî, Hasta, Citrâ, Svâtî, Vis'âkhâ or Râdhâ, Anurâdhâ, Jyeshthha, Mûla,
Pûrva7shâdhâ, Uttara7shñâdhâ, Abhijit, S'ravana; according to VarBriS. Revatî, Uttara-phalgunî,
Uttara-bhâdrapâda and Uttara7shâdha are called {dhruvANi}, fixed; in the Vedas the Nakshatras
are considered as abodes of the gods or of pious persons after death Sây. on RV. i, 50, 2; later as
wives of the moon and daughters of Daksha MBh. Hariv. &c.; according to Jainas the sun, moon,
Grahas, Nakshatras and Târâs form the Jyotishkas); a pearl L.

nakshatram.h = (n) constellation

nakshatraaNaaM = of the stars

nandana* = rejoicing, gladdening

nalinii = lotus

naliniidalagata = nalinI+dala+gata, lotus+petal+reached/gone

nam.h = to salute

namaH = a salute

namati = to bow

namaskaara = Salutation

namaskaaraniichamanii = Salutation to evil minded

namaskuru = offer obeisances

namaskritvaa = offering obeisances

namaste = offering my respects unto You

namasyantaH = offering obeisances

namasyanti = are offering respects

namaami = I bow

namaamyaham.h = namAmi+ahaM, bow+I

nameran.h = they should offer proper obeisances

namo = salutation

namya = (adj) bendable

nanaa * = f. fam. expression for `" mother "' RV. ix, 112, 3 (cf. 2. {tata4}); = {vAc} Naigh. i, 11.

nanu = really

nandaH = nanda

nandati = revels

nandatyeva = nandati+eva, revels alone/revels indeed

nandana = child

napu.nsakaM = neuter

nara = Man a man, a male, a person (pl. men, people) TS. &c. &c.; husband Mn. ix, 76; hero
VarBriS. iv, 31 Bâlar. viii, 56; a man or piece at chess or draughts &c. L.; the pin or gnomon of a
sun-dial Sûryas. (cf. {-yantra}); person, personal termination Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 85 (cf. {puruSa});
the primeval Man or eternal Spirit pervading the universe (always associated with Nârâyana, `"
son of the prñprimeval man "' [529, 1]; both are considered either as gods or sages and
accordingly called {devau}, {RSI}, {tApasau} &c.; in ep. poetry they are the son, of Dharma by
Mûrti or A-hinsâ and emanations of Vishnu, Arjuna being identified with Nara, and Kriishna with
Nârâyana) Mn. (cf. {-sUnu}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (pl.) a class of myth. beings allied to the
Gandharvas and Kin-naras MBh.. Pur.; N. of a son of Manu Tâmasa BhP.; of a sñson of
Vis'vâmitra Hariv.; of a sñson of Gaya and father of Virâj VP.; of a sñson of Su-dhriiti and fñfather
of Kevala Pur.; of a sñson of Bhavan-manyu (Manyu) and fñfather of Sankriiti ib.; of Bhâradvâja
(author of RV. vi, 35 and 36) Anukr.; of 2 kings of Kas'mîra Râjat.; of one of the 10 horses of the
Moon L.; ({I}) f. a woman (= {nArI}) L.; n. a kind of fragrant grass.

narayaaNa * = or n. a carriage drawn by men

naraH = a man

naraka = hell * = (Nir.; {nara4ka} TÂr.) m. or n. hell, place of torment Mn. MBh. &c.;
(distinguished from {pAtAla} q.v.; personified as a son of Anriita and Nirriiti or Nirkriiti MârkP.;
there are many different hells, generally 21 Mn. iv, 88-90 Yâjñ. Pur. &c.); m. N. of a demon (son
of Vishnu and Bhûmi or the Earth, and therefore called Bhauma, haunting Prâg-jyotisha and slain
by Kriishna) MBh. Pur. Râjat. &c.; of a son of Vipra-citti VP.; = {deva-rAtriprabheda} (?) L.; m. or
n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. (v.l. {anaraka}); ({ikA}) f. Pân. 7-3, 44 Vârtt. 4 Pat.

narakasya = of hell

narakaaya = for the hell

narake = in hell

narajanma = human birh

narapungavaH = hero in human society

nararaakshasa = adj. devil incarnate

naralokaviiraaH = kings of human society

narasi.nha = the man-lion, fourth incarnation of Vishnu

naraaNaaM = among human beings

naraadhamaaH = lowest among mankind

naraadhamaan.h = the lowest of mankind

naraadhipaM = the king

naraiH = by men

nara * m. (cf. {nR}) a man, a male, a person (pl. men, people) TS. &c. &c.; husband Mn. ix, 76;
hero VarBriS. iv, 31 Bâlar. viii, 56; a man or piece at chess or draughts &c. L.; the pin or gnomon
of a sun-dial Sûryas. (cf. {-yantra}); person, personal termination Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 85 (cf.
{puruSa}); the primeval Man or eternal Spirit pervading the universe (always associated with
Nârâyana, `" son of the prñprimeval man "' [529, 1]; both are considered either as gods or sages
and accordingly called {devau}, {RSI}, {tApasau} &c.; in ep. poetry they are the son, of Dharma by
Mûrti or A-hinsâ and emanations of Vishnu, Arjuna being identified with Nara, and Kriishna with
Nârâyana) Mn. (cf. {-sUnu}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (pl.) a class of myth. beings allied to the
Gandharvas and Kin-naras MBh.. Pur.; N. of a son of Manu Tâmasa BhP.; of a sñson of
Vis'vâmitra Hariv.; of a sñson of Gaya and father of Virâj VP.; of a sñson of Su-dhriiti and fñfather
of Kevala Pur.; of a sñson of Bhavan-manyu (Manyu) and fñfather of Sankriiti ib.; of Bhâradvâja
(author of RV. vi, 35 and 36) Anukr.; of 2 kings of Kas'mîra Râjat.; of one of the 10 horses of the
Moon L.; ({I}) f. a woman (= {nArI}) L.; n. a kind of fragrant grass.

narka = Hell

Naraka* =(Nir.; {nara4ka} TÂr.) m. or n. hell, place of torment Mn. MBh. &c.; (distinguished
from {pAtAla} q.v.; personified as a son of Anriita and Nirriiti or Nirkriiti MârkP.; there are many
different hells, generally 21 Mn. iv, 88-90 Yâjñ. Pur. &c.); m. N. of a demon (son of Vishnu and
Bhûmi or the Earth, and therefore called Bhauma, haunting Prâg-jyotisha and slain by Kriishna)
MBh. Pur. Râjat. &c.; of a son of Vipra-citti VP.; = {deva-rAtriprabheda} (?) L.; m. or n. N. of a
place of pilgrimage MBh. (v.l. {anaraka}); ({ikA}) f. Pân. 7-3, 44 Vârtt. 4 Pat

nartakii = (f) danseuse, a female dancer

nashtha* = mfn. lost, disappeared, perished, destroyed, lost sight of invisible; escaped (also {-vat}
mfn. MBh.), run away from (abl.), fled (impers. with instr. of subj. Ratn. ii. 3) RV. &c. &c.;
spoiled, damaged, corrupted, wasted, unsuccessful, fruitless, in vain Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.;
deprived of(instr.) R. i, 14, 18 (in comp. =, without "', `" -less "', `" un- "'; see below); one who has
lost a lawsuit Mriicch. ix, 4.

nasta* = m. the nose L.; ({A}) f. a hole bored through the septum of the nñnose L.; n. a
sternutatory, snuff L.

nashyati = (4 pp) to perish, to be destroyed

nashyaatsu = being annihilated

nashvara = Temporary

nashhTa = Destroyed or missing birth data. A method of calculating the Chart when one has
missing data

nashhTaH = scattered

nashhTaan.h = all ruined

nashhTe = being destroyed

nas'vara* = mf({I})n. perishing, perishahle, transitory Kâv. Pur. &c.; destructive, mischievous W.

nartana = Dance

nathaH = (m) actor, filmstar

nathi = Actress

nathii = (f) actress, heroine

nata = Bowed

nataraaja = Lord of the dancers, a name of Shiva

nataraajaasana = the Lord of the Dance posture

nataaH = bowed down

nayaka * = mfn. clever in policy. L.

nayana = eye

nayanaM = eyes

nayet.h = must bring under

nava = (adj) nine

nava* = 1 mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {nu4}) new, fresh, recent, young, modern (opp. to {sana},
{purANa}) RV. &c. &c. (often in comp. with a subst. e.g. {navA7nna} cf. Pân. 2-1, 49; or with a pp.
in the sense of `" newly, just, lately "' e.g. {navo7dita}, below); m. a young monk, a novice Buddh.;
a crow L.; a red-flowered Punar-navâ L.; N. of a son of Us'înara and Navâ Hariv.; of a son of
Viloman VP.; ({A}) f. N. of a woman (see above) Hariv.; n. new grain, Kaus. [Cf. Zd. {nava}; Gk. $
for $; Lat. &164066[530, 3] {novus}; Lith. {nau4jas}; Slav. {no8vu8}; Goth. {niujis}; Angl. S.
{ni7we}; HGerm. {niuwi}; {niuwe}, {neu}; Eng. {new}.]\\2 m. (2. {su}) praise, celebration L. \\ =
3 m. (5. {nu}) sneezing Car.\\ = 4 in {tri-Nava} q.v. &c. in comp. = {-van}. [531, 2]\\

navaM = a boat

navakamaladala = newly blossomed lotus petal (another meaning for `nava' is

navadvaare = in the place where there are nine gates

navami = Ninth Tithi of the Moon

navavastu = New article

navaa.nsha = A Varga. The Ninth divisional harmonic. Used with the Rashi, Chandra and bhaava
charts to determine a basic delineation. Used for reading the delineations of the Spouse

navaani = new garments

naviinam.h = (adj) new

nava * new, fresh, recent, young, modern

nau = us

naukaa = Boat

naukiilakam.h = (n) anchor

nauli = an abdominal exercise (lauliki)

nava

naya* = m. (1. {nI})leading (of an army) R.; conduct, behaviour, (esp.) prudent cñconduct or
bñbehaviour, good management, polity, civil and military government MBh. Kâv. &c.; wisdom,
prudence, reason ({naya} ibc. or {nayeSu}, in a prudent manner MBh.) R. BhP.; plan, design
MBh. Pañc. Kathâs.; leading thought, maxim, principle, system, method, doctrine R. Sâh.
Bhâshâp. Sarvad.; a kind of game and a sort of dice or men for playing it L.; N. of a son of Dharma
and Kriyâ Pur.; of a son of 13th Manu Hariv.; guide, conductor L.; mfn. fit, right, proper L.

naaya* = m. ( {nI}) a leader, guide RV. vi, 24, 10; 46, 11 (pr. N. Sây.; cf. {azva-}, {go-}); guidance,
direction L.; policy, means, expedient Bhathth. Sch.

ne = not

nesh, neshate: * to go to move

netaa = (m) leader

neti = not so

netiyoga = cleansing of the nostrils

netra = eye

netraM = eyes

neyaM = is to be lead/taken

ni = down * =1 ind. down, back, in, into, within (except AV. x, 8, 7 always prefixed either to verbs
or to nouns; in the latter case it has also the meaning of negation or privation [cf. `" down-hearted
"' = heartless]; sometimes w.r. for {nis}); it may also express {kSepa}, {dAna}, {upa-rama}, {A-
zraya}, {mokSa} &c. L. [Cf. Zd. {ni}; Gk. $; Slav. {ni-zu}; &166432[538, 3] Germ, {ni-dar}, {ni-
der}, {nieder}; Angl. Sax. {ni-ther}, Eng. {ne-ther}, {be-neath}.]

ni+vid.h = to tell

ni+vrit.h = to go away

nibha* = mf({A})n. ( {bhA}) resembling, like, similar (ifc.) MBh. R. &c. (sometimes pleonast. after
adj. e.g. {cAru-nibhA7nana}, `" handsome-faced "' Hariv., or comp. with a synonym e.g. {naga-
nibho7pama}, `" mountain-like "' MBh.; {padma-pattrA7bha-nibha}, `" like a lotus-leaf "' ib.); m.
or n. appearance, pretext (only ifc. instr. Das'.; abl. Kathâs.).

nibaddha = tied down (from bandh)

nibaddhaH = conditioned

nibadhnanti = bind

nibadhnaati = binds
nibadhyate = becomes affected

nibadh{}nanti = do bind

nibandhaaya = for bondage, crushing, destroying, removing MBh. R. &c.; n. destruction,

annihilation ib.

nibarhaNa* =crushing, destroying, removing MBh. R. &c.; n. destruction, annihilation ib.

nibiDa * = or {ni-viDa} mf({A})n. (prob. fr. {biDa} = {bila}, a hole; cf. {ni-khila}) without spaces
or interstices, close, compact, thick, dense, firm MBh. Kâv. &c. full of abounding in (instr. or
comp.) Hariv. S'ak. vii, 11 (v.l. for {ni-cita}); low Kâd.; crooked-nosed Pân. 5-2, 32 Kâs'.; m. N. of a
mountain MBh. vi, 460; n. crooked-nosedness Pân. 5-2, 32 Kâs'

nibodha = just take note of, be informed

nibodhita(H) = (masc.Nom.sing.)having been enlightened

nibhrita = are served

nichridgaayatriichchha.ndaH = the prosody form is `nichR\^it.h gAyatrii'

nicholaH = (m) skirt

nididhyaasana = meditation and contemplation

nidraa = sleep * = f. sleep, slumber, sleepiness, sloth RV. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the budding state of a
flower (hence {-drAM-tyaj}, to bloom) S'ârngP.; a mystic. N. of the letter {bh} Up.; {-kara} mfn.
making sleepy Hariv. Sus'r.; {-kSaNa} m. or n. a moment of sleep BhP.; {--gama} ({-drA7g-}),
approach or time of sñsleep, S'ântis'.; {-caura} m. stealer of sñsleep Mriicch.; {--tura} ({-drA7t-})
mfn. sleepy, languid Cat.; {-daridra} mfn. suffering from want of sleep Vcar.; m. N. of a poet Cat.;
{-daridrI-kR}, to deprive of sñsleep Kpr.; {-druh} (mfn. nom. {dhruk} Pân. 8-2, 37; cf. Vâm. v, 2,
88), disturbing sñsleep; {--ntarita} ({-drA7nt-}). mfn. asleep Pañc.; {--ndha} ({-drA7n-}) mfn.
blind with sleep, dead asleep, fast asleep MBh.; {-bhaGga} m. rousing from sñsleep, awaking W.;
{--bhibhUta} ({-drA7bh-}) mfn. subdued by sñsleep, sleeping Sus'r.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting
in sñsleep Hariv.; {-yoga} m. a state of such deep meditation as to resemble sleep ib. (cf.
{yoganidrA}); m light sleep, doze L.; {--lasa} ({-drA7l-}) mf({A})n. slothful from drowsiness, fast
asleep Hit.; {--lasya} ({-drA7l-}) n. sleepiness, long sleeping MBh. Var.; {-vaza} mfn. overpowered
by sleep Vet.; {-vRkSa} m. `" sleep-plant "', darkness L.; {-saMjanana} n. `" producing sñsleep "',
phlegm, the phlegmatic humour L.

nidraabhiH = and sleep

nidhanaM = destruction

nidhana* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 3) having no property, poor L.

nidha4na* = (for 1. see col. 2) n. (m. only Hariv. 4846; g. {ardharcA7di}) settling down, residence
or place of rñresidence, domicile, receptacle AV. Sus'r. BhP.; conclusion, end, death, destruction,
loss, annihilation Mn. Var. MBh. &c.; (in music) the concluding passage of a Sâman which is sung
in chorus; any finile AV. TS. Br. &c.; N. of the 8th mansion Var.; race, family L.; m. the head of a
family W.; ({A}) f. pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas Kaus'.; {-kAma} n. N. of sev. Sâmans
TândBr. Lâthy.; {-kArin} mfn. causing death, destroying W.; {-kriyA} f. a funeral ceremony
Hariv.; {-pati} m. lord of the end or of destruction TÂr.; {-bhUta} mfn. (in music) forming a finale
Lâthy.; {-vat} ({-dha4na-}) mfn. having a finale VS. TândBr. &c.; {-sUtra} n. {-sUtra-vRtti} f. N. of
wks.; {-no7ttama} m. N. of S'iva R. 2.

nidhAna* = n. putting or laying down, depositing, keeping, preserving KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; laying
aside (cf. {daNDa-n-}); placing (the sacrificial fire) KâtyS'r.; place for depositing anything,
receptacle (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}; cf. {garbha-n-}) RV. &c. &c.; a place of cessation or rest W.;
anything laid up, a store, hoard, treasure (esp. the tñtreasure or Kubera) Mn. Mriicch. Ragh. &c.
({-tA} f. Jâtakam.); ({I}) f. N. of a formula TBr. ÂpS'r.; mfn. containing anything (gen.) in itself
TÂr.; {-kumbha} m. a pot or jar containing a treasure Sâh.; {-nI-kR}, to pile up Hcar.; {-ne7za} m.
`" lord of treasure "', a Yaksha S'atr.

nidhanaani = when vanquished

nidhaanaM = resting place

nidhaanikaa = (f) cupboard, almariah

nidhi = reservoir, treasure

nigama * =m. insertion (esp. of the name of a deity into a liturgical formula) S'rS.; the place or
passage (esp. of the Vedas) where a word occurs or the actual word quoted from such a passage
Nir.; the root (as the source from which a word comes; hence ifc. `" derived from "') ib.; the Veda
or the Vedic text Hariv. Pân. Pur. &c.; any work auxiliary to and explanatory of the Vedas Mn. iv,
19 (Kull.); a sacred precept, the words of a god or holy man MBh. Pur. &c.; doctrine, instruction
in, art of (comp.) Bâlar.; certainty, assurance L.; trade, traffic W.; a town, city, market-place
Âpast. Car. Lalit.; a road L.; a caravan or company of merchants (ifc. f. {A}) R. Das'.; = {pariziSTa}
Cat.; n. a partic. number Buddh.; {-kalpa-druma} m. {-kalpa-latA} f. {-kalpa-sAra} m. N. of wks.;
{-jJa} mfn. familiar with the holy texts Var.; {-tattvasAra} m. {-pariziSTa} n. {-latA} f. {-sAra} m.
N. of wks.; {-sthAna} n. place of insertion (cf. above) S'rS.; {-mA7khya-koza} and {-mA7ntA7rtha-
ratnA7kara} m.

nigachchhati = attains

nigaDaH = (m) handcuffs

nigaDa* = m. (g. {ardharcA7di}) and n. (fr. {gaD} = {gal}?) an iron chain for the feet, (csp.) the
heel chains for an elephant or a noose for catching the feet and throwing an animal down, any
fetter or shackle Hariv. Kâv. &c.; N. of a teacher ({-kSveDana} n. N. of wk.); mfn. bound or
fettered on the feet Mn. iv. 210.

nigada* = m. reciting, audible recitation, a prayer or sacrificial formula recited aloud Br. S'rS. &c.;
mention, mentioning Bâdar.; speech, discourse W.; N. of wk.; m. or n. a partic. potion Car.;
{-vyAkhyAta} mfn. explained i.e. clear by mere mentioning Nir.

nigAda* = m. recitation L.; {-din} mfn. reciting, telling, speaking Sus'r.

nigama* = m. insertion (esp. of the name of a deity into a liturgical formula) S3rS.; the place or
passage (esp. of the Vedas) where a word occurs or the actual word quoted from such a passage
Nir.; the root (as the source from which a word comes; hence ifc. `" derived from "') ib.; the Veda
or the Vedic text Hariv. Pa1n2. Pur. &c.; any work auxiliary to and explanatory of the Vedas Mn.
iv, 19 (Kull.); a sacred precept, the words of a god or holy man MBh. Pur. &c.; doctrine,
instruction in, art of (comp.) Ba1lar.; certainty, assurance L.; trade, traffic W.; a town, city,
market-place A1past. Car. Lalit.; a road L.; a caravan or company of merchants (ifc. f. %{A}) R.
Das3.; = %{pariziSTa} Cat.; n. a partic. number Buddh.; %{-kalpa-druma} m. %{-kalpa-latA} f.
%{-kalpa-sAra} m. N. of wks.; %{-jJa} mfn. familiar with the holy texts Var.; %{-tattvasAra} m.
%{-pariziSTa} n. %{-latA} f. %{-sAra} m. N. of wks.; %{-sthAna} n. place of insertion (cf. above)
S3rS.; %{-mA7khya-koza} and %{-mA7ntA7rtha-ratnA7kara} m.

niguuDhaa = cast in

nigrihiitaani = so curbed down

nigrihNaami = withhold

nigrahaM = subduing

nigrahaH = repression * = m. keeping down or back, restraining, binding, coercion, suppression,

subjugation Mn. MBh. &c.; defeat, overthrow, destruction Kâv.; seizing, catching, arresting,
holding fast MBh. R. &c.; suppression of an illness i.e. healing, cure Sus'r.; confinement,
imprisonment, any punishment or chastisement Mn. MBh. R. Pañc. &c. ({vadhanigt-}, pain of
death Kathâs.); reprimand, blame L.; aversion, ill-will, dislike, disgust L.; anything for catching
hold of. a handle (ifc. f. {A}) Sus'r.; a place or occasion for being caught hold of, (esp. in Nyâya
phil.) an occasion for refutation, a weak point in an argument or fault in a syllogism (cf.
{-sthAna}) [546, 2]; a boundary, limit L.; N. of S'iva and VishnuKriishna MBh.; {-sAdhana} and
{-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {-sthAna} n. (in phil.) the position of being unfit to carry on an argument
from impossibility of agreeing about first principles; {-sthAna-sUtra-TIkA} f. {-hA7STaka} n. N.
of wks

nigraaha * = m. punishment, chastisement Bhathth. (esp. used in imprecations e.g. {ni-grAhas te

bhUyAt}, confusion seize thee Pân. 3-3, 45 Kâs'.)

niguuDha* = mfn. concealed, hidden, secret, obscure (lit. and fig.) RV. ({ni4-gULha}) &c. &c.;
({am}) ind. privately, secretly Kathâs.; {-kArya} mfn. secret in operation MW.; {-cArin} mfn.
walking concealed or in disguise Mn. ix, 260; {-tara} mfn. well cñconcealed or hidden Pañc.;
{-nizcaya} mfn. whose design is cñconcealed MBh.; {-roman} mfn. having cñconcealed hair Sus'r.;
{-DhA7rtha} mfn. having a hidden or mysterious sense, abstruse, occult; {-DhA7rtha-dI}, {pikA}
and {-DhA7rtha-maJjUSikA} f. N. of wks.

ni.HkrishThkuliinaH = adj. born to a lowly family

nihataaH = killed

nihatya = by killing

nihan.h = destroy

niH = without

niHsheshha = remainderless

niHshreNikaa = (f) ladder

niHshreyasakarau = leading to the path of liberation

niHzreNi* = f. = {ni-zreNI} L.; the wild date tree L.; {-NikA} f. a ladder Dharmas'arm.; a kind of
grass L.; {-Ni-puSpaka} m. a species of thorn-apple L.
niHzreyaNI* = f. = {ni-zrayNI} Gal. =

niHzreyasa* = mf({I})n. `" having no better "', best, most excellent MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of Siva L.;
n. the best i.e. ultimate bliss, final beatitude, or knowledge that brings it KaushUp. Mn. MBh. &c.;
belief, faith L.; apprehension, conception L. {-kara} mfn. conferring final happiness or
emancipation W. [539,1]

niHsprihaH = desireless

niHsvana = silent (without sound)

nii = to take

niica* = mf({A})n. ({ni} +2. {aJc}) low, not high, short, dwarfish Mn. MBh. &c.; deep, depressed
(navel) Pañc.; short (hair, nails) Sus'r.; deep, lowered (voice) Prât.; low, vile, inferior (socially or
morally), base, mean (as a man or action or thought) Var. MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a kind of perfume (=
{coraka}) L.; n. (in astrol.) the lowest point of a planet (= $), the 7th house from the culminating
point Var. (cf. 2. {ny-aJc}).

niicaa* = ind. below, down, downwards RV. AV.

niicha = the inferior man

niichaM = low

niichabhanga = neechabhanga Raja Yoga. A combination whereby a debilitated planet by virtue of

its placement and association of relevant planets can reverse and bestow great wealth and power

niichamanii = Evil minded

niiDa = (masc, neut) nest

niila = (adj) blue * = ({A} or {I}; cf. Pân. 4-1, 42 Vârtt. Vâm. v, 2, 48)n. of a dark colour, (esp.)
dñdark-blue or dñdark-green or black RV. &c. &c.; dyed with indigo Pân. 4-2, 2 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; m.
the sapphire L. (with {maNi} R. iii, 58, 26); the Indian fig-tree (= {vaTa}) L.; = {nIla-vRkSa} L.; a
species of bird the blue or hill Maina L.; an ox or bull of a dark colour L.; one of the 9 Nidhis or
divine treasures of Kubera L.; N. of a man g. {tikA7di}; of the prince of Mâhishmatî MBh.; of a son
of Yadu Hariv.; of a son of Aja-mîdha BhP.; of a son of Bhuvana-râja Râjat.; of an historian of
Kas'mîra ib.; of sev. authors (also {-bhaTTa}) Cat.; N. of Mañjus'rî L.; of a Nâga MBh. Râjat.; of
one of the monkey-chiefs attending on Râma (said to be a son of Agni) MBh. R. &c.; the mountain
Nîla or the blue mñmountain (immediately north of Ila7vriita or the central division; cf.
{nIlA7dri}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({A}) f. the indigo plant (Indigofera Tinctoria) L. (cf. {nIlI}); a
species of Boerhavia with blue blossoms L.; black cumin L.; a species of blue fly L.; (du.) the two
arteries in front of the neck L.; a black and blue mark on the skin L.; N. of a goddess W.; (in
music) of a Râgini (personified as wife of Mallâra); of a river MBh. (v.l. {nAlA}); ({I}) f. the indigo
plant or dye Mn. Var. Sus'r. &c. Blyxa Octandra. L.; a species of blue fly L.; a kind of disease L.; N.
of the wife of Aja-mîdha MBh. Hariv. (v.l. {nalinI} and {nIlinI}); n. dark (the colour), darkness
TS. KaushUp.; any dark substance S'Br. ChUp.; = {tAlI-pattra} and {tAlI7za} L.; indigo Yâjñ. iii.
38; black salt L.; blue vitriol L.; antimony L.; poison L.; a partic. position in dancing L.; a kind of
metre Col.

niilalohitaH = navy blue colour

niilaabja = blue lotus

niilaaya* = Nom. P. Â. {-yati} and {-te}, to begin to become blue or dark-coloured Kâd. (cf. Pân. 3-
1, 13

niilotpalashyaamaM = bearing the bluish black color of blue lilies

niita = take * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see 4. %{nI7}) led, guided, brought &c. RV. &c. &c.; gained, obtained
W.; well-behaved, correct, modest ib.; n. wealth, corn, grain L.; = %{nava-nIta} A1pS3r.\\mfn.
entered, gone or come to (%{mRtyorantikam}) RV. AV.\\%{nIti} &c. see %{nI}

niitiH = morality

niiraja = (n) lotus

niiradaabham.h = bearing a resemblance to rain-bearing cloud i.e with

niirata* = mfn. not delighting in, indifferent (= {virata}) L. -1.

niiruja = free from disease

niire = water

niivaaraa * = v.l. for {nivArA} (see under {ni-vR}).

niivara * = m. ( {nI}?; cf. Un. iii.) a trader; an inhabitant; a beggar; mud; n. water L.

niivaa4ra * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) wild rice (sg. the plant; pl. the grains) VS. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. N.
of a river MBh. VP. (v.l. {ni-v-}).

nija = one's own

nijakarma = nija+karma, one's+duty(normal work)

nikaH = rays

niketana * = n. a house, mansion, habitation, temple, Mn. MBh. &c.; m. an onion L.

nikhila * V expansive, * complete, all, whole, entire Up. Mn. MBh. &c. [545, 3]; ({ena}) ind.
completely, totally MBh. R. &c. (cf. {a-kh-}).

nikR * 1. P.Â. {-karoti}, {-kurute}, (dat. inf. {ni4-kartave} RV. viii, 78, 5), to bring down,
humiliate, subdue, overcome RV. AV. VS. S'Br.: Desid. {-cikIrskati}, to wish to overcome AV.

nikritii = (f) falsehood, cunning move

nikrit * 1. P. Â. {-kRntati}, {-te}, to cut or hew down, cut away, cut or chop off, cut through or or to
pieces, massacre KâtyS'r. MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; Â. {-te}, (also) to cut one's self (or one's nails &c.)
TS. S'Br.: Caus. {-kartayati}, to cause to cut or cut down SânkhS'r.

nikritta * mfn. cut off, cut up MBh. R.; {-mUla} mfn. cut up by the roots Sus'
nikRntana * = mf({I})n. cutting down or off, destroying (ifc.) MBh. R.; m. N. of a hell MârkP.; n.
cutting, cutting off (hair, the neck &c.) KâtyS'r. MBh.; massacring, destruction (of enemies) MBh.;
an instrument for cutting (cf. {nakha-})

nikrishhTa = inferior

nikRntin * =mfn. tearing asunder (ifc.), Kâs'ikh.

nikRS * =1. P. {-karSati}, to draw or drag down TS. S'Br.; {-kRSati}, to plough in ({phalaM
kSetreSu}) AV.Paipp.: Pass. {-kRSyate}, to be borne down by the stream of a river MBh. i, 3616.,

nikRSTa * =mfn. debased, vile, low, despised, outcast MBh. Kâv. &c.; near n. nearness Kathâs.
Sus'r.; {-bhUta} mfn. appearing low or small in comparison with (gen.) MBh.; {-TA7zaya} mfn.
base-minded ({-ya-tA} f.) Das'.; {-TI-} {kR}, to surpass, excel Kâv. ii, 37 Sch.; {-TpA7dhi} mfn.
having something inferior as a condition ({-dhitA} f.) Veda7ntas.

nikrand * =cl. 1. P. {-krandati}, (aor. {ny-akrandIt}), to cry from above (as a bird on a tree) Nir. ix,
4: Caus. {-krandayati}, to cause to roar RV. x, 102, 5.

nikrandita * =mfn. cried or roared (said of a faulty recitation), Sanhito7p.

nikram * =P. {-krAmati}, (aor. {nyakramIt}), to put down the feet, tread down (acc.) RV.; to enter
(loc.) AV. TS.

nikramaNa * =n. putting down the feet, footstep, footfall RV. AV. TS.

nikrID * =Caus. {-krIDayati} to cease or finish (playing) ShadvBr. (Sch. = {vi-} {ram}).

nikrIDa * = m. play, sport, with {marutAm}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

nikshipati = to throw in

nikshepaNaya = for putting down (the next step)

nilaya* = m. rest, resting-place (cf. {a-nil-}); hiding- or dwelling-place, den, lair, nest; house,
residence, abode (often ifc. [f. {A}] = living in, inhabiting, inhabited by) MBh. Var. Kâv. &c.;
{-sundara} m. N. of a man Cat. 2.

nilaaya* = m. place of refuge AV. iv, 16, 2.

nilimpa = a pictured one: a god

nimajjati = to drown

nimbaarka * = m. id.; {-karavIrA7rcanavrata} n. N. of a partic. vow and of ch. of BhavP.

nimittamaatraM = just the cause

nimittaani = causes

nimishhan.h = closing
nimitta* n. (possibly connected with {ni-mA} above) a butt, mark, target MBh.; sign, omen Mn.
Yâjñ. MBh. &c. (cf. {dur-n-}); cause, motive, ground, reason Up. Kap. Var. Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. (in
all oblique cases = because of, on account of cf. Pân. 2-3, 23 Pat.; mfn. ifc. caused or occasioned
by; {-ttaMyA}, to be the cause of anything Kâd.); (in phil.) instrumental or efficient cause (opp. to
{upA7dAna}, the operative or material cause) Veda7ntas. Bhâshâp.; = {Agantu}; {deha}; {Adeza};
{parvan} L.

nimiilita = closed

nimeshhaat.h = in the twinkling of the eye

nimnagaa = (f) river

nimba = neem

niMbhuminyak.h = (f) a woman who cañt get enough

ninaada = sound

nind.h = to condemn

nindati = (1 pp) to blame

nindantaH = while vilifying

nindaa = in defamation

niNya* = mfn. (fr. %{ni} ; cf. %{ni-Ni4k}) interior, hidden, concealed, mysterious RV. ; n. a secret,
mystery ib. ; (%{a4m}) ind. secretly, mysteriously ib.

nipaana = (n) a pond

nipaataka*= ifc. = {pAtaka}, a bad deed, a sin MBh. v, 4053.

nipaatanIya*= mfn. to be caused to fall; (with {daNDa} m. `" punishment must be inflicted) "'
Sâh.

nipatana*= n. falling down, falling, descending MBh. Hariv.; ({garbhiNyAgarbhasya}) the lying-in
of a pregnant woman VarBriS. li, 35; flying MBh.

nipaata*= m. falling down, descending, alighting (lit. and fig.), falling from (abl.) into or upon
(comp.), rushing upon, attacking (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; decay, destruction, ruin, death ib.; (from
the Caus.) casting, hurling, discharging Kum. iii, 15; accidental occurrence or mention Nir.
Âs'vS'r.; (in gram.) irregular form, irregularity, exception (cf. {para-}, {pUrva-}); a particle (all
adverbs including conjunctions and interjections) Nir. Prât. Pân. 1-4, 56; {-tva} n. the state of
being a particle MW.; {-pratIkAra} m. the repelling of assaults ib.; {-tA7vyayo7pasarga} m. pl. N.
of wk.

nipaatana*= mfn. (fr. Caus.) throwing down, killing, destroying, knocking out (an eye) MBh. [549,
3]; n. causing to descend or fall, throwing down, letting drop or sink Mn. Yâjñ. R. (cf. {daNDa-
n-}); putting on, applying (as a knife), touching with (comp.) Sus'r.; overthrowing, destroying,
killing Mn. MBh.; (in gram.) accidental mention or use of a word, putting down as an irregularity;
an irregular form or exception Prât. Pân. Sch. Vop.; = {ni-patana}, falling down (of a fire-brand)
Yâjñ. i, 145; alighting (said of a bird) Pañc. ii. 57.

nipuNa* = mf({A})n. (said to be from a {puN}), clever, adroit, skilful, sharp, acute Mn. MBh.
Sus'r. Kâv. &c.; skilled in, conversant with, capable of (mostly comp. [cf. Pân. 2-1, 31 and g.
{zauNDA7di}]; but also infin. [Kâv.] loc. [Var.] gen. [Vop. v, 29] or instr. [Pân. 2-1, 31]); kind or
friendly towards (loc. or {prati} Pân. 2-3, 43); delicate, tender Jâtakam.; perfect, complete,
absolute (as purity, devotion &c.) Mn. BhP.; ({am}) ind. in a clever or delicate manner MBh. Kâv.;
completely, perfectly, absolutely, exactly, precisely R. (also {nipuNa} ibc. Pân. 6-2, 24, and
{-Nena} MBh. BhP.)

nirabhibhava* =mfn. not subject to humiliation or disgrace Bhartr2.; not to be surpassed MW.

nirabhilapya* = mfn. unutterable, inexpressible Sarvad.

nirabhilASa* =mfn. not desirous of. indifferent to (comp.) S3ak.

nirabhimAna* =mfn. free from pride BhP.

nirabhImAna* =mfn. = %{-abhim-} MBh.; unconscious ib.

nirabhiprAya* =mfn. purposeless Katha1s.

nirabhisaMdhAna* =n. absence of design, Sa1m2khyas. Sch.; %{-saMdhin} mfn. free from
egoistic designs Sam2k.

niraamaya = (adj) healthy, disease-free

niraalamba = unsupported

niraashiiH = without desire for profit

niraashrayaH = without any shelter

niraahaarasya = by negative restrictions

niraaya * = mfn. having or yielding no income, profitless W. ; %{-vyaya-vat} m. having neither

income nor expenditure, an idler who lives from hand to mouth W. -1.

niraJNjana = pure, free from falsehood

nirahankaaraH = without false ego

niraaloka*= mfn. not looking about R. ; deprived of light, dark or blind MBh. Ma1lati1m. Ka1m. ;
ifc. looking at, investigating, scrutinizing (cf. %{Atma-n-}) MBh

nirapavaadaH = free from blemish

nirapeksha* = mf({A})n. regardless of. indifferent to, independent of (loc. or comp.); desireless,
careless, indifferent, disinterested Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {-ka} BhP.); ({am}) ind. regardlessly,
accidentally MBh. Das'.; ({A}) f. (R.) {-tA} f. (Kathâs.), {-tva} n. (RâmatUp.) disregard,
indifference, independence; {-kSita} mfn. regardless Prab.; disregarded Das'.; {-kSin} mfn.
indifferent, independent MBh.; {-kSya} mfn. not to be regarded Bhartri.

nirarthakaM = needlessly

nirasta = removed

nirashtha* = ( {akS}), emasculated, deprived of vigour RV. S'Br. (cf. {mahA-n-}).

nirasta* = (R. also {-asita}) mfn. cast out or off, expelled, banished, rejected, removed, refuted,
destroyed S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; shot off (as an arrow) L.; spit out, vomited L.; pronounced
hurriedly or dropped in pronouncing ({a-n-} ChUp. ii, 22, 3) [553,2]; n. dropping or leaving out
(considered a fault in pronunciation) Pat.; {-bheda} mfn. having all difference removed, identical
MW.; {-rAga} mfn. one who has abandoned worldly desires or has devoted himself to religious
penance ib.; {-saMkhya} mfn. innumerable (lit. refusing calculation) Dhananj.; {-sukho7daya}
mf({A})n. hopelessly unfortunate (lit. whose fortune has given up rising) Amar.

nirastapaadapa = (adj) barren, tree-less

nirataH = engaged

nirati* = f. delighting in, attachment to (comp.) Var. 1.

nirata* = {-ti} see {ni-ram}. [553,1]

nirata* = mfn. pleased, satisfied, delighting in, attached or devoted to, quite intent upon, deeply
engaged in or occupied with (loc. instr. or comp.) Mn. Var. MBh. Kâv. &c.

niratiyasha = (adj) unsurpassed, perfect

niraya * = m. (either fr. %{nis} + %{i} = egression, sc. from earthly life, or fr. %{nir} + %{aya} `"
without happiness "') Niraya or Hell (personified as a child of fear and death BhP.) Mn. MBh.
Ka1v. &c.

nirayana = Sidereal or fixed Zodiac without precession

nirbhara = dependent

nirbarhana: see nibarhana

nirbhrta= nirbhaata:*nirbhAta mfn. shone or shining forth, appeared, arisen MBh. Kâv. &c.

nirbhartsita * = mfn. threatened, menaced, reviled, abused Kathâs. Pur.; {-vat} mfn. Pañc.

nirbhata * nirbhaTa mfn. hard, firm L. (v. r. {nirvaha}, perhaps w.r. for {nibhaTa} = {ni-bhRta}
q.v.)

niriiha = the desireless person

niriihataa = Lack of desire

niriikshe = may look upon

nirdaalana = Destruction

nirdishati = to indicate, to point out

nirdeshaH = indication

nirdeshakaH = (m) director

nirdoshhaM = flawless

nirdvandvaH = without duality

nirdhana = poor

nirdhanayoga = Combinations for poverty

nirdhuuta = cleansed

nirgama* = came out; going forth, setting out, departure Var. R. &c.; escaping from (abl.)
Veda7ntas.; disappearing, vanishing, cessation, end MBh. Kâv. Sus'r. &c.; exit, issue, outlet R.
Pañc.; a door L.; export-place (of goods).

nirguNaM = without material qualities

nirguNatvaat.h = due to being transcendental

nirguNa* mf({A})n. having no cord or string, Kiv.; having no good qualities or virtues, bad,
worthless, vicious MBh. R. &c.; devoid of all qualities or properties Up. MBh. &c.; having no
epithet, KatyS'r. Sch.; (said of the Supreme Being) W.; {-ka} mfn. having no qualities RâmatUp.;
{-tattva} n. N. of wk.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. absence of qualities or properties; want of good qñqualities,
wickedness, viciousness MBh. Kâv. Pur.; {-NA7masa} mfn. of bad or vicious mind Kâv.;
{-NA7tmaka} mfn. having no qñqualities MBh.

nirlipta = unstainedness

nirmaa = to create

nirmaaMsa* = mfn. fleshless, emaciated MBh. R. &c.

nirmamaH = without a sense of proprietorship

nirmama* = mf({A})n. unselfish, disinterested, (esp.) free from all worldly connections MBh. R.
&c.; regardless of, indifferent to (loc.) ib.; m. (with Jainas) N. of 15th Arhat of the future Ut-
sarpinî; N. of S'iva S'ivag.; {-tA} f. (Ksv.), 1. {-tva} n. (Pur.) complete unselfishness or indifference
(see {ni4s}); 2. {-tva} mfn. free from selfishness, indifferent Kull.

nirmala = clear

nirmalaM = purified

nirmalatvaat.h = being purest in the material world

nirmatsara* = mfn. without envy or jealousy, unselfish Râjat. BhP.

nirmita = made * = ({ni4r-}) mfn. constructed, built, fashioned, formed, created, made by (instr.
or comp.) out of (abl. instr. or comp.) S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; (law) fixed, settled Mn. ix, 46;
(ceremony) performed, celebrated R. (B) i, 14, 42; (sacrificial animal) put apart, separated,
isolated (= {nir-UDha}) Âs'vS'r.; m. pl. (with Buddhists) a class of deities Lalit.

nirmitavataH = of the author

nirmuktaaH = free from

nirmukti* = ({ni4r-}) f. liberation, deliverance from (abl. or comp.), Av. Kathâs. or {dAna} Sch. on
BhP. x, 17, 18.

nirmuulana = uprootment

nirmUla* = mfn. rootless (as a tree) MBh.; baseless, unfounded BhP.; eradicated W.; {-la-tA} f.
rootlessness, baselessness Prab.; {-lana} m. an uprooter, Damayantîk.; n. uprooting, extirpating
Bhartri.; {-laya}, Nom P. {-yati}, to uproot, eradicate, annihilate Kâd.

nirmohatvaM = non-infatuated state/clearheadedness

nirNiita* = mfn. traced out, ascertained, settled, decided MBh. &c.

nirodha = control or restraint

niruddhaM = being restrained from matter

nirudhya = confining

nirukta* n= mfn. ( {vac}) uttered, pronounced, expressed, explained, defined Br. Up. MBh. &c.;
declared for (nom.) MBh.; explicitly mentioned or enjoined Âs'vGri.; containing the name of a god
(as a verse) S'ânkhBr.; distinct, loud (opp. to {upA7Mzu}) S'Br.; interpreted i.e. become manifest,
fulfilled, accomplished (as a word) MBh. ix, 1316; n. explanation or etymological interpretation of
a word ChUp. viii, 3, 3 MBh. i, 266 &c.; N. of sev. wks., esp. of a Comm. on the Nighanthus by
Yâska.

nirupita A* relative to * = nirUpita mfn. seen, observed, considered, weighed, discovered,

ascertained, determined, defined Kâv. Pur. &c.; appointed, elected, chosen BhP. Pañc.; pointed
against, shot off BhP.; n. the state of having been discussed or ascertained Hcat.

niruuha* = 2 m. ({nir-} 2. {Uh}) logic, disputation W.; certainty, ascertainment ib.; mfn. = {niz-
cita} L. 2

niruudhha * = mfn. unmarried W.

niruudhha * = (cf. {nir-UDha}, p. 540, col. 3) mfn. grown up BhP.; conventional, accepted (as a
word or its meaning, opp. to {yaugika} q.v.) Dâyabh. Sarvad.; m. (in rhet.) the force or application
of words according to their natural or received meanings W.; (in logic) the inherence of any
property in the term implying it (as of redness in the word `" red "' &c.) ib.; {-mUla} mfn. firmly
rooted BhP.; {-lakSaNA} f. (in rhet.) the secondary use of a word which is based not on the
particular intention of the speaker but on its accepted and popular usage.
niruudhha * = mfn. drawn out, put aside, separate Gaut.; purged Car. Sus'r.; eviscerated (cf.
comp.); {-pazupaddhati} f. N. of wk.; {-pazu-bandha} m. `" the offering of an eviscerated animal
"' or `" separate offñoffering of an añanimal "'N. of one of the regular Havir-yajñas Gaut. &c.
({-dha-prayoga}, {-dha-maitrAvaruNa-prayoga}, {-dha-hautra-prayoga} m. N. of wks.); {-ziras}
({ni4r-}) mfn. with the head laid apart S'Br.

nirvaNa* = m. or n. a country without forests L.; mfn. = {-vana}; ({-Ne}) ind. in the open country
Pân. vi, 2, 178; viii, 4, 5 Kâs'.

nirvana* = mfn. having no wood, being out of a wñwood or in the open country MBh. v, 863 (cf.
{-vaNa}).

nirvaaNa* = mfn. blown or put out, extinguished (as a lamp or fire), set (as the sun), calmed,
quieted, tamed (cf. {a-nirv-}), dead, deceased (lit. having the fire of life extinguished), lost,
disappeared MBh. Kâv. &c.; immersed, plunged L.; immovable L.; {-bhUyiSTha} mfn. nearly
extinguished), or vanished Kum. ii, 53; n. blowing out, extinction, cessation, setting, vanishing,
disappearance ({-NaM-kR}, to make away with anything i.e. not to keep one's promise);
extinction of the flame of life, dissolution, death or final emancipation from matter and re-union
with the Supreme Spirit MBh. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists and Jainas) absolute extinction or
annihilation (= {zUnya} L.) of individual existence or of all desires and passions MWB. 137139
&c.; perfect calm or repose or happiness, highest bliss or beatitude MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of an
Upanishad; instructing in sciences L.; bathing of an elephant L.; the post to which an elephant is
tied Gal.; offering oblations (for 1. {nir-vApaNa} ?) L.; {-kara} m. `" causing extinction of all sense
of individuality "', a partic. Samâdhi Kârand.; {-kANDa} m. or n. N. of wk.; {-tantra} see {bRhan-
nirvANat-} and {mahA-n-}; {-da} mfn. bestowing final beatitude MBh.; {-dazaka} n. N. of wk.;
{-dIkSita} m. N. of a grammarian Cat.; {-dhAtu} m. the region of Nirvâna Vajracch. Kârand.;
{-purANa} n. offering oblations to the dead Râjat.; {-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-priyA} f. N. of a
Gandharvî Kârand.; {-maNDapa} m. N. of a temple, Skandap.; {-mantra} n. N. of a mystical
formula Cat.; {-maya} mf({I})n. full of bliss VP.; {-mastaka} m. liberation, deliverance W.; {-yoga-
paTala-stotra} and {-yogo7ttara} n. N. of wks.; {-ruci} m. pl. `" delighting in final beatitude "'N. of
a class of deities under the 11th Manu BhP. (cf. {nirmANa-rati}); {-lakSaNa} mfn. having
complete bliss as its characteristic mark MW.; {-SaTka} n. N. of a Stotra; {-saMcodana} m. a
partic. Samâdhi, Kârand.; {-sUtra} n. N. of partic. Buddh. Sûtras; {-No7paniSad} f. N. of an
Upanishad.

nirvaira* = n. absence of enmity, Bh. (also {-riNa} Tarkas.); mfn. free from enmity, peaceable,
amicable Var. MBh. &c.; ({am}) ind. peaceably, without enmity R.; m. N. of a hunter Hariv.; {-tA}
f. concord MBh. Hariv.

nirvartana* = n. completion, execution Sank.; v.l. for {niv-}.

nirvartaka* = {nir-vartana}, &c. see under {nir-vRt}.

nirvartaka* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) bringing about, accomplishing, performing, finishing Sank. Pat.; v.l.
for {niv-}

nirvartana * = n. completion , execution Sam2k. ; v.l. for %{niv-}.

nirvarti* = mfn. wickless Kâd.

nirvartin* = mfn. accomplishing (ifc.) S'ak. v, 20/21 (v.l. {niv-}).

nirvartitavya* = mfn. to be performed (in Prâkr.), Ratna7v. 2.

nirvartya* = mfn. to be brought about or accomplished or effected ({-tva} n.) Das'ar. Râjat. Sank.;
to be uttered or pronounced VPrât. Sch.

nirvikalpa * = mfn. (or %{-pana} L.) not admitting an alternative, free from change or differences,
Tejob. Up. Veda7ntas.; admitting no doubt, not wavering Bhartr2. (%{am}) ind. without
hesitation or reflection Pan5c.; %{-vAda} and %{-vicAra} m. N. of wks.

nirviNNa* = mfn. (wrongly {-vinna}; cf. Pân. 8-4, 29 Vârtt. 1 Pat.) despondent, depressed,
sorrowful, afraid, loathing, disgusted with (abl. instr. gen. loc. or comp.) MBh. Kathâs.; pur. &c.;
abused, degraded, humble W.; known, certain ib.; {-cetas} mfn. depressed in mind, meek,
resigned Bhag.

nirvyalIka* = mfn. not causing pain, (either = ) not offending, harmless (as a word) BhP.; (or =)
easy, hearty, willingly done (as a gift) MBh.; not feeling pain or uneasiness, willing, ready, sincere,
undissembling MBh. R. &c.; %{-kena@cetasA} or %{hRdA}, with a willing or easy heart or mind
MBh.; (%{-kam} or %{-ka-tas}) ind. sincerely, willingly BhP.

nirvrita * = mfn. satisfied, happy, tranquil, at ease, at rest Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; extinguished,
terminated, ceased, Ven. vi, 1 MârkP.; emancipated W.; n. a house W.

niryaasaH = (m) gum, glue

niryaata * gone out or forth, issued, &c.; laid aside (as money) MBh.; completely familiar or
conversant with (loc. or comp.) Lalit. (v. l. {nir-jAta}).

niryaataka * =mfn. bearing away, carrying off, removing (ifc.; cf. %{preta-}, %{mRta-}).

niryaatana * =, n. giving back, returning, restoring, delivery of a deposit, replacing anything lost,
payment of a debt (with gen. or comp.; cf. %{vaira-}) Hariv. R. &c.; gift, donation L.; revenge,
killing, slaughter L.

niryogakshemaH = free from ideas of gain and protection

niSeva *= practising, exercising, observing (ifc.) MBh.; ({A}) f. exercising, practice, service BhP.;
use, employment ib.; worship, adoration ib.

nishaa = Night

nishaachara = animals who roam around in the dark or night

nishaacharachamuu = the army of the night-wanderers(demons)

nishita = sharpened

nishiitha = night

nisheka = Coital Chart

nis'cala* = mf({A})n. motionless, immovable, fixed, steady, invariable, unchangeable MBh. Kâv.
&c.; ({A}) f. the earth L.; Desmodiuni Gangeticum L.; {-la-kara} and, {-la-dAsa-svAmin} m. N. of
authors; {-lA7Gga} m. `" firm-limbed, firm, Ardea Nivea L.; a rock, mountain L.
nishchaya = determination

nishchayaM = certainty

nishchayaH = in certainty

nishchayena = with firm determination

nishchalatattvaM = tranquillity/imperturbability

nishchalati = becomes verily agitated

nishchalaa = unmoved

nishchaayakapramaaNena = thro'confirmation and proof

nis'cita = determined, ascertained* = mfn. one who has come to a conclusion or formed a certain
opinion, determined to, resolute upon (dat. loc., {artham} ifc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. Sus'r. &c.;
ascertained, determined, settled, decided Up. MBh. (superl. {-tama}) R. &c.; ({am}) ind.
decidedly, positively Kâv. Kathâs. Pañc.; n. certainty, decision, resolution, design R.; ({A}) f. N. of
a river MBh. VP.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. one who has formed a certain opinion about (loc.), judging
rightly (compar. {-tara}) R. (B.)

nishchitaM = confidently

nishchitaaH = having ascertained

nishchitya = ascertaining

nishkarshhaH = (m) conclusion, result

nishkaasayati = to remove, to take off

nishkoshhayati = to peel

nishthhaa = faith

nishthhaa* = ( {sthA}; aor {ny-aSThAt} pf. {ni-tasthau} Vop.): Caus. (aor. {ny-atiSThipat}) to fix
in (loc.) S'Br.; to give forth, emit, yield HParis'.

nishthha* = mfn. (in some senses = or w.r. for {niH} + {stha}) being in or on, situated on,
grounded or resting on, depending on, relating or referring to (usually ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; intent
on, devoted to ib. (cf. {dharma-}, {satya-}); conducive to, effecting (dat.) Bâlar. v, 51; {-loka} m.
pl. dependent people i.e. servants Râjat. vii, 114. 1.

nishthhaa* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) state, condition, position Bhag.; firmness, steadiness, attachment,
devotion, application, skill in, familiarity with, certain knowledge of (loc.) MBh. Kâv. Pur.;
decision about (gen.) Râjat.; decisive sentence, judgment Gaut. Âp.; completion, perfection,
culminating or extreme point Mn. Âp. MBh. &c. [563,2]; conclusion, end, termination, death (ifc.
`" ending with "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; asking, begging L.; trouble, distress L.; (in gram.) N. of the p.p.
affixes {ta} and {tavat}; (in dram.) the end or catastrophe W.; {-gata} mfn. gone to or attaining
perfection; m. pl. a class of Buddh. deities Lalit.; {-nta} ({-ThA7nta}) m. end, conclusion MBh.
BhP. (v.l. {diSTA7nta}); {-va} mfn. concluding, deciding AitBr.; {-vat} mfn. perfect, complete,
consummate R.; {-zUnya} mfn. devoid of firmness, unsteady, irresolute, Mâlatim. 2.

nishthhaa* = (Padap. {niH-SThA}) mfn. excelling, eminent RV.

nishthhiivati = to spit

nishpaavaH = (m) peas

nishphala* = mf({A})n. bearing no fruit, fruitless, barren, resultless, successless, useless, vain Mn.
MBh. Var. Kâv. &c.; seedless, impotent W.; ({A}) f. a woman past childbearing or menstruation
(also {I}, v.l. {niS-kalA}) L.; a species of Momordica L.; {-tva} n. unfruitfulness, uselessness
Mriicch. iv, 9; {-laya} Nom. P. {-yati}, to render fruitless Kull.; {-lI} {kR}, to make fruitless,
neglect Mriicch.; v.l. for {niS-kulI-} {kR} VarBriS. Iv, 29.

nishpiiDayati = to squeeze

nishkaama* = ({ni4S-}) mfn. desireless, disinterested, unselfish S'Br. Mn. &c.; {-cArin} mfn.
acting without interest or selfishness MârkP.

nishNAta* = mfn. deeply versed in, skilful, clever, learned (with loc. or ifc.) MBh. Kâv. Pur.;
agreed upon Yâjñ. Mâlatîm.; {-tva} n. skill in, familiarity with ({prati}) Kull. x, 85.

nistraiguNyaH = transcendental to the three modes of material nature

nisprihaH = devoid of desire

nissangatvaM = aloneness/non-attachment/detachment

nisspriha = one who has no desire

nita = to bend

nitaram * = nd. ({ni} with the compar. suffix) downwards TBr.; in a low tone, S'ânkh. Br.;
completely, wholly, entirely; by all means, at all events; especially, in a high degree Kâv. Pur.;
explicitly Kull.

nitaM = has been led

nitya = always

nityaM = daily/always

nityaH = eternal

nityajaataM = always born

nityatvaM = constancy

nityam.h = ever

nityamadhiiyataaM = daily, may be studied

nityayuktaH = always engaged

nityayuktaaH = perpetually engaged

nityavairiNa = by the eternal enemy

nityashaH = regularly

nityasattvasthaH = in a pure state of spiritual existence

nityasya = eternal in existence

nityaaH = in eternity

nivarta.nte = return (Verb Pr.III P. plural PP)

nivartate = he ceases from

nivartanti = they come back

nivartante = come back

nivartituM = to cease

nivasati = lives/dwells

nivasishhyasi = you will live

nirvaachana = (m ?) election

nirvaaNa = freedom of the personal soul from the physical world

nirvaaNaparamaaM = cessation of material existence

nirvaata = (adj) windless

nirvaapayati = to douse

nirveda* = mfn. not having the Vedas, infidel, unscriptural W.

nirveda* = (for 1. see p. 542, col. 3) m. id., complete indifference, disregard of worldly objects
S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; loathing, disgust for (loc. gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; {-duH-saham} ind. in a
despairingly insupportable manner Mâlatîm.; {-vat} mfn. despondent, resigned, indifferent Pañc.

nirveda* =1. and 2 see p. 542, col. 2, and {nir-vid}

nishthhaa* = ( %{sthA} ; aor %{ny-aSThAt} pf. %{ni-tasthau} Vop.): Caus. (aor. %{ny-
atiSThipat}) to fix in (loc.) S3Br. ; to give forth, emit, yield HParis3.// =f. (ifc. f. %{A}) state,
condition, position Bhag. ; firmness, steadiness, attachment, devotion, application, skill in,
familiarity with, certain knowledge of (loc.) MBh. Ka1v. Pur. ; decision about (gen.) Ra1jat. ;
decisive sentence, judgment Gaut. A1p. ; completion, perfection, culminating or extreme point
Mn. A1p. MBh. &c. [563,2] ; conclusion, end, termination, death (ifc. `" ending with "') MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; asking, begging L. ; trouble, distress L. ; (in gram.) N. of the p.p. affixes %{ta} and
%{tavat} ; (in dram.) the end or catastrophe W. ; %{-gata} mfn. gone to or attaining perfection ;
m. pl. a class of Buddh. deities Lalit. ; %{-nta} (%{-ThA7nta}) m. end, conclusion MBh. BhP. (v.l.
%{diSTA7nta}) ; %{-va} mfn. concluding, deciding AitBr. ; %{-vat} mfn. perfect, complete,
consummate R. ; %{-zUnya} mfn. devoid of firmness, unsteady, irresolute, Ma1latim. 2.//(Padap.
%{niH-SThA}) mfn. excelling, eminent RV.

nishthha* =mfn. (in some senses = or w.r. for %{niH} + %{stha}) being in or on, situated on,
grounded or resting on, depending on, relating or referring to (usually ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; intent
on, devoted to ib. (cf. %{dharma-}, %{satya-}) ; conducive to, effecting (dat.) Ba1lar. v, 51 ; %{-
loka} m. pl. dependent people i.e. servants Ra1jat. vii, 114. 1.

nivedana* = mfn. announcing, proclaiming Hariv.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; n. making known,

publishing, announcement, communication, information ({Atma-niv-}, presentation or
introduction of one's self) MBh. R. &c.; delivering, entrusting, offering, dedicating MBh. Râjat.
BhP.; (in dram.) the reminding a person of a neglected duty Sâh.

nivedayiSu* = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to report or to relate about (acc.) MBh. (B.
{vived-}).

nivedita* = mfn. made known, announced, told, represented, entrusted, presented, given MBh. R.
Kathâs. &c.

nivedin* = mfn. knowing, aware of (comp.) Mâlatîm.; communicating, reporting MBh. R.;
offering, presenting BhP.

nivedya* = mfn. to be communicated or related or presented or delivered MBh. Râjat. Hcat.; n. an

offering of food for an idol (for {naivedya}) Râjat.

nivedaka* = mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) communicating, relating MBh.

nivedaka* = {-dana} &c. see 1. {ni-vid}.

nives'ayitavya * = mfn. to be put or placed S3am2k. nirvikaaraH = without change

nirvichaara = non-investigational meditation

nirvitarka = non-inspectional meditation

nirvisheshha = Ordinary

nirvritiM = non-engagement, non-performance, release from bondage, salvation

nirvedaM = callousness

nivahena = by carrying

nivanaa * = ind. downwards, downhill RV. (cf. {ni-vatA}).

nivaatasthaH = in a place without wind

nivaasa = residence* = m. clothing, dress (ifc. = prec.) Hariv. * = m. living, dwelling, residing,
passing the night; dwelling-place, abode, house, habitation, night-quarters MBh. R. &c.;
{-bhavana} n. sleeping-room Kathâs.; {-bhUmi} f. place of residence S'ârngP.; {-bhUya} n.
habitation or inhabiting W.; {-racanA} f. an edifice Mriicch. iii, 23; {-rAjan} m. the king of the
country in which one dwells Yâjñ. iii, 25; {-vRkSa} m. `" dwelling tree "', a tree on which a bird
has its nest Vikr. v, 4/5.

nivaasaH = living

nirvairaH = without an enemy

nivara * = &c. see {ni-vR}.

ni-vaara * =m. covering, protection or a protector RV. viii, 93, 15 (Sây. `" a preventer, obstructer
"'); ({A}) f. a virgin, unmarried girl Pân. 3-3, 48 Sch. (fr. {ni} + {vara}, `" having no husband "'
W.)

ni-óvaara * =m. keeping off, hindering, impediment (cf. {dur-niv-}); ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh.
VP. (v.l. {nIv-}).

nivad * = Caus. Â. {-vAdayate}, to make resound (as a drum &c.) MBh. [559, 1]

nivadh * = (aor. {-avadhIt}), to strike down, kill MBh. R. &c.; to fix in, hurl down upon (loc.) RV.
iv, 41, 4.

nivaha = flow

nivah * = P. Â. {-vahati}, {-te}, to lead down, lead or bring to (dat. or loc.) RV. S'Br.; to flow MBh.
xii, 10318; to carry, support (see below): Caus. {-vAhayati} (Pass. {vAhyate}), to set in motion
Hariv.

nivahaH = (m) group, crowd, herd

nivarta* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.

nivartaka* = mf({ikA})n. turning back, flying ({a-niv-}) Hariv.; causing to cease, abolishing,
removing MBh. Sank. ({-tva} n.); desisting from, stopping, ceasing MW.

nivartana* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.; n. turning back, returning, turning the back i.e.
retreating, fleeing AV. MBh. &c. ({mRtyuM kRtvA nivartanam}, making retreat equivalent to
death i.e. desisting from fighting only in death MBh. vi, vii; w.r. {kRtvA mRtyu-niv-}); ceasing,
not happening or occurring, being prevented MBh. Hariv. &c.; desisting or abstaining from (abl.)
MBh. BhP.; desisting from work, inactivity (opp. to {pra-vartana}) Kâm.; causing to return,
bringing back (esp. the shooting off and bringing back of weapons) MBh. Kâv.; turning back (the
hair) KâtyS'r.; a means of returning RV. AV.; averting or keeping back from (abl.) Veda7ntas.;
reforming, repenting W.; a measure of land (20 rods or 200 cubits or 40,000 Hastas square)
Hcat.; {-stUpa} m. N. of a Stûpa erected at the spot where the charioteer of Buddha returned.

nivartanIya* = mfn. to be brought back Mâlav. v, 14/15 (w.r. {nir-v-}); to be prevented or

hindered MBh.

nivartayitavya* = mfn. to be kept back or detained R.

nivartita* = mfn. turned or brought back, averted, prevented, given up, abandoned, suppressed,
removed MBh. Kâv. Pur.; {-pUrva} mfn. one who has turned away before MW.; {-tA7khilA7hAra}
mfn. one who has abstained from all food BhP.

nivartin* = mfn. turning back, retreating, fleeing (mostly {a-niv-} q.v.); abstaining from (comp.)
MBh.; allowing or causing to return ({a-niv-}) Hariv.; w.r. for {nir-v-} q.v.

nivartya* = mfn. to be turned back (see {dur-niv-}); annulled, declared to be invalid Pat.

nivarta* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.

nirveda* = mfn. not having the Vedas, infidel, unscriptural W.

nirveda* = (for 1. see p. 542, col. 3) m. id., complete indifference, disregard of worldly objects
S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; loathing, disgust for (loc. gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; {-duH-saham} ind. in a
despairingly insupportable manner Mâlatîm.; {-vat} mfn. despondent, resigned, indifferent Pañc.

nivrita* ({ni4-}) mfn. held back, withheld RV. [560, 1]; surrounded, enclosed L.; m. or f. or n. (=
{ni-vIta}) a veil, mantle, wrapper L.; n. = next L.

nivrittiM = not acting improperly

nivRt* = A1. %{-vartate} (ind. p. %{-vRtya} AV.; infin. %{-vartitum} MBh.; rarely P. e.g. Pot. %{-
vartet} MBh. Hariv.; impf. or subj. %{-vartat} RV.; pf. %{-vAvRtur} ib.; fut. %{-vartiSyati} MBh.;
%{-vartsyan} Bhat2t2.; aor. %{-avRtat} ib.), to turn back, stop (trans. and intrans.) RV. &c.; to
return from (abl.) to (acc. with or without %{prati}, or dat.); to return into life, revive, be born
again MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to turn away, retreat, flee, escape, abstain or desist from, get rid of (abl.)
ib.; to fall back, rebound R.; to leave off (%{sAmi}, in the midst or when anything is half finished
S3Br.), cease, end, disappear, vanish TS. S3Br. Up. &c.; to be withheld from, not belong to (abl.);
to be omitted, not to occur La1t2y. Mn. MBh.; to be ineffective or useless MBh. Katha1s.; to be
wanting, not to exist (%{yato@vAco@nivartante}, for which there are no words) TUp.; to pass
over to (loc.) MBh.; to be turned upon (loc. or %{tatra}) ib.: Caus. %{-vartayati}, %{-te} (A1. Pot.
%{-vartayIta} A1s3vS3r.; Pass. %{-vartyate} Ragh.), to turn downwards, let sink (the head) TBr.;
to turn back i.e. shorten (the hair) Br.; to lead or bring back, reconduct, return AV. &c. &c.; to turn
away, avert or keep back from (abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to give up, abandon, suppress, withhold,
refuse, deny; to annul, remove, destroy Mn. MBh. Ka1v. Pur.; to bring to an end i.e. perform,
accomplish (a sacrifice &c.) R. BhP.; to procure, bestow Hariv. Ma1rkP.; to desist from (abl.)
MBh. R.

nivRtti* = f. (often w.r. for %{nir-v-}) returning, return, MlBh. Ragh.; ceasing, cessation,
disappearance S3rS. Up. MBh. &c.; leaving off, abstaining or desisting from (abl.) Mn. MBh.
Bhartr2. &c.; escaping from (abl.) Pan5c. ii, 87 (w.r. %{-ttaH}); ceasing from worldly acts,
inactivity, rest, repose (opp. to %{pra-vRtti}) Bhag. Prab.; (in dram.) citation of an example Sa1h.;
suspension, ceasing to be valid (as of a rule) Pa1n2. Sch.; destruction, perdition Ra1matUp.;
denial, refusal W.; abolition, prevention ib.

nivedana * = mfn. announcing, proclaiming Hariv.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; n. making known,

publishing, announcement, communication, information ({Atma-niv-}, presentation or
introduction of one's self) MBh. R. &c.; delivering, entrusting, offering, dedicating MBh. Râjat.
BhP.; (in dram.) the reminding a person of a neglected duty Sâh.

nivedayiSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to report or to relate about (acc.) MBh. (B.
{vived-}).
nivedaka* =mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) communicating, relating MBh.

nivedaka * ={-dana} &c. see 1. {ni-vid}

nivedita* = mfn. made known, announced, told, represented, entrusted, presented, given MBh. R.
Kathâs. &c

niveshaya = apply

nives'ya * = mfn. to be founded (as a town) Hariv.; to be married (as a man) MBh.; w.r. for {nirv-}
(see {nir-viz}).

niyaama * = m. = {niyama} Pân. 3-3, 63; a sailor, boatman (cf. next and {nir-yAma})

niyantaa = controller

niyantraNa = (n) control

niyantrayati = (10 pp) to control

niyam * P. {-yacchati}, to stop (trans.), hold back, detain with (loc.) [552, 1]; (Â.) to stop
(intrans.), stay, remain RV.; to keep back, refuse; (Â.) to fail, be wanting ib.; to fasten, tie to (loc.),
bind up (hair &c.) ib. &c. &c.; to hold over, extend ({zarma}) AV.; to hold downwards (the hand)
TS.; to bring near, procure, bestow, grant, offer, present (rain, gifts &c.) RV. AV. Br. &c.; to hold
in, keep down, restrain, control, govern, regulate (as breath, the voice, the organs of sense &c.)
Mn. MBh. &c.; to suppress or conceal (one's nature) Mn. x, 59; to destroy, annihilate (opp. to
{sRj}) BhP.; to restrict (food &c.; cf. below); to fix upon, settle, determine, establish Sarvad.
Kathâs. BhP. Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 66; (in gram.) to lower, pronounce low i.e. with the Anudâtta
RPrât.: Caus. {-yamayati}, to restrain, curb, check, suppress, restrict MBh. Kâv. &c.

niyama = self-purification through discipline

niyamaM = regulations

niyamaadeva = control alone(niyamAt.h eva)

niyamya = regulating

niyama * = m. restraining, checking, holding back, preventing, controlling Mn. MBh. &c.; keeping
down, lowering (as the voice) RPrât.; limitation, restriction ({ena} ind. with restrictions i.e. under
certain conditions Car.); reduction or restriction to (with loc. or {prati}), determination,
definition GriS'rS. Prât. MBh. Râjat.; any fixed rule or law, necessity, obligation ({ena} and {At}
ind. as a rule, necessarily, invariably, surely) Var. R. Sus'r. &c.; agreement, contract, promise, vow
R. Kathâs.; any act of voluntary penance or meritorious piety (esp. a lesser vow or minor
observance dependent on external conditions and not so obligatory as {yama} q.v.) TÂr. Mn.
MBh. Kâv. &c.; a partic. process applied to minerals (esp. to quicksilver w.r. {-yAma}) Cat.; (in
rhet.) a common-place, any conventional expression or usual comparison; (in Mîm. phil.) a rule
or precept (laying down or specifying something otherwise optional); restraint of the mind (the
2nd of the 8 steps of meditation in Yoga); performing five positive duties MWB. 239; N. of Vishnu
MBh.; Necessity or Law personified as a son of Dharma and Dhriiti Pur.; {-dharma} m. a law
prescribing restraints Mn. ii, 3; {-niSThA} f. rigid observance of prescribed rites MW.; {-pattra} n.
a written agreement or stipulation ib. [552, 2]; {-para} mfn. observing fixed rules; relating to or
corroborative of a rule W.; {-pAla} m. `" observer of vows "'N. of a sage (from whom the Nepalese
derive the N. Nepâl); {-bhaGga} m. breach of a stipulation or contract MW.; {-laGghana} n.
trangression of a fixed rule or obligation, Kâp.; {-vat} mfn. practising religious observances MBh.;
({I}) f. a woman in her monthly courses Sus'r.; {-sthiti} f. state of selfrestraint, ascetism L.;
{-hetu} m. a regulating cause Sarvad.; {-yamA7nanda} m. another N. of Nimba7rka Cat.;
{-yamo7pamA} f. a simile which expressly states that something can be compared only with
something else Kâv. ii, 19.

niyamya * = ind. having restrained or checked or bound &c. MBh. R. &c. 2.

niyamya * = mfn. to be restrained &c. ib.; to be (or being) limited or restricted or defined S'ank.

niyata = Discipline

niyataM = always

niyatamanasaH = with a regulated mind

niyatasya = prescribed

niyataaH = controlled

niyataatmabhiH = by the self-controlled

niyata * {ni4-}) mfn. held back or in, fastened, tied to (loc.) RV.; put together (hands) R.;
restrained, checked, curbed, suppressed, restricted, controlled Mn. MBh. &c.; limited in number
Ratna7v. iii, 3; connected with, dependent on (loc.) Mn. iv, 256; contained or joined in (loc.) R. iii,
70, 5; disciplined, self-governed, abstemious, temperate; constant, steady, quite concentrated
upon or devoted to (loc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; fixed, established, settled, sure, regular, invariable,
positive, definite GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; customary, usual (cf. {a-n-} MBh. iii, 15416); (in gram.)
pronounced with the Anudâtta RPrât.; m. N. of the Sandhi of {As} before sonants ib.; ({am}) ind.
always, constantly, decidedly, inevitably, surely; n. pl. (in Sânkhya) the organs of sense; {-kAla}
mfn. limited in time, temporary Kâs'. on Pân. 1-4, 44; {-bhojana} mfn. abstemious in food,
temperate R.; {-mAnasa} mfn. of subdued mind or spirit W.; {-maithuna} mfn. abstaining from
cohabitation R.; {-vAc} mfn. limited as to the use of words Nir. i, 15; {-vibhaktika} mfn. limited as
to case, standing always in the same case Pân. 1-2, 44 Sch.; {-viSayavartin} mfn. steadily abiding
in one's own sphere MW.; {-vrata} mfn. constant in the observance of vows, regular in
observances, pious, religious MBh.; {-yatA7Jjali} mfn. putting the joined hands to the forehead
R.; {-yatA7tman} mfn. self-controlled, selfrestrained Mn. R.; {-yatA7nupUrvya} mfn. limited as to
the order of words Nir. i, 15; {-yatA7pti} f. (in dram.) sure expectation of attaining an object by
overcoming a partic. obstacle Sâh.; {-yatA7zin} mfn. = {-ta-bhojana} Yâjñ.; {-yatA7hAra} mfn. id.
Mn. ({zva-mAMsa-n-}, eating only dog's flesh R.); {-yate7ndriya} mfn. having the passions
subdued or restrained Mn. MBh. &c.

niyojaya = (verbal stem) make ready

niyojayasi = You are engaging

niyojitaH = engaged

niyokshyati = will engage

no = nor
nri = man

nrityati = (6 pp) to dance

nripa = (m) king

nripatva = The title of king

nriloke = in this material world

nrisha.nsa = wicked

nrishhu = in men

nu = of course* = 1 (in RV. also {nU4}; esp. at the beginning of a verse, where often = {nu4} +
{u}), ind. now, still, just, at once; so now, now then RV. AV. Br. Up.; indeed, certainly, surely RV.
&c. &c.; cf. Pân. 3-2, 121 Sch. (often connected with other particles, esp. with negatives e.g. {nahi4
nu4}, `" by no means "', {na4kir nu4}, no one or nothing at all "', {mA4 nu4}, `" in order that
surely not "' [567, 2]; often also {gha nu}, {ha nu}, {in nu}, {nu kam} &c. [{nU4 cit}, either `" for
ever, evermore; at once, forthwith "' or, never, never more; so also {nU} alone RV. vii, 100, 1];
with relat. = -cunque or -soever; sometimes it lays stress upon a preceding word, esp. an interr.
pronoun or particle, and is then often connected with {khalu} RV. &c. &c.; it is also employed in
questions, esp. in sentences of two or more clauses [cf. Pân. 8-2, 98 Kâs'.] where {nu} is either
always repeated [S'ak. vi, 9] or omitted in the first place [ib. i, 8] or in the second place and
further replaced by {svid}, {yadi vA} &c., and strengthened by {vA}, {atha vA} &c.) [Cf. 1. {na4va},
{nU4tana}, {nUna4m}; Zd. {nû}; Gk. &174536[567, 2] $; Lat. {nun-c}; Germ. {nu}, {nun};
Angl.Sax. {nu}, {nû}; Eng. {now}.]

nu * = 1 (in RV. also {nU4}; esp. at the beginning of a verse, where often = {nu4} + {u}), ind. now,
still, just, at once; so now, now then RV. AV. Br. Up.; indeed, certainly, surely RV. &c. &c.; cf. Pân.
3-2, 121 Sch. (often connected with other particles, esp. with negatives e.g. {nahi4 nu4}, `" by no
means "', {na4kir nu4}, no one or nothing at all "', {mA4 nu4}, `" in order that surely not "' [567,
2]; often also {gha nu}, {ha nu}, {in nu}, {nu kam} &c. [{nU4 cit}, either `" for ever, evermore; at
once, forthwith "' or, never, never more; so also {nU} alone RV. vii, 100, 1]; with relat. = -cunque
or -soever; sometimes it lays stress upon a preceding word, esp. an interr. pronoun or particle,
and is then often connected with {khalu} RV. &c. &c.; it is also employed in questions, esp. in
sentences of two or more clauses [cf. Pân. 8-2, 98 Kâs'.] where {nu} is either always repeated
[S'ak. vi, 9] or omitted in the first place [ib. i, 8] or in the second place and further replaced by
{svid}, {yadi vA} &c., and strengthened by {vA}, {atha vA} &c.) [Cf. 1. {na4va}, {nU4tana},
{nUna4m}; Zd. {nû}; Gk. &174536[567, 2] $; Lat. {nun-c}; Germ. {nu}, {nun}; Angl.Sax. {nu},
{nû}; Eng. {now}.]

nu * = 2 m. a weapon L.; time L. * = 3 cl. 1. Â. {navate} ({nauti} with {apa}), to go Naigh. ii, 14:
Caus. {nAvayati}, to move from the place, remove ShadvBr. * = 4 or {nU} cl. 2. 6. P. (Dhât. xxiv,
26; xxviii, 104) {nauti}, {nuvati}, (pres. also {na4vate}, {-ti} RV. &c.; p. P. {nuva4t}, {na4vat} Â.
{na4vamAna} RV.; pf. {nunAva} Kâv.; aor. {a4nUnot}, {a4nUSi}, {-Sata}, {anaviSTa} RV.;
{anauSit}, {anAvit}, {anuvIt} Gr.; fut. {naviSyati}, {nuv-}; {navitA}, {nuv-} ib.; ind. p. {-nutya},
{-nAvam} Br.; inf. {lavitum} v.l. {nuv-} Bhathth.), to sound, shout, exult; praise, commend RV.
&c. &c.: Pass. {nUyate} MBh. &c.: Caus. {nAvayati} aor. {anUnavat} Gr.: Desid. {nunUSati} ib.;
Desid. of Caus. {nunAvayiSati} ib.: Intens. {no4navIti}, {nonumas} (impf. {anonavur} Subj.
{na4vInot}; pf. {no4nAva}, {nonuvur} RV.; {nonUyate}, {nonoti} Gr.), to sound loudly, roar,
thunder RV. * = 5 m. praise, eulogium L. * = 6 Caus. {nAvayati}, to cause to be drawn into the
nose Car. (cf. 3 {nava}). * = 7 (ifc.) = {nau}, a ship BhP.
nunna = nutta = *nutta pushed or driven away AV.; despatched, sent, ordered W.; m. N. of a plant
ib

nuta = praised

nuunaM = (really) *, otherwise; ind. now, at present, just, immediately, at once; for the future;
now then, therefore; (esp. in later lang.) certainly, assuredly, indeed, when indeed?, where
indeed?

nyaasa *= m. putting down or in, placing, fixing, inserting, applying, impressing, drawing,
painting, writing down MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {akSara-}, {khura-}, {caraNa-}, {nakha-}, {pada-}.,
{pAda-}., {bIja-}, {rekhA-}); putting away, taking off, laying aside MBh. Hariv. Das'. BhP. (cf.
{deha-}, {zarIra-}, {zastra-}); abandoning, resigning Up. Bhag. BhP.; depositing, intrusting,
delivering; any deposit or pledge Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; written or literal text (cf. {yathA-nyAsam})
Pat.; lowering (the voice) RPrât.; (in music) the final tone; bringing forward, introducing (cf.
{arthA7ntara}.); consigning or intrusting anything to the mind W.; mental appropriation or
assignment of various parts of the body to tutelary deities RTL. 205 &c.; N. of sev. wks., (esp.) of a
Comm. on Kâs'.; {-kAra} or {-kRt} m. the author of the Comm. on Kâs'. called Nyâsa i.e.
Jine7ndra-buddhi; {-khaNDa} m. or n. {-khaNDana} n. {-tilaka} m. or n. {-tUlikA} f. {-dazaka} n.
N. of wks. [572, 2]; {-dhAraka} or {-rin} m. the holder of a deposit Mn.; {-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.;
{-bhUta} mfn. being (or that which is) a deposit MBh.; {-lopa} m. wasting a dñdeposit ib.;
{-viMzati} f. {-vidyA-darpaNa} m. {-vidyA-vilAsa} m. {-vidhAna} n. {-vizeSa} m. {-zataka} n. N. of
wks.; {-hara} m. robber of a deposit BhP.; {-sA7deza-vivaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-sA7pahnava} m.
repudiation of a dñdeposit MW.; {-so7ddyota} m. N. of wk.

nyaasad *= P. {-sIdati} (pf. {-sasAda} ind. p. {-sadya}), to sit down near or in or upon (loc. or acc.)
RV.

nyaaya = justice * m. (fr. 4. {ni}) that into which a thing goes back i.e. an original type, standard,
method, rule, (esp.) a general or universal rule, model, axiom, system, plan, manner, right or fit
manner or way, fitness, propriety TS. Br. Mn. MBh. &c. ({nyAyena} and {-yAt} ind. either `" in
the right manner, regularly, duly "', or ifc. `" after the manner of, by way of "'); a lawsuit, legal
proceeding, judicial sentence, judgment Mriicch. Pañc.; a logical or syllogistic argument or
inference (consisting of a combination of enthymeme and syllogism, and so having, according to
the Naiyâyikas 5 members, viz. {pratijJA}, {hetu}, {udAharaNa}, {upanaya}, {nigamana}, or
according to the Vedântins 3 members); a system of philosophy delivered by Gotama or Gautama
(it is one of the six {darzanas} q.v., and is perhaps so called, because it `" goes into "' all subjects
physical and metaphysical according to the above syllogistic method treated of in one division of
the system; its branch is called Vais'eshika); likeness, analogy, a popular maxim or apposite
illustration (cf. {kAkA7kSi-}, {ghuNA7kSara-}, {daNDA7pUpa}. &c.); ({am}) ind. after a finite
verb expresses either censure or repetition Pân. 8-1, 27.

nyaayika* = n. logic

nyas *= P. {-asyati}, or {-asati}, to throw or cast or lay or put down (with loc. e.g. {bhuvi}, on the
earth) AV. &c. &c.; to take off MBh. R.; to give up, resign (as life) R.; to set in the ground, plant
({prarohAn}, shoots) Bâlar.; (with loc.) to throw or hurl upon, pour or shed on or in, put or place
or fix or insert in, turn or direct to, deposit with, intrust or commit to; to settle arrange MBh. Kâv.
&c. (with {citre}, `" to place in a picture "', paint, depict; with {zirasi}, to place on the head "',
receive with reverence; with {manasi}, to call to mind "', reflect, ponder; with {pathi}, `" to lay on
the road "', give up); to bring forward, mention Mall.: Caus. (pf. {nyAsayAm Asa} or {-sayAM
cakre}) to cause to put or lay down MBh.

nyaasin *= mfn. one who has abandoned all worldly concerns ib.
nyaya* = m. (fr. 4. {nI7}) going off, destruction, loss, waste Pân. 3-3, 37 Sch. L.

H3) ny-° aasita [p= 572,2] [L=112793]

nyaasita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to lay or put down.

nyaayalayaH = (m) court

nyaayavaadii = (m) lawyer

nyaayaadhishaH = (m) judge

nyaayyaM = right

nyaasaM = renunciation

nyarbuda * = n. one hundred millions AV. &c.

nyas * = P. {-asyati}, or {-asati}, to throw or cast or lay or put down (with loc. e.g. {bhuvi}, on the
earth) AV. &c. &c.; to take off MBh. R.; to give up, resign (as life) R.; to set in the ground, plant
({prarohAn}, shoots) Bâlar.; (with loc.) to throw or hurl upon, pour or shed on or in, put or place
or fix or insert in, turn or direct to, deposit with, intrust or commit to; to settle arrange MBh. Kâv.
&c. (with {citre}, `" to place in a picture "', paint, depict; with {zirasi}, to place on the head "',
receive with reverence; with {manasi}, to call to mind "', reflect, ponder; with {pathi}, `" to lay on
the road "', give up); to bring forward, mention Mall.: Caus. (pf. {nyAsayAm Asa} or {-sayAM
cakre}) to cause to put or lay down MBh.

ogha* = m. (ifc. f. {A}); ({vah}) flood, stream, rapid flow of water MBh. Megh. S'ak. &c.; heap or
quantity, flock, multitude, abundance MBh. BhP. Kathâs. &c.; quick time (in music) L.;
uninterrupted tradition L.; instruction L. (cf. {augha}.)

om * (see also AUM and pranava) = ind. (%{av} Un2. i, 141; originally %{oM} =
%{AM}, which may be derived from %{A} BRD.), a word of solemn affirmation
and respectful assent, sometimes translated by `" yes, verily, so be it "' (and in
this sense compared with Amen; it is placed at the commencement of most
Hindu1 works, and as a sacred exclamation may be uttered [but not so as to be
heard by ears profane] at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas or
previously to any prayer; it is also regarded as a particle of auspicious salutation
[Hail!]; %{om} appears first in the Upanishads as a mystic monosyllable, and is
there set forth as the object of profound religious meditation, the highest spiritual
efficacy being attributed not only to the whole word but also to the three sounds
%{a}, %{u}, %{m}, of which it consists; in later times %{om} is the mystic name
for the Hindu1 triad, and represents the union of the three gods, viz. a (Vishn2u),
%{u} (S3iva), %{m} (Brahma1); it may also be typical of the three Vedas; %{om}
is usually called %{praNava}, more rarely %{akSara}, or %{ekAkSara}, and only
in later times %{oMkAra}) VS. S3Br. ChUp. &c.; (Buddhists place %{om} at the
beginning of their %{vidyA@SaDakSarI} or mystical formulary in six syllables
[viz. %{om@maNi@padme@hUM}]; according to T. %{om} may be used in the
following senses: %{praNave}, %{Arambhe}, %{svIkAre}, %{anumatau},
%{apA7kRtau}, %{asvIkAre}, %{maGgale}, %{zubhe}, %{jJeye}, %{brahmaNi};
with preceding %{a} or %{A}, the %{o} of %{om} does not form Vr2iddhi
(%{au}), but Gun2a (%{o}) Pa1n2. 6-1, 95.)

omkaara * = (%{oM-k-}) m. the sacred and mystical syllable %{om}, the

exclamation %{om}, pronouncing the syllable %{om} Mn. ii, 75; 81 Katha1s.
Bhag. &c., (cf. %{vijayoMkAra}, %{kRtoMkAra}) [236,1]; a beginning, prosperous
or auspicious beginning of (e.g. a science) Ba1lar.; N. of a Lin3ga; (%{A}) f. a
Buddhist S3akti or female personification of divine energy L.; %{-grantha} m. N.
of wk. of Na1ra1yan2a; %{-tIrtha} n. N. of a Ti1rtha; %{-pITha} n. N. of a place;
%{-bhaTTa} m. N. of a man.

onkaraasana = the OM posture

ojasa = concentrated psychic power

ojasaa = by My energy

oja* = mfn. odd (as the first, third, fifth, &c. in a series) RPrât. Sûryas. VarBriS.; m. N. of a son of
Kriishna BhP.; = {o4jas} L.

o4jas* = {as} n. ({vaj}, or {uj}; cf. {ugra}), bodily strength, vigour, energy, ability, power RV. AV.
TS. AitBr. MBh. &c.; vitality (the principle of vital warmth and action throughout the body) Sus'r.
&c.; (in rhet.) elaborate style (abounding with compounds); vigorous or emphatic expression Sâh.
Vâm.; water L.; light, splendour, lustre L.; manifestation, appearance L.; support L.; ({As}) m. N.
of a Yaksha BhP.; [cf. Zd. {avjanh}, `" power "'; Gk. $, $, $; Lat. {vige1re}, {augere}, {augur},
&73513[235, 2] {augus-tus}, {auxilium}; Goth. {aukan}, Eng. {eke}.]

o4jastara* = mfn. = {o4jIyas} Comm. on BriÂrUp.

ojasvat* = mfn. vigorous, powerful, strong, energetic RV. viii, 76, 5 AV. viii, 5, 4; 16 VS.

ojasvin* = mfn. id. TS. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({I}) m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya VP. ({ojasvi}) {-tA} f.
an energetic or emphatic manner of expression or style Sâh.

ojasIna* = mfn. having strength, powerful TS. iv Pân.

ojasya* = mfn. vigorous, powerful MaitrS. ii Pân.

ojAya* = Nom. Â. {ojAyate} (p. {ojAya4mAna}) to exhibit strength or energy, make effort RV. i,
140, 6; ii, 12, 11; iii, 32, 11 Pat. on Pân. 3-1, 11 Bhathth.

ojAyita* = n. stout-heartedness, courageous behaviour.

oka* = m. (%{uc} Comm. on Un2. iv, 215), a house, refuge, asylum (cf. %{an-oka-zAyin}); a bird
L.; = %{vRSala} T.; conjunction of heavenly bodies L.

oshhati = (1 pp) to burn

ostha * = lip. mouth

okasa= inhabitant

om * = ind. (%{av} Un2. i, 141 ; originally %{oM} = %{AM}, which may be derived from %{A}
BRD.), a word of solemn affirmation and respectful assent, sometimes translated by `" yes, verily,
so be it "' (and in this sense compared with Amen ; it is placed at the commencement of most
Hindu1 works, and as a sacred exclamation may be uttered [but not so as to be heard by ears
profane] at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas or previously to any prayer ; it is also
regarded as a particle of auspicious salutation [Hail!] ; %{om} appears first in the Upanishads as a
mystic monosyllable, and is there set forth as the object of profound religious meditation, the
highest spiritual efficacy being attributed not only to the whole word but also to the three sounds
%{a}, %{u}, %{m}, of which it consists ; in later times %{om} is the mystic name for the Hindu1
triad, and represents the union of the three gods, viz. a (Vishn2u), %{u} (S3iva), %{m} (Brahma1)
; it may also be typical of the three Vedas ; %{om} is usually called %{praNava}, more rarely
%{akSara}, or %{ekAkSara}, and only in later times %{oMkAra}) VS. S3Br. ChUp. &c. ;
(Buddhists place %{om} at the beginning of their %{vidyA@SaDakSarI} or mystical formulary in
six syllables [viz. %{om@maNi@padme@hUM}] ; according to T. %{om} may be used in the
following senses: %{praNave}, %{Arambhe}, %{svIkAre}, %{anumatau}, %{apA7kRtau},
%{asvIkAre}, %{maGgale}, %{zubhe}, %{jJeye}, %{brahmaNi} ; with preceding %{a} or %{A}, the
%{o} of %{om} does not form Vr2iddhi (%{au}), but Gun2a (%{o}) Pa1n2. 6-1, 95.)

paa = to bless

paada = foot * = m. (ifc. f. {A}, rarely {I}) the foot (of men and animals) RV. &c. &c. (the pl.
sometimes added to proper names or titles in token of respect e.g. {deva-pAdAH}, `" the king's
majesty "' Pañc. [617, 2]; {nArAyaNap-}, `" the venerable NñNârâyana "' Sâh.; {pAdaiH} ind. on
foot [said of several persons]. R.; {-dayoH} and {-de-pat}, to fall at a persoñs [gen.] feet Kâv. Hit);
the foot or leg of an inanimate object, column, pillar AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; a wheel S'is'. xii, 21; a
foot as a measure (= 12 Angulas) S'Br. S'rS. MârkP.; the foot or root of a tree Var.; the foot or a hill
at the fñfoot of a mountain MBh. Kâv. &c.; the bottom ({dRteh pAdAt}, `" from the bñbottom of a
bag "' v.l. {pAtrAt}) MBh. v, 1047; a ray or beam of light (considered as the fñfoot of a heavenly
body) ib.; a quarter, a fourth Part (the fñfourth of a quadruped being one out of 4) S'Br. Mn. MBh.
&c. (pl. the 4 parts i. e. all things required for [gen.] Sus'r.); the quadrant (of a circle) Âryabh.
Sch.; a verse or line (as the fourth part of a regular stanza) Br. S'rS. Prât. &c.; the caesura of a
verse AgP., the chapter of a book (orig. only of a book or section of a bñbook consisting of 4 parts,
as the Adhyâyas of Pânini's grammar).

paadaM = and legs

paadatraaNam.h = (n) shoes

paadahastaasana = the balancing forward bend posture

paadaaMshukam.h = (n) pyjama

paadaangushhTha = the big toe

paadaasana = the foot above posture

paadau = feet

paahi = protect

paaJNchajanyaM = the conchshell named Pancajanya

paaJNchaalikaa = (f) doll

paaka * = 1 mfn. (either fr. 1. {pA+ka}, `" drinking, sucking, or fr. 2. {pac}, `" ripening, growing "')
very young GriS.; simple, ignorant, inartificial, honest AV. TS. Âs'vS'r.; m. the young of an animal
(see {uluka-}, {kapata-}); a child, infant L.; N. of a Daitya slain by Indra MBh. Pur. {-trA4} ind. in
simplicity, in a simple or honest way RV.

paaka* = 2 m. (2. {pac}; ifc. f. {I}) cooking, baking, roasting, boiling (trans "' and intrans.) S'rS.
Mn. MBh. &c. [614, 1]; burning (of bricks, earthenware &c.) ib.; any cooked or dressed food BhP.;
digestion, assimilation of food Sus'r.; ripening, ripeness (of fruit or of a boil) KâtyS'r. Mn. Var.
Sus'r.; inflammation, suppuration Sus'r.; an abscess, ulcer ib.; ripening of the hair i.e. greyness,
old age L.; maturity, full development (as of the mind &c.), completion, perfection, excellence
Hariv. Kâv. &c.; development of consequences, result (esp. of an act done in a former life) Var.
Pañc. MârkP.; any act having consequences. BhP.; the domestic fire L.; a cooking utensil L.;
general panic or revolution in a country W. (in comp. 2. {pAka} is not always separable from 1.
{pAka}).

paakashaalaa = (f) kitchen

paakSa* = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{pakSa}) belonging to a half month; relating to a side or party W.

paalaniiya = should be protected or observed

paalayati = (10 up) to protect

paala * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) a guard, protector, keeper R. Hariv.; a herdsman Mn. Gaut. Yâjñ. MBh.;
protector of the earth, king. prince BhP.; (also n.) a spitting spittoon (as `" recipient "' ?) L.; N. of
a serpent-demon of the race of Vâsuki MBh.; of a prince Cat.; (with {bhatTa}) N. of an author ib.;
({I}) f. a herdsmañs wife MBh. v, 3608; an oblong pond (as `" receptacle "' of water?) Var. (cf.
{pAli}).

paalaka* = guarding, protecting, nourishing, a guardian, protector; a foster-father; a prince, ruler,

sovereign; a world-protector

paannaga * = mf({I})n. (fr. {panna-ga}) formed or consisting of snakes, having serpents, snaky
Hariv.

paa.nDityaM = punditry; expertise or scholarliness

paaNi = hands

paaNDava = O son of Pandu

paaNDavaH = Arjuna (the son of Pandu)

paaNDavaaH = the sons of Pandu

paaNDavaanaaM = of the Pandavas

paaNDavaaniikaM = the soldiers of the Pandavas

paaNDitya = wisdom

paaNDuputraaNaaM = of the sons of Pandu

paana = drinking

paantha = traveller

paartha* = 1 m. (fr. {pRthi}) patr. of Tânva RAnukr.; n. N. of 12 sacred texts (ascribed to Priithi
Vainya and repeated during the ceremony of unction in the Râja-sûya sacrifice) Br. KâtyS'rS.; of
sev. Sâmans Br. Lâthy. \\ =2 m. (fr. {pRthA}) metron. of Yudhi-shthhira or Bhîma-sena or Arjuna
(esp. of the last; pl. the 5 sons of Pânu) MBh. (cf. IW. 381 n. 4); N. of a king of Kas'rriira (son of
Pangu) and of another man Râjat.; Terminalia Arjuna L.\\* =3 m.= {pArthiva}, a prince, king L.
\\* =4 or {pArthona} m. (in astron.) = $ as (the Virgo of the zodiac).

paapa = Bad deed

paapaM = sin

paapakrittamaH = the greatest sinner

paapaghniiM = which kills the sins (the hymn)

paapajanya = adj. derived from sin, son of sin :-)

paapayonayaH = born of a lower family

paapavaasaniik.h = adj. desirous of sin

paapavaasaniik.h = (adj) desirous of sin

paapaaH = sinners

paapaacharaNaM = pApa+AcharaNa, sin-practising

paapaat.h = from sins

paapaatmanaaM = of the wicked people

paapaatmaa = wicked people, sinners

paapiiyaan.h = sinner

paapena = by sin
paapebhyaH = of sinners

paapeshhu = unto the sinners

paapaiH = sin

paapmaanaM = the great symbol of sin

paaraM = limit; * = 1 mfn. (fr. {pR}; in some meanings also fr. {pRR}) bringing across RV. v, 31,
8; n. (rarely m.) the further bank or shore or boundary, any bank or shore, the opposite side, the
end or limit of anything, the utmost reach or fullest extent RV. &c. &c. ({dUre4 pAre4}, at the
farthest ends RV.; {pAraM-gam} &c. with gen. or loc., to reach the end, go through, fulfil, carry
out [as a promise], study or learn thoroughly [as a science] MBh. R. &c.; {paraM-nI}, to bring to a
close, Yaljñ.); a kind of Tushthi (s.v.), Sânkhyas. Sch.; m. crossing (see {duS-} and {su-});
quicksilver L.; a partic. personification SâmavBr. Gaut.; N. of a sage MârkP.; of a son of Priithu-
shena (Rucira7s'va) and father of Nîpa Hariv.; of a sñson of Samara and fñfather of Priithu ib.; of
a son of Anga, and fñfather of Divi-ratha VP.; (pl.) of a class of deities under the 9th Manu BhP.;
({A}) f. N. of a river (said to flow from the Pâriyâtra mountains or the central and western portion
of the Vindhya chain) MBh. Pur.; ({I}) f. a milk-pail S'is'.; any cup or drinking vessel Vcar. Râjat.;
pollen L.; a rope for tying an elephant's feet L.; a quantity of water or a town ({pUra} or {pura})
L.; a small piece or quantity of anything Nalac.\\* = 2 (for 1. see p. 619), Vriiddhi form of {para}
in comp.\\* = 3 m.= {pAla}, a guardian, keeper (see {brahma-dvAra-p-}).

paarameshthha * =m. (fr. {parame-SThin}) patr. of Narada MBh.; {-SThya} mfn. relating or
belonging to or coming from the supreme god (Brahmâ) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; relating to a king,
royal (cf. below); m. patr. of Nârada MBh. (v.l. {-STha}); n. highest position, supremacy AitBr.
MBh. Pur.; pl. the royal insignia BhP.

paaraMpaarika = traditional

paaradarshaka = (adj) transparent, clear

paarameshhTya = supreme rulership

paarata* = m. (cf. 2. {pArada}) quicksilver Kathâs. xxxvii, 232; pl. N. of a people Var. (also {-taka}
v.l. in VP.)

paaraayaNa * = n. going over, reading through, perusing, studying, RPra1t

A1past.; (esp.) reading a Pura1n2a or causing it to be read W.; the whole, totality
MBh. xiii, 2701 Pa1n2. 3-2, 130 Sch.; (esp.) complete text, cñcausing collection of
(cf. %{dkAtu-pñperusing@nAma-p-}); N. of a gram. wk. (abridged fr. %{dhAtu-
p-}); (%{I}) f. (L.) action; meditation; light; N. of the goddess Sarasvati1; %{-Na-
krama} m. %{-Na-mAhAtmya} n. %{-Navidhi} m. N. of wk.; %{-Nika} mfn. one
who goes through or studies Pa1n2. 5-i, 72; m. a lecturer, reader of the Pura1n2as
W.; a pupil, scholar W.; PlN. of a partic. school of grammarians Cat.; %{-NIya} n.
N. of a grammar.

paarikha* =(fr. %{pari-khA}) g. %{palady-Adi}.

paarikheya* =mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{pari-kha}) surrounded by a ditch ib. v, 1, 17.

paarikhIya* =mfn. (fr. %{pArikha}) Pa1n2. 4-2, 141 Sch.

paarushhyaM = harshness

paary-antika * =mf({I})n. ({-anta}) final, concluding, last MW.

paartha = O son of Pritha

paarthaH = Arjuna

paarthasya = and Arjuna

paarthaaya = unto Arjuna

paarshva = the side1 * = n. (rarely m. g. %{ardharcA7di} ; ifc. f. %{A} fr. 1. %{parzu}) the region of
the ribs (pl. the ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c. ; the side =
nearness, proximity (with gen. or ifc. ; %{ayaH}, on both sides ; %{am}, aside, towards ; %{e}, at
the side, near [opp. to %{dura-tas}] ; %{At}, away, from ; by means of, through) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
a curved knife S3Br. ; a side of any square figure W. ; the curve or circumference of a wheel ib. ;
(only n.) a multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [622,2] ; the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the
wheel to which the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached L. ; a fraudulent or crooked
expedient L. ; m. the side horse on a chariot MBh. ; N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher ; (with
Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1 and of his servant ; (du.) heaven and
earth L. ; mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below).

paarshva\-dhanuraasana = the sideways bow posture

paarshva\-shirshhaasana = the headstand posture

paarshva\-sarvaangaasana = the sideways shoulderstand posture

paarshva\-halaasana = the lateral plough posture

paarshvaakakaasana = the sideways crow posture

paarshhNiH = (m) heel

paars'va * = n. (rarely m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A} fr. 1. {parzu}) the region of the ribs (pl. the
ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c.; the side = nearness,
proximity (with gen. or ifc.; {ayaH}, on both sides; {am}, aside, towards; {e}, at the side, near
[opp. to {dura-tas}]; {At}, away, from; by means of, through) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a curved knife S'Br.;
a side of any square figure W.; the curve or circumference of a wheel ib.; (only n.) a multitude of
ribs, the thorax W. [622, 2]; the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside
horses of a four-horse chariot are attached L.; a fraudulent or crooked expedient L.; m. the side
horse on a chariot MBh.; N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher; (with Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of
the present Ava-sarpinî and of his servant; (du.) heaven and earth L.; mfn. near, proximate (cf.
comp. below).

paashaNDa * mf({I})n. (wrongly spelt {pAkhaNDa}) heretical, impious MBh. Pur.; m. a heretic,
hypocrite, impostor, any one who falsely assumes the characteristics of an orthodox Hindû, a
Jaina, Buddhist ib. &c.; m. or n. false doctrine, heresy Mn. BhP.

paasha = a trap, noose, binding of the material world or relatives

paarshada* = m. (fr. {parSad}) an associate, companion, attendant (esp. of a god), RamatUp.
MBh. Sus'r. (pl. attendance, retinue Hariv. BhP. Lalit.); a member of an assembly, spectator
Prasannar.; n. a text-book received by any partic. grammatical school (a N. given to the
Prâtis'âkhyas) Nir. i, 17; N. of wk.

paarthiva* = mf({I} or {A}; cf. Pân. 4-1, 85, Varit. 2) u. (fr. {pRthivI} f. of {pRthu}) earthen,
earthy, earthly, being in or relating to or coming from the earth, terrestrial RV. &c. &c.; (from m.
below) fit for kings or princes, royal, princely MBh. Hariv.; m. an inhabitant of the earth RV. AV.;
a lord of the earth, king, prince, warrior Mn. MBh. &c.; an earthen vessel L.; a partic. Agni
Griihyâs.; the 19th (or 53rd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var.; (pl.) N. of a family belonging
to the Kaus'likas Hariv.; ({I}) f. `" earth-born "'N. of Sîtâ Ragh.; of Lakshmî L.; (with {zAnti}) N.
of wk.; n. (pl.) the regions of the earth RV.; an earthy substance Hariv. (v.l. {-thavi}) Sus'r.;
Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.

paarthivatva* = n. the dignity or rank of king, royalty MBh.

paarthivesvara* = m. id.; {-cintAmaNi}, ni. ({Ni-paddhati} f.), {pUjanavidhi} and. {-pUjA-vidhi}

m. N. of wks

paarvaNa * = :mf({I})n. (fr. {parvan}) belonging or relating to a division of time or to the changes
of the moon (such as at new or full moon); increasing, waxing, full (as the moon; {parvaNau zazi-
divAkarau}, mñmoon and sun at the time of full mñmoon Ragh. xi, 82) GriS'rS. Kâv. Pur. &c.; m.
a halfmonth (= {pakSa}) Jyot.; oblations offered at new and full moon GriS.

paashaM = rope/ties

paas'aNDa* = mf({I})n. (wrongly spelt {pAkhaNDa}) heretical, impious MBh. Pur.; m. a heretic,
hypocrite, impostor, any one who falsely assumes the characteristics of an orthodox Hindû, a
Jaina, Buddhist ib. &c.; m. or n. false doctrine, heresy Mn. BhP.

paashaasana = the noose posture

paas'a * = m. (once n. ifc. f. {A}; fr. 3. {paz}) a snare, trap, noose, tie, bond, cord, chain, fetter (lit.
and fig.) RV. &c. &c.; (esp.) the noose as attribute of Siva or Yama RTL. 81; 290; (with Jainas)
anything that binds or fetters the soul i.e. the outer world, nature Sarvad. (cf. also RTL. 89);
selvage, edge, border (of anything woven), S'rGriS.; a die, dice MBh.; (in astrol.) a partic.
constellation; (ifc. it expresses either contempt e.g. {chattra-p-}, a shabby umbrella "', or
0admiration e.g. {karNa-p-}, `" a beautiful ear "'; after a word signifying, hair "' abundance,
quantity e.g. {keza-p-}, `" a mass of hair "'); ({I}) f. a rope, fetter Sis'. xviii, 57 (cf. also 2. {pAzI}).

paataka* = mfn. causing to fall (see {garbha-}); n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}), `" that which causes to
fall or sink "', sin, crime, loss of caste GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.

paatha* = m. = {patha} g. {jvalA7di}; fire L.; the sun L.; n. water L.; N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.

paathha* = m. ( {paTh}) recitation, recital Kâv.; reading, perusal, study (esp. of sacred texts)
S'iksh. &c.; a partic. method of reciting the text of the Veda (of which there are 5, viz. Sanhitâ,
Pada, Krama, Jathâ and Ghana RTL. 409); the text of a book, SrS. MBh.; the reading (of a text)
Naish. Sch.; = {dhAtu-pA7Tha} Vop.; ({A}) f. Clypea Hernandifolia L.

paathaka* = m. a splitter, divider Hariv.; (only L.) the half or any part or a kind of village; a shore,
bank; a flight of steps leading to the water; a kind of musical instrument; a long span (= {mahA-
kiSku}) [615,1]; expense or loss of capital or stock; throwing dice; ({ikA}) f. see {dina-pATikA}.
paathava* = m. (fr. {paTu}) a son or deseendant or pupil of Pathu S'Br. Pravar. (cf. Pân. 4-2, 119
Sch.); mfn. clever, sharp, dexterous W.; n. sharpness, intensity Sus'r. Tattvas.; skill, cleverness in
(loc.) Kâv. Râjat. Hit.; quickness, precipitation in (comp.) Kathâs.; health L.

paathalam.h = (n) rose flower

paathhayati = (1 pp, causative) to teach

paathhashaalaa = (f) school

paathhiinaH = (m) prawns

paathhyakrama = syllabus

paatakaM = sinful reactions

paatakamuula = adj. essentially criminal

paataJNjalii = author of the Yoga Sutras

paataala = nether-world

paaThya* = mfn. to be recited R. Sa1h. ; to be taught, needing instruction BhP.

paatita = taken down

paatu = may he protect

paatra = vessel

paatre = to a suitable person

paathI*= f. arithmetic, Bîjag.; a species of plant L.

paavaka = gold

paavakaH = fire

paavana* = mf({I})n. purifying, purificatory; pure, holy Mn. MBh. &c.; living on wind Nîlak.; m. a
partic. fire Kull. on Mn.iii, 185; fire L.; incense L.; a species of Verbesina with yellow flowers L.; a
Siddha (s.v.) L.; N. of Vyâsa L.; of one of the Vis've Devâh MBh.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; ({I}) f.
Terminalia Chebula L.; holy basil L.; a cow L.; N. of a river MBh. R.; the Ganges or the goddess
Gangâ W.; n. the act or a means of cleansing or purifying, purification, sanctification Mn. MBh.
&c.; penance, atonement L.; watee L.; cow-dung L.; the seed of Elaeocarpus Ganitrus (of which
rosaries are made) L.; Costus Speciosus L.; a sectarial mark L.; = {adhyAsa} L.

paavanaani = purifying

paati*= m.= {pati}, a master, lord, husband Un. v, 5 Sch.

paavita* = mfn. (fr. {pU}, Caus.) cleansed, purified Mn. MBh. &
pachati = (1 pp) to cook

pachanti = prepare food

pachaami = I digest

pachyante = are cooked?

pada = step * = pada n. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride; a footstep, trace, vestige, mark, the foot
itself. RV. &c. &c. ({padena}, on foot; {pade pade}, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion;
{trINi padAni viSNoH}, the three steps or footprints of Vishnu [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky;
cf. RV. i, 154, 5 Vikr. i, 19], also N. of a constellation or according to some `" the space between
the eyebrows "'; sg. {viSNoH padam}N. of a locality; {padaM-dA}, {padAt padaM-gam} or {cal},
to make a step move on; {padaM-kR}, with loc. to set foot in or on, to enter; with {mUrdhni}, to
set the foot upon the head of [gen.] i.e. overcome; with {citte} or {hRdaye}, to take possession of
any one's heart or mind; with loc. or {prati}, to have dealings with {padaM ni-dhA} with loc., to
set foot in = to make impression upon; with {padavyAm}, to set the foot on a persoñs [gen. or
ibc.] track, to emulate or equal; {padam ni-bandh} with loc., to enter or engage in); a sign, token,
characteristic MBh. Kathâs. Pur.; a footing, standpoint; position rank station, site, abode, home
RV. &c. &c. ({padam A-tan}, to spread or extend one's position; {padAt padam bhrAmayitvA},
having caused to wander from place to place); a business affair, matter, object or cause of (gen. or
comp.) Kâv. Pañc. &c.; a pretext L.; a part, portion, division (cf. {dvi-}, {tri-}); a square on a chess-
board R.; a plot of ground Inscr.; the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers "' breadth, or
1/2 or 1/3 or 3/7 of a Prakrama) KâtyS'r.; a ray of light (m. L.); a portion of a verse, quarter or line
of a stanza RV. &c. &c.; a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and
before some Taddhitas Pân. 1-4, 14 &c. [583, 2]; = {pada-pATha} Prât.; common N. of the P. and
Â. Cat.; any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required; a period in an arithmetical
progression Col.; a square root Sûryas.; a quadrant ib.; protection L. [Cf. Gk. $; &179282[583, 2]
Lat. {peda}; {op-pidum} for {op-pedum}.]

padaM = the step

padakam.h = (n) medal

padaani = words or steps

padaiH = by the aphorisms

paddhati * = (for %{-hati}) f. `" foot-stroke "', a way, path, course, line Hariv. Ka1v. &c. (also %{-
tI} g. %{bahv-Adi}); sign, token Ja1takam.; N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or
manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks.; a family
N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as
proper names e.g. %{-gupta}, %{-dAsa} at the end of Vais3ya and S3u1dra names). L.; %{-
candrikA} f. %{-cintAmaNi} m. %{-prakAza} m. %{-prakAzikA}, f. %{-bhUSaNa} n. %{-ratna} n.
%{-sAra} m. N. of wks.

padma = lotus

padmanaabha = a name of Vishnu

padmapatraM = a lotus leaf

padmaasana = the lotus posture

padmaakshaM = lotus-eyed

padhashala = school

pakvaM = ripe

paksha = (m) political party, fortnight * = m. (ifc. f. %{A} or %{I}) a wing, opinion (in one passage
n.) RV. &c. &c.; a symbol. N. of the number two Var. Hcat.; a feather, the feathers on both sides of
an arrow (cf. %{gArdhra-p-}); the fin of a fish (cf. %{nis-tvak-p-}); the shoulder; the flank or side
or the half of anything RV. &c. &c.; the side or wing of a building AV. [573,3]; the wing or flank of
an army MBh. Hariv.; the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon to full moon was
called %{pUrva} or %{apUryamANa}, later %{zukla} or %{zuddha}; the other half %{apara} or
%{apa-kSIyamANa}, later %{kRSNa} or %{tAmisra}; each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar
days called %{prathamA}, %{dvitIyA} &c.) Br. Gr2S3rS. MBh. Var. &c.; a side, party, faction;
multitude, number, troop, set, class of beings; partisan, adherent, follower, friend (%{zatru-} `"
the enemy's side "' or `" a partisan of the enemy "'; %{mahA-}, `" one who has many adherents "')
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; side i.e. position, place, stead (%{-kSe} ifc. instead of or by way of) ib.; quantity
(see %{keza-}); one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (%{-kSe}, `" on the
other hand "', with %{atra}, `" in this case "', %{pakSA7ntare}, `" in the other case "') Pa1n2. Sch.;
a point or matter under discussion, a thesis, a particular theory, a position advanced or an
argument to be maintained (cf. %{pUrva-}, %{uttara-}); an action or lawsuit Ya1jn5. Sch.; (in
logic) the proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bha1sha1p.; any supposition or view,
motion, idea, opinion (%{mukhyaH@pakSaH}, `" an excellent idea "' S3ak. Sch.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
the sun Sa1y. on RV. iii, 53, 16; N. of sev. men VP.; (in alg.) a primary division or the side of an
equation in a primary division; the wall of a house or any wall L.; an army L.; favour L.;
contradiction, rejoinder L.; the ash-pit of a fire-place L.; a royal elephant L.; a limb or member of
the body L.; the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail L.; proximity, neighbourhood L.; a bracelet
L.; purity, perfection L.; mfn. = %{pAcaka}, %{bAdhaka} Sa1y. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf. OGerm.
{fahs}; Angl.Sax. {feax}.]

pakshabala = Strength based on the Lunar phases. Used in Shad Bala calculations

pakshayoH = to the parties

pakshi = bird

pakshiNaaaM = of birds

pakshin.h = (masc) bird

pakshma = eyelid

pallava*: a sprout, shoot, twig, spray, bud, blossom (met. used for the fingers, toes, lips &c.) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; a strip of cloth, scarf, lappet Kâd. Bâlar. Râjat.; spreading, expansion L. (cf. below);
strength L. (= {bala}; v.l. = {vana}, a wood); red lac ({alakta}) L.; a bracelet L.; sexual love L.;
unsteadiness L.; m. a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat.; a libertine, catamine L.; a
species of fish L.; pl. N. of a people MBh. Pur. (v.l. for {pahlava}); of a race of princes Inscr.

pala = Moment* = m. (scarcely to be connected with prec.) straw L.; = {pAla} g. {jvalA7di}; n. a
partic. weight = 4 Karshas = 1/100 Tulâ (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}) Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. &c.; a partic. fluid
measure Nir. xiv, 7 KâtyS'r. Sch.; a partic. measure of time (= 1/60 Ghathî) Ganit.; flesh, meat
Yâjñ. Sus'r. [Cf. Lat. {palea}; Fr. {paille}, Lith. {pelai}.]

palaaNDuH = (m) onion

palaayituM = to run away

palitaM = ripened(grey)

paNava * m. (prob. fr. {pra-Nava}) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing)
MBh. Kâv. (also {A} f. L.); a kind of metre Col. (v.l. {pan-}); N. of a prince VP.

paNa = Play

paNavaanaka = small drums and kettledrums

panaparaH = Succedant houses. Houses 2, 5, 8 and 11

panasaphalam.h = (n) jackfruit

paNca = (adj) five

panchamii = Fifth lunar Tithi

panchaanga = Fivefold method of forecasting. Also the name of a Vedic Astrological Almanac. It is
based upon Vara, nakshatra, Tithi, karaNa and Yoga

pañcha = five

pañchamaM = the fifth

pa.nchatva.ngaM = to die

pa.nchamaH = (Masc.Nom.S)the fifth

paNDita = learned man

paNDita* mfn. (according to some, for {spandita}) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in,
conversant with (loc. or comp.; cf. Pân. 2-1, 40) S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; m. a scholar, a learned man,
teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a man (= {-taka}) MBh.; of a Brâhman
changed into an antelope Hariv.; incense L.

paNDitaM = learned

paNDitaaH = the learned

paNdita = the wise man

pa.nDitaH = (Masc.nom.Sing.)learned person

paNDita* = mfn. (according to some, for {spandita}) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in,
conversant with (loc. or comp.; cf. Pân. 2-1, 40) S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; m. a scholar, a learned man,
teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a man (= {-taka}) MBh.; of a Brâhman
changed into an antelope Hariv.; incense L.

paNDita4-tva* = n. (Mriicch.) learning, knowledge, wisdom, cleverness, skill.

pa.ngu = cripple

pa.nka = mud

panka = mud

pankajasthiita = adj. gutter fallen

pannaga * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) `" creeping low "', a serpent or serpent-demon Suparn. MBh. &c.;
Cerasus Puddum L.; ({I}) f. see below; {-kesara} m. Mesua Roxburghii L.; {-nAzana} m. `"
sñserpent-killer "'N. of Garuda Hariv.; {-purI} f. the city of the sñserpent-demons L.; {-bhojana}
m. `" sñserpent-eater "'N. of Garuda MBh.; {-maya} mf({I})n. formed or consisting of sñserpent
Hariv.; {-rAja} m. sñserpent-king MBh.; {--gA7ri} m. `" serpent-foe "'N. of Garuda Hariv.; of a
teacher (v.l. {-gAni}) VP.; {--gA7zana} m. = {-gabhojana} L.; {-ge7ndra} and {--gezvara} m. `"
sñserpent king "' MBh.

pansi = (m) an alternative man

pantha = sects, based on the word path

panthaH = wayfarer?

pa.nthaa = way

pa.nthaaH = (masc.Nom.Sing.) path; way

pa.nthaanaH = ways; paths

papakartariyoga = Hemmed in between 2 malefics

para = other* = 1 mf({A})n. (1. {pR}; abl. sg. m. n. {pa4rasmAt}, {-rAt}; loc. {pa4rasmin}, {-re};
nom. pl. m. {pa4re}, {-rAs}, {-rAsas}; cf. Pân. 1-1, 34; vii, 1, 16; 50) far, distant, remote (in space),
opposite, ulterior, farther than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme; previous (in
time), former; ancient, past; later, future, next; following, succeeding, subsequent; final, last;
exceeding (in number or degree), more than; better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best or
worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the compar. meanings [where also {-tara}], with abl., rarely gen.
or ifc.; exceptionally {paraM zatam}, more than a hundred lit. `" an excessive hñhundred, a
hñhundred with a surplus "' R. [586, 2]; {parAH koTayaH} Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c.; strange,
foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib.; other than, different from (abl.) Prab.; left, remaining Kathâs.;
concerned or anxious for (loc.) R.; m. another (different from one's self), a foreigner, enemy, foe,
adversary RV. &c. &c.; a following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g. {ta-para}, having {t} as the
fñfollowing lñletter, followed by {t}) RPrât. Pân.; (scil. {graha}) a subsidiary Soma-graha TS.; N.
of a king of Kosala with the patr. Âthnâra Br.; of another king MBh.; of a son of Samara Hariv.;
(sc. {prAsAda}) of the palace of Mitravindâ ib.; m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the
Universal Soul Up. R. Pur.; ({A}) f. a foreign country, abroad (?) Kathâs.; a species of plant L.; N.
of a sound in the first of its 4 stages L.; a partic. measure of time Sây.; N. of a river MBh. VP. (v.l.
{pArA}, {veNA}, {veNNA}); of a goddess (cf. s.v.) n. remotest distance MBh.; highest point or
degree ib.; final beatitude L. (also {-taram} and {parAt para-taram}); the number 10, 000, 000,
000 (as the full age of Brahmâ) VP.; N. of partic. Sâmans Kâthh.; any chief matter or paramount
object (ifc. [f. {A}] having as the chief object, given up to, occupied with, engrossed in, intent
upon, resting on, consisting of, serving for, synonymous with &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.); the wider or
mare extended or remoter meaning of a word Jaim. Kull.; (in logic) genus; existence (regarded as
the common property of all things) W.; ({am}) ind. afterwards, later; (with abl.) beyond, after
(e.g. {paraM vijJAnAt}, beyond human knowledge; {astam-ayAt p-}, after sunset; {mattaH p-},
after me; {ataH p-} or {param ataH}, after this, farther on, hereafter, next; {itaH p-},
henceforward, from now; {tataH p-} or {tataz ca p-}, after that, thereupon; {nA7smAt p-} [for
{mA7sm-p-}], no more of this, enough) MBh. Kâv. &c.; in a high degree, excessively, greatly,
completely ib.; rather, most willingly, by all means ib.; I will, so be it DivyA7v.; at the most, at the
utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but ib.; but, however, otherwise ({paraM tu} or {paraM
kiM tu} id.; {yadi p-}, if at all, perhaps, at any rate; {na-p-}, not-but; {na pñparaM-api}, not only-
but also; {pñparaM na-api na}, not only not-but not even; {na pñparaM-yAvat}, not only-but
even) ib.; ({pa4reNa}) ind. farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c.; thereupon, afterwards,
later than, after (with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c.; ({pare4}) ind. later, farther, in future,
afterwards RV. MBh. Kâv. [Cf. Zd. {para}; Gk. $; Lat. {peren-die}; Goth. &180201[586, 2]
{fai4rra}; Germ. {fern}; Eng. {far} and {fore}.]

paraa* = (for 1. see col. 1). ind. away, off, aside, along, on, (Lat. {per}; it occurs only in {-taram}
and {-vat}, and as a prefix to nouns and verbs; it is prob. akin to {para}, {paras}, {pra}.)

paraanta* = m. `" the last end "', death ({-kAla} m. time of dñdeath) MundUp.; `" living at the
remotest distance "'N. of a people MBh.

parAntaka* = m. a frontier DivyA7v.; pl. N. of a people L.

pa4ra-bhaava * =m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf. {-bhUta}).

paraa-bhava4 * =m. vanishing, disappearance, dissolution, separation R.; overthrow, defeat,

humiliation, mortification, contempt, injury, destruction, ruin S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of the 40th
(or 14th) year in Jupiter's cycle of 6o years Var. (cf. {parAvasu}); {-pada} n. an object of contempt
MW.

paraa-bhaava * =m. defeat, overthrow MBh.; humiliation, contempt L.

parabhaava * =mf({A})n. loving another MBh. -2.

para-piiDaa = harrasment of others

paraM = better

param, tato * = afterwards, at another time AitBr. vii, 17, 4; [cf. $,$],

paraM tu* = though - still

para.ntapa = O chastiser of the enemies

paraMparaa = tradition

paraH = in the next life

parataH = superior

parataa* = f. highest degree, absoluteness, (ifc.) the being quite devoted to or intent upon
Bhâshâp. Râjat.

paraasya* = or mfn. to be thrown away S'Br.

paraasya* = mfn. to be thrown away S'Br.

paraspara * = (fr. nom. sg. m. of %{para} + %{para}; cf. %{anyo'nya}) mf(%{A})n. mutual, each
other's Bhat2t2.; pl. like one another MBh. xii, 2420; (mostly in the oblique cases of m. sg. %{-
am}, %{eNa}, %{At}, %{asya}) ind. one another, each other, with or from one another, one
another's, mutually, reciprocally Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; so also ibc. (cf. below); rarely ifc. e.g.
%{avijJAta-parasparaiH}, `" not knowing each other "' Ragh. xvii, 51.

parataraM = superior

parataraH = later

paradesha = foreign land, foreign country

paradesha-sahama = Sensitive point related to foreign travel

paradharmaH = duties prescribed for others

paradharmaat.h = than duties mentioned for others

parantapa = O Arjuna, subduer of the enemies

parantapaH = the chastiser of the enemies

paraprakaashita = reflectively illumined like planets or moon

parama = highest, the utmost, most excellent

paramaM = supreme

paramaH = perfect

paramaha.nsa = a highest spiritual/discriminatory state(from Swan)

paramaa = greatest

paramaaM = the supreme

paramaaH = the highest goal of life

paramaatma = the Supersoul

paramaatman.h = The soul within the Divine sphere

paramaatmaa = the supreme spirit

paramaananda = one who leads to the greatest happiness

paramesha = God

parameshvara = O Supreme Lord

parameshvaraM = the Supersoul

parameshhvaasaH = the great archer

parameshthhin * mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c. &c.; m. N. of any
supreme being, of Agni AV.; of Prajâ-pati ib. &c.; a son of PrñPrajâ-pati Br.; of Brahmâ MBh.; of
S'iva ib.; of Vishnu Ragh.; of Garuda MBh.; of Manu Cakshus MârkP.; (with Jainas) = {-SThi} L.;
the teacher of the tñteacher of any one's tñteacher L.; a kind of Virâj RPrât.; a kind of ammonite
L.; N. of a son of Aja-mîdha MBh.; of a son of Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur.; du. Vishnu and
S'rî BhP.; ({nI}) f. Ruta Graveolens L. [589, 1]

parameshthhi * = m. a superior or a chief god of the Jainas S'atr.; {-tA} f. supremacy, superiority
TândBr.

parameshthhi4na * == {-SThi4n} AV. xix, 9, 4.

parame-shthha * =mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior Pân. 8-3, 97; m. N. of Brahma or
any supreme deity W.; ({A}) f. a kind of metre L.

paramparaa = by disciplic succession

parayaa = of a high grade

paraardha* = m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KathhUp. MBh.; mn. the highest
number (100, 000 billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c.; the number of mortal days corresponding to 50
years of Brahmâ's life Pur.; (as mfn. w.r. for {-dhya}.)

parashuH = (m) axe

parashuraama = sixth incarnation of Vishnu

parashvaH = day after tomorrow

parastaat.h = transcendental

paraspara = mutually

parasparaM = mutually

parasya = to others

parahaste = (loc.sing.) in other persoñs hand

parahyaH = day before yesterday

paraa = beyond, higher

paraaga* m. (prob. for %{apa-r-}), the pollen of a flower Ka1v. Pur. &c.; dust Ragh. iv, 30;
fragrant powder used after bathing L.; sandal L.; an eclipse of the sun or moon L.; fame, celebrity
L.; independence L.; N. of a mountain L.

paraaM = transcendental
paraakrama = valor

paraakramaH = the daring warrior

paraakramaaNaaM = of valients

paraangmukhii = facing inwards

paraaNi = superior

paraayaNaM = the one to be worshipped

paraayaNaH = being so destined

paraayaNa* = n. (for 2. see p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principal object,
chief matter, essence, summary (%{-NaM-kR}, to do one's utmost) S3Br. Up. MBh. &c.; (in
medic.) a universal medicine, panacea Car.; a religious order or division W.; (ifc.; f. %{A}) making
anything one's chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or
occupied with, affected or possessed by (%{-tA} f. Das3.) Mn. MBh. &c.; mf(%{A})n. violent,
strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367 (Ni1lak.); principal, being the chief object or final aim ib.;
dependent on (gen.) R.; leading or conducive to (gen.) MBh.; m. N. of a pupil of Ya1jn5avalkya
Va1yuP.; %{-vat} mfn. occupying the principal point, most elevated MBh.\\ 2 n. (%{parA} + %{i})
going away, departure or way of departure, final end, last resort RV. AV. S3Br. (cf. 1.
%{parA7yaNa}, p. 587).

paraayaNaaH = so inclined

paraardha = other end

paraashara = Maharishi Parashar(a). One of the Fathers of Vedic Astrology. Author of the text
which is the basis for the most commonly used Astrological System in India

paras'u * = m. a hatchet, axe, the axe of a woodcutter; (Naigh. ii, 20) a thunderbolt RV. &c. &c.; N.
of a king MBh.; w.r. for {parzu} q.v. [Cf. Gk. $, &181040[589, 2] &c.]

pare = in the lofty;high;supreme

pari = sufficiently

pari * = round, around, about, round about; fully, abundantly, richly (esp. ibc. [where also {parI}]
to express fulness or high degree) RV. &c. &c.; as a prep. (with acc.) about (in space and time) RV.
AV.; against, opposite to, in the direction of, towards, to ib. (cf. Pân. 1-4, 90; also at the beginning
of a comp. mfn.; cf. ib. ii, 2, 18 Vârtt. 4 Pat. and {pary-adhyayana}); beyond, more than AV.; to the
share of (with {as}, or {bhU}, to fall to a persoñs lot) Pân. 1-4, 90; successively, severally (e.g.
{vRkSam pari siJcati}, he waters tree after tree) ib.; (with abl.) from, away from, out of RV. AV.
S'Br. (cf. Pân. 1-4, 93); outside of, except Pân. 1-4, 88 Kâs'. (often repeated ib. viii, 1, 5; also at the
beginning or the end of an ind. comp. ib. ii, 1, 12); after the lapse of Mn.iii, 119 MBh. xiii, 4672
(some read {parisaMvatsarAt}); in consequence or on account or for the sake of RV. AV.;
according to (esp. {dha4rmaNas pa4ri}, according to ordinance or in conformity with law or
right) RV. [Cf. Zd. {pairi}; Gk. $.] &181611[591, 2]

parI * =2 ({pari-i}) P. {pary-eti} (Impv. {parI7hi} MBh.; Pot. {pa4rtyAm} TS.; impf. {paryait}
S'Br.; pf. {pa4rI7yAya} TS.; fut. {pary-etA} ChUp.; ind. p. {parI7tya} PârGri.; {pary-AyaM} Br.;
inf. {pa4ry-etave} RV.), to go about, move in a circle; (trans.) to go or flow round (acc.),
circumambulate, surround, include, grasp, span RV. &c. &c.; to run against or into, reach, attain
AV. S'Br. ChUp.; (with or sc. {manasA}) to perceive, ponder MBh. R.: Intens. Â. {pa4rI7yate}, to
move round or in a circle RV.

pari+aT.h = to tour

paribhaavaya = deem well/visualise

paribhava* = m. insult, injury, humiliation, contempt, disgrace MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-pada} n. an
object or occasion of contempt Kâlid. Hit.; {-vidhi} m. humiliation, S'riingâr.; {-vA7zpada} n. =
{-va-pada} Vikr. MârkP.

pari-bhAva* = (also {pari-bh-}) m. contempt Pañc. i, 258/259 (B. {-bhava}

paricchada * = m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, S'ânkhS'r. MBh. &c.; paraphernalia, external
appendage, insignia of royalty R.; goods and chattels, personal property, furniture Mn. MBh. &c.;
retinue, train, attendants, necessaries for travelling MBh. Kâv. &c.; ifc. = {-cchad} S'ânkhS'r.
MBh. Hariv. &c.

paricchanda * = m. train, retinue L.

paricchanna * = mfn. covered, clad, veiled, concealed, disguised MBh. R. Hit. &c.

paricchad * = ( {chad}), Caus. {-cchAdayati} (ind. p. {-cchAdya}), to envelop, cover, conceal MBh.
Pañc.

paricchad * = mfn. furnished or provided or adorned with (comp.) Ragh. i, 19.

parichaya = familiarity

parichayaat.h = (masc.abl.sing.) from familiarity; from knowing the facts

paricharya = service

parichakshate = is called

parichintayan.h = thinking of

parichhinna = precise (literally, cut around)

paridahyate = is burning

paridevanaa = lamentation

parigraha = hoarding

parigrahaM = and acceptance of material things

parigrahaH = sense of proprietorship over possessions

parigrihIta* = mfn. taken hold of on both sides AV.; surrounded, embraced, enclosed, enveloped,
fenced TS. S3Br. MBh. &c.; seized, grasped, taken, received, obtained, accepted, adopted,
admitted, followed, obeyed Br. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; opposed, checked W.; m. g. %{AcitA7di}.

parigrihIti * = (%{pa4ri-}) f. grasping, comprehension TS. Br.

parigrihya* = ind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
considering regarding W.; %{-vat} (%{-gri4hya-}) mfn. containing the word %{parigRhya} TS. 2.

parigrihya* = mfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded W.; (%{A}) f. designation of a partic. kind
of Vedi or sacrificial mound Kaus3.; a married woman L.

parigha = a bolt for shutting a gate

parighaasana = the locked gate posture

pariGYaataa = the knower

parigiiyamaana = singing

parihaaraH = (m) compensation

parihri = to abandon

parihUta: called together

parikaraH = attempt

parikiirtitaH = is declared* = mfn. proclaimed, announced, boasted of, said, called ib

pariklishhTaM = grudgingly

parikhaa* = f. (once ibc. %{-kha} BhP.) a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort (also
applied to the sea surrounding the earth) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; N. of a village in the North country
g. %{palady-Adi} (iv, 2, 110) ; %{-sthita} mfn. impregnable, secure MBh. xii, 6250 ; %{-khI-kRta}
mfn. made into a moat or ditch Ragh. i, 30.

parikhacita* =mfn. ( %{khac}) strewn or inlaid with (comp.) Ka1ran2d2.

parikhan* =(only ind. p. %{-khAya}), to dig round, dig up A1s3vGr2.

parikhaNDa* =see %{pari-SaNDa}.

parikhaNDana* =see %{mAna-parikh-}.

parikhaNDaya* =Nom. P. %{-yati}, to make small, break, conquer Ba1lar. Bhat2t2. [592,3]

parikhAta* =mfn. dug round ; m. a furrow, rut BhP.

parikheda* =m. (ifc. f. %{A}) lassitude, weariness, exhaustion MBh. Ka1v. &c.
parikhedita* =mfn. (fr. Caus.) afflicted, exhausted, ruined, destroyed Ka1v. BhP.

parikhid* =P. %{-khidyati}, to be depressed or afflicted, feel uneasy BhP.: Caus. %{-khedayati}, to
trouble, afflict, destroy ib. &c.

parikhinna* =mfn. depressed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c.

parikhyA* =P. %{-khyAti} (Subj. %{-khyatam}, %{-khyan} RV.), to look round, look at, perceive
RV. &c. &c. ; to observe, regard, consider MBh. R. ; to overlook, disregard RV.: Pass. %{-
khyAyate}, to be perceived ChUp.

parikhyA* =f. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number S3a1n3khS3r. Mn. MBh. &c. ; (in
phil.) exhaustive enumeration (implying exclusion of any other), limitation to that which is
enumerated Jaim. Kull. on Mn. iii, 45 ; (in rhet.) special mention or exclusive specification Kpr.
Sa1h.

parikhyAna* =n. enumeration, total, a number MBh. ; exclusive specification BhP. ; a correct
judgment. proper estimate Ya1jn5. iii, 158.

parikhyAta* =mfn. regarded as, passing for (nom.) ; called, named ; celebrated, famous MBh. R.

parikhyAta* =mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, specified exclusively W.

parikhyAti* =f. fame, reputation W.

samparikhyA* =P. %{-khyAti}, to communicate completely, relate in full MBh.

pariikshate = to examine

pariikshaa = test * = f. inspection, investigation, examination, test, trial by ordeal of various kinds
(see 2. %{divya}) Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of wk.; %{-kSama} mfn. standing the test Sarvad.; %{-tattva}
n. %{-paddhati} f. N. of wks.; %{-kSA7rtha} mfn. wishing to try or test A1past.

pariikshaka * = mfn. trying, examining W.; m. a prover, examiner, judge Ra1jat. Pan5c.

parimaaNaH = (m) volume, size

parimaargitavyaM = has to be searched out

parimita = (adj) limited to, bounded, surrounded by

parimiti = (f) limits, boundary

parimlaana* = mfn. faded, withered Kâv. BhP.; exhausted, languid MBh. [599, 3]; become
thinner, emaciated Car.; disappeared, gone Vâm. iv, 3, 8; n. change of countenance by fear or grief
W.; soil, stain ib.

parimris' * = P. Â. {-mRzati}, {-te} (pf. {-mamarza}; 3. pl. [RV.] {-mAmRzuH}; aor. {-amRkSat};
ind. p. {-mRzya}), to touch, grasp, seize RV. &c. &c.; to examine, consider, inquire into ib.; to
observe, discover BhP.: Pass. {-mRzyate} (with {pavanais}), to be touched i.e. fanned by the wind
Sus'r.; to be considered MBh.: Intens. {-marmRzat}, to encompass, clasp, embrace RV.
pariNaamaH = (m) effect, result

pariNaame = at the end

paripanthinau = stumbling blocks

paripaalana = Protection

paripaalanaM = observance/governance

paripaalaya = please maintain and cultivate

pariplu* = m Â. {-plavate} (ind. p. {-plutya} MBh.; {-plUya} Pân. 6-4, 58), to swim or float or
hover about or through Br. &c. &c.; to revolve, move in a circle S'Br.; to move restlessly, go astray
Br.; to hasten forward or near MBh.: Caus. {-plAvayati} (ind. p. {-plAvya}), to bathe, water MBh.

paripluta* = mfn. bathed, one who has bathed in (loc. or comp.) MBh.; flooded, immersed,
overwhelmed or visited by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; n. a spring, jump Var.; ({A}) f.
spirituous liquor L.

pariplushtha* = mfn. ( {pluS}) burnt, scorched, singed

paripuurNa = full

pariprachchh.h = to enquire

pariprashnena = by submissive inquiries

parisarpaNa* = n. crawling upon (comp.) Mr2icch.; running to and fro, going or flying about,
constantly changing one's place A1s3vS3r. R. Mr2icch. BhP.; a kind of disease (= %{-sarpaNa})
Sus3r.

parisatya * = n. the full or pure truth Âs'vS'r.

parisamapyate = end

paris'ankA* =f. suspicion, distrust Ja1takam.; hope, expectation R.

paris'ankanIya* =mfn. to be doubted or distrusted or feared or apprehended (n. impers. `"

distrust must be felt "') Ka1v. Pur.

paris'ankin* =mfn. fearing, apprehending Ragh.; afraid on account of (comp.) BhP.

paris'ankita* = mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. Pur.; suspected,
questionable MBh.; believed, expected (%{a-pariz-}) MBh.; thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gi1t.

parishaantaa = that gives peace or solace

parishah * = ( {sah}) Â. {-Sahate} (impf. {pary-aSahata} or {-asahata}; fut. {pari-soDhA} [Vop.

{-SahitA}]; inf. {-soDhum} Pân. 8-3, 70 &c.; aor. {pary-asahiSTa} Bhathth.), to sustain, bear up
against (acc.): Caus. aor. {pary-asISahat} Pân. 8-3, 116.
parishaJj * = ( {saJj}) P. {-Sajati} Pân. 8-3, 63 Sch.; Â. {-sajjate}, to have one's mind fixed on, be
attached or devoted to MBh.: Desid. {-SiSaGkSati} Pân. 8-3, 64 Sch.

parishadvan * = mfn. surrounding, besetting RV.

parishaNDa * = m. or n. a partic. part of a house L.; ({A}) f. a valley (?) DivyA7v, (v.l. {-khaNDa}).

parishanna * = (!) mfn. lost or omitted AV.Paris'.

parishavaNa * = n. grasping, bunching together ib.

parishushhyati = is drying up

paris'rama * = m. fatigue, exertion, labour, fatiguing occupation, trouble, pain MBh. Kâv. &c.;
{mA7paha} mfn. relieving weariness MW.

paris'raama m. fatiguing, occupation, trouble BhP.

parIta * = mfn. standing or moving round, surrounding MBh.; past, elapsed, expired R.;
surrounded, encompassed, filled, taken possession of, seized (with instr. or in comp.) MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; = %{viparI7ta}, inverted MBh.; w.r. for %{parItta} ib.; m. pl. N. of a people VP.; %{-ta-tA} f.
the being surrounded or filled L.; %{-tin} mfn. (ifc.) filled with, seized by Sus3r.

paritam * = P. %{-tAmyati}, to gasp for breath, be oppressed Sus3r.

paritaMs* = (only inf. of Caus. %{-taMsaya4dhyai}), to stir up RV.

paritan* = P. A1. %{-tanoti}, %{-nute} (aor. %{-atanat}; ind. p. %{-tatya}), to stretch round,
embrace, surround RV. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.

paritoshha = satisfaction

parityakta = deprived of

parityaj.h = to sacrifice

parityajya = abandoning

parityaagaH = renunciation

parityaagii = renouncer

paritraaNaaya = for the deliverance

paritraata * = mfn. protected, saved, rescued, preserved Kâv. Pur.; m. N. of a man L.

paritraatavya * = mfn. to be protected or defended or saved from (abl.) Vikr. Bâlar.

paritraatri * = mfn. protecting, a protector or defender (with gen. or acc.) MBh. R. Pañc

parivaaraH = (m) relatives, family

parivartaka* = mfn. causing to turn round or flow back Kathâs. MârkP.; bringing to an end,
concluding (gen. or comp.) MBh.; m. (in rhet.) the artificial separation of vowels and consonants
to get another meaning of a word Vâm. iv, 1, 6; (in dram.) change of occupation Bhar. Das'ar. Sâh.
exchange, barter Vas.; N. of a son of Duh-saha (son of Mriityu) MârkP.; ({ikA}) f. contraction of
the prepuce, phimosis Sus'r.

parivartana = Exchange of two signs* = mf({I})n. causing to turn round; ({I}) f. (with {vidyA}) N.
of a partic. magical art Kathâs.; n. turning or whirling round, moving to and fro (trans. and
intrans.) Kâv. Sus'r. Pañc. BhP.; rolling about or wallowing on (comp.) Kâlid.; revolution, end of a
period of time MBh. Hariv.; barter, exchange Kathâs. Pañc. Mriicch.; cutting or clipping the hair
S'Br.; protecting, defending Nalac.; = {pre7raNa} TBr. Sch.; inverting, taking or putting anything
in a wrong direction W.; requital, return ib.

parivartanaM = (n) transformation, change

parivartanam.h = (n) transformation, change

parivartanIya* = mfn. to be exchanged, capable of being exchanged Kull. on Mn. x, 94.

parivarta* = {-vartaka} &c. see {parivRt}, p. 601.

pari-varta* = m. revolving, revolution (of a planet &c.) Sûryas.; a period or lapse or expiration of
time (esp. of a Yuga q.v.) MBh. R. &c.; (with {lokAnAm}) the end of the world R.; a year L.;
moving to and fro, stirring Prasannar.; turning back, flight L.; change, exchange, barter (also
{parI-v-}) Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; requital, return W.; an abode, spot, place Hariv.; a chapter,
section, book &c. Lalit.; N. of a son of Doh-saha (son of Mriityu) MârkP. [601,3]; of the Kûrma or
2nd incarnation of Vishnu (also {parI-v-}) L.

parivartin.h = one that changes

pariveshhayati = to serve food

pariveshhTri = attendent parIvarta* = m. exchange, barter Hit. (v.l.); N. of the Kûrma or 2nd
incarnation of Vishnu L. (cf. {pari-v-}). {-vartam} ind. ( {vRt}) in a circle, recurring, repeatedly
TândBr.

parivraajaka = wanderer

parivraaja* = (Âpast.) m. a wandering mendicant, ascetic of the fourth and last religious order
(who has renounced the world).

parivritta * = mfn. (also %{-ka} g. %{RzyA7di}) turned, turned round, revolved, rolling, moving to
and fro MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; lasting, remaining S3ak. vii, 34 (v.l.) ; passed, elapsed, finished, ended
Hariv. ; = %{pari-vRta}, covered, surrounded L. ; retreated, returned W. ; exchanged ib. ; n.
rolling, wallowing MBh. (v.l. %{-tti}) Ma1lati1m. ; an embrace MW. ; %{-tejas} mfn. spreading
brilliance all around BhP. ; %{-nctra} mfn. rolling the eyes R. ; %{-phalA} f. N. of a plant Gal. ;
%{-bhAgya} mfn. whose fortune has changed or is gone Ma1lati1m. ; %{-ttA7rdha-mukha}
mf(%{I})n. having the face half turned round Vikr.

parjanyaH = rain

parjanyaat.h = from rains

parjanya * = m. ( {pRc}, or {pRj} ?) a raincloud, cloud RV. &c. &c. [606, 2]; rain Bhag. iii, 14; rain
personified or the god of rain (often identified with Indra) RV. &c. &c.; N. of one of the 12 Âdityas
Hariv.; of a Deva-gandharva or Gandharva MBh. Hariv.; of a Riishi in several Manv-antaras
Hariv. MârkP.; of a Prajâ-pati (father of Hiranya-roman) VP.; ({-nyA} or {-nI}) f. Curcuma
Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza L. [Cf. Goth. {fairguni}; Icel {fi"rgyn}; Lith. {perku4nas}.]

paryanta * =m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh.
Kâv. &c. (ifc. `" bounded by "', `" extending as far as "' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring
"'); ({am}) ind. entirely, altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt
paryantam}, from one end to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kathâs.; mf({A})n. coming to an
end with, being a match for Lalit.; extending in all directions Hariv. (v.l. {pary-asta}).

pary-anta4-deza * =m. a neighbouring or adjacent district Hariv.

paryantI-kR * =to finish; {-kRta} mfn. finished DivyA7v.

paryantIya * =mfn. being at the end ÂpS'r.

paryanya * =w.r. for {parjanya}. [607, 2]

paryaaNii * =paryANI * =( {nI}) P. {-Nayati} (but Impv. {pary-A7nayata} MBh. i, 5446), to lead
round S'Br. GriS. MBh.; to lead or bring forward RV. MBh.

paryantikaa * =paryantikA * =: f. loss of all good qualities, depravity L.

paroksha * = ({-ro4-}) mf({A})n. beyond the range of sight, invisible, absent, unknown,
unintelligible AV. &c. &c.; past, completed (in a partic. sense cf. below and Kâs'. on Pân. 3-2, 115);
(ibc.) in an invisible or imperceptible manner (cf. below); ({am}) ind. out of sight, behind one's
back, in the absence or without the knowledge of (instr.; later gen. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.;
({eNa}) ind. out of sight, secretly, mysteriously Br. Up.; ({At}) ind. secretly, without the
knowledge of (instr.) Br. [589,2]; ({e}) ind. behind the back of (gen.) Mriicch. Pañc. &c.; one's self
not being present Pân. 3-2, 115; m. an ascetic L.; N. of a son of Anu BhP.; ({A}) f. (sc. {vRtti}) a
past or completed action APrât.; (sc. {vibhakti}) a termination of the perfect tense Kât.; N. of a
river VP.; {-kAma} ({-kSa4-}) mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious S'Br.; {-kRta} mfn. (a
hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd person Nir. vii, 1; {-jit} mfn.
victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP.; {-tA} f. (MBh.), {-tva} n. (Veda7ntas.) invisibility,
imperceptibility; {-pRSTha} m. a partic. Priishthhya S'rS.; {-priya} mfn. = {-kAma} AitBr.;
{-bandhu} ({paro7kSa-}) mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS.; {-buddhi} mfn. regarding as
something distant, indifferent to, Jâtakam.; {-bhoga} m. enjoyment or possession of anything in
the proprietor's absence W.; {-manmatha} mfn. inexperienced in love S'ak.; {-vRtti} mfn. living
out of sight Kâm.; formed in an obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch.; {-kSA7rtha} mfn. having a
secret or recondite meaning; n. an absent or invisible object Hit.

paaroksha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {paro'kSa}) undiscernible, mysterious (v.l. for next) Bh

paarzva * = n. (rarely m. g. %{ardharcA7di} ; ifc. f. %{A} fr. 1. %{parzu}) the region of the ribs (pl.
the ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c. ; the side = nearness,
proximity (with gen. or ifc. ; %{ayaH}, on both sides ; %{am}, aside, towards ; %{e}, at the side,
near [opp. to %{dura-tas}] ; %{At}, away, from ; by means of, through) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a curved
knife S3Br. ; a side of any square figure W. ; the curve or circumference of a wheel ib. ; (only n.) a
multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [622,2] ; the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which
the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached L. ; a fraudulent or crooked expedient L. ;
m. the side horse on a chariot MBh. ; N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher ; (with Jainas) N. of the
23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1 and of his servant ; (du.) heaven and earth L. ; mfn. near,
proximate (cf. comp. below).

paroksham V* = without being seen; SB 4.29.54; unknown; SB 4.29.59; indirectly; SB

5.14.11;without the knowledge of the demigods; SB 6.9.3; privately; SB 10.21.3; confidential; SB
11.21.29-30; indirect explanation; SB 11.21.35; invisible; CC Adi 4.176

paropakaara = benefitting others (para-upakAra)

paropakaaraaya = (Dative S) for helping others or for doing good to others

paropadeshe = (Loc.S) in advising others

parNa = leaf

parNakuTii = (f) a thatched hut

parNaani = the leaves

parnashala = place for performing sacrifices

parusha = (adj) rough

parva * = in comp. for {-van}.

parva-kAla * =m. a periodic change of the moon R. MârkP.; the time at which the moon at its
conjunction or opposition passes through the node MBh. Var.; {-nirNaya} m. N. of wk.; {-rAzi} m.
time for festivals Jyot.

parva-divasa * =m. the day of a periodic change of the moon Hcat.

parva-dhi * =m. `" period-container "', the moon L.

parva-nAdI * =f. `" moment of the Parvan "', moment of opposition or conjunction MW.

parvaka * =n. the knee-joint L.

paryanka = a bed* m. (also {paly-} Pân. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, sofa, litter, palanquin KaushUp.
MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {-kikA} f. Kâd.; {-kI-kRta} mfn. turned into a couch Gît.); a partic. mode of
sitting on the ground (a squatting position assumed by ascetics and Buddhists in meditation)
Buddh. (cf. below); a cloth wound round the back and loins and knees while so sitting L.; N. of a
mountain (son of Vindhya) L.

paryanta * = circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kâv.
&c. (ifc. `" bounded by "', `" extending as far as "' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring "');
({am}) ind. entirely, altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt paryantam},
from one end to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kathâs.; mf({A})n. coming to an end with,
being a match for Lalit.; extending in all directions Hariv. (v.l. {pary-asta}).

pary-an * =P. {pary-aniti} Pân. 8-4, 20 Vârtt. 1 Pat.

pary-anta4 * =m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh.
Kâv. &c. (ifc. `" bounded by "', `" extending as far as "' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring
"'); ({am}) ind. entirely, altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt
paryantam}, from one end to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kathâs.; mf({A})n. coming to an
end with, being a match for Lalit.; extending in all directions Hariv. (v.l. {pary-asta}).

paryantI-kR * =to finish; {-kRta} mfn. finished DivyA7v.

paryantIya * =mfn. being at the end ÂpS'r.

paryanya * =w.r. for {parjanya}. [607, 2]

pary-Antam * =ind. (prob.) w.r. for {pary-antam}, as far as, up to (comp.) Âpast.

paryantikA * =f. loss of all good qualities, depravity L.

paryantaM = including

paryaaptaM = limited

paryaavaraNam.h = (n) environment

paryupaasate = worship perfectly

paryushhitaM = decomposed

parvata = mountain

parvaNa * =m. N. of a demon MBh.; ({I}) f. the period of a change of the moon ib. Hariv.; a
species of pot-herb (= {parva-zAka}) Car.; a partic. disease of the so-called juncture or Sandhi of
the eye Sus'r. (also {-NI8kA}); ifc. = {parvan}, a knot BhP.

parvataasana = the mountain posture

pashchaat.h = later

pashchaaddhanta = later on in the end

pashchima = west, the back of the body

pashchimottoanaasana = the back-stretching posture

pashu = animal

pashubhiH = (instr.pl.) animals

pas'upati * = m. `" lord of animals "' (or `" lñlord of a servant named Pas'u "' or `" lñlord of the
soul "' RTL. 89)N. of the later Rudra-S'iva or of a similar deity (often associated in the Veda with
Bhava, S'arva, Ugra, Rudra, Mahâ-deva, Îs'âna and others who together with Bhima are in later
times regarded as manifestations of Rudra) AV. &c. &c.; of Agni "' TS. S'Br.; of S'iva MBh. &c.
(according to one legend every deity acknowledged himself to be a mere {pazu} or animal when
entreating Siva to destroy the Asura Tri-pura); of a lexicographer; of a Scholiast &c.; {-dhara} m.
N. of a poet Cat.; {-nagara} n. `" S'iva's town "'N. of Kâs'î or Benares ib.; {-nAtha} m. N. of a
partic. form of Siva W.; {-purANa} n. (prob.) = S'ivaP.; {-zarman} m. N. of a man Cat.; {-zAsTra}
n. the sacred book of the Pâs'upatas revealed by S'iva Col.; {-tI7zvara-nAhAtmya} and {-ty-
askTaka} n. N. of wks.

pas'yat* = mf({antI})n. seeing, beholding &c.; ({antI}) f. a harlot L.; N. of a partic. sound L.

pas'yatohara* = mfn. stealing before a persoñs eyes Pân. 6-3, 21 Vârtt. 1 Pat.

pas'yata* = mfn. visible, conspicuous AV.

pas'yanA* = f. see {a-pazyanA}.

pas'ya* = mf({A})n. seeing, beholding, rightly understanding Up. (cf. Pân. 4-1, 137).

pas'ya = see (from dRish.h)

pas'yataH = for the introspective

pas'yati = sees

pas'yan.h = seeing

pas'yanti = see

pas'yannapi = even after seeing

pas'yaatmaanaM = see your own self

pas'yaama = we see

pas'yaami = I see

pas'yet.h = see

pashyemaakshabhiH = May we see through the eyes

pashyemaakshabhiryajatraaH = may we see with eyes?

pathagriham.h = (n) a tent

patu = (adj) skilled, clever

path.h = to read

pathanaM = reading

pathhaniiyaa = should be read

pathaami = read
pathitvaa = after reading

pathet.h = may read

pat.h = to fall

patha * = m. (n. L.; ifc. f. {A}) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kâv. &c.
(cf. {marut-}, {vAta-}); a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yâjñ. Kâd.; monastic habit Kârand.; a
kind of bird Lalit.; Buchanania Latifolia L.; = {puras-kRta} L.; ({I}) f. a narrow piece of cloth, the
hem or edge of a garment Bâlar. Hcar.; the curtain of a stage L. (cf. {apaTI}); n. a thatch or roof (=
{paTala}) L.

pata * = m. flying, falling (cf. g. {pacA7di} and {jvalA7di}). \\ pata * = 2 mfn. well fed (= {puSTa})
L.

paaTa* =1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 616, col. 3) watched, protected, preserved L. \\m. ( {paT}) breadth,
expanse, extension L.; (in geom.) the intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular or the
figure formed by such an intersection Col.; = {vAdya-tUrA7tkara} Vikr. iv, 13/14 Sch.; ({A4}) f. a
species of plant AV. Kaus'. (cf. {pAThA}); regular order, series, succession W.; ({I}) f. see {pATI}.
\\ 2 m. (for 1. see under 3. {pA}) flying, mode of flying, flight MBh.; throwing one's self or falling
into (loc.) or from (abl.), fall, downfall (also ifc. after what would be a gen. or abl. &c. e.g.,
{gRha-}, fall of a house; {parvata-}, fall from a mountain; {bhU-}, fall on the earth) Mn. MBh.
Kâv. &c.; alighting, descending or causing to descend, casting or throwing upon, cast, fall (of a
thunderbolt), throw, shot MBh. R. Pañcat.; a stroke (of a sword &c.) Kathâs.; application (of
ointment, of a knife &c.) Kâvya7d.; casting or directing (a look or glance of the eyes) Ragh.; decay
of the body ({deha-pAta}), death Kathâs. Bâdar.; (with {garbhasya}) fall of the fetus, miscarriage
Sus'r.; an attack, incursion Var.; a cass, possibility, S'ankhBr.; happening, occurrence, appearance
Prab. Kathâs. Das'ar.; a fault, error, mistake Sûryas.; the node in a planet's orbit ib. (cf. IW. 179);
a malignant aspect ib.; N. of Râhu L.; pl. N. of a school of the Yajur-veda ib.

paati * = m.= {pati}, a master, lord, husband Un. v, 5 Sch.

paathii * f. arithmetic, Bîjag.; a species of plant L.

pataga = Bird

patangaaH = moths

patati = (1 pp) to fall

patatrin.h = bird

patana = falling

patanti = fall down

pataye = husband

patha* = * = m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kâv. &c. (generally ifc. for {pathin}; cf. Pân.
5-4, 74).
pathaha * m. (rarely n. or f. î) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with {dA}, or Caus. of
{dA} or {bhram}, to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kâv. &c. [579, 2]; m.
beginning L.; hurting L.

pathaka* = m. cotton-cloth L.; a camp, encampment L.; the half of a village L. (v.l. for {pAT-}).

pathaaka* = m. a bird Un. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. {paiT-}); ({A}) f. a flag, banner L. (cf. {patAkA}).

path.h = road

pathha* = m. reading, recitation (? see comp.); N. of a serpent-demon MBh.

pataka* = mfn. who or what falls or descends &c.; m. an astronomical table W.

pataaka* = m. (`" flying "'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for {-kA}) AdbhBr.; a partic.
position of the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow, SârngP. (cf. {tri-p-}); ({A}) f. see next.

pataakaa* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-kAM-labh}
or {hR}, `" to win the palm "' Das'. Vcar.) [581,2]; a flag-staff L.; a partic. high number MBh. (=
{mahA-padma} Nîlak.); (in dram.) an episode or episodical incident Das'ar.; good fortune,
auspiciousness L.; N. of wk.

pathi = on the path

pathika = traveller

pathya = suitable

pati = husband

pathi*= f. a kind of cloth Pañc. (cf. {paTI} under {paTa}); = {vAguli} L.; a species of plant L.

pathi*= see under {paTa}, col. 1.

pa4ti*= 1 m. (cf. 1. {vat}; when uncompounded and meaning `" husband "' instr. {pa4tya}; dat.
{pa4tye}; gen. abl. {pa4tyur}; loc. {pa4tyau}; but when meaning `" lord, master "', and ifc.
regularly inflected with exceptions; cf. Pân. 1-4, 8; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler,
sovereign RV. &c. &c.; a husband ib. (in comp. either with the stem or with the gen., e.g. {duhitR-
p-} or {-tuH-p-} Pân. 6-3, 24; when mfn. f. = m. e.g. {-jIvat-patyA tvayA} R. ii, 24, 8, or {patikA}
e.g. {pramIta-patikA} Mn. ix, 68); one of the 2 entities (with {pAzupata4s}) RTL. 89; a root L.; f. a
female possessor, mistress Pân. 4-1, 33 Sch.; a wife ({vRddha-p-} = {-patnI}, the wñwife of an old
man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf. Gk. $, `" husband "'; &178937[582, 1] Lat. {potis}, {pos-sum} for {potis-
sum}; Lith. {patis}, `" husband "'; Goth. ({bruth-}) {faths}, `" bridegroom "']

pathya* = mfn. `" belonging to the way "', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (lit. and fig. ;
esp. said of diet in a medical sense) Ya1jn5. MBh. Sus3r. &c. ; containing elements or leading
forms, regular, normal La1t2y. Nid. ; m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L. ; N. of a teacher of AV. ;
(%{A4}) f. a path, way, road (with %{reva4tI}, `" the auspicious path, personified as a deity of
happiness and welfare) RV. TS. Br. ; Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other plants L. ; N. of sev.
metres Nid. Col. ; N. of a woman Katha1s. ; n. a species of salt L.

patitaM = fallen (past part.)

patireka = He is the One Lord

pattanam.h = (n) town, city

patni = wife

patnii = wife

patyuH = Lord's

patra = leaf

patraM = a leaf

patrakaaraH = (m) journalist

patrapeTikaa = (m) letter-box

patram.h = (n) a letter, note

patravaahaH = (m) postman

patraalayam.h = (n) post office

patrikaa = (f) newspaper, magazine

paTTa * = m. (fr. {pattra}?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh.; (esp.) a copper
plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. {tAmra-}); the flat or level surface of anything (cf.
{lalATa-}, {zilA-}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh.
Sus'r.; a frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and the {prasAda-
paTTas}, or turban of honour [579, 3]; cf. VarBriS. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh. Kâv. Râjat. (ifc. f.
{A}); cloth (= {paTa}); coloured or fine cloth, woven silk (= {kauzeya}) Kâv. Pañc. (cf. {cIna-p-},
{paTTA7Mzuka} &c.); an upper or outer garment Bhathth.; a place where 4 roads meet (= {catuS-
patha}) L.; Corchorus Olitorius W.; = {vidUSaka} Gal.; N. of sev. men Râjat.; ({I}) f. a forehead
ornament L.; a horse's food-receptacle (= {tAla-sAraka}) L.; a species of Lodhra L.; a city, town
(cf. {-nivasana}).

paulastya = ravaNa

pau.nDraM = the conch named Paundra

pauNDraka* = m. the pale straw-coloured species of sugar-cane Bhpr.; a prince or (pl.) the people
of the Paundras Mn. MBh. Hariv. Pur.; N. of a partic. mixed caste of hereditary sugar-boilers (the
son of a Vais'ya by a woman of the distiller class, regarded as one of the degraded races of
Kshatriyas) Mn. x, 44; n. (as mfn. ifc.) a sectarian mark BhP.

pautra = (m) grandson (soñs son)

pautraaH = grandsons

pautraan.h = grandsons
pautri = (f) granddaughter (soñs daughter)

paura = (masc) townsman

paurushha = manliness, virility, courage, effort

paurushhaM = ability

paurva* = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {pUrva}) relating or belonging to the past; relating to the east, eastern
W.

paurva* = 2 Vriiddhi form of {pUrva} in comp

paurvadehikaM = from the previous body

pavataaM = of all that purifies

pavana * = m. `" purifier "', wind or the god of wind, breeze, air (ifc. f. {A}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; vital
air, breath Sus'r. Sarvad.; the regent of the Nakshatra Svâti and the north-west region Var.; N. of
the number 5 (from the 5 vital airs) ib.; a householder's sacred fire Hâr.; a species of grass L.; N.
of a son of Manu Uttama BhP.; of a mountain ib.; of a country in Bharata-kshetra W.; ({I}) f. a
broom L.; the wild citron-tree L. (v.l. {pacanI}); N. of a river VP.; n. or m. purification, winnowing
of corn L.; a potter's kiln, S'riingâr.; n. an instrument for purifying grain &c., sieve, strainer AV.
Âs'vGri.; blowing Kan.; water L.; mfn. clean, pure L.

pavana = breeze

pavanaH = air/breath

pavanamuktaasana = the knee squeeze posture

pavita* = mfn. purified, cleansed W.; n. black pepper L.

pavitrakIrti* = mfn. of spotless renown Dhûrtas.

pavitratA* = f. purity, cleanness MârkP. Râjat.

pavitratva* = n. id. Uttarar. Hcat.; the being a means of purification Kâthh. TândBr.

pavitrayoni* = mfn. of spotless origin, Pañc

pavitraratha* = ({vi4tra-}) mfn. having the strainer as a chariot (Soma) RV.

pavitraka* = m. a small sieve or strainer KâtyS'r. (see also under {pavitra}); m. Poa Cynosuroides
L.; Artemisia Indica L.; Ficus Religiosa or Glomerata L.

pavitraya* = Nom. P {-yati}, to cleanse, purify, render happy Kathâs. S'atr. Pañcad.

pavitra* = n. a means of purification, filter, strainer, straining-cloth &c. (made of thread or hair or
straw, for clarifying fruits, esp. the Soma) RV. &c. &c.; Kus'a grass (esp. two KñKus'a leaves for
holding offerings or for sprinkling and purifying ghee &c.) S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. &c. (ifc. also {ko} see
{sa-pavitraka}), a ring of KñKus'a grass worn on the fourth finger on partic. occasions W.; a
purifying prayer or Mantra Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.; a means of purifying or clearing the mind RV. iii, 26,
8; 31, 6 &c.; melted butter L.; honey L.; water L.; rain or rubbing ({varSaNa} or {gharSaNa}) L.;
copper L.; the vessel in which the Argha is presented L. (ifc. {-ka} MârkP.); the Brâhmanical cord
(cf. {-trA7ropaNs}); N. of Vishnu (also {pñpresented pavintrANAm}) MBh. (cf RTL. 106); of S'iva
ib.; (with {AdityAnAm} and {devAnAm}) N. of Sâmans ArshBr.; a kind of metre Col.; m. N. of a
partic. Soma-sacrifice belonging to the Râjasûya TândBr. Sch. S'rS.; Sesamum Indicum L.; Nageia
Putranjiva L.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di}; of an Ângirasa (the supposed author of RV. ix, 67; 73; 83;
107) RAnukr.; (pl.) N. of a class of deities in the 14th Manv-antara, Pur; ({A}) f. N. of sev. plants
(basil, saffron, the small Pippala tree &c.) L.; of sev. rivers MBh. Pur.; the 12th day of the light half
of S'ravana (a festival in honour of Vishnu) W.; mf({A})n. purifying, averting evil, pure, holy,
sacred, sinless, beneficent Mn. MBh. &c.

paavitra* = n. a kind of metre Col. (w.r. for {pav-}?). [623,

pavitraM = sanctified

paaya V*= get, obtain

paaya *= water

payas.h = water

payas * = n. (1. {pI}) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain; semen virile, (met.) vital spirit,
power, strength RV. &c. &c.; a species of Andropogon Bhpr.; N. of a Sâman S'rS.; of a Virâj RPrât.;
night Naigh. i, 7.

payoda = cloud (one who gives water)1 =* mf(%{A})n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv. ; yielding
water (as a cloud) Subh. ; m. a cloud Ka1lid. Var. &c. (%{-suhRd} m. `" friend of clouds "', a
peacock Sa1h.) ; N. of a son of Yadu Hariv. ; (%{A}) f. N. of one of the Ma1tr2is attending on
Skanda MBh.

payodhara = cloud

payodhi = (m) sea, ocean

payodhii = sea (one that stores water)

pedabhaila = (m) a father who loves his son very much

peya = should be drunk

peSa * = pounding, grinding (ifc.) Baudh. (cf. {zilA-p-}); m. the act of pounding or grinding or
crushing S'is'. (cf. {piSTa-p-}).

pes'a* =m. ( {piz}) an architect, carpenter(?) RV. i, 92, 5; vii, 34, 11; ornament, decoration AitBr.
BhP. (cf. {puru-} and {su-}; g. {gaurA7di} and {sidhmA7di}); ({I}) f. see below.

pes'ala * = mf({A})n. (g. {sidhmA7di}) artificially formed, adorned, decorated VS. TBr.; beautiful,
charming, lovely, pleasant MBh. Kâv. &c.; soft, tender, delicate, Kalid.; expert, skilful, clever
Bhartri.; fraudulent, crafty L.; ({am}) ind. tenderly, delicately Kathâs.; m. N. of Vishnu, V.; n.
charm, grace, beauty, loveliness BhP.
phaalguna * = mf({I4})n. relating to the Nakshatra Phalgunî S'Br. S'rS.; born under the
NñNakshatra PhñPhalgunî Pân. 4-3, 34 (v.l.); m. (with or scil. {mAsa}) the month during which
the full moon stands in the NñNakshatra PhñPhalgunî (February-March) Mn. MBh.; N. of Arjuna
(= {phalguna}) MBh. Hariv.; Terminalia Arjuna (= {nadI-ja}) L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. a species of
grass used as a substitute for the Soma plant (and also called {arjunAnI}) S'Br. TBr. Âs'vS'r. [718,
2]; N. of a place of pilgrimage BhP.

phaTaaTopa = (m) expanding of the hood by a cobra

phaNin.h = snake

phal.h = to bear fruit

phala = fruit

phalaM = results

phalakaH = (m) board, blackboard, bill-board

phaladaa = giver of fruits (rewards, results )

phaladiipika = A classical work on Astrology by Mantreswara

phalahetavaH = those desiring fruitive results

phalaakaankshii = desiring fruitive results

phalaani = results

phalaanumeyaaH = fruits resembling actions

phale = in the result

phaleshhu = in the fruits

phalgu* = mf({U84}, or {vI})n. reddish, red TS.; small, minute, feeble, weak, pithless,
unsubstantial, insignificant, worthless, unprofitable, useless VS. &c. &c.; f. Ficus Oppositifolia L.;
a red powder usually of the root of wild ginger (coloured with sappan wood and thrown over one
another by the Hindûs at the Holî festival; cf. {phalgU7tsava}) W.; the spring season L.; (scil.
{vAc}) a falsehood lie L.; N. of a river flowing Past Gayâ MBh. Hariv.; du. (in astrol.) N. of a
Nakshatra.

phalguna * = mf({I})n. reddish, red VS. TS.; born under the Nakshatra Phalgunî Pân. 4-3, 34; m.
N. of a man ({-svAmin} m. a temple built by PhñPhalgunî) Râjat.; the month Phâlguna L.; N. of
Arjuna L.; ({I}) f. see below.

phalaiH = results

phulla = open, flowered

phenaH = (m) foam

phenakam.h = (n) soap

piidita = mfn. squeezed, pressed Mn. MBh. &c.; hurt, injured, afflicted, distressed, troubled, badly
off ib.; covered, eclipsed, obscured Var.; laid waste W.; bound, tied ib.; suppressed; badly
pronounced, APrât.; ({am}) ind. closely R.; n. damage Gaut.; harassment, annoyance MBh. (v.l.
{pIDana}); a kind of coitus L.

pi.nDe = truncated or lump of a body or rice/flourball given in oblation

pikaH = cuckoo

pingalaa = the channel on the right of the spine

pichchham.h = (n) feather

piJNcha = the chin, feather

piJNjaH = (m) an electirc switch

piDaa = pain

piNDa = morsel of food * =. (rarely n.) any round or roundish mass or heap, a ball, globe, knob,
button, clod, lump, piece (cf. {ayaH-}., {mAMsa-} &c.) RV. (only i, 162, 19 and here applied to
lumps of flesh) TS. S'Br. &c. &c.; a roundish lump of food, a bite, morsel, mouthful; (esp.) a ball of
rice or flour &c. offered to the Pitriis or deceased ancestors, a S'râddha oblation (RTL. 293; 298-
310) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; food, daily bread, livelihood, subsistence MBh. Kâv. &c.; any solid
mass or material object, the body, bodily frame Ragh. S'ank. Vajracch.; the calf of the leg Mâlatîm.
v, 16; the flower of a China rose L.; a portico or partic. part of a house L.; power, force, an army L.;
m. (du.) the fleshy parts of the shoulder situated above the collar-bone MBh.; (du.) the two
projections of an elephant's frontal sinus L.; the embryo in an early stage of gestation L.; a partic.
kind of incense Var. (`" myrrh "' or `" olibanum "' L.); meat, flesh L.; alms Mâlatîm. (cf. {-pAta}
below); Vangueriya Spinosa L.; quantity, collection L.; (in arithm.) sum, total amount; (in astron.)
a sine expressed in numbers; (in music) a sound, tone; N. of a man g. {naDA7di}; n. (L.) iron;
steel; fresh butter; ({A}) f. a kind of musk L.; ({I}) f. see 1. {piNDI}.

pis'aaca * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) N. of a class of demons (possibly so called either from their fondness
for flesh [{piza} for {pizita}] or from their yellowish appearance; they were perhaps originally a
personification of the ignis fatuus; they are mentioned in the Veda along with Asuras and
Râkshasas see also Mn. xii, 44; in later times they are the children of Krodhâ cf. IW. 276); a fiend,
ogre, demon, imp, malevolent or devilish being AV. &c. &c. (ifc. `" a devil of a - "' Kâd.); N. of a
Rakshas R.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of the Pis'âcas VP.; ({I}) f. a female
PñPis'âcas, a she-devil AV. &c. &c. (also ifc. = m.); excessive fondness for (ifc.; e.g. {Ayudha-p-},
eñexcessive fñfondness for fighting) Bâlar. Anarghar.; a species of Valerian L.; N. of a Yogini Hcat.

pitaH = (m) father

pitaraH = fathers

pitaa = father

pitaamaha = (m) grandfather (father's father)

pitaamahaH = the grandfather

pitaamahaaH = grandfathers

pitaamahaan.h = grandfathers

pitaamahi = (f) grandmother (father's mother)

pitaambara = yellow sacred clean cloth worn by gods and priest

pithha* = m. pain, distress W.

piithha* = n. (rarely î, f.; possibly corrupted fr. {pi-sad}, to sit upon) a stool, seat, chair, bench,
GriS'. MBh. &c.; a religious student's seat (made properly of Kus'a grass) W.; case, pedestal (esp.
of an idol) Râjat. Var. Sch.; royal seat, throne RâmatUp.; place, office (cf. {pIThA7dhikAra}); N. of
various temples (erected on the 5 1 spots where the limbs of Pârvatî fell after she had been cut to
pieces by the discus of Vishnu) L.; a district, province Pañc.; a partic. posture in sitting Cat.; (in
geom.) the complement of a segment Col.; m. a kind of fish L.; the sun Gal.; N. of an Asura MBh.;
of a minister of Kansa Hariv.

piitha* = 1 m. a drink, draught (cf. {go-p-}, {surA-p-}, {soma-p-}); n. water L.; melted butter

pitri = father

pitri-kaaraka = Significator of Father which is the Sun

pitrin.h = fathers

pitrivrataaH = worshipers of ancestors

pitriiNaaM = of the ancestors

pitriin.h = to the ancestors

piteva = like a father

pitta = Biological Fire humour. Used in Ayurvedic Medical Typology

pidadhaati = to close

pidhaanam.h = (n) cork

pipaasaa = thirst

pipaasita = thirsty

pipiilikaa = ant

pib.h = to drink

piba.ntu = (Vr.Imp.III P Pl.PP) let them drink

pibati = (1 pp) to drink

pibet.h = (Verb. Imp. III P.S.PP) may one drink

pihitapatram.h = (n) an envelope

piiTha = sitting base

piiDana = harrasment

piiDayati = (10 up) to oppress

piiDayaa = by torture

piiDaaya* = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to feel pain, be uneasy Sânkhyak. Sch.

piiDa* = m. n. in {tila-p-}, {triNa-p-}.

piitha (Yoga encyclopedia) * ("seat") is sometimes used synonymously for *âsana. The term can
also refer to a sacred site (*tîrtha), such as a temple, or a special locus of spiritual energy (*shakti)
within the *body, corresponding to a *cakra. For instance, the *Laghu-Yoga-Vâsishtha
(VI.2.100f.) speaks of the thirty-six tîrthas in the body in which *God should be
worshiped.\\Moreover, in one of its several classification systems, *Shaiva *Tantrism employs the
term pâtha to denote a certain type of scripture (see *âgama), analogous to the categories of
*âmnâya and *srota. There are four such pîthas, namely vidyâ-, mantra-, mudrâ-, and mandala-
pîtha. While the scriptures of a particular class deal chiefly with the subject matter indicated by
the name of their category (such as *mantras or *mandalas), each scripture covers all the
important *Tantric principles.

piithha* = n. (rarely î, f.; possibly corrupted fr. {pi-sad}, to sit upon) a stool, seat, chair, bench,
GriS'. MBh. &c.; a religious student's seat (made properly of Kus'a grass) W.; case, pedestal (esp.
of an idol) Râjat. Var. Sch.; royal seat, throne RâmatUp.; place, office (cf. {pIThA7dhikAra}); N. of
various temples (erected on the 5 1 spots where the limbs of Pârvatî fell after she had been cut to
pieces by the discus of Vishnu) L.; a district, province Pañc.; a partic. posture in sitting Cat.; (in
geom.) the complement of a segment Col.; m. a kind of fish L.; the sun Gal.; N. of an Asura MBh.;
of a minister of Kansa Hariv.

piitha* = 1 m. a drink, draught (cf. {go-p-}, {surA-p-}, {soma-p-}); n. water L.; melted butter L.
\\* = 2 m. id. (see {go-p-}).

piiDA* = f. pain, suffering, annoyance, harm, injury, violation, damage ({ayA} ind. with pain i.e.
unwillingly) Mn. MBh. &c.; devastation (cf. {pIDana}) W.; restriction, limitation KâtyS'r. Sch.;
obscuration, eclipse (of a planet cf. {graha-p-}) Var.; pity, compassion L.; a chaplet or garland for
the head L. (cf. {ApIDa}); Pinus Longifolia L.; a basket L.; w.r. for {pITha}.

piiDita = Distress. Usually caused by Combust position of planet* = mfn. squeezed, pressed Mn.
MBh. &c.; hurt, injured, afflicted, distressed, troubled, badly off ib.; covered, eclipsed, obscured
Var.; laid waste W.; bound, tied ib.; suppressed; badly pronounced, APrât.; ({am}) ind. closely R.;
n. damage Gaut.; harassment, annoyance MBh. (v.l. {pIDana}); a kind of coitus L.

piita = yellow

piitaM = yellow

piitavaasasam.h = wearing the yellow dress

piinaH = (m) something you suck on

pithha* = m. pain, distress W.

pkasha = (masc) wing

pluta * = mfn. floated, floating or swimming in (loc.), bathed, overflowed, submerged, covered or
filled with (instr. or comp.) Yâjñ. MBh. R. &c.; protracted, prolated or lengthened (as a vowel) to 3
Mâtrâs (q.v.) Prât. Pân. 1-2, 27 esp. S'rS. &c. (also said of a kind of measure Cat.) [715, 3]; flown
R.; leaped, leaping MBh. Hariv.; n. a flood, deluge (pl.) Hariv.; leaping, moving by leaps MBh. R.
Vcar.; capering (one of a horse's paces) L.

poshasya V: - maintainer of -, sustainer of-

pothalikaa = (f) a sack

potaka = young one of an animalpraak.h = a long time ago

praa-bhava * = n. (fr. {-bhu}) superiority L.

praabhava * = &c. see under 3. {prA} ib.

praacurya * = n. (fr. {-cura}) multitude, abundance, plenty Bâdar. Râjat. Pañcat.; amplitude,
prolixity TPrât. Sch.; prevalence, currency S'ank. Râjat.; ({eNa}) ind. in a mass, fully, mostly
MârkP.; in detail BhP.

praachii = (f) east

praachiinam.h = (adj) old, ancient

pra+chal.h = to agitate

praadhaanyataH = which are principal

praagalbhya = development, depth, maturity

praaGYa = wise man

praaGYaH = the learned man

praajña* = mf({A} and {I}) (fr. {jJA}) intellectual (opp. to {zArIra}, {taijasa}) S'Br. Nir. MândUp.;
intelligent, wise, clever KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a wise or learned man MBh. Kâv. &c.;
intelligence dependent on individuality Veda7ntas.; a kind of parrot with red stripes on the neck
and wings L.; ({A}) f. intelligence, understanding L.; ({I}) f. the wife of a learned man L.; {-kathA}
f. a story about a wise man MW.; {-tA} f. (Mis.), {-tva} n. (Veda7ntas.) wisdom, learning,
intelligence; {-bhUta-nAtha}, m.N. of a poet Cat.; {-mAna} m. respect for learned men W.;
{-mAnin} (S'ank.), {-m-mAniG} (Kathâs.), {-vAdika} (MBh.). mfn. thinking one's self wise.

praaha = told

praahuH = they say

praaJNjalayaH = with folded hands

praakritaH = materialistic

praaktanaaH = earlier ones?

praalamba* = mf({I})n. hanging down R.; m. a kind of pearl ornament L.; the female breast L.; a
species of gourd L.; n. (?) a garland hanging down to the breast Ragh. (also {-baka}, n. and
{-bikA} f. L.)

praalamba* = {prAleya} &c. see under 3. {prA}, p. 702, col. 2.

praamaaNyaM = proof

praaN.h = life

praaNa = Soul * = 2 m. (ifc. f. %{A}; for 1. see under %{prA}, p. 701) the breath of life, breath,
respiration spirit vitality; pl. life RV. &c. &c. (%{prA7NAn} with %{muc} or %{hA} or %{pari-}
%{tyaj}, `" to resign or quit life "'; with %{rakS}, `" to save lñlife "'; with %{ni-han}, `" to destroy
lñlife "'; %{tvam@me@prA7NaH} "', thou art to me as dear as lñlife "'; often ifc.; cf. %{pati-},
%{mA7na-pr-}); a vital organ vital air (3 in number, viz. %{prA7Na}, %{apA7na} and %{vyAna}
AitBr. TUp. Sus3r.; usually 5, viz. the preceding with %{sam-Ana} and, %{yd-Ana} S3Br. MBh.
Sus3r. &c. cf. MWB. 242; or with the other vital organs 6 S3Br.; or 7 AV. Br. Mun2d2Up.; or 9 AV.
TS. Br.; or 10 S3Br.; pl. the 5 organs of vitality or sensation, viz. %{prA7Na}, %{vAc}, %{cakSus},
%{zrotra}, %{manas}, collectively ChUp. ii, 7, i; or = nose, mouth, eyes and ears GopBr. S3rS. Mn.
iv, 143); air inhaled, wind AV. S3Br. [705,2]; breath (as a sign of strength). vigour, energy, power
MBh. R. &c. (%{sarvaprA7Nena} or %{-prA7NaiH}, `" with all one's strength "' or, all one's heart
"'; cf. %{yathA-prA7Nam}); a breath (as a measure of time, or the tñtime requisite for the
pronunciation of 10 long syllables = 1/6 Vina1d2ika1) Var. Aryabh. VP.; N. of a Kalpa (the 6th day
in the light half of Brahma1's month) Pur.; (in Sa1m2khya) the spirit (= %{puruSa}) Tattvas.; (in
Veda7nts) the spirit identified with the totality of dreaming spirits Veda7ntas. RTL. 35 (cf.
%{prANA7tman}); poetical inspiration W.; myrrh L.; a N. of the letter %{y} Up.; of a Sa1man
Ta1n2d2Br. (%{vasiSThasya@prA7NA7pA7nau} A1rshBr.); of Brahma1 L.; of Vishn2u RTL. 106;
of a Vasu BhP.; of a son of the Vasu Dhara Hariv.; of a Marut Ya1jn5. Sch.; of a son of Dha1tr2i
Pur.; of a son of Vidha1tr2i BhP.; of a R2ishi in the 2nd Manv-antara Hariv.

prANA * = m. destruction of life, killing, slaughter MBh. R. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 10 sins
Dharmas.)

praaNaM = the air which acts outward

praaNakarmaaNi = functions of the life breath

praaNavaayu = a vital air that moves in the chest

praaNaan.h = life (always used in plural )

praaNaapaanau = up-and down-moving air

praaNaayaama = control of the breath

praaNaayana* = n. (for 2. see below) an organ of sense BhP.\\praaNaayana* = 2 m. (for 1. see

under {prA7Na}) the offspring of the vital airs VS. (cf. g. {naDA7di}).
praaNinaaM = of all living entities

praaNe = in the air going outward

praaNeshvara = husband

praaNeshhu = in the outgoing air

praanta = the end

praap.h = to obtain

praapta = occurred

praaptaM = received

praaptaH = achieving

praaptiH = achievement

praapnuyaat.h = he attains

praapnuvanti = achieve

praapya = achieving

praapyate = is achieved

praapsyasi = you gain

praapsye = I shall gain

praaraMbhaaH = (Masc.nom.S)beginning

praarabhate = begins

praarambha = beginning (more motivated than aarambha)

praarth.h = to beg / pray

praarthanaa = Prayer

praarthayante = pray for

praarthe = request, pray

praasaada = palace * = m. (for {pra-s-} lit. `" sitting forward "', sitting on a seat in a conspicuous
place; cf. Pân. 6-3, 122) a lofty seat or platform for spectators, terrace S'ânkhS'r. Mn.; the top-
story of a lofty building Kâd.; a lofty palatial mansion (approached by steps), palace, temple
AdbhBr. MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with Buddhists) the monks "' hall for assembly and confession MWB.
426.
praataH = morning

praataHkaala = morning

praataradhiiyaano = morning-studied man

praati* = f. filling (= {pUrti}) L.; the span of the thumb and forefinger. L. \\2 (for 1. see under
{prA}), Vriiddhi or lengthened form of 1. {prati} in comp. In the following derivatives formed with
2. {prAti} only the second member of the simple compound from which they come is given in the
parentheses (leaving the preposition {prati}, which is lenghened to {prAti} in the derivatives, to
be supplied). [706, 3]

praatipada* = mf({I}) n. (fr. {-pad}) forming the commencement S'ânkhS'r.; m. N. of a man S'atr.

praavaarakam.h = (n) coat

praavara * =m. (for 1. see under 3. {prA}. p. 702, col. 3) an enclosure, fence (cf. {mahI-pr-}) L.

praavAra * m. id. MBh. Kâm. Mriicch. (also {-ka}); N. of a district (= {-varaka}) MBh.; mfn. found
in outer garments or cloaks Kâv.; {-karNa} m. `" Cloak-Ear "'N. of an owl MBh.; {-kITa} m. `"
clothes-insect "' = {kuNa} L.; a louse W.; {-rika} m. a maker of cloaks R.; {-rIya} P. {-yati}, to use
as a clñcloaks Pân. 3-1, 10 Sch.

praavraajya* = n. (fr. {-vrAj}) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy MBh. (w.r. {-vrajya})
MârkP.

praavrit *= (%{prA} m. c. for %{pra}), Caus. %{-vartayati}, to produce, create MBh. Hariv.

praavrita *= mfn. covered, enclosed, screened, hid in (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c. ; put on (as a
garment) Hcar. Katha1s. Hit. ; filled with (instr.) R. ; m. n. a veil, mantle, wrapper L. ; n. covering,
concealing Gaut. ; (%{A}) f. a veil, mantle Shad2vBr.

praavriT *= in comp. for %{prAvRS}.

praavrithkaala* = m. the rainy season Var. Pañcat.; {-vaha} mf({A})n. (a river) flowing only in the
rainy season MârkP.

praavriti *= f. an enclosure, fence, hedge L. ; (with S3aivas) spiritual darkness (one of the 4
consequences of Ma1ya1) Sarvad.

praaya * = m. (fr. {pra} + {aya}; 5. {i}) going forth, starting (for a battle) RV. ii, 18, 8; course, race
AV. iv, 25, 2; departure from life, seeking death by fasting (as a religious or penitentiary act, or to
enforce compliance with a demand; acc. with {As}, {upa-As}, {upa-viz}, {upa-i}, {A-sthA}, {sam-
A-sthA}, or {kR}, to renounce life, sit down and fast to death; with Caus. of {kR}, to force any one
[acc.] to seek death through starvation) MBh. Kâv. &c.; anything prominent, chief part, largest
portion, plenty, majority, general rule (often ifc., with f. {A} = chiefly consisting of or destined for
or furnished with, rich or abounding in, frequently practising or applying or using; near, like,
resembling; mostly, well-nigh, almost, as it were; cf. {Arya-}, {jita-}, {jJAti-}, {tRNa-}, {daNDa-},
{duHkha-}, {siddhi-pr-} &c.; also {-tA} f.) S'Br. Lâthy. Mn. MBh. &c.; a stage of life, age L.; ({am})
ind. g. {gotrA7di}.

praayaa* = to come near, approach

praayaNa* = mfn. going forth, going VS.; n. entrance, beginning, commencement TS. Br. Up.; the
course or path of life MBh. BhP.; going for protection, taking refuge BhP.; departure from life,
death, voluntary dñdeparture ({-NaM-kR}, to court dñdeparture) Mn. ix, 323; a kind of food
prepared with milk Pur.

praayas* = 1 ind. (for 2. see below) for the most part, mostly, commonly, as a general rule MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; in all probability, likely, perhaps MBh. ; abundantly, largely W.

praayeNa * = ind. mostly, generally, as a rule S3rS. Mn. R. &c.; most probably, likely Hit. (cf.
%{prA7yazas} and 1. %{prA7yas}).

praayeNa* = see under %{prA7ya} above.

praayojakaH = (m) sponsor

prabhava * = &c. see under {pra-bhU}.

pra-bhAva * = &c. see {pra-bhU}.

pra-bhava4 * = mfn. prominent, excelling, distinguished RV.; m. production, source, origin, cause
of existence (as father or mother, also `" the Creator "'), birthplace (often ifc., with f. {A},
springing or rising or derived from, belonging to) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; might, power (= {pra-
bhAva}) L.; N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of Vishnu A.; of sev. men HParis'.; N. of the first or 35th year in
a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter Var.; {-prabhu} and {-svAmin} m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 6
S'ruta-kevalins L.

pra-bhaava * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) might, power, majesty, dignity, strength, efficacy Mn. MBh. &c.
({-veNa}, {-vAt} and {-vatas} ind. by means or in consequence of, through, by) [684, 3];
supernatural power Kâlid.; splendour, beauty MBh. R.; tranquillizing, conciliation (?) L.; N. of the
chapters of the Rasikapriyâ Cat.; N. of a son of Manu Sva-rocis MârkP.; {-ja} mfn. proceeding
from conscious majesty or power W.; {-tva} n. power, strength Kâm.; {-vat} mfn. powerful,
strong, mighty MBh. Kathâs.

prabhavaM = origin, opulences

prabhavaH = the source of manifestation

prabhavati = is manifest

prabhavanti = become manifest

prabhavasya = of borned

prabhavaan.h = born of

prabhavishhNu = developing

prabhavaiH = born of

prabhaa = light
prabhaasa* = M. `" splendour "', `" beauty "'N. of a Vasu MBh.; of a being attendant on Skanda
ib.; of a deity under the 8th Manu MârkP.; (with Jainas) of one of the 11 Gana7dhipas L.; of a son
of a minister of Candraprabha king of Madra Kathâs.; (pl.) N. of a race of Riishis MBh.; m. or n.
N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage on the west coast of the Dekhan near Dvârakâ MBh. Kâv.
&c. (also {-kSetra} n. {-kSetra-tIrtha} n. {-deza} m.); {-kSetra-tIrtha-yAtrA7nukrama} m.
{-kSetra-mAhAtmya} n. {-khaNDa} m. or n. and {-se7zvara-mAhAtmya} n. N. of wks. [684,2]

prabhaasha* = m. declaration, doctrine Hariv. (Nîlak.); w.r. for {-bhAsa}.

prabhaata = morning

prabhaavaH = influence

prabhaashheta = speaks

prabhu = lord, king (here)

prabhu * = see under {pra-bhU} below.

pra-bhU * = P. {-bhavati} (rarely Â. {-te}; Ved. inf. {-bhUSa4Ni}), to come forth, spring up, arise
or originate from (abl.), appear, become visible, happen, occur S'Br. &c. &c.; to be before, surpass
(with {pRSTham}, `" to be greater or more than the back can carry "', applied to wealth RV. ii, 13,
4) to become or be numerous, increase, prevail, be powerful RV. &c. &c. (3. sg. {prabhavati-
tarAm}, `" has more power "' Vikr. v, 18); to rule, control, have power over, be master of (gen. loc.
or dat.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be equal to or capable of (dat. or loc.) ib.; to be a match for (dat.) Pân. 2-
3, 16 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; to be able to (inf.) Kâlid. Kathâs. &c.; to profit, avail, be of use to (dat.) RV. Br.;
to implore, beseech (?) Hariv.: Caus. {-bhAvayati}, to increase, spread out, extend, augment,
multiply (esp. the Soma by placing it in a greater number of vessels) Br.; to provide more amply,
endow more richly, cause to thrive or prosper, cherish, nurture ib. MBh. &c.; (as Nom. fr.
{-bhAva} below) to gain or possess power or strength, rule over (acc.) MBh. R.; to recognise R.:
Desid. of Caus. {-bibhAvayiSati}, to wish to increase or extend AitBr.

pra-bhu4 * = mfn. (Ved. also {U4} f. {vI}) excelling, mighty, powerful, rich, abundant RV. &c. &c.;
more powerful than (abl.) MBh.; having power over (gen.) VP.; able, capable, having power to
(loc. inf. or comp.) Kâv.; a match for (dat.) Pân. 2-3, 16 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; constant, eternal L.; m. a
master, lord, king (also applied to gods e.g. to Sûrya and Agni RV.; to Prajâ-pati Mn.; to Brahmâ
ChUp.; to Indra R.; to S'iva MBh.; to Vishnu L.); the chief or leader of a sect RTL. 142; a sound,
word L.; quicksilver L.; N. of a deity under the 8th Manu MârkP.; of a son of Kardama Hariv.; of a
son of S'uka and Pîvarî ib.; of a son of Bhaga and Siddhi BhP.; of a poet Cat.; of sev. other men
HParis'.; ({-bhvI} f. N. of a S'akti Pañcar.); {-kathA} f. N. of wk.; {-tA} f. lordship, dominion,
supremacy Yâjñ. (v.l.) Kathâs.; power over (loc.) S'ak.; possession of (comp.) Ragh.; prevalence
(instr. `" for the most part "') Ratna7v.; {-tva} n. lordship, sovereignty, high rank, might, power
over (gen. loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; prevalence (instr. `" for the most part "') Sus'r.;
{-tvabodhi} f. knowledge joined with supreme power Kârand.; {-tvA7kSepa} m. (in rhet.) an
objection based on power (i.e. on a word of command) Kâvya7d. ii, 138; {-deva} m. N. of a Yoga
teacher Cat.; ({I}) f. (with {lATI}) N. of a poetess ib.; {-bhakta} mfn. devoted to his master (as a
dog) Cân.; m. a good horse L.; {-bhakti} f. loyalty, faithfulness MW.; {-liGga-caritra} n. {-liGga-
lIlA} f. {-vaMza} m. N. of wks.; {-zabda-zeSa} mfn. having only the title of lord remaining Ragh.

pra-óbhU * = = {-bhu} (cf. above); {-tva} n. sufficiency KâtyS'r. (cf. {prabhu-tva}); {-vasu}
({-bhU4-} Padap. {-bhu4-}) mfn. abundantly wealthy (said of Indra and Soma) RV.; m. N. of a
descendant of Angiras, author of RV. v, 35, 36; ix, 35, 36

prabhuH = the master of the city of the body

prabhuddho = having risen( after sleep, unconscious state)

prabhuuta = large quantity

prabhriti = from

prabho = Oh Lord

pracaNDa* = mf({A})n. excessively violent, impetuous, furious, fierce, passionate, terrible,

direful, formidable MBh. Kâv. &c.; great, large, hot, burning, sharp (see comp. below); m. a
species of oleander with white flowers L.; N. of a Dânava Kathâs.; of a goblin MârkP.; of a son of
Vatsa-prî and Su-nandâ ib.; ({A}) f. a species of Dûrvâ with white flowers L.; a form or S'akti of
Durgâ Cat.

pracar * = P. %{-carati} (ep. also A1. %{-te}), to proceed towards, go or come to, arrive at (acc.)
RV. &c. &c.; to come forth, appear MBh. R. &c.; to roam, wander Prab. BhP.; to circulate, be or
become current (as a story) R. Var.; to set about, perform, discharge (esp. sacred functions, with
instr. of the object or of the means employed) AV. Br. Ka1tyS3r.; to be active or busy, be occupied
or engaged in (loc.) MBh. BhP.; to proceed, behave, act in peculiar manner Mn. MBh. &c.; to
come off, take place BhP.: Caus. %{-cArayati}, to allow to roam, turn out to graze Hariv.; to make
public W.

pracal * = P. %{-calati} (rarely A1. %{-te}), to be set in motion, tremble, quake TBr. MBh. &c.; to
stir, move on, advance, set out, depart MBh. BhP. Pan5cat.; to start, spring up from (a seat) R.; to
swerve, deviate from (abl.) MBh.; to become troubled or confused, be perplexed or bewildered or
excited ib. BhP.: Caus. %{-calayati}, to set in motion, move, jog, wag Ka1v.; to remove from (abl.)
Sus3r.; %{-cAlayati}, to cause to shake or tremble R.; to stir up, stir round Pan5cat.

pracala * = mfn. moving, tremulous, shaking MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r.; what goes well or widely W.;
current, circulating, customary ib.; %{-kAJcana-kuNDala} mfn. (an ear) adorned with golden
rings R2itus.; %{-dAsa} m. N. of a poet Cat.; %{-latA-bhuja} mfn. having tremulous arm-creepers
(= slender arms that tremble) Prab.; %{-siMha} m. N. of a poet Cat.; %{--calA7Gga} mfn. having
tremulous limbs MBh.

pracaraNa* = n. going to graze Cat.; proceeding with, beginning, undertaking S3rS. Ba1lar.;
circulating, being current W.; employing, using MW.; (%{I4}) f. (sc. %{sruc}) a wooden ladle
employed for want of a better at a sacrifice S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.

pracAraNa* = n. (prob.) scattering, strewing Ka1d.

pracaraNIya* = mfn. being in actual use S3Br.

prachalita = something that has started

pracura * = mf({A})n. much, many, abundant (opp. to {alpa}); plenteous, plentiful, frequent; (ifc.)
abounding in, filled with MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a thief A.

prachura = many

pracuurN * =P. {-cUrNayati} (only aor. {prA7cucUrNat}), to crush, grind to dust Bhathth.

prachodayaat.h = (abl.Sing.)from His inducement or stirring the consciousnessprachchhanna =

covered, secretly clad
pradadhmatuH = sounded

pradarshayati = to display, to exhibit

pradarshinii = (f) exhibition

pradaa = one that bestows

pradaaH = causing

pradhaana = giving * =n. a chief thing or person, the most important or essential part of anything
KâtyS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; (ibc.) the principal or first, chief, head of; [often also ifc. (f. {A}) e.g.
{indra-pradhAna}, (a hymn) having Indra as the chief object or person addressed Nir.; {prayoga-
p-}, (the art of dancing) having practice as its essential part, chiefly practical Mâlav.]; `" the
Originator "', primary germ, original source of the visible or material universe (in Sânkhya =
{prakRti} q.v.) IW. 53, 1 &c.; primary or unevolved matter or nature Sarvad.; supreme or
universal soul L.; intellect, understanding L.; the first companion or attendant of a king, a
courtier, a noble (also m.) L.; an elephant-driver (also m.) L.; (in gram.) the principal member of a
compound (opp. to {upasarjana} q.v.); mf({A})n. chief, main, principal, most important; pre-
eminent in (instr.); better than or superior to (abl.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of an ancient king MBh.;
({A}) f. N. of a S'akti, Tantr. (cf. IW. 522).

pradhana * =n. (cf. {dha4na}) spoil taken in battle, a prize gained by a victor, the battle or contest
itself RV. &c. &c.; the best of one's goods, valuables Nâr.; tearing, bursting &c. (= {dAraNa}) L.;
m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants BrahmaP.

pradigdhaan.h = tainted with

pradishhTaM = indicated

pradiipaH = (Masc.Nom.S)lamp; name of a person

pradiiptaM = blazing

pradushhaNam.h = (n) pollution

pradushhyanti = become polluted

pradeya = worth diving

pradesha = Territory

pradvishhantaH = blaspheming

pradyumna * =m. `" the pre-eminently mighty one "'N. of the god of love (re-born as a son of
Kriishna and Rukminî, or as a son of Sankarshana and then identified with Sanat-kumâra) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; the pleasant (= {kAma}) Subh.; the intellect (= {manas}) S'ank.; N. of a son of Manu and
Nadvalâ BhP.; of a king Kathâs.; of sev. authors and teachers Cat.; of a mountain Râjat.; of a river
ib.

pradhaana = important
pragatiH = (m) progress, developments

praghasa* = m. ( {ghas}) a devourer (pl. N. of false gods) L. (cf. Pân. 2-4, 37; 38); N. of a Râkshasa
MBh.; of a monkey follower of Râma R.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attending on Skanda
MBh.

praGyaa = intellect

praGYaa = (f) intelligence, grasping-power

praGYaaM = intelligence

praGYaanaM = greater knowledge or awareness

praGYaavaadaan.h = learned talks

prahara = Part of the day

praharaNa = arms

praharaNaaH = equipped with

praharati = to knock

prahasa *= m. N. of S'iva Gal.; of a Rakshas R.

prahasan.h = smiling

prahaasa * m. loud laughter, laughter Hariv. Kâv.; derision, irony Pân. 1-4, 106 &c.; appearance,
display Venis.; splendour, of colours Jâtakam.; an actor, dancer L.; N. of S'iva L. (cf. {-hasa}); of
an attendant of S'ñS'iva MBh.; of a Nâga ib.; of a minister of Varuna R.; of a Tirtha (w.r. for
{-bhAsa}?) L.; n. (with {bharad-vAjasya}) N. of a Sâman (w.r. for {prAsAha}) L.

prahaasyasi = you can be released from

prahiNoshi = you strike

prahri = to hit

prahrittaM = ready to strike

prahrishhyati = is rejoicing

prahrishhyet.h = rejoices

prahlaada = a devotee of Vishnu

prahlaadaH = Prahlada

prajanaH = the cause for begetting children

prajahaati = gives up

prajahi = curb

prajaa = people, subjects (especially ruled and protected by a king)

prajaaH = generations

prajaata.ntuM = the umbilical cord?

prajaanaaM = (dative of)people

prajaanaati = knows

prajaanaami = do I know

prajaapati = Lord of created beingsprajApati\\({-jA-}) m. `" lord of creatures "'N. of Savitrii,

Soma, Agni, Indra &c. RV. AV.; a divinity presiding over procreation, protector of life ib. VS. Mn.
Sus'r. BhP. [658,3]; lord of creatures, creator RV. &c. &c. (N. of a supreme god above or among
the Vedic deities [RV. (only x, 21, 10) AV. VS. Br.] but in later times also applied to Vishnu, S'iva,
Time personified, the sun, fire, &c., and to various progenitors, esp. to the 10 lords of created
beings first created by Brahmâ, viz. Marîci, Atri, Angiras, Pulastya, Pulaka, Kratu, Vasishthha,
Pracetas or Daksha, Bhriigu, Nârada [Mn.i, 34; cf. IW. 206 n. 1], of whom some authorities count
only the first 7, others the last 3); a father L.; a king, prince L.; a son-in-law L.; N. of the 5th
(39th) year in a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter Var.; the planet Mars, a partic. star, $ Aurigae Sûryas.;
(in astrol.) = 2. {kAla-nara} q.v.; a species of insect L.; N. of sev. men and authors Cat.; ({I}) f. a
matron, lady DivyA7v.; N. of Gautama Buddha's aunt and nurse (with the patr. Gautamî, the first
woman who assented to his doctrines) Lalit.; {-grihIta} ({-jA4-p-}) mfn. seized by Prajâ-pati VS.;
{-carita} n. N. of wk.; {-citi4} f. PñPrajâ-pati's layer S'Br.; {-datta} m. N. of a man Pat.; {-nivAsinI}
f. N. of a Gandharvî Kârand.; {-pati} m. `" lord of the PñPrajâ-pati "'N. of Brahmâ BhP.; of
Daksha ib.; {-bhakSita} ({-jA4-p-}) mfn. eaten by PñPrajâ-pati VS.; {-mukha} ({jA4-p-}) mfn.
having PñPrajâ-pati as head or chief S'Br.; {-yajJa} m. `" sacrifice to PñPrajâ-pati "', the
procreation of children enjoined by law VP.; {-loka4} m. PñPrajâ-pati's world (situated between
the sphere of Brahmâ and that of the Gandharvas) S'Br.; {-zarman} m. N. of a man L.; {-sRSTa}
({-jA4-p-}) mfn. created by PñPrajâ-pati AV. S'Br.; {-smRti} f. N. of wk.; {-hRdaya} n. `" PñPrajâ-
pati's heart "'N. of a Sâman S'rS. (also {prajA4pater-hR4d-} S'Br. TS.)

prajaapatiH = the Lord of creatures

prajaaprabhutvaM = (n) democracy

prajña* = 1 mfn. = {pra-jJu} L.\\ prajña* =2 mf({A})n. (for 1. see above) wise, prudent MândUp.;
(ifc.) knowing, conversant with (cf. {nikRti-}, {pathi-}); ({A}) f. see col. 2; {-tA} ({-jJa4-}) f.
knowledge. S'Br.

prajñaa* = P. {-jAnAti}, to know, understand (esp. a way or mode of action), discern, distinguish,
know about, be acquainted with (acc.) RV. &c. &c.; to find out, discover, perceive, learn MBh. Kâv.
&c.:, Caus. {-jJA8payati}, to show or point out (the way) S'Br.; to summon, invite Lalit. 2.

prajñaa* = f. wisdom, intelligence, knowledge, discrimination, judgment S'Br. &c. &c.; device,
design S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; a clever or sensible woman W.; Wisdom personified as the goddess of arts
and eloquence, Sarasvatî L.; a partic. S'akti or energy Hcat.; (with Buddh.) true or transcendental
wisdom (which is three fold Dharmas. 110) MWB. 126; 128; the energy of Âdi-buddha (through
the union with whom the latter produced all things) MWB. 204.
prajJaka* = see {akRta-prajJaka}.

prajñaata* = mfn. known, understood, found out, discerned, known as (nom.), well-known,
public, common, notorious Mn. MBh. &c.

prajñaati* = ({pra4-}) f. knowing the way to (gen.) or the right way S'Br. TândBr.

prajñaakoza* = m. N. of a man Kathâs.

prajñaagupta* = mfn. protected by understanding ({-zarIra}) S'ârngP.; N. of a Buddh. scholar.

prajñaaghana* = m. nothing but intelligence BhP.

prajñaaDhya* = ({-jJA7Dhya}) m. `" rich in wñwisdom "'N. of a man Kathâs.

prajñaaditya* = ({-jJA7d-}) m. `" sun of wñwisdom "'N. applied to a very clever man Râjat.

prajñaadeva* = m. `" god of wñwisdom "'N. of a scholar Buddh.

prajñaabhadra* = m. `" excelling in wñwisdom "'N. of a scholar Buddh.

prajñaavat* = mfn. wise, knowing, shrewd, intelligent Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.

prajñaavAda* = m. a word of wñwisdom Bhag.

prajñaavRddha* = mfn. old in wñwisdom or knowledge MBh

prajvaalitaH = ( ger.Masc.nom.sing.)rekindled; inflamed;fuelled the flames

prajval * = P. {-jvalati} (ep. also Â. {-te}), to begin to burn or blaze, be kindled (lit. and fig.), flame
or flash up, shine, gleam TBr. ChUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. {-jvA8layati}, to set on fire, light, kindle,
inflame GriS'rS. ChUp. MBh. &c.; (with Buddh.) to illustrate, explain DivyA7v.

prakaTitaa = has appeared, been bestowed

prakaroti = do

prakaara = variety, options

prakaareNa = means; method

prakaala = Armageddon

prakaasha = shining, clear

prakaashaM = illumination

prakaashaH = manifest

prakaashakaM = illuminating
prakaashate = to shine

prakaashana = Publication

prakaashayati = discloses

prakaashita = (adj) published

prakampa* = mfn. trembling R.; m. (ifc. f. {A}) trembling or violent motion, quaking, staggering
&c. MBh. Kâv. &c.

prakiirtya = by the glories

prakIrtita *= mfn. announced, proclaimed, revealed, stated, said, mentioned Mn. Ya1jn5. ;
named, called Mn. Pan5c. ; approved, praised, celebrated Ya1jn5. Pan5c

prakriti = Nature* = f. `" making or placing before or at first "', the original or natural form or
condition of anything, original or primary substance (opp. to {vi-kRti} q.v.) Prât. Nir. Jaim. MBh.;
cause original source Mn. MBh. S'ak. &c.; origin, extraction Mriicch.; nature, character,
constitution, temper, disposition MBh. Kâv. Sus'r. &c. (ibc. and {-tyA} ind. by nature, naturally,
unalterably, properly Prât. S'rS. Mn. &c.); fundamental form, pattern, standard, model, rule (esp.
in ritual) S'rS.; (in the Sânkhya phil.) the original producer of (or rather passive power of
creating) the material world (consisting of 3 constituent essences or Gunas called {sattva}, {rajas}
and {tamas}), Nature (distinguished from {puruSa}, Spirit as Mâyâ is dñdistinguished from
Brahman in the Veda7ntas); pl. the 8 producers or primary essences which evolve the whole
visible world (viz. {a-vyakta}, {buddhi} or {mahat}, {ahaM-kAra}, and the 5 {tan-mAtras} or
subtle elements; rarely the 5 elements alone) IW. 80 &c.; (in mythol.) a goddess, the personified
will of the Supreme in the creation (hence the same with the S'akti or personified energy or wife of
a deity, as Lakshmî, Durgâ &c.; also considered as identical with the Supreme Being) W. IW. 140
RTL. 223; (pl.) N. of a class of deities under Manu Raibhya Hariv.; (in polit.) pl. a king's
ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry Mn. MBh. &c.; the subjects of a king,
citizens, artisans &c. ib.; the constituent elements or powers of the state (of which are usually
enumerated, viz. king minister, alies, treasure, army, territory, fortresses Mn. ix, 294; 295); the
various sovereigns to be considered in case of war (viz. the {madhyama}, {vijigISu}, {udAsIna}
and {zatru}; to which should be added 8 remoter princes, viz. the {mitra}, {arimitra}, {mitra-
mitra}, {arimitra-mitra}, {pArSNi-graha}, {Akranda}, {pArSNigrAhA7sAra}, {AkrandA7sAsa};
each of these 12 kings has 5 Prakriitis in the form of minister, territory, fortresses, treasure and
army, so that the total number of Prakriitis may be 72) Mn. vii, 155; 157 Kull.; (in gram.) the crude
or elementary form of a word, base, root, an uninflected word Sâh. Pân. Sch. Vop.; N. of 2 classes
of metres Col.; (in arithm.) a co-efficient multiplier ib.; (in anat.) temperament, the
predominance of one of the humours at the time of generation W.; (with {tritIyA}) the third
nature, a eunuch MBh.; matter, affair Lalit.; the male or female organ of generation L.; a woman
or womankind L.; a mother L.; an animal L.; N. of a woman Buddh.; N. of wk.

prakritiM = nature

prakritiH = nature

prakritijaan.h = produced by the material nature

prakritijaiH = born of the modes of material nature

prakritisthaH = being situated in the material energy

prakritii = Nature

prakriteH = of material nature

prakrityaa = by nature

prakshaalana = washing off

prakshaalayati = to wash

prakopa = aggravation

prakoshhThaH = (m) roompraNamya = offering obeisances

pralabdha mfn. seized MBh.; overreached, cheated, deceived

pralamba* = mf({A})n. hanging down, depending, pendent, pendulous (generally ibc.) KâtyS'r.
Sch. MBh. Hariv. R.; bending the upper part of the body forward MBh.; prominent MW.; slow,
dilatory W. [689,3]; m. hanging on or from, depending L.; a branch L.; a shoot of the vine-palm
L.; a cucumber Bhpr.; a garland of flowers worn round the neck W.; a kind of necklace of pearls
L.; the female breast L.; tin (?) W.; N. of a Daitya slain by Balarâma or Kriishna MBh. Hariv.
Kathâs. &c.; of a mountain R.; ({A} f. N. of a Râkshasî Buddh.); {-keza} mfn. one whose hair
hangs down VP.; {-ghna} m. `" slayer of Pralamba "'N. of Bala-râma and of Kriishna L.; {-tA} f.
the hanging down, being pendulous Kâd.; {-nAsika} mfn. one who has a prominent nose A.;
{-bAhu} mfn. one whose arms hang down MBh. Hariv. BhP. Buddh. ({-tA} f. one of the 32 signs of
perfection Dharmas. 83); m. N. of a man Kathâs.; {-bhid} m. `" crusher of Pralamba "'N. of Bala-
râma L.; {-bhuja} mfn. one whose arms hang down L.; m. N. of a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.;
{-mathana} (Hariv.), {-han} (MBh.), {-hantR} (L.) m. `" slayer of Pralamba "'N. of Bala-râma and
of Kriishna; {-bA7NDa} m. a man with pendent testicles Vet.; {-bo7jjvala-cAru-ghoNa} mfn.
having a prominent and bright and handsome nose MBh.; {-bo7dara} m. `" having a pendent
belly "'N. of a prince of the Kin-naras Kârand.; of a fabulous mountain ib.

pralapan.h = talking

pralayaM = dissolution* = m. dissolution, reabsorption, destruction, annihilation; death; (esp.)

the destruction of the whole world, at the end of a Kalpa (s.v.) ShadvBr. ChUp. S'ank. MBh. Kâv.
&c.; setting (of the stars) Subh.; end ({saMjAta-nidrA-p-} mfn. having done sleeping Pañcat.);
cause of dissolution Bhag. Briih.; fainting, loss of sense or consciousness Pratâp. Sâh. Sus'r.;
sleepiness Gal.; N. of the syllable {om}, Atharvas'Up.; {-kAla} m. the time of universal dissolution
MW.; {-kevala} mfn. = {-layA7kala} (q.v.) Sarvad.; {-ghana} m. the cloud which causes the
destruction of the world Hit.; {-M-kara} mf({I})n. causing destruction or ruin Up. Kâv.;
{-jaladhara-dhvAna} m. the rumbling or muttering of clouds at the dissolution of the world MW.;
{-tA} f. dissolution ({-tAM-gam}, to perish, be annihilated) Hariv.; {-tva} n. id. ({-tvAya-klRp} =
{-tAM-gam}) MBh. BhP.; {-dahana} m. the fire causing the destruction of the world, Ratna7v.
Amar. [690, 1]; {-sthiti-sarga} m. pl. destruction, preservation and creation (of the world). Kum.;
{-layA7kala} mfn. (an individual soul) to which {mala} and {karman} still adhere (with S'aivas)
Sarvad.; {-layA7nta-ga} mfn. perishing only at the destruction of the world (the sun) MârkP.;
{-layo7daya} m. du. dissolution and creation Bhag. Sus'r. Kathâs.

pralayaH = annihilation

pralayaantaaM = unto the point of death

pralaye = in the annihilation

praliinaH = being dissolved

praliiyate = is annihilated

praliiyante = are annihilatedprama = greatest

pramaada* =m. intoxication RV. MBh. ; madness, insanity L. ; negligence, carelessness about
(abl. or comp.) Kaus3. Mn. MBh. &c. ; an error, mistake W. ; a partic. high number L. ; %{-cArin}
mfn. acting in a careless manner Ka1ran2d2. ; %{-pATha} m. a wrong reading S3am2k. ; %{-vat}
mfn. = %{-mAdin} L.

pramaada * = &c. see %{pra-mad}.

pramaaNa = authority, an ideal

pramaaNa * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) measure, scale, standard; measure of any kind (as size, extent,
circumference, length, distance, weight, multitude, quantity, duration) KâtyS'r. KathhUp. Mn. &c.
(instr. `" on an average "' Jyot.); prosodical length (of a vowel) Pân. 1-1, 50 Sch.; measure in
music MBh. (Nîlak.); accordance of the movements in dancing with music and song Sangît.;
measure of physical strength S'ak. (cf. comp. below); the first term in a rule of three sum Col.; the
measure of a square i.e. a side of it S'ulbas.; principal, capital (opp. to interest) Col.; right
measure, standard, authority GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({pramANam bhavatI}, `" your ladyship is
the authority or must judge "' Nal.; in this sense also m. and f. sg. and pl. e.g. {vedAH
pramANAH}, `" the Vedas are authorities "' MBh.; {strI pramANI yeSAm}, `" they whose
authority is a woman Pân. Sch.); a means of acquiring Pramâ or certain knowledge (6 in the
Veda7nta, viz. {pratyakSa}, perception by the senses; {anumAna}, inference; {upamAna}, analogy
or comparison; {zabda} or {Apta-vacana}, verbal authority, revelation; {an-upalabdhi} or
{abhAva-pratyakSa}, non-perception or negative proof; {arthA7patti}, inference from
circumstances; the Nyâya admits only 4, excluding the last two; the Sânkhya only 3, viz.
{pratyakSa}, {anumAna} and {zabda}; other schools increase the number to 9 by adding
{sambhava}, equivalence; {aitihya}, tradition or fallible testimony; and {ceSTA}, gesture IW. 60
&c. &c.); any proof or testimony or evidence Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a correct notion, right
perception (= {pramA}) Tarkas.; oneness, unity L.; = {nitya} L.; m. (cf. n.) N. of a large fig-tree on
the bank of the Ganges MBh.; ({I}) f. (cf. n.) N. of a metre Col.

pramaaNatas* = ind. according to measure or weight Mn. viii, 137; according to proof or
authority. W.

pramaaNayukta* = mfn. having the right measure Var.

pramaaNavat* = mfn. established by proofs, well-founded Prab

pramaaNaM = example

pramaathi = agitating

pramaathiini = agitating

pramaada = indifference

pramaadaH = madness

pramaadaat.h = out of foolishness

pramaade = in madness

pramaatha * = m. stirring about, racking, paining, tormenting MBh. Hariv.; rape (cf. {draupadI-
pr-}); subjugation, destruction (of enemies) Uttarar.; N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; of one
of the attendants of Skanda ib.; of a Dânaya Kathâs.; pl. N. of a class of fiends attending on S'iva
Hariv. (cf. {pramatha}).

pramada* = m. joy, pleasure, delight MBh. Katha1s. ; mfn. wanton, dissolute Ragh. (also %{-
daka} Nir.) ; mad, intoxicated L. ; m. the thorn-apple L. ; the ankle L. ; N. of a Da1nava Hariv. ; of
a son of Vasisht2ha and one of the sages under Manu Uttama BhP. ; (%{A} f. see below) ; %{-
kaNTha} m. N. of a man Ra1jat. ; %{-kAnana} n. = %{-dA-k-} L. ; %{-ropya} n. N. of a city in the
Dekhan Pan5cat. ; %{-vana} n. = %{-dA-v-} Ka1lid.

pramadaa* =f. (of %{-da}) a young and wanton woman, any woman Mn. MBh. &c. ; the sign of
the zodiac Virgo L. ; N. of 2 kinds of metre Col. ; %{-kAnana} n. the royal garden or
pleasureground attached to the gynaeceum L. ; %{-jana} m. womankind, the female sex R. Var. ;
%{--nana} (%{-dA7n-}) n. a kind of metre Col. ; %{-vana} n. = %{-kAnana} R. ; (%{-na-pAlikA} f.
a woman who has the inspection of a royal pleasure-garden Ma1lav.) ; %{--spada} (%{-dA7sp-})
n. the gynaeceum of a prince Katha1s.

pramadaH = (become) proud or arrogant

pramathapataye = to the lord destroying pride

pramatha * = m. `" Tormentor "'N. of a class of demons attending on S'iva MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf.
RTL. 238); of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; a horse L.; ({A}) f. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina
L.; N. of the wife of Kshupa and mother of Vîra MârkP.; pain, affliction W.; {-nAtha} (Kâd.),
{-pati} (L.) m. `" lord of the Pramathas "' N. of S'iva [685, 2]; {-prathama} m. `" first of the
PñPramathas "'N. of Bhriingirithi Bâlar.; {-thA7dhipa} m. `" ruler of the PñPramathas "'N. of
S'iva VarBriS.; of Gane7s'a L.; {-thA7laya} m. `" abode of torment "', hell L.

pramatta * = mfn. excited, wanton, lascivious, rutting Mn. Pañcat.; drunken, intoxicated S'ak.;
mad, insane W.; inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, forgetful of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh.
&c.; indulging in (loc.) MBh. R.; blundering, a blunderer W.; {-gIta} mfn. sung or recited by an
intoxicated person Pat.; {-citta} mfn. careless-minded, heedless, negligent Kâm.; {-tA} f.
inattentiveness, sleepiness, mental inactivity ({a-pram-}) Râjat.; {-rajju} f. (?) Kaus'.; 1. {-vat}
mfn. inattentive, careless ({a-pram-}) MBh.; 2. {-vat} ind. as if drunk, like one intoxicated MW.;
{-zramaNa} n. (with Jainas) N. of the 6th among the 14 stages which lead to liberation Cat.

pramukhaH = (m) leader, chief (adj) principal, main

pramukhataH = in front of

pramukhe = in the front

pramuchyate = is completely liberated

pramudita = joyous

pramukha * = mfn. turning the face towards, facing (acc.) R.; first, foremost, chief, principal, most
excellent Hit.; (generally ifc.; f. %{A}) having as foremost or chief, headed or preceded by,
accompanied by or with [cf. %{prIti-p-}; %{vasiSThap-}] MBh. Ka1v.; honourable, respectable L.;
m. a chief, respectable man, sage W.; a heap, multitude L.; Rottleria Tinctoria L.; n. the mouth
MW.; commencement (of a chapter) Br2A1rUp. S3am2k.; time being, the present, the same time
Prata1p.; (ibc. or %{e} ind.) before the face of, in front of, before, opposite to (with gen. or comp.)
MBh. Ka1v.; (with %{kR}) to cause to go before or precede R.

praNata * = mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined S'ânkhBr. Mn. &c.; bowed to, saluted
reverentially BhP.; bent towards, offered respectfully Mâlav. (cf. below); humble, submissive to
(gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP.; skilful, clever W.; a partic. kind of accentuation Sây.; of a Paris'. of
SV.; {-kAya} mfn. having the body bent down SaddhP.; {-bahu-phala} mfn. one to whom various
fruits or good things are offered Mâlav. i, 1; {-vat} mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W.; {-ziras} mfn.
having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W.; {-tA7tmavat} mfn. `" having one's person bowed "',
inclined, stooping R. (B.); {-tA7zeSa-sAmanta} mfn. one to whom all his neighbours bow or are
submissive L.

praNayena = out of love

praNava = another name for AUM * (see also under om) = (or {pra4-N-}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) the
mystical or sacred syllable {om} VS. TS. S'Br. Mn. (ifc. also {-ka}) &c. ({-tva} n. RâmatUp.); a kind
of small drum or tabor = (and prob. w.r. for) {paNana} L.; {-kalpa} m. {-darpaNa} m. {-pariziSTa}
n. {-vyAkhyA} f. {-vA7rcana-candRkA} f. {-vA7rtha-nirNaya} m. {-vA7rtha-prakAzikA-
vyAkhyAna} n. {-vo7paniSad} f. N. of wks.

praNavaH = the three letters a-u-m

pranaya* = m. a leader Pân. 3-1, 142 ({jyotiSAm} Nir. ii, 14); guidance, conduct MBh.;
manifestation, display Mriicch.; setting forth (an argument) Jâtakam.; affection, confidence in
(loc.), love, attachment, friendship, favour (ibc.; {At}, {ena} and {-yo7pe7tam} ind. confidentially,
affectionately, openly, frankly) MBh. Kâv. &c.; desire, longing for (loc.; {anyathA}, `" for
something else "') ib.; an entreaty, request, solicitation R. Vikr.; reverence, obeisance L.; final
beatitude L.; {-kalaha} m. a quarrel of lovers, mere wanton quarrelsomeness Megh. Kâd. Pañcat.;
{-kupita} mfn. angry through love, feigning anger Megh.; {-kopa} m. the (feigned) anger of a
coquette towards her lover MW.; {-pezala} mfn. soft through affection R.; {-prakarSa} m. excess
of affñaffection, extraordinary attachment Kathâs.; {-bhaGga} m. breach of confidence,
faithlessness Vikr. Pur.; {-madhura} mfn. sweet through affection Bhartri.; {-maya} mf({I})n. full
of confidence Jâtakam.; {-mAna} m. `" love-pride "', the jealousy of lñlove W.; {-vacana} n. a
declaration of lñlove or affection Megh.; {-vat} mfn. possessing candour, unceremonious, frank,
open, confident Kâlid.; attached or devoted to, loving (loc. or comp.) ib.; desirous of. longing for
(loc.) S'is'.; (ifc.) familiar with, used to Bâlar.; {-virhAta} = {-vihata} A.; {-vimukha} mf({I})n.
averse from love or friendship Megh.; {-vihati} f. refusal of a request, non-compliance W.; {-spRz}
mfn. exciting love, affectionate Mâlatîm.; {-yA7parAdha} m. an offence against (mutual) affection
or confidence Amar.; {-yA7pahArin} mfn. taking with cñconfidence or without shyness MW.;
{-yA7mRta-paJcAzaka} n. N. of wk.; {-yI-kR}, to attach closely Vcar.; {-yI-bhU}, to become
attached or affectionate Sus'r.; {-yo7nmukha} mf({I})n. expectant through love Mâlav.;
{-yA7pe7ta} mfn. possessing candour, frank, open MârkP.

praNayana* = n. bringing forwards, conducting, conveying, fetching S'rS. MBh. &c.; means or
vessel for bringing or fetching (cf. {agni-}); showing, betraying (ct. {zraddhA-}); (with
{daNDasya} or {daNDa}.), applying(the rod), infliction of (punishment) Mn. Yâjñ.; establishing,
founding (of a school) BhP.; execution, performance, practice MBh. Kâv.; bringing forward,
adducing L.; composing, writing L.; satisfying, satiating R.

praNashyati = one falls down

praNashyanti = become vanquished

praNashyaami = am lost
praNashhTaH = dispelled

praNata * = mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined S3a1n3khBr. Mn. &c.; bowed to, saluted
reverentially BhP.; bent towards, offered respectfully Ma1lav. (cf. below); humble, submissive to
(gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP.; skilful, clever W.; a partic. kind of accentuation Sa1y.; of a Paris3. of
SV.; %{-kAya} mfn. having the body bent down SaddhP.; %{-bahu-phala} mfn. one to whom
various fruits or good things are offered Ma1lav. i, 1; %{-vat} mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W.; %{-
ziras} mfn. having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W.; %{-tA7tmavat} mfn. `" having one's
person bowed "', inclined, stooping R. (B.); %{-tA7zeSa-sAmanta} mfn. one to whom all his
neighbours bow or are submissive L.

praNidhaana = dedication

praNidhaaya = laying down

praNihita * = mfn. laid on, imposed, applied Sus3r.; put down, deposited Ba1lar. BhP.;
outstretched, stretched forth Megh. Sa1h.; directed towards, fixed upon (loc.) Hariv. Bhartr2.
BhP.; delivered, committed, entrusted to (dat.) Ba1lar.; contained in (comp.) BhP.; sent out (as a
spy) MBh.; found out, discovered ib.; ascertained or stated Mn. vii, 54; one who has his thoughts
concentrated on one point, intent upon (loc.) R. Bhat2t2.; obtained, acquired W.; prudent,
cautious, wary ib.; resolved, determined ib.; agreed to or admitted ib.; %{-dhI} (Bhartr2.), %{-
tA7tman} (A1past.) mfn. having the mind fixed upon (loc. or comp.); %{-te7SaNa} mfn. having
the eyes directed towards or fixed upon (comp.) Hariv.

praNipaatena = by approaching a spiritual master

praNudati = to push, to press, to ring a bell

prapaada* = see {a4-prapAda}. [682,2]

prapaadika* = or {-dIka} m. a peacock L.

prapaaduka* = mfn. falling away prematurely (as a fetus) TS. Kâthh.

prapad* =1 2. Â. {-padyate} (ep. also P.), to fall or drop down from (abl.), throw one's self down
(at a persoñs feet) MBh.; to go forwards set out for, resort to, arrive at, attain, enter (with acc.,
rarely loc.) AV. &c. &c.; to fly to for succour, take refuge with (acc.) TS. &c. &c.; to fall upon,
attack, assail RV. AV.; to come to a partic. state or condition, incur, undergo (acc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
(with an adv. in {sAt}), to become e.g. {sarpasAt pra-pad}, to becñbecome a serpent Bhatt.; to
obtain, gain ({patini}, `" as husband "'), partake of, share in (acc.) ib.; to adopt or embrace (a
doctrine) Râjat.; to undertake, commence, begin, do MBh. Kâv.; to form (a judgment) MBh.; to
assume (a form) Kathâs.; to enjoy (pleasure) R.; to take to (dat.) Hariv.; to come on, approach,
appear AV. R. Hariv.; to take effect, succeed MBh.; to turn out ({anyathA}, `" differently "' i.e.
without any effect or consequence) Hariv.; to admit (a claim) R.: Caus. {-pAdayati}, {-te}, to cause
to enter, introduce into (acc. or loc.) Br.: Desid. P. {pi4tsati}, to wish to enter S'Br.; Â. {-pitsate}
(cf. Pân. 7-4, 54), to be going to incur or undertake Das'. \\ =2 f. away AitBr.; N. of partic. sacred
texts Br. GriS'rS.

prapada* n. id. the point of the foot, tip of the toes ({ais} ind. on tiptoe) RV. &c. &c.

prapadana* = n. entering, entrance into (comp.) Âs'vGri. Vait.; access, approach S'Br. ChUp.

prapadam* = ind. a term applied to a partic. mode of recitation (in which the Vedic verses are
divided, without reference to the sense and construction, into parts of an equal number of
syllables and between these parts partic. formulas inserted containing the word {pa-padye})
AitBr.

prapadiina* = w.r. for {A-prapadIna} q.v.

prapadyate = surrenders

prapadyante = surrender

prapadye = surrender

prapannaM = surrendered

prapashya = just see

prapashyadbhiH = by those who can see

prapashyaami = I see

prapitaamahaH = the great-grandfather

prarocita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) commended, praised, approved, liked MBh.

pra+sha.ns.h = to praise

pra+sah.h = to withstand, endure

prashaste = in bona fide

prashaanta = unagitated

prashaantaM = at rest or passionless

prashaantasya = who has attained tranquillity by such control over the mind

prashNa = Horary Astrology. The word means question or query

prashtara-ashhTakavarga = Planetary spreadsheet of points used in transits and predictions

pras'naM = question * = 1 m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kaus'. (Sch. `" a turban "'). * =2 m.
( {prach}) a question, demand, interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp.; cf. {kuzala-p-}) S'Br.
&c. &c.; judicial inquiry or examination (cf. {sA7kSi-p}); astrological inquiry into the future (cf.
{divya-}, {deva-}, {daiva-p-}); a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem S'Br. &c.
&c. ({praznam} {pra-brU} "', to decide a controverted point "'; {nam} {i}, with acc. or {-nam} {A}
{gam}, with loc. of pers., `" to lay a question before any one for decision "'; {praznas tava pitari},
the point at issue is before thy father "'); a task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrât.; a short
section or paragraph (in books) Col. &c.

prashvaasa = expiration

prasaadana* = mf({I})n. clearing, rendering clear (cf. {ambu} - {p-}, {toya-p-} &c.); calming,
soothing, cheering R. Sus'r. BhP.; m. a royal tent L.; ({A}) f. service, worship L.; n. clearing,
rendering clear ({netra-p-} `" administering soothing remedies to the eyes "') Sus'r.; calming.
soothing, cheering, gratifying (cf. {zruti-p-}), rendering gracious, propitiating ({tvatprasdanAt} `"
for the sake of propitiating thee "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; boiled rice L.; w.r. for {pra-sAdhan} Hariv.
Mâlav.

prasaada * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) clearness, brightness, pellucidnees, purity (cf. {ambu-p-}), UP. Kâlid.
&c. (Nom. P. {-sAdati}, to be clear or bright. S'atr.) [697, 1]; clearness of style, perspicuity Pratâp.
Kâvya7d. Sâh.; brightness (of the face) Ragh.; calmness, tranquillity, absence of excitement
KathhUp. Sus'r. Yogas.; serenity of disposition, good humour MBh. Sus'r. Ragh. &c.;
graciousness, kindness, kind behaviour, favour, aid, meditation ({-dAt} ind. through the kindness
or by the favour of; {-daM} {kR}, to be gracious; cf. {duS-p-}, {drik-p-}) Gobh. MBh. Kâv. &c.;
Kindness personified as a son of Dharma and Maitrî BhP.; clarified liquor, a decoction Car.;
settlings, a residuum ib.; free gift, gratuity Ratna7v.; a propitiatory offering or gift (of food = {p--
dravya}, {prasAdA7nna}) L.; the food presented to an idol, or the remnants of food left by a
spiritual teacher (which any one may freely appropriate to his own use) RTL. 69; 145 &c.;
approbation W.; well-being, welfare W.; N. of a Comm. on the Prakriyâ-kaumudi; {-cintaka} w.r.
for {-vittaka} Bâlar.; {-dAna} n. a propitiatory gift, a gift in token of favour, gift of food by a
superior MW.; {-paTTa} m. a turban of honour (worn as a token of royal favour) Var.; {-paTTaka}
n. a written edict of favour, Lokapr.; {-parAGmukha} mf({I}) not caring for any one's favour
Amar.; withdrawing fñfavour from any one (gen.) Pañcat.; {-pAtra} n. an object of fñfavour Das'.;
{-puraga} mfn. inclined to fñfavour, favourably inclined MârkP.; {-pratilabdha} m. N. of a son of
Mâra Lalit.; {-bhAj} mfn. being in favour, Sâmkhyas. Sch.; {-bhUmi} f. an object of fñfavour,
favourite Hcar.; {-mAlA} f. N. of wk.; {-vat} mfn. pleased, delighted; gracious, favourable L.
({-vatI-samAdhi} m. a partic. Samâdhi Buddh.); {-vitta} mf({A})n. (Kâd. Kathâs. Râjat. Bâlar.) or
{-vittaka} mfn. (Kathâs.) rich in favour, being in high fñfavour with any one (gen. or comp.); m.
and favourite, darling; {-SaT-zlokI} f. {-stava} m. N. of 2 Stotras; {-su-mukha} mf({I})n. inclined
to favour (others `" having a clear or serene face "') Mâlav. Ragh.; {-stha} mfn. abiding in serenity,
kind, propitious; happy W.; {-sAdA7ntara} n. another (mark of) favour MW.; {sAdA7nna} n. see
{-sAda} above; {-sAdI-} {kR}, to bestow as a mark of favour, bestow graciously, Present (with gen.
of person) Pañcat. Kâd. Râjat. &c.

pra-saada * = &c. see {pra-} {sad}.

prasaadya * mfn. to be rendered gracious, be propitiated MBh. R. Sâh. Bâla

prasaktaaH = attached

prasaktaanaaM = for those who are attached

prasanga = event, happenning, incidence

prasangena = because of attachment

prasannachetasaH = of the happy-minded

prasannam.h = with pleasant, satisfied look

prasanna * = mfn. clear, bright, pure (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; distinct, perspicuous MBh.
Ka1m.; true, right, plain, correct, just Ma1lav. Ma1lati1m.; placid, tranquil R. Var. A1p.; soothed,
pleased; gracious, kind, kindly disposed towards (with loc. gen., or acc. aod %{prati}), favourable
(as stars &c.); gracious, showing favour (as a speech) MaitrUp. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. N. of a prince
Hemac.; (%{A}) f. propitiating, pleasing W.; spirituous liquor made of rice Car. Pat.; %{-kalpa}
mfn. almost quiet, tolerably calm Pan5cat.; %{-gAtr-tA}. f. having tranquil limbs (one of the 80
minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. 84; %{-caNDikA} f. N. of a drama; %{-candra} m. N. of a
prince HParis3.; %{-jala} mfn. containing clear water R.; %{-tarka} mfn. conjecturing right
Ma1lav.; %{-tA} f. brightness, clearness, purity Sus3r.; clearness of expression, perspicuity Cat.;
complacence, good humour Ka1v. Ra1jat. VP.; %{-tva} n. clearness, purity MBh. Ragh.; %{-pAda}
m. or n. (?) N. of wk. by Dharma-kirti; %{-prA7ya} mfn. rather plain or correct, Ma1latim.; %{-
mukha} mfn. `" placid-countenanced "', looking pleased, smiling W.; %{-rasa} mfn. clear-juiced
Kpr.; %{-rAghava} n. N. of a drama by Jaya-deva; %{-veGkaTe7zva-mAhAmya} n. N. of a legend
in the Bhavishyo7ttara-Pura1n2a; %{-salila} mfn. %{-jala} MBh.; %{-sannA7tman} mfn. gracious-
minded, propitious MaitrUp.; %{-sanne7rA} f. spirituous liquor made of rice L.

prasannaa = is pleased

prasannaatmaa = fully joyful

prasannena = happily

prasabhaM = by force

prasavishhyadhvaM = be more and more prosperous

prasahyasaahin.h = he who overcomes the powerful

prasaadaM = the mercy of the Lord

prasaadajaM = born of the satisfaction

prasaadaye = to beg mercy

prasaadaat.h = by favour, grace

prasaade = on achievement of the causeless mercy of the Lord

prasaadhayati = to comb

prasaaraH = (m) broadcast, propoganda, expanse

prasaarayati = to spread

prasaarita = stretched out

prasaarya = (gerund) holding forth

prasakta* = mfn. attached, cleaving or adhering or devoted to, fixed or intent upon, engaged in,
occupied with (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; clinging to the world, mundane BhP.; being in love,
enamoured MBh. Ka1v.; (ifc.) supplied or provided with R. (v.l. %{pra-yukta}); resulting,
following, applicable Ka1s3. Katha1s. Sarvad.; continual, lasting, constant, eternal MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; used, employed W.; got, obtained ib.; opened, expanded ib.; contiguous, near A.; (%{-
sakta4}), w.t for %{-satta4} AV.; ibc. and(%{am}) ind. continually, incessantly, eternally, ever
Ka1v.; %{-dhI} or %{-hRdaya} mfn. with heart or mind intent upon or occupied with (comp.)
Var.; %{-tA7zrumukha} mf(%{I})n. having the face wet with tears R.

prasaktavya* = mfn. to be attached to (loc.) Katha1s.

pras'ama* = m. calmness, tranquillity "' (esp. of mind), quiet, rest, cessation, extinction,
abatement MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of a son of Ânaka-dundisbhi and S'ânti-deva BhP.; ({I}) f. N. of
an Apsaras MBh.; {-M-kara} mfn. causing the cessation of (gen.), disturbing, interrupting R.;
{-rati-sUsra} n. N. of wk.; {-sthita} mfn. being in a state of quiescence Ragh.; {-mA7yana} mfn.
walking in tranquillity BhP.

pras'aama* = tranquillity, pacification, suppression W

pras'aMsaa* = f. praise, commendation, fame, glory (with Buddhists one of the 8 worldly
conditions Dharmas. 61) S'Br. &c. &c. (cf. {aprastuta-p-}, {strI-p-}; w.r. {-zaMzA}); {-nAman} n.
an expression of praise Nir.; {mukhara} mfn. loud with praise, praising loudly ({-rA7nana}, mfn.
`" one whose mouth is lñloud wñwith prñpraise "', speaking loudly in praise of anything) Râjat.;
{--lApa} ({-sA7l-}) m. applause, acclamation Das'.; {-vacana} n. pl. a laudatory speech MBh.; {--
vali} ({-sA7v-}) f. a poem of praise, panegyric Bâlar.; {-zaMso7pamA} f. (in rhet.) laudatory
comparison, comparing to anything superior Kâvya7d. [695,1]

prasid.hdhyet.h = is effected *= brough about, acoomplished, arranged, adorned, wellknown,

notorious

prasiddhaH = famous (Masc.nom.S)

prasiddhaka* = m. N. of a prince descended from Janaka (son of Maru and father of Kriitti-ratha)
R.

prasiddhi* = f. accomplishment, success, attainment Mn. Yâjñ. Kâm. BhP.; proof, argument
Kathâs.; general opinion, publicity, celebrity, renown, fame, rumour Var. Kâv. Kathâs.; {-mat}
mfn. universally known, famous Kathâs.; {viruddha-tA} f. the state of being opposed to general
opinion, sâh. (= {khyAti-v-}); {-hata} mfn. having no value, very trivial Kpr.

prasiddha * = (%{pra4-}) mfn. brought about, accomplished Kum. (%{a-pras-}); arranged,

adomed (as hair) ib.; well known, notorious, celebrated TS. &c. &c.; (%{A}) f. (in music) a partic.
measure Sam2gi1t.; %{-kSatriya-prA7ya} mfn. consisting for the most part of renowned
Kshatriyas MW.; %{-tA} f. (Ni1lak.), %{-tva} n. (Sarvad.) celebrity, notoriety.

prasIdikA* = f. a small garden L. (v.l. {prasedikA}).

prasidh* = 2. P. Â. {-sedhati}, {-te}, to drive on RV. TândBr. Lâthy. \\3. P. {-sidhyati}, (rarely Â.
{te}), to be accomplished or effected, succeed Mn. MBh. &c.; to result from (abl.) Mn. xii, 97; to be
explained or made clear Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 122.

prasiida = be pleased * = (%{pra4-}) mfn. brought about, accomplished Kum. (%{a-pras-});

arranged, adomed (as hair) ib.; well known, notorious, celebrated TS. &c. &c.; (%{A}) f. (in music)
a partic. measure Sam2gi1t.; %{-kSatriya-prA7ya} mfn. consisting for the most part of renowned
Kshatriyas MW.; %{-tA} f. (Ni1lak.), %{-tva} n. (Sarvad.) celebrity, notoriety.

prasîidati &emdash; thus becomes fully satisfied; SB 1.2.19\\ becomes reconciled; SB 2.1.19\\
become satisfied; SB 3.9.12\\ becomes very pleased; SB 3.13.48\\ becomes happy; SB 3.14.47\\
becomes fully satisfied; SB 4.20.9\\ is pleased; SB 5.2.15\\ actually becomes happy; SB 6.2.32\\is
pleased; SB 6.19.1\\ become fully satisfied; SB 7.11.7\\ is in favor; SB 8.21.24\\ is spiritually
satisfied; SB 11.20.22\\ becomes satisfied; SB 11.21.43\\ gets satisfaction; CC Madhya 20.147-148

prasi* = 1. (only Â. pf. {siSye}, with pass. meaning), to bind-render harmless Râjat.
prasic* = P. {-siJcati}, to pour out, shed, emit AV. &c. &c,; to sprinkle, water MBh. Hariv.; to fill (a
vessel) KaushUp.: Pass. {-sicyate}, to be poured out or flow forth MBh. Sus'r.; to be watered i.e.
refreshed MBh.: Caus. {-secayati}, to pour into (loc.) Yâjñ.

prasikta* = mfn. poured out Uttarar. Sus'r.; (ifc.) sprinkled with MBh.

prasiv* = P. {-sIvyati}, to sew up S'Br.

prasIdikA* = f. a small garden L. (v.l. {prasedikA}).

prasita* = mfn. (for 2. see below) bound, fastened W.; diligent, attentive, attached or devoted to,
engrossed by, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or instr.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 44) Ragh. Siddh.; lasting,
continuous SaddhP. 1.

prasiti* = ({pra4-}) f. (for 2. see below) a net for catching birds RV. iv, 4, 1 &c. (Nir. Sây.); a
ligament, binding, fetter L.

prasita* = 2 mfn. (2. {si}; cf. {pra-si} above) darting along RV.; n. pus, matter L. 2.

prasiti* = ({pra4-}) f. (for 1. see above) onward rush, onset, attack, assault RV.; a throw, cast,
shot, missile VS. TBr.; stretch, reach, extension, sphere RV.; succession, duration VS.; dominion,
power, authority, influence RV.

prasritaa = extended

prasritaaH = extendedpravachanena = (instr.sing.)thro' discourse or lecture

prastotR * = m. N. of the assistant of the Udgâtrii (who chants the Prastâva) Br. S'rS. MBh. &c.;
{-prayoga} m. {-sAman} n. N. of wks.

pra-óstotrIya * =mfn. relating to the Prastotrii Lâthy. Sch.

pra-óstobha * =m. allusion or reference to (gen.) BhP.; du. (with {rajer} {aGgirasasya}) N. of 2
Sâmans ÂrshBr.

prazna * =1 m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kaus'. (Sch. `" a turban "'). \\* =2 m. ( {prach}) a
question, demand, interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp.; cf. {kuzala-p-}) S'Br. &c. &c.;
judicial inquiry or examination (cf. {sA7kSi-p}); astrological inquiry into the future (cf. {divya-},
{deva-}, {daiva-p-}); a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem S'Br. &c. &c.
({praznam} {pra-brU} "', to decide a controverted point "'; {nam} {i}, with acc. or {-nam} {A}
{gam}, with loc. of pers., `" to lay a question before any one for decision "'; {praznas tava pitari},
the point at issue is before thy father "'); a task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrât.; a short
section or paragraph (in books) Col. &c.

prata = Quality

pratapanti = are scorching

prataapavaan.h = the valiant

prati = towards * = 1 ind. (as a prefix to roots and their derivative nouns and other nñnouns,
sometimes {pratI}; for 2. see p, 664) towards, near to; against, in opposition to; back, again, in
return; down upon, upon, on; before nouns it expresses also likeness or comparison (cf. {prati-
candra}); or it forms Avyayibhâvas of different kinds (cf. {prati-kSaNam}, {prati-graham}, {praty-
agni} &c.; rarely ifc. e.g. {sUpaprati}, a little broth Pân. 2-1, 9); or as a prep. with usually
preceding acc., in the sense of towards, against, to, upon, in the direction of (e.g. {zabdam p-}, in
the dirñdirection of the sound R.; {agnim pr-}, against the fire Mn.; also {praty-agni} ind. Pân. 6-
2, 33 Sch.; {ripum pr-}, agñagainst the enemy Mn.; {AtmAnam pr-}, to one's self Ratna7v.);
opposite, before, in the presence of (e.g. {rodasI pr-}, befñbefore heaven and earth RV.); in
comparison, on a par with, in proportion to (e.g. {indram pr-}, in comparñcomparison with
lñlittle RV.; {sahasrANi pr-}, on a par with i.e. equivalent to thousands ib.; also with abl. or {-tas};
cf. Pân. 1-4, 92; ii, 3, 11); in the vicinity of, near, beside, at, on (e.g. {yUpam pr-}, near the
sacrificial post AitBr.; {gaGgAm pr-}, at or on the Ganges R.; {etat pr-}, at this point TS.;
{Ayodhanam pr-}, on the field of battle MBh.); at the time of, about, through, for (e.g.
{phAlgunam pr-}, about the month PhñPhâlguna Mn.; {ciram pr-}, for a long time MBh.;
{bhRzam pr-}, often, repeatedly Car.); or used distributively (cf. Pân. 1-4, 90) to express at every,
in or on every, severally (e.g. {yajJam pr-}, at every sacrifice Yâjñ.; {yajJaM yajJam pr-} TS.;
{varSam pr-}, every year, anually Pañcat.; in this sense often comp.; cf. above); in favour of, for
(Pân. 1-4, 90; e.g. {pANDavAn pr-}, in favour of the PñPân. MBh.) [661, 3]; on account of, with
regard to, concerning (Pân. ib. e.g. {sImAm pr-}, concñconcerning a boundary Mn.; {gautamam
pr-}, with regñregard to GñGanges R.); conformably or according to (e.g. {mAm pr-},
accñaccording to me, i.e. in my opinion Mâlav.; cf. {mAm praty araNyavat pratibhAti}, `" it seems
to me like a forest "' Hit.; {na bubhukSitam prati bhAti kiM cit}, `" to a hungry man nothing is of
any account "' Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 2); as, for (after a verb meaning, to regard or consider "'; cf. Vikr.
iv, 69); or as prep. with abl. in return or as compensation for, instead or in the place of (Pân. 1-4,
92 Sch.); with abl. or {-tas} see above; with abl. or gen. (?) to express, `" about "', `" at the time of
"' (only {prñprati vastoH} "', at daybreak "' RV.); as prep. with gen. = with reference to Hariv.
10967. [Cf. Zd. {paiti}; Gk. $, $, $.] &202234[661, 3]

pratii* = 1 in comp. for {prati} (cf. Pân. 6-3, 122 Vârtt. 3 Pat.)\\2 ({prati-i}) P. {praty-eti}, to go
towards or against, go to meet (as friend or foe) RV. &c. &c.; to come back, return ib.; to resort or
apply to RV. AV. S'Br.; to fall to a persoñs (dat.) lot or share AitBr.; to receive, accept MBh.; (also
Pass.) to admit, recognize, be certain of, be convinced that (2 acc.) GriS'rS. Nir. R. &c.; to trust,
believe (with gen.) Kathâs.: Pass. {pratI7yate}, to be admitted or recognized, follow, result Kâv.
S'ank. Hit. (p. {-yamAna}, known, understood, implicit Pân. Sâh.): Caus. {praty-Ayayati} (Pass.
{praty-Ayyate}), to lead towards i.e. cause to recognize or acknowledge, convince (any one of the
truth of anything) Kâlid.; to make clear, prove S'ank. Sâh.: Desid. {pratI7SiSati}, to wish or try to
understand Pân. 2-4, 47 Sch.

pratibuddha * = (%{pra4ti-}) mfn. awakened, awake (also said of the Dawn) RV. &c. &c.; one who
has attained to perfect knowledge S3Br. (cf. MWB. 98 n.); illuminated, enlightened BhP.;
observed, recognized ib.; known, celebrated W.; made prosperous or great ib.; %{-vastu} mfn.
understanding the real nature of things BhP.; %{-ddhA7tman} mfn. having the mind roused or
awakened, awake MW.

pratIcIna * = mfn. turned towards, going or coming tñtowards RV.; (%{-cI4na}) mfn. turned away
from, turning the back RV.; being behind, coming from bñbehind AV.; turning westward, western
TS. Br.; subsequent, future (with abl.) RV. TBr.; (%{am}) ind. back to one's self TBr.; backwards,
behind TS. TBr. Ka1t2h. BhP.

pratIkSa*= mf(%{A})n. looking backward (see %{apr-}); (also %{-kSaka} R.) looking forward to,
waiting for, expectant of (ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; having regard to (ifc.) Hariv.; (%{A4}) f.
expectation TBr. Kat2hUp.; consideration, attention, respect, veneration A1past. MBh. R.

pratIta * = mfn. acknow. ledged, recognized, known ({zyAmaiti}, `" by the name of SñS'ank "')
Nir. Mn. MBh. &c.; convinced of anything, trusting in, firmly resolved upon (comp.) KathhUp.
MBh. Hit.; satisfied, cheerful, glad, pleased AitBr. MBh. &c.; respectful L.; past, gone L.; clever,
wise L.; m. N. of a divinity enumerated among the Vis've Devâs. MBh.; {-sena} m. N. of a prince
Buddh.; {-tA7kSarA} f. N. of a Comm. on the Mita7ksharâ; {-tA7tman} mfn. confident, resolute
MBh.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. having a recognized or acknowledged meaning Nir.; {-tA7zva} m. N. of a
prince VP.

pratijaaniihi = declare

pratijJaa* f. admission, acknowledgment, assent, agreement, promise, vow MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
statement, assertion, declaration, affirmation ib.; (in logic) a proposition, the assertion or
proposition to be proved, the first member or {avyaya} of the fivemembered Nyâya syllogism IW.
61; (in law) a plaint, complaint, indictment, prosecution Yâjñ.

pratijaane = I promise

pratidinaM = every day

pratinidhii = (m) representative, delegate

pratinivishhTa = perverse, obstinate

pratibimbam.h = (n) reflection

pratiloma = going against the grain* = mf({A})n. against the hair or grain (opp. to {anu-l-}),
contrary to the natural course or order, reverse, inverted; adverse, hostile, disagreeable,
unpleasant; low, vile S'Br. RPrât. S'rS. &c.; left, not right W.; contrary to caste (where the mother
is of a higher caste than the father) ib.; (ibc. and {a4m} ind.) against the hair, agñagainst the
grain, in reversed or inverted order TS. Br. Âs'vS'r. &c.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g.
{upakA7di}; ({A}) f. a partic. incantation (to be recited from the end to the beginning) Kathâs.; n.
any disagreeable or injurious act; ({ena}) ind. in an unfriendly manner, unpleasantly Cân.; {-ja}
mfn. born in the inverse order of the classes (as of a Kshatriya father and Brâhmanî mother, or of
a Vais'ya fñfather and Kshatriyâ mñman or BñBrâhmanî mñman, in which cases the wife is of a
higher caste than the husband; cf. Mn. x, 16) W.; {-tas} ind. in consequence of the inverted order
or course Mn. x, 68; invertedly, in inverted order or series Yâjñ. MBh. Pañcat.; {-rUpa} mfn.
inverted KaushUp.; {-mA7nuloma} mfn. speaking against or for anything; (ibc. and {am} ind.) in
inverted order or course and in the natural oñorder or cñcourse Mn. Yâjñ.; {-ma-tas} ind. in an
unfriendly and friendly manner R.

pratimaa = (f) statue, image; perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a

consequeuce; that has experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed \\* = m. a creator, maker, framer AV.
VS.; ({A4}) f. an image, likeness, symbol RV. &c. &c.; a picture, statue, figure, idol Mn. Hariv.
Ragh. (IW. 218, 1; 241); reflection (in comp. after a word meaning `" moon "' cf. below); measure,
extent (cf. below); N. of a metre RPrât.; the part of an elephant's head between the tusks (also
{-ma} m.) L. (ifc. like, similar, resembling, equal to TBr. MBh. &c.; having the measure of, as long
or wide &c. as e.g. {tri-nalva-pr-}, 3 Nalvas long Hariv.; {-ma-tA} f. {-tva} n. reflection, image,
shadow W.); {-gata} mfn. present in an idol (as a deity) Ragh.; {-candra} m. `" reflection-moon "',
image of the mñmoon Ragh.; {-dAna} n. {-dravyA7di-vacana} n. N. of wks.; {-paricAraka} m. an
attendant upon an idol (= {devala}) Kull. (cf. IW. 218, 1); {-pUjA} f. worship of images MWB. 464;
{-pratiSThA} f. (and {-thA-vidhi}, m.), {-rodanA7di-prA7yazcitta-vidhi} m. {-lakSaNa} n. N. of
wks.; {vizeSa} m. a sort of image, a kind of figure MW.; {-zazA7Gka} m. = {-candra} Ragh.;
{-sampro7kSaNa} n. N. of wk.; {-me7ndu} m. = {-mAcandra} Râjat.

pratipad* Â. {-padyate} (ep. fut. also {-patsyati}), to set foot upon, enter, go or resort to, arrive at,
resch, attain VS. &c. &c.; to walk, wander, roam ChUp.; to come back to (acc.), return MBh.; to
happen, occur, take place PârGri. MBh.; to get into (acc.), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in
or upon one's self. S'Br. &c. &c.; to receive back, recover AitBr. S'ak.; to restore to favour Ragh.; to
undertake, begin (acc. dat. or inf.), practise, perform, accomplish Nir. MBh. Kâv. &c.; to do
anything to any person, act or proceed or behave towards or against (loc. gen. or acc.) MBh.
Hariv. R.; to make, render MBh.; to fall to a persoñs (acc.) lot or share, PârGr.; to let a person
(dat.) have anything Âpast.; to give back, restore Mn. viii, 183; to perceive, find out, discover,
become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn MBh. R. &c.; to deem, consider, regard
S'ank. Sâh.; to answer affirmatively say yes (with or scil. {tathA}, or {tathe7ti}), acknowledge,
assent, agree, promise MBh. Kâv. &c.; to begin to speak, commence (with acc. or instr.) RV. Br.; to
answer ChUp. (also with {uttaram} R.): Caus. {-pAdayati}, to convey or lead to, procure, cause to
partake of (2 acc.). give a present to, bestow on (loc. dat. or gen.) Kaus'. Mn. MBh. &c.; to give in
marriage Âpast.; to spend. ib.; to present with (instr.) Kârand.; to put in, appoint to (loc.) R.; to
produce, cause, effect MBh. R. &c.; to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach,
impart MBh. R. &c.; to deem, consider, regard as (2 acc.) Pañcat. (v.l. {-vadasi} for {-pAdayasi}):
Desid. {-pitsate} (Pân. 7-4, 54), to wish to attain S'ank.; to wish to know Bhâm.: Desid. of Caus.
{-pipAdayiSati}, to wish or intend to explain or analyze S'ank.

pratipad* = f. access, ingress. entrance VS. S'Br.; the path to be walked, the right path L.;
beginning, commencement TS. TBr.; an introductory verse or stanza Br. S'rS.; (also {-padA} or
{-padI}) the first day of a lunar fortnight (esp. of the mooñs wane) AgP. L.; understanding,
intelligence L.; taste for anything Jâtakam.; rank, consequence W.; a kettle-drum ib.;
{-paccandra} m. the moon on the first day, the new moon (esp. revered and saluted) Ragh.; {-pat-
tUrya} n. a kind of kettle-drum (cf. {-patti-paTaha}) L.; {-pan-maya} mfn. obedient, willing
Jâtakam.

pratipadyate = attains

pratipada* = n. N. of an Upa7nga; ({am}) ind. (also {-da} ibc.) at every step, on every occasion, at
every place, everywhere Kâv.; at every word, word by word Sarvad.; literally, expressly (Pân. 2-2,
10 Vârtt.1; vi, 2, 26 Sch.); each, singly R. (= {pratyekam} Sch.); {-da-tva} n. walking step by step
Kâthh.

pratipadaa* = or f. see under {-pad}.

pratipaadya* = mfn. to be treated of or discussed, to be explained or propounded ({-tva}. n.)

S'ank. Veda7ntas. Kâs'.

pratirodhaH = (m) opposition

pratishhThaa = the rest

pratishhThaapya = placing

pratishhThitaM = situated

pratishhThitaa = fixed

pratispardhii = rival, competitor

pratiyotsyaami = shall counterattack

prativara * - warding off, resisting

prativasati = lives adjunctly

prativeshin.h = (m) neighbour

pratiichii = (f) west

pratyavaayaH = diminution

pratyavavaruddha* = mfn. stopped, suppressed ib

pratyaksha = direct evidence

pratyakshaM = standing before the eye

pratyaaniikeshhu = on the opposite sides

pratyaahaara = control of the senses

pratyupakaaraarthaM = for the sake of getting some return

prathama = first

prathamaM = in the first place

prathaa = (f) fame

prathita = renowned

prathitaH = celebrated

pratyarham* = ind. in %{yathA-p-} q.v.( yathApratyarham) ind. according to merit Buddh.

pratyavavaruddha* = mfn. stopped, suppressed ib.

pratyudaahrita* = mfn. named, answered BhP.

pravaada * = m. speaking forth, uttering Âs'vS'r. MBh.; expressing, mentioning Nir.; talk, report,
rumour, popular saying or belief MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-dAya}, in order to spread the rumour Kathâs.;
{-dena}, according to rñrumour, as the saying goes MBh.); ill rumour about (gen.), slander,
calumny (pl.) Kâv.; mutual defiance, words of challenge (prior to combat) Bhathth.; (ifc.) passing
one's self off as R.; (in gram.) any form or case of (gen. or comp.; opp. to a specified fñform or
cñcase) Prât.; ({A}) f. anything belonging to (comp.) Vait.

pravadataaM = of arguments

pravadanti = say

pravara* =1 mf({A})n. (fr. {pra} + {vara} or fr. {pra} 2. {vR}; for 2. and 3. see p. 693) most
excellent, chief, principal, best Mn. MBh. &c.; eldest (son) MBh.; better than (abl.) BhP.; greater
(opp. to {sama}, `" equal "', and {nyUna}, `" smaller "') Var.; (ifc.) eminent, distinguished by
Hariv.; m. a black variety of Phaseolus Mungo L.; Opuntia Dillenii L.; N. of a messenger of the
gods and friend of Indra Hariv.; of a Dânava ib.; ({A}) f. N. of a river (which falls into the
Godâvarî and is celebrated for the sweetness of its water) MBh. VP.; n. aloe wood Bhpr.; a partic.
high number Buddh. //3 m. a call, summons (esp. of a Brâhman to priestly functions) AitBr.; an
invocation of Agni at the beginning of a sacrifice, a series of ancestors (so called because Agni is
invited to bear the oblations to the gods as he did for the sacrificer's progenitors, the names of the
4 10 5 most nearly connected with the ancient Riishis being then added) Br. S'rS.; a family, race
L.; an ancestor KâtyS'r. Sch. ({I} f. Pat.); {-kANDa} m. or n. a chapter about a series of ancestors
Cat.; {-khaNDa} m. or n. {-darpaNa} m. {-dIpikA} f. {-nirNaya}, m. {-maJjarI} f. {-ratna} n. N. of
wks.; {-vat} mfn. having a series of ancestors L.; {-rA7dhyAya} m. {-re-kRta-zAnti} f. N. of wks. 2.

pravAra * m. a covering, cover, woollen cloth, BriArUp. (cf. 2. {pra-vara}).

pravartaka = (adj m) a promoter

pravartate = act

pravarta * = m. a round ornament AV. (TS. Sch. `" an ear-ring "'; cf: {pra-vRtta}); engaging in,
undertaking W.; excitement, stimulus ib.

pravartante = they flourish

pravartitaM = established by the Vedas

pravakshyaami = I shall explain

pravakshye = I shall explain

pravaalaaH = twigs

pravaasaH = (m) journey, travel, trip

pravaaha = current

praves'a* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) entering, entrance, penetration or intrusion into (loc. gen. with or
without {antar}, or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (acc.with {kR}, to make one's entrance, enter); entrance
on the stage Hariv. Malav.; the entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac Var.; coming or setting
in (of night) L.; the placing (e. g. of any deposit) in a persoñs house or hand Pañcat.; interfering
with another's business, obtrusiveness Kathâs.; the entering into i.e. being contained in (loc.) Pân.
2-1, 72 Sch. Sâh.; employment, use, utilisation of (comp.) Kull. Inscr.; income, revenue, tax, toll
(cf. {-bhAgika}); intentness on an object, engaging closely in a pursuit or purpose W.; manner,
method Lalit.; a place of entrance, door MBh. Kâv. &c.; the syringe of an injection pipe Sus'r.;
{-bhAgika} m. (prob.) a receiver or gatherer of taxes Râjat.

pravibhaktaM = divided

pravibhaktaani = are divided

praviliiyate = merges entirely

pravilas* = m P. {-lasati}, to shine forth brightly BhP.; to appear in full strength or vigour Gît.
Sch.

pravilI* = Â. or Pass. {-lIyate}, ({-ti}), to become dissolved, melt or vanish away MundUp. MBh.
&c.: Caus. {-lApayati}, to cause to disappear or dissolve itself into (loc.) S'ank. BhP. Sch.; to
dissolve, melt (trans.) Sus'r.
pravilayana* = n. complete dissolution or absorption Car.

pravilaya* = m. melting Sus'r.; = next S'ank.

pravish.h = to enter

pravisha = enter

pravishanti = enter

pravistaram.h = extensively

praviiNa = expert

pravraj* = P. {-vrajati}, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for, go to (acc. loc. or dat.)
S'Br. Up. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant S'rS. Mn.
MBh. &c.; (with Jainas) to become a monk HParis'.: Caus. {-vrAjayati} (w.r. {-vraj-}), to send into
exile, banish from (abl.) MBh. R. &c.; to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant
or to become a monk MBh. HParis'.

pravrajya * = n. going abroad, migration MBh. ; (%{A}) f. id. ib. ; going forth from home (first rite
of a layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77 ; roaming, wandering about (esp. as a
religious mendicant, in a dress not authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; the order of a
relñreligious mñmendicant MBh. Var. ; %{-jyA-yoga} m. a constellation under which future
relñreligious mñmendicants are born Var. ; %{jyA7vasita} m. a relñreligious mñmendicant who
has renounced his order Ya1jn5.

prAvrAjya

n. (fr. %{-vrAj}) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy MBh. (w.r. %{-vrajya}) Ma1rkP.

pravraaja* = m. the bed of a river RV.

pravraajaka* = m. a religious mñmendicant R. Kathâs.; ({ikA}) f. a female ascetic (also {-jaka-

strI}) Kathâs.

pravraaj* = m. a religious mendicant Var. Kathâs.

pravraajana* = n. banishment, exile MBh. R.

pravraajita* = mfn. become a monk DivyA7v.

pravraj* = P. {-vrajati}, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for, go to (acc. loc. or dat.)
S'Br. Up. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant S'rS. Mn.
MBh. &c.; (with Jainas) to become a monk HParis'.: Caus. {-vrAjayati} (w.r. {-vraj-}), to send into
exile, banish from (abl.) MBh. R. &c.; to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant
or to become a monk MBh. HParis'.

pravrajana* = n. going abroad MBh.

pravrajita* = mfn. gone astray or abroad R. Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 38; run away (said of horses) MBh.;
(also with {vanam}) one who has left home to become a religious mendicant or (with Jainas) to
become a monk Mn. MBh. HParis'.; m. a religious mendicant or a monk MBh. Var. Sus'r.; ({A}) f.
a female ascetic or a nun Yâjñ. Var. Kâd. Sâh.; Nardostachys Jatamansi L.; another plant
({muNDIrI}) L.; n. the life of a religious mendicant MBh.

pravrajya* = n. going abroad, migration MBh.; ({A}) f. id. ib.; going forth from home (first rite of
a layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77; roaming, wandering about (esp. as a
religious mendicant, in a dress not authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the order of a
relñreligious mñmendicant MBh. Var.; {-jyA-yoga} m. a constellation under which future
relñreligious mñmendicants are born Var.; {jyA7vasita} m. a relñreligious mñmendicant who has
renounced his order Yâjñ.

pravridh.h = to grow fast pravridh * = P. %{-vardhati}, to exalt, magnify. RV. viii, 8, 22 ; A1. %{-
vardhate} (rarely P. %{-ti}), to grow up, grow, increase, gain in strength, prosper, thrive RV. &c.
&c.: Caus. %{-vardhayati}, %{-te}, to strengthen, increase, augment, extend RV. &c. &c. ; to raise,
exalt, cause to thrive Hariv. ; to rear, cherish, bring up Katha1s.

pravriddha * = mfn. grown up, fully developed, increased, augmented, intense, vehement, great,
numerous RV. &c. &c. ; swollen, heaving R. Ka1lid. ; risen to wealth or power, prosperous, mighty,
strong MBh. Var. ; (also with %{vayasA}) advanced in age, grown old MBh. Katha1s. ; expanded,
diffused W. ; full, deep (as a sigh) ib. ; haughty, arrogant MW. ; w.r. for %{pra-vRtta}, %{-viddha},
%{-buddha}.

pravriddhaH = great

pravriddhaaH = developed

pravriddhe = developed

pravrih* = P. Â. {-vRhati}, {-te}, to tear out or off or asunder, destroy RV. TS. Br. Up.; (Â) to draw
towards one's self. attract S'Br.

pravrij* = P. Â. {-vRNakti}, {-vRGkte}, (Ved. inf. {-vR4je}), to strew (the sacrificial grass) RV. Br.;
to place in or on the fire, heat ib.; to perform the Pravargya ceremony Br. KâtyS'r.

pravrijya* = mfn. to be placed in or near the fire ÂpS'r.

pravrikta* = ({pra4-}.) mfn. placed in or near the fire S'Br.

pravrit * = A1. %{-vartate}, (ep. also P. %{-ti}), to roll or go onwards (as a carriage), be set in
motion or going ChUp. MBh. &c. ; to set out, depart, betake one's self MBh. R. &c. ; to proceed
(%{vartmanA}, or %{-ni}, on a path ; %{apathena}, on a wrong path) Ka1v. Katha1s. ; to come
forth, issue, originate, arise, be produced, result, occur, happen, take place VS. Br. MBh. &c. ; to
commence, begin to (inf.), set about, engage in, be intent upon or occupied with (dat. loc., or
%{artham} ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to proceed against, do injury to (loc.) MBh. R. Ragh. [693,3] ; to
debauch (%{anyo@'nyam}, `" one another "') MBh. ; to act or proceed according to or with (instr.
or abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to behave or conduct one's self towards, deal with (loc.) ib. ; to hold
good, prevail ib. ; to continue, keep on (pr. p.) Hariv. Sarvad. ; to be, exist Ma1rkP. ; to serve for,
conduce to (dat., or %{artham} ifc.) Sarvad. ; to mean, be used in the sense of (loc.) ib. ; to let any
one (gen.) have anything (acc.) MBh.: Caus. %{-vartayati}, to cause to turn or roll, set in motion
RV. &c. &c. ; to throw, hurl, Pour forth RV. MaitrS. ; to send Prab. ; to set on foot, circulate,
diffuse, divulge MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to introduce, appoint, instal ib. ; to produce, create, accomplish,
devise, invent, perform, do, make ib. (with %{setum} to erect a dam ; with %{vyayakarma}, to
effect expenditure ; with %{loka-yAtrAm}, to transact the business of life ; with %{kathAm}, to
relate a story) ; to exhibit, show, display R. BhP. ; to undertake, begin Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c. ; to use,
employ Bhat2t2. ; to induce any one to do anything, betray into (loc.) Katha1s. ; to proceed
against (loc.) MBh.

pravrita *= mfn. chosen, selected, adopted (as a son) BhP. ; %{-homa} m. an oblation offered on
the appointment of a priest, S3rS. ; %{-mIya} mfn. relating to it S3a1n3khBr. ; %{-tA7huti} f. =
%{-tahoma} ib. Vait.

pravritta* = mfn. rotund, globular S'ânkhBr.; driven up (as a carriage) ChUp.; circulated (as a
book) Pañcat.; set out from ({-tas}), going to, bound for (acc. loc. inf., or {artham} ifc.;
{dakSiNena}, `" southwards "'; with {pathA} "', proceeding on a path "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; issued
from (abl.), come forth, resulted, arisen, produced, brought about, happened, occurred VS. &c.
&c.; come back, returned MBh.; commenced, begun MBh. Kâv. &c.; (also {-vat} mfn. ) having set
about or commenced to (inf.) Kathâs.; purposing or going to, bent upon (dat. loc., or comp.) Kâv.
Kathâs. Râjat.; engaged in, occupied with, devoted to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; hurting,
injuring, offending MBh.; acting, proceeding, dealing with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; existing Âpast.;
who or what has become (with nom.) R.; (with {karman} n. action) causing a continuation of
mundane existence Mn. xii, 88 [694,1]; w.r. for {pra-cRtta} and {pra-nRtta}; ({-vRtta4}) m. =
{-varta}, a round ornament S'Br.; ({A} f. N. of a female demon MârkP.); {-karman} n. any act
leading to a future birth W.; {-cakra} mfn. `" whose chariot wheels run on unimpeded "', having
universal power ({-kra-tA} f.) Yâjñ.; {-tva} n. the having happened or occurred Jaim.; {-pAnIya}
mfn. (a well) with abundant water MBh.; {-pAraNa} n. a partic. religious observance or ceremony
S'ak. (v.l.); {-vAc} mfn. of fluent speech, eloquent MBh.; {-samprahAra} mfn. one who has begun
the fight ({-ra-tva} n.) Kathâs.; {-ttA7zin} m. N. of a partic. class of ascetics Baudh.

pravrittaH = engaged

pravritte = while about to engage

pravritti = (f) tendency, behaviour

pravritti* = f. moving onwards, advance, progress GriS'rS. MBh. Sus'r.; coming forth, appearance,
manifestation S'vetUp. Kâlid. Râjat.; rise, source, origin. MBh.; activity, exertion, efficacy,
function Kap. Sânkhyak. MBh. &c. (in the Nyâya one of the 82 Prameyas IW. 63); active life (as
opp. to {ni-vRtti} [q.v.] and to contemplative devotion, and defined as consisting of the wish to
act, knowledge of the means, and accomplishment of the object) W.; giving or devoting one's self
to, prosecution of. course or tendency towards, inclination or predilection for (loc. or comp.)
Râjat. Hit. Sâh.; application, use, employment Mn. MBh. MârkP.; conduct, behaviour, practice
Mn. MBh. &c.; the applicability or validity of a rule KâtyS'r. Pân. Sch.; currency, continuance,
prevalence ib.; fate, lot, destiny R.; news, tidings, intelligence of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
cognition (with {viSaya-vatI}, `" a sensuous cñcognition "') Yogas.; the exudation from the
temples of a rutting elephant L. (cf. Vikr. iv, 47); N. of Avanti or Oujein or any holy place L.; (in
arithm.) the multiplier W. (w.r. for {pra-kRti}?); {-jJa}, m. `" knowing the news "', an emissary,
agent. spy L.; {-jJo4na} n. {-vijJAna} Sarvad.; {-nimitta} n. the reason for the use of any term in
the particular significations which it bears MW.; {-nivRtti-mat} mfn. connected with activity and
inactivity BhP.; {paro4Gmukha} mf({I})n. disinclined to give tidings Vikr.; {-pratyaya} m. a belief
in or conception of the things relating to the external world Buddh.; {-mat} mfn. devoted to
anything, Kaiy.; {mArga} m. active or worldly life, occupancy about the business and pleasures of
the world or with the rites and works of religion MW.; {-vacana} mfn. (a word) expressing activity
Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 51; {-vijJAna} n. cognition of the things belonging to the external world Buddh.;
{-tty-aGga} n. N. of wk. pravrittiM = mission

pravrittiH = activity

praavrittika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {-vRtti}) corresponding to a former mode of action KâtyS'r. Sch.;
(ifc.) well acquainted with Hariv.
praveshhTuM = to enter into

pravyathita = perturbed

pravyathitaM = perturbed

pravyathitaaH = perturbed

prayaa * =prayA to go forth, set out, progress, advance towards or against, go or repair to (acc.,
also with {accha}, or {prati}, or loc.) RV. &c. &c.; to walk, roam, wander MBh. Kâv. &c.; to part, go
asunder, be dispersed, pass away, vanish, die ib.; to get into a partic. state or condition, enter,
undergo, incur (acc.) ib.; to proceed i.e. behave Bhartri. (v.l.); to cause to go i.e. to lead into (acc.)
Hcat.: Caus. {-yApayati}, to cause to set out S'Br. (cf. Pân. 8-4, 29; 30 Sch.): Desid. {-yiyAsati}, to
wish to set out ib.: Caus. of Desid. {-yiyAsayati}, to cause a person to wish to set out Bhathth.

prayachchhati = offers

prayataatmanaH = from one in pure consciousness

prayata * mfn. outstretched, far-extended RV. AV.; placed upon (loc.) RV.; offered, presented,
given, granted, bestowed RV. &c. &c.; piously disposed, intent on devotion, well prepared for a
solemn rite (with loc. or ifc.), ritually pure (also applied to a vessel and a place Âpast. R.),
selfsubdued, dutiful, careful, prudent KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a holy or pious person W.;
{-tA} f. {-tva} n. purity, holiness MBh.; {-dakSiNa} ({pra4y-}) mfn. one who has made presents
(to the priests at a sacrifice), a giver, donor RV.; {-parigraha-dvitIya} mfn. accompanied by a
pious or chaste wife MW.; {-mAnasa} mfn. pious-minded, devout, ascetic MBh.; {-tA7tman} or
{-tA7tma-vat} mfn. id. Mn. R.

prayatna = excertion

prayatnaat.h = by rigid practice

prayantu = may go

prayaaNa = of death

prayaaNakaale = at the time of death

prayaasa* = m. exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., {-arthAya} or {-nimittena})
VS. TS. Kâv. &c. (cf. {a-prayAsena}) [688,1]; high degree Jâtakam.; {-bhAj} mfn. capable of
exertion, active, energetic W.

prayaataaH = having departed

prayaati = goes

prayaanti = they go

prayaaNa* = n. (Kâs'. on Pân. 8-4, 29) setting out, starting, advancing, motion onwards, progress,
journey, march, invasion RV. &c. &c. (with {gardabhena}, `" riding on an ass "' Pañcat.);
departure, death (cf. {prA7Na-pray-}); onset, beginning, commencement Kâthh. S'Br.; {-kAla} m.
time of departure, death Bhag.; {-paTaha} m. a drum beaten while marching Hcar.; {-purI} f. N.
of a town ({-rI-mAhAtmya} n. N. of wk.); {-bhaGga} m. the breaking or suspending of a journey, a
halt Pañcat.; {-vicAra} m. N. of wk.; {-NA7rha} mfn. deserving death W.

prayaantu = may go to

prayojana * = n. (ifc. f. %{A}) occasion, object, cause, motive, opportunity, purpose, design, aim,
end Pra1t. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; %{prayojanena}, with a particular intention, on purpose MBh.; %{-na-
vazAt} id. Pan5cat.; %{kena@-nena}, from what cause or motive ? Prab.; %{kasmai@-nAya},
%{kasmAt@-nAt}, %{kasya@-nasya} and %{kasmin@-ne} id. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 27; %{-
nam@ati-kram}, to neglect an opportunity MBh.; profit, use or need of, necessity for Ka1v.
Pan5cat. &c. (with instr., %{taruNA@kim@prayojanam}, what is the use of the tree? Kuval.;
%{bhavatv@etaiH@kusumaiH@prayojanam}, let these flowers be used S3ak.; with gen. or dat.
Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 27; ii, 3, 72); means of attaining Mn. vii, 100; (in phil.) a motive for
discussing the point in question IW. 64; %{-vat} mfn. having or connected with or serving any
purpose or interest, interested R.; serviceable, useful Sus3r. (%{-ttva} n. Sarvad.); having a cause,
caused, produced W.

prayoga = practice

prayogaH = (m) experiment

prayogashaalaa = (f) laboratory

prayojana = (n) reason

prayojaniiyaM = should use

prayu.njaano = combined

prayuktaH = impelled

prayuktavyaM = should be used

prayujyate = is used

prayujyet.h = is used

prauchchaarita = (adj) loud, prominent

prayAsa* = exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., {-arthAya} or {-nimittena}) VS.
TS. Kâv. &c. (cf. {a-prayAsena}) [688, 1]; high degree Jâtakam.; {-bhAj} mfn. capable of exertion,
active, energetic W.

prema = Divine Love

preraNa* = n. driving out; see {pazu-pr-}; (also {A} f.) setting in motion, urging, inciting,
direction, command, impelling to ({prati} or comp.) Naish. Kathâs. Râjat. Hit.; activity, action
Yâjñ. Megh.; the sense of the causal verb Vop.

prepsuH = desiring

preshh.h = to send
preshhaNaM = posting

preshhaNaani = postings

preshhayanti = post or send

preshhayaami = present, post

preshhayet.h = present

preshhthha = (past part.) sent (thing)

pre4shthha * mfn. (superl. fr. {priya}) dearest, most beloved or desired RV.; (in address)
KathhUp. BhP.; very fond of (loc.) RV. vi, 63, 1; m. a lover, husband BhP.; ({A}) f. a mistress, wife
L.; a leg L.

preshthhatama * mfn. dearest, most beloved BhP.

pretaan.h = spirits of the dead

pretya = after death * = ind. having died, after death, in the next world, in the life to come,
hereafter (opp. to {iha}) S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.

prekshaa * = f. seeing, viewing, beholding, regarding, looking on (at a performance) MBh. R. BhP.
(often ifc. cf. {dharma-pre7kSa}, {mukha-pr-}); a sight or view (esp. a beautiful sñsight or vñview)
BhP.; a public show or entertainment Mn. Hariv. Kathâs.; (ifc.) the being understood or meant as
Nir. i, 17; circumspection, consideration, reflection MBh. Hariv. Râjat.; the branch of a tree L.

pRcchaa* = f. asking, questioning (acc.), question about (comp.) Ka1v. ; an inquiry into the future
VarBr2S.

prithu * = mf({vI4} or {u})n. broad, wide, expansive, extensive, spacious, large; great, important;
ample, abundant; copious, numerous, manifold RV. &c. &c. ({u} ind.); prolix, detailed Var.;
smart, clever, dexterous L.; m. a partic. measure of length (= {pRtha}) L.; fire L.; N. of S'iva MBh.;
of one of the Vis've Devâs VP.; of a Dânava Hariv.; of a son of An-enas MBh. Hariv.; of a Vriishni
and son of Citraka ib.; of a son of Citra-ratha BhP.; of a descendant of Ikshvâku (son of An-aranya
and father of Tri-s'anku) R.; of a son of Para Hariv.; of a son of Prastâra VP.; of a son of Rucaka
BhP.; of a son of one of the Manus Hariv.; of one of the Saptarshis ib.; of a son of Vathe7s'vara
(father of Vis'âkha-datta) Cat.; of a son of Vena MWB. 423; of a monkey R.; ({u}) f. Nigella Indica
L.; = {hiGgu-pattrI} L.; opium L.; ({vI}) f. see below. [Cf. Gk. $; Germ. {platt}; Eng. {plate}.]

priya = dear

priyaM = the pleasant

priyaMvada * = mf({A})n. speaking kindly, agreeable, affable to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
m. a kind of bird R.; N. of a Gandharva Ragh.; of a poet Cat.; ({A}) f. a kind of metre Col.; N. of a
woman S'ak. Das'.; {-da-ka} m. N. of a man Mudr.

priyakRt * mfn. doing a kindness MBh. R.; m. a friend, benefactor W.; {-tama} mfn. doing that
which pleases most MW.

priyaH = dear
priyakrittamaH = more dear

priyakarman * mfn. doing kind actions, kind Kâm.; n. the action of a lover BhP.

priyatva * n. the being dear, bñbeing beloved MBh. R.; the being fond of (comp.) Kum. Sus'r. [710,
2

priyadhA * ind. lovingly, kindly TS.

priyadhAma * ({priya4-}) mfn. fond of home, loving the sacrificial enclosure (said of Agni) RV. i,
140, 1.

priyaMdada * mfn. giving what is pleasant, Kârand.; ({A}) f. N. of a Gandharvî ib.

priyataraH = dearer

priyamvada = (f) one who speaks agreeable things

priyavaadii = one who speaks nice things

priyaaH = palatable

priyaayaaH = with the dearmost

priitamanaaH = pleased in mind

priiti = and satisfaction * = f. any pleasurable sensation, pleasure, joy, gladness, satisfaction (with
loc. or ifc.; with ind. p., `" joy at having done anything "') Gr2S3rS. &c. &c.; friendly disposition,
kindness, favour, grace, amity (with %{samam} or ifc.), affection, love (with gen. loc., or ifc.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; joy or gratification personified (esp. as a daughter of Daksha or as one of the two
wives of Ka1ma-deva) Hariv. Pur. Katha1s.; N. of a S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; the 2nd of the 27 astrological
Yogas. L.; N. of the 13th Kala1 of the moon Cat.; a symbolical expression for the sound %{dh}
Ra1matUp.; (%{yA}) ind. in a state of joyful excitement, gladly, with joy MBh. R. Ragh. Katha1s.;
in a friendly way, amicably Mn. Ragh. &c.

priitiH = pleasure

priitipuurvakaM = in loving ecstasy

priiyamaaNaaya = thinking you dear to Me

proksha* = m. the act of sprinkling upon ÂpS'r.

prokshaNa*= n. id., consecration by sprinkling (of a sacrificial animal or of a dead body before
burial) TS. &c. &c.; a vessel for holy water Hariv. (v.l. {-NI}); immolation of victims L. ({-vidhi} m.
N. of wk.); ({I}) f. see below.

prokta = said

proktaM = is called

proktaH = spoken
proktavaan.h = instructed

proktaa = were said

proktaaH = spoken

proktaani = said

proktaanyenaiva = proktAn.h + ena + eva:said + this + alone

prochyate = are said

prochyamaanaM = as described by Me

protaM = is strung

plavate = to swim

plihaa = the spleen

prichchhati = inquires/asks/minds

prichchhaami = ask

prichhati = (6 pp) to ask, to question

pRthak * = ind. ( {pRth} or {prath} + {aJc}) widely apart, separately, differently, singly, severally,
one by one (often repeated) RV. &c. &c.; (as a prep. with gen. or instr.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 32) apart or
separately or differently from L.; (with abl.) without Prab.; except, save Bhathth.

pR4thak-kRta * = mfn. separated, sundered, cut off MârkP.

pR4thak-cara * = mf({I})n. going separately or alone MW.

pR4thak-tA * = f. separateness, severalty, singleness, individuality Nyâyam. Sch.

pR4thak-tva * = n. id. S'ânkhS'r. Nir. MBh. &c. (cf. IW.68); ({ena}) ind. singly, one by one MBh.;
{-tas} (S'ânkhS'r.) and {-zas} (Nyâyam. Sch.), separately, singly.

pR4thak-pada * = mfn. consisting of single i.e. uncompounded words ({-tva} n.) Vâm.

pR4thak-zabda * = m. a separate or distinct or independent word Vop.

pR4thak-zruti * = mfn. uttering a distinct sound, distinctly heard RPrât.

pR4thak-sthiti * = f. separate existence, separation Vikr.

pRthakat * = ind.= {pRthak} Pân. 5-3, 72 Sch.

prithak.h = each separately

prithakkaraNam.h = (n) analysis

prithaktvena = in duality

prithag.hvidhaM = of different kinds

prithag.hvidhaaH = variously arranged

prithag.hvidhaan.h = different

prithagbhaavaM = separated identities

prithiviiM = Earth

prithiviipate = O King

prithivyaaM = in the earth

prithvii = earth

prishthha * = n. (prob. fr. %{pra-stha}, `" standing forth prominently "'; ifc. f. %{A}) the back (as
the prominent part of an animal), the hinder part or rear of anything RV. &c. &c. (%{pRSThena-
yA}, with gen., to ride on; %{-Thena-vah}, to carry on the back; %{-ThaM-dA}, to give the back,
make a low obeisance; %{-The} ind. behind or from behind); the upper side, surface, top, height
ib. (with %{diva4H}, or %{nA4kasya}, the surface of the sky, vault of heaven; cf. %{ghRta-p-});
the flat roof of a house (cf. %{gRha-p-}, %{harmya-p-}); a page of a book MW.; N. of partic.
arrangement of Sa1mans (employed at the midday libation and formed from the Ratham2tara,
Br2ihat, Vairu1pa, Vaira1ja, S3a1kvara, and Raivata SñS3alkvara) TS. Br. S3rS.; N. of various
Sa1mans A1rshBr.

prishhThataH = (adv) above

prishhThabhumikaa = (f) background

prishhThebhaanuH = pRishhThe+bhaanuH, behind+sun

puchchha = tail

puchchham.h = (n) tail

pujayati = (10 pp) to worship

pujaarii = priest

pulakita = shivering with joy

pumaan.h = a person

pumanujA* = f. `" born after a male child "', having an elder brother Pân. 3-2, 100 Kâs'. (cf.
{puMsA7nuja}).

pumapatya* = n. male offspring L.

pum-artha* = m. the aim of man ({-tA} f.) TBr. Sch.; ({am}) ind. for the sake of the soul KapS.

pum-Akhya* = mfn. designated as male or masculine Pân. 8-3, 6 Sch.; ({A}) f. a name or
designation for male beings L. Pân. 4-1, 48 Sch.

pumAcAra* = m. the custom or usage of men Pân. 8-3, 6 Sch

puMguNajantu jIva* = m. the living or animal soul combined with the qualities of man Tattvas.

puM-s'abda * m. a masculine word L.

puM-sU * f. bringing forth only mñmale children ÂpGri.

puMvat * = ind. like a man, like or in or with a man &c. MBh. Kâv.; like or in or with the
masculine gender S'rS. Pân. Vop. ({-vad-vidhAna} n. ceremonies as on the birth of a male MW.)

puM-veSa * mf({A})n. wearing male attire, dressed like a man Kathâs.

puNDarIka* = n. ( {puN} [?]; cf. Un. iv, 20 Sch.) a lotus-flower (esp. a white lotus; ifc. expressive
of beauty cf. g. {vyAghrA7di}) RV. &c.&c. (it is sacred to S'ikhin, one of the Buddhas MWB. 515); a
white umbrella L.; a kind of drug L.; (m. or n. ?) a mark on the forehead S'atr.; N. of a Tîrtha
MBh.; m. a kind of sacrifice MBh.; a species of rice Sus'r.; a kind of fragrant mango L.; Artemisia
Indica L.; a variety of the sugar-cane L.; a tiger L.; a kind of bird L.; a kind of serpent L.; a kind of
leprosy L.; fever in an elephant L.; white (the colour) L.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of the elephant of the
south-east quarter Ragh.; of an ancient king MBh.; of a son of Nabha or Nabhas Hariv.; of a
Brâhman renowned for filial piety, and afterwards worshipped as the god Vithhobl RTL. 263;
(with Jainas) of a Gana-dhara S'atr.; of a hermit (son of Sveta-ketu and Lakshmi) Kâd.; of a poet
Cat.; of a mountain S'atr.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.; of a daughter of Vasishthha (wife of
Pra7na or Pându) VP.; of a river in Krau9ñca-dvipa ib.

pu.nDariika = lotus

pungava (puMgava0)m. (ifc. f. {A}) a bull Lâthy. Hariv.; a hero, eminent person, chief of ifc. cf.
{kuru-p-}, {gaja-p-} &c.); a kind of drug L.; {-ketu} m. `" marked by a bull "'N. of S'iva Kum.

pu.nlingaM = masculine

pu.nsaH = of a person

pu.nsaaM = to the males (to all people)

pu.nstriilinge = masculine

punaH = again (on the other hand) *= in comp. for %{punar}.

punar * = ind. back, home, in an opposite direction RV. &c. &c. (with 1. %{gam}, %{yA}, to go
back or away; with %{dA}, to give back, restore; with %{bhU}, to turn round; with %{as} and dat.,
to fall back upon); again, once more (also with %{bhUyas}) ib. (with %{bhU}, to exist again, be
renewed, become a wife again, re= marry); again and again, repeatedly ib. (mostly
%{pu4naH@p-} which with %{na} = nevermore); further, moreover, besides ib. (also
%{punar@aparam}; %{Adau-punar-pazcAt}, at first-then-later); however, still, nevertheless
MBh. Ka1v. &c. (at the end of a verse it lays stress on a preceding %{atha@vA}, %{api@vA}, or
%{vA} alone; %{punar@api}, even again, on the other hand, also; %{kadA@p-}, at any time, ever;
%{kim@p-}, how much more or less? however; %{pñpreceding-p-}, now-now; at one time - at
another time).

punarapi = punaH+api, again \& again

punaravasuu = Seventh nakshatra

punarjanma = rebirth

punashcha = and again

punaami = shall purify

puñja* = m. (mostly ifc.; f. {A}) a heap, mass, quantity, multitude MBh. Kâv. &c.

punkhitashara = feathered arrow

puNya = purification acquired by virtuous deeds; auspicious, propitious, fair, pleasant, good,
right, virtuous, meritorious, pure, holy, sacred; ni. N. of a poet Cat.; of another man Buddh.; m. or
n. N. of a lake MBh.; ({A}) f. holy basil L.; Physalis Flexuosa L.; N. of a daughter of Kratu and
Sannati VP.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) the good or right, virtue, purity, good work, meritorious act, moral or
religious merit MBh. Kâv. &c.; a religious ceremony (esp. one performed by a wife in order to
retain her husband's affections and to obtain a son; also {-ka}) MBh. Hariv.; a brick trough for
watering cattle W.

puNyaM = pious, meritorious

puNyaH = original

puNyakarmaNaaM = of the pious

puNyakritaM = of those who performed pious activities

puNyaphalaM = result of pious work

puNyaaH = righteous

puNyaapuNya = virtues \ + sins

puNyaaya = (Dative S) for virtu

puNye = the results of their pious activities

pura * = 1 (for 2. see p. 635), in comp. for {puras}.

puraa4 * = ind. (cf. {pra}, {puras}, {pUrva}) before, formerly, of old (with {na}, never "') RV. &c.
&c.; in a previous existence VarYogay.; (with pres. = pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the present
time (also with {sma} cf. Pân. 3-2, 122; with {na}, never yet) RV. &c. &c.; at first, in the beginning
Bhartri. (opp. to {pazcA}, {pazcAt} Pân. 5-3, 33 Kâs'.); soon, shortly (with pres.= fut.) Kâlid.
Naish.; (as prep., mostly in earlier language, with abl., rarely with dat. or gen.) before; securely
from; except, beside; (with pres.= fut. [cf. Pân. 3-3, 4], once with Pot.) ere, before (sometimes
with {na} or {na} and {yAvat} [followed by {tAvat}], with {mA} or {yadi} MBh. Kâv. &c.)
pura * = (for 1. see p. 634, col. 2) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a fortress, castle, city, town (a place containing
large buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending not less than one Kos in length [635, 3]; if it
extends for half that distance it is called a {kheTa}, if less than that, a {karvaTa} or small market
town; any smaller cluster of houses is called a {grAma} or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c.; the female
apartments, gynaeceum MBh. (cf. {antaH-p-}, {nArI-p-} &c.); a house, abode, residence,
receptacle BhP. Tattvas.; an upper story L.; a brothel L.; `" the city "' Gk. $ i.e. Pâthali-putra or
Patnâ L.; = {tri-pura}, the 3 strong holds of the Asuras Kathâs.; the body (cf. 3. {pur}) BhP.; the
skin L.; a species of Cyperus L.; N. of a constellation Var.; a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel L.
(prob. w.r. for {puTa}); N. of the subdivisions of the Vedanta wk. {tripurI} or {tripuTI} (perhaps
also w.r. for {puTa}) Cat.; mf({A})n. a kind of resin, bdellium, Susr. L.; m. N. of an Asura= {tri-
pura} (cf. {pura-jit}), of another man, g. {kurv-Adi}; ({A}) f. a stronghold, fortress (cf. {agni-
purA} and {azma-p-}); a kind of perfume L.; ({I}) f. a fortress, castle, town TÂr. MBh. &c.; N. of a
town (the capital of Kalinga, noted for the worship of Jagan-nâtha or Kriishna IW. 244 n. 1); the
sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr.; the body BhP.; N. of one of the 10 orders of mendicants
(said to be founded by disciples of S'ankara, the members of which add the word {purI} to their
names) W.

puura * = mfn. ( {pRR}, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. {pANi-}); fulfilling, satisfying (cf. {kAma-});
m. the act of filling, fulfilling &c. Kâv. Pur.; the swelling or rising of a river or of the sea, a large
quantity of water, flood, stream (also met. = abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kâv. Sus'r. &c.
[642, 1]; a cake R. (cf. {ghRta-}); a kind of breath-exercise = {pUraka} below BhP.; the cleansing
of a wound L. (cf. {pUraNa}); the citron tree (= {bIja-pUra}) L.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.; n. a
kind of incense L.; bdellium L.; mf({A})n. a sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil W. (cf.
{pUrikA} below).

pura* = 1 (for 2. see p. 635), in comp. for {puras}.\\ (for 1. see p. 634, col. 2) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a
fortress, castle, city, town (a place containing large buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending
not less than one Kos in length [635,3]; if it extends for half that distance it is called a {kheTa}, if
less than that, a {karvaTa} or small market town; any smaller cluster of houses is called a {grAma}
or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c.; the female apartments, gynaeceum MBh. (cf. {antaH-p-}, {nArI-p-}
&c.); a house, abode, residence, receptacle BhP. Tattvas.; an upper story L.; a brothel L.; `" the
city "' Gk. $ i.e. Pâthali-putra or Patnâ L.; = {tri-pura}, the 3 strong holds of the Asuras Kathâs.;
the body (cf. 3. {pur}) BhP.; the skin L.; a species of Cyperus L.; N. of a constellation Var.; a leaf
rolled into the shape of a funnel L. (prob. w.r. for {puTa}); N. of the subdivisions of the Vedanta
wk. {tripurI} or {tripuTI} (perhaps also w.r. for {puTa}) Cat.; mf({A})n. a kind of resin, bdellium,
Susr. L.; m. N. of an Asura= {tri-pura} (cf. {pura-jit}), of another man, g. {kurv-Adi}; ({A}) f. a
stronghold, fortress (cf. {agni-purA} and {azma-p-}); a kind of perfume L.; ({I}) f. a fortress,
castle, town TÂr. MBh. &c.; N. of a town (the capital of Kalinga, noted for the worship of Jagan-
nâtha or Kriishna IW. 244 n. 1); the sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr.; the body BhP.; N. of
one of the 10 orders of mendicants (said to be founded by disciples of S'ankara, the members of
which add the word {purI} to their names) W.

puraa = formerly* = ind. (cf. {pra}, {puras}, {pUrva}) before, formerly, of old (with {na}, never "')
RV. &c. &c.; in a previous existence VarYogay.; (with pres. = pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the
present time (also with {sma} cf. Pân. 3-2, 122; with {na}, never yet) RV. &c. &c.; at first, in the
beginning Bhartri. (opp. to {pazcA}, {pazcAt} Pân. 5-3, 33 Kâs'.); soon, shortly (with pres.= fut.)
Kâlid. Naish.; (as prep., mostly in earlier language, with abl., rarely with dat. or gen.) before;
securely from; except, beside; (with pres.= fut. [cf. Pân. 3-3, 4], once with Pot.) ere, before
(sometimes with {na} or {na} and {yAvat} [followed by {tAvat}], with {mA} or {yadi} MBh. Kâv.
&c.)

puraaNa* = mf({I} or {A})n. belonging to ancient or olden times, ancient, old (also= withered,
worn out, opp. to {nUtana}, {nava}) RV. &c. &c.; m. a Karsha or measure of silver (= 16 Panas of
cowries) Mn. viii, 136 (also n. L.); N. of a Riishi Kâthh.; pl. the ancients MW.; n. a thing or event
of the past, an ancient tale or legend, old traditional history. AV. &c. &c.; N. of a class of sacred
works (supposed to have been compiled by the poet Vyâsa and to treat of 5 topics [cf. {paJca-
lakSaNa}]; the chief Purânas are 18, grouped in 3 divisions: viz. 1. Râjasa exalting Brahmâ [e.g.
the Brahma, Brahma7nda, Brahmavaivarta, Mârkandeya, Bhavishya, Vâmana]; 2. Sâttvika
exalting Vishnu [e.g. the Vishnu, Bhâgavata, Nâradiya, Garuda, Padma, Varâha]; 3. Tâmasa
exalting Siva [e.g. the S'iva, Linga, Skanda, Agni or in place of it the Vâyu, Matsya, Kûrma]; by
some the PñPadma are divided into 4, and by others into 6 groups; cf. IW. 509 &c.); N. of wk.
(containing an index of the contents of a number of PñPadma and some other wks.)

puraaNa* = {purAtana} see p. 635.

puraaNaM = the oldest

puraaNaH = the oldest

puraaNapurushhottamaH = the ancient \&the best of men

puraaNaaH = Purana

puraaNii = very old

puraatanaH = very old

puraH = before or in front, East is considered front for auspicious occasion

puraka = inhalation

purataH = in front

purato = in the front

puramathana = O Destroyer of Tripura

purandhrii = wife

puraNa* = m. ( {pRR}) the sea, ocean Un. ii, 81 Sch.

puraNDa* = m. pl. N. of a dynasty VP. (cf. {puruNDa}).

puraskaaraH = (m) prize

purastaat.h = from the front

purii = stronghold, city

pure = in the city

purNatva = perfection

purodhasaaM = of all priests

purohita = priest
puroga * = mf({A})n. going before, leading, a leader, chief principal (ifc. preceded or accompanied
by) MBh. Kâv. &c.

purogaa * = purogA m. a leader

purohita* = ({puro-}.) mfn. placed foremost or in front, charged, commissioned, appointed; m.

one holding a charge or commission, an agent; (esp.) a family priest, a domestic chaplain RV. &c.
&c. (RTL. 352 &c.); {-karman} n. N. of 3rd Paris'. of AV.; {-tva} n. the rank of a Purohita MBh.

purujit.h = Purujit

purusha = man* = m. (m. c. also {pU4r-}; prob. fr. {pRR} and connected with {puru}, {pUru} ifc.
f. {A}, rarely {I}; cf. Pân. 4-i, 24) a man, male, human being (pl. people, mankind) RV. &c. &c.; a
person, ({pumAn puruSaH}, a male person S'ânkhGri. Mn.; {daNDaHp-}, punishment
personified Mn.; esp. grammatical pers.; with {prathama}, {madhyama}, {uttama} = the 3rd, 2nd,
1st pers. Nir. Pân.), an officer, functionary, attendant, servant Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {tat-p-}); a friend
L.; a follower of the Sânkhya Philosophy (?) L.; a member or representative of a race or generation
TS. Br. Mn. &c.; the height or measure of a man (= 5 Aratnis = 120 Angulas) S'Br. S'ulbas. Var.;
the pupil of the eye S'Br.; (also with {nArAyaNa}) the primaeval man as the soul and original
source of the universe (described in the Purusba-su7kta q.v.) RV. S'Br. &c.; the personal and
animating principle in men and other beings, the soul or spirit AV. &c. &c.; the Supreme Being or
Soul of the universe (sometimes with {para}, {parama}, or {uttama}; also identified with Brahmâ,
Vishnu, S'iva and Durgâ) VS. S'Br. &c. &c.; (in Sânkbya) the Spirit as passive and a spectator of
the Prakriiti or creative force IW. 82 &c.; the, `" spirit "' or fragrant exhalation of plants RV. x, 51,
8; (with {sapta}) N. of the divine or active principles from the minute portions of which the
universe was formed Mn. i, 19; N. of a Pâda in the Mahsnâmnî verses Lâthy.; of the Ist, 3rd, 5th,
7th, 9th and 11th signs of the zodiac Jyot.; of a son of Manu Câkshusha BhP.; of one of the 18
attendants of the sun L.; pl. men, people (cf. above); N. of the Brâhmans of Krauñca-dvipa BhP.;
(with {paJca}) N. of 5 princely personages or miraculous persons born under partic.
constellations, Var; Rottleria Tinctoria L.; Clerodendrum Phlomoides L.; ({I}) f. a woman, female
RV. &c. &c.; m. or n. = {puruSaka} m. n. S'is'. v, 56 Sch.; n. (!) N. of mount Meru L.

purushhaM = to a person

purushhaH = person

purushharshhabha = O best among men

purushhavyaaghra = O tiger among human beings

purushhasya = of a man

purushhaaH = such persons

purushhaat.h = from the person

purushhottama = O Supreme Person

purushhottamaM = the Supreme Personality of Godhead

purushhottamaH = as the Supreme Personality

purushhau = living entities

purushakAma * = mfn. desirous of men TândBr.

purushakSetra * =n. a male or uneven zodiacal sign or astrological house, Var,

purushagati * =f. N. of a Sâman Gaut.

purushatA * =({-Sa4-}) f. manhood, manliness; ind. (as instr.) after the manner of men, among
men RV. [637, 2]

purusha-tejas

purushatejas * =({pu4-}) mfn. having a mañs energy or manly vigour AV.

purushatva * =n. manhood, manliness MBh. Pur.; {-tva4-tA} ind. after the manner of men RV.

purushadharma * =m. personal rule or precept KâtyS'r.

purushaniyama * =m. (in gram.) a restriction as to person.

purushapati * = m. `" lord of men "'N. of Râma MW.

purushapazu * =m. a beast of man, a brutal man Pañc. VP.; a man as a sacrificial victim BhP.; the
soul compared with animal IW. 85; a human animal, man W.

purushapura * =n. N. of the capital of Gândhâra, the modern Peshâwar ($ L.

purushaprabhu * =m. N. of a prince VP.

puru * = much, many, abundant (only {purU8}, {-rU4Ni}, {-rUNAm} and sev. cases of f. {pUrvI};
in later language only ibc.) RV. &c. &c. ({-ru84}. much, often, very [also with a compar. or
superl.]; with {simA}, everywhere; with {tira4s}, far off, from afar; {purA7ru4}, far and wide;
{puru4 vi4zva}, one and all, every RV.); m. the pollen of a flower L.; heaven, paradise L.; (cf.
{pUru}) N. of a prince (the son of Yayâti and S'armishthhâ and sixth monarch of the lunar race)
MBh. S'ak.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Saha-devâ BhP.; of a son of Madhu VP.; of a son of Manu
Câkshusha and Nadvalâ Pur. [Cf. Old Pers. {paru}; Gk. $; Goth. {filu}; Angl. Sax. {ftolu}; Germ.
{viel}.] &194957[636, 2]

purvi = (f) sunrise, east, sun

purvottana = the front of the body

purvottanaasana = the front-stretching posture

pushkala = a lot

pushya = Eighth nakshatra

pushhkalaabhiH = Vedic hymns

pushhTiH = nourishment
pushthi * = (or {puSTi}, esp. RV.) f. well-nourished condition, fatness, plumpness, growth,
increase, thriving, prosperity, wealth, opulence, comfort RV. &c. &c.; breeding, rearing (esp. of
cattle; also with {pazoH}) RV. TS. S'Br.; development, fulness, completeness Sâh.; N. of a partic.
ceremony performed for the attainment of welfare or prosperity Cat.; N. of a daughter of Daksha
and wife of Dharma MBh. Hariv. Pur. [639, 2]; of the mother of Lobha MârkP.; of a dñdaughter of
Dhruva VP.; of a dñdaughter of Paurnamâsa ib.; of a S'akti Hcat.; one of the 16 Mâtriikâs or divine
mothers L.; of a Kalâ of the moon BrahmaP.; of a Kalâ of Prakriiti and wñwife of Gane7s'a
BrahmaP.; of a form of Dakshâyanî MatsyaP.; of a form of Sarasvatî W.; Physalis Flexuosa L.

pushhNaami = am nourishing

pushpamitra* = m. (v.l. {puSya-m-}) N. of a king (according to the Brâhmanical account, a

general of the last Maurya dynasty and father of prince Agni-mitra, or according to Buddhists, a
king, the successor of Pushyadharman) Mâlav. Pur. Buddh. (cf IW. 167 n. 2); of another king VP.;
{-sabhA} f. the court of king PñPushyadharman Pân. 1-1, 68 Vârtt. 7 Pat.

pushhpa = flower

pushhpaM = a flower

pushhpadhaanii = (f) vase, flower-pot

pushhpita = one that has flowered

pushhpitaaM = flowery

pushhpitaagraM = flowertipped (also the metre with that name)

pushhya = Eighth nakshatra

pushhyati = (4 pp) to nourish

pustaka = book

pushya* = n. nourishment (pl.) Car.; the blossom or flower i.e. the uppermost or best of anything
(cf. Gk. &196071[640,2] $; Lat. {flos}) RV.; ({puSyA}) m. N. of the 6th (or 8th, but see
{nakSatra}) lunar asterism (also called Sidhya and Tishya) AV. &c. &c.; (= {-yoga}), the
conjunction of the moon with Pushya Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of the month Pausha VP.; of the Kali-yuga
or fourth age W.; of one of the 24 mythical Buddhas MWB. 136 n. 1; of various princes VP.; n. N.
of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; ({puSyA4}) f. a species of plant AV.; the asterism Pushya L.

pushyamitra* = m. N. of a prince VP.; pl. his dynasty ib. (cf. {puSpa-m-})

puT * = cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 74) {puTati}, to clasp, fold, envelop in (instr.) Bhpr.; to rub
together with (instr. ib.); cl. 1. P. {poTati}, to grind, pound Dhâtup. ix, 38 (v.l. for {muT}); cl. 10.
P. {puTayati}, to be in contact with, xxxv, 58 {poTayati}, to speak or to shine ({bhASA7rthe} or
{bhAsA7rthe}), xxxiii, 80; to grind or pound, xxxii, 72 Vop.; to be small, xxxii, 24 (v.l. for {puTT}).

put * = or {pud} (a word invented to explain {putra} or {put-tra} see Mn. ix, 138, and cf. Nir. ii,
11), hell or a partic. hell (to which the childless are condemned) MBh.: Kâv. and C. [632, 3]

pUt * = ind. an onomat. expressive of blowing or hard breathing (prob. w.r. for {phUt}, {phut}
q.v.
puTiikaroti = to fold, to roll (a carpet)

putra-bhaava = House of children or the 5th

putra = son * = m. (etym. doubtful, perhaps fr. 2. {puS}; traditionally said to be a comp. {put-tra},
`" preserving from the hell called Put "' Mn. ix, 138) a son, child RV. &c. &c. (also the young of an
animal; cf. Pân. 8-1, 15 Sch.; ifc. it forms diminutives cf. {dRSat-p-} and {zilA-p-}; voc. sg. du. pl.
often used to address young persons, my son, my children &c. "'; du. `" two sons "' or, a son and a
daughter "'; cf. Pân. 1-2, 68); a species of small venomous animal (= {putraka}) Cat.; (in astrol.)
N. of the fifth house Var.; N. of a son of Brahmishthha Ragh.; of a son of Priya-vrata VP. &c. &c.;
({I}) f. a daughter MBh. Hariv. &c.; a doll or puppet (see {dAru-putrI}); ifc. used to form
diminutives (see {asi-putrI}); a species of plant L.; N. of Pârvati L. [Cf. Zd. {puthra}; Gk. $ and
Lat. {puer} (?).] &193862[632, 3]

putraH = son

putrakaaraka = Significator of Offspring

putrakritakaan.h = as a son

putrasya = with a son

putraaH = sons

putraadapi = even from the the son

putraan.h = sons

putrii = with daughter(s)(here it may mean, a man with issues)

putre = in(towards) the son

putrau = 2 sons of

puurta * = mfn. filled, full, complete, completed, perfected Pur.; ({iSTaz ca pUrtaz ca dharmau} =
{iSTApUrta} q.v. MârkP.); covered, concealed L.; n. fulfilling, fulfilment; granting, rewarding, a
reward, merit, a meritorious work, an act of pious liberality (such as feeding a Brâhman, digging a
well &c.) RV. &c. &c.; keeping, guarding L.; N. of wk. (also {-kamabA7kara}); {-dharma} (w.r.
{pUrNa-dh-}) m. a meritorious work (cf. {pUrta}) MârkP.; {-prakAza} m. {mAlA} f. {-to4ddyota}
m. N. of wks.

puurNa * = mfn. filled with tears.

puurNa4 * = mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; abundant,
rich Kâv.; fulfilled, finished, accomplished, ended, past S'ânkhGri. MBh. R. &c.; concluded (as a
treaty), Rajat.; complete, all, entire SânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; satisfied, contented R.; (ifc.)
perfectly familiar with Hcat.; drawn, bent to the full (as a bow) MBh. Hariv.; (in augury)
fullsounding, sonorous and auspicious (said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to {dIpta} q.v.);
uttering this cry VarBriS.; strong, capable, able L.; selfish, self-indulgent W.; m. a partic. form of
the sun Cat.; a kind of tree R.; (in music) a partic. measure; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of a Deva-
gandharva ib.; of a Buddhist ascetic Lalit.; ({A}) f. N. of the 15th Kalâ of the month BrahmaP.; of
the 5th, 10th and: 15th Tithis Var.; N. of a woman Vet.; (with S'iktas) of an authoress of Mantras
Cat.; of 2 rivers VP.; ii. fulness, plenty, abundance AV. TS.; water Naigh. i, 12; the cipher or figure
o Ganit.

puuj.h = to worship

puujana = worship

puujayati = to worship

puujaa = Hindu ritual sometimes done to propitiate a planet

puujaaM = Worship

puujaagriham.h = (n) the puja room

puujaanaM = worship

puujaarhau = those who are worshipable

puujaavidhiM = methods of worship

puujaasthaanaM = (Nr.nom. + acc.S) the place of worship; altar

puujita = worshiped

puujya.nte = are worshipped (verb passive Pr.IIIP, pl.)

puujyaH = worshipable

puujyate = is worshipped

puuta = purified

puutaaH = being purified

puuti = bad-smelling

puur.h = to fill

puura = flood* = mfn. ( {pRR}, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. {pANi-}); fulfilling, satisfying (cf.
{kAma-}); m. the act of filling, fulfilling &c. Kâv. Pur.; the swelling or rising of a river or of the sea,
a large quantity of water, flood, stream (also met. = abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kâv. Sus'r.
&c. [642,1]; a cake R. (cf. {ghRta-}); a kind of breath-exercise = {pUraka} below BhP.; the
cleansing of a wound L. (cf. {pUraNa}); the citron tree (= {bIja-pUra}) L.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman
Cat.; n. a kind of incense L.; bdellium L.; mf({A})n. a sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil
W. (cf. {pUrikA} below).

puuraka* = inhaling breath*= mfn. filling, completing, fulfilling, satisfying (ifc. or with gen.; cf.
Pân. 2-3, 70 Kâs'.) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. flood, stream, effusion BhP.; (in arithm.) the multiplier; a
ball of meal offered at the conclusion of the oblations to the Pitriis L. (also pinda m. Kull. on Mn.
v, 85); closing the right nostril with the forefinger and then drawing up air through the left and
then closing the left nostril and drawing up air through the right (as a religious exercise) RTL.
402; the citron tree L.; ({ikA}) f. a sort of cake MBh. Yâjñ. ({-kA7pUpa}) Bhpr. &c.

puuraNa* = mf({I})n. filling, completing, satisfying causing, effecting KâtyS'r. S'ank. Hariv.;
drawing (a bow) MW.; m. `" completer "'N. of the masculine ordinal numbers from {dvitIya}
upwards Pân. 2-2, 11 &c.; a dam, bridge L.; the sea L.; a medicinal oil or embrocation L.; N. of a
man Âs'vS'r.; (with the patr. {vaizvAmitra})N. of the author of RV. x, 160; ({I}) f. an ordinal
number in the feminine gender Pân. v, 4, 116 &c.; Bonibax Heptaphyllum L.; (du.) the cross
threads in weaving cloth, warp Râjat.; N. of Durgâ MW.; of one of the two wives of the popular
deity Ayenâr RTL. 219 ({pU4r-}) n. the act or filling or filling up, puffing or swelling up AV. &c.
&c.; fulfilling, satisfying Mâlav.; furnishing, equipping Var.; (with {dhanuSaH}) drawing or
bending a bow to the full MBh. R.; (in medic.) injection of fluids or supplying with food; (in
astron.) the revolution of a heavenly body through its orbit Sûryas.; (in arithm.) multiplication;
rain L.; a sort of cake Bhpr.; Cyperus Rotundus L.; the cross threads in weiving cloth, warp L.

puuraya = (verbal stem) to fill

puurayati = to pour

puurushhaH = a man

puurNa4 * = mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; abundant,
rich Kâv.; fulfilled, finished, accomplished, ended, past S'ânkhGri. MBh. R. &c.; concluded (as a
treaty), Rajat.; complete, all, entire SânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; satisfied, contented R.; (ifc.)
perfectly familiar with Hcat.; drawn, bent to the full (as a bow) MBh. Hariv.; (in augury)
fullsounding, sonorous and auspicious (said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to {dIpta} q.v.);
uttering this cry VarBriS.; strong, capable, able L.; selfish, self-indulgent W.; m. a partic. form of
the sun Cat.; a kind of tree R.; (in music) a partic. measure; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of a Deva-
gandharva ib.; of a Buddhist ascetic Lalit.; ({A}) f. N. of the 15th Kalâ of the month BrahmaP.; of
the 5th, 10th and: 15th Tithis Var.; N. of a woman Vet.; (with S'iktas) of an authoress of Mantras
Cat.; of 2 rivers VP.; ii. fulness, plenty, abundance AV. TS.; water Naigh. i, 12; the cipher or figure
o Ganit.

puurNa * = mfn. filled with tears

puurNaH = the complete, perfect one

puurNamadaH = complete; whole; is that (the other worlds?)

puurNamidaM = complete and wwhole is this world

puurNamudachyate = complete whole is produced

puurNaat.h = From he Complete whole

puurnaayu = Full lifespan taken as 75-120 years

puuru4 * = m. (orig.= {puru}, and connected with {puruSa}, {pUrvSa}) a man, people. RV.; N. of
a tribe (associated with the Yadus, Turvas'as, Druhyus) ib.; of a class of demons S'Br.; of an
ancient prince (the son of Yayâti and S'armishthhâ) MBh. S'ak. Pur. (cf. Pân. 4-1, 165 Vârtt. 3 Pat.)
[643, 1]; of a descendant of Atri and author of RV. v, 16; 17 RAnukr.; of a son of Manu and
Nadvalâ Hariv.; of a son of Jahnu BhP.
puurva = previous; pUrva mf({A})n. (connected with {purA}, {puras}, {pra}, and declined like a
pron. when implying relative position whether in place or time, but not necessarily in abl. loc. sg.
m. n. and nom. pl. m.; see Pân. 1-1, 27; 34; vii, 1, 16) being before or in front fore, first RV. &c. &c.;
eastern, to the east of (abl.) ib.; former, prior, preceding, previous to, earlier than (abl. or comp.)
ib. ({gaja-pUrva}, preceding the number `" eight "' i.e. seven, the seventh S'rutab.; {mAsena p-},
or {mAsa-p-}, earlier by a month Pân. 2-1, 31; ifc. often = formerly or before e.g. {strI-p-},
fñformerly a wife; {ADhya-p-}, fñformerly wealthy; esp. after a pp. e.g. {kRta-p-}, done before,
{dRSTa-p-}, seen bñbefore; ifc. also preceded or accompanied by, attended with e.g. {smita-
pUrvA-vAk}, speech accompanied by smiles; sometimes not translatable e.g. {mRdu-pUrvA vAk},
kind speech); ancient, old, customary, traditional RV. &c. &c.; first (in a series), initial, lowest
(opp. to {uttara}; with {dama} or {sAhasa} `" the lowest fine "') Mn. viii, 120 &c.; (with {vayas}) `"
first age "', youth MBh.; foregoing, aforesaid, mentioned before (abl.) Mn. MBh. Pân.; m. an
ancestor, forefather (pl. the ancients, ancestors) RV. &c. &c.; an elder brother R.; N. of a prince
BhP.; ({A}) f. (with or sc. {diz}) the east MBh. R.; N. of a country to the east of Madhya-des'a L.; of
the Nakshatras Pûrva-phalgunt, Pûrva7shâdhâ and Pûrvabhadrapadâ collectively Var.; n. the fore
part S'ak. ii, 4 (cf. Pân. 2-2, 1); a partic. high number (applied to a period of years) Buddh.; N. of
the most ancient of Jaina writings (of which 14 are enumerated) L.; N. of a Tantra Cat.; an ancient
tradition W.; ({am}) ind. before (also as a prep. with abl.), formerly, hitherto, previously
(sometimes with pres.) RV. &c. &c. (often ibc. e.g. {pUrva-kArin}, active before, {pUrvo7kta}, said
bñbefore; also ifc. in the sense of `" with "' e.g. {prIti-pUrvam}, with love; {mati-pUrvam} with
intention, intentionally; {mRdu-pUrva-bhAS}, to speak kindly; cf. above; also with an ind. p. e.g.
{pUrva-bhojam}, or {-bhuktvA}, having eaten bñbefore Pân. 3-4, 24; {adya-p-}, until now,
hitherto; pñpreviously {-tataH}, first-then; {pUrva-pazcAt}, previously-afterwards; {pUrva-
upari}, previously-subsequently; {pUrva-adhUnA} or {adya}, formerly-now); ({eNa}) ind. in
front, before; eastward, to the east of (opp. to {apareNa}, with gen. or acc.; cf. Pân. 5-3, 35 Sch.)
S'Br. &c. &c.; (with {tataH}) `" to the east of that "' MBh.

puurvaabhadrapada = Twenty-fifth nakshatra

puurvaaNi = before

puurvaaphalguni = Eleventh nakshatra, (also just puurvaa)

puurvaashhaDhaa = Twentieth nakshatra

puurvaka = (m) ancestors

puurvameva = by previous arrangement

puurvaM = before, ago

puurvataraM = in ancient times * = ({pU4rva-}) mfn. earlier, previous, prior, anterior RV. &c.;
({am}) ind. before, first, previously Bhag. R.

puurvaruupaM = having this form in the beginning

puurve = before

puurvaiH = by the predecessors

puushhaa = a god?

puushhNa = a name of Sun

puurva: before, being before or in front fore, first

puuya* = m. n. purulent matter, pus, suppuration, discharge from an ulcer or wound S'Br. &c. &c.

raadhaka* = mfn. liberal, bountiful MW.

raadhana * = n. (only L.), propitiating, conciliating; pleasure, satisfaction [876, 3]; obtaining,
acquisition; the means or instrument of accomplishing anything ({-dravya} n. = {pAcala}); ({A}) f.
speech L.; ({I}) f. worship A.

raa4dhas * = n. favour, kindness, bounty, a gift of affection, any gift RV. AV.; munificence,
liberality ib.; accomplishment of one's wishes, success BhP.; striving to accomplish or gain ib.;
wealth, power ib.

raadhAaavat * = mfn. wealthy, rich Nalo7d.

raaga = Anger * = m. (fr. {raJj}; ifc. {A}, or {I}) the act of colouring or dyeing (cf. {mUrdhaja-r-});
colour, hue, tint, dye, (esp.) red colour, redness MBh. Kâv. &c.; inflammation Car.; any feeling or
passion, (esp.) love, affection or sympathy for, vehement desire of, interest or joy or delight in
(loc. or comp.) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; loveliness, beauty (esp. of voice or song) S'ak. Pañcat.; a
musical note, harmony, melody (in the later system a partic. musical mode or order of sound or
formula; Bharata enumerates 6, viz. {bhairava}, {kauzika}, {hindola}, {dIpaka}, {zrI-rAga}, and
{megha}, each mode exciting some affection; other writers give other names; sometimes 7 or 26
Râgas are mentioned; they are personified, and each of the 6 chief Râgas is wedded to 5 or 6
consorts called Râginîs; their union gives rise to many other musical modes) Bhar. Sangît. Râjat.
Pañcat. &c.; nasalization, Rprât.; a partic. process in the preparation of quicksilver Sarvad.;
seasoning, condiment Car.; a prince, king L.; the sun L.; the moon L.; ({A}) f. Eleusine Coracana
(a sort of grain, commonly called Râggy, and much cultivated in the south of India) L.; N. of the
second daughter of Angiras MBh.; ({I}) f. Eleusine Coracana L.

raagavati = red-coloured, passionate

rAghavendra* = m. `" RñRâghavas-chief. N. of various authors and others (also with {AcArya},
{muni}, {yati}, {zatA7vadhAna}, and {sarasvatI}) Cat.; {-stotra-vyAkhyA}, f.; {-drIya} n. N. of
wks.

raagaatmakaM = born of desire or lust

raagii = very much attached

raaghavaM = thew descendant of Raghu

rAghava* = m. (fr. {raghu}) a descendant of Raghu patr. of Aja, of Das'a-ratha, and (esp.) of
Râma-candra (du. {rAghavau} = Râma and Lakshmana) R. Ragh. &c.; N. of various authors and
others (also with {AcArya}, {bhaTTa}, {paJcA7nana-bhaTTA7cArya}, {cakravartin}, {rAya} &c.)
Cat.; of a serpent-demon L.; the ses, ocean L.; a species of large fish L.

raaghavaH = RAghava (RAma)

raaGYii = (f) queen

raahuu = North Lunar Node. Caput Draconis or Dragoñs head

raaja * = m. (ifc.) = 1. {rAjan}, a king, sovereign, chief or best of its kind MBh. Kâv. &c.

raajaguhyaM = the king of confidential knowledge

raajaduutaH = (m) ambassador, diplomat

raajadvaara = doors of apalace

raajan.h = king

raajaniti = (f) politics

raajamaNiH = the jewel of the kings or the king of jewels

raajayoga = Combinations for Status and Power

raajarshhayaH = the saintly kings

raajavidyaa = the king of education

raajasaM = in the mode of passion

raajasaH = in the mode of passion

raajasabhaa = assembly of king, advisors, and subjects

raajasasya = to one in the mode of passion

raajasaaH = those situated in the mode of passion

raajasika = Regal planets - Sun, Mars and Venus

raajasii = in the mode of passion

raajaha.nsa = swan

raajaha.nsaH = the royal swan

raajaa = a ruler, king

raajaadhiraaja = Overking of kings

raajiiv = lotus

raajiiva = lotus

raajiivanetraM = the lotus-eyed

raaje.ndraM = the lord of kings

raajya = Kingdom;* = mfn. kingly, princely, royal TBr.; n. (also {rA4jya} or {rAjyA}) royalty,
kingship, sovereignty, empire (`" over "' loc. or comp.; `" of "' gen. or comp.; acc. with {kR} or
Caus. of {kR} or with {upa-As} or {vi-dhA}, to exercise government, rule, govern) AV. &c. &c.;
kingdom, country, realm (= {rASTra}) ib. 1.

raajyaM = kingdom

raajyasukhalobhena = driven by greed for royal happiness

raajyasya = for the kingdom

raajyena = is the kingdom

raakaa * = f. (Un. iii, 40) the goddess presiding over the actual day of full moon (or regarded as
the Full Mooñs consort; Anumati is supposed to preside over the previous day) Jyot. (cf. IW. 158);
the day of full moon, full moon RV. &c. &c.; N. of a daughter of Angiras and Smriiti Pur.; of a
daughter of Angiras and S'raddhâ ib.; of the wife of Dhâtrii and mother of Prâtrii ib.; of a
Râkshasî (the mother of Khara and S'ûrpa-nakhâ) MBh.; of a daughter of Su-mâlin R.; of a river
BhP.; itch, scab L.; a girl in whom menstruation has begun L. [871, 3]

raakiNii = the goddess in svadhishthana

raati * = mfn. ready or willing to give, generous, favourable, gracious RV. AV. VS. Br.; f. a favour,
grace, gift, oblation RV. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" the Giver "' conceived of as a deity and associated
with Bhaga; {indrasya rAtI} v.l. {-tiH}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.)

raaTi * = f. ( {raT}) war, battle L.

raatra = night

raatri = night

raatriM = night

raatriH = night

raatrikritaM = night-done

raatrichandrau = the pair of night and moon

raatrau = in the night

raatryaagame = at the fall of night

raadhaa = Radha, Krishna's beloved

raakshasa = demon

raakshasiiM = demonic

raama = Rama, deity Shrii Rama

raama * = mf({A4})n. (prob. `" causing rest "', and in most meanings fr. {ram}) dark, dark-
coloured, black (cf. {rAtri}) AV. TÂr. ({rAmaH zakuniH}. a black bird, crow KâthhGri. Vishn.);
white (?) L.; pleasing, pleasant, charming, lovely, beautiful MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a kind of deer Car.;
a horse L.; a lover VarBriS.; pleasure, joy, delight BhP.; N. of Varuna. L.; N. of various mythical
personages (in Veda two Râmas are mentioned with the patr. Mârgaveya and Aupatasvini;
another RñRâmas with the patr. Jâmadagnya [cf. below] is the supposed author of RV. x, 110; in
later times three RñRâmas are celebrated, viz. 1. Paras'u-râma [q.v.], who forms the 6th Avatâra
of Vishnu and is sometimes called Jâmadagnya, as son of the sage Jamad-agni by Renukâ, and
sometimes Bhârgava, as descended from Bhriigu; 2. Râma-candra [see below]; 3. Bala-râma
[q.v.], `" the strong Râma "', also called Hala7yudha and regarded as elder brother of Kriishna
[RTL. 112] accord. to Jainas a Râma is enumerated among the 9 white Balas; and in VP. a
RñRâmas is mentioned among the 7 Riishis of the 8th Manv-antara) RV. &c &c. N. of a king of
Malla-pura Cat.; of a king of S'riinga-vera and patron of Nâge7s'a ib.; of various authors and
teachers (also with {AcArya}, {upA7dhyAya}, {kavi}, {cakra-vartin}, {jyotir-vid}, {jyau-} {tiSaka},
{tarka-vAg-Iza}, {dIkSita}, {daiva-jJa}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa}, {bhaTTA7cArya}, {vAjapeyin},
{zarman}, {zAstrin}, {saMyamin}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; N. of the number `" three "' (on account of the
3 Râmas) Hcat. ({rAmasya iSuH}, a kind of cane = {rAmakaNDa} L.); pl. N. of a people VP.;
({A4}) f. a beautiful woman, any young and charming woman, mistress, wife, any woman
KathhUp. MBh. &c. (for comp. see p. 878); a dark woman i.e. a woman of low origin TS. TÂr.; N.
of various plants (Jonesia Asoka; Aloe Perfoliata; Asa Foetida &c.) L. vermilion L.; red earth L.; a
kind of pigment (= {gorocanA}) L.; a river L.; a kind of metre L.; (in music) a kind of measure
Sangît.; N. of an Apsaras L. Sch.; of a daughter of Kumbha7nda Hariv.; of the mother of the ninth
Arhat of the present Ava-sarpinî L.; ({I4}) f. darkness, night RV.; n. id. ib.; the leaf of Laurus
Cassia L.; Chenopodium Album L.; = {kuSTha} L.

raamaa * = f. (of {rAma}) a lovely or charming wom

raamaanuja * = m. `" younger brother of Râma "' (this title would be applicable to Kriishna as
born after Bala-râma of the same father); N. of a celebrated Vaishnava reformer (founder of a
particular Vedantic school which taught the doctrine of {viziSTA7dvaita} or qualified non-duality
i.e. that the human spirit is separate and different from the one Supreme Spirit though dependent
on it and ultimately to be united with it; he lived at Kâñcîpuram and S'rî-rangam in the South of
India, in the 12th century, and is believed by his followers to have been an incarnation of S'esha;
he is also called Râma7nujâcârya and Yati-râja; n. or {jam matam}, Râma4nuja's doctrine) RTL.
119, 448 &c.; (with {dIkskita}) N. of another author Cat.; {-guru paramparA} f. {-grantha} m.
{-campU} f. {-carita} n. {-caritra} n. {-daNDaka} m. or n. {-darzana} n. N. of wks.; m. N. of an
author Cat.; {-divyacaritra} n. {-bhASya-gAmbhIrya} n. {-matakhaNDana} n. {mata-dhvaMsana}
n. {-mauktika} n. {-vaMzA7vali} f. {-vijaya},m., {-zataka-TIkA} f. {-siddhA7nta-padavI} f.
{-siddhA7nta-vijaya} m. {-siddhA7nta-saMgraha} m. {su-prabhAta} n. {-stotra} n. N. of wks.
[878,2]; {-svAmin} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-jA7rAdhana-vidhi} m. {-jA7STo7ttara} n. {-jIya} n.
{-jIya-siddhA7nta} m. N. of wks.

raamaM = rAma

raamaH = Rama

raamakavachaM = rAma-armour

raamakrishhNa = Commonly known Ramakrishna, a saint from Bengal

raamakrishhNasya = of Ramakrishna

raamacha.ndra = rAmachandra
raamacha.ndraH = rAma

raamacha.ndram.h = rAmachandra

raamacha.ndraaya = to rAmachandra

raamacha.ndreti = saying `rAmachandra'

raamacha.ndro = Lord RAmachandra

raamanaama = the name of rAma (uttering of the word `rAma' only once is

raamanaamnaa = by the name of rAma

raamabalopetaaM = that which has been attained through rAma'a strength, power

raamabhadra = raama who gives the well-being

raamabhadraaya = to the good-giving, protecting RAma

raamabhadreti = rAmabhadra+iti, saying `rAmabhadra"(raama who gives the

raamarakshaa = rAma armour or rama- protection

raamarakshaaM = raamarakshA (hymn)

raamarakshaastotrajape = in the chanting of rAmaraksha hymn

raamalakshmaNau = raama \& lakshmaNa

raamasya = rAmaa's

raamah = Lord Rama

raamaannaasti = no one is except from rAma

raamaabhoga = sexual pleasures?

raamaaya = to rAma

raamaayaNaH = epic Ramayana, part of itihas (history)

raame = in RAma

raameNaabhihataa = the one struck by rAma

raameti = rAma+iti saying thus rAma

raamo = rAma
raaNa* = m. n. (2. {raN}) murmuring L.; n. a leaf. L.; a peacock's tail L. (cf. {rAja-rANaka}); ({A})
f. (prob.) N. of a goddess.

raaNaa* = m. (corruption of {rAjan} q.v.) a king.

raasa * = m. uproar, noise, din L.; N. of a partic. rustic dance practised by cowherds, (esp.) the
dance practised by Kriishna and the Gopîs Hariv. Pur. Gît. &c. (cf. {rAsaka}) [879, 3]; any sport or
play L.; a legend (?), in {narmadA-sundarI-r-} (q.v.); = {bhASA-zRGkhalaka}

raasalaasya = raasa dance

raashi = Sign of the Zodiac

raashTra = nation

raasabha * = (1. {rAs}), the brayer "', an ass, jackass, donkey RV. &c. &c.; ({I}) f. a she-ass MBh.
Pañcat.

raata * = mfn. given, presented, bestowed RV. &c. &c. (often ifc.; cf. {asmad-}, {deva-}, {brahma-
r-}. &c.); m. N. of a teacher Ping. Sch.

raati * = mfn. ready or willing to give, generous, favourable, gracious RV. AV. VS. Br.; f. a favour,
grace, gift, oblation RV. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" the Giver "' conceived of as a deity and associated
with Bhaga; {indrasya rAtI} v.l. {-tiH}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.)

raathi * = f. ( {raT}) war, battle L.

raavaNa = a demon king from Lanka who abducted the wife of Rama

raavaNaarim.h = rAvaNasya ariM, the enemy of rAvaNa

raaya* = m. (at the beginning or end of a proper N. used as a title of honour = {rAjan}, of which it
is a corruption) a king, prince; N. of a son of Purû-ravas W. (prob. w.r. for {raya}).

rabhate = (1 ap) to begin, start

rabhasa * = mf({A})n. (fr. prec.) impetuous, violent, rapid, fierce, wild RV. &c. &c.; (ifc.) eager for,
desirous of Kâlid.; strong, powerful (said of the Soma) RV.; shining, glaring ib.; m. impetuosity,
vehemence, hurry, haste, speed, zeal, passion, eager desire for (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {A} f.
L.; {rabhasa} ibc.; {at} and {ena} ind. violently, impetuously, eagerly, quickly); joy, pleasure Gît.;
regret, sorrow W.; poison L.; N. of a magical incantation recited over weapons R.; of a Dânava (v.l.
{razmisa}); of a king (son of Rambha) BhP.; of a Râkshasa L.; of a lexicographer (also called
{rabhasa-pAla}) Cat.; of a monkey R.

rach.h = to form

rachayati = (10 up) to arrange

radaM = ?

raghukulatilakaM = the mark (e.g. one on the forehead) of the Raghu family
raghuttamaH = best of the Raghu race

raghuna.ndana = the delighter of the Raghus

raghuna.ndanam.h = thedelighter of Raghus

raghunandana = Rama

raghunaathasya = lord of the Raghu's(rAma descended from the famous

raghunaathaaya = to the lord of Raghus

raghuva.nshanaatham.h = the lord of the Raghu family

raghuvaraM = the chosen Raghu

raghuuttamaH = the best of the raghus (raghu-descendants)

raghuuttamau = the best two of the Raghu race

rahas * n. (for 1. see p. 859, col. 3) a lonely or deserted place, loneliness, solitude, privacy, secrecy,
retirement (%{rahas}, %{-si} and %{-ssu} ind. privately, in secret) Mn. MBh. &c. ; a secret,
mystery, mystical truth Ka1v. Pur. ; sexual intercourse, copulation L.

rahasi = in a secluded place

rahasyaM = mystery

rajaH = (m) king

raja * = m. (g. {pacA7di}) = {rajas}, dust (cf. {nI-}, {vi-r-}); the pollen of flowers, Prasanga7bh.;
the menstrual excretion (also n.) L.; emotion, affection L.: the quality of passion Un. iv, 216 Sch.;
N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a king (son of Viraja) VP.

rajakaH = (m) washerman, dhobi

rajani = night

rajanii = night

rajaniichara = moon, demon

rajasa = mobility

rajasaH = from the mode of passion

rajasi = of the mode of passion

rajoguNa = the mode of passion

rajju = (fem) rope, straight line

rajjuH = (m) rope

raJNjana = entertainment, delight

raJNjanaa = (f) a giver of delight

raksh.h = to protcet

rakshaH = the Râkshasaas

rakshakaH = (m) guard, protector

rakshaNa = protection

rakshaNaaya = for protection

rakshati = (1 pp) to protect

Râkshasa = adj. devil

rakshaa = protection

rakshaaM = protecting armour

rakshaa.nsi = the demons

rakshitaM = the person who has ben protected(by)

rakshitaH = (past part.masc.nom.S) the protected one

rakshya = protection

rakta * = mf({A})n. coloured, dyed, painted Br. GriS'rS. Mn. &c. (cf. Pân. 4-2, 1); reddened, red,
crimson S'ânkhGri. MBh. Kâv. &c. (said of 5 or 7 parts of the body which ought to be red MBh. iv,
253 VarBriS. lxviii, 84); `" coloured or modified by nasalization "', nasalized (said of a vowel)
RPrât. (cf. {raGga}); excited, affected with passion or love, impassioned, enamoured, charmed
with (instr.), attached or devoted to, fond of (loc. gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; beloved, dear,
lovely, pleasant, sweet Kâv.; fond of play, engaging in pastime, sporting L.; m. red colour L.;
safflower L.; Barringtonia Acutangula L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of the planet Mars VarBriS. Sch.; ({A})
f. lac (= {lAkSA}) Sus'r.; Abrus Precatorius (or its seeds as a measure or weight, = {raktikA}) Car.;
Rubia Munjista L.; Echinops Echinatus L.; N. of one of the 7 tongues of fire L.; (in music) N. of a
S'ruti Sangît.; n. blood Mn. Hariv. &c.; a partic. disease of the eyes, Hcat; the menstrual fluid L.;
copper L.; vermilion L.; cinnabar L.; saffron L.; the fruit of Flacourtia Cataphracta L.; =
{padmaka} L.

raka * =m. the sun gem; crystal; a hard shower

rakta = red

raktaM = the red one (raktaM may mean blood also)

raktaH = attached
raktaga.ndha = red scent

raktapusshhpaiH = with red flowers

raktavaasasam.h = haaving red dress

rambhaaphala = plantain

ramaa * = f. of {rama} q.v.; a wife, mistress W.; N. of Lakshmî, the Goddess of Fortune Bhartri.
BhP.; good luck, fortune, splendour, opulence Cân.; splendour, pomp Bhâm. [868, 2]; N. of the
11th day in the dark half of the month Kârttika Cat.; of the syllable {zRRm} (also {rama}) Sarvad.;
of a daughter of S'as'i-dhvaja and wife of Kalki KalkiP.

ramaavaasa = the abode of rama (lakshmi)

rama * = mfn. pleasing, delighting, rejoicing (only ifc.; cf. {mano-r-}); dear, beloved W.; m. (only
L.) joy; a lover, husband, spouse; Kâma-deva, the god of love; the red-flowering As'oka; ({A}) f.
see s.v.

rama.nte = revel; enjoy (Vr.Pr.III P Pl.AP)

ramanti = enjoy transcendental bliss

ramate = delights

rame = Oh! ramA (Shiva tells this shloka to his consort PArvati

rameshaM = the lord of ramA(sItA)

raMhas * = n. speed, quickness, velocity MBh. Ka1v. &c.; eagerness, impetuosity BhP.; m. N. of
S3iva (Vehemence personified) MBh.; of Vishn2u Hariv.

raMhasa* = (ifc.) = %{raMhas} (e.g. %{mano-mArutar-}, having the swiftness of thought or of the
wind Hariv.)

ra.ngaavalii = colored design

ra.nj..h = to entertain

rangavalli = (f) rangoli

raNa = battle

raNa* = 1 m. delight, pleasure, gladness, joy RV. VS. AV.; (also n.) battle (as an object of delight),
war, combat, fight, conflict RV. &c. &c.\\ =2 m. (for 1. see p. 863, col. 3) sound, noise L.; the quill
or bow of a lute (= {koNa}) L. - 2.\\ =3 m. going, motion L.

raNakarkasha = the vanquishing one in the war

raNara.ngadhiiram.h = the brave in the stage of war

raNaat.h = from the battlefield

randhrikaa = (f) punching machine

raNe = on the battlefield

rañjana * = mf(%{I})n. colouring, dyeing (%{-tva} n.) Sarvad. ; (ifc.) pleasing, charming,
rejoicing, delighting Gi1t. (cf. %{jana-raJjanI}) ; conciliating, befriending MW. ; m. Saccharum
Munja L. ; (%{I}) f. prob. friendly salutation Buddh. ; the indigo plant L. ; Nyctanthes Arbor
Tristis L. ; turmeric L. ; saffron L. ; a kind of fragrant perfume L. ; red arsenic L. ; (in music) a
partic. S3ruti Sam2gi1t. ; n. the act of colouring or dyeing Va1gbh. ; colour, dye, paint R. ; (in
gram.) nasalization VPra1t. Sch. ; the act of pleasing, delighting, conciliating, giving pleasure
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a partic. game L. ; red sandalwood L. ; cinnabar L.

rañjaka * = mf(%{ikA})n. colouring, dyeing S3a1rn3gS. ; exciting passion or love, charming,

pleasing Cat. ; m. a colourist, dyer, painter Mn. iv, 216 [863,3] ; an inciter of affection &c.,
stimulus W. ; the red powder on the capsules of the Rottleria Tinctoria L. ; biliary humour on
which vision depends W. ; (%{akI}) f. a female colourer or dyer Cat. ; n. cinnabar L. ; vermilion L.

rarijana = Entourage

rasa = enjoyment, interest * rasa = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the sap or juice of plants, Juice of fruit, any
liquid or fluid, the best or finest or prime part of anything, essence, marrow RV. &c. &c.; water,
liquor, drink MBh. Kâv. &c.; juice of the sugar-cane, syrup Sus'r.; any mixture, draught, elixir,
potion R. BhP.; melted butter L.; (with or scil. {gavAm}) milk MBh.; (with or scil. {viSasya})
poison Das'. Râjat. [869, 3]; nectar L.; soup, broth L.; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the
body, serum, (esp.) the primary juice called chyle (formed from the food and changed by the bile
into blood) ib.; mercury, quicksilver (sometimes regarded as a kind of quintessence of the human
body, else where as the seminal fluid of S'iva) Sarvad.; semen virile RV. i, 105, 2; myrrh L.; any
mineral or metallic salt Cat.; a metal or mineral in a state of fusion (cf. {upa-}, {mahA-r-}); gold
L.; Vanguieria Spinosa L.; a species of amaranth L.; green onion L.; resin L.; = {amRta} L.; taste,
flavour (as the principal quality of fluids, of which there are 6 original kinds, viz. {madhura},
sweet; {amla}, sour; {lavaNa}, salt; {kaTuka}, pungent; {tikta}, bitter; and {kaSAya}, astringent;
sometimes 63 varieties are distinguished, viz. beside the 6 original ones, 15 mixtures of 2, 20 of 3,
15 of 4, 6 of 5, and 1 of 6 flavours) S'Br. &c. &c.; N. of the number `" six "' VarBriS. S'rutab.; any
object of taste, condiment, sauce, spice, seasoning MBh. Kâv. &c.; the tongue (as the organ of
taste) BhP.; taste or inclination or fondness for (loc. with or scil. {upari}, or comp.), love,
affection, desire MBh. Kâv. &c.; charm pleasure, delight ib.; (in rhet.) the taste or character of a
work, the feeling or sentiment prevailing in it (from 8 to 10 Rasas are generally enumerated, viz.
{zRGgAra}, love; {vIra}, heroism; {bIbhatsa}, disgust; {raudra}, anger or fury; {hAsya}, mirth;
{bhayAnaka}, terror; {karuNa}, pity; {adbhuta}, wonder; {zAnta}, tranquillity or contentment;
{vAtsalya}, paternal fondness; the last or last two are sometimes omitted; cf. under {bhAva})
Bhar. Das'ar. Kâvya7d. &c.; the prevailing sentiment in human character Uttarar. Râjat.; (with
Vaishnavas) disposition of the heart or mind, religious sentiment (there are 5 Rasas or Ratis
forming the 5 degrees of {bhakti} q.v., viz. {zAnti}, {dAsya}, {sAkhya}, {vAtsalya}, and
{mAdhurya}) W.; a kind of metre Ping.; N. of the sacred syllable, `" Om, `" S'ânkhGri.; the son of
a Nishâda and a S'anakî L.; ({A}) f. see s.v.

rasaa * = f. moisture, humidity RV.; N. of a river ib.; a mythical stream supposed to flow round
the earth and the atmosphere ib. (Nir. xi, 23); the lower world, hell MBh. Pur. (cf. {-tala}); the
earth, ground, soil Kâv.; the tongue L.; N. of various plants (Clypea Hernandifolia; Boswellia
Thurifera; Panicum Italicum; a vine or grape; = {kAkolI}) L.

rasaH = sense of enjoyment

rasanaM = tongue
rasavarjaM = giving up the taste

rasaatmakaH = supplying the juice

rasaayanashaastram.h = chemistry

rasaala = mango

rasika * = mf(%{A})n. tasteful, elegant Bhartr2.; having a discriminating taste, aesthetic Ka1v.
Katha1s.; having a taste for or a sense of, fond of, devoted to, delighting in (loc. or comp.) ib.
Ra1jat. Sa1h.; sentimental W.; fanciful MW.; lustful ib.; m. a man full of taste or feeling (cf. %{a-
r-}); a libertine W.; Ardea Sibirica L.; a horse L.; an elephant L.; unboiled juice of sugar-cane L.;
(%{A}) f. see below.\\

rasikA *= f. an emotional wife (cf. comp.); the juice of sugar-cane, molasses L.; curds with sugar
and spice L.; chyle L.; the tongue L.; a woman's girdle L. (cf. %{razanA}).

rasyaaH = juicy

rata = engaged in* mfn. pleased, amused, gratified BhP.; delighting in, intent upon, fond or
enamoured of, devoted or attached or addicted or disposed to (loc. instr. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.;
(ifc.) having sexual intercourse with BhP.; loved, beloved MW.; ({A}) f. N. of the mother of Day
MBh.; n. pleasure, enjoyment, (esp.) enjoyment of love, sexual union, copulation Kâv. Var. &c.;
the private parts L.

rataaH = engaged

rathh* = (cf. {raT}) cl. 1. P. {raThati}, to speak Dhâtup. ix, 50.

ratha = chariot* = 1 m. (4. {R}) `" goer "', a chariot, car, esp. a two-wheeled war-chariot (lighter
and swifter than the {anas} q.v.), any vehicle or equipage or carriage (applied also to the vehicles
of the gods), waggon, cart RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. {A}); a warrior, hero, champion MBh. Kathâs. BhP.;
the body L.; a limb, member, part L.; Calamus Rotang L.; Dalbergia Ougeinensis L.; = {pauruSa}
L.; ({I}) f. a small carriage or waggon, cart S'is'. \\ 2 m. ( {ram}) pleasure, joy, delight (cf. {mano-
ratha}); affection, love (cf. ne

rati * = f. rest, repose VS. S'ânkhGri.; pleasure, enjoyment, delight in, fondness for (loc. or comp.;
{ratim} with {Ap}, {labh}, {upa-labh}, {adhi-gam}, {vidkR} or {bandh} and loc., `" to find
pleasure in "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the pleasure of love, sexual passion or union, amorous
enjoyment (often personified as one of the two wives of Kâma-deva, together with Prîti q.v.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; the pudenda L.; = {rati-gRha}, pleasure-house VarBriS.; N. of the sixth Kala of the
Moon Cat.; of an Apsaras MBh.; of the wife of Vibhu (mother of Prithhu-shena) BhP.; of a magical
incantation recited over weapons R.; of the letter {n} Up.; of a metre Col.

ratii * =f. m. c. for {rati}, the goddess of love MBh. Hariv

ratna = precious stones

rathaM = the chariot

rathottamaM = the finest chariot

rathyaa = ?
raudra = the sentiment of violence, wrath, rage * = or %{raudra4} mf(%{A} or %{I})n. (fr.
%{rudra}) relating or belonging to or coming from Rudra or the Rudras, Rudra-like, violent,
impetuous, fierce, wild (%{am} ind.) RV. &c. &c.; bringing or betokening misfortune, inauspicious
R. Var.; m. a descendant of Rudra MBh.; a worshipper of Rudra W.; (pl., or sg. with %{gaNa}) a
class of evil spirits Hariv.; (scil. %{rasa}) the sentiment of wrath or fury Sa1h. Prata1p.; N. of
Yama L.; the cold season of the year, winter L.; a partic. Ketu VarBr2S.; N. of the 54th year of the
Jupiter cycle of 60 years ib.; (pl.) N. of a people MBh.; (also n.) heat, warmth, sunshine L.; (also n.
and %{I} f.) N. of the Nakshatra A1rdra1 when under Rudra VarBr2S.; (%{I}) f. N. of Gauri1 L.;
one of the 9 Samidhs Gr2ihya1s.; a partic. S3akti Hcat.; (in music.) a partic. S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; a
partic. Mu1rchana1 ib.; a species of creeper L.; N. of the Comms. on the Tattva-cinta1man2i-
di1dhiti and the Nya1ya-siddha7nta-mukta7vali1 by Rudra Bhat2t2a7ca1rya; (with %{megha-
mAlA} and %{zAnti}) of two older wks.; n. savageness, fierceness, formidableness Katha1s.
Sus3r.; N. of a Lin3ga Cat.; of various Sa1mans A1rshBr.

rava* = roar, yell, cry, howl

ravi = a name of Sun; ravi m. (accord. to Un. iv, 138 Sch. fr. 1. {ru}) a partic. form of the sun
(sometimes regarded as one of the 12 Âdityas; hence {ravi} is also a N. of the number `" twelve "')
Var. Hariv. &c.; the sun (in general) or the sun-god, Mn. MBh. &c.; = {ravidina}, Sunday Inscr.;
Calotropis Gigantea L.; a mountain L.; N. of a Sauvîraka MBh.; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra ib.; of
the author of a Comm. on the Kâvya-prakâs'a Cat.; of the author of the Horâprakâs'a ib.; the right
canal for the passage of the vital air (?) W.

raviH = the sun

ravivaara = Sunday

raya* = m. ( {rI}) the stream of a river, current MBh. Kâv. &c. [868, 3]; quick motion, speed,
swiftness ({eNa} and {At} ind. quickly, immediately, straightway) Kâv. Pur.; course (cf.
{saMvatsarar-}); impetuosity, vehemence, ardour, zeal, S'is. BhP.; N. of a son of Purû-ravas BhP.;
of another king Cat.

recaka= outbreathing* = exhaling btrbh}), clever, skilful, inventive, prudent (said of Indra, Agni,
and the Âdityas RV.; also of property or wealth RV. iv, 37, 5; viii, 93, 34; of an arrow AV. i, 2, 3);
({us}) m. an artist, one who works in iron, a smith, builder (of carriages &c.)N. of three semi-
divine beings (Riibhu, Vâja, and Vibhvan, the name of the first being applied to all of them;
thought by some to represent the three seasons of the year [Ludwig RV. vol. iii, p. 187], and
celebrated for their skill as artists; they are supposed to dwell in the solar sphere, and are the
artists who formed the horses of Indra, the carriage of the As'vins, and the miraculous cow of
Briihaspati; they made their parents young, and performed other wonderful works [Sv-apas]; they
are supposed to take their ease and remain idle for twelve days [the twelve intercalary days of the
winter solstice] every year in the house of the Sun [Agohya]; after which they recommence
working; when the gods heard of their skill, they sent Agni to them with the one cup of their rival
Tvashthrii, the artificer of the gods, bidding the Riibhus construct four cups from it; when they
had successfully executed this task, the gods received the Riibhus amongst themselves and
allowed them to partake of their sacrifices &c.; cf. Kaegi RV. p. 53 f.) RV. AV. &c.; they appear
generally as accompanying Indra, especially at the evening sacrifice; in later mythology Riibhu is
a son of Brahman VP.; a deity L.; ({avas}) m. a class of deities; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {labor}; Goth.
&70848[226, 2] {arb-aiths}; Angl. Sax. $; Slav. {rab-u8}.]

rekhaa = line

reta = semen
reta* = = {retas}, semen virile L

retasa* (ifc.) = {retas} (cf. {agni-} and {kapota-r-}).

revati = Twenty-seventh nakshatra

richaH = the Rig Veda

rica* = ifc. = 2. {R4c}, verse, sacred verse (cf. {tryRca}, &c.); m. N. of a king VP.

richchhati = one attains

riddhi* f. increase, growth, prosperity, success, good fortune, wealth, abundance VS. TS. S'Br.
Âs'vGri. &c. (personified as Kuvera's wife MBh. Hariv.); accomplishment, perfection,
supernatural power BhP. Lalit. &c.; magic; a kind of medicinal plant Bhpr. Car.; N. of Pârvatî L.;
of Lakshmî L.

riitaM = truth

riitiH = procedure/practice/custom

rijuH = (adj) straight

riNa = debt

ritaM = truth

rita * =mf(%{A})n. met with, afflicted by (with instr.) TS. v; proper, right, fit, apt, suitable, able,
brave, honest RV. VS. xvii, 82; true MBh. BhP. Mn. viii, 82; 87 Bhag. &c.; worshipped, respected
L.; enlightened, luminous L.; m. N. of a Rudra MBh.; of a son of Manu Ca1kshusha BhP. iv, 13, 16;
of a son of Vijaya VP.; (%{am}) n. fixed or settled order, law, rule (esp. in religion); sacred or
pious action or custom, divine law, faith, divine truth (these meanings are given by BRD. and are
generally more to be accepted than those of native authorities and marked L. below) RV. AV. VS.
S3Br. &c. [223,3]; truth in general, righteousness, right RV. AV. MBh. Mn. viii, 61; 104 Pan5cat.
&c.; figuratively said of gleaning (as the right means of a Bra1hman's obtaining a livelihood as
opposed to agriculture, which is %{anRta}) Mn. iv, 4 ff.; promise, oath, vow Ta1n2d2yaBr.
La1t2y.; truth personified (as an object of worship, and hence enumerated among the sacred
objects in the Nir.); water L.; sacrifice L.; a particular sacrifice L.; the sun L.; wealth L.; (%{a4m})
ind. right, duly, properly, expressly, very RV. BhP.; (%{Rtam} %{i}, to go the right way, be pious
or virtuous RV.); (%{e4na}) ind. right, duly, properly, regularly, lawfully, according to usage or
right RV. AV.; truly, sincerely, indeed RV. MBh. i.

rita * = %{Rti}, %{Rtu} see p. 223, col. 2 - p. 224, col. 1.

ritu = season

rituunaaM = of all seasons

rite = without, except for

riddhaM = prosperous
riddham.h = enriched

rik.h = the Rg Veda

rikshaa * = f. a nit (= {likSA}) L.; a mote in a sunbeam W. \\ V: the excact time

riksha (RkSa)* =1 mfn. (etym. doubtful) bald, bare TS. MaitrS.\\= 2 mfn. (2. %{RS} Un2. iii, 66;
67; probably fr. %{Rz}), hurting, pernicious RV. viii, 24, 27; m. a bear (as a ravenous beast) RV. v,
56, 3 VS. xxiv, 36 Mn. Sus3r. &c.; a species of ape Katha1s.; Bignonia Indica L.; N. of several men
RV. viii, 68, 15 MBh. &c.; of a mountain VP. MBh.; (ifc.) the best or most excellent L.; (%{As}) m.
pl. the seven stars, the Pleiades, the seven R2ishis RV. i, 24, 10 S3Br. ii TA1r.; (%{A}) f. N. of a
wife of Ajami1d2ha MBh. i; of a woman in the retinue of Skanda MBh. ix; (%{I}) f. a female bear
MBh. R. Katha1s.; m. and (%{am}) n. a star, constellation, lunar mansion Mn. MBh. R. &c.;
(%{am}) n. the twelfth part of the ecliptic; the particular star under which a person happens to be
born VarBr2S. Su1ryas. &c.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {ursus}; Lith. {loky-s} for &70306[224,3] {olkys}.]\\ =
3 mfn. cut, pierced L.

ringati = to crawl

ripavaH = enemies

ripu = Enemy

ripuH = enemy

rishi* = m. (2. {RS} Comm. on Un. iv, 119; {RSati jJAnena saMsAra-pAram} T.; perhaps fr. an
obsolete {RS} for {dRz}, `" to see ? "' cf. {RSi-kRt}), a singer of sacred hymns, an inspired poet or
sage, any person who alone or with others invokes the deities in rhythmical speech or song of a
sacred character (e.g. the ancient hymn-singers Kutsa, Atri, Rebha, Agastya, Kus'ika, Vasishthha,
Vy-as'va) RV. AV. VS. &c.; the Riishis were regarded by later generations as patriarchal sages or
saints, occupying the same position in India history as the heroes and patriarchs of other
countries, and constitute a peculiar class of beings in the early mythical system, as distinct from
gods, men, Asuras, &c. AV. x, 10, 26 S'Br. AitBr. KâtySr. Mn. &c.; they are the authors or rather
seers of the Vedic hymns i.e. according to orthodox Hindû ideas they are the inspired personages
to whom these hymns were revealed, and such an expression as `" the Riishi says "' is equivalent
to `" so it stands in the sacred text "' [227,1]; seven Riishis, {sapta RSayaH}, or {saptaRSayaH} or
{saptarSayaH}, are often mentioned in the Brâhmanas and later works as typical representatives
of the character and spirit of the pre-historic or mythical period; in S'Br. xiv, 5, 2, 6 their names
are given as follows, Gotama, Bharadvâja, Vis'vâ-mitra, Jamadagni, Vasishthha, Kas'yapa, and
Atri; in MBh. xii, Marîci, Atri, Angiras, Pulaha, Kratu, Pulastya, Vasishthha are given as the
names of the Riishis of the first Manvantara, and they are also called Prajâpatis or patriarchs; the
names of the Riishis of the subsequent Manv-antaras are enumerated in Hariv. 417 ff.; afterwards
three other names are added, viz. Pracetas or Daksha, Bhriigu, and Nârada, these ten being
created by Manu Svâyambhuva for the production of all other beings including gods and men
Âs'vS'r. MBh. VP. &c.; in astron. the seven Riishis form the constellation of `" the Great Bear RV.
x, 82, 2 AV. vi, 40, 1 S'Br. Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; (metaphorically the seven Riishis may stand for the
seven senses or the seven vital airs of the body VS. xxxiv S'Br. xiv KâtyS'r.); a saint or sanctified
sage in general, an ascetic, anchorite (this is a later sense; sometimes three orders of these are
enumerated, viz. Devarshis, Brahmarshis, and Râjarshis; sometimes seven, four others being
added, viz. Maharshis, Paramarshis, S'rutarshis, and Kândarshis) Mn. iv, 94; xi, 236 S'ak. Ragh.
&c.; the seventh of the eight degrees of Brâhmans Hcat.; a hymn or Mantra composed by a Riishi;
the Veda Comm. on MBh. and Pat.; a symbolical expression for the number seven; the moon; an
imaginary circle; a ray of light L.; the fish Cyprinus Rishi L.; [cf. Hib. {arsan}, `" a sage, a man old
in wisdom "'; {arrach}, `" old, ancient, aged. "'],
rishhayaH = those who are active within

rishhiH = the sage

rishhin.h = great sages

rishhibhiH = by the wise sages

rita: real, true, not false,

rita {A})n. met with, afflicted by (with instr.) TS. v; proper, right, fit, apt, suitable, able, brave,
honest RV. VS. xvii, 82; true MBh. BhP. Mn. viii, 82; 87 Bhag. &c.; worshipped, respected L.;
enlightened, luminous L.; m. N. of a Rudra MBh.; of a son of Manu Câkshusha BhP. iv, 13, 16; of a
son of Vijaya VP.; ({am}) n. fixed or settled order, law, rule (esp. in religion); sacred or pious
action or custom, divine law, faith, divine truth (these meanings are given by BRD. and are
generally more to be accepted than those of native authorities and marked L. below) RV. AV. VS.
S'Br. &c. [223, 3]; truth in general, righteousness, right RV. AV. MBh. Mn. viii, 61; 104 Pañcat.
&c.; figuratively said of gleaning (as the right means of a Brâhmañs obtaining a livelihood as
opposed to agriculture, which is {anRta}) Mn. iv, 4 ff.; promise, oath, vow TândyaBr. Lâthy.; truth
personified (as an object of worship, and hence enumerated among the sacred objects in the Nir.);
water L.; sacrifice L.; a particular sacrifice L.; the sun L.; wealth L.; ({a4m}) ind. right, duly,
properly, expressly, very RV. BhP.; ({Rtam} {i}, to go the right way, be pious or virtuous RV.);
({e4na}) ind. right, duly, properly, regularly, lawfully, according to usage or right RV. AV.; truly,
sincerely, indeed RV. MBh. i.

ritasatya* = {e} n. du. right and truth S'Br. xi.

ritasad* = mfn. seated or dwelling in truth [BRD.] RV. iv, 40, 5 TS. iii; (seated at sacrifice Sây.)

ritasap* = (in strong forms {-sA4p}) mfn. connected with or performing worship or pious works
(as men), connected with or accepting worship or religious acts (as gods) RV.

ritasaata* = mfn. filled with truth or righteousness AV. xviii, 2, 15.

ritasaaman* = n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

ritasadanii* = f. the right or proper seat VS. iv, 36.

ritasap* = (in strong forms {-sA4p}) mfn. connected with or performing worship or pious works
(as men), connected with or accepting worship or religious acts (as gods) RV.

ritaashah* = {SAT} mfn. maintaining the sacred law VS. xviii, 38 TS. iii, 4, 7 mfn. seated or
dwelling in truth [BRD.] RV. iv, 40, 5 TS. iii; (seated at sacrifice Sây.)

ritasena* = m. N. of a Gandharva BhP.

ritastubh* = m. `" praising properly or duly "'N. of a Riishi RV. i, 112, 20.

ritasthA* = mfn. standing right AV. iv, 1, 4.

ritaspati* = (voc. {Rtaspate}) m. lord of pious works (as sacrifice &c. [224, 1]; N. of Vâyu) RV. viii,
26, 21.
ritaspris'* = mfn. connected with pious works or worship RV. v, 67, 4 (N. of the Âdityas); i, 2, 80;
iv, 50, 3 (N. of Mitra-varuna); (touching water Sây.)

ritASah* = {SAT} mfn. maintaining the sacred law VS. xviii, 38 TS. iii, 4, 7

ritu * = m. (Un2. i, 72) any settled point of time, fixed time, time appointed for any action (esp. for
sacrifices and other regular worship), right or fit time RV. AV. VS.; an epoch, period (esp. a
division or part of the year), season (the number of the divisions of the year is in ancient times,
three, five, six, seven, twelve, thirteen, and twenty-four; in later time six seasons are enumerated,
viz. Vasanta, `" spring "'; Gri1shma, `" the hot season "'; Varsha1s (f. nom. pl.), `" the rainy season
"' S3arad, `" autumn "'; Hemanta, `" winter "'; and S3is3ira, `" the cool season "'; the seasons are
not unfrequently personified, addressed in Mantras, and worshipped by libations) RV. AV. VS.
&c. MBh. Mn. &c.; symbolical expression for the number six VarBr2S. Su1ryas. &c.; the menstrual
discharge (in women), the time after the courses (favourable for procreation; according to Bhpr.
sixteen days after their appearance) Sus3r. MBh. Mn. &c.; sexual union at the above time Mn. ix,
93 MBh.; fixed order, order, rule [BRD.] RV. i, 162, 19; light, splendour L.; a particular mineral L.;
N. of a R2ishi; of the twelfth Manu.

rohiNii * = f. (f. of {rohita}, `" red "', below; also f. of {rohin} above) a red cow or [later] any cow
(represented as a daughter of Surabhi and mother of cattle, esp. of Kâma-dhenu, `" cow of plenty
"'; in the Veda, Rohinî may perhaps also mean `" a red mare "') RV. &c. &c.; N. of the ninth
Nakshatra or lunar asterism and of the lunar day belonging to it (in this sense it may optionally
have the accent on the last syllable; it is personified as a daughter of Daksha, and as the favourite
wife of the Moon, called `" the Red one "' from the colour of the star Aldebaran or principal star in
the constellation which contains 5 stars, prob. $, $, $, $, $, Tauri, and is figured by a wheeled
vehicle or sometimes by a temple or fish; it is exceptionally pl., and in TS. and TBr. there are 2
Nakshatras of this name; it may also be used as an adj. and mean `" born under the Nakshatra
Rohinî "' Pân. 4-3, 34 Vârtt. 1); lightning L.; a young girl (in whom menstruation has just
commenced; others `" a girl nine years of age "') Griihyâs. Pañcat.; N. of various plants Sus'r.
Bhpr. (= Helleborus Niger; Acacia Arabica; Gmelina Arborea &c. L.); inflammation of the throat
(of various kinds) Sus'r.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; a partic. Mûrchanâ ib.; a kind of steel
L.; N. of two wives of Vasudeva and the mother of Bala-râma MBh. Pur.; of a wife of Kriishna
Hariv.; of the wife of Mahâ-deva Pur.; of a daughter of Hiranya-kas'ipu MBh.; of one of the 16
Vidyâ-devîs L.; of a river VP.

roga = disease

rogii = patient, ill or sick person

rocate = (1 ap) to like

rocanam V*= pleasing. inducement, enticement

rocana* = mf({I} or {A})n. bright, shining, radiant AV. Br. GriS. MBh. Hariv.; giving pleasure or
satisfaction, pleasant, charming, lovely Bhathth. BhP.; sharpening or stimulating the appetite,
stomachic Sus'r. [889,1]; m. N. of various plants (Andersonia Rohitika; Alangium Hexapetalum;
the pomegranate tree &c.) L.; apartic. yellow pigment (v.l. for {rocanA}) MBh. (C.); a stomachic
W.; N. of a demon presiding over a partic. disease Hariv.; of one of the 5 arrows of the god of love
(`" exciter "') Cat.; of a son of Vishnu by Dakshinâ BhP.; of Indra under Manu Svârocisha ib.; of
one of the Vis've Devâh VP.; of a mountain MârkP.; ({A4}) and ({I}) f. see below; n. light,
brightness, (esp.) the bright sky, firmament, luminous sphere (of which there are said to be three;
cf. under {rajas}) RV. AV. Br. (in this sense sometimes {A}, f.); pl. lights, stars AV.; (ifc.) the
causing a desire for BhP.; ({ruci-ruce r-}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
rocanaa* =1 f. the bright sky or luminous sphere (= {rocana}, m.) AV. TBr.; a partic. yellow
pigment (commonly called {go-rocanA}) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. Sus'r.; a handsome woman L.; a red
lotusflower L.; bamboo manna or Tabâshîr L.; dark S'âlmali L.; N. of a wife of Vasu-deva BhP.; of
a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.

roci m* = f. light, a beam, ray Hariv. Ma1rkP.

rocis* =n. light, lustre, brightness RV. &c. &c.; grace, loveliness BhP.

rociSa* =m. (fr. %{rocis}) N. of a son of Vibha1vasu by Ushas BhP.

rociSmat* =mfn. (fr. %{rocis} + %{mat}) possessing or giving light Hariv.; m. N. of a son of Manu
Sva1rocisha BhP.

rociSNu* =mfn. shining, bright, brilliant, splendid, gay VS. &c. &c.; giving an appetite, stomachic
Sus3r.

rociSNumukha* =mfn. having a bright countenance MW.

rocanaa* =2 ind. (in {rocanA-kR} ind. p. {-kRtvA} or {-kRtya}) g. {sAkSAd-Adi

roditi = to cry

rodhaka* = mfn. stopping, holding back, restraining, shutting up, besieging, blockading Kâv.

rodhas* = n. a bank, embankment, dam, mound, wall, shore RV. &c. &c.; a mountain slope R.
Hariv.; the steep wall or bank (of a cloud) Kathâs.; the brink (of a well) BhP.; the flank, side, a
womañs hips BhP. (cf. {taTa}).

rodhasvat* = ({ro4dhas-}) mfn. having high banks RV.; ({atI}) f. N. of a river BhP.

rodhana* = 1 see 2. {ava-} {ud-}, {-pra-r-}.

rodhana* = 2 mf({I})n. (for 1. see above, col. 1) obstructing, impeding, being an obstacle or
hindrance W.; m. the planet Mercury L.; ({A}) f. a dam, bank, wall (= {rodhas}) RV. ii, 13, 10;
({ro4-}) n. shutting up, confinement RV. BhP.; stopping, restraining, checking, preventing,
impeding Kâv. Pur.

rodha* = (ifc.) sprouting, growing &c. (cf. 2. {ava-rodha} and {nyag-r-}); m. growing, ascending,
moving upwards (cf. next).

rodha* = 2 m. (for 1. see above, col. 1) the act of stopping, checking, obstructing, impeding;
suppressing, preventing, confining, surrounding, investing, besieging, blockading MBh. Kâv. &c.;
obstruction of the bowels, costiveness Car.; attacking, making war upon (gen.) R.; a dam, bank,
shore Râjat. Sus'r. (cf. {rodhas}); an arrow L.; a partic. hell VP.; N. of a man g. {zivA7di}.

rodha* = 1 {rodhana}. see p. 884, col. 1.

rodha* = 2 {rodhaka} &c. see p. 884, col. 2.

romaharshhaH = standing of hair on end

romaharshhaNaM = making the hair stand on end

rohati = (1 pp) to grow

rohiNii = Fourth nakshatra

ru = light

ruchiH = taste; flavour

rud.h = to cry

rudatha* = m. (only L.) a child, pupil, scholar; a dog; a cock.

rudana* = n. the act of crying, weeping, lamentation Hariv.

rudantikA* = and f. `" weeper "'N. of a species of small succulent plant (= {amRta-sravA}) L.

rudantI* = f. `" weeper "'N. of a species of small succulent plant (= {amRta-sravA}) L.

rudita* = mfn. wept, lamented MBh. Kâv. &c. weeping, crying, lamenting ib.; wet with tears
MBh.; n. weeping, crying, lamentation Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.

rud.hdhvaa = checking

rudra = a form of Shiva\\* = mfn. (prob.) crying, howling, roaring, dreadful, terrific, terrible,
horrible (applied to the As'vins, Agni, Indra, Mitra, Varuna, and the {spa4zaH}) RV. AV. (accord.
to others `" red, shining, glittering "', fr. a {rud} or {rudh} connected with {rudhira}; others `"
strong, having or bestowing strength or power "', fr. a {rud} = {vRd}, {vRdh}; native authorities
give also the following meanings, `" driving away evil "'; `" running about and roaring "', fr. {ru} +
{dra} = 2. {dru}; `" praiseworthy, to be praised "'; `" a praiser, worshipper "' = {stotR} Naigh. iii,
16); m. `" Roarer or Howler "'N. of the god of tempests and father and ruler of the Rudras and
Maruts (in the Veda he is closely connected with Indra and still more with Agni, the god of fire,
which, as a destroying agent, rages and crackles like the roaring storm, and also with Kâla or Time
the all-consumer, with whom he is afterwards identified; though generally represented as a
destroying deity, whose terrible shafts bring death or disease on men and cattle, he has also the
epithet {ziva}, `" benevolent "' or `" auspicious "', and is even supposed to possess healing powers
from his chasing away vapours and purifying the atmosphere; in the later mythology the word
{ziva}, which does not occur as a {name} in the Veda, was employed, first as an euphemistic
epithet and then as a real name for Rudra, who lost his special connection with storms and
developed into a form of the disintegrating and reintegrating principle; while a new class of
beings, described as eleven [or thirty-three] in number, though still called Rudras, took the place
of the original Rudras or Maruts: in VP. i, 7, Rudra is said to have sprung from Brahmâ's
forehead, and to have afterwards separated himself into a figure half male and half female, the
former portion separating again into the 11 Rudras, hence these later Rudras are sometimes
regarded as inferior manifestations of S'iva, and most of their names, which are variously given in
the different Purânas, are also names of S'iva [883, 2]; those of the VâyuP. are Ajai9kapad, Ahir-
budhnya, Hara, Nirriita, Îs'vara, Bhuvana, Angâraka, Ardha-ketu, Mriityu, Sarpa, Kapâlin;
accord. to others the Rudras are represented as children of Kas'yapa and Surabhi or of Brahmâ
and Surabhi or of Bhûta and Su-rûpâ; accord. to VP. i, 8, Rudra is one of the 8 forms of S'iva;
elsewhere he is reckoned among the Dik-pâlas as regent of the north-east quarter) RV. &c. &c. (cf.
RTL. 75 &c.); N. of the number `" eleven "' (from the 11 Rudras) VarBriS.; the eleventh Cat.; (in
astrol.) N. of the first Muhûrta; (in music) of a kind of stringed instrument (cf. {rudrI} and
{rudra-vINA}); of the letter {e} Up.; of various men Kathâs. Râjat.; of various teachers and
authors (also with {AcArya}, {kavi}, {bhaTTa}, {zarman}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; of a king Buddh.; du.
(incorrect acc. to Vâm. v, 2, 1) Rudra and Rudrâni (cf. also {bhavA-r-} and {somA-rudra}); pl. the
Rudras or sons of Rudra (sometimes identified with or distinguished from the Maruts who are 11
or 33 in number) RV. &c. &c.; an abbreviated N. for the texts or hymns addressed to Rudra
GriS'rS. Gaut. Vas. (cf. {rudra-japa}); of a people (v.l. {puNDra}) VP.; ({A}) f. a species of creeping
plant L.; N. of a wife of Vasu-deva VâyuP.; of a daughter of Raudrâs'va (v.l. {bhadrA}) VP.; pl. a
hundred heatmaking suns "' rays L.; ({I}) f. a kind of lute or guitar L. (cf. m. and {rudra-vINA}).

rudraaksha* = m. `" RñRudra-eyed "', Elaeocarpus Ganitrus or its berry (used for rosaries) W. (cf.
RTL. 67, 82); a rosary (gender doubtful) Râjat.; N. of an Upanishad (gender dñdoubtful); {-kalpa}
m. {-dhAraNa} n. {-parI7kSA} f. N. of wks.; {-mAlA} (Hcar.) or {-mAlikA} (Kâd.) f. a rosary;
{-mAhAtmya} n. {-ya-varNana} n. N. of wks.; {-valaya} m. or n. (?) a rosary Kâd.; {-So7paniSad}
(f. N. of an Upanishad.

rudraH = the Destroying God

rudraaNaaM = of all the Rudras

rudraan.h = the eleven forms of Rudra

rudh.h = to stop, control

rudhira = blood

rupaM = beauty

rupita* = see {A4-ropita}.

rukma * m. `" what is bright or radiant "', an ornament of gold, golden chain or disc RV. AV. (here
n.) VS. Br. S'rS.; Mesua Roxburghii L.; the thorn-apple L.; N. of a son of Rucaka BhP.; n. gold L.;
iron L.; a kind of collyrium L.

ruksha = dry

ruksha * =1 m. (prob.) a tree (cf. {vRkSa}) RV. vi, 3, 7.

ruksha * = 2 w.r. for {rUkSa} q.v.

ruuksha4 * = 1 mf({A})n. (prob. fr. {rUS}; cf. 2. {rukSa}) rough, dry, arid, dreary S'Br. &c. &c.;
emaciated, thin Sus'r.; rough to the taste, astringent MBh. Sus'r.; not greasy or oily (as food or
medicine) Kathâs. Sus'r.; hard, harsh, unkind, cruel (as a person or speech) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
unpleasant, disagreeable, not soft (to the sight, smell &c.) ib.; dismal (as a house) Pañcat.; soiled,
smeared, dirtied R. Mudr.; having the smell of an elephant in rut L.; m. hardness, harshness L.;
the smell of the rut of an elephant L.; a kind of grass (= {varaka}) L.; ({A}) f. Croton Polyandrum
or Tiglium L.; n. a good kind of iron L.; the thick part of curds L.

ruuksha * = 2 m. (prob. for Prâkriit {rukkha} = {vRkSa}) a tree L.

ruusha * rUSa m. bitter and sour taste L.; mf({A})n. bitter and sour L. (cf. {rUkSa}).

rusaa * =f. = 2. {ruS} (mostly ifc.)

ruupa = beautiful form

ruupaM = beaut

ruupamaishvaraM = universal form

ruupasa.npannau = (two)persons endowed with beautiful appearance

ruupasya = form

ruupaaNi = forms

ruupeNa = form

ruupita* = mfn. formed, represented, exhibited, imagined Kâv. Sarvad

saadhaara* =having a support or basis or foundation

saaDesaati = Saturñs transit of the lunar 12, 1, 2 houses. It lasts about 7 1\/2 years and is regarded
as problematic for the Native by some Jyotishi. If the sarvaashhTakavarga of the signs in 12th, 1st
and 2nd from the Moon have more than 30 points this relieves a lot of the above malefic side-
effects. One should also judge the whole chart and see whether there is real malevolence to this
transit

saadhaka = an aspirant, seeker

saadhakaM = means

saadhana = instrument * = mf(%{I} or %{A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well,
furthering RV.; effective, efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; procuring Ka1v.;
conjuring up (a spirit) Katha1s.; denoting, designating, expressive of (comp.) Pa1n2. Sch.; m. N. of
the author of RV. x, 157 (having the patr. %{bhauvana}) Anukr.; (%{A}) f. accomplishment,
performance (see %{mantra-s-}); propitiation, worship, adoration L.; (%{am}) n. (ifc. f. %{A}),
the act of mastering, overpowering, subduing Kir. Pan5cat.; subdueing by charms, conjuring up,
summoning (spirits &c.) MBh. Katha1s.; subduing a disease, healing, cure Sus3r. MBh. &c.;
enforcing payment or recovery (of a debt) Das3.; bringing about, carrying out, accomplishment,
fullilment, completion, perfection Nir. MBh. &c.; establishment of a truth, proof. argument,
demonstration Ya1jn5. Sa1h. Sarvad.; reason or premiss (in a syllogism, leading to a conclusion)
Mudr. v, 10; any means of effecting or accomplishing, any agent or instrument or implement or
utensil or apparatus, an expedient, requisite for (gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c.; a means of
summoning or conjuring up a spirit (or deity) Ka1lac.; means or materials of warfare, military
forces, army or portion of an army (sg. and pl.) Hariv. Uttar. Ra1jat.; conflict, battle S3is3.; means
of correcting or punishing (as `" a stick "', `" rod "' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment, goods,
commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or source (in general) L.; organ of generation (male or
female), Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of the instrumental or agent (as expressed by the case of a
noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.; preparing, making ready, preparation (of food, poison &c.)
Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; obtaining, procuring, gain, acquisition Ka1v. BhP.; finding out by calculation,
computation Gan2it.; fruit, result Pan5cat.; the conjugational affix or suffix which is placed
between the root and terminations (= %{vIharaNa} q.v.) Pa1n2. 8-4, 30 Va1rtt. 1; (only L. `"
matter, material, substance, ingredient, drug, medicine; good works, penance, self-mortification,
attainment of beatitude; conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying; killing metals,
depriving them by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties [esp. said of mercury]; burning on a
funeral pile, obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going; going quickly; going after, following.).

saadhaana* = mfn. together with the receptacle S3Br.

saadhanaa = practice, a quest

saadhvasa * = n. (ifc. f. %{A} ; fr. %{sa} + %{dhvasa} = %{dhvaMsa}) consternation, perturbation,

alarm, terror, fear of (gen. or comp. ; %{-saM-gam}, to become terrified "') MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (in
dram.) false alarm, sudden fright, panic (one of the 7 divisions of the Bhan2ika q.v.) Sa1h

saadhayet.h = achieves

saadharmyaM = same nature

saadhibhuuta = and the governing principle of the material manifestation

saadhiyaGYaM = and governing all sacrifices

saadhu = good man * f. {sAdhvI3} straight, right, good, excellent, virtuous. -- m. a good or honest
man; f. {sAdhvI} a. faithful or excellent wife; n. the good or right, as adv. well, right; bravo!

saadhuH = a saint

saadhubhaave = in the sense of the nature of the devotee

saadhuvRtta * = a. beautifully round (arm) or well-conducted; n. good conduct.

saadhus'abda * = Meaning m. cry of good or bravo.

saadhus'Ila * = a. having a good character; abstr. {-tva} n

saadhushhu = unto the pious

saadhuunaaM = of the devotees

saadhyaaH = the Sadhyas

saadhya * =mfn. to be subdued or mastered or won or managed, conquerable, amenable MBh. R.

&c.; to be summoned or conjured up L.; to be set to rights, to be treated or healed or cured Sus'r.
MBh. Kathâs.; to be formed (grammatically) Vop.; to be cultivated or perfected Kâv.; to be
accomplished or fulfilled or brought about or effected or attained, practicable, feasible, attainable
Mn. MBh. &c.; being effected or brought about, taking place Kâs'.; to be prepared or cooked Car.;
to be inferred or concluded Sarvad. Bhâshâp. Kpr.; to be proved or demonstrated Ragh. Sâh.; to
be found out by calculation VarBriS. Ganit.; to be killed or destroyed MW.; relating to the Sâdhyas
(see below) MBh. BhP.; m. (pl.) `" they that are to be propitiated "'N. of a class of celestial beings
(belonging to the {gaNa-devatA} q.v., sometimes mentioned in the Veda [see RV. x, 90, 16]; in the
S'Br. their world is said to be above the sphere of the gods; according to Yâska [Nir. xii, 41] their
locality is the Bhuvarloka or middle region between the earth and sun; in Mn. i, 22, the Sâdhyas
are described as created after the gods with natures exquisitely refined, and in iii, 195, as children
of the Soma-sads, sons of Virâj; in the Purânas they are sons of Sâdhyâ, and their number is
variously twelve or seventeen; in the later mythology they seem to be superseded by the Siddhas
see {siddha}; and their names are Manas, Mantrii, Pra7na, Nara, Pâna, Vinirbhaya, Naya, Dansa,
Nârâyana, Vriisha, Prabhu) RV. &c. &c.; the god of love L.; N. of a Vedic Riishi, IndSt.; of the 21st
astronomical Yoga L.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma or Manu (regarded
as the mother of the Sâdhyas) Hariv. Pur.; ({am}) n. accomplishment, perfection W.; an object to
be accomplished, thing to be proved or established, matter in debate ib.; (in logic) the major term
in a syllogism ib.; silver L.; N. of a Sâman ArshBr.

saadhvii = (feminine form of saadhu ie, a virtuos person )

saadris'ya * = n. likeness, resemblance, similarity to (comp.) Âpast. R. Hariv. &c.

saadriza * = mfn. = {sa-dRza}, like, similar S'ânkhS'r.; proper DivyA7v.; ({I}) f.

saadya * mfn. (fr. {sAdin}) fit for riding; m. a ridinghorse Âs'vS'r.

saadhayitavya * = mfn. (fr. Caus. of {sAdh}) to be accomplished or performed Hit.

saadhayitR * = mfn. (fr. id.) one who brings about, an accomplisher, performer Nir.

saadhana * =mf({I} or {A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well, furthering RV.; effective,
efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; procuring Kâv.; conjuring up (a spirit) Kathâs.;
denoting, designating, expressive of (comp.) Pân. Sch.; m. N. of the author of RV. x, 157 (having
the patr. {bhauvana}) Anukr.; ({A}) f. accomplishment, performance (see {mantra-s-});
propitiation, worship, adoration L.; ({am}) n. (ifc. f. {A}), the act of mastering, overpowering,
subduing Kir. Pañcat.; subdueing by charms, conjuring up, summoning (spirits &c.) MBh.
Kathâs.; subduing a disease, healing, cure Sus'r. MBh. &c.; enforcing payment or recovery (of a
debt) Das'.; bringing about, carrying out, accomplishment, fullilment, completion, perfection Nir.
MBh. &c.; establishment of a truth, proof. argument, demonstration Yâjñ. Sâh. Sarvad.; reason or
premiss (in a syllogism, leading to a conclusion) Mudr. v, 10; any means of effecting or
accomplishing, any agent or instrument or implement or utensil or apparatus, an expedient,
requisite for (gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c.; a means of summoning or conjuring up a spirit (or deity)
Kâlac.; means or materials of warfare, military forces, army or portion of an army (sg. and pl.)
Hariv. Uttar. Râjat.; conflict, battle S'is'.; means of correcting or punishing (as `" a stick "', `" rod
"' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment, goods, commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or source (in
general) L.; organ of generation (male or female), Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of the instrumental or
agent (as expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.; preparing, making ready,
preparation (of food, poison &c.) Kathâs. MârkP.; obtaining, procuring, gain, acquisition Kâv.
BhP.; finding out by calculation, computation Ganit.; fruit, result Pañcat.; the conjugational affix
or suffix which is placed between the root and terminations (= {vIharaNa} q.v.) Pân. 8-4, 30
Vârtt. 1; (only L. `" matter, material, substance, ingredient, drug, medicine; good works, penance,
self-mortification, attainment of beatitude; conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying;
killing metals, depriving them by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties [esp. said of mercury];
burning on a funeral pile, obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going; going quickly; going after,
following.).

saadhaana * =mfn. together with the receptacle S'Br. sadhana

sadhana * = n. (i.e.7. %{sa} + %{dh-}) common property S3Br.; mfn. possessing riches, wealthy,
opulent R. VarBr2S.; together with riches Katha1s.; %{-tA} f. wealthiness Prasan3g.

saadhana * = mf(%{I} or %{A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well, furthering RV.;
effective, efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; procuring Ka1v.; conjuring up (a spirit)
Katha1s.; denoting, designating, expressive of (comp.) Pa1n2. Sch.; m. N. of the author of RV. x,
157 (having the patr. %{bhauvana}) Anukr.; (%{A}) f. accomplishment, performance (see
%{mantra-s-}); propitiation, worship, adoration L.; (%{am}) n. (ifc. f. %{A}), the act of mastering,
overpowering, subduing Kir. Pan5cat.; subdueing by charms, conjuring up, summoning (spirits
&c.) MBh. Katha1s.; subduing a disease, healing, cure Sus3r. MBh. &c.; enforcing payment or
recovery (of a debt) Das3.; bringing about, carrying out, accomplishment, fullilment, completion,
perfection Nir. MBh. &c.; establishment of a truth, proof. argument, demonstration Ya1jn5. Sa1h.
Sarvad.; reason or premiss (in a syllogism, leading to a conclusion) Mudr. v, 10; any means of
effecting or accomplishing, any agent or instrument or implement or utensil or apparatus, an
expedient, requisite for (gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c.; a means of summoning or conjuring up a
spirit (or deity) Ka1lac.; means or materials of warfare, military forces, army or portion of an
army (sg. and pl.) Hariv. Uttar. Ra1jat.; conflict, battle S3is3.; means of correcting or punishing
(as `" a stick "', `" rod "' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment, goods, commodities &c. R.; efficient
cause or source (in general) L.; organ of generation (male or female), Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of
the instrumental or agent (as expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.;
preparing, making ready, preparation (of food, poison &c.) Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; obtaining,
procuring, gain, acquisition Ka1v. BhP.; finding out by calculation, computation Gan2it.; fruit,
result Pan5cat.; the conjugational affix or suffix which is placed between the root and
terminations (= %{vIharaNa} q.v.) Pa1n2. 8-4, 30 Va1rtt. 1; (only L. `" matter, material,
substance, ingredient, drug, medicine; good works, penance, self-mortification, attainment of
beatitude; conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying; killing metals, depriving them
by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties [esp. said of mercury]; burning on a funeral pile,
obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going; going quickly; going after, following.).

saadhAna * = mfn. together with the receptacle S3Br.

saagaraM = (masc.Acc.S) ocean

saagaraH = the ocean

saagaraat.h = from the ocean

saahankaareNa = with ego

saahasa = adventure

saahase = (loc.sing.) in bravery or adventure

saahaayyaka = (m) assitant, helper

saahaayyam.h = (n) help, assistance

saahitya = literature

saajyasamidbhiH = with ghee(clarified butter) and `samidhaa' sticks

s'aakra *= mf({I})n. (fr. {zakra}) relating or belonging or sacred to or addressed to Indra MBh.
VarBriS. Kathâs.; ({I}) f. Indra's wife (also applied to Durgâ) Pur.; n. the Nakshatra Jyeshthhâ
(presided over by Indra) VarBriS.

saakaM = with

saakhya * = n. association, party RV. KâtyS'r.; friendship (prob. w.r. for {sakhya}) L.; mfn.
{-sAkheya} KâtyS'r. [1198, 2]
saakshin* = mfn. seeing with the eyes, observing, witnessing; an eye-witness, witness (in law) of
or to (gen. loc., or comp.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. (in phil.) the Ego or subject (as opp. to the
object or to that which is external to the mind, AshthâvS.; cf. {sA7kSi-mAtra}); N. of a man (also
pl.) Sanskârak.

saaksha* = mfn. (fr. 7. {sa} + {akSa}) furnished with a yoke (of oxen) Kaus'. \\sAkSa* = 2 mfn. (fr.
7. {sa} + {akSa}) having the seeds (of which rosaries are made), having rosary MW. \\sAkSa* = 3
(fr. 7. {sa} + {akSa}), having eyes (only in abl.; see next).

saakshatkaara = the spirit

saakshaat.h = directly * = ind. (abl. of %{sA7kSa} above) with the eyes, with one's own eyes Ka1v.
Katha1s. Sarvad. ; before one's eyes, evidently, clearly, openly, manifestly AV. &c. &c. [1198,1] ; in
person, in bodily form, personally, visibly, really, actually MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; immediately, directly
Sarvad. Kull.

saala *= 1 m. (often incorrectly written for 1. {zAla}) the S'âl tree; a wall, fence &c.; for these and
other meanings and compounds such as {salagrAma} &c., see 1. {zAla}; ({A}) f. see next.

saalaa * f. (generally written {zAlA}) a house (see {niHsAla4}).

saalamba = supported

saalamba\-sarvaangaasana = the supported shoulderstand posture

saam* = see 1. {sAmaya}, p. 1205, col. 1.

saaMprataM = (indeclinable) now

saama = the Sama Veda

saaman * =1 n. (fr. 1. {sA} = 1. {san}) acquisition, possession, property, wealth, abundance RV.
VS. \\

saaman * = 2 n. (m. only in TBr.; prob. connected with {sAntv}; accord. to some fr. 1. {sA}; cf. 3.
{sAman}) calming, tranquillizing, (esp.) kind or gentle words for winning an adversary,
conciliation, negotiation (one of the 4 Upa7yas or means of success against an enemy, the other 3
being {dAna}, {bheda}, and {daNDa}, qq. vv.; ibc. or instr. sg. and pl., `" by friendly means or in a
friendly way, willingly, voluntarily "') TBr. &c. &c.

saaman * =3 n. (of doubtful derivation; accord. to Un. iv, 152 fr. {so} = 2. {sA}, as `" destroying
sin "'; in Nir. vii, 12 apparently connected with {sammita}; by others derived fr. 1. {san}, {sA},
{sAntv}, and perhaps not to be separated fr. 1. and 2. {sAman}) a metrical hymn or song of praise,
(esp.) a partic. kind of sacred text or verse called a Sâman (intended to be chanted, and forming,
with {Rc}, {yajus}, {chandas}, one of the 4 kinds of Vedic composition mentioned first in RV. x,
90, 9) RV. &c. &c.; any song or tune (sacred or profane, also the hum of bees) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the
faculty of uttering sounds (?) TBr. (Sch.)

saamarthyaM = ability

saamarsha* = mfn. having impatience or anger, impatient, indignant, wrathful, enraged at (prati)
Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) ind. angrily Mriicch.
saamavedaH = the Sama Veda

saamaajika = social

saamaani = Nr.nom.pl.)the Sama Veda

saamaanya = common

saamaasikasya = of compounds

saamatva* = n. state or condition of (being) a SñShadvBr. S'Br.

saamaya* = 1 (Nom. fr. {sAman} or fr. artificial {sAm}; for 2. {sA7maya} see col. 3) cl. 10. P.
{sAmayati} (aor. {asasAmat} or {asISamat}), to conciliate, appease, pacify. tranquillize Dhâtup.
xxxv, 27.

saamaya* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) connected with or suffering from disease S'ank.

saamba* = 1 m. (also written {zAmba}) N. of a son of Kriishna and Jâmbavatî (in consequence of
the curse of some holy sages who had been deceived by a female disguise which he had assumed,
he was condemned to produce offspring in the shape of a terrific iron club for the destruction of
the race of Vriishni and Andhaka; he is said to have been instructed by Nârada in the worship of
the sun, and by Vyâsa in the ritual of the Magi) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (also with {zAstrin}) N. of
various authors and teachers Cat.; n. = {-purANa} ib.\\2 mfn. attended by Ambâ (q.v.), Kâsikh.

saamnaM = of the Sama Veda songs

saaMyamana* = mfn. (fr. %{saMyamana}) relating to restraint or self-control KaushUp. (v.l.)

saMyuta* = mfn. joined or bound together, tied, fettered R. Ragh.; put together, joined or
connected with (instr. with and without {saha}, or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; increased hy, added to
(instr. or comp.) VarBriS. Râjat.; (ifc.) being in conjunction with VarBriS.; consisting of.
containing (instr. or comp.) R.; (ifc.) relating to, implying ({praI7Sya-s-}, `" implying service "')
Mn. ii, 32; accumulated (v.l. for {sam-bhRta}) S'ak. iv, 120/121

saamye = in equanimity

saamyena = generally

saamraajya = universal soverignty

saakshaat * = ind. (abl. of {sA7kSa} above) with the eyes, with one's own eyes Kâv. Kathâs.
Sarvad.; before one's eyes, evidently, clearly, openly, manifestly AV. &c. &c. [1198, 1]; in person, in
bodily form, personally, visibly, really, actually MBh. Kâv. &c.; immediately, directly Sarvad. Kull.

saaMvartaka * = mfn. (fr. {saM-vartaka} = {saMvarta}) relating to or appearing at the dissolution

of the universe (as fire, the sun &c.) R. BhP.

saaMvatsara* = mf({I})n. (fr. {saM-vatsara}) yearly, annual, perennial, lasting or occupying year
(with {bhRti}, f. `" annual wages "') S'rS. MBh. BhP.; m. an astrologer, almanac-maker MBh. Kâv.
&c.; a lunar month L.; black rice L.; (with {dIkSita}) N. of an author Cat.; ({I}) f. a funeral
ceremony performed a year after a persoñs death L.
saantvayati = (10 up) to console

saankhya = one of the schools(systems) of Indian philosophy

saankhyaM = analytical study

saankhya\-yoga = the yoga of science

saankhyaanaaM = of the empiric philosophers

saankhye = in the fight

saankhyena = of philosophical discussion

saankhyaiH = by means of Sankhya philosophy

saanna* = mf({A})n. together with, food, having food Vishn.

saanu * = m. n. (accord. to Un. i, 3 fr. {san}; collateral form 3. {snu}) a summit, ridge, surface, top
of a mountain, (in later language generally) mountain-ridge, table-land RV. &c. &c. (L. also, a
sprout; a forest; road; gale of wind; sage, learned man; the sun "').

s'aanti * = f. tranquillity, peace, quiet, peace or calmness of mind, absence of passion, averting of
pain ({zAnti}! {zAnti}! {zAnti}! may the three kinds of pain be averted!), indifference to objects of
pleasure or pain KathhUp. MBh. &c.; alleviation (of evil or pain), cessation, abatement, extinction
(of fire &c.) AV. &c. &c.; a pause, breach, interruption Hcat.; any expiatory or propitiatory rite for
averting evil or calamity Br. &c. (cf. RTL. 346); peace, welfare, prosperity, good fortune, ease,
comfort, happiness, bliss MBh. R. &c.; destruction, end, eternal rest, death Kâv. Kathâs. BhP.; =
{zAnti-kalpa} BhP.; Tranquillity &c. personified (as a daughter of S'raddhâ, as the wife of
Atharvan, as the daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma) Hariv. Prab. Pur.; m. N. of a son of
Indra MBh.; of Indra in the tenth Manv-antara Pur.; of a Tushita (son of Vishnu and Dakshinâ)
ib.; of a son of Kriishna and Kâlindî ib.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a son of Angiras ib.; of a disciple of
Bhûti MârkP.; of a son of Nîla and father of Su-s'ânti VP.; (with Jainas) of an Arhat and Cakra-
vartin L.; of a teacher (also called {ratnA7kara-z-}) Buddh.

s'aapa * = 1 m. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. {zap}) a curse, malediction, abuse, oath, imprecation, ban,
interdiction (acc. with {vac}, {dA}, {pra-yam}, {ny-as}, {vi-sRj}, {A-diz}, `" to pronounce or utter
a curse on any one "', with dat. gen. loc., or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.

s'aa4pa * = 2 m. (of doubtful derivation) floating wood or other substances RV. AV.

saapatna * = mfn. (fr, {sa-patna}, or {sapatnI}) coming or derived from a rival AV.; based on
rivalry (as enmity) MBh.; born of a rival or cowife; m. (with or without {bhrAtR}, `" a half-brother
on the mother's side "') R.; (pl.) the children of different wives of the same husband MBh.

saapatnya* mf({A})n. based on rivalry (as enmity) Kâm.; born from a rival or fellow-wife R.; m. a
half-brother ib.; a rival, enemy L.; n. enmity or rivalry among wives of the same husband S'is'.;
relationship of children born from different wives of the same husband R.

saapatnyaka * = n. rivalry, enmity

saapatnaka * = n. rivalry among the wives of the same husband MBh.; rivalry in general, enmity
ib. Bâlar.
saapatneya * = mf({I})n. born from a rival wife

saara = essence; * = m. or n. (?) salts of iron L

saara * = 1 (fr. {sR}) m. course, motion (see {pUrva-s-}); stretching out, extension Kâlac.; mfn.
driving away, destroying Bâlar. ii, 60/61

saara * = 2 m. n. (ifc. f. {A}; perhaps to be connected with 1. {sAra} above; prob. fr. a lost root
meaning. `" to be strong "') the core or pith or solid interior of anything RV. &c. &c.; firmness,
strength power, energy AV. &c. &c.; the substance or essence or marrow or cream or heart or
essential part of anything, best part, quintessence (ifc. = `" chiefly consisting of or depending on
&c. "' [cf. {para}] e.g. {dharma-sAraM jagat}, `" the world chiefly depends on justice "'; {tUSNIM-
sAra} mfn. `" chiefly silent "'; {sArat sAram}, `" the very best "') AitBr. &c. &c.; the real meaning,
main point MW.; a compendium, summary, epitome (often ifc. in titles of books); a
chiefingredient or constituent part of the body (causing the peculiarities of temperament;
reckoned to be 7, viz. {sattva}, {zukra}, {majjan}, {asthi}, {medas}, {mAMsa}, {rakta}) Sus'r.
VarBriS.; any ingredient Sus'r.; nectar R. BhP.; cream, curds L.; worth, value ({eNa}, `" in
consideration of. "', according to "') Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; wealth, property, goods, riches Kâv. Pur.
Râjat.; (in rhet.) a kind of climax ({uttaro7ttaram utkarSaH}) Sâh. Kpr.; resin used as a perfume
Sus'r. SârngS.; water Vâs.; dung Kriishis.; the matter formed in a boil or ulcer, pus MW.; impure
carbonate of soda ib.; a confederate prince, ally VarBriS.; (= 1. {zAra}) a piece at chess or
backgammon &c.; ({A}) f. a kind of plant( = {kriSNa-trivRtA}) L.; Kus'a grass L.; ({I}) f. see under
{sAri} and {sArI} (next p.); mf({A})n. hard, firm solid strong MBh. Râv. &c.; precious, valuable
Das'.; good, sound, best, excellent BhP. Pañcar.; sound (as an argument, thoroughly proved) W.;
full of (instr.) VarBriS.; motley, speckled (= {zAra}) Sus'r. Kâd.

saara * = 3 mfn. having spokes S'ulba

saaraH = (m) essence, summary

sAroha 8 = mf(%{A})n. having elevation, elevated to (loc.) R. ; together with a horseman ib.

saarikaa = a bird (nightingale / cuckoo ? )

saarthakyaM = (n) fulfillment

saarthavaaha = (m) a merchant

saaruupya * = n. (fr. {sa-rUpa}) sameness or similarity of form, identity of appearance,

resemblance, likeness, conformity with (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; assimilation to or conformity with
the deity (one of the grades of Mukti or beatitude = {sarUpa-tA}, {sAlokya}) BhP.; (in dram.) a
mistake caused by the mutual resemblance of two persons (as in Venis. vs Yudhi-shthhira takes
Bhîma for Duryodhana and injures him) Bhar. Sâh.; mf({A})n. seasonable, fit, proper, suitable
Lalit.

saarvabhauma = of the whole earth

saarvaayushha = of full life-span

s'aastra= see shaastra

saa7svaadana* = n. (scil. {sthAna}; with Jainas) N. of the second of the 14 stages towards
supreme bliss Cat.
s'aatha*= m. (fr. {zaT}?) a strip of cloth, a kind of skirt or petticoat, a partic. sort of garment or
gown Vas. Cân.; ({I}) f. see below.

s'aata4* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zo}; cf. {zita}) sharpened, whetted, sharp Kathâs. Râjat.; thin, feeble,
slender, emaciated Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.; n. the thorn-apple MW.

s'aata* = 2 m. (fr. 2. {zad}) falling out or decaying (of nails, hair &c.) Sus'r.

s'aata* = 3 n. joy, pleasure, happiness L.; mfn. handsome, bright, happy W.

saat * = 1 a Taddhita affix which when put after a word denotes a total change of anything into the
thing expressed by that word (see {agni-}, {bhasma-sAt} &c.) \\ * = 2 a Sautra root meaning `" to
give pleasure "' Pân. Vop. \\ 3 n. N. of Brahman L.

saati * = 1 f. gaining, obtaining, acquisition, winning of spoil or property RV.; a gift, oblation L.; N.
of a teacher (having the patr. {auSTrAkSi}) Cat. \\ 2 f. end, destruction L.; violent pain ib. \\3 (for
1. and 2. see p. 1196, col. 3)N. of a metre Ping. \\ 3 (for 1. and 2. see p. 1196, col. 3)N. of a metre
Ping

saath * = cl. 10. P. {sATayati}, to make visible or manifest Dhâtup. xxxv, 84.

saatmataa* = (%{sA7tma4-}) f. community of essence or nature with (gen. instr., or comp.) S3Br.
MBh. ; absorption into the essence (of Brahma1) MW.

saaTopa = (adj) proud

saatvat * m. pl. (cf. {satvat}) N. of a people Hariv. S'is'. (= {yadu} Sch.)

saatvata *sAtvata f({I})n. relating to the Satvats or the Satvatas, belonging or sacred to Satvata or
Kriishna &c. MBh. Pur.; containing the word {satvat} g. {vimuktA7di}; m. a king of the Satvats (N.
of Kriishna, Bala-deva &c.) MBh. BhP.; (pl.) N. of a people S'is'. (= {yAdava} Sch.); an adherent or
worshipper of Kriishna L.; a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of an outcaste Vais'ya; accord. to L.,
`" the son of an outcaste VñVais'ya and a VñVais'ya woman who was formerly the witt of a
Kshatriya "') Mn. x, 43; N. of a son of Âyu or Ans'u Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.

saattvika = to one in goodness

saattvikaM = in the mode of goodness

saattvikaH = in the mode of goodness

saattvikaaH = in goodness

saattvikii = in the mode of goodness

saatya* = mfn. (fr. {satya}, of which it is also the vriiddhi form in comp.) one whose nature is
truth S'Br.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshB

saatyakiH = Satyaki (the same as Yuyudhana, the charioteer of Lord KRishhNa)

saatvata * = mf({I})n. relating to the Satvats or the Satvatas, belonging or sacred to Satvata or
Kriishna &c. MBh. Pur.; containing the word {satvat} g. {vimuktA7di}; m. a king of the Satvats (N.
of Kriishna, Bala-deva &c.) MBh. BhP.; (pl.) N. of a people S'is'. (= {yAdava} Sch.); an adherent or
worshipper of Kriishna L.; a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of an outcaste Vais'ya; accord. to L.,
`" the son of an outcaste VñVais'ya and a VñVais'ya woman who was formerly the witt of a
Kshatriya "') Mn. x, 43; N. of a son of Âyu or Ans'u Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.

saatvika = Pure Planets i.e. Waxing Moon, Jupiter and Mercury

saatya* = mfn. (fr. {satya}, of which it is also the vriiddhi form in comp.) one whose nature is
truth S'Br.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

saavadhaana = attentions * =mf(%{A})n. having attention, attentive, heedful, careful Bhartr2.

HParis3.; intent upon doing anything (inf.) Uttamac.; (%{am}) ind. attentively, cautiously S3ak.

saayaM = evening

saayaMpraataH = both evening \& morning

saayana = The Tropical Zodiac with precession

saayamadhiiyaano = evening studied man

sa = he

sa: V: that is, that with this, both along with

saa = that is

sabala * =({sa4-}) mfn. powerful, strong RV. &c. &c.; together with strength or power L.;
accompanied by a force or army. MBh. R.; together with Bala (Kriishna's eldest brother) BhP.; m.
N. of a son of Manu Bhautya Hariv.; of a son of Vasishthha (and one of the 7 Riishis) MârkP.; of
one of the 7 Riishis under Manu S'âvarna ib.; {-tA} f. (S'ânkhBr.), {-tva} n. (S'is'.) power, strength;
{-vAhana} mfn. with an army and followers Yâjñ. Sch.; {-siMha} m. N. of a king Inscr.; {-lAt-
kAram} ind. with force, forcibly S'ak.; {-lA7nuga} mfn. followed by an army MBh. R.; = {sa-
balavAhana} MW.

sabaandhavaan.h = along with friends

sabhaa = (f) assembly, meeting

sabhaajita * = mfn. served, honoured, gratified, pleased MBh. R. &c.; praised, celebrated BhP.

sabhaasada = literally one who sits in the assembly

sabhya * = mfn. being in an assembly-hall or meeting-room, belonging to or fit for an assembly or

court, suitable to good society, courteous, polite, refined, civilized, not vulgar, decorous (as
speech) AV. &c. &c.; being at the court of (gen.) Va1s., Introd.; m. an assistant at an assembly or
council, (esp.) an assessor, judge Mn. MBh. &c.; the keeper of a gambling. house W.; a person of
honourable parentage ib.; N. of one of the five sacred fires (see %{paJcA7gni}) Ka1tyS3r. Mn. iii,
100, 185 Kull.

sachanta = to accompany, procure

sachiva = (m) minister

sachetaaH = in my consciousness

sachchhabdaH = the sound sat

sadhana * =n. (i.e.7. {sa} + {dh-}) common property S'Br.; mfn. possessing riches, wealthy,
opulent R. VarBriS.; together with riches Kathâs.; {-tA} f. wealthiness Prasang.

sadaa = always

sadaachaar = good conduct / behaviour

sadaananda = ever joyous

sadaasaa * mfn. (nom.pl. {-sAH}) alwñalways gaining (superl. {-tama}) RV.; alwñalways
subsisting abundantly ib.

sadaashiva = a form of Shiva

sadaiva = always

sadasat.h = to cause and effect

sadasya * = m. `" present in the sacrificial enclosure, an assessor, spectator, member of an

assembly (at a sacrifice), a superintending priest, the seventeenth priest (whose duties accord. to
the Kushîtakins, are merely to look on and correct mistakes) TS. Br. GriS'rS. MBh. BhP.; a person
belonging to a learned court-circle Jâtakam.

sadaya = compassionate

sadbuddhiM = sat.h+buddhiM, good+awareness(loosely speaking:mind)

sadgamay a = sat.h and gamaya: Truth and lead(causal of 'go')

sadhana * = n. (i.e.7. %{sa} + %{dh-}) common property S3Br.; mfn. possessing riches, wealthy,
opulent R. VarBr2S.; together with riches Katha1s.; %{-tA} f. wealthiness Prasan3g.

sad.hbhav e = in the sense of the nature of the Supreme

sadhUma * + a. veiled in smoke.

sadoshhaM = with fault

sadodita = always, constant

sadrisha = (adj) similar, looking like

sadrishaM = accordingly

sadrishaH = like
sadrishii = like that

sadris' * = mfn. (nom. {sadR4G} or {sadRk}; n. pl. {sadRMzi}) = {sadRkSa} (with instr. or ifc.)
RV. &c. &c.; fit, proper, just, right MW.

sadris'a* = mf({I}, once in R. {A})n. like, resembling, similar to (gen. instr., loc "', or comp.) or in
(instr. loc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c. (accord. to Pat. on Pân. 6-2, 11 Vârtt. 2 also compounded with a
gen. e.g. {dAsyAH-s-}, {vRSalyAH-s-}); conformable, suitable, fit, proper, right, worthy MBh.
Kâv. &c.; ({am}) ind. suitably, well Uttarar.

sadupayoga = correct or right use derived from sat.h + upayoga

sadyaH = instantly

sadyah = immediately

sadyas * = ind. (fr. 7. {sa+dyu}; cf. {sadi4vas}) on the same day, in the very moment (either `" at
once "', `" immediately "' or `" just "', `" recently "') RV. &c. &c.; daily, every day RV. AV. AitBr.
MBh.

sah* =1 cl. 1. A1. (Dha1tup. xx, 22) %{sa4hate} (Ved. and ep. also %{-ti} and exceptionally
%{sAhati}, once in MBh. 1. sg. %{sahyAmi}; p. %{sa4hat} %{sa4hamAna} [q.v.]; pf. %{sche},
%{sasAha}; Ved. also %{sasA8he4} and %{sAsAhat}; %{sAsa4hat}; %{sAsahISTA4H},
{sAsahyAma}3{sAsahyA4ma}; p. %{sehAna4}, %{sAsahAna4}, %{sA8sahva4s} and %{sAhva4s}
[q.v.]; aor. %{asAkSi}, %{sAkSi}, %{sAkSate} RV.; %{sAkSIt} GopBr.; %{sakSati} AV.; %{sakSat},
%{sA4kSAma} RV.; Impv. %{sakSi}, %{sA8kSva} ib.; p. %{sa4kSat} ib.; %{a4sahisTa} RV.; Prec.
%{sahyAs}, %{sAhyA4ma} ib.; %{sAkSIya}. AV.; %{sA4hiSIma4hi} RV.; fut. %{soDhA} MBh. &c.;
%{sahitA} Gr.; %{sakSyati} MBh., %{-te} Br.; %{sAkSye} [?] AV.; %{-sahiSyati}, %{-te} MBh.;
Cond. %{asahisyat} ib.; inf %{sa4hadhyai} RV. Ka1t2h.; %{sA4Dhyai} MaitrS.; %{soDhum},
%{sahitum} MBh.; ind. p. %{soDhvA} A1pS3r. Sch.; %{sAdhvA}, %{sahitvA} Gr.; %{sa4hya} RV.
&c.; %{sa4ham} Br.), to prevail, be victorious; to overcome, vanquish, conquer, defeat (enemies),
gain, win (battles) RV. AV. Br. R. Bhat2t2.; to offer violence to (acc.) AitBr. S3Br. [1193,1]; to
master, suppress, restrain MBh. R. &c.; to be able to or capable of (inf. or loc.) ib.; to bear up
against, resist, with. stand AV. &c. &c.; to bear, put up with, endure, suffer, tolerate (with %{na},
`" to grudge "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to be lenient towards, have patience with any one (gen.) Bhag.; to
spare any one Ma1rkP. Pan5cat.; to let pass, approve anything Sarvad.; (with %{kalam}, %{kala-
kSepam} &c.) to bide or wait patiently for the right time Ka1v. Katha1s.: Caus. or cl. 10.
%{sAhayati} (aor. %{asISahat}), to forbear Dha1tup. xxxiv, 4: Desid. of Caus. %{sisAhayiSati}
Pa1n2. 8-3, 62?: Desid. %{sI4kSate} (p. %{sI4kSat}; accord. to Pa1n2. 8-3, 61, also %{sisahiSa}),
to wish to overcome RV. TS.: Intens. %{sAsaSyate}, %{sAsoDhi} (cf %{sA8sahi4} Gr. [Cf.
%{sahas} and $ for $; $, $.]

sah* = 2 (strong form %{sAh}) mfn. bearing, enduring, overcoming (ifc.; see %{abhimAti-SA4h}
&c.)

sah* = 3 cl. 4. P. %{sahyati}, to satisfy, delight Dha1tup. xxvi, 20; to be pleased ib.; to bear, endure
(cf. 1. %{sah}) ib.

saha = With * = mf(%{A})n. powerful, mighty RV.; (ifc.) overcoming, vanquishing MBh.; bearing,
enduring, withstanding, defying, equal to, a match for (gen. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; causing,
effecting, stimulating, exerting S3is3.; able to, capable of (inf. cr comp.) Ka1lid. S3is3. Katha1s.;
m. the month Ma1rgas3i1rsha (see %{sahas}) VS. S3Br. Car.; a partic. Agni MBh.; a species of
plant AV.; N. of a son of Manu Hariv.; of a son of Pra7n2a and U1sjasvati1 BhP.; of a son of
Dhr2itara1shi7ra MBh.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a and Ma1dri1 BhP.; (%{A}) f. the earth L.; (with
Buddhists) N. of a division of the world (with %{loka-dhAtu}, `" the world inhabited by men "')
Ka1ran2d2.; N. of various plants (accord. to L. = Aloe Perfoliata, %{daNDo7patA}, %{rAsnA} &c.)
VarBr2S. Sus3r.; Unguis Odoratus L.; n. = %{bala} L.; kind of salt L. 1.\\2 ind. (prob. fr. 7.
%{sa+dhA}, which in Veda may become %{dha}; cf. 1. %{sadha}) together with, along with, with
(with %{grah} and %{A-dA}, `" to take with one "'; with %{dA}, to give to take away with one "';
with %{kRtvA} and acc., `" taking with one, `" in the company of "'; often as a prep. governing
instr. case, but generally placed after the governed word e.g. %{tena@saha}, `" along with him "'
[1193,3]; exceptionally with abl. e.g. %{aizvaryAt@saha}, `" with sovereignty "' Ca1n2. 104); in
common, in company, jointly, conjointly, in concert (often used as a prefix in comp., expressing `"
community of action "', e.g. %{sahA7dhyayana} q.v.; or forming adjectives expressing `" the
companion of an action "', e.g. %{saha-cara} q.v.); at the same time or simultaneously with
(prefixed to adverbs of time e.g. %{saha-pUrvA7hNam} q.v.; rarely ifc. e.g. %{vainateya-s-}, `"
with Vainateya "' Hariv.) RV. &c. &c.; m. a companion L.; (%{A}) f. a female companion BhP.

saha.nsha = Special positions or points signifying important events in life. They are somewhat
similar to Arabic parts

sahaH = force, strangth (neut)

sahaja = the karma to which one is born

sahaja-bhaava = House of Siblings or 3rd

sahajaM = born simultaneously

sahate = (1 ap) to bear

sahadevaH = Sahadeva

sahanavavatu = saha + nau + avatu: together + us + (You)protect

sahanau = together us

sahasaa = (adv) hastily, perforce * (instr. of {sahas}), forcibly, vehemently, suddenly, quickly,
precipitately, immediately, at once, unexpectedly, at random, fortuitously, in an unpremeditated
manner, inconsiderately (with instr. `" together with

sahastraavartanaat.h = according to the prescribed shAstrA cycle

sahasra = one thousand

sahasraM = 1000 times

sahasrakritvaH = a thousand times

sahasrapaat.h = thousand-footed

sahasrabaaho = O thousand-handed one

sahasrashaH = thousands

sahasrashiirshhaa = thousand-headed
sahasrasya = of many thousands

sahasraantaaM = similarly, ending after one thousand

sahasraara = the thousand-petalled lotus within the cerebral cavity

sahasraakshaH = thousand-eyed

sahasreNa = by thousand

sahasreshhu = out of many thousands

sahaaya = helper, friend, ally

sahaasaM = with smile

sahitaM = with

saH = He

s'aila * mf({I})n. (fr. {zilA}) made of stone, stony, rocky MBh. Hariv. &c.; stone-like, rigid (with
{Asana} n. a partic. manner of sitting) Cat.; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a rock, crag, hill, mountain (there are
seven [or, accord, to some, eight] mythical mountain ranges separating the divisions of the earth,
viz. {niSadha}, {hema-kUTa}, {nIla}, {zveta}, {zRngin}, {mAlyavat}, {gandha-mAdana} VP.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; N. of the number `" seven "' Ganit.; a dike MW.; ({A}) f. N. of a nun DivyA7v.; ({I}) f.
see below; n. (only L.) benzoin or storax; bitumen; a sort of collyrium.

sainikaH = (m) soldier

sainya * = mfn. belonging to or proceeding from an army MBh. Hariv.; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a soldier (pl.
`" troops "') R.; an army MBh. Râjat.; a sentinel, guard L.; n. a body of troops, army MBh. R. &c.;
a camp VarBriS.

sainyasya = of the soldiers

saishhaa = saa+eshhA, that feminine formsagadgadaM = with a faltering voice

sajala = With water

sajja = adorned, equipped

sajjate = becomes attached

sajjana = good man

sajjante = they become engaged

sakala = the entire

sakalaani = all
sakalaapadaam.h = all dangers'

sakaaraNam.h = with reason

sakaasha = company

s'akra * = mf({A4})n. strong, powerful, mighty (applied to various gods, but esp. to Indra) RV.
AV. TBr. Lâthy.; m. N. of Indra MBh. Kâv. &c.; of an Âditya MBh. Hariv.; of the number, fourteen
"' Ganit.; Wrightia Antidysenterica L.; Terminalia Arjuna L.

s'aakra * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zakra}) relating or belonging or sacred to or addressed to Indra MBh.
VarBriS. Kathâs.; ({I}) f. Indra's wife (also applied to Durgâ) Pur.; n. the Nakshatra Jyeshthhâ
(presided over by Indra) VarBriS.

sakrit.h = (ind) once

sakridapi = once even

sakta = attached

saktaM = attached

saktaH = attached/engrossed/absorbed

saktah = capable of

saktaaH = being attached

sakti * f. adherence, attachment, devotion or addiction to, indulgence or perseverance in,

occupation with (loc. or comp.) Mn. Kir. Kathâs. (cf. {a-pras-} and {ati-pras-}); occurrence,
practicability ({-timpra} {yA}, `" to be practicable "') Râjat.; (in gram.)bearing upon, applicability
(of a rule) RPrât. Sch.; connection, association W.; inference, conclusion ib.; a topic of
conversation ib.; acquisition ib.

sakti * f. connexion, entwinement (of creepers) Kir.; clinging or adhering to (loc. or comp.),
attachment, addiction (esp. to worldly objects) S'is'. Râjat. Sarvad.

s'a4kti * =or f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or
{sva-z-}, `" according to ability "'

s'akti4 * =f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or
{sva-z-}, `" according to ability "'; {paraM zaktyA}, with all one's might "'; {vitta-zaktyA}, `"
according to the capability of one's property "'; {zaktim a-hApayitvA}, `" not relaxing one's efforts,
exerting all one's strength "'), faculty, skill, capacity for, power over (gen. loc. dat., or inf.) RV. &c.
&c.; effectiveness or efficacy (of a remedy) S'ârngS.; regal power (consisting of three parts,
{prabhutva}, personal pre-eminence; {mantra}, good counsel, and {utsAha}, energy) Kâm. (cf.
Ragh. iii, 13); the energy or active power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the
S'âkta (q.v.) sect of Hindûs under various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight S'akti
goddesses are enumerated, as follow, Indrâni, Vaishnavî, S'ântâ, Brahmânî, Kaumâri, Nârasinhî,
Vârâhî, and Mâhes'varî, but some substitute Câmundâ and Cândikâ for the third and sixth of
these: according to another reckoning there are nine, viz. Vaishnavî, Brahmâni, Raudri,
Mâhes'varî, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî, Indranî, Kârttikî, and Pradhânâ: others reckon fifty different
forms of the S'akti of Vishnu besides Lakshmî, some of these are Kîrtti, Kânti, Tushthi, Pushthâ,
Dhriiti. S'ânti, Kriyâ, Dayâ, Medhâ &c.; and fifty forms of the S'akti of S'iva or Rudra besides
Durgâ "' or Gaurî, some of whom are Guno7darî, Virajâ, Sâlmali, Lola7kshi, Vartula7kshî, Dîrgha-
ghonâ, Sudirgha-mukhî, Go-mukhî, Dirgha-jihvâ, Kundo7darî, Ardha-kes'î, Vikriita-mukhî,
Jvâlâ-mukhi, Ulkâmukhi &c.; Sarasvati is also named as a S'akti, both of Vishnu and Rudra:
according to the Vâyu-Purâna the female nature of Rudra became twofold, one half {asita} or
white, and the other {sita} or black, each of these again becoming manifold, those of the white or
mild nature included Lakshmî, Sarasvati, Gaurî, Umâ &c.; those of the dark and fierce nature,
Durgâ, Kâli &c.) Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. (cf. RTL. 181 &c. MWB. 216); the female organ (as worshipped
by the S'âkta sect either actually or symbolically) RTL. 140; the power or signification of a word
(defined in the Nyâya as {padasya padA7rthe} {sambandhaH} i.e. `" the relation of a word to the
thing designated "') Bhâshâp. Sâh.; (in Gram.) case-power, the idea conveyed by a case (=
{kAraka}) Pân. 2-3, 7 Sch.; the power or force or most effective word of a sacred text or magic
formula Up. Pañcar.; the creative power or imagination (of a poet) Kâvya7d.; help, aid, assistance,
gift, bestowal RV.; a spear, lance, pike, dart RV. &c. (also {zaktI} g. {bahv-Adi}); a sword MW.;
(prob.) a flag-staff (see {ratha-z-}) [1044, 3]; a partic. configuration of stars and planets (when the
latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th astrological house), VirBriS.; m. N. of a Muni or
sage (the eldest of Vasishthha's hundred sons; accord. to VP. he was father of Parâs'ara, and was
devoured by king Kalmâsha-pâda, when changed to a man-eating Râkshasa, in consequence of a
curse pronounced upon him by the sage; he is represented as having overcome Vis'vâmitra at the
sacrifice of king Saudâsa; he is regarded as the author of RV. vii, 32, 26; ix, 97, 19-21; 108, 3; 14-
16; S'akti is also identified with one of the Vylâsas, and with Avalokite7s'vara, and has elsewhere
the patr. Jâtukarna and Sânkriiti) Pravar. MBh. &c.

s'amala * = n. (Un2. i, iii) impurity, sin, blemish, fault, harm AV. TS. Ka1t2h. Kaus3. BhP.; feces,
ordure L

s'auca * = m. (fr. %{zuci}) N. of a man (also called A1hneya) TA1r.; n. cleanness, purity,
purification (esp. from defilement caused by the death of a relation) A1s3vS3r. Mn. MBh. &c.;
purity of mind, integrity, honesty (esp. in money-matters) MBh. R. &c.; (with Buddhists) self-
purification (both external and internal) MWB. 240; evacuation of excrement MW.

sakthinii = pivotal region?

sakhaa = friend

sakhi = friend

sakhiin.h = friends

sakhaiva = like a friend

sakhya * = n. friendship, intimacy with, relation to (loc. or instr. with and without {samam},
{saha} &c.), fellowship, community RV. &c. &c.

sakhyuH = with a friendsa.MmuuDhabhaavin.h = adj. deluded

saksha* = mfn. (fr. {sah}) overpowering TS. TBr.

saMroha * = m. growing over TS. ; curing, healing Sus3r. ; growing up, bursting forth or into view,
appearance BhP.

sala* =. (cf. {sara}) a dog L.; water L.

salakshmaNaH = with LakshmaNa

salila = water

sha *= (only L.; for 3. {Sa} see below) best, excellent; wise, learned; m. loss, destruction; loss of
knowledge; end, term; rest, remainder; eternal happiness, final emancipation; heaven, paradise;
sleep; a learned man, teacher; a nipple; = {kaca}; = {mAnava}; = {sarva}; = {garbhavimocana}; n.
the embryo; (accord.to some) patience, endurance.

saM* = (in comp.) = 2. {sam} q.v.

sam* = 1 or {stam} cl. 1. P. {samati} or {stamati}, to be disturbed (accord. to some `" to be

undisturbed "'; cf. {zam}) Dhâtup. xix, 82; cl. 10. P. {samayati} or {stamayati}, to be agitated or
disturbed Vop.

sam* = 2 ind. (connected with 7. {sa} and 2. {sama}, and opp. to 3. {vi} q.v.) with, together with,
along with, together, altogether (used as a preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives,
like Gk. $, &348389[1152, 1] Lat. {con}, and expressing `" conjunction "', `" union "', `"
thoroughness "', `" intensity "', `" completeness "' e.g. {saMyuj}, `" to join together "'; {saM-dhA},
`" to place together "'; {saM-dhi}, `" placing together "'; {saM-tap}, `" to consume utterly by
burning "'; {sam-uccheda}, `" destroying altogether, complete destruction "'; in Ved. the verb
connected with it has sometimes to be supplied, e.g. {A4po agni4m yaza4saH sa4M hi4
pUrvI4ih}, `" for many glorious waters surrounded Agni "'; it is sometimes prefixed to nouns in
the sense of 2. {sama}, `" same "'; cf. {samartha}) RV. &c. &c.

samaarabdha * = mfn. taken in hand, undertaken, begun (also, begun to be built "') MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; one who has begun or commenced MBh.; happened, occurred R.; %{-tara} mfn. more
frequent Nida1nas.

samaarabh* =A1. %{-rabhate} (rarely P. %{-ti}), to take in hand, undertake, begin, commence
(with acc. or inf.; ind. p. %{-rabhya} with acc.= `" begining from "') TS. &c. &c.; to try to get near
to or propitiate MBh.

samaanita * =mfn. brought together or near, brought, conducted, convoked, assembled

samaahva * = m. calling out, mutual calling, challenge, defiance W.; ({I}) f. id. ib.; ({A}) f. a partic.
plant (= {go-jihvA}). L.; mfn. (fr. {sam} + {AhvA}) bearing the same name S'is'.

samaaH = like

samaakula = (adj) confused, bewildered

samaagataaH = assembled

samaachara = do perfectly

samaacharan.h = practicing

samaachiina = appropriate, apt, proper

samaaja = Society

samaajasevaa = social service benefiting society

samaadhaatuM = to fix
samaadhaaya = fixing

samaadhinaa = by complete absorption

samaadhividhaana = in the state of trance

samaadhisthasya = of one situated in trance

samaadhii = state where the aspirant is one with the object of his meditation

samaadhau = in the controlled mind

samaahara* = mfn. crushing together, destroying R. {-AharaNa} n. bringing together, collection,

accumulation, combination, composition W.

samaahaara* = m. seizing, taking hold of. Griihyâs.; aggregation, summing up, sum, totality,
collection, assemblage, multitude MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in gram.) conjunction or connecting of words
or sentences (as by the particle {ca}) Sank. Prât. Sch. Pân. Sch.; compounding of words, a
compound (esp. applied to a Dvamdva whose last member is in the neuter gender [e.g. {ahi-
nakulam}, `" a snake and an ichneumon "'], or to a Dvigu, when it expresses an aggregate; see
{trilokI}). Pân.; = {pratyAhAra} Vop (cf. IW. 169 n. 1); withdrawal (of the senses from the world)
Kâm.; contraction, abridgment L.; -varma m. N. of the diphthongs {ai} and {au} Pat,

samaahartuM = in destroying

samaahita = (adj) content, satisfied

samaahitaH = approached completely

samaakhyaakhyAya* = mfn. to be addressed or exhorted Âpast. (v.l.)

samaakhyaakhyAyam* = ind. while mentioning by name (in {aGga-s-}) AitBr.

samaakhyaa* = P. {-khyAti}, to reckon up, count up, calculate, enumerate Mn. MBh. R.; to relate
fully, report, communicate, tell, declare MBh. Kâv. &c.

samaakhyaa* = f. name, appellation Nir. Kan. BhP.; explanation, interpretation Sarvad.; report,
fame, celebrity L.; {-bhakSa} m. drinking the Soma while mentioning by name (the partic.
receptacles for holding it) Âs'vS'r. Sch.

samaana = identical, likeness, comparable

samaanaaH = (Masc.nom.pl) are equal

samaaptam.h = is complete or over

samaapnoshhi = You cover

samâs'ritya V= resorting to

samaasa = compound word

samaasataH = in summary

samaasena = in summary

samaarambhaaH = attempts

samaaroha = programme

samaavishhTaH = absorbed

samaavritaH = covered

samaayaa* = P. {-yAti}, to come together, meet MBh. Kâv. &c.; to come near, approach, come
from (abl.) or to (acc. or loc.), go to or towards (acc.) ib.; to elapse, pass away MBh.; to fall upon,
get into any state or condition (acc.) Pañcat. Râjat.

samaaya* = m. a visit, arrival W.

samaayuktaH = keeping in balance

sama = Equal

samabhAva* = m. equability, homogeneousness Bhâm. HParis'.; mfn. of like nature or property

W

samabuddhayaH = equally disposed

samabuddhiH = having equal intelligence

samachittaH = equal-minded/equanimity

samachittatvaM = equilibrium

samada = furious

samaadatta *= mfn. taken away, taken hold of, seized, received BhP.

samadarshanaH = seeing equally

samadarshinaH = who see with equal vision

samadhigachchhati = attains

samagraM = in total

samagraan.h = all

samaH = equipoised

samakhaata* = n. a cavity having the figure of a regular solid with equal sides, a parallel epipedon,
cylinder &c. Col.
samakonaasana = the sideways leg-splits posture

samam * = 1 &c. see 2. {sama}, p. 1152. \\2 Â. {-amate}, to ask eagerly, solicit, win over RV.; to fix
or settle firmly ib.; to ally or connect one's self with AV.

samaM = in equanimity

samanta * = mf(%{A})n. `" having the ends together "' , contiguous , neighbouring , adjacent RV.
AV. Pan5cavBr. ; `" being on every side "' , universal , whole , entire , all (%{sa4mantam} ind. , in
contiguity or conjunction with "' , `" together with "' ; %{samanta4m} , or %{-tAt} or %{-ta-tas}
ind. on all sides , around "' , or , wholly , completely "' ; %{-tena} ind. `" all round "' ; with %{na} =
`" nowhere "') AV. &c. &c. ; (%{A}) f. (pl.) neighbour. hood S3Br. ; N. of a grammar Col. ; n. (also
with %{agneH} , %{varuNasya} , or %{vasiSThasya}) N. of various Samans Br. ; n. or m. (?) N. of
a country Buddh.

samantataH = from all sides

sama.ntaat.h = from all around

samantaat.h = everywhere

saman * = P. {-aniti}, to breathe, live RV.

samanvaya * = m. regular succession or order, connected sequence or consequence, conjunction,

mutual or immediate connection (%{At} ind., in consequence of "') Kap. Ba1dar. MBh. &c. ; %{-
pradIpa} m. %{-pradipa-saMketa} m. %{sUtra-vivRti} f. N. of wks.

samau = in suspension

samanvitaH = qualified* = mfn. connected or associated with, completely possessed of, fully
endowed with, possessing, full of (instr. or comp.) S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; corresponding or
answering to (comp.) R.

samara = war

samarchaa = well worshipped

samarthanam.h = (n) support

samarpaNa * = n. the act of placing or throwing upon S'Br.; delivering or handing completely
over, consigning, presenting, imparting, bestowing (cf. {Atma-s-}) R. Kathâs. BhP.; making
known, communicating S'ank. Sarvad.; (in dram.) angry invective between personages in a play
(one of the 7 scenes which constitute a Bhânikâ q.v.) Sâh.

sam-arpaNóarpaNIya * =mfn. to be delivered or handed over or entrusted Kâd.

samarpaNarpayitR * =mfn. one who hands over or bestows or imparts (gen. or comp.) MBh.
Hariv.

sam-arpaNóarpita * =mfn. thrown or hurled at &c. &c. (see Caus.); placed or fixed in or on, made
over or consigned to (loc. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.; restored Hit.; filled with Lalit.; {-vat} mfn. one
who has consigned or delivered over MW.
sam-arpaNóarpya * =mfn. to be handed over or consigned Pañcar.

sam-arpaka * ={-paNa} &c. see {samR}, p. 1170, col. 3.

sam-arpaka * =mfn. (fr. Caus.) furnishing, yielding ({-tA} f.) S'ank. Sarvad.

samasta = all

samastaM = entire

samastaaH = all; the entire

samasthitii = standing still

samatala = Level surface

samataa = equilibrium

samatitya = transcending

samatiitaani = completely past

samatvaM = equanimity

samatva* = n. equality with (instr. or gen.) KâtyS'r. VS. Prât. VarBri. &c.; equanimity HYog.;
uniform conduct towards (loc. or comp.) Bhag. BhP.; equableness, normal condition Sus'r.

samavartataagre = was there before

samavasthitaM = equally situated

samavrittii = prANayAma with equally long inhalation, exhalation, suspension

samavetaaH = assembled

samavetaan.h = assembled

samaya = time, pact, agreement, bet* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) coming together, meeting or a place of
meeting AV. S'Br.; intercourse with (instr.) Mn. x, 53; coming to a mutual understanding,
agreement, compact, covenant, treaty, contract, arrangement, engagement, stipulation,
conditions of agreement, terms ({ena} or {At} or {-tas}, according to agreement, conditionally "';
{tena samayena}, `" in consequence of this agreement "'; {samayaM} acc. with {kR}, `" to make
an agreement or engagement "', `" agree with any one [instr. with or without {saha}] "', `" settle "',
stipulate "'; with {samvad} id.; with {dA}, to propose an agreement, offer terms "'; with {brU} or
{vac} or {abhi-dhA}, to state the terms of an agrñagreement, `" make a promise; with {grah} or
{prati-pad}, `" to enter into an agrñagreement "', `" make or accept conditions of an
agrñagreement "'; with {pAl}, or {rakS} or {pari-rahS} &c., `" to keep an agrñagreement "', `"
keep one's word "'; with {tyaj} or {bhid} or {vy-abhi-car} &c., `" to break an agrñagreement "'; abl.
with {bhraMz} id.; loc. with {sthA}, `" to keep an engagement, `" keep one's word "'; acc. with
Caus. of {sthA} or of {ni-viz} `" to fix or settle terms "', `" impose conditions "') TS. &c. &c.;
convention, conventional rule or usage, established custom, law, rule, practice, observance MBh.
R. BhP.; order, direction, precept, doctrine Nir. MBh. S'ank. Sarvad.; (in rhet.) the conventional
meaning or scope of a word, Kusum.; appointed or proper time, right moment for doing anything
(gen. or Pot. Pân. 3-3, 68), opportunity, occasion, time, season (ifc. or ibe. or {e} ind., `" at the
appointed time or at the right moment or in good time for "', or `" at the time of "', `" when there
is "'; {tena samayena}, `" at that time "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; juncture, circumstances, case ({iha
samaye}, under these circumstances "', `" in this case "') Pañcat. Hit.; an ordeal Vishn.; sign, hint,
indication W.; demonstrated conclusion ib.; limit, boundary ib.; solemn address, harangue,
speech, declaration Vishn.; (in gram.) a Vedic passage which is the repetition of another one
RPrât.; (in dram.) end of trouble or distress Bhar. Das'ar. Sâh.; N. of a son of Dharma VP.; (with
S'âktas) N. of the author of a Mantra Cat.

samaaya* = m. a visit, arrival W.

sambhrama * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) whirling round, haste, hurry, flurry, confusion, agitation, bustling;
activity, eagerness, zeal ({At} and {ena}, `" excitedly, hurriedly "'; acc. with {kR} or {gam}, and
dat., to get into a flurry about, show great eagerness or zeal "'; with {tyaj} or {vi-muc}, `" to
compose one's self "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; awe, deference, respect Kâv. Kathâs.; error, mistake,
delusion (ifc. =, feigning or seeming to be "') Râjat. Kathâs.; grace, beauty (v.l. for {vi-bhrama})
Bhartri.; N. of a class of beings attending on S'iva Cat.; mfn. agitated, excited, rolling about (as the
eyes) BhP.; {-jvalita} mfn. excited by flurry MW.; {-bhRt} mfn. possessing bewilderment,
embarrassed, agitited ib.

saMcita * mfn. piled together, heaped up, gathered, collected, accumulated S'Br. &c. &c.; dense,
thick (as a wood) R.; fitted or provided with, full of (comp.) MBh.; impeded, obstructed VarBriS.;
frequently practised or exhibited MBh.; {-karman} n. the rites to be performed after arranging the
sacrificial fire S'rS.

saM+tri = to cross

saMbhaavanaamaatreNa = by honouring (with gifts) alone

sambandha = Full relationship between planets

sambandhinaH = relatives

sambhava = birth* = (or {sa4m-bhava}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) being or coming together, meeting, union,
intercourse (esp. sexual intñintercourse, cohabitation) Gobh.; finding room in, being contained in
(ifc.= `" contained in "') MBh. Sus'r.; birth, production, origin, source, the being produced from
(abl.; ifc. = `" arisen or produced from, made of, grown in "') Mn. MBh. &c.; cause, reason,
occasion (ifc.= `" caused or occasioned by "') ib.; being brought about, occurrence, appearance
(ifc. = `" occurring "' or `" appearing in "') ib.; being, existence S'vetUp. MBh. &c.; capacity,
ability, possibility (ifc. `" made possible by "'; {ena}, `" according to possibility "', `" as possible "')
MBh. MârkP. Sâh.; (in rhet.) a possible case Kuval.; (in phil.) equivalence (regarded as one of the
Pramânas q.v.; illustrated by the equivalence between one shilling and pence) MW.; agreement,
conformity (esp. of the receptacle with the thing received) W.; compatibility, adequacy ib.;
acquaintance, intimacy ib.; loss, destruction ib.; (with Buddhists) N. of a world SaddhP.; N. of a
prince, VF.; of the third Arhat of the present Avasarpinî. L.; mf({A})n. existing, being Pañcar.;
{-kANDa} m. n. N. of a Pauranic wk.; {-parirnan} n. `" the section about the origin (of the gods)
"', N. of ch. of the first book of the MBh.

sambhavaM = born of

sambhavaH = production

sambhavati = occur, arise

sambhavanti = they appear

sambhavaaH = produced of

sambhavaan.h = produced of

sambhavaami = I do incarnate

sambhaavitasya = for a respectable man

sambhaashhaNa = conversation, talk, chat

sambhRta* = mfn. brought together, collected, assembled, accumulated, concentrated RV. &c.
&c.; provided, stored, laden, filled, covered, furnished or endowed with, possessed of (instr. or
comp.) AV. &c. &c.; carried, borne (in the womb) MBh.; well maintained or nourished RV. R.;
honoured, respected BhP.; produced, effected, caused, made, prepared S'Br. Kâlid. Sus'r.; loud,
shrill (as a sound) MBh. vii, 3911; {-kratu} mfn. one in whom all knowledge is concentrated,
intelligent, wise (said of Indra) RV.; {-tama} mfn. fully concentrated S'ânkhS'r.; {-bala} mfn. one
who has assembled an army Râjat.; {-zrI} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one in whom all beauty is concentrated,
lovely, charming AV. Megh.; {-zruta} mfn. possessed of knowledge, learned, wise Râjat.;
{-sambhAra} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one who has brought together all requisite materials, quite ready or
prepared for anything TS. MBh. BhP.; {-sneha} mfn. full of love for (loc.) Megh.; {-tA7Gga}
({sa4m-}) mfn. one whose body is well nourished or fed TBr.; (ifc.) one whose limbs are covered
with MBh. (B. {sam-vRt-}); {-ta4rtha} mfn. one who has accumulated wealth Ragh.; {-tA7zva}
({sa4m-}) mfn. one who has well-fed horses RV.; {-tau9Sadha} mfn. one who has collected many
drugs MBh.

sambhuutaM = arisen kim

saMcAra* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) walking about, wandering, roaming, driving or riding, any motion
MBh. Kâv. &c.; transit, passage ib.; the passage or entrance of the sun into a new sign MW.;
passing over, transition, transference to (comp.) Yâjñ.; transmission (of disease), contagion W.;
course, path, way (also fig. = `" mode, manner "') MBh. Hariv.; track (of wild animals) S'ak. Sch.;
course of life, career Sâh.; a partic. class of spies L.; difficult progress, difficulty, distress W.;
leading, guiding ib.; inciting, impelling ib.; a gem supposed to be in the head of a serpent ib.; =
{huM-kAra} ChUp.; [w.r. for {saM-cara}, {saM-sAra}, and {sac-cAra}]; {-jIvin} m. (prob.) a
tramp, vagabond L.; {-patha} m. a walk, walking-place Hariv.; (in dram.) a female attendant on a
king (= {yavanI}) Bhar.; {-pUta} mfn. purified by the course or passage (of anything) MW.;
{-vyAdhi} m. a partic. (prob. infectious) disease L.

saMdes'ita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to point out, asked to declare MBh.

saMdes'ya* = mfn. to be directed or instructed Kathâs.; founded on direction or impulse, done on

purpose AV.; belonging to this place, domestic (as opp. to {vi-dezya}, `" foreign "') AV.

saMdes'a* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) communication of intelligence, message, information, errand,

direction, command, order to (gen. or loc.; {-tas} with gen., `" by order of "') Kaus'. MBh. &c.; a
present, gift L.; a partic. kind of sweetmeat L.; {-gir} f. news, tidings L.; {-pada} n. pl. the words of
a message Ragh.; {-vAc} f. (= {-gir}) L.; {-hara} m. a newsbringer, messenger, envoy, ambassador
Kâv.; ({A}) f. a female messenger Gal.; {-hAra} mfn. bringing news or tidings Sâh.; {-hAraka}
(Sâh.), {-hArin} (S'ak.) m. (= {-hara}); {-zA7rtha} m. the contents of a message Megh.; {-zo7kti} f.
(= {-gir}) L.

same = in equanimity
sametaM = come together with * = come together, assembled, joined, united Mn. MBh. &c.;
connected or united or furnished with, possessed of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; encountered,
come into collision with (instr.) MBh.; come near or to, got into any state or condition (acc.)
Pañcat.; {-mAya} mfn. affected by or possessing illusions MW.

saMgara = (m) a vow

saMgAh* = Â. {-gAhate} (only aor. {sam-agAhiSTa}), to plunge into, enter, go into (acc.) Bhathth.

saMgai* = P. {-gAyati}, to sing together, celebrate by singing together, sing in chorus, chant S'Br.
&e. &c.: Pass. {-gIyate}, to be sung or praised in chorus BhP.

saMga* = and {saGga} see below and {saJj}.

saMga* = m. (for {saGga} see {saJj}) `" coming together "', conflict, war RV. (cf. Naigh. ii, 17).

saMgA* = P. {-jigAti}, to come together AV.; to go to, approach (acc.) BhP.

saMgaNanA*= f. counting together, enumeration MBh.

saMgaNikA*= f. society, the world DivyA7v.

saMgarj* = P. {-garjati}, to roar together, shout at or against (acc.) MBh.

saMgara* = 1 m. agreeing together, agreement, assent AV. &c. &c.; conflict, combat, fight, battle
with (instr.) or for (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; a bargain, transaction of sale L.; knowledge L.; {-kskama}
mfn. fit for combat or war Kâm.; {-stha} mfn. engaged in combat or war R.

saMgara* = 2 m. swallowing up, devouring MW.; n. poison L.; misfortune, calamity L.; n. the
S'amî fruit L.

saMgava* = m. (fr. {sam} and {go}) the time when grazing cows are collected for milking or when
they are together with their calves (the second of the five divisions of the day, three Muhûrtas
after Prâtastana q.v.) RV. AV. Br. S'rS.

saMgataka*= m. contact (see {bhrU-s-}); N. of a story-teller Kathâs.

saMgatin*= mfn. come together, met, assembled MârkP.

saMgam* = Â. {-gacchate} (rarely P. {-ti}, and accord. to Pân. 1-3, 29 only with an object; pf.
{-jagme}; Vedic forms &c. {-gamemahi}, {-gamAmahai}, {-ajagmiran}, {-agata} [3. sg.],
{-aganmahi}, {-agasmahi}, or {-agaMsmahi}, {-gmiSIya}, {-gasISTa} or {-gaMsISTa},
{-gaMsyate} &c.; cf. 1. {gam} and Pân. 1-2, 13; vii, 2, 38), to go or come together, come into
contact or collision, meet (either in a friendly or hostile manner), join or unite with (instr. with
and without {saha} or {sA7rdham}) RV. &c. &c.; to unite sexually with (acc.) Bhathth.; to
harmonize, agree, fit, correspond, suit R. Kathâs. Veda7ntas.; to go to or towards, meet (acc.)
BhP.; to come together or assemble in (loc.) AV.; to undergo or get into any state or condition,
become (e.g. with {vizrambham}, `" to become trustful, confide "') BhP.; (P.) to partake of (instr.)
RV.; to go away, depart (this life), decease, die Lâthy.; (P.) to visit (acc.) Pân. 1-3, 29 Sch.: Caus.
{-gamayati} (ind. p. {-gamayya}), to cause to go together, bring together, connect or unite or
endow or present with (instr. of pers. and acc. of thing) AV. &c. &c.; to lead any one to (two acc.)
Hit., Introd.; to deliver or hand over to (loc.), transfer, bestow, give MBh. Ragh.; to connect,
construe (words) Sâh.; to cause to go away or depart (this life), kill MBh. (Nîlak.): Desid.
{-jigaMsate}, to wish to meet with (instr.). Pat.; {-jigAMsati}, to wish to attain to (acc.) ib.

saMgamaka*= mfn. leading to, showing the way Nîlak. on Hariv. 8992.

saMgamanIya*= mfn. leading to union, effecting union Vikr.

saMgamita*= mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought together, united ib.; {-vat} mfn. one who has brought
together or united Das'.

sAMgamana*= m. (fr. {sam-g-}) patr. of Agni Anas'nat S'Br

saMgavavelA*= f. (ChUp.) the time when cows are collected for milking.

saMgavinI*= f. the place where cows come together for milking AitBr. (Sây.)

saMgaraNa*= n. transaction together, agreement Nir. iii, 9.

sAMgamiSNu*= mfn. (fr. {saM-g-}) a kind of sand (or expressive of some quality belonging to it)
TBr.

saMgama*= m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) coming together, meeting (in a friendly or
hostile manner), union, intercourse or association with (instr. with and without {saha} gen., or
comp.) RV. &c. &c.; connection or contact with (instr. or comp.; with {anarthena}, `" coming to
harm "', `" injury "') R. Kâm.; sexual union L.; confluence (of two rivers as of the Ganges and the
Jumnâ, or of a river, at its mouth, with the ocean; such confluences are always held sacred RTL.
347) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; conjunction (of planets) VarBriS.; harmony, adaptation W.; point of
intersection Gol.; an uninterrupted series of (comp.) RPrât.; acquirement of (gen.) Pañcat.;
{-jJAna} m. N. of a scholar (cf. {-zrI-jJ-}) Buddh.; {-tantra-rAja}N. of wk.; {-datta} m. N. of a man
Kathâs.; {-maNi} m. a jewel effecting union (of lovers) Vikr.; {-zrI-jJAna} m. N. of a scholar (cf.
{saMgama-jJ-}) Buddh.; {-sAdhvasa} n. perturbation in regard to sexual union Mâlav.; {-svAmin}
m. N. of a man Kathâs.; {-mA7ditya} m. N. of a man Cat.; {-me7za} n. N. of a Linga Kâs'îKh.;
{-me7zvara} m. a surname of Vis'va-nâtha (the author of the Vrata-râja) Cat.; N. of a Linga
Kâs'îKh.; ({-ra-mAhAtmya} n. {-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {-svAmin} m. N. of a man ib.)

saMgamana*= mf({I})n. gathering together, a gatherer RV. AV.; m. N. of Yama (q.v.) MW.; n.
coming together, coming into contact with, meeting with (comp.) AV. TBr.; partaking of (instr)
MBh.

saMgAyana*= n. singing or praising together KâtyS'r.

saMgata* = mfn. come together, met, encountered, joined, united AV. &c. &c.; allied with, friendly
to (instr. or comp.) Gaut. Râjat.; fitted together, apposite, proper, suitable, according with or fit
for (comp.) Kâv. Kathâs.; contracted, shrunk up MBh. (cf. comp.), in conjunction (as planets) W.;
m. (scil. {saMdhi}) an alliance or peace based on mutual friendship Kâm. Hit.; N. of a king
(belonging to the Maurya dynasty) Pur.; ({am}) n. coming together, meeting with (instr. loc. gen.,
or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; frequent meeting, intercourse, alliance, association, friendship or
intimacy with (instr. gen., or comp.) KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; addiction or devotion to (gen.)
Kâvya7d.; agreement MBh.; {-gAtra} mfn. having contracted or shrivelled limbs MBh.; {-saMdhi}
m. a friendly alliance (see above) MW.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. containing a fit or proper meaning
KâtyS'r.

saMgati* = f. coming together, meeting with (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; going or resorting to
(loc.) Cân. Hit.; association, intercourse, society, company (with instr. with and without {saha} or
{samam}; loc. gen., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a league, alliance Cân.; sexual union L.; meeting or
coming to pass accidentally, chance, accident ({-tyA}, ind. `" by chance, haply "') MBh. R. &c.;
adaptation, fitness, appropriateness, applicability Kathâs. Sarvad.; connection with, relation to
(instr. or comp.) Kâvya7d.; becoming acquainted, knowledge L.; questioning for further
information W.; (in the Pûrva-mîmânsâ) one of the 5 members (Avayavas) of an Adhikarana
Sarvad.; {-prakAza} m. {-mAlA} f. {-lakSaNa} n. {-vAda} m. {-vicAra}, m.; ({-ty}) {-anumiti} f.
{-anumiti-vAda} m. N. of wks. [1128, 3]

sAMgatika*= mfn. (fr. {saM-gati}) relating to society, social, associating W.; m. a new comer,
visitor, guest, acquaintance Vishn. Mn.; one who comes to transact business MW.

saMgatha* = m. meeting-place, centre RV. TBr.; conflict, war Naigh.; ({A}) f. confluence MW.

sAMgatya* = n. (fr. {saM-gata}) meeting, intercourse with ({saha}) Hit. Subh.

samgati = company

samgatiraikaa = sa.ngatiH+ekA, company+(only) one (way)

samgavarjitaH = freed from the contamination of fruitive activities and mental speculation

samGYake = which is called

samGYaarthaM = for information

samGYitaM = in the matter of

samGYitaH = is called

samGYaiH = named

samghe = (loc.sing.) in Union or togetherness or group

samgiita = (m) divine music, the space between the breaths

samgiita = music

samgraha = collection* = m. holding together, seizing, grasping, taking, reception, obtainment

MBh. Kâv. &c.; taking (in the sense of eating or drinking food, medicine &c.) Ragh. Bhartri.; the
fetching back of discharged weapons by magical means MBh. Hariv.; bringing together,
assembling (of men) R. Ragh. Sinha7s.; collecting, gathering, conglomeration, accumulation (as of
stores) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in phil.) agglomeration (= {saMyoga} q.v.) MW.; a place where anything is
kept, a store-room, receptacle BhP.; complete enumeration or collection, sum, amount, totality
({eNa}, `" completely "', `" entirely "') Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; drawing together, making narrower,
narrowing, tightening, making thin or slender, the thin part of anything Car. Vâgbh. KâtyS'r. Sch.;
a compendium, summary, catalogue, list, epitome, abridgment, short statement ({eNa} or {At}, `"
shortly "', `" summarily "', `" in few words "') KathhUp. MBh. &c.; inclusion, comprehension,
Kusum. Kull.; check, restraint, control ib. Vet.; keeping, guarding, protection Mn. MBh. &c.; a
guardian, ruler, manager, arranger R. BhP.; obstruction, constipation (see {-grahanI}); attracting,
winning, favouring, kind treatment, propitiation, entertaining, entertainment Mn. MBh. &c.;
taking to wife, marriage (see {dAra-s-}); perception, notion Kap. BhP.; mention, mentioning L.;
elevation, loftiness L.; velocity L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of various wks. (esp. of a gram. wk. in 100,000
S'lokas by Vyâdi; also often in comp.); {-kAra} m. the composer or author of the Sangraha;
{-grantha} m. N. of wk.; {-grahaNI} f. a partic. form of diarrhoea (alternating with constipation)
Bhpr.; {-cUDAmaNi} m. {-parvan} n. (IW. 370 n. 1), {-prakAzikA}, f. {-ratnamAlA} f.
{-rAmA7yaNa} n. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. provided with a short summary of a subject Cat.;
{-vastu} n. an element of popularity DivyA7v.; {-vivaraNa} n. {-vaidyanAthIya} n. N. of wks.;
{-zloka} m. a verse recapitulating what has been explained before (in prose intermixed with
Sûtras).

saM-graaha* = m. grasping, laying hold of. forcible seizure W.; the fist or clenching the fist L. (cf.
Pân. 3-3, 36 Sch.); the handle of a shield L.

samgrahaH = the accumulation

samgraheNa = in summary

samgraama-bhuumi = (fem) battleground

samgraamaM = fighting

saMhata* = mfn. struck together, closely joined or united with (instr.), keeping together,
contiguous, coherent, combined, compacted, forming one mass or body Âs'vS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.
[1122, 3]; accompanied or attended by (instr.) Mn. vii, 165; become solid, compact, firm, hard
MBh. Kâv. &c.; strong-limbed, athletic MBh.; strong, intensive VarBriS.; (prob.) complex,
composite, compound (said of a partic. tone and odour) MBh.; struck, hurt, wounded, killed W.;
n. a partic. position in dancing, Sanigît.; {-kulIna} mfn. belonging to a family closely allied or
related ÂpS'r. Sch.; {-jAnu} or {-jAnuka} mfn. knock-kneed L.; {-tala} m. the two hands joined
with the open palms brought together W.; {-tA} f. close contact or union S'is'.; {-tva} n. id. Pañcat.
(v.l.); complexity. compactness, close combination W.; {-pucchi} ind. with contracted tail g.
{dvidaNDy-Adi}; {-bhrU} mfn. knitting the brows MBh.; {-bhrUkuTi-mukha} mfn. one on whose
face the brows are contracted ib.; {-mUrti} mfn. of compact form or shape, strong, intensive
VarBriS.; {vAk-kala} mfn. (du.) `" joining the tones of the voice "', singing a duet MârkP.;
{-vRtto7ru} mfn. one who has round and firm thighs R.; {-starnI} f. a woman whose breasts are
very close to each other MW.; {-hasta} mfn. seizing or holding each other by the hand ({-tva}, n.)
Gobh. Sch.; {-tA7Gga} mfn. strong-limbed, well-knit Sus'r.; in close contiguity (as hills) MBh.;
{-tA7Jjoli} mfn.; joining the hollowed han ds (as a mark of supplication) Hariv.; {-tA7zva} m. N.
of a king (son of Nikumbha) Hariv.; {-to7ru} mfn. firm-thighed MBh.

saMhaata* = m. (for {saM-ghAta}, which is often v.l.) conciseness (in, {akSara-s-}) Sâh.; N. of a
partic. hell Mn. iv, 89; of one of S'iva's attendants L.

samh = being so

samharate = winds up

samhaara = destroy (take away)

samhita = sandhi: the phonetic combination of words in sanskrit

saMhita* = mfn. (1. {dhA}) put together, joined, attached RV. &c. &c.; fixed, settled AitBr.;
composed of (comp.) ib.; placed together ({pArzva-s-}, `" placed side by side "') Lâthy.;
uninterrupted (as a series of words) RPrât.; joined or connected or endowed or furnished with,
abounding in, possessed of, accompanied by (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; agreeing with, conformable
to ({dharma-s-}, `" in accordance with justice "') R.; relating to, concerning (comp.) ib.; connected
with, proceeding from (comp.) MBh.; being on friendly terms with (instr.) ib.; ({-ta4}) mfn. mixed
in colour, variegated VS. TS.; ({A}) f. see next; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
saMhitA* = f. conjunction, connection, union TUp.; (in gram.) the junction or combination of
letters according to euphonic rules (= {saMdhi}, but sometimes considered rather as the state
preparatory to the actual junction than the junction itself Prât.; a text treated according to
euphonic rules (esp. the real continuous text of the Vedas as formed out of the Padas or separate
words by proper phonetic changes [according to various schools; cf. IW. 152]: beside the Sanhitâs
of the Riig-, Sâma-, and Atharvaveda there is the Vâjasaneyi-SñSanhitâs belonging to the White
Yajur-veda, and five other Sanhitâs belonging to the black Yajur-veda, viz. the Taittirîya-
SñSanhitâ, the Sanhita of the Âtreyas [known only by its Anukramanî], the SñSanhitâ of the
Kathhas, the Kapishthhala-Kathha-SñSanhitâ, and the SñSanhitâ of the Maitrâyaniyas or
Maitrâyanî-SñSanhitâ) Nir. Prât. &c.; any methodically arranged collection of texts or verses (e.g.
the Râma7yana, the various law-books, the medical works of Caraka and S'ârngadhara, the
complete system of natural astrology &c. [cf. {bRhat-s-}]; there is also a Sanhitâ of the Purânas
said to have been compiled by Vyâsa, the substance of which is supposed to be represented by the
Vishnu-purâna) MBh. VarBriS. Pur. &c.; science L.; the force which holds together and supports
the universe (a term applied to the Supreme Being accord. to some) MW.; N. of various wks.

sAMhita* = mf({I})n. relating to the Sanhitâ, found in the SñSanhitâ text or based upon it &c.
Prât. Pân. Sch.

samhitaasa.ndhiH = sa.nhitaa+sandhiH joined together?

samhri = to completely destroy

samhrishhTa = (adj) happy

samitiJNjayaH = always victorious in battle

samitii = (f) comittee

samiddhaH = blazing

samiikaraH = (m) electric iron

samiikaraNa = equation

samiipa-stha = (standing) nearby

samiipe = (adv) near

samiira = breeze

samiiksh.h = to examine

samiikshya = after seeing

samiiksha* n. complete investigation "'N. of the Sâmkhya system of philosophy L.; ({A}) f.
thorough or close inspection, perceiving, beholding (dat., within the range of any one's [gen.]
sight "') Âpast.; desire or wish to see MBh.; a glance BhP.; view, opinion in regard to (with {prati})
MBh.; deep insight, understanding, intellect BhP.; investigation, search W.; the Mîmânsâ
philosophy or any work examining or explaining Vedic ritual ib.; essential nature or truth or
principle (= {tattva} q.v.) ib. [1165,1]; effort ib.
saMkaara* = m. dust, sweepings ({-kUTa} n. a heap of rubbish) DivyA7v.; the
crackling of flame L.; ({I}) f. a girl recently deflowered, new bride L.

saMkath* = P. {-kathayati}, to relate or narrate fully, tell, speak about (acc.), converse MBh. BhP.

saMkan* = (only p. {-cakAna4}), to be pleased or satisfied RV. v, 30, 17.

saMkalpa* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) conception or idea or notion formed in the mind or heart, (esp.) will,
volition, desire, purpose, definite intention or determination or decision or wish for (with loc.
dat., or ifc.), sentiment, conviction, persuasion; (ibc. often = `" intentionally "', `" purposely "', `"
on purpose "', `" according to will "', &c.; acc. with {kR}, `" to form a resolution, make up one's
mind "') AV. &c. &c.; idea or expectation of any advantage W.; a solemn vow or determination to
perform any ritual observance, declaration of purpose (e.g. a declaration by a widow of her
intention to burn herself with her deceased husband) W.; the Will personified (as a son of San-
kalpâ and Brahmâ) Hariv. MârkP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (the wife of Dharma and
mother of Sankalpa) Hariv.; of Manu's wife Hariv.

saMkA* = f. (prob. connected with {saJj}) contest, strife, fight RV. TBr.

saMkaara* = m. dust, sweepings ({-kUTa} n. a heap of rubbish) DivyA7v.; the crackling of flame
L.; ({I}) f. a girl recently deflowered, new bride L.

saMkara* = m. mixing together, commingling, intermixture confusion (esp. of castes or races,

proceeding from the intermarriage of a man with a woman of a higher caste or from the
promiscuous intercourse of the four tribes, and again from the indiscriminate cohabitation of
their descendants; cf. {yoni-s-}) Mn. MBh. &c.; the offspring of a mixed marriage R.; any action
similar to the intermixture of castes (sometimes n.) MBh.; (in rhet.) the confusion or blending
together of metaphors which ought to be kept distinct (opp. to {saM-sRSTi} q.v.) Sâh. Kpr.;
anything that may be defiled by the touch of any unclean thing MBh.; dung Car.; dust, sweepings
L.; the crackling of flame L.; N. of a man Buddh.; {-ja} mfn. born from a mixed caste Cat.; {-jAta}
mfn. id. Mn. v, 89; {-jAti} mfn. id. BhP.; {-jAtIya} mfn. id. MW.; {-tA} f. (see {varNa-s-});
{-mImAMsA} f. N. of wk.; {-saMkara} m. the mixed offspring of mixed offspring Vishn.; {-sveda}
m. a partic. sudorific treatment; {-rA7pAtra-kRtyA} f. an action which degrades a man to a mixed
caste or makes him unworthy to receive gifts Mn. xi, 126; {-rAzva} m. `" mongrel horse "', a mule
L.

saMkarshana * = n. drawing out, extraction Hariv. BhP. ; a means of joining or uniting BhP. ;
drawing together, contracting W. ; making rows, ploughing ib. [1126,2] ; m. N. of Bala-deva or
Bala-ra1ma (also called Hala7yudha [q.v.], the elder brother of Kr2ishn2a ; he was drawn from
the womb of Devaki1 and transferred to that of Rohin2i1 ; among Vaishn2avas he is considered as
the second of the four forms of Purusho7ttama) MBh. Hariv. Pur. Sarvad. ; N. of the father of
Ni1la7sura Cat. ; (also with %{sUri}) of various authors ib. ; %{-kANDa} (or %{saM-karSa-k-}) m.
N. of an appendix to the Mi1ma1n6sa1-su1tra ; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. representing Bala-deva AgP.
; %{-vidyA} f. the art of drawing a child from the womb of one woman and transferring it to that
of another (applied to Baladeva cf. above) Prab. ; %{-zaraNa} m. N. of an author, Cat ; %{-sUtra-
vicAra} m. N. of wk. ; %{-Ne7zvara-tIrtha} n. N. of a Ti1rtha Cat.

see also zamkara under s'amkara

samkatha = calamity / danger

saMkhyaa* = P. {-khyAti}, to reckon or count, up, sum up, enumerate, calculate S'Br. Mn. MBh.
&c.; to estimate by (instr.) MBh.; Â. (only aor. {saM-akhyata}) to appear along with, be connected
with, belong to (instr.) RV. VS.: Caus. {-khyApayati}, to cause to be looked at or observed by
(instr.) TS. S'Br.

saMkhya* = mfn. counting up or over, reckoning or summing up Pân. 3-2, 7 Sch. (ifc.; cf. {go-s-});
m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. see below; n. conflict, battle, war (only in loc.; cf. Naigh. ii, 17) MBh.
Kâv. Râjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. numerableness, numeration MW.

saMkhyaa* = f. reckoning or summing up, numeration, calculation (ifc. = `" numbered or

reckoned among "') R. Ragh. Râjat.; a number, sum, total (ifc. `" amounting to "') S'Br. &c. &c.; a
numeral Prât. Pân. &c.; (in gram.) number (as expressed by case terminations or personal
tñterminations) Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 1; deliberation, reasoning, reflection, reason, intellect MBh.
Kâv.; name, appellation (= {AkhyA}) R.; a partic. high number Buddh.; manner MW.; (in geom.)
a gnomon (for ascertaining the points of the compass), RâmRâs.

sAMkhya* = mfn. (fr. {saM-khyA}) numeral, relating to number W.; relating to number (in gram
as expressed by the case-terminations &c.) Pat.; rational, or discriminative W.; m.one who
calculates or discriminates well, (esp.) an adherent of the Sânkhya doctrine CûlUp. MBh. &c.; N.
of a man Car.; patr. of the Vedic Riishi Atri Anukr.; N. of S'iva MBh.; n. (accord. to some also m.)
N. of one of the three great divisions of Hindû philosophy (ascribed to the sage Kapila [q.v.], and
so called either from, discriminating "', in general, or, more probably, from `" reckoning up "' or
`" enumerating "' twenty-five Tattvas [see {tattva}] or true entities [twenty-three of which are
evolved out of Prakriiti `" the primordial Essence "' or `" first-Producer "', viz. Buddhi, Ahankâra,
the five Tan-mâtras, the five Mahâ-bhûtas and Manas; the twenty-fifth being Purusha or Spirit
[sometimes called Soul] which is neither a Producer nor Production [see {vikAra}], but wholly
distinct from the twenty-four other Tattvas. and is multitudinous, each separate Purusha by its
union with Prakriiti causing a separate creation out of Prakriiti, the object of the philosophy being
to effect the final liberation of the Purusha or Spirit from the fetters caused by that creation; the
Yoga [q.v.] branch of the Saqikhya recognizes a Supreme Spirit dominating each separate
Purusha; the Tantras identify Prakriiti with the wives of the gods, esp. with the wife of S'iva; the
oldest systematic exposition of the SñSânkhya seems to have been by an author called Pañca-
s'ikha [the germ, however, being found in the Shashthi-tantra, of which only scanty fragments are
extant]; the original Sûtras were superseded by the SñSânkhya-kârikâ of Îs'vara-kriishna, the
oldest manual on the SñSânkhya system that has come down to us and probably written in the 5th
century A.D., while the SñSânkhya-sûtras or SñS'iva-pravacana and Tattva-samâsa, ascribed to
the sage Kapila, are now thought to belong to as late a date as the 14th or 15th century or perhaps
a little later) S'vetUp. MBh. &c. IW. 73 &c. RTL.

saMkrama* = m. going or coming together VS.; progress, course, (esp.) transition, passage or
transference to (loc.), Kusum.; the passage of the sun or a planet through the zodiacal signs Yâjñ.
VarBriS. &c.; the falling or shooting of stars Mriicch.; the meeting of two words in the Krama text
(caused by omitting those between) VPrât.; a bridge or steps leading down to water Mn. MBh.
&c.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a king of the Vidyâ-dharas (the son of Vasu)
Kathâs.; m. or n. (?) a particular high number Buddh.; m. n. difficult passage or progress (as over
rocks or torrents or inaccessible passes) L.; a means or vehicle for effecting a difficult passage or
of obtaining any object Das'.; n. du. (with {indrasya} or {vasiSThasya}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.;
{-dvAdazA7ha} m. a partic. form of the Dvâdas'a7ha (q.v.) KâtyS'r.; {-yajJa} m. a kind of sacrifice
Vait.

saMkraama* = m. passing away ÂpS'r.; m. n. difficult passage or progress L.

sammarjanii = (f) broom\

sammantrya V: consulting, deliberating, discussing

sammata * mfn. thinking together, being of the same opinion, agreed, consented or assented to,
concurred in, approved by (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) agreeing with BhP.; thought,
supposed, considered or regarded as (nom.) R.; thought highly of, esteemed, renowned,
celebrated, highly honoured by (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; allowed, authorized (see {a-sammata}); m.
N. of a son of Manu Sâvarna Hariv.; (pl.) of a school Buddh.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Marutta
Hariv.; of a treatise on the Dhâtu-pâthha; ({am}) n. opinion, impression ({e} or {ena} with gen.,
`" in the opinion of. "' `" under the idea of "') MBh.; consent, assent, approval, acquiescence,
concurrence ({e}, `" with the consent or approval of "') MW.

saMmaarjayati = to clean, to wash, to wipe

saMmishraNaM = mixed

sammita* = mfn. measured out, measured, meted BhP.; measuring. so much, just so much (no
more nor less) MBh. BhP.; of the same measure or extent, equal, like, same (in length, height,
number, value &c.), corresponding to, resembling, passing for (instr., rarely gen.; or comp.) AV.
&c. &c.; reaching up to (comp.) S3Br. A1s3vS3r.; symmetrical (?) Pan5car.; consisting of.
furnished or provided with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Pan5car.; destined for (comp.) MBh.; v, 2462
(B. %{saMdhita}); (%{am}) ind. perpetually, incessantly Ka1ran2d2. (prob. w.r. for %{samitam});
m. N. of a mythical being Ya1jn5.; of a son of Vasisht2ha VP.; (%{am}) n. distance (%{e} ifc. = `"
at a distance from "') VarBr2S.; %{-tva} n. (in rhet.) universal analogy Prata1p.; %{-varNA} f. N.
of a Commentary.

&c. see above.

sammuuDha = bewildered

sammuuDhaaH = befooled by material identification

sammohaM = into delusion

sammohaH = perfect illusion

sammohaat.h = from illusion

samnidhau = in the presence of, close

saMnives'ayitavya* = mfn. (fr. id.) to be placed or made to enter or inserted S3am2k

samnyasi = one who has renounced the world

samnyasta = one who has renounced

samnyasya = giving up completely

samnyaasa = of renunciation

samnyaasaM = renunciation

samnyaasaH = renunciation of work

samnyaasanaat.h = by renunciation
samnyaasasya = of renunciation

samnyaasii = renouncer

samnyaasiinaaM = for the renounced order

samnyaasena = by the renounced order of life

saMnyas* = P. {-asyati} (rarely {-asati}), to, throw down together, place or put or lay together
S'Br.; to impose, put or lay upon, intrust or commit to (gen. or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to put or lay
down, deposit MBh. Kâv. &c.; to lay aside, give up, abandon, resign (esp. the world i.e. become an
ascetic or Sannyâsin) Mn. MBh. &c.

saMnyasana* = n. throwing down, laying aside, giving up, resignation, renunciation of worldly
concerns Bhag.

saMnyasta* = mfn. thrown down, laid aside, relinquished, abandoned, deserted MBh. Kâv. &c.;
encamped R.; deposited, intrusted, consigned ib.; {-deha} mfn. one who has given up his body
MW.; {-zastra} mfn. one who has laid aside his weapons Ragh.

saMnyaasa* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) putting or throwing down, laying aside, resignation, abandonment of
(gen. or comp.) MBh. R. Sarvad.; renunciation of the world, profession of asceticism Mn. MBh.
&c.; abstinence from food L.; giving up the body, sudden death W.; complete exhaustion Sus'r.;
deposit, trust R. Mriicch.; compact, agreement Kathâs.; stake, wager MBh.; Indian spikenard L.;
{-karma-kArikA} f. N. of wk.; {-grahaNa} n. assuming or practising asceticism Pañcar.;
{-grahaNa-paddhati} f. {-grahaNa-ratnamAlA} f. {-grAhyapaddhati} f. {-dIpikA} f. {-dharma-
saMgraha} m. {-nirNaya} m. {-pada-maJjarI} f. {-paddhati} f. N. of wks.; {-pallI}, F. (for {-si-
p-}?) an ascetic's hut L.; {-bheda-nirNaya} m. {-rIti} f. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. connected with
asceticism L.; {-vidhi}, m.; {-sA7zrama-vicAra} m. {-sA7hnika} n. {-so7paniSad} f. N. of wks.

saMnyaasin* = mfn. laying aside, giving up, abandoning, renouncing, AshthâvS.; abstaining from
food Bhathth.; m. one who abandons or resigns worldly affairs, an ascetic, devotee (who has
renounced all earthly concerns and devotes himself, to meditation and the study of the Âranyakas
or Upanishadas, a Brâhman in the fourth Âs'rama [q.v.] or stage of his life, a religious mendicant;
cf. RTL. 53, 55 &c.) Up. MBh. Pur.; ({-si}){-tA} f. {-tva} n. abandonment of worldly concerns,
retirement from the world MW.; {-darzana} n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP.; {saMdhyA} f.
{-samArAdhana} n. N. of wks.

saMnyaasika* = in {veda-s-} (q.v.)

saaMnyaasika* = mfn. (fr. {sam-nyAsa}) forming the original or correct text Pat. on iii, 2, 107,
Vartt. 2; m. a Brâhman in the fourth stage of his life, religious mendicant L.

sampaadaka = (m) editor

saMpaadakaH = (m) editor

sampaadakaH = (m) editor

sampaadana = editting

sampaadikaa = (f) editor

sampat.h = assets

sampatti = prosperity

sampat *= to fly or rush together (in a friendly or hostile manner), encounter, meet any one (acc.),
meet with (instr.) RV. &c. &c.; to fly along, fly to, hasten towards, arrive at, reach (acc. or loc.)
AitBr. MBh. &c.; to fly or fall down, alight on (loc.) MBh.; to go or roam about R. VarBriS.; to
come to pass, take place, happen, occur MBh. Hariv.: Caus. {-pAtayati}, to cause to fly or fall,
throw or hurl down R. BhP.

sampat * =in comp. for {samp ad]

sampad *: to fall or happen well, turn out well, succeed, prosper, accrue to (dat. or gen.) AV. &c.
&c.; to become full or complete (as a number), amount to Br. ChUp. Hariv.; to fall together, meet
or unite with, obtain, get into, partake of (instr. or acc.) Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter into, be
absorbed in (acc. or loc.) ChUp. BhP.; to be produced, be brought forth, be born, arise MBh. R.; to
become, prove, turn into (nom.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be conducive to,

sampa4d *: success, accomplishment, completion, fulfilment, perfection Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; a

condition or requisite of success &c. BhP.; concord, agreement, stipulation, bargain TS. Âs'vS'r.;
equalization of similar things S'ank.; attainment, acquisition, possession, enjoyment, advantage,
benefit, blessing VarBriS. Sarvad. Pur.; turning into, growing, becoming S'ank.; being, existence

sampad* = Â. {-padyate} (in some forms also P.; ind. p. {-pAdam} q.v.), to fall or happen well,
turn out well, succeed, prosper, accrue to (dat. or gen.) AV. &c. &c.; to become full or complete (as
a number), amount to Br. ChUp. Hariv.; to fall together, meet or unite with, obtain, get into,
partake of (instr. or acc.) Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter into, be absorbed in (acc. or loc.) ChUp.
BhP.; to be produced, be brought forth, be born, arise MBh. R.; to become, prove, turn into
(nom.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be conducive to, produce (dat.) Pañcat. Vârtt. on Pân. 2-3, 13; (with adv.
in {sAt}) to become thoroughly Pân. 5-4, 53; to fall into a Persoñs, power ib. 54; (with adv. in
{tra}) to fall to a persoñs share ib. 55; to produce a partic. sound (as that expressed by an
onomatopoetic word in {A}) Vop. vii, 88: Caus. {-pAdayati} (rarely {-te}), to cause to succeed,
cause to arise, bring about, produce, effect, accomplish (with {zuzrUSAm} and gen., `" to obey "')
MBh. Kâv. &c.; to make full, complete S'Br. BhP.; to transform, make or turn into (acc.) Kathâs.;
to provide or furnish with (instr.; with {kriyayA}, to charge or entrust a person with a business "')
S'Br. MBh. [1172, 1] SaddhP.; to afford to, procure for (dat. or gen.) AitBr. MBh. &c.; to attain,
obtain, acquire AV. R. &c.; to ponder on, deliberate MBh.; to consent, agree Br. ChUp.: Desid. of
Caus. {-pipAdayiSati} (see {sam-pipAdayiSA} &c., col, 2): Intens. {-panIpadyate}, to fit well
Sarvad.

sampadaM = assets

sampadyate = he attains

sampanna = endowed with * = mfn. fallen or turned out well, accomplished, effected, perfect,
excellent (ifc. or with loc. = `" perfectly acquainted or conversant with "') AV. &c. &c.; of perfect or
correct flavour, palatable, dainty Âs'vGri. MBh. R.; endowed or furnished with, possessed of
(instr. adv. in {-tas}, or comp. also with transposition of the members; cf. below) S'Br. MBh. &c.;
(ifc.) become, turned into R.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; ({am}) n. dainty food, a delicacy MBh. xiii,
4567; {-krama} m. a partic. Samâdhi Buddh.; {-kskIrA} f. giving good milk (superl. {-ra-tamA})
Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 41; {-M-kAram} ind. making dainty, seasoning ib. iii 4, 26; {-tama} mfn. most
complete or perfect, AitAr.; {-tara} mfn. more or most dainty or delicate R.; {-tA} f. the being
endowed with or possessed of (comp.) Das'.; {-danta} mfn. possessing teeth Âs'vGri.; {-pAnIya}
mfn. rich in water Pat. on Pân. 1-2, 52; {-rUpa} mfn. of perfect form, complete MW.; dainty,
delicate ib.

sampanne = fully equipped

samparka = contact

sampashyan.h = considering

saMpashyan.h = (pr.participle) looking at

samplava* = m. flowing together, meeting or swelling (of waters), flood, deluge R. Hariv. BhP. a
dense mass, heap, multitude Mn. MBh. &c.; conglomeration, taking a form or shape, rise, origin
BhP.; noise, tumult (esp. of battle) Hariv. R.; submersion by water, destruction, ruin Yâjñ. MBh.
Kâv. &c.; end, close of (comp.) BhP.

samplutodake = in a great reservoir of water

samprakiirtitaH = is declared

sampramatta * = mfn. ( {mad}) very excited (said of an elephant in rut) Hariv.; very careless,
thoughtless, neglectful MBh. [1175, 3]; very fond of (inf.) ib. viii, 3509 (B. {sam-pra-vRtta}).

sampratishhThaa = the foundation

samprapad.h = to become

samprazna *= m. asking, inquiring about (comp.), inquiry, question (%{-prazno} "'

%{tra@na@vidyate}, `" there is here no question, it is a matter of course "') RV. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
courteous inquiry MW. ; a refuge, asylum (Ved.) ib.

sampravAha * = m. continuous stream, uninterrupted continuity Kâd. BhP.

sampraapta * = mfn. well reached or attained, obtained, gained &c.; one who has reached or
attained, arrived at, met with, fallen into (acc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) extending to Sus'r.; come,
become, appeared, arrived (as a period of time) Mn. MBh. &c.; sprung or descended from ({-tas})
Mn. ix, 141; {-yauvana} mfn. one who has fully attained youth or manhood, come of age MBh.;
{-vidya} mfn. one who has acquired all knowledge ib.

sampravrittaani = although developed

samprekshya = looking

sampuurNa = full

saMpuurNam.h = complete, finis, over

saMpraapte = ( when you have) reached/obtained

saMpraapnoti = attains
saMrambha * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the act of grasping or taking hold of. MBh. iv, 1056 (C.);
vehemence, impetuosity, agitation, flurry MBh. Kâv. &c.; excitement, zeal, eagerness, enthusiasm,
ardent desire for or to (inf, or comp.) Kâv. Râjat.; anger, fury, wrath against (loc. or {upari} with
gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; angriness (i.e.) inflammation or irritation of a sore or wound Sus'r.; pride,
arrogance W.; intensity, high degree (ibc.= `" intensely "') Kâv. Kathâs.; the brunt (of battle)
Râjat.; beginning (= {A-rambha}) MW.; {-tAmra} mf. red with fury ib.; {-dRz} mfn. having
inflamed or angry eyes, Bhp.; {-paruSa} mfn. harsh from rage, intensely or exceedingly harsh or
rough W.; {-rasa} mfn. having angry or impetuous feelings ib.; {-rUkSa} mfn. exceedingly harsh
or cruel Vikr. iii, 20; {-vat} mfn. wrathful, angry Harav.; {-vega} m. the vilence or impetuosity. of
wrath MW.

samriddha = with full * = mfn. accomplished, succeeded, fulfilled, perfect, very successful or
prosperous or flourishing, fortunate AV. Br. ChUp. MBh. R.; full-grown (as trees) MBh.;
complete, whole, entire ib.; fully furnished or abundantly endowed with (instr. abl., or comp.)
S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; rich, wealthy ib. Kathâs.; plenteous, abundant, much Ratna7v.; m. N. of a
serpent-demon MBh.; {-tejas} mfn. endowed with splendour or strength R.; {-yazas} mfn. rich in
fame, renowned, celebrated MW.; {-vega} mfn. increasing in speed, excessively swift Bhag.;
{-ddhA7rtha} mfn. having increased substance or wealth, increasing in resources R. [1171,2]

samriddhaM = flourishing

samriddhavegaH = with full speed

saMsaaraanta* = m. the end of mñmundane exñexistence or of human life Bhartr

saMsaara* = m. going or wandering through, undergoing transmigration MaitrUp.; course,

passage, passing through a succession of states, circuit of mundane existence, transmigration,
metempsychosis, the world, secular life, worldly illusion ({A saMsArAt}, `" from the beginning of
the world "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c. [1119,3]; w.r. for {saM-cAra} Bhartri.

saMsaarakupa * =m. the world comp. compared to a well or pit BhP.

saMsaara-cakra * =n. the world compared to a wheel MaitrUp.

saMsaarataru* =m. the wñworld compñcompared to a tree BhP.

saMsaarabIja * =n. the seed or origin of the world Sarvad.

saMsaaravat * =mfn. possessing or liable to mundane exñexistence, AshthtvS.

saMsaarasAra * =m. the quintessence of (the joys of) the world Dhûrtas.

saMsaarasukha. the joys of the world Caurap.

samsarga = company

samsaara = world

samsaaraH = world/family

samsaaraat.h = fromthe world

samsaariNo = ordinary family man

samsaare = world

samsaareshhu = into the ocean of material existence

saMsevaa* = f. visiting, frequenting BhP.; use, employment ib.; attendance, reverence, worship
ib.; (ifc.) inclination to, predilection for Râjat.

saMsiddhi * = f. complete accomplishment or fulfilment, perfection, success Gobh. MBh. &c.;

perfect state, beatitude, final emancipation Mn. MBh. Pur.; the Iast consequence or result BhP.;
fixed or settled opinion, the last or decisive word R. (L. also= `" nature "'; `" natural state or
quality "'; `" a passionate or intoxicated woman "').

sams'aya = doubt* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) lying down to rest or sleep L.; uncertainty, irresolution,
hesitation, doubt in or of (loc., acc. with {prati}, or comp; {saMzayaH}, with Pot., `" there is doubt
whether "'; {na} {s-}, {nA7sti s-}, {nA7tra s-}, {na hi s-}, {nA7sty atra-s-} &c., `" there is no doubt
"', `" without doubt "') Âs'vS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; a doubtful matter Car.; (in Nyâya) doubt about the
point to be discussed (one of the 16 categories) IW. 64; difficulty, danger, risk of or in or to (gen.
loc., or comp.) Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; {-kara} mf({I})n. causing doubt or risk, dangerous to (comp.)
S'is'.; {-kAraNA7rthA7patti-pUrva-pakSa-rahasya} n. {-kAraNA7rthA7patti-rahasya} n. N. of
Nyâya wks.; {-gata} mfn. fallen into danger S'ak.; {-ccheda} m. the solution of doubt ({-dya} mfn.
relating to it) Ragh.; {-cchedin} mfn. clearing all doubt, decisive S'ak.; {-tattva-nirUpaNa} n.
{-pakSatA-rahasya} n. {-pakSatA-vAda}, m. {-parI7kSA} f. {-vAda} m. {-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of
wks.; {-sama} m. (in Nyâya) one of the 24 Jâtis or self-confuting replies Nyâyas. Sarvad. (cf. IW.
64); {-sama-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-stha} mfn. being in uncertainty, doubtful W.; {-yA7kSepa}
m. `" removal of doubt "', a partic. figure of speech Kâvya7d. ii, 163; 164; {-yA7tmaka} mfn.
consisting of doubt, dubious, uncertain Pañcat.; {-yA7tman} mfn. having a doubtful mind, a
sceptic Bhag. Sarvad.; {-yA7numiti} f. {-yA7numiti-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-yA7panna} mfn.
beset with doubt, dubious ({-mAnasa} mfn. irresolute in mind) W.; {-yA7vaha} mfn. causing
danger, dangerous to (gen. or comp.) MBh.; {-yo7cchedin} mfn. resolving doubts Hit., Introd.;
{-yo7pamA} f. a comparison expressed in the form of a doubt Kâvya7d. ii, 26; {yo7pe7ta} mfn.
possessed of uncertainty, doubtful, uncertain MW.

sams'ayaM = doubts

sams'ayaH = doubt

sams'ayasya = of the doubt

samshitavrataaH = taken to strict vows

saMshodhanam.h = (n) research, discovery

samshuddha = washed off

samshuddhiH = purification

samshritaaH = having taken shelter of

samsiddhaH = he who is mature

samsiddhiM = in perfection

samsiddhau = for perfection

saMskaaraaH = (Masc.Nom.Pl.) prescribed ritual duties(16?)

saMskaara* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) putting together, forming well, making perfect, accomplishment,
embellishment adornment, purification, cleansing, making ready, preparation, dressing (of food),
refining (of metals), polishing (of gems), rearing (of animals or plants) GriS'rS. MBh. Kâv., &c.;
cleansing the body, toilet, attire Hariv.; forming the mind, training, education R. Ragh.;
correction (also in an astronomical sense Sûryas.), correct formation or use of a word Nir.
Sarvad.; correctness, purity (esp. of pronunciation or expression) MBh. R. &c.; making sacred,
hallowing, consecration Mn. MBh. &c.; a sacred or sanctifying ceremony, one which purifies from
the taint of sin contracted in the, womb and leading to regeneration (12 such ceremonies are
enjoined on the first three or twice-born classes in Mn. ii, 27, viz. 1. {garbhA7dhAna}, 2. {puM-
savana}, 3. {sImanto7nnayana}, 4. {jAta-karman}, 5. {nAmakarman}, 6. {niSkramaNa}, 7. {anna-
prA7zana}, 8. {cUDA-karman}, 9. {upanayana}, 10. {kezA7nta}, 11. {samAvartana}, 12. {vivAha},
qq. vv.; accord. to Gaut. viii, 8 &c. there are 40 Sanskâras) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW.188; 192 &c.
RTL. 353) [1120, 3]; the ceremony performed on a dead body (i.e. cremation) R.; any purificatory
ceremony W.; the faculty of memory, mental impression or recollection, impression on the mind
of acts done in a former state of existence (one of the 24 qualities of the Vais'eshikas, including
{bhAvanA}, the faculty of reproductive imagination "') Kan. Sarvad. (IW. 69); (pl., with
Buddhists) a mental conformation or creation of the mind (such as that of the external world,
regarded by it as real, though actually non-existent, and forming the second link in the twelvefold
chain of causation or the fourth of the 5 Skandhas) Dharmas. 22; 42; a polishing stone MW.

saMskrita * = (or {sa4M-skRta}) mfn. put together, constructed, well or completely formed,
perfected Lalit.; made ready, prepared, completed, finished RV. &c. &c.: dressed, cooked (as food)
MBh. R. BhP.; purified, consecrated, sanctified, hallowed, initiated S'Br. &c. &c.; refined,
adorned, ornamented, polished, highly elaborated (esp. applied to highly wrought speech, such as
the Sanskriit language as opp, to the vernaculars) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a man of one of the three
classes who has been sanctified by the purificatory rites W.; a Iearned man MW.; a word formed
according to accurate rules, a regular derivation ib.; ({a4m}) n. making ready, preparation or a
prepared place, sacrifice RV. TS. S'Br. GriS'rS.; a sacred usage or custom MW.; the Sanskriit
language (cf. above) S'iksh. Bhar. Das'ar. &c.; {-tva} n. the being prepared or made ready &c.
Jaim.; {-maJjarI} f. N. of wk.; {-maya} mf({I}) u. consisting of Sanskriit, Kâs'ikh.; {-mAlA} f.
{-ratna-mAlA} f. {-vAkya-ratnA7valI} f. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. one who has perfected or
elaborated or finished MW.; {-tA7tman} m. one who has received the purificatory rites Mn. x, 110;
a sage W.; {-to7kti} f. refined or polished language, a Sanskriit word or expression Hit. [1121, 1]

saMskriti * f. making ready, preparation, perfection VS. &c. &c.; formation AitBr.; hallowing,
consecration BhP.; determination, effort L.; m. N. of Krishna MBh. (B. {saM-skRta}); of a king
VP. (v.l. {saM-kRti}).

saMskritatra * = n. a bench used in sacrificing or slaughtering animals RV. vi, 28, 4.

saMskritrima * mfn. highly polished, artificially adorned (in {a-saMskR-}) Bhathth.

saMsRti * = f. course, revolution, (esp.) passage through successive states of existence, course of
mundane existence, transmigration, the world (%{-cakra} n. and %{-cakra-vAla} n. "' the wheel or
circle of mundane existence), Asht2ivS. BhP.

saMstu* = 1. P. {-stauti}, to praise together with (instr.) Nir. vii, 6; to praise all at once, ÂivS'r.; to
praise properly or well, laud, celebrate MBh.; kâv. &c.

saMstR* = (or - {stRR}) P.Â. {-striNoti}, {-stRNute}; {-stRNAti}, {-stRNIte} (ep. also {-starati}),
to spread out (side by side), extend TS. S'Br.; to strew over, cover KaushUp. MBh. Sus'r.; to
spread, make even, level Kaus'.
saMsthAna* = mfn. standing together MW.; like, resembling W.; applied to Vishnu MBh.; m. (pl.)
N. of a people ib.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) staying or abiding in (comp.) Hit. (cf. {dUra-s-}); standing still or
firm (in a battle) Gaut.; being, existence, life MBh. S'ank. BhP.; abiding by, strict adherence or
obedience to (comp.) Kâm.; abode, dwelling-place, habitation Nir. KaushUp. MBh. &c.; a public
place (in a town) Mn. MBh. &c.; shape, form, appearance (often with {rUpa}) MBh. R. &c.;
beauty, splendour MBh.; the symptom of a disease Sus'r.; nature, state, condition BhP.; an
aggregate, whole, totality BhP.; termination, conclusion MaitrS.; end, death L.; formation L.;
vicinty, neighbourhood L.; {-cArin} w.r. for {sa-sthAsnu-c-}; {-bhukti} f. (with {kAlasya}) the
passage through various periods of time BhP.; {-vat} mfn. being, existing R.; having various forms
Kâm.

saMsthAsnu* = see {sa-sthAsnu-cArin}.

saMsthita* = mfn. standing (as opp. to `" lying "' or `" sitting "') Yâjñ.; one who has stood or held
out (in fight) MârkP.; placed, resting, lying, sitting, being in or on ({upari} loc., or comp.) Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; abiding, remaining, left standing (for a long time, as food; with {tathai9va}, remaining
in the same condition "') Yâjñ. VarBriS. Ragh.; lasting, enduring MBh.; imminent, future Hariv.;
shaped, formed (cf. {duH-} and {su-s-}), appearing in a partic. shape or form, formed like,
resembling (often ifc.; with {navadhA}, `" ninefold "'; with {masI-rUpeNa}, `" appearing in the
form of black ink "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; being in a partic. state or condition, addicted or given to,
intent upon (loc. or comp.) Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.; founded or based upon (loc.) MBh.; directed to
wards, fixed upon (comp.) BhP.; relating to, concerning (loc. or comp.) Kâm. MârkP.; skilled in,
acquainted or familiar with (loc.) MBh. R.; started, set out for (dat. or {abhimukham}) R.;
frequented (as a place) Mn. viii, 371; finished, concluded, completed, ready Br. S'rS.; perished,
died (n. impers.) Mn. MBh. BhP.; near or contiguous to W.; heaped, collected ib.; n. conduct Cat.;
form, shape MBh.; {-yaju4s} n. the final sacrificial formula and the oblation connected with it Br.;
{-vat} mfn. (pl, = 3. pl. pf.; pl. [with {sukhena}] `" they lived happily together "') Pañcat.; {-homa}
m. a final sacrifice, S'rS

saMsthiti* = f. staying together, living in or with or near, union with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. [1122,1];
standing or sitting on (loc.) Yâjñ. i, 139; duration, continuance in the same state or condition
Hariv. Kâm.; constancy, perseverance Hariv. BhP.; being bent upon, attaching importance to
(loc.) Mn. ix, 14; existence, possibility of (gen. or comp.) MârkP.; form, shape ib.; established
order Kâm. VâyuP.; nature, condition, quality, property Yâjñ. MBh. Pur.; conclusion, completion
(of a sacrifice) TS. TBr. Vait.; end, death Pur.; obstruction of the bowels, constipation Sus'r.; heap,
accumulation W.; restraint ib.

saMSThula* = see {vi-s-}, p. 953, col. 1.

saMsthaa = (f) organisation, company

saMsthaa*= saMsthA 1. {-tiSThate} (Pân. 1-3, 22; ep. and m. c. also P. {-tiSThati}; Ved. inf.
{-sthAtos} ÂpS'r.), to stand together, hold together (pf. p. du. {-tasthAne4}, said of heaven and
earth) RV.; to come or stay near (loc.) ib. VS. S'Br.; to meet (as enemies), come into conflict RV.;
to stand still, remain, stay, abide (lit. and fig.; with {vAkye}, to obey "') MBh. R. &c.; to be
accomplished or completed (esp. applied to rites) Br. S'rS. Mn. MBh. BhP.; to prosper, succeed,
get on well MBh.; to come to an end, perish, be lost, die MBh. Kâv. BhP.; to become, be turned
into or assume the form of (acc.) Lalit.: Caus {-sthApayati} (subj. aor. {tiSTipaH} S'Br.), to cause
to stand up or firm, raise on their legs again (fallen horses) MBh.; to raise up, restore (dethroned
kings) ib.; to confirm, encourage, comfort ({AtmAnam}, or {hRdayam}, one's self "' i.e. `" take
heart again "') Kâv. Pañcat.; to fix or place upon or in (loc.) Kaus'. MBh. &c.; to put or add to
({uparI}) Yâjñ.; to build (a town) Hariv.; to heap, store up (goods) VarBriS.; to found, establish,
fix, settle, introduce, set a foot MBh. R. Râjat.; to cause to stand still, stop, restrain, suppress
(breath, semen &c.) AitBr.; to accomplish, conclude, complete (esp. a rite) Br. Kaus'. MBh.; to put
to death, kill S'Br. MBh.; to perform the last office for i.e. to burn, cremate (a dead body)
S'ânkhBr.; to put to subjection, subject MW.: Desid. of Caus. {-sthApayiSati}, to wish to finish or
conclude S'ânkhBr.

saMstha* = mf({A})n. standing together, standing or staying or resting or being in or on,

contained in (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; being in or with, belonging to (loc. or comp.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; based or resting or dependent on (loc.) MBh.; partaking or possessed of (comp.) MBh.
Pañcat.; existing, lasting for a time (comp.) Vet.; ended, perished, dead L.; ({saM-stha4}) m.
presence (only loc. `" in the presence or midst of. "' with {cid}, `" by one's mere presence "') RV.; a
spy, secret emissary (cf. {saMsthA} below) L.; a dweller, resident, inhabitant W.; a fellow-
countryman, neighbour ib.; ({A4}) f. see next.

saMsthaa4 * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) staying or abiding with (comp.) MBh.; shape, form, manifestation,
appearance (ifc. `" appearing as "') Up. MBh. &c.; established order, standard, rule, direction (acc.
with {kR} or Caus. of {sthA}, to establish or fix a rule or obligation for one's self "'; with {vyati-
kram} or {paribhid}, `" to transgress or break an established rule or obligation "') MBh. R. &c.;
quality, property, nature Kâv. Pur.; conclusion, termination, completion TS. S'Br. &c. [1121, 3];
end, death Pur.; destruction of the world (= {pralaya}, said to be of four kinds, viz. {naimittika},
{prAkRtika}, {nitya}, {Atyantika}) ib.; a complete liturgical course, the basis or essential form of a
sacrifice (the Jyotih-shthoma, Havir-yajña, and Pâka-yaiña consist of seven such forms) S'rS.;
killing ({pazu-s-}, `" killing of the sacrificial animal "') BhP.; cremation (of a body; also {pre7ta-
s-}) ib.; (prob.) = {zrAddha} MârkP.; a spy or secret emissary in a king's own country (= {cara} m.
prob. a group of five spies consisting of a {vaNij} "', merchant "', {bhikSu}, `" mendicant "',
{chAttra} "', pupil "', {lingin} "', one who falsely wears the mark of a twice-born "', and {kRSIvala},
`" husbandman "' cf. {paJca-varga}, and Mn. vii, 154 Kull.) Kâm.; continuation in the right way
L.; occupation, business, profession W.; an assembly ib.; a royal ordinance ib.; {-kRta} mfn.
settled, determined Hariv.; {--gAra} ({-thA7g-}) m. n. a meeting-house Lalit.; {-japa} m. a closing
prayer Âs'vS'r.; {-tva} n. the being a form or shape BhP.; {-paddhati} f. N. of wk.; {--vayava-vat}
({-thA7v-}) mfn. having a shape and limbs BhP.

saMstuta * = mfn. praised or hymned together TS. TBr. Nir.; praised, celebrated, extolled Hariv.
R. Pur.; counted together (as one Stotra), reckoned together TS. Br. KâtyS'r.; equal to, passing for
(instr. or comp.) Âpast. Kathâs. BhP.; acquainted familiar, intimate Kâv. VarBriS. Râjat.; {-tva} n.
the being praised together ChUp.; {-prA7ya} mfn. for the most part lauded or hymned together,
associated in hymns MW.

samsthaapanaarthaaya = to reestablish

samsparshajaaH = by contact with the material senses

samsparshana = (neut) contact

samsmritya = remembering

samskaara = impression, conditioning

samskrit.h = Sanskrit

samskrita = refined

samskritashikshaNaM = learning of Sanskrit

samskriti = culture
saMsri* = P. {-sarati} (in. c. also {-te}), to flow together with. (instr.) RV. ix, 97, 45; to go about,
wander or walk or roam through MBh. Kâv. &c.; to walk or pass through (a succession of states),
undergo transmigration, enter or pass into (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be diffused or spread into
(acc.) MBh.; to come forth BhP.: Caus. {-sArayati}, to cause to pass through a succession of states
or to undergo transmigration Mn. BhP.; to introduce, push into (loc.) MBh. xii, 7878; to put off,
defer ib. v, 1004; to use, employ ib. xii, 11,932.

saMsriti* = f. course, revolution, (esp.) passage through successive states of existence, course of
mundane existence, transmigration, the world ({-cakra} n. and {-cakra-vAla} n. "' the wheel or
circle of mundane existence), AshthivS. BhP.

saMsrishtha* = mfn. gathered together, collected RV. x, 84, 7; brought forth or born together (as a
litter of animals) VS.; associated or connected together (as partners or brothers who combine
their property after division), Ma. Yâjñ.; united, combined, mingled or mixed with, involved in
(instr.) VS. S'Br. R. &c.; nearly related or acquainted friendly, familiar MBh. R. Hariv.; affected
with (comp.) Sus'r.; connected with, belonging to (comp.) Hariv.; mixed, of various kinds, both
good and bad in quality &c. S'Br. Car.; accomplished, performed (cf. {-maithuna}); cleared
through vomiting &c. L.; cleanly dressed W.; created MW.; m. N. of a fabulous mountain Kârand.;
({am}) n. near relationship, friendship, intimacy ({-taM} {car}, with loc., `" to enter on intimate
relations with "') AitBr. MBh.; {-karman} mfn. denoting mixed or various actions Nir.; {-ji4t} mfn.
victorious in contest RV.; {tva} n. commixture, union, association Sank.; (in law) voluntary
reunion or co-residence of kinsmen (as of father and son or of brothers with each other, after
partition of the family property) Dâyabh.; {-dhaya4} mfn. sucking (as a calf) and left with (the
cow) TBr.; {-bhAva} m. near relationship, friendship R.; {-maithuna} mf({A})n. one who has
performed sexual intercourse Yâjñ.; {-rUpa} mfn. mixed in form or kind, adulterated W.; {-homa}
m. a common oblation (to Agni and Sûrya) TBr.

saMsrishthi* = ({sa4M-}) f. union, combination, association, intercourse MaitrS.; living together

in one family W.; collection, collecting, assembling ib.; (in rhet.) the association of two distinct
metaphors in close proximity in one sentence (cf. {saMkara}) Vâm. Sâh.

saMsrishthin* = m. a re-united kinsman (said of relatives who, after partition of the family
inheritance, again live together, annulling the previous partition) Gaut. Yâjñ. &c.; a co-partner,
co-parcener W.

samstabhya = by steadying

saMstuta *= mfn. praised or hymned together TS. TBr. Nir.; praised, celebrated, extolled Hariv.
R. Pur.; counted together (as one Stotra), reckoned together TS. Br. Ka1tyS3r.; equal to, passing
for (instr. or comp.) A1past. Katha1s. BhP.; acquainted familiar, intimate Ka1v. VarBr2S. Ra1jat.;
%{-tva} n. the being praised together ChUp.; %{-prA7ya} mfn. for the most part lauded or
hymned together, associated in hymns MW.

saMstutaka*=mfn. affable, condescending, civil Buddh.

saMstuti*=f. praise, eulogy MBh. BhP.; figuritive mode of expression A1past. [1121,2]

saMsUcita* = mfn. indicated, displayed, manifested, shown BhP. Pan5cat.; informed, told,
apprised MW.; reproved ib.

samuuha = (m) a multitude, crowd

samutthena = arisen from

samutpanna = arisen

samudbhava * = (ifc. f. {A}) existence, production, origin (ifc. either `" arisen or produced from "'
or `" being the source of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; coming to life again, revival MBh.; N. of Agni at the
Vrata7des'a Griihyâs.

samudita = (adj) flourishing

samuddhartaa = the deliverer

samudbhavaM = directly manifested

samudbhavaH = born of

samudbhavaan.h = produced of

samudyame = in the attempt

samudra = sea

samudra-paryantaa = bounded by ocean

samudraM = the ocean

samudreshhuu = among the oceans

samunnati = prosperity

samupaashritaH = having taken shelter of

samupacAra * = m. attention, homage Pañcar.

samupaci * = P. {-cinoti}, to heap up, gather Nâg.: Pass. {-cIyate}, to grow up, increase Sus'r.

samupacita * = mfn. collected, heaped W.; abundant Ratna7v.; thick Car.; {-jala} mfn. having
accumulated waters (as the ocean) MW.

samupacchAda * = m. (1. {chad}) Pân. 6-4, 96 Sch.

samupagama * = m. going near, approach, contact W.

samupaguh * = P.Â. {-gUhati}, {-te}, to embrace, surround Caurap.

samupajan * = Â. {-jAyate}, to arise, spring up, take place Kâv.; to be born again MBh.: Caus.
{-janayati}, to generate, cause, produce Riitus.

samupajJA * = P. Â. {-jAnAti}, {-janite}, to ascertain fully, find out MBh.; to perceive, learn W.

samupasthita = present

samupasthitaM = present
samupatap * = Pass. {-tapyate}, to feel pain MBh.

samupadhA * = P. Â. {-dadhAti}, {-dhatte}, to put together, construct, create, produce MW. [1169,
2]

samupapad * = Â. {-padyate}, to come to pass, be brought about or accomplished MBh.; to meet

with (acc.), experience ib.: Caus. {-pAdayati}, to bring about, make ready, prepare. R.

samupavrit.h = Thus

samuha = (m) group

samuhe = in group

saMvaada = (m) conversation, dialouge

samvida: initmate taks * =mfn. having consciousness, conscious (in {a-s-}) S'Br.; n. (?)
stipulation, agreement MBh. viii, 4512.

saMvatsara* = m. (rarely n.; cf. {pari-v-}) a full year, a year (having 12 [TS.] or 13 [VS.] months or
360 days [S'Br. AitBr. Sus'r.]; {am}, `" for a year; {eNa} `" after or in course of a yñyear "'; {e} or
{asya}, after or within a yñyear "') RV. &c. &c.; a year of the Vikrama era (see above; {varSa} is
used for the {zaka}) the first in a cycle of five or six years TS. PârGri. VarBriS. BhP.; the Year
personified (having the new and full moon for eyes and presiding over the seasons) TS. Pur.; N. of
S'iva MBh.

saMvartaka * mfn. (cf. {sAM-v-}) rolling up, destroying (all things at the end of the world)
NriisUp. MBh. &c.; m. the world-destroying fire (pl. `" the fires of hell "'), Grihyâs. BhP.;
submarine fire (= {bADava}) L.; (scil. {gaNa}) a group or class of world-destroying clouds VP.; the
end or dissolution of the universe R. Hariv.; Terminalia Bellerica L.; N. of Baladeva (q.v.) L.; of a
serpent-demon MBh.; of an ancient sage (= {saM-varta}) VarBriS.; of a mountain Col.; ({ikA}) f. a
young lotus-leaf (still rolled up) Bhpr. Kâd.; n. Bala-deva's ploughshare Hariv.; {-kA7gni} m. the
world-destroying fire MW.; {-kA7bhra} n. pl. the clouds at the destruction of the world, Nâga7n.;
{-kin} m. N. of Bala-deva (cf. above) L.

saMyojayati = to thread (i.e. pass a thread through the eye of a needle)

samyaJc * = mfn. (fr. %{sami} = 2. %{sam} + 2. %{aJc} cf. Pa1n2. 6-3, 93 ; nom. %{samya4n},
%{samIcI4}, or %{samI4cI}, %{samya4k}) going i, long with or together, turned together or in
one direction, combined, united (acc. with %{dhA}, to unite or provide with "' [acc. or dat. of pers.
and instr. or acc. of thing]), entire, whole, complete, all (%{samyaJcaH} %{sarve}, `" all together
"') RV. Br. S3a1n3khS3r. ; turned towards each other, facing one another RV. VS. Br. ; lying in one
direction, forming one line (as foot steps) S3Br. ; correct, accurate, proper, true, right BhP. ;
uniform, same, identical W. ; pleasant, agreeable ib. ; (%{I4cI}) f. praise, eulogy L. ; a doe Un2. iv,
92 Sch. ; N. of a divine female TBr. ; of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv. ; (%{a4k}) ind. in one or the same
direction, in the same way, at the same time, together (with %{sthA}, `" to associate with "') RV.
MBh. ; in one line, straight (opp. to %{akSNayA}, `" obliquely "') S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. ; completely,
wholly, thoroughly, by all means (with %{na}, by no means, not at all "') Mn. MBh. &c. ; correctly,
truly, properly, fitly, in the right way or manner, well, duly (with %{kR}, `" to make good [a
promise] "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c. ; distinctly, clearly MW.

samyak.h = proper
saMyam* = P. {-yacchati} (rarely Â.), to hold together, hold in, hold fast, restrain, curb, suppress,
control, govern, guide (horses, the senses, passions) RV. &c. &c.; to tie up, bind together (hair or a
garment) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to put together, heap up (Â. `" for one's self "') Pân. 1-3, 75 Sch.; to shut
up, close (a door) Bhag.; to press close to or against Sus'r.; to present with, give to (Â. with instr.
of person, when the action is permitted P. with dat., when the action is not permitted) Pân. 1-3,
35: Caus. {-yamayati} (cf. {-yamita}), to cause to restrain &c.; to bind up (the hair) Venis.

samyaggraahayitvaa = well+captured

saMyaava: m. a sort of cake (of wheaten flour fried with ghee and milk and made up into an
oblong form with sugar and spices) Mn. MBh. &c. [1112, 2]

saMyama * = m. holding together, restraint, control, (esp.) control of the senses, self-control Mn.
MBh. &c.; tying up (the hair) Sâh.; binding, fettering VarBriS.; closing (of the eyes) MârkP.;
concentration of mind (comprising the performance of Dhâranâ, Dhyâna, and Samâdhi, or the
last three stages in Yoga) Yogas. Sarvad.; effort, exertion ({A4}, with great difficulty "') MBh.;
suppression i.e. destruction (of the world) Pur.; N. of a son of Dhûmra7ksha (and father of
Kriis'a7s'va) BhP.; {-dhana} mfn. rich in self-restraint MBh.; {-puNya-tIrtha} mfn. having
restraint for a holy place of pilgrimage MBh.; {-vat} mfn. self-controlled, parsimonious,
economical Kathâs.; {-mAgni} m. the fire of abstinence Bhag.; {-mA7mbhas} n. the flood of water
at the end of the world BhP.

saMyAma * = m. = {saM-yama} Pân. 3-3, 63; {-vat} mfn. self-controlled Bhathth.

saMyamana * = mf(%{I})n. id. MBh. Pur. ; bringing to rest RV. ; (%{I}) f. N. of the city or
residence of Yama (fabled to be situated on Mount Meru) MBh. BhP. ; n. the act of curbing or
checking or restraining VP. ; self-control KaushUp. ; binding together, tying up Vikr. Sa1h. ;
drawing tight, tightening (reins &c.) S3ak. ; confinement, fetter Mr2icch. ; Yama's residence (cf.
above) Ba1dar.

saMyuga* = n. (in BhP. also m.) union, conjunction MBh. ; conflict, battle, war MBh. Ka1v. &c.
(cf. Naigh. ii, 17) ; %{-goSpada} n. a contest in a cow's footstep (met. `" an insignificant struggIe
"') MBh. ; %{-mUrdhan} m. the van or front of battle Ragh.//2 = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{saM-yuga})
relating to battle (with %{ku} f. `" a battle-field "') S3is3.

san * = cl. 1. P., 8. P. Â. (Dhâtup. xiii, 21; xxx, 2) {sa4nati}, {-te} or {sano4ti}, {sanute} (Â. rare
and only in non-conjugational tenses; pf. {sasA4na} RV.; p. {sasava4s} ib. f. {sasanu4SI} Br.;
{sasanivas} or {senivas} Gr.; {sene} ib.; aor. {asAniSam} [Subj. {saniSat} Â. {saniSAsmahe},
{sa4niSanta}] RV.; Impv. {sa4niSantu} SV.; {seSam}, {set} MaitrS. Br.; {asAta} Gr.; Prec.
{sanyAt}, {sAyAt} ib.; fut. {sanitA} ib.; {saniSya4ti} RV. Br.; inf. {sanitum} Gr.), to gain, acquire,
obtain as a gift, possess, enjoy RV. AV. Br. S'rS.; to gain for another, procure, bestow, give,
distribute RV.; (Â.) to be successful, be granted or fulfilled ib.: Pass. {sanyate} or {sAyate} Pân. 6-
4, 43: Caus. {sAnayati} (aor. {asISaNat}) Gr.: Desid. of Caus. {sisAnayiSati}. ib.: Desid.
{sisaniSati} (Gr.) or {si4SAsati} (? {sISatI} AV. iv, 38, 2), to wish to acquire or obtain RV. TS. AV.;
to wish to procure or bestow RV. AV.: Intens. {saMsanyate}, {sAsAyate}, {saMsanti} (Gr.), to gain
or acquire repeatedly (only 3. pl. {saniSNata} RV. i, 131, 5). \\2 in %{go-Sa4n} q.v.\\3 (in gram.) a
technical term for the syllable %{sa} or sign of the desiderative.\\4 N. of an era (current in Bengal
and reckoned from 593 A.D.), RTL ; 433.

sana * = 2 mf({A})n. (derivation doubtful; for 1. see p. 1140, col. 3) old, ancient ({am} ind. "' of
old, formerly "') RV. AV.; lasting long BhP.; m. N. of a Riishi (one of the four or seven spiritual
sons of Brahmâ; cf. {sanaka}) MBh. Hariv. [Cf. Lat. {senex}, {senior}; Lith. {se4nas}; Goth.
{sinista}.]
sana * 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1141, col. 1) gain, acquisition (in {ahaM-sana} and {su-SaNa}, qq. vv.);
presenting, offering BhP.

sanaa * = ind. (g. {svar-Adi}) from of old RV. S'Br.

sana * =3 m. the flapping of an elephant's ears L.; Bignonia Suaveolens or Terminalia Tomentosa
(cf. 2. {asana}) L.

sanaatana = ancient

sanaatanaM = eternal atmosphere

sanaatanaH = eternally the same

sanaatanaaH = eternal

sanaatana * mf({I}, m.c.also {A})n. eternal, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, primeval, ancient
S'Br. &c. &c.; m. N. of Brahmâ L.; of Vishnu Bhathth.; of S'iva L.; a guest of deceased ancestors,
one who must always be fed whenever he attends S'râddhas L.; N. of a Riishi (in MBh. and later `"
a mind-born son of Brahmâ "') TS. &c. &c.; of a king Buddh.; (with {zarman} and {go-svAmin}) of
two authors Cat.; pl. N. of partic. worlds Hariv.; ({I}) f. N. of Durgâ Cat. [1141, 2]; of Lakshmî or
Sarasvatî L.

sañchaya = collection

sañchayaan.h = accumulation

sañchikaa = (f) file

sañchhinna = cut

sañjanayan.h = increasing

sañjaya = O Sanjaya

sañjayati = binds

sañjaayate = develops

sañjiivanii = a life-restoring elixir or herbsa-yata = attempting

sa.nchaya = collection

sandarbha = reference

sa.ndarshaya = (verbal stem) to show

sa.ndhaanaM = combination?

sandrishyante = are seen

sandes'a = message (see samdes'a)

sandehaH = (m) doubt

sandoha * V= diversity, different types, or S: the amount, the volume

sandhi = The junctional point of two consecutive bhaavas

sandhiikaala = twilight (both morning and evening time)

sangama = to meet

sanga = togetherness, closeness

sanga (saGga) * = m. (ifc. f. %{A} or %{I}) sticking, clinging to, touch, contact with (loc. or comp.)
TS. &c. &c.; relation to, association or intercourse with (gen. instr. with and without %{saha} loc.,
or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; addiction or devotion to, propensity for, (esp.) worldly or selfish
attachment or affection, desire, wish, cupidity Mn. MBh. &c.; (with %{atreH}) N. of a Sa1man
Br.\\or %{saGga} mfn. having limbs or a body Katha1s.; together with the limbs AV. S3Br.; with
all its An3gas or supplements Ka1tyS3r.; complete, entire MBh.; concluded, finished Uttarar.

sangaM, see saMgam = attachment, associating, meeting

sangaH = attachment

sangaNaka = computer

sangarataH = indulging in good company

sangarahitaM = without attachment

sangavivarjitaH = free from all association

sangaviihinaH = bereft of company

sangaat.h = from attachment

sangiita = music

sangiitakam.h = (n) a music concert

sange = in the company

sangena = by association

sangraha = collection, see saMgraha

sangraama = battle, battlefield

sangha =(see saMga) group, organization, gathering

sanghaTita = united

sanghaaH = the assemblies

sanghaataH = the aggregate

sanghaiH = the groups

saNghaTana = organization, unity

sankalpamastu = saMkalpaM + astu:resolution + let there be

sankaTaasana = the dangerous posture

sankara: see samkara

sankaraH = such unwanted children

sankarasya = of unwanted population

sankalanam.h = (n) addition

sankalpa = determination

sankalpaH = (m) decision, resolution, plan

sankuchit.h = (adj) limitted, narrow

sanketa = indication

sanketaH = (m) address, information

sankramaNa = concurrence, coming together

sankraanti = the festival of makara sankraant

sankhyaa = (f) number, count

sankhye = in the battlefield

sanna* = mfn. set down VS. S'Br. S'rS.; sitting at i.e. occupied with (comp.) Hariv.; sunk down in
(loc.) BhP.; depressed, low (in spirits), languid, exhausted, decayed, perished, lost, dead AV. &c.
&c.; shrunk, contracted (see comp.); resting, motionless (see ib.); weak, low (see ib.); (=
{prasanna}), appeased, satisfied (see {sannI-kRta}); m. Buchanania Latifolia L.; (prob.) n.
destruction, loss (see {sanna-da}).

sanna* = {sannaka} see p. 1139, col. 1. [1146,1]

sannaddhaH = fully armed, prepared

sannibhaani = as if
sanniyamya = controlling

sannihite = (in the) presence/nearness of

sanni* = f. depression of the mind, despondency, despair BhP.

sanniikrita* = mfn. appeased, satisfied Kathâs.

sannimat* = mfn. desponding, despairing ib.

sannimitta* = n. a good omen R.; a gñgood cause; the cause of the gñgood MW.; ({am}) ind. for a
gñgood cñcause Hit.; ({e}) ind. for the sake of the gñgood MW.

sannipaata: *(Sastr.G.) product, combined effect, V*=combination.

sannisarga* = m. gñgood nature, kindness ib.

sannivaasa* = mfn. (for {saM-n-} see {saM-ni-} 5. {vas}) staying with the gñgood (Vishnu) MBh.

sannivishhTaH = situated

santah V* = the holy, the devoted *= see s'anta

santaH = the devotees

santata = repeated

santatagamana = unbroken togetherness

santapta = burning

santarishhyasi = you will cross completely

santaaH = are respected

santya* mfn. bestowing gifts, bountiful (only voc. in addressing Agni; accord. to others fr. {sat} =
`" benevolent, kind "') RV

santaapa = harrasment

santi = there are

santushhTa = satisfied

santushhTaH = perfectly satiated

santosha = satisfaction

santoshha = satisfaction

sa.nyata = controlled
sa.nyama = dharana, dhyana and samadhi taken together

sa.nyamataaM = of all regulators

sa.nyaminaH = tamed or self-denying like that of a hermit

sa.nyamii = the self-controlled

sa.nyamya = keeping under control

sa.nyaati = verily accepts

sa.nyuktaaH = engaged

sa.nyogaM = connection

sa.nyogaat.h = by the union between

sa.nvatsara = Designated year, 60 in number and change cyclically

sa.nvaadaM = conversation

sa.nvigna = distressed

sa.nvrittaH = settled

santi: * see sati and saati

s'apa * = m. a curse, imprecation, oath (= {zapatha}) L.; a corpse (w.r. for {zava} q.v.) W.; N. of a
man g. {azvA7di}.

sapatnaan.h = enemies

sapatna * m. (fr. 1. {sa-pa4tnI} below) a rival, adversary, enemy RV. &c. &c.

sapatnI * 1 f. (once in R. {-tni}) a woman who has the same husband with another woman (Pân. 4-
1, 35) or whose husband has other wives, a fellow-wife or mistress, female rival RV. &c. &c.

sapta = (adj) seven

saptavarga = Seven Vargas a sequence of varga or harmonic charts. Consists of Rashi, Hora,
Drekkana, navaa.nsha, dvaadasha.nsha, tri.nshaa.nsha and Saptaa.nsha

saptaa.nsha = A varga. The harmonic Seventh Division. Used for delineations of Children and
Grandchildren and one's creative projections

saphala = fruitful

sara* = mf({A})n. (fr. {sR}) fluid, liquid VS.; cathartic, purgative, laxative Sus'r. Vâgbh.; (ifc. f. {I}
Pân. 3-2, 18) going, moving &c. (cf. {anu-}, {abhi-}, {puraH-s-}); m. going, motion L.; a cord,
string (cf. {prati-}, {maNi-}, {muktA-maNi-}, and {mauktika-s-}); a short vowel (in prosody) Col.;
salt L.; N. of Vâyu or the wind L.; a waterfall L.; often v.l. or w.r. for {zara} (also in comp. {sara-ja}
&c. for {zara ja} &c.); ({A4}) f. moving or wandering about Gal.; a brook AV. TS.; a cascade,
waterfall L.; Paederia Foetida L.; ({I}) f. a cascade (cf. {sari}) L.; n. a lake, pool (also irregularly in
comp. for {saras}) Un. iv, 188 Sch.; milk L.

saraH = (neut) lake

sarati = (1 pp) to go

sarani = (f) stream, path

sarala = straight, candid

saras.h = lake

sarasa = Excellent

sarasaaM = of all reservoirs of water

sarasaangayashhthii = she whose body is like a (lean)stick

sarasvati = goddess of speech and learning

sarira *= n. (cf. {salila}) the heaving sea, flood, tide VS. TBr.; = {bahu} Naigh. iii, 1; the universe
(= {loka} or {tri-loka}) VS. Sch.

saritaa = (f) river

saroja = lotus ( one that is born in a lake)

sarovaram.h = (n) lake

sargaH = birth and death

sargaaNaaM = of all creations

sarge = while taking birth

sarge.api = even in the creation

sarpa = snake

sarpaaNaaM = of serpents

sarva = all

sarvaM = all

sarvaH = all

sarvakarma = of all activities

sarvakarmaaNi = all reactions to material activities

sarvakaaraH = (m) coalition

sarvagataM = all-pervading

sarvagataH = all-pervading

sarvaguhyatamaM = the most confidential of all

sarvajagat.h = the eentire world

sarvataH = on/from all sides (indecl)

sarvato = from all (sides)

sarvatra = everywhere

sarvatragaM = all-pervading

sarvatragaH = blowing everywhere

sarvathaa = in all respects

sarvadehinaaM = of all embodied beings

sarvadvaaraaNi = all the doors of the body

sarvadvaareshhu = in all the gates

sarvadhanushhmataam.h = of all shooters (bow, arrow carriers)

sarvadharmaan.h = all varieties of religion

sarvapaapaiH = from all sinful reactions

sarvabhaavena = in all respects

sarvabhuuta = to all living entities

sarvabhuutasthaM = situated in all beings

sarvabhuutasthitaM = situated in everyone's heart

sarvabhuutahite = for the welfare of all living entities

sarvabhuutaanaaM = of all living entities

sarvabhuutaani = all created entities

sarvabhuutaanii = all living entities

sarvabhuuteshhu = among all living beings

sarvabhrit.h = the maintainer of everyone

sarvamatena = according to all schools of thought/unanimously

sarvayonishhu = in all species of life

sarvaloka = of all planets and the demigods thereof

sarvavit.h = the knower of everything

sarvavid.h = one who knows everything

sarvavrikshaaNaaM = of all trees

sarvashaH = all

sarvasaMpadaam.h = all wealth

sarvasankalpa = of all material desires

sarvasminnapi = in all beings

sarvasya = of everyone

sarvasvaM = all of one's belongings, holding

sarvaharaH = all-devouring

sarvaGYaana = in all sorts of knowledge

sarvaaH = all

sarvaanga = the whole body

sarvaangaasana = the shoulderstand posture

sarvaaNi = all

sarvaan.h = all kinds of

sarvaarambha = of all endeavors

sarvaarambhaH = all ventures

sarvaartha = for all worthy or meaningful or riches

sarvaarthaan.h = all things

sarve = all
sarvebhyaH = of all

sarveshhaaM = all

sarveshhu = in all the

sarvekshaNam.h = (n) survey, poll

sarvaiH = all

sasaara: possessing strength end anergy, steewgth and sound

sasarja V: created, generated, produced, evolved, released

sasharaM = along with arrows

sasvadha* = m. pl. `" having the Svadha (q.v.), a partic. class of deceased ancestors MW.

sa-svana* = mf({A})n. sounding, loud ({am} ind.) MBh.

sa-svara* = mfn. sounding, having the same sound with (instr. or comp.) Prât.; having accent,
accentuated IndSt.; ({am}) ind. loudly VP.

sa-svaahaa-kAra* = mfn. accompanied with the exclamation Svâhâ AitBr. ÂpS'r.

sasva4r* = ind. (of unknown derivation), secretly RV. (cf. Nalgh. iii, 25).

sasya = grain

sas'raddha* n= mf({A})n. trustful, frank, confident Kathâs.

sat* = mf({satI4})n. (pr. p. of 1. {as}) being, existing, occurring, happening, being present ({sato
me}, `" when I was present "'; often connected with other participles or with an adverb e.g.
{nAmni kRte sati}, `" when the name has been given "'; {tathA sati}, `" if it be so "'; also ibc.,
where sometimes = `" possessed of "' cf. {sat-kalpavRkSa}) RV. &c. &c.; abiding in (loc.) MBh.;
belonging to (gen.) S'Br.; living MundUp.; lasting, enduring Kâv. RV. &c. &c.; real, actual, as any
one or anything ought to be, true, good, right ({tan na sat}, `" that is not right "'), beautiful, wise,
venerable, honest (often in comp. see below) RV. &c. &c.; m. a being, (pl.) beings, creatures RV.
&c.; a good or wise man, a sage MBh. R.; good or honest or wise or respectable people Mn. MBh.
&c.; ({I4}) f. see {sati4} below; ({sat}) n. that which really is, entity or existence, essence, the true
being or really existent (in the Veda7nta, `" the self-existent or Universal Spirit, Brahma "') RV.
&c. &c.; that which is good or real or true, good, advantage, reality, truth ib.; water Naigh. i, 12;
(in gram.) the terminations of the present participle Pân. 3-2, 127 &c.; ({sat}) ind. (cf. {sat-kR}
&c.) well, right, fitly. [Cf. Gk. $ for $; Lat. {sens} in &343162[1134, 2] {absens}, {pra-sens};
{sons}, `" guilty "', orig. `" the real doer "'; Lith. {sâs}, {e4sas}; Slav. {sy}, {sas8ta}.]

saT * =cl. 1. P. %{saTati}, to be a part of Dha1tup. ix, 26: Caus. or cl. 10. %{sATayati} (see
%{sAT}).

sat.h = a good man

sat.h\-chit.h-aananda = bliss consciousness

sataH = of the eternal

satata = always

satataM = always

satatayuktaanaaM = always engaged

sataaM = of saintly people

sataakaaraa * =f. N. of a female Gandharva ib.

sataakSara * =mf({A})n. of a hñhundred syllables, ÂpS'.

sataanaka* =n. a burning-ground, cemetery L.

sataanana * =m. Aegle Marinelos L.; ({A}) f. `" hundredfaced "'N. of a goddess Cat.

sataabja * =mfn. having a hñhundred lotus-flowers DhyânabUp.

sataazva * =mfn. numbering a hñhundred horses ({saha4sraM zatA7zvam}, a thousand cattle

with a hñhundred horses) RV. S'rS. Vait.; {-ratha} n. sg. a hñhundred cattle and a car with horses
KâtyS'r.; {-vijaya} m. N. of part of wk.

ssataashTaka * =n. one hñhundred and eight Pañcar.

sataahvayA * =f. Anethum Sowa Sus'r.; Asparagus Racemosus L.

saTaa--Gka * =({-TA7Gka}) mfn. `" mane-marked "', a lion L.

saTaMkaara * =mfn. (fr., 7. {sa} + {T-}) having notoriety or fame, famous MW.

saTaalu * = {zalATu}, an unripe fruit, PârGiri.

sataasat * =({-tA7satI4}) n. du. (= {sad-asatI}, formed in analogy to {sutA7sute4}) the true and
the false TBr.

sati = being

satI4 * = 1 f. (fem. of {sat}; for 2. see P. 1138, col. 2) her ladyship, your ladyship (= {bhavatI},
sometimes = `" you "') MBh.; a good and virtuous or faithful wife (esp. applied in later use to the
faithful wñwife [popularly called Suttee who burns herself with her husband's corpse W.; compar.
{satI-tarA}, {sati-t-} or {sat-t-}) Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.; a wife, female (of an animal) BhP.; a
female ascetic MW.; a fragrant earth L.; two kinds of metre Col.; N. of the wife of Vis'vâmitra RV.;
of the goddess Durgâ or Umâ (sometimes described as Truth personified or as a daughter of
Daksha and wife of Bhava [S'iva], and sometimes represented as putting an end to herself by
Yoga, or at a later period burning herself on the funeral pyre of her husband) Pur. Kum.; of one of
the wives of Angiras BhP.; of various women of modern times (also {-devI}) Cat.

sati * = f. = {sAti}, {santi} Pân. Vop.; = {dAna}, {avasAna} L.

satI * = 2 f. (for 1. see p. 1135, col. 1) = {sAti} L.

sati * = see p. 1138, col. 2.

satii = Sati * = 1 f. (fem. of {sat}; for 2. see P. 1138, col. 2) her ladyship, your ladyship (=
{bhavatI}, sometimes = `" you "') MBh.; a good and virtuous or faithful wife (esp. applied in later
use to the faithful wñwife [popularly called Suttee who burns herself with her husband's corpse
W.; compar. {satI-tarA}, {sati-t-} or {sat-t-}) Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.; a wife, female (of an
animal) BhP.; a female ascetic MW.; a fragrant earth L.; two kinds of metre Col.; N. of the wife of
Vis'vâmitra RV.; of the goddess Durgâ or Umâ (sometimes described as Truth personified or as a
daughter of Daksha and wife of Bhava [S'iva], and sometimes represented as putting an end to
herself by Yoga, or at a later period burning herself on the funeral pyre of her husband) Pur.
Kum.; of one of the wives of Angiras BhP.; of various women of modern times (also {-devI}) Cat.

satkaara = respect

satkaarya = good or useful work particularly helpful to many

sattama * = (%{sa4t-}) mfn. very good or right, the best, first, chief of (gen. or comp.) Br.
S3a1n3khS3r. ChUp. &c.; most virtuous W.; very venerable or respectable ib.; %{-tA} f. the first
rank of all BhP.

sattva * = inner strengthn. being, existence, entity, reality, `" the existence of a Supreme Being "';
true essence, nature, disposition of mind, character; spiritual essence, spirit, mind; vital breath,
life, consciousness, strength of character, strength, firmness, energy, resolution, courage,
selfcommand, good sense, wisdom, magnanimity MBh. R. &c.; the quality of purity or goodness
(regarded in the Sânkhya phil. as the highest of the three Gunas r constituents of Prakriiti because
it renders a person true, honest, wise &c., and a thing pure, clean; material or elementary
substance, entity, matter, a thing

sattvaM = the strength

sattvavataM = of the strong

sattvasa.nshuddhiH = purification of one's existence

sattvasthaaH = those situated in the mode of goodness

sattvaat.h = from the mode of goodness

sattvaanaaM = good beings'

sattvaanuruupaa = according to the existence

sattve = the mode of goodness

satpurushha = good man

satvara* mf({A})n. having or making haste, speedy, expeditious, quick ({am} and compar.
{-taram} ind.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. quickness, hastiness, speed ib.; {-racanam} ind.
quickly, immediately, at once Gît.

satya = Truth * = mf({A})n. true, real, actual, genuine, sincere, honest, truthful, faithful, pure,
virtuous, good. successful, effectual, valid ({satyaM-kR}, `" to make true, ratify, realise, fulfil "')
RV. &c. &c.; m. the uppermost of the seven Lokas or worlds (the abode of Brahmâ and heaven of
truth; see {loka}) L.; N. of the ninth Kalpa (q.v.) Pur.; the As'vattha tree L.; N. of Vishnu L.; of
Râma-candra L.; of a supernatural being Gaut. VarBriS. Hcat.; of a deity presiding over the
Nândî-mukha S'râddha L.; of one of the Vis've Devâh Cat.; of a Vyâsa Cat.; of a son of Havir-
dhâna BhP.; of a son of Vitatya MBh.; of one of the 7 Riishis in various Manvantaras Hariv. Pur.;
(with {AcArya}) N. of an astronomer (author of the Horâ-s'âstra) VarBriS.; pl. N. of a class of gods
in various Manvantaras Hariv. Pur.; ({A}) f. speaking the truth, sincerity, veracity W.; a partic.
S'akti Pañcar.; N. of Durgâ Cat.; of S'itâ L.; of Satyavatî (mother of Vyâsa) L.; = {satya-bhAmA}
MBh. Hariv. S'is'.; of the family deity of the Kutsas and Atharvans Cat.; of a daughter of Dharma
(and wife of S'an-yu) MBh.; of the mother of Satya (= {tuSita}) VP.; of the wife of Manthu (and
mother of Bhauvana) BhP.; of a daughter of Nagna-jit (and wife of Kriishna) ib.; ({am}) n. truth,
reality ({satyena}, `" truly "', `" certainly "', `" really "'; {ka4smAt sa4tyAt}, `" for what reason,
how is it that? "' {te4na satye4na}, `" for that reason, so truly "'; {yathA-tena} [or {evaM}]
{satyena}, `" as-so truly "'; with Buddhists truth is of two kinds, viz. {saMvRti-} and
{paramA7rtha-satyam}, `" truth by general consent "' and `" self-evident truth "' Dharmas. 95; for
the four fundamental truths of Buddhists see MWB. 43; 56) RV. &c. &c.; speaking the truth,
sincerity, veracity KenUp. Mn. R. &c.; a solemn asseveration, vow, promise, oath ({satyaM
cikIrSamANa}, `" wishing to fulfil one's promise or keep one's word "') AV. &c. &c.; demonstrated
conclusion, dogma W.; the quality of goodness or purity or knowledge MW.; the first of the four
Yugas or ages (= 1. {-kRta4} q.v.) L.; a partic. mythical weapon R.; the uppermost of the 7 Lokas
(see under m.) Veda7ntas. BhP.; one of the 7 Vyâhriitis L.; partic. Satya-formula Âs'vS'r.; =
{udaka}, water Naigh. i, 12; (also with {prajApateH}) N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. S'rS.; ({a4m}) ind. (g.
{cA7di} and {svar-Adi}) truly, indeed, certainly, verily, necessarily, yes, very well ({satyam-tu},
{kiM tu}, {tathA7pi}, `" it is true - but, yet, however "'; {yat sasyam}, `" indeed, certainly "') RV.
&c. &c. [Cf. accord. to some, Gk. $.]

satyaM = Truth

satyameva = Truth alone

satyasa.ndhaM = the one bound by Truth

satyasya = of truth

satsangatve = in good company

sakshii = witness

satvat * satvat m. pl.N. of a people inhabiting the south of India (cf. {sAtvata}) Br. KaushUp.
MBh. Hariv.; of a son of Madhu Hariv.

satvata * = m. N. of a son of Mâdhava (Mâgadha) and Ans'a Hariv. V

sa4vana* = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of pressing out the Soma-juice (performed at the three
periods of the day; cf. {tri-SavaNa}; {prAtaH-}., {mAdhyaMdina-} and {tRtIya-s-}) RV. &c. &c.;
the pressed out Soma-juice and its libation, a Soma festival, any oblation or sacrificial rite ib.;
(with {puMsaH}) = {puMsavana} Yâjñ. i, 11 (pl.) the three periods of day (morning, noon, and
evening) Gaut. Mn. BhP. [1190, 2]; time (in general) BhP.; bathing, ablution, religious bathing
(performed at mñmorning, nñnoon, and evñevening) Kir.\\2 n. (for 1. see col. 1; for see p. 1191,
col. 2; for {sa-vana} see col. 3) instigation, order, command (cf. {satya4-s-}) RV. MaitrUp.

savana* = mf({A})n. (fur {savana} see col. 1 &c.) together with woods MBh.

savikaaraM = with interactions

savichaara = investigational meditation

savitarka = inspectional meditation

savitri = a name of Sun

savyasaachin.h = O Savyasaci

sau.ndaryamaalikaa = Garland of beauty

saubha * = m. (also written {zaubha}) N. of the aerial city of Hari-s'candra (q.v.) MBh. BhP.; of a
town of the S'alvas MBh.; a king of the Saubhas ib.; pl. N. of a people ib.

sauchikaH = (m) tailor

saucakya* = n. (fr. {sUcaka}) g. {purohitA7di}.

sauci* = m. = next L.

saucikya* = n. (fr. {sUcika}) g. {purohitA7di}.

saucitti* = m. (prob. fr. {su-citta}) patr. of Satya-dhriiti MBh.

saucuka* = m. N. of the father of Bhûti-râja (and grandfather of Indu-râja) Cat.

saucika* = m. (fr. {sUci}) one who lives by his needle, a tailor (in the caste system he is the son of
a S'aundika and a Kaivartî) Kull. on Mn. iv, 214.

saucIka* = m. N. of a partic. Agni Sây. in RV., Introd.

saudaaminii = (f) lightning

saubhadraH = the son of Subhadra

saubhaagyavatii = Mrs

saubhaga * - mfn. (fr. {subhaga}) `" auspicious "', coming from or made of the tree Su-bhaga Car.;
m. N. of a son of Briihac-chloka BhP.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) welfare, happiness, wealth, riches, enjoyment
RV.; loveliness, grace, beauty BhP.

sauHrida // sauhrida= friendship * = mfn. relating to or coming from a friend R. ; m. a friend

Pan5cat. ; pl. N. of a people MBh. ; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) affection, friendship for or with (loc. or
%{saha} or comp.) MBh. R. &c. ; liking for, fondness of (comp.) Ja1takam.

saukshmyaat.h = due to being subtle

saumadattiH = the son of Somadatta

saumana* = n. (fr. {su-mana}, or {-nas}); m. or ({A}) f. a flower, blossom Sus'r.; a partic. mythical
weapon
saumitrivatsalaH = he who is affectionate to LakshmaNa

saumya* = (once in AV. {sau4mya}) mf({I4} later {A}; once in RV. {sau4myA})n. relating or
belonging to Soma (the juice or the sacrifice or the moon-god), connected or dealing with Soma,
having his nature or qualities &c. RV. &c. &c.; cool and moist (opp. to {agneya}, `" hot and dry "')
Br. Hariv. Sus'r.; northern ({ena}, `" to the north "') Hariv. VarBriS.; `" resembling the moon "',
placid, gentle, mild ({saumya} voc. = `" O gentle Sir! "' `" O good Sir! "' `" O excellent man! "' as
the proper mode of addressing a Brâhman Mn. ii, 125) S'Br. &c.&c.; auspicious (said of birds,
planets &c.; esp. of the Nakshatras Mriiga-s'iras, Citrâ, Anurâdhâ, and Revatî) R. VarBriS. Hariv.
S'ârngS.; happy, pleasant, cheerful MW.; m. a Soma sacrifice L.; an adherent, worshipper BhP.; a
Brâhman L.; patr. of Budha or the planet Mercury VarBriS.; of the Vedic Riishi Budha (author of
RV. x, 1) RAnukr.; the left hand Hcat.; Ficus Glomerata L.; the fifteenth cubit ({aratni}) from the
bottom or the third from the top of the sacrificial post L.; (in anat.) the blood before it becomes
red, serum W.; the gastric juice MW.; the month Mârgas'îrsha Hcat.; N. of the 43rd (or 17th) year
in the 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarBriS.; (pl.) the people of Soma S'ânkhGri.; a partic. class of
deceased ancestors Mn. iii, 199; m. n. a partic. penance (see {-kRcchra}) Yâjñ. GârudaP.; N. of a
Dvîpa of the earth or of Bharatavarsha Pur.; of the 7th astrol. Yuga Jyot.; ({yA}) f. N. of various
plants (Abrus Precatorius; Glycine Debilis; Ruta Graveolens &c.) L.; a pearl L.; the Nakshatra
Mriiga-s'iras Hariv.; N. of the five stars in Orioñs head (also called {ilvala} q.v.) W.; a species of
the Âryâ metre Col.; N. of Durgâ Cat.; ({I}) f. moonshine MBh.; ({am}) n. the nature or condition
of Soma AV.; gentleness MBh. Pañcat. the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras (presided over by the Moon)
MaitrUp. Hariv. (accord. to Nîlak. `" Wednesday "'); the left eye L.; the middle of the hand L.; N.
of the fifth Muhûrta Cat.; (scil. {adbhuta}) a partic. kind of omen or prodigy (occurring in the
Diva or sky) MW.

saumyaM = very beautiful

saumyatvaM = being without duplicity towards others

saumyavapuH = the beautiful form

saurata: mfn. (fr. {su-rata}) relating to sexual enjoyment BhP.; n. sexual enjoyment ib.; m. mild
wind L.

saurabha = fragrance

sautraamaNI * =f. a partic. sacrifice in honour of Indra ({su-trAman}; described as the 6th or 7th;
of the 7 Havir-yajña-sansthâs q.v.; in the S'Br. it is said that every one consecrated by the
Sautrâmani enters among the gods and is born {sarva-tanUH} i.e. with his entire body; {-tva4} n.
S'Br.) AV. VS. Br. S'rS. BhP.; N. of wk. by Deva-bhadra.

sauravyuuhaH = (m) the solar system

s'auri m. patr. of Vasu-deva MBh. BhP.; of Vishnu-Kriishna (also among the names of the sun) ib.;
of Prajâti MârkP.; of Bala-deva MW.; Terminalia Tomentosa L. (v.l. {sauri}); the planet Saturn
(w.r. for {sauri}).

sauvarNa = golden

sayanthini = (f) that belongs to the evening

s'ayitavya * =mfn. to be lain or slept Pañcar. Kathâs. (n. impers.; {mayA-hutavahe-zayitavyam}, `"
it must be lain down by me in the fire "' Vâs.)
s'ayitR * = * =m. one who sleeps or rests Pân. 4-2, 15.

s'ayita * =mfn. reposed, lying, sleeping, asleep MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. the plant Cordia Myxa W.; n. the
place where any one has lain or slept Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 68.

s'aayi-taa * f. (fr. next) the state of lying or reposing or abiding in (ifc.) MBh. Kathâs.

sechananaalaH = (m) a water-gun used during Holi, pichkaari

setu = a bridge* mfn. (fr. 1. {si}) binding, who or what binds or fetters RV.; m. a bond, fetter ib.; a
ridge of earth, mound, bank, causeway, dike, dam, bridge, any raised piece of ground separating
fields (serving as a boundary or as a passage during inundations) RV. &c. &c.; Râma's bridge (see
{setubandha}) BhP.; a landmark, boundary, limit (also fig. = `" barrier, bounds "') Mn. MBh. &c.;
a help to the understanding of a text, an explanatory commentary (also N. of various
commentaries) Cat.; an established institution, fixed rule MW.; the Pranava or sacred syllable Om
(which is said to be {mantrANAM setuH}) KâlP.; Crataeva Roxburghii or Tapia Crataeva (=
{varaNa}, {varuNa}) L.; N. of a son of Druhyu and brother of Babhru Hariv.; of a son of Babhru
Pur.; of a place MW.

setukritpaatu = may the builder of bridge (over the sea) protect

setu\-bandhaasana = the bridge posture

setuba.ndhanaM = bridging

senayoH = of the armies

senaaniinaaM = of all commanders

sendriyamaanasa = sa+indriya+mAnasa, wwith senses and mind

sev.h = to serve

sevaka = (m) servant

sevate = (1 ap) to serve

sevama = (n) apple

sevayaa = by the rendering of service

sevaa = service

sevya * = to be resorted to or frequented or inhabited by (gen.) Hariv. Pañcat. Kathâs.; to be

followed (as a path) Râjat.; to be approached Cân.; to be waited upon or served or obeyed, a
master (as opp. to `" a servant "') R. Kâlid. &c.; to be honoured, honourable Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be
enjoyed carnally Subh.; to be practised or used or employed MBh. R. &c.; to be studied Cat.; to be
kept or hoarded Hit.; to be taken care of or guarded W.; m. the As'vattha tree, Ficus Religiosa L.;
Barringtonia Acutangula L.; a sparrow L.; an intoxicating drink made from the blossoms of the
Bassia Latifolia L.; ({A}) f. the parasitical plant Vandâ L.; Emblic Myrobolam L.; a kind of wild
grain or rice L.; ({am}) n. the root of Andropogon Muricatus Sus'r.; red sandal-wood L.; sea-salt
L.; the thick middle part of curds L.; water L.
sevaamahe = (verb.Pr.I Per.Pl.Atma.Pada)

sevitvaM = aspiring

s'ekhara: the highest part, chief or head or best or most beautiful of

s'aabda * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zabda}) sonorous, sounding W.; relating to sound (as opp. to {Artha}
q.v.) Sâh.; based on sounds, expressed in words oral, verbal, (esp.) resting on or enjoined by
sacred sound (i.e. on the Veda; with {brahman}. n. = `" the Veda "') S'Br. &c.; nominal (as
inflection) W.; m. a philologist, grammarian RPrât.; pl. a partic. sect Hcar.; ({I}) f. Sarasvatî (as
goddess of speech and eloquence) W.

s'aaD* = cl. 1. Â. {zADate}, to praise Dhâtup. viii, 37.

shaadhi = just instruct

shaakiNii = the goddess in vishuddha chakra

shaakha = branch

shaakhaM = branches

shaakhaa = (fem) branch

shaakhaaH = branches

s'aala* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zR} for {zri}) being in a house &c. S'Br. ({a4m} ind. `" at home "' ib.); m.
(also written {sAla}), an enclosure, court, fence, rampart, wall Inscr. Kâv.; the S'âl tree, Vatica
Robusta (a valuable timber tree) MBh. Kâv. &c.; Artocarpus Locucha L.; any tree L.; a kind of fish,
Ophiocephalus Wrahl Vâs.; N. of a son of Vriika BhP.; of king S'âli-vâhana L.; of a river W.; ({A})
f. see below; n. (ifc.) = {zAlA} (col. 2).

s'aalaa* = f. (ifc. also {zAla} n.) a house, mansion, building, hall, large room, apartment, shed,
workshop, stable AV. &c. &c. [cf. Germ. {saal}; Eng. {hall}]; a large branch (cf. {zAkhA}) L.; a kind
of metre (cf. {zAlinI}).

s'aala* = 2 m. (for 1. see col. 1) = {zala} g. {jval-Adi}; m. n. (also written {sAla}) g. {ardharcA7di}.

shaambhavii = related to S'iva who is known as shambhu

s'aama* = mfn. (1. {zam}) appeasing, curing, having curative properties MW.

s'aamaa* = f. (prob.) a kind of plant (used for curing leprosy) AV. i, 24, 4 (Paipp. {zyAmA})

s'aambara * mf({I4})n. relating or belonging or peculiar to S'ambara RV. Hariv. &c.; coming from
the deer called S'ñS'ambara Bhpr.; ({I}) f. jugglery, sorcery, illusion (as practised by the Daitya
S'ñS'ambara) Naish.; a sorceress W.; n. the fight with S'ñS'ambara RV.; a kind of sandal L. (cf.
{zAbara}).

s'aaMkara * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zaM-kara}) relating or belonging to S'iva Kathâs.; relating to or

derived from or composed by S'ankara7cârya Sarvad. Cat.; m. a bull W.; a follower of
S'ankaracârya MW.; ({I}) f. see below; n. the Nakshatra Ârdrâ (presided over by S'iva) VarYogay.
shaambhavii\-mudraa = gazing between ones eyes

shaamyati = (4 pp) to stop

shaaNDhya* n. (fr. {SaNDha}) the state of being a eunuch, impotence Car. (printed {zAThya}).

shaa.ntamuurtim.h = the personification of peace or unruffled benign-looking

shaa.ntiH = peace

shaanta = the sentiment of happiness, peace, pleasure

shaantaH = peaceful

shaantarajasaM = his passion pacified

shaanti = calmness

shaantiM = peace

shaantiH = peaceshaaradaa = Wife of Sri Ramakrishna (also Goddess Sarasvati)

shaariiraM = (n) body

shaardulaH = (m) tiger

s'aarva * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zarva}) relating or belonging or sacred to or derived from S'iva Kâv.
Kathâs. (with {diz} f. the east VarBriS.)

shaashvataH = permanent

shaashvatasya = of the eternal

shaashvataaH = eternal

shaashvatiiH = many

shaashvate = of the Vedas

shaasakiiya = (adj) of the government

shaasana = government, discipline

shaastra = science

s'aastra* = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kâv. Pur.; teaching, instruction, direction,
advice, good counsel MBh. Kâv. &c.; any instrument of teaching, any manual or compendium of
rules, any bock or treatise, (esp.) any religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or
composition of divine authority (applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even
eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after the word denoting
the subject of the book, or is applied collectively to whole departments of knowledge e.g.
{vedA7nta-z-}, a work on the Veda7nta philosophy or the whole body of teaching on that subject;
{dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a poetical work or poetry in
general; {zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAma-z-}, erotic compositions; {alaMkAra z-},
rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prât. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in general), scripture, science Kâv. Pur.

shaastraM = revealed scripture

shaastravidhiM = the regulations of the scriptures

shaastraaNi = sciences (scriptures)

shaathikaa = (f) saree

s'aaya * mfn. (fr. {zI}) lying, sleeping, abiding

shabda = Word

shabdaM = sound

s'abda m. (in DhyânabUp. also n. ifc. f. {A} perhaps connected with 3. {zap} cf. also 2. {zap})
sound, noise, voice, tone, note ({zabdaM} {kR}, to utter a sound, raise the voice, cry aloud; sound
is supposed to be sevenfold [MBh. xii, 6858] or eight. fold [Dharmas. 35] or tenfold [MBh. xiv,
1418] [1052, 3]; in the Mîmânsâ it is taught to be eternal); a word ({zabdena}, by word, explicitly,
expressly) ib. Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 19; speech, language BhP.; the right word, correct expression
(opp. to {apa-zabda}) Pat.; the sacred syllable Om, AmriitUp.; (in gram.) a declinable word or a
word-termination, affix Pân. Sch.; a name, appellation, title Mn. MBh. &c. ({tacchabdAt} "',
because it is so-called "' KâtyS'r.); a technical term TPrât.; verbal communication or testimony,
oral tradition, verbal authority or evidence (as one of the Pramânas q.v. ) Nyâyas. Sarvad.

shabdaH = combined sound

shabdabrahma = ritualistic principles of scriptures

shabdaadin.h = sound vibration, etc

shabdhaartha = word by word meaning

shaD.hbala = Six Strengths. A method of determining planetary powers

shaD.hvarga = The Six Harmonic Charts: Rashi, Hora, dreshhkaaNa, navaa.nsha, dvadasha.nsha
and tri.nsha.nsha

s'ad* = 1 (only occurring in the forms {zAzadu4H}, {zAzadmahe}, {zAzadre4}, and {zA4zadAna}),
to distinguish one's self. be eminent or superior, prevail, triumph RV. AV. [Cf. Gk. $, $,
&318197[1051,2] $, $], \\2 cl. 1. 6. Â. (Dhâtup. xx, 25; xxviii, 134) {zIyate} (cf. Pân. 7-3, 78; P. in
non-conjugational tenses, i, 3. 60; pf. {zazada}, {zeduH} Br.; fut. {zatsyati} AV.; aor. {azadat} Gr.;
fut. {zattA} ib. [1051,3]; inf. {zattum} ib.), to fall, fall off or out AV. Br. Bhathth.: Caus. {zAdayati},
to impel, drive on (cattle) Pân. 7-3, 42; {zAta4yati}, {-te} (cf. ib), to cause to fall off or out or
asunder, hew or cut off, knock out AV. &c. &c.; to fell, throw down, slay, kill MBh. Hariv. R.; to
disperse, dispel, remove, destroy Gobh. S'is'. Sus'r.: Desid. {zizatsati} Gr.: Intens. {zAzadyate},
{zAzatti} ib. [Cf., accord. to some, Lat. {cedo}.]

shaibyaH = Saibya
shaila = shell

shailaadhiraaja = the king of mountains (Himaalayaas)

shailii = (f) style

shath =* (adj) six

shakunta = crane

shakta = strong

shaktaaH = capable

s'a4kti: or f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or
{sva-z-}, `" according to ability "'

s'akti4: f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or {sva-
z-}, `" according to ability "'; {paraM zaktyA}, with all one's might "'; {vitta-zaktyA}, `" according
to the capability of one's property "'; {zaktim a-hApayitvA}, `" not relaxing one's efforts, exerting
all one's strength "'), faculty, skill, capacity for, power over (gen. loc. dat., or inf.) RV. &c. &c.;
effectiveness or efficacy (of a remedy) S'ârngS.; regal power (consisting of three parts,
{prabhutva}, personal pre-eminence; {mantra}, good counsel, and {utsAha}, energy) Kâm. (cf.
Ragh. iii, 13); the energy or active power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the
S'âkta (q.v.) sect of Hindûs under various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight S'akti
goddesses are enumerated, as follow, Indrâni, Vaishnavî, S'ântâ, Brahmânî, Kaumâri, Nârasinhî,
Vârâhî, and Mâhes'varî, but some substitute Câmundâ and Cândikâ for the third and sixth of
these: according to another reckoning there are nine, viz. Vaishnavî, Brahmâni, Raudri,
Mâhes'varî, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî, Indranî, Kârttikî, and Pradhânâ: others reckon fifty different
forms of the S'akti of Vishnu besides Lakshmî, some of these are Kîrtti, Kânti, Tushthi, Pushthâ,
Dhriiti. S'ânti, Kriyâ, Dayâ, Medhâ &c.; and fifty forms of the S'akti of S'iva or Rudra besides
Durgâ "' or Gaurî, some of whom are Guno7darî, Virajâ, Sâlmali, Lola7kshi, Vartula7kshî, Dîrgha-
ghonâ, Sudirgha-mukhî, Go-mukhî, Dirgha-jihvâ, Kundo7darî, Ardha-kes'î, Vikriita-mukhî,
Jvâlâ-mukhi, Ulkâmukhi &c.; Sarasvati is also named as a S'akti, both of Vishnu and Rudra:
according to the Vâyu-Purâna the female nature of Rudra became twofold, one half {asita} or
white, and the other {sita} or black, each of these again becoming manifold, those of the white or
mild nature included Lakshmî, Sarasvati, Gaurî, Umâ &c.; those of the dark and fierce nature,
Durgâ, Kâli &c.) Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. (cf. RTL. 181 &c. MWB. 216); the female organ (as worshipped
by the S'âkta sect either actually or symbolically) RTL. 140; the power or signification of a word
(defined in the Nyâya as {padasya padA7rthe} {sambandhaH} i.e. `" the relation of a word to the
thing designated "') Bhâshâp. Sâh.; (in Gram.) case-power, the idea conveyed by a case (=
{kAraka}) Pân. 2-3, 7 Sch.; the power or force or most effective word of a sacred text or magic
formula Up. Pañcar.; the creative power or imagination (of a poet) Kâvya7d.; help, aid, assistance,
gift, bestowal RV.; a spear, lance, pike, dart RV. &c. (also {zaktI} g. {bahv-Adi}); a sword MW.;
(prob.) a flag-staff (see {ratha-z-}) [1044, 3]; a partic. configuration of stars and planets (when the
latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th astrological house), VirBriS.; m. N. of a Muni or
sage (the eldest of Vasishthha's hundred sons; accord. to VP. he was father of Parâs'ara, and was
devoured by king Kalmâsha-pâda, when changed to a man-eating Râkshasa, in consequence of a
curse pronounced upon him by the sage; he is represented as having overcome Vis'vâmitra at the
sacrifice of king Saudâsa; he is regarded as the author of RV. vii, 32, 26; ix, 97, 19-21; 108, 3; 14-
16; S'akti is also identified with one of the Vylâsas, and with Avalokite7s'vara, and has elsewhere
the patr. Jâtukarna and Sânkriiti) Pravar. MBh. &c.

s'akti = strength
s'aktiH = power; might

s'aktichaalanii = one of the mudras, involves contracting the rectum

s'akti\-chaalinii = the nerve-power posture

s'aktitrayaH = three powers of `ichcha', `kriya' and `gyana'

s'akra * = mf({A4})n. strong, powerful, mighty (applied to various gods, but esp. to Indra) RV.
AV. TBr. Lâthy.; m. N. of Indra MBh. Kâv. &c.; of an Âditya MBh. Hariv.; of the number, fourteen
"' Ganit.; Wrightia Antidysenterica L.; Terminalia Arjuna L.

shaknavaama = I pl `imperative' paras. of shak, be able

shaknoti = (5 pp) to be able

shaknomi = am I able

shaknoshhi = you are able

shakya = possible

shakyaM = is able

shakyaH = practical

shakyattvaat.h = from capability

shakyase = are able

shakrasya = (masc.poss.S)of God Indra

s'ala = a building or a house, normally with a specific purpose

shalabha = a locust

shalabhaH = (m) grasshopper

shalabhaasana = the locust posture

shalaakaa = a small twig (in this case, like an eye-pencil)

s'ala* = mfn. (connection with above very doubtful) = {dravaNa-samartha} Nir. Sch.; m. a staff
TBr.; a dart, spear L.; a kind of animal Pañcar. (accord. to L. `" a camel "' or `" an ass "'); =
{kSetrabhid} L.; = {vidhi} L.; N. of Bhriingi (one of S'iva's attendants) L.; of Brahmâ W.; of a
serpent-demon MBh.; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra ib.; of a son of Soma-datta ib.; of a son of
Parîkshit ib.; of a son of S'una-hotra Hariv.; m. or n. the quill of a porcupine L.; a partic. measure
of length (cf. $-, {paJcaz-}. &c.); ({I}) f. see below.

s'alva * = m. pl. N. of a people L. (cf. {sa4lva}); a kind of plant L.

s'aalva * m. pl. (also written {sAlva}; cf. {zalva}) N. of a people GopBr. MBh. &c. (mfn. `" relating
to the S'alvas "' g. {kacchA7di}); sg. a king of the S'âlvas (mentioned among the enemies of
Vishnu; cf. {zAlvA7ri} below) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. (prob.) N. of a river g. {nady-Adi}; n. the
fruit of the S'âlva plant Pân. 4-3, 166 Vârtt. 2 Pat. (v.l.)

s'aambalAmbAvarmaratna* = n. N. of a ch. of the Saubhâgya-lakshmî-tantra.

s'aamitra * =mfn. (fr. %{zamitR}) relating to the official who cuts up the sacrificial victim (see %{-
karman}) BhP.; m. (scil. %{agni}) the fire for cooking the sacrificial flesh Gr2S3rS. [1065,3]; n.
the place for the above fire S3rS.; any place of immolation, shambles Vait. Mr2icch.; = next MBh.

s'aaMtanu* = m. N. of the father of Bhîshma (in older language {za4Mtanu} q.v.) MBh. Hariv.
&c.; a partic. inferior kind of grain Sus'r

s'aaMkara* = mf({I})n. (fr. {zaM-kara}) relating or belonging to S'iva Kathâs.; relating to or

derived from or composed by S'ankara7cârya Sarvad. Cat.; m. a bull W.; a follower of
S'ankaracârya MW.; ({I}) f. see below; n. the Nakshatra Ârdrâ (presided over by S'iva) VarYogay.

s'aanta* = 1 mfn. (perhaps always w.r. for 1. {zAta} q.v.) = {zAnita} L.; thin, slender Hariv. R.
(Sch.)\\2 mfn. (fr. 1. {zam}) appeased, pacified, tranquil, calm, free from passions, undisturbed
Up. MBh. &c.; soft, pliant Hariv.; gentle, mild, friendly, kind, auspicious (in augury; opp. to
{dIpta}) AV. &c. &c.; abated, subsided, ceased, stopped, extinguished, averted ({zAntam} or {dhik
zAntam} or {zAntam pApam}, may evil or sin be averted! may God forfend! Heaven forbid! not
so!) S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; rendered ineffective, innoxious, harmless (said of weapons) MBh. R.;
come to an end, gone to rest, deceased, departed, dead, died out ib. Ragh. Râjat.; purified,
cleansed W.; m. an ascetic whose passions are subdued W.; tranquillity, contentment (as one of
the Rasas q.v.); N. of a son of Day MBh.; of a son of Manu Tâmasa MârkP.; of a son of S'ambara
Hariv.; of a son of Idhma-jihva BhP.; of a son of Âpa VP.; of a Devaputra Lalit.; ({A}) f. (in music)
a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; Emblica Officinalis L.; Prosopis Spicigera and another species L.; a kind of
Dûrvâ grass L.; a partic. drug (= {reNukA}) L.; N. of a daughter of Das'a-ratha (adopted daughter
of Loma-pâda or Roma-pâda and wife of Riishya-s'riinga) MBh. Hariv. R.; (with Jainas) of a
goddess who executes the orders of the 7th Arhat L.; of a S'akti MW.; n. tranquillity, peace of
mind BhP.; N. of a Varsha in Jambu-dvîpa ib.; N. of a Tîrtha W.

s'aapa * = 1 m. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. {zap}) a curse, malediction, abuse, oath, imprecation, ban,
interdiction (acc. with {vac}, {dA}, {pra-yam}, {ny-as}, {vi-sRj}, {A-diz}, `" to pronounce or utter
a curse on any one "', with dat. gen. loc., or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.

s'aapa * = 2 m. (of doubtful derivation) floating wood or other substances

saaMyuga * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{saM-yuga}) relating to battle (with %{ku} f. `" a battle-field "')
S3is3.

shalyaH = (m) porcupine

s'am * = 1 cl. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xxvi, 92), {zA4myati} (rarely {-te}, and ep. also {zanati}, {-te}; Ved.
{zamyati}, {zimyati}, and cl. 9. {zamnAti} [Naigh. ii, 9], {zamnISe}, {zamnIthAs} Impv.
{zamnISva}, {zamISva}, {zamiSva}, {zamIdhvam}; pf. {zazAma}, {zemuH} Br. &c.; {zazame4}
Subj. {zaza4mate} RV.; p. {zazamAna4} [q.v.]; aor. {a4zamiSThAs} RV.; {azamat} Br. [cf. pres.];
Prec. {zamyAt} Gr.; fut. {zamizA}, {zamiSyati} ib.; ind. p. {zamitvA}, {zAntvA}, {zA8mam} ib.), to
toil at, fatigue or exert one's self (esp. in performing ritual acts) RV. TBr.; to prepare, arrange VS.;
to become tired, finish, stop, come to an end, rest, be quiet or calm or satisfied or contented TS.
S'Br. &c.; to cease, be allayed or extinguished MBh. Kâv. &c.; cl. 9. (cf. above) to put an end to,
hurt, injure, destroy Kâthh.: Pass. {zamyate} (aor. {azami}) Pân. 7-3, 34: Caus. {zama4yati} (m. c.
also {zAmayati}; aor. {azIzamat}; Pass. {zAmyate}), to appease, allay, alleviate, pacify, calm,
soothe, settle RV. &c. &c.; to put to an end or to death, kill, slay, destroy, remove, extinguish. sup.
press TS. &c. &c.; to leave off, desist MBh.; to conquer, subdue Kâlid. Bhathth.: Desid.
{zizamiSati} Gr.: Intens. {zaMzamIti} (Bâlar.), {zaMzamyate}, {zaMzanti} (Gr.), to be entirely
appeased or extinguished (pf. {zaMzamAM cakruH} Bhathth.). [Cf. Gk. $], &318859[1053, 3]

s'a4m * = 2 ind. (g. {cA7di} and {svar-Adi}) auspiciously, fortunately, happily, well (frequently
used in the Veda, rarely in later language; often to be translated by a subst., esp. in the frequent
phrase {za4M yo4H} or {za4M ca yo4z ca}, `" happiness and welfare "', sometimes joined with the
verbs {bhU}, as, {kR}, {dAvah}, {yA}, sometimes occurring without any verb; with dat. or gen. [cf.
Pân. 2-3, 73 Sch.]; in some cases corresponding to an adj. e.g. {zaM tad asmai}, that is pleasant to
him) RV. &c. &c.

s'ama = Tranqulity * = zama m. tranquillity, calmness, rest, equanimity, quietude or quietism,

absence of passion, abstraction from eternal objects through intense meditation ({zamaM} {kR},
`" to calm one's self "', be tranquil "') Mn. MBh. &c.; peace, peace with ({sA7rdham}) MBh.;
Quietism or Tranquillity (personified as a son of Dharma and husband of Pra7pti) MBh.;
tranquillization, pacification, allayment, alleviation, cessation, extinction MBh. Kâv. &c.; absence
of sexual passion or excitement, impotence TândBr.; alleviation or cure of disease, convalescence
W.; final happiness, emancipation from all the illusions of existence L.; indifference, apathy
Râjat.; the hand (cf. {zaya}) L.; imprecation, malediction (w.r. for {zapa}) L.; N. of a king of the
Nandi-vegas MBh.; of a son of Andhaka Hariv.; of a son of Dharma-sûtra BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a
divine female, PârGth.; ({za4ma}) mfn. tame, domestic RV. i, 32, 15; 33, 15.

shamaM = mental tranquillity

shamaH = cessation of all material activities

shamanaM = subsiding

s'ambhala* m. (also written {sambhala}) N. of a town (situated between the Rathaprâ and
Ganges, and indentified by some with sambhal in Moradâbâd; the town or district of S'ambhala is
fabled to be the place where Kalki, the last incarnation of Vishnu, is to appear in the family of a
Brâhman named Vishnu-yas'as) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({I}) f. a procuress L. (cf. {zamphalI} and
{zambhalI}).

s'ambhalagrAma* = m. the town S'ambhala MBh. Hariv. Pur. (also {-grAmaka}); {-mAhAtmya}
(or {zambhala-m-}) n. `" glory of S'ambhala "'N. of part of the SkandaP.

shambuukaH = (m) snail

shambhu = a name of Shiva

s'ambara * m. N. of a demon (in RV. often mentioned with Sushna, Arbuda, Pipru &c.; he is the
chief enemy of Divo-dâsa Atithigva, for whose deliverance he was thrown down a mountain and
slain by Indra; in epic and later poetry he is also a foe of the god of love) RV. &c. &c.; a cloud
Naigh. i, 10; a weapon Sây. on RV. i, 112, 14; war, fight L.; a kind of deer Vâs. Bhpr.; a fish or a
kind of fish L.; Terminalia Arunja L.; Symplocos Racemosa L.; a mountain in general or a partic.
mountain L.; best, excellent L.; = {citraka} L.; N. of of a Jina L.; of a king Vâs. (v.l. for
{zambaraNa} and {saM-varaNa}); of a juggler (also called {zambarasiddhi}) Ratna7v.; ({I}) f.
Salvinia Cucullata L. Croton Polyandrum L.; = {mAyA}, sorcery, magic (prob. w.r. for {zAmbarI})
L.; n. water Naigh. i, 12 (but Sâh. censures the use of {zambara} in this sense); power, might
Naigh.ii, 9; sorcery, magic Kathâs. (printed {saM-vara}); any vow or a partic. vow (with
Buddhists) L.; wealth L.; = {citra} L.; (pl.) the fastnesses of S'ambara RV.
s'ambala* = m. n. (also -written {sambala}, or {saM-vala} q.v.) provender or provisions for a
journey, stock for travelling Kâv. Kârand.; `" a bank, shore "' or "' a race, family "' ({kUla} or
{kula}) L.; envy, jealousy L.; ({I}) f. a procuress L. (cf. {zambhalI} and {zamphalI}).

s'ambhu * = mfn. being or existing for happiness or welfare, granting or causing happiness,
beneficent, benevolent, helpful, kind RV. AV. Br. S'rS.; m. N. of S'iva MBh. Kâv. &c.; of Brahmâ
MBh. Hariv.; of a partic. Agni MBh.; of Vishnu L.; of a son of Vishnu MBh.; of Indra in the 10th
Manvantara BhP.; of one of the 11 Rudras MBh. Hariv. VP.; of a king of the Daityas R.; of an Arhat
L.; of a Siddha L.; of a king MBh. (v.l. {zanku}); of a son of S'uka Hariv.; of a son of Ambarîsha
BhP.; (also with {bhaTTa}) of various authors and other men Cat.; a kind of Asclepias L.; a kind of
metre Col.; f. N. of the wife of Dhruva Hariv. VP.

s'ambhU4 * =mfn. (= {zambhu4} above) beneficent, kind RV.; m. N. of an author of Tântric

prayers Cat.

s'aMkara* = mf({I})n. causing prosperity, auspicious, beneficent Nir. MBh. BhP.; m. N. of Rudra
or S'iva VS. Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; of a son of Kas'yapa and Danu VP.; of Skanda AV.Paris'.; of a
serpentdemon L.; of a Cakra-vartin L.; N. of various authors and commentators, (esp.) of
S'ankara7cârya (see next page, col. 1; also with {bhaTTa}, {paNDita}, {zarman}, {rAjA7naka},
&c.); ({A}) f. (cf. {zaM-garA} under {zaM} above) = {zakunikA}, PIn. iii, 2, 14 Vârtt.i Pat.; N. of a
female ib.; a partic. Râga or musical mode MW.; ({I}) f. see p. 1055.

s'amitR* = mfn. one who keeps his mind calm, Raj.; (%{-tR4}) m. a killer, slaughterer, cutter up
(of a slaughtered victim), preparer, dresser RV. Br. MBh.

s'auNDi * = mfn. fond of, devoted to BhP. (B.)

s'aMtanu* = ({za4M-}) mfn. wholesome for the body or the person ({-tva4} n.) TS.; m. (also
written {zAMtanu}) N. of an ancient king with the patr. Kauravya (he was fourteenth descendant
of Kuru, son of Pratîpa and younger brother of Devâpi, and usurped the sovereignty whilst the
latter became a hermit; he married Gangâ and S'atya-vati; by the former he had a son named
Bhîshma, and by the latter Citra7ngada and Vicitravirya cf. IW. 375) RV. MBh. Hariv. &c.; (with
{cakra-vartin}) N. of an author (son of Uddharana, of the Tomara race) Cat.; {-tanUja} m. `" son
of S'antanu "'N. of Bhîshma, S'is. xv, 20.

samplava* m. flowing together, meeting or swelling (of waters), flood, deluge R. Hariv. BhP. a
dense mass, heap, multitude Mn. MBh. &c.; conglomeration, taking a form or shape, rise, origin
BhP.; noise, tumult (esp. of battle) Hariv. R.; submersion by water, destruction, ruin Yâjñ. MBh.
Kâv. &c.; end, close of (comp.) BhP.

s'ama* = m. tranquillity, calmness, rest, equanimity, quietude or quietism, absence of passion,

abstraction from eternal objects through intense meditation ({zamaM} {kR}, `" to calm one's self
"', be tranquil "') Mn. MBh. &c.; peace, peace with ({sA7rdham}) MBh.; Quietism or Tranquillity
(personified as a son of Dharma and husband of Pra7pti) MBh.; tranquillization, pacification,
allayment, alleviation, cessation, extinction MBh. Kâv. &c.; absence of sexual passion or
excitement, impotence TândBr.; alleviation or cure of disease, convalescence W.; final happiness,
emancipation from all the illusions of existence L.; indifference, apathy Râjat.; the hand (cf.
{zaya}) L.; imprecation, malediction (w.r. for {zapa}) L.; N. of a king of the Nandi-vegas MBh.; of
a son of Andhaka Hariv.; of a son of Dharma-sûtra BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a divine female, PârGth.;
({za4ma}) mfn. tame, domestic RV. i, 32, 15; 33, 15.

s'ami* = n. labour, toil, work, effort RV. AV.; f. a legume, pod (v.l. {zimi}) L.; the S'amî tree (see
below); m. N. of a son of Andhaka Hariv.; of a son of Us'inara BhP.
s'amii* = f. (cf. {za4mi}) effort, labour, toil RV. VS.; ({zamI4}) the S'amî tree, Prosopis Spicigera
or (accord. to others) Mimosa Suma (possessing a very tough hard wood supposed to contain fire
cf. Mn. viii, 247 Ragh. iii, 9; it was employed to kindle the sacred fire, and a legend relates that
Purû-ravas generated primeval fire by the friction of two branches of the Samî and As'vattha
trees) AV. &c. [1054,2]; a legume, pod (cf. {-jAti}); a partic. measure (see {catuh-z-}) = {valgulI}
or {vAgnji} L.

s'aMkara * = mf({I})n. causing prosperity, auspicious, beneficent Nir. MBh. BhP.; m. N. of Rudra
or S'iva VS. Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; of a son of Kas'yapa and Danu VP.; of Skanda AV.Paris'.; of a
serpentdemon L.; of a Cakra-vartin L.; N. of various authors and commentators, (esp.) of
S'ankara7cârya (see next page, col. 1; also with {bhaTTa}, {paNDita}, {zarman}, {rAjA7naka},
&c.); ({A}) f. (cf. {zaM-garA} under {zaM} above) = {zakunikA}, PIn. iii, 2, 14 Vârtt.i Pat.; N. of a
female ib.; a partic. Râga or musical mode MW.; ({I}) f. see p. 1055.

sankarshana: see saMkarshana

sanni * = f. depression of the mind, despondency, despair BhP.

SaNNidhana * = n. N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.

sannIkRta * = mfn. appeased, satisfied Katha1s.

sannimat * = mfn. desponding, despairing ib.

sannimitta * = n. a good omen R.; a gñgood cause; the cause of the gñgood MW.; (%{am}) ind. for
a gñgood cñcause Hit.; (%{e}) ind. for the sake of the gñgood MW.

sannisarga * = m. gñgood nature, kindness ib.

SaNNivartanI * = f. a partic. mode of subsistence Baudh. (v.l. %{-niv-}).

sannivAsa * = mfn. (for %{saM-n-} see %{saM-ni-} 5. %{vas}) staying with the gñgood (Vishn2u)
MBh.

shani = Saturn

shanivaara = Saturday

shanaiH = slowly

shantiM = perfect peace

shankaraH = Lord S'iva

shankaa = doubt// saMkA * = f. (prob. connected with {saJj}) contest, strife, fight

shankha = conch shell

shankhaM = conchshell

shankhaH = (m) a conch

shankhaaH = conchshells

shankhaan.h = conchshells

shankhau = conchshells

sha.Nsati = (1 pp) to praise

asaah s'aMkara (with preceding {mahA-rAja}) m. N. of a king and author Cat.

s'anakais* = ind. (dimin. of {zanais}) quietly, softly, gently, by degrees, in every case that arises,
with alternations, alternately RV. &c. &c.

s'anna* = mfn. fallen, decayed, withered &c. ({-mala} mfn. Nir. xi, 8); n. offal (see {haviSya-z-}).

s'anna* = see zad

s'anaistarAm* = ind. more (or very) quietly, softly &c. AitBr. Âs'vS'r.

sha.nkara = Shankara

sha.nkaa = fear

s'añk * = zaGk = cl. 1. Â. (Dhâtup. iv, 12) {sa4G kate} (ep. also P.; aor. 2. sg. {azaGkIs},
{azaGkiSTa}, {zaGkiSThAs}, {zaGkithAs} MBh. &c. inf. {zaGkitum} ib.; ind. p.; {-zaGkya} ib.; Gr.
also pf. {zazaGke} fut. {zaGkitA}, {zaGkiSyate}), to be anxious or apprehensive, be afraid of (abl.),
fear, dread, suspect, distrust (acc.) Br. MBh.; to be in doubt or un certain about (acc.), hesitate
MBh. Kâv. &c.; to think probable, assume, believe, regard is (with two acc.), suppose to be
({zaGke}, `" l think "', I suppose "', `" it seems to me "') ib.; (in argumentative works) to ponder
over or propound a doubt or objection: Pass. {zaGkyate} (aor. {azaGki}), to be feared or doubted
&c.: Caus. {zaGkayati}, to cause to fear or doubt, render anxious about (loc.) Mâlav.

s'añkita* = mfn. alarmed, apprehensive, distrustful, suspicious, afraid of (abl. gen., or comp.),
anxious about (loc. or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; assuming, supposing Râjat.; feared,
apprehended R. S'ântis'.; doubted, doubtful, uncertain Mn. Mriicch. &c.; weak, unsteady W.

s'añkin * =mfn. afraid of. fearing (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; timid, suspicious, distrustful as (comp.
e.g. {kAka-s-}, `" distrustful as a crow "') MBh. Kathâs.; assuming, supposing, suspecting,
imagining Ragh. Hit.; full of apprehension or danger Pañcat.

s'añkya* = mfn. to be distrusted or suspected or feared (n. impers.; superl. {-tama}) MBh. Kâv.
&c.; to be assumed or expected or anticipated Das'. Râjat.

s'añkila * = m. (prob. w.r. for {zankhila}; cf. {zaGkha}) a conch-shell suspended on the ear of an
elephant L.

s'añkitadrishthi * = mfn. looking afraid or shy Pañcat.

s'añkitamanas * mfn. fainthearted, timid, apprehensive

shaNNidhana* = n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

shaNNivartanii* = f. a partic. mode of subsistence Baudh. (v.l. {-niv-}).

sha.nsa = praise

sha.nsasi = You are praising

shapati = (1 pp) to curse

s'apa * =m. a curse, imprecation, oath (= {zapatha}) L.; a corpse (w.r. for {zava} q.v.) W.; N. of a
man g. {azvA7di}.

s'ataghnI * = f. (cf. {-han}, p. 1050) a partic. deadly weapon (used as a missile, supposed by some
to be a sort of fire-arms or rocket, but described by the Comm. on the Mahâbhârata as a stone or
cylindrical piece of wood studded with iron spikes) MBh. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; a deadly disease of the
throat Sus'r. S'ârngS.; Tragia Involucrata L.; Pongamia Glabra L.; a female scorpion W.; N. of
S'iva (m.) MW.; {-pAza-zakti-mat} mfn. having a S'ata-ghnî and a noose and a spear MBh. xiii, 17,
134 (but {zata-ghnI} may also be, separate).

saMyuga * = n. (in BhP. also m.) union, conjunction MBh.; conflict, battle, war MBh. Ka1v. &c.
(cf. Naigh. ii, 17); %{-goSpada} n. a contest in a cow's footstep (met. `" an insignificant struggIe "')
MBh.; %{-mUrdhan} m. the van or front of battle Ragh.

shara = Arrow

sharaNa = Refuge

sharaNaM = resort/surrender

sharaNaarthii = Refugee

sharaNyau = the refuge, people who are worthy of giving asylum, protection to

sharad.h = autumn

sharadaH = (autumnal seasons) years

s'ariira = body (neut) * = n. (once in R. m.; ifc. f. {A}; either fr. {zri} and orig. = `" suport or
supporter "' cf. 2. {zaraNa} and Mn. i, 7; or accord. to others, fr. {zRR}, and orig. = `" that which
is easily destroyed or dissolved "') the body, bodily frame, solid parts of the body (pl. the bones)
RV. &c. &c.; any solid body (opp. to {udaka} &c.) MBh. VarBriS. Pañcat.; one's body i.e. one's own
person Mn. xi, 229; bodily strength MW.; a dead body ib.

s'aariira * =mf({I})n. (fr. {zarIra}) bodily, corporeal, relating or belonging to or being in or

produced from or connected with the body (with {daNDa} m. corporal punishment) S'Br. &c. &c.;
made of bone Sus'r.; n. bodily constitution MBh. VarBriS.; (in med.) the science of the body and
its parts, anatomy Sus'r. Car.; the feces, excrement Mn. xi, 202; the embodied soul or spirit W.; =
{vRSa} (?) L.

shariiraM = body

shariiramaadyaM = body + the beginning

shariirasthaM = situated within the body

shariirasthaH = dwelling in the body

shariiraaNi = bodies

shariiriNaH = of the embodied soul

shariire = in the body

sharkaraa = (f) sugar

s'aradhi: * = arrow-case, quiver

s'araja * = mfn. born in a clump of reeds Pân. 6-3, 16; m. = {-janman} L.; n. produced from sour
cream "', butter L

s'araNa * = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1057, col. 1) one of the arrows of Kâma-dev Cat.; n. falling asunder,
bursting, falling in Vop.; killing, slaying L.; what slays or injures MW. \\2 mfn. (fr. {zR} for {zri};
for 1. see p. 1056) protecting, guarding, defending RV. AV.; m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a
poet Gît. (cf. {-deva}); of a king Buddh.; ({A} and {I}) f. N. of various plants &c. (prob. w.r. for
{saraNA}, {-NI} q.v.); n. (Ifc f. {A}), shelter, place of shelter or refuge or rest, hut, house,
habitation, abode, lair (of an animal), home, asylum RV. &c. &c.; refuge, protection, refuge with
({zaraNaM} {gam} or {yA} or {i} &c., `" to go to any one for protection, seek refuge with "' [acc. or
gen.]; often ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; water L.; (with {indrasya}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.2.

s'araNya * = 1 n. (for 2. see ib.) injury, hurt W.

s'araNi * = 1 f. (for 2. see under 2. {zaraNa}) refractoriness, obstinacy RV. AV. (others `" hurt,
injury, offence "').

sharma = grace

s'arva * = m. (fr. {zu4ru}) N. of a god who kills people with arrows (mentioned together with
Bhava and other names of Rudra-S'iva); N. of the god S'iva (often in the later language; esp. in the
form Kshitimûrti; du. S'arva and S'arvâni cf. Vâm. v, 2, 21) AV. &c. &c.; of one of the 11 Rudras
VP.; of Vishnu MW.; of a son of Dhanusha VP.; of a poet Sadukt.; pl. N. of a people MârkP. (w.r.
{sarva}); ({A}) f. N. of Umâ BhP.

s'a4stra * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an instrument for
cutting or wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow Bhathth.;
weapons are said to be of four kinds, {pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and
{amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.

s'astra * = (see also saastra) 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn
recited either audibly or inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited
by the Hotrii and his assistant as an accompaniment to the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br.
S'rS. ChUp.; reciting, recitation S'ânkhBr

s'ata* = n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}) a hundred (used with other numerals thus, {ekA7dhikaM zatam},
or {eka-z-}, a hñhundred + one, 101 {viMzaty-adhikaM zatam} or {viMzaM z-}, a hñhundred +
twenty, 120; {zate} or {dve zate} or {dvi-zatam} or {zata-dvayam}, 200; {trINi} {zatAni} or {tri-
zatAni} or {zata-trayam}, 300; {SaT-zatam}, 600; or the comp. becomes an ordinal e.g. {dvi-
zata}, the 200th; {dvikaM}, {trikaM zatam} = 2, 3 per cent; {zatAtpara}, `" beyonda hñhundred,
exceeding 100 "'; the counted object is added either in the gen., or in the same case as {zata}, or
ibc. e.g. {zatam pitaraH} or, {zatam pitRRNAm} or {pitR-zatam} a hñhundred ancestors "';
sometimes also ifc. see comp. below; rarely {zatam} is used as an indecl. with an instr. e.g.
{zata4M ra4thebhiH}, `" with a hñhundred chariots "' RV. i, 48, 7; rarely occurs a masc. form in
pl. e.g. {paJca-zatA}, {rathAn} MBh. iv, 1057; and {zata} n. rarely in comp. of the following kind,
{catur-varSa-zatam} or {-tAni}, `" 400 years "') RV. &c. &c.; any very large number (in comp. as
{zata-pattra} &c. below). [Cf. Gk. $ `" one "' hundred; &317439[1048, 3] Lat. {centum}; Lith.
{szmtas}; Got. (twa) {hunda}; Germ. {hund-ert}; Eng. {hund-ed}.]

s'atha* mfn. sour, astringent, acid L.; m. N. of a man g. {gargA7di}; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv.
(prob. w.r. for {zaTha}); of a country g. {zaNDikA7di}.

s'athâ* = f. (= {saTA}, {jaTA}) an ascetic's clotted hair W.

shasha = rabbit

saasana* = mf(%{I})n. punishing, a punisher, chastiser (see %{pAka-}, %{pura-}, %{rukmi-},

%{smara-z-}) [1069,1]; teaching, instructing, an instructor BhP.; (%{I}) f. an instructress RV. i,
31, 11; (%{am}) n. (ifc. f. %{A}) punishment, chastisement, correction (%{zAsanaM-kR}, to inflict
punishment) Baudh. Mn. MBh. &c.; government, dominion, rule over (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; an
order, command, edict, enactment, decree, direction (%{zAsanaM-kR} [%{kAGkS} Baudh.] or
%{zAsane-vRt} or %{sthA}, `" to obey orders "'; %{zAsanAt} with gen., `" by command of "';
%{zAsanA} f. Sch. on S3is3. xiv, 36) RV. &c. &c.; a royal edict, grant, charter (usually a grant of
land or of partic. privileges, and often inscribed on stone or copper) Ya1jn5. Ka1v. Ra1jat. &c.; a
writing, deed, written contract or agreement W.; any written book or work of authority, scripture
(= %{zAstra}) ib.; teaching, instruction, discipline, doctrine (also= `" faith "', `" religion "') MBh.
Ka1m. Katha1s.; a message (see comp.); self-control W.

shashaH = (m) rabbit

shashaanka = moon

shashaankaH = the moon

shashi = moon

shashisuuryayoH = of the moon and the sun

shashii = the moon

shashvachchhaantiM = lasting peace

s'as'vat *: mf({za4zvatI}, or {-tI4})n. (accord. to some for {sasvat} and corresponding to Gk. $)
&320906[1060, 3] perpetual, continual, endless, incessant, frequent, numerous, many (esp.
applied to the ever-recurring dawns) RV.; all, every RV. AV. TBr.; ({at}) ind. perpetually,
continually, repeatedly, always, ever ({za4zvat purA4}, from immemorial time; {zazvac-chazvat},
again and again, constantly) RV. &c. &c.; at once, forthwith, directly (generally preceded or
followed by {ha}; {za4zvat-za4zvat}, no sooner-than forthwith) S'Br. BhP.; it is true, certainly,
indeed Br.

s'as'vata4*: mf({I})n. (fr. {zazvat}) eternal, constant, perpetual, all ({zA4zvatIbhyaH

sa4mAbhyaH}, {zAzvatIH samAH}, or {zAzvatam}, for evermore, incessantly, eternally) VS. &c.
&c.; about to happen, future MW.; m. N. of S'iva L.; of Vyâsa L.; of a son of S'ruta (and father of
Su-dhanvan) VP.; of a poet and various other writers (esp. of a lexicographer, author of the
Aneka7rtha-samuccaya); ({I}) f. the earth L.; n. continuity, eternity MBh.; heaven, ether W.

s'as'vatika*: mfn. = {zAzvaTa}, eternal, constant, permanent Nir. Âpast. Kâd.

shashhTashhTaka = 6th and 8th from each other

shashhTyaa.nsha = A varga. The 60th Harmonic Chart. Used in cases of delineation of twins

s'astra * = 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn recited either
audibly or inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii
and his assistant as an accompaniment to the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.;
reciting, recitation S'ânkhBr\\2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an
instrument for cutting or wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow
Bhathth.; weapons are said to be of four kinds, {pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta},
and {amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.

s'aastra * = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kâv. Pur.; teaching, instruction, direction,
advice, good counsel MBh. Kâv. &c.; any instrument of teaching, any manual or compendium of
rules, any bock or treatise, (esp.) any religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or
composition of divine authority (applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even
eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after the word denoting
the subject of the book, or is applied collectively to whole departments of knowledge e.g.
{vedA7nta-z-}, a work on the Veda7nta philosophy or the whole body of teaching on that subject;
{dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a poetical work or poetry in
general; {zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAma-z-}, erotic compositions; {alaMkAra z-},
rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prât. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in general), scripture, science Kâv. Pur.

shastra = weapon

shastraM = weapon

shastrapaaNayaH = those with weapons in hand

shastrapuutaaH = having become holy by (strike of) weapon

shastrabhritaaM = of the carriers of weapons

shastrasampaate = in releasing his arrows

shastraaNi = weapons

s'astra* = 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn recited either
audibly or inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii
and his assistant as an accompaniment to the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.;
reciting, recitation S'ânkhBr

s'astra* = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an instrument for cutting
or wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow Bhathth.; weapons are
said to be of four kinds, {pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and {amukta}) S'Br. &c.
&c.; any instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.
s'aastra* = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kâv. Pur.; teaching, instruction, direction,
advice, good counsel MBh. Kâv. &c.; any instrument of teaching, any manual or compendium of
rules, any bock or treatise, (esp.) any religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or
composition of divine authority (applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even
eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after the word denoting
the subject of the book, or is applied collectively to whole departments of knowledge e.g.
{vedA7nta-z-}, a work on the Veda7nta philosophy or the whole body of teaching on that subject;
{dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a poetical work or poetry in
general; {zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAma-z-}, erotic compositions; {alaMkAra z-},
rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prât. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in general), scripture, science Kâv. Pur.

s'as'vat * = mf({za4zvatI}, or {-tI4})n. (accord. to some for {sasvat} and corresponding to Gk. $)
&320906[1060, 3] perpetual, continual, endless, incessant, frequent, numerous, many (esp.
applied to the ever-recurring dawns) RV.; all, every RV. AV. TBr.; ({at}) ind. perpetually,
continually, repeatedly, always, ever ({za4zvat purA4}, from immemorial time; {zazvac-chazvat},
again and again, constantly) RV. &c. &c.; at once, forthwith, directly (generally preceded or
followed by {ha}; {za4zvat-za4zvat}, no sooner-than forthwith) S'Br. BhP.; it is true, certainly,
indeed Br.

s'atha *= mfn. sour, astringent, acid L.; m. N. of a man g. {gargA7di}; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv.
(prob. w.r. for {zaTha}); of a country g. {zaNDikA7di}.

s'athA *=f. (= {saTA}, {jaTA}) an ascetic's clotted hair W.

s'ata *=n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}) a hundred (used with other numerals thus, {ekA7dhikaM zatam},
or {eka-z-}, a hñhundred + one, 101 {viMzaty-adhikaM zatam} or {viMzaM z-}, a hñhundred +
twenty, 120; {zate} or {dve zate} or {dvi-zatam} or {zata-dvayam}, 200; {trINi} {zatAni} or {tri-
zatAni} or {zata-trayam}, 300; {SaT-zatam}, 600; or the comp. becomes an ordinal e.g. {dvi-
zata}, the 200th; {dvikaM}, {trikaM zatam} = 2, 3 per cent; {zatAtpara}, `" beyonda hñhundred,
exceeding 100 "'; the counted object is added either in the gen., or in the same case as {zata}, or
ibc. e.g. {zatam pitaraH} or, {zatam pitRRNAm} or {pitR-zatam} a hñhundred ancestors "';
sometimes also ifc. see comp. below; rarely {zatam} is used as an indecl. with an instr. e.g.
{zata4M ra4thebhiH}, `" with a hñhundred chariots "' RV. i, 48, 7; rarely occurs a masc. form in
pl. e.g. {paJca-zatA}, {rathAn} MBh. iv, 1057; and {zata} n. rarely in comp. of the following kind,
{catur-varSa-zatam} or {-tAni}, `" 400 years "') RV. &c. &c.; any very large number (in comp. as
{zata-pattra} &c. below). [Cf. Gk. $ `" one "' hundred; &317439[1048, 3] Lat. {centum}; Lith.
{szmtas}; Got. (twa) {hunda}; Germ. {hund-ert}; Eng. {hund-ed}.]

s'aatha *= m. (fr. {zaT}?) a strip of cloth, a kind of skirt or petticoat, a partic. sort of garment or
gown Vas. Cân.; ({I}) f. see below.

s'aata * = mfn. (fr. {zo}; cf. {zita}) sharpened, whetted, sharp Kathâs. Râjat.; thin, feeble, slender,
emaciated Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.; n. the thorn-apple MW. \\2 m. (fr. 2. {zad}) falling out or
decaying (of nails, hair &c.) Sus'r. \\3 n. joy, pleasure, happiness L.; mfn. handsome, bright,
happy W. \\4 Vriiddhi form of {zata}, in comp. \\mfn. see 1. {zAta}, p. 1063, col. 3.

s'athha* = * = mf({A})n. false, deceitful, frauduIent, malignant, wicked Âpast. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a
cheat, rogue (esp. a false husband or lover, who pretends affection for one female while his heart
is fixed on another; one of the four classes into which husbands are divided) W.; a, fool, blockhead
ib.; an idler ib.; a mediator, umpire L.; the thorn-apple L.; white mustard seed L.; N. of an Asura
MBh.; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv. (v.l. {gada} and {suta}); ({I}) f. w.r. for {zaTI} Car.; n. saffron
L.; Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.; steel L.; tin L.

s'athhamati * =(VP.) mfn. wicked -minded, malicious.

s'athhatva * =n. (Sâh.) roguery, depravity, malice, wickedness ({-tA7caraNa} n. wicked or roguish
conduct MW.)

shaTha = Rogue

shaThaH = deceitful

shata = Hundred

shataM = a hundred

shatakoTi = 100 koti or 1000 millions

shatataarakaa = Twenty-fourth nakshatra, hundred minor stars

shatapadii = (f) centipede

shatashaH = hundreds

shataabhishaka = Twenty-fourth nakshatra (also shatataarakaa)

shatena = hundred

shataiH = by hundreds

shatru = enemy

shatru-bhaava = House of Enemies or 6th

shatruM = the enemy

shatruH = enemy

shatrutve = because of enmity

shatrun.h = enemies

shatruvat.h = as an enemy

shatrau = in (towards)the enemy

shaucha = mental and bodily cleanliness

shauchaM = cleanliness

s'auNDa* = mf({A}, or {I})n. (fr. {zuNDA}) fond of spirituous liquor, addicted to drinking MBh.
MârkP.; drunk, intoxicated L.; (ifc.) passionately fond of or devoted to ({-tA} f.) MBh. R. &c.;
skilled in, familiar with BhP.; being the pride of Bâlar. x, 0/1; m. a cock L.; ({A}) f. spirituous
liquor (ifc. perhaps w.r. for {zuNDa}) R.; ({I}) f. long pepper or Piper Chaba Bhpr.; = {kaTabhI} (a
tree) L.; a line of clouds L.
shauryaM = heroism

s'auri * =m. patr. of Vasu-deva MBh. BhP.; of Vishnu-Kriishna (also among the names of the sun)
ib.; of Prajâti MârkP.; of Bala-deva MW.; Terminalia Tomentosa L. (v.l. {sauri}); the planet
Saturn (w.r. for {sauri}).

shava = cadaver

shavapetikaa = (f) coffin

shavaasana = the corpse posture

shaya = Sleep

shayana = a bed

shayanaM = sleep

s'ayana* = mfn. lying down, resting, sleeping Pañcar.; n. the act of lying down or sleeping, rest,
repose, sleep MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc. f. {A}) a bed, couch, sleeping-place (acc. with {bhaj}, {A-} {ruh},
{saM-viz} &c., to go to bed or to rest "'; with Caus. of {A-ruh}, `" to take to bed, have sexual
intercourse with "' [acc.]; {zayanaM} {zRta} or {-ne sthita} mfn. gone to bed, being in bed) S'Br.
&c. &c [1056, 1]; copulation, sexual intercourse L.; N. of a Sâman L.

s'ayaana* = mfn. lying down, resting, sleeping Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a lizard, chameleon L.

s'aayana* = n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

s'aya * = mf({A})n. (fr. 1. {zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc. after adv. or subst. in loc. case
or sense; see {adhaH-z-}, {kuze-z}, {giri-z-} &c.); m. sleep, sleeping Dhâtup. xxiv, 60 (cf. {divA-
z-}); a bed, couch (see {vIra-z-}); a snake (accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L.; a lizard,
chameleon L.; the hand (= {hasta}, also as a measure of length) VarBriS. Naish. KâtyS'r. Sch.; =
{paNa} L.; abuse, imprecation L. (prob. w.r. for {zapa}); pl. N. of a people MBh.; ({A4}) f. a place
of rest or repose (cf. {zayyA}) RV. [Cf. Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055, 3]

shayanaprakoshhThaH = (m) bedroom

shayanaasana = the repose posture

shayyaa = (f) bedshafarii = a very small fish

shekishpira = (m) a play with too many words

sheNishheveta = does not marry

shenota = (n) the great void

sheshha = remaining

s'esha * m. n. (fr. 2. {ziS}) remainder, that which remains or is left, leavings, residue (pl. `" all the
others "'), surplus, balance, the rest ({zeSe} loc. `" for the rest "', `" in all other cases "'; {zeSe
rAtrau}, `" during the rest of the night "'; {mama zeSam asti}, `" there remains something to
happen to me "'); that which has to be supplied (e.g. any word or words which have been omitted
in a sentence; {iti zeSaH}, `" so it was left to be supplied "', a phrase commonly used by Comm. in
supplying any words necessary to elucidate the text); that which is saved or spared or allowed to
escape (nom. with {as}, or {bhU}, `" to be spared "'; {zeSaM-kR} "', to spare "', `" allow to escape
"'; {zeSam avA7p} `" to escape "') Mn. MBh. R. &c.; remaining (used as an adj. at the end of adj.
comp. [f. {A}], cf. {kathA-z-}, {kRtya-z-}) AitBr. &c. &c.; remaining out of or from, left from (with
abl. or loc. e.g. {prayAtebhyo ye zeSAH}, `" the persons left out of those who had departed "'; but
mostly ifc. after a pp. in comp. e.g. {bhukta-zeSa}, `" remaining from a meal "', `" remnant of food
"'; {hata-zeSAH}, `" those left out of the slain "', `" the survivors "' &c.) Mn. MBh. &c.; end, issue,
conclusion, finish, result RV. 77, 15; last, last-mentioned Râjat.; a supplement, appendix Nir. iii,
13; a keepsake, token of remembrance Das'.; secondary matter, accident KâtyS'r. Sch.; death,
destruction W.; m. N. of a celebrated mythological thousand-headed serpent regarded as the
emblem of eternity (whence he is also called An-anta "', the infinite "'; in the Vishnu-Purâna he
and the serpents Vâsuki and Takshaka are described as sons of Kadru, but in one place S'esha
alone is called king of the Nâgas or snakes inhabiting Pâtâla, while elsewhere Vâsuki also is
described as king of the Nagas and Takshaka of the serpents; the thousand headed S'esha is
sometimes represented as forming the couch and canopy of Vishnu whilst sleeping during the
intervals of creation, sometimes as supporting the seven Pâtâlas with the seven regions above
them and therefore the entire world [1089, 1]; he is said to have taught astronomy to Garga;
according to some legends he became incarnate in Bala-râma q.v.) MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c. (RTL.
105; 112; 232 n. r); N. of one of the Prajâ-patis R. VP.; of a Muni MW.; (also with {AcArya},
{dIkSita}, {zAstrin} &c.) of various authors (cf. below); of one of the mythical elephants that
support the earth L.; a kind of metre L.; ({A}) f. pl. the remains of flowers or other offerings made
to an idol and afterwards distributed amongst the worshippers and attendants (sg. `" a garden
made of the remains of flowers "') MBh. R. &c.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.; n. see above.

s'eshavat* = mfn. left alive, spared MBh.; characterized by an effect or result (sometimes applied
in logic to {a posteriori} reasoning) Nyâyas.

seva*=(either fr. %{sev} or %{siv}) g. %{pacA7di}; n. = 1. %{sevi}, an apple L.

sevA *= f. going or resorting to, visiting, frequenting Ca1n2. Subh.; service, attendance on (loc.
gen., or comp.; %{sevAM-kR}, with gen., `" to be in the service of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; worship,
homage, reverence, devotion to (gen. or comp.) ib.; sexual intercourse with (comp.) Hit. Subh.;
addiction to, indulgence in, practice or employment or frequent enjoyment of (comp.) Nir. Mn.
MBh. &c.

shevadhi* = m. (L. also n.) `" treasure-receptacle "', wealth, treasure, jewel RV. &c. &c.; treasury,
an inexhaustible quantity (of good or evil) Sinha7s.; one of the nine treasures of Kubera MW.;
{-pA4} mfn. guarding treasure RV.

shii = to sleep

siva* = or m. one who sews or stitches, a sewer, stitcher L

s'ii4la * = n. (and m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) habit, custom, usage, natural or acquired way of
living or acting, practice, conduct, disposition, tendency, character, nature (often ifc. = `"
habituated "' or `" accustomed "' or `" disposed "' or `" addicted to "', `" practising "'; cf. {guNa-},
{dAna-}, {puNya-z-} &c.) VS. &c. &c. good disposition or character, moral conduct, integrity,
morality, piety, virtue Mn. MBh. &c.; cf. IW. 208; (with Buddhists {zIla} "', moral conduct "', is
one of the 6 or 10 perfections or Pâramitâs [q.v.] and is threefold, viz. {sambhAra}, {kuzala-
saMgrAha}, {sattvA7rtha-kriyA} Dharmas. 106); a moral precept (with Buddh. there are 5
fundamental precepts or rules of moral conduct cf. {paJca-zIla}) MWB. 126; form, shape, beauty
W.; m. a large snake in this sense prob. fr. 1. {zI}) L.; N. of a man Buddh.; of a king Râjat.; ({A}) f.
see below.
s'iilaa * = f. N. of the wife of Kaundinya Vâs., Introd.; (also {-bhaTTArikA}) N. of a poetess
S'ârngP. Cat.

shiigraM = hurry; quickness

shiighraM = immediately

shiita = cold

s'ilpa * = n. (of doubtful derivation) the art of variegating, variegated or diversified appearance,
decoration, ornament, artistic work VS. Br. Hariv. Katha1s. BhP. ; any manual art or craft, any
handicraft or mechanical or fine art (64 such arts or crafts, sometimes called %{bAhya-kalA}, `"
external or practical arts "', are enumerated e.g. carpentering, architecture, jewellery, farriery,
acting, dancing, music, medicine, poetry &c. [cf. IW. 185] ; and 64 %{abhyantara-kalA}, `" secret
arts "' e.g. kissing, embracing, and various other arts of coquetry) S3a1n3khBr. Mn. MBh. &c. ;
skill in any art or craft or work of art, ingenuity, contrivance MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; any act or work
(also m.) BhP. ; ceremonial act, ceremony, rite (also m.) MW. ; form, shape Naigh. iii, 7 (cf. %{su-
zilpa}) ; a partic. kind of S3astra or hymn (of a highly artificial character, recited on the 6th day of
the Pr2isht2hya Shad2-aha, at the Vis3vajit &c.) Br. S3rS. ; a kind of sacrificial ladle (?) L. ; (du.
with %{jamad-agneH}) N. of two Sa1mans A1rshBr. ; m. N. of a teacher S3Br. ; (%{A}) f. a
barber's shop L. ; (%{I}) f. a female artisan or mechanic Cat. ; (%{zilpa4}) mfn. variegated VS. TS.

s'ita* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1071, col. 2) satisfied, regaled RV. viii, 23, 13.

s'ita* = 2 mfn. (for 1. and 4. see under %{zi} and %{zo}) w.r. for %{sita}, `" bright-coloured, white.
"'\\3 m. N. of a son of Vis3va1mitra MBh.\\mf(%{A4})n. (fr. %{zyai}; cf. %{zIna}) cold, cool,
chilly, frigid (with ind. p. of %{kR} either %{zItaM@kRtya}, or %{kRtvA} g. %{sA7kSA7di}) RV.
&c. &c.; dull, apathetic, sluggish, indolent L.; boiled (= %{kvathita}; %{zIta} prob. w.r. for
%{zRta}) L.; m. Calamus Rotang L.; Cordia Myxa and Latifolia L.; Azadirachta Indica L.; =
%{asana-parNI} and %{parpaTA} L.; camphor L.; (%{A}) f. spirituous liquor L.; a kind of Du1rva1
grass L.; another kind of grass (= %{zilpikA}) L.; often w.r. for %{sItA} (q.v.); n. cold, coldness,
cold weather L.; cold water L.; Cassia bark L.\\4 mfn. (for 1. &c. see p. 1069, col. 3) whetted,
sharp RV. &c. &c.; thin, slender, weak, feeble L.\\see p. 1077, col. 3.

s'ithaa* = f. a rope (?) DivyA7v.

shiitaka = (m) refrigerator

shiitala = cool

shiirsha = head

shiirshha = head

shiila = character

shiilaM = chastity

shiishkaaraH = (m) a whistleshikharam.h = (n) summit, mountain top

s'ilpa* = n. (of doubtful derivation) the art of variegating, variegated or diversified appearance,
decoration, ornament, artistic work VS. Br. Hariv. Kathâs. BhP.; any manual art or craft, any
handicraft or mechanical or fine art (64 such arts or crafts, sometimes called {bAhya-kalA}, `"
external or practical arts "', are enumerated e.g. carpentering, architecture, jewellery, farriery,
acting, dancing, music, medicine, poetry &c. [cf. IW. 185]; and 64 {abhyantara-kalA}, `" secret
arts "' e.g. kissing, embracing, and various other arts of coquetry) S'ânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; skill in
any art or craft or work of art, ingenuity, contrivance MBh. Kâv. &c.; any act or work (also m.)
BhP.; ceremonial act, ceremony, rite (also m.) MW.; form, shape Naigh. iii, 7 (cf. {su-zilpa}); a
partic. kind of S'astra or hymn (of a highly artificial character, recited on the 6th day of the
Priishthhya Shad-aha, at the Vis'vajit &c.) Br. S'rS.; a kind of sacrificial ladle (?) L.; (du. with
{jamad-agneH}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.; m. N. of a teacher S'Br.; ({A}) f. a barber's shop L.;
({I}) f. a female artisan or mechanic Cat.; ({zilpa4}) mfn. variegated VS. TS.

s'ilaandhas* = n. ears of corn left on a field BhP.

s'ilaahaarin* = mfn. one who gathers stalks or ears of corn MBh.

s'ila * = 1 m. (L. also n.; for 2. see col. 2) gleaning, gathering stalks or ears of corn (accord. to Kull.
on Mn. x, 112 {zila} = {aneka-dhAnyo7nnayana} i.e. `" gleaning more than one ear of corn at a
time "', opp. to {uJcha} = {ekai9ka-dhAnyA7di-guDako7ccayana}) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a son
of Pâryâtra Ragh. \\2 (for 1. see col. 1), in comp. for {zilA}.

s'ilaa4 * = f. (perhaps connected with 1. {zi}) a stone, rock, crag AV. &c. &c.; red arsenic Sus'r.;
camphor L.; the lower mill-stone L.; the lower timber of a door L.; the top of the pillar supporting
a house L.; a vein, tendon (for {zira} q.v.) L. [1073, 2]; N. of a river R.; of a woman Cat.

shila = rock

shilaa = (fem) stone

shilpam.h = (n) sculpture, carving

shilpin.h = sculptor

shilpii = (m) sculptor

s'ikha* = m. N. of a serpent-demon (mentioned together with {anu-zikha} q.v.) PañcavBr.; ({A}) f.

see below; ({I}) f. a kind of magic DivyA7v.; N. of a river VP.

s'ikhaa* = f. (of doubtful derivation; prob. connected with 1. {zi}, `" to sharpen "') a tuft or lock of
hair on the crown of the head, a crest, topknot, plume S'Br. &c. &c.; a peacock's crest or comb
MBh. Hariv. &c.; a pointed flame, any flame ib.; a ray of light Kum. Kathâs.; a sharp end, point,
spike, peak, summit, pinnacle, projection, end or point (in general) MaitrUp. Kâv. VarBriS.; the
end or point or border of a garment S'ak.; the point or tip of the foot L.; the nipple L.; a branch
which takes root, any branch L.; a fibrous root, any root L.; the plant Jussiaea Repens L.; the head
or chief or best of a class L.; the fever or excitement of love L.; a partic. part of a verse or formula
(the crest of the verse compared to a king) RâmatUp. [1070, 3]; = {zikha-vRddhi} Gaut.; N. of
various metres Col.; of a river (prob. w.r. for {zikhI}) VP.

shikhi.n = peacock

shikshaNaM = of teaching

shikshate = (1 ap) to learn

shiraH = head
shiras.h = head

shirasaa = with the head

shirastraaNa = (m) helmet

shiriishha = name of a flower

shirovedanaa = (f) headache

shirshha = the head

shirshhaasana = the head-stand posture

shirsangushhThaasana = the deep lunge posture

shishira = frosty season

shishhTatva = wisdom

shishhya = student

shishhyaH = disciple

shishhyam.h = the disciple. the student

shishhyaan.h = desciples

shishhyeNa = disciple

shishhyaiH = disciples

s'is'upaala * = m. `" child-protector "'N. of the king of the Cedis inhabiting a country in central
India, probably the same as Bundelkhand (see {cedi}; he was son of Dama-ghosha, and is also
called Sunîtha; his impiety in opposing the worship of Kriishna is described in the Sabhâ-parvan
of the Mahâ-bhârata; when Yudhi-shthira was about to perform a Râjasûya sacrifice, numerous
princes attended, and Bhishma proposed that especial honour should be paid to Kriishna, who
was also present, but S'is'u-pâla objected, and after denouncing Kriishna as a contemptible
person challenged him to fight, whereupon Kriishna struck off his head with his discus; the
Vishnu-Purâna identifies this impious monarch with the demons Hiranya-kas'ipu and Râvana;
his death forms the subject of Mâgha's celebrated poem called S'is'upâla-vadha); {-kathA} f. N. of
a tale; {-niSU} S'is'pâla-vadha); {-kathA} f. N. of a tale; {-niSUdana} m. destroyer of S'isu-pâlaN.
of Kriishna L.; {-vadha} m. `" slaying of S'ñS'isu "'N. of a poem by Mâgha (q.v.) on the above
subject; {-vadha-parvan} n. N. of a ch. of the Mahâ-bhârata (ii, 1418-1627) on the same subject;
{-ziraz-chettR} (Pañcar.) and {-han} (W.) m. N. of Kriishna.

shivasutaaya = to the son of `shiva'

s'is'u * = m. (fr. 1. {zU} = {zvi}) a child, infant, the young of any animal (as a calf, puppy &c.; also
applied to young plants, and to the recently risen sun; often ifc.) RV. &c. &c.; a boy under eight
years of age W.; a lad under sixteen ib.; a pupil, scholar ib.; N. of Skanda MBh. R. (cf. {kumAra});
of a descendant of Angiras (author of RV. ix, 112). Anukr.; of a son of Sârana VP.; of a king
Buddh.; mfn. young, infantine L.

s'is'unaaga* = m. a young snake R.; a young elephant MW.; a kind of Râkshasa or demon ib.; N. of
a king of Magadha (pl. his descendants) BhP. VP. (v.l. {-nAka}).

s'iva = the destroyer * mf({A4})n. (according to Un. i, 153, fr. 1. {zI}, `" in whom all things lie "';
perhaps connected with {zvi} cf. {zavas}, {zizvi}) auspicious, propitious, gracious, favourable,
benign, kind, benevolent, friendly, dear ({a4m} ind. kindly, tenderly) RV. &c. &c.; happy,
fortunate BhP.; m. happiness, welfare (cf. n.) R. v, 56, 36; liberation, final emancipation L.; `" The
Auspicious one "'N. of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who constitutes the
third god of the Hindû Trimûrti or Triad, the other two being Brahmâ `" the creator "' and Vishnu
`" the preserver "'; in the Veda the only N. of the destroying deity wss Rudra `" the terrible god "',
but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. S'iva `" the auspicious "'
[just as the Furies were called $ `" the gracious ones "'], and to assign him the office of creation
and reproduction as well as dissolution; in fact the preferential worship of S'iva as developed in
the Purânas and Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive
worshippers [called S'aivas]; in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called Kâla `" black "',
and is then also identified with Time "', although his active destroying function is then oftener
assigned to his wife under her name Kâlî, whose formidable character makes her a general object
of propitiation by sacrifices; as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction S'iva's
symbol is the Linga [q.v.] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the
present day; again one of his representations is as Ardha-nârî, `" half-female "', the other half
being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle [RTL. 85]; he has three eyes, one of
which is in his forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time,
past, present, and future, while a mooñs crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of
time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a second necklace of skulls
with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive
extinction and generation of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and
gathered above his forehead into a coil; on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in
its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the
weight of the falling stream; his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which
would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the
churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality; he holds a {tri-zUla}, or three-
pronged trident [also called Pinâka] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the
three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator; he also carries a kind of drum, shaped
like an hour-glass, called Damaru: his attendants or servants are called Pramatha [qq.vv.]; they
are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or
troops called Ganas; his wife Durgâ [otherwise called Kâlî, Pârvatî, Umâ, Gaurî, Bhavânî &c.] is
the chief object of worship with the S'âktas and Tântrikas, and in this connection he is fond of
dancing [see {tANDava}] and wine-drinking [1074, 2]; he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and
is said to have scorched the god of love (Kâma-deva) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that
deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for Pârvatî whilst he was engaged in severe
penance; in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the
Universe and all the gods, including Brahmâ and Vishnu, by a similar scorching glance, and to
have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the
use of the Rudra7ksha berries originated, it is said, from the legend that S'iva, on his way to
destroy the three cities, called Tri-pura, let fall some tears of rage which became converted into
these beads: his residence or heaven is Kailâsa, one of the loftiest northern peaks of the
Hima7laya; he has strictly no incarnations like those of Vishnu, though Vîra-bhadra and the eight
Bhairavas and Khando-bâ &c. [RTL. 266] are sometimes regarded as forms of him; he is
especially worshipped at Benares and has even more names than Vishnu, one thousand and eight
being specified in the 69th chapter of the S'iva-Purâna and in the 17th chapter of the Anus'âsana-
parvan of the Maha-bhârata, some of the most common being Mahâ-deva, S'ambhu, S'ankara,
Îs'a, Îs'vara, Mahe7s'vara, Hara; his sons are Gane7s'a and Kârttikeya) Âs'vS'r. MBh. Kâv. &c.
RTL. 73; a kind of second Siva (with S'aivas), a person who has attained a partic. stage of
perfection or emancipation MBh. Sarvad.; {ziva-liGga} L.; any god L.; a euphemistic N. of a jackal
(generally {zivA} f. q.v.); sacred writings L.; (in astron.) N. of the sixth month; a post for cows (to
which they are tied or for them to rub against) L.; bdellium L.; the fragrant bark of Feronia
Elephantum L.; Marsilia Dentata L.; a kind of thorn-apple or = {puNDarIka} (the tree) L.;
quicksilver L. (cf. {ziva-bIja}); a partic. auspicious constellation L.; a demon who inflicts diseases
Hariv.; = {zukra} m. {kAla} m. {vasu} m. L.; the swift antelope L.; rum, spirit distilled from
molasses L.; buttermilk L.; a ruby L.; a peg L.; time L.; N. of a son of Medha7tithi MârkP.; of a son
of Idhma-jihva BhP.; of a prince and various authors (also with {dIkSita}, {bhaTTa}, {paNDita},
{yajvan}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; of a fraudulent person Kathâs.; (du.) the god S'iva and his wife Kir. v,
40 Pracand. i, 20 (cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1); pl. N. of a class of gods in the third Manvantara Pur.; of a class
of Brâhmans who have attained a partic. degree of perfection like that of S'iva MBh.; ({A}) f.
S'iva's wife (also {zivI}) see {zivA} below; ({am}) n. welfare, prosperity, bliss ({Aya}, {e4na} or
{e4bhis}, `" auspiciously, fortunately, happily, luckily "'; {zivAya gamyatAm}, `" a prosperous
journey to you! "') RV. &c. &c.; final emancipation L.; water L.; rock-salt L.; sea-salt L.; a kind of
borax L.; iron L.; myrobolan L.; Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.; sandal L.; N. of a Purâna (=
{ziva-purANa} or {zaiva}) Cat.; of the house in which the Pândavas were to be burnt MârkP.; of a
Varsha in Plaksha-dvîpa and in Jambu-dvîpa Pur.

s'ivaa * =. the energy of S'iva personified as his wife (known as Durgâ, Pârvatî &c.) Inscr. Kâv.
Kathâs. Pur.; final emancipation (= {mukti}) Pur.; a euphemistic N. of a jackal (generally
regarded as an animal of bad omen) GriS. Baudh. MBh. &c. [1076, 1]; N. of various plants (accord.
to L. `" Prosopis Spicigera or Mimosa Suma; Terminalia Chebula or Citrina, Emblica Offcinalis;
Jasminum Auriculatum; turmeric; Dûrvâ grass &c. "'); the root of Piper longum L.; a kind of
yellow pigment (= {-go-rocanA}) L.; a kind of metre L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; N. of the
wife of Anila MBh.; of the wife of Angiras ib.; of a Brâhman woman ib.; of the mother of Nemi
(the 22nd Arhat of the present Avasarpini) L.; of the mother of Rudra-bhaththa Cat.; of a river
MBh. Hariv. (In the following comp. not always, distinguishable from {ziva} m. or n.)

shmashru = moustache, beard

shobha * mfn. (fr. {zubh}) bright, brilliant, handsome W.; m. N. of a man Râjat.; (pl.) of a class of
gods L.; of a class of heretics L.; lustre (in comp. for {zobhA} q.v.)

s'obhA * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) splendour, brilliance, lustre, beauty, grace, loveliness ({kA zobhA} with
loc., `" what beauty is there [in that] "' i.e. `" it has no beauty "'; {zobhAM na-kR}, `" to look bad
or ugly "'; ifc. often = `" splendid "', `" excellent "' e.g. {zaurya-zobhA}, `" splendid heroism "';
{karma-zobhA}, `" a masterpiece "') TS. &c. &c.; distinguished merit W.; colour, hue VarBriS.
Mudr.; wish, desire L.; a kind of metre Col.; turmeric L.; the yellow pigment Go-rocanâ L.

s'obhana * = mf({A} or {I})n. brilliant, splendid, beautiful (at end of comp. = `" beautiful by
reason of "') S'Br. Kaus'. MBh. &c.; excellent, glorious, magnificent, distinguished in or by (instr.
or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) superior to, better than BhP. propitious, auspicious VarBriS.
Râjat.; virtuous, moral (see comp.); correct, right Sarvad.; m. N. of Agni at the S'ungâ-karman
Griihyâs.; of S'iva MBh.; a burnt offering for auspicious results W.; the fifth of the astron. Yogas.
L.; a planet L.; the eleventh year of Jupiter's cycle MW.; ({A}) f. a beautiful woman (often in voc.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; turmeric L.; the yellow pigment Go-rocanâ L.; N. of one of the Mâtriis attending
on Skanda MBh.; ({am}) n. the act of adorning, causing to look beautiful MW.; an ornament (see
{karNa-z-}); anything propitious or auspicious, welfare, prosperity R. Pur.; moral good, virtue ib.
brilliance MW.; a lotus L.; tin L.; (with {kazyapasya}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

shobh.h = to shine, look good

shobhini = person glowing with

shobheta = shine
s'ochati = (1 pp) to grieve

s'ochaniiya = adj. lamentable

s'ochituM = to lament

s'ochya = (participle, fem.)fit to be worried about; worth-concern

s' ocana* =mfn. Pa1n2. 3-2, 150; n. (L.) and (%{A}) f. (Ha1sy.) grief, sorrow.

s' ocanIya* = mfn. lamentable, deplorable (n. impers. `" it should be lamented "') Ka1lid. Ra1jat.

s' ocanIyatA* =f. deplorableness Kum.

s' ocayat* =mf(%{antI})n. (fr. Caus.) causing to burn or causing to grieve; (%{zoca4yantI}) f. pl. `"
inflaming "', `" afflicting "'N. of the Apsarases of the Gandharva Ka1ma TBr.

s' ocayitR * = m. a causer of grief or pain ib.

shodashaa.nsha = A Varga. The 16th Harmonic Chart. Used for deeper delineation of Fourth
House matters

shodhana = purification

siddhaloka* = m. the world of the Blest BhP.

s'oka: sorrow mfn. ( {zuc}) burning, hot AV.; ({zo4ka}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) flame, glow, heat RV. AV.
S'Br.; sorrow, affliction, anguish, pain, trouble, grief for (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; Sorrow
personified (as a son of Death or of Drona and Abhimati) Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.

shokaM = lamentation

shokahataM = attacked(hata) by grief(shoka)

shoNita = red (adj); blood (neut)

s'osha* = 1 mfn. (fr. 1. {zuS}) drying up, desiccating (also fig. = `" removing, destroying "') BhP.;
m. the act of drying up, desiccation, dryness MBh. Sus'r.; pulmonary consumption (also
personified as an evil demon) Sus'r. VarBriS. Hcat.; (also w.r. for {zotha} or {zopha}.)

s'oshasambhava* = m. the root of long pepper L.

s'oshaapahaa* = f. `" removing consumption "', a kind of plant (= {klItanaka}) L.

s'oshaka* = mfn. drying up, absorbing, removing, destroying BhP.

s'oshaNa* = mf({I})n. drying up, draining, parching, withering Nir. MBh. Sus'r.; (ifc.) removing,
destroying BhP.; m. N. of an Agni, Hiriv.; of one of the arrows of Kâma-deva (god of love) Vet. Gît.
Sch.; Bignonia Indica L.; n. drying up (intr.), desiccation MaitrUp. VarBriS.; making dry,
draining, suction MBh. Pañcat. Sus'r.; dry ginger L.

s'oshaNIya* = mfn. to be dried or sucked up or drained or absorbed VarBriS.

s'oshayitavya* = mfn. to be dried up &c. MW.

shoshhayati = driesshri.ngaara = the sentiment of love

shothaH = (m) swelling

shouchagriham.h = (n) toilet

s'raama * = m. a temporary shed (= {maNDapa}) L.; a month L.; time L.; w.r. for {zrama} R.

s'rama* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) fatigue, weariness, exhaustion RV. &c. &c.; exertion, labour, toil,
exercise, effort either bodily or mental, hard work of any kind (as in performing acts of bodily
mortification, religious exercises and austerity; {zramaM-kR}, `" to work hard at one's studies "'),
pains or trouble bestowed on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; military exercise, drill W. [1096, 2]; N.
of a son of Âpa Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.

s'aalva * =m. pl. (also written {sAlva}; cf. {zalva}) N. of a people GopBr. MBh. &c. (mfn. `"
relating to the S'alvas "' g. {kacchA7di}); sg. a king of the S'âlvas (mentioned among the enemies
of Vishnu; cf. {zAlvA7ri} below) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. (prob.) N. of a river g. {nady-Adi}; n.
the fruit of the S'âlva plant Pân. 4-3, 166 Vârtt. 2 Pat. (v.l.)

s'alva * = m. pl. N. of a people L. (cf. {sa4lva}); a kind of plant L.

s'aya =* mf(%{A})n. (fr. 1. %{zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc. after adv. or subst. in loc.
case or sense; see %{adhaH-z-}, %{kuze-z}, %{giri-z-} &c.); m. sleep, sleeping Dha1tup. xxiv, 60
(cf. %{divA-z-}); a bed, couch (see %{vIra-z-}); a snake (accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L.; a
lizard, chameleon L.; the hand (= %{hasta}, also as a measure of length) VarBr2S. Naish.
Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; = %{paNa} L.; abuse, imprecation L. (prob. w.r. for %{zapa}); pl. N. of a people
MBh.; (%{A4}) f. a place of rest or repose (cf. %{zayyA}) RV. [Cf. Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055,3] //2
mfn. (fr. %{zI}) lying, sleeping, abiding (see %{kaGka-z-}).

shlathayati = (v) to unweave

shlaaghate = (1 ap) to praise

s'loka* = m. (prob. connected with 1. {zru} R. i, 2, 33 gives a fanciful derivation fr. {zoka}, `"
sorrow "', the first {zloka} having been composed by Vâlmîki grieved at seeing a bird killed)
sound, noise (as of the wheels of a carriage or the grinding of stones &c.) RV.; a call or voice (of
the gods) ib.; fame renown, glory, praise, hymn of praise ib. AV. TS. Br. BhP.; a proverb, maxim
MW.; a stanza, (esp.) a partic. kind of common epic metre (also called Anu-shthubh q.v.;
consisting of 4 Pâdas or quarter verses of 8 syllables each, or 2 lines of 16 syllables each, each line
allowing great liberty except in the 5th, 13th, 14th and 15th syllables which should be
unchangeable as in the following scheme, 8. 1. 8-8., the dots denoting either long or short; but the
6th and 7th syllables should be long; or if the 6th is short the 7th should be short also) S'Br.
KaushUp. MBh. &c.; N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

s'mas'aa*= f. (prob. connected with {azman}) the elevated ridge or edge of a trench or ditch or
channel for water or of a vessel RV. x, 105, 1 (but in S'Br. the m. pl. {zmazA4H} is said to mean
those deceased ancestors who consume or eat the oblations [?], and a comp. {zmazA7nna4} is
formed to explain {zmazAna})

s'mas'aana* = n. (accord. to Kir. iii, 5 for {zmazayana} above; but prob. for {azma-zayana}) an
elevated place for burning dead bodies, crematorium, cemetery or burial-place for the bones of
cremated corpses AV. &c. &c.; an oblation to deceased ancestors (= {pitR-medha} see above)
PârGri. KâtyS'r. Sch.; = {brahma-randhra}.

s'oka* = mfn. ( %{zuc}) burning, hot AV.; (%{zo4ka}) m. (ifc. f. %{A}) flame, glow, heat RV. AV.
S3Br.; sorrow, affliction, anguish, pain, trouble, grief for (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; Sorrow
personified (as a son of Death or of Dron2a and Abhimati) Pur.; (%{I}) f. see below

s'rama* = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) fatigue, weariness, exhaustion RV. &c. &c.; exertion,
labour, toil, exercise, effort either bodily or mental, hard work of any kind (as in
performing acts of bodily mortification, religious exercises and austerity;
%{zramaM-kR}, `" to work hard at one's studies "'), pains or trouble bestowed on
(loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; military exercise, drill W. [1096,2]; N. of a son of
A1pa Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.

s'raamyati = (4 pp) to be tired

s'raava* m. hearing, listening MW.; N. of a son of Yuvanâs'va (and father of S'râvastaka) MBh.

s'raddhayat * = (?) mfn. = {zrad-dadhAna} MundUp.

s'rad-dhayita * = mfn. trustful, believing in (gen.) DivyA7v.

s'raddhA4-vat * = mfn. = {-yukta} Bhag. MârkP.; consenting, assenting Kathâs.; ({vatI}) f. N. of a

mythical town on mount Meru BhP. Sch.

s'raddhAtR * = mfn. one who has belief or is faithful MW. [1096, 1]

s'raddhApana * = n. (fr. Caus. of {zrad-dhA}) a means of inspiring faith or belief Jâtakam.

s'raddhAlu * = mfn. disposed to believe or trust, faithful, trustful S'ank. BhP.; (ifc.) vehemently
longing for Râjat.; f. a pregnant woman who longs for anything L.

s'raaddha-kara * = and m. one who performs a S'râddha or offers an oblation to the Pitriis W.

s'raaddha-kRt shrama = (masc) excertion

shraDhaavaan.h = believer; man of faith

shraddadhaanaaH = with faith

shraddhaH = faith

shraddhayaa = with faith

shraddhayaanvitaH = accompanied with faith

shraddhayaanvitaaH = with faith

shraddhaa = faith

shraddhaaM = faith
shraddhaavantaH = with faith and devotion

shraddhaavaan.h = a faithful man

s'ramaNa*= mf({A} or {I})n. making effort or exertion, toiling, labouring, (esp.) following a
toilsome or menial business W.; base, vile, bad ib.; naked L.; m. one who performs acts of
mortification or austerity, an ascetic, monk, devotee, religious mendicant S'Br. &c. &c.; a
Buddhist monk or mendicant (also applied to Buddha himself cf. MWB. 23 &c.; also applied to a
Jain ascetic now commonly called Yati) MBh. R. &c.; N. of a serpent-demon Buddh.; ({A} or {I}),
a female mendicant or nun L.; a hard-working woman L.; ({A}) f. a handsome woman L.; =
{zabarI-bhid}, {mAMsI}, {muNDIrI} L.; n. toil, labour, exertion S'ânkhS'r.

s'rava4 * = 1 mfn. (1. {zru}) sounding VS.; m. hearing ({At}, `" from hearsay "', {e}, with gen., `"
within hearing of "') MBh. Hariv.; the ear VarBriS. Kathâs.; the hypotenuse of a triangle Sûryas.

shravaH = having heard(old learned man?)

shravaNa = Twenty-second nashaktra

shravana = hear, to hear

shravishhTaa = Twenty-third nakshatra also known as dhanishhThaa

shrayati = (1 pp) to reach

s'reyas* = mfn. (either compar. of {zrI}, or rather accord. to native authorities of {zrI-mat} or
{prazasya}; cf. Gk. $) more splendid or beautiful, &333597[1102, 2] more excellent or
distinguished, superior, preferable, better, better than (with abl. or with {na} see below) RV. &c.
&c.; most excellent, best MBh. iii, 1256; propitious, well disposed to (gen.) ib. i, 3020; auspicious,
fortunate, conducive to welfare or prosperity Kâv. Hit. MârkP.; m. (in astron.) N. of the second
Muhûrta; of the third month (accord. to a partic. reckoning); (with Jainas) N. of the 11th Arhat of
the present Avasarpinî L.; ({zreyasI}) f. N. of various plants (accord. to L. Terminalia Chebula or
Citrina; Clypea Hernandifolia; Scindapsus Officinalis; = {rAsnA}, {ambaSThA} and {priyaGgu})
Car. Bhpr. &c.; N. of a deity of the Bodhi tree Lalit.; ({as}) n. the better state, the better fortune or
condition (sometimes used when the subject of a sentence would seem to require the masc. form)
AV. TS. Br. Kaus'.; good (as opp. to `" evil "'), welfare, bliss, fortune, happiness KathhUp. MBh.
&c.; the bliss of final emancipation, felicity (see {zreyaH-parizrAma}, col. 3); ind. better, rather,
rather than (used like {varam} [q.v.] with {na}; e.g. {zreyo mRtaM na jIvitam}, `" better is death
and not life "' or `" rather than life "', or `" death is better than life "') MBh. R. &c.; = {dharma} L.;
N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

s'reyasa * n. welfare, happiness, bliss (mostly ifc.; cf. {ahaM-}, {niH-}, {zvaH-zr-}). shritaaH =
taking shelter of

s'reyAMsa * = m. N. of the 11th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L. V* process of spiritual well-
being

s'reyasi-tarA * = r f. a more excellent woman Pân. 6-2, 45.

s'reyaskara * =({zre4yas-}) mf({I})n. making better or superior VS.; causing or securing fortune,
conducive to happiness or prosperity, salutary, wholesome Mn. MBh. &c. [1102, 3]; {-tara} mfn.
more efficacious for securing happiness Mn. xii, 84; 86; {-bhASya} n. N. of wk.
s're4yas-kAma * =mf({A})n. desirous of welfare or prosperity MBh. BhP.; {-tA} f. desirous of
causing happiness or rendering happy MBh.

s'reyastara* =mfn. very much better MW.

s're4yas-tva* =n. betterness, superiority Mn. x, 66.

s'reyasa * =n. welfare, happiness, bliss (mostly ifc.; cf. {ahaM-}, {niH-}, {zvaH-zr-}).

s'reyasi-tarA * =or f. a more excellent woman Pân. 6-2, 45.

s'reyasItarA * =f. a more excellent woman Pân. 6-2, 45.

shreyaH = good

shreyaan.h = far better

shreshhTha = best

shreshhThaH = a respectable leader

shreshhThau = the best (2 persons)

shrivatsa = the curl on Vishnu's breast

shrii = Added before a name to show respect

shriiH = wealth

s'ridhyaa * = f. boldness, defiance RV.

shrigaalaH = fox

shrinkhalaa = (f) a chain

shringam.h = (n) horn

shriNu = just hear

shriNuyaat.h = does hear

shriNuyaama = May we hear

s'riNoti = (5 pp) to listen

s'riNvataH = hearing

s'riNvan.h = hearing

s'rita* = mfn. clinging or attached to, standing or lying or being or fixed or situated in or on,
contained in, connected with (loc. acc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; one who has gone or resorted to
(acc.) Râjat. Kathâs. BhP.; having attained or fallen or got into any condition (acc. or comp.; cf.
{kaSTa-zr-}) ib.; having assumed (a form) Kathâs.; gone to, approached, had recourse to, sought,
occupied (as a place) Kâv. Kathâs.; taken, chosen Râjat.; served, honoured, worshipped W.;
subservient, subordinate, auxiliary MW.

s'riita* = mfn. mixed, mixed with (instr.), cooked RV.

s'runa*: see suzruNa

shthhiv * =or {SThIv} cl. 1. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xv, 52; xxvi, 4) {SThIvati} or {SThIvyati} (pf. {tiSTheva}
Br.; {tiSTheva} Gr.; aor. {aSThevIt} ib.; fut. {SthevitA}, {SThevtSyati} ib.; inf. {SThevitum} ib.;
ind. p. {SThevitvA} or {SThUtvA} ib.; {-SThIvya} Mn.), to spit, spit out, expectorate, spit upon
(loc.) Sus'r. VarBriS. Kathâs.: Pass. {SThIvyate} (aor. {aSThevi}) Gr.: Caus. {SThevayati} (aor.
{aTiSThivat} or {atiSThivat}) ib.; Desid. {TiSTheviSati} or {tiSTheviSati}; {TuSThyUSati} or
{tuSThyUSati}) ib.: Intens. {teSThIvyate} or {teSThIvyate} ib. [Cf. Gk., $; &336206[1111, 1] Lat.
{spuo}: Lith. {spia4uju}; Goth. {speiwan}; Germ. {spi7wan}, {speien}; Angl. Sax. {spîwan}; Eng.
{spew}.]

shthhIva * =see {hiraNya-SThIva}.

shthhIvana * =mfn. spitting frequently, sputtering Car.; n. spitting, ejecting saliva, expectoration,
spitting upon (loc.) PârGri. MBh. Sus'r. &c.; n. saliva, spittle Mn. MBh. &c.

shthhIvin* =mfn. (only ifc.; cf. {suvarNa-}, {hiraNya-STh-}) spitting, ejecting.

shriigaNeshaaya = to Lord Ganesh

shriidaruupa = resembling lakshmii

shriibudhakaushika = sHrI budhakaushika (the author of this hymn)

shriibhagavaanuvaacha = the Supreme Personality of Godhead said

shriimachchhankarabhagavat.h+charaNaiH = by the Shankaracharya who is known

shriimat.h = honourable prefix

shriimataM = of the prosperous

shriimad.h = respectful prefix

shriimaan.h = the man with `shrI' i.e. the endowed man

shriiraama = Lord Rama

shriiraamaM = shri rAma

shriiraamacha.ndracharaNau = the two feet of rAmachandra

shriiraamacha.ndrapriityarthe = For pleasing the Lord sItArAma

shriiraamacha.ndram.h = rAma
shriiraamaduutaM = the messenger of rAma

shriiraamarakshaa = the protection of Lord Rama

srishTa * = mfn. let go, discharged, thrown &c.; given up, abandoned (in %{a-sR-}) Das3.;
brought forth produced, created AV. &c. &c.; provided or filled or covered with (instr. or comp.)
MBh. R.; engrossed by, intent upon (instr.) MBh.; firmly reasolved upon (loc. or dat.) Gaut.;
ornamented, adorned L.; abundant, much, many L.; ascertained W.; (%{A}) f. a kind of medicinal
plant L.; a musical instrument like a stick which produces a soft sound L.

s'riyaa * = f. (collateral form of 3. {zrI}) prosperity, happiness (personified as the wife of S'rî-
dhara i.e. Vishnu) Kâv. BhP

srîjaami: VB (do I) create, manifest, discover

shriipati = Lakshmi's consort MahAvishhNu's

s'roNi * =f. (L. also m.; mostly du.; ifc. f. {I} for {zroNI-} see below) the hip and loins, buttocks
RV. &c. &c. [1103, 1]; the thighs or sides of the Vedi or of any square Baudh. S'ulbas.; a road, way
L. [Cf. Lat. {clunis}; Lith. {szlauni4s}.]

shrotavyasya = toward all that is to be heard

shrotaaram.h = one who hears

shrotraM = ears

shrotraadiini = such as the hearing process

s'ruNoti = (5 pp) to hear

s'runa: hearing * = see susruNa

shruta = knowledge

shrutaM = heard

shrutavaan.h = knowledgeable

shrutasya = all that is already heard

shruti = ear or veda

s'ruti * = f. an answer Hariv. S'atr.; a promise, assent Vait.; = next S'is'.

s'ru4ti * = 1 f. hearing, listening ({zrutim abhinIya}, `" feigning to hear "'; {zrutiM vaco 'nugAM-
kR}, `" to listen to a speech "') S'Br. &c. &c.; the ear, organ or power of hearing Kâv. VarBriS.
Kathâs.; the diagonal of a tetragon or hypothenuse of a triangle Gol. [1101, 3]; that which is heard
or perceived with the ear, sound, noise &c. RV. AV. Prât. Kathâs. BhP.; an aggregate of sounds
(whether forming a word or any part of a word) TPrât.; rumour, report, news, intelligence,
hearsay ({zrutau-sthA}, `" to be known by hearsay "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; a saying, saw, word MBh. R.
BhP.; that which has been heard or communicated from the beginning, sacred knowledge orally
transmitted by the Brâhmans from generation to generation, the Veda (i.e. sacred eternal sounds
or words as eternally heard by certain holy sages called Riishis, and so differing from {smR4ti} or
what is only remembered and handed down in writing by human authors see Mn. ii, 10; it is
properly only applied to the Mantra and Brâhmana portion of the Vedas, although afterwards
extended to the Upanishads and other Vedic works including the Dars'anas; {iti zruteH}, `"
because it is so taught in the Veda, according to a {zruti} or Vedic text "'; pl. `" sacred texts, the
Vedas "', also `" rites prescribed by the Vedas "') AitBr. S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. IW. 144; (in music) a
particular division of the octave, a quarter tone or interval (twenty-two of these are enumerated,
four constituting a major tone, three a minor, and two a semitone; they are said to be personified
as nymphs) Yâjñ. S'is'. Pañcar.; a name, title Kâvya7d. ii, 331; learning, scholarship S'ak. VarBriS.
(prob. w.r. for {zruta}); = {buddhi} L.; N. of a daughter of Atri and wife of Kardama VP.

s'ru4ti * = 2 f. (cf. {sruti}) course, path (?) RV. ii, 2, 7; x, 111, 3; the constellation, S'ravanâ L.

s'rutiparaayaNaaH = inclined to the process of hearing

s'rutimat.h = having ears

s'rutii = that which hears i.e.ears

s'rutena = (instr.S)thro' hearing, or thro' Veda

s'rutau = have been heard

s'rutvaa = having heard

s'ubha * = mf({A})n. splendid, bright, beautiful, handsome (often f. voc, {zubhe} "', fair one! "' in
addressing a beautiful woman) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; pleasant, agreeable, suitable, fit, capable,
useful, good (applied to persons and things) ib.; auspicious, fortunate, prosperous ib.; good (in
moral sense), righteous, virtuous, honest S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; pure (as an action) Yâjñ. Sch.;
eminent, distinguished W.; learned, versed in the Vedas ib.; m. water L.; the Phenila tree
(Sapindus Detergens) L.; a hegoat L. (prob. w.r. for {stubha}); the 23rd of the astrol Yogas. L.; N.
of a man (cf. g. {tikA7di}) Kathâs.; of a son of Dharma BhP.; of an author Cat.; (also {A} f.) a city
floating in the sky (cf. {zaubha} = {vyomacAri-pura}) MW.; ({A}) f. (only L.) light, lustre,
splendour, beauty; desire; Prosopis Spicigera or Mimosa Suma; white Dûrvâ grass; = {priyaGgu};
bamboo manna; a cow; the yellow pigment Gorocanâ; an assembly of the gods; a kind of metre;
N. of a female friend and companion of the goddess Umâ; ({am}) n. anything bright or beautiful
&c.; beauty, charm, good fortune, auspiciousness, happiness, bliss, welfare, prosperity Kaus'. Kâv.
Kathâs.; benefit, service, good or virtuous action Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs.; the wood of Cerasus
Puddum L

s'uddha* = mfn. cleansed, cleared, clean, pure, clear, free from (with instr.), bright, white RV. &c.
&c.; cleared, acquitted, free from error, faultless, blameless, right, correct, accurate, exact,
according to rule Ka1v. VarBr2S. Sus3r.; upright (see comp.); pure i.e. simple, mere, genuine,
true, unmixed (opp. to %{mizra}) Mn. MBh. &c.; pure i.e. unmodified (as a vowel not nasalized)
S3a1n3khBr. Pra1t.; complete, entire Ra1jat.; unqualified, unmitigated (as capital punishment)
Mn. ix, 279; (in phil.) veritable, unequalled (= %{dvitIya-rahita}) MW.; tried, examined Ka1m.;
authorised, admitted W.; whetted, sharp (as an arrow) ib.; m. the bright fortnight (in which the
moon increases) Inscr.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of one of the seven sages under the 14th Manu BhP.; of
a son of Anenas ib.; (with %{bhikSu}) of an author Cat.; of a bird Hariv.; (pl.) of a partic. class of
gods MBh.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of Sin6hahanu Buddh.; (%{am}) n. anything pure &c.; pure
spirit W.; rock-salt L.; black pepper L.

shushka = * dried out (WvW)

shvaH = tomorrow

shvan.h = (m) dog

shvapaake = in the dog-eater (the outcaste)

shvashura = father-in-law

shvashuraan.h = fathers-in-law

shvashuuraaH = fathers-in-law

shvasan.h = breathing

shvasiti = breathe

shvastika = (f) a symbol of hatred

shvaana = Dog

shvaasa = Breath

shvaasaprashvaasa = heaving and sighing

shveta = (adj) white

shvetaketaH = Shvetaketu(maan with white flag?)

shvetaayasaH = (m) steel

shvetaiH = with white

shhaT-pada = one with six legs (insect); here, a bumble bee

shhaD.h = six

shhaN.h = six

shhaNDa = (masc/neut) collection.

shhaNmaasaaH = the six months

shhaNmukha = with six mouths, a name of Kartikeya

shhad.h = to sit

shhashhThaaNi = the six

shhoDasha = 16

shhoDashaH = number sixteen

s'ubha = good, auspicious * =zubha mf({A})n. splendid, bright, beautiful, handsome (often f. voc,
{zubhe} "', fair one! "' in addressing a beautiful woman) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; pleasant, agreeable,
suitable, fit, capable, useful, good (applied to persons and things) ib.; auspicious, fortunate,
prosperous ib.; good (in moral sense), righteous, virtuous, honest S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; pure (as an
action) Yâjñ. Sch.; eminent, distinguished W.; learned, versed in the Vedas ib.; m. water L.; the
Phenila tree (Sapindus Detergens) L.; a hegoat L. (prob. w.r. for {stubha}); the 23rd of the astrol
Yogas. L.; N. of a man (cf. g. {tikA7di}) Kathâs.; of a son of Dharma BhP.; of an author Cat.; (also
{A} f.) a city floating in the sky (cf. {zaubha} = {vyomacAri-pura}) MW.; ({A}) f. (only L.) light,
lustre, splendour, beauty; desire; Prosopis Spicigera or Mimosa Suma; white Dûrvâ grass; =
{priyaGgu}; bamboo manna; a cow; the yellow pigment Gorocanâ; an assembly of the gods; a kind
of metre; N. of a female friend and companion of the goddess Umâ; ({am}) n. anything bright or
beautiful &c.; beauty, charm, good fortune, auspiciousness, happiness, bliss, welfare, prosperity
Kaus'. Kâv. Kathâs.; benefit, service, good or virtuous action Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs.; the wood of
Cerasus Puddum L.

shubrataa = whiteness

shubhaM = good, auspicious

shubhagraha = Benefic planet

shubhadi = giver of auspicious

shubhasya = of good things

shubhaan.h = the auspicious

shubhra = clean

s'uca = worry, * = mf({A4})n. = {zuci}, pure RV. x, 26, 6; ({A}) f. grief. sorrow BhP.

shuchi = clean

shuchiH = pure

shuchiinaaM = of the pious

shuchau = in a sanctified

shuNThii = (f) ginger

shuNDaa = (f) elephant's trunk

s'uddha = pure * = mfn. cleansed, cleared, clean, pure, clear, free from (with instr.), bright, white
RV. &c. &c.; cleared, acquitted, free from error, faultless, blameless, right, correct, accurate, exact,
according to rule Ka1v. VarBr2S. Sus3r.; upright (see comp.); pure i.e. simple, mere, genuine,
true, unmixed (opp. to %{mizra}) Mn. MBh. &c.; pure i.e. unmodified (as a vowel not nasalized)
S3a1n3khBr. Pra1t.; complete, entire Ra1jat.; unqualified, unmitigated (as capital punishment)
Mn. ix, 279; (in phil.) veritable, unequalled (= %{dvitIya-rahita}) MW.; tried, examined Ka1m.;
authorised, admitted W.; whetted, sharp (as an arrow) ib.; m. the bright fortnight (in which the
moon increases) Inscr.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of one of the seven sages under the 14th Manu BhP.; of
a son of Anenas ib.; (with %{bhikSu}) of an author Cat.; of a bird Hariv.; (pl.) of a partic. class of
gods MBh.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of Sin6hahanu Buddh.; (%{am}) n. anything pure &c.; pure
spirit W.; rock-salt L.; black pepper L.

shuddhapaksha = Bright side of the lunar month, also shuklapaksha

shuddhaye = for the purpose of purification

shudra = the caste of servants and labourers

shukaH = (m) parrot

shukaharitaH = dark green colour (literally, parrot green)

shuka = parrot

shuktiH = oyster

s'ukra = The planet Venus. The word means Semen or Sexual Secretions* = mf({A4})n. (fr. 1.
{zuc} cf. {zukla}) bright, resplendent RV. AV. VS. Br. MBh.; clear, pure RV. AV. VS. S'Br.; light-
coloured, white RV. AV. S'ânkhBr.; pure, spotless RV. Br.; m. N. of Agni or fire R.; of a month
(Jyeshthha = May-June, personified as the guardian of Kubera's treasure) MBh. Sus'r.; the planet
Venus or its regent (regarded as the son of Bhriigu and preceptor of the Daityas) MBh. R. &c.;
clear or pure Soma RV.; (with or scil, {graha}) a partic. Graha or receptacle for Soma VS. S'Br.; a
partic. astrol. Yoga L.; a N. of the Vyâhriitis ({bhUr}, {bhuvaH}, {svar}) MW.; a kind of plant (=
{citraka}) ib.; N. of a Marutvat Hariv.; of a son of Vasishthha VP.; of the third Manu Hariv.; of one
of the seven sages under Manu Bhautya MârkP.; of a son of Bhava VP.; of a son of Havir-dhâna
(cf. {zukla}) VP.; (with Jainas) of a partic. Kalpa (q.v.); n. brightness, clearness, light RV. Up.
MBh. R.; (also pl.)any clear liquid (as water, Soma &c.) RV. VS.; juice, the essence of anything Br.
S'rS. (also pl.); semen virile, seed of animals (male and female), sperm RV. &c. &c.; a morbid
affection of the iris (change of colour &c. accompanied by imperfect vision; cf. {zukla}) Sus'r.
S'ârngS.; a good action L.; gold, wealth L.; N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; of a Vedic metre RPrât.

s'ukravaara = Friday

shukla = light

shuklaH = the white fortnight

s'ulka* = m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) price, value, purchase-money RV.; the prize of a contest MBh.; toil, tax,
duty, customs (esp. money levied at ferries, passes, and roads) Gaut. Âpast. Mn. &c.; nuptial gift
(orig. a price given to parents for the purchase of a bride, but in later times bestowed on the wife
as her own property together with the profits of household labour, domestic utensils, ornaments
&c.), dower, dowry, marriage settlement Gaut. Vishn. Mn. &c. (cf. IW. 267); wages of prostitution
Kathâs. MârkP.; w.r. for {zukra} and {zukla} MBh.

shu.nThaH = roasted?

shunaka = (m) dog

sisRkSA* = f. (fr. Desid. of %{sRj}) wish or purpose to create (with gen. or ifc.) Mn. Hariv. BhP.

s'uNTa* = n. the hair under the arm-pit Gal.

s'uNTh* = cl. 1. P. {zuNThati}, to limp, be lame Dhâtup. ix, 56 (cf. {zuTh}); to dry, become dry
({zoSaNe}) ib. 60; cl. 10. P. {zuNThayati}, to dry, become dry ({zoSaNe}) ib. xxxii, 103.

s'uNTha* = mf({A})n. (applied to a bull or cow) TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. S'rS. (accord. to Sch. either `"
white coloured "' or `" of small stature or = {AveSTita-karNa}); a kind of grass Gobh. (v.l.); a piece
of flesh or meat L.; ({I}) f. see next.

s'uND* = cl.1. P. {zuNDati}, to break, crush, disturb, vex, torment Dhâtup. ix, 40.

s'uNDaka* = m. a military flute or fife L.; a distiller or seller of spirituous liquors L.; ({ikA}) f. the
uvula (in the throat) L.; swelling of the uvula ({gala-z-}) Vâgbh.

s'uNDAra* = m. the trunk of a young elephant Mcar.; an elephant 60 years old Gal.; a distiller or
seller of spirituous liquor L.

s'uNDAla* = m. `" possessing a proboscis or trunk "', an elephant L.

s'uNDika* = m. or n. (prob.) a tavern, dram-shop Pân. 4-3, 76; m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (C.
{maNDika}); ({ikA}) f. see under {zuNDaka}.

s'uNDin* = m. `" possessing spirituous liquor "', a distiller, preparer or seller of spirituous liquors
(constituting a partic. mixed caste) Cat.; `" having a proboscis "', an elephant W.

s'uNDI* = f. the swelling or enlargement of any gland (cf. {kaNTha}, and {gala-z-}; the plant
Heliotropium Indicum L.

s'un* = cl. 6. P. {zunati}, to go Dhâtup. xxviii, 46.

s'unaH* = in comp. for {zunas}.

s'unaka* = m. a young or small dog, any dog MBh.: xiii, 6070 (cf. Un. ii, 32 Sch.); N. of a Riishi
MBh.; of an Ângirasa and disciple of Pathya BhP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Ruru ib.; of a son of
Riicîka R.; of a son of Riita BhP.; of a son of Griitsa-mada Hariv.; of the slayer of Puram-jaya and
father of Pradyota BhP.; = {zaunaka} Cat.; pl. the family or race of S'unaka S'rS. (cf. {zaunaka});
({I}) f. a bitch L.

s'unya* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zvan}) g. {gav-Adi}; n. and ({A}) f. a number of dogs or female dogs L. \\2
mfn. = {zUnya}, empty, void L.; n. a cypher L.

s'uunya* = mf({A}) n. empty, void (with {vAjin} = `" a riderless horse "'; with {rAjya} = `" a
kingless kingdom "'), hollow, barren, desolate, deserted Br. &c. &c. [1085,2]; empty i.e. vacant (as
a look or stare), absent, absentminded, having no certain object or aim, distracted MBh. Kâv. &c.;
empty i.e. possessing nothing, wholly destitute MBh. Kathâs.; wholly alone or solitary, having no
friends or companions R. BhP.; void of, free from, destitute of (instr. or comp.), wanting, lacking
Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. Sarvad. non-existent, absent, missing Kâv. Pañcat.; vain, idle, unreal,
nonsensical R. Râjat. Sarvad.; void of results, ineffectual ({a-zUnyaM-kR}, `" to effect "',
accomplish "') S'ak. Ratna7v.; free from sensitiveness or sensation (said of the skin), insensible
Bhpr.; bare, naked MW.; guileless, innocent ib.; indifferent ib.; ({A}) f. a hollow reed L.; a barren
woman L.; Cactus Indicus = {malI} (for {nalI}?) L.; n. a void, vacuum, empty or deserted place,
desert ({zUnye}, in a lonely place) MBh. R. &c.; (in phil.)vacuity, nonentity, absolute non-
existence (esp. with Buddhists) IW. 83 n. 3; 105, n.4 MWB.7 n. 1; 142; N. of Brahma MW.; (in
arithm.) nought, a cypher VarBriS. Ganit. (cf. IW. 183); space, heaven, atmosphere L.; a partic.
phenomenon in the sky. L.; an earring (see next). [Cf. Gk. $, $; $. &328360[1085,2] $.]
s'us'hmi* = m. wind or the god of wind L.

s'us'ruu* = f. (fr. Desid. of 1. %{zru}) `" one who waits on a child "', a mother MBh. xii, 9513 (B.)

s'us'ruushaa * = f. desire or wish to hear Ka1m.; obsequiousness, reverence, obedience, service

(said to be of five kinds (see %{zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.; saying, speaking, telling L.; %{-para}
mfn. diligent or attentive in service Katha1s.

zuzrUSaka * = mfn. desirous of hearing, attentive, obedient, attending or waiting on (gen. or

comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. an attendant, servant (comprehending five descriptions of persons,
viz. a pupil, a religious pupil, a hired servant, an officer, and a slave) W.

s'ushka* = 1 mf({A})n. dried, dried up, dry, arid, parched, shrivelled, emaciated, shrunk,
withered, sere RV. &c. &c.; useless, fruitless, groundless, vain, unprofitable, empty Mn. MBh. &c.;
mere, simple (see {-gAna}); m. N. of a man (a relative of Sukha-varman; cf. {zuSkaTa-varman})
Râjat.; n. (and m. g. {ardharcA7di}) anything dry (e.g. dry wood, dry cow-dung &c.) RV. Vishn.

s'ushka* = 2 Nom. (only mf. {zuSkitum}) to become dry DivyA7v

s'us'ruushaNa* = n. desire of hearing BhP.; obedience, service, dutiful homage to (gen. dat. loc.,
or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; (ifc.) attention to, maintenance of (fire) MBh.

s'us'ruushaa* = f. desire or wish to hear Kâm.; obsequiousness, reverence, obedience, service

(said to be of five kinds (see {zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.; saying, speaking, telling L.; {-para} mfn.
diligent or attentive in service Kathâs.

s'us'ruushaka* = mfn. desirous of hearing, attentive, obedient, attending or waiting on (gen. or

comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. an attendant, servant (comprehending five descriptions of persons, viz.
a pupil, a religious pupil, a hired servant, an officer, and a slave) W.

s'us'ukvani * = mfn. shining, resplendent, brilliant RV.

s'us'ucAna4 * = see {A-zuz-} under {A-zuc}.

s'us'umAra-giri * = m. (perhaps for {ziz-}) N. of a place DivyA7v.

s'us'umAra-girIya * = or mfn. living at S'us'umâra-giri ib.

s'us'umAra-girIóyaka * = mfn. living at S'us'umâra-giri ib.

s'us'ulUka-yAtu * = ({-lU4ka-}) m. a demon in the shape of an owlet RV. vii, 104, 22.

s'us'ukvana4 * = or mfn. shining, resplendent, brilliant RV.

s'us'ulUka * = m. a small owl, owlet Sây. on RV. vii, 104, 22.

s'us'ulU4kA * = f. a partic. bird MaitrS. (Padap. {suSilI4kA}). [1084, 3]

s'ura * = m. a lion L.; w.r. for {zUra}, a hero MBh. i, 3708.

shuura = valiant * = mfn. (prob. fr. 1. {zU} = {zvi} and connected with {zavas}, {zuna}, {zUna})
strong, powerful, valiant, heroic, brave (cf. {-tama} and {-tara}) RV. MBh.; m. a strong or mighty
or valiant man, warrior, champion, hero, one who acts heroically towards, any one (loc.) or with
regard to anything (loc. instr., or comp.; ifc. f. {A}) RV. &c. &c.; heroism (?, = or w.r. for {zaurya})
Kâv.; a lion L.; a tiger or panther L.; a boar L.; a dog L.; a cock L.; white rice L.; lentil L.;
Arthocarpus Locucha L.; Vatica Robusta L.; N. of a Yâdava, the father of Vasu-deva and
grandfather of Kriishna MBh.; of a Sauviraka ib.; of a son of Ilina ib.; of a son of Kârtavîrya Hariv.
Pur.; of a son of Vidûratha ib.; of a son of Deva-midhusha ib.; of a son of Bhajamâna Hariv.; of a
son of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a son of Vatsa-prî MârkP.; of a poet Cat.; of various other men Buddh.
Râjat.; w.r. for {sUra} L.; (pl.) N. of a people MBh. Hariv. [Cf. Gk. $ in $.] &328609[1086, 1]

s'uuraNa * mfn. high-spirited, fiery (said of horses) RV. i, 163, 10 (= {vikrama-zIla} Sây.); m. (also
written {sUraNa}) Amorphophallus Campanulatus (the Telinga potato) Hcar. Sus'r.; Bignonia
Indica L.

shuuraaH = heroes

shuuro = warrior or skilled one

shuurpakarNakaM = having long ears

shushruushaa = service * zuzrUSaNa * n. desire of hearing BhP.; obedience, service, dutiful

homage to (gen. dat. loc., or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; (ifc.) attention to, maintenance of (fire) MBh.

shushruuSaa * f. desire or wish to hear Kâm.; obsequiousness, reverence, obedience, service (said
to be of five kinds (see {zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.; saying, speaking, telling L.; {-para} mfn.
diligent or attentive in service Kathâs.

shushruu * mfn. desirous of hearing or learning NriisUp. Bhag. &c.; eager to obey, obedient,
attentive, serving, attending on (gen. or comp.) TBr. &c. &c.

shushhke = in the drying up of

siushka *= 1 mf({A})n. dried, dried up, dry, arid, parched, shrivelled, emaciated, shrunk,
withered, sere RV. &c. &c.; useless, fruitless, groundless, vain, unprofitable, empty Mn. MBh. &c.;
mere, simple (see {-gAna}); m. N. of a man (a relative of Sukha-varman; cf. {zuSkaTa-varman})
Râjat.; n. (and m. g. {ardharcA7di}) anything dry (e.g. dry wood, dry cow-dung &c.) RV. Vishn.\\2
Nom. (only mf. {zuSkitum}) to become dry DivyA7v.

shushhyati = (4 pp) to dry

shuudraH = lower-class men

shuudrasya = of the shudra

shuudraaNaaM = of the shudras

shuunya = zero

shuunyaM = zero

shuula = triant, trishuula

shyati = to sharpen
shyaamala = dark

shyaamalaM = the dark-complexioned one

shyaalaaH = brothers-in-law

sid.hdhyasid.hdhyoH = in success and failure

siddha = a prophet or adept, ever-ready, having psychic power

siddhaH = perfect

siddhayaH = great achievements including mystic powers

siddhaye = for perfection

siddhaloka* = m. the world of the Blest BhP

siddhasanghaaH = perfect beings

siddhaa.nsha = A Varga. The 24th Harmonic Chart. Also known as Chaturvi.nsha.nsha. Used in
delineating Spiritual Gifts

siddhaanaaM = of those who have achieved perfection

siddhaanta = thesis

siddhaasana = the adept's posture

siddhi= success, achievement * = 1 f. driving off, putting aside Yâjñ. \\2 f. (for 1. see p. 1215, col. 1)
accomplishment, performance, fulfilment, complete attainment (of any object), success MBh.
Kâv. &c.; the hitting of a mark (loc.) Kâm.; healing (of a disease), cure by (comp.) Yâjñ.; coming
into force, validity ib.; settlement, payment, liquidation (of a debt) Mn. viii, 47; establishment,
substantiation, settlement, demonstration, proof. indisputable conclusion, result, issue RPrât. Up.
Sarvad.; decision, adjudication, determination (of a lawsuit) W.; solution of a problem ib.;
preparation, cooking, maturing, maturity ib.; readiness W.; prosperity, personal success, fortune,
good luck, advantage Mn. MBh. &c.; supreme felicity, bliss, beatitude, complete sanctification (by
penance &c.), final emancipation, perfection L.; vanishing, making one's self invisible W.; a
magical shoe (supposed to convey the wearer wherever he likes) ib.; the acquisition of
supernatural powers by magical means or the supñsupposed faculty so acquired (the eight usually
enumerated are given in the following S'loka, {aNimA} {laghimA prA7ptiH prAkAmyam mahimA
tathA IzitvaM ca vazitvaM ca tathA kAmA7vasAyitA} [1216, 3]; sometimes 26 are added e.g.
{dUra-zravaNa}, {sarvajJa-tva}, {agni-stambha} &c.) Sânkhyak. Tattvas. Sarvad.; any unusual
skill or faculty or capability (often in comp.) Pañcat. Kathâs.; skill in general, dexterity, art Car.;
efficacy, efficiency Kâv. Pañcat.; understanding, intellect W.; becoming clear or intelligible (as
sounds or words) BhP.; (in rhet.) the pointing out in the same person of various good qualities
(not usually united) Sâh.; (prob.) a work of art Râjat. iii, 381; a kind of medicinal root (= {Rddhi}
or {vRddhi}) L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; a partic. Yoga (either the 16th or 19th) Col.;
Success or Perfection personified MBh. VarBriS.; N. of Durgâ Kathâs.; of a daughter of Daksha
and wife of Dharma Pur.; of the wife of Bhaga and mother of Mahiman BhP.; of a friend of Danu
Kathâs.; of one of the wives of Gane7s'a RTL. 215, 2; N. of S'iva (in this sense m.) MBh.

siddhiM = powers
siddhiH = success

siddhii = a psychic (or occult) power

siddhau = in success

sidh.h = to be accomplished

sidhama.ntro = having got the effect of the mantra

sidhda = accomplished

sidhdaa.rth = (m) pr.n

sidhya.nti = (Vr.Pr.III P.pl.PP)materialise

sidhyati = (4 pp) to reach

siikataa = (f) sand

siisa* = n. (of doubtful derivation) lead (also used as money) VS. &c. &c.; the leaden weight used
by weavers VS.; mf({A})n. leaden, of lead VS. LâthyS'r.

siitaa = the wife of Rama

sita* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see below; for 3. p. 1214, col. 2) bound, tied, fettered RV. &c. &c.; joined with,
accompanied by (instr.) Prab. Râjat. BhP.

sita* = 2 see 2. {pra4-sita} p. 697, col. 3.

sita* = 3 mf({A})n. (prob. formed fr. {a-sita} as {sura} fr. {asura}; for 1. and 2. {sita} see p. 1213,
col. 1; for 4. see 1. {so}) white, pale, bright, light (said of a day in the light half of a month and of
the waxing moon) MBh. Kâv. &c.; candid, pure (see {-karman}); m. white (the colour) L.; the light
half of the month from new to full moon VarBriS.; the planet Venus or its regent (= {zukra}) ib.;
sugar ib.; Bauhinia Candida L.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; ({A}) f. white sugar,
refined sugar Sus'r.: Hcat.; moonlight L.; a handsome woman.; spirituous liquor L.; N. of various
plants (a species of Aparâjitâ; white Kanthakârî; white Dûrvâ grass; Arabian jasmine &c.) Sus'r.;
bamboo juice L.; N. of the Ganges (in {sitA7sitA}, under {sitA}); one of the 8 Devis (Buddh.)
Kâlac.; ({am}) n. silver L.; sandal L.; a radish L.

siitaa* = f. (less correctly written {zItA}; cf. {sIma4n}, {sIra}) a furrow, the track or line of a
ploughshare (also personified, and apparently once worshipped as a kind of goddess resembling
Pomona; in RV. iv, 57, 6, Sitâ is invoked as presiding over agriculture or the fruits of the earth; in
VS. xii, 69-72, Sitâ, the Furrow "' is again personified and addressed, four furrows being required
to be drawn at the ceremony when the above stanzas are recited; in TBr. she is called {sAvitrI},
and in PârGri. {indra-patnI}, `" the wife of Indra "'; in epic poetry SñSitâ is the wife of
Râmacandra and daughter of Janaka, king of Mithilâ, capital of Videha, who was otherwise called
Sîradhvaja; she was named Sitâ because fabled to have sprung from a furrow made by Janaka
while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice instituted by him to obtain progeny,
whence her epithet Ayoni-jâ, `" not womb-born "'; her other common names, Maithilî and
Vaidehî, are from the place of her birth; according to one legend she was Vedavatî q.v., in the
Kriita age; accord. to others she was an incarnation of Lakshmi and of Umâ; the story of Râma's
bending the bow, which was to be the condition of the gift of Sitâ, is told in R. i, 67; Sîtâ's younger
sister Urmilâ was at the same time given to Lakshmana, and two nieces of Janaka, daughters of
his brother king Kusa-dhvaja, to Bharata and S'atrughna) RV. &c. &c. IW. 335 n. 1; 337 &c.; N. of
a form of Dâkshâyanî Cat.; of a poetess Cat.; of a river MBh. R. &c.; of the eastern branch of the
four mythical branches of the heavenly Ganges (into which it is supposed to divide after falling on
mount Meru; this branch is fabled to flow into the Varsha or Dvîpa called Bhadra7va) L.; of an
Upanishad Cat.; spirituous liquor W.

siitaapatiM = siotA's husband

siitaapatiH = the husband or lord of sItA

siitaayaaH = sItA's

siitha = one that belongs to earth

siidati = (1 pp) to sit

siidanti = are quivering

siimaa = limit, boundary

siivyati = to sew

siJNchati = (6 pp) to sprinkle

sikataa = salt

sikta = sprayed

sikthaM = (n) wax

sikthavartikaa = (f) candle

sik* = to scatter about, sprinkle

siida* = see {ku4sIda}, p. 298, col. 1.

siidantIya* = n. (fr. {sIdantas}, the first word of RV. viii, 21, 5) N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr

siik (zik)* = to rain in fine drops, drizzle, sprinkle, wet, moisten; to go, move, to besprinkle;t o
speak, to shine

siMhaH = (m) lion

si.nha = lion

si.nhanaadaM = roaring sound, like that of a lion

si.nhaasana = the lion posture

siMhaasanam.h = (n) throne

sita = Blank

sindhuH = ocean

sHrid.h = friend

skaanda* = mfn. relating to Skanda &c. Sarvad.; composed by Skanda-svâmin ({-bhASya} n. N. of

a Commentary); n. (with or scil. {purANa}) N. of the Skanda-purâna.

ska.ndhau = shoulders

skanda = a name of Kartikeya, god of war

skanda* = m. anything which jumps or hops (in {tRNa-skanda4}, `" grasshopper "'N. of a man)
RV.; spurting, effusing, effusion, spilling, shedding (cf. {a4} and {ghraNa-sk-}); perishing,
destruction Gît.; quick-silver L.; `" Attacker "'N. of Kârttikeya (q.v., son of S'iva or of Agni; he is
called god of war as leader of S'iva's hosts against the enemies of the gods [1256,2]; he is also
leader of the demons of illness that attack children [cf. {-graha}], also god of burglars and thieves;
cf. {-putra} and IW. 427 n. 1) MaitrS. MBh. &c.; N. of S'iva MBh.; a king prince L.; a clever or
learned man (cf. {skandha}) L.; the body L.; the {jA7di} (pl. Sanskârak.)

skandaH = Kartikeya

skandhaH = (m) shoulder

skhalanashiila = adj. liable to lapse

sma = an indeclinable that changes the sentence to past tense from present tense * = {smA}, (or
{Sma}, {SmA}) ind. a particle perhaps originally equivalent to `" ever "', `" always "'; and later to
`" indeed "', `" certainly "', `" verily "', `" surely "' (it is often used pleonastically, and in earlier
language generally follows a similar particle [esp. {ha}, {na}], or relative, or prep. or verb, while in
later language it frequently follows {iti}, {na} and {nA4} [cf. 1. {mA4}]; it is also joined with a
pres. tense or pres. participle to give them a past sense [e.g. {pravizanti sma}, `" they entered "'];
this use of {sma} is also found in the Brâhmanas and is extended to {veda} and {Aha} cf. Vâm. v,
2, 46) RV. &c. &c.

smaara * = m. remembrance, recollection of (comp.) TÂr.; (fr. {smara}) relating or belonging to

the god of love Naish.

smayate = (1 ap) to smile

smaya* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) smiling at anything, wonder, surprise, astonishment MBh. Bhartri. (v.l.);
arrogance, conceit, pride in or at (comp.) Ragh. Das'. BhP.; Pride (personified as the son of
Dharma and Pushthi), Bhp.

smara * mf({A}) n. remembering, recollecting (see {jAti-smara}); m. (ifc. f. {A}) memory,

remembrance, recollection ChUp. Uttarar.; loving recollection love, (esp.) sexual love AV. &c. &c.;
Kâma-deva (god of love) Kâlid. Kathâs. &c.; an interpreter or explainer of the Veda (and `" the
god of love "') Naish.; the 7th astrol. mansion VarBriS.

smarati = (1 pp) to remember, recollect

smaran.h = thinking of
smaraami = remember

smaret.h = remembers, recalls

smaashana = graveyard

smera * = mild smiles

smita * = mfn. smiled, smiling MBh. R. &c.; expanded, blown, blossomed S'is'. Pañcat.; n. a smile,
gentle laugh ({-taM-kR}, `" to smile "') MBh. Kâv. &c.

smrita = remembered

smritaM = is considered

smritaH = is considered

smritaa = when remembered

smriti = of memory

smritiH = memory

smritibhra.nshaat.h = after bewilderment of memory

smritii = memory

snaatakottara = post graduate

snaati = to bathe

snaana = bath, ablution

snaana-shiila = (metaphorically) pure

snaanagriham.h = (n) bathroom

snaayu = sinew

snaayuvitananaM = sprain

snigdha = affectionate; also oily, greasy * = mfn. sticky, viscous or viscid, glutinous, unctuous,
slippery, smooth MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r. &c. ; glossy, resplendent Ka1lid. ; oily, greasy, fat Sus3r. Subh.
; treated or cured with oily substances Car. ; adhesive, attached, affectionate, tender, friendly,
attached to or fond of (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; soft, mild, bland, gentle (%{am} ind.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
lovely, agreeable, charming Ka1lid. Uttarar. ; thick, dense (as shade) Megh. ; m. a friend L. ; Pinus
Longifolia L. ; the red castor-oil plant L. ; (scil. %{gaNDUSa}) a partic. mode of rinsing the mouth
MW. ; (%{A}) f. marrow (= %{medA}) L. ; a partic. root similar to ginger L. ; (%{am}) n. viscidity,
thickness, coarseness W. ; bees'-wax L. ; civet L. ; light, lustre W.

snigdhaaH = fatty
snushhaa = (f) daughter-in-law

sneha = love * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) oiliness, unctuousness, fattiness,

greasiness, lubricity, viscidity (also as one of the 24 Gunas of the Vais'eshika branch of the Nyâya
phil.) Sus'r. Yâjñ. Tarkas. Sarvad. (IW. 69); oil, grease, fat, any oleaginous substance, an unguent
S'ânkhBr. &c. &c.; smoothness, glossiness VarBriS.; blandness, tenderness, love, attachment to,
fondness or affection for (loc. gen., or comp.), friendship with ({saha}) MaitrUp. MBh. Kâv. &c.;
moisture MW.; a fluid of the body ib.; (pl.) N. of the Vais'yas in Kus'a-dvîpa VP.

snehaH = friendship (oil)

s'oshasambhava* = m. the root of long pepper L.

s'oshaapahaa* = f. `" removing consumption "', a kind of plant (= {klItanaka}) L.

s'oshaka* = mfn. drying up, absorbing, removing, destroying BhP.

s'oshaNa* = mf({I})n. drying up, draining, parching, withering Nir. MBh. Sus'r.; (ifc.) removing,
destroying BhP.; m. N. of an Agni, Hiriv.; of one of the arrows of Kâma-deva (god of love) Vet. Gît.
Sch.; Bignonia Indica L.; n. drying up (intr.), desiccation MaitrUp. VarBriS.; making dry,
draining, suction MBh. Pañcat. Sus'r.; dry ginger L.

s'oshaNiiya* = mfn. to be dried or sucked up or drained or absorbed VarBriS.

s'oshayitavya* = mfn. to be dried up &c. MW.

s'oshayitR* = m. one who dries up or parches Sây.

s'osha* = &c. see 1. {zoSa}, p. 1092, col. 2.

s'osha* = see 2. {zoSa}, p. 1092, col. 2.

s'osha* =1 mfn. (fr. 1. {zuS}) drying up, desiccating (also fig. = `" removing, destroying "') BhP.;
m. the act of drying up, desiccation, dryness MBh. Sus'r.; pulmonary consumption (also
personified as an evil demon) Sus'r. VarBriS. Hcat.; (also w.r. for {zotha} or {zopha}.)

s'osh4a* =2 m. (fr. {zU} = {zvi}; cf. {zUSa}) breath, vital energy VS. (Mahîdh

soDhuM = to tolerate

sopaanam.h = (n) staircase, steps

soma = The Moon

somaH = the moon

somapaaH = drinkers of soma juice

somavaara = Monday

spandate = (1 ap) to throb

spardha* = mfn. emulous, envious ({-tA} f.) W.; ({A}) f. see below.

spardhaa* = f. emulation, rivalry, envy, competition for or with (instr. with and without {saha}
gen. loc., or comp.; {-dhayA}, `" in rivalry or emulation "') MBh. R. &c.; desire for (comp.)
Bhartri. (v.l.)

sparshanaM = touch

sparshaan.h = sense objects, such as sound

spashtha = Longitude of planet or house (bhaava)

sphathika * = m. crystal, quartz S'vetUp. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. alum (accord. to some also {-kI})
L.; camphor L.

sphaathika * =mf({A} or {I})n. made of crystal, crystal-line MBh. Kâv. &c.; n. crystal MBh. R..; a
kind of sandal Âs'vGri. Paris'.

sphaathIka * =m. = {sphaTika}, crystal, quartz L.

spridh* = f. contest, competition, battle, fight RV.; a rival, adversary ib.; m. a rival, enemy BhP.;
mfn. emulous, vying with (comp.) ib.; desirous of ib.

sprihaa = aspiration

sprihaNiyaruupaM = desirable form (personal appearance)

sphiita = (adj) prosperous

spris' = to touch

spris'a * = mfn. touching, reaching to (in {sarvadvAra-sp-}) MBh.; m. touch, contact (in {duH-
sp-} q.v.); ({A}) f. a kind of plant ( = {bhujaMga-ghAtinI}) L.; ({I}) f. the prickly nightshade,
Solanum Jacquini L.

spris'ati = (6 pp) to touch

spris'an.h = touching

spris'tha= * mfn. touched, felt with the hand handled AV. &c. &c.; affected or afflicted or
possessed by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; defiled (cf. comp.); (in gram.) formed by complete
contact of the organs of utterance (applied to all consonants except semivowels [called {ISat-
spRSTa}, `" formed by slight contact "'] and except sibilants and {h}, which are called {ardha-
spRSTa}, `" formed by half-contact "') Prât. Siksh.

spris'thi * = f. touch, touching, contact S'Br.

sphuTatara = (adj) crystal clear

sphura* = mfn. id. Pañcat.; m. quiver, throb &c. (in {sa-sphura}, `" throbbing "' i.e. `" living "')
Bhathth.; = (and v.l. for) {sphara}, a shield L.
sphuraNa* = mfn. glittering, sparkling VarBriS.; n. the act of trembling, throbbing, vibration,
pulsation (also {A} f.) Dhâtup. L.; quivering or throbbing of parts of the body (as indicating good
or bad luck) MW.; springing or breaking forth, starting into view, expansion, manifestation Sâh.
BhP. Sarvad.; flashing, coruscation, twinkling, glittering Megh. Mâlatîm.

sphurat* = mfn. (pr. p. P.) trembling, shaking &c. (see root and cf. comp.)

sphurati = (6 pp) to throb

sphurad* = in comp. for {sphurat}.

sphuran* = in comp. for {sphurat}.

sphurita = shining* = mfn. quivering, throbbing, trembling, palpitating, flashing &c. Kâv.
VarBriS. Pañcat.; struggling Vâs.; glittered, flashed (n. impers. `" it has been flashed by "') Hariv.
Kâlid. BhP.; broken forth, burst into view, suddenly arisen or appeared Kathâs. Sarvad.; plainly
displayed or exhibited S'is'.; swelled, swollen W.; ({am}) n. a tremulous or convulsive motion,
quiver, throb, twitch, tremor, convulsion Kâlid. Bhartri.; agitation or emotion of mind MW.; flash,
gleam, glittering, radiance, shren MBh. Kathâs.; sudden appearance, coming into being Râjat.

sphuurta* = mfn. (accord. to some) throbbed, throbbing MW.; suddenly risen into remembrance
ib.

sphuurti* = f. quivering, throbbing, throb, palpitation, tremor, vibration Bhpr.; breaking forth
visibly, sudden appearance or display, manifestation Kâv. Râjat.; bragging, boasting Pañcad.

sphuurj* = cl. 1. P. (Dhâtup. vii, 61) {sphUrjati} (only in pres.; Gr. also pf. {pusphUrja} fut.
{sphUrjitA} &c.), to rumble, roar, thunder, crash Kâv. Kathâs.; to burst forth, be displayed,
appear ib. Râjat. Sâh.: Caus. {sphUrja4yati} (aor. {apusphUrjat}), to crash, crackle AV. AitBr.:
Desid. {pusphUrjiSati} Gr.: Intens. {posphUrjyate}, {posphUrkti} ib. [Cf. Gk. $.]
&383822[1271,2]

sphuurja* = m. the crashing sound of thunder, thunder-clap W.; Indra's thunderbolt ib.; sudden
outbreak (cf. {narma-sph-}); N. of a Râkshasa, BhâgP.; a kind of plant (= {sphUrjaka}) L.

sphur* = 1 (cf. {sphar}) cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 95) {sphura4ti} (m. c. also {-te}; p. {sphurat} and
{sphuramANa} [qq.vv.]; only in pres. base, but see {apa-sphur}; Gr. also pf. {pusphora},
{pusphure}; fut. {sphuritA}, {sphuriSyati}; aor. {asphorIt}; Prec. {sphUryAt}; inf. {sphuritum}),
to spurn RV. AV.; to dart, bound, rebound, spring RV. MBh. Kâv.; to tremble, throb, quiver,
palpitate, twitch (as the nerves of the arm S'ak.), struggle Kaus'. MBh. &c.; to flash, glitter, gleam,
glisten, twinkle, sparkle MaitrUp. R. &c.; to shine, be brilliant or distinguished Râjat. Kathâs.
MârkP.; to break forth, burst out plainly or visibly, start into view, be evident or manifest, become
displayed or expanded NriisUp. MBh. &c.; to hurt, destroy Naigh. ii, 19: Caus. {sphorayati} (aor.
{apusphurat} or {apuspharat}), to stretch, draw or bend (a bow) Bhathth. [1271,1]; to adduce an
argument S'ank. Sch.; to cause to shine, eulogize, praise excessively Pañcad.; {sphurayati}, to fill
with (inser.) Lalit.: Desid. {pusphuriSati} Gr.: Intens. {posphuryate}, {posphorti}. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat.
{sperno}; Lith. &383704[1271,1] {spi4rti}; Germ. {sporo}, {spor}, {Sporn}; Eng. {spur}, {spurn}.]

sphur* = 2 (ifc.) quivering, trembling, throbbing S'is'. ii, 14.

sraja *: a garland MBh. Hariv.; m. N. of one of the Vis've Devâh MBh

sraak *=quickly, speedily, instantly

sraavaNa* = mfn. causing to flow, shedding ({rudhira-srAvaNaM-kR}, `" to shed any one's blood
"') KâtyS'r. Sus'r. Kull.

sravanta: *mfn. flowing, dropping

sravaNa* = n. streaming, flowing, flowing off (also pl.; cf. {azva-sr-}) R.; premature abortion
VarBriS.; sweat, perspiration L.; urine L.

sravantI* = f. (of {sravat} q.v.) flowing water, a river RV. &c. &c. (cf. Naigh. i, 13); a kind of herb L.

sravana * = hearing

sringara = amourous

srotasaaM = of flowing rivers

srijati = (6 pp) to create

srijs* = mfn. to be let go or emitted or created BhP. Sarvad.

srij* =1 (cf. 1. 2. {sarj}) cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 121) {sRja4ti} (Ved. and ep. also {-te}, and once in
AV. {sa4rjati}; pf. {sasarja}, {sasRje4} [2. sg. accord. to Pân. 7-2, 65, {sasarjitha} and {sasraSTha},
in BhP. once {sasarktha}]; Vedic forms are {sasRjma4he}, {-jrire}, {sasRjyAt}, {asasRgram}; p.
{sasRjAna4} q.v.; {sasRgma4he}; aor. {asrAkSIt}; {a4sRkSi}, {a4sRSTa} [Ved. also {a4sRgram}
or {-ran}; {a4sarji}; {asrAk}, {asrAT}; {srAs}; {srakSat}; p. {sRjAna4} q.v.] ib. [1245,2]; fut.
{sraSTA} PañcavBr.; {srakSyati}, {-te} Br. &c.; inf. {sraSTum} MBh. &c.; ind. p. {sRSTvA} Br.;
{-sR4jya} ib. &c.; {-sa4rgam} or {-sa4rjam} Br.), to let go or fly, discharge, throw, cast, hurl at
(acc. or dat.) RV. &c. &c.; to cast or let go (a measuring line) RV.; to emit, pour forth, shed, cause
to flow (rain, streams &c.) ib. &c. &c.; to utter (a sound) Kathâs.; to turn or direct (glances) Kum.;
to let loose, cause (horses) to go quickly; Â. `" to speed, run, hasten "' RV.; to release, set free ib.
AV. Kaus'.; to open (a door) Kaus'.; to publish, proclaim AitBr.; to draw out and twist (a thread),
twist, wind, spin (lit. and fig.; Â. {sRjyate}, `" for one's self "'; cf. Pat. on Pân. 3-1, 87 Vârtt. 15, and
Dhâtup. xxvi, 69) TS. AV. S'Br. S'rS.; (in older language only Â.) to emit from one's self i.e. create,
procreate, produce, beget RV. &c. &c.; to procure, grant, bestow MBh. R. &c.; to use, employ
Râjat.; to get, acquire, obtain, take (interest on money lent) Mn. viii, 140; to hang on, fasten to
(loc.) MBh. iii, 2218 (perhaps {asRjat}, w.r. for {asajat}; see {saJj}): Pass. {sRjyate} (aor.
{a4sarji}), to be let loose or emitted or created RV. &c. &c.: Caus. {sarjayati}, {-te} (aor.
{asasarjat} or {asIsRjat}), to cause to let loose, let go, create &c. Br. &c.: Desid. {sisRkSati}, {-te},
to wish to send forth or hurl or throw Hariv.; (Â.) to wish to produce or create Kâthh. BhP.:
Intens. {sarIsRjyate}, {sarIsRSTi} &c. Gr.

srij* =2 (ifc.) letting loose, emitting, discharging MBh. Kâv. &c.; producing, creating, begetting
(also with gen.) Inscr. MBh. Râjat.

srijati* = m. (used as, a substantive to denote the root {sRj}, `" to create "') S'is'.

srijatvakarman* = n. begetting children Sanskârak.

srijaya* = m. a kind of bird VS. (Mahîdh.); ({A4}) f. = {nIla-makSikA}, {zukla-sarpa}, or {nIla-

mahiSa} TS. (Sch.)

srijavAna* = m. N. of a son of Dyuti-mat (v.l. {sRjAvaNa}) VP. [1245,3]

srijana* = w.r. for {sarjana} (q.v.) Cat.

srijAna* = mfn. let go, poured out, shed, emitted, sent forth, hurled, thrown RV

srijaami = manifest

srijya * = mfn. to be let go or emitted or created BhP. Sarvad.

sritii = different paths

srip (sRp)* = cl. 1 P. (Dha1tup. xxiii, 14) %{sa4rpati} (ep. and m. c. also %{-te}; p. %{sa4rpat} [see
s.v.] and %{sarpamANa}; pf. %{sasarpa} [1. du. %{sasRpiva}] Br.; aor. %{asRpat} AV. Br.;
%{asRpta} Br. &c.; %{asArpsIt}, or %{asrApsIt} Gr.; fut. %{sarptA} or %{sraptA} ib.;
%{sarpsyati} Br.; %{srapsyati} ib. &c.; inf. %{sarpitum} MBh. &c.; %{sarptum} or %{sraptum}
Gr.; %{-sR4pas} Br.; ind. p. %{sRptvA} ib.; %{-sR4pya} AV. &c.; %{-sarpam} Br. &c.), to creep,
crawl, glide, slink, move gently or cautiously (%{sarpata}, `" depart! "' Ra1jat.) RV. &c. &c.; to slip
into (acc.) AitBr.; (in ritual) to glide noiselessly and with bended body and hand in hand (esp.
from the Sadas to the Bahish-pavama1na) Br. S3rS. ChUp.: Pass. %{sRpyate} (aor. %{asarpi}), to
be crept &c. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{sarpayati} (aor. %{asIsRpat} or %{asasarpat}, to cause to creep
&c. (see %{ava-}, %{anu-pra-}, %{vi-sRp}): Desid. %{si4sRpsati} (see %{ut-sRp}): Intens.
%{sarIsRpyate} (AitA1r.), %{sarIsarpti}, p. %{sarIsRpat} (BhP.), to creep along or hither and
thither, glide about &c. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. &375922[1245,3] %{serpere}; see also %{sarpa}.]

srishhTiH = creation

srishtha* = mfn. let go, discharged, thrown &c.; given up, abandoned (in {a-sR-}) Das'.; brought
forth produced, created AV. &c. &c.; provided or filled or covered with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R.;
engrossed by, intent upon (instr.) MBh.; firmly reasolved upon (loc. or dat.) Gaut.; ornamented,
adorned L.; abundant, much, many L.; ascertained W.; ({A}) f. a kind of medicinal plant L.; a
musical instrument like a stick which produces a soft sound L.

srishhTii = World

srishhTvaa = creating

s'ruta* = mfn. heard, listened to, heard about or of, taught, mentioned, orally transmitted or
communicated from age to age S'Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; known, famous, celebrated RV. AV. Br.
MBh.; known as, called (nom. with {iti}) MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of a son of Bhagîratha Hariv.; of a son
of Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Su-bhâshana ib.; of a son of Upagu VP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of
Dîrghadanshthra Kathâs.; ({am}) n. anything heard, that which has been heard (esp. from the
beginning), knowledge as heard by holy men and transmitted from generation to generation, oral
tradition or revelation, sacred knowledge (in the Pur. personified as a child of Dharma and
Medhâ), the Veda AV. &c. &c.; the act of hearing MundUp. Kâv. Kathâs.; learning or teaching,
instruction ({zrutaM-kR}, `" to learn "') Âpast.; memory, remembrance AV. i, 1, 2.

staH = is

stanabhara = breasts that are(full-with milk)

stabdhaH = impudent * = mfn. firmly fixed, supported, propped &c.; reaching up to (loe.)
S'vetUp. MBh.; stiff, rigid, immovable, paralyzed, senseless, dull ({am} ind.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
solidified (as water) Hariv.; puffed up, proud, arrogant ChUp. Bhag. &c.; tardy, slack, slow (?)
VarBriS.; obstinate, stubborn, hard-hearted MW.; coarse ib.
stabh = (root) to make immobile, to stun

stambhaH = (m) pillar * =stambha m. (ifc. f. {A}) a post, pillar, column, stem (as of a tree; also
improperly applied to an arm) Kâthh. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; support, propping, strengthening
Bhartri.; inflation, pretentiousness, arrogance MBh. R. &c.; fixedness, stiffness, rigidity, torpor,
paralysis, stupefaction MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming hard or solid Râjat.; stoppage, obstruction,
suppression (also the magical arresting of any feeling or force, as of hunger, thirst, or of the forces
of water, fire &c. as taught in the Tantras) Kâv. Sus'r. Pañcar.; filling up, stuffing R.; N. of a partic.
Adhyâya Pat. on Pân. 5-2, 60 Vârtt. 1; of a Riishi &c. VP. (cf. g. {kuJjA7di} and {zaunakA7di}).

stamba: a clump or tuft of grass, any clump or bunch or cluster AV. &c. &c.; a sheaf of corn L. a
bush, thicket L. [1258, 1]; a shrub or plant having no decided stem (such as the Jhinthî or
Barleria) L.; the post to which an elephant is tied (wrongly inferred from {stambe-rama} q.v.) L.;
a mountain L.; N. of various men Hariv. Pur.; n. (in these senses prob. w.r. for {stambha}, m.) a
post, pillar in general W.; stupidity, insensibility W.

stambhana = Stationary planet

staram.h = (n) level

stana * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di} ifc. {A} or {I}; derivation doubtful, but prob. connected with
{stan}, from the hollow resonance of the human breast), the female breast (either human or
animal), teat, dug, udder RV. &c. &e.; the nipple (of the female or the male breast) Sus'r.; a kind of
pin or peg on a vessel shaped like a teat S'Br.

sthaa* = 1 cl. 1. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxii , 30) %{ti4SThati} , %{-te} (pf. %{tasthau4} , %{tasthe} RV.
&c. &c. ; aor. %{a4sthAt} , %{a4sthita} ib. ; 3. pl. %{asthiran} RV. AV. Br. ; %{Asthat} [?] AV. ;
%{asthiSi} , %{-Sata} Br. &c. ; Subj. %{sthAti} , %{sthA4thaH} RV. ; Prec. %{stheyAt} ib. ;
%{stheSam} , %{-SuH} [?] AV. ; %{sthAsISTa} Gr. ; fut. %{sthAtA} MBh. &c. ; %{sthAsyati} , %{-
te} Br.&c. ; inf. %{sthA4tum} ib. ; %{-tos} Br. Gr2S3rS. ; %{-sthitum} R. ; ind. p. %{sthitvA} MBh.
&c. ; %{-sthA4ya} RV. &c. &c. ; %{-sthAyam} Bhat2t2.) , to stand , stand firmly , station one's self
stand upon , get upon , take up a position on (with %{pAdAbhyAm} , `" to stand on the feet "' ;
with %{jAnubhyAm} , `" to kneel "' ; with %{agre} or %{agratas} and gen. , `" to stand or present
one's self before "' ; with %{puras} and with or without gen. , `" to stand up against an enemy &c.
"') RV. &c. &c. ; to stay , remain , continue in any condition or action (e.g. with %{kanyA} , `" to
remain a girl or unmarried "' ; with %{tUSNIm} or with %{maunena} instr. `" to remain silent "' ;
with %{sukham} , `" to continue or feel well "') AV. &c. &c. ; to remain occupied or engaged in , be
intent upon , make a practice of , keep on , persevere in any act (with loc. ; e.g. with %{rAjye} , `"
to continue governing "' ; with %{zAsane} , `" to practise obedience "' ; with %{bale} , `" to
exercise power "' ; with %{sva-dharme} , `" to do one's duty "' ; with %{sva-karmaNi} , `" to keep
to one's own business "' ; with %{saMzaye} , `" to persist in doubting "' ; also with ind. p. e.g.
%{dharmam@Azritya} , `" to practise virtue "') AV. Mn. MBh. &c. ; to continue to be or exist (as
opp. to `" perish "') , endure , last TS. Mn. MBh. &c. ; to be , exist , be present , be obtainable or at
hand AV. &c. &c. ; to be with or at the disposal of , belong to (dat. gen. , or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. ;
(A1. m. c. also P. cf. Pa1n2. 1-3 , 23 ; iv , 34) to stand by , abide by , be near to , be on the side of ,
adhere or submit to , acquiesce in , serve , obey (loc. or dat.) RV. &c. &c. ; to stand still , stay quiet
, remain stationary , stop , halt , wait , tarry , linger , hesitate (see under %{sthitvA} below) RV.
&c. &c. ; to behave or conduct one's self (with %{samam} , `" to behave equally towards any one "'
loc.) ; to be directed to or fixed on (loc.) Hariv. Katha1s. ; to be founded or rest or depend on , be
contained in (loc.) RV. AV. MBh. ; to rely on , confide in (loc. e.g. %{mayi@sthitvA} , `" confiding
in me "') Bhat2t2. ; to stay at , resort to (acc.) R. ; to arise from (abl. or gen.) RV. ChUp. ; to desist
or cease from (abl.) Katha1s. ; to remain unnoticed (as of no importance) , be left alone (only
Impv. and Pot.) Ka1v. Pan5cat.: Pass. %{sthIyate} (aor. %{asthAyi}) , to be stood &c. (frequently
used impers. e.g. %{mayA@sthIyatAm} , `" let it be abided by me "' i.e. `" I must abide "') Br. &c.
&c.: Caus. %{sthApayati} , %{-te} (aor. %{a4tiSThipat} ; ind. p. %{sthApayitvA} [q.v.] and %{-
sthA4pam}: Pass. %{sthApyate}) , to cause to stand , place , locate , set , lay , fix , station ,
establish , found , institute AV. &c. &c. ; to set up , erect , raise , build MBh. R. ; to cause to
continue , make durable , strengthen , confirm MBh. R. Sus3r. &c. ; to prop up , support ,
maintain MBh. Hcat. ; to affirm , assent Sa1h. Nya1yas. Sch. ; to appoint (to any office loc.) Mn.
MBh. &c. ; to cause to be , constitute , make , appoint or employ as (two acc. ; with %{dhAtrIm} ,
`" to employ any one as a nurse "' ; with %{rakSA7rtham} , `" to appoint any one as guardian "' ;
with %{sajjam} , `" to make anything ready "' [1262,3] ; with %{su-rakSitam} , `" to keep anything
well guarded "' ; with %{svIkRtya} , `" to make anything one's own "' ; with %{parizeSam} , `" to
leave anythñanything over or remaining "') S3vetUp. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to fix , settle , determine ,
resolve Mn. MBh. &c. ; to fix in or on , lead or being into , direct or turn towards (loc. , rarely acc. ;
with %{hRdi} , `" to impress on the heart "' ; with %{manas} , `" to fix the mind on "') AV. &c. &c.
; to introduce or initiate into , instruct in (loc. e.g. with %{naye} , `" to instruct in a plan or system
"') MBh. Katha1s. ; to make over or deliver up to (loc. or %{haste} with gen. , `" into the hands of
"') Ya1jn5. Ratna7v. Katha1s. ; to give in marriage MBh. ; to cause to stand still , stop , arrest ,
check , hold , keep in , restrain (with %{baddhvA} , `" to keep bound or imprisoned "') S3Br. &c.
&c. ; to place aside , keep , save , preserve MBh. Hariv.: Desid. of Caus. %{-sthApayiSati} (see
%{saM-sthA}): Desid. %{ti4SThAsati} , to wish to stand &c. S3Br.: Intens. %{teSThIyate} ;
%{tAstheti} , %{tAsthAti} Gr. [Cf. Gk. $ ; Lat. {stare} ; Lith. {sto4ti} ; Slav. {stati} ; &381116[1262
,3] Germ. {sta7n} , {stehen} ; Eng. {stand}.]//(or %{STha}) mf(%{A})n. (only ifc.) standing ,
staying , abiding , being situated in , existing or being in or on or among (see %{agni-} ,
%{garbha-} , %{jala-} , %{naraka-} , %{rAjya-stha} &c.) ; occupied with , engaged in , devoted to
performing , practising (see %{dhyAna-} , %{yajJa-} , %{yoga-} , %{savana-stha} &c.) ; a place ,
ground (ibc. = %{sthala}) L.//sthA* = (or %{SThA4}) mfn. (nom. m. n. %{sthA4s}) standing ,
stationary (often ifc. = `" standing , being , existing in or on or among "' cf. %{agni-SThA} ,
%{RtasthA} &c.) RV. Pan5cavBr. S3a1n3khS3r.

sthaH = situated

sthagayati = to stop someone

sthalaa = (f) tiles (on the floor)

sthaa = to stand

sthaa(tishhThati) = to stand

sthaaNuH = unchangeable

sthaana = place, house, position * = n. (also said to be m. Siddh.) the act of standing, standing
firmly, being fixed or stationary AV. &c. &c.; position or posture of the body (in shooting &c.) R.;
staying, abiding, being in or on (loc. or comp.) Das3. Ka1m. Hariv. Sa1h.; storingplace or storage
(of goods) Mn. viii, 401; firm bearing (of troops), sustaining a charge (as opp. to %{yuddha}, `"
charging "') ib. vii, 190; state, condition (ifc. = `" being in the state of "') Up. BhP.; continued
existence, continuance in the same state (i.e. in a kind of neutral state unmarked by loss or gain),
continuing as or as long as (with instr.) MBh. R. BhP.; a state of perfect tranquillity Sarvad.;
station, rank, office, appointment, dignity, degree MaitrUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; place of standing or
staying, any place, spot, locality, abode, dwelling, house, site (%{sthAne@sthAne} or
%{sthAne@sthAneSu}, `" in different places "', `" here and there "') RV. &c. &c.; place or room,
stead (%{sthAne} with gen. or ifc. `" in place of "', `" instead of "', `" in lieu of "'; %{ripu-sthAne-
vRt}, `" to act in the place of an enemy "'; %{vilocana-sthAna-gata}, `" acting the part of eyes "';
also %{sthAna} ifc. = `" taking the place of "', `" acting as "', `" representing "' or `" represented
by "' e.g. %{pitR-sth-}, `" acting as a father "' or `" represented by a fñfather "'; %{iyaG-uvaG-
sthAna}, `" reprñrepresented by %{iy} or %{uv} "' [as %{I} and %{U} Pa1n2. 1-4, 4]; in Pa1n2ini's
grammar the gen. case is often used alone, when the word %{sthAne} has to be supplied e.g.
%{hanter@jaH}, `" %{ja} is to be substituted in place of %{han} "', i, 1, 49) AitBr. Gr2S3rS. &c.;
place for, receptacle of (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; proper or right place (%{sthAne}, `" in the right
place or at the right time, seasonably, justly "') Pan5cavBr. &c. &c. (cf. g. %{svar-Adi}); province,
region, domain, sphere (of gods or virtuous men; said to be in one of three places, viz. `" earth "'
or `" atmosphere "' or `" heaven "'; accord. to some that of virtuous Bra1hmans is called
Pra1ja1patya; of Kshatriyas, Aindra; of Vais3yas, Ma1ruta; of S3u1dras, Ga1ndharva) Nir.
VarBr2S.; the main support or strength or chief constituent of a kingdom (said to be four, viz. `"
army "', `" treasury "', `" city "', `" territory "') Mn. vii, 56; a stronghold, fortress Pan5cat.; the
place or organ of utterance of any sound (said to be 8 in number, viz. %{kaNTha}, `" throat "';
%{tAlu}, `" palate "'; %{mUrdhan}, `" top of palate "'; %{danta}, `" teeth "'; %{oSTha}, `" lips "';
%{kaNTha-tAlu}, `" throat and palate "'; %{kaNTh'-oSTha}, `" throat and lips "'; %{dant'-oSTha},
`" teeth and lips "'; to which are added %{nAsikA}, `" nose "', said to be the place of utterance of
true Anusva1ra, and %{uras}, `" chest "', of Visarga) Pa1n2. 1-9 Sch. Pra1t. Sarvad.; any organ of
sense (e.g. the eye) BhP.; the pitch or key of the voice, note, tone (of which accord. to RPra1t.,
there are three [see %{mandra}], or accord. to TPra1t., seven; %{vInA@cyutA@sthAnAt}, `" a
lute out of tune "') S3rS. Pra1t. MBh. &c.; shape, form, appearance (as of the moon) VarBr2S.; the
part or character of an actor MW.; case, occurrence (%{ne7daM@sthAnaM@vidyate}, `" this case
does not occur "') Ya1jn5. Pan5cat. Vajracch.; occasion, opportunity (or (gen. or comp.;
%{sthAne} ind. `" occasionally "') S3rS. MBh. &c.; cause or object of (gen. or comp. e.g. %{zulka-
sthAna}, `" an object of toll "'; %{pUjA-} or %{mAnya-sth-}, `" an object of honour "'; also applied
to persons; %{sthAne} ind. `" because of "', `" on account of "') MBh. Pan5cat. Katha1s.; a section
or division (e.g. of medicine) Car. Sus3r. &c.; an astrol. mansion or its subdivision VarBr2S.; =
%{kAryo7tsarga}, S3i1l.; an open place in a town, plain, square W.; a holy place MW.; an altar ib.;
N. of a Gandharva king R.

sthaanaM = place

sthaanaka = (m) station, base

sthaanabhrashTa = adj. skidrow bum

sthaani = situated

sthaane = rightly

sthaapaya = please keep

sthaapayati = to put, to keep

sthaapayitvaa = placing

sthaalikaa = (f) plate, dish

sthaavara = not moving

sthaavaraaNaaM = of immovable things

sthaavira * = n. (fr. %{sthavira}) old age (described as commencing at seventy in men and fifty in
women, and ending at ninety, after which period a man is called %{varSIyas}) La1t2y. MBh. &c. ;
mfn. (v.l. for %{sthavira}) old, senile MBh. Hit.

sthaasyati = remains
sthairyam: *V steadiness, gravity, immovability, permanence *= sthairya. firmness, hardness,
solidity Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; fixedness, stability, immobility Prab. BhP. Sarvad.; calmness, tranquillity
Pañcad.; continuance, permanence Kâv. Kathâs.; steadfastness, constancy, perseverance, patience
MBh. R. &c.; firm attachment to, constant delight in (loc.) Kâv. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.

sthairyaM = steadfastness

sthavira * = mf(%{A} or %{I})n. (cf. %{sthAvara}, p. 1264) broad, thick, compact, solid, strong,
powerful RV. AV. Br. MBh. Hariv. ; old, ancient, venerable (%{-re@kAle} or %{bhAve}, `" in old
age "') Br. &c. &c. [1265,3] ; m. an old man W. ; (with Buddhists) an `" Elder "' (N. of the oldest
and most venerable Bhikshus) MWB. 184 ; 255 &c. ; N. of Brahma1 L. ; (pl.) N. of a school (also
%{Arya-sth-}) Buddh. ; (%{A}) f. an old woman MW. ; a kind of plant L. ; (%{am}) n. benzoin L.

sthira* = mf({A4}) n. firm, hard, solid, compact, strong RV. &c. &c.; fixed, immovable,
motionless, still, calm S'Br. MBh. &c.; firm, not wavering or tottering, steady R. VarBriS.;
unfluctuating, durable, lasting, permanent, changeless RV. &c. &c.; stern, relentless, hard-hearted
Kum.; constant, steadfast, resolute, persevering ({manas} or {hRdayaM sthiraM-kR}, `" to steel
one's heart, take courage "' R. Kathâs.); kept secret Vet.; faithful, trustworthy Yâjñ. MBh. &c.;
firmly resolved to (inf.) MBh.; settled, ascertained, undoubted, sure, certain Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a
partic. spell recited over weapons R.; a kind of metre VarBriS.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of one of
Skanda's attendants ib.; N. of a partic. astrol. Yoga MW.; of certain zodiacal signs (viz. Taurus,
Leo, Scorpio, Aquarius; so called because any work done under these signs is supposed to be
lasting) ib. (L. also `" a tree; Grislea Tomentosa; a mountain; a bull; a god; the planet Saturn;
final emancipation "'); ({A}) f. a strong-minded woman MW.; the earth L.; Desmodium
Gangeticiim L.; Salmalia Malabarica L.; = {-kAkolI} L.; N. of the sound {j} Up.; ({am}) n.
steadfastness, stubbornness, resistance (acc. with {ava-tan} P. `" to loosen the resistance of [gen.]
"'; Â. `" to relax one's own resistance, yield "'; with {A-tan} Â. `" to offer resistance "') RV.

sthitaM = situated

sthitaH = situated

sthitadhiiH = one fixed in KRishhNa consciousness

sthitapraGYaH = transcendentally situated

sthitapraGYasya = of one who is situated in fixed KRishhNa consciousness

sthita * = mfn. standing (as opp. to `" going "', `" sitting "', or `" lying "'; {parasparaM sthitam}, `"
standing opposed to each other "'; {sthitaM tena}, `" it was stood by him "' = `" he waited "') Mn.
MBh. &c.; standing firm ({yuddhe}, `" in battle "') Hariv.; standing, staying, situated, resting or
abiding or remaining in (loc. or comp.; with {uccA7vaceSu}, `" abiding in things high and low "';
with {anityam}, `" not remaining permanently "', `" staying only a short time "' KâtyS'r. Mn. MBh.
&c.; being or remaining or keeping in any state or condition (loc., instr. abl. comp., or a noun in
the same case, also ind. p. or adv.; {vyApya sthitaH}, `" he keeps continually pervading "' S'ak.
Vikr.; {upavizya sthitaH}, `" he remains sitting "' Vikr.; {kathaM sthitA7si}, `" how did you fare?
"' Vikr. [1264, 2]; {evaM sthite}, `" it being so "' Pañc.; {puraH sthite}, `" it being imminent "')
MBh. Kâv. &c.; engaged in, occupied with, intent upon, engrossed by, devoted or addicted to (loc.
or comp.), performing, protecting Mn. MBh. &c.; abiding by, conforming to, following (loc.) ib.;
being in office or charge Pañcat. Râjat.; adhering to or keeping with (loc.) Hariv.; lasting RPrât.;
firm, constant, invariable Kathâs.; settled, ascertained, decreed, established, generally accepted
S'Br. &c. &c.; fixed upon, determined S'ak.; firmly convinced or persuaded MBh. Subh.; firmly
resolved to (inf. or loc.) MBh. R. &c.; faithful to a promise or agreement L.: upright, virtuous L.;
prepared for or to (dat.) Yâjñ. Kum.; being there, existing, present, close at hand, ready ({sthito hy
eSaH}, `" I myself am ready "'; {agraje sthite}, `" when the elder brother is there "') Mn. MBh.
&c.; belonging to (gen.) R.; turned or directed to, fixed upon (loc. or comp.) VarBriS. Sarvad.;
resting or depending on (loc.) MBh. R. &c.; leading or conducive to (dat.) Pañcat.; one who has
desisted or ceased Pañcad.; left over L.; (in Vedic gram.) not accompanied by {iti} (in the Pada-
pâthha), standing alone ({pade sthite}, `" in the Pada text "') Prât.; ({am}) n. standing still,
stopping Bhartri.; staying, remaining, abiding R.; manner of standing ib.; perseverance on the
right path ib.

sthitaaH = are situated

sthitaan.h = standing

sthiti = position* = f. standing upright or firmly, not falling Kâvya7d.; standing, staying,
remaining, abiding, stay, residence, sojourn in or on or at (loc. or comp.; {sthitiM-kR} or {vi-} 1.
{dhA} or {grah} or {bhaj}, `" to make a stay "', `" take up one's abode "') Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; staying
or remaining or being in any state or condition (see {rAjya-sth-}); continuance in being,
maintenance of life, continued existence (the 2nd of the three states of all created things, the 1st
being {utpatti}, `" coming into existence "', and the 3rd {laya}, `" dissolution "'), permanence,
duration S'vetUp. R. Kâlid. BhP. Sarvad.; duration of life MârkP.; (in astron.) duration of an
eclipse Sûryas.; continued existence in any place MBh. Sâh.; that which continually exists, the
world, earth BhP.; any situation or state or position or abode Kâv. Pañcat. Kathâs.; station, high
position, rank Mn. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; maintenance, sustenance Mâlatîm.; settled rule, fixed
decision, ordinance, decree, axiom, maxim S'Br. &c. &c.; maintenance of discipline, establishment
of good order (in a state &c.) Ragh.; continuance or steadfastness in the path of duty, virtuous
conduct, steadiness, rectitude, propriety MBh. R. Ragh.; constancy, perseverance Bhag. Sarvad.;
devotion or addiction to, intentness on (loc.) MBh. R.; firm persuasion or opinion, conviction
Yâjñ. Kâm.; settled practice, institution, custom, usage Kathâs. Râjat.; settled bountary or bounds
(esp. of morality e.g. {sthitim-bhid}, `" to transgress the bounds of mñmorality "'), term, limit R.
Kâlid. Bhathth.; standing still, stopping, halting ({sthitim A-car}, `" to remain standing "') Ragh.
Râjat. Sus'r.; standing-place, halting-place, stand or place or fixed abode S'Br. Mn. Râjat.;
resistance to motion, inertia (in phil.); fixedness, immobility, stability Ragh. BhP.; depositing,
laying down Râjat. Kathâs.; form, shape MârkP.; manner of acting, procedure, behaviour, conduct
Mn. S'is'. Hit.; occurrence MBh.; regard or consideration for (loc.) Pañcat. v.l.; (in Vedic gram.)
the standing of a word by itself (i.e. without the particle {iti}; see {sthita}).

sthitiM = situation

sthitiH = situation

sthitii = existing

sthitau = situated

sthitvaa = being situated

sthi4ti * =f. standing upright or firmly, not falling Kâvya7d.; standing, staying, remaining,
abiding, stay, residence, sojourn in or on or at (loc. or comp.; {sthitiM-kR} or {vi-} 1. {dhA} or
{grah} or {bhaj}, `" to make a stay "', `" take up one's abode "') Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; staying or
remaining or being in any state or condition (see {rAjya-sth-}); continuance in being,
maintenance of life, continued existence (the 2nd of the three states of all created things, the 1st
being {utpatti}, `" coming into existence "', and the 3rd {laya}, `" dissolution "'), permanence,
duration S'vetUp. R. Kâlid. BhP. Sarvad.; duration of life MârkP.; (in astron.) duration of an
eclipse Sûryas.; continued existence in any place MBh. Sâh.; that which continually exists, the
world, earth BhP.; any situation or state or position or abode Kâv. Pañcat. Kathâs.; station, high
position, rank Mn. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; maintenance, sustenance Mâlatîm.; settled rule, fixed
decision, ordinance, decree, axiom, maxim S'Br. &c. &c.; maintenance of discipline, establishment
of good order (in a state &c.) Ragh.; continuance or steadfastness in the path of duty, virtuous
conduct, steadiness, rectitude, propriety MBh. R. Ragh.; constancy, perseverance Bhag. Sarvad.;
devotion or addiction to, intentness on (loc.) MBh. R.; firm persuasion or opinion, conviction
Yâjñ. Kâm.; settled practice, institution, custom, usage Kathâs. Râjat.; settled bountary or bounds
(esp. of morality e.g. {sthitim-bhid}, `" to transgress the bounds of mñmorality "'), term, limit R.
Kâlid. Bhathth.; standing still, stopping, halting ({sthitim A-car}, `" to remain standing "') Ragh.
Râjat. Sus'r.; standing-place, halting-place, stand or place or fixed abode S'Br. Mn. Râjat.;
resistance to motion, inertia (in phil.); fixedness, immobility, stability Ragh. BhP.; depositing,
laying down Râjat. Kathâs.; form, shape MârkP.; manner of acting, procedure, behaviour, conduct
Mn. S'is'. Hit.; occurrence MBh.; regard or consideration for (loc.) Pañcat. v.l.; (in Vedic gram.)
the standing of a word by itself (i.e. without the particle {iti}; see {sthita}).

sthity * =in comp. for {sthiti}.

sthitvA * =ind. having stood or stayed or stopped or waited &c. (sometimes used alone to express,
after some time "'; {mAsaM sth-}, `" after a month "'; {ciram api sth-}, `" after a long period "' =
`" sooner or later "') RV. &c. &c.

sthin * =see {tri-SThi4n} and {parame-SThi4n}.

sthira = fixed

sthira-raashi = Fixed Signs

sthiraM = firm

sthiraH = still

sthirataa = steadiness

sthirabuddhiH = self-intelligent

sthiraaM = stable

sthiraaH = enduring

sthiraiH = with firm or strong (limbs)

sthuula = (adj) strong, big

sthuulaH = (adj) fat

sthula* = 1 n. (perhaps for {sthuDa} see prec.) a sort of long tent S'is'. \\2 see {apa-SThula} p. 53,
col. 1.

sthuula* = mf({A4})n. (fr. {sthU} = {sthA} and originally identical with {sthUra}) large, thick,
stout, massive, bulky, big, huge AV. &c. &c.; coarse, gross, rough (also fig. = `" not detailed or
precisely defined "'; cf. {yathA-sth-}) Mn. MBh. &c.; dense, dull, stolid, doltish, stupid, ignorant
(cf. comp.) MBh. Pañcat.; (in phil.) gross, tangible, material (opp. to {sUkSma}, `" subtle "'; cf.
{sthUla-zarIra}); m. Artocarpus Integrifolia L.; N. of one of S'iva's attendants L.; m. n. g.
{ardharcA7di}; ({A}) f. Scindapsus Officinalis L.; Cucumis Utilissimus L.; large cardamoms L.; n.
`" the gross body "' (= {sthUla-z-}) Up. MBh. &c.; sour milk, curds L.; = {kUTa} L.; a heap,
quantity W.; a tent (prob. for 1. {sthula}) ib.

sthuulashariira = (bahuvriihi) big-bodied

stuta = praised

stuti = praise

stutiH = praise

stutibhiH = with prayers

stuva.nti = praise, flatter

stuvAna* mfn. praising (Sây. `" being praised "'). see root, col. 1

stuvanti = are singing hymns

stenaH = thief

steya = robbery

stoka = (adj) little bit, small amount

stotra = hymn

stotraM = hymn

stotre = in composing a hymn

styana = sloth

straiNa* = mf({I})n. female, feminine RV. &c. &c.; relating or belonging to women, subject to or
ruled by women, being among wñwomen Kâv. BhP.; worthy of a woman L.; n. womankind, the
female sex AV. &c. &c.; the nature of wñwomen Uttarar. BhP.

stra.nsate = is slipping

stravati = (1 pp) to flow

striyaH = women

stri* = (?) = 2. {stR}, a star (q.v.)

strI* = f. (perhaps for {sUtrI}, or {sotrI}, `" bearer of children "', fr. 2. {sU}; accord. to some
connected with Lat. {sator}; nom. {strI4}; acc. in later language also {strIm} and {strIs} pl.) a
woman, female, wife RV. &c. &c.; the female of any animal (e.g. {zAkhA-mRga-strI}, `" a female
monkey "') S'Br. MBh.; a white ant L.; the Priyangu plant L.; (in gram.) the feminine gender Nir.
S'Br. &c.; a kind of metre Col.
striyashcharitraM = the characater of a woman

strii = (f) woman

striikaaraka = Significator of wife or partner Venus

striishhu = by the womanhood.

sumano* = (for {-manas}) in comp.; {--kasa} n. (fr {su-manas} + {okas}) the abode or world of
gods (v.l. {-nau9kasa}) Hariv.; {-jJaghoSa} m. N. of a Buddha Lalit.; {--ttarA} f. (fr. {su-manas} +
{utt-}) N. of a woman and the story about her Pân. 4-3, 87 Vârtt. 1 Pat.; {-dAman} n. a garland of
flowers Mriicch.; {-bhara} mfn. possessing or ornamented with flowers W.; {-bhirAma} mf({A})n.
very captivating or agreeable, lovely, charming R.; {-mattaka}, m.N. of a man Râjat.; f. {-maya}
mf({I})n. `" consisting of flowers "' and `" being of pious disposition "', Srikanthh.; {-mukha} m.
N. of a serpentdemon MBh.; {-rajas} n. the pollen of a flower L.; {-raJjinI} f. N. of wk.; {-latA} f. a
flowering creeper Sâh.

sumanorama* = mfn. very charming or lovely R.; ({A}) f. N. of two wks.

sumanohara* = mf({A})n. very captivating or charming, beautiful MBh. Pur. [1231,1]; ({A}) f. N.
of a Comm. on the Kâvya-prakâs'a.

sus'loka* = (%{su4-}) mf(%{A})n. well sounding or speaking VS. TBr. &c.; of good renown,
famous, celebrated BhP.

suurata * = mfn. (for {su-r-}) well disposed towards, compassionate, tender Un. v, 14; tranquil,
calm ib.; ({A}) f. a tractable cow

suu = to produce

suukta = good words

suuchanaa = suggestion

suuchi = (fem) needle, pointer

suuchikaa = (f) safety pin

suuchii = (f) (sewing) needle

suuta = the chariot driver

suutaputraH = Karna

suutra = a thread

suutrachakram.h = (n) spinning wheel, charkha

suutrikaa = (f) noodles

suutre = on a thread
suuyate = manifests

suurya = sun

suuryaH = the sun

suuryakaanta = Effulgent like Sun

suuryagrihe = in the home of sun(during the solar eclipse)

suurya\-namaskaara = the homage to the sun posture

suuryanaaraayaNa = used for addressing Sun

suuryavarchasvii = with the prowess and brilliance of sun

suuryashcha = sun + and

suuryaastaH = (m) sunset

suuryodayaH = (m) sunrise

suukshma = minute, extremely small, keen

suukshmatvaat.h = on account of being subtle

suukshmadarshakam.h = (n) microscope

suukshmashariira = the astral body

su = good, used as a prefix

sudhiti * mfn. = {svadhiti}, an axe, hatchet, knife L. [1226, 2]

su-dhita: * =({su4-}) mfn. (for {sudhita} see p. 1226, col. 1) well placed or fixed RV.; well ordered
or arranged or contrived ib. TBr.; well prepared or served, ready (as food) RV.; fixed upon, meant,
intended ib.; well-disposed, kind, benevolent ib. VS.

sudhita * = mfn. (for {su-dhita} see p. 1225, col. 3) nectar-like

sunAbha * = mfn. having a good nave or centre MBh.; (also %{-bhaka}) having a good handle R.;
m. a partic. spell recited over weapons ib.; N. of a counsellor of Varun2a MBh.; of a son of
Dhr2it2a-ra1sht2ra ib.; of a son of Garud2a ib.; of a brother of Vajra-na1bha Hariv.; of a mountain
MBh. R.; (prob.) n. a wheel, discus BhP.

su.ndaram.h = the handsome one

sudati = woman

suduraachaaraH = one committing the most abominable actions

sudurdarshaM = very difficult to see

sudurlabhaH = very rare to see

sudushhkaraM = difficult

sudhaa = Nectar

sudhaaM = (fem.Acc. Sing.)nectar

sudaama * = m. `" giving well "'N. of a cowherd attendant on Kriishna Pañcar.; pl. N. of a people
(v.l. for {su-dAsa}) R.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attendant on Skanda MBh.; of a river (in
the north of India) R.

sudhaakar = Moon

sudhaakhaNDaH = (m) chalk

sugandhiM = one that has a nice fragrance

sugriiveshaH = master-sugrIva, the monkey king (literally meaning the one

sughoshhamaNipushhpakau = the conches named Sughosa and Manipuspaka

suHrid.h = affectionate

suhrit.h = to well-wishers by nature

suhrd *uhRd * `" good-hearted "', kindhearted "', `" well-disposed "', a friend, ally (also said of
planets; {suhRdo janAH}, `" friends "') S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of the fourth astrol. mansion
VarBriS.; f. a female friend Gobh. Kaus'.; mfn. (only ifc.) fond of, liking or devoted to Bâlar.; very
similar to, closely resembling ib.

suhrid.h = (bahuvriihi) friend

suhridaM = the benefactor

suhridaH = well-wishers

sujana = good man

sukanya = good virgin

sukara = easy

sukumaarau = (two) handsome young lads

sukha = happiness

sukhaM = easily
sukhaH = and happiness

sukhataH = for happiness

sukhada = the one giving comfort

sukhaduHkha = happiness and distress

sukhamedhate = happiness, obtains

sukhaleshaH = (even a little) happiness

sukhasampadaam.h = of the happiness and wealth

sukhasya = of happiness

sukhaani = happiness thereof

sukhaarthinaH = (of) a man seeking happiness

sukhaasana = the easy posture

sukhaasanam.h = (n) a reclining chair, rocking chair

sukhinaH = happy

sukhii = happy

sukhe = in happiness

sukhena = in transcendental happiness

sukheshhu = in happiness

sukritaM = pious activities

sukritadushhkrite = good and bad results

sukritasya = pious

sukritiM = good deed

sukritinaH = those who are pious

sukritinaaM = of the good-doer

sukritii = the man with good deeds

sukshma * = mf({A4})n. consisting of good earth VS. (Sch.)

sulabha = Easy
sulabhaH = very easy to achieve

sumanasya = benevolence

sumanda * = mfn. very slow or dull; (%{A}) f. N. of a partic. S3akti Pan5car.; (%{-da})%{-buddhi}
mfn. very dull-witted or much disheartened MBh.; %{-bhAj} mfn. very unfortunate ib.

sumitraa = dasharath's wife, laxmañs mother

suniyamanaya = with good niyama or GYaana, also with na, ya, ma, na, ya gaNaas

sunishchitaM = definitely

sundara = beautiful

sundariiM = (sundari in objective case)

supakva *= mf(%{A})n. (i.e. 5. %{su+p-}; 2. %{pac}) well-cooked or matured, thoroughly ripe (lit.
and fig.) AV. Sus3r. Pan5car.; a sort of fragrant Mango L.

suputra = good son

supuujitam.h = well worshipped

supta = asleep

supta\-jaanu\-shirshhaasana = the supine head-knee posture

supta\-paschimottanaasana = the supine back-stretching posture

supta\-paadaangushhThaasana = the supine big toe posture

supta\-baddha\-padmaasana = the supine bound lotus posture

supta\-vajraasana = the supine thunderbolt posture

supra = whitesura = god

suragaNaaH = the demigods

suraguroH = of Brihaspati (the teacher of Gods)

surangikaa = (f) a small tunnel

surasanghaaH = groups of demigods

suraaNaaM = of the demigods

suraapaana = drinking, alcoholism

suratataa* f. godhead MBh.; the rice of gods Cat

surata * =; mfn. sporting, playful Un. v, 14 Sch.; compassionate, tender L.; m. N. of a mendicant
Buddh.; ({A}) f. a wife Hariv. (Sch.); N. of an Apsaras MBh.; ({am}) n. great joy or delight ib.; (ifc.
f. {A}) amorous or sexual pleasure or intercourse, coition Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; {-keli} f. amorous
sport or dalliance Cat.; {-krIDA} f. id. Kathâs.; {-gahvarA} f. N. of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; {-glAni}
f. exhaustion from sexual intercourse Megh.; {-janita} mfn. produced by sexual intñintercourse
ib.; {-tAlI} f. a female messenger, go-between L.; a chaplet, garland for the head L.; {-nivRtti} f.
cessation of sexñsexual intñintercourse Cat.; {-pradIpa} m. a lamp burning during sexñsexual
intñintercourse Kum.; {-prabhA} f. N. of a woman Kathâs.; {-prasaGga} m. addiction to
sexñsexual intñintercourse MW.; {-prasaGgin} mfn. addicted to sexñsexual intñintercourse
Riitus.; {-priya} mfn. id. VarBriS.; N. of a woman Dhûrtas.; {-bandha} m. a kind of coition L.;
{-bheda} m. a kind of cñcoition Cat.; {-maJjarI} f. N. of a daughter of the Vidyâ-dhara Matanga-
deva and of the 16th Lambaka of the Kathâ-sarit-sâgara (called after her); {-mRdita} mfn. worn
out by sexual intñintercourse Bhartri.; {-raGgin} mfn. (for {sura-t-} see p. 1234, col. 2), delighting
in or addicted to sexual intercourse Subh.; {-varNana} n. description of sexñsexual intercourse
Cat.; {-vArarAtri} f. a night fit for sexñsexual intñintercourse Ragh.; {-vidhi} m. performance or
rule or mode of sex intñintercourse VarBriS.; {-vizeSa} m. a partic. kind of sexñsexual
intñintercourse Kir.; {-vyApArajAta-zrama} mfn. wearied by addiction to sexñsexual
intñintercourse Subh.; {-sambhoga} m. enjoyment of sexñsexual intñintercourse Vet.; {-saukhya}
n. the pleasure of sexñsexual intñintercourse ib.; {-stha} mfn. engaged in sexñsexual
intñintercourse Kathâs.; {-to7tsava} m. the joy of sexual intñintercourse Subh.; {-to7tsuka} mfn.
desirous of sexñsexual intñintercourse VarBriS.; {-to7pacAra-kuzala} mfn. skilled in sexñsexual
intñintercourse ib.

surendra = king of gods

surkiMsijan.h = (m) what happens to some babies' weewees

surya = A name for the Sun

suryodaya = sun-rise

sushiila = of good character

sushiilatva = good character

suzruNa * = mfn. obtaining good hearing (Sây. `" very famous "') RV.

sushumnaa = the spinal cord

sushhuptiH = deep sleeping

sushhuptii\-avasthaa = the state of the mind in dreamless sleep

susukhaM = very happy

susmita = endowed with good smiles

suta = son

suta * = 1 mfn. impelled, urged S'Br.; allowed, authorized ib. \\2 mfn. pressed out, extracted; m.
(sg. and pl., once n. in ChUp. 12, 1) the expressed Soma. Juice, a Soma libation RV. AV. S'Br.
ChUp. BhP. \\3 mfn. begotten, brought forth; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a son, child, offspring ({sutau} du. =
`" son and daughter "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a king L.; N. of the 5th astrological house VarBriS.; N. of a
son of the 10th Manu Hariv.; ({A}) f. see below.

sutaa = daughter* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a daughter Mn. MBh. &c.; the plant Alhagi Maurorum L.

suuya * = n. extraction of the Soma-juice, libation, sacrifice (cf. {rAja-s-}) MBh.

suyama * = mf({A})n. easy to be guided, tractable (as a horse &c.) RV. TBr.; easy to be restrained
or controlled or kept in order, well regulated RV. AV. VS.; m. pl. a partic. class of gods BhP.; ({A})
f. the Priyangu plant L.

su-yaama4 * = mfn. binding or restraining well (as reins) RV.; m. N. of a Deva-putra Lalit.; pl. a
partic. class of gods MB

suvarNakaaraH = (m) goldsmith

suvipulaM = great, in bulk

suviruuDha = strongly

su-vrit-tattva = the principle of goodness

suvyavasthitaa = well organised

suGYaanaaya = (instr.S) thro'good knowledge

suta * = 1 mfn. impelled, urged S'Br.; allowed, authorized ib. \\ 2 mfn. pressed out, extracted; m.
(sg. and pl., once n. in ChUp. 12, 1) the expressed Soma. Juice, a Soma libation RV. AV. S'Br.
ChUp. BhP. \\3 mfn. begotten, brought forth; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a son, child, offspring ({sutau} du. =
`" son and daughter "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a king L.; N. of the 5th astrological house VarBriS.; N. of a
son of the 10th Manu Hariv.; ({A}) f. see below.

sutaa * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a daughter Mn. MBh. &c.; the plant Alhagi Maurorum L.

suucaka * =mf(%{ikA})n. pointing out , indicating , showing , designating MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
pointing to (acc.) Hariv. ; informing , betraying , treacherous Car. ; m. a denouncer , informer Mn.
MBh. &c. ; (the following only in L.) the manager or chief actor of a company ; a narrator , teacher
; the son of an A1yogava and a Kshatriya1 ; a Buddha ; a Siddha ; demon , imp ; villain , dog ;
jackal ; cat ; crow ; needle ; balustrade , parapet ; kind of rice.

suukshma * = mf({A})n. (prob. connected with {sUci}, p. 1241, col. 1) minute, small, fine, thin,
narrow, short, feeble, trifling, insignificant, unimportant (with {artha} m. `" a trifling matter "' )
Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; acute, subtle, keen (understanding or mental operation; {am} ind.) KathhUp. R.
&c.; nice, exact, precise Col.; subtle, atomic, intangible Up. Sânkhyak. MBh. &c.; m. a partic.
figure of rhetoric (`" the subtle expression of an intended act "') Cat.; (with S'aivas) one who has
attained a certain grade of emancipation Hcat.; a mystical N. of the sound {I} Up.; N. of S'iva
MBh.; of a Dânava ib. Hariv.; m. or n. an atom, intangible matter Sânkhyak. Sarvad. MBh. &c.;
the subtle all-pervading spirit, Supreme Soul L.; the Kataka or clearing-nut plant L.; = {kRtaka},
or {kaitava} L.; ({A}) f. sand L.; small cardamoms L.; N. of two plants (= {yUthikA} or {karuNI})
L.; of one of the 9 S'aktis of Vishnu L.; ({am}) n. the cavity or socket of a tooth Vishn.; woven silk
L.; marrow L.; the Veda7nta philosophy L.
suuta * = 1 mfn. urged, impelled &c. (cf. 3. {sUta}, p. 1241, col. 2, 1. {suta}, and {nR-SUta}). \\2
mfn. (for 3. see p. 1241, col. 2) born, engendered (see {su-SUta}); one that has, brought forth
(young) Mn. VarBriS.; m. quicksilver S'ârngS. Sarvad.; the sun W.; ({A}) f. a woman who has
given birth to a child MW.; a young quadruped L.; w.r. for {sutA} Pañcat. iii, 192/193. \\ 3 m. (of
doubtful derivation, prob. to be connected with 1. {sU}; for 1. 2. {sUta} see pp. 1239 and 1240) a
charioteer, driver, groom, equerry, master of the horse (esp. an attendant on a king who in earlier
literature is often mentioned together with the {grAma-NI4}; in the epics also a royal herald or
bard, whose business was to proclaim the heroic actions of the king and his ancestors, while he
drove his chariot to battle, or on state occasions, and who had therefore to know by heart portions
of the epic poems and ancient ballads; he is the son of a Kshatriya by a Brâhmanî or of a Brâhman
[accord. to S'âs'vata also of a S'ûdra] and a Kshatriyâ; the most celebrated S'ûta was Loma-
harshana who was a pupil of Vyâsa) AV. &c. &c. (IW. 510 n.); a carpenter or wheelwright L.; N. of
a son of Vis'vâmitra MBh.; ({yA}) f. g. {krauDy-Adi}; ({I}) f. the wife of a Sûta MW.; a female bard
ib.

suutra* = n. (accord. to g. {ardhacA7di} also m.; fr. {siv}, `" to sew "', and connected with {sUci}
and {sUnA}) a thread, yarn, string, line, cord, wire AV. &c. &c.; a measuring line (cf. {-pAta})
Hariv. VarBriS. &c.; the sacred thread or cord worn by the first three classes (cf. {yajJo7pavIta})
BhP.; a girdle ib.; a fibre Kâlid.; a line, stroke MBh. VarBriS. Gol.; a sketch, plan Râjat.; that which
like a thread runs through or holds together everything, rule, direction BhP.; a short sentence or
aphoristic rule, and any work or manual consisting of strings of such rules hanging together like
threads (these Sûtra works form manuals of teaching in ritual, philosophy, grammar &c.: e.g. in
ritual there are first the S'rauta-su7tras, and among them the Kalpa-su7tras, founded directly on
S'ruti q.v.; they form a kind of rubric to Vedic ceremonial, giving concise rules for the
performance of every kind of sacrifice [IW. 146 &c.]; other kinds of SñS'ruti works are the
Griihya-sûtras and Sâmayâcârika or Dharma-sûtras i.e. `" rules for domestic ceremonies and
conventional customs "', sometimes called collectively Smârta-sûtras [as founded on {smRti} or `"
tradition "' see {smArta}]; these led to the later DharmaS'âstras or `" law-books "' [IW. 145]; in
philosophy each system has its regular text-book of aphorisms written in Sûtras by its supposed
founder [IW. 60 &c.]; in Vyâkarana or grammar there are the celebrated Sûtras of Pânini in eight
books, which are the groundwork of a vast grammatical literature; with Buddhists, Pâs'upatas &c.
the term Sûtra is applied to original text books as opp. to explanatory works; with Jainas they
form part of the Driishthivâda) IW. 162 &c.; a kind of tree DivyA7v.

suunrita* = mf({A}) n. joyful, glad RV.; friendly, kind Mn. (iii, 150) MBh. &c.; pleasant and true
(in this sense supposed to be fr. 5. {su} + {Rta}) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({A}), E see below; ({am}) n. joy,
gladness, delight RV. AV.; (with Jainas) pleasant and true speech (one of the five qualities
belonging to right conduct) Sarvad.

suunritaa* = f. gladness, joy, exultation, song of joy, glee (instr. pl. `" joyfully "') RV. TS. PârGri.;
kindness, friendliness, kind and true speech KathhUp. MBh. &c. [1242, 3]; truth (opp. to {an-
Rta}) personified as a goddess RV. AV. &c.; the wife of Dharma BhP.; a daughter of Dharma and
wife of Uttâna-pâda Hariv. VP.; of an Apsaras L.

sva* = 1 mf({A4})n. own, one's own, my own, thy own, his own, her own, our own, their own &c.
(referring to all three persons accord. to context, often ibc., but generally declinable like the
pronominal {sarva} e.g. {svasmai} dat. {svasmAt} abl. [optionally in abl. loc. sing. nom. pl. e.g.
{taM svAd AsyAd asRjat}, `" he created him from his own mouth "' Mn. i, 94]; and always like
s'iva when used substantively [see below]; sometimes used loosely for `" my "', `" thy "', `" his "',
`" our "' [e.g. {rAjA bhrAtaraM sva-grIham pre7SayAm-Asa}, `" the king sent his brother to his
(i.e. the brother's) house "']; in the oblique cases it is used as a reflexive pronoun = {Atman}, e.g.
{svaM dUSayati}, `" he defiles himself "'; {svaM nindanti}, `" they blame themselves "') RV. &c.
&c.; m. one's self, the Ego, the human soul W.; N. of Vishnu MBh.; a man of one's own people or
tribe, a kinsman, relative, relation, friend ({svAH}, `" one's own relations "', `" one's own people
"') AV. &c. &c.; ({A}) f. a woman of one's own caste MBh.; ({am}) n. (ifc. f. {A}), one's self, the Ego
(e.g. {svaM ca brahma ca}, `" the Ego and Brahman "'); one's own goods, property, wealth, riches
(in this sense said to be also m.) RV. &c. &c.; the second astrological mansion VarBriS.; (in alg.)
plus or the affirmative quantity W. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {se}, {sovos}, {suus}; &385055[1275,1] Goth.
{sik}; Germ. {sich} &c.] (N. B. in the following comp. {oñ} own stands for one's own).

sva* = 2 Nom. P. {svati} (pf. {svAm-Asa}) = {sva ivA7carati}, he acts like himself or his kindred
Vop. xxi, 7.

svaa* = in comp. for {svar}. -2.

svaabhaava * = m. own non-existence Nîlak.

svaagatakaxaH = (m) drawing room

svaada = (m) taste

svaadate = (1 ap) to taste

svaadishhTaH = (m) delicious, tasty

svaadu = sweet

svaadhiina = dependent on the self

svaadhyaaya = self-study

svaadhyaayaH = study of Vedic literature

svaadhyaaya* = m. reciting or repeating or rehearsing to oñone's self, repetition or recitation of

the Veda in a low voice to oñone's self S'Br. &c. &c.; repeating the VñVeda aloud (acc. with caus.
of 1. {zru}, `" to cause the VñVeda to be repeated aloud "') Mn. iii, 232; recitation or perusal of any
sacred texts W.; the Veda L.; a day on which sacred recitation is resumed after its suspension
MW.; N. of wk.; mfn. studying the VñVeda ({-tama}, perhaps w.r. for {svA7dhyAyi-t-}) DivyA7v.;
{-dhRk} mfn. one who repeats or recites the VñVeda Âpast.; {-brAhmaNa} n. N. of ch. in the
Taittiriya7ranyaka; {-vat} mfn. (= {-dhRk}) Yâjñ. MBh. Hariv.; m. a repeater or student of the
VñVeda W.; {-yAyA7rthin} m. one who seeks a maintenance for himself during his studentship
Mn.xi, 1. 2.

svaadhyaaya* = Nom. P. {-yAyati}, to study, recite, read to (acc.) DivyA7v. SaddhP.

svaadhyaayaanmaa = sva + adhyAyAt.h + mA:fromone's learning + doñt

svaapa = (m) sleep

svaaM = of Myself

svaami = master* = in comp. for {svAmin}.

svaamii = the master

svaamin* = (Hit.) m. lion or lord among bñbird "'N. of Garuda. [574,2]\\ see p. 1284, col. 1. \\ m.
(fr. 1. {sva} + {min}) an owner, proprietor, master, lord or owner of (gen. loc., or comp.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; a chief, commander (of an army) Vikr. Subh.; a husband, lover (du. `" husband and
wife "') Âpast. Mn. MBh. &c.; a king, prince (in dram. used as a form of address = {deva}); a
spiritual preceptor, learned Brâhman or Pandit (used as a title at the end of names, esp. of natives
of the Carnatic); the image or temple of a god (often ifc.; see {zrIdhara-}, {viSNu-sv-} &c.); N. of
Skanda Yâjñ. i, 293; of Vishnu L.; of S'iva L.; of Garuda L.; of the Muni Vâtsyâyana L.; of the 11th
Arhat of the past Utsarpinî L.; of various authors (also with {mizra} and {zAstrin}; sometimes
abridged from names ending in {svAmin} e.g. for {kSIra-} and {zabara-svAmin}) Cat.; ({inI}) f.
see next.

svaaraajya = `self-rule', i.e., not being subordinate someone else

svaartha = one's own ends* = m. oñone's own affair or cause, personal matter or advantage, self-
interest, oñone's own aim or object (also pl.) MaitrUp. MBh. R. &c.; oñone's own property or
substance MW.; own or original meaning Sâh. Veda7ntas. TPrât. Sch.; similar meaning (prob. for
{sA7rtha}), a pleonasm MW.; = {liGgA7rtha-vizeSa} L.; mf({A})n. directed to oñone's self
egoistical ({-tA} f.) Kum. Tarkas. &c.; adapted to (its) purpose Car.; having one's object,
expressing (its) own inherent or true meaning, havñhaving a natural or literal meaning,
havñhaving a similar mñmerits (= {sA7rtha}), pleonastic MW.; ({am} or {e}) ind. on oñone's own
account, for oñone's self Kâv. Kathâs. KapS. &c.; {-paNDita} mfn. clever in oñone's own affairs
MBh.; {-para} mfn. intent on oñone's own advantage, self-interested S'is'. ({-tA} f. `" selfishness "'
MW.); {-parA7yaNa} mfn. id. MW.; {-prayatna} m. a self-interested project Ratna7v.; {-bhAj}
mfn. managing one's own affairs HParis'.; {-bhraMzin} mfn. ruinous to oñone's own interests
Pañcat.; {-lipsu} mfn. wishing to gain oñone's own object, self-seeking MW.; {-vighAta} m.
frustration of one's object ib.; {-sAdhaka} mfn. effective of or promoting one's own object Cân.
BhP. Nir.; {-sAdhana} n. accomplishment of one's own object or desire Mn. Râjat.; ({-na})
{-tatpara} mfn. intent upon it Mn. iv, 196; {-siddhi} f. (= {sAdhana}) Râjat.; {-thA7numAna} n. `"
inference for oñone's self "', (in log.) a partic. process of induction MW.; {-the74t} mfn. attending
to one's own affairs TS.; {-tho7papatti} f. the gaining oñone's own object Ragh.

svaarthii = adj. self-centered

svaas'ishaatman * = mfn. (%{AziSA} instr. of %{Azis}) thinking only of oñone's

own wishes BhP

svaati = The fifteenth nakshatra. Can be spelt Svati

svaayatta = dependent only one onself

sva = Self

svabhaava = nature, personal mental attributes, habit, existence* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) native place
Vishn.; own condition or state of being, natural state or constitution, innate or inherent
disposition, nature, impulse, spontaneity; ({-vAt} or {-vena} or {-va-tas} or ibc.), from natural
disposition, by nature, naturally, by oñone's self, spontaneously) S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; {-kRta}
mfn. done by nature, natural VarBriS.; {-kRpaNa} m. `" naturally mean "'N. of a Brâhman
Pañcat.; {-ja} mfn. produced by natural disposition, innate, natural R. Sâh. &c.; {-janita} mfn. id.
Kâv.; {-tas} ind. see above; {-tA} f. (Jâtakam.) or {-tva} n. (TPrât. Sch.) the state of innate
disposition or nature; {-daurjanya} n. natural or innate wickedness W.; {-dveSa} m. natural
hatred L.; {-prabhava} mfn. (= {-ja} above) VarBriS.; {-bhAva} m. natural disposition Pañcat.;
{-vAda} m. the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and
necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties MW. [1276, 2]; {-vAdin} m.
one who maintains the above doctrine ib.; {-zUra} mfn. possessing natural heroes (others, `"
valiant by nature "') Hit.; {-siddha} mfn. established by nature, natural, imiate Âs'vS'r. Bhartri.;
self-evident, obvious Kâs'.; {-vA7rtha-dIpikA} f. N. of Comm.; {-vo7kta} mfn. said or declared
spontaneously Yâjñ. Sch.; {-vo7kti} f. statement of the exact nature (of anything), accurate
description of the properties (of things) Kâvya7d. Pratâp. &c.; spontaneous declaration A.;
{-vo7nnata-bhAva} mfn. high-minded by nature ({-tva} n.) Hariv.

svabhaavaH = characteristics

svabhaavajaM = born of his own nature

svabhaavajaa = according to his mode of material nature

svabhaavajena = born of your own nature

svabhaavaniyataM = prescribed according to one's nature

svachakshushhaa = your own eyes

svachchha = pure

svachchha.ndii = adj. self-absorbed

svadesha = one's own country

svadhaa* = f. (for {svadhA4} see p. 1280) self-position, self-power, inherent power (accord. to
someN. of Nature or the material Universe; {sva-dha4yA} `" by self-power "') RV.; own state or
condition or nature, habitual state, custom, rule, law RV.; ease, comfort, pleasure ({a4nu
svadhA4m}, {svadhA4m a4nu} or {svadhA4 a4nu}, {svadha4yA}, or {svadhA4bhiH}, `" according
to one's habit or pleasure, spontaneously, willingly, easily, freely, undisturbedly, wantonly,
sportively "') RV. AV. VS. TBr.; own place, home ({svadhe4} du. `" the two places or homes "',
heaven and earth Naigh. iii, 30) ib.; `" own portion or share "', the sacrificial offering due to each
god, (esp.) the food or libation, or refreshing drink (cf. 2. {su-dhA}) offered to the Pitriis or spirits
of deceased ancestors (consisting of clarified butter &c. and often only a remainder of the Havis;
also applied to other oblations or libations, and personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of
the Pitriis or of Angiras or of a Rudra or of Agni) RV. &c. &c.; ({-dha4}) ind. (with dat. or gen.) the
exclamation or benediction used on presenting (or as a substitute for) the above oblation or
libation to the gods or departed ancestors (accord. to Mn. iii, 252 the highest form of benediction
at a S'râddha; with {kR}, `" to pronounce the exclamation or benediction {sva-dhA} "';
{svadhA7stu}, `" let there be a blessing on it "' [cf. RTL. 104, n. 1]) RV. &c. &c.

svadhaa* = f. (for {sva-dhA} see p. 1278, col. 1) an axe, knife TS.

svaahaa* = ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} and {ah}; cf. {dur-AhA}) hail! hail to! may a blessing rest on!
(with dat.; an exclamation used in making oblations to the gods; with {kR} [ind. p. {-kA4ram}, or
{-kRtya}] and acc. `" to pronounce the exclamation Svâhâ over "') RV. &c. &c.; f. an oblation
(offered to Agni, Indra &c.) or Oblation personified (as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni; she
is thought to preside over burnt-offerings; her body is said to consist of the four Vedas, and her
limbs are the six Angas or members of the Veda; she is represented also as a wife of the Rudra
Pas'u-pati) RV. &c. &c.

svadharmaM = your religious duty

svadharmaH = one's prescribed duties

svadharme = in one's prescribed duties

svadhaa = oblation

svah= svar=*

svajanaM = kinsmen

svakaM = His own

svakarma = in his own duty

svakarmaNaa = by his own duties

svakshetra = Planet in its own sign

svaliilayaa = sva+lIlaya, through one's play-like action

svalpa = little

svalpaM = a little

svaM = own

svamatipariNaamaavadhi = according to one's intellectual capacity

svana = sound

svanushhThitaat.h = perfectly done

svapati = (2pp) to sleep

svapan.h = dreaming

svapna = dream

svapnaM = dreaming

svapnaH = dreaming

svapnashiilasya = of one who sleeps

svapnaavabodhasya = sleep and wakefulness

svapnaavasthaa = the state of the mind in a dream

svapne = in dream

svar (svaha)* = 1 (= {sur}) cl. 10. P. {svarayati}, to find fault, blame, censure Dhâtup. xxxv, 11. \\*
=2 (prob. = a lost {sur}; cf. {svR}) cl. 1. P. {svarati}, Caus. {svarayati}, to shine.\\ * =4 (in Yajur-
veda also {su4var}) ind. (used in Veda as nom acc. loc., or gen., in Naish. vi, 99 also as abl.; from
the weak base {sU4r} the RV. forms the gen. {sU4ras} and the dat. {sUre4} [iv, 3, 8]), the sun,
sunshine, light, lustre RV. AV. VS. [1281,2]; bright space or sky, heaven (as distinguished from
{div}, which is regarded as the vault above it; often `" heaven "' as a paradise and as the abode of
the gods and the Blest, in AV. also of the Asuras; {svaH prayAtaH}, `" gone to heaven "' i.e. `"
departed this life "') RV. &c. &c.; the space above the sun or between the sun and the polar star,
the region of the planets and constellations (regarded as the 3rd of the 7 worlds [see {loka}] and
the 3rd of the three Vyâhriitis [i.e. {bhu4r bhu4vaH sva4H}]; {svar} is pronounced after {om} and
before the Gâyatrî by every Brâhman on beginning his daily prayers) Mn. MBh. &c.; water Naigh.
i, 12; N. of S'iva MBh. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {sol}; &386838[1281,2] Lith. {sa4ule}; Goth. {sauil}; Angl.
Sax. {so7l}.]

svara = sound

svara* = or m. (ifc. f. {A}) sound, noise RV. &c. &c.

svara* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) sound, noise RV. &c. &c.; voice Mn. MBh. &c.; tone in recitation &c.
(either high or low), accent (of which there are three kinds, {udAtta}, {anudAtta} qq. vv., and
{svarita}, col. 3), a note of the musical scale (of which seven [rarely six or eight] are enumerated,
1. {niSAda}; 2. {RSabha}; 3. {gAndhAra}; 4. {SaDja}; 5. {madhyama}; 6. {dhaivata}; 7. {paJcama}
[described as resembling respectively the notes of an elephant, bull, goat, peacock, curlew or
heron, horse, and Koil [1285, 2]; and designated by their initial letters or syllables thus, {ni}; {R};
{ga}; {Sa}; {ma}; {dha}; {pa}], but the order is sometimes changed, {Sadja} being placed first, and
{niSAda} last) Prât. S'rS. Sangît. MBh. &c.; a symbolical expression for the number `" seven "'
VarBriS.; a vowel (either {dIrgha}, `" long "'; or {hrasva}, `" short "'; or {pluta}, `" prolated "')
Prât. S'rS. MBh. &c.; air breathed through the nostrils ChUp.; N. of Vishnu Vishn.; ({A}) f. N. of
the chief wife of Brahmâ L.; ({am}) n. a musical note Sây. on RV. x, 146, 2; N. of various Sâmans
ÂrshBr.

svarloka* = m. the world of hñheaven, a partic. hñheaven, the region called Svar (cf. {bhuvar-},
{bhUr-l-}) R. Pur.; N. of mount Meru (also {-zikhara}) Das'.; m. an occupant of hñheaven, a god,
one of the Blest ({-tA} f.) BhP.

svaahaa* = ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} and {ah}; cf. {dur-AhA}) hail! hail to! may a blessing rest on!
(with dat.; an exclamation used in making oblations to the gods; with {kR} [ind. p. {-kA4ram}, or
{-kRtya}] and acc. `" to pronounce the exclamation Svâhâ over "') RV. &c. &c.; f. an oblation
(offered to Agni, Indra &c.) or Oblation personified (as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni; she
is thought to preside over burnt-offerings; her body is said to consist of the four Vedas, and her
limbs are the six Angas or members of the Veda; she is represented also as a wife of the Rudra
Pas'u-pati) RV. &c. &c.

svaara* = m. sound, noise (of a snorting horse) RV.; tone, accent RPrât.; the Svarita accent TPrât.;
mfn. relating to sound or accent MW.; having the Svarita accent; n. a Sâman ending with the
Svarita accent VS. PañcavBr. Lâthy.

s'van* = 1 m. (nom. sg. du. pl. {zvA}, {zvAnau}, {zvAnas}; weakest base {zun} cf. 2. {zuna} &c., p.
1082; in some comp. {zvA} for {zva} cf. below), a dog, hound, cur RV. &c. &c.; ({zunI4}) f. a
female dog. [Cf. Zd. {spâ}; Gk. $; Lat. {canis}; Lit. {szu4}; Goth. {hunds}; Eng. {hound}; Germ.
{Hund}.]\\ 2 (prob. fr. {zvi}) in {Rji4-}, {durgR4bhi-}, and {mAtari4-zvan}, qq. vv

svaruupa = one's true nature

svaruupaM = form

svarga = heaven

svargaM = to heaven
svargatiM = passage to heaven

svargaparaaH = aiming to achieve heavenly planets

svargalokaM = heaven

svargaat.h = (Masc.abl.S)heaven

svarge = in heaven

svarna= gold

svartha* = mf({A})n. pursuing or serving worthy ends RV.

svaruupa* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) oñone's own form or shape, the fñfrom or shñshape of (gen. or comp.;
with or without {zabdasya} or {zabda-sva-r-}, `" a word itself or in its own form "' [opp. to its
synonyms or varieties]; with {nAmnAm} = `" names themselves "') MBh. Pañcat. BhP. &c. [1276,
3]; own condition, peculiarity, character, nature ({eNa} or ibc., `" by nature "', `" in reality "' `" by
itself "') RPrât. NriisUp. Mn. &c.; peculiar aim W.; kind, sort ib.; a partic. relation (in phil. see
under {sambandha}) MW.; occurrence, event Campak. Uttamac. Sinha7s.; mfn. having oñone's
own peculiar form or character MW.; having a like nature or charñcharacter, similar, like,
S'ânkhyak. (w.r. for {sa-r-}); pleasing, handsome (for {sa-r-}) L.; wise, learned L.; m. N. of a
Daitya MBh.; of a son of Su-nandâ MârkP.; of a pupil of Caitanya W.; m. or n. N. of a place Cat.;
({A}) f. N. of a place MW.; {-gata} mfn. endowed with oñone's own form or nature, having a like
character W.; {-tas} ind. in oñone's own form BhP.; according to oñone's own fñform,
analogously, similarly, identically MW.; by nature, in reality, by itself MârkP.; ({-to}, {godAna-
prayogaH}N. of wk.); {-tA} f. (or {-tva} n.) the state of oñone's own form or nature ({-tayA}, `"
literally "', `" in reality "') MBh. BhP. S'ak. Sch. Sâh.; the having a natural form, identity of form or
nature W.; w.r. for {su-rUpa-tA} Râjat.; {-dhArin} mfn. having one's own form MBh.;
{-nirUpaNa} n. {-nirNaya} m. {-prakAza} m. N. of wks.; {-bhAva} m. (a short word) whose
essence is of the same efficacy (as that of the full form) Mn. ii, 124; {-vat} mfn. having the form of
(comp.) MBh.; {-sambandha-rUpa} n. {-sambodhana} n. {-sambodhana-paJca-viMzati-vRtti} f.
{--rUpA7khya-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {--rUpA7cArya} m. N. of a teacher Cat.; {--
rUpA7nusaMdhAna} n. {--rUpA7nusaMdhAna-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {--rUpA7siddhi} f. a form of
non-proof (where the quality alleged to belong to a subject is not really proved) Tarkas.; {--
rUpo7tpre7kSA} f. a kind of simile Sâh. Kuval.; {--rUpo7paniSad} f. N. of an Upanishad.

svasa.nvedana = the understanding of oneself

svasaH = (f) sister

svastha* = mf(%{A})n. self-abiding, being in oñone's self (or `" in the self "' Sarvad.), being in
one's natural state, being oñone's self uninjured, unmolested, contented, doing well, sound well,
healthy (in body and mind; often v.l. for %{su-stha}), comfortable, at ease (compar. %{-tara})
MaitrUp. &c. &c.; relying upon one's self, confident, resolute, composed W.; self-sufficient,
independent ib.; (%{am}) ind. composedly MW.; %{-citta} mfn. sound in mind Ja1takam.; %{-tA}
f. well-being, health, ease Pan5cat. HYog.; %{-vRtta} n. medical treatment of a healthy person
Car.; %{-thA7riSTa} n. a death-token in a healthy person, As3vav.

svasti = all peace * i n. f. (nom. {svasti4}, {-ti4s}; acc. {svasti4}, {-ti4m}; instr. {svasti4}, {-tyA4};
dat. {svasta4ye}; loc. {svastau4}; instr. {svasti4bhis}; also personified as a goddess, and
sometimes as Kalâ cf. {svasti-devI}), well-being, fortune, luck, success, prosperity RV. VS. S'Br.
MBh. R. BhP.; ({i4}) ind. well, happily, successfully (also = `" may it be well with thee! hail!
health! adieu! be it! "' a term of salutation [esp. in the beginning of letters] or of sanction or
approbation) RV. &c. &c

svastikaasana = the prosperous posture

svastinastaarkshyo = let tArkshya or Garuda do good to us

svastirno = good to us

svasthaH = being situated in himself

svasthaiH = by healthy persons (ie, healthy in minds, their minds being well

svasyaH = by his own

svata.ntra = Free

svatejasaa = by Your radiance

svayaM = herself

svayaMprakaashita = self-illumined like stars(Sun)

svayaa = by their ownsvahastaH = Signature

svin * = see {zata-svin} and {zrotra-svin}. [1279,1]

sviiya * = s mf({A})n. relating or belonging to one's self, own, proper, peculiar, characteristic Kâv.
Pur. &c.; m. (pl.) one's own people or kindred ib.; ({A}) f. `" one's own wife "', a wife solely
attached to her husband Sâh.

svita * = s n. = {suvita}, welfare, luck VS.

svishthi * = s f. a successful sacrifice AV. TS. Kaus'.; mfn. sacrificing well or with success MBh.

svI * = s in comp. for 1. {sva}.

svikaa * = s see under {svaka}, p. 1278.

svI * = s {svI-karaNa} &c. see p. 1219. col. 1.

svid * = s1 ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} + {id}; cf. {kuvid}) a particle of interrogation or inquiry or doubt,
often translatable by `" do you think? "' `" perhaps "', `" pray "', `" indeed "', `" any "' (esp. used
after the interrogative {ka} and its derivatives e.g. {kaH svid eSAm brAhmaNAnAm anucAna-
tamaH}, `" pray who [or `" who do you think "'] is the most learned of these Brahmans? "' S'Br.;
but also without another interrogative e.g. {tvaM svin no yAjJavalkya brakmiSTho 'si}, `" do you
think Yâjñavalkya, you are the greatest Brâhman among us? "' ib.; also used after {uta}, {api},
{Aho}, and {utA7ho}, and disjunctively in the first or second or both parts of a double
interrogation, thus: {kiMnu-svid}; {kiMsvid-svid}; {svid-svid}; {svid-utA7ho}; {nu-svid}; {svid-
nu}; {svid-uta}; {svid-vA}; {svid-kimu}; {svid-kim-nukim}; sometimes making a preceding
interrogative indefinite e.g. {kva4 svid}, `" anywhere "'; {ka4H svid}, `" whoever "', `" any one "';
similarly with {yad} e.g. {yad svid dIyate}, `" whatever is given "' MaitrS.; sometimes apparently a
mere expletive) RV. &c. &c.

svid * = 2 cl. 1. Â. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xviii, 4; xxvi, 79) {svedate} or {svidyati} (Â. {svidyate} Yâjñ.; p.
{svidyamAna} Sus'r.; pf. {siSveda} Gr.; {siSvide} MBh.; p. {siSvidAna4} RV.; aor. {asvidat} S'is'.;
fut. {svettA}, {svetsyati} Gr.; ind. p. {-svedam} Br.), to sweat, perspire AitÂr. ChUp. KâtyS'r. MBh.
&c.; ({svedate}), to be anointed Dhâtup.; to be disturbed (?) ib.: Caus. {svedayati} (aor.
{asiSvidat}), to cause to sweat, treat with sudorifics Sus'r.; to foment, soften SâmavBr.: Desid. of
Caus. {sisvedayiSati}, Gr.: Desid. {sisvitSati} ib.: Intens. {seSvidyate}, {seSvetti} ib. [Cf. Gk. $;
Lat. {sûdor}, {sUdare}; &387913[1284,3] Angl. Sax. {swa7t}; Eng. {sweat}; Germ. {Schweiss},
{schwitzen}.]

svid * = s' (ifc.) sweating, perspiring S'is'.

sviikaroti = to accept

sviikaara* = m. making one's own, appropriation, claiming, claim BhP. Siddh.; reception Kathâs.;
assent, agreement, consent, promise Sarvad.; {-graha} m. robbery, forcible seizure Mcar.;
{-pattra} n. a written document or will disposing of one's property RTL. 531; {-rahita} mfn. devoid
of assent, not agreed to W.; {-rA7nta} mfn. ended or concluded by assent, agreed to ib.

svena = by your own

svyaM = of one's own

svraa.njalii = Musical notes

s'yaams'aaMkara*= mf({I})n. (fr. {zaM-kara}) relating or belonging to S'iva Kathâs.; relating to or

derived from or composed by S'ankara7cârya Sarvad. Cat.; m. a bull W.; a follower of
S'ankaracârya MW.; ({I}) f. see below; n. the Nakshatra Ârdrâ (presided over by S'iva) VarYogay.

syandane = chariot

syandin.h = oozing

syaaM = would be

syaat.h = may be, perhaps, per chance

syaama = will we become

s'yaamasaah s'aMkara* = (with preceding {mahA-rAja}) m. N. of a king and author Ca

syamantaka* = m. N. of a celebrated jewel (worn by Kriishna on his wrist [cf. {kaustubha}],

described as yielding daily eight loads of gold and preserving from all dangers; it is said to have
been given to Satrâ-jit [q.v.] by the Sun and transferred by him to his brother Prasena, from
whom it was taken by Jâmbavat, and after much contention appropriated by Kriishna see
VishnuP. iv, 13) Hariv. Pur. Pañcar.

syU * f. (fr. {siv}) a string, thread

syuH * = form from ``as.h'' meaning ``those who may be''

syutam.h = (n) a bag

syutna * =n. happiness, delight (cf. below) L.

syUta* =mfn. sewn, stitched, woven RV. &c. &c.; sewn on HParis'.; sewn or woven together,
joined, fabricated MW.; pierced, penetrated ib.; m. a sack, coarse canvas bag L.

syUti * =f. (only L.), sewing, stitching, weaving; a bag, sack; lineage, offspring.

syUna * =m. (only L.) a sack; a ray of light; the sun; ({A}) f. a ray of light L.; a girdle L.

syUman * =n. a band, thong, bridle RV.; a suture (of the skull) AitBr.

syUma * =1 m. n. (only L.) a, ray of light; water.

taadita = beaten

taaDa = a mountain

taaDayati = (10 up) to beat, slap

taadris'a * = mf({I})n. (Pân. 3-2, 60; vi, 3, 91) = {-dR4z} S'Br. xi, 7, 3 Mn. &c.; {yAdRza t-}
[Pañcat.) or {za-t-} [MBh. xiii, 5847], anybody whosoever

taakshaka* = mfn. relating or belonging to Takshakîyâ g. {bilvakA7di}.

taalaH = (m) lock

taalikaa = clap

taaM = to that

taama* = m. ( {tam}) = {bhISaNa} L.; = {doSa} L.; anxiety, distress W.; ({I}) f. = {tamI}, night L.
Sch.; see also {-mi}.

taamasa = to one in the mode of darkness

taamasaM = in the mode of ignorance

taamasaH = in the mode of ignorance

taamasaaH = in the mode of ignorance

taamasika = Planets that are slothful - Waning Moon, Saturn, Rahu, Ketu and Mercury
taamasii = in the mode of ignorance

taamisra * = (fr. %{tam-} and %{ta4misrA} g. %{jyotsnA7di}) mfn. (with %{pakSa}) or m. the
dark half of the month La1t2y.ix Gobh. iii f. MBh. iii, 11813; m. `" nightwalker "', a Ra1kshasa
Ragh. xv, 2; (in Sa1m2khya phil.) indignation, anger (one of the 5 forms of A-vidya1) MBh. xiv,
1019 Sa1m2khyak. Tattvas. BhP. iii (also n.) Ma1rkP. iii l; N. of a hell Mn. iv, xii Ya1jn5. iii, 222
BhP.iii, v Ma1rkP.; cf. %{andha-}.

taandava: dancing

taan.h = them

taani = his

taantrik.h = pertaining to Tantra

taantrika* = mf({A} Sus'r. i, 3; {I})n. taught in a scientific manual Tattvas. ({-kI saMjJA}, `" a
technical N.); taught in the Tantras. mystical Hâr. (Mn. ii, 1/2) Sus'r. &c.; m. one completely
versed in any science or system Bhâshâp.; a follower of the Tantra doctrine BhP. xii, 11, 2
SS'ankar.

taaNa = to stretch

taaNDula = (rice) grains

taantra* = mf({I})n. having wires ({ta4ntra}), stringed (a musical instrument) W.; regulated by a
general rule ÂpS'r. xiv, 12, 5 f.; relating to the Tantras W.; n. the music of a stringed instrument R.
i, 3.

taapa = trouble * (2. {tap}; g. {uJchA7di}) heat, glow Mn. xii, 76 S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Kum. vii, 84);
heating Nyâyam. x, 1, 22; testing (gold) by heat MBh. xii, 12357 Subh. ({-pana}, GarP.); pain
(mental or physical), sorrow, affliction MBh. &c.; fever W.; ({I}) f. the Taptî river (`" also the
Yamunâ river "' L.) Hariv. ii, 109, 30 BhP. v, 19, 18; x, 79, 20; cf. {pazcAt-}.

taapasa = austerity, purification

taapasau = (2)penance-doers

taapa* = m. (2. {tap}; g. {uJchA7di}) heat, glow Mn. xii, 76 S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Kum. vii, 84);
heating Nyâyam. x, 1, 22; testing (gold) by heat MBh. xii, 12357 Subh. ({-pana}, GarP.); pain
(mental or physical), sorrow, affliction MBh. &c.; fever W.; ({I}) f. the Taptî river (`" also the
Yamunâ river "' L.) Hariv. ii, 109, 30 BhP. v, 19, 18; x, 79, 20; cf. {pazcAt-}

taapya* = (fr. {tap}) regret DivyA7v. xviii; m. n. (fr. {-pI}) = {-pI-samudbhava} Car.vi, 18 and 24
Bhpr. v, 26, 160

taara4 * =mfn. ( {tRR}) carrying across, a saviour, protector (Rudra) VS. xvi, 40 S'iraUp.;
(Vishnu) MBh. xiii, 6986; high (a note), loud, shrill, (m. n.) a high tone, loud or shrill note
TândyaBr. vii, 1, 7 (compar. {-tara} and superl. {-tama}) TPrât.; S'ikshâ MBh. vii Mriicch. &c.;
mfn. (ft. {stR4}?) shining, radiant Megh. Amar. Kathâs. lxxiii Sâh.; clean, clear L.; good, excellent,
well flavoured L. Sch.; m. `" crossing "' see {dus-}, {su-}; `" saving "', a mystical monosyllable (as
{om}) RâmatUp. S'ikhUp. Sarvad. Tantr.; Andropogon bicolor L.; N. of Mani-râma (author of a
Comm. on Bhâm.); of a Daitya (slain by Vishnu) Hariv.; of one of Râma's monkey generals (son of
Briihas-pati, husband of Târâ) MBh. iii, 16372 R. i, iv, vi; pl. a class of gods in the 12th Manv-
antara VP. iii, 2, 33; m. [n. and ({A}) f. L.] the clearness or transparency of a pearl, clear pearl
Sus'r. v, 3, 19 Gît. xi, 25; (m. n. L.) = {-rA7bhra} L.; m. n. a star L.; the pupil of the eye L.; n.
descent to a river, bank (cf. {tIra}, {tIrtha4}) AV. iv, 37, 3 Pân. 6-3, 109 Vârtt. 1; silver BhP. iv, 6,
27 Bhpr. v, 26, 43; ({A}) f. (g. {bhidA7di}) a fixed star, asterism (cf. {stR4}) Yâjñ. iii, 172 MBh. &c.
(ifc. f. {A} Mriicch. iii, 10); the pupil of the eye (chiefly ifc.) VarBriS. lviii, 11 &c.; a kind of meteor,
vli, 86 and 94; (in Sânkhya phil.) one of the 8 Siddhis Tattvas.; (in music) N. of a Râga of six
notes; a kind of perfume L.; a form of Dâkshâyani (worshipped on the mountain Kishkindha
MatsyaP. xiii, 46; protectress of the Griitsa-madas BrahmaP. ii, 18, 8; cf. RTL. p. 187); N. of a
Buddh. goddess, Vâsav, 433; of Briihaspati's wife (carried off by Soma) MBh. v, 3972 Hariv. 1340
ff. BhP. &c.; of the wife of Buddha Amoghasiddha Buddh.; of a S'akti Jain.; of a Yoginî Hcat. ii, 1,
710; of a female monkey (daughter of Sushena, wife of Bâlin and mother of Angada) MBh. iii,
16110 ff. R. i, iv, vi.

taariNi = the one who crosses

taareNa = thro' the star

taarkshya* = m. N. of a mythical being (originally described as a horse with the epithet {a4riSTa-
nemi} [RV. i, 89, 6; x, 178, 1 Naigh. i, 14 Kaus'. 73], later on taken to be a bird [RV. v, 51, interpol.
Âs'vS'r. x, 7] and identified with Garuda [MBh. Hariv. &c.] or called his elder brother [L.] or
father [BhP. vi, 6, 2 and 21; see also {-putra}]; mentioned with Arishtha-nemi VS. xv, 18; with
Arishtha-nemi, Garuda, Aruna and Âruni as offspring of Kas'yapa by Vinatâ MBh. i, 2548 and
4830 Hariv. 12468 and 14175; called a Yaksha VP. ii, 10, 13; a Muni with the N. Arishtha-nemi
MBh. iii, 12660 and 12665; xii, 10615; pl. a class of demi-gods grouped with the Gandharvas,
Yakshas, and Câranas R. i, 16, 9); N. of the hymn RV. x, 178 (ascribed to Târkshya Arishthanemi)
Âs'vS'r. ix SânkhS'r. xi f. Lâthy. i; a horse Naigh. i, 14; a cart L.; a bird MBh. vi, 71 Sus'r. iv, 28, 5; a
snake L.; = {-prasava}, vi, 51, 19 ({-kSa} ed.); a sort of antidote, v, 5, 66; gold L.; = {netrA7Jca
keza} Npr.; S'iva; N. of a man Pravar. ii, 3, 6 (Âp. and Âs'v.); pl. N. of a people MBh. ii, 1871; n. =
{-ja} Sus'r. iv, 9, 45.

taasaaM = of all of them

taat.h = that location i, e.protect me from behind

taata = My friend

taataH = father

taaraka = star, eye

taarkika* = mfn. (fr. {tarka}) related or belonging to logic W.; m. a dialectician, logician,
philosopher Gâthâsangr. Veda7ntas. &c.

taata * = m. (cf. 1. {tata4}) a father MBh. i R. Vikr. S'ak. iv, 4/5 (in comp.) &c.; ({tA4ta}) voc. a
term of affection addressed to a junior [S'Br. xiv AitBr. vii ChUp. MBh. &c.] or senior [i, 6796
Ragh. &c.], addressed to several persons MBh. i, 6825; v, 5435 (C) [442, 1]; in the latter use also
({As}) voc. pl. ib. (B); i, 6820 f.; iv, 133; [cf. $; Lat. {tata} &c.]

taavat.h = by that time(when it was over), meanwhile * taavat* = mf({atI})n. (fr. 2. {ta} Pân. 5-2,
39; vi, 3, 91) so great, so large, so much, so far, so long, so many (correlative of {yA4vat}; rarely of
{ya} or {yatho7kta} Nal.&c.) RV. &c. ({yAvatA kSaNena tAvatA}, `" after so long time, in that time
"', as soon as Râjat. v, 110); just a little Kir. ii, 48; (in alg.) an unknown quantity (also with
{yAvat}); ind. (correlative of {yA4vat}) so much, so greatly, to such an extent, in such a number,
so far RV. AV. &c. ({tA4vat-tAvat} S'Br. i, 8, 1, 6); so long, in that time RV. x, 88, 19 S'Br. i Mn.
&c.; meanwhile, in the mean time (the correlative {yAvat} being often connected with a neg. e.g.
{tAvac chobhate mUrkho yAvat kiM-cin na bhASate}, `" so long a fool shines as long as he says
nothing "' Hit.; {zocayiSyAmy AtmAnaM tAvad yAvan me prA7ptam brAhmaNyam}, `" so long I
will emaciate myself, as long as [i.e. until] I have obtained the state of a Brâhman "' R. i, 64, 19)
S'Br. xiv, 4, 2, 30 ChUp. vi, 14, 2 Mn. MBh. &c. (also correlative of {purA} [R. i, 28, 21], of {yAvatA
na}, of {yAvat} preceded by {purA} [MBh. xiii, 4556], or without any correlative [2727 Kathâs.
Hit.]); at once, now, just, first (followed by {anantaram} [Hit.], {aparam} [Pañcat.], {api} [ib.],
{idAnIm} [Hit.], {uta} [S'ak.], {ca} [Das'. Prab.], {tatas} [Mn. iv, 174 Ragh. vii, 4f.], {tad-anu}
[Megh.], {tu} [Das'. vii Veda7ntas.], {pazcAt} [R. ii], {punar} [Pañcat.], {vA}; very often connected
with an Impv., rarely [MBh. iv, 888 R. ii, 56, 13] with a Pot., often with the 1st person of pr. or fut.
MBh. &c.; the Impv. is sometimes to be supplied [{itas tAvat}, `" just come hither "'; {mA tAvat},
`" by no means, God forbid! "'] S'ak. Mâlav. Vikr. Prab.; sometimes {arhasi} with the inf. is used
instead R. i f.); (with {na} or {a-}) not yet MBh. &c. (followed by {yAvat}, `" while "' Kathâs. xxvi,
23; {tAvan na-api na}, `" not only not-but also not "' Kâd.); very well, all right Hcar.; indeed, truly
(e.g. {dRDhas tAvad bandhaH}, `" the knot is tight I must admit "' Hit.; {gatA tAvat}, `" she is
indeed gone "' Kathâs. xviii, 241) R. &c.; already (opposed to `" how much more "' or `" how much
less "') R. iv f. S'ak.; really (= {eva}, sometimes connected with this particle e.g. {vikrayas tAvad
eva saH}, `" it is really a sale "') Mn. iii, 53 Hariv. 7110 R. &c.; ({tA}) instr. ind. to that extent
RPrât. xiii, 13 BhP. v, viii; in that time, in the mean time, meanwhile Das'. Kathâs. x, 24 Bharath.;
({ti}), loc ind. so far S'Br. viii, 6, 2, 8; so long, in that time TS. ii, 4; [cf. Lat. {tantus}.]

taavannija = tAvat.h+nija, till then+one's

taavaan.h = similarly

taavanta: so much

taM = him

takraM = (Nr.nom. + acc.S)curd or buttermilk

tajaka = A system of Solar Return Charts also known as Varshaphal

taD * = cl, 10. {tADayati} (perf. {-DayAmAsa} Kathâs., twice {tatADa} BhP. vi f.; Pass. {tADyate})
to beat, strike, knock, strike (with arrows), wound, punish Nir. iii, 10 Mn. iv, xi Yâjñ. i MBh. &c.;
to strike a musical instrument MBh. Hariv. 15092 Mriicch. v Kum. &c.; (in astron.) to obscure or
eclipse partially VarBriS. xxiv, 34; `" to speak "' or `" to shine "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 126.

ta4d * = (nom. and acc. sg. n. of and base in comp. for 2. {ta4} from which latter all the cases of
this pron. are formed except nom. sg. m. {sa4s} or {sa4} & f. {sA4}; instr. pl. {tai4s} AV. &c.; Ved.
{te4bhis} RV. AV. &c.) m. he f. she n. it, that, this (often correlative of {ya4} generally standing in
the preceding clause e.g. {yasya buddhiH sa balavAn}, `" of whom there is intellect he is strong "';
sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, connected with the 1st and 2nd personal pronouns, with
other demonstratives and with relatives e.g. {so 'ham}, `" I that very person, I myself "' [{tasya} =
{mama} Nal. xv, 10]; {tAv imau}, `" those very two "'; {tad etad AkhyAnam}, `" that very tale "'
AitBr. vii, 18; {yat tat kAraNam}, `" that very reason which "' Mn. i, 11; {yA sA zrI}, `" that very
fortune which "' MBh. vii, 427) RV. &c.; ({tad}) n. this world (cf. {idam}) R. vi, 102, 25; = Brahma
see {tat-tva}; ({ta4d}) ind. there, in that place, thither, to that spot (correlative of {ya4tra} or
{ya4tas}) AV. AitBr. ii, 11 S'Br. i, x, xiv ChUp.; then, at that time, in that case (correlative of
{yadA4}, {ya4d} AV.; of {ya4tra} S'Br. xiv; of {yadi} Nal. Bhag. &c.; of {ce7d} S'ak. &c.) RV. iv, 28,
1 AV. &c.; thus, in this manner, with regard to that, ix, xiii S'Br. AitBr.; ({tad etau zlokau
bhavataH}, `" with reference to that there are these two verses "') Pras'nUp.; on that account, for
that reason, therefore, consequently (sometimes correlative of {yatas}, {yad}, {yena}, `" because "'
Das'. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.) Mn. ix, 41 MBh. &c.; now (clause-connecting particle) AV. xv S'Br.
AitBr.; so also, equally, and AV. xi, xv

tad tad * = this and that, various, different (e.g. {taM taM dezaM jagAma}, `" he went to this and
that place "'; {tAsu tAsu yoniSu}, `" in different or various birth-places "' Mn. xii, 74); respective
BriNârP. xiii, 88; {tenaiva tenaiva pathA}, on quite the same path R. iii, 50, 28

tad-anu = after that

tadana.ntaraM = later to that

tadanantaraM = thereafter

tadapi = tat.h+api, then even

tadaa = then

tadaatmaanaH = those whose minds are always in the Supreme

taD.h = to hit

tad.h = he/she/it

tad.hdhaama = that abode

tadiha = tat.h+iha, that+here

taDaagaH = lake, pond

taDit * = ind. = %{-Di4tas} RV. i, 94, 7 (%{talit}) ; f. stroke (%{vadha-karman} Naigh. ii, 19) "',
lightning Nir. iii, 10f. Sus3r. &c. (ifc. %{-Dita} Vet. Introd. 20).

tadvat.h = like that

tadviddhi = you must know it

taijana* = mfn. coming from the plant {tejanI} Kâthh. xxi, 10 (ÂpS'r. xvii, 14).

taijanitvac* = a kind of lute Lâthy. iv.

taijasa * = mf({I})n. originating from or consisting of light ({te4jas}), bright, brilliant S'Br. xiv
MândUp. MBh. &c.; consisting of any shining substance (as metal), metallic Âs'vGri. Gaut. Mn.
KâtyS'r. Sch.; said of the gastric juice as coloured by digested food Sus'r. i, 14; passionate
Sânkhyak. Tattvas. Veda7ntas. Sus'r. BhP.; n. metal L.; vigour W.; N. of a Tîrtha MBh. iii, 7035; ix,
2723; ({I}) f. Scindapsus officinalis Npr.; long pepper Gal.; {-sA7vartanI}, {-tinI} f. a crucible L.

taiH = by them

taila = oil

tailapaH = (m) cockroach

taistaiH = various

takshakaH = (m) carpenter

takshati = to sculpt, to carve

takshaka* = m. (Pân. 8-2, 29 Kâs'.) `" a cutter "' see {kASTha-}, {vRkSa-}; a carpenter L.;
Vis'vakarman L.; the Sûtra-dhâra or speaker in the prelude of a drama L. Sch.; N. of a tree L.; of a
Nâga prince (cf. {-kSa}) AV. viii, 10, 29 TândyaBr. xxv, 15 S'ânkhGri. iv, 18, 1 Kaus'. MBh. &c.; of a
son of Prasena-jit BhP. ix, 12, 8; see also {-kSa}.

tala = Bottom

talpaH = (m) mattress

tam.h = him

tama = Anger * = 1 m. (Pân. 7-3, 34 Kâs'.) = {tamas} (`" the ascending node "' VarBri. [?] Jyot.) L.
Sch.; (= {-mAla}) Xanthochymus pictorius L.; = {-makA} L.; n. (= {-mas}) darkness L.; the point
of the foot L.; ({A}) f. night L.; Xanthochymus pictorius L.; ({I}) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 47) night
S'is'. ix, 23 BhP. x, 13, 45 Gol. vii, 10 Naish. vii, 45.

tama* = 2 an affix forming the superl. degree of adjectives and rarely of substantives ({ka4Nva-},
&c.) Sus'r. i, 20, 11; mfn. most desired Kir., ii, 14; ({Am}), added (in older language) to adverbs
and (in later language) to verbs, intensifying their meaning; ind. in a high degree, much Naish.
viii.

tamaH = (m) darkness, ignorance

tamanena = that+thro' this

tamana* = n. the becoming breathless S'ânkhS'r. ii, 7, 7; iv KâtyS'r. iv, 1, 13; cf. {nAga-tamanI}.

tamasvan* = ({ta4m-}) mf({arI})n. = {-vat} TS. ii, 4, 7, 2; cf. {a4m-}.

tamam* = ind. so as to faint away Pân. 6-4, 93.

tamas* = n. darkness, gloom (also pl.) RV. ({-maH}, {pra4NIta}, `" led into darkness, `" deprived
of the eye's light or sight, i, 117, 17) &c.; the darkness of hell, hell or a particular division of hell
Mn. iv, viii f. VP. ii, 6, 4 MârkP. xii, 10; the obscuration of the sun or moon in eclipses, attributed
to Râhu (also m. L.) R. VarBriS. v, 44 VarBri. ii VarYogay. Sûryas.; mental darkness, ignorance,
illusion, error (in Sânkhya phil. one of the 5 forms of {a-vidjA} MBh. xiv, 1019 Sânkhyak. &c.; one
of the 3 qualities or constituents of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance,
illusion, lust, anger, pride, sorrow, dulness, and stolidity; sin L.; sorrow Kir. iii; see {guNa} and cf.
RTL; p. 45] Mn. xii, 24 f. and 38 Sânkhyak. &c.) RV. v. 31, 9 R. ii S'ak. Râjat. v, 144; N. of a son (of
S'ravas MBh. xiii, 2002; of Daksha, i Sch.; of Priithu-s'ravas VP. iv, 12, 2); [cf. {timira}; Lat.
{temere} &c.]

tamasa* = mfn. dark-coloured AV. xi, 9, 22; m. darkness Un. Sch. a well Un. vri.; n. ifc. for
{-mas}, `" darkness "' see {andha-}, {-dhA-}, {ava-}, {vi-}, {saM-}; a city Un. vri.; ({A}) f. N. of a
river (falling into the Ganges below Pratishthhâna) MBh. iii, 14231; vi, 338 Hariv.12828 R. if.; iv,
40, 24 Ragh.ix, 16.
tamas.h = darkness

tamas * = n. darkness, gloom (also pl.) RV. ({-maH}, {pra4NIta}, `" led into darkness, `" deprived
of the eye's light or sight, i, 117, 17) &c.; the darkness of hell, hell or a particular division of hell
Mn. iv, viii f. VP. ii, 6, 4 MârkP. xii, 10; the obscuration of the sun or moon in eclipses, attributed
to Râhu (also m. L.) R. VarBriS. v, 44 VarBri. ii VarYogay. Sûryas.; mental darkness, ignorance,
illusion, error (in Sânkhya phil. one of the 5 forms of {a-vidjA} MBh. xiv, 1019 Sânkhyak. &c.; one
of the 3 qualities or constituents of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance,
illusion, lust, anger, pride, sorrow, dulness, and stolidity; sin L.; sorrow Kir. iii; see {guNa} and cf.
RTL; p. 45] Mn. xii, 24 f. and 38 Sânkhyak. &c.) RV. v. 31, 9 R. ii S'ak. Râjat. v, 144; N. of a son (of
S'ravas MBh. xiii, 2002; of Daksha, i Sch.; of Priithu-s'ravas VP. iv, 12, 2); [cf. {timira}; Lat.
{temere} &c.]

tamasa = darkness, inertia, ignorance

tamasaH = to darkness

tamasi = the mode of ignorance

tamisra * = m. = %{-pakSa} W.; n. darkness, dark night (also pl.) MBh. iv, 710 BhP. v, 13, 9 Gi1t.
xi, 12; a dark hell, hell (in general) BhP. iv, 6, 45; anger L.; (%{A}) f. (Pa1n2. 5-2, 114) a dark night
RV. ii, 27, 14 TBr. ii, 2, 9, 6 MBh. iii Ra1gh. &c.; cf. %{su-}; %{tAmisra}

tamodvaaraiH = from the gates of ignorance

tana = Body

tanaya = (m) son

tanayaa = daughter

tannishhThaaH = those whose faith is only meant for the Supreme

tanno = he to us

tanmaatra = the five potentials or senses* = mfn. = {-traka} MBh. ix, 1806 Pañcat.; = {-trika}
BhP. iii, 10, 15; n. merely that, only a trifle Kathâs. v, 15; lxiii, 60 Râjat. vi, 1; a rudimentary or
subtle element (5 in number, viz. {zabda-}, {sparza-}, {rUpa-}, {rasa-}, {gandha-}, from which the
5 Mahâ-bhûtas or grosser elements are produced cf. RTL. p. 31 and 33) Yâjñ. iii, 179 MBh. i, xiii
Sânkhyak. KapS. &c.; {-tA} f. the state of a Tan-mâtra MârkP. vl, 46; {-tva} n. id. BhP. iii, 26, 33
ff.; {-sarga} m. (in Sânkhya phil.) creation of the subtle elements, rudimentary creation.

tanmukhyaM = tat.h + mukhyaM:that + important

tanmemanaH = tat.h + me + manaH: that + my + mind

tantu = thread / stalk

tantuvaayaH = (m) spinner (one who spins cloth, not the bowler :)

tantra = treatises on ritual, meditation, discipline, etc* = n. (Pân. 7-2, 9 Kâs'.) a loom, v, 2, 70; the
warp RV. x, 71, 9 AV. x, 7, 42 TBr. ii TândyaBr. x, 5 S'Br. xiv Kaus'. MBh. i, 806 and 809; the
leading or principal or essential part, main point, characteristic feature, model, type, system,
framework S'Br. xii TândyaBr. xxiii, 19, 1 Lâthy. KâtyS'r. &c. (e.g. {kulasya t-}, `" the principal
action in keeping up a family i.e. propagation "' MBh. xiii, 48, 6; ifc. `" depending on "' cf.
{Atma-}, {sva-}, {para-}, &c.); doctrine, rule, theory, scientific work, chapter of such a work (esp.
the 1st section of a treatise on astron. VarBriS. i, 9; Parâs'ara's work on astron., ii, 3; vii, 8) MBh.
&c. (cf. {SaSTi-} &c.); a class of works teaching magical and mystical formularies (mostly in the
form of dialogues between S'iva and Durgâ and said to treat of 5 subjects, 1. the creation, 2. the
destruction of the world, 3. the worship of the gods, 4. the attainment of all objects, esp. of 6
superhuman faculties, 5. the 4 modes of union with the supreme spirit by meditation [436,2]; cf.
RTL. pp. 63, 85, 184, 189, 205ff.) VarBriS. xvi, 19 Pañcat. Das'. Kathâs. xxiii, 63 Sarvad.; a spell
HYog. i, 5 Vcar.; oath or ordeal L.; N. of a Sâman (also called `" that of Virûpa "') ÂrshBr.; an
army (cf. {-trin}) BhP. x, 54, 15; ifc. a row, number, series, troop Bâlar. ii f. vi; = {rAjya-t-},
government Das'. xiii S'is'. ii, 88; ({para t-}, `" the highest authority "') Subh.; a means which
leads to two or more results, contrivance Hariv. ii, 1, 31; a drug (esp. one of specific faculties),
chief remedy cf. {-trA7vApa}; = {paricchada} L.; = {anta} L.; wealth L.; a house L.; happiness W.;
({eNa}) instr. ind. so as to be typical or hold good KâtyS'r. xvi, xx; ({A}) f. for {-ndrA} Sus'r.; ({Is}
cf. Pân. 5-4, 159 Kâs'.; {I} L.) f. = {-ntI} Gobh. iii, 6, 7 and BhP. iii, 15, 8 (v.l. for {-ntI}; see also
{vatsatantrI}); the wire or string of a lute S'ânkhS'r. xvii Lâthy. iv, 1, 2 Kaus'. &c. ({-tri} R. vi, 28,
26); (fig.) the strings of the heart Hariv. 3210 (v.l.); any tubular vessel of the body, sinew, vein
Pân. 5-4, 159; the plant {-trikA} L.; a girl with peculiar qualities L.; N. of a river L.; cf. {ku-tantrI}.

tantraya * = Nom. (fr. {-tra}) {-yati}, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21; to provide for (acc.) S'ak.
v, 5 (ind. p. {-yitvA} v.l.; Â. `" to support a family "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 5); Â. to regulate Car.iv, 1; vi,
26.

tantrataa* = f. the state of anything that serves as a {tantra} Âs'vS'r. xi, 1; comprehending several
rites in one, ceremony in lieu of a number W.

tantratva* = n. dependance on (in comp.) Sarvad. i, 41.

tantraratna* = n. N. of wk. by Pârtha-sârathi.

tantraraaja* = m. N. of wk. Tantras. i Ânand. 99 Sch.

tantravaaya* = m. (= {-ntu-v-}) a weaver R. (G) ii, 90, 15; a spider L.; m. n. weaving L.

tantrasaara* = m. `" Tantra-essence "'N. of a compilation.

tantraya* = Nom. (fr. {-tra}) {-yati}, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21; to provide for (acc.) S'ak.
v, 5 (ind. p. {-yitvA} v.l.; Â. `" to support a family "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 5); Â. to regulate Car.iv, 1; vi,
26.

tantraayin* = mfn. (said of the sun) drawing out threads or rays (of light) VS. xxxviii, 12.

tantraka* = mfn. recently from the loom, new and unbleached Pân. 5-2, 70; ifc. for {-tra}, doctrine
see {paJca-}; ({ikA}) f. Cocculus cordifolius Bhpr. v, 3, 7; noise in the ears S'ârngS. vii, 142; cf.
{apa-}.

tantraNa* = n. the supporting of a family MBh. v, 3751.

tantrakaara* = m. the author of any scientific treatise Mâlav. i, 8/9 Das'. xiii, 87.

tantrakaumudi* = * = f. N. of wk. Tantras. ii.

tantragarbha* = m. N. of wk., vii.

tantracUDaamaNi* = m. N. of wk. Tantras. ii.

tantrathiikaa* = f. N. of {-vArttika} i-iv W.

tantraprakaaza* = m. N. of wk., Vratapr.

tantrapradiipa* = m. N. of a Comm. on Dhâtup.

tantrabheda* = m. N. of a Tantra Ânand. 31 Sch.

tantramantraprakAza* = m. N. of wk., Sâkta7n. iv.

tantraraajaka* = m. N. of a medical work by Jâbâla BrahmaP.i, 16, 18.

tantravaarttika* = n. = {mImAnsA-t-}.

tantrazaastra* = n. N. of wk., Pratâpar. Sch.

tantrasaara* = m. `" Tantra-essence "'N. of a compilation.

tantrahridaya* = n. N. of wk. Tantras. ii.

tantraantarIya* = m. pl. the Sânkhya philosophers Bâdar. ii, 4, 9 Sch.

tantraavaapa* = n. sg. `" attention to the affairs of both one's own and an enemy's country "'
[Das'. xiii, 92], and `" drugs and their preparation "' S'is'. ii, 88.

tantu * = m. a thread, cord, string, line, wire, warp (of a web), filament, fibre RV. &c.; a cobweb
W.; a succession of sacrificial performances BhP.; any one propagating his family in regular
succession Ka1tyS3r. iii A1p. TUp. MBh. (cf. %{kula-}) &c.; a line of descendants AitBr. vii, 17; any
continuity (as of thirst or hope) MBh. xii, 7877 Ma1lati1m.; N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.; = %{-nAga}
L.; (g. %{gargA7di}) N. of a man Pravar. iv, 1; cf. %{kASTha-}, %{vara-}, %{sapta4-}.

tanu = body

tanu-bhaava = First house or house of body

tanuM = form of a demigod

tanuuM = body

tanuuja = son

tanuubhiH = through the bodies (sharIra)

tanutaa* = f. thinness, tenuity, littleness Hariv. R. v Megh. Ragh. &c.

tanutara* = mfn. = {ta4nIyas} Amar.

tanutyAga* = mfn. spending little Hit.; m. risking one's life R. ii, 40, 6.

tanutra* = n. `" body-guard "', armour MBh. iv, 1009 Sus'r. BhP. Tantr.; {-vat} mfn. having
armour R. vi.

tanutrin* = mfn. = {-tra-vat} S'is'. xix; 99.

tanutva* = n. = {-tA} MBh. xiii, 541 VarBriS. iii, 16 Sarvad.

tanutvac* = m. id., (ifc.) Nal. xii, 78; the cinnamon tree Bhpr. v, 2, 66; Cassiâ Senna Npr.

tanUtala* = m. a measure of length equal to the arms extended, fathom L.

tanutyaj* = mfn. giving up one's body, dying, i, 8; = {-nU-t-} Âp. MBh. iv, 2354 Ragh. vii Mâlav. v,
11/12 BhP.

tanUtyaj* = mfn. risking one's life RV. x, 4, 6 and 154, 3 (Nir. iii, 14).

tanvi = woman

taNDava = violent dance of Shiva

taNDula * = m. (g. {ardharcA7di}) grain (after threshing and winnowing), esp. rice AV. x ff. S'Br.
AitBr. &c.; rice used as a weight Car. vii, 12 VarBriS.; = {-lIka} L.; m. = {-lu} L.; ({A}), f.id. L.; ({I})
f. a kind of gourd L.; = {-lIka} L.; the plant {yava-tiktA} L.

tanmaatra* = mfn. = {-traka} MBh. ix, 1806 Pañcat.; = {-trika} BhP. iii, 10, 15; n. merely that,
only a trifle Kathâs. v, 15; lxiii, 60 Râjat. vi, 1; a rudimentary or subtle element (5 in number, viz.
{zabda-}, {sparza-}, {rUpa-}, {rasa-}, {gandha-}, from which the 5 Mahâ-bhûtas or grosser
elements are produced cf. RTL. p. 31 and 33) Yâjñ. iii, 179 MBh. i, xiii Sânkhyak. KapS. &c.; {-tA}
f. the state of a Tan-mâtra MârkP. vl, 46; {-tva} n. id. BhP. iii, 26, 33 ff.; {-sarga} m. (in Sânkhya
phil.) creation of the subtle elements, rudimentary creation.

tap*= (cf. 1. %{pat}) cl. 4. A1. %{-pyate}, to rule Dha1tup. xxvi, 50.\\2 cl. 1. %{ta4pati} (rarely A1. ;
Subj. %{-pAti} RV. v, 79, 9 ; p. %{ta4pat} RV. &c. ; cl. 4. p. %{ta4pyat} VS. xxxix, 12 ; pf. 1. sg.
%{tata4pa} RV. vii, 104, 15 ; 3. sg. %{-tA4pa}, x, 34, 11 AV. vii, 18, 2 &c. ; p. %{tepAna4} RV. ; fut.
%{tapsya4ti} Br. &c.: %{-te} & %{tapiSyati} MBh.) to give out heat, be hot, shine (as the sun) RV.
&c. ; to make hot or warm, heat, shine upon ib. ; to consume or destroy by heat ib. ; to suffer pain
MBh. viii, 1794 Gi1t. vii, 31 ; (with %{pazcAt}) to repent of MBh. viii, 39, 15 ; to torment one's self,
undergo self-mortification, practise austerity (%{tapas}) TUp. ii, 6 Mn. i f. MBh. &c. ; to cause
pain to, injure, damage, spoil RV. AitBr. vii, 17 S3Br. xiv &c.: Pass. or cl. 4. A1. %{tapya4te} (xiv ;
or %{ta4py-} TBr. ii ; p. %{-pya4mAna} AV. ; %{ta4py-}, xix, 56, 5 ; cf. %{a4-} ; aor. %{atApi} RV.
vii, 70, 2 ; %{atapta} Pa1n2. 3-1, 65 Ka1s3. ; pf. %{tepe} MBh. &c. ; p. %{-pAna4} S3Br. ; also P.
%{tapyati}, %{-pyet}, %{atapyat}, &c. MBh. R. Katha1s. x, 4) to be heated or burnt, become hot
RV. &c. ; to be purified by austerities (as the soul) Sarvad. ; to suffer or feel pain RV. x, 34, 10 and
95, 17 AV. xix, 56, 5 S3Br. xiv MBh. &c. ; to suffer pain voluntarily, undergo austerity (%{tapas})
AV. S3Br. TBr. Shad2vBr. S3a1n3khS3r. &c.: Caus. %{tApayati}, %{-te} (p. %{-pa4yat} AV. ; Pass.
%{-pyate} MBh. &c. ; aor. %{atItape} & [Subj.] %{tata4pate} RV.) to make warm or hot, iv, 2, 6 ;
viii, 72, 4 Kaus3. MBh. &c. ; to consume by heat R. &c. ; to cause pain, trouble, distress AV. xix,
28, 2 MBh. &c. ; to torment one's self, undergo penance, iii, 8199: Intens. (p. %{tAtapyamAna}) to
feel violent pain, be in great anxiety R. i, 11, 8 BhP. ii, 7, 24 ; [cf. Lat. {tepeo} &c.]\\3 mfn. `"
warming one's self. "' see %{agni-ta4p}.
tapa = to burn, shine, suffer * `" consuming by heat "' see {lalATam-}; `" causing pain or trouble,
distressing "' see {janaM-} and {paraM-}; tormented by Hariv. i, 45, 37; m. heat, warmth (cf. {A-})
Pañcat. ii, 3, 5/6; the hot season S'is'. i, 66; the sun W.; = {-pas}, religious austerity Car. Cân. (cf.
{mahA-} and {su-}); a peculiar form of fire (which generated the seven mothers of Skanda) MBh.
iii, 14392; Indra Gal.; N. of an attendant of S'iva L. Sch.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the 8 deities of the
Bodhi-vriiksha Lalit. xxi, 404; cf. {a-}.

tapaH = penance

tapaHsu = in undergoing different types of austerities

tapati = (1 pp) to heat up

tapantaM = heating

tapas.h = sustained effort

tapa * = mfn. ifc. `" consuming by heat "' see {lalATam-}; `" causing pain or trouble, distressing "'
see {janaM-} and {paraM-}; tormented by Hariv. i, 45, 37; m. heat, warmth (cf. {A-}) Pañcat. ii, 3,
5/6; the hot season S'is'. i, 66; the sun W.; = {-pas}, religious austerity Car. Cân. (cf. {mahA-} and
{su-}); a peculiar form of fire (which generated the seven mothers of Skanda) MBh. iii, 14392;
Indra Gal.; N. of an attendant of S'iva L. Sch.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the 8 deities of the Bodhi-
vriiksha Lalit. xxi, 404; cf. {a-}.

tapas * = warmth, heat ({paJca tapAMsi}, the 5 fires to which a devotee exposes himself in the hot
season, viz. 4 fires lighted in the four quarters and the sun burning from above Mn. vi, 23 R. BhP.
iv BrahmaP.; cf. Ragh. xiii, 41) RV. AV. VS. SânkhS'r.; pain, suffering RV. vii, 82, 7; religious
austerity, bodily mortification, penance, severe meditation, special observance (e.g. `" sacred
learning "' with Brâhmans, `" protection of subjects "' with Kshatriyas, `" giving alms to
Brâhmans "' with Vais'yas, `" service "' with S'ûdras, and `" feeding upon herbs and roots "' with
Riishis Mn. xi, 236) RV. ix, 113, 2; x (personified, 83, 2 f. & 101, 1, `" father of Manyu "' RAnukr.)
AV. &c.; (m. L.) N. of a month intervening between winter and spring VS. TS. i S'Br.iv Sus'r. Pân.
4-4, 128 Vârtt. 2 Pat. S'is'. vi, 63; the hot season L. Sch.; = {-po-loka} Veda7ntas. 120; the 9th
lunar mansion ({dharma}) VarBri. i, 19; ix, 1 and 4; N. of a Kalpa period, VâvuP. i, 21, 27.

tapasaa = by the penance

tapasaaM = and penances and austerities

tapasi = in penance

tapasyasi = austerities you perform

tapasyaa = (f) penance, meditation

tapasvibhyaH = than the ascetics

tapasvishhu = in those who practice penance

tapaami = give heat

tapobhiH = by serious penances

tapoloka* = m. one of the 7 worlds (also called {tapar-l-}, situated above the {jana-l-}) ÂrunUp.
BhP. ii, 5, 39 Kâs'îKh. xxii; pl. N. of a family Pravar. vi, 2.

tapoyaGYaaH = sacrifice in austerities

tapta = troubled, frustrated

taptaM = executed

tapyante = undergotapyati* = f. heat TS. i, 4, 35, 1 (v.l. {-tu4}).

tapyatu* = mfn. hot RV. ii, 24, 9; f. see {-ti4}.

tapya* = mfn. to be refined Sarvad. Bâdar. ii, 2, 10 Sch. ({-tva} n. abstr.); performing austerity (=
{sattva-maya} Sch.; said of S'iva) MBh. xii, 10381.

tara * =1 an affix forming the compar. degree of adjectives and rarely (cf. {vRtra-ta4ra}) of
substantives Sus'r. i, 20, 11; ({Am}), added (in older language) to adverbs (see {ati-tarA4m} &c.)
and (in later language) to verbs (Pañcat. i, 14, 7 Ratna7v. iii, 9 Kathâs.), intensifying their
meaning; ind. with {na}, not at all BhP. x, 46, 43.

tara = crossing over ta4ra * =2 mfn. ( {tRR}; g. {pacA7di}) carrying across or beyond, saving (?,
said of S'iva) MBh. xii, 10380; ifc. passing over or beyond W.; `" surpassing, conquering "' see
{zoka-tara4} cf. {rathaMtara4}; excelling, w.; m. crossing, passage RV. ii, 13, 12; viii, 96, 1 Mn.
viii, 404 and 407 Yâjñ. (ifc.) MBh. xii; ({a-} mfn. `" impassable "') Bhathth. vii, 55 (cf. {dus-}); `"
excelling, conquering "' see {duS-Ta4ra}, {su-ta4ra}, {dus-}; = {-paNya} Mn. viii, 406; a raft W.; a
road L.; N. of a magical spell (against evil spirits supposed to possess certain weapons) R. i, 30, 4;
fire W.; N. of a man Râjat. vii, 809; ({I}; also {Is} L.) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 48), a boat, ship (cf.
{-ri}) MBh. i, 4228 f. BhP. iv S'is'. iii, 76 (cf. {nis-tarIka}); a clothes-basket (also {-ri}) L.; the hem
of a garment (also {-ri}) L.; = {-raNi-peTaka} L.; a club L.; for {starI} (smoke) W.

tara.ntu = (Vr.Imp.IIIP.Pl.PP) let them cross

taraka = a demon slain by Kartikeya

taram * = see tara

taranga = (m) wave

tarangaH = (m) wave

taraNe = in crossing

tarati = (1 pp) to cross

taran.h = swimming or crossing

tarangeshhu = among the waves

taranti = overcome
tarhi * = ind. (fr. {ta4d-hi4}; see {tarvan} Pân. 5-3, 20 f.) at that time, then, at that moment, in
that case (correlative of {ya4d} [TBr. ii, 1, 10, 1], {yadA4} [AV. iii, 13, 6 BhP.], {ya4rhi} [TS. i
AitBr. i, 27], {ya4tra} [S'Br. ii BhP. v], {yadi} [S'ak. v.l. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.], {ced} [Prab. Sâh.];
often connected with an Impv. [S'ak. Pañcat. &c.] or interrogative pron. [Pat. Kâs'. Siddh. Sâh.])
RV. x, 129, 2 AV. &c. (not in MBh. &R.); cf. {eta4r-}, {ka4r-}.

tarishhyasi *= you will overcome

tarjaka * = mfn. one who threatens Pañcar. iv, 3.

tarjana * = n. threatening, scolding R. iii, v Ragh. xix, 17 Kum. vi, 45 &c.; (ifc.) frightening MBh.
iii, 12569; derision W.; putting to shame, surpassing W.; anger W.; ({A}) f. scolding Sâh.; ({I}) f.
`" threatening finger "', the fore-finger Kathâs. xvii, 88 KâtyS'r. Sch.; = {-nikA} Hcat. ii, 1.

tarjanikaa * = f. a kind of weapon (?), ii, 1, 953.

tarjanIya * = mfn. to be threatened or scolded.

tarka* = m. conjecture MBh. &c.; reasoning, speculation, inquiry KathhUp. ii, 9 PârGri. ii, 6, 5
Gaut. Mn. xii, 106 MBh. &c.; doubt W.; system or doctrine founded on speculation or reasoning,
philosophical system (esp. the Nyâya system, but applicable also to any of the six Dars'ana q.v.)
BhP. ii, vii f. Prab. Vop. Caran. Madhus.; the number 6 Sûryas. xii, 87; logic, confutation (esp. that
kind of argument which consists in reduction to absurdity) Tarkas. Sarvad. Madhus.; wish, desire
L.; supplying an ellipsis L.; cause, motive L.; n. a philosophical system Hcat. i, 7; ({A}) f.
reasoning, inquiry (`" = {kAGkSA} "' Sch.) MBh. iv, 892; cf. {a-}, {ku-}, {dus-}, {rUpa-}.

tarkshya* = m. saltpetre L. (see also taarkshya)

tarpaka * = mfn. ifc. satiating, satisfying BhP. vii, 15, 10 Sch.

ta4rpaNa * =mf({I})n. id. Sus'r. (cf. {ghrANa-}); (m. or n.) N. of a plant, iv, 5, 13 and 18; 16, 3; n.
satiety MBh. xiv, 673; satiating, refreshing (esp. of gods and deceased persons [cf. {RSi-}, {pitR-}]
by presenting to them libations of water; a particular ceremony performed with a magical Mantra
Sarvad.; cf. RTL. p. 394 and 409) PârGri. iii, 3, 11 Mn. iii, 70 Yâjñ. i, 46 MBh. xiii &c.; gladdening
(ifc.) BhP. iii, 1, 27; refreshment, food AV. ix, 6, 6 MBh. xviii, 269 and 275 Car. Pân. 2-3, 14 Kâs'.
Hcat. (ifc. f. {A}); fuel L.; (satiating i.e.) filling the eyes (with oil &c.) Sus'r.; ({I}) f. N. of a plant L.

ta4rpaNa-vidhi * =m. a ch. of Smriity-artha-sâra.

tarpaNecchu * =m. `" desirous of a Tarpana libation "', Bhîshma L.

tarpaNIya * =mfn. to be satisfied, Kathhup. i, 27.

tarpara * =m. a bell hanging down from the throat of cattle, g. {kapilakA7di} (Ganar. 446).

taru = Tree

taruNaH = young man

taruNii = young woman

taruNau = (two)youngsters
tarutalavaasaM = living under the trees

taruu = Tree

tarkeNa = (masc.instr.Sing.)logic

tarjanaM = the fear

tarjanii = Finger

tas * =1 cl. 4. {-syati}, to fade away, perish Dhâtup. xxvi, 103; (cf. {taMs}) to cast upwards (or `" to
throw down "') ib. (Vop.); to throw Pân. 3-4, 61 Kâs'. 2.

tas * =mfn. `" throwing "'; see {sukha-}.

tashtha * =mfn. ( {takS}) pared, hewn, made thin L.; fashioned, formed in mind, produced RV.
AV.xi, 1, 23; cf. {su4-}, {sto4ma-}; {vibhva-taSTa4}.

tashthi * =f. v.l. for {tvaSTi} q.v.

tasara * =(m. L.) n. ( {taMs}?) a shuttle RV. x, 130, 2 VS. xix, 83 (`" the cloth in the loom "' TBr.
Sch.)

taskara * =m. (for {tat-k-} Nir. iii, 14 VPrât. iii, 51) a thief, robber RV. AV. VS. &c. (ifc. f. {A}
Hariv. 5180 Kâm. iv, 53; cf. {a-taskara4}; ifc. used as a term of contempt [Kathâs. ci, 140] Ganar.
114); Trigonella corniculata Sus'r. iv, 37, 15; Vanguiera spinosa L.; Ardisia humilis (?) L.; the ear
(derived fr. Ragh. i, 27) W.; pl. N. of particular Ketus VarBriS. xi, 20; ({I}) f. a passionate woman
L.; a kind of Mimosa Npr.

tasthu * =mfn. stationary BhP. vii, 7, 23.

tasdI * =in astron.= $, hexagon.

tasthau = stood

tashtha * mfn. ( {takS}) pared, hewn, made thin L.; fashioned, formed in mind, produced RV.
AV.xi, 1, 23; cf. {su4-}, {sto4ma-}; {vibhva-taSTa4}.

tasmaat.h = hence* = ind. (abl. of 2. {ta4}) from that, on that account, therefore (correlative of
{ya4d}, {yasmAt}) AV. S'Br. AitBr. Mn. Nal. &c.

tasmin.h = in that

tasminkaaye = tasmin.h+kaye, in that body

tasmai = (masc.dat.S)to him

tasya = its

tasyasu..ndaraM = beautiful to him

tasyaaM = in that
tasyaisha = tasya + esha(H):His + this

tat: V* that, therefore, the same *= see tad

tat* =1 for {ta4d}. see col. 3. \\2 I. {tata4}. see {tan} \\ mfn. ifc. see {parI-}; cf. {purI-ta4t}.

taat* = ind. (obs. abl. of 2. {ta4}) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6; x, 95, 16; obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. {ta4}
Pân.; vii, 1, 39 Kâs'.; cf. {adha4s-tAt} &c.

tata * = 2 m. (cf. {tAta}) chiefly Ved. a father (familiar expression corresponding to {nanA4},
mother) RV. viii, 91, 5 f.; ix, 112, 3 AV. TS. iii TBr. &c. (voc. [like {tAta}] also term of affection
addressed to a son AitBr.v, 14, 3; vii, 14, 8).

tata 4 = 2 mfn. (vi, 4, 37) extended, stretched, spread, diffused, expanded RV. &c.; spreading over,
extending to W.; covered over by (instr. or in comp.) Laghuj. ii, 16 Kir. v, 11 S'is'. ix, 23; protracted
W.; bent (a bow) MBh. i, 49, 25; iv, 5, 1; spreading, wide L.; composed (a tale), i, 2455; performed
(a ceremony) RV. &c.; m. wind L.; n. any stringed instrument L.; a metre of 4 x 1 2 syllables.

taa4t * ind. (obs. abl. of 2. {ta4}) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6; x, 95, 16; obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. {ta4}
Pân.; vii, 1, 39 Kâs'.; cf. {adha4s-tAt} &c.

tataM = pervaded

tataH = Then

tatastataH = from there

tat.h = that

tath * = cl. 1. P. {-Tati}, to rumble ShadvBr. v, 7; (derived fr. {taTa}) to be raised Dhâtup.ix, 21:
Caus. {tATayati} v.l. for {tADay-}, to strike, xxxii, 43.

tathaa V*: also, so, thus as well, similarly6, then, as also, as far as, in that way, true to that, at that
time, too

tathaa api V*= yet; yet, in spite of, nonetheless

tathaa eva V*= likewise

tatha * = m. (exceptionally n. Das'ar. ii. 18/19) a slope, declivity, any part of the body which has
(as it were) sloping, sides (cf. {zroNi-}, {stana-}, &c.), a shore MBh. (said of Siva, xii, 10381)
Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. î Bhartri.); ({I}) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 49) id. Gît. Prab. Sâh.; cf. {a-}, {ut-};
{pura-taTI}.

tathasthaH = (m) neutral, disinterested, not taking any side

tato = then, afterwards

tatohaMsaH = tataH: then or from there + haMsaH:swan or Brahman

tattva = an element, the twenty-four categories of thatness * = n. true or real state, truth, reality
S'vetUp. Mn. Bhag. &c.; (in phil.) a true principle (in Sânkhya phil. 25 in number, viz. {a-vyakta},
{buddhi}, {ahaM-kAra}, the 5 Tan-mâtras, the 5 Mahâ-bhûtas, the 11 organs including {manas},
and, lastly, {puruSa}, qq.vv.) MBh. xii, 11840; xiv, 984 R. iii, 53, 42 Tattvas.; 24 in number MBh.
xii, 11242 Hariv. 14840 (m.); 23 in number BhP. iii, 6, 2 ff.; for other numbers cf. xi, 22, 1 ff.
RâmatUp.; with Mâhes'varas and Loka7yatikas only 5 [viz. the 5 elements] are admitted Prab. ii,
18/19; with Buddh. 4, with Jainas 2 or 5 or 7 or 9 Sarvad. ii f.; in Veda7nta phil. {tattva} is
regarded as made up of {tad} and {tvam}, `" that [art] thou "', and called {mahA-vAkya}, the great
word by which the identity of the whole world with the one eternal Brahma [{tad}] is expressed);
the, number 25 Sûryas. ii; the number 24 DevibhP. S'Br. vii, 3, 1, 43 Sây.; an element or
elementary property W.; the essence or substance of anything W. [433, 1]; the being that Jaim. i,
3, 24 Sch.; = {tata-tva} L.; N. of a musical instrument L.; ({ena}) instr. ind. according to the true
state or nature of anything, in truth, truly, really, accurately Mn. vii, 68 MBh. R.; {-kaumudI} f. `"
Tattva-moonlight "'N. of a Comm. on Sânkhyak. Sarvad. xiv, 20; {-candra} m. `" truthmoon "'N.
of a Comm. on Prakriyâ-kaumudî; `" Tattva-moon "'N. of a Comm. on {-kaumudI}; {-cintAmaNi}
m. N. of a philos. work by Gange7s'a; of another work Nirnayas. iii; {-jJa} mfn. ifc. knowing the
truth, knowing the true nature of, knowing thoroughly Mn.xii, 102 MBh. ({a-} neg., xii, 6623) R.
&c.; m. a Brâhman Npr.; {-jJAna} n. knowledge of truth, thorough knowledge, insight into the
true principles of phil. Sarvad.; {-jJAnin} mfn. = {-jJa} W.; {-taraMgiNI} f. `" truth-river "'N. of
wk. by Dharmasâgara; {-tas} ind.= {-ttvena} MundUp. i, 2, 13 Mn. MBh. &c.; {-tA} f. truth, reality
W.; {-tyaj} mfn. mistaking the true state Viddh. iii, 19; {-trayamaya} mfn. consisting of the 3
realities Hcat. i, 11, 893; {-darza} m. (= {-dRz}) N. of a Riishi under Manu Deva-sâvarni BhP. viii,
13, 32; {-darzin} mfn. = {-dRz} MBh. iii, 1149 Râmag.; m. N. of one of Manu Raivata's sons Hariv.
433; of a Brâhman, 1265; {-dIpana} n. `" Tattva-light "'N. of wk.; {-dRz} mfn. perceiving truth
Veda7ntas.; {-nikaSa-grAvan} m. the touchstone of truth Hit. i, 9, 12; {-nizcaya} m. `"
ascertainment of truth "', right knowledge Sarvad. vi, 91 and 94; {-niSThatA} f. veracity Hemac.;
{-nyAsa} m. `" application of true principles "'N. of a ceremony in honour of Vishnu (application
of mystical letters &c. to parts of the body while prayers are recited), Tantr.; {-prakAza} m. `"
light of true principles "'N. of a Comm. Sarvad. vii; {-prabodha-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk. by
Haribhadra II (A.D. 1.200); {-bindu} m. `" truthdrop "'N. of a philos. treatise; {-bodha} m.
knowledge or understanding of truth, xii, 46; N. of wk. Tantras. ii; {-bodhinI} f. `" teaching true
principles "'N. of a Comm. on Sankshepa-s'ârîraka; of a Comm. on Siddh. by Jñâne7ndra-
sarasvatî; truth-teaching cf. RTL. p. 492 and 509; {-bhava} m. true being or nature KathhUp. vi
S'vetUp. i; {-bhUta} mfn. true MBh. xii, 5290; {-muktA7vali} f. `" necklace of truth "'N. of wk.
Sarvad. iv, 110; cf. RTL. p. 123; {-vat} mfn. possessing the truth or reality of things MBh. xii,
11480; {-vAda-rahasya} n. N. of wk. Sarvad. v, 110; {-vid} mfn. knowing the true nature of(gen.)
Bhag. iii, 28; {-vivitsA} f. desire of knowing the truth W.; {-viveka} m. the sifting of established
truth; N. of wk. on astron. (also {siddhA7nta-t-}); of another work Sarvad. v, 6; {-ka-dIpana} n. `"
light of truth-investigation "'N. of a philos. work; {-zambara} n. N. of a Tantra Ânand. 31 Sch.;
({-raka}, Âryav.); {-zuddhi} f. ascertainment or right knowledge of truth Kathâs. lxxv, 194;
{-saMgraha} m. N. of wk. Sarvad. vii, 88; {-satya-zAstra} n. N. of a Buddh. work by Gunaprabha;
{-samAsa} m. `" Tattva-compendium "'N. of Kapila's Sânkhya-sûtras Tattvas.; {-sAgara} m. `"
truth-ocean "'N. of wk. Smriitit. xi Nirnayas. i, 318; {-sAra} m. `" truth-essence "'N. of wk.
S'âkta7n. ii; {-vA7khyAno7pamA} f. a simile expressing or stating any truth Kâvya7d. ii, 36;
{-vA7dhigata} mfn. learnt thoroughly Sus'r.; {-vA7pahnava-rUpaka} n. a metaphor denying a
truth (as that two eyes are not eyes but bees) Kâvya7d. ii, 95; {-vA7bhiyoga} m. a positive charge
or declaration Yâjñ. ii, 5/6, 4 ff.; {-vA7rtha} m. the truth Sarvad. iii; {-tha-kaumudI} f. `" truth-
light "'N. of a Comm. on Prâyas'c. by (Govinda7nanda; {-tha-vid} mfn. knowing the exact truth or
meaning of (in comp.) Mn.i, 3; (see {veda-}); {-tha-sUtra} n. N. of a Jaina work by Umâ-svâti
Sarvad. iii, 103; {-vA7vabodha} m. perception of truth W.

tattvaM = truth/nature

tattvataH = in reality

tattvavit.h = the knower of the Absolute Truth

tattvaGYaana = of knowledge of the truth

tattve = truth

tattvena = in reality

tatparaM = afterwards

tatparaH = very much attached to it

tatparaayaNaH = who have completely taken shelter of Him

tatprasaadaat.h = by His grace

tatbuddhayaH = those whose intelligence is always in the Supreme

tatra = there* = (also {-trA} RV.) ind. ({ta4-tra}, correlative of {ya4-tra}; g. {cA7di}, not in Kâs'.)
used for the loc. (sg. du. and pl.) of {ta4d} (q.v. Pân. 5-3, 10; vi, 3, 35) RV. AV. Mn. &c.; in that
place, there (in comp. Pân. 2-1, 46) RV. &c.; thither, to that place ib.; in that, therein, in that case,
on that occasion, under those circumstances, then, therefore, (also correlative of {ya4d} [vi, 57, 4
AV. xii, 1, 34 Nal. &c.], {yadA} [Pañcat. i, 19, 8], {yadi} [Mn. viii f. Cân. Hit.], or {ced} [Mn. viii,
295; ix, 205]; {tatra mAsa}, `" that month "' i.e. the month that has been spoken of Kathâs. xviii,
208)

tatra tatra* = used for double loc. of {ta4d} Nal. v, 8; in that and that place, here and there,
everywhere Mn. vii, 87 MBh. BhP.; to every place MBh.

tatvidaH = by those who know this

tatsamakshaM = among companions

tatsiddhiH = that materialisation

tathaa = and, also, like that

tathaapi = yet, even then

tathaiva = similarly

tau = they

tausthau = stood (motionless) (past perfect tense of sthaa tishhTha to stand)

tava = Yours

tavaM = you

tayaa = by her

tayoH = of them

thaara * = m. a horse L.; a catamite L.

thaat* = ind, (onomat.) with {kR}, to cause to jingle or rattle Prasannar. i, 32.

thasat * = ind. (onomat.) an interjection imitating the sound of bursting Kathâs. vc, 78; ({-sad-
iti}) cvi, 181.

thasiti * =ind. id. Bâlar. ii, 31.

tigma * = mfn. sharp, pointed (a weapon, flame, ray of light) RV. AV. iv, 27, 7, xiii S'ânkhGri. &c.;
pungent, acrid, hot, scorching RV. &c.; violent, intense, fiery, passionate, hasty ib.; m. Indra's
thunderbolt W.; = {-gmA7tman} VP. iv, 21, 3; pl. N. of the S'ûdras in Krauñca-dvîpa, ii, 4, 53 (v.l.
{tiSya}); n. pungency L.

tiira = (neut) edge, bank \\ * = 1 m. tin (cf. %{tIvra}) L.; n. a kind of arrow (cf. Pers. $) Pan5cad.
ii, 76; (%{I}) f. id. L.\\2 n. ( %{tRR} Siddh.pum2l. 56) a shore, bank AitBr. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} MBh.
R. Ragh.; ifc., for d\\mfn. furthering, granting success or victory AitA1r. 2.\\mfn. (?) carrying
across, furthering, helping TS. (Sch.)

tiirtha * = n. (rarely m. MBh.) a passage, way, road, ford, stairs for landing or for descent into a
river, bathing-place, place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams, piece of water RV. &c.;
the path to the altar between the, Câtvâla and Utkara ShadvBr. iii, 1 Âs'vS'r. iv, ix S'ânkhS'r.
Lâthy. KâtyS'r.; a channel, iv, 8, Paddh.; the usual or right way or manner TS. S'Br. xiv, ({a4-}, xi)
KâtyS'r. MBh. iv, 1411; the right place or moment ChUp. viii Anup. &c.; advice, instruction,
counsel, adviser, preceptor MBh. v Mâlav. i, 12/13 Kir. ii, 3; certain lines or parts of the hand
sacred to the deities Mn. ii Yâjñ. &c.; an object of veneration, sacred object BhP.; a worthy person
Âp. Mn. iii, 130 MBh. &c.; a person worthy of receiving anything (gen.) MânGri. i, 7; N. of certain
counsellors of a king (enumerated in Pañcat. iii, 67/68) MBh. ii, 171 Ragh. xvii S'is'. xiv [449, 2];
one of the ten orders of ascetics founded by S'ankara7cârya (its members add the word {tIrtha} to
their names); a brâhman Un. vri.; = {darzana} L.; = {yoga} L.; the vulva L.; a womañs courses L.;
fire Un. vri.; = {nidAna} ib

tiivra * = mf({A})n. (fr. {tiv-ra}, {tu}) strong, severe, violent, intense, hot, pervading, excessive,
ardent, sharp, acute, pungent, horrible RV. &c.; m. sharpness, pungency Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 3. Pat.;
for {-vara} (?) g. {rAjanyA7di}; S'iva; n. pungency W.; a shore (for 2. {tIra} ?) Un. k.; tin (cf. 1.
{tIra}) ib.; steel L.; iron L.; ({am}) ind. violently, impetuously, sharply, excessively W.; ({A}) f.
Helleborus niger L.; black mustard L.; basil L.; {gaNDa-dUrvA} L.; {taradI} L.; {mahA-
jyotiSmatI} L.; (in music) N. of a S'ruti; of a Mûrchanâ; of the river Padmavatî (in the east of
Bengal) L.

tiikshNa = pungent

tikta = (adj) bitter

tila = sesame seeds

tilakam.h = (n) bindi (the "dot on the forehead")

tilaka * = m. (g. %{sthUlA7di}) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.) MBh. &c.; a
freckle (compared to a sesamum-seed) VarBr2S. l, 9; lii, 10 Katha1s.; a kind of skin-eruption L.;
(in music) N. of a Dhruvaka; a kind of horse L.; N. of a prince of Kampana1 Ra1jat. viii, 577 ff; m.
(n. Pan5cad. ii, 57) a mark on the forehead (made with coloured earths, sandal-wood, or
unguents, either as an ornament or a sectarial distinction) Ya1jn5. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591 R. (ifc. f.
%{A}, iii) &c.; the ornament of anything (in comp.) Pan5cat. i, 1, 92 Katha1s. &c. (ifc. f. %{A}
Ra1jat. iii, 375); n. id. L.; the right lung L.; black sochal salt L.; alliteration Ra1jat.; a metre of 4 x 6
syllables; = %{tri-zlokI} L.; a kind of observance Ka1lanirn2. Introd. 12; (%{A}) f. a kind of
necklace L.; cf. %{eNa-}, %{kha-}, %{vasanta-}; %{Urdhva-tilakin}.

titikshasva = just try to tolerate

tittibha = a firefly

tittibhaasana = the firefly posture

tintriNii = (f) tamarind

timira = darkness

tira * = mfn. furthering, granting success or victory AitA1r. 2.\\mfn. (?) carrying across,
furthering, helping TS. (Sch.)

tiraskara* = mf({I})n. excelling (with gen.) BhP. i, 10, 27.

tiraskaara* = m. placing aside, concealment W.; abuse, censure Hit. i, 2, 25/26; iv; disdain Pân. 2-
3, 17 Kâs'. Kathâs.xxxii, 55 SârngP.; a cuirass Kir. xvii, 49.

tiryakkAram* = ind. having laid aside (after the completion of any work), the work being done
Pân. 3-4, 60; cf. {tIraya}.

tiryakkSipta* = mfn. placed obliquely L.; said of a form of dislocation (when a part of the joint is
forced outwards) Sus'r. ii, 15, 2 f.

tiryaktA* = f. animal nature Râjat. iii, 448.

tiryakpAtana* = n. a kind of process applied esp. to mercury.

tiryakpAtin* = mfn. falling obliquely on (loc.) S'is'. x, 40.

tiryakpramANa* = n. measurement across, breadth KâtyS'r. i f. Sch. ({purastat-}, `" breadth in

front "'; {pazcAt-}, `" breadth behind. "')

tiryakphalA* = f. Oldenlandia herbacea L.

tiryaksrotas* = mfn. (an animal) in which the current of nutriment tends transversely R. ii, 35, 19
Sch.; m. n. animals collectively VP. i, 5, 8 MârkP. vlii NarasP. iii, 25.

tishhThati = (1 pp) to stand

tishhThani = stand (from sthaa)

tishhThantaM = residing

tishhThanti = dwell

tishhThasi = remain
tishya* = m. N. of a heavenly archer (like Kriis'ânu) and of the 6th Nakshatra of the old or 8th of
the new order RV. v, 54, 13; x, 64, 8 TS. ({-Sya4}) &c.; the month Pausha L.; Terminalia
tomentosa L.; = {-SyA} L.; (Pân. 4-3, 34; i, 2, 63 Kâs'.) `" born under the asterism TñTerminalia
"', a common N. of men Buddh. (cf. {upa-}); n. (m. L.) the 4th or present age MBh. vi Hariv. 3019;
mfn. auspicious, fortunate W.; ({A}) f. Emblic Myrobalan L.

tiras * = through (acc.) RV. AV. xiii, 1, 36; across, beyond, over (acc.) RV. AV. vii, 38, 5; so as to
pass by, apart from, without, against (acc.) RV. ({-ra4s citta4ni}, `" without the knowledge "', vii,
59, 8; {-ro4 va4zam}, `" against the will "', x, 171, 4); apart or secretly from (abl.) AV. xii, 3, 39
S'Br. i, iii; obliquely, transversely MârkP. xvii, 3; apart, secretly TS. ii, 5, 10, 6 AitBr. ii S'Br.; [cf.
Zd. {taro1}; Lat. {trans}; Goth. {thairh}; Germ. {durch}; Hib. {tar}, {tair}.]

titiksha* = m. (fr. Desid.) N. of a man g. {kaNvA7di}; ({A}) f. endurance, forbearance, patience

MBh. Pân. 1-2, 20 Sus'r. &c.; Patience (daughter of Daksha; wife of Dharma; mother of Kshema)
BhP. iv, 1, 19ff.

te = they

te.api = even they

tejaH = prowess

tejas.h = brilliance

tejas * = n. (often pl.) the sharp edge (of a knife &c.), point or top of a flame or ray, glow, glare,
splendour, brilliance, light, fire RV. &c.; clearness of the eyes VS. xxi AitBr. &c.; the bright
appearance of the human body (in health), beauty Nal. Sus'r. i, 15 [454, 3]; the heating and
strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile, 14 and 26; the bile L.; fiery energy,
ardour, vital power, spirit, efficacy, essence AV. &c.; semen virile MBh. R. Ragh. S'ak.; marrow L.;
the brain W.; gold L.; (opposed to {kSamA}) impatience, fierceness, energetic opposition MBh. iii
VarBri. Sâh. iii, 50 and 54 Das'ar. ii, 3; (in Sânkhya phil.) = {rajas} (passion); spiritual or moral or
magical power or influence, majesty, dignity, glory, authority AV. VS. &c.; a venerable or dignified
person, person of consequence MBh. v, xiii S'ak. vii, 15; fresh butter L.; a mystical N. of the letter
$ RâmatUp. i, 23; ({ase}) dat. inf. {tij} q.v.; cf. {a-}, {agni-}, {ugra-} &c.

tejasa = radiant energy, majesty

tejasvin.h = one who has tej (brilliance)

tejasvinaaM = of the powerful

tejasvinaavadhiitamastu = with glory \& strength, our study, be

tejobhiH = by effulgence

tejomayaM = full of effulgence

tejoraashiM = effulgence

tena = by that; with that

tenaiva = in that
teshaaM = their

teshhaaM = their

teshhu = on them

thaat* = ind, (onomat.) with {kR}, to cause to jingle or rattle Prasannar. i, 32.

thathaa api V*: still, nevertheless, yet, even so, nonetheless

thu* = Meaning m. gold L.; one who changes his shape at will W.; love, god of love W.

tilaka* m. (g. {sthUlA7di}) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.) MBh. &c.; a
freckle (compared to a sesamum-seed) VarBriS. l, 9; lii, 10 Kathâs.; a kind of skin-eruption L.; (in
music) N. of a Dhruvaka; a kind of horse L.; N. of a prince of Kampanâ Râjat. viii, 577 ff; m. (n.
Pañcad. ii, 57) a mark on the forehead (made with coloured earths, sandal-wood, or unguents,
either as an ornament or a sectarial distinction) Yâjñ. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591 R. (ifc. f. {A}, iii) &c.;
the ornament of anything (in comp.) Pañcat. i, 1, 92 Kathâs. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Râjat. iii, 375); n. id. L.;
the right lung L.; black sochal salt L.; alliteration Râjat.; a metre of 4 x 6 syllables; = {tri-zlokI} L.;
a kind of observance Kâlanirn. Introd. 12; ({A}) f. a kind of necklace L.; cf. {eNa-}, {kha-},
{vasanta-}; {Urdhva-tilakin}.

tilakaka* = n. N. of a man Râjat. viii, 469.

tilakaya* = Nom. P. to mark with spots HParis'. viii, 210; to mark Bâlar. i, 1; vi, 37; to adorn, i, 1
Viddh. ii, 13.

tilakita* = mfn. (g. {tArakA7di}) marked Bâlar. vi, 55 and 58; adorned Kathâs. xciii, 17 Râjat. ii,
40.

tilakin* = mfn. marked with the Tilaka.

toyaM = water

toyadaH = (m) cloud

toka* = n. (fr. 1. {tuc}) offspring, children, race, child (often joined with {ta4naya}; rarely pl. AV. i,
v BhP. vi) RV. AV. Kâthh. S'Br. AitBr. Pân. 3-3, 1 Kâr. BhP.; a new-born child; ii, x; m. ifc. the
offspring of an animal (e.g. {aja-}, a young goat), iii, x; cf. {ava-}, {jIvat-} and {sa-tokA}; {tvakS}.

tola = a balance

tolayati = (10 up) to weigh

tolaangulaasana = the balance posture

tolaasana = the scales posture

tokataa: childhood

trai * = cl. 1. Â. {trA4yate} (Impv. {-yatAm}, 2. sg. {-yasva} and {trA4sva} pl. {-yadhvam} and
{trA4dhvam} RV.; ep. {trAti}, {trAtu}, {trAhi}; aor. Subj. {trAsate}, 2. du. {trA4sAthe} Prec.
{trA4sIthAm} RV.; inf. {trAtum} MBh. &c.; ind. p. {trAtvA} BhP. ii, 7, 9) to protect, preserve,
cherish, defend, rescue from (gen. or abl.); cf. {pari-}, {saM-}.

trayaM = three

trayaH = (adj) three

trayaaNaaM = three

trayii = triplet

traye = in the three

trayovi.nshati = number 23

traa = to save

traaTaka = an exercise to clear the vision

traaNa = protection* = mfn. protected Pân. 8-2, 56; n. protecting, preserving, protection, defence,
shelter, help (often ifc.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; protection for the body, armour, helmet &c., iii,
12092; = {trAyamANA4} L.; ({A}) f. id. L.; cf. {aGguli-}, {udara-}, {uras-} &c.

traatuM = for protecting

traayate = releases

traayetaaM = (may the two) protect, save (us).(for one persons the verb is

traahi = (Vr.Imp.II P.S PP)Protect

tretaa* = f. (fr. {traya4}) and triad, triplet MBh. xiv, 2759; the 3 sacred fires (= {agni-}), v, 1559
Hariv. 1410; trey (throw at dice or the side of a die marked with 3 spots) VS. xxx, 18 TS. iv
Mriicch. ii, 9; `" age of triads "', the 2nd Yuga (or silver age) AitBr. MundUp. S'ânkhS'r. Mn. &c.

tri: three, *= m. {tra4yas} f. nom. acc. {tisra4s} n. {trI4Ni} [{trI4} RV. S'Br. xi], 3 RV. &c.
({tribhi4s} & {tisR4bhis}, &c. RV.; only once {tri4bhis} [viii, 59, 5] with the later accentuation, cf.
Pân. 6-1, 177 and 180 f.; gen. {trINA4m} [RV. x, 185, 1; cf. Pân. 7-1, 53 Kâs'.] and {tisRRNA4m}
[RV. viii, 19, 37 and 101, 6], later on [fr. {-ya4}] {trayANAm} [AitBr. Mn.] and {tisRNA4m} [RV. v,
69, 2 against metre; cf. Pân. 6-4, 4 f.]; ifc., vii, 2, 99 f. Kâs'.) [458, 1]; [cf. $, Lat. {tres}; Goth.
{threis}; &c.]

tribhiH = three

tribhujam.h = (n) triangle

tridas'a* = mf({A})n. 3 X 10 (= 30) MBh. i, 4445; m. pl. (cf. Pân. 2-2, 25; v, 4, 73; vi, 3, 48 Kâs'.
and {dvi-d-}) the 3 X 10 (in round number for 3 X 11) deities (12 Âdityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and
2 As'vins; cf. RV. ix, 92, 24) MBh. &c.; du. the As'vins, iii, 10345; mfn. divine R. iii, 41, 21; n.
heaven MBh. xiii, 3327 ({tri-diva}, B); {-guru} m. `" thirty-god-preceptor "', Briihaspati (regent of
Jupiter) VarBriS. VarBri.; {-gopa} m. = {indra-g-}, a fire-fly Ragh. xi, 42; {-gopaka} m. id. Npr.;
{-tA} f. divine nature Bâlar.; {-tva} n. id. Ragh. xviii, 30; {-dIrghikA} f. `" heavenly lake "', Gangâ
L.; {-nadI} f. `" heavenly river "', Gangâ W.; {-pati} m. `" lord of the gods "', Indra Mriicch.
Ratna7v. iv, 11 VP. v, 18; {-puMgava} m. `" god-chief "', Vishnu R. i, 14, 42; {-pratipakSa} m. =
{-zA7ri}; {-maJjarI} f. `" heavenly plant "', the Tulasî L.; {-vadhU} f. `" wife of the gods "', an
Apsaras W.; {-vanitA} f. id. Megh.; {-zaila} m. `" heavenly mountain "', the Kailâsa Kathâs. cxiv;
{-zreSTha} mfn. best of gods (Brahmâ, Agni) R. vi, 102 f.; {-sarSapa} m. = {deva-s-} Npr.;
{-zA7Gkuza} m. `" divine goad "', a thunderbolt L.; {-zA7GganA} f. = {-za-vadhU} Bhakta7m. 15;
{-zA7cArya} m. = {-za-guru} L.; {-zA7dhipa} m. a lord of the gods, 28; {-zA7dhipati} m. S'iva;
{-zA7yana} mfn. `" resort of the gods "', Nârâyana Hariv.; {-zA7yudha} n. `" divine weapon "', the
rainbow Ragh. ix, 54; the thunderbolt L.; {-zA7ri} m. an enemy of the gods, Asura R. vi, 36, 78;
{-zA7laya} m. `" abode of the gods "', heaven MBh. iii R. i Vet.; the mountain Su-meru L.; a
heaven-dweller, god MBh. iii, 1725; {-zA7vAsa} m. = {-zA7laya}, heaven L.; {-zA7hAra} m. `"
divine food "', nectar L.; {-zI-bhUta} mfn. become divine Ragh. xv, 102; {-ze7dra} m. `" god-chief
"', Indra Pañcat. i; {-ze7ndra-zatru} m. `" Indra's foe "', Râvana R. vi, 36, 6; {-ze7za} m. =
{-ze7ndra} MBh. iii; {-ze7zadviS} m. = {-zA7ri} MBh.; {-ze7zvara} m. = {-ze7ndra} MBh. R. ii;
S'iva MBh.; pl. Indra, Agni, Varuna, and Yama Nal. iv, 31; ({I}) f. Durgâ DevîP.; N. of a female
attendant of Durgâ W.; {-ze7zvara-dviS} m. = {-ze7ndra-zatru} R. i, 14, 47.

tridhaa = of three kinds

triguNa = three qualities (i.e. satva, rajas and tamas)

trigunadoshaiH = having all three qualities as well as faults

trijagati = in the three worlds

trikoNa = a triangle

trikoNamiti = trigonometry

trikoNaasana = the triangle posture

trikona = Trinal houses or 1, 5, 9

trimsat.h = (adj) thirty

triiNi = three

triin.h = three

triNa = grass

triNaa = grass

trina * = grass

triNemi mfn. with 3 fellies BhP. iii, 8, 20. (v.l. {-nemi}).

tripta = satisfied

triptaH = being satisfied

triptiH = satisfaction
trishhu = in the three

trishNaa = desire* = f. thirst, i, vii, ix AV. S'Br. &c.; desire, avidity (chiefly ifc.) R. Ragh. BhP. &c.;
Avidity as mother of Dambha (Prab. ii, 11/12), daughter of Death (Mriityu VP. i, 7, 31; or Mâra
Lalit. xxiv, 20), generated by Vedanâ and generating Upa7dâna (Buddh.); cf. {ati-}.

trishhNaaM = thirst/desiretri = three

trivikrama = fifth incarnation of Vishnu commonly known as vaamana

trividhaM = of three kinds

trividhaH = of three kinds

trividhaa = of three kinds

truTayaH = shortcomings, mistakes

truTi = shortcomings, mistakes

traiguNya = pertaining to the three modes of material nature

trailokya = of the three worlds

traividyaH = the knowers of the three Vedas

tuuNa = quiver(arrow receptacle)

tuula = air

tuulaa = Zodiacal Sign of Libra

tu = but * = Meaning 1 cl. 2. ({tauti} Dhâtup.; fut. 2nd {totA} or {tavitA} Vop.) to have authority,
be strong RV. i, 94, 2 (pf. {tUtAva} cf. Naigh. iv, 1 Pân. 6-1, 7 Kâs'.); to go Dhâtup.; to injure ib.:
Caus. (aor. {tUtot}, 2. sg. {-tos}) to make strong or efficient RV. ii, 20, 5; vi, 26, 4; cf. {ut-},
{saM-}; {tava4s}, &c., {tIvra4}; [Zd. {tav}, `" to be able "'; Lat. {tumor}, {tueri}, {totus}.]

tu4 * = Meaning 2 (never found at the beginning of a sentence or verse; metrically also {tU4} RV.;
cf. Pân. 6-3, 133) pray! I beg, do, now, then, Lat. {dum} used (esp. with the Imper.) RV.; but (also
with {eva4} or {vai4} following) AV. iv, 18, 6 TS. S'Br. &c.; and Mn. ii, 22; or, i, 68; xi, 202; often
incorrectly written for {nu} MBh. (i, 6151 B and C); sometimes used as a mere expletive

tu (in conjuction) * = cana tu * =Meaning though-still not\\kiM tu * =g or though - still\\paraMtu

* = though - still\\varam-natu * = it is true - but not, ere - than\\kiM u * = still, nevertheless\\na-
paraMtu * = not-however\\ na caapi tu* = not-but This page was generated by SFgate 4.0.30. vai

tuchchha = adj. trifling

tuda* = mfn. ifc. `" striking "' see {aruM-}, {tilaM-}, {vidhuM-}; m. N. of a man g. {zubhrA7di}; cf.
{ut-}.

tuNDaM = jaws/mouth?
tumulaH = uproarious

tulanaa = comparison

tula * = m. (for {-lA}) the sign Libra, Utp. (on VarBri. xi, xvi, xxiii and VarYogay. iv, 55).

tulaa = (f) balance, weighing scales * f. a balance, weight VS. xxx S'Br. xi Mn. &c. ({-layA dhR} or
{-lAM} with Caus. of {adhiruh}, `" to hold in or put on a balance, weigh, compare "'; {-lAM} with
Caus. of {adhi-ruh}, `" to risk "' Pañcat. i, 16, 9; {-lAm adhi-} or {A-} or {sam-A-ruh}, `" to be in a
balance "', be equal with [instr.]; the balance as an ordeal Yâjñ. ii Mriicch. ix, 43); equal measure,
equality, resemblance Ragh. &c. ({-lAm i} or {gam} or {A-yA} or {A-lamb} or {dhA}, `" to
resemble any one or anything "' [instr. or in comp.]; {-lAM na bhR}, `" to have no equal "'
Prasannar. i, 37; {-lAM} with Pass. of {nI}, `" to become equal to "' [gen.]); = {-la} Pañcat. i, 14, 14
VarBri. &c.; N. of a measure (= 100 Palas) MBh. iii, xiv VarBriS. Sus'r. Ashtha7ng. S'ârngS. i, 31; a
kind of beam in the roof of a house VarBriS. liii, 30.

tulasî * = f. holy basil (small shrub venerated by Vaishnavas; commonly Tulsî) BhP. VâyuP. and
PadmaP. (produced from the ocean when churned) BrahmaP. (produced from the hair of the
goddess Tulasî, ii, 19.)

tulya = comparable

tulyaM = equivalent, comparable

tulyaH = equal

turya* = mfn. (Pân. 5-2, 51 Vârtt. 1) 4th BhP. Vet. Srut.; forming a 4th part BhP.; n. the 4th state
of soul (see {-rIya}), vii, 9, 32 Hathhapr. iv, 45 RâmatUp. ii, 4, 15 Sch.; mfn. being in that state of
soul BhP. vi f.

turyaa* = f. superior power TS.ii, 2, 12.

tush.h = to be satisfied

tushhaara = (m) ice/snow

tushhTaH = satisfied

tushhTiH = satisfaction

tushhTishchaastu = tushhTiH + cha + astu:happiness + and + let there be

tushhTuvaa.nsaH = May we satisfy or make them happy?

tushhNiM = silent

tushhyati = (4 pp) to be pleased

tushhyanti = become pleased

tushita* = m. pl. a class of celestial beings MBh. xiii, 1371 Buddh. &c. (12 in number Hariv. VP.
BhP. iv, 1, 8 VâyuP. ii, 6; 36 in number L.); sg. Vishnu in the 3rd Manv-antara Vishn. iic, 47 VP.
iii, 1, 38; ({A}) f. N. of the wife of Veda-s'iras and mother of the Tushitas, 37 BhP. viii, 1, 21.

tushthi * = f. satisfaction, contentment Mn. MBh. &c. (9 kinds are reckoned in Sânkhyaphil. Kap.
iii, 39 Sânkhyak. 47 and 50 Tattvas.; `" Satisfaction "' personified [Hariv. 9498] as daughter of
Daksha and mother of Santosha or Muda VP. i, 7 BhP. iv, 1, 49 f. MârkP. l; or as daughter of
Paurnamâsa VâyuP. i, 28, 8 LingaP.; as a deity sprung from the Kalâs of Prakriiti "' BrahmaP. ii, 1;
as a Mâtriikâ, Bhavadev.; as a S'akti Hcat. i, 5, 197); N. of a Kalâ of the moon BrahmaP. ii, 15; the
plant {vRddhi} L.

tushthi-kara * = mfn. causing satisfaction Mn. xi, 234.

tushthimat * = mfn. satisfied Hariv. iii, 86, 16, Nîl.; m. N. of a prince VP. iv, 14, 5 BhP. ix, 24, 23.

tushtha * = mfn. satisfied, pleased MBh. &c.; m. N. of a prince VâyuP. ii, 34, 122.

tushtha * = {-STi}, {-Sya} see {tuS}.

tusta * = m. n. dust (= {tUs-}) L. Sch.

tuuda* = m. the cotton tree L.; = {tUta} ($) Npr.; Thespesia populneoides L.; ({I}) f. N. of a
district Pân. 4-3, 94.

tuula * =n. a tuft of grass or reeds, panicle of a flower or plant AV. xix, 32, 3 Kâthh. TândyaBr.
ChUp. ({ISIkA-}) Kaus'. Âp. Pân. 6-2, 121 (ifc. ind.); a pencil DivyA7v. v. xxxvi; = {tUta} L.; air L.;
m. the thorn-apple Npr.; n. (m. L.) cotton MBh. R. &c.; ({A}) f. id. L.; a lamp wick L.; ({I}) f. id. L.;
cotton Sânkhyak. 17, Gaudap.; = {-li} Un. Sch.; = {-paTI} Subh. RâmatUp. i, 86 Sch.; the Indigo
plant L.; cf. {a4pa-}, {indra-}, {udak-}, {prAk-}, {bhasma-}, {zaNa-}, {sa-}, {haMsa-},

tuurya * = see {ap-}, {mitra-} &c. \\ 2 n. (m. L.) a musical instrument Pân. Mn. vii MBh. &c. (ifc. f.
{A} KathhUp. Hariv.); cf. {sa-}.\\ 3 mfn. = {tur-}, 4th Râjat. ii, 91; m. N. of a family W.

tuusta * = n. (Pân. 3-1, 21; ifc. g. {cUrNA7di}) dust, iii, 1, 21 Kâs'. Purusho7tt. (Un. iii, 86 Sch.); sin
L.; an atom L.; a braid of hair L.

tuvigra * = mfn. swallowing much (Agni) RV. i, 140, 9.

tvadanyena = besides you

tvak.h = skin

tvameva = you only

tvaM = you

tvat.h = than you

tvattaH = from You

tvatto = from you

tvatprasaadaat.h = by Your mercy

tvatsamaH = equal to You

tvayaa = by you

tvayata* - ({tva4-}) mfn. given by thee, vii, 20, 10.

tvAya4t* = mfn. = {tvA4M-kAma} RV.

tvAyA* = ind. out of love towards thee, for thee, i-v

tvayi V* = in yourself, of you, unto you

tvarate = (1 ap) to hurry, to hasten

tvaramaaNaaH = rushing

tvaraa = hurry

tvarita = quick, without delay

tvahaM = tu + aham: emphasis + I

tvaa = unto you

tvaaM = to you

tvaca * =. skin (ifc. see {mukta-}, {mRdu-}) Un. ii, 63 Sch.; cinnamon, cinnamon tree R. iii, 39, 22
Sus'r.; Cassia bark L.; ({A}) f. skin L.; cf. {guDa-}; {tanu-} and {pRthak-tvacA}.

tvåca: relating to the skin

tvai = with regard to thee

tyaajya* = mfn. (Pân. 7-3, 66 Vârtt.) to be left or abandoned or quitted or shunned or expelled or
removed Mn. ix, 83 MBh. &c.; to be given up Bhag. &c.; to be sacrificed Das'. vii, 211; to be
excepted W.; n. part of an asterism or its duration considered as unlucky W.

tyaajita* = mfn. made to abandon (with acc.) Kathâs. lxxxvi, 13; made to give up MârkP. lxxxix,
19; deprived of (acc.) MBh. xiii Kum. vii, 14 Megh. &c.; expelled Pañcad. iii, 60; caused to be
disregarded Ragh. vi, 56.

tyaaga = sacrificing/abandonment* = m. (Pân. 6-1, 216) leaving, abandoning, forsaking Mn. &c.;
quitting (a place, {deza-}) Pañcat.; discharging, secretion MBh. xiv, 630 VarBriS. giving up,
resigning, gift, donation, distribution KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; sacrificing one's life RV. iv, 24, 3; liberality
Mn. ii, 97 R. &c.; a sage L.; cf. {Atma-}, {tanu-}, {deha-}, {prA7Na-}, {zarIra-}.

tyaagaM = renunciation

tyaagaH = renunciation
tyaagasya = of renunciation

tyaagaat.h = by such renunciation

tyaagii = the renouncer

tyaage = in the matter of renunciation

tyaajyaM = to be given up

tyak.h = to sacrifice

tyakta = giving up

tyaktajiivitaaH = prepared to risk life

tyaktuM = to be renounced

tyaktvaa = having abandoned/sacrificed

tyaktvaa.atmaanaM = having abandoned see as one's own self

tyaj.h = to leave

tyajati = (1 pp) to abandon, to relinquish

tyaja* = n. abandonment, difficulty, danger RV.; alienation, aversion, envy (= {krodha} Naigh. ii,
13) RV.; {-ja4s} m. `" offshoot "', a descendant, x, 10, 3.

tyaj* = 1 cl. 1. {-jati} (metrically also {-te}; pf. Ved. {tityA4ja}, Class. {tat-} Pân. 6-1, 36; {tatyaja}
BhP. iii, 4; fut. {tyakSyati} Pân. 7-2, 10 Kâr.; {tyajiSy-} R. ii, vii MârkP.; aor. {atyAhSIt}; inf.
{tyaktum}) to leave, abandon, quit RV. x, 71, 6 Mn. MBh. &c.; to leave a place, go away from Mn.
vi, 77 MBh. &c.; to let go, dismiss, discharge VarBriS. xvii, 22 Bhathth.; to give up, surrender,
resign, part from, renounce Îs'Up. 1 Mn. MBh. &c. ({tanum} or {deham} or {kalevaram}, `" to
abandon the body, die "' Mn. vi MBh. &c.; {prANAn} or {zvAsam} or {jIvitam}, `" to give up
breath or life, risk or lose one's life "' MBh. R. &c.); P. Â. to shun, avoid, get rid of, free one's self
from (any passion &c.) MBh. &c.; to give away, distribute, offer (as a sacrifice or oblation to a
deity; {tyajate} etymologically = $) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to set aside, leave unnoticed, disregard
S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iii MBh. i, 3098 Hit. ii, 3, 30; (ind. p. {tyaktvA}) to except VarBriS. Caurap. Sch.;
Pass. {tyajyate}, to be abandoned by, get rid of (instr.) Pañcat. i, 10, 0/1: Caus. {tyAjayati} (aor.
{atityajat} Bhathth.) to cause anyone to quit MBh. xiii, 288; to cause anyone to give up Kathâs.
lxxxiii, 34; to expel, turn out, xx, 126; to cause any one to lose, deprive of (instr.) Bhathth. xv, 120;
to empty the body by evacuations Bhpr.: Desid. {tityakSati}, to be about to lose (one's life,
{prANAn}) Car. v, 10 and 12.

tyaj* = 2 mfn. ifc. leaving, abandoning W.; giving up, offering BhP. viii Râjat. iv; cf. {tanu-},
{tanU-}, {su-}.

tyajana* = n. leaving, abandoning W.; giving W.; excepting, exclusion W.; expelling AV. Paipp.
xix, 12, 4.

tyajita* = mfn. = {tyakta} Hariv. ii, 2, 22.

tyajan.h = quitting

tyajet.h = one must give up

uh * =cl. 1. P. %{ohati}, %{uvoha}, %{auhIt}, &c., to give pain, hurt, kill L. (cf. 1.
%{Uh}.) [221,1]

uuh * =1 cl. 1. P. A1. %{Uhati}, %{-te}, %{UhAMcakAra} and %{-cakre},

%{UhitA}, %{auhIt}, %{auhiSTa} (connected with %{vah}, q.v., and in some
forms not to be distinguished from it), to push, thrust, move, remove (only when
compounded with prepositions); to change, alter, modify S3a1n3khS3r. Comm.
on Nya1yam.

uuh * = 2 cl. 1. P. A1. %{Uhati}, %{-te} (Ved. %{ohate}), %{UhAM-cakAra}, &c.

(by native authorities not distinguished from 1. %{Uh} above), to observe, mark,
note, attend to, heed, regard RV. AV. xx, 131, 10; to expect, hope for, wait for,
listen for RV.; to comprehend, conceive, conjecture, guess, suppose, infer, reason,
deliberate upon MBh. BhP. Nya1yam. Bhat2t2. &c.: Caus. %{Uhayati} (aor.
%{aujihat}), to consider, heed MBh.; to cause to suppose or infer Bhat2t2.

uuru * = m. [the f. may be {U} at the end of compounds in comparison Pân. 4-1, 69], (fr. {UrNu}
Un. i, 31) the thigh, shank RV. AV. VS. TS. S'Br. MBh. Mn. &c.; N. of an Ângirasa and author of a
Vedic hymn; N. of a son of Manu Câkshusha.

ubhaya = both* mf(%{I})n. (only sg. and pl.; according to Hara-datta also du. see Siddh. vol. i, p.
98) both, of both kinds, in both ways, in both manners RV. AV. TS. S3Br. AitA1r. Mn. &c.; (%{I})
f. a kind of bricks S3ulbas.

ubhayaa* = 1 ind. in both ways RV. x, 108, 6.\\2 (in comp. for %{ubhaya} above).

ubhayatra = at both places

ubhayoH = both

ubhe = both

ubhau = both

ucca* = mfn. (said to be fr. {ca} fr. {aJc} with 1. {ud}), high, lofty, elevated; tall MBh. Kum. S'is'.
Kathâs. &c.; deep Caurap.; high-sounding, loud Bhartri. VarBriS.; pronounced with the Udâtta
accent RPrât. VPrât. &c.; intense, violent R.; m. height MBh.; the apex of the orbit of a planet,
Kâlas. R. &c.; compar. {ucca-tara}, superl. {ucca-tama}; [cf. Hib. {uchdan}, `" a hillock "';
Cambro-Brit. {uched}, `" cleve. "'

uccA* = ind. above (in heaven), from above, upwards RV. AV. xiii, 2, 36.
uchchaara = pronunciation

uchchaarya = having uttered or pronounced

uchchaiH = up

uchchaiHshravasaM = Uccaihsrava

uchchha = Exalted Planet

uchchhabda = loud sound (masc)

uchchhishhTaM = remnants of food eaten by others

uchchhoshhaNaM = drying up

uchchhritaM = high

uchyate = is said

uDDaayayati = to fly

uDDiyaana = a fetter or binding involving the raising of the diaphragm

ud * = 1 a particle and prefix to verbs and nouns. (As implying superiority in place, rank, station,
or power) up, upwards; upon, on; over, above. (As implying separation and disjunction) out, out
of, from, off, away from, apart. (According to native authorities {ud} may also imply publicity,
pride, indisposition, weakness, helplessness, binding, loosing, existence, acquisition.) {ud} is not
used as a separable adverb or preposition; in those rare cases, in which it appears in the Veda
uncompounded with a verb, the latter has to be supplied from the context (e.g. {u4d u4tsam
zata4dhAram} AV. iii, 24, 4, out (pour) a fountain of a hundred streams). {ud} is sometimes
repeated in the Veda to fill out the verse Pân. 8-1, 6 ({kiM na ud ud u harSase dAtavA u} Kâs'. on
Pân.) [Cf. Zd. {uz}; Hib. {uas} and in composition {os}, {ois} e.g. {os-car}, `" a leap, bound "', &c.
see also {uttama4}, 1. {u4ttara}, &c.] \\or {und} cl. 7. P. {una4tti} (RV. v, 85, 4): cl. 6. P. {undati}
(p. {unda4t} RV. ii, 3, 2: Impv. 3. pl. {undantu} AV. vi, 68, 1; 2) Â. {unda4te} (AV. v, 19, 4;
{undAM cakAra}, {undiSyati} &c. Dhâtup. xxix, 20) to flow or issue out, spring (as water); to wet,
bathe RV. AV. S'Br. KâtyS'r. Âs'vGri. PârGri. &c.: Caus. (aor. {aundidat} Vop. xviii, 1): Desid.
{undidiSati} Kâs'. on Pân. 6-1, 3; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {unda}; Goth. {vat-o}; Old High Germ.
&57290[183, 1] {waz-ar}; Mod. Eng. {wat-er}; Lith. {wand-û4}.]

ud.hghaaTayati = to open

udaagaa * = 1. P. (aor. 1. sg. {-A74gAm}) to come up or out towards

udaana = the vital air controlling the intake of food and air

udaara = generous

udaaraaH = magnanimous

udara* = n. ( {dRR} Un. v, 19; {R} BRD. and T.), the belly, abdomen, stomach, bowels RV. AV.
S'Br. Sus'r. MBh. Kathâs. &c.; the womb MBh. VP. Car.; a cavity, hollow; the interior or inside of
anything ({udare}, inside, in the interior) Pañcat. S'ak. Ragh. Mriicch. &c.; enlargement of the
abdomen (from dropsy or flatulence), any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver, spleen &c.;
eight kinds are enumerated) Sus'r.; the thick part of anything (e.g. of the thumb) Sus'r. Comm. on
Yâjñ.; slaughter Naish.

udaara4* = mf({A} and {I} [gana {bahv-Adi} Pân. 4-1, 45])n. ( {R}), high, lofty, exalted; great,
best; noble, illustrious, generous; upright, honest MBh. S'ak. S'is'. &c.; liberal, gentle, munificent;
sincere, proper, right; eloquent; unperplexed L.; exciting, effecting RV. x, 45, 5; active, energetic
Sarvad.; m. rising fog or vapour (in some cases personified as spirits or deities) AV. AitBr.; a sort
of grain with long stalks L.; a figure in rhetoric (attributing nobleness to an inanimate object).

udaasiina = neutrals between belligerents * = mfn. (pres. p.) sitting apart, indifferent, free from
affection; inert, inactive; (in law) not involved in a lawsuit MBh. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; m. a stranger,
neutral; one who is neither friend nor foe; a stoic, philosopher, ascetic.

udaasiinaH = free from care

udaasiinavat.h = as neutral

udaaharaNa = example

udaaharaNaaya = for example

udaahritaM = exemplified

udaahritaH = is said

udaahritya = indicating

udaaya * = emerging, coming forward; see {try-ud-}

udaya * m. going up, rising; swelling up R.; rising, rise (of the sun &c.), coming up (of a cloud)
S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. S'ak. &c.; the eastern mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to rise)
MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. &c.; going out R.; coming forth, becoming visible, appearance, development;
production, creation RV. viii, 41, 2 R. Ragh. Yâjñ. S'ak. Kum. &c.; conclusion, result, consequence
MBh. Ragh. Mn.; that which follows; a following word, subsequent sound Pân. 8-4, 67 RPrât.
APrât. &c.; rising, reaching one's aim, elevation; success, prosperity, good fortune Kathâs. Ragh.
&c.; profit, advantage, income; revenue, interest R. Yâjñ. Mn. &c.; the first lunar mansion; the
orient sine (i.e. the sine of the point of the ecliptic on the eastern horizon) Sûryas.; N. of several
men.

udadhi = sea

udaka = (n) water

udapaane = in a well of water

udaara* = mf(%{A} and %{I} [gan2a %{bahv-Adi} Pa1n2. 4-1, 45])n. ( %{R}), high, lofty, exalted;
great, best; noble, illustrious, generous; upright, honest MBh. S3ak. S3is3. &c.; liberal, gentle,
munificent; sincere, proper, right; eloquent; unperplexed L.; exciting, effecting RV. x, 45, 5;
active, energetic Sarvad.; m. rising fog or vapour (in some cases personified as spirits or deities)
AV. AitBr.; a sort of grain with long stalks L.; a figure in rhetoric (attributing nobleness to an
inanimate object).
udara = bellies * = n. ( %{dRR} Un2. v, 19; %{R} BRD. and T.), the belly, abdomen, stomach,
bowels RV. AV. S3Br. Sus3r. MBh. Katha1s. &c.; the womb MBh. VP. Car.; a cavity, hollow; the
interior or inside of anything (%{udare}, inside, in the interior) Pan5cat. S3ak. Ragh. Mr2icch.
&c.; enlargement of the abdomen (from dropsy or flatulence), any morbid abdominal affection (as
of the liver, spleen &c.; eight kinds are enumerated) Sus3r.; the thick part of anything (e.g. of the
thumb) Sus3r. Comm. on Ya1jn5.; slaughter Naish.

udaranimittaM = for the sake of the belly/living

udaram.h = (n) stomach

udaya = rise * = m. going up, rising; swelling up R.; rising, rise (of the sun &c.), coming up (of a
cloud) S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. S'ak. &c.; the eastern mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to
rise) MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. &c.; going out R.; coming forth, becoming visible, appearance,
development; production, creation RV. viii, 41, 2 R. Ragh. Yâjñ. S'ak. Kum. &c.; conclusion, result,
consequence MBh. Ragh. Mn.; that which follows; a following word, subsequent sound Pân. 8-4,
67 RPrât. APrât. &c.; rising, reaching one's aim, elevation; success, prosperity, good fortune
Kathâs. Ragh. &c.; profit, advantage, income; revenue, interest R. Yâjñ. Mn. &c.; the first lunar
mansion; the orient sine (i.e. the sine of the point of the ecliptic on the eastern horizon) Sûryas.;
N. of several men.

udayat.h = rising

udavasAya * = ending, concluding

udiichii = (f) north

uduudashaa = Vinshottari Dasha

udgachchhati = to overflow

udgaara = expression

uddishya = desiring * having shown or explained; stipulating for, demanding; (used as a

preposition) aiming at, in the direction of; with reference to; towards; with regard to, for, for the
sake of, in the name of &c. (with acc.) MBh. BhP. S'ak. &c.

uddiSTa* = mfn. mentioned, particularized; described; promised; ({am}) n. a kind of time (in
music).

uddes'aH = (m) aim, goal

uddes'a* = m. the act of pointing to or at, direction; ascertainment; brief statement;

exemplification, illustration, explanation; mentioning a thing by name MBh. Bhag. Sus'r. Pañcat.
&c.; assignment, prescription; stipulation, bargain MBh. R.; quarter, spot, region, place; an
object, a motive; upper region, high situation MBh. Pañcat. S'ak. &c.; (in Nyâya phil.) enunciation
of a topic (that is to be further discussed and elucidated) Nyâyak.; ({ena} and {At}) ind. (ifc.)
relative to, aiming at, Kathâs. Sus'r. &c. [188, 2]

uddeshataH = as examples

uddhara = uplift* = m. (in some senses perhaps from 1. {ud-dhR}), the act of raising, elevating,
lifting up; drawing out, pulling out Gaut. MBh. Comm. on BriÂrUp.; removing, extinction,
payment (of a debt); taking away, deduction; omission Mn. Comm. on Yâjñ.; selection, a part to
be set aside, selected part; exception TS. S'Br. AitBr. Mn. &c.; selecting (a passage), selection,
extract (of a book) Comm. on Kir. x, 10; extraction, deliverance, redemption, extrication MBh.
Prab. &c.; a portion, share; a surplus (given by the Hindû law to the eldest son beyond the shares
of the younger ones) W.; the first part of a patrimony W.; the sixth part of booty taken in war
(which belongs to the prince) W.; a debt (esp. one not bearing interest), KâtyDh.; obligation Das'.;
recovering property; refutation Car. Comm. on Nyâyad.; ({A}) f. the plant Cocculus Cordifolius L.;
({am}) n. a fire-place L.

uddharshaNa* = 1 (for 2. see p. 189, col. 3) mfn. animating, encouraging R.; ({am}) n. the act of
animating or encouraging MBh.

uddharaNa* = n. (in some meanings perhaps from 1. {ud-dhR} q.v.), the act of taking up, raising,
lifting up MBh. S'ârng.; the act of drawing out, taking out, tearing out Mn. MBh. Sus'r. &c.; means
of drawing out Vet.; taking off (clothes) Sus'r.; taking away, removing Vâm.; putting or placing
before, presenting, treatment KâtyS'r. iv, 1, 10; extricating, delivering, rescuing Hit. Ragh. &c.;
taking away (a brand from the Gârhapatya-fire to supply other sacred fires) KâtyS'r.; eradication;
extermination; the act of destroying; vomiting, bringing up; vomited food; final emancipation L.;
m. N. of the father of king S'antanu (the author of a commentary on a portion of the Mârkandeya-
purâna).

uddhAraNa* = n. the act of raising, elevating; drawing out BhP.; the act of giving out or paying
Pañcat. 138, 14 (ed. Kosegarten).

uddharsha* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see s.v.) glad, pleased, happy BhP.; m. the flaring upwards (of the fire)
Sây. on AitBr. iii, 4, 5; great joy; a festival (especially a religious one) L.

uddharshaNa* =2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 188, col. 3) causing joy, gladdening; ({I}) f. a kind of metre;
({am}) n. erection of the hair (through rapture) L.

uddharati = to draw up (water from a well)

uddharet.h = one must deliver

uddhaaraNa = lifting up

uddhritaM = that which had been lifted

uddhvahantii = she who is bearing or carrying the load

udbhavaM = produced

udbhava * = m. existence, generation, origin, production, birth; springing from, growing;

becoming visible Yâjñ. Mn. Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; birth-place S'vetUp. Kâvya7d.; N. of a son of
Nahusha VP.; a sort of salt L., (ifc.) mfn. produced or coming from MBh. Mn. &c.

ud-bhaava * = m. production, generation g. {balA7di} Pân. 5-2, 136; rising (of sounds) Pushpas.
ix, 4, 22.

udbhavaH = generation.

udgrihiita* = mfn. lifted up, taken up, turned up, upraised Megh. &c.
udgrihya* = ind. p. having lifted up; having taken out S'B

udvaapa* = m. the act of throwing out, removing Comm. on Nyâyam.; ejection KâtyS'r. Kaus'.; (in
logic) non-existence of a consequent resulting from the absence of an antecedent W.

udyata = uplifted

udyataaH = trying

udyama = industriousness: * = m. the act of raising or lifting up, elevation R. Yâjñ. Pañcat. &c.;
undertaking, beginning; the act of striving after, exerting one's self, exertion, strenuous and
continued effort, perseverance, diligence, zeal R. Kum. Pañcat. VarBriS. &c.

udyaama =* m. the act of erecting or stretching out S'Br. viii, 5, 1, 13; a rope, cord TS. S'Br.
KâtyS'r.

udyamena = (msc.instr.S) effort; exercise

udyamya = taking up

udyaana = garden

udyaanapaalakaH = (m) gardener, mali

udyaanam.h = (n) garden

udyogin.h = industrious

udvarta = plentiful

udvaaha = (m) marriage

udvA * = to be blown out, go out

udvijate = are agitated

udvijet.h = become agitated

udvegaiH = and anxiety

ugra = powerful, noble

ugraM = terrible

ugraH = terrible

ugrakarmaaNaH = engaged in painful activities

ugraruupaH = fierce form

ugraasana = the posterior stretch posture

ugraiH = by terrible

ujjrimbhita * = mfn. opened, stretched; expanded, blown; (%{am}) n. effort, exertion L.

ujjvala = radiant

uktaM = said;

ukta mfn. (p.p. of {vac} q.v.), uttered, said, spoken; m. N. of a divine being (v.l. for {uktha} q.v.)
Hariv.; ({am}) n. word, sentence S'is'. &c.; ({am}, {A}) n. f. a stanza of four lines (with one syllabic
instant or one long or two short syllables in each); [cf. Zd. {ukhta}.]

uktaH = addressed

uktaaH = are said

uktvaa = saying

uluukaH = (m) owl

ulbena = by the womb

ulkA * = f. (%{uS} Un2. iii, 42), a fiery phenomenon in the sky, a meteor, fire falling from heaven
RV. iv, 4, 2; x, 68, 4 AV. xix, 9, 9 MBh. Ya1jn5. Sus3r. &c.; a firebrand, dry grass &c. set on fire, a
torch S3Br. v R. Katha1s. &c.; (in astrol.) one of the eight principal Das3a1s or aspect of planets
indicating the fate of men, Jyotisha (T.); N. of a grammar.

ullaH = to shine

ullasitaM = shining

ullola = a large wave

uma* = m. a city, town L.; a wharf, landing-place L.

umaa= pArvatI* = f. (perhaps fr. {ve} BRD.) flax (Linum Usitatissimum) S'Br. vi Kaus'. Pân.;
turmeric (Curcuma Longa) Car.; N. of the daughter of Himavat (wife of the god S'iva; also called
Pârvatî and Durgâ; the name is said to be derived from {u mA}, `" O [child], do not [practise
austerities] "' the exclamation addressed to Pârvatî by her mother) Hariv. 946 S'ivaP. Kum. i, 26
R. Ragh. &c.; N. of several women; splendour, light L.; fame, reputation L.; quiet, tranquillity L.;
night L.

uuma* = m. (Un. i, 143) a helper, friend, companion RV. AV. v, 2, 1; 3 AitBr. S'ânkhS'r.; ({am}) n.
N. of a town or place Comm. on Un. Siddh.

uu4ma* = Uma

unmad* = ({ud-mad}) P. {-mAdyati}, to become disordered in intellect or distracted, be or

become mad or furious TS. TBr. TândyaBr. S'Br. MBh. Kathâs.: Caus. {-madayati}, or
{-mAdayati}, to excite, agitate AV. vi, 130, 4 (see also {u4n-madita}); to make furious or drunk,
inebriate, madden TS.: MBh. R. Das'. (cf. {un-mand}, next page.)
unmanii = samadhi

unmaatha * = m. the act of shaking Prab.; killing, slaughter L.; a snare, trap MBh.; murderer L.;
N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2532.

unmatta* = &c. see {un-mad}.

unmatta* = mfn. disordered in intellect, distracted, insane, frantic, mad AV. vi, 111, 3 AitBr. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; drunk, intoxicated, furious MaitrUp. MBh. S'ak. &c.; m. the thorn-apple, Datura Metel
and Fastuosa Sus'r.; Pterospermum Acerifolium L.; N. of a Rakshas R.; of one of the eight forms
of Bhairava.

unmishhan.h = opening

unmiilita = opened

unmuulayati = to pull out, uproot

unnatiiH = (m) progress, developments

unnayati = to lift

unnAda * = m. crying out, clamour MBh.; N. of a son of Kriishna Bh

unnidra* = mfn. (fr. %{nidrA} with %{ud}), sleepless, awake S3ak. 137 b Megh.; expanded (as a
flower), budded, blown Katha1s. S3is3. Ka1vya7d. &c.; shining (as the moon, supposed to be
awake when others are asleep; or as the rising sun) Prab. Prasannar.; bristling (as hair) Naish.

upa = near * = ind. (a preposition or prefix to verbs and nouns, expressing) towards, near to
(opposed to {apa}, away), by the side of, with, together with, under, down (e.g. {upa-gam}, to go
near, undergo; {upa-gamana}, approaching; in the Veda the verb has sometimes to be supplied
from the context, and sometimes {upa} is placed after the verb to which it belongs, e.g. {Ayayur
upa} = {upA7yayuH}, they approached). (As unconnected with verbs and prefixed to nouns {upa}
expresses) direction towards, nearness, contiguity in space, time, number, degree, resemblance,
and relationship, but with the idea of subordination and inferiority (e.g. {upa-kaniSThikA}, the
finger next to the little finger; {upa-purANam}, a secondary or subordinate Purâna; {upa-daza},
nearly ten); sometimes forming with the nouns to which it is prefixed compound adverbs (e.g.
{upa-mUlam}, at the root; {upa-pUrva-rAtram}, towards the beginning of night; {upa-kUpe},
near a well) which lose their adverbial terminations if they are again compounded with nouns
(e.g. {upakUpa-jalA7zaya}, a reservoir in the neighbourhood of a well); prefixed to proper names
{upa} may express in classical literature `" a younger brother "' (e.g. {upe7ndra}, `" the younger
brother of Indra "'), and in Buddhist literature `" a son. "' (As a separable adverb {upa} rarely
expresses) thereto, further, moreover (e.g. {tatro7pa brahma yo veda}, who further knows the
Brahman) RV. AV. S'Br. PârGri. (As a separable preposition) near to, towards, in the direction of,
under, below (with acc. e.g. {upa AzAH}, towards the regions); near to, at, on, upon; at the time
of, upon, up to, in, above (with loc. e.g. {upa sAnuSu}, on the tops of the mountains) [195, 1];
with, together with, at the same time with, according to (with inst. e.g. {upa dharmabhiH},
according to the rules of duty) RV. AV. S'Br. {upa}, besides the meanings given above, is said by
native authorities to imply disease, extinction; ornament; command; reproof; undertaking;
giving; killing; diffusing; wish; power; effort; resemblance, &c.; [cf. Zd. {upa}; Gk. $; Lat. {sub};
Goth. {uf}; Old &60988[195, 1] Germ. {oba}; Mod. Germ. {ob} in {Obdach}, {obliegen}, &c.]

upaa * = ind. a particular Nidhana or concluding chorus at the end of a Sâman Lâthy. vii, 10, 1 ff.
Sây. on TândyaBr.
upaadaa * = 1. Â. {-datte}, (once P. pf. 3. pl. {-dadus} BhP. i, 8, 12) to receive, accept, gain,
acquire, appropriate to one's self. take away, carry off, steal MBh. BhP. Mâlav. &c. [213, 2]; to take
with; to take in addition, include, comprise; to take as help, use, employ, apply BhP. Pat. (cf.
{upA7-dAya}); to seize, lay hold of, gather, take up, draw up MBh. Ragh. Kum. &c.; to assume (a
form or meaning) BhP. MârkP. Pat. &c.; to cling to; to feel, perceive, experience MBh. vii S'is'. vi,
23 Riitus. &c.; to consider, regard MBh. xii; to mention, enumerate; to set about, undertake, begin
Hariv. Kum. &c.: Caus. P. {-dApayati}, to cause to use or employ Comm. on KâtyS'r.: Desid. P.
{-ditsati}, to strive to acquire BhP. v, 14, 7.

upadaa * = 1 1. P. {-dadAti}, to give in addition, add; to give, grant, offer RV. vi, 28, 2 AV. iv, 21, 2;
xix, 34, 8 R.; to take upon one's self: Pass. (irr. p. {-dadya4mAna}) to be offered or granted (as
protection) RV. vi, 49, 13.

upa-daa4 * = 2 mfn. giving a present VS. xxx, 9; ({A}) f. a present, offering (esp. a respectful
present to a king or person of rank); a bribe Pân. Ragh. S'atr. &c.

upaadaaya * = ind. p. having received or acquired &c.; receiving, acquiring &c.; taking with,
together with MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. &c.; including, inclusive of BhP. Comm. on RPrât. &c.; by help
of, by means of (acc.) MBh.

upaahaaragriham.h = (n) restaurant

upaarama* = m. the act of ceasing BhP.

upaaraama* = m. rest, repose GopBr.upaarjana = earning/acquiring

upaaram* = P. Â. {-ramati}, {-te}, to rest, cease MBh. BhP. &c.; to cease, leave off, give up MBh.
R. BhP. Kum.

uparaama* = m. ceasing, stopping, desisting.

upaasate = worship

upaashri = to take shelter in

upaashritaaH = being fully situated

upaashritya = taking shelter of

upaasita*= mfn. served, honoured, worshipped &c.; one who serves or pays worship.

upaayuj* = P. (1. sg. {-yunajmi}) to put to, harness RV. iii, 35, 2.

upadraSTR* = %{TA} m. a looker-on, spectator; a witness AV. xi, 3, 59 TS. S3Br. A1s3vS3r.
Ka1t2h. BhP. &c.; (%{upa-dra4STRkA}) f. a female witness MaitrS. iii, 2, 4.

upadraSTRmat* = mfn. having witnesses; (%{ma4ti} loc. ind. before witnesses TBr. ii, 2, 1, 3; 5.)

upadrava* = m. that which attacks or occurs suddenly, any grievous accident, misfortune,
calamity, mischief, national distress (such as famine, plague, oppression, eclipse, &c.); national
commotion, rebellion; violence, outrage MBh. R. S3ak. VarBr2S. &c. [199,3]; a supervenient
disease or one brought on whilst a person labours under another Sus3r.; the fourth of the five
parts of a Sa1man stanza Shad2vBr. Comm. on TA1r. &c.
upadravin* = mfn. attacking suddenly, falling on; tyrannical, violent; factious; (%{I}) m. a tyrant,
oppressor; a rebel L.

uparajya* = ind. p. having dyed or coloured; darkening, obscuring BhP. iv, 29, 69.
upasada * = mfn. one who goes near W.; m. the Upasad ceremony (see above) ChUp.; approach
W.; gift, donation W.; (%{I}) f. (%{u4pa-}) continuous propagation S3Br. xiv. 9, 4, 23 (=
%{saMtati} Comm.)

upasaadanavn. the act of placing or putting upon Sa1y. on TBr. ii, 1, 3, 6; approaching
respectfully, reverence, respect BhP.

upasaadana* = &c. see %{upa-sad}.

upasadana* = n. the act of approaching (respectfully), respectful salutation MBh. i; approaching

(a work), setting about, undertaking Gaut.; approaching or going to (a teacher [gen.] to learn any
science or art [loc.]) MBh. iii, 17169; performing (a ceremony or sacrifice) R.; neighbouring abode,
neighbourhood R.

upas'ama* = m. the becoming quiet, assuagement, alleviation, stopping, cessation, relaxation,

intermission Ma1n2d2Up. Prab. Pan5cat. &c.; tranquillity of mind, calmness, patience MBh. iii
Bhartr2. S3a1ntis3.; (in astron.) N. of the twentieth Muhu1rta.

upasarpa * = m. approaching, approach, sexual approach MBh. iii, 2513 (= %{upa-sasarpa}

Ni1lak.; erroneous for %{upa-sRpya} BRD.)

upas'ri* = P. %{-zrayati}, to lean (anything) against TBr. i, 6, 6, 2 S3Br. xiv Ka1tyS3r.: A1. %{-
zrayate} (p. of the pf. %{-zizriyANa4}) to lean against, support, prop RV. x, 18, 12; to cling to, fit
closely (as an ornament) RV. vii, 56, 13; to place one's self near to, go towards MBh. BhP.; to
accommodate one's self to ChUp. vi, 8, 2.

upasrishTa* = mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1; admitted (as the calf to its
mother; also applied to the milk at the time of the calf's sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.;
increased; furnished with S3a1n3khS3r.; furnished with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA}
with %{A} is said to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.; visited, afflicted, burdened
with, plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun), eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv, 37;
possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i, 271 R.; (%{am}) n. coition, sexual intercourse L.

upas'rI* = f. an over-garment (fitting closely) KaushUp.

upaas'ri* = P. %{-zrayati}, to lean against, rest on Mn.; to go or betake one's self towards R.; to
take refuge or have recourse to, seek shelter from, give one's self up to, abandon one's self to
Hariv. R. Bhag. &c.

upas'rita* = mfn. placed near, brought to the attention of RV. vii, 86, 8; leaning towards or upon
TS. VS. Ka1tyS3r.

upaas'rita* = mfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to S3a1n3khGr2. Kat2hUp. R.;
having recourse to, relying upon, taking refuge with MBh. Bhag. Katha1s. &c.; taking one's self to;
approached, arrived at, abiding in MBh. BhP. VarBr2S. &c.; anything against which one leans or
upon which one rests Uttarar.

upasthaana * =n. proximity, imminence S'ank.

upa-sthaa * =P. Â. {-tiSThati}, {-te} (irr. aor. Pot. 3. pl. {-stheSus} AV. xvi, 4, 7) to stand or place
one's self near, be present (Â. if no object follows Pân. 1-3, 26); to stand by the side of, place one's
self near, expose one's self to (with loc. or acc.) RV. AV. KâtyS'r. Gobh. MBh. Mn. &c.; to place
one's self before (in order to ask), approach, apply to RV. AV. S'Br. Âs'vGri. Ragh. &c.; to come
together or meet with, become friendly with, conciliate (only Â. Vârtt. on Pân. 1-3, 25); to lead
towards (as a way, only Â. ib.); to go or betake one's self to Pañcat. R.; to stand near in order to
serve, attend, serve MBh. Kathâs. &c.; to attend on, worship (only Â. Kâty. on Pân. 1-3, 25, e.g.
{arkam upatiSThate}, he worships the sun; but {arkam upatiSThati}, he exposes himself to the
sun Pat.) MBh. BhP. Ragh. &c.; to serve with, be of service or serviceable by, attend on with
prayers (e.g. {aindryA gArhapatyam upatiSThate}, he attends on the Gârhapatya with a Riic
addressed to Indra; but {bhartAraM upatiSThati yauvanena}, (she) attends on her husband with
youthfulness Kâs'.) MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; to stand under (in order to support), approach for
assistance, be near at hand or at the disposal of RV. AV. TS. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to fall to one's share,
come to the possession of MBh. R. &c.; to rise against RV. vii, 83; to start, set out Hariv. Das'.:
Caus. {-sthApayati}, to cause to stand by the side of, place before, cause to lie down by the side of
(e.g. a woman) AitBr. Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r. &c.; to cause to come near, bring near, procure, fetch MBh.
R. S'ak. &c.; (in Gr.) to add {iti} after a word (in the Pada-pâthha) RPrât. 842 (cf. {upasthita}).

upa4-stha * =1 m. `" the part which is under "', lap, middle or inner part of anything, a well-
surrounded or sheltered place, secure place RV. AV. VS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; ({upasthaM-kR}, to
make a lap, sit down with the legs bent AitBr. viii, 9, 5 Âs'vGri. S'ânkhS'r.; {upasthe-kR}, to take
on one's lap S'Br. iii); ({as}, {am}) m. n. the generative organs (esp. of a woman) VS. ix, 22 S'Br.
MBh. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; the haunch or hip; the anus L.

upa-stha4 * =2 mfn. standing upon AV. xii, 1, 62; standing by the side of, being near at hand, near
L.

upaa7-sthaa * =Â. {-tiSThate}, to betake one's self to, approach, set about, devote one's self to
S'ânkhS'r. R.; to approach (sexually) MBh.

upaatta = obtained

upaaya = (masc) means

upaayataH = by appropriate means

upabarhaNa * =a cushion, pillow RV. x, 85, 7 AV. AitBr. S'Br. TBr. &c.; ({I}) f. id. RV. i, 174, 7; m.
N. of the Gandharva Narada BhP. VP. Pañcar. &c. ({upabarhaNa}) mf({A})n. having a cushion,
furnished with a pillow Vait. 36, 7.

upabrim: see upavrim

upabrimhitam V: by combination and permutation; SB 2.9.27 \\accompanied by the glories of the

Supreme Lord; SB 5.4.11-12\\ in which is described; SB 7.10.46\\ being charged; SB 10.3.20\\
expanded; SB 10.20.30-31\\ overflowing; SB 10.45.42-44\\replete; SB 10.48.2\\fully endowed;
SB 11.7.21\\ strengthened; SB 11.19.25\\ established; SB 11.21.37\\enriched; SB 11.30.11\\filled;
SB 12.10.26

upachaya = Houses of earning (3, 6, 10, 11)

upacaya * m. accumulation, quantity, heap; elevation, excess; increase, growth, prosperity MBh.
Sus'r. Hit. &c.; ({upacayaM} 1. {kR}, to promote or advance the prosperity of, help, assist Kâm.);
addition KâtyS'r.; the third, sixth, tenth, and eleventh of the zodiacal signs VarBriS. &c.
upagrahaH = (m) satellite, spacecraft

upadhaanam.h = (n) pillow

upadhaaraya = know

upadhaatu* = m. a secondary mineral, semi-metal (seven are specified: {svarNa-mAkSika},

pyrites; {tAra-mAkSika}, a particular white mineral; {tuttha}, sulphate of copper; {kAMsya},
brass; {rIti}, calx of brass; {sindUra}, red lead; {zilAjatu}, red chalk) Bhpr.; secondary secretions
and constituents of the body (viz. the milk, menses, adeps, sweat, teeth, hair, and lymph) S'ârngS.
&c.

upadah * = P. {-dahati} (aor. {-adhA-} {kSIt} MBh. iii, 546) to burn, set fire to S'Br. Gobh. MBh.
[199, 1]

upadadya * = ind. p. having taken or taking upon one's self AV. x, 8, 18 (= xiii, 3, 14).

upadesha = advice

upadeshaH = advice

upadeshayati = giving advice

upadekshyanti = they will initiate

upadharma* = m. a minor or subordinate duty; a by-law Mn. ii, 237; iv, 147; a false faith, heresy
Bh

upadhi* = m. the act of putting to, adding, addition La1t2y.; the part of the wheel between the
nave and the circumference RV. ii, 39, 4 AV. vi, 70, 3 Ka1t2h.; fraud, circumvention MBh. R.
Ya1jn5. Kir. &c.; condition; peculiarity, attribute (Buddh.; see %{upA7-dhi}); support MW.

upAdhi* = 1 (for 2. see s.v.), %{is} m. that which is put in the place of another thing, a substitute,
substitution R.; anything which may be taken for or has the mere name or appearance of another
thing, appearance, phantom, disguise (said to be applied to certain forms or properties
considered as disguises of the spirit W.) Prab. Bha1sha1p. Sa1h. &c.; anything defining more
closely, a peculiarity; an attribute (%{asty-upA7dhi}, having, `" is "' as an attribute); title,
discriminative appellation, nickname; limitation, qualification (e.g. %{an-upA7dhi-rAmaNIya},
beautiful without limitation i.e. altogether beautiful); (in log.) a qualifying term added to a too
general middle term to prevent ativya1pti; that which is placed under, supposition, condition,
postulate Sarvad. Veda1ntas. Tarkas. BhP. &c.; deception, deceit MBh. iii, 13017; species.\\= 2
(for 1. see col. 2) m. ( %{dhyai}), point of view, aim Car.; reflection on duty, virtuous reflection L.;
a man who is careful to support his family L.

upadrashhTaa = overseer

upadruta * = mfn. run after, persecuted, attacked, oppressed, visited (by calamities), tyrannized
over Hariv. R. Katha1s. Hit. Sus3r. &c.; (in astrol.) eclipsed = boding evil, inauspicious VarBr2S.;
(%{am}) n. a kind of Sandhi S3a1n3khS3r.

upahata = overpowered

upahanyaaM = would destroy

upahAra * = m. offering, oblation (to a deity); complimentary gift, present (to a king or superior)
MBh. Megh. Kathâs. &c.; ({upahAraM vi-dhA}, to offer an oblation to a god [acc.], sacrifice to any
one Kathâs.); a particular kind of alliance (purchased through a gift) Kâm. Hit. &c.; food (dis-
tributed to guests &c.) [212, 2]; (with the Pâs'upatas) a kind of religious service (consisting of
laughter, song, dance, muttering {huDuk}, adoration and pious ejaculation) Sarvad. 77, 22.

upai = to go to

upaiti = gets

upaishhyasi = you will attain

upajaayate = takes place

upajaayante = are born

upajivana * = upajIvana n. livelihood, subsistence S'Br. Mn. ix, 207 Yâjñ. iii, 236 MBh. Pañcat.
&c.; dependance, submissiveness Prasannar.

upajuhvati = offer

upakalpana * = n. the act of preparing, preparation KâtyS'r.; ({A}) f. preparing (articles of food or
medicine), fabricating, making Sus'r.; substituting L.

upakalpanIya * = mfn. to be prepared or procured or fetched Car.; treating of preparation &c. (as
& chapter) ib.

upa-kalpayitavya * = mfn. to be prepared or made Sus'r.

upakalpa * = m. an appurtenance BhP.

upakalpita* = mfn. prepared, procured, fetched; arranged &c.

upakaraNa = means

upakaara = benefit

upakaaraka = beneficial

upakri = to do a favor

upakramaH = (m) project, undertaking

upalipyate = mixes

upala* = m. a rock, stone MBh. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; a precious stone, jewel Yâjñ. iii, 36 S'is'. iii, 48
Kir.; a cloud L.; ({A}) f. ({u4palA}) the upper and smaller mill-stone (which rests on the {dRSad})
S'Br. KâtyS'r. Âs'vGri.; = {zarkarA} L.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {apalus}?] &64342[205, 3]

upalabh.h = to obtain

upalabhyate = can be perceived

upalI * = A1. %{-lIyate}, to lie close to, cling to MBh. viii.

upalal *= Caus. %{lAlayati}, to treat with tenderness, caress, fondle BhP. S3ak. 292, 8 Ma1lav.

upalAlana*=%{am}, %{A} n. f. the act of caressing, fondling BhP. Comm. on R.

upalAlita*=mfn. caressed, fondled

upama* = 1 mf({A})n. uppermost, highest; most excellent, eminent, best RV. AV.; nearest, next,
first RV. Nigh.

upamaa = comparative* 1 (for 2. see below, and for 3. see col. 3) ind. (Ved. instr. of the above) in
the closest proximity or neighbourhood RV. i, 31, 15; viii, 69, 13. \\2 P. Â. (Impv. 2. sg. {-mimIhi},
{-mAhi}, and {-mAsva}; Subj. 2. sg. {-mAsi}) to measure out to, apportion to, assign, allot, grant,
give RV.: Â. {-mimIte}, to measure one thing by another, compare MBh. Hariv. Caurap. &c. [203,
3] \\3 f. comparison, resemblance, equality, similarity; a resemblance (as a picture, portrait &c.)
S'Br. MBh. Kum. &c.; a particular figure in rhetoric, simile, comparison (a full simile must include
four things; see {pUrNo7pama}, {lupto7pamA}, &c.) Sâh. Kâvya7d. Vâm. &c.; a particle of
comparison Nir.; a particular metre RPrât.; (mfn. ifc.) equal, similar, resembling, like (e.g.
{amaro7pama} mfn. resembling an immortal) MBh. Ragh. Das'. Hit. &c.

upanagaram.h = (n) suburb

upanadam * = ind. (fr. {nadi} Pân. 5-4, 110), near the river, on the river.

upananda * = m. N. of a Nâga; of several men VP. BhP. &c.

upanam * = P. {-namati}, to bend towards or inwards; to tend towards, approach, come to, arrive
at; to fall to one's share or lot, become one's property, share in (with acc. dat., or gen.) VS. S'Br.
TBr. ChUp. Râjat. &c.; to come to one's mind, occur TS. TBr. i, 1, 2, 8; to attend upon any one
(acc.) with (instr.); to gain the favour of any one (acc.) BhP. vi, 19, 16: Caus. {-nAmayati}, to put or
place before (gen.) Gobh. ii, 1, 7; to lead towards or into the presence of, present any one (gen.)
Lalit.; to reach, hand to ib.; to offer, present ib. Kârand.

u4pa-nata * = mfn. bent towards or inwards S'Br. KâtyS'r. Kâthh.; subdued, subjected,
surrendered; dependent on (for protection &c.) Âp. MBh. Ragh. &c.; brought near to, approached,
near (either in form or space); fallen to one's share; brought about, produced, existing, being BhP.
Megh. &c.

upanAth * = P. {-nAthati}, to ask, entreat Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 55.

upanAman * = {a} n. a surname, nickname W.

upanishhat.h = says the `upanishat.h'

upanishhad.h = the philosophical parts of the Vedas.

upanishadtkR * =({upaniSat-kR}), to treat anything as a mystery (?) Pân. 1-4, 79.

upanishada * =n. = 2. {upa-niSa4d} above (esp. occurring ifc.)

upanishAdin * =mf({inI}) n. staying or sitting near at hand S'Br. ix, 4, 3, 3.

upanishkara vm. ( {kRR}), a main road, highway L.

upanishkram * =({upa-nis-kram}) P. {-krAmati}, to go out towards S'Br.

upa-ni-shad * =1 ({upa-ni-sad}) P. (pf. {-ni4-Sedus}) to sit down near to; to approach, set about
AV. xix, 41, 1 S'Br. Kaus'.

upa-nisha4d * =2 {t} f. (according to some) the sitting down at the feet of another to listen to his
words (and hence, secret knowledge given in this manner; but according to native authorities
{upaniSad} means `" setting at rest ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the supreme spirit
"'); the mystery which underlies or rests underneath the external system of things (cf. IW. p. 35
seqq.); esoteric doctrine, secret doctrine, mysterious or mystical meaning, words of mystery &c.
S'Br. ChUp. &c.; a class of philosophical writings (more than a hundred in number, attached to
the Brâhmanas [but see Îs'opanishad]; their aim is the exposition of the secret meaning of the
Veda, and they are regarded as the source of the Vedânta and Sânkhya philosophies; for the most
important of the Upanishads see IW. p. 37 seq.)

upanetram.h = (n) spectacles, glasses

upapada = The sign which is as apart from the 12th lord as the latter is from the 12th house

upapadyate = is befitting

upapattishhu = having obtained

upapannaM = arrived at

uparamatva* = n. the state of ceasing from (all worldly desires and actions) Vedântas.

uparamaNa* = n. the abstaining from worldly actions or desires Vedântas.; ceasing,

discontinuance. [205,1]

uparambh* = P. {-rambhati}, to cause to resound BhP. x, 35, 12.

uparaamam* = ind. near Râma T.

uparam* = P. Â. (Pân. 1-3, 85) {-ramati}, {-te}, to cease from motion, stop TS. TBr. S'Br.
S'ânkhS'r.; to cease from action, be inactive or quiet (as a quietist) BhP. Bhag.; to pause, stop
(speaking or doing anything) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Âs'vGri. Pañcat. &c.; to leave off, desist, give up,
renounce (with abl.) MBh. R. BhP. Comm. on BriÂrUp. Das'.; to await, wait for S'Br. ii, 2, 1, 2; iii,
8, 2, 29; to cause to cease or stop; to render quiet Pân. 1-3, 84: Caus. {-ramayati}, to cause to
cease or stop; to render quiet Nir. Kâs'.

uparama* = m. cessation, stopping, expiration MBh. R.; leaving off, desisting, giving up Sus'r.
Sânkhyak.; death Kâd.

uparacita * = mfn. constructed, formed, made, prepared BhP. Bhartri. Kâd.

uparataM = ceased

uparanjitaiH = splendid, resplendant

uparamate = cease (because one feels transcendental happiness)

uparamet.h = one should hold back

upari = (adv) above

upaasad * = P. (Ved. inf. {-sa4dam}) to sit down upon (acc.) RV. viii, 1, 8; to approach, walk along
Kir. iv, 1.

upaasaka* = mfn. serving, a servant Kaus3. Katha1s. ; worshipping, a worshipper, follower

Mr2icch. ; intent on, engaged or occupied with Kap. ; a Buddhist lay worshipper (as distinguished
from the Bhikshu q.v.) Sarvad. Lalit. Prab. &c. ; a S3u1dra L. ; (%{ikA}) f. a lay female votary of
Buddha (as distinguished from a Bhikshun2i1 q.v.)

uupasad * = 1 P. {-sIdati} (Ved. Pot. 1. pl. {-sadema}; impf. {-asadat}) to sit upon (acc.) RV. vi, 75,
8; to sit near to, approach (esp. respectfully), revere, worship RV. AV. TS. S'Br. &c. MBh. Ragh.
&c.; to approach (a teacher in order to become his pupil) Kathâs. [209, 2]; to approach asking,
request, crave for RV. i, 89, 2; vii, 33, 9 TS. ii S'Br. ii; to approach in a hostile manner BhP. vi, 3,
27; to possess RV. viii, 47, 16 AV. iii, 14, 6; to perform the Upasad ceremony (see below) TS. vi, 2,
3, 4: Caus. {-sAdayati}, to place or put upon or by the side of TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; to cause to
approach, lead near (see {upa-sAdita}).

upasad * = 2 mfn. approaching (respectfully), worshipping, serving AV. VS. xxx, 9; ({t}) m. N. of a
particular fire (different from the Gârhapatya, Dakshinâgni, and Âhavanîya) VahniP.; ({t}) f.
attendance, worship, service RV. ii, 6, 1; settlement (?) AV. vi, 142, 3; siege, assault S'Br. iii AitBr.
Kâthh.; N. of a ceremony or sacrificial festival preceding the Sutyâ or pressing of the Soma (it lasts
several days, and forms part of the Jyotishthoma) VS. xix, 14 TS. S'Br. KâtyS'r. &c.

upasatpatha * = m. the path or way of the Upasad ceremony (see below) S'Br. v, 4, 5, 17.

upa-satti * = f. connection with, union L.; service, worship L.; gift, donation W.

upa-sattR * = {tA} m. one who has seated himself near or at (esp. at the domestic fire), any person
who is domiciled, the inhabitant of a house (with and without {gRha}) AV. ii, 6, 2; iii, 12, 16; vii,
82, 3 VS. xxvii, 2; 4 ChUp.

upa+shaM = to extinguish

upas'am * = P. A1. %{-zAmyati}, %{-te}, to become calm or quiet; to cease, become extinct AitBr.
Kaus3. A1s3vGr2. ChUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{-zamayati} and ep. %{-zAmayati}, to make quiet,
calm, extinguish; to tranquillize, appease, pacify, mitigate MBh. VarBr2S. Das3. &c.

upas'ama *= m. the becoming quiet, assuagement, alleviation, stopping, cessation, relaxation,

intermission MândUp. Prab. Pañcat. &c.; tranquillity of mind, calmness, patience MBh. iii
Bhartri. S'ântis'.; (in astron.) N. of the twentieth Muhûrta.

upas'Amaka * = mfn. calming, quieting, affording repose, making patient Lalit.

upas'amakSaya * = m. (with Jainas) the destruction (of activity &c.) through quietism Sarvad.

upas'amana * = mf(%{I})n. calming, appeasing BhP.; (%{am}) n. the becoming extinct, ceasing
Nir.; calming, appeasing, mitigation MBh. BhP. Sus3r. Pan5cat.; an anodyne.
upasangamya = approaching

upaasana* =1 n. the act of throwing off (arrows), exercise in archery MBh. \\* =2 {am}, {A} n. f.
the act of sitting or being near or at hand; serving, waiting upon, service, attendance, respect Âp.
Gaut. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; homage, adoration, worship (with Râmânujas, consisting of five parts, viz.
Abhigamana or approach, Upâdâna or preparation of offering, Ijyâ or oblation, Svâdhyâya or
recitation, and Yoga or devotion) Sarvad. Vedântas. &c.; ({am}) n. a seat Vait.; the being intent on
or engaged in Mriicch. R.; domestic fire Yâjñ. iii, 45.

upasarga = Prefix

upasat*= (in comp. for 2. {upa-sa4d} below).

upasattva*= n. the being an Upasad ceremony (see below) MaitrS. iii, 8, 1.

upasatpatha*= m. the path or way of the Upasad ceremony (see below) S'Br. v, 4, 5, 17.

upasatti*= f. connection with, union L.; service, worship L.; gift, donation W.

upasattR*= {tA} m. one who has seated himself near or at (esp. at the domestic fire), any person
who is domiciled, the inhabitant of a house (with and without {gRha}) AV. ii, 6, 2; iii, 12, 16; vii,
82, 3 VS. xxvii, 2; 4 ChUp.

upacita * = mfn. heaped up, increased; thriving, increasing, prospering, succeeding MBh. BhP.
Megh. Ragh. &c.; big, fat, thick Sus3r. Car.; covered over, furnished abundantly, possessing
plentifully MBh. Hariv. Pan5cat. &c.; plastered, smeared; burnt L.

upasri = (root) go near

upas'rita* = mfn. placed near, brought to the attention of RV. vii, 86, 8; leaning towards or upon
TS. VS. Ka1tyS3r.

upaas'rita* = mfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to S3a1n3khGr2. Kat2hUp. R.;
having recourse to, relying upon, taking refuge with MBh. Bhag. Katha1s. &c.; taking one's self to;
approached, arrived at, abiding in MBh. BhP. VarBr2S. &c.; anything against which one leans or
upon which one rests Uttarar.

upasruta* A= finding out, coming to hear, gathering, figuring out

upasevate = enjoys

upasthaa = to stand near, to stand by

upasthaa * 2 mfn. standing upon AV. xii, 1, 62; standing by the side of, being near at hand, near L.

upastha* = P. Â. {-tiSThati}, {-te} (irr. aor. Pot. 3. pl. {-stheSus} AV. xvi, 4, 7) to stand or place
one's self near, be present (Â. if no object follows Pân. 1-3, 26); to stand by the side of, place one's
self near, expose one's self to (with loc. or acc.) RV. AV. KâtyS'r. Gobh. MBh. Mn. &c.; to place
one's self before (in order to ask), approach, apply to RV. AV. S'Br. Âs'vGri. Ragh. &c.; to come
together or meet with, become friendly with, conciliate (only Â. Vârtt. on Pân. 1-3, 25); to lead
towards (as a way, only Â. ib.); to go or betake one's self to Pañcat. R.; to stand near in order to
serve, attend, serve MBh. Kathâs. &c.; to attend on, worship (only Â. Kâty. on Pân. 1-3, 25, e.g.
{arkam upatiSThate}, he worships the sun; but {arkam upatiSThati}, he exposes himself to the
sun Pat.) MBh. BhP. Ragh. &c.; to serve with, be of service or serviceable by, attend on with
prayers (e.g. {aindryA gArhapatyam upatiSThate}, he attends on the Gârhapatya with a Riic
addressed to Indra; but {bhartAraM upatiSThati yauvanena}, (she) attends on her husband with
youthfulness Kâs'.) MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; to stand under (in order to support), approach for
assistance, be near at hand or at the disposal of RV. AV. TS. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to fall to one's share,
come to the possession of MBh. R. &c.; to rise against RV. vii, 83; to start, set out Hariv. Das'.:
Caus. {-sthApayati}, to cause to stand by the side of, place before, cause to lie down by the side of
(e.g. a woman) AitBr. Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r. &c.; to cause to come near, bring near, procure, fetch MBh.
R. S'ak. &c.; (in Gr.) to add {iti} after a word (in the Pada-pâthha) RPrât. 842 (cf. {upasthita}).

upaas'raya* = m. leaning against, resting upon Kathâs. Kâvya7d.; any support for leaning against,
a pillow, cushion Car.; shelter, refuge, recourse MBh. Bhartri.

upaasthaa * Â. {-tiSThate}, to betake one's self to, approach, set about, devote one's self to
S'ânkhS'r. R.; to approach (sexually) MBh.

upaasana* = 1 n. the act of throwing off (arrows), exercise in archery MBh. \\2 {am}, {A} n. f. the
act of sitting or being near or at hand; serving, waiting upon, service, attendance, respect Âp.
Gaut. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; homage, adoration, worship (with Râmânujas, consisting of five parts, viz.
Abhigamana or approach, Upâdâna or preparation of offering, Ijyâ or oblation, Svâdhyâya or
recitation, and Yoga or devotion) Sarvad. Vedântas. &c.; ({am}) n. a seat Vait.; the being intent on
or engaged in Mriicch. R.; domestic fire Yâjñ. iii, 45.

upades'a * = m. pointing out to, reference to Pa1n2. 1-4, 70 Kap. Ba1dar. Jaim. &c.; specification,
instruction, teaching, information, advice, prescription TUp. MBh. Mn. Sus3r. S3ak. Hit. &c.;
plea, pretext (= %{apa-deza}) Mn. ix, 268 Ragh. Katha1s.; initiation, communication of the
initiatory Mantra or formula Ka1tyS3r.; (in Gr.) original enunciation (i.e. the original form [often
having an Anubandha] in which a root, base, affix, augment, or any word or part of a word is
enunciated in grammatical treatises) Pa1n2. Ka1s3. Siddh. &c.; N. of a class of writings (Buddh.);
a name, title MW.

upakalpita * = mfn. prepared, procured, fetched; arranged &c.

upasthe = on the seat

upastha * = 1 m. `" the part which is under "', lap, middle or inner part of anything, a well-
surrounded or sheltered place, secure place RV. AV. VS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; ({upasthaM-kR}, to
make a lap, sit down with the legs bent AitBr. viii, 9, 5 Âs'vGri. S'ânkhS'r.; {upasthe-kR}, to take
on one's lap S'Br. iii); ({as}, {am}) m. n. the generative organs (esp. of a woman) VS. ix, 22 S'Br.
MBh. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; the haunch or hip; the anus L.

upatishya* = m. N. of a son of Tishya.

upatishthhaasu* = see {upa-sthA}., mfn. (fr. Desid.), wishing or being about to betake one's self to
Das'.

upavana * = n. a small forest or wood, grove, garden MBh. Mn. Megh. &c.; a planted forest L.

upavastu = (n) by-product

upavishat.h = sat down again

upavishati = to sit
upavishya = sitting

upaviz * = P. %{-vizati}, to go or come near, approach RV. viii, 96, 6; to sit down, take a seat (as
men), lie down (as animals) AitBr. S3Br. MBh. S3ak. Hit. &c.; to enter; to stop, settle one's self
MBh. iii; to sit near to MBh. i, 573 R. ii; to set (as the sun) Katha1s.; to apply or devote one's self
to, cultivate BhP.: Caus. P. %{-vezayati}, to cause to sit down, summon or invite to sit down AitBr.
A1s3vGr2. Gobh. MBh. Sus3r. &c.; to cause to settle BhP. R.

upAviz * = P. %{-vizati}, to enter, enter into any state MBh. R. BhP.; (the augmented forms might
also be referred to %{upa-viz}.)

upavishhTha = seated

upavrajya * = ind. p. having gone towards, coming near, approaching TBr. iii, 10, 11, 3 BhP.; going
behind, following

upavriMh * = Caus. {-vRMhayati}, to make strong or powerful, promote BhP. MârkP. &c. [207,
2]; (see also {upa-bRh}.)

upa-vRMhaNa * =. the act of making strong, invigorating, promoting R. BhP.

upa-vRMhita * = mfn. made strong or powerful, invigorated, supported, promoted; (ifc.)

increased or supported or aided by, accompanied by MBh. BhP. Kathâs. Das'. &c.

upa-vRMhin * = mfn. invigorating, supporting Kathâs.

upayaanti = come

upayuj.h = use

upayuj* = only Â. (Pân. 1-3, 64) {-yuGkte} (but also rarely P. e.g. impf. {-ayunak} RV. x, 102, 7) to
harness to RV. AV. iv, 23, 3 S'Br. v; to take for one's self, appropriate RV. i, 165, 5 MBh. Mn. viii,
40; to follow, attach one's self to, be devoted; to undertake MBh.; to use, employ, apply S'Br.
AitBr. MBh. BhP.; to have the use of, enjoy (e.g. food or a woman or dominion &c.) Âs'vGri. Lâthy.
MBh. &c.: Pass. {-yujyate}, to be employed or applicable, be useful or fit or proper MBh. Pañcat.
Kathâs. &c.: Caus. {-yojayati}, to use, employ Sus'r.; to cause to eat MânGri.; to come into contact
BhP.

upayoga = use

upayogitaa = Utility

upetaH = haaving reached or attained

upeta * = mfn. one who has come near or approached, one who has betaken himself to,
approached (for protection), arrived at, abiding in MBh. VarBriS. &c.; one who has obtained or
entered into any state or condition, one who has undertaken (e.g. a vow) MBh. Ratnâv. Sâh. &c.;
come to, fallen to the share of Prab.; (a pupil) who has approached (a teacher), initiated Yâjñ. iii, 2
Âs'vGri. i, 22, 21; 22 PârGri. iii, 10, 10; accompanied by, endowed with, furnished with, having,
possessing MBh. R. Bhag. Hit. &c.; one who has approached (a woman sexually) T.

upetya = achieving; 1 mfn. to be set about or commenced Ta1n2d2yaBr. iv, 10, 3 ; 4.//2 ind. p.
having approached, approaching &c.
upekshaa = disregard * m. N. of a son of S'va-phalka Hariv.; ({A}) f. overlooking, disregard,
negligence, indifference, contempt, abandonment MBh. Ragh. Hit. &c.; endurance, patience;
dissent; trick, deceit (as one of the minor expedients in war) L.; regard L.

upendra* = m. `" younger brother of Indra "'N. of Vishnu or Kriishna (born subsequently to
Indra, especially as son of Aditi, either as Âditya or in the dwarf Avatâra) MBh. Hariv. R. VP. &c.;
N. of a Nâga L.; ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. VP.

uposhya* = 1 mfn. to be celebrated or passed by fasting (as time).

upo7shya* = 2 ind. p. having fasted, fasting MBh. Yâjñ. &c.

uragaan.h = serpents

urasthala = place on the chest

uru = thighs\\*= mf({vI4})n. (1. {vR}; {UrNu} Un. i, 32), wide, broad, spacious, extended, great,
large, much, excessive, excellent RV. AV. MBh. Ragh.; ({us}) m. N. of an Ângirasa ÂrshBr.; of a
son of the fourteenth Manu BhP. VP.; ({vI}) f. the earth; see {urvI4}, p. 218, col. 1; ({u}) n. wide
space, space, room RV. (with {kR}, to grant space or scope, give opportunity RV.); ({u}) ind.
widely, far, far off RV.; ({uruyA4} MaitrS.; 1. {urvyA4} and {urviyA4} instr. of the fem.) ind. far,
far off, to a distance RV. VS. TS.; compar. {varIyas}, superl. {variSTha}; [cf. Gk. $, $, &c.: Hib.
{ur}, `" very "'; &68196[217, 3] {uras}, `" power, ability. "']

urukrama: 'wide-stride', giant atep, name for vamana.

usha * = 1 m. (for 2. see s.v.) early morning, dawn, daybreak L.; bdellium; saline earth L.; ({A}) f.
see below; ({am}) n. fossile salt L. (cf. {USa}.)

ushaa4 * = f. morning light, dawn, morning RV. AV. xii, 2, 45 VS. &c.; night VP. Car.; a cow L.; N.
of a daughter of Bâna and wife of A-niruddha AgP.; burning, scorching Sus'r.; ({A}) ind. at
daybreak L.; at night L.

usha * = 2 (for 1. see col. 1) m. (probably for {uza}, fr. {vaz}; cf. {uza-dah}), a lover L.

uru * = mf({vI4})n. (1. {vR}; {UrNu} Un. i, 32), wide, broad, spacious, extended, great, large,
much, excessive, excellent RV. AV. MBh. Ragh.; ({us}) m. N. of an Ângirasa ÂrshBr.; of a son of
the fourteenth Manu BhP. VP.; ({vI}) f. the earth; see {urvI4}, p. 218, col. 1; ({u}) n. wide space,
space, room RV. (with {kR}, to grant space or scope, give opportunity RV.); ({u}) ind. widely, far,
far off RV.; ({uruyA4} MaitrS.; 1. {urvyA4} and {urviyA4} instr. of the fem.) ind. far, far off, to a
distance RV. VS. TS.; compar. {varIyas}, superl. {variSTha}; [cf. Gk. $, $, &c.: Hib. {ur}, `" very "';
&68196[217, 3] {uras}, `" power, ability. "']

uruka = (n) pant

urjitaM = glorious

urvaarukaM = (Masc.Acc.S)water melon; melon

ushanaa = Usana

ushhitvaa = after dwelling

ushhTra = a camel

ushhTraH = (m) camel

ushhTrapakshii = (m) ostrich

ushhTraasana = the camel posture

ushhNa = (summer) hot, warm; ardent, passionate, impetuous; pungent, acrid; sharp, activ

ushhNamaapakam.h = (n) thermometer

ushhNarakshakam.h = (n) thermos flask

ushhNiishham.h = (n) turban

ushhmapaaH = the forefathers

usaH = (f) dawn

uSat * = m. N. of a son of Su-yajña Hariv.; a harsh speech; erroneous for

uvaacha = said

uta = it is said, * 2 ind. and, also, even, or RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp. &c.; often used for the sake of
emphasis, especially at the end of a line after {iti} or a verb (e.g. {sarva-bhUtAni tam pArtha sadA
paribhavanty uta}, all creatures, O king, certainly always despise him MBh. iii, 1026) MBh. Bhag.
&c. (As an interrogative particle, generally at the beginning of the second or following part of a
double interrogation) or, utrum - an (e.g. {katham nirNIyate kiM syAn niSkAraNo bandhur uta
vizvAsa-ghAtakaH}, how can it be decided whether he be a friend without a motive or a violator of
confidence? Hit.) Kum. Kathâs. Bhartri. Sâh. &c.; in this sense it may be strengthened by {Aho}
(e.g. {kaccit tvam asi mAnuSI utA7ho surA7GganA}, art thou a mortal woman or divine? Nala), or
by {Aho-svit} (e.g. {zAlihotraH kiM nu syAd utA7hosvid rAjA nalaH}, can it be S'âlihotra or king
Nala?) Rarely {kim} is repeated before {uta} used in this sense (e.g. {kim nu svargAt prAptA tasyA
rUpeNa kimutA7nyA7gatA}, has she arrived from heaven or has another come in her form?
Mriicch.) Amar. MBh. &c. (As a particle of wishing, especially at the beginning of a sentence
followed by a potential) would that! utinam! (e.g. {utA7dhIyIta}, would that he would read!)
({uta} preceded by {kim}) on the contrary, how much more, how much less (e.g. {samartho 'si
sahasram api jetuM kimutai9kam}, thou art able to conquer even a thousand, how much more
one R.) S'ak. Vikr. Ragh. &c. ({uta} preceded by {prati}) on the contrary, rather (e.g. {eSa pRSTo
'smAbhir na jalpati hanti praty-uta pASANaih}, this one questioned by us does not speak, but
rather throws stones at us) Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; {uta vA}, or else, and (e.g. {samudrAd uta vA
purISAt}, from the sea or from the moisture in the air); {vA} - {uta vA} or {utA7ho vA7pi} - {vA},
either - or; {uta} - {uta}, both - and (e.g. {uta balavAn utA7balaH}, both the strong and the weak);
{kim} - {uta vA}, whether - or else.

uu4sha * = m. ({uS} BRD.; {US} T.), salt ground, soil impregnated with saline particles TS. AitBr.
iv, 27, 9 S'Br. Mn. v, 120 Sus'r. &c. (according to the Brâhmanas also `" cattle "'); a cleft, hole L.;
the cavity of the ear L.; the Malaya mountain L.; dawn, daybreak L. (in the latter sense also n. W.);
({A} and {I}) f. soil impregnated with saline particles, sterile soil KâtyS'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a
daughter of Bâna and wife of Aniruddha (v.l. {uSA} q.v.)

uTa * =m. leaves, grass &c. (used in making huts, thatches &c.) L.
utkaTa = fierce

utkaTaasana = the the hunkering posture

utkarshhaH = (m) prosperity, growth

utkrityamaana = one who is cut up

utkrishhTa = excellent

utkrishtha* = mfn. (opposed to {apa-kRSTa} and {ava-kRSTa}), drawn up or out; attracted;

extracted; taking a high position; excellent, eminent; superior, best; (ifc. e.g. {jJAno7tkRSTa}
mfn. eminent in knowledge); much, most, excessive Mn. MBh. Pañcat. &c.

utkrishthatA* = f. or excellence, superiority, eminence.

utkrishthatva* = n. excellence, superiority, eminence.

ut-krishtha-bhUma

utkrishthabhUma* = m. a good soil.

utkrishthavedana* = n. marrying a man of a higher caste Mn. iii, 44.

utkrishthopAdhitA* = f. state of having something superior as an indispensable condition

Vedântas. 42.

utkraamati = gives up

utkraamantaM = quitting the body

uttaara* = 1 (fr. {tArA} with 1. {ud} in the sense of `" apart "') mfn. (an eye) from which the pupil
is taken out BhP. vi, 14, 46; (for 2. {ut-tAra} &c. see {ut-tRR}.) \\2 (for 1. see s.v. above), {as}?2
m. transporting over Prab.; landing; delivering, rescuing MBh. [179,3]; ejecting, getting rid of;
vomiting; passing away, instability; (mfn.) surpassing others, excellent, pre-eminent L.

uttangataa = greatness

uttama = exceptional* = mfn. (superlative fr. 1. {ud}; opposed to {avama}, {adhama}, &c.; cf. {an-
uttama}), uppermost, highest, chief; most elevated, principal; best, excellent RV. AV. AitBr. Mn.
Pañcat. &c. (often ifc., e.g. {dvijo7ttama}, best of the twice-born i.e. a Brâhman Mn.); first,
greatest; the highest (tone) Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r.; the most removed or last in place or order or time
RV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. most, in the highest degree R.; at last, lastly S'Br. iii, 2, 1, 21; m.
the last person (= in European grammars the first person) Pân. Kâty. Kâs'. &c.; N. of a brother of
Dhruva (son of Uttâna-pâda and nephew of Priya-vrata) VP.; of a son of Priya-vrata and third
Manu; of the twenty-first Vyâsa VP.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of people VP. MBh.; ({A}) f. a kind of Pidakâ
or pustule Sus'r.; the plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.) Sus'r.; an excellent
woman (one who is handsome, healthy, and affectionate) L.

uttamaM = transcendental

uttamaH = the best

uttamavidaaM = of the great sages

uttamaangaiH = heads

uttamaujaaH = Uttamauja

uttara* = 1 mfn. (compar. fr. 1. {ud}; opposed to {adhara}; declined Gram. 238. {a}), upper,
higher, superior (e.g. {uttare dantAs}, the upper teeth) RV. AV. TS. ChUp. Ragh. &c.; northern
(because the northern part of India is high) AV. Mn. Sus'r. Pañcat. &c.; left (opposed to {dakSiNa}
or right, because in praying the face being turned to the east the north would be on the left hand)
AV. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; later, following, subsequent, latter, concluding, posterior, future RV. AV.
KâtyS'r. MBh. Ragh. Hit. &c. (opposed to {pUrva}, &c. e.g. {uttaraH kAlaH}, future time;
{uttaraM vAkyam}, a following speech, answer, reply; {phalam uttaram}, subsequent result,
future consequence; {varSo7ttareSu}, in future years); followed by (e.g. {smo7ttara} mfn. followed
by `" {sma} "' Pân. 3-3, 176); superior, chief, excellent, dominant, predominant, more powerful
RV. AV.; gaining a cause (in law); better, more excellent RV.; m. N. of a son of Virâtha MBh.; of a
king of the Nâgas L.; N. of a mountain Kathâs.; of several men; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a school; ({A}),
of. (scil. {diz}) the northern quarter, the north Kathâs. &c.; N. of each of the Nakshatras that
contain the word `" {uttara} "' (cf. {uttara-phalgunI}, &c.); N. of a daughter of Virâtha and
daughter-in-law of Arjuna MBh.; of a female servant Lalit.; ({e}) f. du. the second and third verse
of a Triica (or a stanza consisting of three verses); ({As}) f. pl. the second part of the Sâma-
sanhitâ; ({am}) n. upper surface or cover MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; the north R. Dhûrtas.; the
following member, the last part of a compound; answer, reply Ragh. R. Prab. &c.; (in law) a
defence, rejoinder, a defensive measure; contradiction Car.; (in the Mimânsâ philosophy) the
answer (the fourth member of an adhikarana or case); superiority, excellence, competency R.
Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.; result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic, what remains or is left,
conclusion, remainder, excess, over and above, (often ifc. e.g. {bhayo7ttara}, attended with
danger, having danger as the result; {dharmo7ttara}, chiefly characterized by virtue; {SaSTy-
uttaraM sahasram}, one thousand with an excess of sixty, i.e. 1060; {sapto7ttaraM zatam}, 107);
remainder, difference (in arithmetic); N. of a song Yâjñ.; N. of each of the Nakshatras that contain
the word `" {uttara} "'; a particular figure in rhetoric; N. of the last book of the Râmâyana; ({am})
ind. at the conclusion, at the end e.g. {bhavad-uttaram}, having the word `" {bhavat} "' at the end;
{asro7ttaram IkSitA}, looked at with tears at the close i.e. with a glance ending in tears;
afterwards, thereafter; behind MBh. &c.; in the following part (of a book); [cf. Gk. $.]

u4ttara* = 1 &c. see p. 178, col. 1; for 2. see {ut-tRR}, col. 2. \\2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 178, col. 1),
crossing over; to be crossed (cf. {dur-uttara}).

uttaraa* = ind. north, northerly; northward (with gen. or abl.) Pân. Vop.; ({uttarA-patha}, &c. see
p. 178, col. 3.)

uttaraM = covering

uttaraNa * = mfn. coming out of, crossing over VS. &c.; ({am}) n. coming forth or out of
(especially out of water) VarBriS.; landing, disembarking; crossing rivers &c. Pañcat.

ut-taaraNa * = mfn. transporting over MBh.; bringing over, rescuing; ({am}) n. the act of landing,
delivering; rescuing, helping to cross over or escape; transportation R. &c.

uttararuupaM = having it in the northern direction

uttaraaphaalguni = Twelfth nakshatra

uttaraabhaadrapada = Twenty-sixth nakshatra

uttaraayaNaM = when the sun passes on the northern side

uttaraashhaDhaa = Twenty-first nakshatra

uttaana = an intense stretch

uttishthha = get up

uttishThaasaa * = f. the intention to leave off; the wish to leave (a sacrifice &c.) unfinished
Nya1yam

uttishthhata = (Verb Imp.II P.pl.PP)get up; stand up; rise; arise

uttunga = tall

utthaa * = ({ud-sthA} Pân. 8-4, 61; cf. {ut-tambh}, col. 1) P. Â. (but not Â. in the sense of, `"
rising, standing up "' Pân. 1-3, 24) {-tiSThati}, {-te} (pf. {-tasthau} aor. {-asthAt} &c.) to stand up,
spring up, rise, raise one's self, set out RV. AV. S'Br. Ragh. S'ak. Bhag. &c.; to rise (from the dead)
BhP.; to rise (from any occupation), leave off; to finish AitBr. S'Br. TândyaBr. &c.; to come forth,
arise, appear, become visible, result; to spring, originate from RV. AV. S'Br. TS. MBh. Kathâs. &c.;
to come in (as revenues) S'ak.; to rise (for the performance of any action); to be active or brave; to
make efforts, take pains with, strive for; to excel MBh. R. &c.: Caus. {-thApayati} (aor. 1. sg. {u4d-
atiSThipam} AV. vii, 95, 2) to cause, to stand up, raise, rouse, start AV. AitBr. TBr. S'Br. MBh.
Das'. BhP. &c.; to set up, lift up, erect Gobh. MBh. R. Hit. &c.; to get out Hit.; to drive out, send
out, push out AitBr.: Kathâs. BhP.; to excite; to produce Ragh. Sâh.; to arouse, awaken, raise to
life, make alive, animate; to stir up, agitate S'Br. KaushUp. Hariv. R. Kathâs. &c.: Desid.
{-tiSThAsati}, to wish or intend to stand up S'Br. xi, 1, 6, 5; to intend to leave off (a sacrifice)
Nyâyam.

ut-tha * = mfn. (generally ifc.) standing up, rising, arising MBh. Ragh. Caurap. &c.; coming forth,
originating, derived from Bhag. Kathâs. Râjat. Pañcat. &c.; m. arising, coming forth L.; [cf. Zd.
{usta}.]

utthaM = produced of

utthita = stretched

utthitaa = present

utpaaTin.h = (masc) puller-up

utpaataya = (causative of ut+pat) produce

utpaadanam.h = (n) production, creation

utpatti = production* = f. arising, birth, production, origin Sus'r. MBh. Yâjñ. &c.; resurrection
Mn.; production in general, profit, productiveness, Râjat; producing as an effect or result, giving
rise to, generating as a consequence; occurrence, the being mentioned or quoted (as a Vedic
passage) Jaim.

utpad.h = to obtain

utpiithhikaa = (f) table

utplavate = to jump

utsanna = spoiled

utsava = festival * m. enterprise, beginning RV. i, 100, 8; 102, 1; a festival, jubilee; joy, gladness,
merriment MBh. Ragh. Kathâs. Amar. &c.; opening, blossoming BhP.; height, elevation; insolence
L.; passion, wrath L.; wish, rising of a wish L.

utsaadanaarthaM = for the sake of causing annihilation

utsaadyante = are devastated

utsaaha = enthusiasm

utsiideyuH = would be put into ruin

utsrija = give up

utsrij* = ({ud-sRj}) P. Â. {-sRjati}, {-te}, to let loose, let off or go [182,3]; to set free; to open RV.
AitBr. Âs'vGri. and S'r. KâtyS'r. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to pour out, emit, send forth Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; to
sling, throw, cast forth or away; to lay aside MBh. R. Mriicch. &c.; to quit, leave, abandon, avoid,
eschew Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to discontinue, suspend, cease, leave off TS. TBr. TândyaBr. KâtyS'r.
&c.; to send away, dismiss, discharge AitBr. S'ânkhS'r. MBh.; to drive out or away S'Br.; to hand
out, deliver, grant, give AV. xii, 3, 46 BhP. R. Mâlatîm.; to bring forth, produce, create AV. vi, 36,
2 R.: Desid. {-sisRkSati}, to intend to let loose PârGri.; to intend to leave BhP.

utsrijya* = ind. p. having let loose, having abandoned &c

utsrijaami = send forth

utsrijya = giving up

utha (uTa) : *= m. leaves, grass &c. (used in making huts, thatches &c.) L.

uta*=1 mfn. (fr. %{ve} q.v.), sewn, woven.\\2 ind. and, also, even, or RV. AV. S3Br. ChUp. &c.;
often used for the sake of emphasis, especially at the end of a line after %{iti} or a verb (e.g.
%{sarva-bhUtAni@tam@pArtha@sadA@paribhavanty@uta}, all creatures, O king, certainly
always despise him MBh. iii, 1026) MBh. Bhag. &c. (As an interrogative particle, generally at the
beginning of the second or following part of a double interrogation) or, utrum - an (e.g.
%{katham@nirNIyate@kiM@syAn@niSkAraNo@bandhur@uta@vizvAsa-ghAtakaH}, how can it
be decided whether he be a friend without a motive or a violator of confidence? Hit.) Kum.
Katha1s. Bhartr2. Sa1h. &c.; in this sense it may be strengthened by %{Aho} (e.g.
%{kaccit@tvam@asi@mAnuSI@utA7ho@surA7GganA}, art thou a mortal woman or divine?
Nala), or by %{Aho-svit} (e.g. %{zAlihotraH@kiM@nu@syAd@utA7hosvid@rAjA@nalaH}, can it
be S3a1lihotra or king Nala?) Rarely %{kim} is repeated before %{uta} used in this sense (e.g.
%{kim@nu@svargAt@prAptA@tasyA@rUpeNa@kimutA7nyA7gatA}, has she arrived from
heaven or has another come in her form? Mr2icch.) Amar. MBh. &c. (As a particle of wishing,
especially at the beginning of a sentence followed by a potential) would that! utinam! (e.g.
%{utA7dhIyIta}, would that he would read!) (%{uta} preceded by %{kim}) on the contrary, how
much more, how much less (e.g. %{samartho@'si@sahasram@api@jetuM@kimutai9kam}, thou
art able to conquer even a thousand, how much more one R.) S3ak. Vikr. Ragh. &c. (%{uta}
preceded by %{prati}) on the contrary, rather (e.g.
%{eSa@pRSTo@'smAbhir@na@jalpati@hanti@praty-uta@pASANaih}, this one questioned by
us does not speak, but rather throws stones at us) Katha1s. Pan5cat. &c.; %{uta@vA}, or else, and
(e.g. %{samudrAd@uta@vA@purISAt}, from the sea or from the moisture in the air); %{vA} -
%{uta@vA} or %{utA7ho@vA7pi} - %{vA}, either - or; %{uta} - %{uta}, both - and (e.g.
%{uta@balavAn@utA7balaH}, both the strong and the weak); %{kim} - %{uta@vA}, whether - or
else.

utkaNTha * = 1 mfn. having the neck uplifted (on the point of doing anything) Ragh.; having the
throat open (as in crying) BhP.; longing for; m. longing for; a kind of sexual union L.; ({A}) f.
longing for (a beloved person or thing); regretting or missing anything or a person MBh. Bhartri.
Pañcat. Amar. &c. \\ 2 Nom. Â. {utkaNThate}, to raise the neck; to long for, regret, sorrow for R.
S'is'. Bhathth. &c.: Caus. {utkaNThayati}, to cause any one to lift up the neck; to excite longing,
inspire with tender emotions Bhartri. Kâvya7d. &c.

uusa * = salt ground, soil impregnated with saline particles TS. AitBr. iv, 27, 9 S'Br. Mn. v, 120
Sus'r. &c. (according to the Brâhmanas also `" cattle "'); a cleft, hole L.; the cavity of the ear L.; the
Malaya mountain L.; dawn, daybreak L. (in the latter sense also n. W.); ({A} and {I}) f. soil
impregnated with saline particles, sterile soil KâtyS'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Bâna and
wife of Aniruddha (v.l. {uSA} q.v.)

uuchchhabala = Exaltation strength part of Shad Bala

uuyate = to weave

uurdhva = raised * = mf({A})n. ({vRdh} BRD.; perhaps fr. {R}), rising or tending upwards, raised,
elevated, erected, erect, upright, high, above RV. AV. VS. S'Br. AitBr. &c. (in class. Sanskriit
occurring generally in compounds); ({am}) n. height, elevation L.; anything placed above or
higher (with abl.) L.; ({am}) ind. upwards, towards the upper part, aloft, above, in the upper
regions, higher (with abl.) AV. xi, 1, 9 S'Br. xii KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; ({UrdhvaM-gam}, to go
upwards or into heaven, die); in the sequel, in the later part (e.g. of a book or MS.; because in
Sanskriit MSS. the later leaves stand above), subsequent, after (with abl.) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Sus'r.
Mn. &c.; ({ata Urdhvam}, or {ita Urdhvam}, hence forward, from that time forward, after that
passage, hereafter S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Yâjñ. &c.; {UrdhvaM saMvatsarAt}, after a year Mn. ix, 77;
{UrdhvaM dehAt}, after life, after death MBh. i, 3606); after, after the death of (with abl. e.g.
{UrdhvaM pituH}, after the father's death Mn. ix, 104); in a high tone, aloud BhP.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat.
&69531[222, 1] {arduus}; Gae0l. {ard}.]

uurdhvaM = upwards* = mf({A})n. ({vRdh} BRD.; perhaps fr. {R}), rising or tending upwards,
raised, elevated, erected, erect, upright, high, above RV. AV. VS. S'Br. AitBr. &c. (in class.
Sanskriit occurring generally in compounds); ({am}) n. height, elevation L.; anything placed
above or higher (with abl.) L.; ({am}) ind. upwards, towards the upper part, aloft, above, in the
upper regions, higher (with abl.) AV. xi, 1, 9 S'Br. xii KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; ({UrdhvaM-gam}, to
go upwards or into heaven, die); in the sequel, in the later part (e.g. of a book or MS.; because in
Sanskriit MSS. the later leaves stand above), subsequent, after (with abl.) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Sus'r.
Mn. &c.; ({ata Urdhvam}, or {ita Urdhvam}, hence forward, from that time forward, after that
passage, hereafter S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Yâjñ. &c.; {UrdhvaM saMvatsarAt}, after a year Mn. ix, 77;
{UrdhvaM dehAt}, after life, after death MBh. i, 3606); after, after the death of (with abl. e.g.
{UrdhvaM pituH}, after the father's death Mn. ix, 104); in a high tone, aloud BhP.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat.
&69531[222, 1] {arduus}; Gae0l. {ard}.]

uurdhva\-prasaarita-ekapaadaasana = balancing forward posture

uurdhva\-mukha = face upwards

uurdhva\-retaH = a celibate intending to control(upward) the semen

uurdhva\-hastattanaasana = the up-stretched arms posture

uurdhvamuulaM = with roots above

uurdhvaat.h = from above

uurja * = mfn. strong, powerful, eminent BhP. S'is'.; invigorating, strengthening; m. N. of a month
(= {kArttika}) TS. i VS. S'Br. Sus'r. i, 19, 9 BhP. &c.; power, strength, vigour, sap MBh. Mn. ii, 55
BhP. &c.; life, breath L.; effort, exertion L.; N. of several men; ({A}) f. strength, vigour, sap RV. x,
76, 1 AV. SV. Sus'r. &c.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Vasishthha VP. BhP.; ({am}) n.
water L.

uurjaad * =(3) mfn. consuming food RV. x, 53, 4.

uurjaavat * =mfn. powerful, strong PârGri. i, 15, 6 MBh.

uurjayat * =mfn. pres. p. of {Urj} q.v.; ({an}) m. N. of a teacher VBr.

uurjavya4 * =mfn. abounding in strength, sappy, strengthening RV. v, 41, 20.

uurjas * ={as} n. vigour, strength, power Sâ

uurmi = wave

uuruu = thighs

uuruuH = (m) thigh

uurNanaabhaH = (m) spider

uurNaa = (f) wool

uuta * = mfn. (p.p. of {av} q.v.) favoured; loved; promoted, helped; protected.

uuta **= 2 mfn. (p.p. of {ve} q.v.) woven, sewed.

vaa = or * = 1 the 3rd semivowel (corresponding to the vowels {u} and {U}, and having the sound
of the English {v}, except when forming the last member of a conjunct consonant, in which case it
is pronounced like {w}; it is often confounded and interchanged with the labial consonant {b}).

vaa*= 2 cl. 2. P. (Dhâtup. xxiv, 42) {vA4ti} (pf. {vavau} Br. MBh. &c.; aor. {avAsIt} Br.; fut.
{vAsyati} Megh.; inf. {vAtum} Hariv.), to blow (as the wind) RV. &c. &c.; to procure or bestow
anything (acc.) by blowing RV. i, 89, 4; to blow towards or upon (acc.) MBh. xii, 2798; to emit an
odour, be diffused (as perfume) S'Br.; to smell (trans.) Vikr. iv, 41 (v.l.); to hurt, injure Vop.: Caus.
{vApayati} see {nir-vA} and cf. {vAjaya}: Desid. {vivAsati} see 1. {van}. [Cf. Gk. $ for $; Lat.
&283227[934, 2] {ventus}; Slav. {vejati}; Goth. {waian}, {winds}; Germ. {wa7jan}, {woejen},
{wehen}, {Wind}; Angl. Sax. {wa7wan}; Eng. {wind}

va*= 1 ind. or (excluded, like the Lat. {ve}, from the first place in a sentence, and generally
immediately following, rarely and only m.c. preceding, the word to which it refers) RV. &c. &c.
(often used in disjunctive sentences; {vA-vA}, `" either'- `" or "', `" on the one side `" - `" on the
other "'; {na vA} - {vA} or {na} - {vA}, `" neither'- `" nor "'; {vA na-vA}, `" either not'-`" or "';
{yadi vA-vA}, `" whether'-`" or "'; in a sentence containing more than two members {vA} is nearly
always repeated, although if a negative is in the first clause it need not be so repeated; {vA} is
sometimes interchangeable with {ca} and {api}, and is frequently combined with other particles,
esp. with {atha}, {atho7}, {uta}, {kim}, {yad}, {yadi} q.v. [e.g. {atha vA}, `" or else "']; it is also
sometimes used as an expletive); either-or not, optionally KâtyS'r. Mn. &c. (in gram. {vA} is used
in a rule to denote its being optional e.g. Pân. 1-2, 13; 35 &c.); as, like (= {iva}) PârGri. MBh. &c.;
just, even, indeed, very (= {eva}, laying stress on the preceding word) KâtyS'r. Kâv.; but even if,
even supposing (followed by a future) Pañc. v, 36/37; however, nevertheless Bâdar. Bâlar.; (after a
rel. or interr.) possibly, perhaps, I dare say MBh. Kâv. &c. (e.g. {kiM vA zakuntale7ty asya mAtur
AkhyA}, `" is his mother's name perhaps S'akuntalâ? "' S'ak. vii, 20/21; {ko vA} or {ke vA}
followed by a negative may in such cases be translated by `" every one, all "' e.g. {ke vA na syuH
paribhava-padaM niSphalA7ram-bha-yatnAH}, `" everybody whose efforts are fruitless is an
object of contempt "' Megh. 55).

va *= 2 (only L.) m. air, wind; the arm; N. of Varuna; the ocean, water; addressing; reverence;
conciliation; auspiciousness; a dwelling; a tiger; cloth; the esculent root of the water-lily; ({A}) f.
going; hurting; an arrow; weaving; a weaver (?). n. a sort of incantation or Mantra (of which the
object is the deity Varuna); = {pra-catas}; mfn. strong, powerful.

va*= 3 ind.= {iva}, like, as MBh. Kâv. &c. (in some more or less doubtful cases).

vaacaa* = 1 f. speech, a word Pañcat. KâtyS'r. Sch. &c.; the goddess of spñspeech Un. ii, 57 Sch.; a
holy word, sacred text MW.; an oath ib.; w.r. for {vacA} MBh. xiii, 6149. [937, 3]\\vaacaa* = 2
instr. of {vAc}, in comp.

vaaca* = m. (only L.) a species of fish; a species of plant; = {madana

vaachaM = words

vaachaH = the Vedas

vaachaa = speech

vaachaala = capable of talking

vaachyaM = to be spoken

vaadya * = mfn. to be said or spoken or pronounced or uttered AitBr.; to be sounded or played (as
a musical instrument) Cat.; n. a speech S'Br.; instrumental music Mâlav. Kathâs. &c.; m. or n. a
musical instrument R. Kathâs. Pañcat.

vaada = argument * = mfn. (fr. {vad}) speaking of or about (see {brahma-v-}); causing to sound,
playing (see {vINA-v-}); m. speech, discourse, talk, utterance, statement Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.)
speaking about, mentioning MBh. Hariv. BhP.; advice, counsel MBh.; a thesis, proposition,
argument, doctrine Sarvad. Sus'r.; discussion, controversy, dispute, contest, quarrel Mn. MBh.
&c.; agreement Das'.; cry, song, note (of a bird) AitBr. [940, 1]; sound, sounding (of a musical
instrument) Pañcat.; demonstrated conclusion, result W.; a plaint, accusation ib.; a reply ib.;
explanation, exposition (of holy texts &c.) MW.; report, rumour ib.

vaadaH = (m) argument, discussion

vaadayati = to play (a musical instrument)

vaadaan.h = fabricated words

vaadinaH = the advocates

vaadinii = she who speaks

vaa4dya * = mfn. to be said or spoken or pronounced or uttered AitBr.; to be sounded or played

(as a musical instrument) Cat.; n. a speech S'Br.; instrumental music Mâlav. Kathâs. &c.; m. or n.
a musical instrument R. Kathâs. Pañcat.

vaagmii = master of speech

vaahana = vehicle

vaahaNa * mfn. (fr. Caus.) carrying off, removing, destroying (ifc.) Var.; n. = {-vahaNa} L.

vaahana * =1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of making effort, endeavouring, exertion W.

vaahaNa * mfn. (fr. Caus.) carrying off, removing, destroying (ifc.) Var.; n. = {-vahaNa} L

vaa4hana * =1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of making effort, endeavouring, exertion W. \\2 mfn.
(for 1. see col. 1) drawing, bearing, carrying, conveying, bringing &c. Kathâs. Râjat.; m. N. of a
Muni Cat.; ({A}) f. an army S'is'. xix, 33; n. the act of drawing, bearing, carrying, conveying MBh.
R. &c.; driving Sus'r.; riding Kathâs.; guiding (horses) MBh.; any vehicle or conveyance or
draught-animal, carriage, chariot, waggon, horse, elephant (cf. Pân. 8-4, 8) AitBr. &c. &c. (ifc. [f.
{A}] riding or driving on or in); any animal Kathâs. xxi, 30; `" oar "' or `" sail "' R. ii, 52, 5.

vaahanakaaraka = Significator of vehicles which is Venus

vaaJNchhasi = you desire

vaaJNchhita = desired

vaak.h = language/speech

vaakya = sentence* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) speech, saying, assertion, statement, command, words
({mama vAkyAt}, in my words, in my name) MBh. &c. &c.; a declaration (in law), legal evidence
Mn.; an express declñdeclaration or statement (opp. to {liGga}, `" a hint "' or indication) Sarvad.;
betrothment Nâr.; a sentence, period RâmatUp. Pân. Vârtt. &c.; a mode of expression Cat.; a
periphrastic mode of expression Pân. Sch. Siddh.; a rule, precept, aphorism MW.; a disputation
MBh.; (in logic) an argument, syllogism or member of a syllogism; the singing of birds Hariv.; (in
astron.) the solar process in computations MW

vaakyaM = words
vaakyaani = sentences

vaakyena = words

vaalmiiki* = m. (incorrectly {vAlmiki}) N. of the celebrated author of the Râma7yana (so called,
according to some, because when immersed in thought he allowed himself to be overrun with ants
like an anthill; he was no doubt a Brâhman by birth and closely connected with the kings of
Ayodhyâ; he collected the different songs and legendary tales relating to Râma-candra and welded
them into one continuous poem, to which later additions may have been made; he is said to have
invented the S'loka metre, and probably the language and style of Indian epic poetry owe their
definite form to him; according to one tradition he began life as a robber, but repenting be took
himself to a hermitage on a hill in the district of Banda in Bundelkund, where he eventually
received Sîtâ, the wife of Râma, when banished by her husband; cf. IW. 314; 315 &c.) MBh. R. &c.;
of a son of Garuda MBh.; of a grammarian TPrât.; of the authors of various wks. (the Yoga-
vâsishthha, the Adbhuta-râma7yana, and the Gangashthaka) Cat.; (with {kavi}) of the son of
Rudra-mani Tri-pâthhin and author of the Ramale7ndu-prakâs'a ib.

vaalmiikikokilam.h = the vaalmIki-cuckoo

vaama = left side

vaamadevaasana = Vamadeva's posture

vaamana = Vishnu's fifth incarnation also known as trivikrama

vaamaprakaasha = lovely shiningness

vaamaa.nkaaruuDha = having the left side of the body climbed, occupied by

vaame = left side

vaaMs'a* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vaMza}) relating or belonging to sugar-cane Car.; made of bamboo W.;
({I}) f. bamboo-manna Car. Bhpr.

vaasana* =1 n. the act of perfuming or fumigating, infusing, steeping Gi1t. Sch. ; (%{A}) f. id.
S3is3. Sch.

vaasana* = 2 n. covering, clothing, garment, dress Ka1v. ; an envelope, box, casket Ya1jn5.//3
mfn. belonging to an abode, fit for a dwelling W. ; n. causing to abide or dwell Ba1lar. ; abiding,
abode L. ; a receptacle for water L. ; knowledge L. ; a partic. posture (practised by ascetics during
abstract meditation, and by others ; described as sitting on the ground with the knees bent and
the feet turned backwards) W. ; (%{A}) f. see next.

vaasanaa*= f. the impression of anything remaining unconsciously in the mind, the present
consciousness of past perceptions, knowledge derived from memory S3am2k. Ka1v. Katha1s. ;
fancy, imagination, idea, notion, false notion, mistake (ifc., e.g. %{bheda-v-}, the mistake that
there is a difference) ib. Ra1jat. Sarvad. &c. ; thinking of, longing for, expectation, desire,
inclination Katha1s. ; liking, respectful regard Bha1m. ; trust, confidence W. ; (in math.) proof,
demonstration (= %{upapatti}) Gol. ; a kind of metre Col. ; N. of Durga1 BhP. ; of the wife of Arka
ib. ; of a Comm. on the Siddha7nta-s3iroman2i.

vaN* = (also written {baN}) cl. 1. P. {vaNati} (pf. {vavANa} &c.; Caus. aor. {avIvaNat}, or
{avavANat}), to sound Dhâtup. xiii, 3.
van* = 1 cl. 1. P. (Dhâtiip. xiii, 19; 20; xix, 42) {va4nati} (Ved. also {-te}, and {vana4ti}); cl. 8. P. Â.
(xxx, 8) {vano4ti}, {vanute4} (pf. {vAvA4na}, {vAva4ntha}, {vavanma4}, {vavne4}; p.
{vavanva4s} RV.; aor. {vanta}, {va4Msva} ib.; {vaMsat}, {-sate} ib.; {vaniSat} AV.; {-Santa} TS.;
{vanuSanta} "' RV.; Pot. {vaMsImahi}, {vasImahi} ib.; Prec. {vaniSISta} RV. {vaMsiSIya} AV.; fut.
{vanizA} Gr.; {vaniSyate}, SânkhSr.; inf. {vanitum} Gr.; {-vantave} RV.), to like, love, wish, desire
RV. AV. S'Br. Kâthh. S'ânkhSr.; to gain, acquire, procure (for one's self or others) RV. AV. S'Br.; to
conquer, win, become master of, possess RV. AV.; to prepare, make ready for, aim at, attack RV.;
to hurt, injure MW. (Dhâtup. also `" to sound "'; `" to serve, honour, worship. help, aid "'): Caus.
{vanayati} or {vAnayati} Dhâtup. xix, 68; xxxix, 33 v.l. (cf. {saM-van}): Desid. {vi4vAsati}, {-te},
to attract, seek to win over RV.: Intens. (only {vAva4naH} and {vAvandhi4}; but cf. {vanIvan}) to
love, like RV. [Cf. Lat. {venia}, {Venus}; Got. {gawinnan}; Germ. {gewinnen}; Eng. {win}.]

va4n* = 2 = {va4na} (only in gen. and loc. pl. {vanA4m} {va4Msu}), `" wood "' or, a wooden
vessel "' RV.; love, worship L.

vaanaprastha* = m. (fr. {vana-prastha}) a Brâhman in the third stage of life (who has passed
through the stages of student and householder and has abandoned his house and family for an
ascetic life in the woods; see {Azrama}), hermit, anchorite (mentioned by Megasthenes under the
name $) Âpast. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL. 362; a class of supernatural beings MW.; Bassia Latifolia or
Butea Frondosa L.; mfn. relating to a Vânaprastha; m. (scil. {Azrama}) the third stage of a
Brâhmañs life, forest-life MBh. R. Hariv.

vaanara * = m. (prob. fr. {vanar}, p. 918) `" forest-animal "', a monkey, ape (ifc. f. {A}) Mn. MBh.
&c.; a kind of incense, Olibanum L.; (with {AcArya}) N. of a writer on medicine Cat.; ({I}) f. a
female ape MBh. R. Kathâs.; Carpopogon Pruriens L.; mf({I})n. belonging to an ape or monkey,
mñmonkey-like &c. MBh. R.

vaaNii* = 1 f. sound, voice, music (pl. a choir of musicians or singers) RV. (the {sapta vANIs} are
referred by the Comms. to the seven metres or to the seven notes of the gamut &c.); speech,
language, words, diction, (esp.) eloquent speech or fine diction MBh. Kâv. &c.; a literary
production or composition Uttarar. Bhâm.; praise, laudation MW.; the goddess of speech,
Sarasvatî R. BrahmaP.; N. of a metre consisting only of long syllables Kâvya7d. Sch.; of a river
(accord. to some the Sarasvatî) VP.\\ f. (only L.; cf. 1. 2. {vANI}) weaving; a weaver's loom; voice,
speech; a species of metre; a cloud; price, value.\\2 f. (cf. {vANi}) weaving L. \\3 f. reed RV. v, 86,
1; du. the two bars of a car or carriage ib. i, 119, 5

vaanmayaM = of the voice

vaanmayaH = full of the `word' i.e. master of the word \& language

vaa.ngmaya = full of speech

vaa.nchh.h = to want

vaa.nchhaa = (fem) desire

vaañchita* = mfn. wished, desired, beloved, longed for MBh. Ka1v. &c.; n. wish, desire ib.; m. (in
music) a kind of measure.

vaanara = monkey

vaanarayuuthamukhyam.h = the chieftain of the monkey brigade

vaaNijyaM = trade
vaaNijyam.h = (n) trade, commerce

vaaNii = language

vaaNii * = 1 f. sound, voice, music (pl. a choir of musicians or singers) RV. (the %{sapta@vANIs}
are referred by the Comms. to the seven metres or to the seven notes of the gamut &c.); speech,
language, words, diction, (esp.) eloquent speech or fine diction MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a literary
production or composition Uttarar. Bha1m.; praise, laudation MW.; the goddess of speech,
Sarasvati1 R. BrahmaP.; N. of a metre consisting only of long syllables Ka1vya7d. Sch.; of a river
(accord. to some the Sarasvati1) VP.\\* = 2 f. (cf. %{vANi}) weaving L.\\= 3 f. reed RV. v, 86, 1;
du. the two bars of a car or carriage ib. i, 119, 5.

vaaNi * = f. (only L.; cf. 1. 2. %{vANI}) weaving; a weaver's loom; voice, speech; a species of
metre; a cloud; price, value.

vaaNiiM = speech

vaasu * = m. (said to be fr. 5. {vas}) N. of Vishnu (is dwelling in all beings) Un. i, 1 Sch.; the spirit
or soul considered as the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe W. (also Vriiddhi form of {vasu}
in comp.)

vaarNa mfn. (fr. {varNa}) relating to a sound or letter (in gram.)

vaarya * = 1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see p. 944, col. 1) watery, aquatic L. y\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 943,
col. \\ 3) to be warded off or prevented or checked or impeded MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a wall R.

vaas'itaagrishthi * = f. a young female elephant MBh. xi, 642 (cf. Pân. 2-1, 65).

vaas'ita * =1 mfn. roared, cried, sung MBh. &c.; n. roaring, croaking, yelling, howl, cry, scream
MBh. R. VarBriS. Kathâs.

vaas'itaa* = f. (also written {vAsitA}, prob. fr. {vaz}) a cow desiring the bull (also applied to other
animals desiring the male, esp. to a female elephant) AV. &c. &c. [947, 2]; a woman, wife MBh.

vaata = (masc) wind * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 939, col. 3) blown &c.; ({vA4ta}) m. wind or the wind-
god (pl. also `" the Maruts "', cf. {vAyu}) RV. &c. &c.; wind, air Hit.; wind emitted from the body
MBh. iv, 117; wind or air as one of the humours of the body (also called {vAyu}, {mAruta},
{pavana}, {anila}, {samIraNa}) Kathâs. Sus'r. &c.; morbid affection of the windy humour,
flatulence, gout, rheumatism &c. VarBriS. S'riingâr.; N. of a people (see {vAta-pati} and
{vAtA7dhipa}); of a Râkshasa VP.; of a son of S'ûra ib. \\\\vAta * = 2 mfn. (fr. {van}) = {vanita},
solicited, wished for, desired (cf. {vivasvad-v-}); attacked, assailed, injured, hurt (cf. 3. {a-v-} and
{nivAta}). \\3 mfn. (for 1. and 2. see pp. 934, 939) dried up (see 1. {a-vAta4})

vaatha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vaTa}) made or consisting of the Banyan or Indian fig-tree or its wood
&c. Mn. ii, 45; m. an enclosure, (either) a fence, wall, (or) a piece of enclosed ground, garden,
park, plantation MBh. Kâv. &c.; a district Das'.; a road Vâs.; the site of a house L.; Panicum
Spicatum W.; the groin W.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Maitrî L.; (also n. and [{I}] f.) an enclosure
of a (low-caste) village consisting of boundary trees L.; ({I}). f. a piece of enclosed ground, garden
Hariv. Sâh. BhP.; the site of a house L.; a hut L.; a species of bird Car.; n. = {varaNDa}, {aGga},
and {anna-bheda}.

vaataya = blow (like a wind?)

vaataaTaH = (m) kite

vaataatmajaM = the son of the wind-god (`vAta' or `vAyu)

vaataayana = a horse

vaataayanaM = window

vaataayanaasana = the horseface posture

vaataavaraNam.h = (n) environment, also used to mean weather

vaapi = at all

vaara = Day

vaara * = 1 m. (earlier form of {vAla} q.v.) the hair of any animal's tail (esp. of a horse's tail, = $)
RV.; m. n. sg. and pl. a hair-sieve ib.

vaara * = 2 (fr. 1. {vR}) m. keeping back, restraining (also mfn. ifc. = difficult to be restrained
TBr.; cf. {dur-v-}); anything which covers or surrounds or restrains, a cover MW.; anything which
causes an obstruction, a gate, door-way W.; anything enclosed or circumscribed in space or time,
esp. an appointed place (e.g. {sva-vAraM samA-sthA}, to occupy one's proper place) R.; the time
fixed or appointed for anything (accord. to some fr. 2. {vR}, to choose), a persoñs turn MBh. Kâv.
&c. (often, esp. with numerals, = times e.g. {varAMs trIn} or {vara-trayam}, three times;
{bhUribhir vAraiH} or {bhUri-vArAn} or {bahu-vAram} or {vAraM vAram} or {vAraM vAreNa},
many times, often, repeatedly); the turn of a day (under the regency of a planet), a day of the week
(they are Âditya-, Soma-, Mangala-, Budha-, Guru., S'ukra-, and S'ani-vñvâra; cf. IW. 178 n. 1)
Ganit. Yâjñ. Sch. Kâv. &c. (cf. {dina} and {divasa-v-}); a moment, occasion, opportunity W.; a
multitude, quantity (see {bANa-v-}); an arrow L.; Achyranthes Aspera L.; N. of S'iva L.; ({A}) f. a
harlot, courtezan MBh. vi, 5766 (cf. {-kanyakA} &c.); n. a vessel for holding spirituous liquor L.; a
partic. artificial poison L.

vaara * =3 m. (fr. 2. {vR}) choice (see {vAre-vRta}); anything chosen or choice or exquisite, goods,
treasure RV. (often ifc.; cf. {azasta-}, {Rdhad-}, {dAti-v-} &c.); N. of a poet Cat.

vaaradhipati = Ruler of the Day

vaari = water

vaari-dhara = water-carrier(cloud )

vaaraM = and again

vaaramukhya * = m. (prob.) a singer, dancer Ma1rkP. ; (%{A}) f. the chief of a number of harlots,
a royal courtezan MBh. R. &c

vaariNi = the one who prevents

vaarida = cloud (one who gives water)

vaarivaaha = (m) cloud

vaartaa = news

vaartaaM = word (here enquiry/inquiry)

vaartaaharaH = (m) reporter, journalist

vaarshhNeya = O descendant of VRishhNi

vaarsha* = 1 mf({I4})n. (fr. {varSa} or {varSA}) belonging to the rainy season VS.; belonging to a
year, yearly, annual W.; ({I}) f. = {varSA}, the rainy season L. \\ 2 Vriiddhi form of {varSa} in
comp.\\3 n. (fr. {vRSa} of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) g. {pRthv-Adi}; N. of a
Sâman L.

vaaruNi * = 1 m. `" son of Varuna "' patr. of various persons (esp. of Bhriigu, Satya-dhriiti,
Vasishthha, Agastya &c.) Br. RAnukr. MBh. \\ 2 f. (m. c.) = {vAruNI}, spirituous liquor Hariv.

vaaruNI * = f. the western quarter or region (presided over by Varuna), the west (with or without
{diz}) VarBriS.; N. of partic. serpents GriS.; (pl.) of partic. sacred texts Gaut.; Varuna's female
Energy (personified either as his wife or as his daughter, produced at the churning of the ocean
and regarded as the goddess of spirituous liquor) TÂr. MBh. R. Pur.; a partic. kind of spirit
(prepared from hogweed mixed with the juice of the date or palm and distilled), any spirituous
liquor MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of S'iva's wife L.; a partic. fast-day on the thirteenth of the dark half of
Caitra Col.; Dûrvâ grass or a similar species L.; colocynth L.; the Nakshatra S'ata-bhishaj (ruled
by Varuna) L.; N. of a river R.

vaarya * =1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see p. 944, col. 1) watery, aquatic L.\\2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 943, col.
3) to be warded off or prevented or checked or impeded MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a wall R. \\3 mfn. to be
chosen Pân. 3-1, 101 Sch.; precious, valuable RV.; n. treasure, wealth, goods ib. \\4 m. (for 1. 2. 3.
see pp. 943, col. 3, and 944, col. 1) patr. (?) ÂrshBr..

vaasa * = 1 m. perfuming, perfume Vikr. Mâlatîm. Car.; Gendarussa Vulgaris L. (also {A} f.) \\ 2
m. (fr. 4. {vas}) a garment, dress, clothes (m. c. for {vAsas}) MBh. (cf. {kRSNavAsa}). \\ 3 m. (fr.
5. {vas}) staying, remaining (esp. `" overnight "'), abiding, dwelling, residence, living in loc. or
comp.; cf. Pân. 6-3, 18 Sch.), abode, habitation RV. &c. &c.; ifc. = having one's abode in, dwelling
or living in [947, 3]; {vAsaM-vas}, to take up one's abode, abide, dwell; place or seat of (gen.) R.; a
day's journey ib.; state, situation, condition Hariv.; = {vAsa-gRha}, bed-chamber (see {-sajjA}); =
{vAsanA}, imagination, idea, semblance of MBh.

vaasaH = living

vaasana * = 1 n. the act of perfuming or fumigating, infusing, steeping Gît. Sch.; ({A}) f. id. S'is'.
Sch. \\2 n. covering, clothing, garment, dress Kâv.; an envelope, box, casket Yâjñ \\3 mfn.
belonging to an abode, fit for a dwelling W.; n. causing to abide or dwell Bâlar.; abiding, abode L.;
a receptacle for water L.; knowledge L.; a partic. posture (practised by ascetics during abstract
meditation, and by others; described as sitting on the ground with the knees bent and the feet
turned backwards) W.; ({A}) f. see next.

vaasanaa = longings, craving* = f. the impression of anything remaining unconsciously in the

mind, the present consciousness of past perceptions, knowledge derived from memory S'ank. Kâv.
Kathâs.; fancy, imagination, idea, notion, false notion, mistake (ifc., e.g. {bheda-v-}, the mistake
that there is a difference) ib. Râjat. Sarvad. &c.; thinking of, longing for, expectation, desire,
inclination Kathâs.; liking, respectful regard Bhâm.; trust, confidence W.; (in math.) proof,
demonstration (= {upapatti}) Gol.; a kind of metre Col.; N. of Durgâ BhP.; of the wife of Arka ib.;
of a Comm. on the Siddha7nta-s'iromani.
vaasara = Day

vaasava = indra

vaasavaH = the heavenly king

vaasas.h = apparel / clothes

vaasaa.nsi = garments

vaas'a* = 1 mfn. roaring, sounding RV. viii, 19, 31; ({vA4za}) id. (only {A} and {I} f. pl. applied to
water) VS. TS.

vaas'a* = 2 m. patr. fr. {vaza} S'ânkhS'r.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

vaasita = made fragrant

vaastu* = n. (m. only in BhP.) the site or foundation of a house, site, ground, building or
dwellingplace, habitation, homestead, house RV. &c. &c.; an apartment, chamber VarBriS.; m. N.
of one of the 8 Vasus BhP.; of a Râkshasa Cat.; (prob.) f. N. of a river MBh.; n. the pot-herb
Chenopodium Album L.; a kind of grain ÂpS'r. Sch. (cf. {-maya}).

vaastunara* = m. the archetype or ideal pattern of a house personified as a deity VarBriS.

vaasu* = m. (said to be fr. 5. {vas}) N. of Vishnu (is dwelling in all beings) Un. i, 1 Sch.; the spirit
or soul considered as the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe W. (also Vriiddhi form of {vasu}
in comp.)

vaasuu* = f. (of doubtful derivation) a young girl, maiden (voc. {vAsu}) Das'.

vaasukiH = Vasuki

vaasukii = a name of Shesha

vaasudeva * = (fr. {vasu-d-}) patr. of Kriishna TÂr. &c. (RTL. 111); of a king of the Pundras Hariv.;
N. of a class of beings peculiar to the Jainas L.; a horse L.; N. of various kings and authors (also
with {AcArya}, {dIkSita}, {zarman}, {zAstrin} &c.) Inscr. Cat.; ({I}) f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; n.
N. of an Upanishad; mf({I})n. relating to (the god) Kriishna NriisUp.; written or composed by
VñVâsudeva Cat.; {-jJAna} n. N. of wk.; {-jyotis} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-tIrtha} m. N. of a man ib.;
{-dvAdazA7kSarI} f. {-puNyA7ha} n. {-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-priya} m. `" friend of VñVâsudeva
"'N. of Kârttikeya MBh.; {-priyaM-karI} f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; {-manana} n. N. of a
Veda7nta wk.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting of Kriishna, representing him AgP.;
{-mahA7rAdhana} n. {-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-vargINa} or {-vargya} mfn. taking VñVâsudeva's
side, partial to him Pân. 4-2, 104 Vârtt. 11 Pat.; {-vijaya} m. {-sahasra-nAman} n. N. of wks.;
{-suta} m. {-sena} m. N. of authors Cat.; {-stotra} n. N. of a Stotra; {-vA7nandI-campU} f. N. of a
poem; {-vA7nubhava} m. N. of a medical wk.; {-vA7zrama} m. {-ve7ndra} m. {-ve7ndra-ziSya} m.
N. of authors Cat.; {--vo7paniSad} f. N. of one of the more recent Upanishads of the Atharva-veda.

vaasudevaH = the Personality of Godhead, KRishhNa

vaasudevasya = of KRishhNa

vaasudevaaH = KRishhNa
vaaso = cloth, dress

vaastu

n. (m. only in BhP.) the site or foundation of a house, site, ground, building or dwellingplace,
habitation, homestead, house RV. &c. &c.; an apartment, chamber VarBr2S.; m. N. of one of the 8
Vasus BhP.; of a Ra1kshasa Cat.; (prob.) f. N. of a river MBh.; n. the pot-herb Chenopodium
Album L.; a kind of grain A1pS3r. Sch. (cf. %{-maya}).

vaastushaastra = study of architecture

vaaTikaa = (f) garden

vaava* = ind. (a particle laying stress on the word preceding it, esp. in relative clauses; also {ha
vA4va4}, {ha} [{kha4lu}] {vA4va4}, {u ha vAva}, {ha tvA4va4} [q.v.]) just, indeed, even TS. Br. (in
S'Br. only from book vi) Up. BhP. [947,1]

vaayu = wind

vaayuna* = m. a god, deity L.

vaayuH = the vital airs

vaayoH = of the wind

vaayau = air(life-breath)

vachaH = words

vaca* = m mfn. speaking, talking (see {ku-v-}); m. a parrot L.; = {sUrya}, the sun L.

vachana = talk

vachanaM = word

vachane = (loc.sing) in words or speech

vachasaa = with words

vachii = with armor

vachmi = vachAmi or shall speak

vad.h = to talk

vaDaa * f. (cf. = {vaTa}) a small lump, globule, round mass or cake L.

vada = please tell* = mfn. speaking, a speaker (only ifc.; see {ku-v-}, {priyaM.v-}); speaking well
or sensibly L.; m. N. of the first Veda (with the Magians) Cat.

vada.nti = (Vr.Pr.IIIP.pl.PP) tell; speak

vadati = (1 pp) to speak

vadana = face

vadanam.h = (n) mouth

vadanaiH = by the mouths

vadanti = say

vadasi = You tell

vadha * = m. one who kills, a slayer, vanquisher, destroyer RV. VS. TS. S'Br.; a deadly weapon
(esp. Indra's thunderbolt) RV. AitBr. S'ânkhGri.; the act of striking or killing, slaughter, murder,
death, destruction RV. &c. &c.; (in law) capital or (more commonly) corporal punishment Mn.
Yâjñ. &c. = {vadha-bhUmi}, place of execution Caurap., Introd.; stroke, hurt, injury Nir.; paralysis
Sus'r.; annihilation, disappearance (of inanimate things) MBh. Kâv. &c.; frustration, prevention
Gaut.; a defect, imperfection (28 are enumerated) VP.; multiplication Ganit.; a product Bijag.; N.
of a Râkshasa VP.; ({A}) f. a kind of pot-herb, Convolvulus Repens L.

vadishhyanti = will say

vadyapaksha = Dark half of the lunar month

vadya * = mfn. to be spoken &c. (see {a-v-} and {anav}); N. of the days of the dark lunar fortnight;
n. speech, speaking about, conversing (see {brahma-v-}, {satya-v-}).

vadhanaM = face

vadhuu = (f) bride

vadhya * = mfn. (frequently written {ba4dhya}) to be slain or killed, to be capitally punished, to

be corporally chastised (cf. under {vadha}), sentenced, a criminal AV. &c. &c.; to be destroyed or
annihilated MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. an enemy MW.; ({A}) f. see below. [917,

vahati = (1 pp) to carry

vahamyahaM = vahAmi + ahaM:bear or carry + I

vahaa = Porter

vahaami = carry

vahaNa * = n. end, issue, completion Kâv. Râjat.; the catastrophe of a drama Das'ar.

vahana * =mfn. bearing, carrying, conveying (see {rAja-v-}); n. the act of bearing, carrying,
conveying, bringing MBh. Kâv. VarBriS.; the flowing (of water) Nir. vi, 2; a ship, vessel, boat
Kathâs.; the undermost part of a column, VârBriS.; a square chariot with a pole L.

vahantI *= - f. (of pr. p. of 1. {vah}) flowing water

vahanta *= m. air, wind L.; an infan

vahaNa *= n. end, issue, completion Kâv. Râjat.; the catastrophe of a drama Das'ar.

vahatu *= m. the bridal procession (to the husband's house), nuptial ceremony RV. AV. AitBr. (pl.
the objects constituting a bride's dowry TBr.); means of furthering RV. vii, 1, 17 (= %{stotra} and
%{zastra} Sa1y.); an ox L.; a traveller L.

vahni = fire * = m. any animal that draws or bears along, a draught animal, horse, team RV. AV.
VS. TBr.; any one who conveys or is borne along (applied to a charioteer or rider, or to various
gods, esp. to Agni, Indra, Savitr2i, the Maruts &c.) RV. AV.; N. of Soma (as `" the flowing or
streaming one "') RV. ix, 9, 6 &c.; the conveyer or bearer of oblations to the gods (esp. said of
Agni, `" fire "', or of the three sacrificial fires see %{agni}) RV.; partic. fire Gr2ihya1s.; fire (in
general or `" the god of fire "') Mn. MBh. &c. (%{vahninA@saM-skR}, to hallow by fire, burn
solemnly); the fire of digestion VarBr2S.; N. of the number `" three "' (fr. the three sacred fires)
L.; N. of various plants (accord. to L. Plumbago Ceylanica; Semecarpus Anacardium; Poa
Cynosuroides; and the citron tree) Sus3r.; a mystical N. of the letter %{r} Up. [934,1]; N. of the
8th Kalpa (q.v.) Cat.; of a Daitya MBh.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a BhP.; of a son of Turvasu ib.; of a
son of Kukura ib.

vahniH = fire ( for worship)

vahnikaNa = spark

vaH = your

vai = emphasis * = Meaning 1 (orig. identical with 2. {vA}) cl. 1. P. (Dhâtup. xxii, 24) {vA4yati}, to
become languid or weary or exhausted RV. ({zoSaNe} Dhâtup.); to be deprived of (gen.) RV. viii.
47, 6; P. and (ep. also Â.), to blow Âpast. MBh.\\Meaning 2 ind. a particle of emphasis and
affirmation, generally placed {after} a word and laying stress on it (it is usually translatable by `"
indeed "', `" truly "', `" certainly "', `" verily "', `" just "' &c.; it is very rare in the RV.; more
frequent in the AV., and very common in the Brâhmanas and in works that imitate their style; in
the Sûtras it is less frequent and almost restricted to the combination {yady u vai}; in Manu MBh.
and the Kâvyas it mostly appears at the end of a line, and as a mere expletive. In RV. it is
frequently followed by {u} in the combination {vA4 u} [both particles are separated, v, 18, 3]
[1020, 1]; it is also preceded by {u} and various other particles e.g. by {i4d}, {a4ha}, {uta4}; in the
Brâhmanas it often follows {ha}, {ha sma}, {eva}; in later language {api} and {tu}. Accord. to
some it is also a vocative particle).

vaibhava * =. (fr. {vi-bhava}) might, power (ifc. f. {A}); high position, greatness Kâv. Kathâs. &c.;
superhuman power or might MW.; grandeur, glory, magnificance Kathâs.

vaidyaH = doctor

vaiDuurya * = n. (rarely m.; cf. {vidUra-ja}) a cat's-eye gem (ifc. `" a jewel "', = `" anything
excellent of its kind "') AdbhBr. MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of a mountain (also {-parvata}) MBh.
VarBriS. &c.; mf({A})n. made of cat's-eye gems MBh. R. &c.

vaidurya * =w.r. for {vaidUrya} (or {vaiDUrya}) MârkP.

vaiduurya* =1 mf({I} or {rI})n. (fr. {vi-dUra}) brought from Vidûra Pân. 4-3, 84.

vaiduurya * =2 w.r. for {vaiDUrya}.

vaiGYaanikaH = (m) scientist

vaihAyasa * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. 2. %{vi-hAyas}) being or moving in the air, suspended in the air,
aerial Gr2S. MBh. &c.; (%{am}) ind. in the open air A1past.; m. pl. `" sky-dwellers "', the gods &c.
BhP.; N. of partic. R2ishis (personified luminous phenomena) VarBr2S.; m. N. of a lake MW.;
(%{I}) f. N. of a river BhP.; n. the air, atmosphere MBh.; flying in the air BhP. (%{-gata} n. id. R.);
a partic. attitude in shooting L

vaijayanta *= m. (fr. {vi-jayat}, or {-yanta}) the banner of Indra MBh.; a banner, flag R.; the
palace of Indra Buddh.; a house A.; N. of Skanda L.; of a mountain MBh. Hariv.; pl. (with Jainas)
N. of a class of deities L.; ({I}) f. a flag, banner MBh. Kâv. &c.; an ensign W.; a kind of garland
prognosticating victory MBh. Pur.; the necklace of Vishnu MW.; N. of the 8th night of the civil
month Sûryapr.; Premna Spinosa Sus'r.; Sesbania Aegyptiaca L.; N. of a lexicon by
Yâdavaprakâs'a; of a Comm. to Vishnu's Dharmas'âstra (IW. 304, 305); of various other wks.; of a
town or a river AV. Paris'.; n. N. of a gate in Ayodhyâ R.; of a town (= {vana-vAsI}) R. Inscr.

vaikaarika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-kAra}) based on or subject to modification, modifying or modified

MBh. Sus'r. Pur. &c.; m. a class of deities MW.; (with {kAla}) the time necessary for the formation
of the fetus Car.; n. emotion, flurry R.

vaikalpika* = mf({I})n. admitting of difference of opinion, optional ÂrshBr. Âs'vS'r. &c

vaiklava * = bewilderment, despondency

vaikrita* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-kRti}) modified, derivative, secondary ({-tva} n. Lâthy.) RPrât. TPrât.
Sch. &c.; undergoing change, subject to modification Sânkhyak. KapS.; disfigured, deformed
MBh.; not natural, perpetuated by adoption (as a family) Cat.; m. N. of the Ahan-kâra or I-making
faculty MBh.; of a demon causing a partic. disease Hariv.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) change, modification,
alteration, disfigurement, abnormal condition, changed state MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; an unnatural
phenomenon, portent Ragh. VarBriS. Râjat.; mental change, agitation MBh. R. &c.; aversion,
hatred, enmity, hostility MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. Râjat.

vaikuNthha = the abode of Vishnu

vaikuNthhaadhipatii = ruler of Vaikunthha which is Vishnu

vaimaanikaH = (m) pilot

vaimana* veman= n. (L. also m.) a loom VS.; a slay

vainateyaH = Garuda

vaitasa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vetasa}) made of or peculiar to a reed ({-sI vRtti}, `" reed-like action "'
i.e. yielding to superior force, adapting one's self to circumstances) TS. Br. KâtyS'r. &c.; m. or n. a
basket made of reed KâtyS'r.; m. (met.) the penis AV.; Rumex Vesicarius L.; Calamus Fasciculatus
W.

vaitasena* = m. (prob. derived fr. a misunderstanding of {vaitase4na} instr. RV. x, 95, 4; cf.
{vaitasa4})N. of Purû-ravas BhP.

vaira = enmity* = mfn. (fr. {vIra}) hostile, inimical, revengeful AV.; n. (exceptionally m. [?] ifc. f.
{A}) enmity, hostility, animosity, grudge, quarrel or feud with (instr. with or without {saha}, or
{sA7rdham}, or comp.; often pl.) AV. PañcavBr. MBh. &c.; heroism, prowess W.; a hostile host
S'is'.; money paid as a fine for manslaughter TândyaBr.
vairaagya = uncolouredness, not desiring physical objects

vairaagyaM = renunciation

vairaagyeNa = by detachment

vairaajya = excelent rulership

vairiNaM = greatest enemy

vairishhu = on enemies

vais'aarada* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-zArada}) experienced, skilled, expert, unerring BhP.; n. profound
learning R.

vais'aaradya* = n. experience, skill in (loc.), expertness, wisdom MBh. Bâlar. Sâh.; clearness of
intellect, infallibility Yogas. BriÂrUp. Sch.; Buddha's confidence in himself (of four kinds)
DivyA7v. (cf. Dharmas. 77).

vais'eshika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-zeSa}, p. 990) special, peculiar, specific, characteristic Âpast.
Sus'r. Bhâshâp. Hcat.; distinguished, excellent, pre-eminent MBh.; relating or belonging to or
based on or dealing with the Vais'eshika doctrine Bhâshâp. Madhus.; m. a follower of the
VñVais'eshika doctrine Kap. Kusum. Buddh.; n. peculiarity, distinction Kan.; N. of the later of the
two great divisions of the Nyâya school of philosophy (it was founded by Kana7da, and differs
from the, `" Nyâya proper "' founded by Gautama, in propounding only seven categories or topics
instead of sixteen; and more especially in its doctrine of {vizeSa}, or eternally distinct nature of
the nine substances, air, fire, water, earth, mind, ether, time, space, and soul, of which the first
five, including mind, are held to be atomic) IW. 65 &c. [1026,3]

vaishya = the caste of merchants and professionals

vaishyaH = mercantile people

vaishravaNa = son of Vishravas (typically applied only to Kubera)

vais'va* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vizva}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.), relating to or
presided over by the Vis've Devâh; ({I}) f. N. of the Nakshatra Uttara7shâdha L.; n. id. VarBriS.;
(with {yuga}) the 8th cycle of 5 years in the 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarYogay.

vaishvaanaraH = My plenary portion as the digesting fire

vaishhNava = a large sect of the followers of Sri Vishnu

vaitaanika * mf({I})n. = {vaitAna} (with {dvi-ja} or {vipra}, a Brâhman who observes the precepts
relative to the three sacred fires) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; sacrificial, sacred (as fire) W.; n. a burnt-
offering (esp. of clarified butter, as presented daily by the Brâhmans) W.

vaitanika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vetana}) living on wages, serving for wages; m. a hireling, labourer

vaitaana * = mf({I})n. (fr. 2. {vi-tAna}) relating to or performed with the three sacred fires
GriS'rS. Mn. MBh.; m. (m. c.) = {vitAna}, a canopy BhP. (accord. to Comm. = {vitAna-samUha});
a patr. Caran. (v.l. {vaitAyana}); n. a rite performed with the three sacred fires PârGri. Mn. &c.; an
oblation with fire W.
vaitaalika * =1 m. one who is possessed by a Vetâla, the servant of a Vetâla W.; the worshipper of a
Vetâla MW.; a magician, conjurer ib.

vaitaalika * = 2 m. (fr. {vi-tAla}) a bard, panegyrist of a king (whose duty also is to proclaim the
hour of day) MBh. Kâv. &c.; = {-kheDDatAla} L.; one who sings out of tune (?) W. (prob. w.r. for
2. {vaitAnika} above); n. knowledge of one of the 64 arts BhP. Sch.

vaivasvata * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{vivasvat}) coming from or belonging to the sun R. ; relating or
belonging to Yama Vaivasvata Kaus3. MBh. Ka1v. ; relating to Manu Vaivasvata MBh. Hariv. Pur.
; m. patr. of Yama RV. &c. &c. ; of a Man3u AV. S3Br. &c. ; of the planet Saturn L. ; N. of one of
the Rudras VP. ; (%{I}) f. a daughter of Su1rya MBh. ; patr. of Yami1 MW. ; the south L. ; N. of
Yamuna1 A. ; n. (scil. %{antara}) N. of the 7th or present Manv-antara (as presided over by Manu
Vaivasvata) MW.

vaivasvatamanvantara* = n. N. of the 7th or present Manvantara (q.v.) MW.

vaivasvatIya * = mfn. relating to Manu Vaivasvata Ra1jat

vaiyaakaraNa = Grammar

vaiyaakaraNasyaishhaH = to the grammarian+this

vaiyaasika: derived from or composed by Vyâsa suka, the son of Ãyâsa

vajra = one of the channels in the spine, a thunderbolt, diamond

vajra-maNii = diamond

vajraM = the thunderbolt

vajram.h = (n) diamond

vajraasana = the thunderbolt posture

vajrolii = the thunderbolt contraction

vaksha = chest

vakshaHsthalam.h = (n) breasts, chest

vakshoja = breasts

vakshyaami = shall explain

vaktaaram.h = the man who speaks or utters

vaktuM = to say

vaktri = orator

vaktra = the mouth

vaktraM = face

vaktraaNi = the mouths

vakra = Retrogra * mf({A})n. crooked, curved, bent, tortuous, twisted, wry, oblique AV. &c. &c.;
curled, curly (as hair) AV. &c. &c.; having an apparently backward motion, retrograde (said of
planets) Sûryas. Var. &c. [911, 1]; (in prosody) long (the form of the long mark being curved);
crooked in disposition, cunning, fraudulent, dishonest, evasive, ambiguous KathhUp. MBh. &c.;
hostile, cruel, malignant, inauspicious Kâv. Kathâs. Sâh.; m. a nose L.; the planet Mars VarBriS.;
the planet Saturn L.; a partic. drug (= {parpaTa}) L.; N. of Rudra L.; of the Asura Bâna L.; of a
prince of the Karûshas MBh. (v.l. {vaktra}); of a Râkshasa R.; pl. N. of a people VP. (v.l. {cakra});
(â) f. a partic. musical instrument Lâthy.; (scil. {gati}) a partic. variation in the course of Mercury
VarBriS.; n. the winding course of a river, the arm or bend of a stream S'vetUp.; the apparent
retrograde motion of a planet MBh. Hariv. VarBriS.; a form of fracture (when a bone is bent or
only partially broken) Sus'r.; w.r. for {vaktra}.

vakragati = not straight

vakratuNDaaya = to one who has crooked limb or part(the twised broken tusk)

vakraa = (adj) curved, crooked

vakraasana = the curved posture

valakhilya = a class of tiny entities, about the size of a thumb

valaya = circle

valayam.h = (n) bangle

valgu * = mfn. (Un. i, 20) handsome, beautiful, lovely, attractive ({u4} ind. beautifully) RV. &c.
&c.; m. a goat L.; N. of one of the four tutelary deities of the Bodhi tree Lalit.; (prob.) N. of a place
g. {varaNA7di}; n. an eyelash L. ja m. or

valli = (fem) creeper

vamati = (1 pp) to vomit

vams'a*= m. (derivation doubtful) the bamboo cane or any cane (accord. to L. also `" sugarcane "'
and `" Shorea Robusta "') RV. &c. &c.; the upper timbers or beams of a house, the rafters or laths
fastened to the beams (of a roof; cf. {prAcIna-v-}) AV. &c. &c.; a cross-beam, joist, joint VarBriS.;
a reed-pipe, flute, fife Kâv. Râjat.; the back-bone, spine VarBriS. BhP.; a hollow or tubular bone
BhP. (B.) Sch.; the upper nasal bone L.; the central projecting part of a scimitar or sabre VarBriS.;
the line of a pedigree or genealogy (from its resemblance to the succession of joints in a bamboo),
lineage race, family, stock S'Br. &c. &c. (esp. a noble race, a dynasty of kings, a list of teachers &c.;
cf. Pân. 2-1, 19 Sch.); offspring, a son BhP.; (ifc.) a succession or collection of similar things,
assemblage multitude, host (as of chariots, stars &c.) MBh. Kâv. &c; a partic. measure of length (=
10 Hastas) Lîl.; a partic. musical note S'is'.; pride, arrogance Vâs.; bamboo-manna L.; N. of
Vishnu L. ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras (daughter of Prâdhâ) MBh.; ({I}) f. see s.v.

vanaprastha* = m. or n. (?) a forest situated on elevated or table land MBh.; N. of a place Râjat.;
mfn. retiring into a forest, living the life of an anchorite MW.
vanara * = m.= {vAnara}, an ape L.

vañcita* = mfn. deceived, tricked, imposed upon MBh. Kâv. &c.; (â) f. a kind of riddle or enigma
Cat.

vanga = Bengal

va.nda = Worship

va.nde = (Vr. Pr.I. P.Sing.AP)bow; salute

vandatha * = m. `" a praiser "' or `" one deserving praise "' L.

vandita4 * =mfn. praised, extolled, celebrated AV. &c. &c.

vandin * =mfn. to praise or honour (ifc.) Kum. (cf. 1. {bandin}).

va4ndya * =mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy RV. &c. &c.; to be saluted reverentially, adorable,
very venerable Kâv. Kathâs.; to be regarded or respected L.; m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. a
parasitical plant L.; {-go-rocanA} L.; N. of a Yakshî Kathâs.

vandra * =mfn. praising, doing homage, worshipping Un. ii, 13 Sch.; m. a worshipper, votary,
follower W.; n. prosperity, plenty abundance L.

va.nsha = family

va.nshahiina = without family

vana = forest

vanaM = forest

vanachara = animal

vanaprastha* = m. or n. (?) a forest situated on elevated or table land MBh.; N. of a place Ra1jat.;
mfn. retiring into a forest, living the life of an anchorite MW.

vaanaprastha* = m. (fr. %{vana-prastha}) a Bra1hman in the third stage of life (who has passed
through the stages of student and householder and has abandoned his house and family for an
ascetic life in the woods; see %{Azrama}), hermit, anchorite (mentioned by Megasthenes under
the name $) A1past. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL. 362; a class of supernatural beings MW.; Bassia Latifolia
or Butea Frondosa L.; mfn. relating to a Va1naprastha; m. (scil. %{Azrama}) the third stage of a
Bra1hman's life, forest-life MBh. R. Hariv.

vanaspatishaastram.h = botany

vantaH = subject to

vand.h = to bow down

vanda = Worship
vandate = (1 ap) to salute

vandita = praised, saluted

vande = worship

vandya* mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy RV. &c. &c.; to be saluted reverentially, adorable, very
venerable Kâv. Kathâs.; to be regarded or respected L.; m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. a parasitical
plant L.; {-go-rocanA} L.; N. of a Yakshî Kathâs.

vandin * = mfn. to praise or honour (ifc.) Kum. (cf. 1. {bandin}

vanhiH = fire

vani* = f. wish, desire AV. m. fire L. ({va4ni} ifc.) procuring, bestowing (cf. {rAyas-poSa-v-} and
Pân. 3-2, 27).

vanii* = see under 1. {vana}.

vapati = (1 pp) to sow

vapuH = body

vapuna* = m. a god L.; n. knowledge L. (w.r. for {vayuna}).

vara = Groom

vara4 * = 2 inf({A})n. (fr. 2. {vR}) choosing (see {patiM-varA}, {svayaM-varA}); m. `" chooser "',
one who solicits a girl in marriage, suitor, lover, bridegroom, husband (rarely `" son-in-law "') RV.
&c. &c.; a bridegroom's friend MW.; a dissolute man (= {vita} or {SiDga}) L.; ({va4ra}) mf({A})n.
`" select "', choicest, valuable, precious, best, most excellent or eminent among (gen. loc. abl., or
comp.) or for (gen.) S'rS. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) royal, princely Jâtakam.; better, preferable, better than
(abl., rarely gen.) or among (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.; eldest W.; ({am}) ind. (g. {svar-Adi}) preferably,
rather, better (also = preferable, sometimes with abl. which in Veda is often followed by {A} e.g.
{agni4bhyo va4ram}, `" better than fires "' RV.; {sa4kkibhya A4 va4ram}, `" better than
companions "' ib.; exceptionally with acc. e.g. {ziSyaiH zata-hutAn homAn}, {ekaH putra-kut
varam}, `" better one sacrifice offered by a son than a hundred offered by disciples "' ShadvBr.)
RV. &c. &c.; it is better that, it would be best if (with pres. e.g. {varaM gacchAmi}, `" it is better
that I go "'; or with Impv. e.g. {varaM naye sthApyatAm}, `" it would be better if he were initiated
into our plan "' Kathâs.; or without any verb e.g. {varaM siMhAt}, `" better [death caused] by a
lion "' Pañcat.; sometimes with Pot., e. {varaM tat kuryAt}, `" better that he should do that Kâm.)
Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; it is better than, rather than (in these senses {varam} is followed by, {na}, {na
ca} {na tu}, {na punaH} {tad api na} or {tathA7pi na}, with nom. e.g. {varaM mRzyur
nacA7kIrtiH}, `" better death than [lit. `" and not "'] infamy "'; exeptionally with instr. e.g. {varam
eko guNI putro ta ca mUrkha-zatair api}, `" better one virtuous son than hundreds of fools "' Hit.;
{na hi-varam}, `" by no mean - but rather "') Mn. MBh. &c.; m. (rarely n.; ifc. f. {A}) `" act or
object of choosing, election, wish, request; boon, gift, reward, benefit, blessing, favour ({va4rAya},
{va4ram A4}, {pra4ti va4ram} or {va4raM varam}, `" according to wish, to one's heart's content
"'; {mad-varAt}, in consequence of the boon granted by me "'; {va4raM-vR}, to choose a boon "';
{varaM-yAc} or {A-kAGkS} or {brU} or Caus. of {pra-arth}, `" to prefer a request "'; {va4raMdA},
`" to grant a boon or blessing "'; {varam pra-dA} or {pra-yam} id.; {varaM-labh}, to receive a
boon or reward "') RV. &c. &c.; a benefit, advantage, privilege Das'.; charity, alms VarBriS.; a
dowry Pañcat.; m. a kind of grain (= {varata}) KâtyS'r. Sch.; bdellium L.; a sparrow L.; N. of a son
of S'vaphalka VP.; ({A}) f. N. of various plants and vegetable products (accord. to L. `" the three
kinds of myrobolan "'; Clypea Hemandifolia; Asparagus Racemosus; Cocculus Cordifolius;
turmeric; Embelia Ribes; a root similar to ginger; = {brAhrnI} and {reNukA}) Sus'r.; N. of Pârvatî
L.; N. of a river BhP.; ({I}) f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; N. of Châya (the wife of Sûrya) L.; n.
saffron BhP. (In comp. not always separable from 1. {vara}.)

va4ra = 1 m. (fr. 1. {vR}), `" environing "', `" enclosing "', circumference, space, room RV. AV. TS.
({va4ra A4 pRthivyA4H}, on the wide earth); stopping, checking RV. i, 143, 5.

varaM = better

varaH = better

varada = the one granting boons * mf({A4})n. granting wishes, conferring a boon, ready to fulfil
requests or answer prayers (said of gods and men) AV. S'vetUp. TÂr. &c.; m. a benefactor W.; N.
of Agni in S'ântika Griihyâs.; fire for burnt offerings of a propitiatory character W.; N. of one of
Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a partic. class of deceased ancestors MârkP.; of a partic. Samâdhi
Kârand.; of one of the 7 Rishis in the 4th Manv-antara VP.; of a Dhyâni-buddha W.; (mostly with
{AcArya}, {kavi}, {dezika}, {bhaTTAraka} or {dezñdezika Ac-}) N. of various authors and other
men Cat.; pl. N. of a people R.; ({A}) f. a young woman, girl, maiden L.; N. of a guardian goddess
in the family of Vara-tantu Cat.; of a Yoginî Hcat. (cf. {vara-pradA}); of various plants, Physalis
Flexuosa Bhpr. Npr.; Polanisia Icosandra L.; Helianthus Npr.; Linum Usitatissimum Bhpr.; the
root of yam ib.; = {tri-parNI} Npr.; N. of a river MBh. Kâv.; {gaNapati-stotra}, {-gaNe7?za-stotra}
n. N. of Stotras; {-caturthI} f. N. of the 4th day in the light half of the month Mâgha Cat. (prob.
w.r. for {varadA-caturthI}); {-nAtha}, {-thA7cArya-sUnu}, {-nAyaka-sUri} (Cat.), {-bhaTTa} (V.
P, ), {-mUrti} (Cat.) m. N. of authors; {-rAja} m. (also with {AcArya}, {colapaNDita}, {bhaTTa},
{bhaTTAraka}) N. of various authors and other persons Cat. ({-ja-campU} f. {-daNDaka},
{-paJcAzat} f. {-maGgala}, {-mahiSI-stotra} n. {-mUla} n. {-zataka} n. {-su-prabhAta}, {-stava}
m. {-stotra} n.; {-jA7STaka} n. {-jA7STo7ttara-zata} n. N. of wks.; {-jIya} mfn. coming from or
relating to or composed by Varada-râja; n. N. of wk.); {-viSNu-sUri} m. N. of a Commentator Cat.;
{-hasta} m. the beneficent hand (of a deity or benefactor of any kind) MW.; {-das-caturthI} see
{varada-c-} above L.; {-dA-tantra} n. N. of wk.; {odA7dhiza-yajvan} m. N. of an author Cat.;
{-dA7rka} m. {-do7paniSad-dIpikA} f. N. of wks.

varadaM = that which gives boons

varadamuurtaye = to the personified boongiver

varaan.h = (masc.Acc.Pl.) boons; bridegrooms

varaanane = Oh! lady having the best face!

varaaha = the boar

varaahaH = (m) pig, boar

varaaya * = Nom, (only {-yita} n. impers.) to be or represent a boon Kathâs.

varishhTham.h = the foremost

varcas* = n. ( {ruc}) vital power, vigour, energy, activity, (esp.) the illuminating power of fire or
the sun i.e. brilliance, lustre, light RV. &c. &c.; colour R. BhP. [924, 2]; splendour, glory Kâv. Pur.;
form, figure, shape L.; excrement, ordure, feces Râjat. Sus'r.; m. N. of a son of Soma MBh.; of a
son of Su-tejas or Su-ketas ib.; of Râkshava BhP. (Sch.)
vardhate = (1 ap) to grow, to increase

vardhana = Who prospers

vardhamaanakaH = (m) special containers used to store pickles

vareNya * = mfn. to be wished for, desirable, excellent, best among (gen.) RV. &c. &c.; m. a partic.
class of deceased ancestors MârkP.; N. of a son of Bhriigu MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of S'iva's wife L.; n.
supreme bliss VP.; saffron L.

vareNyakratu * = ({vA-}) mfn. having excellent understanding, intelligent, wise RV. AV.

varga = Divisional or Harmonic Charts;varga* (accented only in Nigh.) m. (fr. {vRj}) one who
excludes or removes or averts KaushUp.; (ifc. f. {A}) a separate division, class, set, multitude of
similar things (animate or inanimate), group, company, family, party, side (mostly ifc. e.g.
{catur-}, {tri-v-} q.v.; often pl. for sg.) KâtyS'r. Prât. &c.; (esp.) any series or group of words
classified together (as {manuSya-vanas-pati-v-} &c.), or a class or series of consonants in the
alphabet (seven such classes being given, viz. {ka-varga}, `" the class of Guttural letters {ca-kAra-
v-}, or {ca-v-}, `" the Palatals "' [924, 1]; {Ta-v-} `" the Cerebrals "'; {ta-v-} `" the Dentals "'; {pa-
v-} `" the Labials "'; {ya-v-} `" the Semivowels "'; {za-v-} `" the Sibilants "', and the aspirate h cf.
{varga-dvitIya} and {-prathama}) Prât. VarBriS. Vop.; everything comprehended under any
department or head, everything included under a category, province or sphere of. VarBriS.; = {tri-
varga} (q.v.) BhP.; a section, chapter, division of a book, (esp.) a subdivision of an Adhyâya in the
Riig-veda (which accord. to the mere mechanical division, contains 8 Ashtakas or 64 Adhyîyas or
2006 Vargas; cf. {maNDala}) and a similar subdivision in the Briihad-devatâ; (in alg.) the square
of a number Col. (e.g. {paJca-v-}, square of five cf. {bhinna-v-}); = {bala}, strength Naigh. ii, 9; N.
of a country Buddh.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.

vargamuula = square root

vargottama = Same sign in navaa.nsha as in Bhavi usually increasing power for good or bad

varjayet.h = (verb III P.sing.PP) should be avoided; given up

varjitaaH = are devoid of

varN* = (rather Nom. fr. {varNa}) cl. 10. P. (Dhâtup. xxxv, 83) {varNayati} (m.c. also {-te}; aor.
{avavarNat}; inf. {varNayitum} or {varNitum}), to paint, colour, dye. Yâjñ. Das'.; to depict,
picture, write, describe, relate, tell, explain MBh. Kâv. &c.; to regard, consider Kathâs.; to spread,
extend MBh.; to praise, extol, proclaim qualities W.: Pass. {varNyate} (aor. {avarNi}), to be
coloured or described &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.

va4rNa-ja* = mfn. produced from castes VarBriS.

varNatanu* = f. N. of a partic. Mantra addressed to Sarasvatî Cat.

varNatas* = ind. by or with or according to colour &c. RPrât. AgP.

varNada* = mfn. giving colour, colouring, dyeing W.; giving tribe &c. ib.; n. a kind of fragrant
yellow wood L.

varNadUta* = m. `" letter-messenger "', a letter, epistle L.

varNapAta* = m. the dropping or omission of a letter in pronunciation MW.

varNapuSpa* = n. the blossom of globe-amaranth L.; ({I}) f. Echinops Echinatus L.

varNa = color * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}, prob. fr. 1. {vR}; ifc. f. {A}) a covering, cloak, mantle
L.; a cover, lid Yâjñ. iii, 99; outward appearance, exterior, form, figure, shape, colour RV. &c. &c.;
colour of the face, (esp.) good colour or complexion, lustre, beauty Mn. MBh. &c.; colour, tint,
dye, pigment (for painting or writing) MBh. Kâv. &c.; colour = race, species, kind, sort, character,
nature, quality, property (applied to persons and things) RV. &c. &c.; class of men, tribe, order,
caste (prob. from contrast of colour between the dark aboriginal tribes and their fair conquerors;
in RV. esp. applied to the Âryas and the Dâsas; but more properly applicable to the four principal
classes described in Manu's code, viz. Brâhmans, Kshatriyas, Vais'yas, and s'ûdras; the more
modern word for `" caste "' being jâti; cf. IW. 210 n. 1) ib.; a letter, sound, vowel, syllable, word
Br. Prât. &c.; a musical sound or note (also applied to the voice of animals) MBh. R. Pañcat.; the
order or arrangement of a song or poem W.; praise, commendation, renown, glory Mriicch. Kum.
Râjat.; (in alg.) an unknown magnitude or quantity; (in arithm.) the figure, `" one "'; (accord. to
some) a co-efficient; a kind of measure L. (cf. {-tAla}); gold L.; a religious observance L.; one who
wards off, expeller Sây. on RV. i, 104, 2; ({A}) f. Cajanus Indicus L.; n. saffron L. [Cf. accord. to
some, Slav. {vranu8}, `" black "', `" a crow "'; Lith. {vA7rnas}, `" a crow. "']

varNaM = colors

varNayaaM = do we describe

varNasankara = of unwanted children

varNasankaraH = unwanted progeny

varNaadii.n = the letter groups or caste groups

varsha = Year

varsha * = mf({A})n. (fr. {vRS}) raining (ifc. e.g. {kAma-v-}, raining according to one's wish)
BhP.; m. and (older) n. (ifc. f. {A}) rain, raining, a shower (either `" of rain "', or fig. `" of flowers,
arrows, dust &c. "'; also applied to seminal effusion) RV. &c. &c.; (pl.) the rains AV. (cf. {varSA}
f.); a cloud L.; a year (commonly applied to age) Br. &c. &c. ({A varSAt}, for a whole year;
{varSAt}, after a year; {varSeNa} within a year; {varSe} every year); a day (?) R. vii, 73, 5 (Sch.); a
division of the earth as separated off by certain mountain ranges (9 such divisions are
enumerated, viz. Kuru, Hiranmaya, Ramyaka, Ila7vriita, Hari; Ketu-mâlâ, Bhadra7s'iva. Kimnara,
and Bhârata "'; sometimes the number given is 7) MBh. Pur. (cf. IW. 420); India (=
{bhAratavarSa} and {jambu-dvIpa}) L.; m. N. of a grammarian Kathâs.; ({A4}) f. see p. 92 7, col.
2.

varshaa4* = f. rain S'ânkhGri. VarBriS.; pl. (exceptionally sg.) the rains, rainy season, monsoon
(lastyear into six seasons [see {Rtu}], the rains falling in some places during S'râvana and Bhâdra,
and in others during Bhâdra and Âs'vina; and in others for a longer period) TS. &c. &c.; Medicago
Esculenta L. [Cf. Gk. $, `" rain-drops. "']

varshaphala = Annual results. Method of Progression using Solar Returns

varshh.h = to pour

varshha = year
varshhaM = rain

varshhatu = (Vr.Imp.IIIP S)let it rain

varshhaa = monsoon

vartani* = f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a wheel, rut, path, way,
course ib. AV. ChUp.; the course of rivers RV. TS.; the eyelashes S'Br. (cf. {vartman}); the eastern
country L.; = {stotra} g. {uJchA7di}.

vartanin* = see {eka-}, {ubhaya-} and {sahasra-v-}.

vartanIya* = mfn. to be stayed or dwelt in; n. (impers.) it should be applied or attended to (loc.)
Vcar.

varti-tva* = n. (ifc.) treatment as of Kâm.

vartin* = mfn. abiding, staying, resting, living or situated in (mostly comp.) Kâv. Kathâs. &c.;
(ifc.) being in any position or condition, engaged in, practising, performing MBh. R. &c.; obeying,
executing (an order; cf. {nideza-v-}); conducting one's self, behaving, acting Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.)
behaving properly towards ib. (cf. {guru-v-}; {guru-vat} = {gurAv iva}); turning, moving, going
MW.; m. the meaning of an affix (= {pratyayA7rtha}) Pat.

varti4s* = n. circuit, orbit RV.; lodging, abode ib. (= {mArga} Mahîdh.; = {gRha} Sây.)

vartIkR* = P. {-karoti}, to make into a paste or pill, &c. SârngS.

vartula* = mf({A})n. round, circular, globular BhP. Vet. Hcat.; m. a kind of pea Madanav.; a ball
L.; N. of one of S'iva's attendants L.; ({A}) f. a ball at the end of a spindle to assist its rotation, L,;
({I}) f. Scindapsus Officinalis L.; n. a circle Cat.; the bulb of a kind of onion L.

vartuli* = (gender doubtful), a kind of bean Buddh.

vartma* = in comp. for {vartman}.

vartate = (1 ap) to exist, to be

vartana = Behavior

vartani* = f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a wheel, rut, path, way,
course ib. AV. ChUp.; the course of rivers RV. TS.; the eyelashes S'Br. (cf. {vartman}); the eastern
country L.; = {stotra} g. {uJchA7di}.

vartante = are being engaged

vartman* = n. the track or rut of a wheel, path, road, way, course (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (instr.
or loc. ifc. = by way of. along, through, by); an edge, border, rim Sus'r.; an eyelid (as encircling the
eye) AV. ChUp. Sus'r.; basis, foundation, RPrat. (cf. {dyUta-v-}).

vartamana = present

vartamaana = Present
vartamaanaH = being situated* = vartamAna* mfn. turning, moving, existing, living, abiding &c.;
present KâtyS'r.; ({A}) f. the terminations of the present tense Kât.; n. presence, the present time
Kâv. BhP.; (in gram.) the present tense.

vartamaanaani = present

vartaya = to operate (causal from vart.h)

vartin.h = one who lives / behaves

vartitaa= * f. (ifc.) conduct or behaviour towards R.

vartita= *mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned , rounded (see %{su-v-}) ; turned about , rolled (as a wheel) BhP.
; caused to be or exist , brought about , accomplished , prepared MBh. Pan5cat. ; spent , passed
(as time or life) MBh. BhP.

vartitavya= *mfn. to be dwelt or stayed in BhP. ; to be carried out or practised or observed R. ; to

be treated or dealt with MBh. ; n. (impers.) it should be abided or remained in (loc. ; with
%{asmad-vaze} , `" in obedience to us "' - `" we ought to be obeyed "') BhP. Katha1s. Pan5cat. ; it
should be applied (by any one) to (loc.) MBh. R. ; it should be lived or existed Pan5cat. ; (with an
adv. or instr.) it should be proceeded or behaved towards or dealt in any way with any one (loc.
gen. , or instr. with %{saha}) MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{mAtR-vat} = %{mAta4rva} , `" as with a mother
"').

varte = I am engaged

varteta = remains

varteyaM = thus engage

vartma = path

vartmani = on the path

varuNaH = the demigod controlling the water

varya * =mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {vR}) to be chosen, eligible, to be asked or obtained in marriage Pân. 3-
i, 101 Sch.; excellent, eminent, chief, principal, best of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. the god
of love L.; ({A}) f. a girl who chooses her husband L.

vasaa * = (sometimes written {vazA}) f. `" shining "', `" white "', the serum or marrow of the flesh
(considered by some as distinct from that of the bones by others as the same), marrow, fat, grease,
lard, suet, melted fat, any fatty or oily substance VS. &c. &c.; brain Kathâs.; a partic. root similar
to ginger L.; N. of a river MBh.

vasa * = m. or n. dwelling, residence (see {dur-vasa}); ({A4}) f. (accord. to some) id. (?) RV. v. 2,
6.

vasat.h = one who lives

vasana = dwelling * = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 3) cloth, clothes, dress, garment, apparel, attire (du. an
upper and lower garment) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} = clothed in, surrounded by, engrossed by i.e.
wholly devoted or attached to e.g. to a doctrine Ka1v. Pur.) ; investment, siege L. ; a leaf of the
cinnamon tree L. ; (also %{A} f.) an ornament woris by women round the loins L. //2 n. (for 1. see
col. 1) dwelling, abiding, sojourn, residence in (comp.) MBh.

vas'ana* = n. wishing, desiring, willing &c. Pa1n2. 3-3, 58 Va1rtt. 3 Sch.

vasanaM = pitambharam

vasanta = the deity of Spring, also Spring itself

vasantau = (and) Spring season

vasaanaM = having worn

vasana * = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 3) cloth, clothes, dress, garment, apparel, attire (du. an upper and
lower garment) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. {A} = clothed in, surrounded by, engrossed by i.e. wholly
devoted or attached to e.g. to a doctrine Kâv. Pur.); investment, siege L.; a leaf of the cinnamon
tree L.; (also {A} f.) an ornament woris by women round the loins L. \\ 2 n. (for 1. see col. 1)
dwelling, abiding, sojourn, residence in (comp.) MBh.

vasantakaala * = m. spring-time, vernal season R.

vasati = (1 pp) to stay, dwell

vasaunaaM = of the Vasus

vasav = of clothes, wearing clothes

vasavaH = the Vasus

vasha = Agree

vas'a* = 1 m. will, wish, desire RV. &c. &c. (also pl. {va4zAn a4nu} or {a4nu va4za}, `" according
to wish or will, at pleasure "'); authority, power, control, dominion (in AV. personified) ib. (acc.
with verbs of going e.g. with {i}, {anu-i}, {gam}, {A-gam}, {ya}, {A-pad}, {A-sthA} &c., `" to fall
into a persoñs [gen.] power, become subject or give way to "'; acc. with {nI}, {A-nI} and {pra-yuj},
or loc. with {kR}, {labh} or Caus. of {sthA} or {saM-sthA}, `" to reduce to subjection, subdue "';
loc. with {bhU}, {vRt}, {sthA} and {saM-sthA}, `" to be in a persoñs [gen.] power "'; {vazena},
{-zAt}, and {-za-taH}, with gen. or ifc., `" by command of, by force of, on account of, by means of,
according to "'); birth, origin L.; a brothel L. (cf. {veza}); Carissa Carandas L.; the son of a Vais'ya
and a Karanî L.; N. of a Riishi preserved by the As'vins RV.; (with {azvya}) of the supposed author
of RV. viii, 46 (in S'Br. &c. also of this hymn itself); = {vAlmIki} Gal.; pl. N. of a people AitBr.
MBh.; ({A}) f. see below; mf({A})n. willing, submissive, obedient, subject to or dependent on
(gen.) Kathâs. BhP. Pañcat.; docile L.; free, licentious L.

vas'a* = 2 n. (cf. {vasA}) liquid fat, grease AV. AitBr. Kâthh.

vas'aa* = f. (rather fr. {vAz}, as `" the lowing animal "', than fr. {vaz}) a cow (esp. barren) RV. AV.
Br. GriS'rS.; (with {a4vI}) a ewe TS. TBr.; a female elephant Vikr. Kathâs.; a barren woman Mn.
viii, 28; any woman or wife L.; a daughter L.; Premna Spinosa and Longifolia L. [Cf. accord. to
some, Lat. {vacca}.]

vashaM = control
vashaaH = (Nom.Pl.) (are under) control or influence

vashath * = ind. (accord. to some fr. 1. {vah}; cf. 2. {vaT} and {vauSaT}) an exclamation uttered by
the Hotrii priest at the end of the sacrificial verse (on hearing which the Adhvaryu priest casts the
oblation offered to the deity into the fire; it is joined with a dat. e.g. {pUSNe vaSaT}; with {kR}, to
utter the exclamation {vaSaT} "') RV. VS. Br. S'rS. Mn. MBh. Pur

vashaat.h = under obligation

vashii = one who is controlled

vashii+kri = to conquer, overcome

vashe = in full subjugation

yas'oda*= mfn. conferring fame or renown L.; m. quicksilver L. (cf. {yazo-dhA}); ({A}) f. see 1.
{yazo-dA}.

yas'odaa*= f. (of {yazoda}) N. of the daughter of a class of deceased ancestors Hariv.; of the wife
of the cowherd Nanda (Kriishna's foster-mother who nursed him immediately after his birth cf.
IW. 332) Hariv. Pur. &c.; of the wife of Mahâ-vîra (and daughter of Samaravîra) W.; {-garbha-
sambhUtA} f. N. of Durgâ MBh.; {-nanda} (Hariv.), {-nandana} (Pañcar.), {-suta} (Cân.), m. `"
Yas'o-dâ's son "', metron. of Kriishna. -2.\\*=mfn. bestowing fame or honour TS.; f. N. of partic.
bricks ib. ÂpS'r.

vas'itva * = n. freedom of will, the being one's own master MBh. Hariv. [929, 3]; power or
dominion over (loc.) Sarvad.; the supernatural power of subduing to one's own will MârkP.
Pañcar. &c.; mastery of one's self, self-command Kum. MârkP.; subduing by magical means,
fascinating, bewitching MW.

vas'itaa * = f. subjugation, dominion W.; the supernatural power of subduing all to one's own will,
unbounded power of (comp.; a Bodhi-sattva is said to have 10 Vas'itâs, viz. {Ayur-}, {citta-},
{pariSkAra-}, {dharma-}, {Rddhi-}, {janma-}, {adhimukti-}, {praNidhAna-}, {karma-}, and
{jAna-v-} Dharmas. 74) BhP. Buddh.; subduing by the use of magical means, fascinating,
bewitching W.

vasishthha * = mfn. (superl. fr. 1. {va4su}; cf. {va4sIyas} and under 3. {vas}) most excellent, best,
richest RV. AV. Br. ChUp. MBh.; m. (wrongly written {vaziSTha}), `" the most wealthy "'N. of a
celebrated Vedic Riishi or sage (owner of the `" cow of plenty "', called Nandinî, offspring of
Surabhi, which by gransing all desires made him, as his name implies, master of every {vasu} or
desirable object; he was the typical representative of Brâhmanical rank, and the legends of his
conflict with Vis'vâ-mitra, who raised himself from the kingly or Kshatriya to the Brâhmanical
class, were probably founded on the actual struggles which took place between the Brâhmans and
Kshatriyas; a great many hymns of the RV. are ascribed to these two great rivals; those of the
seventh Mandala, besides some others, being attributed to Vasishthha, while those of the third
Mandala are assigned to Vis'vâ-mitra; in one of Vasishtha's hymns he is represented as king Su-
dâs "' family priest, an office to which Vis'vâ-mitra also aspired; in another hymn Vasishthha
claims to have been inspired by Varuna, and in another [RV. vii, 33, 11] he is called the son of the
Apsaras Urvas'î by Mitra and Varuna, whence his patronymic Maitrâvaruni [930,3]; in Manu i,
35, he is enumerated among the ten Prajâ-patis or Patriarchs produced by Manu Svâyambhuva
for the peopling of the universe; in the MBh. he is mentioned as the family priest of the solar race
or family of Ikshvâku and Râma-candra, and in the Purânas as one of the arrangers of the Vedas
in the Dvâpara age; he is, moreover, called the father of Aurva [Hariv.], of the Sukâlins [Mn.], of
seven sons [Hariv. Pur.], and the husband of Aksha-mâlâ or Arundhatî [MBh.] and of Ûrjâ [Pur.];
other legends make him one of the 7 patriarchal sages regarded as forming the Great Bear in
which he represents the star (see {RSi}) RV. &c. &c. (cf. IW. 361; 402 n. 1 &c.); N. of the author of
a law-book and other wks. (prob. intended to be ascribed to the Vedic Riishi above); pl. the family
of Vasishthha RV. S'Br. S'rS. ({vasiSThasyA7GkuzaH} &c.N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr.); N. of an
Anuvâka Pat. on Pân. 4-3, 131 Vârtt. 2; n. flesh Gal.

vashya = under control

vas.h = to livevasudhara = one that is wearing vasu, earth

vasti = internal cleansing

vastu = Article* = 1 f. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) becoming light, dawning, morning RV. VS. (gen.
{va4stoH}, in the mñmorning; {va4stor vastoH}, every mñmorning; {va4stor asyA4H}, this
mñmorning; {pra4ti va4stoH}, towards mñmorning; dat. {va4stave} see under 2. {vas}).

vastu* = 2 n. (for 1. see p. 931, col. 3) the seat or place of (see {kapila-}, {vraNa-v-}); any really
existing or abiding substance or essence, thing, object, article Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c. (also
applied to living beings e.g. S'ak. ii, 7/8); (in phil.) the real (opp. to {a-v-}, `" that which does not
really exist, the unreal "'; {a-dvitIya-v-}, `" the one real substance or essence which has no second
"') IW. 53 n. 1; 103 &c.; the right thing, a valuable or worthy object, object of or for (comp.) Kâv.;
goods, wealth, property (cf. {-vinimaya} and {-hAni}); the thing in question matter, affair,
circumstance MBh. Kâv. &c.; subject, subject-matter, contents, theme (of a speech &c.), plot (of a
drama or poem) Kâv. Das'ar. Sâh. &c.; (in music) a kind of composition Sangît.; natural
disposition, essential property W.; the pith or substance of anything W.

vastutaH = actually, in reality

vastuuni = objects

vastunirdes'a* = m. table of contents, register Kâvya7d. Sâh.

vastra = Garment

vastrakos'a* = n. a clothes-bag L.

vastragriha* = n. '" cloth-house "', a tent L.

vastradazaa* = f. the border of a garment Gobh.

vastrapa* = m. pl. N. of a people MBh.

vastravat* = mfn. having fine clothes, welldressed MBh.

vastravidyaa* = w.r. for {vAstu-v-} q.v.

vastraveza* = m. or a tent L.

vastu* = 1 f. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) becoming light, dawning, morning RV. VS. (gen.
%{va4stoH}, in the mñmorning; %{va4stor@vastoH}, every mñmorning; %{va4stor@asyA4H},
this mñmorning; %{pra4ti@va4stoH}, towards mñmorning; dat. %{va4stave} see under 2.
%{vas}).//2 n. (for 1. see p. 931, col. 3) the seat or place of (see %{kapila-}, %{vraNa-v-}); any
really existing or abiding substance or essence, thing, object, article Ka1v. VarBr2S. Katha1s. &c.
(also applied to living beings e.g. S3ak. ii, 7/8); (in phil.) the real (opp. to %{a-v-}, `" that which
does not really exist, the unreal "'; %{a-dvitIya-v-}, `" the one real substance or essence which has
no second "') IW. 53 n. 1; 103 &c.; the right thing, a valuable or worthy object, object of or for
(comp.) Ka1v.; goods, wealth, property (cf. %{-vinimaya} and %{-hAni}); the thing in question
matter, affair, circumstance MBh. Ka1v. &c.; subject, subject-matter, contents, theme (of a speech
&c.), plot (of a drama or poem) Ka1v. Das3ar. Sa1h. &c.; (in music) a kind of composition
Sam2gi1t.; natural disposition, essential property W.; the pith or substance of anything W.//1. 2
see pp. 931 and 932.

vastutantra* = mfn. dependent on things, objective ({-tva} n.) S'ank.

vastutas* = ind. owing to the nature of things BhP.; in fact, in reality, actually, verily, essentially
ib. Râjat. Sarvad.

vastutaa* = f. (ifc.) the state of being the object of Pañcat.; = next BhP.

vasudhaa = earth

vasudhaiva = vasudhA(fem.nom.sing.)earth;world + eva:alone;itself

vasun.h = the eight Vasus

vasundharaa = (f) earth

vasu * = 1 mf({u} or {vI})n. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) excellent, good, beneficent RV. GriS'rS.;
sweet L.; dry L.; N. of the gods (as the `" good or bright ones, esp. of the Âdityas, Maruts, As'vins,
Indra, Ushas, Rudra, Vâyu, Vishnu, S'iva, and Kubera) RV. AV. MBh. R.; of a partic. class of gods
(whose number is usually eight, and whose chief is Indra, later Agni and Vishnu; they form one of
the nine Ganas or classes enumerated under Gana-devatâ q.v.; the eight Vasus were originally
personifications, like other Vedic deities, of natural phenomena, and are usually mentioned with
the other Ganas common in the Veda, viz. the eleven Rudras and the twelve Âdiyas, constituting
with them and with Dyaus, Heaven, and Priithivî, `" Earth "' [or, according to some, with Indra
and Prajâ-pati, or, according to others, with the two As'vins], the thirty-three gods to which
reference is frequently made; the names of the Vasus, according to the Vishnu-Purâna, are, 1. Âpa
[connected with {ap} "', `" water "']; 2. Dhruva, `" the Pole-star; 3. Soma, `" the Moon "'; 4. Dhava
or Dhara; 5. Anila, `" Wind "'; 6. Anala or Pâvaka, `" Fire "'; 7. Pratyusha, `" the Dawn "'; 8.
Prabhâsa, `" Light "'; but their names are variously given; Ahan, `" Day "', being sometimes
substituted for 1; in their relationship to Fire and Light they appear to belong to Vedic rather than
Purânic mythology) RV. &c. &c.; a symbolical N. of the number `" eight "' VarBriS.; a ray of light
Naigh. i, 15; a partic. ray of light VP.; = {jina} S'îl. (only L. the sun; the moon; fire; a rope, thong; a
tree; N. of two kinds of plant = {baka} and {pIta-madgu}; a lake, pond; a kind of fish; the the of
the yoke of a plough; the distance from the elbow to the closed fist); N. of a Rishi (with the patr.
Bharad-vâja, author of RV. ix, 80-82, reckoned among the seven sages) Hariv.; of a son of Manu
ib.; of a son of Uttâna-pâda ib.; of a prince of the Cedis also called Upari-cara MBh.; of a son of
Îlina ib.; of a son of Kus'a and the country called after him RV.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a
son of Kriishna ib.; of a son of Vatsara ib.; of a son of Hiranya-retas and the Varsha ruled by him
ib.; of a son of Bhûtajyotis ib.; of a son of Naraka ib.; of a king of Kas'mîra Cat. [931, 1]; ({u}) f.
light, radiance L.; a partic. drug L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of the Vasus (as a class
of gods) Hariv. VP.: ({vI}) f. night Naigh. i, 7; n. (in Veda gen. {va4sos}, {va4svas} and
{va4sunas}; also pl., exceptionally m.) wealth, goods, riches, property RV. &c. &c. ({vasoS-pati}
m. prob. `" the god of wealth or property "' AV. i, 12 [Paipp. {asoS-p-}, `" the god of life "'];
{va4sor-dhA4rA} f. `" stream of wealth "'N. of a partic. libation of Ghriita at the Agni-cayana AV.
TS. Br. &c.; of the wife of Agni BhP.; of the heavenly Gangâ MBh.; of sacred bathing-place ib.; of a
kind of vessel ib.; {-rA-prayoga} m. N. of wk.); gold (see {-varma-dhara}); a jewel, gem, pearl (see
{-mekhala}); any valuable or precious object L.; (also f.) a partic. drug L.; a kind of salt (=
{romaka}) L.; water L.; a horse (?) L.; = {zyAma} L

vasu * = 2 m. or n. (for 1. see p. 930, col. 3) dwelling or dweller (see {sa4M-vasu}).

vasu 2 m. or n. (for 1. see p. 930, col. 3) dwelling or dweller (see {sa4M-vasu}).

vasudeva * = m. N. of the father of Kriishna (he was the son of S'ûra, a descendant of Yadu of the
lunar line, and was also called Ânaka-dundubhi q.v., because at his birth the gods, foreseeing that
Vishnu would take a human form in his family, sounded the drums of heaven for joy; he was a
brother of Kuntî or Priithâ, the mother of the Pandu princes, who were thus cousins of Kriishna;
see 1. {kRSNa}) MBh. Hariv. BhP. &c.; of a king of the Kanva dynasty Pur. Vâs., Introd.; of
Kriishna Pañcar.; of the grandfather of the poet Mâgha Cat.; (also with {brahma-prasAda}) of two
authors Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of S'va-phalka VP.; n. the lunar mansion Dhanishthhâ
VarBriS.; {-janman} m. N. of Kriishna S'is'.; {-tA} f. a goddess granting wñwealth Hariv. (cf.
{vasu-devatA} below); {-putra} m. N. of Kriishna Kâv.; {-brahma-prasAda} m. N. of an author
Cat.; {-bhU} m. `" son of Vasu-deva "'N. of Kriishna L.; {-vA7tma-ja} m. id. Pañcar

vasya* = to be put on

vaasya* = to be (or being) covered or enveloped Îs'Up.; being worn; to be caused to dwell or settle
down; an axe

vath* = (prob. invented to serve as a root for the words below; cf. 1. {vRt}) cl. 1. P, {vaTati} (pf.
{vavATa} &c.), to surround, encompass Dhâtup. ix, 13; cl. 10. P. {vaTayati}, to tie, string, connect,
xxxv, 5; to divide, partition, xxxv, 65; to speak, xix, 1 7: Pass. {vaTyate} (only {vaTyante} Vishn.
xliii, 34), to be crushed or pounded or ground down.

va4th* = 2 ind. an interjection or exclamation used in sacrificial ceremonies TS.

vat* = 1 an affix (technically termed {vati}; see Pân. 5-1, 115 &c.) added to words to imply likeness
or resemblance, and generally translatable by `" as "', `" like "' (e.g. {brAhmaNa-vat}, like a
Brâhman; {pitR-vat} = {pite7va}, {pitaram iva}, {pitur iva} and {pitarI7va}).

vat* = 2 see {api-vat}.

vaath* = ind. (g. {cA7di}) an exclamation on performing a sacrifice (prob.= `" bring "' or `" take "',
fr. {vAh} = {vah}) VS. Br. S'rS.

vaat* = 1 ind. g. {cA7di}. [939, 3]

vaat* = 2 cl. 10. P. {vAtayati}, to fan (cf. {vAtaya}, p. 935, col. 2); to fan; to serve, make happy; to
go Dhâtup. xxxv, 30.

vaata*=1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 939, col. 3) blown &c.; ({vA4ta}) m. wind or the wind-god (pl. also `"
the Maruts "', cf. {vAyu}) RV. &c. &c.; wind, air Hit.; wind emitted from the body MBh. iv, 117;
wind or air as one of the humours of the body (also called {vAyu}, {mAruta}, {pavana}, {anila},
{samIraNa}) Kathâs. Sus'r. &c.; morbid affection of the windy humour, flatulence, gout,
rheumatism &c. VarBriS. S'riingâr.; N. of a people (see {vAta-pati} and {vAtA7dhipa}); of a
Râkshasa VP.; of a son of S'ûra ib.\\*=1 &c. see p. 934, col. 2 &c. *=2 mfn. (fr. {van}) = {vanita},
solicited, wished for, desired (cf. {vivasvad-v-}); attacked, assailed, injured, hurt (cf. 3. {a-v-} and
{nivAta}).
vaatha*= mf({I})n. (fr. {vaTa}) made or consisting of the Banyan or Indian fig-tree or its wood &c.
Mn. ii, 45; m. an enclosure, (either) a fence, wall, (or) a piece of enclosed ground, garden, park,
plantation MBh. Kâv. &c.; a district Das'.; a road Vâs.; the site of a house L.; Panicum Spicatum
W.; the groin W.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Maitrî L.; (also n. and [{I}] f.) an enclosure of a (low-
caste) village consisting of boundary trees L.; ({I}). f. a piece of enclosed ground, garden Hariv.
Sâh. BhP.; the site of a house L.; a hut L.; a species of bird Car.; n. = {varaNDa}, {aGga}, and
{anna-bheda}.

vata * = mfn. uttered, sounded, spoken W.; asked, begged ib.; killed, hurt MW.; (ind.) see {bata}.

vatha*= m. (perhaps Prâkriit for {vRta}, `" surrounded, covered "'; cf. {nyag-rodha}) the Banyan
or Indian fig. tree (Ficus Indica) MBh. Kâv. &c. RTL. 337 (also said to be n.); a sort of bird BhP.; a
small shell, the Cypraea Moneta or cowry L.; a pawn (in chess) L.; sulphur L.; = {sAmya} L.; N. of
a Tîrtha Vishn.; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Venukî L. (also n.
and {I} f.); a string, rope, tie L. (only {vaTa} ibc., and {paJca-v-}, q.v.); a small lump, globule &c. =
{vaTaka} S'ârngS.; ({I}) f. a kind of tree, Rajan.; (with {gA-DhA}) a partic. position in the game of
Catur-anga or chess L.; a little round ball L.

vathavrikshaH = (m) a banyan tree

vatsa* = yearling, a calf, the young of any animal, offspring, child, often used as a term of
endearment = my dear child, my darling; a son, boy

vatsya = reside

vaya = age

vayaM = (pron) we

vayanam.h = weaving

vayas* = 3 n. ( %{vI}) enjoyment , food , meal , oblation RV. AV. (cf. %{vIti}) [920,3] ; energy
(both bodily and mental) , strength , health , vigour , power , might RV. AV. VS. (often with
%{bRha4t} ; with %{dhA} and dat. or loc. of pers. `" to bestow vigour or might on "') ; vigorous
age , youth , prime of life , any period of life , age RV. &c. &c. (%{sarvANi@vayAMsi} , animals of
any age ; %{vayasA7nvita} or %{vayasA7tI7ta} , aged. old) ; degree , kind (in %{vayAMsi@pra-
brUhi}) S3Br.

vayasi = of age

vayasigate = vayasi+gate, when age has advanced/gone

vayasya *= mfn. being of an age or of the same age, contemporary MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a
contemporary, associate, companion, friend (often used in familiar address) ib.; ({A4}) f. a female
friend, a womañs confidante Mriicch. Kathâs.; (scil. {iSTakA}) N. of 19 bricks used for building
the sacrificial altar (so called from the word {vayas} in the formula of consecration) TS. Kâthh. Br.

veda = Ancient Indian Religious Texts

veDa * = n. a kind of coarse sandal (= {sAndra-vicchinna-candana}) L.; ({A}) f. (also written

{beDA}) a boat L. (cf. {veTI}).
veda * =1 m. (fr. 1. {vid} q.v.) knowledge, true or sacred knowledge or lore, knowledge of ritual
RV. AitBr.; N. of certain celebrated works which constitute the basis of the first period of the
Hindû religion (these works were primarily three, viz. 1. the Riig-veda, 2. the Yajur-veda [of which
there are, however, two divisions see {taittirIya-saMhitA}, {vAjasaneyi-saMhitA}], 3. the Sâma-
veda [1015,2]; these three works are sometimes called collectively {trayI}, `" the triple Vidyâ "' or
`" threefold knowledge "', but the Riig-veda is really the only original work of the three, and much
the most ancient [the oldest of its hymns being assigned by some who rely on certain
astronomical calculations to a period between 4000 and 2500 B.C., before the settlement of the
âryans in India; and by others who adopt a different reckoning to a period between 1400 and
1000 B.C., when the âryans had settled down in the Panjâb]; subsequently a fourth Veda was
added, called the Atharva-veda, which was probably not completely accepted till after Manu, as
his law-book often speaks of the three Vedas-calling them {trayam brahma sanAtanam}, `" the
triple eternal Veda "', but only once [xi, 33] mentions the revelation made to Atharvan and
Angiras, without, however, calling it by the later name of Atharva-veda; each of the four Vedas has
two distinct parts, viz. 1. Mantra, i.e. words of prayer and adoration often addressed either to fire
or to some form of the sun or to some form of the air, sky, wind &c., and praying for health,
wealth, long life, cattle, offspring, victory, and even forgiveness of sins, and 2. Brâhmana,
consisting of Vidhi and Artha-vâda, i. e. directions for the detail of the ceremonies at which the
Mantras were to be used and explanations of the legends &c. connected with the Mantras [see
{brAhmaNa}, {vidhi}], both these portions being termed {zruti}, revelation orally communicated
by the Deity, and heard but not composed or written down by men [cf. I. W. 24 &c.], although it is
certain that both Mantras and Brâhmanas were compositions spread over a considerable period,
much of the latter being comparatively modern; as the Vedas are properly three, so the Mantras
are properly of three forms, 1. Riic, which are verses of praise in metre, and intended for loud
recitation; 2. Yajus, which are in prose, and intended for recitation in a lower tone at sacrifices; 3.
Sâman, which are in metre, and intended for chanting at the Soma or Moon-plant ceremonies, the
Mantras of the fourth or Atharva-veda having no special name; but it must be borne in mind that
the Yajur and Sâma-veda hymns, especially the latter, besides their own Mantras, borrow largely
from the Riig-veda; the Yajur-veda and Sâma-veda being in fact not so much collections of
prayers and hymns as special prayer- and hymn-books intended as manuals for the Adhvaryu and
Udgâtrii priests respectively [see {yajur-veda}, {sAma-veda}]; the Atharva-veda, on the other
hand, is, like the Riig-veda, a real collection of original hymns mixed up with incantations,
borrowing little from the Riig and having no direct relation to sacrifices, but supposed by mere
recitation to produce long life, to cure diseases, to effect the ruin of enemies &c.; each of the four
Vedas seems to have passed through numerous S'âkhâs or schools, giving rise to various
recensions of the text, though the Riig-veda is only preserved in the S'âkala recension, while a
second recension, that of the Bhâshkalas, is only known by name; a tradition makes Vyâsa the
compiler and arranger of the Vedas in their present form: they each have an Index or Anukramanî
[q.v.], the principal work of this kind being the general Index or Sarva7nukramanî [q.v.]; out of
the Brâhmana portion of the Veda grew two other departments of Vedic literature, sometimes
included under the general name Veda, viz. the strings of aphoristic rules, called Sûtras [q.v.], and
the mystical treatises on the nature of God and the relation of soul and matter, called Upanishad
[q.v.], which were appended to the Âranyakas [q.v.], and became the real Veda of thinking
Hindûs, leading to the Dars'anas or systems of philosophy; in the later literature the name of `"
fifth Veda "' is accorded to the Itihâsas or legendary epic poems and to the Purânas, and certain
secondary Vedas or Upa-vedas [q.v.] are enumerated; the Veda7ngas or works serving as limbs
[for preserving the integrity] of the Veda are explained under {vedA7Gga} below: the only other
works included under the head of Veda being the Paris'ishthas, which supply rules for the ritual
omitted in the Sûtras; in the Briihad-âranyaka Upanishad the Vedas are represented as the
breathings of Brahmâ, while in some of the Purânas the four Vedas are said to have issued out of
the four mouths of the four-faced Brahmâ and in the Vishnu-Purâna the Veda and Vishnu are
identified) RTL. 7 &c. IW. 5; 24 &c.; N. of the number `" four "' VarBriS. [1015,3] Srutabh.;
feeling, perception S'Br.; = {vRtta} (v.l. {vitta}) L. (cf. 2. {veda}).

veda * =2 m. (fr. 3. {vid}) finding, obtaining, acquisition (see {su-v-}); property, goods Âs'vGri.
veda * =3 m. (perhaps connected with 1. {ve}, to weave or bind together) a tuft or bunch of strong
grass (Kus'a or Muñja) made into a broom (and used for sweeping, making up the sacrificial fire
&c., in rites) AV. MS. Br. S'rS. Mn.

veda * =vedaH = (masc.nom.sing.)the Veda

vedaanga* = n. `" a limb (for preserving the body) of the Veda "'N. of certain works or classes of
works regarded as auxiliary to and even in some sense as part of the Veda, (six are usually
enumerated [and mostly written in the Sûtra or aphoristic style]; 1. {zikSA}, `" the science of
proper articulation and pronunciation "', comprising the knowledge of letters, accents, quantity,
the use of the organs of pronunciation, and phonetics generally, but especially the laws of
euphony peculiar to the Veda [many short treatises and a chapter of the Taittirîya-âranyaka are
regarded as the representatives of this subject; but other works on Vedic phonetics may be
included under it see {prAtizAkhya}]: 2. {chandas}, `" metre "' [represented by a treatise ascribed
to Pingala-nâga, which, however, treats of Prâkriit as well as Sanskriit metres, and includes only a
few of the leading Vedic metres]: 3. {vyAkaraNa}, `" linguistic analysis or grammar [represented
by Pânini's celebrated Sûtras]: 4. {nirukta}, `" explanation of difficult Vedic words "' [cf. {yAska}]:
5. {jyotiSa}, `" astronomy "', or rather the Vedic calendar [represented by a small tract, the object
of which is to fix the most auspicious days for sacrifices]: 6. {kalpa}, `" ceremonial "', represented
by a large number of Sûtra works [cf. {sUtra}]: the first and second of these Veda7ngas are said to
be intended to secure the correct reading or recitation of the Veda, the third and fourth the
understanding of it, and the fifth and sixth its proper employment at sacrifices: the Veda7ngas are
alluded to by Manu, who calls them, in iii, 184, Pravacanas, `" expositions "', a term which is said
to be also applied to the Brâhmanas) IW. 145 &c.

vedakrama = vedaas

vedanaa = feelings of pain,

vedana* = pain, torture, agony, feeling sensation, but also: announcing, proclaiming; n.
perception, knowledge; making known, proclaiming

ve4dana: finding, procuring

vedayaGYa = by sacrifice

vedavaadarataaH = supposed followers of the Vedas

vedavit.h = the knower of the Vedas

vedavidaH = persons conversant with the Vedas

vedaaH = Vedic literatures

vedaanaaM = of all the Vedas

vedaanta = Vedic method of Self-Realization* = m. end of the Veda (= `" complete knowledge of
the Veda "' cf. {vedA7nta-ga}) TÂr. MBh.; N. of the second and most important part of the
Mîmânsâ or third of the three great divisions of Hindû philosophy (called Veda7nta either as
teaching the ultimate scope of the Veda or simply as explained in the Upanishads which come at
the end of the Veda; this system, although belonging to the Mîmânsâ [q.v.] and sometimes called
Uttara-mîmânsâ, `" examination of the later portion or {jJAna-kANDa} [q.v.] of the Veda "', is
really the one sole orthodox exponent of the pantheistic creed of the Hindûs of the present day - a
creed which underlies all the polytheism and multiform mythology of the people; its chief
doctrine [as expounded by S'ankara] is that of Advaita i.e. that nothing really exists but the One
Self or Soul of the Universe called Brahman [neut.] or Parama7tman, and that the Jîva7tman or
individual human soul and indeed all the phenomena of nature are really identical with the
Parama7tman, and that their existence is only the result of Ajñâna [otherwise called Avidyâ] or an
assumed ignorance on the part of that one universal Soul which is described as both Creator and
Creation; Actor and Act; Existence, Knowledge and Joy, and as devoid of the three qualities [see
{guNa}]; the liberation of the human soul, its deliverance from transmigrations, and re-union
with the Parama7tman, with which it is really identified, is only to be effected by a removal of that
ignorance through a proper understanding of the Veda7nta; this system is also called Brahma-
mîmânsâ and S'ârîrakamîmânsâ, `" inquiring into Spirit or embodied Spirit "'; the founder of the
school is said to have been Vyâsa, also called Bâdarâyana, and its most eminent teacher was
S'ankara7cârya) Up. MBh. &c.; ({As}) m. pl. the Upanishads or works on the Veda7nta philosophy
Kull. on Mn. vi, 83

vedaantakrit.h = the compiler of the Vedanta

vedaantavedyo = one knowable thro' `upanishat.h'

vede = in the Vedic literature

vedeshhu = Vedic literatures

veditavyaM = to be understood

vedituM = to understand

vedaiH = by study of the Vedas

vedyaM = what is to be known

vedyaH = knowable

vedhashaalaa = (f) observatory (weather, solar)

vedhas.h = brahmaa

vedhase = to the Brahman (like rAma)

vegaM = urges

vega * = m. (fr. {vij}) violent agitation, shock, jerk AV. R.; a stream, flood, current (of water, tears
&c.) AV. S'vetUp. MBh. &c.; rush, dash, impetus, momentum, onset MBh. BhP.; impetuosity,
vehemence, haste, speed, rapidity, quickness, velocity ({vegAd vegaM-gam}, to go from speed to
speed, increase one's speed) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the flight (of an arrow) Kir.; outbreak, outburst (of
passion), excitement, agitation, emotion ib.; attack, paroxysm (of a disease) Sus'r.; circulation,
working, effect (of poison; in Sus'r. seven stages or symptoms are mentioned) Yâjñ. Kâv. &c.;
expulsion of the feces Sus'r.; semen virile L.; impetus Kan. Sarvad.; the fruit of Trichosanthes
Palmata L.; N. of a class of evil demons Hariv.

vegavat* = mfn. agitated (as the ocean) R.; impetuous, rapid, hasty, swift, violent MBh. Kâv. &c.;
m. a leopard L.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a Vidyâdhara Kathâs.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of a king
(son of Bandhu-mat) ib.; of a monkey R.; ({vatI}) f. N. of a river R.; a partic. drug Sus'r.; a kind of
metre Ping.; N. of a Vidyâdharî Kathâs.; (pl.) N. of a class of Apsarases or celestial nymphs VP.;
{-tama} mfn. speediest, quickest, very quick or swift MW.; {-tara} mfn. more speedy, quicker,
very quick ib.; {-tA} f. swiftness, velocity ib.; {-stotra} n. N. of a Stotra.

vegarodha* = m. obstruction of speed or activity, retardation, check W.; obstruction of the

movement or evacuation of the bowels ib.

vegatara* = m. greater swiftness ({vegAd vegataraM-gam}, to run faster and faster; cf. {vega})
Pañcat. (B.)

vegatas* = ind. with a sudden impetus R.; with speed, quickly, hastily, impetuously Kathâs.

vegaaH = speed

velaa*= f. limit, boundary, end S'Br. Kâvya7d.; distance S'Br. KâtyS'r.; boundary of sea and land
(personified as the daughter of Meru and Dhârinî, and the wife of Samudra), coast, shore
({velAyAm}, on the sea-shore, coast-wise) MBh. Kâv. &c. [1018, 3]; limit of time, period, season,
time of day, hour (with {pazcimA}, the evening hour; {kA velA}, `" what time of the day is it? "'
{kA velA prA7ptAyAH}, `" how long has she been here? "' {-velam} ifc. after a numeral = times)
S'Br. &c. &c.; opportunity, occasion, interval, leisure ({velAm pra-kR}, to watch for an
opportunity; {velAyAm}, at the right moment or season; {artha-velAyAm}, at the moment when
the meaning is under consideration) MBh. Kâv. &c.; meal-time, meal (as of a god = {Izvarasya
bhojanam}, S'iva's meal) L.; the last hour, hour of death BhP.; easy or painless death L.; tide, flow
(opp. to `" ebb "'), stream, current MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; `" sickness "' or `" passion "' ({rAga} or
{roga}) L.; the gums L.; speech L.; N. of the wife of Buddha L.; of a princess found on the seashore
(after whom the 11th Lambaka of the Kathâsarit-sâgara is called).

vela * = n. a garden, grove L. (cf. {vipina} fr. 1. {vip}); a partic. high number Buddh.; m. the
mango tree L.

veNii = (f) pigtail, ponytail

veNuH = flute

vepathuH = trembling of the body

vepathumathii = she who is sweating

vepamaanaH = trembling

vepita *= n. trembling, agitation (in {sa-vepitam}), S'ântis'.

vesha = dress

veshhaH = make-ups/garbs/roles

veshhTiH = (m) dhoti

vetanam.h = (n) salary

vetaala * = m. (of doubtful derivation) a kind of demon, ghost, spirit, goblin, vampire (esp. one
occupying a dead body) Hariv. Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; N. of one of S'iva's attendants, KâlikâP.; of a
teacher BhP.; of a poet Cat.; a door-keeper (?) L.; ({A}) f. a form of Durgâ Vâs.; ({I}) f. N. of Durgâ
Hariv.
vetravat* = mfn. containing or consisting of reeds BhP. ; m. N. of a mythical
being (a son of Pu1shan) Katha1s. ; (%{atI}) f. a female door-keeper S3ak. Prab. ;
a form of Durga1 Hariv. (v.l. %{citra-rathI}) ; N. of a river (now called the Betwa1,
which, rising among the Vindhya hills in the Bhopa1l State and following a north-
easterly direction for about 360 miles, falls into the Jumna1 below Hami1rpur)
MBh. R. &c. ; of the mother of Vetra7sura VarP.

vetrika* = m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (v.l. %{veNika}).

vetrin* = mfn. (ifc.) having a cane, having anything for a cane MaitrUp. ; m. a staff-bearer, door-
keeper Ra1jat.

vetrIya* = mfn. (fr. %{vetra}) g. %{utkarA7di}.

vetta = the knower

vetti = knows

vettha = knowvelaa = (fem) time

vettR* = 1 mfn. (fr. 1. %{vid}) ono who knows or feels or witnesses or experiences, a knower,
experiencer, witness S3vetUp. MBh. &c. ; m. a sage, one who knows the nature of the soul and
God W.\\ = 2 m. (fr. 3. %{vid}) one who obtains in marriage, an espouser, husband A1past.

vi* = 1 m. (nom. {vi4s} or {ve4s} acc. {vi4m} gen. abl. {ve4s}; pl. nom. acc. {va4yas} [acc. {vIn}
Bhathth.]; {vi4bhis}, {vi4bhyas}, {vInA4m}) a bird (also applied to horses, arrows, and the
Maruts) RV. VS. PañcavBr, (also occurring in later language). [Cf. 1. {va4yas}; Gk. $ for $; Lat. {a-
vis}; accord. to &287958[949, 3] some Germ. {Ei}; Angl. Sax. {ae4g}; Eng. {egg.}] - 1.

vi* = 2 n. an artificial word said to be = {anna} S'Br. \\* = 3 ind. (prob. for an original {dvi},
meaning `" in two parts "'; and opp. to {sam} q.v.) apart, asunder, in different directions, to and
fro, about, away, away from, off, without RV. &c. &c. In RV. it appears also as a prep. with acc.
denoting `" through "' or `" between "' (with ellipse of the verb e.g. i, 181, 5; x, 86, 20 &c.) It is esp.
used as a prefix to verbs or nouns and other parts of speech derived from verbs, to express `"
division "', `" distinction "', `" distribution "', `" arrangement "', `" order "', `" opposition "', or `"
deliberation "' (cf. {vi-bhid}, {-ziS}, {-dhA}, {-rudh}, {-car}, with their nominal derivatives);
sometimes it gives a meaning opposite to the idea contained in the simple root (e.g. {krI}, `" to
buy "'; {vi-krI}, `" to sell "'), or it intensifies that idea (e.g. {hiMs}, `" to injure "'; {vi-hiMs}, `" to
injure severely "'). The above 3. {vi4} may also be used in forming compounds not immediately
referable to verbs, in which cases it may express `" difference "' (cf. 1. {vi-lakSaNa}), `" change "'
or `" variety "' (cf. {vi-citra}), `" intensity "' (cf. {vi-karAla}), `" manifoldness "' (cf. {vi-vidha}), `"
contrariety "' (cf. {vi-loma}), `" deviation from right "' (cf. {vi-zIla}), `" negation "' or `" privatlon
"' (cf. {vi-kaccha}, being often used like 3. {a}, {nir}, and {nis} [qq. vv.], and like the Lat. {dis},
{se}, and the English {a}, {dis}, {in}, {un} &c.); in some cases it does not seem to modify the
meaning of the simple word at all (cf. {vi-jAmi}, {vi-jAmAtR}); it is also used to form proper
names out of other proper names (e.g. {vi-koka}, {vi-pRthu}, {vi-viMza}). To save space such
words are here mostly collected under one article; but words having several subordinate
compounds will be found s.v.

vi+apa+gam.h = to go away

vi+bhaa = to adorn
vi+GYaa = to know

vibhaktaM = divided

vibhakteshhu = in the numberless divided

vibhaagayoH = differences

vibhaagashaH = in terms of division

vibhaavasau = in the fire

vibhaata* = mfn. shone forth, grown light &c. ({-tA vibhAvarI}, the morning has dawned Kathâs.);
become visible, appeared ChUp. BhP.; n. dawn, day-break, morning Kâlid.

vibhaajya* = mfn. to be divided or apportioned, divisible Mn. ix, 219.

vibhaashita* = mfn. admitting an alternative (esp. in gram. = optional) Nir. Kaus'. Pân.

vi-óbhaasita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) made bright, illuminated MBh.

vibhid * =P. Â. {-bhinatti}, {-bhintte} to split or break in two, break in pieces, cleave asunder,
divide, separate, open RV. &c. &c.; to pierce, sting S'Br. MârkP.; to loosen, untie Hariv. BhP.; to
break, infringe, violate R. Bâlar. BhP.; to scatter, disperse, dispel, destroy MBh. Kâv. &c.; to alter,
change (the mind) MBh. BhP.: Pass. to be split or broken, burst asunder &c. (also P. Cond.
{vyabhetsyat} ChUp.); to be changed or altered R. BhP.: Caus. {-bhedayati}, to cause to split &c.;
to divide, alienate, estrange MBh. R.

vi4-bhida * = m. N. of a demon Suparn.; ({A}) f. `" perforation "' and `" falling away "', `"
apostasy "' S'is'. xx, 23.

vibhI4daka * = vm. n. id. RV. GriS'rS. (cf. {vi-bhedaka} under {vi-bhid}).

vibububhuushu* =mfn. wishing to develop or expand one's self. ib.

vi4-buddha* mfn. (for 2. see {vi-budh}) without consciousness W.

vi-buddha* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3) awakened, wide awake MBh. Kâv. &c.; expanded,
blown ib.; clever, experienced, skilful in (loc.) MBh. xiv, 1015; {-kamala} mfn. having expanded
lotuses MBh.; {-cUta} m. a mango-tree in blossom Mâlav.

vibhuM = greatest

vibhuH = the Supreme Lord

vibhum.h = the Lord who shines

vibhuutayaH = opulences

vibhuuti = divine power * = mfn. penetrating, pervading Nir.; abundant, plentiful RV.; mighty,
powerful ib.; presiding over (gen.) ib. viii, 50, 6; m. N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of a son of Vis'vâmitra
MBh.; of a king VP.; f. development, multiplication, expansion, plenty, abundance Kâv. Kathâs.
&c.; manifestation of might, great power, superhuman power (consisting of eight faculties,
especially attributed to S'iva, but supposed also to be attainable by human beings through
worship of that deity, viz. {aNiman}, the power of becoming as minute as an atom; {laghiman},
extreme lightness; {prA7pti}, attaining or reaching anything [e.g. the moon with the tip of the
finger] [979, 1]; {prAkAmya}, irresistible will; {mahiman}, illimitable bulk; {IzitA}, supreme
dominion; {vazitA}, subjugating by magic; and {kAmA7vasAyitA}, the suppressing all desires) ib.;
a partic. S'akti Hcat.; the might of a king or great lord, sovereign power, greatness Kâlid. Pañcat.
Kathâs. &c.; successful issue (of a sacrifice) MBh. R.; splendour, glory, magnificence Hariv. Ragh.
VarBriS.; fortune, welfare, prosperity Pras'nUp. MBh. &c.; (also pl.) riches, wealth, opulence Kâm.
Kâv. Kathâs.; N. of Lakshmi (the Goddess of Fortune and welfare) BhP.; the ashes of cow-dung
&c. (with which S'iva is said to smear his body, and hence used in imitation of him by devotees)
Pañcar. Sâh.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; {-grahaNa} n. taking up ashes (at the Vais'vadeva
ceremony) RTL. 420; {-candra} m. N. of an author, Cat; {-dvAdazI} f. a Vrata or religious
observance on a partic. twelfth day (in honour of Vishnu) ib.; {-dhAraNa-vidhi} m. N. of wk.;
{-bala} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-mat} mfn. mighty, powerful, superhuman Bhag. BhP.; smeared with
ashes W.; {-mAdhava} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP.; {-yoga}
m. N. of the 6th canto of the S'iva-gîtâ.

vibhuutiM = opulence

vibhuutinaaM = opulences

vibhuutibhiH = opulences

vibhuuteH = of opulences

vibhuush.h = to decorate

vibhuushhaNa = ornament, asset

vibhramaH = bewilderment

vibhraMs'in* = mfn. crumbling to pieces (see {a-v-}); falling down, dropping from (ifc.) Megh.
[979,2]

vibhrashhTaH = deviated from

vibhraantaaH = perplexed

vibudha* = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-budh}) destitute of learned men Kâvya7d. - 1.\\* = 2 mfn. (for 1.
see p. 951, col. 3) very wise or learned Kâv. Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; m. a wise or learned man, teacher,
Pandit ib.; a god MBh. Kâv. &c.; the moon L.; N. of a prince (son of Deva-midha) R.; of Kriita VP.;
of the author of the Janma-pradipa; {-guru} m. `" teacher of the gods "', Briihas-pati or the planet
Jupiter VarBriS.; {-taTinI} f. `" river of the gods "', the Gangâ Prasang.; {-tva} n. wisdom, learning
Cat.; {-nadI} f. = {-taTinI} Viddh.; {-pati} m. `" king of the gods "'N. of Indra Car.; {-priyA} f. `"
favourite of the gods "'N. of a metre Ping.; -mati mfn. of wise understanding Kâm.; {-raJjanI} f. N.
of wk.; {-rAja}, m.= {-pati} R.; {-ripu} m. an enemy of the gods Prab.; {-rSabha} (for {-RS-}) m.
chief of the gods BhP.; {-vijaya} m. a victory won by the gods MW.; {-vidviS} (MBh.) or {-zatru}
(Vikr.) m. `" foe of the gods "', a demon; {-sakha} m. a friend of the gods Bhathth.; {-sadman} n.
`" abode of the gods "', heaven or the sky Kâd.; {-strI} f. `" divine female "', an Apsaras S'ak.;
{-dhA7cArya} m. `" teacher of the gods "'N. of Briihas-pati Das'.; {-dhA7dhipa} (MBh.),
{-dhA7dhipati} (VarBriS.) m. sovereign of the gods ({-tya} n. sovereignty of the gods BhP.);
{-dhA7nucara} m. a god's attendant Mn. xii, 47; {-dhA7vAsa} m. `" god's abode "', a temple
Râjat.; {-dhe7tara} m. `" other than a god "', an Asura BhP.; {-dhe7ndra} m. `" best of the wise "',
(with {AcArya} or {Azrama}) N. of a teacher Cat.; {-dhe7zvara} m. lord of the gods MBh.;
{-dho7padeza} m. N. of a vocabulary

vicArin* = mfn. having wide paths (as the earth) RV. v, 84, 2 ; moving about, wandering,
traversing MBh. R. &c. ; proceeding, acting MBh. ; changing, mutable A1s3vS3r. ; wanton,
dissolute, lascivious Ca1n2. (v.l.) ; (ifc.) deliberating, judging, discussing MBh. Mr2icch. ; m. N. of
a son of Kavandha GopBr.

vicarita * = mfn. moved in different directions &c.; n. wandering, roaming about MBh.

vicaarita* = mfn. deliberated, considered, discussed, judged Mn. MBh. &c. ; anything which is
under discussion, dubious, doubtful, uncertain ib. ; anything which has been discussed or
decided, ascertained, settled Mn. xi, 28 ; n. (also pl.) deliberation, doubt, hesitation MBh.
Mr2icch. Pan5cat.

vicaarita* =mfn. deliberated, considered, discussed, judged Mn. MBh. &c.; anything which is
under discussion, dubious, doubtful, uncertain ib.; anything which has been discussed or decided,
ascertained, settled Mn. xi, 28; n. (also pl.) deliberation, doubt, hesitation MBh. Mriicch. Pañcat.

vicar.h = to think

vicara * = mfn. wandered or swerved from (abl.) MBh. v, 812. 2.

vicaara* = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) mode of acting or proceeding, procedure (also = a single or particular
case) S3rS.; change of place Gobh.; pondering, deliberation, consideration, reflection,
examination, investigation RPra1t. MBh. &c.; doubt, hesitation R. Katha1s. BhP.; a probable
conjecture Sa1h.; dispute, discussion W.; prudence MW.; %{-kartR} m. one who makes
investigation, a judge, investigator W.; %{-cintAmaNi} m. N. of wk.; %{-jJa} mfn. knowing how to
discriminate or judge, able to decide on the merits of a case, a judge MW.; %{-driz} mfn. `"
employing no spies for eyes "' (see %{cAra}), and `" looking at a matter with consideration "'
Naish.; %{-nirNaya} m. N. of wk.; %{-para} m. N. of a king, S3in6ha7s.; %{-bhU} f. a tribunal L.;
the judgment-seat of Yama (judge of the dead) W.; %{-maJjarI} f. %{-mAlA} f. N. of wks.; %{-
mUDha} mfn. foolish or mistaken in judgment Ragh. Hit.; %{-vat} mfn. proceeding with
consideration, considerate, prudent S3atr. Ka1v.; %{-vid} m. (prob.) `" knowing how to
discriminate "'N. of S3iva MBh.; %{-zAstra} n. N. of wk.; %{-zIla}, disposed to deliberation or
reflection, considerate, deliberative MW.; %{-sudhA7kara} m. %{-dhA7rNava} m. N. of wks.
[958,3]; %{-sthala} n. a place for discussion or investigation, tribunal MW.; a logical disputation
W.; %{-rA7rka-saMgraha} m. N. of wk.; %{-rA7rthasamAgama} m. assembly for the sake of trial
or judgment, an assembly for investigation or discussion MW.; %{-ro7kti} f. discriminating
speech L.

vicakshaNa = clever, wise* = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant, splendid RV. AV. Br.
GriS'rS.; distinct, perceptible PârGri.; clear-sighted (lit. and fig.), sagacious, clever, wise,
experienced or versed in, familiar with (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of a preceptor (with the
patr. Tândya) VBr.; ({A}) f. Tiaridium Indicum L.; N. of Brahmâ's throne KaushUp.; N. of a
female servant Viddh.; ({am}) ind. g. {gotrA7di}; {-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the word
{vicakSaNa}, or {canasita} KâtyS'r.; {-tva} n. sagaciousness, cleverness, discernment, judgment,
wisdom MBh.; {-m-manya} mfn. considering one's self clever or wise Sarvad.; {-vat} mfn.
connected with the word {vicakSaNa} AitBr. (cf. {-NA7nta} Lâthy., {-No7ttara} Vait.)

vicakshaNaH = the experienced

vicakshaNa* = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant, splendid RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; distinct,
perceptible PârGri.; clear-sighted (lit. and fig.), sagacious, clever, wise, experienced or versed in,
familiar with (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of a preceptor (with the patr. Tândya) VBr.; ({A})
f. Tiaridium Indicum L.; N. of Brahmâ's throne KaushUp.; N. of a female servant Viddh.; ({am})
ind. g. {gotrA7di}; {-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the word {vicakSaNa}, or {canasita}
KâtyS'r.; {-tva} n. sagaciousness, cleverness, discernment, judgment, wisdom MBh.; {-m-manya}
mfn. considering one's self clever or wise Sarvad.; {-vat} mfn. connected with the word
{vicakSaNa} AitBr. (cf. {-NA7nta} Lâthy., {-No7ttara} Vait.)

vichaara = thought

vichaaraM = thought

vichaalayet.h = should try to agitate

vichaalyate = becomes shaken

viceshTa * = mfn. motionless R.

viceshTA* = f. motion (see %{nir-viceSTa}); acting, proceeding, conduct, behaviour MBh. Ka1m.
BhP. (cf. %{dur-viceSTa}); effort, exertion MW.

viceshTana* = n. moving the limbs MBh.; kicking or rolling (said of horses) Ragh.

vi+chint.h = think

vic(h)itra = foolish, extraordinary, strange * mf({A})n. variegated, many-coloured, motley,

brilliant MBh. R. &c.; manifold, various, diverse Mn. MBh. &c.; strange, wonderful, surprising
MBh. Kâv. &c.; charming, lovely, beautiful R. Riitus.; amusing, entertaining (as a story) Kathâs.;
painted, coloured W.; ({am}) ind. manifoldly, variously BhP.; charmingly R.; m. the As'oka tree
L.; N. of a king MBh.; of a son of Manu Raucya or Deva-sâvarni Hariv. Pur.; of a heron Hit.; ({A})
f. a white deer MW.; colocynth L.; (in music) a partic. Mûrchanâ Sangît.; N. of a river VP.; n.
variegated colour, party-colour W.; wonder, surprise Gît.; a figure of speech (implying apparently
the reverse of the meaning intended) Kuval. Pratâp.; {-katha} m. `" one whose stories are
amusing "'N. of a man Kathâs.; {-caritra} mfn. behaving in a wonderful manner MW.;
{-cInA7Mzuka} n. variegated China cloth, shot or watered China silk W.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n.
variegation, variety, wonderfulness Kâv. Sâh.; {-deha} mfn. having a painted body W.; elegantly
formed ib.; m. a cloud L.; {-pazu} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-bhUSaNa} m. N. of a Kin-nara Buddh.;
{-mAlyA7bharaNa} mfn. having variegated garlands and ornaments Nal.; {-maulizrI-cUDa} m. N.
of a prince Buddh.; {-rUpa} mfn. having various forms, various, diverse MBh.; {-varSin} mfn.
raining here and there (not everywhere) VarBriS.; {-vAkya-paTutA} f. great eloquence Prasang.;
{-vAguro7cchrAya-maya} mf({I})n. filled with various outspread nets Kathâs.; {-vIrya} m. `" of
marvellous heroism "'N. of a celebrated king of the lunar race (the son of S'ântanu by his wife
Satya-vatî, and so half-brother of Bhîshma; when he died childless, his mother requested Vyâsa,
whom she had borne before her marriage to the sage Parâs'ara, to raise up issue to Vicitra-vîrya;
so Vyâsa married the two widows of his half-brother, Ambikâ and Ambâlikâ, and by them became
the father of Dhriita-râshthra and Pându; cf. IW. 375; 376) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({-sU} f. `" mother
of Vicitra-vîrya "'N. of Satya-vatî L.); {-siMha} m. N. of a man Râjat.; {-trA7Gga} m. `" having
variegated limbs or a spotted body "', a peacock L.; a tiger L.; {-trA7pIDa} m. N. of a Vidyâ-dhara
Kathâs.; {-trA7laMkAra-svara} m. N. of a serpentdemon Buddh.

vichitraH = wonderful/mysterious

viccchitti * = (%{vi4-}) f. cutting asunder or off, breaking off, prevention, interruption, cessation
TBr. &c. &c.; wanting, lack of (instr.) S3is3.; (in rhet.) a pointed or cutting or sharp style Sa1h.
Kuval.; irregularity or carelessness in dress and decoration Va1s. Das3ar.; colouring or marking
the body with unguents, painting S3ak. S3is3.; caesura, pause in a verse W.

vichintaya = think well

vichintya = having thought

viceSTita* = mfn. struggled, striven, exerted &c. ; effected, produced Hit. ; investigated, inquired
into W. ; unconsidered, illjudged ib. ; n. motion (of the body), gesture Ka1v. Sus3r. ; action,
exertion, conduct, behaviour Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; evil or malicious act, machination W.

vichetasaH = bewilderedvi+smri = to forget

viceshthita * = mfn. struggled, striven, exerted &c.; effected, produced Hit.; investigated, inquired
into W.; unconsidered, illjudged ib.; n. motion (of the body), gesture Kâv. Sus'r.; action, exertion,
conduct, behaviour Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; evil or malicious act, machination W.

vicitra *= mf({A})n. variegated, many-coloured, motley, brilliant MBh. R. &c.; manifold, various,
diverse Mn. MBh. &c.; strange, wonderful, surprising MBh. Kâv. &c.; charming, lovely, beautiful
R. Riitus.; amusing, entertaining (as a story) Kathâs.; painted, coloured W.; ({am}) ind.
manifoldly, variously BhP.; charmingly R.; m. the As'oka tree L.; N. of a king MBh.; of a son of
Manu Raucya or Deva-sâvarni Hariv. Pur.; of a heron Hit.; ({A}) f. a white deer MW.; colocynth
L.; (in music) a partic. Mûrchanâ Sangît.; N. of a river VP.; n. variegated colour, party-colour W.;
wonder, surprise Gît.; a figure of speech (implying apparently the reverse of the meaning
intended) Kuval. Pratâp.; {-katha} m. `" one whose stories are amusing "'N. of a man Kathâs.;
{-caritra} mfn. behaving in a wonderful manner MW.; {-cInA7Mzuka} n. variegated China cloth,
shot or watered China silk W.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. variegation, variety, wonderfulness Kâv. Sâh.;
{-deha} mfn. having a painted body W.; elegantly formed ib.; m. a cloud L.; {-pazu} m. N. of a
poet Cat.; {-bhUSaNa} m. N. of a Kin-nara Buddh.; {-mAlyA7bharaNa} mfn. having variegated
garlands and ornaments Nal.; {-maulizrI-cUDa} m. N. of a prince Buddh.; {-rUpa} mfn. having
various forms, various, diverse MBh.; {-varSin} mfn. raining here and there (not everywhere)
VarBriS.; {-vAkya-paTutA} f. great eloquence Prasang.; {-vAguro7cchrAya-maya} mf({I})n. filled
with various outspread nets Kathâs.; {-vIrya} m. `" of marvellous heroism "'N. of a celebrated
king of the lunar race (the son of S'ântanu by his wife Satya-vatî, and so half-brother of Bhîshma;
when he died childless, his mother requested Vyâsa, whom she had borne before her marriage to
the sage Parâs'ara, to raise up issue to Vicitra-vîrya; so Vyâsa married the two widows of his half-
brother, Ambikâ and Ambâlikâ, and by them became the father of Dhriita-râshthra and Pându; cf.
IW. 375; 376) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({-sU} f. `" mother of Vicitra-vîrya "'N. of Satya-vatî L.);
{-siMha} m. N. of a man Râjat.; {-trA7Gga} m. `" having variegated limbs or a spotted body "', a
peacock L.; a tiger L.; {-trA7pIDa} m. N. of a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.; {-trA7laMkAra-svara} m. N. of
a serpentdemon Buddh.

vid.h = to obtain

vidaH = who understand

viDa * = m. n. a kind of salt (either factitious salt, procured by boiling earth impregnated with
saline particles, or a partic. kind of fetid salt used medicinally as a tonic aperient, commonly
called Vit-lavan or Bit-noben cf. {viD-lavaNa}; it is black in colour and is prepared by fusing fossil
silt with a small portion of Emblic Myrobalan, the product being muriate of soda with small
quantities of muriate of lime, sulphur, and oxide of iron) Sus'r.; m. N. of a country and its king
Inscr.; a fragment, bit, portion (?) W.
vida * = mfn. = prec. (cf. {ko-}, {trayI-}, {dvi-v-}); m. knowledge, discovery (cf. {dur-v-}); m. N. of
a man (cf. {bida}).

vi-daa * = P. {-dadAti}, to give out, distribute, grant R.

vi-daa * = (or {do}, not separable fr. 4. {dA}) P. {-dAti}, or {-dyati} (ind. p. {-ditya}), to cut up, cut
to pieces, bruise, pound VS.; to untie, release, deliver from (abl.) S'Br.; to destroy Hariv.

vidadhaami = give

viDamba * mfn. imitating, representing BhP.; m. mockery, derision Kâv. Sâh.; degradation,
desecration VarBriS.; afflicting, distressing, annoyance MW.

vidaarayati = to split apart

vidaahinaH = burning

viddhi = know for sure

videsha = foreign land

videha*= *mfn. bodiless, incorporeal; deceased, dead (also {videha-prA7pta}) MBh. R. BhP. &c.;
({a4}) m. (cf. {vi-degha4}) N. of a country (= the modern Tirhut) S'Br. &c. &c.; a king of VñVi-
deha (esp. applied to Janaka) Up. BhP. Râjat.; N. of a medical author (also called {-pati}, or
{-hA7dhipa}) Cat.; ({A}) f. the capital city of VñVi-deha i.e. Mithilâ L.; ({As}) m. pl. the people of
VñVi-deha; {-kaivalya-prA7pti} f. the attainment of emancipation after death Madhus.; {-jA} f. `"
daughter of Janaka "'N. of S'îtâ R.; {-tva} n. bodilessness (acc. with {gataH} = deceased, dead) R.;
{-nagara} n. (Cat.), {-rI} f. (Ragh.) the city of Mithilâ; {-pati}, lord of MñMithilâ; {-mukti} f.
deliverance through release from the body RâmatUp. ({-ti-kathana} and {-ty-Adi-kathana} n. N.
of two treatises); {-rAja} m. a king of VñVi-deha R.; {-hA7dhipa} see {viheha}; {-hA7dhipati} m. =
{-ha-rAja} Hariv.

vidhaatri = the creator

vidhaana = placing * = mf({I})n. disposing, arranging, regulating Vait.; acting, performing,

possessing, having MW.; m. N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; n. order, measure, disposition, arrangement,
regulation, rule, precept, method, manner RV. &c. &c. (instr. sg. and pl., and {-tas} ind. according
to rule or precept; {saMkhyA-vidhAnAt}, according to mathematical method, mathematically;
{deza-kAla-vidhAnena}, in the right place and at the right time); medical prescription or
regulation, diet Sus'r.; fate, destiny MBh. Kâv.; taking measures, contriving, managing Mn. MBh.
&c.; a means, expedient Pañcat.; setting up (machines) Yâjñ.; creating, creation Kum. Ragh.;
performance (esp. of prescribed acts or rites), execution, making, doing, accomplishing Mn. MBh.
&c.; enumeration, statement of particulars Sus'r.; (in dram.) conflict of different feelings, occasion
for joy and sorrow Sâh. Pratâp.; (in gram.) affixing, prefixing, taking as an affix &c. W.; an
elephant's fodder &c. S'is'. v, 51 (only L. worship; wealth; wages; sending; act of hostility &c.);
{-kalpa} m. {-khaNDa} m. or n. (?) N. of wks.; {-ga} m. `" rulegoer "', a Pandit, teacher L.;
{-gumpha} m. N. of wk.; {-jJa} mfn. one who knows rules or precepts MBh. Sus'r.; m. a teacher,
Pandit W.; {-tilaka} n. {-pArijAta} m. {-mAlA} f. N. of wks.; {-yukta} mfn. agreeable to rule or
precept MBh.; {-ratna} n. {-ratnamAlA} f. {-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-saptamI} f. N. of the 7th day
in the light half of Mâgha W.; {-sArasaMgraha} m. N. of wk.; {-no7kta} mfn. proclaimed or
enjoined according to rule or (sacred) precept Bhag.

vidhana* = mfn. devoid of wealth, poor VarBriS.; {-tA} f. poverty Mriicch. Hit.; {-nI-kR} P.
{-karoti}, to impoverish Kathâs.
vidhana* = {vi-dhanuSka} &c. see p. 951, col. 1.

vidhaanoktaH = according to scriptural regulation

vidhi = ritual* = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 968, col. 1) a worshipper, one who does homage AitBr. \\2 m.
(for 1. see p. 967, col. 2) a rule, formula, injunction, ordinance, statute, precept, law, direction
(esp. for the performance of a rite as given in the Brâhmana portion of the Veda, which accord. to
Sây. consists of two parts, 1. Vidhi, `" precepts or commandments "' e.g. {yajeta}, `" he ought to
sacrifice "', {kuryAt}, `" he ought to perform "'; 2. Artha-vâda, `" explanatory statements "' as to
the origin of rites and use of the Mantras, mixed up with legends and illustrations) GriS'rS. Mn.
MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 24); a grammatical rule or precept Pân. 1-1, 57; 72; any prescribed act or rite or
ceremony Mn. Kâlid. Pañcat.; use, employment, application Car.; method, manner or way of
acting, mode of life, conduct, behaviour Mn. MBh. &c.; a means, expedient for (dat. loc., or comp.;
{adhvavidhinA}, by means of i.e. along the road) Hariv. Kâv. Pur. Hit.; any act or action,
performance, accomplishment, contrivance, work, business (ifc. often pleonastically e.g.
{mathana-vidhi}, the [act of] disturbing) Yâjñ. S'ak. &c.; creation (also pl.) Kum. Kir.; fate,
destiny MBh. Kâv. &c.; the creator Pañcar.; N. of Brahmâ S'ak. Naish.; of Vishnu L.; of Agni at the
Pra7yas'citta Griihyâs.; a physician L. time L.; fodder, food for elephants or horses L.; f. N. of a
goddess Cat.

vidhI* = (or {dIdhI}, only Subj. {-dIdhayaH} and {-dIdhyaH}), to be uncertain, hesitate RV. AV

vidhidishhTaH = according to the direction of scripture

vidhihiinaM = without scriptural direction

vidhiiyate = does take place

vidhitsaa * = f. intention to do, intention, design, purpose, desire for (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; the
wish to make or turn into (comp.) Ra1jat.

vidhitsita* = mfn. intended; n. intention, purpose BhP.

vidhu* = 1 mfn. (prob. fr. 2. {vidh}; for 2. {vi-dhu4} see {vi-dhU}, col. 3) lonely, solitary RV. x, 55,
5 (applied to the moon; accord. to Sây. = {vi-dhAtR}, {vi-dhArayitR}); m. the moon Mn. Bhartri.
Gît.; (L. also, camphor; N. of Brahmâ and of Vishnu; a Râkshasa; wind; an expiatory oblation;
time; = {Ayudha} "'); N. of a prince VP. (v.l. {vipra}). \\

vidhu * = 2 m. (for 1. see col. 2) palpitation, throbbing (of the heart) AV. ix, 8, 22

vidhuu //vidhunoti * =P. Â. {-dhUnoti}, {-dhUnute} (later also {-dhunoti}, {-dhunute}; inf.
{-dhavitum}, or {-dhotum}), to shake about, move to and fro, agitate, toss about (Â. also `" one's
self "') RV. &c. &c.; to fan, kindle (fire) MBh.; to shake off, drive away, scatter, disperse, remove,
destroy R. Kathâs. BhP. &c.; (Â.) to shake off from one's self, relinquish, abandon, give up AV.
Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. {-dhUyate} (ep. also {-ti}), to be shaken or agitated MBh.: Caus.
{-dhUnayati}, to cause to shake about &c.; to shake violently, agitate, harass, annoy MBh. R. &c.

vidhuuta = moving

vidhema = make

viditam.h = known
viditaatmanaaM = of those who are self-realized

viditvaa = having known/realised

vidishaaM = non-direction

vidmaH = do we know

vidraavita* =mfn. caused to disperse , driven away , defeated , routed R BhP. ; liquefied , fused W.

vidmahe = ?

viduH = understood

viduushhakaH = (m) clown, joker

vidvat.h = scholar

vidvattva = scholarliness

vidvaan.h = learned

vidvan* = 1 mfn. = {vidva4s} AV. ix, 9, 7. \\2 in comp. for {vidvat

vidvas* = mf({u4SI})n. one who knows, knowing, understanding, learned, intelligent, wise,
mindful of, familiar with, skilled in (acc. loc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c. (cf. {vidvat-tara}, {vidvat-
tama}, {viduSTara}, {viduSI8-tara}); m. a wise man, sage, seer W.; N. of a Brâhman Hariv.

vidhvasta: mfn. fallen asunder, fallen to pieces, dispersed, ruined, destroyed MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
whirled up (as dust) R.; (in astron.) darkened obscured, eclipsed Su1ryas.; %{-kavaca} mfn. one
whose armour is destroyed R.; %{-tA} f. ruin, destruction Katha1s.; %{-nagarA7zrama} mfn.
containing ruined cities and hermitages MBh.; %{-para-guNa} mfn. one who detracts from the
merits of another Va1s.; %{-vipaNA7paNa} mfn. (a town) whose market and trade are ruined R.

vidvishhaavahai = may us not quarrel or hate

vidyaa* = f. knowledge (cf. {kAla-jAta-v-}), science, learning, scholarship, philosophy RV. &c. &c.
(according to some there are four Vidyâs or sciences, 1. {trayI}, the triple Veda; 2. {AnvIkSikI},
logic and metaphysics; 3. {daNDa-nIti}, the science of government; 4. {vArttA}, practical arts,
such as agriculture, commerce, medicine &c.; and Manu vii, 43 adds a fifth, viz. {Atma-vidyA},
knowledge of soul or of spiritual truth; according to others, Vidyâ has fourteen divisions, viz. the
four Vedas, the six Vedângas, the Purânas, the Mîmânsâ. Nyâya, and Dharma or law [964,1]; or
with the four Upa-vedas, eighteen divisions; others reckon 33 and even 64 sciences [= {kalAs} or
arts]; Knowledge is also personified and identified with Durgâ; she is even said to have composed
prayers and magical formulas); any knowledge whether true or false (with Pâs'upatas) Sarvad.; a
spell, incantation MBh. Ragh. Kathâs.; magical skill MW.; a kind of magical pill (which placed in
the mouth is supposed to give the power of ascending to heaven) W.; Premna Spinosa L.; a
mystical N. of the letter {i} Up.; a small bell L. (cf. {vidyAmaNi}). 1.

vidya* = 1 (for 2. see p. 965, col. 1) = {vidyA} (ifc.; see {a-v-} {-kRta-vidya}, {samAna-vidya-tA}).
\\vidya* =2 n. finding, acquiring, gaining (see {pativ-} and {putra-v-}). \\=1 {vidyA} &c. see p.
963, col. 3.
vidyate = there is

vidyamAna * = mfn. (Pass. pr. p.) `" being found "', existent, existing, present, real Pat. Kâv. Pur.
(cf. {a-vid-}).

vidyanipuNai = by the ace scholar Shankara (Plural is used for reverance)

vidyayaa = (fem.instr.sing.) by knowledge

vidyaa = knowledge

vidyaat.h = you must know

vidyaaturaanaaM = (poss.pl.) of people who are indulging in knowledge

vidyaanaaM = of all education

vidyaanidhiH = the stock-pile of knowledge (here rAma)

vidyaamahaM = shall I know

vidyaarthinii = (f) student

vidyaarthii = (m) student

vidyaalayaH = (m) school

vidyaavaan.h = a knowledgeable manor scholar

vidyota * = mfn. flashing, glittering BhP.; m. a flash of light, lightning Hariv.; N. of a son of
Dharma and Lamba1 (father of Stanayitnu, the Thunder "') BhP.; (%{A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.

vidyut.hkandaH = (m) incandescent bulb

vidya* =1 (for 2. see p. 965, col. 1) = {vidyA} (ifc.; see {a-v-} {-kRta-vidya}, {samAna-vidya-tA}).

vidyaa4* = f. knowledge (cf. {kAla-jAta-v-}), science, learning, scholarship, philosophy RV. &c.
&c. (according to some there are four Vidyâs or sciences, 1. {trayI}, the triple Veda; 2.
{AnvIkSikI}, logic and metaphysics; 3. {daNDa-nIti}, the science of government; 4. {vArttA},
practical arts, such as agriculture, commerce, medicine &c.; and Manu vii, 43 adds a fifth, viz.
{Atma-vidyA}, knowledge of soul or of spiritual truth; according to others, Vidyâ has fourteen
divisions, viz. the four Vedas, the six Vedângas, the Purânas, the Mîmânsâ. Nyâya, and Dharma or
law [964, 1]; or with the four Upa-vedas, eighteen divisions; others reckon 33 and even 64
sciences [= {kalAs} or arts]; Knowledge is also personified and identified with Durgâ; she is even
said to have composed prayers and magical formulas); any knowledge whether true or false (with
Pâs'upatas) Sarvad.; a spell, incantation MBh. Ragh. Kathâs.; magical skill MW.; a kind of magical
pill (which placed in the mouth is supposed to give the power of ascending to heaven) W.; Premna
Spinosa L.; a mystical N. of the letter {i} Up.; a small bell L. (cf. {vidyAmaNi}). 1.

vidya* =2 n. finding, acquiring, gaining (see {pativ-} and {putra-v-}).

vidya* =1 {vidyA} &c. see p. 963, col. 3.

vidya* =2 {vidyamAna} &c. see p. 965. [966, 3]

vidyaadhara * = mfn. possessed of science or spells. L.; m. a kind of supernatural being (dwelling
in the Hima7laya, attending upon S'iva, and possessed of magical power), fairy ({-tva} n.) Hariv.
Kâv. &c.; (also {-kavi}, {-rA7cArya}) N. of various scholars Kir. Sch. Vâs., Introd. Cat.; a kind of
metre Col.; (in music) a kind of measure Sangît.; ({A} and {I}) f. N. of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.;
({I}) f. a female of the above class of supernatural beings, fairy, sylph MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a
daughter of S'ûra-sena Kathâs.; {-cakravartin} m. a supreme lord of the Vidyâ-dharas Vâs.;
{-tAla} m. (in music) a kind of measure (= {vidyA-dhara}) Cat.; {-piTaka} (?)N. of wk.; {-mahA-
cakravartin} m. the paramount lord of all fairy-like beings ({-ti-tA} f.) Kathâs.; {-yantra} n. an
apparatus for sublimating quicksilver Bhpr.; {-rasa} m. a partic. mixture Cat.; {-rA7dhI7za}, m.=
{-ra-cakra-vartin} ({-tA} f.) Kathâs.; {-rA7bhra} m. a partic. mixture L.; {-rI-parijana} mfn.
attended by Vidyâ-dharîs MW.; {-rI-bhU}, to become a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.; {-rI-vilAsa} m. N. of
wk.; {-re7ndra} m. a prince of the Vidyâ-dharas ({-tA} f. {-tva}, n.) Râjat. Kathâs.; N. of Jâmbavat
MBh.

vidyaa4dhaara * = ({-yA7dh-}) m. `" receptacle of knñknowledge "', a gre

vidyota * flashing, glittering BhP.; m. a flash of light, lightning Hariv.; N. of a son of Dharma and
Lambâ (father of Stanayitnu, the Thunder "') BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.

vidheyaatmaa = one who follows regulated freedom

vigarhaa * = f. blame, censure ib

vigarhita* = mfn. blamed, reprehensible, prohibited, forbidden by (instr. gen., or comp.) or on

account of (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; {-tA7cAra} mfn. of reprehensible conduct Mn. iii, 167.

vigata = having discarded

vigataH = is removed

vigatajvaraH = without being lethargic

vigatabhiiH = devoid of fear

vigatasprihaH = without being interested

viguNaH = even faulty

vigraha = attack

vigraha * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950. col. 2) keeping apart or asunder, isolation Nir. BhP.; division,
Bh.; distribution (esp. of fluids cf. {vi-grah}) KâtyS'r.; (in gram.) independence (of a word, as opp.
to composition) APrât.; separation, resolution, analysis, resolution of a compound word into its
constituent parts, the separation or analysis of any word capable of separation (such words are
Kriidantas, Taddhitas, all Samâsas or compound words, Ekas'eshas, and all derivative verbs like
desideratives &c.; the only words incapable of resolution being the simple verb, the singular of the
noun, and a few indeclinables not derived from roots; all compounds being called {nitya} or `"
fixed "', when their meaning cannot be ascertained through an analysis of their component parts;
cf. {jamad-agni}) Pân. Sch. S'ank. &c.; discord, quarrel, contest, strife, war with (instr. with or
without {saha}, {sA7rdham} or {sAkam} loc. gen. with {upari}, or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (one of
the 6 Gunas or measures of policy Mn. vii, 160 [cf. under {guNa}], also applied to the conflict of
hostile planets, in this sense also n. Sûryas. R.; acc. with {kR}, to make or wage war); separate i.e.
individual form or shape, form, figure, the body Up. MBh. &c. (also applied to the shape of a
rainbow; acc. with {grah}, {pari-grah}, {kR}, {upA7-dA}, to assume a form); an ornament,
decoration MBh. R.; (in Sânkhya) an element; N. of S'iva MBh. [957, 3]; of one of Skanda's
attendants ib.; {-grahaNa} n. the assumption of a form Sarvad.; {-dhyAna} n. N. of a Stotra;
{-para} mfn. intent on war, engaged in fighting MW.; {-parigraha} m. = {-grahaNa} Sarvad.;
{-pAla-deva} m. N. of a king Col.; {-rAja} m. N. of various kings Râjat.; of a poet Cat.; {-vat} mfn.
having form or figure, embodied, incarnate MBh. R. &c.; having a handsome form or shape, fine,
beautiful MW.; {-vyAvartanI} f. N. of wk.; {-hA7vara} n. `" hinder part of the body "', the back L.;
{-he7cchu} mfn. eager for combat Mcar.

vigrAham * = ind. in portions, successively

vigrahasandhau = for war(dissension) or peace-making

vijigISa* = mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of victory, emulous W.; ({A}) f. desire to conquer or
overcome or subdue (acc. dat., or comp.) R. Kâm. Kathâs. ({-SA-vat} [Nîlak.] or {-Sin} [MBh.]
mfn. desirous to conquer or overcome; {-SA-vivarjita} mfn. devoid of ambition MW.; {-SIya} mfn.
g. {utkarA7di}).

vighati = Equivalent to 24 seconds of clock time

vighna = calamity

vighnanaashine = to the destroyer of all obstacles

vighnaiH = difficulties, obstacles

viGYaataM = has been known

viGYaatuM = to know

viGYaana = comprehension, Science

viGYaanaM = numinous knowledge

viGYaanamaya = full of greater(scientific in a way) knowledge

viGYaanii = scientist

viGYaapana = advertisement, ad

viGYaaya = after understanding

vihaga = bird

vihaaya = giving up

vihanana* = n. (only L.) killing, slaying; hurting, injury; opposition, obstruction; a bow-like
instrument for carding cotton.

vihaana* = (?) m. n. morning, dawn L.

vihaara = in relaxation; * distribution, transposition (of words) AitBr. Lâthy.; arrangement or
disposition (of the 3 sacred fires; also applied to the fires themselves or the space between them),
S'rS.; too great expansion of the organs of speech (consisting in too great lengthening or drawling
in pronunciation, opp. to {saM-hAra} q.v.) RPrât.; walking for pleasure or amusement,
wandering, roaming MBh. Kâv. &c.; sport, play, pastime, diversion, enjoyment, pleasure (`" in "'
or `" with "' comp.; ifc. also = taking delight in) Yâjñ. MBh. R. &c.; a place of recreation, pleasure-
ground MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with Buddhists or Jainas) a monastery or temple (originally a hall where
the monks met or walked about; afterwards these halls were used as temples) Lalit. Mriicch.
Kathâs. &c. (cf. MWB. 68; 81 &c.); consecration for a sacrifice Âpast.; N. of the country of
Magadha (called Bihâr or Behâr from the number of Buddhist monasteries see MWB. 68) Cat.;
the shoulder L.; a partic. bird (= {bindurekaka}) L.; = {vaijayanta} L.; {-kArikA} f. pl. N. of wk.;
{-krIDA-mRga} m. a toy-antelope to play with BhP.; {-gRha} n. a pleasure-house, play-house,
theatre MW.; {-dAsI} f. a female attendant of a convent or temple Mâlatîm.; {-deza} m. a place of
recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. R. MârkP.; {-bhadra} m. N. of a man Das'.; {-bhUmi} f. =
{-deza} Hariv.; a grazing-ground, pasturage Kir.; {-yAtrA} f. a pleasure-walk MBh.; {-vat} mfn.
possessing a place of recreation Mn. MBh.; (ifc.) delighting in Mn. x, 9; {-vana} n. a pleasure-
grove Das'.; {-vApI} f. `" plñpleasure-pond "'N. of wk.; {-vAri} n. water for sporting or playing
about in Ragh.; {-zayana} n. a plñpleasure-couch R.; {-zaila} m. a plñpleasure-mountain R.;
{-sthalI} f. (Vâs.), {-sthAna} n. (BhP.); {-rA7jira} n. (= {-radeza}); {-rA7vasatha} m. (= {-ra-
gRha}) MBh.

vihara * =vihara taking away, removing, shifting, changing Bhartri.; separation, disunion, absence
W.

vihaaraNa * = n. pleasure, delight (ifc. = delighting in)

viharaNa * =n. the act of taking away or removing or changing or transposing Lâthy. MârkP.;
opening, expanding Pân. 1-3, 20; stepping out ib. i, 3, 41; going about for pleasure or exercise,
roaming, strolling Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.; taking out for a walk or for airing Gobh.; moving to and fro,
brandishing MBh.

vihaarasya = recreation

vihaariNi = one who strolls

vi4hata*= torn up, furrowed TBr. S'Br.; struck or beaten away or dashed out (of a persoñs hand)
BhP.; struck or touched or visited by (instr. or comp.) Kâv. Pur.; warded off, repelled MBh. R.;
rejected, repulsed BhP.; disturbed, impeded Kâv. Pur.

vihaayasa * = m. n. heaven, sky, atmosphere TÂr. MBh. Hariv.; m. a bird L.

vihara* = m. taking away, removing, shifting, changing Bhartri.; separation, disunion, absence W.

vihaara* = m. (once in BhP. n.) distribution, transposition (of words) AitBr. Lâthy.; arrangement
or disposition (of the 3 sacred fires; also applied to the fires themselves or the space between
them), S'rS.; too great expansion of the organs of speech (consisting in too great lengthening or
drawling in pronunciation, opp. to {saM-hAra} q.v.) RPrât.; walking for pleasure or amusement,
wandering, roaming MBh. Kâv. &c.; sport, play, pastime, diversion, enjoyment, pleasure (`" in "'
or `" with "' comp.; ifc. also = taking delight in) Yâjñ. MBh. R. &c.; a place of recreation, pleasure-
ground MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with Buddhists or Jainas) a monastery or temple (originally a hall where
the monks met or walked about; afterwards these halls were used as temples) Lalit. Mriicch.
Kathâs. &c. (cf. MWB. 68; 81 &c.); consecration for a sacrifice Âpast.; N. of the country of
Magadha (called Bihâr or Behâr from the number of Buddhist monasteries see MWB. 68) Cat.;
the shoulder L.; a partic. bird (= {bindurekaka}) L.; = {vaijayanta} L.; {-kArikA} f. pl. N. of wk.;
{-krIDA-mRga} m. a toy-antelope to play with BhP.; {-gRha} n. a pleasure-house, play-house,
theatre MW.; {-dAsI} f. a female attendant of a convent or temple Mâlatîm.; {-deza} m. a place of
recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. R. MârkP.; {-bhadra} m. N. of a man Das'.; {-bhUmi} f. =
{-deza} Hariv.; a grazing-ground, pasturage Kir.; {-yAtrA} f. a pleasure-walk MBh.; {-vat} mfn.
possessing a place of recreation Mn. MBh.; (ifc.) delighting in Mn. x, 9; {-vana} n. a pleasure-
grove Das'.; {-vApI} f. `" plñpleasure-pond "'N. of wk.; {-vAri} n. water for sporting or playing
about in Ragh.; {-zayana} n. a plñpleasure-couch R.; {-zaila} m. a plñpleasure-mountain R.;
{-sthalI} f. (Vâs.), {-sthAna} n. (BhP.); {-rA7jira} n. (= {-radeza}); {-rA7vasatha} m. (= {-ra-
gRha}) MBh.

vihiaa = vihitA?, understood

vihiina* = mfn. entirely abandoned or left &c.; low, vulgar MBh.; (ibc.) wanting, missing, absent
R. VarBriS.; destitute or deprived of, free from (instr. abl., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-tA} f.
abandonment MW.; (ifc.) absence or want of Hariv. Pañcat.; {-tilaka} mf({A})n. having no
coloured sectarian mark (see {tilaka}) on the forehead R.; {-yoni} mfn. of low origin MBh.;
{-varNa} mfn. of low caste Gaut.

vihita = prescribed

vi4hita* = mfn. (for see under {vi-dhA}) improper, unfit, not good W.\\2 mfn. (fr., {vi-} 1. {dhA},
p. 967; for 1. {vi-hita} see p. 953, col. 2) distributed, divided, apportioned, bestowed, supplied &c.;
put in order, arranged, determined, fixed, ordained, ordered RV. &c. &c.; prescribed, decreed,
enjoined GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; destined or meant for (nom.) MBh.; contrived, performed, made,
accomplished, done Mn. MBh. &c.; supplied, endowed, furnished with or possessed of (instr.)
MBh. R. (cf. {su-vihita}); n. an order, command, decree Pañcat.; {-kSaNa} mfn. eager for the right
moment, intent upon ({artham}) Vcar. (cf. {kRta-kS-}); {-tva} n. the being enjoined or prescribed,
prescription, direction Hcat. {-durga-racana} mfn. one who has enjoined the building of a fortress
MW.; {-pratiSiddha} mfn. enjoined and prohibited ({-tva} n.) KâtyS'r. Sch.; {-yajJa} mfn.
performing sacrifices S'ak. (v.l. for {vitata-y-}); {-vat} mfn. one who has performed or undertaken
W.; {-vRtti} mfn. one who is maintained or nourished by (instr.) Râjat.; {-sena} m. N. of a prince
Kathâs.; {-tA7gas} mfn. one who has committed a fault, faulty, wicked W.; {-tA7Jjali} mfn.
making a respectful obeisance S'is'.; {-te7ndriya} mfn. possessed of one's senses Bhathth.

vihitaM = directed

vihitaaH = used

vihitaan.h = arranged

vihiina = without

vihiinaa = bereft

vihiti * = f. procedure, way of acting AitBr.; action, performance, accomplishment Kâvya7d. Bâlar.

vihri = to roam

Viigana *: a fragrant grass

viihaara* = m. = {vi-h-}, a temple, sanctuary, (esp.) a Jaina or Buddhist convent or temple W.

viijati = to fan
viiNaa* = f. (of doubtful derivation) the Vînâ or Indian lute (an instrument of the guitar kind,
supposed to have been invented by Nârada q.v., usually having seven wires or strings raised upon
nineteen frets or supports fixed on a long rounded board, towards the ends of which are two large
gourds; its compass is said to be two octaves, but it has many varieties according to the number of
strings &c.) TS. S'Br. &c. &c.; (in astrol.) a partic. configuration of the stars (when all planets are
situated in 7 houses) VarBriS.; lightning L.; N. of a Yoginî Cat.; of a river MBh.

viita = free from

viitaraagaaH = in the renounced order of life

viithi = (f) road, way

viira = the sentiment of valor

viiraJNcha = name of Brahma

viirabhadraasana = the arrow posture

viiraasana = the hero posture

viirya = vitality, enthusiasm, semen * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) manliness, valour, strength, power, energy
RV. &c. &c.; heroism, heroic deed ib.; manly vigour, virility, semen virile MBh. Kâv. &c.; efficacy
(of medicine) Kum. Kir.; poison BhP.; splendour, lustre W.; dignity, consequence ib.; ({A}) f.
vigour, energy, virility L.; N. of a serpent-maid Kârand.

viiryaM = valour

viiryavaan.h = very powerful

viiryaaM = glories

viiksh.h = to see

viikshante = are beholding

viikshya = having seen

vijaya4* =m. contest for victory, victory, conquest, triumph, superiority RV. &c. &c. (fig. applied
to `" the sword "' and to `" punishment "' MBh. xii, 6204; 4428); the prize of victory, booty
KâtyS'r.; N. of a partic. hour of the day (esp. the 17th, and the hour of Kriishna's birth accord. to
some the 11th Muhûrta) MBh. Hariv. &c.; the third month L.; the 27th (or first) year of Jupiter's
cycle VarBriS.; a kind of military array Kâm.; a province, district HParis'.; (in music) a kind of
flute Sangît.; a kind of measure ib.; a kind of composition ib.; a divine car, chariot of the gods (?)
L.; N. of Yama L.; of a son of Jayanta (son of Indra) Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva ib.; of a son of
Kriishna BhP.; of an attendant of Vishnu ib.; of an attendant of Padmapâni W.; of a son of Sva-
rocis MârkP.; of a Muni Hariv.; of a prince MBh.; of a son of Dhriitarâshthra (?) ib.; of a warrior
on the side of the Pândavas ib.; of one of the eight councillors of Das'aratha R.; of Arjuna MBh.
BhP.; of a son of Jaya Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Cañcu or Cuñcu ib.; of a son of Sanjaya VP.; of a son
of Su-deva BhP.; of a son of Purûravas ib.; of a son (or grandson) of Briihan-manas Hariv. Pur.; of
a son of Yajña-s'rî Pur.; of the founder of Buddhist civilisation in Ceylon MW.; (with Jainas) N. of
one of the 9 white Balas and of one of the 5 Anuttaras; of the 20th Arhat of the future and of the
father of the 21st Arhat of the present Avasarpinî; of the attendant of the 8th Arhat of the same; of
a son of Kalki KalkiP.; of a son of Kalpa KâlP.; of a hare Kathâs.; of the lance of Rudra
(personified) MBh.; (pl.) of a people MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of various plants (accord to L. Terminalia
Chebula; Sesbania Aegyptiaca; Vitex Negundo; Rubia Munjista; Premna Spinosa; a kind of hemp;
a kind of {zamI}; = {vacA}) VarBriS. Sus'r. &c.; of a partic. Tithi or lunar day (the 12th day in the
light half of S'râvana i.e. Kriishna's birthday, the 10th in that of Âs'vina, being a festival in honour
of Durgâ, and the 7th in that of Bhâdrapada, if it falls on a Sunday; also the 7th night in the
Karma-mâsa) VarBriS. BhP. &c.; of a partic. magical formula Bhathth.; N. of Durgâ MBh. Hariv.;
of a female friend of Durgâ Mudr.; of the wife of Yama L.; of another goddess Cat.; of a Yoginî
Hcat.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; of the mother of the 2nd Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; of a
daughter of Daksha R.; of the mother of various Su-hotras MBh.; of Kriishna's garland MBh.; of a
Kumârî (i.e. small flag-staff) on Indra's banner VarBriS.; of a partic. spear R.; n. the poisonous
root of the plant Vijayâ Sus'r.; a royal tent Vâstuv.; a kind of pavilion ib.; N. of a sacred district in
Kas'mîra Kathâs. (cf. {-kSetra}); mfn. leading to victory, proclaiming victory MBh.; victorious,
triumphant L.

vijayaM = victory

vijayaH = victory

vijayate = is victorious

vijayii = victorious man

vijaanataH = who is in complete knowledge

vijaani * = ({vi4-}) mfn. `" strange, foreign "' or `" having no wife "

vijaaniitaaH = are in knowledge

vijaaniiyaM = shall I understand

vijaati * =mfn. belonging to another caste or tribe, dissimilar, heterogeneous Kull.; m. N. of a

prince VP.; f. different origin or caste or tribe W.; {-tIya} mfn. = {-jAti} Sarvad. Kull.

vijala * =mfn. waterless, dry Hariv. VarBriS.; n. drought AdbhBr.; m. n. and ({A}) f. sauce &c.
mixed with rice-water or gruel, W. [950, 3]

vijara * mfn. not growing old S'Br. &c. &c.; m. a stalk W.; ({A}) f. N. of a river in Brahmâ's world
KaushUp.

vijitaatmaa = self-controlled

vijitendriyaH = sensually controlled

vijJAna *= n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the act of distinguishing or discerning, understanding,

comprehending, recognizing, intelligence, knowledge AV. &c. &c.; skill, proficiency, art Uttamac.;
science, doctrine Sus3r.; worldly or profane knowledge (opp. to %{jJAna}, `" knñknowledge of
the true nature of God "') Mn. MBh. &c.; the faculty of discernment or of right judgment MBh. R.
&c.; the organ of knñknowledge (= %{manas}) BhP.; (ifc.) the understanding of (a particular
meaning), regarding as Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 17; 66 &c.; (with Buddhists) consciousness or
thought-faculty (one of the 5 constituent elements or Skandhas, also considered as one of the 6
elements or Dha1tus, and as one of the 12 links of the chain of causation) Dharmas. 22; 42; 58 (cf.
MWB. 102; 109); %{-kanda} m. N. of a man Cat.; %{-kAya} m. N. of a Buddhist wk.; %{-kRtsna}
n. one of the 10 mystical exercises called Kr2itsnas Buddh.; %{-kevala} mfn. (with S3aivas) an
individual soul to which only %{mala} adheres Sarvad.; %{-kaumudI} f. N. of a female Buddhist
Cat.; %{-ghana4} m. pure knowledge, nothing but intelligence S3Br. Sarvad.; %{-taraMgiNI} f. N.
of wk.; %{-tA} f. knowledge of (loc.) Ca1n2.; %{-tArA7valI} f. N. of wk.; %{-tailagarbha} m.
Alangium Decapetalum L.; %{-dezana} m. a Buddha L.; %{-naukA} f. N. of sev. wks.; %{-pati} m.
a lord of intelligence TUp.; N. of one who has attained to a partic. degree of emancipation Ba1dar.
Sch.; %{-pAda} m. N. of Vya1sa L.; %{-bhaTTAraka} m. %{-bhArata} m. %{-bhikSu} m. N. of
scholars Cat.; %{-bhairava}, %{-vo7ddyota-saMgraha} m. N. of wks.; %{-ma4ya} mf(%{I})n.
consisting of knowledge or intelligence, all knñknowledge, full of intellñintelligence S3Br. Up. &c.;
%{-ya-koSa} m. the sheath consñconsisting of intellñintelligence, the intelligent sheath (of the
soul accord. to the Veda7nta) or the sheath caused by the understanding being associated with the
organs of perception MW.; %{-mAtRka} m. `" whose mother is knowledge "', a Buddha L.; %{-
yati} m. = %{-bhikSu} Cat.; %{-yogin} m. = %{vijJAne7zvara} Col.; %{-latikA} f. %{-lalita} or %{-
ta-tantra} n. N. of wks.; %{-vat} mfn. endowed with intelligence Up. ChUp. Sch. Katha1s.; %{-
vAda} m. the doctrine (of the Yoga7ca1ras) that only intelligence has reality (not the objects
exterior to us) Ba1dar. Sch.; %{-vAdin} mfn. one who affirms that only intelligence has reality; m.
a Yoga7ca1ra Sarvad. Buddh.; %{-vinodinI-TIkA} f. %{-vilAsa} m. %{-zAstra} n. %{-zikSA} f.
%{saMjJA-prakaraNa} n. N. of wks.; %{-nA7kala} mfn. = %{-na-kevala} above Sarvad.; %{-
nA7cArya} m. N. of a teacher Cat.; %{-nA7tman} m. N. of an author ib.; %{-nA7ntyA7yatana} n.
(with Buddhists) N. of a world Buddh.; %{-nA7mRta} n. N. of Comm.; %{-nA7zrama} m. = %{-
nA7tman} Cat.; %{-nA7stitva-mAtra-vAdin} mfn. = %{-na-vAdin} Ba1dar. Sch.; %{-nA7hAra} m.
spiritual food as nourishment L.; %{-ne7zvara} m. N. of an author Cat. (%{-tantra} n. %{-
vArttika}, n. N. of wks.); %{-ne7zvarIya} n. a wk. of Vijn5a1ne7s3vara Cat.; %{-nai9ka-skandha-
vAda} m. = %{-na-vAda} above Ba1dar. Sch.

vijjanAman*=m. N. of a Viha1ra called after Vijja1 ib.

vijJAnanA*=f. (perhaps for %{-jAnanA} or %{-jAnatA}) perceiving, understanding L.

vijJAnika*=mfn. = %{vi-jJa} or %{vaijJAnika} L.

vijJAnin*=mfn. having intelligence or knowledge or science, clever, skilful, a specialist Hcar.

Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; %{-ni-tA} f. (ifc.) science or knowledge of, acquaintance with Ka1m.

vijJAnIya*=mfn. (ifc.) treating of the science or doctrine of Sus3r.

vijrimbhin* = mfn. breaking forth, appearing Ka1v.

vijrimbhita* =mfn. yawned, gaped, opened, expanded, blown &c. (n. impers.); drawn, bent (said
of a bow) MBh. R.; sported, wantoned W.; n. yawning Gaut.; coming out, appearance,
manifestation, consequences Ka1v. Katha1s. Sarvad.; exploit Ma1lav. [961,1]

vijvara * = mf({A})n. free from fever or pain Kathâs.; free from distress or anxiety, cheerful MBh.
R. &c.; exempt from decay W.

vikaara * = m. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) the syllable {vi} BhP.v\\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1)
change of form or nature, alteration or deviation from any natural state, transformation,
modification, change (esp. for the worse) of bodily or mental condition, disease, sickness, hurt,
injury, (or) perturbation, emotion, agitation, passion S'rS. MBh. &c. [954,3]; an apparition,
spectre Kathâs.; extravagance ib.; a product Gaut.; (in Sânkhya) a production or derivative from
Prakriiti (there are 7 Vikâras, viz. {buddhi}, `" intellect "', {ahaM-kAra}, `" the sense of
individuality "', and the 5 {tan-mAtras} q.v.; these are also producers, inasmuch as from them
come the 16 Vikâras which are only productions, viz. the 5 {mahA-bhUtAni} q.v., and the 11
organs, viz. the 5 {buddhI7ndriyANi} or organs of sense, the 5 {karme7ndriyANi} or organs of
action, and {manas}, `" the mind "') IW. 82 &c.; the derivative of a word Nir.; contortion of the
face, grimace Kathâs.; change of sentiment, hostility, defection MBh. Râjat.; {-tas} ind. from or
through change MW.; {-tva} n. the state of change, transformation Veda7ntas.; {-maya} mf({I})n.
consisting of derivatives (from Prakriiti) Up.; {-vat} mfn. undergoing changes Kâm.; {-hetu} m. `"
cause of perturbation "', temptation, seduction Kum.

vikaaraM = appearance (generally, grotesque/ugly)

vikaaraan.h = transformations

vikaari = changes

vikara * = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) deprived of hands (as a punishment) Vishn. - 1.

vikara * = 1 {vi-karaNa}. see p. 950. \\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 3. see {vi-kRR}) disease,
sickness L.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l. {viSkara}). \\ 3 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 2.
p. 954, col. 2) an earth-pit TS. Sch.; {-rya4} mf({A4})n. being in earth-pits ib.

vikaasaH = (m) progress, well-being, growth

vikalpa* = m. (for 2. see under %{vi-klRp}) an intermediate Kalpa, the interval between two
Kalpas (q.v.) BhP.\\ = &c. see under %{vi-klRp}.\\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) alternation,
alternative, option S3rS. Mn. VarBr2S. &c. (%{ena} ind. `" optionally "'); variation, combination,
variety, diversity, manifoldness Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c.; contrivance, art Ragh.; difference of
perception, distinction Nya1yas. BhP.; indecision, irresolution, doubt, hesitation MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
admission, statement BhP.; false notion, fancy, imagination Yogas. Gi1t.; calculation VarBr2S.;
mental occupation, thinking L.; = %{kalpa-sthAna} Car.; a god BhP. (Sch.); (in rhet.) antithesis of
opposites Prata1p.; (in gram.) admission of an option or alternative, the allowing a rule to be
observed or not at pleasure (%{ve7ti@vikalpaH} Pa1n2. 1-1, 44 Sch.); a collateral form VarBr2S.;
pl. N. of a people MBh. (C. %{vikalya}); mfn. different BhP.; %{-jAla} "' n. a number of possible
cases, dilemma Sarvad. TPra1t. Sch.; %{-tva} n. manifoldness, variety Sus3r.; %{-vat} mfn.
undecided, doubtful Veda7ntas.; %{-sama} m. a partic. sophistical objection Sarvad.; %{-
pA7nupapatti} f. untenableness owing to a dilemma Sarvad.; %{-pA7saha} mfn. not standing (the
test of) a dilemma (%{-tva} n.) ib.; %{-po7pahAra} m. an optional offering. MW.

vikampituM = to hesitate

vikarNaH = Vikarna

vikarmaNaH = of forbidden work

vikarSaNa * = drawing (a bow-string); taking away, removing, destroying; n. the act of drawing or
dragging asunder; the drawing (a bow-string); putting apart, distributing; putting off eating,
abstinence from food; searching, investigation; a cross-throw (in wrestling); m. `" distractor "',
one of the five arrows of Kâma-deva ib.

vikala = disabled

vikalaM = not related or joined

vikalpa = imagination, fancy * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) alternation, alternative, option S'rS.
Mn. VarBriS. &c. ({ena} ind. `" optionally "'); variation, combination, variety, diversity,
manifoldness KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; contrivance, art Ragh.; difference of perception, distinction
Nyâyas. BhP.; indecision, irresolution, doubt, hesitation MBh. Kâv. &c.; admission, statement
BhP.; false notion, fancy, imagination Yogas. Gît.; calculation VarBriS.; mental occupation,
thinking L.; = {kalpa-sthAna} Car.; a god BhP. (Sch.); (in rhet.) antithesis of opposites Pratâp.; (in
gram.) admission of an option or alternative, the allowing a rule to be observed or not at pleasure
({ve7ti vikalpaH} Pân. 1-1, 44 Sch.); a collateral form VarBriS.; pl. N. of a people MBh. (C.
{vikalya}); mfn. different BhP.; {-jAla} "' n. a number of possible cases, dilemma Sarvad. TPrât.
Sch.; {-tva} n. manifoldness, variety Sus'r.; {-vat} mfn. undecided, doubtful Veda7ntas.; {-sama}
m. a partic. sophistical objection Sarvad.; {-pA7nupapatti} f. untenableness owing to a dilemma
Sarvad.; {-pA7saha} mfn. not standing (the test of) a dilemma ({-tva} n.) ib.; {-po7pahAra} m. an
optional offering. MW.

vikalpana * = m. a contriver, composer Cat.; n. and ({A}) f. allowing an option or alternative

Pañcar. Kâr. on Pân.; the use of a collateral form VarBriS. Sch.; distinction (pl. = different
opinions) Sarvad.; false notion or assumption, fancy, imagination BhP.; indecision MW.;
inconsideration ib.

vikara * =mfn. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) deprived of hands (as a punishment) Vishn. - 1. \\2 m. (for
1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 3. see {vi-kRR}) disease, sickness L.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l.
{viSkara}). \\ 3 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 2. p. 954, col. 2) an earth-pit TS. Sch.; {-rya4}
mf({A4})n. being in earth-pits ib.

vi4-kaara * =m. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) the syllable {vi} BhP.

vi-kaara * =2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) change of form or nature, alteration or deviation from
any natural state, transformation, modification, change (esp. for the worse) of bodily or mental
condition, disease, sickness, hurt, injury, (or) perturbation, emotion, agitation, passion S'rS. MBh.
&c. [954, 3]; an apparition, spectre Kathâs.; extravagance ib.; a product Gaut.; (in Sânkhya) a
production or derivative from Prakriiti (there are 7 Vikâras, viz. {buddhi}, `" intellect "', {ahaM-
kAra}, `" the sense of individuality "', and the 5 {tan-mAtras} q.v.; these are also producers,
inasmuch as from them come the 16 Vikâras which are only productions, viz. the 5 {mahA-
bhUtAni} q.v., and the 11 organs, viz. the 5 {buddhI7ndriyANi} or organs of sense, the 5
{karme7ndriyANi} or organs of action, and {manas}, `" the mind "') IW. 82 &c.; the derivative of
a word Nir.; contortion of the face, grimace Kathâs.; change of sentiment, hostility, defection
MBh. Râjat.; {-tas} ind. from or through change MW.; {-tva} n. the state of change,
transformation Veda7ntas.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting of derivatives (from Prakriiti) Up.;
{-vat} mfn. undergoing changes Kâm.; {-hetu} m. `" cause of perturbation "', temptation,
seduction Kum.

vikatthana * = mfn. boasting, a boaster, braggart MBh. R. &c.; praising ironically W.; n. and ({A})
f. the act of boasting or vaunting or praising MBh. Das'. Kathâs. &c.; irony W.; {-tva} n.
boastfulness Râjat.

vikhanana * = n. digging up Nir.

vikhaanasa * = m. (prob.) `" one who digs up (scil. roots) "'N. of a Muni S'ak. Sch. (cf.
{vaikhAnasa}).

vikarsha *= m. the drawing (a bow-string) R. ; parting or dragging or drawing asunder (as in the
separation of semivowel-combinations &c.) RPra1t. Nid. ; distance Gobh. Nir. ; an arrow L.

vikarshaNa * = mfn. drawing (a bow-string) MBh. ; taking away, removing, destroying BhP. ; n.
the act of drawing or dragging asunder MBh. Sus3r. ; the drawing (a bow-string) MBh. Hariv.
S3is3. ; putting apart, distributing MBh. BhP. ; putting off eating, abstinence from food MBh. ;
searching, investigation Ka1m. ; a cross-throw (in wrestling) MW. ; m. `" distractor "', one of the
five arrows of Ka1ma-d2eva ib.

vikirati = to cast a net

vikiirNa = scattered

vikiriDa * = (Kâthh.), {-rida} (TS.), {-ridra} (VS.), mfn. applied to Rudra (accord. to Sch. `"
averting wounds "' or `" sending off arrows "'). [954, 2]

vi-kIrNa * = mfn. scattered, thrown about, dispersed &c.; dishevelled (as hair) Kum. (cf. comp.);
filled with, full of (comp.) MBh.; celebrated, famous W.; n. a partic. fault in the pronunciation of
vowels Pat.; {-keza} or {-mUrdhaja}, having dishevelled hair MW. (cf. above); {-roman} or
{-saMjJa} n. a kind of fragrant plant L.

vi-kira * = {vi-kiraNa}, {vi-kIrNa} &c. see under {vi-kRR}.

vi-kira * = m. scattering or anything scattered L.; a scattered portion of rice (offered to conciliate
beings hostile to sacrifice) Mn. iii, 245; `" scatterer "', a kind of gallinaceous bird Âpast.; a partic.
Agni ib.; water trickled through Sus'r. ({cikira} Bhpr.)

vi-ókiraNa * = n. scattering, strewing Kull. on Mn. iii, 245; m. a partic. Samâdhi Buddh. (v.l.
{vikiriNa})

viklava *= mf({A})n. overcome with fear or agitation, confused, perplexed, bewildered, alarmed,
distressed MBh. Kâv. &c.; timid, shy Megh. Sis'.; (ifc.) disgusted with, averse from S'ak.; faltering
(as speech) R.; unsteady (as gait) S'ak.; impaired (as senses) Kâs'îKh.; exhausted Kathâs.; n.
agitation, bewilderment R. BhP.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. agitation, confusion, alarm, fear, timidity,
irresolution MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-vA7nana} mfn. one whose face is troubled or sorrowful R.

vikraantaH = mighty

vikrama * = m. (for see %{vi-kram}) the absence of the Krama-pa1t2ha (q.v.) RPra1t. \\2 m. (for
1. see p. 950, col. 1) a step, stride, pace S3Br. &c. &c.; going, proceeding, walking, motion, gait
MBh. Ka1s3. &c.; course, way, manner (%{anukrama-vikrameNa} = %{anukrameNa}, in regular
order) MBh.; valour, courage, heroism, power, strength ib. Ka1v. &c. (%{-maM-kR}, to display
prowess, use one's strength); force, forcible means ib. (%{-mAt} ind. by force;
%{nA7sti@vikrameNa}, it cannot be done by force); intensity, high degree VarBr2S.; stability,
duration (opp. to `" cessation "') BhP.; a kind of grave accent TPra1t.; non-change of the Visarga
into an U1shman RPra1t.; the 14th year in the 60 years cycle of Jupiter VarBr2S.; the 3rd
astrological house ib.; a foot L.; N. of Vishn2u MBh.; of the son of Vasu Katha1s.; of a son of
Vatsa-pri1 Ma1rkP.; of a son of Kanaka Cat.; of various authors (also with %{bhaTTa}) Cat.; =
%{candragupta} ib.; = %{vikramA7ditya} Pan5cad.; N. of a town Cat.; %{-karman} n. an act of
prowess, feat of valour MW.; %{-kesarin} m. N. of a king of Pa1t2ali-putra Katha1s. [955,3]; of a
minister of Mr2iga7n3ka-datta ib.; %{-caNDa} m. N. of a king of Va1ra1n2asi1 ib.; %{-candrikA} f.
N. of a drama; %{-carita} or %{-caritra} n. N. of 32 stories describing the acts of Vikrama7ditya
(also called %{siMhA7sana-dvAtriMzat} q.v.); %{-tuGga} m. N. of a prince of Pa1t2ali-putra
Katha1s.; of a prince of Vikrama-pura ib.; %{-deva} m. N. of Candra-gupta Inscr.; %{-nare7zvara}
m. = %{vikramA7ditya} Sin6ha7s.; %{-nava-ratna} n. `" the 9 jewels (on the court) of
Vikrama7ditya "' N. of wk.; %{-nidhi} m. N. of a warrior Katha1s.; %{-paTTana} n. `"
VñVikrama7ditya's town "'N. of Ujjayini1 Cat.; %{-pati} m. = %{vikramA7ditya} Ca1n2.; %{-pura}
n. (Katha1s.), %{-purI} f. (Buddh.) N. of a town (prob. = %{-paTTana}); %{-prabandha} m. N. of
wk.; %{-bAhu} m. N. of various princes Ratna7v. Cat.; %{-bhArata}, a modern collection of
legends about Vikrama7ditya and of Pauranic stories; %{-rAja} m. N. of a king Ra1jat.; %{-rAjan}
m. = %{vikramA7ditya} Vcar.; %{-rddhi} (for %{Rddhi}) m. (with %{kavi}) N. of a poet Cat.; %{-
lAJchana} m. id. ib.; %{-zakti} m. N. of various men of the warrior-caste Katha1s.; %{-zIla} m. N.
of a king Ma1rkP.; of a monastery Buddh.; %{-sabhA} f. VñVikrama7ditya's court Sin6ha7s.; %{-
siMha} m. N. of a king of Ujjayini1 Ma1rkP.; of a king of Ujjayini1 ib.; %{-sena} m. N. of a kñking
of pratisht2ha1na Katha1s. (%{-na-campU} f. N. of a poem); %{-sthAna} n. a walking-place,
promenade, Kr2ishn2aj.; %{-mA7Gka} (or %{-deva}) m. N. of a king of Kalya1n2a (also called
Tribhuvana-malla; of the 11th century A.D. and was celebrated by Bilhan2a in the Vikrama7n3ka-
deva-carita); %{-mA7ditya} m. see below; %{-mA7rka} m. = %{vikramA7ditya} (%{-carita}, %{-
caritra} n. = %{vikrama-c}); %{-mA7rjita} mfn. acquired by valour W.; %{-me7za} m. N. of a
Buddhist saint W.; %{-mezvara} m. (with Buddh.) N. of one of the 8 Vi7ta-ra1gas W.; of a temple
built by Vikrama7ditya Ra1jat.; %{-mo7daya} n. N. of wk.; %{-mo7pA7khyAna} n. = %{vikrama-
carita}; %{-mo7rvazI} f. `" valour-(won) Urvas3i1 "'N. of a celebrated drama by Ka1lida1sa.

vikraama* = m. a step's width TBr. [956,1]

vikrayaNa * = the act of selling

vikri = modify, alter

vikriDa* = mfn. (applied to Rudra) MaitrS.

vikriiDa* = m. a play-ground Hariv.; a plaything, toy HParis'.; ({A}) f. play, sport BhP.

vikrita = Ugly * = mfn. transformed, altered, changed &c.; (esp.) deformed, disfigured, mutilated,
maimed, unnatural, strange, extraordinary Mn. MBh. &c.; unaccomplished, incomplete RV. ii, 33,
6; ugly (as a face) MBh.; estranged, rebellious, disloyal, hostile ib.; decorated, embellished, set
with (comp.) ib.; (with %{vadha} m.) capital punishment with mutilation Mn. ix, 291; sick,
diseased. L.; m. the 24th year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; N. of a Praja1-pati R. (v.l.
%{vi-krIta} and %{vi-krAnta}); of a demon (the son of Pari-varta) Ma1rkP.; (%{A}) f. N. of a
Yogini1 Hcat.; n. change, alteration Vop.; disgust, aversion W.; misshaped offspring, abortion Mn.
ix, 247; untimely silence caused by embarrassment Sa1h. (v.l. %{vi-hRta}); %{-janana-zAnti-
vidhAna} n. N. of a ch. of the Padma-pura1n2a; %{-tva} n. the state of being changed,
transformation S3am2k.; %{-daMSTra} m. N. of a Vidya1-dhara Katha1s.; %{-darzana} mfn.
changed in appearance MBh. R.; %{-buddhi} mfn. changed in mind, estranged, made unfriendly
or ill-disposed MW.; %{-rakta} mfn. dyed red, red-stained (as a garment) Bhpr.; %{-locana} mfn.
having troubled eyes MW.; %{-vadana} mfn. having a distorted face, ugly-faced W.; %{-veSin}
mfn. having an unusual dress BhP.; %{-tA7kAra} mfn. changed in form or appearance,
misshaped, distorted in form MBh.; %{-tA7kRti} mfn. having a deformed shape or aspect Mn. xi,
52; %{-tA7kSa} mfn. blind Pa1n2. 6-3, 3 Va1rtt. 2 Pat.; %{-tA7Gga} mfn. changed in form, having
misshaped limbs, deformed W.; %{-tA7nana} mfn. = %{-ta-vadana} above MBh.; %{-mUrdhaja}
mfn. having a disturbed face and dishevelled hair ib.; %{-to7dara} m. N. of a Ra1kshasa R

vikritavahaa = Ugly porter

vikriiNiite = to sell

vikrtaacharaNii = adj. mentally disturbed behaviour

vikriyA * =transformation, change, modification, altered or unnatural condition Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.;
change for the worse, deterioration, disfigurement, deformity R.; ailment, indisposition, affection
R. Das'. Sus'r. [955, 1]; perturbation, agitation, perplexity MBh. Kâv. &c.; hostile feeling, rebellion,
defection, alienation Hariv. Kâv. Kathâs.; injury, harm, failure, misadventure (acc. with {yA}, to
suffer injury, undergo failure) ib.; extinction (of a lamp) Kathâs.; a strange or unwonted
phenomenon ib.; any product or preparation Mn. Yâjñ. MârkP.; contraction, knitting (of the
brows; see {bhrU-v-}); bristling (of the hair; see {roma-v-}); {-yo7pamA} f. a kind of simile (in
which the object of comparison is represented as produced from that to which it is compared e.g.
`" thy face, O fair one, seems to be cut out from the disc of the moon "') Kâvya7d. ii, 41.

vikhyaata = famousviMsati = (adj) twenty

vikrodha * = mfn. free from anger or wrath ÂpGri.

vIksha * = m. sight, seeing W.; ({A}) f. id. R.; investigation Cat.; knowledge, intelligence BhP.;
unconsciousness, fainting L. [1004, 3]; n. surprise, astonishment W.; any visible object ib.;
{-kSA7panna} (or {-kSA7p-}) mfn. astonished, surprised ib.; {-kSA7raNya-mAhAtmya} n. N. of
wk.

vikshipta = mental aggitation

vikship * = P. Â. {-kSipati}, {-te}, to throw asunder or away or about, cast hither and thither,
scatter, disperse MBh. Kâv. &c.; to remove, destroy (pain) Sus'r.; to extend, stretch out ib.; to
bend (a bow), draw (a bow-string) MBh. R.; to handle, manage Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 57; to separate
Sûryas.; to cause to deviate in latitude ib.

vikshipta * = mfn. thrown asunder or away or about, scattered &c.; distorted, contracted (see
comp.); agitated, bewildered, distraught Sarvad.; frustrated (see {a-v-}); sent, dispatched W.;
refuted, falsified ib.; projected MW. (see {vi-kSepa}); n. the being dispersed in different places
RPrât. Sch.; {-citta} mfn. distraught in mind Madhus.; {-bhrU} mfn. having contracted eyebrows
BhP.; {-tendriya-dhI} mfn. bewildered in senses and mind BhP.

vikshiptaka * = n. a dead body which has been torn asunder or lacerated Buddh.

vikshepa = confusion; v* = m. the act of throwing asunder or away or about, scattering, dispersion
MârkP. Dhâtup.; casting, throwing, discharging Ragh. VP.; moving about or to and fro, waving,
shaking, tossing MBh. Kâv. &c.; drawing (a bow-string) Hariv.; letting loose, indulging (opp. to
{saMyama}) BhP.; letting slip, neglecting (time) L.; inattention, distraction, confusion, perplexity
MaitrUp. Yogas. Mâlatîm.; extension, projection Veda7ntas. (see {-zakti}); abusing, reviling
Bhar.; compassion, pity Das'ar.; celestial or polar latitude Sûryas.; a kind of weapon MBh.
(Nîlak.); a camp, cantonment (?) Buddh.; a kind of disease Cat.; sending, dispatching W.; refuting
an argument ib.; {-dhruva} m. (in astron.) the greatest inclination of a planet's orbit W.; {-lipi} m.
a kind of writing Lalit.; {-vRtta} n. = {kSepa-v-} Gol.; {-zakti} f. (in phil.) the projecting power (of
Mâyâ or A-vidyâ i.e. that power of projection which raises upon the soul enveloped by it the
appearance of an external world) Veda7ntas. ({-ti-mat} mfn. endowed with the above power ib.);
{-pA7dhipati} m. the chief of a camp or cantonment (?) Buddh.

vilimpita* mfn. (fr. Caus.) smeared, anointed

vinaa* = or {vinA4} ind. (prob. a kind of instr. of 3. {vi}) without, except, short or exclusive of
(preceded or followed by an acc. instr., rarely abl.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 32; exceptionally ifc., e g. {zuci-
vinA}, without honesty, {satya-v-}, without faith Subh.) AV. xx, 136, 13 (not in manuscript) Mn.
MBh. &c. (sometimes {vinA} is used pleonastically, e.g. {natad asti vinA deva yat te virahitaM
hare}, `" there is nothing, O god Hari, that is without thee "' Hariv. 14966).

vinda *= finding, getting, gaining

vrnda* = bunches, clusters, groups, heap, multitude, host, flock, swarm, number, quantity,
aggregation
vilagnaaH = becoming attached

vilajja* = mfn. shameless BhP

vilasita* = mfn. gleaming, glittering, shining forth, appearing BhP.; played, sported (n. also
impers.) Ka1v. Katha1s.; moving to and fro BhP.; n. flashing, quivering (of lightning) Vikr. Prab.;
appearing, manifestation (%{vidyA}, %{v-} manifestation of knowledge) Cat.; sport play, pastime,
dalliance Ka1v. Katha1s.; any action or gesture Ragh.

vilayamaM = extinct

vilaya * = m. dissolution, liquefaction, disappearance, death, destruction (esp. dñdestruction of

the world) MBh. Kâv. &c. (acc. with {gam}, {yA}, {vraj} &c. to be dissolved, end; with Caus. of
{gam}, to dissolve, destroy)

vilepana = smearing

viliGga* = n. absence of marks; mfn. of a different gender Pat.; {-stha} mfn. not to be understood
MBh. ii, 845. - 1.

viliptikaa* = f. a second (= 1/3600 of a degree) Ganit. - 1.

vilikh* = P. {-likhati} (Ved. inf. {-likhas}; cf. Pân. 3-4, 13 Sch.), to scratch, scrape, tear up, lacerate
Lâthy. MBh. &c.; to rub against, reach to, touch Hariv.; to wound (the heart) i.e. vex, offend S'Br.;
to scratch in or on, make a furrow or mark, write, delineate, paint Gol. MBh. &c.; (in medicine) to
tear up i.e. stir up (phlegm &c.) Car.: Caus. {-lekhayati}, or {-likhApayati}, to cause to scratch or
write, Kriishnaj.

vilikhana* = n. the act of scraping, scratching &c. Bâlar.

vilikhita* = mfn. scratched, scraped, scarified Pañcat.

viligii* = f. a kind of serpent AV.

vilinaatha* = m. (with {kavi}) N. of a poet (author of the drama Madana-mañjarî) Cat.

vilimpita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) smeared, anointed L.

viliptaa* = or f. a second (= 1/3600 of a degree) Ganit. - 1.

vilip* = P. Â. {-limpati}, {-te}, to smear or spread over, anoint (also `" to anoint one's self "' P.)
S'Br. &c. &c.; to smear or spread with (instr.) Kum.: Caus. {-lepayati}, to smear or anoint with
(instr.) Hcat.; {-limpayati} see {-limpita}.

vilis'* = Â. {-lizate}, to become out of joint, be disarranged or disordered, break off, become rent
or torn TS. S'Br.

vilisteGgaa* = f. N. of a Dânavi Kâthh.

vilishtha* = mfn. (cf. {vi-riSTa}) broken off, out of due order VS. KâtySr.; {-bheSaja} n. a remedy
for fractures or dislocation AV. Paipp.
vilih* = P. Â. {-leDhi}, {-lIDhe}, to lick, lick up, lap MBh. BhP. Sus'r.: Intens. (only p. {-lelihat}
and {-hAna}), to lick continually or repeatedly MBh.

vilii* = Â. {-lIyate} (pf. {-lilyuh} MBh.; fut. {-letA}, or {-lAtA}; ind. p. {-lIya} or {-lAya} Pân. 6-1,
51 Sch.), to cling or cleave or adhere to MBh. Ratna7v. Sis'.; to hide or conceal one's self,
disappear MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be dissolved, melt AV. &c. &c.: Caus. {-lApayati} or {-lAyayati} or
{-lAlayati} or {-lInayati} (Pân. 7-3, 39 Sch.), to cause to disappear, destroy Sank.; to cause to be
dissolved or absorbed in (loc.) BhP. Sch.; to make liquid, dissolve, melt Sus'r.

viliina* = mfn. clinging or sticking or attached to, fixed on, immersed in (loc. or comp.) Kâv.
Pañcar.; (ifc.) alighted or perched on (said of birds) Kathâs.; sticking (see comp.); hidden,
disappeared, perished, absorbed in (loc.) MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; dissolved, melted, liquefied ChUp.
Kathâs. Sus'r.; contiguous to, united or blended with W.; infused into the mind, imagined ib.;
{-SaTpada} mfn. having bees clinging or attached MW.; {-nA7kSaram} ind. so that the sound
sticks (in the throat) Bhartri.

viliiyana* = n. melting (intrans.) ÂpS'r. Sch.

viiLita* = mfn. made strong, strengthened, firm, hard RV. [1005,1]

vilipta* = mf({A})n. smeared over, anointed &c.; ({A}) f. see p. 952, col. 2; ({I4}) f. a cow in a
partic. period after calving AV.

vilokayataaM = of those who are seeing

vilokya = on seeing

viloma = against the natural order of things

vimaana* = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-man}) devoid of honour, disgraced BhP. \\2 m. (for 1. see p. 951,
col. 3; for 3. under {vi-mA}) disrespect, dishonour (see {a-vi mana})\\3 mf({I})n. (for 1. see p.
951, col. 3; for 2, under {vi-man}) measuring out, traversing RV. AV. MBh.; m. n. a car or chariot
of the gods, any mythical self-moving aerial car (sometimes serving as a seat or throne,
sometimes self-moving and carrying its occupant through the air; other descriptions make the
Vimâna more like a house or palace, and one kind is said to be 7 stories high; that of Râvana was
called {puSpaka} q.v.; the {nau-v-} [Ragh. xvi, 68] is thought to resemble a ship) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
any car or vehicle (esp. a bier) Râjat. vii, 446; the palace of an emperor or supreme monarch (esp.
one with 7 stories) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a temple or shrine of a partic. form VarBriS.; a kind of tower (?)
R. v, 52, 8; a grove Jâtakam.; a ship, boat L.; a horse L.; n. measure RV.; extension ib.; (in med.)
the science of (right) measure or proportion (e.g. of the right relation between the humours of the
body, of medicines and remedies &c.) Car.; {-gamana} n. `" going in a car "'N. of a ch. of the
GanP.; {cArin} mfn. travelling in a celestial car MW.; {-cyuta} mfn. fallen from a celñcelestial car
Râjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. the state or condition of a celñcelestial car Kâv. Kathâs.; {-nirvyUha} m. a
partic. Samidhi Kârand.; {-pAla} m. the guardian of a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-pratima} mfn.
resembling a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-prabhu-tA} f. the ownership of a celñcelestial car MW.;
{-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the VP.; {-yAna} mf({A})n. going or driving in a celñcelestial car
BhP.; {-rAja} m. the driver of a celestial car MW.; {-lakSaNa} n. N. of wk. on architecture; {-vat}
ind. like a self-moving car Kir.; {-vidyA} f. {-suddhi-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-stha} mfn. standing on a
celñcelestial car MW.; {-sthAna} n. N. of awk. on medicine.

vimaanam.h = (n) an aircraft, plane

vimanaska * = mfn. perplexed in mind, distressed, disconsolate MBh. R. &c.

vimanaaya * = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to be out of one's mind, be disconsolate or downcast Naish. Sâh.

vimaanana * = n. (and {A} f.) disrespect, contempt, slight, humiliation MBh. Kâv. &c.; refusal,
denial Sus'r.

vimaanaka * = (ifc.) = {vi-mAna}, a celestial car Kathâs.; a seven-storied palace or tower R

vimana* = mfn. (m. c.) = {vi-manas}, dejected, downcast R. -

vimanas * = ({vi4-}) mfn. having a keen or penetrating mind or understanding, sagacious RV. x,
82, 2. - 2.

vi4-manas * = * =mfn. destitute of mind, foolish, silly RV. viii, 86, 2; out of one's mind or senses,
discomposed, perplexed, dejected, downcast, heart-broken Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; changed in mind or
feeling, averse, hostile R.; m. N. of the author of a hymn (v.l. for {vizva-manas} q.v.)

vi-manas * =1. 2 {vi-manthara}, {vimanyu} &c. see p. 951, col. 3.

vi4-mana * =mfn. (m. c.) = {vi-manas}, dejected, downcast R. - 1.

vimarsha* = m. irritation, impatience, displeasure W

vimatsaraH = free from envy

vimath* = (or {manth}) P. Â. {-mathati}, {-te}, {-mathnAti}, {-nIte} &c. (in Veda generally Â.; inf.
{-mathitos} AitBr.; {-tum} BhP.), to tear off, snatch away TS. S'Br.; to tear or break in pieces, rend
asunder, bruise ib. AitBr. Kâthh.; to cut in pieces, disperse, scatter MBh. R.; to confuse, perplex,
bewilder BhP.

vimathita *= mfn. crushed or dashed to pieces, scattered, dispersed, destroyed S'ânkhS'r. MBh.
&c. [979, 3]

vimatta * = mfn. discomposed, perplexed AitBr.; being in rut, ruttish ib. Kir.; intoxicated MW.

vi4-maana * = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-man}) devoid of honour, disgraced BhP. \\ * = 2 m. (for 1. see
p. 951, col. 3; for 3. under {vi-mA}) disrespect, dishonour (see {a-vi mana}). \\ * = 3 mf({I})n. (for
1. see p. 951, col. 3; for 2, under {vi-man}) measuring out, traversing RV. AV. MBh.; m. n. a car or
chariot of the gods, any mythical self-moving aerial car (sometimes serving as a seat or throne,
sometimes self-moving and carrying its occupant through the air; other descriptions make the
Vimâna more like a house or palace, and one kind is said to be 7 stories high; that of Râvana was
called {puSpaka} q.v.; the {nau-v-} [Ragh. xvi, 68] is thought to resemble a ship) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
any car or vehicle (esp. a bier) Râjat. vii, 446; the palace of an emperor or supreme monarch (esp.
one with 7 stories) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a temple or shrine of a partic. form VarBriS.; a kind of tower (?)
R. v, 52, 8; a grove Jâtakam.; a ship, boat L.; a horse L.; n. measure RV.; extension ib.; (in med.)
the science of (right) measure or proportion (e.g. of the right relation between the humours of the
body, of medicines and remedies &c.) Car.; {-gamana} n. `" going in a car "'N. of a ch. of the
GanP.; {cArin} mfn. travelling in a celestial car MW.; {-cyuta} mfn. fallen from a celñcelestial car
Râjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. the state or condition of a celñcelestial car Kâv. Kathâs.; {-nirvyUha} m. a
partic. Samidhi Kârand.; {-pAla} m. the guardian of a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-pratima} mfn.
resembling a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-prabhu-tA} f. the ownership of a celñcelestial car MW.;
{-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the VP.; {-yAna} mf({A})n. going or driving in a celñcelestial car
BhP.; {-rAja} m. the driver of a celestial car MW.; {-lakSaNa} n. N. of wk. on architecture; {-vat}
ind. like a self-moving car Kir.; {-vidyA} f. {-suddhi-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-stha} mfn. standing on a
celñcelestial car MW.; {-sthAna} n. N. of awk. on medicine.
vimris'ya = deliberating

vimris'a * = m. reflection, consideration, deliberation ib.

vimochana = freedom

vimohayati = bewilders

vimohitaaH = deluded

vimohini * = bewilderer

vimokshaNaat.h = giving up

vimokshaaya = meant for liberation

vimokshyase = you will be liberated

vimriga* = mfn. containing no deer (as a forest) R

vimuchya = being delivered from

vimuc* = 1 P. Â. {-muJcati}, {-te} (Impv. {-mumoktu} RV. i, 24, 13), to unloose, unharness (Â. `"
one's own horses "'), unyoke (i.e. make to halt, cause to stop or rest "') RV. &c. &c.; to take off
(clothes, ornaments &c.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to release, set free, liberate ib.; to leave, abandon, quit,
desert, give up, relinquish ib.; to shun, avoid MundUp. Bhag. &c.; to lose (consciousness) Hariv.;
to pardon, forgive Gît. BhP.; to emit, discharge, shed, pour or send forth MBh. R. Pañcat. (with
{grastam}, to set free a seized planet i.e. `" free it from eclipse "' Sûryas.); to throw, hurl, cast
(with {AtmAnam} and loc., `" to cast one's self into "' Uttarar.) MBh. R. &c.; to utter (a sound)
MBh.; to assume (a shape) Mn. i, 56; to lay (eggs) Pañcat. i, 353/354/; Pass. {-mucyate}, to be
unloosed or detached &c.; to be slackened (as reins) S'ak.; to drop or be expelled (prematurely, as
a fetus) Sus'r.; to be freed or delivered or released (esp. from the bonds of existence), get rid of,
escape from (abl. adv. in {-tas} gen., or instr.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be deprived of (instr.) Hit.: Caus.
{-mocayati}, to loosen, detach S'ak.; to unyoke Kaus'.; to set free, deliver from (abl.) Mn. MBh.
&c.; to keep off, avoid R.: Desid. {-mumukSati}, {-te}, to wish to liberate (Â. `" one's self "') BhP.

vimuc* =2 f. unyoking, alighting, stopping, putting up RV. ({vimuco napAt}, `" son of unyoking
"'N. of Pûshan as "' conductor on the way to the next world "' ib.)

vimuJNchati = one gives up

vimuhyati = one is bewildered

vimuuDha = foolish

vimuuDhaH = bewildered

vimuuDhabhaavaH = bewilderment

vimuuDhaaH = foolish persons

vimuuDhaan.h = perfectly befooledvinaas'a* = m. utter loss, annihilation, perdition, destruction,
decay, death, removal TPrât. Up. MBh. &c.; {-kRt} mfn. (ifc.) causing destruction of, destroying
Yâjñ.; {-dharman} mfn. subject to the law of decay Ragh. viii, 10 (v.l. {-min}; but cf. Pân. 5-4,
124); {-sambhava} m. a source of destruction, cause of the subsequent non-existence of a
composite body ({avayavin}) MW.; {-hetu} mfn. being the cause of death Sus'r.; {-zA7nta} m. `"
end (caused by) destruction "', death MBh.; mfn. ending in death ib.; {-zo7nmukha} mfn. ready to
perish, fully ripe or mature L.

vimuktaH = liberated

vimuktaanaaM = of those who are liberated

vimuktaiH = by one who has become free from

vina = without

vinankshyasi = you will be lost

vinadya = vibrating

vinaya = humility\\* =vinaya 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 969) leading away or asunder, separating RV. ii,
24, 9; cast, thrown L.; secret L.; m. taking away, removal, withdrawal S'is'. x, 42; leading,
guidance, training (esp. moral trñtraining), education, discipline, control MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with
Buddhists) the rules of discipline for monks MWB. 55 &c.; good breeding, propriety of conduct,
decency, modesty, mildness ib. (in the Purânas sometimes personified as son of Kriyâ or of Lajjâ);
an office, business S'is'. xi, 36; N. of a son of Sudyumna MârkP.; a man of subdued senses L.; a
merchant, trader L.; ({A}) f. Sida Cordifolia L.; {-karman} n. instruction Ragh.; {-kSudraka} or
{-ka-vastu} n. N. of a Buddhist wk.; {-grAhin} mfn. conforming to rules of discipline, compliant,
tractable L.; m. an elephant which obeys orders L.; {-jyotis} (?) m. N. of a Muni Kathâs.; {-tA} f.
good behaviour; modesty Cân.; {-datta} m. N. of a man Mriicch.; {-deva} m. N. of a teacher
Buddh.; of a poet Sadukt.; {-nandin} m. N. of the leader of a Jaina sect Inscr.; {-M-dhara} m. N. of
a chamberlain Venis.; {-pattra} n. = {-sUtra} (below) Buddh.; {-piTaka}, `" basket of discipline "',
(with Buddhists) the collection of treatises on discipline (cf: above); {-pradhAna} mfn. having
humility pre-eminent, of which modesty is chief. MW.; {-pramAthin} mfn. violating propriety,
behaving ill or improperly W.; {-bhAj} mfn. possessing propriety or modesty ib.; {-maya}
mf({I})n. consisting of propriety Kâd.; {-yogin} mfn. possessing humility MW.; {-rAma} m. =
{-sundara} Cat.; {-vat} mfn. well-behaved (in {a-vin-}) Vet.; ({atI}) f. N. of a woman Kathâs. Das'.
Pañcat.; {-vallI} f. N. of wk.; {-vastu} n. (with Buddhists) N. of a section of the works which treat
of Vinaya (q.v.) [972, 1]; {-vAc} mfn. speaking modestly W.; f. modest speech ib.; {-vijaya} m. N.
of an author Cat.; {-vibhaGga} m. N. of wk.; {-vibhASA-zAstra} n. N. of a Buddhist wk.; {-zrI} f. N.
of a woman HParis'.; {-sAgara}, {-sundara} m. N. of authors Cat.; {-sUtra} n. (with Buddhists) the
Sûtra treating of discipline (cf. above); {-stha} mfn. conforming to discipline, compliant, tractable
L.; {-svAminI} f. N. of a woman Kathâs.; {-yA7ditya} m. N. of Jaya7pida, Rajat.; of a king of the
race of the Câlukyas Inscr.; ({-pura} n. N. of a town built by Jaya7pida Râjat.); {-yA7didhara} (i.e.
{vinaya-dh-}) m. N. of a man Kâv.; {-yA7nvita} mfn. endowed with modesty, humble L.;
{-yA7vanata} mfn. bending down modestly, bowing low with modesty MBh. Kathâs.; {-yo7kti} f.
pl. modest speech Bâ

vinaayaka * = mf({ikA})n. taking away, removing MW.; m. `" Remover (of obstacles) "'N. of
Gane7s'a Yâjñ. VarBriS. &c.; a leader, guide MBh. R.; a Guru or spiritual preceptor L.; a Buddha
L.; N. of Garuda L.; an obstacle, impediment L.; = {anAtha} (?) L.; N. of various authors &c. Cat.;
pl. a partic. class of demons MânGri. MBh. &c.; N. of partic. formulas recited over weapons R.;
({ikA}) f. the wife of Gane7s'a or Garuda L.; {-caturthI} f. the fourth day of the festival in honour
of Ganea Cat.; ({-thI-vrata} n. N. of wk.); {-carita} n. N. of the 73rd ch. of the Krîdâ-khanda or
2nd part of the Gane7s'a-Purâna.; {-dvAdaza-nAma-stotra} n. N. of wk.; {-paNDita} m. N. of a
poet S'ârngP.; = {nanda-paND-} Cat.; {-purANa} n. {-pUjA-vidhi} m. N. of wks.; {-bhaTTa} m. N.
of various authors Cat.; {-bhojana-varNanA} f. {-mAhAtmya} n. {-vratakalpa} m. {-vrata-pUjA} f.
{-zAnti} f. {-zAnti-paddhati} f. {zAnti-prayoga} m. {-zAnti-saMgraha} m. {-saMhitA} f. {-sahasra-
nAman} n. {-stava-rAja} m. N. of wks. or chs. from wks.; {-snapana-caturthI} f. the fourth day of
the Gane7s'a festival (when his image is bathed) Cat.; {-kA7vatAra-varNana} n. {-kA7vir-bhAva}
m. {-ko7tpatti} f. N. of parts of wks

vinayana * = mfn. taking away, removing MBh. Megh.; n. the act of taming or training, education,
instruction Das'.

vinayii = man with humility

vinas'ayasi = you destroy

vinas'yati = falls back

vinas'yatsu = in the destructible

vinaa = without

vinaasha = total destruction

vinaashaM = destruction

vinaashaH = destruction

vinaashaaya = for the annihilation

vi.ndati = enjoys

vindati = (6 pp) to find

vindate = enjoys

vinda* = mfn. finding, getting, gaining (ifc.; see {go-}, {cAru-v-} &c.); m. a partic. hour of the day
R.; N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; of a king of Avanti ib.

vindaka* = m. N. of a man Râjat.

vindatvat* = mfn. containing a form of 3. {vid}; ({atI}) f. a verse of this kind Maitr

vindaami = I have

vinigrahaH = control

vinimayaH = (m) exchange

viniyataM = particularly disciplined

viniyamya = regulating
viniyogaH = distribution (of various limbs, postures)

vinirmuktaaH = liberated

vinivartante = are practiced to be refrained from

vinivritta = disassociated

vinirdah* = P. {-dahati}, to burn completely, consume by fire, destroy MBh. BhP.

vinirdagdha* = mfn. completely burned up or consumed, utterly destroyed MBh. R. Hariv.

vinirdahana* = n. the act of burning or destroying utterly MW.; ({I}) f. a partic. remedy Sus'r.

vinirdiz* = P. {-dizati}, to assign, destine for (loc.) BhP.; to point out, indicate, state, declare,
designate as (two acc.) MBh. BhP. Sus'r.; to announce, proclaim Yâjñ. VarBriS.; to determine,
resolve, fix upon MBh.

vinirdiSTa* = mfn. pointed out &c.; charged or entrusted with (loc.) R.

vinirdezya* = mfn. to be announced or reported VarBriS.

vinirdhU* = (only ind. p. {-dhUya}), to shake off, drive or blow away, scatter R.; to shake about,
agitate ib.; to reject, repudiate Vcar.

vinirdhuta* = mfn. shaken off or about, tossed, agitated ib.

vinirdhuuta* = mfn. shaken off BhP.; driven away MBh.

vinirdhuu* = (only ind. p. {-dhUya}), to shake off, drive or blow away, scatter R.; to shake about,
agitate ib.; to reject, repudiate Vcar.

vinirdhuta* = mfn. shaken off or about, tossed, agitated ib.

vinirdhuuta* = mfn. shaken off BhP.; driven away MBh.

vinirmukta* = mfn. liberated, escaped, free or exempt from (instr. or comp.) MBh. VarBriS. Sus'r.
&c.; discharged, shot off, hurled R.

vinirmukti* = f. (ifc.) liberation W.

vinishchitaiH = certain

vinis'cita* = mfn. firmly resolved upon (comp.) MBh.; ascertained, determined, settled, certain ib.
R. &c.; (%{am}) ind. most certainly, decidedly Amar.; %{-tA7rtha} mfn. having a decided
meaning Bhartr2.

viniSkriya* = mfn. abstaining from ceremonial rites MW.

viniSad* = ( {sad}) P. {-SIdati}, to sit down separately.

viniSkR* = Caus. {-kArayati}, to cause to be mended or repaired Kaus'.

viniSTan* = (prob. for {vi-niH-STan}; {STan} = {stan}) P. {-STanati}, to groan loudly Car.

viniha.nsi = you kill

vinoda = humor

vinodaya = divert/recreate(be happy)

vi.nsha.nsha = A Varga. The harmonic twentieth division. Used for delineating Religious fervour
and accrued spiritual merit

vi.nshottari = The most popular Dasha method in use today

vi.nshopaka = A method of calculating planetary strength using the Vargas

vinyaasa* = m. putting or placing down &c.; a deposit W.; putting on (ornaments) Kâvya7d.;
movement, position (of limbs), attitude TPrât. Kâv.; arrangement, disposition, order Pur.;
scattering, spreading out MBh. Hariv.; establishment, foundation MârkP.; putting together,
connecting (words &c.), composition (of literary works) Vâs. Sâh. &c.; exhibition, display (ifc. =
showing, displaying) MBh.; the utterance of words of despair Sâh.; assemblage, collection W.; any
site or receptacle on or in which anything is deposited ib.; {-rekhA} f. a line drawn Bâlar.

vipaadya* = mfn. to be killed, destructible ib.

vipatti = calamity

viparivartate = is working

vipariita = inverted, contrary to rule, wrong

vipariitaM = the opposite

vipariitakaraNii = the upside-down posture

vipariitaan.h = in the wrong direction

vipariitaani = just the opposite

viparyaya = inversion

viparyak* = ind. (fr. {-paryaJc}) invertedly BhP.

viparyANa* = mfn. unsaddled Kathâs.; {-NI-kRta} mfn. id. ib.

viparya* = m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.

viparyas* = Â. {-asyate}, to turn over, turn round, overturn, reverse, invert S'Br. Gaut.; to change,
interchange, exchange KâtyS'r.; to have a wrong notion, be in error Bhartri.: Caus. {-Asayati}, to
cause to turn round or to change Bâlar.
viparyasta* = mfn. turned over, reversed, opposite, contrary AitBr. MBh. &c.; (in gram.)
interchanged, inverted Pân. 2-3, 56 Sch.; standing round Kathâs.; erroneously conceived to be
real W.; {-tA} f. perverseness Sinha7s.; {-putrA} f. a woman bearing no male children MW.;
{-manaz-ceSTa} mfn. having mind and actions perverted or inverted Mriicch.

viparyAsa* = m. overturning, overthrow, upsetting (of a car) GriS.; transposition, transportation

MBh.; expiration, lapse (of time) MBh.; exchange, inversion, change, interchange S'rS. MBh. &c.;
reverse, contrariety, opposition, opposite of (e.g. {stuti-v-}, the opposite of praise i.e. blame)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; change for the worse, deterioration MBh.; death R.; perverseness Râjat.; error,
mistake, delusion, imagining what is unreal or false to be real or true Kâv. Bhâshâp. Pañcat.;
{-so7pamA} f. an inverted comparison (in which the relation between the Upamâna and Upameya
is inverted) Kâvya7d.

viparyAsam* = ind. alternately AitBr. S'Br. S'ulbas.

viparyAvRt* = Â. {-vartate}, to be turned back Kaus'.: Caus. {-vartayati}, to cause to turn away
from, cause to be overturned TS.

viparyaya* = mfn. reversed, inverted, perverse, contrary to (gen.) BhP.; m. turning round,
revolution Jyot.; running off, coming to an end R.; transposition, change, alteration, inverted
order or succession, opposite of. Âs'vS'r. Nir. MBh. &c. (e.g. {buddhi-v-}, the opposite opinion;
{svapna-v-}, the opp of sleep, state of being awake; {saMdhi-viparyayau}, peace and its opposite
i.e. war; {viparyaye}, {-yena} and {-yAt} ind. in the oppñopposite case, other wise); exchange,
barter (e.g. {dravya-v-}, exchange of goods, buying and selling, trade) MW.; change for the worse,
reverse of fortune, calamity, misfortune Mn. MBh. &c.; perverseness R. Kathâs. BhP.; overthrow,
min, loss, destruction (esp. of the world) Kâv.; change of opinion Sâh.; change of purpose or
conduct, enmity, hostility W.; misapprehension, error, mistake Mn. BhP. Sarvad.; mistaking
anything to be the reverse or opposite of what it is MW.; shunning, avoiding R. vii, 63, 31 (Sch.);
N. of partic. forms of intermittent fever Sus'r.

viparyAya* = m. = {vi-paryaya}, reverse, contrariety L.

viparyayeNaa.api = by changing also

viparyaaya = a mistaken view

vipashchit.h = (m) a learned man, scholar

vipashchitaH = full of discriminating knowledge

vipaT =* P. %{-pATayati}, to split in two, tear open, tear out, destroy MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to drive
asunder, scare away Ka1d. Ra1jat.

vipat=*P. %{-patati}, to fly or dash or rush through RV. i, 168, 6; to fly apart, fall off, burst
asunder, be divided or separated S3Br. ChUp.; to fly along RV. x, 96, 9: Caus. %{-patayati}, to fly
in various directions RV. iii, 55, 3; to fall asunder, be opened ib., vi, 9, 6; %{-pAtayati}, to cause to
fly away, shoot off (arrows) AV.; to cause to fly asunder or off, split or strike off (a head) ib.; to
strike down, kill MBh.//in comp. for %{vi-pad}; %{-kara} mf(%{I})n. causing misfortune Harav.;
(%{I}) f. N. of a goddess ib.; %{-kAla} m. season of mñmisfortune or calamity Hit.; %{-phala}
mfn. resulting in mñmisfortune, calamitous MW.; %{-sAgara} m. `" ocean of misfortune "', heavy
calamity W.

vipaksha = of the opposite side

vipaaka = the distressing results of karmas: * = mf({A})n. ripe, mature RV.; m. cooking, dressing
(= {pacana}) L.; ripening, maturing (esp. of the fruit of actions), effect, result, consequence (of
actions in the present or former births pursuing those who commit them through subsequent
existences) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; maturing of food (in the stomach), digestion conversion of food into a
state for assimilation MBh. Hariv. Sus'r.; bad digestion Car.; any change of form or state Uttarar.;
calamity, distress "', misfortune Yâjñ. Uttarar.; withering, fading S'is'.; `" sweat "' or `" flavour `"
({sveda} or {svAda}) L.; (ibc.) subsequently, afterwards (see comp.); {-kaTuka} mfn. sharp or
bitter in its consequences Kathâs.; {-kAla} m. the time of ripening or maturing Râjat.; {-tIvra}
mfn. sharp or terrible in consequence of (comp.) BhP.; {-dAruNa} mfn. terrible or dangerous in
results Prab.; {-doSa} m. morbid affection of the digestive powers Sus'r.; {-visphUrjathu} m. the
consequences (of sins committed in a former birth) compared to a thunder stroke Ragh.; {-zruta}
n. N. of a sacred book of the Jainas W. \\%{vi-pAkin} see under %{vi-pac}, p. 973.

vipAkin* = mfn. ripening, maturing bearing fruits or having consequences, Ma1latim.; difficult to
be digested (in %{a-vip-}) Car.

vipac* = P. %{-pacati}, to cook thoroughly, dissolve by cooking or boiling Ka1tyS3r. Sus3r.

[973,2]; Pass. %{-pacyate}, to be cooked or baked or roasted MBh.; to be digested ib.; to be
completely matured or ripened or developed Ragh. Sus3r.; to bear fruit, develop consequences
VarBr2S.: Caus. %{-pAcayati}, to cook thoroughly, dissolve by cooking, melt, liquefy Sus3r.

vipas'cit* = mfn. inspired , wise , learned , versed in or acquainted with (comp.) RV. &c. &c. ; m.
N. of Indra under Manu Sva1rocisha Pur. ; of the Supreme Spirit Sarvad. ; of a Buddha (prob. w.r.
for %{vipazyin}) Lalit.

viphalaH = not good fruitless; * = mf({A})u. bearing no fruit (as a tree) Kâv. VarBriS.; fruitless,
useless, ineffectual, futile, vain, idle Yâjñ. Hariv. &c.; having no testicles R.; m. Pandanus
Odoratissimus L.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. fruitlessness, uselessness, unprofitableness Kâv. Pañcat.;
{-pre7raNa} mfn. flung in vain Hit.; {-zrama} mfn. exerting one's self in vain ({-tva} n.), Râjat;
{-lA7rambha} mfn. one whose efforts are vain or idle Yâjñ.; {-lA7za} mfn. one whose hopes are
disappointed Hariv. (v.l. {niSphal-}).

vipina * =`" stirring or waving (scil. in the wind) "', a wood, forest, thicket, grove MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
multitude, quantity Bâlar.; {-tilaka} n. a kind of metre Col.; {-nau9kas} m. wood-dweller "', an
ape, monkey Mcar.

vipra = Brahmin, sage

vipratipanna = adj. perplexed

vipratipannaa = without being influenced by the fruitive results

viprapriyaM = the loved of the Brahmins

vipraaH = (masc.nom.Pl.)Brahmins

vipula = ample

vipulaM = more than enough, plenty

vira * = m. a man, (esp.) a brave or eminent man, hero, chief (sometimes applied to gods, as to
Indra, Vishnu &c.; pl. men, people, mankind, followers, retainers) RV. &c. &c.; a hero (as opp. to a
god) RTL. 272 n.; a husband MBh. R. Pur.; a male child, son (collect. male progeny) RV. AV. Br.
GriS'rS.; (collect. male progeny) RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; the male of an animal AV. S'ânkhS'r.; (with,
Tântrikas) an adept (who is between the {divya} and the {pazu} RTL. 191) Rudray.; (in dram.)
heroism (as one of the 8 Rasas [q.v.]; the Vîra-carita [q.v.] exhibits an example) Bhar. Das'ar. Sâh.
&c.; an actor W.; a partic. Agni (son of Tapas) MBh.; fire, (esp.) sacred or sacrificial fire L.; N. of
various plants (Terminalia Arunja; Nerium Odorum; Guilandina Bonduc, manioc-root) L.; N. of
an Asura MBh.; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra ib.; of a son of Bharad-vâja ib.; of a son of Purusha
Vairâja and father of Priya-vrata and Uttâna-pâda Hariv.; of a son of Griiñjima ib.; of two sons of
Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Kshupa and father of Vivins'a MârkP.; of the father of Lîlâvatî ib.; of a
teacher of Vinaya Buddh.; of the last Arhat of the present Avasarpini L.; (also with {bhaTTa},
{AcArya} &c.) of various authors &c. Cat.; (pl.) of a class of gods under Manu Tâmasa BhP.; ({A})
f. a wife, matron (whose husband and sons are still alive) L.; an intoxicating beverage ib.; N. of
various plants and drugs (Flacourtia Cataphracta; Convolvulus Paniculatus; Gmelina Arborea; the
drug Ela-vâluka &c.) L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; N. of the wife of Bharad-vâja L.; of the
wife of Karan-dhama MârkP.; of a river MBh. (B. {vANI}); n. (only L.) a reed (Arundo Tibialis);
the root of ginger(?); pepper; rice-gruel; the root of Costus Speciosus, of Andropogon Muricatus
&c. [1005, 3]; mf({A})n. heroic, powerful, strong, excellent, eminent L. [Cf. Lat. {vir}; Lith.
{vy4ras}; Goth. {wair}; Angl. Sax. {w‰r}, {w‰re-wulf}; Eng. {werewolf}; Germ. {Werwolf},
{Wergeld}.]

viraagaH = Non-attachment/desirelessness

viraath* = in comp. for 2. {vi-rAj}.

viraaj* = m. (for 2. see s.v.) king of birds BhP.\\* = P.Â. {-rAjati}, {-te}, to reign, rule, govern,
master (gen. or acc.), excel (abl.) RV. AV. Br.; to be illustrious or eminent, shine forth, shine out
(abl.), glitter ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to appear as (nom.) MBh.: Caus. {-rAjayati}, (rarely {-te})
cause to shine forth, give radiance or lustre, brighten, illuminate MBh. R. &c.

vi-raa4j* =2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 949, col. 3) ruling far and wide, sovereign, excellent, splendid RV.;
mfn. a ruler, chief. king or queen (applied to Agni, Sarasvatî, the Sun &c.) ib. AV. VS. Br. MBh.; f.
excellence, pre-eminence, high rank, dignity, majesty TS. Br. S'rS.; m. or f. the first progeny of
Brahmâ (according to Mn. i, 32 &c., Brahmâ having divided his own substance into male and
female, produced from the female the male power Virâj, who then produced the first Manu or
Manu Svâyambhuva, who then created the ten Prajâ-patis; the BhP. states that the male half of
Brahmâ was Manu, and the other half S'ata-rûpâ, and does not allude to the intervention of
VñVirâj; other Purânas describe the union of S'ata-rûpâ with VñVirâj or Purusha in the first
instance, and with Manu in the second; Virâj as a sort of secondary creator, is sometimes
identified with Prajâ-pati, Brahmâ, Agni, Purusha, and later with Vishnu or Kriishna, while in RV.
x, 90, he is represented as born from Purusha, and Purusha from him; in the AV. viii, 10, 24; xi, 8,
30, VñVirâj is spoken of as a female, and regarded as a cow; being elsewhere, however, identified
with Pra7na) IW. 22 &c.; (in Vedânta) N. of the Supreme Intellect located in a supposed aggregate
of gross bodies (= {vaizvAnara}, q. v.), Vedantas.; m. a warrior (= {kSatriya}) MBh. BhP.; the
body MW.; a partic. Eka7ha PañcavBr. Vait.; N. of a son of Priya-vrata and Kâmyâ Hariv.; of a son
of Nara VP.; of Buddha L. [983,1]; of a son of Râdhâ MW.; of a district ib.; f. a particular Vedic
metre consisting of four Pâdas of ten syllables each (and therefore also a symbolical N. of the
number `" ten "'; in RV. x, 130, 5 this metre is represented as attaching itself to Mitra and Varuna,
and in AitBr. i, 4 Virâj is mystically regarded as `" food "', and invocations are directed to be made
in this metre when food is the especial object of prayer; in prosody VñVirâj is applied to any metre
defective by two syllables RPrât.); pl. N. of partic. bricks (40 in number) VS. S'Br.

viraajana* = mfn. embellishing, beautifying (ifc.) Car.; n. ruling, being eminent or illustrious, &c.
Nir.

viraaTaH = Virata

viraam.h = to stop
viraama = stop * cessation, termination, end S'ânkhGri. Mn. &c. (acc. with {yA} or {pra-yA}, to
come to an end, rest); end of a word or sentence, stop, pause (ifc. = ending with), APrât. Pân. &c.;
end of or caesura with in a Pâda S'rutab.; (in gram.), the stop "'N. of a small oblique stroke placed
under a consonant to denote that it is quiescent i.e. that it has no vowel inherent or otherwise
pronounced after it (this mark is sometimes used in the middle of conjunctions of consonants; but
its proper use, according to native grammarians, is only as a stop at the end of a sentence ending
in a consonant); desistence, abstention Kâs'. Vop.; exhaustion, languor Car.; N. of Vishnu MBh.;
of S'iva S'ivag.; {-tA} f. cessation, abatement Pañcar.

viraamaH = respite, full stop

viraamaka * = mfn. ending in (ifc.) L.

viraamaNa * = n. a pause Hcat.

viracita* = mfn. constructed, arranged &c. [982,1]; performed BhP.; composed, written, Kalid.
Pan5cat.; put together, spoken, uttered (see comp.); put on, worn Ragh.; furnished with (instr.)
Megh.; put in, inlaid, set MW.; (%{A}) f. N. of a woman Katha1s.; %{-pada} mfn. (a speech or
song &c.) the words of which are artificially composed or arranged, rhythmic, poetic Ka1lid.; %{-
vapus} mfn. one who has his body formed or arranged MW.; %{-vAc} mfn. one who has
composed a speech or who has spoken Ragh.; %{-to7kti} mfn. id. Katha1s.

viramamNa * = n. ceasing cessation KâtyS'r.; (ifc.) desistence from Subh.

viramArga* = m. the course or career of a hero MBh. Hariv

vira4matii * = f. N. of a woman HParis'.

vira4matsya * = m. pl. N. of a people R.

vira4maya * = mf({I})n. (with Tântrikas) relating or belonging to an initiated person L.

vira4mANikya * = m. N. of a king Prasannar.

vira4maanin * = mfn. thinking one's self a hero Kathâs.; m. N. of a hero Vcar.

vi-ramita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to cease, stopped BhP.

viram * = P. {-ramati} (rarely Â.; cf. Pân. 1-3, 83), to stop (esp. speaking), pause, cease, come to
an end TS. &c. &c.; to give up, abandon, abstain or desist from (abl.) KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.: Caus.
{-rA8mayati}, to cause to stop or rest &c., bring to an end, finish R. BhP.: Desid. see {vi-riraMsA}.

vi-rama * = m. cessation, end MBh. BhP.; sunset S'is'. ix, 11; (ifc.) desistence or abstention from
MBh.

virachita = created

virachitaM = created, composed

viraha = separation * = m. abandonment, desertion, parting, separation (esp. of lovers), absence

from (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; lack, want (ifc. = lacking, with the exception of) Kâv.
Kathâs. &c.; {-guNita} mfn. increased by separation Megh.; {-ja} mfn. arising from sñseparation
S'ak.; {-janita} mfn. id. MW.; {-jvara} m. the anguish of sñseparation ib.; {-virasa} mfn. painful
through (the idea of) separation, S'ântis'.; {-vyApad} mfn. decreased by sñseparation Megh.;
{-zayana} n. a solitary couch or bed Megh.; {-hA7dhigama} m. experiencing sñseparation ib.;
{-hA7nala} m. the fire of sñseparation ib.; {-hA7rta} mfn. pained by sñseparation W.;
{-hA7vasthA} f. state of sñseparation MW.; {-ho7tkaNThikA} f. (in dram.) a woman who longs
after her absent lover or husband Sâh.; {-ho7tsuka} mfn. suffering from sñseparation A.

virahitaM = without

viraja*= free from dust, clean, pure`'free from passioñ

viraja*= (3. %{vi+raja} for %{rajas}) mf(%{A})n. free from dust, clean, pure (also fig. `" free from
passion "') S3Br. MBh. &c.; free from the menstrual excretion L.; m. N. of a Marut-vat Hariv.; of a
son of Tvasht2r2i BhP.; of a son of Pu1rn2iman ib.; of a pupil of Ja1tu1karn2ya ib.; of the world of
Buddha Padma-prabha SaddhP.; (pl.) of a class of gods under Manu Sa1varn2i BhP.; (%{A}) f.
Panicum Dactylon (= %{dUrA}) MBh. (= %{kapitthAnI} L.); of the wife of Nahusha (spiritual
daughter of a class of Pitr2is called Su-svadhas or Sva.svadhas) Hariv.; of a mistress of Kr2ishn2a
(who was changed into a river) Pan5car.; of a Ra1kshasi1 Cat.; n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh.;
%{-prabha} m. N. of a Buddha Buddh.; %{-loka} m. N. of a partic. world, VB.; %{-jA7kSa} m. N.
of a mountain (to the north of Meru) Ma1rkP.; %{-jAkSetra} n. N. of a sacred district Cat.; %{-
je7zvarI} f. N. of Ra1dha1 Pan5car.

virajAta * = (%{vIra4-}) mfn. (wealth) consisting in men or sons RV.

viriñca or virañca * = A* 'beyond passion' m. (perhaps fr. {ric}; but cf. {viraJca}) N. of Brahmâ
(but also applied to Vishnu and S'iva) MBh. Kathâs. Pur. ({-ta} f. BhP.)

virakta = uninerested

virala = rare

virama V = become detached, stop

viriñca* = m. (perhaps fr. {ric}; but cf. {viraJca}) N. of Brahmâ (but also applied to Vishnu and
S'iva) MBh. Kathâs. Pur. ({-ta} f. BhP.)

virochana = a demon prince

virodha = opposition

viruda * = hot out, sprouted, budded, grown; come forth, formed, produced, born, arisen;
ascended, mounted, ridden, overgrown with young grass

virugna * =mfn. (less correctly {vi-rugna}) broken to pieces, torn asunder &c. Bhathth.

visarga* = m. sending forth, letting go, liberation, emission, discharge GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; voiding,
evacuation (of excrement) S'Br. MBh. Sus'r.; opening (of the closed hand) KâtyS'r.; getting rid of,
sending away, dismissal, rejection Mn. MBh. &c.; letting loose i.e. driving out (cows; see {go-
vis-}); final emancipation, exemption from worldly existence BhP.; cessation, end RV. GriS.; end
of the annual course of the sun Car.; destruction of the world BhP.; giving, granting, bestowal Mn.
MBh. &c.; scattering, hurling, throwing, shooting, casting (also of glances) MBh. Ragh. BhP.;
producing, creating (esp. secondary creation or creation in detail by Purusha; see under {sarga})
Bhag. BhP.; creation (in the concrete sense), product, offspring Hariv. BhP.; `" producer "', cause
BhP.; membrum virile ib.; the suñs southern course L.; separation, parting W. (cf. {-cumbana});
light, splendour ib.; N. of a symbol in grammar (= {vi-sarjanIya}, which is the older term see
below) Pân. Sch. S'rutab. MBh. BhP.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1241; {-cumbana} n. a parting kiss
Ragh.; {-lupta} n. elision of the Visarga Pratâp.

vishaNNa * =mfn. dejected, sad, desponding, sorrowful, downcast, out of spirits or temper Kâv.
Kathâs. BhP.; {-cetas} mfn. dejected in mind, lowspirited, downcast R.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. dejection,
sadness, languor, lassitude (esp. as one of the effects of unsuccessful love) L.; {-bhAva} m. id.
Das'.; {-manas} mfn. = {-cetas} BhP.; {-mukha} mf({I})n. dejected in countenance, looking sad or
dejected R.; {-rUpa} mf({A})n. having a sorrowful aspect, being in a dejected mood R.; {-vadana}
mfn. = {-mukha} ib.; {-NNA7tman} mfn. low-spirited, desponding, downcast BhP.

vishate = he enters

vishama\-vrittii = uneven or strained movement whilst breathing

vishanti = enter

vishaNNa * = mfn. dejected, sad, desponding, sorrowful, downcast, out of spirits or temper Ka1v.
Katha1s. BhP.; %{-cetas} mfn. dejected in mind, lowspirited, downcast R.; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n.
dejection, sadness, languor, lassitude (esp. as one of the effects of unsuccessful love) L.; %{-
bhAva} m. id. Das3.; %{-manas} mfn. = %{-cetas} BhP.; %{-mukha} mf(%{I})n. dejected in
countenance, looking sad or dejected R.; %{-rUpa} mf(%{A})n. having a sorrowful aspect, being
in a dejected mood R.; %{-vadana} mfn. = %{-mukha} ib.; %{-NNA7tman} mfn. low-spirited,
desponding, downcast BhP.

vishaaM = and the vaisyas

vishaakhaa = Sixteenth nakshatra

vishaala = very great

vishaalaM = vast

vishaalaakshau = (two)persons with (lotus-like)large eyes

vis'aala* = mf({A} accord. to g. {bahvAdi} also {I})n. (prob. fr. {viz}; accord. to others, fr. {vi-zR})
spacious, extensive, broad, wide, large TS. &c. &c. ({am} ind. extensively PañcavBr.); great,
important, powerful, mighty, illustrious, eminent MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) abundant in, full of Kap.;
m. a kind of beast or bird or plant L.; a partic. Shad-aha S'rS.; N. of the father of Takshaka,
S'ankhGri.; of an Asura Kathâs.; of a son of Ikshvâku (founder of the city Vis'âlâ) R.; of a son of
Triinabindu Pur.; of a king of Vaidis'a MârkP.; of a mountain ib.; ({A}) f. colocynth Sus'r.; Basella
Cordifolia L.; Portulaca Quadrifida L.; {--mahe7ndravAruNI} L.; (in music) a partic. Mûrchanâ
Sangît.; N. of the city Ujjayinî or Ougein R. Megh. Kathâs.; of another town (see {vaizAlI},
{vaizalI}); of a river and a hermitage situated on it MBh. R. BhP.; = {sarasvatI} L.; N. of an
Apsaras VP.; of the wife of Aja-midha MBh.; of the wife of Arishtha-nemi (and daughter of
Daksha) GârudaP.; ({I}) f. a kind of plant L.; n. N. of a place of pilgrimage, Bh.; du. (with
{viSNoH}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.

vis'aarada * = mf({A})n. experienced, skilled or proficient in, conversant with (loc. or comp.;
{-tva} n. Pañcad.) Mn. MBh. &c.; learned, wise W.; clever (as a speech) BhP.; of a clear or serene
mind Lalit.; famous, celebrated W.; beautifully autumnal Vâs.; lacking the gift of speech ib.; bold,
impudent ib.; = {zreSTha} L.: m. Mimusops Elengi Kir. Sch.; N. of an author and of another
person Cat.; ({A}) f. a kind of Alhagi L.; {-di-man} m. skill, proficiency, conversancy Harav.
vishaaya * = Nom. Â. {-yate} (m. c. also P. {-yati}), to become poison, turn into poison Bhartri.
Subh.

vishaya* = m. (ifc. f. {A}; prob. either fr 1. {viS}, `" to act "', or fr. {vi} + {si}, `" to extend "' cf. Pân.
8-3, 70 Sch.) sphere (of influence or activity), dominion, kingdom, territory, region, district,
country, abode (pl. = lands, possessions) Mn. MBh. &c.; scope, compass, horizon, range, reach (of
eyes, ears, mind &c.) S'ânkhS'r. MBh. &c.; period or duration (of life) Pañcat.; special sphere or
department, peculiar province or tield of action, peculiar element, concern (ifc. = `" concerned
with, belonging to, intently engaged on "'; {viSaye}, with gen. or ifc. = `" in the sphere of, with
regard or reference to "'; {atra viSaye}, `" with regard to this object "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; space or
room (sometimes = fitness) for (gen.) Kâv. Pañcat.; an object of sense (these are five in number,
the five {indriya}, or organs of sense having each their proper {viSaya} or object, viz. 1. {zabda}, `"
sound "', for the ear cf. {zruti-viSaya}; 2. {sparza}, `" tangibility "', for the skin; 3. {rUpa}, `" form
"' or `" colour "', for the eye; 4. {rasa}, `" savour "', for the tongue; 5. {gandha}, `" odour "' for the
nose: and these five Vishayas are sometimes called the Gunas or `" properties "' of the five
elements, ether, air, fire, water, earth, respectively; cf. {zruti-viSaya-guNa}) Yâjñ. S'ank. Sarvad.
IW. 83; a symbolical N. of the number `" five "' VarBriS.; anything perceptible by the senses, any
object of affection or concern or attention, any special worldly object or aim or matter or business,
(pl.) sensual enjoyments, sensuality KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; any subject or topic, subject-matter
MBh. Kâv. &c.; an object (as opp. to `" a subject "') Sarvad. [997, 2]; a fit or suitable object (`" for
"' dat. gen., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in phil.) the subject of an argument, category, general head
(one of the 5 members of an Adhikarana [q.v.], the other 4 being {vizaya} or {saMzaya}, {pUrva-
pakSa}, {uttara-pakSa} or {siddhA7nta}, and {saMgati} or {nirNaya}) Sarvad.; un-organic matter
IW. 73; (in gram.) limited or restricted sphere (e.g. {chandasi viSaye}, `" only in the Veda "') Kâs'.
(ifc. = restricted or exclusively belonging to); (in rhet.) the subject of a comparison (e.g. in the
comp. `" lotus-eye "' the second member is the {viSaya}, and the first the {viSayin}) Kuval.
Pratâp.; a country with more than 100 villages L.; a refuge, asylum W.; a religious obligation or
observance ib.; a lover, husband ib.; semen virile ib.

vishayakarman * = n. worldly business or act W.

vishaya-kAma * = m. desire of worldly goods or pleasures ib.

vishaya-tA * = f. the character or condition of being an object or having anything for an object, the
relation between an object and the knowledge of it Sâh. Veda7ntas. Sarvad.; {-rahasya} n. {-vAda}
(or {-vicAra}) m. {-vAda-TippaNa} n. {-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wks.

vishaya-tva * = n. = {-tA} Sarvad. Yâjñ. Sch.; (ifc.) the being restricted to, occurring only in Pat.

vishaya-nirati * =f. attachment to sensual objects A.

vishaya-pati * = m. the governor of a province Inscr.

vishaya-vat * = mfn. directed to objects of sense MBh.; objective Yogas.

vishayaa7nta * =m. the boundary of a country MBh. R. Kathâs

vishishhTaaH = especially powerful

vishishhyate = is by far the better

visthaana * = mfn. belonging to another place or organ (as a sound) RPrât. - 1.

vishthhaa * = 1 f. (for 2. 3. see p. 999, col. 1) = 3. {viS}, feces, excrement (acc. with {kR} or {vi-
dhA}, to void excrñexcrement) Mn. MBh. &c. (often w.r. {viSTA}).

vishthhaa * = 2 ( {sthA}; for 1. {viSThA} see p. 996, col. 2) Â. {-tiSThate} (cf. Pân. 1-3, 22; Ved.
and ep. also P.), to stand or go apart, be spread or diffused or scattered over or through (acc. or
{adhi} with loc.) RV. VS. AV.; to be removed or separated from (instr.) TS. AV.; to stand, be
stationary stand still, remain firm, abide, dwell, stop RV. &c. &c.; to keep ground, not to budge R.;
to be present or near MBh.; to be engaged in (loc.) Hariv.: Caus. (only aor. {-tiSThipaH}) to
spread, expand RV. i, 56, 5.

vishthhaa * = 3 f. place, position, station, form, kind RV. AV. TBr. S'rS.; a rope (?) DivyA7v.;
{-vrAji4n} mfn. remaining in one place, stationary S'Br.

vishuddha = pure

vishuddhayaa = fully purified

vishuddhaye = for clarifying

vishuddhaatmaa = a purified soul

visheshha = particular

vis'esha * = m. (once in Pañcat. n.; ifc. f. {A}) distinction, difference between (two gen., two loc.,
or gen. and instr.) GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; characteristic difference, peculiar mark, special property,
speciality, peculiarity Mn. MBh. &c.; a kind, species, individual (e.g. {vRkSa-v-}, a species of tree,
in comp. often also = special, peculiar, particular, different, e.g. {chando-v-}, a particular metre,
{vñvizeSa-maNDana}, a peculiar ornament "'; {argha-vizeSAH}, different prices "') MBh. Kâv.
&c.; (pl.) various objects Megh.; distinction, peculiar merit, excellence, superiority (in comp.
often= excellent, superior, choice, distinguished e.g. {AkRti-v-}, `" an excellent form "' [990, 3];
cf. {vñvizeSa-pratipatti}) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in gram.) a word which defines or limits the meaning of
another word (cf. {vi-zeSaka} and {vi-zeSaNa}); (in phil.) particularity, individuality, essential
difference or individual essence (with the Vais'eshikas the 5th cate gory or Pada7rtha, belonging
to the 9 eternal substances or Dravyas, viz. soul, time, place, ether, and the 5 atoms of earth,
water, light, air, and mind, which are said to be so essentially different that one can never be the
other) IW. 66 &c.; (in medicine) a favourable turn or crisis of a sickness Sus'r.; (in rhet.)
statement of difference or distinction, individualization, variation Kuval. (cf. {vizeSo7kti}); a
sectarian mark, any mark on the forehead (= {tilaka}) L.; (in geom.) the hypotenuse S'ulbas.; N. of
the primary elements or Mahâ-bhûtas (q.v.) MaitrUp.; the earth as an element BhP.; the
mundane egg ib.; {-virAj} ib.; (ibc., {ena} or {At} ind. exceedingly, especially, particularly, even
more Mn. MBh. &c.; {At} ifc., by reason or in consequence of. VarBriS.; {yena yena vizeSeNa}, in
any way whatever MBh.); mf({A})n. extraordinary, abundant Ragh. ii, 14 (B. {vizeSAt} for
{vizeSA}); {-karaNa} n. making better, improvement Mâlav.; {-kRt} mfn. making a distinction,
distinguishing RPrât.; {--garhaNIya} mfn. especially reprehensible, even more blamable Kuval.;
{-guNa} m. a special or distinct quality Nîlak.; (in phil.) a substance of a distinct kind (as soul,
time, space, ether, and the five atoms enumerated above) W.; {-jJa} mfn. knowing distinctions,
judicious Kâv. Kathâs.; (ifc.) knowing various kinds of. R.; {jJAna-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wk.; {-tac}
ind. according to the difference of. in proportion to (comp.) Mn. xi, 2; especially, particularly,
above all Mn. MBh. &c.; individually, singly, Vedantas.; {-tva} n. distinction, notion of the
particular L.; {-drizya} mfn. of splendid aspect or appearance Ragh.; {-dharma} m. a peculiar or
different duty W.; a special law MW.; {niyama} m. a partic. observance MBh.; {-nirukti} f. (ibc.)
`" explanation of differences "'; N. of wk. ({-kroDa} m. {-TIkA} f. {-prakAza}, m.; {-tyAloka} m. N.
of wks.); {-patanIya} n. a partic. crime or sin Yâjñ. iii, 298; {-padA7rtha} m. (in Nyâya) the
category of particularity (cf. above under {vizeSa}); {-pratipatti} f. a special mark of honour or
respect Ragh.; {-pratiSedha} m. a special exception MW.; {-pramANa} n. spñspecial authority ib.;
{-bhAga} m. a partic. part of an elephant's fore-foot L.; {-bhAvanA} f. reflecting on or perceiving
difference W.; (in arithm.) a partic. operation in extracting roots, composition by the difference of
the products ib.; {-bhUta-pariziSTa} n. N. of wk.; {-maNDana} n. a peculiar ornament S'ak.;
{-mati} m. N. of a Bodhisattva and of another man Buddh.; {-mitra} m. N. of a man Buddh.;
{-ramaNIya} mfn. especially delightful, particularly pleasant Vikr.; {-lakSaNa} n. any specific or
characteristic mark or sign W.; ({-NATIkA} f. N. of wk.); {liGga} n. a partic. mark, specific
property, attribute of a subordinate class Kap.; {-vacana} n. `" distinguishing or defining word "',
an adjective, apposition Pân. 8-1, 74; a special text, special rule or precept W.; {-vat} mfn.
pursuing something particular MBh. ii, 849; possessed of some distinguishing property or specific
quality BhP.; excellent, superior, better than (abl.) MBh. Hariv.; making a difference (see {a-v-});
{-vAda} m. the above doctrine of the Vais'eshikas; ({-TIkA} f. N. of wk.; {-din} m. an adherent of
that doctrine Sânkhyak. Sch.); {-vikrama-ruci} mfn. taking delight in splendid heroism Bhartri.;
{-vid} mfn. = {jJa} MBh.; {-vidvas} m. `" eminently learned "', a sage, philosopher W.; {-vidhi} m.
a special rule or observance W.; {-vyApti} f. (in logic) a form of Vyâpti or pervasion L.; N. of wk.
(also {-rahasya} n.); {-zArGgadhara} m. N. of wk.; {-zAlin} mfn. possessing peculiar merit or
excellence Kir.; {-zAstra} n. (in gram.) a special rule(= {apavAda}) MW.; {-sthu} mfn. being
(found only) in excellent persons or things Kâvya7d. ii, 170; {-SA7tideza} m. a spñspecial
supplementary rule ib.; {-SA7mRta} n. N. of wk.; {-SA7rtha} m. the sense or essence of
distinction, difference ({am} ind. for the sake of dñdifference MW.); {-prakAzikA} f. {-bodhikA} f.
N. of wks.; {-SA7rthin} mfn. seeking for excellence or distinction MBh.; particular in searching for
anything MW.; ({-thi}) {-tA} f. the searching for something better Pañcat.; {-SA7vasyakaniryukti}
f. N. of wk.; {-So7kti} f. `" mention of difference "'N. of a figure of speech (in which the excellence
of a thing is implied by comparing it to some highly prized object, yet mentioning the difference
e.g. {dyUtaMnAma puruSasyA7siMhA7sanaM rAjyam}, `" truly gambling is a mañs throneless
kingdom "' Mriicch. ii, 6/7) Vâm. iv, 3, 23 (cf. Kâvyad. ii, 323 &c.) [991, 1]; enumeration of merits,
panegyric W.; {-SA7cchvasita} n. the peculiar breath or life, cherished object), a peculiar treasure
(applied to an object especially dear) MW.; {-So7ddeza} m. (in Nyâya) a partic. kind of
enunciation ib.

visheshhataH = especially

visheshhasanghaan.h = specifically assembled

visheshhaGYa = the knowledgeable or wise person

vishyati = (4 pp) to pierce

vishleshha = lonely (antonym of aashleshha which is embrace)

vis'vaM = the universe

vis'va* = mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {viz}, to pervade cf. Un. i, 151; declined as a pron. like {sarva}, by
which it is superseded in the Brâhmanas and later language) all, every, every one; whole, entire,
universal RV. &c. &c.; all-pervading or all-containing, omnipresent (applied to Vishnu-Kriishna,
the soul, intellect &c.) Up. MBh. &c.; m. (in phil.) the intellectual faculty or (accord. to some) the
faculty which perceives individuality or the individual underlying the gross body ({sthUla-zarIra-
vyaSty-upahita}) Veda7ntas.; N. of a class of gods cf. below; N. of the number `" thirteen "' Gol.;
of a class of deceased ancestors MârkP.; of a king MBh.; of a well-known dictionary = {vizva-
prakAza}; pl. ({vi4zve}, with or scil. {devA4s} cf. {vizve-deva}, p. 995) `" all the gods collectively "'
or the, All-gods "' (a partic. class of gods, forming one of the 9 Ganas enumerated under
{gaNadevatA} q.v.; accord. to the Vishnu and other Purânas they were sons of Vis'vâ, daughter of
Daksha, and their names are as follow, 1. Vasu, 2. Satya, 3. Kratu, 4. Daksha, 5. Kâla, 6. Kâma, 7.
Dhriiti, 8. Kuru, 9. Purû-ravas, 10. Mâdravas [?]; two others are added by some, viz. 11. Rocaka or
Locana, 12. Dhvani [or Dhûri; or this may make 13]: they are particularly worshipped at S'râddhas
and at the Vais'vadeva ceremony [RTL. 416] [992,3]; moreover accord. to Manu [iii, 90, 121],
offerings should be made to them daily - these privileges having been bestowed on them by
Brahmâ and the Pitriis, as a reward for severe austerities they had performed on the Hima7laya:
sometimes it is difficult to decide whether the expression {vizve devAH} refers to all the gods or to
the particular troop of deities described above) RV. &c.; &c.; ({A}) f. the earth L. (loc. pl. `" in all
places, everywhere "' RV. viii, 106, 2); dry ginger L.; Piper Longum L.; Asparagus Racemosus L.; =
{ati-viSA}, or {viSA} L.; N. of one of the tongues of Agni MârkP.; a partic. weight L.; N. of a
daughter of Daksha (the wife of Dharma and mother of the Vis've Devâh) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a
river BhP.; n. the whole world, universe AV. &c.&c.; dry ginger Sus'r.; myrrh L.; a mystical N. of
the sound {o} Up.

vishva* = mfn. injurious, hurtful, mischievous (= {hiMsra}) L.

vishvataaH = from all around the world

vishvatomukhaM = and in the universal form

vishvatomukhaH = Brahma

vishvamaaryaM = vishvaM:Universe and AryaM: (acc.sing.):noble person

vishvamuurte = O universal form

vishvaruupa = in the form of the universe

vishvavidyaalayaH = (m) university

vishvavedaaH = one who has understood the world(vishva)

vis'vadeva* = ({vizva4-}) mfn. all-divine RV. Hariv.; m. N. of a god Hariv.; of a teacher Cat.; Pl. a
partic. class of deities, the Vis've Devâh (see {vizva} above) RV. VS. Hariv. VarBriS.; ({A}) f.
Uraria Lagopedioides Sus'r.; Hedysarum LagopñLagopedioides W.; a species of red-flowering
Dando7tpala L.; {-tA} f. pl. the Vis've Devâh L.; {-dIkSitIya} n. N. of wk.; {-netra} ({vizva4-deva-})
mfn. led by the VñVis've DñDevâh VS.; {-bhakta} mfn. (prob.) inhabited by worshippers of the
VñVis've DñDevâh (g. {aiSukAry-Adi}); {-vat} ({vizva4-deva-}) mfn. united with all gods AV.

vis've-deva* = m. pl. the Vis've Devâh (see under {vizva}) Pur.; sg. N. of the number `" thirteen "'
(at the end of the Sandeha-vishau9shadhi); of Mahâpurusha Hariv.; of an Asura ib.; or another
divine being Kâthh.; ({A}) f. Uraria Lagopodioides L.

vishvasya = universe

vishvaamitra = vishvAmitra's

vis'vaasa = faith * = m. confidence, trust, reliance, faith or belief in (loc. gen. instr. with or without
%{saha}, or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a confidential communication, secret Das3. Hit. ; %{-
kAraka} mf(%{ikA})n. inspiring confidence, causing trust MBh. ; %{-kAraNa} n. reason for
cñconfidence Hit. ; %{-kArya} n. a confidential matter of business Hit. ; %{-kRt} mfn. = %{-
kAraka} W. ; %{-ghAta} m. destruction of confidence, violation of trust, treachery Ra1matUp. ;
%{-ghAtaka} or %{-ghAtin} mfn. one who destroys cñconfidence, a traitor MBh. R. &c. ; %{-
janman} mfn. produced from cñconfidence MW. ; %{-devI} f. N. of the patroness of Vidya1-pati
(to whom he dedicated his Gan3ga1-va1kya7vali1, a wk. on the worship of the water of the
Ganges) Cat. ; %{-parama} mfn. wholly possessed of cñconfidence, thoroughly trustful R. ; %{-
pAtra} n. `" receptacle of confidence "', a trustworthy person Hit. ; %{-pratipanna} mfn.
possessed of cñconfidence, trustful Hit. ; %{-prada} mfn. inspiring cñconfidence W. ; %{-bhaGga}
m. violation of cñconfidence, breach of faith Ma1lati1m. ; %{-bhUmi} f. `" ground for
cñconfidence "', a trustworthy person Hit. ; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. consisting in cñconfidence
Ja1takam. ; %{-rAya} m. N. of a minister Cat. ; %{-sthAna} n. `" place for or object of
cñconfidence "', a hostage, surety Pan5cat. ; %{-hantR} (Ma1rkP.) or %{-hartR} (MBh.) m. `"
destroyer or stealer of cñconfidence "', a traitor ; %{-sai9ka-bhU} f. `" sole ground for
cñconfidence "', sole trustworthy person, Kusum. ; %{-sai9ka-sAra} m. `" one whose sole essence
is cñconfidence "'N. of a man MW. ; %{zo7jjhita-dhI} mfn. `" one whose mind has abandoned
cñconfidence "', distrustful, suspicious Ra1jat. [995,2] ; %{-so7pagama} m. access of cñconfidence
S3ak.

vishvaasabhuumi = trustworthy

vishve = the Visvedevas

vishveshvara = O Lord of the universe

visha = poison

vishama = odd (as in odd or even)

vishamiva = like poison

vishame = in this hour of crisis

vishaya = kingdom (here)

vishayaaH = on the subject matter

vishayaan.h = sense objects

vishaye = in topics, in subjects

vishaaNa = horns

vishaadaM = moroseness

vishaadi = morose

vishiidan.h = while lamenting

vishiidantaM = lamenting

vishusprisha = touched, tinged with poison (poison-tipped arrow?)

vishheshhataa = difference

vishhopameyaM = poison-like

vis'lesha *= m. loosening, separation, dissolution, disjunction, falling asunder Katha1s. Sus3r.

(%{saMdhau@v-} or %{saMdhi-v-}, non-union of letters, hiatus Sa1h.) ; separation (esp. of
lovers) Ka1v. Katha1s. ; a chasm MW. ; (in arithm.) the converse of addition Gan2it. ; %{-jAti} f.
(in arithm.) the assimilation of difference, reduction of fractional dñdifference Li1l. ; %{-sUtra} n.
a rule for (an operation which is) the converse of addition Col.

vishthabhya = pervading

vishthhitaM = situated

vishNu = the preserver of life

vishNuH = the Lord MahaavishhNu

vishNutvaM = the quality/state of Brahman/god-realisation

vishNo = O Lord Visnu

viSvaksena* = m. (sometimes written {vizvak-s-}) `" whose hosts or powers go everywhere "'N. of
Vishnu-Kriishna (or of a partic. form of that deity to whom the fragments of a sacrifice are
offered) MBh. Kâv. &c.; of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1168; of an attendant of Vishnu Pur.; of a Sâdhya
Hariv.; of the 14th (or 13th) Manu VP.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a king R.; of a son of Brahma-datta
Hariv. Pur.; of a son of S'ambara Hariv.; ({A}) f. a kind of plant (= {priyaGgu} or {phalinI}) L.;
{-kAntA} f. a kind of plant (= {priyaGgu} or a Diascorea) Car.; {-priyA} f. `" beloved of Vishnu
"'N. of Lakshmî L.; a Diascorea L.; {-saMhitA} f. N. of wk.

vis'uddha* = mfn. completely cleansed or purified (also in a ritual sense), clean, clear, pure
(lit.and fig.) Mn. MBh. &c.; free from vice, virtuous, honest MBh. Kâv. &c.; brilliantly white (as
teeth) Riitus.; thoroughly settled or established or fixed or determined or ascertained ib.; (ifc.)
one who has gone through or thoroughly completed ({upadeza-v-}) Mâlav.; cleared i.e. exhausted,
empty (as a treasury) Râjat.; (in alg.) subtracted Gol.; n. a kind of mystical circle in the body (cf.
{cakra} and {vi-zuddhi-c-}); {-karaNa} mfn. one whose acts are pure or virtuous BhP.; {-gAtra-
tA} f. the having bright or pure limbs (a minor mark of a Buddha) Dharmas'. 84; {-cAritra} m. `"
of virtuous conduct "'N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP.; {-tA}, f. (Kâv.), {-tva} n. (S'ank.) purity;
{-dhiSaNa} mfn. having the mind purified BhP.; {-dhI} mfn. id. Râjat.; {-dhIra} mfn. pure and
grave Kathâs.; {-netra-tA} f. having the eyes bright (one of the minor marks of a Buddha)
Dharmas'. 84; {-pArSNi} mfn. having the rear or back protected or covered Kâm.; {-prakRti} mfn.
of pure or virtuous disposition Râjat.; {-bhAva} (R.), {-manas} (Bhartri.) mfn. pure-minded;
{-mugdha} mfn. pñpure and innocent Mâlatîm.; {-rasa-dIpikA} f. N. of wk.; {-vaMzya} mfn. of a
pñpure or virtuous family Râjat.; {-sattva} mfn. of a pure character MundUp.; {-sattva-pradhAna}
mfn. chiefly characterized by pure goodness MW.; {-sattva-vijJAna} mfn. of pure character and
understanding R.; {-siMha} m. N. of a man Buddh.; {svara-nirghoSA} f. a partic. Dhâranî Buddh.;
{-ddhA7tman} mfn. of a pñpure nature or character MBh. R. &c.; {-ddhe7zvara-tantra} n. N. of a
Tantra.

visargaH = creation

vizIrNa* = mfn. broken, shattered &c. ; scattered, dispersed (as an army) R. ; fallen out (as teeth)
Ka1v. ; squandered (as a treasure) MBh. ; rubbed off (as unguent) Ga1rud2aP. ; frustrated (as an
enterprise), S3a1ntis3. ; destroyed (as a town) R. ; %{-jirNa-vasana} n. pl. worn and shattered
garments Bhartr2. ; %{-tA} f. crumbling or falling to pieces Ka1m. ; %{-dhAra} mfn. intermittent
(as urine) BhP. ; %{-paGkti} mfn. having broken ranks or lines Ragh. ; %{-parNa} m. Azadirachta
Indica L. ; %{-mUrti} mfn. having the body destroyed (said of Ka1ma-deva) Kum.

vismaarita *= (fr. Caus.) caused to forget anything (acc.) Râjat.; caused to be forgotten, lost to
memory BhP.
vismayaH = wonder

vismaya: onder, surprise, amazement, bewilderment, perplexity; pride, arrogance; doubt,

uncertainty, mfn. causing astonishment or admiration, astonishing, wonderful mfn. manifesting
pride or arrogance Hcat.; mfn. filled with astonishment and perplexity Kathâs.; {-harSa-mUla}
mfn. caused by astonishment and Joy MW.; {-yA7kula}, {-yA7nvita} or mfn. filled with
astonishment or wonder; mfn. having eyes wide open or staring with astonishment. \\mfn.
amazed, surprised, perplexed MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; wondered at, surprising R. BhP.; proud,
arrogant BhP.; n. and ({A}) f. a kind of metre Col.; {-mAnasa} mfn. surprised or perplexed in
mind MW.; {-tA7nana} mfn. having a surprised face ib.

vismayapadaM = object of wonder

vismayaavishhTaH = being overwhelmed with wonder

vismitaaH = in wonder

vismrita * = mfn. one who has forgotten anything, forgetful of (acc. or comp.) Kâv.; forgetful of all
R. ii, 58, 30; forgotten by (instr. or gen.) R. Kâlid. Râjat. &c.; {-pUrva-saMskAra} mfn. forgetting
a former promise or resolution MW.; m. N. of Bhava-bhûti L.; {-vat} mfn. one who has forgotten
S'ak.; {-saMskAra} mfn. one who forgets an agreement MW.

visrijan.h = giving up

visrijya* = mfn. to be sent out or let go &c.; to be (or being) produced or effected (as subst. = `"
effect "') BhP.

visrijaami = I create

visrijya = putting aside

visrishTa * = mfn. sent or poured forth, let go, allowed to flow or run, discharged, emitted, shed,
cast, thrown, hurled RV. &c. &c. ; spat out VP. ; removed TS. ; turned, directed Mr2icch. ;
deprived or destitute of (instr.) BhP. ; spread, diffused AV. ; opened Vait. ; (ifc.) bestowed on
Ma1rkP. ; produced, created, founded R. Ragh. ; n. (in gram.) = %{vi-sarjanIya} Ka1t. ; %{-dhena}
(%{vi4-}) mfn. streaming or yielding milk RV. ; %{-bhUmi} mfn. one who has space or room
given (to sit down &c.) MW. ; %{-rAti} (%{vi4-}) mfn. munificent in gifts RV. ; %{-vat} mfn. one
who has sent out or despatched (messengers) Katha1s. ; %{-vAc} mfn. uttering words i.e. breaking
silence A1s3vS3r. ; %{-tA7tman} mfn. one who has cast off (i.e. does not care for) his own self,
unselfish R.

vistaraH = the expanse

vistarashaH = in detail

vistarasya = to the extent

vistareNa = in detail

vistaaraM = the expansion

vistyArayam *V: expanding

vistaarita = expanded

visphuraNai = by emanation

vitan * = P. A1. %{-tanoti}, %{-tanute} (fut. %{-tAyitA} BhP.), to spread out or through or over,
cover, pervade, fill TUp. MBh. &c.; to spread, stretch, extend (a net, snare, cord &c.) RV. &c. &c.;
to draw or bend (a bow) MBh.; to spread out i.e. lay on, impose (a yoke) RV.; to apply (ointment)
Ka1v.; to extend, make wide (with %{tanva4s}, the bodies, = to oppose or resist boldly RV.; with
%{padAni}, steps, = to stride Gi1t.); to unfold, display, exhibit, manifest RV. &c. &c.; to carry out,
perform, accomplish (esp. a rite or ceremony) ib.; to sacrifice Hariv.; to cause, effect, produce
Sa1h.; to make, render (two acc.) Prasannar. vitataH = are spread

vitarati = to distribute

vitarka = discernment* = m. conjecture, supposition, guess, fancy, imagination, opinion MBh.

Kâv. &c.; doubt, uncertainty Yogas. Sarvad.; a dubious or questionable matter Yogas.; reasoning,
deliberation, consideration Kâv. Sâh.; purpose, intention Jâtakam.; a teacher, instructor in divine
knowledge W.; a partic. class of Yogis Jâtakam.; N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; pl. N. of the
five principal sins Jâtakam.; {-padavI} f. the path of conjecture or supposition Prab.; {-vat} mfn.
(speech) containing a cñconjecture or sñsupposition Das'ar.

vitasti * = f. (once in Hcat. m.; prob. fr. {tan}) a partic. measure of length (defined either as a long
span between the extended thumb and little finger, or as the distance between the wrist and the
tip of the fingers, and said to = 12 Angulas or about 9 inches) S'Br. GriS'rS. &c. [963, 1]; {-dezya}
mfn. almost a Vitasti long Râjat.

vitata * = mfn. spread out, extended &c.; diffused, drawn (as a bow-string) RV.; bent (as a bow)
R.; covered, filled Hariv.; prepared (as a road) AV.; extensive, far-spreading, broad, wide ({am}
ind.) VS. &c. &c.; n. any stringed instrument (such as a lute &c.) L.; {-tva} n. extendedness,
expansiveness, largeness Hariv. Pur.; {-dhanvan} mfn. one who has drawn a bow to its full stretch
MBh.; {-vapus} mfn. having an elongated body MW.; {-tA7dhvara} ({vi4-}) mfn. one who has
prepared a sacrifice S'Br.; {-tA7yudha} mfn. = {vitata-dhanvan} MBh.; {-to7tsava} mfn. one who
has arranged a festival Kathâs.

vith* = stool, to ask beg

vitri = to distribute

vitrishhNaaM = desirelessness

vitta * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see under 3. {vid}) known, understood (see comp.); celebrated, notorious,
famous for (comp.) Das'. (cf. Pân. 8-2, 58).

vitta4 * = 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 963) found, acquired, gained, obtained, possessed AV. Br.; caught
or seized by (instr. or comp.) Br. Kaus'.; ({A}) f. taken, married (as a woman) S'Br.; n. anything
found, a find AitBr.; (in later language also pl.) acquisition, wealth, property, goods, substance,
money, power RV. &c. &c.; the second astrological mansion VarYogay.

vitta = money

vittArtha* = m. `" one who knows the matter "', an expert L.

vittakAma* = mfn. desirous of wealth, covetous, avaricious MBh.; {-myA4} ind. (instr. f.) from
avarice AV.

vittaja* = mfn. produced by wñwealth Pañcat.

vittada* = m. `" wealth-giver "', benefactor W.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attendant on
Skanda MBh.

vittadha* = mfn. `" wñwealth-possessing "', rich VS.

vittapa* = mf({A})n. guarding wñwealth BhP.; m. N. of Kubera R. Hariv.

vittavat* = mfn. possessing wñwealth, opulent, rich Âs'vS'r. MBh. &c.

vItta* = mfn. (for {vi-datta}, 1. {dA}) APrât. Sch. (cf. {parI-tta}).

vittasaMcaya* = m. accumulation of wñwealth or riches R.

vittaM = wealth

vittakoshhaH = (m) bank

vitte = wealth

vitteshaH = the lord of the treasury of the demigods

vivaaha = Wedding

vivaahaM = marriage

vivaara* = m. dilation, expansion W.; (in gram.) open or expanded state of the organs of speech,
expansion of the throat in articulation (one of the Âbhyantara-prayatnas or efforts of articulate
utterance which take place within the mouth, opp. to {saM-vAra} q.v.) Pân. 1-1, 9 Sch.

vivaarayishu* = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus. of 1. {R}) wishing to keep back or ward off (an army)
MBh.

vivakshaNa* = mfn. ( {vakS}) swelling, exuberant (applied to the Soma) RV. (Sây. `" gushing "', `"
spurting "' or, bringing to heaveñ= {svarga-prA7paNa-zIla}).

vivakshaa = choice* = f. (fr. Desid. of {vac}) the wish or desire to speak or declare or teach or
express Sank. Sarvad. &c.; meaning, signification, sense, sense of (loc. or comp.) BhP. Pân. Sch.
[986, 3]; the (mere) wish or intention to speak, uncertainty, doubt, hesitation (`" as to "' comp.)
MBh. R.; wish, desire W.; a question MW.; {--rtham} ({-kSA7r-}) ind. (ifc.) in order to point out
or lay stress upon Pân. Sch.; {-vazAt} ind. according to the meaning (of a speaker or writer) MW.

vivakshaNa* = mfn. ( {vakS}) swelling, exuberant (applied to the Soma) RV. (Sây. `" gushing "', `"
spurting "' or, bringing to heaveñ= {svarga-prA7paNa-zIla}).

vivakshase* = (fr. {vakS}, or {vac} or {vah}, either 2. sg. A. or Ved. inf.), occurring only as refrain
and without connection with other words in the hymns of Vi-mada RV. x, 24 &c. (accord. to
Naigh. iii, 3= {mahat}).
vivakshita* = mfn. wished or intended to be spoken or said, meant, intended MBh. R. S'ank.;
expressly meant, to be urged, essential (in {a-viv-}) S'ank.; chief, favourite Kâm.; literal (not
figurative) W.; n. what is wished or intended to be spoken &c.; any desired object or aim ib.; ({A})
f. meaning, purpose, wish (?) ib.; {-tva} n. the being intended or meant to be said Nîlak.

vivakshitavya* = mfn. to be intended or meant to be said, necessarily meant Nyâyam., Sch

{-vakSu4} mfn. calling or crying aloud AV.; wishing to speak, intending to say or announce or tell
or ask anything (acc., rarely gen., or comp.) MBh. Hariv. &c.; wishing to speak to (acc.) MBh.

vivas'a* = mf({A})n. deprived or destitute of will, powerless, helpless (`" through "' comp.),
unwilling, involuntary, spontaneous (ibc. `" involuntarily "') Mn. &c. &c.; (only W.) unrestrained;
independent; subject; apprehensive of death; desirous of death (as being free from worldly cares);
m. a town, suburb (?) Gal.; pl. v.l. for {viviMza} below VP.; {-tA} f. absence of will, helplessness
Râjat.; {-zI-kR}, to render helpless; {-zI-kRta}, checked (as a carriage in motion) MBh. Râjat.
Kathâs.

vivasvataH = of the sun-god

vivasvate = unto the sun-god

vivasvaan.h = Vivasvan (the sun-god's name)

vivarjita = without/ having abandoned

vivaraNa* = mfn. the act of uncovering, spreading out, opening, laying bare or open TPrât. MBh.
Sus'r.; explanation, exposition, interpretation, gloss, comment, translation, interpretation,
specification &c. Pur. S'ank. Sarvad.; a sentence MW.; N. of wk. on Veda7nta; {-kArikA-bhASya}
n. {-catuHsUtrI} f. {-tattva-dIpana} n. {-darpaNa} m. {-prameya-saMgraha} m. {-prasthAna} n.
{-bhAva-prakAzikA} f. {-ratna} n. {-vraNa} (?) m. {-saMgraha}, m. {-sAra-saMgraha}, m.;
{-NA7panyAsa} m. N. of wks.

vivara* = {vi-varaNa} &c. see under {vi-} 1. {vR}, p. 988.

vivara* = m. n. a fissure, hole, chasm, slit, cleft, hollow, vacuity (also applied to the apertures of
the body and to gaping wounds) RV. &c. &c.; intermediate space, interstice MBh. Kâv. &c.;
difference VarBriS. Ganit.; a breach, fault, flaw, vulnerable or weak point MBh. Kâv.; harm, injury
MârkP.; expansion, opening, widening BhP.; N. of the number, nine "' (cf. above and under
{randhra}) MW.; a partic. high number Buddh.; {-darzaka} mfn. showing one's weak points
MBh.; {-nAlika} f. a fife, flute L.; {-rA7nuga} mfn. seeking after (another's) weak points MBh.;
{-re-sad} mfn. abiding in intermediate space, an inhabitant of the sky Kir.

vivarjitaM = devoid of

vivardhanaaH = increasing

viveka = discrimination

vivekin.h = one who is thoughtful and just

vividha = varied

vividhaH = various
vividhaaH = various

vividhaiH = various

vivikta = to solitary* = mfn. separated, kept apart, distinguished, discriminated Kap. MBh. BhP.;
isolated, alone, solitary Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) alone with i.e. intent upon (e.g. {cintA-v-}) MBh.; free
from (instr. or comp.) Hariv. Kum.; pure, clean, neat, trim Mn. MBh. &c.; clear, distinct Hariv.
Kâm.; discriminative, judicious ( = {vi-vekin}) L.; profound (as judgment or thought) W.; m. =
{vasu-nandana} or {vasu-nanda} L.; n. separation, solitude, a lonely place (see comp.); clearness,
purity MârkP.; {-ga} mfn. going to a lonely place, seeking solitude Kathâs.; {-carita} mfn. faultless
in conduct or behaviour BhP.; {-cetas} mfn. pure-minded ib.; {-tarka} mfn. clear in reasoning
MW.; {-tA} f. separation, isolation, Râjat; clearness, purity Sus'r.; being well, good health ib.;
distinction, discrimination L.; an empty or free place, loneliness MW.; {-tva} n. solitude Mriicch.;
{-dRSTi} mfn. clear-sighted BhP.; {-nAman} m. N. of one of the 7 sons of Hiranyaretas and of the
Varsha ruled by him ib.; {-bhAva} mfn. having a mind separated or abstracted (from other
pursuits), intent on any object W.; {-varNa} mfn. containing letters or syllables distinctly
enunciated MW.; {-zaraNa} (BhP.), {-sevin} (Bhag.) mfn. resorting to or seeking solitude;
{-ktA7sana} mfn. having a secluded seat, sitting at a sequestered place Mn. ii, 215; {-ktI-kRta}
mfn. emptied, cleared Kathâs.; left, deserted Ragh.

viviktasevii = living in a secluded place

vivitsaa* = f. (fr. Desid.) desire of knowing MBh.\\ {vivitsu}, {vividiSu} see p. 964, col. 3.

vivriNute = (Vr. Pr.III Per.S.AP)chooses

vivriddhaM = increased

vivriddhe = when developed

vivyata: *A= shaken, disturbed, agitated, daunted

vivyadh * P. {-vidhyati}, to pierce through, transfix VS.

vivyaadhin * mfn. piercing, transfixing

vivyaduh*: beat attack.

vivyadh * P. {-vidhyati}, to pierce through, transfix

vivyathita * mfn. ( {vyath}) greatly troubled or alarmed

viyogaM = extermination

vraaja m. (for 2. see below) going, movement, motion MW.* = 2 m. (for 1. see above) = 2.
{vraja4}, a troop, host, band ({am} ind. in troops) AV.; a domestic cock L.

vraata = disciplined course* = m. (connected with 1. {vR}, or with {vrata4} and 2. {vR}) a
multitude, flock, assemblage, troop, swarm, group, host ({vrA4taM} {vrAtam}, in companies or
troops; {pa4Jca vrA4tAs}, the five races of men), association, guild RV. &c. &c.; the company or
attendants at a marriage feast W.; = {manuSya} Naigh. ii, 3; the descendant of an out-caste
Brâhman &c. (= {vrAtya}) L.; n. manual or bodily labour, day-labour ib.
vraja = go* = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1042, col. 1) a way, road L.; n. wandering, roaming W. \\2 m. (n.
only RV. v, 6, 7; ifc. f. {A}; fr. {vRj}) a fold, stall, cow-pen, cattle-shed, enclosure or station of
herdsmen RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of the district around Agra and Mathurâ (the abode of Nanda, of
Kriishna's foster-father, and scene of Kriishna's juvenile adventures; commonly called Braj; cf.
{vRji}) Inscr.; a herd, flock, swarm, troop, host, multitude MBh. Kâv. &c. ({saMgrAmaH
savrajaH} `" a fight with many "' MârkP.; {vrajo girimayaH}, prob. = {giri-vraja}, q.v Hariv.); a
cloud (= {megha}) Naigh. i, 10; N. of a son of Havir-dhâna Hariv. VP.

vrajeta = walks

vraNa = injury, wound (masc, neut)

vraNaH = (m) scar

vrata = austerities* = n. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. 2. {vR}) will, command, law, ordinance, rule RV.;
obedience, service ib. AV. Âs'vGri.; dominion, realm RV.; sphere of action, function, mode or,
manner of life (e.g. {zuci-vr-}, pure manner of life "' S'ak.), conduct, manner, usage, custom RV.
&c. &c.; a religious vow or practice, any pious observance, meritorious act of devotion or austerity,
solemn vow, rule, holy practice (as fasting, continence &c.; {vrata4M-car}, to observe a vow "',
esp., `" to practise chastity "') ib.; any vow or firm purpose, resolve to (dat. loc., or comp.;
{vratAt}, or {vrata-vazAt}, `" in consequence of a vow "'; cf. {asi-dhArA-vrata} and {AsidhAraM
vratam}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the practice of always eating the same food (cf. {madhu-vr-}) L.; the
feeding only on milk (as a fast or observance according to rule; also the milk itself) VS. Br.
KâtyS'r.; any food (in {a-yAcita-vr-} q.v.); = {mahA-vrata} (i.e. a partic. Stotra, and the day for it)
Br. S'rS "'; (with gen. or ifc.) N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. (L. also `" month; season; year; fire; `" =
Vishnu; `" N. of one of the seven islands of Antara-dvîpa "'); ({vra4ta}) m. (of unknown meaning)
AV. v, 1, 7 ÂpS'r. xiii, 16, 8; N. of a son of Manu and Nadvalâ BhP.; (pl.) N. of a country belonging
to Prâcya L.; mfn. = {veda-vrata}, one who has taken the vow of learning the Veda Griihyâs. ii, 3
(Sch.)

vrataaH = avowed

vriddha = old, aged

vridh* cl. 1. Â. (Dhâtup. xviii, 20) {va4rdhate} (Ved. and ep. also {-ti}; pf. {vava4rdha}, {vavRdhe}
RV. &c. &c. [Ved. also {vA7vR-}; {vavRdhAti}, {-dhItA4s}, {-dha4sva} RV.; {vAvRdhe4te} RV.; p.
{vA8vRdha4t} RV. AV.; aor. Ved. {avRdhat}, {vRdhAtas}, {-dhAtu}; p. {vRdha4t}, {-dhAna4}];
{avardhiSTa} MBh. &c.; Prec. {vardhiSIma4hi} VS.; fut. {vardhitA} Gr.; {vartsyati} Kâv.;
{vardhiSyate} Gr.; inf. Ved. {vRdhe} [`" for increase "', `" to make glad "'], {vRdha4se},
{vAvRdha4dhyai}; Class. {vardhitum}; ind. p. {vRddhvA}, or {vardhitvA} Gr.; in MBh. {vRdh} is
sometimes confounded with 1. {vRt}), trans. P., to increase, augment, strengthen, cause to
prosper or thrive RV. AV. S'Br. MBh.; to elevate, exalt, gladden, cheer, exhilarate (esp. the gods,
with praise or sacrifice) RV.; (intrans. Â.; in Ved. P. in pf. and aor.; in Class. P. in aor. fut. and
cond.; also P. m. c. in other forms), to grow, grow up, increase, be filled or extended, become
longer or stronger, thrive, prosper, succeed RV. &c. &c.; to rise, ascend (as the scale in ordeals)
Yâjñ. Sch.; to be exalted or elevated, feel animated or inspired or excited by (instr. loc. gen.) or in
regard to (dat.), become joyful, have cause for congratulation ({vRdhaH}, {-dhat} in sacrificial
formulas = `" mayest thou or may he prosper "'; in later language often with {diStyA}) RV. &c.
&c.: Caus. {vardha4yati}, {-te} (in later language also {vardhApayati}; aor. Ved. {avIvRdhat},
{-dhata}), to cause to increase or grow, augment, increase, make larger or longer, heighten,
strengthen, further, promote (Â. `" for one's self "') RV. &c. &c.; to rear, cherish, foster, bring up
ib.; to elevate, raise to power, cause to prosper or thrive AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; to exalt, magnify,
glorify (esp. the gods), make joyful, gladden (Â. in Ved. also= to rejoice, be joyful, take delight in
[instr.], enjoy RV. &c. &c.; (with. or scil. {diSTyA}) to congratulate Kâd.; (cl. 10. accord. to
Dhâtup. xxxiii, 109) `" to speak "' or `" to shine "' ({bhASA7rthe} or {bhAsA7rthe}): Desid. of
Caus. see {vivardhayiSu}: Desid. {vivardhiSate} or {vivRtsati} Gr.: Intens. {varivRdhyate},
{varivRdhIti} ib.

vriddhatA * f. = {-tva} MBh.; (ifc.) pre-eminence in (e.g. {jJAna-v-}, `" in knowledge "') Prab

vriddha = aged

vriddhaH = old man

vriddhashravaaH = having become old with years of hearing knowledge

vrijanaM = the ocean of miseries

vrijina * = mf({A})n. bent, crooked (lit. and fig.), deceitful, false, wicked RV. &c. &c.; disastrous,
calamitous MBh. ii, 857; m. curled hair, hair L.; ({A4}) f. deceit, intrigue, guile AV.; n. id. RV. AV.
TBr.; sin, vice, wickedness MBh. Kâv. &c.; distress, misery, affliction BhP.; red leather L.

vvrika = wolf

vrikodaraH = the voracious eater (Bhima)

vriksha = tree* = m. (ifc. f. {A}; prob. connected with 2. {bRh}, `" to grow "', or with 1. {bRh}, `"
to root up "', or with {vrasc}, as `" that which is felled "') a tree, (esp.) any tree bearing visible
flowers and fruit (see Mn. i, 47; but also applied to any tree and other plants, often = wood see
comp.) RV. &c. &c.; the trunk of a tree RV. i, 130, 4; a coffin AV. xviii, 2, 25; the staff of a bow RV.
AV.; a frame (see comp.); Wrightia Antidysenterica Sus'r.; a stimulant L.

vrikshaasana = the tree posture

vrikshi = I sing. aatmane. `injunctive' of vRij, `to avoid

vrintam.h = (n) the stem of a flower

vrintaakam.h = (n) brinjal

vrinda = (n) group

vriNute = chooses

vrishashaila = vRishaa hill

vrishchika = The Zodiacal Sign of Scorpio

vrishchikaasana = the scorpion posture

vrishhabha = The Zodiacal Sign of Taurus

vrishhabhaH = (m) bull, the Zodiacal Sign of Taurus

vrishhTi = rain
vrishhTiH = (m) rain, showers

vrishhNiinaaM = of the descendants of VRishhNi

vrishNi * = mfn. manly, strong, powerful, mighty RV.; angry, passionate L.; heretical, heterodox
L.; m. a ram VS. TS. S'Br.; a bull L.; a ray of light L.; air, wind L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of Vishnu-
Kriishna L.; of Indra L.; of Agni L.; of various kings Hariv. Pur.; pl. N. of a tribe or family (from
which Kriishna is descended, = {yAdava} or {mAdhava}; often mentioned together with the
Andhakas) MBh. Hariv. &c.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.

vrita * = 1 mfn. concealed, screened, hidden, enveloped, surrounded by, covered with (instr. or
comp.) RV. &c. &c.; stopped, checked, held back, pent up (as rivers) RV.; filled or endowed or
provided or affected with (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.

vrita4 * = 2 mfn. chosen, selected, preferred, loved, liked, asked in marriage &c. RV. &c. &c.; n. a
treasure, wealth (= {dhana}) L.

vrit.h = to exist

vritta = desire

vritti * =f. rolling, rolling down (of tears) S'ak. iv, 5; 14; mode of life or conduct, course of action,
behaviour, (esp.) moral conduct, kind or respectful behaviour or treatment (also v.l. for {vRtta})
GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; general usage, common practice, rule Prât.; mode of being, nature, kind,
character, disposition ib. Kâv.; state, condition Tattvas.; being, existing, occurring or appearing in
(loc. or comp.) Lâthy. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; practice, business, devotion or addiction to, occupation
with (often ifc. `" employed about "', `" engaged in "', `" practising "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; profession,
maintenance, subsistence, livelihood (often ifc.; cf. {uJcha-v-}; {vRttiM-kR} or {klRp} [Caus.]
with instr., `" to live on or by "'; with gen., `" to get or procure a maintenance for "'; only certain
means of subsistence are allowed to a Brâhman see Mn. iv, 4-6) S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; wages, hire,
Pañcav.; working, activity, function MaitrUp. Kap. Veda7ntas. &c.; mood (of the mind)
Veda7ntas.; the use or occurrence of a word in a partic. sense (loc.), its function or force Pân. Sâh.
Sch. on KâtyS'r. &c.; mode or measure of pronunciation and recitation (said to be threefold, viz.
{vilambitA}, {madhyamA}, and {drutA} q.v.) Prât.; (in gram.) a complex formation which
requires explanation or separation into its parts (as distinguished from a simple or
uncompounded form e.g. any word formed with Kriit or Taddhita affixes, any compound and even
duals and plurals which are regarded as Dvandva compounds, of which only one member is left,
and all derivative verbs such as desideratives &c.); style of composition (esp. dram. style, said to
be of four kinds, viz. 1. Kais'ikî, 2. Bhâratî 3. Sâtvatî, 4. Ârabhathî, qq.vv.; the first three are
described as suited to the S'riingâra, Vîra, and Raudra Rasas respectively, the last as common to
all) Bhar. Das'ar. &c.; (in rhet.) alliteration, frequent repetition of the same consonant (five kinds
enumerated, scil. {madhurA}, {prau9DhA}, {puruSA}, {lalitA}, and {bhadrA}) Das'ar., Introd.;
final rhythm of a verse (= or v.l. for {vRtta} q.v.); a commentary, comment, gloss, explanation
(esp. on a Sûtra); N. of the wife of a Rudra BhP.

vrittapatrikaa = (f) newspaper

vrittisthaaH = whose occupation

vrittii = tendancy

vrithaa = (indecl) wanton, uselessly, idly; * = ind. (prob. connected with 2. {vR} at will, at
pleasure, at random, easily, lightly, wantonly, frivolously RV. Br. Gobh. Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.; in vain,
vainly, uselessly, fruitlessly, idly TBr. &c. &c. (with {kR}, `" to make useless "', disappoint,
frustrate; with {bhU}, `" to be useless "', be disappointed or frustrated); wrongly, falsely,
incorrectly, unduly MBh. Kâv. &c.

vriN * = cl. 8. P. Â. {vRNoti}, {vRNute}, to consume, eat Dhâtup. xxx, 6 (Vop.); cl. 6. P. {vRNati},
to please, gratify, exhilarate ib. xxviii, 40.

vyaadhaH = (m) hunter

vyaadhi = disease

vyaadhii = illness

vyaaghraH = (m) tiger

vyaaharan.h = vibrating

vyaakship * = P. Â. {-kSipati}, {-te}, to stretch out (the hand &c.) MBh.; to shoot off(an arrow)
ib.,; to carry away, captivate (the mind) R. Pañcat.

vyaakshipati = (v) to postpone

vyaakshipta * = mfn. stretched out &c.; (ifc.) filled with, full of VarBriS.; {-manas} (Pañcat.),
{-hRdaya} (R.) mfn. having the mind or heart carried away or captivated or distracted.

vyaakula = alarmed (adj)

vyaakulatva = (neut) sorrow, concern

vyaakulitaa = she who has been afflicted/affected

vyaala = elephant

vyaamishreNa = by equivocal

vyaana = one of the vital airs, circulates energy all over the body

vyaapaara = affair (masc)

vyaaptaM = pervaded

vyaapya = pervading

vyaasaH = Vyasa

vyaasa* = m. severing, separation, division Sarvad.; a kind of drawl (as a fault in pronunciation),
ÂPrât.; extension, diffusion, prolixity, detailed account (instr.; abl. and {-tas} ind. in detail, at
length, fully) MBh. Sus'r. BhP.; width, breadth, the diameter of a circle S'ulbas. VarBriS.; `"
distributing, disjoining "'N. of the Pada-pâthha or, disjoined text "' Aprât.; `" arranger, compiler
"'N. of a celebrated mythical sage and author (often called Veda-vyâsa and regarded as the
original compiler and arranger of the Vedas, Veda7nta-sûtras &c.; he was the son of the sage
Parâs'ara and Satyavati, and half-brother of Vicitra-vîrya and Bhîshma; he was also called
Vâdarâyana or Baldarâyana, and Kriishna from his dark complexion, and Dvaipâyana because he
was brought forth by Satyavatî on a Dvîpa or island in the Jumnâ; when grown up he retired to
the wilderness to lead the life of a hermit, but at his mother's request returned to become the
husband of Vicitra-vîrya's two childless widows, by whom he was the father of the blind Dhriita-
râshthra and of Pându; he was also the father of Vidura [q.v.] by a slave girl, and of S'uka, the
supposed narrator of the Bhâgavata-Purâna, he was also the supposed compiler of the Mahâ-
bhârata, the Purânas, and other portions of Hindû sacred literature; but the name Vyâsa seems to
have been given to any great typical compiler or author) MBh. Hariv. Pur. cf. IW. 371 n. 2; 373
&c.; a Brâhman who recites or expounds the Purânas &c. in public (= {pAThaka-brAhmaNa})
MW.; n. a bow weighing 100 Palas L.

vyaasanga = varied interests, (involvement in) many hobbies

vyaasaprasaadaat.h = by the mercy of Vyasadeva

vyaasochchhishhThaM = vyAsa + uchchhishhThaM:by VyAsa + mouth-dropped

vyabhichaarin.h = adj. deviate

vyacas * = n. expanse, capacity, compass RV. AV. VS.; wide space, free scope, room RV. AV. S'Br.
({vyacas-kR}, to dilate, expand, open Kaus'.)

vyaccha * = see {go-vyaccha4}.

vyadaarayat.h = shattered

vyagraya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to divert or distract any one's thoughts Car.

vyajana* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) fanning Kâd.; a palmleaf or other article used for fanning, fan, whisk
(often du.) Mn. MBh. &c.

vyajanakriyA* = f. the act of fanning Kâd.

vyajanacaamara* = n. the tail of the Bos Grunniens used as a whisk or fan, a chowry (cf.
{vyajanacAmara}).

vyaahri* = P.Â. {-harati}, {-te}, to utter or pronounce a sound, speak, say to (acc.), converse with
({saha}), name (with {nAmabhis}, to call by name; with {praznAn}, to answer questions; with
{udAharANi}, to state examples) TBr. &c. &c.; to begin to talk (said of a child) MBh.; to confess,
avow to (gen.) ib.; to utter inarticulate sounds, cry, scream (said of animals) KâtyS'r.; to sport,
enjoy one's self (exceptionally for {vi-hR}) BhP.; to cut off, sever MBh. vi, 2757 (B. {vi-hR}):
Desid. {-jihIrSati}, to wish to pronounce or utter S'Br.

vyaahrita* = mfn. spoken, uttered, said, told, declared, stated VS. &c, &c.; one who has uttered a
sound R.; eaten, devoured Jâtakam.; n. speaking, talking, conversation Kâv. BhP.; information,
instruction, direction Pân. 5-4, 35; inarticulate speech or song (of animals and birds) MBh.
Hariv.; {-saMdeza} mfn. one who tells news or communicates information MW.

vyaahriti* = f. utterance, speech, declaration, statement MBh. Kâlid. VarBriS.; (also {-tI}; ifc.
{-tikA}), the mystical utterance of the names of the seven worlds (viz. {bhUr}, {bhuvar} [or
{bhuvaH}], {svar}, {mahar}, {janar}, {tapar}, {satya} [qq. vv.] the first three of which, called, the
great Vyâhriitis "', are pronounced after {om} by every Brâhman in commencing his daily prayers
and are personified as the daughters of Savitrii and Priis'ni) TS. Br. RTL. 403 Mn. ii, 76 MBh. &c.;
N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; {-traya} n. the first three of the above mystical words MW.; {-pUrvaka}
mfn. preceded by the above three mystical words ib.

vyaahruti* = w.r. for {vy-AhRti}.

vyaasa *: m. severing, separation, division Sarvad.; a kind of drawl (as a fault in pronunciation),
A1Pra1t.; extension, diffusion, prolixity, detailed account (instr.; abl. and %{-tas} ind. in detail, at
length, fully) MBh. Sus3r. BhP.; width, breadth, the diameter of a circle S3ulbas. VarBr2S.; `"
distributing, disjoining "'N. of the Pada-pa1t2ha or, disjoined text "' Apra1t.; `" arranger, compiler
"'N. of a celebrated mythical sage and author (often called Veda-vya1sa and regarded as the
original compiler and arranger of the Vedas, Veda7nta-su1tras &c.; he was the son of the sage
Para1s3ara and Satyavati, and half-brother of Vicitra-vi1rya and Bhi1shma; he was also called
Va1dara1yan2a or Baldara1yan2a, and Kr2ishn2a from his dark complexion, and Dvaipa1yana
because he was brought forth by Satyavati1 on a Dvi1pa or island in the Jumna1; when grown up
he retired to the wilderness to lead the life of a hermit, but at his mother's request returned to
become the husband of Vicitra-vi1rya's two childless widows, by whom he was the father of the
blind Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and of Pa1n2d2u; he was also the father of Vidura [q.v.] by a slave girl,
and of S3uka, the supposed narrator of the Bha1gavata-Pura1n2a, he was also the supposed
compiler of the Maha1-bha1rata, the Pura1n2as, and other portions of Hindu1 sacred literature;
but the name Vya1sa seems to have been given to any great typical compiler or author) MBh.
Hariv. Pur. cf. IW. 371 n. 2; 373 &c.; a Bra1hman who recites or expounds the Pura1n2as &c. in
public (= %{pAThaka-brAhmaNa}) MW.; n. a bow weighing 100 Palas L.

vyajana* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) fanning Kâd.; a palmleaf or other article used for fanning, fan, whisk
(often du.) Mn. MBh. &c.

vyajanin* = m. the Yak (Bos Grunniens) L.

vyakta = made known* = mfn. adorned, embellished, beautiful RV.; caused to appear, manifested,
apparent, visible, evident ({am}, ind. apparently, evidently, certainly) MBh. Kâv. &c.; developed,
evolved (see below); distinct, intelligible (see {-vAc}); perceptible by the senses (opp. to {a-
vyakta}, transcendental) MBh. BhP.; specified, distinguished L.; specific, individual L.; hot L.;
wise, learned Lalit.; m. heat L.; a learned man L.; an initiated monk S'îl.; `" the manifested One
"'N. of Vishnu MW.; of one of the 11 Gana7dhipas (with Jainas); n. (in Sânkhya) `" the developed
or evolved "' (as the product of {a-vyakta} q.v.), Sankhyak. (cf. IW. 82); {-kRtya} n. a public action
or deed Râjat.; {-gaNita} n. calculation with known numbers, arithmetic IW. 176, n. 3; {-gandhA}
f. (only L.) long pepper; jasmine; a species of Sanseviera; Clitoria Ternatea; {-tA} f. or {-tva} n.
distinctness, manifestation (instr. `" clearly, distinctly "'; acc. with {gam}, `" to appear "') Up.
Kathâs.; {-tAraka} mfn. having clear stars MW.; {-darzana} mfn. one who has attained to right
knowledge R.; {-dRSTA7rtha} mfn. perceiving or witnessing a transaction with one's own eyes, a
witness L.; {-bhuj} mfn. consuming all manifested or visible things (said of time) MW.; {-maya}
mf({I})n. relating to what is perceptible by the senses MBh.; {-mAricika} mfn. much peppered
Car.; {-rasa} mfn. having a perceptible taste ({tA} f.) Sus'r.; {-rAzi} m. (in arithm.) known or
absolute quantity; {-rUpa} m. `" having a manifested form "'N. of Vishnu MW.; {-rUpin} mfn.
having a discernible shape ib.; {-lakSman} mfn. having evident sings or marks, clearly
characterized W.; {-lavaNa} mfn. much salted Car.; {-vAc} f. a clear or distinct speech Pân. 1-3,
48; {-vikrama} mfn. displaying valour MW.; {-tA7vadhUta} mfn. one who has publicly shaken off
worldly ties (opp. to {guptA7v-} q.v.) W.; {-to7dita} mfn. spoken clearly or plainly MW. [1029,3]

vyaktayaH = living entities

vyaktiM = personality

vyaktitva = personality
vyalla * = mischievous, wicked, vicious; prodigal, extravagant, a vicious elephant, Kav.; a beast of
prey; a snake; a lion L.; a tiger L.; a hunting leopard L.; a prince, king L.; Plumbago Ceylanica L.;
the second {dRkANa} (q.v.) in Cancer, the first in Scorpio, and the third in Pisces; a kind of metre
Col.; of the number `" eight; N. of a man a female snake

vyaMs * = P. {-aMsayati}, to cheat, deceive DivyA7v.

vyañc* = see {uru-vya4Jc}.

vyañj* = P.Â. {-anakti}, {-aGkte}, (Â.) to anoint thoroughly RV.; to decorate, adorn, beautify ib.;
(P. Â.) to cause to appear, manifest, display RV. &c. &c.: Pass. {-ajyate}, to be manifested or
expressed RV. Ragh. Pañcat.: Caus. {-aJjayati}, to cause to appear, make clearly visible or
manifest Mn. MBh. &c.

vyañjana* = mfn. manifesting, indicating Hariv. (v.l. {vyaJcana}); m. (once for n.; cf. below) a
consonant VPrât.; Pandanus Odoratissimus L.; = {vAditra-karman} L.; ({A}) f. (in rhet.) implied
indication, allusion, suggestion Sâh. Pratâp.; a figurative expression ({-nA-vRtti} f. figurative
style) W.; n. decoration, ornament RV. viii, 78, 2; manifestation, indication Sus'r. Râjat.; allusion,
suggestion (= {A} f.), Sah. Âs'vS'r. Sch.; figurative expression, irony, sarcasm W.; specification
Nir.; a mark, badge, spot, sign, token ÂpS'r. R. Kathâs. &c.; insignia, paraphernalia Kâv.;
symptom (of a disease) Cat.; mark of sex or gender (as the beard, breasts &c.), the private organs
(male or female) GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; anything used in cooking or preparing food, seasoning, sauce,
condiment MBh. R. &c.; a consonant Prât. S'rS. &c.; a syllable VPrât. (cf. {hInavy-}); the letter (as
opp. to {arha}, `" meaning "') Mahâv.; a limb, member, part L.; a day L.; purification of a
sacrificial animal (also m. and {A} f.) L.; a fan L. (w.r. for {vyajana}); {-kAra} m. the preparer of a
sauce or condiment MBh.; {-guNa} (?) m. N. of wk. on condiments in cookery; {-saMgama} m. a
collection or group of consonants MW.; {-saMdhi} m. (in gram.) the junction of consonants ib.,;
{-saMnipAta} m. a falling together or conjunction of consonants ib.; {-sthAne} ind. in the place of
sauce or seasoning ib.; {-hArI7kA} f. N. of a female demon supposed to remove the hair of a
womañs pudenda MârkP.; {-no7daya} mfn. followed by a consonant MW.; {-no7padha} mfn.
preceded by a cñconsonant ib.

vyañjita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) clearly manifested or made visible; {-vRtti-bheda} mfn. having various
actions manifested MW.

vyajanam.h = (n) fan

vyas * = 2 %{as} P. %{-asyati} (ep. pf. %{vivyAsa} as if fr. a %{vyas}), to throw or cast asunder or
about or away, throw (effort) into, divide, separate, dispose, arrange [1035,1]; scatter, disperse;
expel, remove RV. &c.&c.

vyathA* = f. agitation, perturbation, alarm, uneasiness, pain, anguish, fear MBh. Ka1v. &c.
(%{vyathAM-kR}, either, `" to cause pain "' or `" to feel pain "'); loss, damage, ill-luck S3Br.
VarBr2S.; (with %{hRdi} or %{hRdaye}), palpitation, throbbing of the heart Sus3r.

vyathaka* = mfn. agitating, frightening, afflicting Kir.

vyathana * = mfn. greatly disturbing or perplexing MBh.; n. tottering, wavering Pa1n2. 5-4, 46;
alteration, change (of a sound) RPra1t.; feeling pain. Sus3r.; vexing, tormenting Dharmas3.;
piercing, perforating (= %{vyadhana}) A1past.

vyathAkara* = mfn. causing pain (bodily or mental), painful, excruciating W.

vyathAkrAnta* = (%{vyathA7kr-}) mfn. id. Katha1s.

vyathAkula* = (%{vyathA7k-}) mfn. agitated by fear or anguish Pan5cat.

vyathana* = mfn. greatly disturbing or perplexing MBh.; n. tottering, wavering Pa1n2. 5-4, 46;
alteration, change (of a sound) RPra1t.; feeling pain. Sus3r.; vexing, tormenting Dharmas3.;
piercing, perforating (= %{vyadhana}) A1past.

vyathanIya* = mfn. to be pained or afflicted or disturbed W.

vyatitarishhyati = surpasses

vyatikara* = 1 mfn. acting reciprocally, reciprocal W.; m. reciprocity, reciprocal action or relation
ib.; contact, contiguity, union (ifc. = joined with, spreading through or over, pervading) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) taking to, accomplishing, performing Amar. Das'. Râjat.; incident, opportunity
Nalac.; reverse, misfortune, calamity, accident, fatality Hcar. Pañcat. Kathâs. [1030,1];
destruction, end BhP.\\* =2 m. mixing or blending together, mixture MBh. BhP.; a confusing (or
striking) resemblance Jâtakam.; {-vat} mfn. mixed, of contrary kind or nature Mcar.

vyatiikaara* = m.= 1. {vy-atikara}, contact, hostile encounter Hariv.

vyatiSaGga * = m. mutual connection, reciprocal junction or relation Pan5cavBr. Ka1tyS3r.;

entanglement S3is3. v, 61; hostile encounter MBh.; exchange, barter BhP.; absorption MW.; %{-
vat} mfn. having mutual connection, connected, united, mixed ib.

vyatiitaani = have passed

vyatta = open

vyathanti = are disturbed

vyathayanti = are distressing

vyathaa = trouble

vyathishhThaaH = be disturbed

vyapades'a = (m) mention, name* = m. representation, designation, information, statement

RPrât. S'rS. &c.: a name, title Uttarar.; a family, race S'ak.; summons (of an army) R.; appeal to
(gen.) Pañcat.; talk, speech MBh. iii, 8665 (Nîlak.); a partic. form of speech MW.; fame, renown
(see comp.); fraud, stratagem, pretext, excuse ({ena}, under pretext or excuse [also {-tas}] ifc. =
under the pretext of) MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-vat} mfn. having a partic. designation or name (with {pitR-
tas}, designated by the name of the father) Pat.; {-zA7rtham} ind. for the purpose of (acquiring)
renown Mn. vii, 168. {-apadezaka} mfn. designating, indicating BhP.

vyapaashrayaH = taking shelter of

vyapaashritya = particularly taking shelter

vyapeta * = mfn. gone apart or asunder, separated MBh.; passed away, disappeared, ceased Mn.
MBh. &c.; (ifc.) opposed to Yâjñ.; {-kalmaSa} mfn. having taint or guilt removed, free from sin
Mn. iv, 260; {-ghRNa} mfn. devoid of compassion, pitiless Amar.; {-dhairya} mfn. one who has
abandoned firmness MBh.; {-bhaya} or {-bhI} mfn. free from fear ib.; {-mada-matsara} mfn. free
from infatuation and selfishness Yâjñ.; {-harSa} mfn. devoid of joy R.
vyapetabhiiH = free from all fear

vyasu * = mf({u})n. lifeless, dead MBh. BhP. S'is'. Râjat.; {-tva} n. loss of life VarBriS.

vyaya-bhaava = House of Expenditure/Loss or 12th

vyayam.h = (n) expenditure, spending

vyara.nsiit.h = passed, elapsed

vyartha = u(adj)seless, purposelss

vyavakalanam.h = (n) subtraction

vyavachchhetsiiH = cut or dissect

vyavasaayaH = enterprise or adventure

vyavasaayaatmikaa = resolute in KRishhNa consciousness

vyavasitaH = situated in determination

vyavasitaa = engaged

vyavasthitaan.h = situated

vyavasthitiH = the situation

vyavasthitau = put under regulations

vyavaasitaaH = have decided

vyavaaya* = m. intervention, interposition, separation by insertion, being separated by (instr. or

comp.) S'rS. Prât. Pân.; entering, pervading, penetration MBh. Sus'r.; change, transmutation
BhP.; sexual intercourse, copulation MBh. VarBriS. Sus'r.; wantonness, lasciviousness BhP.;
covering, disappearance W.; interval, space ib.; an obstacle, impediment MW.; n. light, lustre L.

vyartha* = mf({A})n. (fr. 3. {vi+artha}) useless, unavailing, unprofitable, vain MBh. &c. &c.;
deprived or devoid of property or money Pañcat.; excluded from, having no right (instr.) Âpast.;
unmeaning, inconsistent Hariv. Kâvya7d.; = {-tha-nAmaka} below MBh.; ({am}) ind. uselessly, in
vain, without having effected one's object Kâv. Pañcat. &c.; {-tA} f. uselessness ({-tAM-yA}, or
{gam}, to become useless) Pañcat. Kusum.; absence of meaning, nonsense R.; falseness MBh.;
inoffensiveness MW.; {-tva} n. absence of meaning, contradictoriness Kâvya7d. Sch.; {-nAmaka}
or {-nAman} mfn. having a name inconsistent with one's character MBh.; {-yatna} mfn. useless in
its efforts Hit.; {-thIkR} P. {-karoti}, to make useless or superfluous Prab. Kâd. k; {-thI-bhU} P.
{-bhavati}, to become useless Naish. Kâd.

vyashema = ?

vyasana = addiction * = vyasana n. moving to and fro, wagging (of a tail) Pân. 3-1, 20, Vartt. 3;
throwing (effort) into, assiduity, industry Bhartri. Subh.; separation, individuality W.; attachment
or devotion or addiction to (loc. or comp.), passion, (esp.) evil passion, sin, crime, vice (said to
arise either from love of pleasure or from anger; eight are enumerated under the first head, vix.
{mRgayA}, {dyUta} or {akSa}, {divA-svapna}, {parivAda}, {striyaH}, {mada}, {taurya-trika},
{vRthA7tyA}; and eight under the second, viz. {paizunya}, {sAhasa}, {droha}, {irSyA}, {asUyA}
{artha-dUSaNa} {vAkpAruSya}, {daNDa-pAruSya}, qq.vv.) Mn. vii, 47, 48 MBh. &c.; favourite
pursuit or occupation, hobby MBh. Pañcat. Râjat.; evil predicament or plight, disaster, accident,
evil result, calamity, misfortune ({vyasanAni} pl. misfortunes), ill-luck, distress, destruction,
defeat, fall, ruin Mn. MBh. &c.; setting (of sun or moon) Mriicch. S'ak.; fruitless effort L.;
punishment, execution (of criminals) MW.; incompetence, inability W.; air, wind ib.; tale-bearing
L.; {-kAla} m. time of need Subh.; {prasArita-kara} mfn. having the hand stretched forth for
(inflicting) calamity Hit.; {-prahArin} mfn. inflicting calamity, giving trouble or pain W.;
{-prA7pti} f. occurrence of calamity Sâh.; {-brahmacArin} m. a companion of adversity, fellow-
sufferer Mudr.; {-mahA7rNava} m. a sea of troubles Mriicch.; {-rakSin} mfn. preserving from
calamity R. Kathâs.; {-vat} mfn. one who has had ill-luck with (comp.) Kâm.; {-vAgurA} f. the net
or snare of adversity R.; {-saMstkita} mfn. one who indulges in any whim or favourite fancy
Pañcat.; {-nA7krAnta-tva} n. distressful condition, grievous distress MW.; {-nA7gama} m.
approach of calamity S'ukas.; {-nA7tibhAra} mfn. weighed down or overburdened with
misfortunes MW.; {-nA7tyaya} m. the passing away of calamity or distress BhP.; {-nA7nantaram}
ind. immediately after misfortune Kâv.; {-nA7pAta} m. (= {-nA7gama}) Râjat.; {-nA7vApa} m.
receptacle or abode of calamity BhP.; {-nA7nvita} or {-nA7pluta} mfn. involved in or
overwhelmed with cñcalamity MW.; {-nA7rta} mfn. afflicted by calamity, suffering pain L.;
{-no7tsava} m. a feast for the (evil) passions, an orgy &c. VarBriS.; {-no7daya} m. the rising or
approaching of misfortune Pañcat.; mfn. followed by or resulting in calamities MBh.

vyu * =to urge on, incite, animate

vyudasya = laying aside

vyuuDhaM = arranged in a military phalanx

vyuuDhaaM = arranged

vyUha* = 1 m. placing apart, distribution, arrangement R. VarBriS. &c.; orderly arrangement of

the parts of a whole (cf. {caraNa-vy-}), disposition Nyâyas.; military array, an army, host,
squadron (various arrays are {daNDa-}, `" staff-like array "'; {zakaTa-}, `" cart array "'; {varAha-},
`" boar array "'; {maNDala-}, `" circular arñarray; {A-saMhata-}, `" loose arñarray "'; {AkheTa-
vyUha}, `" hunting array "' &c.) Mn. vii, 187 MBh. &c.; shifting, transposition, displacement S'Br.
S'rS.; separation, resolution (of vowels, syllables &c.) RPrât.; detailed explanation or description
SaddhP.; a section, division, chapter Sarvad.; form, manifestation (esp. the quadruple
manifestation of Purusho7ttama as Vâsudeva, Sankarshana, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha),
appearance (often ifc. after numerals cf. {catur-}, {trir-vy-}) MBh. BhP. Sarvad.; formation,
structure, manufacture L.; an aggregate, flock, multitude Vâs. S'atr.; the body W.; breathing
Nyâyas.; {pArSNi} m. or f. {-pRSTha} n. the rear of an army L.; {-bhaGga} m. {-bheda} m. the
breaking of an array, throwing into, disorder W.; {-racanA} f. arrangement of troops ({-naM vi-
dhA}, `" to assume a warlike attitude "') Pañcat.; 1. {-rAja} m. the chief or best form of military
array MBh.; {-hA7ntara} m. a different arrangement or position MW. \\2 m. reasoning, logic (=
{tarka}) L.; {-mati} m. N. of a Deva-putra Lalit.; -2. {-rAja} m. a partic. Samâdhi SaddhP.; N. of a
Bodhi-sattva ib. ({-je7ndrA} f. N. of a Kin-narî Kârand.)

vyomagaamii = astronaut, cosmonaut

vyomachaariNaH = the people who wander over the sky (and `pAtAla'\&bhUtala')

vyoman.h = (n) the sky

vyoman * = mfn. (for 2. see s.v.) one who cannot be saved

vyoman * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1029, col. 1; accord. to Un. iv, 150 fr. {vye} accord. to others fr. {vi-
av} or {ve}) heaven, sky, atmosphere, air ({vyomnA}, {vyoma-mArgeNa} or {-vartmanA}, `"
through the air "') RV. &c. &c.; space Kap.; ether (as an element) Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.; wind or air (of
the body) BhP.; water L.; talc, mica L.; a temple sacred to the sun L.; a partic. high number L.; the
10th astrol. mansion VarBriS.; preservation, welfare TS. (= {rakSaNa} Sch.); m. a partic. Eka7ha
S'rS.; N. of Prajâ-pati or the Year (personified) TS. VS. (Mahîdh.); of Vishnu Vishn.; of a son of
Dasa7rha Hariv. Pur. (v.l. {vyoma}).

yaabhiH = by which

yaachaka = begger

yaacana * = begging, soliciting, asking (also in marriage) S'ârngP. Sâh. Vet.; ({A}) f. asking,
soliciting, request, petition, entreaty for or solicitation of (comp.) R. Kâlid. &c. ({-nAm-kri}, to
fulfil a request).

yaac * = cl. 1. P. Â. (Dhâtup. xxi, 3) for {yA4cati}, {-te} (usually Â. in sense of `" asking for one's
self "'; pf. {yayAca} Gr., {yayAce} Br. &c.; aor. {ayAcIt}, {-ciSTa} Subj. {yAciSat}, {-SAmahe} RV.;
Prec. {yAcyAt} Gr.; fut. {yAcitA} ib.; {yAciSyati}, {-te} Br. &c.; inf. {yAcitum} AV. &c.; ind. p.
{yAcitvA}, {-yA4cya} Br. &c.), to ask, beg, solicit, entreat, require, implore (with double acc.; or
with abl., rarely gen. of pers.; the thing asked may also be in acc. with {prati}, or in dat., or ibc.
with {arthe}, or {artham}) RV. &c. &c.; (with {pu4nar}) to ask anything back TBr.; (with
{kanyAm}) to be a suitor for a girl, to ask a girl in marriage from (abl., rarely acc.) or for ({kRte}
or {arthe}; also with {vivAhA7rtham}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to offer or tender anything (acc.) to (dat.)
AV.; to promise (?) ib.: Pass. {yAcyate}, to be asked (`" for "', acc.; rarely of things) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
Caus. {yAca4yati} ({-te} AV.; aor. {ayayAcat} Pân. 7-4, 2), to cause to ask or woo MBh.; to request
anything (acc.) for ({arthe}) Pañcat.: Desid. {yiyAciSate} Pân. 6-1, 8 Vârtt. 3 Pat.: Intens.
{yAyAcyate}, {yAyAkti} Gr.

yaacaka* = m. a petitioner, asker, beggar Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({I}) f. a female beggar MBh.

yaacana* = n. begging, soliciting, asking (also in marriage) S'ârngP. Sâh. Vet.; ({A}) f. asking,
soliciting, request, petition, entreaty for or solicitation of (comp.) R. Kâlid. &c. ({-nAm-kri}, to
fulfil a request).

yaachate = (1 ap) to beg, to plead

yaaci* = or f. a petition, request Kâs'. on Pân. 3-3, 110.

yaacita* = mfn. asked, begged (borrowed) Mn. MBh. &c.; solicited or asked for (anything, aoc.),
entreated, importuned ib.; asked in marriage Vet.; required, requisite, necessary MW.; n. alms
obtained by begging L.

yaacin* = mfn. (ifc.) asking, requesting Nir.

yaacñA *= f. begging, asking for (comp.), asking alms, mendicancy, any petition or request,
prayer, entreaty TS. &c. &c. ({yAcJAM-kR}, to fulfil a request); the being a suitor, making an offer
of marriage Kathâs.

yaacya* = mfn. to be asked (esp. for alms) Mn. viii, 181 &c.; to be wooed ({-tA} f.) MBh.; to be
required ib. Hariv.; n. asking, making a request MBh.

yaadasaaM = of all aquatics

yaadrik.h = as it is

yaaji = worshiper

yaaksha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {yakska}) belonging or peculiar to the Yakshas Sânkhyak. Sch

yaama = one-eighth part of day, three yaamaas constitute one night

yaa4ma * = 1 m. (for 2. see below, for 3. see p. 851, col. 3) motion, course, going, progress RV. AV.
Br.; a road, way, path ib.; a carriage, chariot RV.; (ifc. f. {A}) a night-watch, period or watch of 3
hours, the 8th part of a day Mn. MBh. &c.; pl. N. of a partic. class of gods MBh. Hariv. Pur.
({yama-syA7rkaH} w.r. for {yam-} q.v.); ({I}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Dbarma or
Manu; sometimes written {yAmi}) Hariv. Pur.; of an Apsaras Hariv. \\yAma * = 2 in comp. for 2.
{yA4man}. \\ * = 3 m. ( {yam}; for 1. 2. {yAma} see p. 850, col. 1) cessation, end TS.; restraint,
forbearance (= {yama}, {saMyama}) L.; ({yAma4}) mf({I4})n. (fr. {yama}, of which it is also the
Vriiddhi form in comp.) relating to or derived from or destined for Yama Br. Kaus'. Mn.; n. N. of
various Sâmans ÂrshBr.

yaamini = night

yaamimaaM = all these

yaamuna = of the yamunaa river

yaan.h = those who

yaanti = undergo

yaana* = mfn. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv. in {-trA4}) RV.; ({yA4nI}) f.
a path, course TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. (cf. g. {gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. {A}) a journey, travel; going,
moving, riding, marching &c. to (loc. or comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with
{prati}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon, vessel, ship, litter, palanquin RV.
&c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge, the means of release
from repeated births (there are either 3 systems, the {zrAvaka-yAna}, the {pratyeka-buddha-y-}
or {pratyeka-y-}, and the {mahA-y-}; or more generally only 2, the {mahA-yAna} or `" Great
method "' and the {hina-y-} or `" Lesser method "'; sometimes there is only `" One Vehicle "', the
{eka-yAna}, or `" one way to beatitude "') SaddhP. Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159 &c.)

yaasyasi = you will go

yaat * = 1 mfn. (nom. {yAn}, {yAtI}, or {yAntI}, {yAt}; for 2. {yAt} see p. 851, col. 1) going, moving
&c. (in RV. i, 32, 15, `" travelling "', as opp. to {a4va-sita}, `" resting "').
yaatana* = n. (2. %{yat}) requital, retaliation, return (with %{vairasya}, revenge, vengeance)
MBh.; (%{A}) f. see next.

yaatanaa * = f. id. (%{-nAM-dA}, to make requital, revenge; %{vaira-y-}, vengeance; cf. above)
MBh. Hariv. Pan5cat.; acute pain, torment, agony, (esp.) punishment inflicted by Yama, the pains
of hell (in BhP. personified as the daughter of %{bhaya} and %{mRtyu}, Fear and Death) Mn.
MBh. &c.

yaatayaamaM = food cooked three hours before being eaten

yaathaarthyameva = the original nature of things or the natural states + alone

yaati = goes

yaatraa = maintenance

yaatudhaana * = m. = {yAtu}, a kind of evil spirit or demon ({I} f.) RV. &c. &c.; {-kSa4yaNa} mfn.
destroying YñYâtus AV.; {-pre7Sita} ({-dhA4na-}) mfn. hurled by YñYâtus S'Br.

yaatu * = m. one who goes, a traveller L.; `" going against, attack (?) "', sorcery, witchcraft RV. AV.
Kâthh. S'Br.; a kind of evil, spirit, fiend, demon RV. AV. Kaus'.; wind L.; time L.; n. = {rakSas} L.

yaa4t * = 2 ind. (obs. abl. of 3. {ya} cf. {ta4t}; for 1. {yAt} see p. 849, col. 2) inasmuch as, so far as,
as long as, since RV. AV. [Cf. Gk. $.] &257890[851, 1] \\ 3 (2. {yat}). see {riNa-yA4t

yaava* = 1 m. = 1. {yava} TS. \\2 mf({I})n. (fr. 3. {yava}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in
comp.) relating to or consisting of or prepared from barley KâtyS'r.; m. a kind of food prepared
from bñbarley L.; ({I}) f. Andro graphis Paniculata L.\\3 m. lac or the red dye prepared from the
cochineal insect Naish.

yaavachcha..ndrashcha = yAvat.h + chandraH + cha:till the moon and (sun last)

yaaja* = m. a sacrificer (in {ati-yAja4}) RV.; m. a sacrifice (cf. {upA7Mzu-}, {Rtu-y-} &c.); boiled
rice or any food L.; N. of a Brahmarshi MBh.

yaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sacrificing for others, the act of performing a sacrifice for (gen. or comp.)
Mn. MBh. &c.

yaavat.h = by the time when

yaavat *= mf(%{atI})n. (fr. 3. %{ya}; correlative of %{tAvat} q.v.) as great, as large, as much, as
many, as often, as frequent, as far, as long, as old &c. (or how great &c. = quantus, quot or qualis)
RV. &c. &c. (%{yA4vantaH@ki4yantaH}, `" as many as "' TBr.; %{yA4vad@vA@yAvad@vA}, `"
as much as possible "' S3Br.; %{yAvat@tAvat}, `" so much as "', in alg. applied to the first
unknown quantity [= x] or so much of the unknown as its co-efficient number; in this sense also
expressed by the first syllable %{yA} cf. IW. 182; %{iti@yAvat} in Comms. `" just so much "', `"
only so "', `" that is to say "', `" such is the explanation "'); ind. as greatly as, as far as, as much or
as many as; as often as, whenever; as long as, whilst; as soon as, the moment that, until that, till,
until RV. &c. &c. (in these senses used with either pres. Pot. fut. impf., or aor., or with the simple
copula). %{yAvat} with the 1st sg. of pres., rarely of Pot., may denote an intended action and may
be translated by `" meanwhile "', `" just "'; %{yA4vad@yAvad-tA4vat@tAvat}, `" as gradually as-
so "' S3Br.; %{yAvan@na}, `" while not "', `" before "', `" till "'; `" if not "', `" whether not "';
%{na@yAvattAvat}, `" scarcely-when "', `" no sooner-than "'; %{na@param}, or %{na@kevalam-
yAvat}, `" not only-but even. "' Sometimes %{yAvat} is also used as a preposition with a prec. or
following acc., or with a following abl., rarely dat. e.g. %{mAsam@ekaM@yAvat}, `" during one
month "'; %{sUryo7dayaM@yAvat}, `" until sunrise "'; %{sarpa-vivaraM@yAvat}, `" up to the
serpent's hole "'; %{yAvad} or %{yAvad-A@samApanAt}, `" until the completion "';
%{yAvad@garbhasya@paripAkAya}, `" until the maturity of the fetus. "' Sometimes also with a
nom. followed by %{iti} e.g. %{anta@iti@yAvat}, `" as far as the end "'; %{paJca@yAvad@iti}, `"
up to five "'; or with another ind. word e.g. %{adya@yAvat}, `" up to this day. "' %{yAvatA} ind. as
far as, as long as A1past. R. BhP.; till, until (with Pot.) La1t2y. (with %{na}, as long as not, before
BhP.); as soon as, the moment that Cat.; in as much as Pat.; %{yA4vati} ind. as long as, as far as
&c. S3Br. TBr.; %{yAvati-tAvati} Das3.

yaavantaH = as many as

yaavaan.h = all that

ya = who

yacchIla* = (for {-zIla}) mfn. having which disposition MBh.

yacchraddha* = (for {-zraddha}) mfn. having which faith or belief Bhag.

yac* = in comp. for {yad}

yadaa = when

yadaayuH = yat+AyuH

yadi = if

yadrichchhayaa = by its own accord

yadricchaa = out of its own accord * = mf({A})n. spontaneous, accidental ÂpGri.; ({A}) f. self-will,
spontaneity, accident, chance (ibc. or {ayA} ind. spontaneously, by accident, unexpectedly),
S'vetUP. Mn. MBh. &c.; (in gram.) see {-zabda}, below; {-tas} ind. by chance, accidentally BhP.;
{--bhijJa} ({-cchA7bh-}) m. a voluntary or self-offered witness Nâr.; {-mAtra-tas} ind. only quite
by accident Kathâs.; {-lAbha-saMtuSTa} mfn. satisfied with obtaining what comes spontaneously,
easily satisfied Bhag.; {-zabada} m. `" chance-word "', a word neither derived from authority nor
possessing meaning S'is'.; {-saMvAda} m. accidental or spontaneous conversation Uttarar.;
{-cchika} m. (scil. {putra}) a son who offers himself for adoption MW.

yadeva = yat.h + eva: whatever + itself or alone

yadyat.h = whatever

yadyapi = even though

yadvat.h = as

yadvaa = whether

yaGYa = a sacrifice
yaGYaM = sacrifice

yaGYaH = performance of yajna

yaGYabhaavitaaH = being satisfied by the performance of sacrifices

yaGYavidaH = conversant with the purpose of performing sacrifices

yaGYashishhTa = of the result of such performances of yajna

yaGYashishhTaa = of food taken after performance of yajna

yaGYakshapita = being cleansed as the result of such performances

yaGYaaH = sacrifices

yaGYaat.h = from the performance of sacrifice

yaGYaanaaM = sacrifices

yaGYaaya = for the sake of Yajña (KRishhNa)

yaGYaarthaat.h = done only for the sake of Yajña, or Visnu

yaGYe = in sacrifice

yaGYena = by sacrifice

yaGYeshaH = lord of all sacrifices, worshipping rites

yaGYeshhu = in the performances of yajna, sacrifice

yaGYaiH = with sacrifices

yajata* = mf({A4})n. worthy of worship, adorable, holy, sublime RV. [cf. Zd. {yazata}]; m. a priest
(= {Rtv-ij}) L.; the moon L.; N. of S'iva L.; (with Âtreya) of a Riishi (author of RV. v, 67, 68)
Anukr.

yajati* = m. N. of those sacrificial ceremonies to which the verb {yajati} is applied (as opp. to
{juhoti}) KâtyS'r. (cf. Kull. on Mn. ii, 84).

yajatisthAna* = n. the place or position of the Vedi or sacrificial altar KâtyS'r. Sch.

yajatra* = mf({A})n. worthy of worship or sacrifice, deserving adoration RV. VS. AV.; m. =
{agnihotrin} L.; = {yAga} L.; n. = {agni-hotra} L.

yajatha* = (only in slat. = {-thAya}, construed like an inf.) worship, sacrifice RV.

yajanta* = m. a sacrificer, worshipper (?) W.

yajas* = n. worship, sacrifice RV. viii, 40, 4 (= {yAga} Sây.)

yaja* = m. a word formed to explain {yajus} S'Br.; ({A}) f. N., of a female tutelary being
(mentioned with Sîtâ, S'amâ and Bhûti) PârGri.

yajanIya* = 1 mfn. (fr. prec.) relating to sacrifice or worship; n. (with or scil. {ahan}) a day of
sacrifice or consecration GriS'rS.

yajati = (1 pp) to sacrifice

yajatraaH = doing yAga or yagya or sacrifice?

yajantaH = sacrificing

yajanti = they worship

yajante = they worship by sacrifices

yajaama = I pl `imperative' parasmaipada of yaj

yajinaH = devotees

yajuH = the Yajur Veda

yajurvedaH = Yajur Veda

yallabhase = yat.h+labhase, whatever+(you)obtain

yakrit.h = liver

yaksha *= the Yakshas *= n. a living supernatural being, spiritual apparition, ghost, spirit RV. AV.
VS. Br. GriS'rS. (accord. to some native Comms. = {yajJa}, {pujA}, {pUjita} &c.); m. N. of a class
of semi-divine beings (attendants of Kubera, exceptionally also of Vishnu; described as sons of
Pulastya, of Pulaha, of Kas'yapa, of Khasâ or Krodhâ; also as produced from the feet of Brahmâ;
though generally regarded as beings of a benevolent and inoffensive disposition, like the Yaksha
in Kâlidâsa's Megha-dûta, they are occasionally classed with Pis'âcas and other malignant spirits,
and sometimes said to cause demoniacal possession; as to their position in the Buddhist system
see MWB. 206, 218) Up. GriS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (with Jainas) a subdivision of the Vyantaras; N. of
Kubera VarYogay.; of a Muni R.; of a son of S'vaphalka VP.; of Indra's palace L.; a dog L.; ({A}) f.
N. of a woman HParis'.; ({I}) f. a female Yaksha MBh. R. &c. ({yakSINAm prathamA yakSI} =
{durgA} Hariv.); N. of Kubera's wife L.

yaksh *= (perhaps Desid. of a {yah}, from which {yahu} and {yahva}) cl. 1. P. Â. {ya4kSati}, {-te},
(prob.) to be quick, speed on (only in {pra-yakS} q.v.; and once in {yakSAmas}, to explain {yakSa}
R. vii, 4, 12), cl. 10. Â. {yakSayate}, to worship, honour Dhâtup. xxxiii, 19.

yaksha4-taa *= f. (Kathâs.) or (R.) the state or condition of a YñYaksha-tank.

yaksha4-tva *= n. (R.) the state or condition of a YñYaksha-tank.

yaksha4-raaja *= m. `" YñYaksha-tank-king "'N. of Kubera MBh.

yaksha4-raatri *= f. `" night of the YñYaksha-tank "'N. of a festival (= {dIpA7lI} q.v.) L.

yaksha4-sena *= m. N. of a king Buddh. [838, 3]

yakshendra *= m. a king of the YñYaksha-tank R. MârkP.; N. of Kubera MBh. R.

yakshes' *= m. N. of the servants of the 11th and 18th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.

yakshes'a *= m. = next W

yakshaRâkshasaaM = of the Yakshas and Raksasas

yaksharakshaa.nsi = demons

yakshye = I shall sacrifice

yama = the god of death, also the five moral commandments* = m. a rein, curb, bridle RV. v, 61,
2; a driver, charioteer ib. viii, 103, to; the act of checking or curbing, suppression, restraint (with
{vAcAm}, restraint of words, silence) BhP.; self-control forbearance, any great moral rule or duty
(as opp. to {niyama}, a minor observance; in Yâjñ. iii, 313 ten Yamas are mentioned, sometimes
only five) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in Yoga) self-restraint (as the first of the eight Angas or means of
attaining mental concentration) IW. 93; any rule or observance PârGri.; ({yama4}) mf({A4} or
{I4})n. twin-born, twin, forming a pair RV. &c. &c.; m. a twin, one of a pair or couple, a fellow (du.
`" the twins "' N. of the As'vins and of their twin children by Mâdrî, called Nakula and Saha-deva;
{yamau mithunau}, twins of different sex) ib.; a symbolical N. for the number `" two "' Hcat.; N.
of the god who presides over the Pitriis (q.v.) and rules the spirits of the dead RV. &c. &c. IW. 18;
197, 198 &c. RTL. 10; 16; 289 &c. (he is regarded as the first of men and born from Vivasvat, `"
the Sun "', and his wife Saranyû; while his brother, the seventh Manu, another form of the first
man, is the son of Vivasvat and Sanjñâ, the image of Saranyû; his twin-sister is Yamî, with whom
he resists sexual alliance, but by whom he is mourned after his death, so that the gods, to make
her forget her sorrow, create night; in the Veda he is called a king or {saMgamano janAnAm}, `"
the gatherer of men "', and rules over the departed fathers in heaven, the road to which is guarded
by two broad-nosed, four-eyed, spotted dogs, the children of S'aramâ q.v.; in Post-vedic
mythology he is the appointed Judge and `" Restrainer "' or `" Punisher "' of the dead, in which
capacity he is also called {dharmarAja} or {dharma} and corresponds to the Greek Pluto and to
Minos; his abode is in some region of the lower world called Yama-pura; thither a soul when it
leaves the body, is said to repair, and there, after the recorder, Citra-gupta, has read an account of
its actions kept in a book called Agra-sandhânâ, it receives a just sentence; in MBh. Yama is
described as dressed in blood-red garments, with a glittering form, a crown on his head, glowing
eyes and like Varuna, holding a noose, with which he binds the spirit after drawing it from the
body, in size about the measure of a mañs thumb; he is otherwise represented as grim in aspect,
green in colour, clothed in red, riding on a buffalo, and holding a club in one hind and noose in
the other; in the later mythology he is always represented as a terrible deity inflicting tortures,
called {yAtanA}, on departed spirits [846, 2]; he is also one of the 8 guardians of the world as
regent of the South quarter; he is the regent of the Nakshatra Apa-bharanî or Bharanî, the
supposed author of RV. x, 10; 14, of a hymn to Vishnu and of a law-book; {yamasyA7rkaH}N. of a
Sâman ÂrshBr.); N. of the planet Saturn (regarded as the son of Vivasvat and Châyâ) Hariv. BhP.;
of one of Skanda's attendants (mentioned together with Ati-yama) MBh.; a crow L. (cf.
{-dUtaka}); a bad horse (whose limbs are either too small or too large) L.; ({I4}) f. N. of Yama's
twin-sister (who is identified in Postvedic mythology with the river-goddess Yamunâ) RV. &c. &c.;
n. a pair, brace, couple L.; (in gram.) a twin-letter (the consonant interposed and generally
understood, but not written in practice, between a nasal immediately preceded by one of the four
other consonants in each class) Prât. Pat. on Pân. 1-1, 8; pitch of the voice, tone of utterance, key
Prât.

yamaH = the controller of death

yamaduutaanaaM = the messengers of the lord of death (yama)

yamana * mf({I})n. restraining, governing, managing VS.; m. the god Yama L.; n. the act of
restraining &c. Hariv. Râjat.; binding, tying L.; cessation, end L.

yamena = by Yama, the lord of Death

yamevaisha = yaM + eva + esha: him + itself or alone + this

yaM = one to whom

ya.ntu = reach us

yana / yAna * =. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv. in {-trA4}) RV.; ({yA4nI})
f. a path, course TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. (cf. g. {gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. {A}) a journey, travel; going,
moving, riding, marching &c. to (loc. or comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with
{prati}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon, vessel, ship, litter, palanquin RV.
&c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge, the means of release
from repeated births (there are either 3 systems, the {zrAvaka-yAna}, the {pratyeka-buddha-y-}
or {pratyeka-y-}, and the {mahA-y-}; or more generally only 2, the {mahA-yAna} or `" Great
method "' and the {hina-y-} or `" Lesser method "'; sometimes there is only `" One Vehicle "', the
{eka-yAna}, or `" one way to beatitude "') SaddhP. Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159 &c.)

yantri = charioteer

yantra = a design used in meditation

yantram.h = (n) machine

yantraagaaram.h = (n) factory

yarhi: V* when because, whenever, as if, *= ind. (fr. 3. {ya}; correlative of {ta4rhi}, {eta4rhi}, but
also followed by {tadA}, {tatra}, {atha} &c.) when, at which time, whenever, while, whereas (with
pres. or Pot., imp. aor. or pf.; sometimes also with no verb) TS. AitBr. BhP.; since, as, because
BhP.

yasha = Success

yashaH = fame

yashas.h = glory

yas'as* n. beautiful appearance, beauty, splendour, worth RV. AV. VS. S'Br. GriS'rS.; honour,
glory, fame, renown AV. &c. &c. (also personified as a son of Kâma and Rati Hariv.; or of Dharma
and Kîrti Pur.); an object of honour, a person of respectability S'Br.; favour, graciousness,
partiality RV.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.; = {udaka}, water, or {anna}, food, or {dhana},
wealth Naigh.; ({yaza4s}) mfn. beautiful, splendid, worthy, excellent RV. AV.; honoured,
respected, venerated ib.; pleasant, agreeable, estimable ib.

yashaa.nsi = reputation

yashovaan.h = man with fame

yashhTavyaM = must be performed

yashhTikaasana = the stick posture

yashhTikriiDaa = (f) dandia (a dance using wooden sticks)

yasmaat.h = from whom

yasmin.h = in which

yasmai = that person to whom

yasya = whose, * to be endeavored, to be killed, to be one oines way, to be gone

yasyaaM = in which

yat V*= that which, which, whatever, because, as* = 1 mfn. (pr. p. of 5. {i}) going, moving RV. &c.
&c. ({abde yati}, in this year L.) \\ 2 cl. 1. Â. (prob. connected with {yam} and orig. meaning, to
stretch "' Dhâtup. ii, 29) {ya4tate} (Ved. and ep. also P. {-ti}; p. {ya4tamAna}, {ya4tAna} and
{yatAna4} RV.; pf. {yete}, 3. pl. {yetire} ib. &c.; aor. {ayatiSTa} Br.; fut. {yatiSyate} Br., {-ti}
MBh.; inf. {yatitum} MBh.; ind. p. {-ya4tya} MBh.), (P.) to place in order, marshal, join, connect
RV.; (P. or Â.) to keep pace, be in line, rival or vie with (instr.) ib.; (Â.) to join (instr.), associate
with (instr.), march or fly together or in line ib.; to conform or comply with (instr.) ib.; to meet,
encounter (in battle) ib. Br.; to seek to join one's self with, make for, tend towards (loc.) ib.; to
endeavour to reach, strive after, be eager or anxious for (with loc. dat. acc. with or without {prati},
once with gen.; also with {arthe}, {arthAya}, {artham} and {hetos} ifc.; or with inf.) Mn. MBh.
Kâv. &c.; to exert one's self, take pains, endeavour, make effort, persevere, be cautious or watchful
ib.; to be prepared for (acc.) R.: Caus. (or cl. 10 Dhâtup. xxxiii, 62) {yAta4yati} (or {-te}; aor.
{ayIyatat}; Pass. {yAtyate}), to join, unite (Â. intrans.) RV.; to join or attach to (loc.), P PañcavBr.;
to cause to fight AitBr.; to strive to obtain anything (acc.) from (abl.) Mâlav.; (rarely Â.) to requite,
return, reward or punish, reprove (as a fault) RV. &c. &c. [841, 1]; (Â.) to surrender or yield up
anything (acc) to (acc. or gen.) MBh.; (P. Â.) to distress, torture, vex, annoy BhP.; accord. to
Dhâtup. also {nikAre} (others {nirAkAre} or {khede}) and {upaskAre}: Desid. {yiyatiSate} Gr.:
Intens. {yAyatyate} and {yAyatti} ib.

yata * = see under %{yam}, p. 845.\\mfn. restrained, held in, held forth, kept down or limited,
subdued, governed, controlled &c. RV. &c. &c. (cf. comp. below); n. restraint (?) see %{yataM-
kara4}; the spurring or guiding of an elephant by means of the rider's feet L.

yaata * = mfn. gone, proceeded, marched (n. also impers.) RV. &c. &c.; gone away, fled, escaped
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; passed by, elapsed Hariv. Var.; entered upon, pursued (as a path) R.; gone to,
come or fallen into (acc. loc, or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; situated (as a heavenly body) VarBr2S.;
become, turned out (%{kva@tad@yAtam}, what has become of this?) Hariv.; known, understood
Pat.; n. motion, progress, gait, course, drive RV. &c. &c.; the place where a person has gone
Pa1n2. 2-3, 68 Sch.; the past time (opp. to %{an-Agatam}, the future) VarBr2S.; the guiding or
driving of an elephant with a goad L.

yat.h = to strive

yata = controlled

yataH = because; VB: from whom, by which, wherein, wherever, whereupon, as it is so

yatachitta = controlling the mind

yatachittasya = whose mind is controlled

yatachittaatmaa = always careful in mind

yatachetasaaM = who have full control over the mind

yatamaanaH = endeavoring

yatantaH = fully endeavoring

yatana* = n. making effort or exertion W.

yatanti = endeavor

yatataH = while endeavoring

yatataa = while endeavoring

yatataaM = of those so endeavoring

yatati = endeavors

yatate = (1 app) to attempt, to try

yatayaH = enlightened persons

yatasyataH = wherever

yataatma = self-controlled

yataatmanaaH = engaged in self-realization

yataatmavaan.h = self-situated

yathaa * = `" in such a manner as follows "', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pâli {seyyathA}; {sa4
ya4thA-} S'Br.) Jain. (in Prâkriit {taM jahA}; cf. {sejjahA}) Pat. S'ak.; [cf. $; Goth. {sa}, {so},
{that-a}; Lat. {(is-te}, {(is)-ta}, {(is-)tud}, {tam}, {tum}, {tunc}.]

yathaa * = * = ind. (in Veda also unaccented; fr. 3. {ya}, correlative of {ta4thA}) in which manner
or way, according as, as, like (also with {cid}, {ha}, {ha vai}, {iva}, {ivA7Gga}, {iva ha}, {eva}, and
followed by correl. {tathA}, {tathA tathA}, {tadvat}, {cvam}, Ved. also {eva4}) RV. &c. &c.
({yathai9tat} or {yathai9vai9tat}, `" as for that "' [841, 3]; {yathA-tathA} or {yathA} - {tena
satyena}, `" as surely as "' - `" so truly "'); as, for instance, namely (also {tad yathA}, `" as here
follows "') Up. GriS'rS. Nir.; as it is or was (elliptically) BhP.; that, so that, in order that (with Pot.
or Subj., later also with fut. pres., imperf. and aor.; in earlier language {yathA} is often placed
after the first word of a sentence; sometimes with ellipsis of {syAt} and {bhavet}) RV. &c. &c.; that
(esp. after verbs of `" knowing "', `" believing "', `" hearing "', `" doubting "' &c.; either with or
without {iti} at the end of the sentence) Up. MBh. Kâv. &c.; as soon as Megh.; as, because, since
({yathA-tathA}, `" as'-`" therefore "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; as if (with Pot.) Das'. S'ak.; how (= {quam},
expressing `" admiration "') Pân. 8-1, 37 Sch.; according to what is right, properly, correctly (=
{yathAvat}) BhP. ({ya4thA yathA-ta4thA tathA} or {evaI74va}, `" in whatever manner "', -`" in
that manner "', `" according as "' or `" in proportion as "', -`" so "', `" by how much the more'-`"
by so much "', `" the more'-`" the more; {yathA tathA}, `" in whatever manner "', `" in every way
"', `" anyhow "'; with {na}, `" in no way "', `" really not "'; {yathA kathaMcit}, `" in any way "', `"
somehow or other "'; {yathai9va}, `" just as "'; {tad yathA7pinAma}, `" just as if "').

yatha* = for {yathA} before {R} and {r} = {R}.

yathocita * = mfn. accordant with propriety or equity, fit, suitable, becoming R. Hit. &c. ; ibc.
(Katha1s.) or %{am} ind. (R. BhP. &c.) suitably, fitly.

yati = Mendicant * = 1 m. (for 2. and 3. see col. 2 and p. 845) a disposer RV. vii, 13, 1 (Sây. `" a
giver "'); `" a striver "', an ascetic, devotee, one who has restrained his passions and abandoned
the world Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 131); N. of a mythical race of ascetics (connected with the
Bhriigus and said to have taken part in the creation of the world) RV. &c. &c.; N. of a son of
Brahmâ BhP.; of a son of Nahusha MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vis'vâmitra MBh.; N. of S'iva
MBh.; = {nikAra} or {kAra} L.

ya4ti * = 2 (fr. 3. {ya} correlative of {ta4ti}; declined only in pl. nom. acc. {ya4ti}), as many as (=
Lat. {quot}), as often, how many or often RV. (for 1. and 3. {yati} see col. 1 and p. 845).

yati * = 3 f. (for 1. and 2. see p. 841, cols. 1 and 2) restraint, control, guidance TS. Br.; stopping,
ceasing, a pause (in music) Sangît.; a caesura (in prosody) Ping.; (also {I}) f. a widow L.

yatiinaaM = of the saintly persons

yatna = effort

yatnaM = effort

yatra = wherein

yathaa = just as (or how) * = `" in such a manner as follows "', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pâli
{seyyathA}; {sa4 ya4thA-} S'Br.) Jain. (in Prâkriit {taM jahA}; cf. {sejjahA}) Pat. S'ak.; [cf. $;
Goth. {sa}, {so}, {that-a}; Lat. {(is-te}, {(is)-ta}, {(is-)tud}, {tam}, {tum}, {tunc}.]\\ ind. (in Veda
also unaccented; fr. 3. {ya}, correlative of {ta4thA}) in which manner or way, according as, as, like
(also with {cid}, {ha}, {ha vai}, {iva}, {ivA7Gga}, {iva ha}, {eva}, and followed by correl. {tathA},
{tathA tathA}, {tadvat}, {cvam}, Ved. also {eva4}) RV. &c. &c. ({yathai9tat} or {yathai9vai9tat}, `"
as for that "' [841,3]; {yathA-tathA} or {yathA} - {tena satyena}, `" as surely as "' - `" so truly "');
as, for instance, namely (also {tad yathA}, `" as here follows "') Up. GriS'rS. Nir.; as it is or was
(elliptically) BhP.; that, so that, in order that (with Pot. or Subj., later also with fut. pres., imperf.
and aor.; in earlier language {yathA} is often placed after the first word of a sentence; sometimes
with ellipsis of {syAt} and {bhavet}) RV. &c. &c.; that (esp. after verbs of `" knowing "', `"
believing "', `" hearing "', `" doubting "' &c.; either with or without {iti} at the end of the sentence)
Up. MBh. Kâv. &c.; as soon as Megh.; as, because, since ({yathA-tathA}, `" as'-`" therefore "')
MBh. Kâv. &c.; as if (with Pot.) Das'. S'ak.; how (= {quam}, expressing `" admiration "') Pân. 8-1,
37 Sch.; according to what is right, properly, correctly (= {yathAvat}) BhP. ({ya4thA yathA-ta4thA
tathA} or {evaI74va}, `" in whatever manner "', -`" in that manner "', `" according as "' or `" in
proportion as "', -`" so "', `" by how much the more'-`" by so much "', `" the more'-`" the more;
{yathA tathA}, `" in whatever manner "', `" in every way "', `" anyhow "'; with {na}, `" in no way
"', `" really not "'; {yathA kathaMcit}, `" in any way "', `" somehow or other "'; {yathai9va}, `" just
as "'; {tad yathA7pinAma}, `" just as if "').

yathaabhaagaM = as differently arranged

yathaavat.h = as they areyauvana = youth

yatra tatra* = used for the loc. {yasmiMs tasmin}, in whatever Mn. iii, 50; vi, 66; xii, 102; in
whatever place, anywhere MBh. xiii, 3686; to any place whatever, v, 5997; at any rate,
indiscriminately, xiii, 514; {yatra tatrA7pi}, to whatever place, v, 1084 Kathâs. xxxvi, 101; [cf.
Goth. {thathro1}.]

yauvanaM = youth

yava* = 1 m. the first half of a month (generally in pl.; accord. to Comn. = {pUrva-pakSAH}; also
written {yAva}) VS. S'Br. Kâthh. \\2 mfn. (1. {yu}) warding off, averting AV. Yâjñ. \\=3 m. barley
(in the earliest times, prob. any grain or corn yielding flour or meal; pl. barley-corns) RV. &c. &c.;
a barley-corn (either as a measure of length = 1/6 or 1/8 of an Angula VarBriS.; or as a weight= 6
or 12 mustard seeds= 1/2 Guñjâ Mn. Yâjñ.); any grain of seed or seed corn Bhpr.; (in palmistry) a
figure or mark on the hand resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good fortune)
VarBriS.; N. of a partic. astron. Yoga (when the favourable planets are situated in the 4th and 10th
mansions and the unfavourable ones in the 1st and 7th) ib.; speed, velocity W. (prob. w.r. for
{java}); a double convex lens ib. [Cf. Zd. {yava}; Gk. $; Lith. &256791[847, 2] {javai4}.]

yavana = Foreign

yavana* =1 mfn. (1. {yu}) keeping away, averting (see {dveSo-ya4vana}). //2 n. (2. {yu}) mixing,
mingling (esp. with water) Nyâyam. \\3 mfn. quick, swift; m. a swift horse L. (prob. w.r. for
{javana}). \\ = mfn. quick, swift L. (prob. w.r. for {javAna}). \\4 w.r. for {paijavana} Mn. vii, 41.
\\ =5 m. an Ionian, Greek (or a king of the Greeks g. {kambojA7di}; in later times also a
Muhammadan or European, any foreigner or barbarian) Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of a caste Gaut.
(accord. to L. `" the legitimate son of a Kshatriya and a Vais'yâ or `" an Ugra who is an elephant
catcher "') of a country (= {yavana-deza}, sometimes applied to Ionia, Greece, Bactria, and more
recently to Arabia) W.; wheat L.; a carrot L.; olibanum L.; pl. the Ionians, Greeks (esp. the Greek
astrologers) MBh. VarBriS. &c.; N. of a dynasty Pur.; ({I}) f. the wife of a Yavana, a Greek or
Muhammadan woman Kâlid. Sis'. (Yavana girls were formerly employed as attendants on kings,
esp. to take charge of their bows and quivers); = {javanI}, a curtain L.; n. salt from saline soil L.

yaavana* =1 mf({I})n. (fr. {yavana}; for 2. and 3. see p. 853, col. 1) born or produced in the land of
the Yavanas, Pra7yas'c.; m. olibanum L. \\2 n. (fr. Caus.; for 1. see p. 852, col. 3; for 3. below)
keeping off, removing Nir. Sây. \\3 n. (fr. Caus.) uniting, joining, mixing (see {a-y-}).

yavanikaa = (f) curtain

yayaa = by which

yayau = went (past perfect tense of yaa gachha meaning to go)yaa = to go

yayu* = mfn. (%{yayu4} in a corrupted passage AV. iv, 24, 2) going, moving, swift (applied to a
horse) VS.; m. a horse (esp. `" one fit for sacrifice "') L.; N. of one of the horses of the Moon VP.;
the way of final beatitude L.; f. obtaining L.; mfn. having a long stick L.

ye = those who

yethechchayaa = (adverb) at will

yena = by whom
yenakenachit.h = with anything

yeshhaaM = whose

yo = who

yo.adhiite = who studies

yo.ayaM = this system

yoddhavyaM = have to fight

yoddhukaamaan.h = desiring to fight

yodhamukhyaiH = chiefs among the warriors

yodhasaMrAva * = m. challenging to battle, mutual defiance of combatants L.

yodhaviiraan.h = great warriors

yodhaaH = the soldiers

yoga* = m. (1. {yuj}; ifc. f. {A}) the act of yoking, joining, attaching, harnessing, putting to (of
horses) RV. MBh.; a yoke, team, vehicle, conveyance S'Br. Kaus'. MBh.; employment, use,
application, performance RV. &c. &c.; equipping or arraying (of an army) MBh.; fixing (of an
arrow on the bow-string) ib.; putting on (of armour) L.; a remedy, cure Sus'r.; a means, expedient,
device, way, manner, method MBh. Kâv. &c.; a supernatural means, charm, incantation, magical
art ib.; a trick, stratagem, fraud, deceit Mn. Kathâs. (cf. {yoga-nanda}); undertaking, business,
work RV. AV. TS.; acquisition, gain, profit, wealth, property ib. Kaus'. MBh.; occasion,
opportunity Kâm. MârkP.; any junction, union, combination, contact with (instr. with or without
{saha}, or comp.). MBh. Kâv. &c. ({yogam} {i}, to agree, consent, acquiesce in anything R.);
mixing of various materials, mixture MBh. R. VarBriS.; partaking of, possessing (instr. or comp.)
Mn. R. Hariv.; connection, relation ({yogAt}, {yogena} and {yoga-tas} ifc. in consequence of, on
account of, by reason of, according to, through) KâtyS'r. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; putting together,
arrangement, disposition, regular succession Kâthh. [856,3] S'rS.; fitting together, fitness,
propriety, suitability ({yogena} and {yoga-tas} ind. suitably, fitly, duly, in the right manner) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; exertion, endeavour, zeal, diligence, industry, care, attention ({yoga-tas} ind.
strenuously, assiduously; {pUrNena yogena}, with all one's powers, with overflowing zeal) Mn.
MBh. &c.; application or concentration of the thoughts, abstract contemplation, meditation, (esp.)
self-concentration, abstract meditation and mental abstraction practised as a system (as taught by
Patañjali and called the Yoga philosophy; it is the second of the two Sânkhya systems, its chief
aim being to teach the means by which the human spirit may attain complete union with I7s'vara
or the Supreme Spirit; in the practice of self-concentration it is closely connected with Buddhism)
Up. MBh. Kâv. &c. (IW. 92); any simple act or rite conducive to Yoga or abstract meditation
Sarvad.; Yoga personified (as the son of Dharma and Kriyâ) BhP.; a follower of the Yoga system
MBh. S'ank.; (in Sânkhya) the union of soul with matter (one of the 10 Mûlika7rthâs or radical
facts) Tattvas.; (with Pâs'upatas) the union of the individual soul with the universal soul Kula7rn.;
(with Pâñcarâtras) devotion, pious seeking after God Sarvad.; (with Jainas) contact or mixing
with the outer world ib.; (in astron.) conjunction, lucky conjuncture Lâthy. VarBriS. MBh. &c.; a
constellation, asterism (these, with the moon, are called {cAndra-yogAH} and are 13 in number;
without the moon they are called {kha-yogAH}, or {nAbhasa-yogAH}) VarBriS.; the leading or
principal star of a lunar asterism W.; N. of a variable division of time (during which the joint
motion in longitude of the sun and moon amounts to 13 degrees 20 minutes; there are 27 such
Yogas beginning with Vishkambha and ending with Vaidhriiti) ib.; (in arithm.) addition, sum,
total Sûryas. MBh.; (in gram.) the connection of words together, syntactical dependence of a
word, construction Nir. Sus'r. (ifc. = dependent on, ruled by Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 1); a combined or
concentrated grammatical rule or aphorism Pân. Sch. Siddh. (cf. {yoga-vibhAga}); the connection
of a word with its root, original or etymological meaning (as opp. to {rUDhi} q.v.) Nir. Pratâp.
KâtyS'r. Sch.; a violator of confidence, spy L.; N. of a Sch. on the Parama7rthasâra; ({A}) f. N. of a
S'akti Pañcar.; of Pîvarî (daughter of the Pitriis called Barhishads) Hariv.

yogaaruuDhaH = elevated in yoga

yogaasana = the anchor posture

yogaat.h = from the mystic link

yogaaya = for the sake of devotional service

yogaaya * Nom. Â. {-yate}, to become Yoga, to be changed into religious contemplation or

devotion Cat.

yoga = effort

yogabalena = by the power of mystic yoga

yogabhrashhTaH = one who has fallen from the path of self-realization

yogadaNDaasana = the yogiñs staff posture

yogadhaaraNaaM = the yogic situation

yo4ga* =m. (1. {yuj}; ifc. f. {A}) the act of yoking, joining, attaching, harnessing, putting to (of
horses) RV. MBh.; a yoke, team, vehicle, conveyance S'Br. Kaus'. MBh.; employment, use,
application, performance RV. &c. &c.; equipping or arraying (of an army) MBh.; fixing (of an
arrow on the bow-string) ib.; putting on (of armour) L.; a remedy, cure Sus'r.; a means, expedient,
device, way, manner, method MBh. Kâv. &c.; a supernatural means, charm, incantation, magical
art ib.; a trick, stratagem, fraud, deceit Mn. Kathâs. (cf. {yoga-nanda}); undertaking, business,
work RV. AV. TS.; acquisition, gain, profit, wealth, property ib. Kaus'. MBh.; occasion,
opportunity Kâm. MârkP.; any junction, union, combination, contact with (instr. with or without
{saha}, or comp.). MBh. Kâv. &c. ({yogam} {i}, to agree, consent, acquiesce in anything R.);
mixing of various materials, mixture MBh. R. VarBriS.; partaking of, possessing (instr. or comp.)
Mn. R. Hariv.; connection, relation ({yogAt}, {yogena} and {yoga-tas} ifc. in consequence of, on
account of, by reason of, according to, through) KâtyS'r. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; putting together,
arrangement, disposition, regular succession Kâthh. [856, 3] S'rS.; fitting together, fitness,
propriety, suitability ({yogena} and {yoga-tas} ind. suitably, fitly, duly, in the right manner) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; exertion, endeavour, zeal, diligence, industry, care, attention ({yoga-tas} ind.
strenuously, assiduously; {pUrNena yogena}, with all one's powers, with overflowing zeal) Mn.
MBh. &c.; application or concentration of the thoughts, abstract contemplation, meditation, (esp.)
self-concentration, abstract meditation and mental abstraction practised as a system (as taught by
Patañjali and called the Yoga philosophy; it is the second of the two Sânkhya systems, its chief
aim being to teach the means by which the human spirit may attain complete union with I7s'vara
or the Supreme Spirit; in the practice of self-concentration it is closely connected with Buddhism)
Up. MBh. Kâv. &c. (IW. 92); any simple act or rite conducive to Yoga or abstract meditation
Sarvad.; Yoga personified (as the son of Dharma and Kriyâ) BhP.; a follower of the Yoga system
MBh. S'ank.; (in Sânkhya) the union of soul with matter (one of the 10 Mûlika7rthâs or radical
facts) Tattvas.; (with Pâs'upatas) the union of the individual soul with the universal soul Kula7rn.;
(with Pâñcarâtras) devotion, pious seeking after God Sarvad.; (with Jainas) contact or mixing
with the outer world ib.; (in astron.) conjunction, lucky conjuncture Lâthy. VarBriS. MBh. &c.; a
constellation, asterism (these, with the moon, are called {cAndra-yogAH} and are 13 in number;
without the moon they are called {kha-yogAH}, or {nAbhasa-yogAH}) VarBriS.; the leading or
principal star of a lunar asterism W.; N. of a variable division of time (during which the joint
motion in longitude of the sun and moon amounts to 13 degrees 20 minutes; there are 27 such
Yogas beginning with Vishkambha and ending with Vaidhriiti) ib.; (in arithm.) addition, sum,
total Sûryas. MBh.; (in gram.) the connection of words together, syntactical dependence of a
word, construction Nir. Sus'r. (ifc. = dependent on, ruled by Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 1); a combined or
concentrated grammatical rule or aphorism Pân. Sch. Siddh. (cf. {yoga-vibhAga}); the connection
of a word with its root, original or etymological meaning (as opp. to {rUDhi} q.v.) Nir. Pratâp.
KâtyS'r. Sch.; a violator of confidence, spy L.; N. of a Sch. on the Parama7rthasâra; ({A}) f. N. of a
S'akti Pañcar.; of Pîvarî (daughter of the Pitriis called Barhishads) Hariv.

yogaH = KRishhNa consciousness

yogaiH = by devotional service

yogakaaraka = Planet in both its Rashi and navaa.nsha sign giving it Swakshetra-like strength.
Also a combination that produces a Yoga

yogakshemaM = family welfare

yogamaayaa = by internal potency

yogamaishvaraM = inconceivable mystic power

yogaM = self-realization

yoganidraa = the sleep of yoga, where the body is resting but the mind is awake

yoganiyojita = controlled by yoga

yogarataH = indulging in yoga

yogasa.nsiddhiM = the highest perfection in mysticism

yogasa.nGYitaM = called trance in yoga

yogasevayaa = by performance of yoga

yogasthaH = equipoised

yogasya = about yoga

yogavittamaaH = the most perfect in knowledge of yoga

yogayaGYaaH = sacrifice in eightfold mysticism

yogayuktaH = engaged in devotional service

yogayuktaatmaa = one who is dovetailed in KRishhNa consciousness

yogau = work in devotional service

yoge = in work without fruitive result

yogena = in devotional service

yogeshvara = O Lord of all mystic power

yogeshvaraH = the master of mysticism

yogeshvaraat.h = from the master of all mysticism

yogin.h = one who practices yoga (Male)

yogin* = mfn. joined or connected with, relating to, accompanied by, possessed of (comp.)
Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Hariv.; being in conjunction with (e.g. %{candra-y-}) Ma1rkP.; possessed of
superhuman powers W.; m. a follower of the Yoga system, a Yogin (usually called Yogi1) or
contemplative saint, devotee, ascetic MaitrUp. Bhag. &c. (cf. RTL. 87); a magician, conjurer W.
[858,1]; a partic. mixed caste Cat. (v.l. %{yuGgin}); an orange tree L.; natron, alkali L.; N. of
Ya1jn5avalkya Cat.; of Arjuna L.; of Vishn2u MBh.; of S3iva L.; of a Buddha L.; (%{inI}) f. see
next.

yogendra* = m. a master or adept in the Yoga W.

yogin* = mfn. joined or connected with, relating to, accompanied by, possessed of (comp.)
KâtyS'r. MBh. Hariv.; being in conjunction with (e.g. {candra-y-}) MârkP.; possessed of
superhuman powers W.; m. a follower of the Yoga system, a Yogin (usually called yogi) or
contemplative saint, devotee, ascetic MaitrUp. Bhag. &c. (cf. RTL. 87); a magician, conjurer W.
[858, 1]; a partic. mixed caste Cat. (v.l. {yuGgin}); an orange tree L.; natron, alkali L.; N. of
Yâjñavalkya Cat.; of Arjuna L.; of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva L.; of a Buddha L.; ({inI}) f. see next.

yoginii* = f. a female demon or any being endowed with magical power, a fairy, witch, sorceress
(represented as eight in number and as created by Durgâ and attendant on her or on S'iva;
sometimes 60, 64 or 65 are enumerated) Hariv. Kathâs. &c. (cf. RTL. 188, 189); N. of Durgâ L.;
(with Tântrikas) a partic. S'akti; (with Buddhists) a woman representing any goddess who is the
object of adoration.

yoginiidas'aa* = f. state or condition of a Yoginî; {-krama} m. {-cintAmaNi} m. {-jJAna} n. {--

dhyAya} ({-zA7dh-}) m. {-prakaraNa} n. {-vicAra} m. N. of wks.

yoginaM = yogi

yoginaH = mystics

yoginaaM = of the devotees

yoginii = one who practices yoga (Female)

yoginiidazs'aa* - f. state or condition of a Yoginî; {-krama} m. {-cintAmaNi} m. {-jJAna} n. {--

dhyAya} ({-zA7dh-}) m. {-prakaraNa} n. {-vicAra} m. N. of wks.

yogi* = 1 (m. c.) = {yogin} (only in gen. pl. {yogInAm}). \\* = 2 in comp. for {yogin}.
yogidaNDa* = m. a kind of reed or cane (= {vetra}) L.

yoginidraa* = f. `" a yogi's sleep "', light sleep, wakefulness W

yogitA* = f. the being connected with (ifc.), connection, relation Bhâshâp.; the state or condition
of a yogi (cf. {yogin}) MW.

yogita* = mfn. bewitched, enchanted, mad, crazy, wild L

yogii = one who practices yoga (Male)

yogiiya* = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to regard or treat as Yoga Cat.

yogiis'vara* = m. = prec. Kâv. Yâjñ.; a master in sorcery Kathâs.; ({I}) f. N. of a goddess Ca

yogya = like

yogyataa = appropriateness

yojakastatra = yojakaH + tatra:the joiner and there

yojita * = mfn. yoked, harnessed BhP.; used, employed, applied, performed MBh.; undertaken,
begun Ya1jn5.; appointed to, charged with (loc.) BhP.; tied or fastened to, put or placed in (loc.)
ib.; joined, connected, put together, arranged, composed MBh. R.; supplied or furnished with
(instr. or comp.) VarBr2S. Ra1jat.

yojinii = (f) stapler

yoktavyaH = must be practiced

yonayaH = sources of

yoni = species of life

yoniM = species

yoniH = source of birth

yonishhu = into the wombs

yonii = vagina, womb, or the source

yoniini = whose source of birth

yotsyamaanaan.h = those who will be fighting

yoshaNaa* = (once {yoSa4NA}) f. (prob. fr. 2. {yu}; cf. {yuvan}) a girl, maiden, young woman,
wife RV. (accord. to Sây. also = {stuti}, a hymn, praise).

yoshan* = f. id. ib. (also applied to the fingers).

yoshaa* = f. = {yoSaNA} RV. &c. &c. (esp. applied to Ushas; accord. to Sây. also `" a mare "');
(with {dAru-mayI}) a wooden doll MBh.

yoshit* = f. = {yoSaNA} (also applied to the females of animals and to inanimate things e.g.
{yoSito mantrAH}, `" female magical texts "') RV. &c. &c.

yoshitaa* = f. a woman, wife MundUp. Sch.

yos * = ind. (only in {za4M yo4H} and {za4M ca yo4z ca}) welfare, health, happiness R

yuddha = Planetary War

yuddhaM = war

yuddhavishaaradaaH = experienced in military science

yuddhaat.h = than fighting

yuddhaaya = for the sake of fighting

yuddhe = in the fight

yudhaamanyuH = Yudhamanyu

yudhi = in the fight

yudhishhThiraH = Yudhisthira

yudhya = fight

yudhyate = (4 ap) to fight

yudhyasva = fight

yuga = World Ages

yugapat.h = simultaneously

yugale = dual

yugala* = n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}) a pair, couple, brace Kâv. Pur. Pañcat. &c. ({-lo-bhU}, to be
yoked or united with); `" double prayer "'N. of a prayer to Lakshmî and Nârâyana L.

yugalaja* = m. du. twins HParis'.

yugalaka* = n. a pair, couple, brace Kathâs.; a double S'loka (= {yuga} q.v.) Râjat.

yugalAya* = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to be like or represent a pair (of anything) Kâv.

yugaMdhara * = mf({A})n. holding or bearing the yoke (?) MBh.; m. n. the pole of a carriage or
wood to which the yoke is fixed MBh.; m. a partic. magical formula spoken over weapons R.; N. of
a king Hariv. Pur.; of a mountain MBh. (with Buddhists one of the 8 mountains Dharmas. 125); of
a forest Pañcar.; pl. N. of a people MBh. VarBriS. VP.

yuga4-pad * = ind. `" being in the same yoke or by the side of each other "', together, at the same
time, simultaneously (`" with "' instr. Pân. 2-1, 6 Sch.; cf. {yuga-za4ram}) GriS'rS. &c. &c.;
({-pat}){-karman} n. a simultaneous action Lâthy.; ({-pat}) {-kAla} mfn. taking place at the same
time ÂpS'r.; ({-pat}) {-prA7pti} f. reaching simultaneously Âs'vGri.; ({-pad}) {-bhAva} m.
simultaneousness KâtyS'r.

yuga4-bhanga * = m. the breaking of a yoke Kathâ

yuge = millennium

yuj.h = to yoke, join, concentrate on

yujyate = is engaged

yujyasva = engage (fight)

yuñjataH = constantly engaged

yuñjan.h = practicing

yuñjiita = must concentrate in KRishhNa consciousness

yuñjyaat.h = should execute

yuñjaka* = mfn. applying, performing, practising (e.g. {dhyAna-y-}, practising devotion) Cat.

yuñjaana* = mfn. uniting, joining, arranging, performing Kathâs. BhP.; appointing to, charging or
entrusting with (loc.) MBh.; suitable, proper MW.; successful, prosperous ib.; m. a driver,
coachman L.; a Yogin L.

yuñjaanaka* = mfn. containing the word {yuJjAna} g. {goSad-Adi}.

yuñjanda* = m. or n. (?) N. of a place Cat.

yuñjavat* = w.r. for {muJja-vat}.

yukta = used* = mfn. yoked or joined or fastened or attached or harnessed to (loc. or instr.) RV.
&c. &c.; set to work, made use of, employed, occupied with, engaged in, intent upon (instr. loc. or
comp.) ib.; ready to, prepared for (dat.) MBh.; absorbed in abstract meditation, concentrated,
attentive RV. &c. &c.; skilful, clever, experienced in, familiar with (loc.) MBh. R.; joined, united,
connected, combined, following in regular succession RV. S'ânkhS'r. Var. BhP. ({a4m} ind. in
troops S'Br.); furnished or endowed or filled or supplied or provided with, accompanied by,
possessed of (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. [853, 3]; come in contact with (instr.) R.; (in astron.)
being in conjunction with (instr.) Âs'vGri.; (ifc.) added to, increased by (e.g. {catur-yuktA
viMzatiH}, twenty increased by four i.e. 24) VarBriS.; (ifc.) connected with, concerning KâtyS'r.;
(ifc.) subject to, dependent on MBh.; fitted, adapted, conforming or adapting one's self to, making
use of (instr. e.g. {yuktaH kAlena yaH}, one who makes use of the right opportunity) Kâm.; fit,
suitable, appropriate, proper, right, established, proved, just, due, becoming to or suitable for
(gen. loc. or comp., e.g. {Ayati-yukta}, suitable for the future; or ibc. see below; {yuktam} with
{yad} or an inf. = it is fit or suitable that or to; {na yuktam bhavatA}, it is not seemly for you) Mn.
MBh. &c.; auspicious, favourable (as fate, time &c.) Mn. R.; prosperous, thriving R.; (with
{tathA}) faring or acting thus MBh.; (in gram.) primitive (as opp. to `" derivative "') Pân. 1-2, 51;
m. N. of a son of Manu Raivata Hariv.; of a Riishi under Manu Bhautya ib.; ({A}) f. N. of a plant L.
(cf. {yukta-rasA}); n. a team, yoke S'Br.; junction, connection Pân. 2-3, 4; 8 &c.; fitness,
suitableness, propriety ({am} ind. fitly, suitably, justly, properly, rightly; {e4na}, properly,
suitably RV. v, 27, 3; {buddhi-yuktena}, conformably to reason Râjat.)

yuktasena* = mfn. one whose army is ready (for marching) Sus'r.; {-nIya} mfn. relating to him ib.

yuktaH = dovetailed

yuktachetasaH = their minds engaged in Me

yuktatamaH = the greatest yogi

yuktatamaaH = most perfect in yoga

yuktasya = engaged

yuktaa = with

yuktaaH = engaged

yuktaatma = having the mind firmly set on

yuktaatmaa = self-connected

yuktakrit* = (BhP.) mfn. acting properly or suitably.

yuktatva* = n. application, employment KâtyS'r.; fitness, propriety ({a-y-}) Veda7ntas.

yuktavat* = ({yukta4-}) mfn. containing a form of 1. {yuj} S'Br.

yuktaayas* = n. `" bound with iron "', a sort of spade or shovel W

yuktasvapnAvabodha* = mfn. moderate in sleeping and waking Bhag

yuktaiH = engaged

yukte = being yoked

yuktena = being engaged in meditation

yukti = utility; proportion

yuktvaa = being absorbed

yuta= equipped with* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see below) kept off, removed (see comp.); separate (=
{pRthak}) L.* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see above) attached, fastened (ifc.) Bhartri.; added Sûryas.; united,
combined, joined or connected or provided or filled or covered with, accompanied by, possessed
of (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) standing in conjunction with VarBriS.; made or consisting
of R.; (with instr.) occupied in, performing (sacrifices) L.; (ifc.) connected with, concerning R.
BhP.; n. a partic. measure of length (= 4 Hastas) L. \\ {yutaka}, {yuti} see under 1. 2. {yu}

yutaka = (n) shirt

yuyaM = (pron) you (pl)

yuyutsavaH = desiring to fight

yuyutsuM = all in a fighting spirit

yuyudhaanaH = Yuyudhana

yuvan.h = young

yuvaa = the two youths

yuutha = (neut) collection, troop